............................................ 2
Admissions .............................................. 6
Costs and Financial Policies............... 10
Sponsored Scholarships ...................... 17
Student Life ........................................... 24
Academic Information........... Show more
............................................ 2
Admissions .............................................. 6
Costs and Financial Policies............... 10
Sponsored Scholarships ...................... 17
Student Life ........................................... 24
Academic Information......................... 30
Introduction
Departments and Course
...................................... 47
Registers .............................................. 141
Index .................................................... 149
Communications Directory............... 151
Academic Calendars.......................... 152
Request for Information ................... 153
Campus Map............. Inside Back Cover
Descriptions
AUGSBURC
COLLE.C E
Catalog 1984-86
USPS #490-310
Volume 115. Number 3
Fall 1984
Published four times a year in Spring. Summer. Fall. and Winter by Augsburg College. 731
21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. M N. Second Class postage paid at Minneapolis. Minnesota.
O l d Main, on the National Register of Historic Places, recalls Augsburg's heritageas the first
U.S. school founded to train pastors t o serve Norwegian immigrants. [Photo by john Louis
Anderson)
Introducing Augsburg
Few liberal arts colleges combine t h e excitement and vitality of a
metropolitan center with t h e smallness and intimacy of the rural
setting. Augsburg is o n e of t h e few, very special Christian colleges
which can offer you both, as indicated in t h e Mission Statement
adopted by t h e Faculty and t h e Board of Regents in 1977.
Mission Statement
Augsburg is an accredited four-year liberal arts college of The American Lutheran
Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin Cities metropolitan area.
The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely of Lutheran
orientation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious,
cultural and ethnic backgrounds.
For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search
for knowledge in its disciplines, responsiveness t o the needs of society and the
world, and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and
society.
The mission of Augsburg College i s to educate students through a distinctive combination of commitment to the Christian faith, the liberal arts and excellence in
academic program.
Augsburg College is known for its people, who strive t o be a supportive, informal
and free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment.
The academic program is primarily committed to providing students with a broad
background in a variety of subject areas as well as encouraging personal development. Excellence in the academic programs has characterized and is a continued goal of the college.
Augsburg College:
Challenges students with a portion of the knowledge and thought which has
been formative within human history and culture through a wide variety of ideas,
disciplines and selected professional and pre-professional programs;
Assists students in developing intellectual skills as well as in selecting a career;
Encourages within students the attitudes and skills necessary t o prepare them
to be learners throughout their lives.
Education at Augsburg is based on the belief that the world i s Cod's, entrusted to
us for care, exploration and understanding.
As a Christian community the college embraces a wide range of religious expression and participation. As part of its academic program Augsburg seeks t o give
all its students an informed understanding of the Christian faith and heritage as
well as an opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious heritage. In addition t o this intellectual task the aim of the college is t o help students
understand the Christian faith as relevant for their own experience and for participation in the commitment to the role of the Christian community in the modern
world.
Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community.
The quality of Augsburg's education is enriched by the people, culture and educational resources provided by its location. The college i s also aware that it has
a responsibility t o contribute t o the larger community. In doing this, the college
directs several of its programs specifically at the metropolitan setting, provides
areas of study not available elsewhere in the area, and offers itself as an educational resource for a variety of new student populations.
History - Fjord to Freeway
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America,
named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany,
in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved
t o Minneapolis in 1872. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the
first college graduation was in 1879.
The school was officially named Augsburg College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with The American Lutheran Church.
Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same
year. Continuing ties with this heritage are reflected in the College Center's Augsburg Room and in replication of the original sign for Old Main. From Fjord to
Freeway, a candid history of the College and its people during the first 100 years,
by Augsburg's Carl E. Chrislock, is available in the College Bookstore.
Location and Campus
Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota
West Bank campus and t w o of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's,
are adjacent t o the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes
west and east via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus,
or o n bus routes that also connect with the suburbs.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Airlines providing daily service t o MinneapolisSt. Paul International Airport include American, Capitol, Continental, Delta, Eastern, Northwest Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western.
Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States.
Policies
I t i s the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX
of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the
coordinators who are listed in the Communications Directory (page 151) or to the
Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, 7th Place at
Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101.
The College and its faculty subscribe t o the Statement of Principles o n Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors
and the Association of American Colleges.
Accreditation and Memberships
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges
and Secondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education, National Association
for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing.
We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran
Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private College Council, and
are registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (MHECB).
Facilities and Housing
Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located
near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories,
the five buildings on the Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building.
Admissions Office, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions
staff and reception area for prospective students and their parents.
George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains
reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives,
classrooms and faculty offices.
Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed in 1960.
Old Main (19001 is home for the Foreign Langua e and Art departments and has classrooms
used by other de artrnents. Extensively remodgelled in 1980, Old Main combines energy
efficiency with arc!itectural
details from the past. It is included on the National Register of
Historic Pfaces.
West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students.
Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Cerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923
to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students,
plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas.
Urness Tower, (1967) named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have
several generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 321 students. tach$=
is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge,
~ u d and
y utility areas.
Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and
recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student
publications.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third
presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices.
Music Hall, (1978) newest buildin on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom
facilities, two rehearsal halls, music5ibraries, practice studios and offices forthe musicfaculty.
Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology department in the former studio building.
Melby Halt, (1961) named in honor of J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball
coach, and head of the Christianity department, providesfacilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general
auditorium purposes,
Ice Arena, (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
Stage II Theater, formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust stage as a
temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retains space in the
Little Theater building.
South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near the campus area,
provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff.
Students meet at the kiosk, in the " Q u a d [ P h o t o by Scott Stensrud)
Admissions
Augsburg College seeks students who possess qualities of intellect
and character which will enable the student to benefit from and
contribute to the college community. Each applicant is judged on
individual merit without regard for race, creed, sex, age, disability,
and national or ethnic origin.
Augsburg's admissions office staff members are available to help
students and parents with college planning. The Admissions Office
is open weekdays from 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Tours can be arranged
for Saturday and Sunday as well. Visitors are asked to write or call
the Admissions Office (612) 330-1001 prior to the visit. The admissions staff will arrange a campus tour, class visitations, and conferences with professors according to the wishes of the visitor. The
Admissions Office is located on the northwest corner of 7th Street
and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis.
Application Procedures for Freshmen
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it t o the
Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants.
Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application
should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript
upon graduation. Graduate Examination Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school transcript.
3. Test Scores
Freshman applicants are required t o submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American
College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high
school transcript.
4. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous
academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed
personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be
required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
5. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of
the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is
complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee.
6. Confirmation of Admission
Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked t o make a $100
non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification.
Extensions may be requested in writing t o the Director of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked t o make a
$100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of
acceptance.
Early Decision for Freshmen
An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary
college choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the
senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year,
test scores, and recommendations.
Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration
for financial assistance.
Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required t o complete the
Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial
Aid Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their
award by January 1. This application is available in the Admissions Office.
Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked t o make a $100
non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification.
Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a
$100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who wish t o accelerate their educational program
may by granted admission to begin full-time work toward a degree following
completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school.
Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman
applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty,
and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions.
Application Procedures for Transfer Students
Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having completed
work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for
liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College
reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work
unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg.
A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on previous
college work.
Admission to a major, as well as admission t o the College, is sometimes necessary.
For example, registered nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing
must have a 2.5 GPA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation
tests. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental catalog section
to see if admission t o the major is necessary.
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an application for admission and return it t o the
Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript from the college(s) you have attended is required. Transfer
student applicants must have an official transcript from their high school sent
to the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of
college work will be evaluated primarily on their college performance.
3. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous
college performance, it may be included with the application or discussed
personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be
required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
4. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of
the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is
complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee.
5. Confirmation of Admission
Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked t o make a $100
non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification.
Extensions may be requested in writing t o the Director of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a
$100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of
acceptance.
Re-Admission of Former Students
A student who has interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wishes t o return applies for re-admission through
the Registrar's Office. A student who has attended any other institution(s) during
the absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each one
to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee.
Admission as a Special Student (Non-Degree)
In some circumstances, a person may be admitted as a special student (nondegree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually a parttime student, he or she may subsequently become a candidate for a degree by
petitioning through the Registrar's Office.
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent to the Registrar's Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student (non-degree) status i s available from the
Registrar's Office.
Admission for International Students
International students should consult with the Director of Admissions regarding
the procedures for applying as an international student. All international students
transferring to Augsburg from another United States college or university must
apply and be accepted for admission t o Augsburg two months prior t o the start
of the semester: July 1 for Fall, November 1 for Spring.
To contact the Director, call (612) 330-1001 or write to:
Director of Admissions
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis M N 55454
U.S.A.
I
r
I _C1-
.?
-
logging along the [Mississippi) River Road is an activity shared by students, faculty and
staff [Photo by john Louis Anderson]
Costs and Financial Policies
Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg
College. The balance of instructional and operating costs comes
from annual contributions from the American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals, corporations and
foundations.
College Costs 1984-85
Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1984-85 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required.
The college reserves the right t o adjust charges should economic conditions
necessitate.
Tuition (full-time enrollment)
....................................................................$5,560.00
This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1984. Students
are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester
terms with a total of seven or more courses in the school year. The charge includes
tuition, general fees, facility fees, subscription to student publications, and admission to college-supported events, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable
in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester.
Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course
.....................................................775.00
This rate applies t o students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/
or an Interim only.
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course
...............................................390.00
Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking
Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course.
................................................................. 1,210.00
Full Board (19 meals a week) ......................................................................
1,180.00
Room Rent (includes telephone)
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) is $1,140.00;
the point plan is $920.00.
Other Special Fees (not refundable)
Fees Billed on Student Account
ACTC Bus (Full-time students
only)
Late Registration (per day
after classes begin)
Registration Change after firsi
5 days (Canceljaddlchange
grade option, or combination
at one time) ................................
........................................... $
5.00
.....................
10.00
Introduction to Cinema Arts
Life Drawing (See lnterim
Catalog for fee)
Medical Technology
(Senior Fee)
5.00
35.00
Music Therapy Internship (one
half course credit)
390.00
Music Lessons
Private, per semester
(14 lessons)
150.00
Class, per semester .................... 50.00
Radio-Television Production
10.00
Theater Technical Production
35.00
.....................
.............................
Student Teaching (per course)
Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs)
..................
15.00
125.00
................................ 775.00
Fees Payable by Check/Cash
Application (new and/or
special students)
$ 15.00
Nursing Credit
Validation Tests .......................... 40.00
5.00
Locker Rental (commuters) ...........
..................... ..
Student Parking Lot Permit ...........
Transcript Fee (per copy
after first, which is free) .............
special Examinations
(schedule
on file in Registrar's Office)
20.00
2.00
Books and Supplies
These costs are estimated to range between $200 - 250 per year.
Deposits
Enrollment (non-refundable) ......................................................................
$00.00
Required of all new students after acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited
t o the student's account when his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net credit
balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the
student. There are three deadline dates, each providing different benefits to you.
For more information, contact the Admissions Office.
Housing Damage ..........................................................................................100.00
Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, t o reserve a
housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and is returned to
the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the
occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for
Fall or Spring Term by notifying the Office of Student Life in writing by the first
day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due t o
late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the new contract is cancelled
prior to July 1 for Fall semester or January 1 for Spring Semester, $35.00 will be
forfeited from the $100 deposit as a service charge. The entire deposit will be
forfeited if cancellation is after these dates.
Payments
Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated
Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial
Services Office is sent t o the student from the Business Office.
Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; (2) Semester
Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment Plan - upon
application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges letter. (4) 10-month
Payment Plan - upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 participation fee, the annual charges may be paid in 10 equal installments beginning
June 20 and ending March 20. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts
'which are current. An application will be sent upon request.
A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account
with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-month payment plan in
which payment is not current.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning
of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a
previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic or financial aid transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of
loan funds administered by the College (National DirectIDefense Student LoansNDSL and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according t o established repayment schedules.
Refunds
Withdrawal from College forms are available in the Center for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed, and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, drop t o part-time, are dismissed,
or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for
tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule:
700%
40%
80?b
7'0%
- through the first five da s of clasm.
- from the sixth through 7&h dav of classes.
- from t h e I f th through 15th day of classes.
-
from The 76th throu h 20th dav of classes.
600~1- from the 21st fhrau$ 25th day of classes.
50% - from the 26th day o: classes thmugh the mid-point of the term
No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis.
If a student i s forced to withdraw due to illness or accident, the refund will include
the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment.
Students who elect to omit an interim or t o graduate in December are not entitled
to a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students who participate
in an approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and
room sub-lease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Student
Life.
All refunds of charges will be applied t o the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for
a cash refund is determined.
Financial Aid
The financing of post-secondary education may well be one of the more significant
investments that an individual or a family will make in an entire lifetime. Because
this is the case, proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in the
selection of an institution, but also in the methods utilized in paying the related
expenses. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, is
committed to help provide students and their families with the needed assistance,
both monetary and advisory, that will protect access t o a quality education in
spite of increasing costs.
Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of scholarships,
grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with
Federal, State, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs.
For the academic year 1983-84 approximately 85% of all students at Augsburg
received scholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment totalling over
$5,800,000 from all aid sources.
The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student
and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources.
r
0
-=
n
=a
Q
1
=.
I ne amount or assistance Tor wnlcn a stuaent IS ellglDle IS aetermlnea wltn tne
help and analysis of the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College
Testing Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship
Service (CSS). These analyses estimate the amount a student and family can provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors as
current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts,
retirement needs, and special considerations.
< How and When to Apply
New Students - Regular Admission
1. Apply for admission t o Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made
until the student has applied and been accepted for admission.
2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (EFS) or Financial Aid form (FAF) from
a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application and send
it t o the processing agency after January 1 but before March 15 for priority consideration. Minnesota residents must complete the FFS which includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program. (To be considered,
use code 6500.) Augsburg's code on the FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residents
using the FAF, Augsburg's code is 6014.
3. Within three t o four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time
you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review
your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing
your financial aid package.
4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated.
If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be
sent t o you.
I
5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended before financial aid will be offered.
New Students - Early Decision
This is for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early
Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive
the admission decision about December 1.
1. Early Decision Candidates applying for financial aid may wish t o complete the
Early Decision Financial Aid Application, available by writing or calling the Admissions Office. This enables our Financial Aid Office to compute a preliminary
award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified
of their award by January 1.
2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any necessary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must be completed after prior
calendar year income information is available. This is after January 1 but before
March 15.
Returning Students
Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by filing the
application and Family Financial Statement (FFS). Renewal is based on financial
eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability.
Kinds of Aid
A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather
than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of
aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged t o investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants, and loans that might be available
in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the
company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs,
and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting
their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for
aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Children, and others.
Gift Assistance
Presidents Scholarships - Full tuition Presidents Scholarships and half tuition
College Scholarships are awarded annually to the most academically qualified
full-time freshmen students. These scholarships are awarded without regard to
need. Because this is a unified program, full tuition or half tuition is assured, since
the College guarantees the difference between non-Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and the limit of the award.
The award is renewable for three years based on academic performance at Augsburg. Special application is due January 15.
Deans Scholarships - Full tuition and half tuition Deans Scholarships are awarded
for each fall to the most academically qualified full-time students who are direct
transfers t o Augsburg College following completion of an A.A. or A.S. degree,
having maintained a 3.5 GPA on a 4.0 scale. These scholarships are awarded
without regard to need and are renewable for an additional year. Special application is due March 15.
Lutheran Transfer Scholarhips - Up to seven scholarships are awarded for each
fall to full-time students who have completed the A.A. or A.S. degree at a Lutheran
junior college and are direct transfers to Augsburg College without further coursework at another institution. Awards of $500 are based on academic merit and are
renewable for an additional year. Special application is due May 15.
Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) Awards - Augsburg College
will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran
congregation.
Augsburg Tuition Grants - Available t o students who have shown academic
potential and have financial need. A grant may pay up t o full tuition and fees. A
student's academic performance, financial need, and high school and community
involvement are taken into consideration.
Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to Minnesota
residents who have financial need. For 1984-85, they range from $100 to $3407.
All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply.
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants - A federal program administered
by the College. To be eligible, a person must: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent
resident; (2) have sufficient financial need as defined by the program and demonstrated by the FFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining satisfactory academic
standing at the College; and (4) be accepted for admission.
Pell Grants - Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by
program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1984-85
is $1900 minus the amount the student and family can be expected to contribute.
Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application
form that the necessary information be sent t o the Pell Grant Program.
Bureau of lndian Affairs/Tribal and lndian State Scholarships - American lndian
students who meet federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of lndian
Affairs, Tribal and/or lndian State Scholarship monies. Students must be '/4 degree
lndian ancestry and be enrolled with a federally recognized tribe. lndian grants
supplement all other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application contact
Augsburg's American lndian Program Director or your tribal agency.
Loan Assistance
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) - JointAugsburg College-federally funded
program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. Loans are interest free during your education. No interest accrues
nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled
at least half-time. Simple interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the
minimum of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school. Repayment
may extend up to 10 years. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. The
maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $6,000.
Guaranteed Student Loans (GSL) and Minnesota State Student Loans - Loan funds
are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide
such programs. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no interest
charge. Beginning with loans for school periods starting September 13, 1983 and
after, simple annual interest of 8% on the loan balance and repayment of the
principal begin six months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to
10 years. The maximum loan is $2500 per year with the cumulative undergraduate
maximum of $12,500. Applications are available at the college, some banks, and
the Minnesota State Student Loan Office.
Nursing Student Loan - Federal program with provisions similar to the National
Direct Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled
in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must
have financial need and be registered at least half time. The maximum loan is
$2500 per year.
Parent Loan Program (PLUS) - PLUS is a loan program t o help parents meet
college costs. Parents may borrow up to $3,000 per year with an aggregate maximum of $15,000. Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursement at a
simple interest rate of 12% and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application
forms are available at Augsburg College or the lending institutions. Applications
are normally filed with the bank or thrift institution with which your family has
an account.
Student Employment
Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students with proven financial
need who are at least one-half time students. Assignment is made on the basis
of need and potential competence in performing the duties assigned. Part-time
work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just as scholarships,
loans, and grants. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week
is recommended.
A l l on-campus w o r k is governed b y policies stipulated i n t h e w o r k contract issued
t o t h e student employee f o r each placement. Payment is made monthly b y check
t o t h e student employee.
College W o r k Study Program and Minnesota State W o r k Study Program - Under
these programs t h e federal o r state government supplies funds o n a matching
basis w i t h t h e College t o provide some part-time w o r k opportunities.
A i d Association f o r Lutherans W o r k Service Program - A special program of offcampus placement i n Lutheran congregations, w i t h w o r k assignments made at
t h e discretion of t h e congregation, which will support t h e life and mission of t h e
congregation.
Sponsored Scholarships
Scholarship winners are selected by t h e Student Affairs Committee unless otherwise specified. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by
faculty of t h e department involved. Descriptions o f awards are f r o m statements
03 t h e donors' wishes.
'Indicates endowed scholarships
General Scholarships
Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational Foundation Scholarships - a number of awards of
varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and
ability. Established in 1973 by the foundation.
Bremer Foundation Scholarships - awarded annually to students from towns and cities
where Bremer banks are located.
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship' - awarded annually to deserving junior/
senior students. Established in 1961 to perpetuate her memory.
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship' - awarded annually to two
deserving junior or senior students. Established in 1969 by Alma Jensen Dickerson to honor
her late husband and perpetuate their memory.
Elias B. Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship' - awarded annually to one or more needy and
deserving upperclass students. Established in 1979 in memory of their husband and father
by Josie Feroe Eliason, Conrad Eliason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs. Elizabeth Mauseth and Mrs.
Clara Hoelck.
M. J. Estrem Scholarship* - awarded annually to a worthy student. Established in 1965 by
Maybelle and Malcolm Estrem.
Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* - awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student. Established in 1964 by undesignated memorial gifts.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships - given annually
to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972.
JohnG.Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - awarded annually to freshmen students who without
assistance would be unable to pursue higher education. Established in 1963 by a bequest
of John C.Quanbeck.
Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* - awarded to able and deserving students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964.
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship' - awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior
student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved father by his daughters,
E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie.
Special Scholarships
Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded annually to able and deserving upperclassstudents
who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company.
Established in 1966.
Grace Jewellensen Buster Memorial Scholarshtp' - one or more scholarships are awarded
annually to sophomore, junior, or senior Chrnese students who have outstanding academic
records and are preparing to work among the Chinese people. EstabYished in 1983 by family
and friends to honor the memory of Grace Jewel JensenBuster, a 1922 alumna.
The Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to able and desewing student(s) who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need.
Established in 1972 by her husband, Floyd Cleveland, to honor the memory of Mrs. Cleveland, Augsburg alumna, consecrated Christian leader and devoted wife.
David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship* - one or more ~holarshipsare awarded annually
to a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and achieved excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in 1979 by members of
his family to honor the memory of Commander David 1. Fomo, 1464 alumnus.
Grace Anne Johnson Memorial Scholarhip* - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass international students who have overcome adversity and achieved
excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in 1981 by her parents,
Dr. and Mrs. Einar Johnson, and other family members and friends in memory of Crace
Anne (Gay) Johnson, a student at Augsburg 1971-1973.
Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to women students transferring
from Waldorf College, with preferencegiven to those in music andJorelementary education.
Established in 1975 in memory of Catha Jones, 1970 alumna, by her parents, Mr.and Mrs.
Kenneth Jones, other family and friends, and the Augsburg College Senior Challenge
Program.
Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship - awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum award $500.00. The
scholarship is renewable.
The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to a senior student(s)
who has successfully overcome adversity and has achieved excellence in academic and
extracurricular performance. Established in 1977 to honor the memory of the Rev. Nyhus,
a 1929 graduate of Augsburg Seminary who overcame the adversity of early years to earn
his own education and who sewed his fellow men with humanity and wisdom.
Minority Student Scholarships/Grants
Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program - awarded annually to Lutheran
American minority students who show financial need.
The American Indian Achievement Scholarship' - one or more scholarships are awarded
annually to an American Indian upperclass student(s) who has a cumulative gtrade point
averageof 3.0 or better at Augsburg College. Established in 1984 by The Hearst Foundation.
Homecoming Auction Scholarships - awarded annually to two students, one of whom must
be a minority student, who have demonstrated ability to facilitate discussion about issues
of social concern. Established in 1977 and funded by contributions to this annual event
from faculty, staff and students.
Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship* - one or more scholarships are awarded annually
to upperclass Oriental international students. Established in 1978 by her parents, family and
friends to honor the memory of Marilyn's devotion of sharing and loving people, especially
her servtce to students.
National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by the American
Lutheran Church) - members of American racial and ethnic minorities who are either
seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college O R are members of an
ALC congregation may be considered.
Marlys JohnsonSimengaard Memor~al
Scholarship' - awarded perlodlcally to a tllack American student. Established in 1964 in memory of Marlys JohnsonSimengaard and her Christian
concern for the problems of social injustice.
Religion & Christian Service Scholarships
The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship* - awarded annually to students preparing
for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981 by Rolland H. Bockbrader to
honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to the family, congregation, Augsburg
College, and the community.
Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship* - available to both North American and international students to encourage men and women to enter full-time Christian service.
Awards are based on demonstrated academic ability, moral character, and potential for
Christian service. Established in 1983 by the Rev. and Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess.
Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to a student(s) in the
senior class who is preparingfor the ministry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide
offering to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church,
1930-1958.
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to an upperclass
student preparing for a Christian vocation. Established in 1982 to honor the memory of
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg.
lver and Marie lverson Scholarship' - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest
in Christian service. Established in 1957 by lver Iverson.
Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship' - one or more scholarships are awarded annually
on the basis of scholarship, service, and devotion to the Christian faith. Established in 1975
by the family and Augsburg College in memory of Cerda Mortensen for five decades of
service to Christian higher education at Augsburg College.
Onesimus Scholarhip* - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. Established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson.
johan H. 0. Rodvik Memorial Scholarhip' - one or more scholarships are awarded annually
to Augsburg students preparing for a professional career in Christian service. Established in
1976 by Mr. and Mrs. Luther H. Rodvik in memory of Johan I. 0. Rodvik and his deep
personal dedication to his calling as a minister as welt as his scholarly research and pioneer
rhought concerningthe Apostle Paul's traditionally rnlsundemtood attitude toward the question of equal rights and equal statcs for women.
The Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship* - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship
and interest in Christian service. Established in 1958 to honor the Rev. Olaf Rogne, business
administrator of the college, 1940-1952.
The Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to a junior or senior preparing for a full-time vocation in the church.
Established in 1980 by their children, families and friends to honor the lifelong devotion
that the Rev. and Mrs. Lawrence Sateren gave to the church, Augsburg College, and Augsburg Seminary over a period of 60 years.
Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and
deserv~ngjunior/sentor student recommended by the scholarhip committee. Semi-finalists
are interviewed and selected by the donor, the Rev. Caivin 1. Storley. Established in 1965
to honor the memory of Marguerite Hamilton Storley and her interest and concern in the
mission work of the Christian church.
Morris G. C. & Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund' - awarded annually to a
junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Mission Department of The American Lutheran Church. Established in 1969 by the Rev. and Mrs. Morris
C. C. Vaagenes.
04
1
Departmental Scholarships
Art
The Crown Prince Harald Scboiarship - Established by authorization d the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1965 on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald, this
annual scholarship provides full tuition for a freshman student from Nomay. The winner is
selected from competition held in Norway by the Norge-Amerika Fareningen.
The Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg
College Board of Regents in 1978 to honor the Crown Princess of Norway. Awarded annually
to a talented art student with financial need.
AugustMolder Memorial A r t Sctlofarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded annually
to upperclass students majoring In art. Established in 1982 by his wife, family and friends
in memory of Awgun Molder, accomplished artist and teacher for more than 20 years at
Augsburg College.
Allen Russel Olson Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually to an uperclass student(s)
majoring in Studio Arts, on the basis of need and artistic excellence. Established in 1984 by
the family and Albert Hoffmeyer and friends, to honor the memory of Allen Russel Olson,
an alumnus who was an accomplished artist, designer, photographer and writer.
Athletic
The Carl Bloomberg Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to a needy student(s) partic~patingin the Augsburg College hockey program whose cumulative grade point average
is below 3.2. Established in 1983 by friends in memory of Carl Bloomberg, a taIented young
hockey player.
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually to an able and deserving student
on the basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966
by his parents, the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in memory of their son, a senior student
at Augsburg College.
Paul Dahlen/Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an able and desewing male student on the basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen and friends to honor the
memory of these two Augsburg College students.
David Gronner Memarial Scholar5hip' - Awarded annually to two or more students,,participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and/or high Chr~st~an
character. The athletic scholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference In basketball. Established in 3975 by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, CaroI, and Paul,
and Mrs. Ethel Gronner to honor the memory of David Gronner, an Augsburg College
alumnus.
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually based on academic achievement, personal character, and ability in athletics. Established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles
S. Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
Row lordan Memorial Scholarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded annuaIly to
uppercIass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference for students in
the wrestling program. Edablished in 1980 by the William Jordanand Charles Schulz families
in memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and nationally recognized wrestler.
Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship* - Awarded annually to students on the basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise in the field of physical education. Established
in 1958 by their children in memory of their parents.
Biology
Biology Scholarships - Established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to
honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical
Technology.
Business Adrninistration/Econornics
Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship Fund* - Awarded annually to sophomore, junior or
senior students majoring in any of the areas encompassedwithin the Department of Business
Administration and Economics and based on academic excellence and financial need. Established in 1984 by Augsburg business alumni and other alumni and friends within the
business community.
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more upperclass
students interested in the field of business. Established in 1965 by The Gamble-Skogmo
Foundation.
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* - One or more awards are made annually to a
junior or senior student(s) majoring in business administration. Established in 1980 by members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund, Augsburg College alumna and dedicated
teacher at the College.
Reid Scholarship - Awarded annually to one or more upperclass students who are interested in business and/or education as a career. Established in 1970 by Harvey T. Reid.
Chemistry
Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - Given annually to a chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry. Established in
1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre.
Chemistry Scholarshipsa -Awarded annually to junior and senior fludents whose academic
record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Mablished in 1968 by
family, friends, and the Augsburg College Chemistry Department to honor:
Manivald A!dre
Dr. W. M. Sandstram
Carl Fosse
Walter E. Thwaite, Jr.
Covey Hendrickson
Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen
MinnesotaMiningand Manufacturing Chemistry Scholarship - Awarded to Chemistry majors
who are citizens of the U.S. Established in 1979.
Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students majoring in Chemistry who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and, preferably, graduate or
professional school goals. Established in 7984 through the Conrad Sunde estate in memory
of a 1915 alumnus who was the first Augsburg College graduate to earn a Ph.D. in chemistry.
His professional career as educator, researcher and consultant included many inventions,
of which the development of lanolin oil was his outstanding work.
Education
David Mathre Scholarship' - Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s) in need of
financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching.
English
Anne Pedcrmn English Sfhoiarship" -Awarded annually to junior/senior students who are
majonng in English, with preference given to those who ptan to teach English as a career.
â¬stabtished in 1971 by faculty members of the English Department to honor the 37 years
of service of Anne Pederson as English teacher at Augsburg College.
Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually to an outstanding student
in the field of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in memory of P. A. Sveeggen,
professor of English at Augsburg, 1915-1952.
Foreign Language
Mimi Baez Kingley Modern Language Scholarship' - Awarded annually to junior/senior
students who are majoring in modern language, with preference given to those who plan
to teach languag. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs. James Kingsley.
fl
N
1
Health-Related
Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - Given annually to a student of any major
who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Established
in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre.
Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a registered nurse
seeking a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Established in 1983 by The Augsburg Nurses
Alumni Association.
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to upperclass
ijtudent(s) preparing for a career in medicine or health. Established in 1978 in memory of
Eleanor Christensen Edwards*devotion and service in health care by members of her family,
Bernhard Christensen, Efsie Christensen Schroeder, Jessie Christensen, Nadia Christensen
and Theodore Christensen.
History
Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship- Awarded annually t o a history major. Established
in 1980 by Gregory M. Fitzloff to honor Carl H. Chrislock.
The Rev. and Mrs. 0. J. Haukeness History Award - Awarded annually to a senior student
for excellence in history. Established in 1980 by Helen Ranck to honor her parents, the Rev.
and Mrs. 0. J. Haukeness.
-
1
I
I
H. N. Hendricksan History Scholarship" Awarded annually to students majoring in history
with preference given t o thwe who plan a career in the field, Established in 1969 by Dr.
and Mrs. Carl H. Chrislock and augmented by other contributions to honor the memory
of H. N. Hendrirksan, professor of history at Augsburg College, 1900-1952.
Library Science
Library Science Scholarship - Established in 1972 by library and library science instructional
staffs to honor junior or senior students intending to enter the library profession.
Mathematics
Mathematics Scholarship - Awarded annually to an able and deserving student in the field
of mathematics. Established in 1980 by the Mathematics department.
Minnegasco Scholarship - Awarded annually to able and deserving junior/senior students
majoring in mathematics or the sciences on the basis of need and academic ability. Established in 1969 by Minnegasco.
Metro-Urban Studies
-
Joel and Franc= Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs'
One or more schola~hipsare
awarded annually t o upperclass students who actively contribute toward the fulfillment of
Augsbtlrg's Mission Statement relating to the Colfege's urban invofvernent. Established In
1982 by colleagues, former students, and friends t o honor the setvice and leadership of the
Torstensons in community development and urban affairs.
Music
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to a student of choral
music. Established in 1965 by Thomas I. Benson in memory of Peggy Christensen Benson,
an Augsburg College alumna.
Freshman Performance Studies Scholarships - Entering freshman music majors who evidence marked ability in their major instrument or voice will receive free lessons in that
major medium during the first two semesters of performance studies.
-
Awarded annually to two or more students parDavid Gronner Memorial Schlarship'
ticipating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and/or are of high
Christian character. Established in 1975 by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol
and Paul, and Mrs. EtheI Cronner in memory of David Cronner, Augsburg College alumnus.
demonstrated proficiency inchoral and/or instrumental rhusic,.interest or potential in conducting, and promise of overall academic success. Established in 1966 by 0. I. Hertsgaard.
Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship* -Awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire
musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those who
have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Established in 1975 by Leonard & Sylvia
Kuschel to honor the beautiful message of music.
Edwin W. and Edith 0. Norberg Scholarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to upperclass student(s) preparing for careers in church music. Established in 1980
by Edwin W. Norberg t o honor his wife's lifelong career in the teaching and conducting of
piano, organ and choral music.
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship' - Awarded annually to a sophomore/junior student
of outstanding promise in the field of music. Established in 1953 by his family to honor
Henry P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsburg Music Department, 1922-1951.
Senior Performance Scholarships - Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative
GPA of 3.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior PerformanceScholarship which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters
preceding graduation.
Marilyn Solbwg Voice kholatrhip' - Awarded annually to an Augsburg student who has
music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of
singing. Established in 7955 by her parents, Mr. and ME. lver Solberg, and her brother
Dorvan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-53.
String Scholarships - awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on violin, viola,
cello, or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performance studies, string
ensemble, and orchestra.
John & Vera Thut Scholarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music. Established in 1980 by John and
Vera Thut, their family and friends. The Thuts cherished lifelong careers in the teaching of
music, three decades of which was at Augsburg.
Stuart West Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude in instrumental music. Established in 1983 by Mrs. Joan West and
children, Kristine, Dale, David, and James.
Physics
Theodore I. Hanwick Physics Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperclass student
majoring in physics. Established in 1976 by the Augsburg College Physics Department and
friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg faculty.
Political Science
Political Science Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students pursuing careers in Political Science. Established in 1980 by Professors
Norma Noonan and Myles Stenshoel.
Scandinavian Studies
-
lver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship'
Awarded annually to an upperclass studentls) with
academic ab~liy,in the punuit of a degree with concentration in Scandinawan languages,
literature, liistorj and/or culture. Established in 7983 by their children and their [amities
and friends te honor lver and Myrtle Olson on the occasion of their golden wedding
anniversary.
Sociology
Adolph PauIson Memorial Prize' - Awarded annually to a student in the general field of
Christian sociology. Established in 7936 by members of his family to honor the memory of
Professor Adolph Paulson, who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930-35.
'Day in May'is a traditional break before final exams
Student Life
Your experiences in the classroom are an important part of your
college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and
informal activities of the College and the metropolitan area. Whether
you are a resident or commuter student, you will find the climate
for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to your
education.
Campus Ministry
As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academic
and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth i s evident in the opportunities
we encourage and provide for students t o explore their own faith.
Since our campus i s comprised of individuals from many different religious and
cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and
richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, Gospel teams, planning
committees, retreats, Peace and Justice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts,
plays and movies are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students,
faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday t o give thanks and
hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers. Each Wednesday night
students gather for Holy Communion.
We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged
t o gradually change and discover the gifts that God has given them. As a college
of the church, we encourage students to form their own values which will be the
basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg.
The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for
counseling, consulation or information on ways to get more involved in the campus ministry.
Student Government
Student government is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer
relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and
provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government
also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides
the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining t o student life at
Augsburg.
Student government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch,
and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring, except for freshmen who
elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement
are possible from program planning to writing or editing to service opportunities.
If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President of the student
society in their offices in the College Center.
Social, Cultural, Recreational
Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on
campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special
dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields.
The College Center is the focus of lesiure-time activity on campus. Offices for the
College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are
on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom
related interests meet in the Center. KCMR, student-operated non-profit radio
station sewing the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in the Mortensen Tower.
P4 ,1
a
Fine Arts
There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition
to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and
Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles
are available t o cover the entire range of musical styles and previous muscial
experience. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of
the theater arts department.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC)
and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division
Ill. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey,
wrestling, baseball, track, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross
country, gymnastics, basketball, track & field, and softball.
lntramurals
Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well
as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular
coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium
and ice arena.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are sewed by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by
the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group
or activity, contact the Student Activities Director.
Student Services
Augsburg College is concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes
that the context in which learning takes place is a critical factor in achieving
optimal growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with
intellectual content and skills to produce the desired educational impact of the
college on its students.
The Division of Student Affairs has been created to support this task. During the
summer before your freshman year, or at the time of transfer, you will receive a
copy of Augsburg Guide. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your
education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for
which to plan. Augsburg Guide was designed t o act as a sort of road map.
Center for Student Development
The Center for Student Development provides a variety of sewices to help make
your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you
may wish to participate in are listed below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and pre-register for
classes. You and your parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff
as well as with the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to your many questions about college life.
.,
Career Plannine and Placement. You mav be uncertain about where vou want to
be when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will
be a balanced one, or how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan t o help you assess yourself, explore possibilities, test realities, and prepare for entry into the next phase
of your life. All new students will have a chance to review their interests with a
counselor.
Job Service. Augsburg College maintains a referral service in the Placement Office,
Center for Student Development, to help students find part-time, temporary, and
summer employment off campus. Job Service initiates contact with employers in
the area and the State Employment Service and acts as a clearinghouse to help
match students and jobs.
Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" are offered
each year to help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship
to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships),
Choosing a Major, Issues in Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity
to register are provided several times during the year.
Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workshops
offered. You also will have an opportunity t o meet with a counselor to diagnose
your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring
through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult to cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience.
Counselors are available t o help students who are experiencing personal/interpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety
of personal growth groups.
Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a
desire to explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the
same. This is a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program.
Intercultural Center
As a College in the city, committed to the values and insights of cultural diversity,
Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close
cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these
efforts concentrate in two major areas:
American Indian Program. This program provides direct services and assistance
in such areas as: recruitment and retention, admissions and financial aids procedures, orientation and registration, coursework selection and career counseling,
tutoring, personal and crisis counseling, referrals and followup. The program provides advocacy in areas of health, child care and housing, input into the implementation of American Indian courses and liaison with the Intertribal Student
Union.
Black Student Program. Augsburg offers a Black student program which provides
counseling, administrative support, and assistance with the admissions process.
Black History Month, contact with the AfricanAmerican Museum of Art, and the
Black Student Union are student affairs programs emphasizing Black heritage and
participation.
I*I
The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are
from or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities
and events to increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff.
r
Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member
who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities available.
lnternational Students. Augsburg enjoys the academic and cultural participation
of its students from countries outside the U.S. The Office of the lnternational
Student Adviser helps t o orient and advise any student on a student visa, exchange
program, or permanent resident status. The adviser handles information on immigration, work permits, and temporary status and arranges an American host for
international students. See Augsburg Guide for information about the Cross-Cultural Club.
Health Service
Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on
Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Visits are free except for
special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview
Pharmacy at cost. Be sure t o check your family health coverage to determine if
you are included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available.
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food
service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small
table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board
plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders
and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College
houses or nearby apartments.
Residence Life
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning
environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of
housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed t o promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an
active participant in group decision-making. Each residence unit has one or more
Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as to
discuss personal concerns with individual students.
All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in college-operated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and
South Hall. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire
school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before
they arrive at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the
spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1
in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided
housing only if space is available.
All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee i s credited to the students' accounts when they
move into the residence.
All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This eleven
story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36
students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students.
South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students.
West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students.
Zeta House is a spedal interst house for sophomores, juniors or seniors interested
in living in a chernicalIy-free environment, Residents have either successfully completed chemical dependency treatment, are interested in chemical dependency
issues, or simply desire to live in a house free of alcohol and drugs. A chemicallyfree section of Urness Tower is available for freshmen.
Another alternative option is Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity
to try graup living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house
responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way
to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation i5to avail yourself
of the opportunity to bid for a house as a Special Interest House. Groups of
students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational
impart proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's
Awareness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is
otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished
except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities
are available in each residence.
Student Rights
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and
has provided for due process in mai-ters of disciplinary action, grievances, and
grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by audents and faculty and serves
to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to
identifv appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President
for Student Affairs.
The College operates i n compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and
Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which
pertain t o them and which are maintained in the Office of the Registrar and the
Placement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letter5 and statements placed
in the record before January 7, 1975, or placed under conditions where students
have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience
education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center
for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the Communication Directory on page 151.
-
-
George Sverdrup Library is a favorite place to study [Photo by john Louis Anderson)
Academic Information
Requirements for a degree from Augsburg College provide students
with a broad liberal arts background - in the humanities, the natural
sciences and the social sciences - and concentrated major study
in one or more fields. Students are encouraged to plan their own
course of study with the help of faculty advisers.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to write effectively, to
be knowledgeable about urban concerns, and to have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. General recreational activities courses acquaint students with and equip them for
lifetime spons. Courses in religion assist in reflection on the meaning
of the Christian Church through study of its beliefs, scripture, and
mission.
Degrees Offered
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of
Science degrees, The B.S. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical
Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded
t o graduates with majors in Music Performance. Majars in Music Education are
awarded the B.M. or B.A. degree. Graduates with majors in athw fields receive
the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Academic Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a +week January Interim. Students normally take
four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three
courses can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks
and one of six weeks.
The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus
during the regular term. (See Registration).
january Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty
t o employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics
in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim catalog,
published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by
contacting the Interim Office. In addition to classes offered on campus, there are
a variety of travel opportunities within the United States and abroad. Independent
or directed study and internships are among the many lnterim options.
Augsburg Weekend College follows a trimester calendar (see Augsburg Weekend
College).
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal
interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio is approximately 15.9 to 1.
Faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. All students are assigned a faculty adviser to help in planning
their programs and approving their choice of courses. Faculty members are listed
in each departmental listing, with further information in the Augsburg College
Faculty section of the Registers.
Library and Audio-Visual Services
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make
the library a favorite place t o study. The main library houses over 160,000 books,
periodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas.
A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference
service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other tocat
sources of information, Special arrangements are made for access by students
with physical handicaps.
The Library Audio-Visual Center houses audio-visual materials and equipment
and provides access to materials for rent or loan. Assistance with production of
slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audio/video tape recordings i s available for
faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape
recorders may be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other
advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting
are located in the Center.
Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service
among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through
Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students.
Computer Resources
Augsburg has a PDP 11-60 with numerous terminals at several campus locations.
The College also has numerous microcomputers, including Apple Il's, CDC '110'5,
Osborne 1's KIM-1 laboratory micr~computers,and a Tektronix 4051 graphics
microcomputer. Augsburg also has access to Farge computers through the University of Minnesota.
Academic Organization and Programs
Divisions and Departments
The college curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four
divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities - Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson)
Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
Natural Science and Mathematics - Kenneth N. Erickson (Chairperson)
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics
Social and Behavioral Sciences - Norma Noonan (Chairperson)
Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology,
Sociology
Professional Studies - Roberta Metzler (Chairperson)
Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work
Majors and Minors
Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one
division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors
before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding.
Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth semester and earlier
in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description
section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the B.A. degree.
Majors available at Augsburg are:
Art History
Biology
Business Administratian
(Accounting, Finance, International Business, Management, Management Information Systems, Marketing)
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies1
Economics
Economics-Business Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering2
English
Foreign Languages
French, German,
Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Humanities
International Relations
Mathematics
Medical Technology3 (B.S.)
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Education (B.A. or B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nursing (B.S.)
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies1
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Speech
Studio Art
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
Minors available at Augsburg are:
Art History
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies
East and Southeast Asian Studies
Economics
English
Foreign Languages
French, German,
Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Library Science
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Music
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies1
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Welfare
Sociology
Speech
Studio Art
Theater Arts
It is possible for students to complete other majors through the ACTC. Students who wish
to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the
Augsburg Registrar's Office.
1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements
with the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning and intermediate courses in Chinese, Japanese and Russian.
2 - Dual degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, and Michigan Technological
University.
3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern
Hospital
Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in Kindergarten-Elementary
Education and the following fields in Secondary Education: English-Language Arts,
French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry
or Physics), Science (Grades 5-9), Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theater Arts,
and in the special areas of Art (K-12), Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades
5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Vocal and Classroom
Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), and Physical Education
(K-12). Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in
the Education Department and the area of their academic major($.
Certification Programs
Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg to increase vocational possibilities and/or enhance personal growth:
Certificate in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history.
Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting t o teach art in less
formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Chairperson.
Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized
lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff
Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology, sociology, speech and physical education. The program is designed t o meet or
exceed criteria used in The American Lutheran Church certification program.
Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson.
Program Evaluation Certification - provides the background for performing systematic assessments of programs for social improvements. Students are required
to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an internship. For further information, contact the Psychology or Sociology Department
Chairperson.
Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing
on women. Interested students should contact the program chairperson.
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan t o enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry,
veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A
faculty adviser is available in each field t o assist students in their planning. Students
who want to plan a pre-professional program should contact the Associate Academic Dean early in their freshman year to arrange for help from the appropriate
faculty adviser.
Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, 2 courses;
BIO 111, 112; PHY 121, 122; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; MAT 124;
PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering - This program provides a course of study which enables students to com~leteintroductorv core reauirements in mathematics. science and
the libe'ral art; necessary for e&ineerini Some students in the prigram choose
to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engineering, while
others elect to participate in a dual-degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student t o earn a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from
either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri;
or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual-degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in the
liberal arts, including an elected major, with the study of engineering.
Pre-Law - Students planning t o pursue a career in law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools, and consult the
Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel. Students may wish to take the
political science course, Law in the United States, t o help determine whether they
posess an interest in law. Since law schools encourage students t o maintain a
high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that many graduate
schools consider the grade P given for a course as a C.
Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education
to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments have majors specially designed for premedical students. Both require
CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), MAT 124, 125; and PHY 121, 122. The Chemistry
major also requires CHM 353, 361, one advanced course, seminar, and two or
more biology courses. The Biology major also requires BIO 111, 112, 491 and
one from each of three groups (351, 353, 361), (355, 473, 474), (440, 471, 476),
with 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school. Designed t o meet
the University of Minnesota (Minneapolis) requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology
and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis) requires a year of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged
to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 111, 112;
CHM 115,116,351,352; ECO 122; ENG 111 and a second course; MAT 124,125;
PHY 121, 122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several
different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or
religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters
of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of philosophy;
and Greek in the junior and/or senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: ENG, 2 courses; MAT 124; public speaking, 1 course; CHM 115,116 (or
105, 106), 351, 352, 353; BIO 111, 112; PHY 121, 122; economics, 1 course; 2
courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division foreign
languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science,
psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the distribution requirements.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area
on several programs.
Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Library
and Media Center - Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community
has access to over 5,000,000 volumes.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the
St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect
a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required
for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect t o
participate in the cooperative program t o gain new perspectives, t o get better
acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not
offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus
shuttles students between the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim.
Fairview Deaconess Hospital Affiliation - Students in the Fairview Deaconess
Hospital School of Nursing receive instruction in biology, chemistry and other
basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for admission should be made directly
to the hospital.
The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is
composed of colleges and universitiesin Minnesota, South Dakota and Wisconsin.
Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange
and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of
the community organizations of the Upper Midwest.
Chemical Dependency Program -A cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in
the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology
with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed t o train specialists
to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems.
Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and
students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee
Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center
for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes
offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons,
hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the
courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable.
Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer
programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC
program at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement.
Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For
more information, contact the Dean of the College.
Naval ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program
at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Dean
of the College.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of internationalexperience are available to Awgsburg students. Some
of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from
the Director of International Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of
students who may study abroad each year it is wise t o apply in the fall prior to
the year one wishes t o participate in an international program. The deadline is
March 1 of the preceding year.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in
the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in
intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available.
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs - Augsburg students may take
part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (Oslo), the South American Urban
Semester (Bogota), or the Literature Ideology, and Society in Latin America. All
are interdisciplinary and stress cross cultural comparison in development and
planning, including study tours to other nations in their respective regions.
lnterim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings
under the Augsburg lnterim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad
issued in spring for the following January. Augsburg is affiliated with the Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE).
International Business Program - Augsburg College International Business Program offers students the opportunity t o spend a year of study in London, Paris
(American College), Cairo (American University), or Heidelberg. A major concentration in international business requires Business Administration courses taken
at Augsburg and international core courses studied at one or two of the campuses
abroad. See Business Administration-International Business.
Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month livingllearning program
based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global
justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural
activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent t o full room, board, and tuition
for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited.
Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN
program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges
in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students
are granted partial scholarships t o enable them t o spend a summer in informal
study in one of the countries chosen. Applications t o the program are made in
the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of
three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before
departure, independent study abroad o n a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return.
Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of
foreign educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway;
Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; the University of York, England; the
University of Dundee, Scotland; the University o
f Seville, Spain; and the Institute
for American Universities in Avignon, France.
Summer School - There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish t o
spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those
interested in further information should contact the Director of International
Programs.
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg provides opportunities for qualified students
to pursue an enriched and distinctive course of study. Special seminars, colloquia,
social events and options in completing the general education requirements are
all parts of the Honors Progmm. Inquiries should be addressed t o Dr. Diane Pike,
Honors Director.
Internships and Cooperative Education
I
I
These are college-wide programs that provide students in almost all fields of study
an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their
academic program or personal interests. Placements are available with a variety
of companies, agencies and community organizations. For further information,
contact Patricia Anne Parker, Associate Academic Dean, for internships, or Garry
W. Hesser, Director of Cooperative Education.
Augsburg Weekend College
Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult students
who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which
men and women may earn a college degree, complete a second major, or pursue
a personal interest or skill.
Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and there are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may
take from one to four classes each term.
While Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses as the day
school program, the curriculum is limited t o selected liberal arts courses and the
following majors: Business Administration (concentrations in management, marketing, finance, accounting, and management information systems), Communication (concentrations in public relations/advertising, human relations and supervisory management), Nursing, and Social Work.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of courses,both credit and non-credit, through
its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since
continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses
vary in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more
about Augsburgs continuing education offerings should call or write the Office
of the Associate Dean.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Registration
A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it.
Students normally register for four courses a semester and one course in the
interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified
as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 courses, students must contact
the Registrar's office t o petition the Committee on Student Standing for
permission.
Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged
for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancelling or adding courses
or changing grading option after the first five days of a semester.
A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following
semesters.
Separate catalogs of courses are published by the lnterim Office, Summer School
Office, and Weekend College Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures.
Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus
are available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar - Science 114, for Fall and Spring terms
Interim Office - Memorial 230, for lnterim
Summer School Office - Memorial 230, for Summer School
Weekend College Office - Memorial 329, for Fall, Winter and Spring trimesters
of Weekend College.
Pre-Registration
Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for courses in
the fall. All currently enrolled students may pre-register during the fall for the
spring and during the spring for the fall. All students must confirm their registration
at the beginning of each semester and complete financial arrangements.
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not t o abandon courses for which they are registered, since
this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or
withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from
college cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved
by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal from
College form is returned to the Registrar's Office.
Leave of Absence
Students may request a Leave of Absence for academic or personal reasons. A
request form must be picked up from the Office of the Dean of the College. It
must be signed by the Dean of Students, or authorized representative, and by
the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The completed form must
be turned in to the Registrar's Office.
*
3
=
0
-
.-t!
A Leave of Absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an
extension of a Leave of Absence is needed, it should be requested in the same
manner as the original Leave of Absence, and the completed form must be turned
in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous Leave of Absence,
or readmission will be required.
Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of
their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing must be observed
by returning students. A Leave of Absence does not defer repayment of loans or
extend incomplete deadlines.
-5 '
.j
tu
3
1
.
U
Q)
Graduation Requirements
The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with
the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean
and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning.
Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar.
Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office.
4
1
All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Registrar's office prior t o the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incomp l e t e ~or open courses on the academic record).
1. Completion of 35 courses.
At least 11 courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not
moreahan 13 may be in one department, except in certain approved majors 17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree,
and 18 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degree. The course total must include three Interims for students whose
complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total
must include one less interim course than the number of years at Augsburg.
No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) courses; 2 courses by independent/ directed study; 4 courses of internship; and 8 courses with a grade of
Pass (P). Non-traditional grading (P) also has these limits: 2 in the major except
Elementary Education and Nursing; 1 in the minor if approved by the department
chairperson.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree
should contact the Registrar's Office about specific requirements for a second
baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major.
/
2'2. Completion of a major.
,Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor
or double-major is not required, but is encouraged.(
-\
3. Grade Point average
- 2.0
for most majors.
A grade point average of 2.0 is required in all courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher
grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure
in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social
work.) See the departmental section for details.
4. Residence
The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7 courses for part-time
students) must be at Augsburg. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation
is needed.
5. Distribution requirements (See below)
Distribution Requirements
Writing - A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department-of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods.
Liberal Arts
An approved course from each of these seven areas:
Mathematics-Physics
Chemistry-Biology
English-Speech, Communication &
Theater Arts (devoted t o the study of
literature)
Psychology-Sociology
Economics-Political Science
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's Office.
Foreign Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at
Augsburg. Students who test above the 111 level of a foreign language will take
one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111
and 112) of another foreign language.
Religious Studies - Three -approved courses in religious studies, of which not
more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number
required is one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg,
Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - One course. Courses
approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Registar's Office.
Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime
sports.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations.
Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are
used.
Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 t o
0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better
and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0, Students are cautioned t o
use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools
do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a
"C". See PIN limitations under Graduation Requirements.
Cemin courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several
interim courses are graded only on the PIN grading system. Some education
courses are graded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional system.
English 111 i s graded P or N, or 2.0-4.0/N. Some other courses are graded only
P, 1.0, N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O.
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional
system unless they indicate on their registration that they wFsh t o use the P/N
grading option. Any changes in choice or grading system must be made accarding
to dares published each term. A fee i s charged for any changes after the first five
days of classes.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performance below basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average.
A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the
1.5 or below level.
An incomplete grade may be given only in the caw of extreme emergency. 60
receive it, a studerrt must file a petition with the Carnrnittee on Student Standing
stating the reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If permission i s granted, the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the
teacher along with the incomplete.
A grade of X may be given for an independent or directed study course or internship that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must
be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the
record. If X is given, the course must be registered for as 1X in the following term
in order that credit and a grade may be assigned.
A course in which a grade of 0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be
repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not
be repeated for credit, but may be audited. All courses taken remain on the
academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted
toward graduation and in the grade point average.
A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping
classes without a notation on the record.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering
for Audit 0.Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge
for part-time students is listed under College Costs. Students who audit a course
should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term
t o determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations
have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited.
If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W
(Withdrawn).
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg.
It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the PIN grading option are recorded, but not computed
in the GPA.
Classification
Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points.
Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points.
Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted to students
with scores of 3, 4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should
be addressed t o the Office of the Registrar.
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL Program)
Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life
situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within
the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal arts college. The
APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by
which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from
another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible
credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience, however, i s appropriate for credit recognition
at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: 1) it is
relevant t o coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may
have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The following is a
brief description of each of these means of assessment:
The College Level Examination Program (CLEP) is a series of standardized tests
which have been developed by The College Board and are offered to students
for a small fee at regional testing centers. (The regional testing center for this area
is the University of Minnesota.) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile
on a subject examination may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg
College. Additional information about CLEP tests is available from the Office of
the Registrar.
Departmental Comprehensive Exams are available for students t o use in obtaining
credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met:
A. There is a departmental instrument available for subject area in question.
B. There is a faculty member designated by the department t o administer the
exam.
C. The Student Standing Committee approves the student's request t o take the
exam.
Credit for departmental exams is available on a pass/no credit basis only, and
there is a charge per exam.
The Credit Assessment Program (CAP) is a credit assessment alternative in which
a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted
by the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrar and two faculty
members from fields of study directly related t o the student's previous learning.
Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish t o
prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include
a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In completing the evaluation of a
student's prev?ouslearning, the CAP Committee applies the following criteria:
A. There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous
learning experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content
material found within liberal arts coursework.
B. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition t o the
presenting student.
C. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
D. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals.
E. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present
time.
Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least
four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg
GPA of at least 2.5. There is an application deposit (applicable to transcript charge)
to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit
applied t o the student's transcript.
Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total
number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of
courses applied t o graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course
number of CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements
and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response t o a formal request by the student.
Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning - While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom,
this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal
arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (one-fourth
of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through previous
experiential learning. In compiling the nine courses of credit for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the three assessment
processes available in the APL program: CLEP exams, departmental exams, and
credit granted through CAP Committee assessment.
Probation and Dismissal
A student will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if his or
her achievement is unsatisfactory. A student who has been on probation two or
more consecutive semesters is subject to dismissal at the end of the term. Dismissal
from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on
Student Standing. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly
advised t o withdraw before the end of the term. A student who has been on
probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have
special permission to re-enroll.
A student will be placed on probation under these conditions:
Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken fewer
than 7 courses.
Sophomore - below 1.7 cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 but
fewer than 16 courses.
Junior - below 1.9 cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25 courses.
Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses.
A student will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the
minimum levels above. Students placed on probation as freshmen for earning 2
zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes t o
sophomore, they have not earned additional zero grades, and their cumulative
GPA reaches 1.7. Students placed on probation as sophomores for earning 3 zero
grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior
and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9.
Dean's List
The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade
point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three full
courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Each student on the Dean's List receives a
certificate and, if permission is given, an announcement is sent t o the hometown
newspaper.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude 3.8 t o 4.0 cumulative GPA
Magna cum laude 3.6 up t o but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA
Cum laude 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA
To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed
two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
Independent/Directed Study
Many departments offer opportunities for conscientious students who demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out upper
division level work on an independent basis. Some departments also offer an
opportunity for directed study on a lower division level. A student who registers
for directed or independent study should normally expect to complete it in one
semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. In
such cases, a grade of X is given at the end of the first term, and the student will
register again for the course t o receive the final grade.
bruaenrs lnreresrea In reglsrerlng ror alrectea or rnaepenaent stuay must rlrst
secure permission from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two
courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35
courses required for the degree.
Students may cross-register for independent studies at another ACTC school only
when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available
on th.eir home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any special
costs attached. Requests for exception to this policy should be made directly to
their own academic dean.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans
Administration.
Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two
consecutive terms in which they did not earn at least three courses per term, the
minimum for classification as full-time students. It is the responsibility of each
veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Office
of the Registrar, as it is for all students.
If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after
any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the equivalent of what
they had been certified for.
A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below
three courses will be reported to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need
to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of
educational assistance funds received.
Students use computers for many courses [Photos by john Louis Anderson]
-
At Augsburg, a business major can take an art class [Photo by john Louis Anderson)
Departments, Course Descriptions
Course descriptions are listed by department or interdisciplinary
program. The descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise description and clarification of content
and requirementsfor individual courses, students should consult the
instructors.
Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general, classes
are offered Fall and/or Spring terms, unless another frequency is
specified. The Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Descriptions and
schedules for courses offered in January Interim, Summer School
and Augsburg Weekend College are published in separate catalogs.
A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for
one-half or one-quarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester
credits or 6 quarter hours.
Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute
periods a week, in addition to laboratories.
Numberin
%
Courses num ered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300
and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s areprimarily
for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the
course description. A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not
been fulfilled if there is prior approval of a professor teaching the course and of the
academic adviser.
Art (ART)
Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Lynn Bollman, Robert Friederichsen, Norman D.
Holen, Dorothy J . Williamson
Majors in Studio Art, Art History and Teaching Ucensure are taught by a faculty
committed t o teaching, creativity and research in the field. Among the programs
available are departmental honors, art exhibitions, independent study and internships in museum and gallery work, communications, graphic design and cornmunrty cultural arts.
Facilities include large work areas; t w o exhibition galleries, an art history slide
library, a curatorial room and a stained glass studio.
Students are encouraged t o acquire broad experience in general education along
with a wide variety of art studies and one or more selected areas of concentration.
Studio Art Major: 9-1 3 studio courses with Foundations 102,107,225; 3 art history
courses including 240. One course must be in 2-dimensional art (118, 223, 360)
and one in 3-dimensional art (150, 221, 250). Majors are required t o begin their
programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with
portfolio o n approval by the Art faculty.
Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102, 107, 225; Studio 118, 132, 150, 221,
223 and 250 plus a second course in t w o areas; 240 and two other art history
courses. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education for
teacher licensure.
Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses
including one from 102, 107 o r 225 and 118 or 221.
Honors Majam: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and
development andlor special projects such as senior exhibition and research. Application should be made t o the department chairperson before the last term of
the senior year.
Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; 240.
Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240.
Certificate in Art: 8 art courses, including one in art history. U p t o four courses
may b e taken i n one studio area or i n art history.
Foundations in Studio Art Courses
102 Environmental Aesthetics
Fine arts in the urban and world d n g . Concern for the visual content of experience
in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group
projects exploring d e i g n problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction.
107 Drawing
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building
interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
225 Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such
as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images.
Studio Art Courses
100, 300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department.
118 Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
132 Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black
and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring)
150 jewelry
An introduction to-the casting of jewelry in pewter and silver.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
221 Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster,
stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective
media.
223 Print Making I
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut.
242 Film Making
Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film. (On Demand)
247 Life Drawing
See Interim Catalog
250 Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
330 Visual Communications II
A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols,
and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration.
(Prereq.:225)
351 Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a
continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250)
355 Painting 11
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118)
360 Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. (Alternate years)
368 Print Making II
Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen,
etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223)
399 Internship
Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project.
478 Sculpture II
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster,
stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221)
499 Independent Study
Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors.
Art History Courses
240 Art History Survey
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing
of slides, visits to museums.
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year.
352 Women's Art History
A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within
the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period.
382 Scandinavian Arts
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modern times. (Spring 1985)
385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D. (Alternate
years, Spring 1985)
386 Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe.
387 Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, 14th to 18th century. (Alternate years, Fall 1984)
388 19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present.
(Alternate years, 1985-86)
389 American Art
A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis
on 19th and 20th centurv art and its relations hi^ to Eurooean art as well as indieenous
"
movements. (Alternate years, 1985-86)
Biology (BIO)
Neal Thorpe (Chairperson), Robert S. Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud
The department offers programs to equip students for graduate and professional
study as well as for a variety of career opportunities presently available t o the
biologist. Complementing the course offerings, the department possesses an impressive array of sophisticated laboratory instruments including a gas chromatograph, a scintillation counter, and an electron microscope.
and faculty t o have access t o extensive library and research facilities and seminars
discussing the frontiers of biological research.
Major - Option 1: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course
from each of three groups: (1) 351, 353, 361, 481; (11) 355, 473, 474; (111) 440, 471,
476; CHM 115,116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; MAT 124,125; PHY 121,122. Students
intending t o enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major.
Major - Option 2: 9 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course
from each of five groups: (1) 351, 353; (11) 355, 474; (111) 361, 481; (IV) 471, 473;
M 440, 476; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 7061, 351 and 352, Students who plan t o
teach in secondary schaols ohen s e t m this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning
to teach are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their
planning.
Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually
require CHM 353.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participation in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the
research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the
senior year.
Minor: 5 courses, including 111,112 and three upper division courses; CHM 115,
116 (or 105, 106).
101 Human Biology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer
such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man
have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment?
What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man?
(3 hours lecture, 1-112 hours discussion section. A student may not receive credit for
both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor, Spring)
103 Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or consent of instructor; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students.
A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major
or minor)
105 Biology and Society
What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our wciety must deal?
What threats are posed by poilution, the prospect of war. and by shortages of food,
water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research,
scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (3 hour
lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor.)
108 Microbiology
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the
fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student
nurses, health majors, or consent of instructor. Prereq.: CHM 109 and concurrent registration in CHM 110 or consent of instructor. Spring. Does not apply to the major or
minor)
109 Special Topics in Biology
Offered periodically through Aup5burg'~Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted aff campus with community pmpfe taking the course together with college students in a ca-fearning mode[. Topics will vary depending upon
needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor.
111, 112 General Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology,
and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by
permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring)
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
323 Experimental Human Physiology
A laboratory-based course in which the principles of human function are learned by
experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will
also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective
therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors
(primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or
112. Alternate years, Fall 1984)
351 Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life
history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.:
112. Alternate years, Spring 1986)
353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution,
behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
355 Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.:
112, Spring)
361 Plant Biology
A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy,
physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, 1985-86)
367 Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and
nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, CHM
352 or consent of instructor. Fall)
399 lnternship
Upper division internship.
440 Plant Physiology
A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis,
respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular
plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Spring 1985)
471 Cellular Biology
A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Fall 1984)
473 Animal Physiology
A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; CHM 106 or 116; PHY 103 or 122 orconsent of instructor.
Alternate years, Fall 1985)
474 Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during
the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental
as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed.
(3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
476 Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Fall 1985)
481 Ecology
A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships
between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some
Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Fall 1984)
491 Seminar
Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors majoring in biology, Fall)
499 Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor.
Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous
arrangement with instructor)
Business Administration &
tconomlcs
Amin Kader (Chairperson), Roger Allerson, Walter Anastas, James E. Billings, John
Cerrito, John Cosgrove, Anne Fosse, Satya Gupta, Gary Hovind, Robert Kramarczuk, Roy H. LaFayette, Thomas Morgan, Mohammed Nouri, Edward M. Sabella
The department is committed t o developing within t h e student a blend o f theoretical and practical tools necessary f o r successful entry and advancement i n the
business and academic communities. T o this end, t h e department affords specialization i n a variety of areas including: Accounting, Economics, Finance, International Business, Management, M a n a g e m e n t I n f o r m a t i o n Systems, a n d
Marketing.
Each o f these areas is dependent u p o n a strong foundation i n the liberal arts w i t h
an emphasis o n solid communication and analytical skills. Recognizing t h e occupational realities of t h e business and economic disciplines, t h e department is
equally c o m m i t t e d t o m a i n t a i n i n g a n application o r i e n t e d balance. This is
achieved i n part b y fostering close ties w i t h t h e corporate community, which i n
t u r n provides a wealth of practical expertise and a w i d e variety o f internship
opportunities as well as future j o b prospects.
W e believe w e can best serve b o t h t h e community and t h e student b y providing
training that is ethically based, technically competent and socially aware.
Business Administration (BUS)
Major in Accounting: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261,262,
263,379,381, and 483 or 484); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from
258, 391, 392). At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning careers i n accounting, completion of the t w o remaining courses i n the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. Courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly recommended.
Major i n Finance: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261, 262,373,
379, 478, and one from 381, 382, 483); 4 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, and
one from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper division courses are required. ECO
392, MAT 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
Major i n Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 131, 145,
250, 261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 or 478); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251,
340,445); PHI 120; PSY 371,373; SOC 241 and 375 or 383; SPC 111 or ENG 223;
SPC 354 or 355. MAT 114 is strongly recommended.
Major i n Management Information Systems (MIS): 8 Business Administration
courses (101, 102, 145, 250, 261, 375, 475,479); 4 Economics courses (122, 123,
340 or 445,379); MAT 174 or CSC 170 (170 would require MAT 124); 4 Computer
Science courses (240, 340, 350, 352).
Major i n Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 131, 135, 250,
261, 330, 379, 430); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 445); PHI 120; SPC
351 or 352 and also 353. MAT 114 is strongly recommended.
Major i n lnternational Business: 8 Business Administration courses (101, 102,131,
135,261 and 399 or 499 and t w o from 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122,
123, 379); POL 160; 3 language courses (or demonstrated proficiency) from one
of the following: Arabic, Chinese, French, German, Greek, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish; 1 History course (coordinated with the foreign language
courses) from 103, 104, 222, 322, 323, 324, 331, 332, 440, 474; 8 lnternational
Core courses, including internship or independent study. Core courses must be
taken abroad. Exceptions may be permitted with department approval. General
descriptions follow. Students who plan t o major i n lnternational Business should
contact the department's international adviser, Amin Kader, as soon as possible
t o carefully plan their program of study.
lnternational Core Courses
- Required
Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign
investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc.
European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying
it; structure of the European market; market analysis and sales management; pricing
policies; distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed
on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S.
Import-Export Operations - The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import
and export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational
and financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysis
of international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations.
Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and
managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiaries and parent company; organizational behavior; management policy; comparative
industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international
setting.
lnternational Core Courses - 3 t o be Elected
Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure,
land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism.
European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms of economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path
to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport;
industrial policy; current membership negotiations.
lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation
of domestic and international policies. lnternational monetary cooperation.
international Economic Policies - The economic factors in diplomacy; tariff techniques
and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economic aspects
of economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid
policies; exchange rate policies.
Theory of lnternational Finance - The relevance of international finance; participants
in the international payments xene; balance of international payments; spot market
and forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity;
the impact of international payments nn the domestic price level; employment and the
performance of monetary policy.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Minor i n Business Administration: 6 courses, including 101, 102, and one of 261,
373, 379,478 and one of 262, 379, 381; ECO 122 and 123. Other configurations
for the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the
department chairperson.
M i n o r i n Management Information Systems (MIS): 8 courses, including 101, 250,
261,375,475; ECO 123; MAT 174 or CSC 170 (170 would require MAT 124; CSC
240).
C.P.A. Certification: Graduates who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants
(C.P.A.) examination prior t o fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business Administration-Accounting and taken all accounting
and business law courses offered. Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation.
Notes: Students who plan t o major in the department are strongly encouraged
to select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their
program of study.
In addition t o the courses listed below, these have been offered under BUS 295,
495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation
for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, and Discrete
Event Simulation.
-
101 Principles of Financial Accounting
lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
102 Principles of Managerial Accounting
lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101)
131 Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business
organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
135 lntroduction to Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive,
behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (Fall)
145 Fundamentals of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control.
The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the
professional manager. (Fall)
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
250 Data Processing, COBOL and FORTRAN
An introduction to COBOL and FORTRAN programming.
261 Fundamentals of Finance
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources
and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage,
dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 102)
262 lntermediate Accounting I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts,
current and non-current assets. (Prereq.: 101, Fall)
263 lntermediate Accounting II
A continuation of lntermediate Accounting I.An analysis of accounting theory pertaining
to investments, tangible and intangible assets, liabilities and stockholders' equities. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.:
262, Spring)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
330 Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research
methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in
marketing. (Prereq.: 135, Spring)
340 Personnel Administration
Personnelfunction in business, acquisition and utilizationof human resources; desirable
working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and
society. (Prereq.: 145 or consent of instructor. On Demand)
373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case
material. (Prereq.: 261)
375 lnforrnation Systems in the Organization
Design and implementation of organizational structure and structural change. An informational processing point of view to examine design of communication, decision
making and task systems. (Prereq.: 250)
379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems
in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra.)
381 Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101,
102, Junior or Senior, or consent of instructor)
382 Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals
and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102, Junior or Senior, or consent
of instructor. Spring)
399 Internship
. Program
A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable
to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity
to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student
will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
430 Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and
decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: 330, Junior or Senior, or consent of instructor. Spring)
440 Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples
from service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a
managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation
processes, productivity measurement, Randards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information
systems. (Prereq.: 145, Junior or Senior or consent of instructor)
475 Information Systems Analysis and Design
The process of defining information requirements, construction of a logical &ode1 of
information system and the preparation of a general design. Discussion of the procedures to define program specifications, documentation, and plan implementation.
478 Investments and Financial Institutions
Appraisal of the riskireturn relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint
of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. ECO 392 is strongly recommended. Junior or
Senior or consent of instructor. Fall)
479 lntermedlate quantltatlve Methods tor Economics and Business
Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statis~icalresearch methods through
use of the eledronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical
methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the
course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear
Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: 379 or equivalent, Junioror Senior or consent
of instructor. On demand)
483 Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls
for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Junior or Senior or consent of instructor. Fall)
484 Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263, Junioror Senior or consent of instructor. Spring)
295, 495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with me~mbersof the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General
Business. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
499 Independent Study
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in
depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Economics (ECO)
Major in Economics: 8 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and three
other upper division); BUS 101, 102, 379; MAT 114. MAT 373 may be substituted
for BUS 379. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for
those planning graduate study i n economics. I n addition, courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended.
Major i n Applied Economics: 9 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and
445 or 453 and three other upper division); BUS 101,102,379,479; PHI 130; MAT
124, 125, 215, 224, 314. MAT 211 is strongly recommended. MAT 373 may be
substituted for BUS 379. The student is strongly encouraged t o take other Economics courses in addition t o those listed above.
Combined Major i n Economics - Business Administration: 5 Economics courses
(122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division); 6 Business Administration courses
(101, 102, 261, 373, 379 and one upper division). Courses i n data processing and
computer programming are highly recommended. The student is very strongly
encouraged t o take additional courses both in business administration and
economics.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.50 i n the major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination i n the major field of concentration.
Minor i n Economics: 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other
configurations may be permitted o n consultation w i t h t h e department
chairperson.
Notes: In addition t o the courses listed below, these topics have been offered
under 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics, and Business Advanced Economic Theory and
Decision-Making with Finite Markov Chains.
ECO 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. ECO 120 will
satisfy the urban concerns requirement.
Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to select
a department adviser: as soon as possible in order t o carefully plan their program
of study.
120 Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment.
Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population ""Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology
and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned
topics. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in
Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major
or minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics
should instead enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors.)
122 Principles of Economics (Macro)
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal
policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of 123 or 120. 122
and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term for the student
to progress more rapidly to the other courses.
123 Principles of Economics (Micro)
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
May be taken independently of 122 or 120.122 and 123 may be taken in either order,
or may be taken in the same term for the student to progress more rapidly to other
courses.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
251 lntermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the
pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123)
258 lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle.
(Prereq.: 122. Fall)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
340 Managerial Decision Making
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management
science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis
is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio
selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information
systems, etc. (Prereq.: 123, BUS 101 and high school algebra or equivalents. Spring)
379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems
in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra.)
391 Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy
on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall)
392 Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis
placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring)
399 Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable
to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity
to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write
a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
442 Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or consent
of instructor. On Demand)
445 Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics
considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost
functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and
an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: 251 or equivalent or consent of instructor. Spring)
453 Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to
the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: 251, 258 and at least MAT
122 or equivalent or consent of instructor. On Demand)
454 Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 251 or consent of instructor. On Demand)
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methods through
use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical
methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the
course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear
Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: BUS 379 or equivalent or consent of instructor. On Demand)
295, 495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and current national and international economic problems and
policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.)
499 Independent Study
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in
depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Chemistry (CHM)
Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John R. Holum, Sandra Olmsted
The goal of the department is to have our students develop into better scientists.
Therefore, significant changes must occur in what they understand and know in
the field of chemistry, how they think and approach scientific problems, and how
they act in experimental work, in communicating their results, and in interacting
with others.
The department is on the list of approved schools of the American Chemical
Society, which has approved its total program. Students who complete the ACS
major are competitive with their peers of the same ability in graduate school,
chemical positions, or medical school. The approved program also meets the
requirements for the chemistry background required by many related fields.
The department provides opportunity for widening students' intellectual horizons,
for developing insight into a field of science for non-majors, and for learning in
an atmosphere which encourages students to remain lifelong learners.
Graduation Major in Chemistry: 115, 116, (or 105, 106) 351, 352, 353, 361, 363
and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry; participation in seminar; PHY 121,122; MAT 124,125. Since upper division courses have mathematics
and physics prerequisites, students should plan t o take MAT 124, 125 in the
freshman year and PHY 121, 122 in the sophomore year.
American Chemical Society Approved Major: 12 courses including 115, 116 (or
105,106) and all chemistry courses above 350 (except 399,497,499), Chemistry
Seminar participation; MAT 224; PHY 121, 122 (which should be taken during the
sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent t o one semester and computer proficiency are also required.
Teaching Major: Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: Recommendation
for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115,116 or 105, 106);
3 courses in earth and life sciences; CHM 351, 352, 353, 361, 363, 364, 482, 491
(BIO 367 may be substituted for 364); PHY 245. Students are advised t o consult
with the Education department early in their planning.
Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. In addition,
medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students
should consult members of the Chemistry department for assistance in planning
a course program early in their college career.
Honors Major: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation
in seminar.
Minor: 5 courses which must include 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 353 and two other
chemistry courses above 300 (except 399). BIO 367 may be one of the courses.
Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106 and 116.
Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed
with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is
necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a
two-term course in registering for the second term.
Placement I n 105 o r 115 IS determined by t h e score o n t h e Mathematics Placement
Examination. High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115.
105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116; designed especially for students who will not
major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 to 351,353. Concepts and laws
underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105, Fall; 106, Spring)
109, 110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamental principles of general,
organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's Upper Division Program), inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education, and others. Open also to students in the humanities and social sciences.
First term, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special applications to human physiological chemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hours of laboratory. This course does not
apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both 109
and 105 or 115, nor can credit be earned for both 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school
chemistry within the last 3 years. 109, Fall; 110, Spring)
115, 116 General Chemistry
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester includes
chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples
from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry
including kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory.
Prereq.: High school chemistry, math placement. 115, Fall; 116, Spring)
199 lnternship
Lower division internship.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
351, 352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and
multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of
chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactor mechanism; many applications of organic
chemistry to biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, 1fourhour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116; 351, Fall; 352, Spring)
353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives
an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves
quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (3 hours of
lecture, 1 four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116. Fall)
361, 364 Physical Chemistry
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory,
and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to
areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester.
(3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 106 or 116; PHY 121, 122; MAT 124, 125. 361, Fall; 364,
Spring)
363, 365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1/2 course each)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and
experimental application of concepts presented in9hysical Chemistry lecture. 363 is to
be taken the first half of the spring semester and involves experiments related to 361.
365 i s to be taken the second half of the semester by all persons taking 364.
399 lnternship
Opportunity for off-campus experiences as a chemist.
464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory.
Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3
hours of lecture, 6 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or consent of instructor;
some reading knowledge of German. Fall)
481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 361, or consent of instructor. Spring)
482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular
orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques.
(3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352,361, or consent of instructor.
Fall)
483 .Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation
to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate
solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules.
Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or consent of instructor. Spring)
491 Chemistry Seminar
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under
the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to
participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to
participate.
497 Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in
the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing).
499 Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or
historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. Uunior Standing)
East and Southeast Asian Studies
Khin Khin Jensen (Director)
This program offers two options:
1. Major or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepanmental program which provides a foundation lor careers in international business,
government, teaching, global ministries, work with social and recreational agencies, or graduate study.
Two years of Japaneseare taught on one of the five ACTC campuses, or Augsburg
students may take Chinese courses at Harnline University. There also is a contractual arradgement with the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department for Chinese and Japaneselanguage courses.
Opportunitim for language study abroad are available in japan, China, Taiwan,
Korea, Hongkong and Singapore. Summer institutes are available in the People's
Republic of China and in the W.5, See the director for information and procedure
to register for any of these courses or travel.
Non-majors in the program are eligible t o take the Chinese or Japanese language
courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement.
Major in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic
college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2
courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies; and 2 courses from a
list of approved electives.
Minor in East Asian Studies - 5 courses, including 2 courses (1 year) of basic
college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; 1 course in history of
East Asia; and 2 upper division courses in cultural specialization from a list of
approved electives.
2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at
Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed t o
be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors.
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from HIS 322, 323, 324;
one from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 241; one from HIS 474, POL 351,363,382; and
one from HIS 226, 399, 495, 499. HIS 104 is strongly recommended.
Note: Interim courses related t o the East and Southeast Asian Studies program
may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director.
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under Department of History)
299 Directed Study
(See Director of program)
322 Modern Southeast Asia
(See under Department of History)
323 Modern China
(See under Department of History)
324 Modern japan
(See under Department of History)
351 Communist Political Systems
(See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and Analysis)
363 Communist Foreign Policies
(See under Department of Political Science, International Politics)
382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future
(See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis)
399 Internships
(See Director of program for guidelines to apply for an internship)
474 The World and The West
(See under Department of History)
495 Seminar
(See Director of program)
499 Independent Study
(See Director of program for guidelines)
Economics (ECO)
See Business Administration and Economics
Education
Barry Franklin, Chairperson, Sheldon P. Fardig, Marie McNeff, Lauretta E. Pelton
Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Kindergarten-Elementary
Education and Secondary Education. Students interested in attaining licensure in
any of these areas or in pursuing the study of education as a liberal discipline will
find opportunities in the department, where programs combine the study of educational theory with practice in actual school settings.
Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised t o consult with the
Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring to
Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, it is within the
jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments
to determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions
as applicable t o requirements of the approved teacher licensure programs at
Augsburg College.
Students who wish t o register for student teaching must have been admitted t o
the Education Department. Students are advised to apply for admission in the
spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course.
Students transferring from an education program at another college must be
readmissible to that program.
Elementary Education (EDE)
Marie McNeff (Coordinator)
Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: 255, 341, 351, 352,
381, 382, 383, 384, 386, 481, 482, 483; HPE 114, 115; SWK 260; a college level
mathematics course; academic minor (major recommended); GPA of 2.0 overall
and 2.5 in major and academic minor and grades of P in student teaching courses
required for licensure; fulfill requirements of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5
MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The professional semester, for juniors, includes
341, 352, 381, 382, 384, 386. (341, 381, 382, 383, 384 are 112 courses)
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Kindergarten-Elementary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education)
295, 495 Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current
course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
299 Directed Study
Lower division independent study.
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective
audio-visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the reading and
the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. (Fall)
352 Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary
The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological and sociological theories. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265 or consent
of instructor. Spring)
381 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265,
concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
382 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265,
concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and
health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255
or EDS 265. Fall)
384 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Science (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and science
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS
265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten
A study of the kindergarten program, exploration of materials, and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. (Prereq.: a teaching license at
the elementary level. Summer I)
386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature, Language Arts
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for Children's Literature and
Language Arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
478 School and Society
(See Secondary Education)
481, 482, 483 Student Teaching I K-6
Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the
supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student
teaching and program approval)
484 Student Teaching II K-6
Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481, 482, 483)
491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
(See Special Education)
498 lndependent Study (1/2 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a
teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission).
499 lndependent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided
for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved
by the kindergarten-elementary education faculty.
Prekindergarten Education (EDE)
This program is under review. Contact the department chairperson.
Licensure Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus 325, 425, 160
hours of student teaching; PSY 351; SOC 231. For a Prekindergarten license with
other than an education major, consult with the department chairperson.
325 Contemporary Influences in Prekindergarten Education
Focus on the young child as a person and the importance of the early years in relation
to the effects of present day society and culture on the child. Current developments
include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other interventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab
experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring)
425 Prekindergarten Curriculum
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child.
The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for
children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and
working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions and two hours
per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall)
Secondary Education (EDS)
Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator)
It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with
Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition
t o conferring with the student's major field adviser.
Licensure Requirements o f the State o f Minnesota f o r teaching i n secondary
schools are met through t h e Augsburg College Education Department licensure
program: Baccalaureate degree; academic major i n an approved teaching area;
265, 354, 388, 478, methods course($ i n major area, 481, 482 (and 483 for Art,
Music, and Physical Education teaching majors); HPE 114, 115; PSY 105; GPA of
2.0 overall, 2.0 i n education courses, 2.5 i n academic major and P i n student
teaching. Application for and acceptance i n t o t h e Augsburg licensure program
required.
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing f o r licensure i n
o n e o f these areas follows t h e secondary education program even though h e o r
she plans t o teach at t h e elementary school level. A person w i t h a major i n o n e
o f these special areas will take three courses i n student teaching and d o some
student teaching at b o t h t h e secondary and elementary levels. I n addition t o 354,
the art major will register for 361, 362; the Physical Education major f o r 365; and
the music major for 373.
Art and Physical Education teacher education programs lead t o licensure f o r
grades K-12. Music teacher education programs lead t o licensure i n the following
areas: I - B a n d (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); 2-Orchestra (K-12) and classr o o m music (5-12); 3-Vocal and classroom music (K-9); o r 4-Vocal and classroom
music (5-12).
Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German,
Spanish), achievement o f at least "good" i n t h e listening, speaking, and reading
parts of the M o d e r n Language Association proficiency tests is required. The candidate will take t h e MIA tests before undertaking student teaching. Results will
b e recorded i n t h e candidate's permanent file i n t h e Department o f Education.
The Professional Term: School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly
i n one full-time term i n professional education. Attendance at special afternoon
o r evening seminars is also required. A student w h o elects t o take just t w o courses
i n student teaching may take o n e course i n independent study at this time. All
students are expected t o b e involved full-time i n t h e activities of t h e professional
term.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary)
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education)
295, 495 Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current
course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Kindergarten-Elementary Education)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
(See Kindergarten-Elementary Education)
354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary
The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: 265, PSY 105)
355 Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching
procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring)
356, 357, 358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings (1/2 course each)
Study and application of instructional methods, materials, and techniques.
361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materialsand issues relatingto the teaching of art in the elementary, middle,
and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school.
(Fall)
364 English Methods (1/2 course)
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the
preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Physical Education Department)
366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with
the Foreign Language Department.)
374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability
levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall)
375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring)
376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the
directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics,
and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring)
388 Human Relations (1/2 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnemta for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all.
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
410 Health Methods
(See HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program)
478 School and Society
The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the
development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied.
(Prereq.: senior standing)
481, 482, 483, 484 Student Teaching
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college
and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses
required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval)
498 lndependent Study (1/2 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a
teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission).
499 lndependent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided
for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets
the approval of education faculty.
Special Education (EDE, EDS)
Barry Franklin (Coordinator)
Minor: Minimum of 6 courses (282, 491; PSY 351, 357; one course chosen from
HPE 354, MUS 110 (Interim) or 395, PSY 362, EDS 385 (Interim), or SWK 304
(CHR); and one course chosen from LIN 289, PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO
103 is recommended as an additional course.
282 lntroduction to Special Education
Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes,
and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical
disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and
giftedness. (Spring)
491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus
seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor or consent of
instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. (Fall)
Library Science (LIB)
This program is under review. Contact the department chairperson.
Minor: Minimum of 4% courses, including 341, 345, 358, 359, 475.
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See under Elementary Education)
345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration
Organization of materials, including acquisition, cataloging, classification, and processing. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall)
358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials
related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and
guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 Reference Sources and Services
Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and
evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information
and use libraries effectively. (Spring)
399 Internship
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library
situations in the metropolitan area.
475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondan/ school level, with attention
to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of library service,
worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with
department approval.
Engineering
Ken Erickson (Adviser)
Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities t o allow
the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an
engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota lnstitute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied
Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton,
Michigan. Because of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary.
Applications for these programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg
Engineering Adviser.
University of Minnesota - The lnstitute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative
arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs:
1. Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Engineering (B.A.1B.E.) which enables students t o
receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of
Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically
involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the lnstitute of Technology.
Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At
that time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further
conditions necessary for final acceptance into the program. Formal application
to the lnstitute of Technology may be completed during the second semester
of the junior year at Augsburg.
2. Bachelor of ArtsIMaster of Engineering (B.A.1M.E.) which enables students to
receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of
Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves
four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the lnstitute of Technology.
The curriculum is the same as the B.A.1B.E. curriculum with the addition of
several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year
to minimize the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must
take at the University before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The
number of such courses varies by IT department and area of emphasis within
a department.
Application for admission into the B.A.1M.E. program should be initiated during
the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the
program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive
special counseling from the lnstitute of Technology staff regarding courses that
should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.A.1
M.E. program are not guaranteed admission t o the lnstitute of Technology.
Washington University - Three-Two Plan
Michigan Technological University - Dual Degree Plan
These programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University School
of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological University in a
five-year period.
The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated
university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission to the
engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by the ~ n ~ i n e e rAdviser
in~
of Augsburg College.
Students are also encouraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further information on
these and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg Engineering
Adviser.
Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual
degree programs will be encouraged t o apply t o the engineering school of their
choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need
and academic performance as criteria.
Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Dual Degree or Three-Two
Programs: CHM 115,116; CSC 170; ENG 111; MAT 124,125,224,226; PHY 121,
122; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27
courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124, 125 and PHY 121, 122 are taken in the
freshman year. Students interested in Chemical Engineering also should take CHM
351, 352.
English (ENG)
Ronald C. Palosaari, (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, John
Gidmark, Walter Howerton, John R. Mitchell, Catherine C. Nicholl, Richard B.
Sargent, David Wood
The English department offers courses in literature, writing, and film. Regular
offerings are supplemented by topics courses and interim courses. The department
sponsors the literary magazine, Murphy Square, and holds a weekly program,
Words'worth on Wednesday, devoted to language and literature. Many students
gain practical experience in writing and teaching through internships.
Major: 9 courses above 111, including 225; one course in American literature;
one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and three courses in British
literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that
surveys a number of writers (336, 337,423). Majors are encouraged t o take ENG
245 early in their college work and to consult their departmental adviser regularly.
A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work
in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the
department.
Major for Secondary Teaching Licensure in English-Language Arts: 10 courses, including those listed for the major and a course in the English language; 2 Speech
courses, one from 111, 351, 352, 354 or 355 and either 360 or 366. Courses in
early American literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. In addition to
field experience and student teaching required by the Department of Education,
majors will be required t o gain practical experience in teaching writing, t o be
arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouraged to take
courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in
Orientation t o Education in the fall term of the sophomore year and apply for
teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planning
their courses with the English department chairperson, students should consult
an adviser in the Department of Education.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty
committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program.
Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing
course.
Note on Concentration: In addition to meeting requirements for the major, English
majors may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such as British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives
in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the
concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a
concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and courses at other ACTC
schools will often fit well into a concentration.
Note on Prerequisites: 111 is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a
lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the
instructor.
101 Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as
needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be
given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience,
and thought. P/N grading only.
111 Effective Writing
The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct
usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course
is either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. In order to hold a place in the course the student must either
attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
223 Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business
and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouragedto use material from their own areas of specialization.
(Prereq.: 111 or equivalent)
225 Advanced Expository Writing
The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis.
Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the
course's workshop format, in which student's papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.:
111)
226 Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models,
theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories,
personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and
development, according to the student's preference.
227 Journalism
An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news
feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what
constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real
and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories.
A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the
semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic
media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment.
241 lntroduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film
medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and
short films. (Spring)
245 Introduction to Literature
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be
devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature.
Strongly recommended for English majors and minors.
250 American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's
contribution to the historical development of American literature.
261 Modern Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
271 European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer
and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in
which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be
studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background,
their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern
period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Coethe, Dostoyevsky.
(Spring)
282 Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or
works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule
for that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian literature, Twentieth Century
Poetry, and Comedy.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
331 Chaucer and His Age
While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention
will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval
poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1984-85)
332 Milton and His Age
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary
tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years,
1985-86)
336 British Literature, from Donne to Blake
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical
poets to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and
the major literary movements. (Fall)
337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships
among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as
their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry
and prose. (Spring)
351 American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention
is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American
literature.
399 Internship
The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson.
423 Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works
of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to
the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century as the dominant literary
form. (Alternate years, 1984-85)
438 Shakespeare
Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention
to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned
for reading analysis.
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources
of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups.
499 lndependent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice.
1 Foreign Languages
!I
7
Mary A. Kingsley (Chairperson), Ruth L. Aaskov, Leif E. Hansen, Mary E. Johnson,
Gunta Roientals, Natalia Sich, Donald Steinmetz
The study of foreign languages breaks down barriers of space and time. It permits
i us to reach beyond the boundaries of the English-speakingworld t o communicate
with other peoples, t o share their experience of being human. In short, our world
becomes larger, richer, and less provincial.
:
b
: The study of linguistics seeks to penetrate the secrets of language, to reveal the
:
operation of the communicating mind. It is in these ways that the study of foreign
languages and linguistics is central to a humanistic education.
.
1
b
Placement Levels: Students with previous foreign language study must register in
courses suited t o their level of preparation. Placement is according t o the number
of semesters one has studied that language: 0-2 = 111; 3-4 = 112; 5-6 = 211;
7-8 = 212; 9 or more = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level
should consult the chairperson.
5
Students should arrange to take the Language Placement Test if they wish to take
a course above the level determined by previous studies in that language.
Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they are placed by
the department may do so, but grading must be P/N only. The language requirement will be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the student was
originally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional.
,
Basic Requirements: Majors must take four of the upper division courses at Augsburg College and four abroad. Minors must take two of the upper division courses
at Augsburg College. 311 is prerequisite t o all upper division courses.
[ Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a minimum of one upper
division credit per year attended. See department faculty for limits on non-Augsburg courses and career information.
Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German and Spanish must
consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment
in the program. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offerings and should
be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation
and Composition is a departmental requirement for teaching majors. Licensure
requires successful completion of the Modern Language Association Competency
Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools, under Department of Education.
Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply early in the senior
year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis
demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details.
Chinese
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with
the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian
Language department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director.
French (FRE)
Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 312, 331 o r 332, 350 o r 355, 351 o r
353, 450 o r equivalents. Study abroad required.
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including o n e i n conversation-composition, o n e i n
civilization, and o n e i n literature. Interim, summer, o r semester i n France strongly
recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 upper division courses beyond 212, including o n e
i n conversation-composition, 350, o n e i n civilization. Study i n France strongly
recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim catalog.
01 1 Directed Study
Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Spring, On Demand)
111 Beginning French
Designed to introduce the French language and culture to the student with one year
or less of high school French study. Aims to develop four skills: understanding, speaking,
reading, and writing. Classroom practice in understanding, speaking, and reading basic
French. Four class meetings a week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
(Fall)
112 Beginning French
For those who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice,
and readings, the study of tenses and forms is completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of
life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
(Spring)
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
21 1 lntermediate French
20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the basis for practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading and writing.
For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Laboratory work is an integral
part of the course. (Fall)
212 lntermediate French
Through articles, interviews and literary readings this course works toward the goals
of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of sufficient skills to pursue
general reading in French. Completes a review of basic structures. Laboratory work.
(Spring)
243 French Literature in Translation
Major representativeworks of French literature are read in English translation. Through
individualized background reading and class discussion, students become acquainted
with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore
standing. Fulfills only literature distribution requirement. Does not count toward a
French major or minor. (On demand)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
311 Conversation-Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical
refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate
level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall)
312 French Expression
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing.
Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics
for business and personal use. French phonology and speech group practice, study of
written models. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Spring, On demand)
331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the
modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual
materials. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
332 French Civilization Today
Topics in twentieth-century problems, idhas. Cultural manifestationsthat promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contribution to the contemporary
scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In
French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis.
In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works of French literature. Recommended for majors
and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
351, 353 Survey of French Literature
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France, through the
reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written
reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
355 Twentieth Century Literature
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the
novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports,
and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
399 Internship
Upper division internship.
41 1 Advanced Conversation-Composition
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political
interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level.
Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements
in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement
and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. On demand)
450 French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story
Study in depth of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French.
For advanced students. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.
On demand)
499 lndependent Study
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to
complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultationswith French teachers
required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early
with study adviser.)
German (GER)
Major: 8 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. Semester in Germany
required.
Minor: 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim, summer or semester in Germany strongly recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be
upper division courses. Study in Germany strongly recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature.
111, 112 Beginning German
Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students who have
had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing
basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German.
Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
211, 212 Intermediate German
For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures
with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through
reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring)
244 German Literature in Translation
Principal works of Gerrnan literature representing various periods and movements are
read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular
context of Gerrnan cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to
perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major
or minor. (Sophomore standing. On demand)
299 lndependent Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
301 German Business Communication
German trade correspondence. (Prereq.: 212 or consent of instructor. On demand)
311 German Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic
expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall)
331 German Civilization and Culture I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the Germanspeaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the
Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the reemergence of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent
of instructor. Alternate years)
332 German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is
considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific
history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis.
In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing and discussing selected works of German literature. Recommended for majors
and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
351 German Literature through the 18th Century
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang
literature. Extensive readings and discussions in Classic and Romantic periods. Readings
in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural
and geopolitical context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express
ideas in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
352 German Literature: The 19th Century
Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance
of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in
German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and
express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
353 German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international
stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
399 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing
his or her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control
of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. Fall)
451 German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical
history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
452 German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and
read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of indtructor. On demand)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Japanese (JPN)
Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with
the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian
Language department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more
information.
Linguistics (LI N)
199 lnternship
lnternship for lower division credit.
217 ESL Workshop: Building Better English Skills
This course will assist international students in their initial linguistic and academic adjustment to college-level study in the U.S. The course is offered in five modules to meet
the differing needs of students with different kinds of backgrounds. Students register
for the modules corresponding to their needs as indicated by testing. The modules are:
Orientation, Pronunciation, Reading, and Writing.
218 Advanced ESL
The purpose of this course is to prepare international students for college-level studies
in the United States on an equal or near-equal linguistic footing with their American
fellow students. The course is offered in three modules to meet the different ESL needs
of different students: Pronunciation, Reading, and Writing.
289 Introduction to Linguistics
An introduction to linguistic analvis and general linguistic principles, with focus on
linguistic universals (organizational principles and featurn cornman to all languages)
and p.jychalinguistics (inquiry in to themechanics of language learning and the structure
of the mind as revealed in language). TheorericaE questions wilt be approached by
studying samples of various languages. No prerequ~site.Recommendedfor all language
majors and minors. (Fall)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
311 Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic
research with the aim of illuminating underlying phiiorophical assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish them. The theories will be
contrasfed with those of adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic,
and communication theory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome
the inadequacies of traditional grammar. (On demand)
399 lnternship
lnternship for upper division credit.
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Norwegian (NOR)
I:
I
Major: 8 courses above 211, including 311, 312 o r 331, 353,411. Study i n Norway
required.
Minor: 4 courses above 211, including o n e i n conversation-composition, o n e i n
civilization, and o n e i n literature. Study i n Norway encouraged.
Recommended Supporting Preparation: A second foreign language, linguistics, European history.
111, 112 Beginning Norwegian
lntroduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, Fall;
112, Spring)
199 lnternship
lnternship for lower division credit.
21 1 Intermediate Norwegian
Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or
equivalent.)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and
field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.)
I
312 Old Norse
An introduction to the structure of Old West Norse through the study of selections
from Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse and aspects of the
history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but
not required. Norwegian language majors/minors will have special assignments. (On
demand)
331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture
This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible),
the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language
will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
350 lntroduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis.
In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for
majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.
On demand)
353 Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study
of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres
are examined, and considerable attention is given to writings in the Nynorsk language,
particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian.
(Prereq.: 311 or equivalent. Alternate years)
399 lnternship
lnternship for upper division credit.
41 1 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the
other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian
language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Russian (RUS)
One year of elementary Russian is offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies
may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Studies Program, which requires
two years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies Campus
Coordinator.
11 1, 112 Elementary Russian
Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through
oral classroom practice, developing ease in reading, short compositions, and acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab.
Spanish (SPA)
Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353,
354. Study in Spain or Latin America is required.
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in
civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly
recommended.
Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper
division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in
humanities.
1 1 1, 112 Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speakingworld. Laboratorywork
is an integral part of the course
199 lnternship
lnternship for lower division credit.
21 1, 212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate
intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic
structures of Spanish, and build conversationalskills through class discussions. Designed
for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. (211 Fall, 212 Spring)
'1
>
216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
(See under Program in Global Community)
249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and
movements are read in English translation. rhrough background reading and class discussion in English the w d e n t isacquainted with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in this course do- not count toward a
major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On demand)
261 Spanish Language
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SAUS and LISLA)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
311 Spanish Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and
facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all
upper division courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall)
312 Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in
Spanish a n d wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve oraF and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic u a g e and the finer
points of grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background
from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. ( O n
demand)
331 Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. Alternate years.)
332 Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212, with consent
of instructor. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of fiierary dudies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis.
In the praaical component, students apply the theory through reading, analyzing, and
discussing selected w a r h of literature in Spanish. Recommended for majors and minors.
Open to all qualifed students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
352, 353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on
the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion,
written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
354 Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral
reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
399 lnternship
lnternship for upper division credit.
411 Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical
exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
456 Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in
the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey
course. Alternate years)
457 Spanish Novel
Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain.
Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
General Studies (GST)
John A. Hill (Registrar), Garry W. Hesser, Joel Mugge, Donald Warren
Some courses help t o integrate learning around topics in ways which are different
from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include specialized academic enrichment programs, an integrative pro-seminar created by cooperating
faculty, and offerings of the Center for Global Service and Education.
005 Freshman or Transfer Seminar
An introduction to college academic life required of all new students at Augsburg. The
seminar meets regularly through the first half of the fall term. No course credit.
107 Integrative Pro-Seminar
The seminar focuses on selected issues, utilizing the insights, theories and approaches
of three disciplines for a more adequate understanding of a particular issue. Community
resource persons, simulations and discussions are used to integrate the disciplines focused on the same topic. No course credit.
140, 141 Introduction to the Liberal Arts (1/2 course each)
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the philosophy
and student services available at Augsburg College. The course also f o c u w on irnproving those skills so impartant to academ~csuccess: reading rate and comprehension.
note taking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking.
concentration and memodzar~on,conflict management, assertiveness training, career
planning, and making decisions. (140, Fall; 141, Spring)
230 Cultural Issues Seminar
(See under Program in Global Community)
Health and Physical Education
Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson), David Boots, Paul H. Grauer, Alvin L. Kloppen,
Douglas Nelson, Marilyn Pearson, JoycePfaff, Edwin J. Saugestad, Bethany Shifflett
The department prepares students for service in two majors, offers a specialization
in Corrective Therapy, and provides certification for coaching in Minnesota
schools. Students interested in DevelopmentaljAdapted Physical Education
should consult with the department chairperson.
xuaents are aavlsea to consult w ~ t han adviser in the department tor planning
purposes and with the Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher
licensure.
Men and women students interested in participating in intercollegiate sports or
intramurals may inquire with departmental personnel in Melby Hall.
Health Education (HPE)
Major: 110, 114, 115, 320, 354, 410; BIO 103, 108, 111; CHM 105 or 109; PSY
105; SOC 231, 241.
Teaching Major: Same as health education major plus 355. Students wishing to
become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for
requirements.
Minor: 110, 114, 115, 320; BIO 103; SOC 231.
110 Personal and Community Health
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual
and the community. (Fall)
199 lnternship
lnternship for lower division credit.
114 Health and Safety Education (1/2 course)
Principl~sand practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes
information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems
of school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course.
'
115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (1/2 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information
about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age
children.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
320 School Health Curriculum
Techniques ior developing a course of study based upon growth and development for
grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the
major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series and consent of instructor.)
354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (1/2 course)
Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional
and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: 350. Spring)
355 Tests and Measurement (1/2 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical
education. (Spring)
399 lnternship
lnternship for upper division credit.
410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with
laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320. Odd number years,
Fall, Interim)
485 Applied Adapted Activities
Explores recreation as applied to a corrective therapy program, application of corrective
exercise to the atypical, self care and ambulation, prosthetics and orthotics. Equal attention is given to physical and mental habilitation, physical education for the handicapped and recreation in rehabilitation. (Prereq.: 350, 351, 354. Summer school only)
488 Neurology (1/2 course)
A study of the nervous system and the diseases associated with it. (Summer School
only)
489 Pathology (1/2 course)
The nature and cause of disease involving changes in structures and functions. (Summer
School only)
491 Therapeutic Exercise
Exercise techniques as applied to various disbilities, testing muscle strength and range
of joint motion and association of muscle actions as applied to various human movements. Equal attention is given to human movement, kinesiotherapy and evaluation
and research applied to C.T. and A.P.E. programs (Prereq.: 350, 351, 354. Summer
School only)
493 Organization and Administration of Corrective Therapy
A study of organization, administration, history, philosophy and professional ethics as
applied to C.T. intertherapy relations in a rehabilitation setting. Basic supervisory and
personnel management descisions and practices. Most of the course deals with organization and administration of C.T.; about one-sixth of the course deals with intertherapy
relations. (Summer School only)
495, 496, 497 Professional Affiliation
Includes actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry,
(2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 is study of Neurology
and Pathology (Prereq.: 485, 491 and approval of department.)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Physical Education (HPE)
Major: 114, 115, 354, 355; 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 474, 475; BIO
103.
Teaching Licensure Major: 114, 11 5, 354, 355; 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365,
471, 472, 474; BIO 103. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers should
consult w i t h t h e Education Department f o r requirements.
Major with Specialization in Corrective Therapy: 114, 115, 354, 355, 485, 488,
489,491, 493, Professional Affiliation Block 495-496-497-499; 223, 231, 232, 243,
350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474, 475, BIO 103; PSY 105, 355, 362. A l l C.T. specialists
must b e accepted by t h e Education Department f o r teaching and student teaching
in an adapted situation. Approval must b e secured by t h e corrective therapy
coordinator.
Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department
chairperson for individual program planning.
Minor: 114, 115; 223, 231, 232 or 472, 243.
Coaching Endorsement: 243,351,475, one of 476-483, and practicum in coaching
(499 is an optional method for meeting the practicum requirement).
Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching
requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota
high schools are required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of
physical education and athletics.
002, 003 Lifetime Sports
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement.
(Part-time students should consult with department chairperson) No course credit.
199 Internship
lnterrnship for lower division credit.
223 Team Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring)
231 Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall)
232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course)
Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances.
Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice in teaching and performing
selected social dances. (Interim and Spring)
234 Outdoor Education (1/2 course)
This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a
school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing,
cycling, outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to
spend some weekends participating in these activities. (Even number years, Spring)
243 History and Principles of Physical Education
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
350 Kinesiology
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis
of movement. (Prereq.: BIO 103; Fall)
351 Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles
applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Spring)
354 Teaching the Exceptional Child
(See Health Education)
355 Tests and Measurement
(See Health Education)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and
secondary levels. (Fall)
373 Modern Dance (1/2 course)
An introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and
problem solving. No previous dance experience necessary. (Interim)
399 Internship
Consult department chairperson.
471 Physical Education Programming
Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision making for physical
education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation.
(Prereq.: 243. Fall)
472 Gymnastics (1/2 course)
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and perform in
all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and skill analysis. (Fall)
474 Swimming and Aquatics
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to
junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test. Fall)
475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1st half of term)
476 Coaching of Football (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd number years,
Fall, 1st half of term.)
477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Odd number
years, Interim)
478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Odd number years,
Interim)
479 Coaching of Track and Field (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Odd number
years, Spring, second half of term)
480 Coaching of Baseball/Softball (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Odd
number years, Spring, 2nd half of term)
483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Odd number
years, Fall)
499 Independent Study
Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior
majors.
> History (HIS)
Orloue Gisselquist (Chairperson), Carl Chrislock, Don Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen, Richard Nelson
History study at Augsburg College has led, for a considerable number of graduates,
t o careers in teaching on both the secondary and college levels. Fully as important,
in the minds of the department faculty, is the value of this discipline as one of
the major components of the liberal arts. History, well studied, trains the mind
in a manner that contributes significantly t o any career preparation, t o service in
community and church, and t o life enrichment.
Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from
each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and nonWestern.
Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may
take a history major in combination with specified social science courses and the
required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more
information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator.
Minor: 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances,
application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a
foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal
t o one course credit) t o be defended before a faculty committee.
Notes: Freshmen should enroll in one or more of the 101-104 courses. 221-222
are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students. Lower division
students are asked to take at least one lower division course before registering
for an upper level course.
There are 17 upper division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this department.
Five or six are offered each term, or I1 per year. Offerings depend upon faculty
schedules and student registration.
101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece
and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century.
102 The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
103 The Modern World
A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present.
104 The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of
the last 200 years.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
221 U.S. History to 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestownthrough the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring)
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20fh Century
An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in China, Japan,
India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes cross-cultural perspective,
responses to impact of modernization and Western education.
299 Directed Study
An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the
scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty
member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one
course in directed study may be applied to the major.
322 Modern Southeast Asia
A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this
area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam.
323 Modern China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of
China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century.
324 Modern Japan
An examination of the emergence of lapan as a major world power in the 20th century.
Components of the course wilt include a study of the distinctive features of the PreMeiji era, modern~zationfactors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China,
urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and
Africa.
331 Topics in U.S. History
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see
History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration.
332 History of American Foreign Policy
The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed.
345 Scandinavian-American Experience
(See under Scandinavian Area Studies)
347 Mexico: A Historical Perspective
(See under Program in Global Community)
353 Select Topics in Minnesota History
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and
political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th
centuries.
360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension
and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing,
achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions.
~ b HellenlStlC
1
breece
and Kome to 3 3 A.U.
~
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the
rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the
arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the
changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years
of the Reformation.
399 Internship in History
A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper division students
majoring in history. See department chairperson.
412 England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods
A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence
of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the course. Emphasis is also placed
on 16th and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role in the world economy
and on the English literary renaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods.
416 Europe in the Seventeenth Century
The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state.
Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1560-1714.
431 European Urban History
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture
of cities in Europe from the Late Medieval to the 20th century, with focus on specific
historic cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study
majors, and those who desire a background to enrich future travel.
440 Twentieth Century Topics in World History
This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires
and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and
Africa in the last fifty years.
450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia
Emphasis is on the far-reaching changes in the political, economic, cultural and social
life of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden during the nineteenth and early
twentieth centuries. Attention is given to overseas emigration.
474 The World and The West
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural
interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas,
and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th
Century.
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor.
499 Independent Study
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply for
directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be
applied toward the major.
Humanities (HUM)
Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), John Benson
The Humanities major provides the opportunity t o reflect across departmental
lines, t o experience the ways in which different academic disciplines approach
similar questions and issues, and t o participate in interdisciplinary learning experiences. You can, in effect, create your own major by choosing a theme or
topic you wish to study, and then by taking courses in various departments relating
t o that theme.
The major was created especially t o encourage students not majoring in the humanities but in such areas as science, business, or social science to broaden their
insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based second major.
Major: 9 courses, including 275. Six of the courses must be upper division.
Courses must be selected from at least four of these seven departments - Art,
English, Foreign Languages, History, Philosophy, Religion, and Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. No more than three courses from any one department can be used t o satisfy the requirement.
Each student taking a humanities major will focus on some particular theme or
perspective which will constitute the core of the major program. Six of the nine
courses must be taken in this core. The core adopted and the courses chosen to
meet the requirement will be worked out with the student's adviser in the humanities, and must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The theme
or perspective of the core can be chosen from those listed in the Humanities
Handbook or can be created by the student in consultation with an adviser in
the humanities. Further information concerning the core can be found in the
Humanities Handbook.
A student may not list a double major in humanities and in one of the component
disciplines unless the distribution of courses selected in the humanities major is
significantly different from the other major.
275 Perspectives on the Humanities
An introductionto the humanities which focuses on different themes, depending upon
the instructor. The course correlates ideas, principles and values from the perspectives
of several of the humanities disciplines.
Interdisciplinary Studies (INS)
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, Program in Global Community, and Women's
and Minority Studies)
International Relations
Norma C. Noonan (Director)
lnternational Relations is an interdisciplinary major which offers the student both
breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of
the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses and seven electives
chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged t o consider foreign study for Interim or a semester. Competency in one language is required, but many students study two languages.
The goal of the program is t o give students a broad exposure t o international
studies with considerable freedom t o choose options for specialization. Students
In the recent past have focused their studies o n Latin America, the Middle East,
Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East, Southeast Asia, and others.
*
U
Recent students have had double majors in History, Political Science, or a foreign
language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the
International Relations major.
Major: 14 courses. (1) 7 required courses: ECO 122 or 123; HIS 103 or 104, 332;
POL 158 or 160, 363, 461; the fourth term of college work in a modern foreign
language. (2) 7 of the following electives (not more than 4 from any one discipline
may be counted toward the major): HIS 322, 323, 324, 440, 474; POL 350, 351,
381, 382; SOC 241; PHI 355; REL 356; Comparative Economic Systems (ACTC
course); an Economics (Topics) course on International Trade; seminar, independent study, or interim course o n a relevant topic offered in the discipline of
economics, history and/or political science; the fourth term of college work in a
second modern language.
L
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of languages counts toward the major;
prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 14 required
courses. Students should confer with the program director about regional and
disciplinary concentrations possible within the major, for example, a concentration
in an area of the world or in one af the major disciplines in the program.
5
1 Mathematics/Computer Science
Beverly Durkee (Chairperson), Lawrence Copes, Henry Follingstad, Paul Hulse,
Leo Lake, Noel Petit
I
The Department of Mathematics provides a diverse program for students majoring
in mathematics or computer science and for students needing mathematics or
computer science background for other disciplines. Within the mathematics major
a diversity also exists t o provide programs for those interested in pure or applied
mathematics.
The computer science program has been developed to emphasize relationships
to other disciplines in a IiberaE arts curriculum. This program uses a PDP 11/60
computer for most of its curricuIum. Also available are several microcomputers
such as Apple II, Osborne, PLAT0 and Tektronix far use by students throughout
the college.
Mathematics Major: 9 courses including 124, 125, 215, 224, 314, 324. Also required: CSC 170 or 270. The following courses d o not count towards this major:
104, 114, 121, 122, 131. For teaching licensure, courses 351, 373, 441 must be
included. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised t o consult
with the Education Department for requirements.
Mathematics Major with Computer Science Concentration: 10 courses: 124, 125,
215, 224, 314, 355; CSC 170, 240, 345, 350. Also recommended, 226.
Computer Science Major: 9 courses including 240,345, 350,445,450; 270 or BUS
250; 3 electives from 340, 352, 395, 495, 497, MAT 355, PHY 261, and BUS 479
or SOC 363. Also required: 170 and MAT 124, 125, 224 or MAT 174, 175; MAT
215; BUS 379 or MAT 373 or SOC 362.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 i n mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall.
Independent study at an advanced level w i t h participation i n a department
seminar.
Mathematics Minor: '5 courses, including 124, 125, 224. The following courses d o
n o t count towards t h e minor: 104, 114, 121,122, 131. For a teaching minor, t h e
t w o additional courses must b e selected f r o m 21 5, 314, 351, 373, 441.
Computer Science Minor: 5 courses, including 170 (or M A T 175), 240, 345, 350,
and o n e course f r o m BUS 379, any CSC course over 260, M A T 355, PHY 261, o r
SOC 363.
Prerequisites/Placement Test - Before enrolling i n any course i n this department
t h e student must have satisfied certain course and/or placement test prerequisites.
A course must b e completed w i t h a grade o f 2.0 o r higher t o count as a
prerequisite.
The Placement Test is given during college orientation sessions and at other announced times during t h e year. Score requirements o n the test for entry t o courses
are: II f o r course 104; 111 for courses 114, 121, 122, 131; IV f o r courses 124, 174.
Students whose score is V, o r w h o have taken t h e College Board Advanced Placement Exam, should consult w i t h t h e department about appropriate courses.
Any exceptions t o course o r placement test score prerequisites must be approved
b y t h e instructor.
Mathematics Courses (MAT)
104 Basic Mathematics II
A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including
exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring;
solving equations and inequalities in one variable, including linear and quadratic; and
graphs of linear and quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does
not satisfy the general education requirement in mathematics. (Spring)
114 College Algebra and Trigonometry
A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric. Students
who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor.
121 Finite Mathematics
Topics of linearity and probability with applicationsto the social and behavioral sciences.
122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and
behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit.
(Spring)
124, 125, 224 Calculus I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential
and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students in the natural sciences.
(Prereq.: 124 for 125; 125 for 224. 124, 224, Fall; 125, Spring)
131 Mathematics for the Arts
An introduction to the structure of mathematical systems and mathematical models
which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. (Fall)
174, 175 Mathematical Algorithms for Computer Science I, II
A study of discrete and continuous mathematicswith applications to computer science,
integrated with learning a higher level programming language. (Prereq.: 174 for 175.
174, Fall; 175, Spring)
21 1 Number Theory
A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: consent of the instructor)
215 Elementary Linear Algebra
A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and
matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
226 Differential Equations
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series
solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
314 Abstract Algebra
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall)
324 Advanced Calculus I
A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of
functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis.
(Prereq.: 224. Spring)
351 Modern Geometry
A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector
and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Alternate years, Spring 1986)
355 Numerical Analysis
A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational
problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general
concept of iterative formulae, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems,
interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. (Prereq.: 224, CSC 170 or 270)
373 Probability and Statistics
An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and
densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 lnternship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project.
441 Foundations of Mathematics
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.:
314, 324, concurrent registration, or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring 1985)
481 Topics in Mathematics
Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or consent of
instructor. Spring)
499 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Computer Science Courses (CSC)
145 Introduction to Computers
An introduction to computers and computer applications. Programming in a general
higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count
toward either a computer science major or minor.
170 Introduction to Structured Programming
An introduction to computer languages and algorithms, including applications from
mathematics, science, business, and other areas, programming in a higher level language
such as Pascal. (Prereq.: 145, MAT 124, or BUS 250. Spring)
174 Mathematical Algorithms for Computer Science I
(See MAT 174)
175 Mathematical Algorithms for Computer Science 11
(See MAT 175)
240 Elementary Computer Science
An introduction to computer organization and structure, assembly and machine languages, computer logic design, number and character representations, and functions
of components of computer systems. Continued development of structured programming concepts. (Prereq.: MAT 175 or BOTH 170 and MAT 124. Fall)
261 Electronics
(See under Department of Physics)
270 FORTRAN
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. (Prereq.: 145, 170, 175, or BUS 250.
Interim)
340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks
Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq. 240. Fall)
345 Computer Systems and Assembly Language
Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications. Development of competence in assembly language programming. Elements of computer operation, including
input-output, interrupts, and an introduction to operating systems. (Prereq.: 240. Fall)
350 Data Structures and File Processing
Concepts and algorithms used in the solution of non-numerical problems. Applications
to data management systems, file organization, information retrieval, list processing,
programming languages, and storage devices. (Prereq.: 240)
352 Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, including the development of an elementary database system. (Prereq.: 240.
Spring)
395 Topics
Study of intermediate topics, from such areas as computer graphics, artificial intelligence, computability, and automata.
399 Internship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project.
445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Elements of operating systems, mernon/ and process management, interactions between
major components oi computer swems, and a detailed studv of the effects of computer
architecture on operating systems will he emphasized throughout the course. (Prereq.:
345, MAT 215. Spring)
450 Theory of Programming Languages and Compilers
Structure of computer programming languages, including data types and control structures, implementation considerations for programming languages, lexical analysis and
parsing, and interpretive languages. (Prereq.: 350, MAT 215. Fall)
495 Topics
Study of advanced topics, often more extensive pursuit of an area from one of the other
courses.
497 Research Project
An extensive group or individual project selected in consultation with a faculty member
in the areas of software-hardware interfacing. If directly supervised by a faculty member
the course may be laken for credit, (Prereq.: 345, 350. Spring)
499 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Medical Technology
Neal 0. Thorpe (Adviser); John 0. Swanson, Director, and Dorothy K. Karlen,
Education Coordinator, Metropolitan Medical Center; Nikola D. Kostich, Medical
Director, and Kathleen M. Shields, Program Director, Abbott Northwestern
Hospital.
This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg
College and twelve months of internship at Metropolitan Medical Center or Abbott Northwestern Hospital.
Specific recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital
with which the student plans to affiliate. It is important to work closeEy with the
Medical Technology adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 72-month internship. Students
must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved.
Students transferring to Augsburg College with an Associate of Arts degree or its
equivalent should expect to spend two years at Augsburg before participating in
the internship year. The Medical Technology major is not designed for persons
who already have the baccalaureate degree from another institution.
Required Science Courses: 1) BIO 111, 112 and two additional upper division
(usually 367 and 476); 2 ) CHM 105, 106 (or 115, 116), 351, 352, 353; 3) PHY 103
(or 121, 122); one mathematics course; one course in immunology.
Hospital Internship Courses: During the internship, courses are taken in clinical
chemistry, clinical hematology, clinical immunology, clinical immunohematology,
clinical microbiology, and clinical microscopy for a combined value of nine courses
that are applied to the degree at Augsburg.
Metro-Urban Studies (INS)
Garry W. Hesser (Director), Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson, Orloue Gisselquist,
Satya Gupta, Myles Stenshoel
Metro-Urban Studies is a transdisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty in
sociology, social work, history, political science, economics, psychology, business
administration and education.
This faculty approves Urban Concerns courses t o meet the distribution requirement, provides leadership for the College's urban mission, and assists all departments and programs in using the remarkable metropolitan resources.
Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), a consortium of 14 college and universities. The
director is sewing a second term as HECUA president. Through HECUA, Augsburg
students have access t o five interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional
quality, located in Scandinavia, South America, Central America, San Francisco
and the Twin Cities.
Major: 15 courses, including 10 core requirements: ECO 123, 379 or SOC 362;
HIS 431; POL 122, 384 or SOC 363; SOC 111, 381; a minimum of one course of
internship or independent study; two non-social science courses with an urban
emphasis, at least one of which must be in the humanities (current options include
ART 102, BIO 105, ENG 351, INS 233, 260, PHI 362, PHY 111, SPC 342). PSY 356
is highly recommended.
To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks:
GenerallLiberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These five elective
courses must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide
variety of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses
at other ACTC colleges, as well as those offered through the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA).
Minor: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration,
history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses
are required for the concentration: ECO 120 or 123; POL 122; SOC 111, 381; an
approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. Other combinations are possible and may be approved by the
director.
199 lnternship
Lower Division internship. Consult Program Director to determine project. (Fall, Interim,
Spring and Summer)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division students (Prereq.: consent of instructor and SOC
111 or 121. Fall, Spring, Summer)
399 lnternship
Consult the Program Director for details. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course
is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member.
(Prereq.: SOC 111 or 121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
499 lndependent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: SOC 111 or
121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Urban Studies Options Through HECUA
A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses u p o n t h e Twin Cities metropolitan area.
358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues
Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included
are government and institution publications, journal articles and books.
359 Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area
Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists in
various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include:
geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services.
399 Internship
Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A
learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an
internship of one or two courses.
B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
This interdisciplinary field learning program is at t h e University of Oslo and examines cities and urban life i n Scandinavia.
272 Norwegian Life and Culture
Language instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary to support student course
work and daily living in Oslo. An orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and
society is coordinated with the language instruction.
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
Students are placed in intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. An
orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society i s coordinated with the
language instruction.
373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities
Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian
cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work.
Emphasisis placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other
Scandinavian countries.
396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia
Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed
through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus is on
the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian
countries.
499 lndependent Study
In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS)
This "semester i n t h e city" program is located i n Bogota, Columbia. It focuses
u p o n urbanization and development i n t h e Third World.
261 Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
361 lntrodudion to Columbia
Overview of Columbia and economic development.
362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America
Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff
and visiting Columbian urbanists.
363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Latin American City
Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota,
with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various
types of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems.
499 lndependent Study
In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
D. San Francisco Summer Term (SFST)
A nine-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent
study.
383 Field Seminar: San Francisco
(See MUST 359)
399 Internship
(See MUST 399)
499 lndependent Study
(See SUST 499)
E. Literature, Ideology and Society in Latin America (LISLA)
This n e w Spring semester program is an interdisciplinary field study that provides
extensive study-travel i n Colombia, Nicaragua, Puerto Rico and Grenada. Immersion i n Spanish language and Colurnbian culture are stressed.
261 Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
360 Latin American Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Selected works of literature and theater that express writers' and artists' perspectives
on Latin American society and social change. Emphasis on contemporary period with
considerable field study, including interviews with community arts and "street" theater
groups, writers, literary critics, composers, performers and film-makers; small-group
field assignments on current arts activities; site visits to museum and gallery exhibits,
movies, plays, concerts and a variety of community arts events.
1
?
Z
!
364 Latin American Arts and Society
Introduces theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships among arts, ideology
and society. Provides historical background through survey of Latin American thought
in major artistic periods: Colonial, Republican, Romantic, Positivist, Modernist, "lndigenismo," Realist and Contemporary. Readings and seminar lecture-discussions.
; 367 Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America
!
I
!>
Introduction to the study of ideology and historical overview of Latin American ideologies, especially in relation to issues of development and social change. Comparative
study of current ideological debates and their impact, with special attention to diffusionism, "dependencia," Marxism and liberation theology. Field study emphasizes local
resources, including interview-discussions with proponents of competing ideologies;
interviews with government, business, church and community people; site visits to projects reflecting ideology-in-practice.
1
,:
?
499 Independent Study
By special permission from LlSM faculty, students with advanced Spanish proficiency
can be exempted from Spanish and conduct independent study research instead.
I Music
L. L. Fleming (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Michael Brand, Laine Bryce, Stephen
Gabrielsen, Thomas Gilkey, Cynthia Goetz, James D. Johnson, Robert Karlkn,
Merilee Klemp, Angela Wyatt Kretschmar, Nicholas Lenz, David Livingston, Paul
Lohman, Steven Lund, Roberta Kagin Metzler, Elizabeth Proctor Murphy, Celeste
O'Brien, Marlene J. Pauley, Pauline Sateren, Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, George
Stahl, Daniel Sturm, David Tubergen, Mary Wilson
The Department of Music serves the general education needs of students and
offers professional training in music. A vital component of liberal arts education
is provided for students from all disciplines by participation in the various ensembles, private lessons and other course study.
Distribution requirements: The following music courses satisfy the college requirements for:
Art-Music: 4 consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble, 130, 230, 231,
232, 330, 341-342, 432.
Religion: 432
Minority Studies: 330
Music Minor: 6 course credits: 101, 102, 111, 112; 231 or 232; 341; 342 or 344;
4 consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent with 4 quarter
courses in performance studies.
Music Majors: Students wishing t o make music their life work may choose a course
of study from among 5 majors in 3 degree programs. Bachelor of Arts-Music Major:
this major offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares students for
the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities. Bachelor
of Music-Performance Major: this major requires advanced competence and
achievement as preparation for professional performance, private teaching or advanced study. Music Education Major: this program, available in both the B.A.
and B.M. degrees, provides the requirements necessary for licensure and other
music education possibilities. Bachelor of Science-Music Therapy Major: completion of this major prepares students for the professional certification examination and a wide variety of career opportunities. Consult Music Department
Guides and program advisersfor additional information, requirements and course
sequence outlines.
Honors Major: Candidates tor the honors program are nominated each sprlng
from among those iuniors who have attained a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses.
A faculty cGmmittee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and
certify successful completion. The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior thesis and its defense; an additional senior recital of graduate
quality; composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of 15
minutes duration; conducting an ensemble concert; or comtjinations of the above.
Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enroll in the regular Bachelor of Arts program.
Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (Level II
repertoire) in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. They must
then apply, by petition, t o the department before the end of their second semester
of study. Candidate approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance
studies. Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation, subject to
departmental approval of performance hearing and petition during their first semester in residence. Music Education majors, both B.A. and B.M. programs, must
apply, by petition, t o the department during the sixth term of study. Department
approval and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses is necessary for the
education licensure program. All transfer students must take the theory placement
examination at the first class meeting of 101 or 102. Freshmen who wish t o be
considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarship must perform in their major
performance medium for a faculty panel. Auditions are scheduled, following application, during the senior year of high school, summer orientation sessions or
at another time preceding initial registration.
Degree and Major Requirements
Bachelor of Arts
Music Major: 13 course credits: Core curriculum plus 1 course credit of music
elective; Performance studies - 6 quarter courses and 2 half courses in the major
instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice and a
half senior recital 458.
Music Education Major: 13 course credits: Core curriculum plus one half course
credit of music elective; Performance studies - 6 quarter courses and 2 half
courses in the major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument
or voice and a half senior recital 458; Keyboard proficiency and a cumulative GPA
of 2.5 in all music courses;
Vocal emphasis - 251 and one of 252, 253, 254
Instrumental emphasis - 151, 155
Other requirements: 10 112 course credits: PSY 105; HPE 114, 115; EDS 265, 354,
355, 356, 357 or 358, 388, 478, 481, 483. Consult the Education Department,
Music Department Guides and program adviser.
Bachelor of Music
Music Education Major: 17 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202, 212; Performance studies - 4 half courses, 2 full courses, and 2 quarter courses in the
major instrument or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; a
half junior recital 358 and a full senior recital 459; Keyboard proficiency and a
cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium;
Vocal emphasis - 251, 252, 253, 254, 435
Instrumental emphasis - 151, 155 and 1 course credit of music elective
Other requirements: 10 112 course credits: PSY 105, HPE 114, 115, ED5 265, 354,
355,356,357 or 358,388,478,481,482,483. Consult the Education Department,
Music Department Guides and program adviser.
Music Performance Major: 20 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202, 212; Performance studies - 6 full courses and 2 quarter courses in the major instrument
or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; full junior and senior
recitals 358, 459; Keyboard proficiency and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in the major
performance medium;
Voice - 251, 252, 253, 254, 435, one course of music elective, 2 courses of
French or German above the B.A. requirements
Piano or Organ - 301, 302, 436, 456, one half course credit of music elective
Instrument - 301, 302, one and one-half course credits of music electives
Bachelor of Science
Music Therapy Major: 18 course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit
of music therapy or music elective; two of 151, 155, 156; 271, 274 or 275, 372,
373, 472, 473, 474, 475, 479; Performance studies - 6 quarter courses in the
major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice
and a half senior recital 458; Keyboard proficiency and a minimum grade of 2.0
in each .music therapy course. Other requirements: EDS 282, 356, 357, 358; PSY
105,362; BIO 103; SOC 362 or PSY 264. Graduates are eligible to take the National
Association for Music Therapy certification examination.
Core Curriculum and Applied Music
Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors): 101, 102, 111, 112, 201, 211, 231, 232,
311, 312, 341, 342 or 344; 8 quarter courses in a major ensemble; Performance
studies and recital requirements as given under each specific degree and major.
French or German study as stated in general education requirements.
Ensembles: One quarter course credit per semester is granted t o members of
major ensembles (MUE 111, 112, 121, 141). Other ensembles carry no credit.
Traditional grading is required for music majors and minors in ensemble courses.
The general student may register for credit with either traditional or PIN grading,
or may choose no credit status with audit (V) designation. A maximum of 2 course
credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements.
Performance Studies: All students enrolled in Performance studies for credit are
required to satisfy each of the three synergistic elements: lessons, performances,
and listening. The general (non-music major or minor) student must take private
lessons for no credit (PIN grading only) and is not required t o fulfill the additional
performance and listening requirements.
Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available
for all students in the following categories:
No credit - one half-hour lesson and three hours of practice per week.
One quarter course credit - one half-hour lesson and 4 hours of practice per
week.
One half course credit - two half-hour lessons and 8 hours of practice per
week.
One course credit (B.M. only) - two half-hour lessons and 12 hours of practice
per week.
Performances: All students registered in performance studies for credit must perform at the end of each semester for a faculty panel, each year in a general student
recital, and as additionally required by the instructor.
Listening: All students registered in performance studies for credit are required
to attend 10 designated music events during the academic year. Failure t o attend
the required number of Faculty Artist Series recitals, major ensemble home concerts, or other designated music events is a factor in determining the final grade
received in performance studies.
faculty members will deterriline the final grade for all recitals and will conduct a
prerecital hearing for senior B.M. recitals. Concurrent registration in performance
studies in the major performance medium is required for recital performance.
B.A. and B.S. Candidates - one half senior recital 458 at repertoire level Ill.
B.M. Music Education Major - one half junior recital 358 at repertoire level
Ill and full senior recital 459 at repertoire level IV.
B.M. Performance Major - full junior (level IV) and senior (level V) recitals
358, 459.
Keyboard Proficiency: B.M., B.S., and B.A.-Music Education candidates must dem-
onstrate elementary keyboard familiarity by attaining a minimum grade of 2.5 in
155 or in each of two semesters of piano or organ performance studies.
Music Courses (MUS)
Theory
101 Materials of Music 1 (1/2 course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of part writing. (Fall)
102 Materials of Music 11 (1/2 course)
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations. (Spring)
111 Aural Skills 1 (1/2 course)
Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.: Concurrent registration in or completion of 101. Fall)
112 Aural Skills 11 (1/2 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102. (Prereq.: 111
and concurrent registration in or completion of 102. Spring)
201 Materials of Music 111 (1/2 course)
Continuation of 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.: 102. Fall)
202 Form and Analysis (1/2 course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th Century practice. (Prereq.: 201. Spring)
211 Aural Skills 111 (1/2 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201. (Prereq.: 112
and concurrent registration in or completion of 201. Fall)
212 Aural Skills IV (1/2 course)
Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in 202. (Prereq.: 211 and
concurrent registration in or completion of 202. Spring)
301 Counterpoint 1 (1/2 course)
16th through 18th Century contrapuntal techniques including double counterpoint,
passacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.: 201, 211. Fall)
302 Counterpoint 11 (1/2 course)
Study of contemporary counterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Bartok,, Hindemith, Stravinsky and Carter. (Prereq.: 301. Spring)
311 Composition 1 (1/2 course)
Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound, ranges
of and arranging music for voices and instruments. (Fall)
312 Composition 11 (1/2 course)
Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types.
(Spring)
341 Basic Conducting (1/2 course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score analysis and
preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature. (Fall)
342 Choral Conducting (1/2 course)
Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection. Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Spring)
344 Instrumental Conducting (1/2 course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced conducting techniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring)
The following courses will not be offered until the specific B.M. major in theory-composition
is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music.
401 Counterpoint 111 (1/2 course)
Advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 302. Fall)
402 Counterpoint IV (1/2 course)
Continuation of advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 401. Spring)
411 Composition 111 (1/2 course)
Individual and class instruction in all styles. (Prereq.: 312. Fall)
412 Composition IV (1/2 course)
Advanced compositional techniques. (Prereq.: 411. Spring)
History and Literature
130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For non-music
majors.
230 Electronics in Music
Exploration and creation of sounds heard in 20th Century music. The study and application of practical electronic technology used in music will be combined with aesthetic considerations in the creative aspects of the art. For non-music majors.
231 History and Literature of Music I
A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: 102, 112. Fall)
232 History and Literature of Music II
Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: 102, 112. Spring)
330 Ethnic Music
Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural relationship. For
the general as well as the music student. (Interim)
The following four half courses are extensive studies of special eras in the history of music.
(Prereq.: 231, 232.)
331 Music of the Baroque Era (1/2 course)
(Alternate years, Fall 1985)
332 Music of the Classical Period (1/2 course)
(Alternate years, Spring 1986)
333 Music of the Romantic Period (1/2 course)
(Alternate years, Fall 1986)
334 Music of the 20th Century (1/2 course)
(Alternate years, Spring 1987)
432 Church Music and Worship
Development and inflence of church music as evidenced in contemporary worship
practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology student. (Spring)
435 Voice Repertoire (1/2 course)
Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th Century to
the present. (Prereq.: 231, 232. Alternate years, Fall 1984)
436 Piano Repertoire (1/2 course)
Study of the piano literature from the 17th Century to the present by listening, analyzing
and performing. (Prereq.: 231, 232. Alternate years, Spring 1985)
498,499 Independent Study (1/2 course each)
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty.
Technique
151 Voice Class Methods (1/4 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
155 Piano Class Methods (1/4 course)
Basic keyboard familiarity, simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessary
to meet specific degree requirements.
156 Guitar Class Methods (1/4 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
251 English Diction (1/4 course)
Fundamentalcourse in correct standard English diction for singing. Familiarization with
the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open t o all students registered for vocal
instruction.
The following three courses are continuations of 251 with application for the Italian, 'German
and French languages.
252 Italian Diction (1/4 course)
(Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1985)
253 German Diction (1/4 course)
(Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1986)
254 French Diction (1/4 course)
(Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1986)
358 junior Recital
B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level Ill for Music Education Majors or
full recital at Level IV for Music Performance majors. No course credit.
456 Piano Pedagogy (1/2 course)
Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of various
pedagogical schools of thought. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring
1986)
)
I
!
1
i
T
/
458 Senior Recital
Half recital by B.A. or 8.5. candidates at repertoire Level Ill. No course credit.
459 Senior Recital (1/2 course credit)
B.M. candidates only. Recital must be preceded by a prerecital hearing by faculty committee. Repertoire Levels IV for Music Education majors and V for Music Performance
majors.
Therapy
170 Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview
A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to
various institutions. An introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major to give students a broad background in the ways in
which music is used as a therapy. (Interim)
271 Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (1/2 course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applications of recreational music
activities to clinical settings.
274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
1
1
1
1
372 Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on acoustics
and sociopsychologicalaspects of music. An understanding of the research process and
development of an experimental research project. Practicum experience required as
part of course work.
373 Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach to music therapy. Theories of learning music, musicar talent, and
performance. Practicum experience required as part of course work.
472 Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on psychological,
cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. Understanding of the theory of
music therapy.
473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings including
discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy with music.
474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (1/4 course each)
Senior year, volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two
hours per week.
479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship (1/2 course)
Full-time placement in an NAMT internship setting for six months. Application for internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited.
(Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements)
Ensembles (MUE) & Performance Studies (MUP)
Ensembles: These musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music
student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined
by audition during the first week of fall semester. (Special circumstances may
permit entering at other times.) Assignment to an ensemble is then made at the
discretion of the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire academic year
which, on occasion, includes interims.
While the department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble
experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chorale will satisfy
the major, minor or distribution requirements. Instruments are available for rent.
111 Augsburg Choir (1/4 course)
112 Chorale (1/4 course)
113 Chamber Choir (0)
114 Festival Choir (0)
121 Orchestra ( l / 4 course)
122 String Ensemble (0)
131 Woodwind Ensemble (0)
141 Concert Band (1/4 course)
142 Brass Ensemble ( 0 )
143 Jazz Ensemble (0)
Performance Studies: Private instruction for credit is graded traditionally. All areas
of study are available to the non-music major or minor on a no credit - P/N basis
only. (Group lessons, at a reduced fee, are available in some areas on the same
basis.) All lessons are adapted t o the individual needs of the student and those
bearing credit are supplemented by accompanying, ensemble participation and
other performances. Representative programs of study in private instruction are
outlined in Music Department Guides. These repertoire lists are graded I-V t o
indicate levels of achievement and the following expectations: No-credit study
has no repertoire requirements; Music Minor - Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors enter I and attain Ill; B.M.-Education Major - enter II and attain IV; B.M. Performance Major - enter I1 and attain V.
Il x Voice
12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello, Bass
13x Woodwinds: Oboe, Bassoon, Clarinet,
Saxophone, Flute, Recorder, Horn
14x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone, Baritone, Tuba
15x Piano
16x Guitar
17x Percussion
18x Organ
Note carefully the following provisions:
1. Instrument rental, practice room reservations and performance study registration occurs the first week of classes in the Music Department office.
2. Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative GPA average of 3.0 in
their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship
which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters
preceding graduation. Similar scholarships are available t o entering freshmen.
3. A semester of study i s 14 weeks of lessons. Any lessons during the interim or
summer are arranged privately with the teacher.
4. A student who cannot come for a scheduled lesson is required to notify the
teacher at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise, except for illness immediately
prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson.
5. The music faculty reserves the right t o limit or even prohibit performance
outside the department if it interferes with musical growth for the student. The
department recommends, and on occasion assigns, the teacher to the student
and permission is required for subsequent change. Credit is granted only for study
with faculty members of the Augsburg College Music Department.
.
.
Natural Science
Kenneth N. Erickson (Coordinator)
The Natural Science Licensure Program for teachers is designed t o provide strong
preparation for science teaching and t o satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements.
In addition t o the broad basic background in science, the program is designed
t o allow for specialization in a major and for study in the liberal arts.
Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved
the licensure program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg t o recommend candidates in Life Science, grades 7-12; Life Science (minor), grades 7-12;
Physical Science, Chemistry major or Physics major, grades 7-12; Chemistry (minor), grades 7-12; Physics (minor), grades 7-12; and Science (Grades 5-9).
Students planning t o teach Natural Science must complete the Broad Base courses
and in addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or
Middle School Emphasis.
The program of courses is designed t o provide a broad, basic background in
science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume
that the student will meet the general education requirements of the college and,
in the physical science, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements in Education. Early consultation with adviser is recommended.
Broad Base Courses: 7 courses, 1 in earth science (PHY 101 or 106); 2 in life
science (BIO 111, 112); 4 in physical science (PHY 121, 122 and CHM 115, 116
or 105, 106). To make the program slightly more flexible, it is recommended that
students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and
substitute PHY 103 for 121, 122.
Life Science Emphasis: Broad Base plus 8 courses, 1 cognate; 7 BIO courses, including 491 and at least one from each of the following groups: (1) 351 or 353;
(11) 355 or 474; (111) 361 or 481; (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476.
Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: Broad Base plus 7 courses and
chemistry seminar, C H M 351, 352, 353, 361 and 364 (or BIO 367), 482, PHY 245.
Physical Science Emphasis - Physics Major: Broad Base plus 7 courses, PHY 245,
351, 362, 395 and three additional t o be selected from 261, 270, 352, 363, 481,
486, 488.
Note: Candidates may be recommended for licensure in Physical Science upon
completion of either Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science Emphasis - Physics major. The student licensed in Physical Science may
teach chemistry and/or physics in grades 7-12.
Science (Grades 5-9): Broad Base plus 7 courses, 2 in earth science (PHY 101 or
106, the alternative course not taken in the Broad Base section); 2 in life science
(and two biology courses above 112); 3 in physical science (CHM 353; PHY 245).
Licensure with Minor: For life science, Broad Base plus 7 courses in Biology; for
chemistry, Broad Base plus 351, 352, 353, 361 and 364 or 482; for physics, Broad
Base plus any four courses above 122.
Nursing (NUR)
Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Nancy B. Dillon, Carol Hoffman, Alice Stark, Pamela
Weiss-Farnan, Helen Woelfel
Augsburg offers an upper division major in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science
degree. The program is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates
of the program are eligible to apply for Public Health Nurse Certification in
Minnesota.
Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree
or diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of
2.5; a current license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and
physiology, microbfology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another
accredited college or university prior to admission to the nursing major. The
prerequisite courses in sociology, psychology, English, chemistry and biology
listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward admission to the major.
In addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated
clinical performance testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are
given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice within the past five years. This may
include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent.
Major: 11 courses (10 course credits) in nursing including 303,304, 310, 311, 325,
330, 350, 403, 404, 423, 427; PSY 355 or an approved upper division biology
course. A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and a cumulative GPA
of 2.5 at the completion of the courses of study are required. Courses in interpersonal communications and ethics are supportive t o the major.
Courses in the nursing major are designed so that they may be completed within
two academic years. However, more than two years may be required t o complete
the total course of study, depending on the number of credits transferred from
other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may pursue part-time study.
Students interested in pursuing day, summer, or weekend part-time study should
consult with an adviser from the nursing department for program planning.
Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall; application to the
department chairperson by November 7 of the senior year; recommendation by
nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee by April
15. Candidates register for 499 to comple!e the thesis.
303 Contemporary Nursing 1 (1/2 course)
This course is one of the transitional courses that introduce the student to components
of the professional role and begin the professional socialization process. The communication process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship
is established and maintained. Interactive and group communication theories are explored for their applicability to changing roles and professional practice.
304 Contemporary Nursing 11 (1/2 course)
This course introduces theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional
development. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected
nursing conceptual models are examined.
310 Community Health Nursing I
This course focuses on systems theory, change, and concepts of health as they apply
to current community health issues and the practice of nursing. Clinical application of
course content will involve making a health assessment and exploring a community
health issue.
311 Community Health Nursing I1
This course provides a knowledge base for understanding community characteristics
and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a
member of the health team is explored. This course is primarily a clinical course. The
student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in providing care
to a selected caseload of clients. (Prereq.: 303, 310, 325, PSY 355)
325 Nursing Process
In this course the student learns approaches to assessment and the use of assessment
tools in the nursing process. The student uses communication skills to obtain a health
history and negotiate health goals. Clinical experiences provide the student with an
opportunity to make a holistic health assessment within a developmental framework.
(Fall-junior year.)
330 Trends and lssues in Nursing
This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional
nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues are explored in light of
their implications for nursing practice.
350 Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are the focus of this course.
Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for
its applicability to nursing practice.
403 Contemporary Nursing Ill
This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing care. Content includes family
as a group, family and group dynamics in light of situational and developmental events.
Consideration is given to the emerging role of the nurse in family health care. (FallSenior year. Prereq.: 304, 311, 325, 330, 350. To be taken prior t o or concurrently with
423)
404 Contemporary Nursing IV
This course relates leadership and management theories and emerging professional
nurse roles to primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system
dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the basis for role
development and professionalism. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403. To be taken prior
to or concurrently with 427)
423 Practicum in Nursing I
This course is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content
from 403 in providing complex nursing care to families in a selected practice setting.
(Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or following 403')
427 Pradicum in Nursing I1
This course is a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity
is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected hospital setting.
(Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403,423. To be taken concurrently with or following 404')
499 Independent Study
This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a selected
topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals,
objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration.
'If the practicums in nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses,
students are required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the
theoretical content.
Philosophy (PHI)
M a r k Fuehrer (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Bruce Reichenbach
The department offers a full major i n philosophical studies as well as a minor and
supporting courses such as philosophy of science and political philosophy, de'signed t o give students a philosophical perspective o n other disciplines.
Four courses i n t h e history o f philosophy, spanning a period f r o m classical antiquity t o contemporary throught, give students a unique perspective o n t h e discipline through close study o f philosophical texts i n their historical contexts.
The department strives t o teach t h e principles of philosophy i n their o w n right
and stimulate their application i n other areas of learning.
Major: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242, 343, 344, and o n e course i n t h e 400's
(other than 499). Five of t h e courses must b e upper division.
Honors Maior: Admission t o t h e Philosophy H o n o r s program is by recornmendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations w i l l be made at the end
of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved
topic of the student's choice, involving research above the'course level, and a
defense o f this thesis before the faculty of the department.
Minor: 5 courses, including t w o f r o m 241, 242, 343, and 344.
Note: 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling t h e general education
requirement.
110 lntrodudion to Philosophy: Ideas and Method
Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been
critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason
for this is that individuats jack the needed skills. Another is that they may have had
little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to wedern culture. The
purposes of this course are to provide the student with some experience in examining
ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and
construct a system of ideas and beliefs.
120 Ethics
Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it a5 wrong. Why do you
think it is right? Because p u like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something
right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making
moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting
from them.
130 Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we
examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to
recognize and construct sound arguments.
199 lnternship
Internship for lower division credit.
241 History of Philosophy I: Plato and Aristotle
How did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what
did they believe?Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important,
and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers
to these and other questions will be considered so as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
2
242 History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance
was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how
enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval
philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith,
explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance, and the new
methodology of the 7 7th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prlor course, 241.)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy
Where does knowledge begin?In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really
d
have on philosophy? This course
know about the world? What impact d ~ Romanticism
studi- the major empiricists of the '18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hurne]. Kant's synthesis of philosophy, l W h century ideatism, and the reaction to idea'fism by men such
a5 Mam, Kierkegaard and Nieksche. (Fall. Suggested prior c~ucse,241 or 242.)
344 History of Philosophy IV: Contemporary Philosophy
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language?Is truth that which
works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other iss~resare
dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism,
existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 247, 242, or 343.)
350 Philosophy of Religion
What is the relation between faith and reason? Does Cod exist, and what can be said
about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of Cod with human and animal
suffering?Is man really immortal?Are miracles possible?We will conduct a systematic
inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one
prior course in philosophy.)
355 Oriental Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.)
362 Political Philosophy
As residents of an urban college we are citizens of the city. What is the retation between
the citizen and the city? In a larger context, what is the origin of the State andfhe basis
for its laws? What relation holds between law and morality, and between God, the
Church and the State? This course studies the key concepts of politics iound in the
tradition of western political thought.
365 Philosophy of Science
The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported t o be profoundly different and
better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true?What conRitrrles xierrtific knowledge?
Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the
methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these
questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in
the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or one course in natural science.)
370 Existentialism
Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist
authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such
themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course
in philosophy)
380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and
delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and
euthanasia.
399 lnternship
lnternship for upper division credit.
410 Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought
of individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific
problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once
for credit. (Suggestedprior courses, any from 241,242,343,344 or consent of instructor.)
430 Studies in Individual Philosophers
Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes,
Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard or Wittgenstein. Seminar format. (Suggestied prior courses:
241, 242, 343, or consent of instructor.)
499 Independent Study
Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
Physics (PHY)
Kermit E. Paulson (Chairperson), Cynthia Blaha, Mark J. Engebretson, Kenneth N.
Erickson
The physics department offers a traditional, rigorous major providing in-depth,
undergraduate preparation for successful graduate work and scientific careers.
Approximately two-thirds of our graduates have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees at a fine selection of universities.
The department supervises the pre-engineering program at Augsburg with degree
programs available at cooperating universities at both the bachelor's and the
master's level.
Faculty members are all active i n high quality basic research or consulting activities
related t o their specialties. This continues t o provide outstanding undergraduate
research experience for our upperclass physics majors.
Major: 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses
above 122. I n planning their courses of study, students are encouraged t o work
closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT
124,125, and PHY 121,122 the freshman year, and MAT 224 and 226 the sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure Major: The same as the major. Students are advised t o refer
t o the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education
Department early in their planning.
Honors Major: A GPA of 3.6 i n physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report.
Application for the honors major should be made n o later than the first term of
the senior year.
Minor: 5 courses, including 121, 122, and three courses above 122.
Society of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students
provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society
and of participating i n the physics community o n a professional basis. Membership
in SPS is open t o all students interested i n physics.
Jlgrna rl Blgrna: MemDersnlp I n r n e nugsDurg cnaprer or rnls narlonal pnyslcs
honor society is open t o those students w h o have completed t h e equivalent o f
a minor i n physics, have a GPA o f 3.0 i n physics and overall, and rank i n t h e upper
third o f their class.
101 Astronomy
A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting
telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3
one-hour lectures.)
103 Physics for the Life Sciences
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology,
psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other
health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution
requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
Elementary algebra. Fall)
106 Introductory Meteorology
A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere. The course is designed to
provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understanding
weather and climate. Attention will be given to the overall weather patterns of the
earth and to the many varied aspects of weather, some of which include: Clouds and
precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the influence of weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and optical phenomena of the sky. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution
requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Elementary Algebra. Spring)
111 Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention
will be given to the interaction of physics and its associatedtechnology with philosophy,
religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead
up to discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in
the laboratory. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall)
121, 122 General Physics I, II
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics majors, pre-engineering
students and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (3 one-hour lectures,
3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring)
199 lnternship
Internship for lower division credit.
245 Modern Physics
An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This
course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
261 Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half
of the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in
analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq.: 103,111 or
122; and MAT 122 or 125)
270 Optical Physics
The emphasis is on physical optics, making frequent use of the complex expression for
a wave: interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122,On demand)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
351, 352 Mechanics I, 11
A careful study of clasical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
hagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include consewation principles, single
particle motion, systems of part~cles,osciltatory systems, cent ral-force motion, dynam~cs
o i r i ~ bodies,
d
gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference
frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, MAT 226. 351, Fall; 352 Spring)
362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II
The daaical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus
throughout. Electrostatics, magnctostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic
radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226. 362,
Fall; 363, Spring)
395 Comprehensive Laboratory
An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in phys
ics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics, therrnodynamie, vacuum physics,
electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory
and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor.)
399 lnternship
lnternship for upper division credit.
481 Thermal Physics
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important
variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical,
microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring)
486 Quantum Physics I
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates. the Schrwdinger
equation, operators, wavefunaionr, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied indude potential wells and patential
barriers, the hamanic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
245, 351. Fall)
488 Quantum Physics II
The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3
onehour leaures. Prereq.:486. Spring)
499 lndependent Study
An opportunity for students to explore systematically a problem in experimental or
theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors
and seniors with departmental approval.
1
r
Political Science (POL)
Milda Hedblom (Chairperson), Mary Ellen Lundsten, Norma Noonan, Myles
Stenshoel
Firmly grounded in the liberal arts, the department has roots in philosophy and
history and relationship t o the sciences and mathematics through its use of statistical analysis.
Strengths include the balanced expertise of the faculty, with special strengths in
politics and the communications media, politics of communist systems, and the
political interpretation of public law.
The major guarantees a breadth of understanding of the field and one or two
sub-fields, providing a firm foundation for graudate work in political science,
public administration, law and other professions.
Theoretical skills of analysis are supplemented and applied through a highly successful internship program.
Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (SOC 362). Required: 121 or 122 or 160
or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division courses in 4 out of 5 Political
Science Areas. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area.
Honors Major: The Honors Major in Political Science includes the requirements
listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point werage mud be 3.5
in the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study
and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior year, an
Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work
with any member of the department on their Honors Thesis, For specific requirements, consult the departmental chairperson. Students should apply for the Honors Major no Iater than the first term of the junior year.
Minor: 5 courses,,including: 121 or 122 or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division
courses in 3 out of 5 Political Science Areas.
Political Science Areas: (I) American Government and Politics (11) Comparative
Politics and Analysis (Ill) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V) Political Theory
and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only
one area toward major or minor requirements,
Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a political science
major in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with
state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson.
See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered.
I. American Government and Politics
121 American Government and Politics
The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas; the pattern
of participation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policymaking; and current issues in American society.
122 Metropolitan Complex
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and
meetings with political experts and activists.
325 Public Administration
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the United
States; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political
and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1course in Political Science or consent of instructor)
326 Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties
in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media
in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 course
in Political Science or consent of instructor. Fall term of election years)
342 Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass
media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking,
entertainment and public affairs programming.
370 Constitutional Law I
(See Section IV for description. Alternate years)
371 Constitutional Law II
(See Section IV for description. Alternate years)
421 Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial proces;, and policy process
in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle.
(Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or consent of instructor. On demand)
II. Comparative Politics and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with
some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues.
350 Comparative Democracies
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent
of instructor)
351 Communist Political Systems
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in terms of
political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course in Political
Science or consent of instructor)
381 Democratic Theory and Practice
(See Section V for description)
459 Topics in Elite and Mass Behavior
In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or consent of instructor. On demand.)
Ill. International Politics
160 World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics
of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent
problems.
363 Communist Foreign Policies
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course
in Political Science or consent of instructor)
461 Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy
decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle.
(Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
IV. Public Law
170 Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of
courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law;
law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
370 Constitutional Law I
The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American political
system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor. Alternate
years)
371 Constitutional Law II
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as
applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of
individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
V. Political Theory and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section II for description)
380 Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers, emphasizing the values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or consent of instructor.)
381 Democratic Theory and Practice
A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence
of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective.
(Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor.)
382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the
doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or consent of instructor.)
384 Political Analysis
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an
examinafion of the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research
requ~red.(Prereq.: Stat~sticalAnalysis; 158 and two upper division courses, or consent
of rnstructor.)
Seminars, Independent Study and Internships
199 lnternship
Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine
project. (PIN grading only unless lnternship Supervisor grants exception. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
295 Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter.
(On demand)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
399 internship
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: consent of
instructor. PIN grading only unless Internship Supervisor grants exception. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor.)
498 lndependent Study: Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
499 lndependent Study
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: consent
of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Program in Global Community
Joel Mugge (Director)
The Center for Global Service and Education offers a Program in Global Community in Cuernavaca, Mexico. It is the setting for a spring semester academic
program which brings together undergraduate students from various colleges in
a living/learning community. Its primary focus i s the study of issues related to
global justice and human liberation in light of the Christian proclamation. Courses
are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed.
SPA 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for three hours a day for six weeks of the semester.
Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by program director)
INS 311 The Development Process
This seminar focuses on specific global and interpersonal developmental processes.
Particular theories of development and educational approaches are critically examined.
As an integrative seminar, the course attempts to pull together the many aspects of the
overall program. The seminar provides students the opportunity to reflect critically on
their own educational process as well. Applications from Brain-Mind Confluent Education are utilized to help integrate the scope and diversity of experiences. (Required
course)
CST 230 Cultural issues Seminar
This seminar consists of a series of eight mini-courses offered in a number of relevant
topic areas related to the theme of the program. Each mini-course consists of 12 hours.
Any four mini-courses fulfill the requirements of the seminar. (Either this course or HIS
347 required)
HIS 347 Mexico: A Historical Perspective
Four specific mini-courses together provide a rather comprehensive view of Mexico's
historical development from pre-Columbian times to the present day. (Either this course
or CST 230 required)
IN>
ulreaea >way
499 Independent Study
This preferably is in a student's major or minor discipline, developed ahead of time in
consultation with a departmental adviser on the home campus and the program director. The topic a student chooses should be relevant both to the discipline and the
theme of global community. (Optional fourth course)
LYY
RE1 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political oppression
and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is an examination of the
emerging "Theology of Liberation" as articulated by prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly involved in local parishes and development projects
in Cuernavaca. (Prereq.: one course in religion or theology. Optional fourth course)
Psychology (PSY)
Richard Marken, (Chairperson), Lyla Mae Anderegg, Grace B. Dyrud, Norman B.
Ferguson, Duane Johnson
The department emphasizes a scientific approach t o understanding human nature.
Faculty expertise is diverse with interests ranging from biological bases of behavior
to psychotherapy.
Psychology majors must have a firm grounding in research methods and statistics.
The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser in the department
and is approved by the chairperson. The overall plan is directed toward a basic
understanding of the discipline of psychology and the particular educational,
vocational and professional goals of the individual student. A written plan for the
major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year.
Practical experience is available through the department's internship program.
Facilities include laboratory areas, specialized classrooms and computer facilities.
Major: 10 courses including 105, 264, 265, 381 or 399, and 493, with a minimum
of 5 courses at Augsburg; PHY 103. Not more than two courses from among 299,
399 and 499 may be counted toward requirements for a major. It is recommended
that psvcholoav maiors take additional course work from other areas that will
complehent avn'd st;engthen their particular interests in psychology; for example,
developing a minor in business administration, biology, or communication.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high
quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors
consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department
chairperson for more detailed requirements.
Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not
more than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor.
Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 264 (or SOC 362), 399,450;
SOC 362, 363. These courses are designed to provide background and skills to
perform as a research assistant for agencies or firms which do program evaluation
or self-assessment programs. See department chairperson ior further details.
105 General Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose
of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major
sub-areas, is emphasized.
199 lnternship
lnternship on lower division level.
251 Sensing and Perceiving
An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the
processing of environmental information and how this relates to adaptive behavior and
subjective experience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years)
264, 265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem
solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both
statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for
credit without continuing in Research Methods II. Majors in psychology must take both
terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the
term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105)
299 Directed Study
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
351 Developmental Psychology: Child
Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical
systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into
practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development
of children. (Prereq.: 105)
352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory
related to development during the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 105)
353 Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory
related to development during the middle adult and older adult periods of life. Includes
perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.: 105)
355 Brain & Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in
animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation &
emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 105)
356 Environment and Behavior
A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on
behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality,
defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities.
(Prereq.: 105)
357 Learning
Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior
change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 105)
359 Mental Testing
Theory, principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence. (Prereq.: 105)
361 Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward
personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 Abnormal Psychology
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105.)
371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male
A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences
and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status of each
sex and psychophysiological data bearing upon these differences. (Prereq.: 105 or consent of instructor)
373 Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such
as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social
influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 105)
375 Social Psychology
(See under Department of Sociology)
381 Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.:
two psychology courses. Alternate years)
399 Internship
Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
450 Program Evaluation
The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to programs for
social improvement. Designing information systems for the ongoing monitoring of programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing program effectiveness and efficiency. The
political and organizational context of program monitoring and evaluation. The role of
evaluation research for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264 or SOC
362; SOC 363)
485 Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration
given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses)
490 Current Topics in Psychology
Study of selected areas and topics in psychologythat are not treated extensively through
current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.:
105 and consent of instructor. Alternate years)
493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues.
(Prereq.: 5 courses)
7
499 Independent Study
Limited registration by special permissionfor advanced students in psychology. Students
must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale
and purpose for the proposed study.
Religion (REL)
Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), John Benson, Bradley Holt, Stephen H. Pinsky,
Eugene M. Skibbe
The primary orientation of the department is t o provide a series of courses which
will enable students t o become better acquainted w i t h t h e content and character
o f t h e Christian faith and enable t h e m t o reflect theologically o n their o w n religious commitment.
Additionally, the department offers some courses which provide the possibility
for the student to be introduced t o other religious traditions, and some "bridge
courses" which point to the relationships between religion and other disciplines.
Major: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 481 and 495, the seminar especially
for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking seminar, each major
must have written one formal research paper and placed it on file with the department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied t o the major. One
upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major.
Major in Church Staff Work: 9 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 358, 360 or 483,
362, 399, 471 or 473, 481. These together with specified courses in other departments can lead t o Augsburg certification.
Program for Christian Day School Teachers: Students pursue one of the regular
teacher education programs in the Department of Education to prepare for licensure by the State of Minnesota. In addition to the licensure program, fie
courses in religion are required: 111, 221, 362, The Christian Day School (Interim)
and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in
both a public school sett~ngand in a Christian Day School.
This program prepares students who are interested in teaching in Christian Day
Schools, particularly those of the American Lutheran Church, although participation is not limited to such schools.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved
by the department and colloquium with the department.
Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the
minor.
Certificate in Church Staff Work: 9 Religion courses (111, 221, 356, 358, 360 or
483, 362, 399, 471 or 473, 481); HPE 232; PSY 105, 351, 352 or 371, 485; SOC
111 or PSY 373, SOC 231; SPC 354 or 355. This program meets or exceeds the
educational requirements of The American Lutheran Church, but certification by
the church is a separate function. By adding two or three courses from appropriate
departments, the student can develop special emphases in parish education, business management or diaconal work.
Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for
Religion Department and/or general education course credit.
All majors are urged to consult with the department chairperson.
111 Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between
the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
199 lnternship
lnternship on lower division level.
221 Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of
biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church.
299 Directed Study
Independent study on lower division level.
s>u rnllosopny or tcellglon
(See under Department of Philosophy)
353 Denominations and Sects in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects.
Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring)
356 History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including
Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some
discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall)
357 Survey of Church History
A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Refamtation, and modern periods.
Some attention to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of the periods in
question. The expansion of the church, its inner life, its relation to the state, and the
development of its doctrine will be major elements of the study. (Not offered 1984-85)
358 Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education
and curriculum, youth work and parish work.
360 Religion
and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis
with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements
in American society. (Spring)
361 Church Fathers
A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including
such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity
in conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early
Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a
special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. (Spring 1985)
362 Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth
century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative
figures. (Fall)
363 Religion in America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this
country. (Offered as funding permits)
366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
(See under Program in Global Community)
399 Internship
Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least
first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines.
432 Church Music and Worship
(See under Department of Music)
471 Jesusand His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particuSarly the Gospels, dealing with
their context, literary structure and relationships. AtZention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall)
472 Theology
-. of Paul
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the
early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Alternate years,
Spring, 1986)
473 The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought
with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Alternate years, Spring 1985)
475 Judaism
A survey of the history of Judaismfrom the end of the Old Testament period to modern
times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such
modern Jewishthinkers as Buber and Heschel. The JewishChatauqua Society annually
makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered
in the religion department. (Fall)
481 Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today,
as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task
of the Christian Church. (Spring)
483 Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspectivefor critical reflection upon
moral action. (Fall)
486 Psychology of Religion and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional
Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the classics in the
field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have
been influenced by them. (Alternate years, Spring)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission
of instructor. (Fall)
499 Independent Study
Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines.
Russian Area Studies
Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator), Natalia Sich
Russian Area Studies is an ACTC joint major which seeks to give the student the
broadest possible exposure t o Russian and Soviet history, politics, literature, traditions and philosophy. The major is interdisciplinary and offers perspectives on
Russia both past and present. A minimum of two years of the Russian language
is offered.
This major i s a good foundation for students preparing for careers in government,
teaching, international business, or law, especially when combined with a second
major in a field such as business, economics, history, language, political science
or theology. It also is a good foundation for graduate study in history, political
science, language and literature or international relations.
Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 course
in Russian literature; 1 course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses from approved
electives.
a
Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 1 course in Russian history; 1 course in Soviet politics; 1 course in
Marxist theory; 1 other course from the approved list of electives.
.
Each student's major program must be approved by the coordinator.
!
Scandinavian Area Studies (SCA)
!
b
;iII
I'
:
j
:
Foreign Language Department Chairperson
Major: 8 upper division courses.
Minor: 4 upper division courses.
Note: Major programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or
transferred t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e.,
courses taught by a Scandinavian language department or subdepartment regardless of their content, which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students
graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate
level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under Department of Foreign Languages.
Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study in Scandinavia, elective courses
which may lead toward a second major such as English, history, urban studies,
business administration.
272 Norwegian Life and Culture
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
312 Old Norse
(See under Department of Foreign Languages - Norwegian)
330 Contemporary Scandinavia
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable
but not required. (On Demand)
345 Scandinavian - American Experience
The Old World Background and rise of "America Fever," adaptation to the New Land,
aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (On Demand)
351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist,
Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and
written work in a Scandinavian language. (On Demand)
352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and
other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama
with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (On Demand)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
(See under Department of Religion)
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
382 Scandinavian Arts
(See under Department of Art)
396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia
(See under Department of History)
495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience
(Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar)
499 Independent Study
In consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study.
Social Science
Khin Khin Jensen
A student may not list a double major in Social Science and in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is
significantly different from the other major.
Non-Western Major: 14 courses: HIS 104; 1 social science methodology course
(ECO 379, PSY 264, SOC 362 or 365); and 12 courses, in at least 4 disciplines,
from the following: ECO 122, 258; HIS 103, 322, 323, 324, 440, 474; POL 351,
363, 382,461; PHI 355; RE1 356; SOC 241; seminars, independent study or interim
courses on relevant topics in History and/or Political Science. The student planning t o fulfill this social science major should consult the chairperson of the
Department of History in choosing a major adviser.
Social Studies
Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator)
Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete,
in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of
Education, a competency-based program designed to provide a broad foundation
in the social sciences.
Social Studies Teaching Licensure: 7 courses (ECO 122 or 123, HIS 222, POL 158,
PSY 105, SOC 121 and 241) plus a major in one of five fields - Economics, History,
Political Science, Psychology or Sociology.
Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon
as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies
Coordinator.
51 Social Work
(SWK)
Douglas Perry (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Rosalie Clark, Edwina L. Hertzberg
"Education for Service" has long been a motto at Augsburg College and it exemplifies the philosophy of the Social Work department.
The major program prepares graduates for entry-level professional practice in the
field of human services. The program is accredited by the Council o n Social Work
Education, and leads t o a Bachelor of Science degree. The program is based o n
a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates t o work with individuals, families, groups and communities.
The Social Welfare minor and electives i n the department allow students t o support another major with knowledge about human needs and growth, human
services, and the methods of effective citizenship.
Excellent field work opportunities exist within the Twin Cities metro area, which
supports a system of human services considered among the best i n the nation.
Major: 9 Core Program courses: 361, 363, 364, 461, 462, 463, 465, 466, 467, 469;
and 9 Supporting Program courses: 257, 260; BIO 101; PSY 105; SOC 12.1, 231,
365, 375, 383. (The Sociology sequence constitutes a minor i n that discipline.) A
minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each course i n the Core Program and the
Supporting Program.
Candidacy: Social work majors must apply for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written self-statement, reference letters, and the completion of all Core
and Supporting Program courses below the 400 level is necessary for candidacy
review (Exception: SOC 365 may be taken i n the senior year if necessary.)
Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses, including 257 (or approved alternative), 361,
463; 260 or SOC 375; SOC 383; and one of 465, POL 121, 158, 325.
School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human
Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of EDS 388.
Elective courses open to all students:
257 Exploring Human Services
With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer
in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know human service professionals,
social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent
study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended
for freshmen and sophomores.
260 Humans Developing
This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth
through the life cycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological
factors which influencethe growth of individualsand families in contemporary American
society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human
growth, the impact of "sustaining environment" factors, and other special stresses relevant to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic
and/or life-style diversity is also a focus. Students will gain self-understanding through
use of their own experiences.
299 Directed Study
An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of interest. Proposed
study must be approved in advance of registration. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of
instructor)
340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging
This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population,
older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older
population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted in Senior
Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Sophomore or consent of instructor)
361 Social Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service. The
major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and
governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and
agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq.: Sophomore or consent of instructor. Fall)
399 Internship
Providesfield learning experience for the non-major and supplements the required field
work of majors (Prereq.: consent of department chairperson)
463 Community Development and Organization
Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1) survey of historical forms of social change, 2)
understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3)
examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of community
organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the essential principles and
techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or consent of instructor. Fall)
465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Includes the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of analysis
associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social work
practice. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through work with
an elected public policy maker. One class period per week, readings, analytical paper
integrating class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361, 463, and senior or
consent of instructor. Spring)
468 Special Topics (1/2 to 1 course)
Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. (Prereq.: consent
of instructor. Offered periodically in Interim)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department.
(Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor)
499 lndependent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and
consent of instructor)
Courses reserved for Social Work majors only:
363 Methods and Skills of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques
of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work
practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of
relationship building skills. Lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises each
week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior. Spring)
364 Field Work I
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small
group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with
363. Spring)
461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and
regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis on development
of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Lectures and/or laboratory exercises
each week. (Prereq.: 2.0 in 363 and in 364, candidacy status. Concurrent with 462. Fall)
462 Field Work 11:
Progressively responsiblesupervised professionalsocial work experience including work
with individuals, families, groups andlor communities in a social service agency. Ten
hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: Candidacy
status; concurrent with 461; Fall)
466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course)
Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 461,
462, 463)
467 The Social Worker as Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, personnel policies
and practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied in the
course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.:
Candidacy status, 2.0 in 461, 463.)
469 Field Work IV (formerly 464)
Continuation of 466 during the spring term. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 466,
concurrent with 467)
Sociology (SOC)
Gordon L. Nelson (Chairperson), Jerry Gerasimo, Garry Hesser, Anita Kolman,
Diane Pike, Joel Torstenson
Sociology seeks to describe and explain the many patterns which form a society
or social structure, to understand the great variety of institutions within a society,
and to evaluate social institutions and programs.
Sociology can be preparation for a career in law, social work, the ministry, urban
planning, government or business. A sociology minor provides a better understanding of the social processes for majors in psychology, social work, and
education.
The department urges students to use Augsburg's unique urban setting as a "laboratory" for learning.
Major: 10 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375, 485. Highly recommended: a
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course, internship, independent study
or upper division interim course in sociology. This recommendation is made in
the hope that the student will take advantage of the variety of learning models
offered through the department. Consult department chairperson concerning
areas of concentration.
bf
3.0 overall.' Application f o r honors i n sociology candidacy shall consist
submission o f thesis proposal t o Department Chairperson before April 1 o f t h e junior
year. Candidacy is contingent u p o n departmental approval o f proposal b y April
30 o f junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, t h e student will register f o r
499 t o complete w o r k o n thesis. Honors i n sociology will b e granted t o a candidate
w h o successfully defends t h e thesis before M a r c h 31 o f t h e senior year and maintains t h e CPA through graduation.
Minor: 5 courses including 1 2 1 and t w o upper division courses (i.e.,
above.)
300 and
Certificate i n Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 362 (or PSY 264), 363,450;
PSY 399. These courses are designed t o provide t h e cognitive background and
skill development t o perform well as a research assistant f o r agencies o r firms
which d o program evaluations o r an employee w h o can develop and maintain
ongoing self-assessment programs f o r an employer agency. See department chairperson f o r further details.
111 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis
The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective
of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in
the context of urban institutions and processes.
121 Principles of Sociology
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and
a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality, and social structure. An essential tool for discovering the world and one's place
in it.
199 lnternship
Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine
project. (Fall, Interim, Spring, and Summer)
231 Sociology of the Family
An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection,
marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and
cultural context.
241 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
The concept of culture examined in anthropology and in the way we see and live in
the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress." The person's relation to culture. An analysis of selected aspects
of Western culture.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: 121 and consent of instructor.
Fall, Spring, Summer)
300, 301, 302, 303, 304 Special Topics in Sociology
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests which are not
satisfied by regular course offerings. May be offered on campus in addition to regular
course offerings or off campus in conjunction with Augsburg's Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR) Program. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
360 Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis
with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements
and institutions in American society.
362 Statistical Analysis
The first course in a two-course sequence introduces quantitative analysis. The fundamentals of descriptive and inferential statistics for the social sciences. Designed specifically for sociology and political science majors, but recommended for others needing
a background for social science. (Prereq.: working knowledge of high school algebra
and consent of the instructor. Fall)
363 Research Methods
This second course exposes students to the skills involved in research design and measurement techniques. The practice of social research is learned through class activities
and individual projects. Focus on learning usable skills. To be taken immediately after
362. (Prereq.: 362 or consent of instructor. Spring)
365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative
information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring)
373 Crime and Corrections
An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical
components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused on the causation
and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.:
121)
375 Social Psychology
An examination of the idea of "group," its relationship to individual behavior and
society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in
understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life
- a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction,"
an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the
major issues in the course. (Prereq.: 121 and PSY 105)
381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning
The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confronting the present and
future metropolis. Particularemphasis will center on alternative theories and approaches
to shaping the future metropolis. Current developments in the Twin Cities region will
be compared and contrasted to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resources include extensive readings, simulations, films, and outside speakers
in a seminar format. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 or consent of instructor. Spring)
383 Racial and Minority Croup Relations
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon
prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (PIN grading only)
399 Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: consent
of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
485 Modern Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course
of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in
sociology including 121 or consent of instructor. Fall)
498 Independent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department.
(Prereq.: 111 or 121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
499 Independent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and
consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts (SPC)
Raymond Anderson (Chairperson), Deborah Bart, Julie Bolton, Ailene Cole, Howard Liszt, Gary Parker
The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for
different emphases - journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guidesfor each
area are available from the Department Chairperson or the Office of Admissions.
Theater study i s more than putting on plays. It is a serious study that combines
the fine arts with many other fields. Minneapolis is an ideal place to study theater,
because the Twin Cities have so many active theaters. In our program, we use
the local theater scene as a learning laboratory. Also, professional theater people
are regularly involved in our program as instructors and as guest directors.
Augsburg offers accredited programs leading toward certification of secondary
school teachers in speech, theater arts, and a combined speech-theater major.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study
projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application
to be made early in the senior year.
Communication Arts
Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible t o work
out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take
111, PSY 105, SOC 121 or 241.
Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and ENG
225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing
and typing. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: 111;
PHI 130; PSY 105; SOC 121 or 241, 375.
Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department.
Speech Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,241 or 343, 350,
351, 352, 354, 360; Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. Recommended: 366, courses in theater, participation in drama.
Speech Minor For Teaching Licensure: 111 and six of the following: 241 or 343,
350, 351, 352, 354, 360 and participation in forensics.
Note: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize
in any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of these
must be combined with at leas an EngIish minor, preferably a major. The communication major o r miner does not qualify one for teaching speech. Consult
with the Department of Education far requirements in Education. 716 is strongly
recommended for students i n elementary education,
111 Beginning Speech
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening.
132 Photography
(See under Department of Art)
199 Internship
Internship for lower division credit.
227 Advanced Writing: Journalism
(See under Department of English)
225, 330 Visual Communications I, II
(See under Department of Art)
241 Introduction to Cinema Art
(See under Department of English)
242 Film-Making
(See under Department of Art)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
342 Mass Communications in Society
(See under Department of Political Science)
343 Radio-Television Production
An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis
on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10.
Fall)
350 Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating,
and listening; introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years.
Fall)
351 Argumentation
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall)
352 Persuasion
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring)
353 Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements
in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Junior, Senior. Communication
major or consent of instructor. Spring)
354 Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication
barriers.
373 Organizational Psychology
(See under Department of Psychology)
399 lnternship
(Consult the Department Chairperson for details.)
495 Independent Study in Communication
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research.
499 lnternship
lnternship for upper division credit.
Theater Arts
Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning
t o major in theater arts should begin with courses 111, 116, and 228. 111 is not
part of the major.
Theater Arts Major: 10 courses, plus 111. This major should be supported by
several courses in literature including Shakespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama.
A. Acting Emphasis: 116,228, 232, 343,350,360, 361,366,432, and the children's
theater interim. Strongly recommended: courses in movement, dance, cinema art,
and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include
6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship.
B. Directing Emphasis: 116, 228, 229, 232, 350, 360, 361, 366, 367, plus the children's theater interim. Courses strongly recommended: courses in movement,
cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing
emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 in stage
management, and 1 internship.
C. Design Emphasis: 228, 229, 361, 366, 428, 429, plus 2 courses in Art. Strongly
recommended: courses in cinema art and dramat~cliterature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5 units in crew work, 2 in technical
supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in assistant design, 1 in design, and 1 internship.
Theater Arts Minor: 5 courses including 228, 232, 360, 361, 366.
Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111, 116, 228,
229, 232, 241 or 343, 350, 360, 361, 366, the experience requirement specified
for theater arts majors, and a minor in English.
Theater Arts Minor For Teaching Licensure: courses 111, 228, 232, 361, 366; one
of the following: 241, 343, 350; and participation in dramatic productions.
Speech-Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,
241, 350, 351, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366; participation in two activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater, broadcasting); and a minor in English.
116 Creative Dramatics
A study of creative improvisationusing stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human
relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy,
and other settings. (Fall)
lnternship for lower division credit.
228 Technical Production I
An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: its organization, crafts, magic,
and art. Practical craft projects,theater tours, and production experience. Open to all
students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Fall)
229 Stage Design I
lntroduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken
in freshmen and sophomore years. Spring)
232 Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation;
participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
360 Interpretative Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry,
and drama. (Fall)
361 Theater History and Criticism
Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at
local theater productions. lntroduction to theories of drama, dramatic production, and
dramatic criticism. (Alternate years, Spring)
366 Stage Direction I
Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical
production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play
chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only.
(Spring)
367 Stage Direction II
In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental,
musical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or
consent of instructor. Spring)
399 Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
428 Technical Production II
Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or
lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee. Fall)
429 Stage Design I1
Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. lntroduction to
costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Spring)
499 lndependent Study in Drama
Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater.
Transdisciplinary Major
Students wishing t o develop their own major by combining appropriate portions
of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary
Major enables students to respond to a particular career interest. While such an
individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student,
broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or
preprofessional programs in some academic fields.
Students wishing t o develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the
following:
A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required
in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college;
B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the
end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of
the Registrar).
C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Student Standing.
Women's and Minority Studies (INS)
Winston Minor (Director), Priscilla Buffalohead, W. Roger Buffalohead, Linda Buck
Myers, Bonnie Wallace
The Women's and Minority Studies Program consists of several interdisciplinary
courses which fill the Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies
requirement. There are courses in several other departments which also focus on
women and which also fulfill that requirement. Although no major or minor is
offered, there i s a certificate program in women's studies.
Certificate in Women's Studies: Individually planned program with a minimum of
6 courses oriented towards women's perspectives: 3 courses from the social sciences (including history); 1-2 courses from humanities (literature, religion, art,
music, philosophy); 1-2 other courses such as biology, trans- or inter-disciplinary
courses, independent study, directed study, etc. Courses may be taken from the
ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. See Winston Minor or Bonnie Wallace for
further details.
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under Department of History)
231 Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from
year to year. Meets one religion requirement or the Urban Concerns, Women's and
Minority Studies requirement.
232 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies
An interdisciplinary mum providing an overview of the major issues related to the
Black experience in terms of the family, education, religion, art, economio and politics.
It is designed to heighten the student's consciousnws regarding the African retentions
in Black culture, the evolution oi Black cuhute and the impact of Black culture on
American society.
t
.
1
-,
E
E
E
This course will examine a variety 13issues concerning the biolqical, evolutionary and
historical origins of women's roles and status in human society. Emphasis will be placed
on the comparative roles af women in different cultures. This comparison will include
such North American models as the Navajo, Ojibwe, and Iroquois, African models such
as the Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of eastern Europe,
Mexico, and the middle East and rural China. Offered periodically through CHR and
the American Indian Program office.
260 Contemporary American Indians
The situation of lndians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (19343
with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditionsarnong selected lndian
tribes today.
265 Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the
class will collectively assess the position of black and white women in American culture
from the founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by lndian women,
Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included.
Living on campus provides many options, including apartments in Mortensen Tower
[Photo by john Louis Anderson]
u
9
Augsburg College
Board of Regents
The year in parentheses after each name indicates the expiration of current term.
Charles W. Arnason (1988).Executive Director, Minnesota Technology Corridor, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1984).St. Louis Park Medical Center, St. Louis Park, Minnesota
Nancy Bottemiller (1986).Homemaker, Wadena, Minnesota
Rodney P. Burwell (1988).Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Proform, Inc., Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Darrell j. Egertson (1988).Executive Vice President of Corporate Development, Apache
Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Donald R. Grangaard (1984).First Bank System, Inc. (Retired), Minneapolis, Minnesota
Lawrence 0. Hauge (1986).Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, Minnesota
Harris W. Lee (1988).Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Gary H. Lohn (1988).Vice President - Employment Preparation Services, Control Data
Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Arthur Naftalin (1984).Professor, Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Roselyn j. Nordaune (1988). Partner, Nodland, Conn, Judd, Nordaune, St. Louis Park,
Minnesota
Howard E. Olson (1984).St. Paul Park, Minnesota
Donald G. Oren (1988).President, Dart Transit Company, St. Paul, Minnesota
Donald G. Padilla (1986).Chairman of the Board, Padilla and Speer, Inc., Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Carl N. Platou (1984).President, Fairview Community Hospitals, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Martin 0. Sabo (1984).Member of Congress, Fifth District - Minnesota, Washington, D.C.
Inez M. Schwarzkopf (1988).Staff Writer - The American Lutheran Church, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
N. Stanley Stake (1986).Honeywell, Inc. (Retired), Minneapolis, Minnesota
Merton P. Strommen (1986).President, Search Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Stanley W. Thiele (1986).Senior Vice President, Administrative Services, 3M, St. Paul,
Minnesota
Mary Lou Williams (1984).Senior Social Worker, Hennepin County Community Services,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Officers
Donald R. Grangaard, Chairman
Harris W. Lee, Vice Chairman
Charles W. Arnason, Secretary
Darrell J.Egertson, Treasurer
Board for College and University Services
The American Lutheran Church
Robert Borgwardt, Madison, Wisconsin
Sylvia Bosse, Warren, Ohio
Faith Burgess, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Erwin H. Goldenstein, Lincoln, Nebraska
Marilyn Hemstad, Olympia, Washington
Doris Holman, Los Angeles, California
Gustav Kopka, jr., East Lansing, Michigan
Hamlet Peterson, Rochester, Minnesota
Administration
Office of the President
President .............................................................................................. Charles S. Anderson
Executive Secretary t o the President ...................................................Carolyn Magnuson
David T. Wold
College Pastor ....................................................................................................
Alton C. 0. Halvorson
Director of Church Relations ...............................................................
Academic Affairs
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College....................... Richard Green
Lois M. Nielsen
Secretary t o the Academic Dean
Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs....... Patricia Anne Parker
Secretary t o the Associate Dean ............................................................Ruth L. Maertens
Richard J. Thoni
Director of Weekend College .........................................................................
Director of Admissions & Public Relations, Weekend College ..................... Sharon A. Stein
John A. Hill
Registrar ...................................................................................................................
Carol Stack
Assistant Registrar ...................................................................................................
Ralph W, Bailey
Recorder
Margaret Anderson
Head Librarian
Brian P. Hackney
Director of Audio-Visual Center
Thomas Reynolds
Music Administrator - Arts Coordinator
Winston Minor
Minority Coordinator (Btack Student Affairs)
Bonnie Wallace
Minority Coordinator (American Indian Program)
Donald R. Custafson
Interim Director
International Studies Program Director........................................................Mary A. Kingsley
International Student Adviser ......................................................................Bradley P. Holt
Director of Faculty Development ...............................................................Norma C. Noonan
.................................................................
..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................
..................................................................
................................................
................................................
..........................................
......................................................................................
Student Affairs and Admissions
Vice President of Student Affairs and Dean of Students ........................Marianne 8. Sander
Dorothy Gauger
Secretary t o the Vice President ..................................................................
James B. Grubs
Associate Dean of Students .............................................................................
Nancy Medcraft, Joan Slater
Counselors....................................................................................
Director, Academic Enrichment ...............................................................Donald M. Warren
Director of Career Planning and Placement ............................................
Coordinator, Student Employment ...........................................................
Director of Student Life (Housing) .................................................Linda K. Schrempp-Alberg
Director of Student Activities ....................................................................
Coordinator, Urness Tower .......................................................................
Coordinator, Mortensen Tower and Annex Houses ...............................
Director of Admissions ..............................................................................
Catherine A. Thomsen
Secretary, Admissions .........................................................................
Assistant Director of Admissions .................................................................Eric L. Anderson
Assistant Director of Admissions ......................................................Jeannette M. Wittmer
Senior Admissions Counselor ...........................................................................Brian Arvold
Coordinator of Admissions On-Campus/Volunteer Programs .......................... Sally Daniels
Peter J. lmsdahl
Admissions Counselor .....................................................................................
Scott C. Stensrud
Admissions Counselor ...................................................................................
Development and Public Relations
Vice President for Development and Public Relations ................................. Gerald D. Bjelde
Secretary t o the Vice President .......................................................................Nancy Martin
Thomas I.Benson
Director of Planned Giving ..........................................................................
Jeroy C. Carlson
Assistant to the Vice Preident for Development
Ass~cialeDirector of Develapment-Corporatrons/Foundations ...... Adelgund M. Fransen
Assistant Director of Development-Annual Fund ............................................. Mark Zachary
Director of Alumni/Parent Relatzons
Janice A. Rykken
Directat o i Public Relations
Lois G. Wollan
Kay Cady
Director of News Bureau ...........................................................................................
JillRaschein
Manager, Central Services .....................................................................................
Hugh Pruitt
Director of Research...............................................................................................
.........................................
...........................................................
..............................................................................
Finance and Management
Vice President for Finance and Management .......................................... Wayne D. Pederson
Secretary to the Vice President ......................................................................... Cynthia Lein
Assistant Vice President for Student Financial Services
Herald A. Johnson
Virene M. Luthi
Associate Director, Financial Aid
Director of Personnel................................................................................... Bonnie-Jean Mork
Michael D. Ranum
Chief Accountant
Manager, Administrative Computer Center ........................................... Daniel R. Cruikshank
Manager, College Center ...........................................................................Mildred A. Nelson
Manager, Purchasing/Book Storepending ................................................... Robert P. Gores
Food Service Director ...................................................................................... Steve Boulka
Director of Plant Services ............................................................................James Strategier
Supervisor, Maintenance .................................................................................. Robin A. Curtis
Manager, Ice Arena ...........................................................................................ames J. Carey
............................
..............................................................
....................
.
.................................................................
Emeriti
Oscar A. Anderson. (1963-1980).President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Bernhard M. Christensen. (1938-1963).President Emeritus. Ph.D., The Hartford Seminary
Foundation.
Courtland Agre. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ernest W. Anderson. (1947-83).Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education.
Valeria Baltina. Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magister der Philosophia,
University of Latvia.
1. Gracia Christensen. Assistant Professor Emerita of English.
K. Berner Dahlen. Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Edgar E. Eklof. Emeritus of Music. M.M. Manhattan Music School.
Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University
Katherine Hennig. Artist in Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Einar 0. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington.
Bernhardt J. Kleven. Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lorraine K. Livingston. Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Martha M. Mattson. Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson. Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., University of
Minnesota.
Anne Pederson. Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
LaVonne J. Peterson. Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Martin Quanbeck. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College, D. Mus., Lakeland
College.
Paul T. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology, Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joel S. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Faculty car ot September, 1983)
(beginning year of service on faculty)
'part-time
Ruth 1. Aaskov (1960).Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Robert W. Adney* (1979).Studio Artist/Percussion. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Roger E. Allerson* (1981).Lecturer, Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B., University of Minnesota.
Earl R. Alton (1960).Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf
College; MS., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959).Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.A., Northwestern University.
Barbara Andersen (1969).Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Charles S. Anderson (1976).President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin;
B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York.
Margaret J. Anderson (1967).Associate Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
,
Raymond E. Anderson* (1949). Professor and Department Chairperson of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Roberta A. Anderson* (1979). Specialist Early Childhood Education, lnstructor in Education.
B.S., M.S., University of Wisconsin; Education Specialist, Mankato State University.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Deborah Bart* (1980). lnstructor in Speech, Weekend College. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Joe Bash' (1983). Lecturer in Religion, Weekend College.
John E. Benson (1963). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary.
James E. Billings* (1970). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics, B.A., Michigan
State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Gerald D. Bjelde (1980). Vice President of Development and Public Relations. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Timothy Blackburn* (1980). Lecturer in English. B.A., St. John's University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Blaha* (1983). lnstructor in Physics. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Vern M. Bloom* (1971). Director of CHR Program and College of the 3rd Age. B.A., M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton* (1975). Assistant Professor of Speech. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Lynn Bollman* (1983). lnstructor in Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Northern
Colorado; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
David W. Boots (1982). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A,, Augsburg College;
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Richard Borstad (1977). lnstructor and Department Chairperson of Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael Brand* (1979). Studio Artistflrurnpet. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Maria Brown (1980). lnstructor in Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota.
Laine Bryce* (1978). Studio Artist/Bassoon. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Priscilla K. Buffalohead' (1983). lnstructor in CHR Program and Women's and Minority
Studies. B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Roger Buffalohead* (1983). lnstructor in CHR Program and Women's and Minority Studies.
B.A., MS., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
John Cerrito* (1983). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., Rhode Island
College.
Carl H. Chrislock (1952). Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Rosalie V. Clark (1979). lnstructor in Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Community Research
and Resource Center. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of
Iowa.
Ailene Cole (1956). Professor of Theater Arts/Speech. B.A., Custavus Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Benjamin Cooper* (1975). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., California Institute of
Technology; Ph.D., Yale University.
Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
John Cosgrove* (1983). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., University
of Minnesota.
Nancy B. Dillon* (1983). lnstructor in Nursing. B.S., Wagner College; MS., University of
Cincinnati.
Beverly C. Durkee (1965). Professor and Department Chairperson of Mathematics/Computer
Science. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State
University.
Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D. University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M . Div.,
Luther Theological Seminary; MS., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; MS., Michigan
State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Sheldon P. Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M.,
Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall
College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Larry L. Fleming (1979). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Music. B.M.,
Concordia College; M.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Henry G. Follingstad .(l962). Associate Professor of Mathematics. MS., University of
Minnesota.
Anne Fosse* (1982). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., University of
Northern Iowa; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Jo Michelle Beld Fraatz (1983). Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., Bethel College;
M.A., Ph.D., Yale University.
Barry M. Franklin (1978). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Education.
A.B., California State University, Northridge; M.A.T., University of Chicago; M.S.Ed., University of Wisconsin-Lacrosse; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Robert Friederichsen* (1971). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., Bethel College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Mark 1. Fuehrer (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Philosophy.
B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Jerry Gerasimo* (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Celia W. Gershenson (1983). Lecturer in Psychology.
John H. Gidmark* (1980). Lecturer in English. B.A., Moorhead State College; H.Dip., Trinity
College, Dublin, Ireland; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Dakota.
Thomas G. Gilkey (1979). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., DePauw University.
Orloue N. Gisselquist (1956). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of History.
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Teague Goetz' (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., University of North Carolina; M.M.,
University of Colorado.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia
College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Green (1980). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A.,
Concordia College, Moorhead; MS., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University
of Louisville.
James B. Grubs (1983). Associate Dean of Students. B.S., Colorado State University; M. Div.,
Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., College of St. Thomas.
Satya P. Gupta (1976). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Associate Professor of History, Interim Director. B.A., Custavus
Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1974). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Brian P. Hackney (1983). Instructor, Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., University of
Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Leif E. Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Karen Harwood* (1980). Lecturer in Library Science.
Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert S. Herforth (1966).Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg college; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Edwina L. Hertzberg' (1977). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota. (On leave Spring 1984)
Carry W. Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies.
B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Notre Dame.
John A. Hill (1980). Registrar, Coordinator of Institutional Information. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.A., George Washington University.
John B. Hjelmeland (1981). Director of Adminissions. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., Springfield College.
Carol F. Hoffman (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., Hamline University; M.S., University of Minnesota. (On leave 1983-1984)
Norman v. nolen ( i ~ b 4 ) .Proressor ot Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A.,
University of lowa. (On leave 1983-84)
Brad1.e~P. Holt (1981). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University.
John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Gary E. Hovind* (1981). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B., University
of Minnesota.
Walter Howerton' (1982). Lecturer in English B.A., M.F.A., University of lowa.
Khin Khin Jensen* (1955-56,1959). Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian
Studies. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma; M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin.
Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College B.A., Huron
College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
James D. Johnson (1969). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S.,
Juilliard School of Music.
Mary E. Johnson(1962). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages and International Student
Adviser. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor-and Department Chairperson of Business Administration and Economics. B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt; M.S., University of
Michigan.
Robert Karlbn (1973). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University
of Minnesota.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Foreign Languages, and Director of International Study. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury
College.
Merilee I.Klemp' (1980). Studio Artist/Oboe. B.A., Augsburg College.
Alvin 1. Kloppen (1976).Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana
college; M.A:, university of South Dakota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Anita Sue Kolman* (1977). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Maryland;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert Kramarczuk* (1982). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.A. College
of St. Thomas; M.B.A. University of Minnesota.
Angela Wyatt Kretschmar* (1981). Studio ArtistIClarinet. B.A., St. Olaf College.
Edith V. Kromer (1983). Librarian, Weekend College.
Roy H. LaFayette* (1972). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B., University of Minnesota.
Leo Richard Lake (1981). Associate Professor of Computer Science and Director of Academic
Computer Center. B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Roberta K. Lammers (1975). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., lowa State University; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael Leimbach* (1983). lnstructor in Psychology.
Nicholas A. Lenz* (1980). Studio ArtistPoice. B.A., Southwest State University: M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Howard P. Liszt* (1979). Visiting Lecturer in Speech and Communication. B.A., M.S., University of Minnesota.
David Livingston* (1983). Studio ArtistIRecorder. B.A., Augustana College, Rockford; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Paul W. Lohman* (1981). Director of Chorale. B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A., University of
Minnesota.
Steven Lund' (1983). Studio Artist/Trombone. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Richard S. Marken (1974). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Psychology.
B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara.
Jerie McArthur (1983). lnstructor in Speech, Weekend College. B.A., Macalester College;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Marie 0. McNeff* (1968). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of
Nebraska.
M. ~ u s i Ed.,
c University of Kansas.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University
of Minnesota.
Winston Minor (1983). Minority Coordinator (Black Student Affairs). B.A., M.A., University
of Minnesota.
John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A., University of Tennessee.
Thomas Morgan (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S.,
Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon.
Joel D. Mugge (1977). Assistant Professor of Speech and Communication, Director of Center
for Global Service and Education. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Elizabeth Proctor Murphy' (1984). Studio Artist/Cello. B.A., Cleveland Institute of Music.
Linda Buck Myers' (1983). lnstructor in Women's and Minority Studies.
Douglas Nelson (1977). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College:
M.A., College of St. Thomas.
Gordon 1. Nelson' (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Sociology.
B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson' (1968). Associate Professor of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A.
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Christie Nicholl' (1973). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A.,
University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Nursing B.Sl..,
MS., University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science, Director of Faculty Development.
B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Mohammed Nouri' (1982). Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. Diplome,
Ecole Centrale de Paris; MS., University of Minnesota.
Celeste M. O'Brien' (1975). Studio ArtistIPiano. B.A., Hamline University.
Sandra L. Olmsted* (1979). lnstructor in Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College: MS., University
of Wisconsin-Madison.
James F. Olson (1975). Assistant Professor, Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota. (On leave 1983-85)
Ronald C. Palosaari (1965). Professor and Department Chairperson of English. B.A., Bethel
College; B. Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Gary A. Parker* (1983). lnstructor in Speech. B.A., M.A., University of California-Davis.
Patricia Anne Parker (1960). Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs.
B.A., Eastern Michigan University: M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Marlene J. Pauley' (1983). Studio ArtistIClarinet. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.M., Michigan State
University.
Kermit E. Paulson (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Physics. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.S., University of Wisconsin.
Marilyn E. Pearson (1980). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., St. Cloud State University.
Wayne D. Pederson (1969). Vice President of Finance and Management. B.S., Concordia
College, Moorhead.
Lauretta E. Pelton (1970). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Briar Cliff College; M.Ed.,
Marquette University.
Douglas D. Perry' (1976). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Social Work.
B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education and Director of
Women's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Diane 1. Pike* (1981). Assistant Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D.,
Yale University.
Stephen H. Pinsky' (1983). Visiting Lecturer in Religion. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College;
B.H.L., M.H.L., Hebrew Union College.
James Porter* (1980). Visiting Lecturer in Women's and Minority Studies.
Alice Preves* (1976). Studio ArtistIStrings. B.S., MS., University of Illinois.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chairperson of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological
Seminary.
Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D.,
Northwestern University.
Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
1
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Marianne Sander (1971). Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students. B.A.,
Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Karen E. Sandness* (1982). ACTC Lecturer in Japanese. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., Yale
University.
Richard B. Sargent (1967). Associate Professor of English. B.A., University of North Carolina;
Ph.D., University of Exeter, England.
Pauline Sateren' (1974). lnstructor in Music Education. B.A., Northwestern College; M.M.Ed.,
University of Colorado.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959).Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education and Director
of Men's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., University of Minnesota.
Irene Schilling* (1973). Assistant Professor. Librarian. B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Linda K. Schrempp-Alberg (1977). Director of Student Life. B.A., University of MinnesotaMorris; M.A., Mankato State University.
Bethany S. Shifflett' (1982). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, Director
of Intramural Sports. B.S., Southern Connecticut State College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of lowa.
Marjorie H. Sibley (1961).Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Natalia Sich' (1983). ACTC Instructor in Russian. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Eugene M. Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Dana W. Skoglund' (1978). Studio Artist/Piano. B.M., Augsburg College.
Emma W. Small' (1978). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music.
George Stahl' (1976). Studio Artist/Bass. B.M., Chicago Musical College.
Alice J. Stark (1983). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Olaf College; M.S., University
of California, San Francisco.
Donald B. Steinmetz (1968). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Myles Stenshoel (1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead;
Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A. Ph.D., University of Colordao.
Daniel Sturm' (1979). Studio Artist/Classical Guitar. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Grace K. Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ralph L. Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; MS.,
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Mary T. Swanson' (1976). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Philip J. Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chairperson of Art. B.A., Concordia
College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of lowa.
Richard J. Thoni (1972).Director of Weekend College. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Neal 0. Thorpe' (1967). Professor and Department Chairperson of Biology. B.A., Augsburg
College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
David Tubergen' (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Hope College; M.M., Yale
University.
Donald M. Warren' (1978). Director of Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Pamela Weiss-Farnan (1983). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., University of Nebraska;
M.P.H., University of Minnesota.
Dorothy 1. Williamson' (1970). lnstructor in Art. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Mary E. Wilson' (1969). Studio Artist/Flute. B.A., B.M., Macalester College.
Helen A. Woelfel (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University; M.S.,
Marquette University.
David T. Wold (1983). College Pastor. B.A., St. Olaf College; Diploma, Luther Theological
Seminary.
David Wood* (1969). Professor of English. B.S., Wisconsin State University, Eau Claire; M.A.,
Ph.D., Bowling Green University.
Index
Courses. Majors. M i n o r s (F-Inside Front Cover. B-Inside Back Cover)
Metro-Urban Studies ..................... 99-102
Art. Art History
48-50
Music
102-109
Biology
50-53
Natural Science
110
Business Administration and
Nursing
111-112
53-60
Economics
Philosophy
113-115
Chemistry
61-63
East and Southeast Asian Studies .... 63-65
IPhysin
115-1 17
Political Science
118-121
Education
65-71
Program in Global Community 121-122
Engineering
71-72
Psychology
122-124
English
72-75
Religion
124-127
Foreign Languages (Chinese. French.
Russian Area Studies
127-128
German. Japanese. Linguistics.
Scandinavian Area Studies
128-129
Norwegian. Russian. Spanish)
76-85
Social Science. Non-Western ............. 129
General Studies
85
Social Studies
129
Health and Physical Education ........ 85-89
Social Work
130-132
History
90-92
Sociology
132-1 35
Humanities
93
Speech. Communication and
Interdisciplinary Studies
93. 99.102.
Theater Arts ............................. 135-138
121. 139-140
Transdisciplinary Studies
139
International Relations
93-94
Women's and Minoriw Studies 139-140
Mathernatics/Computer Science
94-98
Medical Technology
98
................................
..............................................
...............................
.........................................
..........................................
.......................................
............................
..........
.....
.....................................
..............................................
............................................
.........
.....................
.....
..............................
Academic Adviser .................................... 31
Academic Calendar..........................31. 152
Academic Enrichment ........................ 27. 85
Academic Information ........................ 30-46
Academic Organization ...........................32
Academic Policies and Procedures .... 39-46
Accounting Major
54
Accreditation ..........................................F. 4
88
Adapted Physical Education
Administration ................................. 142-143
Admissions ........................................... 6-9
Advanced Placement ...............................43
Air Force ROTC.......................................37
27
American Indian Program .......................
Annex Housing ....................................28-29
Application t o Augburg .........................
7-9
Application for Financial Aid .............. 13-14
Assessment of Previous Learning ....... 43-44
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC)
31. 36. 37
Athletics .............................................F. 26
Audio-visual Center ....................... ......... 32
Auditing Courses................................. 43
Audit Fee
11
Augsburg Guide ....................................... 26
25
Augsburgian
..............................
...............,. .
....................
.
.
.
...........
.............................
.................
..........................................
Black Student Program ............................ 27
Black Student Union ................................27
Board Costs ...........................................11
Board for College and University
Services. TALC
.
. 141
Board of Regents ................................... 141
Books and Supplies
12
Business Reply Card .......................
153-154
........................ .......
................................
Calendar. Academic .........................31. 152
Campus Map .............................................. B
Campus Ministry ......................................25
Campus Tours ...........................................6
Campus Work .............................. 16.17. 27
Cancellation of Courses .......................... 39
........................................
.................................
.........................................
....................................
................ ...............,. . .
...........................
...
..............................
........................................
....................
..........
......................................
..................................
.............
.
.
............
....................
...
Career Planning and Placement ............. 27
Center for Global Service and Education
(CCSE).................................................
121
Center for Student Development
(CSD)................................................26-27
Certification Programs-Art ................. 34. 48
Church Staff Work ....................... 34. 125
Program Evaluation .............. 34. 122. 133
Women's Studies..........................34. 139
Chemical Dependency Program ............. 36
Chinese Courses ...................................... 76
Chinwag.............................................. 28
Christian Day School Program .............. 125
Classification ............................................. 43
Coaching Endorsement ........................... 88
25. 28. B
College Center
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP).................................................... 43
College Pastor ..................................25. 142
College Work Study Program ................. 17
Communications Directory ................... 151
Commons ...............................................
28
Computer Programming (CDI) ................ 36
Computer Resources ...............................32
Conservation of Human Resources
(CHR)
36
38
Continuing Education
Cooperative Education
38
Corrective Therapy ..................................87
Costs 1985 ................................................
'I1
C.P.A. Certification .................................. 55
Counseling and Guidance ....................... 27
Credit Assessment Program (CAP).......... 44
.............................
....................................................
..............................
............................
.
............... 45
Dean's List ....................... .
Degrees.....................................................31
Departmental Comprehensive Exams..... 44
Departments by Division
32
20-23
Departmental Scholarships
Deposits ................................................. 12
Directed Study ....................................45-46
Dismissal from College ............................ 45
.........................
................
0
LO
:
4
2
Distinction. Graduation with ...................45
Distribution Requirements
41
Divisions ...................................................32
B
Driving t o Campus
Dual Degree Programs
(Engineering)............................. 35. 71-72
......................
...................................
Early Admission of Freshmen.................... 8
Early Decision for Freshmen ..................... 7
25
Echo ..........................................................
Economics............................................58-60
Elementary Education .................. 65.67. 70
143
Emeriti ...................................................
F
Enrollment
English as a Second Language (ESL)....... 81
Evaluation and Grading ......................41-42
..............................................
Fairview Deaconess Affiliation ................ 36
Facilities ..................................................5. B
Facts & Figures ....................................... F
Faculty................................... F. 31. 144-147
11
Fees ..........................................................
12
Finance Charge
54
Finance Major
Financial Aid ........................................13-23
26
Fine Arts ....................................................
Food Service.............................................28
Foreign Study ............................... 28. 37-38
French ..................................................77-79
Freshman Seminar....................................85
Full-time Student ..................................... 11
......................................
.........................................
General Scholarships .............................
17
79-81
German .............................................
Gift Assistance ......................... 15.16. 17-23
Grade Point Average (GPA) .......... 8. 40. 43
Grading...........................................41-42
Graduation Requirements ..................40-41
Graduation with Distinction.................... 45
.
.
................... 15-16
Grants
..........................
Health Service ..........................................28
Higher Education Consortium (HECUA).......
37. 100-102
History of Augsburg College ..................... 4
Honors Major (See Departmental Listings)
Honors Program .......................................38
5, 12
Housing
Human Development Seminars .............. 27
.................................................
.............................
......................
45-46
Independent Study
F. 26
Intercollegiate Athletics
Intercultural Center ............................27-28
Inter-Institutional Programs..................... 36
Interim ...........................31. 37. 38. 39. 152
International Business.................. 37. 54-55
9. 28
International Students
38
Internship Program
Intertribal Student Union ........................27
26
Intramural Athletics
.........................
....................
.
........
............................,
Japanese........................................63.64.
81
KCMR Radio .............................................25
Kindergarten-Elementary
Education .................................. 65.67. 70
Learning for Living ................................... 27
Leave of Absence ................................39-40
LibraryIAudio-Visual ................ F. 31.32. 36
Library Science Courses
70-71
Life Science Emphasis ............................110
Lifetime Sports....................................41. 88
Linguistics Courses................................... 81
Literature. Ideology and Society in Latin
America (LISLA)............................101-102
Loans..................................................16
Location ..................................................
2. B
Lutheran Free Church................................4
.....................
Majors and Minors
(Also see Courses).................. .. 32.33. 40
Management Major .................................54
Management Information Systems (MIS)
54
Major
Marketing Major ......................................54
Married Student Housing ................... 28-29
Memberships ..........................................F. 5
Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)...... 100
Minnesota State Work Study Program ... 17
Minority Scholarships/Grants ............. 18-19
Mission Statement ......................................3
Mortensen Tower .................................29. B
Music Education ..............................102-104
Music Organizations ................26. 108-109
Music Performance .........................102-104
Music Therapy ........................102. 104. 108
Murphy Square ........................................72
.....................................................
Naval ROTC .............................................37
Norwegian ...........................................82-83
Numbering of Courses ............................ 47
Off-Campus Programs
...............................
F
Part-Time Students ..................................11
Physical Science Emphasis..................... 110
.. 12
Payment Options ...................................
Policies....................... .
.
........................
F. 4
67
Pre-Kindergarten Education
34 35
Pre-Professional Proerams
"
Pre-Registration ................................39. 152
Prerequisites .............................................47
Probation ..................................................
45
Program in Global
37. 121-122
Community ...........................
....................
................. .
Re-admission of Former Students ............. 9
Refunds................................................. 13
Registration
39. 152
Religion & Chridian Service
19
Scho!arships
28-29
Residence Life
Residence Requirement...........................41
Room Rent ............................................11
.
.
...............................
37
ROTC
Russian Courses .......................................83
...................................
.........................................
.....................................
....................
San Francisco Summer Term (SFST) ..... 101
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term
(SUST)..................................................100
Scholarships.............................15.16. 17-23
Science (Grades 5-9) .............................. 110
Secondary Education ................... 65. 67-70
JTlllC51Cl
1 CC1..
.........................................
1 C
Semester or Year Abroad ........................ 38
Sigma Pi Sigma ................................... 116
Smilefs Point Clinic ................................ 28
Social, Cultural, Recreational............. 25-26
Social Welfare Minor ............................. 130
Society of Physics Students ................... 115
South American Urban Semester
(SAUS)
101
South Hall.................................... 28-29,B
Spanish ................................................ 83-85
Special Education............................... 70
Special Interest Houses ........................... 29
Special Scholarships............................ 18-19
Special Students (Non-degree) ................. 9
Sponsored Scholarships...................... 17-23
Student Activities ..................................... 26
Student Employment .......................... 16-17
Student Government ............................... 25
Student Life
25-29
Student Project for Amity Among Nations
(SPAN) ................................................... 37
Student Publications.......................... 25, 72
Student Rights .......................................... 29
Student Services .................................. 26-29
...............................................
.........................................
J.U"~"..1..
.....*.....*...............................
7"
>"
Study Abroad ...................................... 37-38
Summer Orientation
26
Summer Sessions ....................... 37, 38, 152
................................
Teaching Licensure (Also see majors)..... 34
Test Scores
7
Transcripts
7. 8
Transfer Seminar ...................................... 85
Tuition ....................................................... 11
Tuition Deposit
.
.
................. 12
.................................................
..............................................
.......,...........
Urness Tower ....................................... 29. B
Veterans.................................................... 46
........................
..........................................
..................
Weekend College
31. 38. 39
West Hall
29. B
Withdrawal from College
13. 39
Women's and Minority Studies ..... 139-140
Words' Worth on Wednesday (WOW) .. 72
Work Service ............................................ 17
Work Study
16-17
.........................................
Zeta House ............................................... 29
Communications Directory
Augrburg college
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis M N 55454
Area Code: 612
President ...................................................................................................................... 330-121 2
Dean of the College (Academic Affairs) .................................................................... 330-1024
Dean of Students (Student Welfare) ......................................................................... 330-1168
Director of Admissions (Admissions) ........................................................................ 330-1001
Director of Financial Aid (Financial Assistance. Scholarships) ................................. 330-1046
Director of Student Life (Housing)
330-1905
Registrar (Academic records. transcripts. Veterans' Affairs)
330-1036
Summer School/lnterim Oifice
330-1025
Weekend College
.
.
330-7640
Career Planning and Placement Oob Counseling, Placement Services)
330-1162
College Pastor (Spiritua! fife programs and a c t i v i t i ~ )
330-11 07
330-1029
B u s i n ~ sOffice (Fees and accaunts)
Director of Development (Financial gifts to the College) ........................................ 330-1171
Director of Public Relations (Information Service, news and publications)............ 330-1180
Director of ParentIAlumni Programs...................................................................... 330-1179
College Center Manager .......................................................................................... 330-1104
Ice Arena Manager ..................................................................................................... 330-1251
Student Gwemment Office ....................................................................................... 330-1110
General Information (Other office numbers; business hours only) ......................... 330-1000
...........................................................................
.....................................
..................................................................................
........................ ..........................................................................
..................
..........................................
........................................................................
The college has designated the following persons as coordinators for discrimination inquiries or grievance:
Boyd Koehler. Assistant Professor. Library (6121330-1018)-Affirmative Action Coordinator
(matters based on race. creed. national or ethnic origin)
Vern M . Bloom. Director. CHR - Memorial (6121330-1133)
-504Coordinator (mattersbased
on physical or mental handicap)
Marianne Sander. Vice President for Student Affairs. CSD-Memorial(612-330-1168) - Title
IX Coordinator (matters based on sex or marital status)
Bonnie-Jean Mork. Director of Personnel. 2nd Floor Memorial (612-330-1023)Employment
All correspondence should be addressed to the d ~ i g n a t e d
individual. at Augsburg College.
731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis M N 55454.Formal grievance prmedures are described
in the Staff Handbook. Copies are available from the Personnel Office.
Fall Semester
Sept. 4
Sept. 5
Sept. 18
Oct. 26
Nov. 2
NOV.5-9
Nov. 19-Dec. 2
Nov. 21
NOV.22-25
Dec. 14
Dec. 17-20
Dec. 27
Dec. 28
Registration
Classes Begin
Last day t o register, add or drop
class without record notation
Mid-term break
Last day t o designate grading option
Interim Registration
Spring Term Pre-Registration
Last day t o withdraw from a class
Thanksgiving Recess
Classes End
Final Examinations
lncompletes due - spring and
summer
Final Grades Due
Sept. 3
Sept. 4
Sept. 17
Oct. 25
Nov. 1
NOV. 4-8
Nov. 18-Dec. 6
Nov. 20
Nov. 28-Dec. 1
Dec. 13
Dec. 16-19
Dec. 26
Dec. 27
Interim
Jan. 3
Jan. 4
Jan. 17
Jan. 21
Jan. 30
Feb. 6
Classes Begin
Last day t o register, add or drop
class without record notation
Last day t o designate grading
option
Last day t o withdraw from a class
Classes end
Interim grades due
Jan. 6
Jan. 7
Jan. 20
Jan. ,22
Jan. 31
Feb. 7
Spring Semester
Feb. 4
Feb. 5
Feb. 18
Mar. 30-April 8
Mar. 29
April 25
April 30-May 4
May 17
May 20-23
May 26
May 29
Validation of registration
Classes begin
Last day t o register, add or drop
class without record notation
Mid-term/Easter Break
Last day t o designate grading
option
Last day t o withdraw from a class
Pre-registration for Fall
Classes end
Final Examinations
Baccalaureate-Commencement
Final grades due. lncompletes due
- fall and lnterim
Feb. 4
Feb. 5
Feb. 18
Mar. 22-31
April 8
April 24
April 29-May 9
May 16
May 19-22
May 25
May 28
Summer School
June 3-28
July I-Aug. 9
Term I
Term II
June 2-27
June 30-Aug. 8
Show less
Introduction
Calendar
..................................................................
.........................................................................
2
4
........................................................
5
About This Catalog
Options ................................... Show more
Introduction
Calendar
..................................................................
.........................................................................
2
4
........................................................
5
About This Catalog
Options ...........................................................................
5
Visiting Students ..................................-......................
6
Interim Courses .............................................................. 7
UMAlE Courses .............................................................
47
Other Courses .............................................................. 49
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
,. ....,.,, ..
.".i,.iiiiiiiiii'-L.i.....i..
50
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall
and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty
to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible
during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class
and preparing for class as they would for a four-course
load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can
register for only one course credit during Interim. There
is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to
enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to
0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register
on a PassINo Credit basis. A few Interim courses are
graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the
course description.
Some courses are offered for either upper or lower
division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers
listed and the student must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper
division credit should anticipate additional assignments
and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses,
especially courses with travel requirements, have
additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students
should check with the instructor to verify the final costs.
To graduate, an Augsburg student who is under the
Distribution requirements is required to complete three
Interim courses. For a student under the Liberal Arts
Perspective requirements, two Interim courses are
required. For any student entering after January 1993 a
maximum of two Interim course credits may be counted
toward the 33 total credits required for graduation. The
number of required Interim courses is adjusted for
transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their
transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar.
Additional Interim credits which can count toward the 33
credits required may be taken by students who repeat a
credit for a course in which a grade below 2.0 was
earned, or who need to make up for a regular term in
which they failed or withdrew from a course.
Additional Interim courses not counted toward the 33
credits required may be used to fulfill other degree
requirements. That is, no more than two Interim course
credits may be taken for credit toward 33, but additional
Interim experiences may be used to fulfill major, minor
or general education requirements.
Day School students (3.0 credits or more for Fall) can take
a total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two half credit
classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit).
The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are
full-time (Fall term). If less than full-time they will be
charged.
Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim
which is a Cross-Over, but will be charged Day School
prices ($1,270). They also can only then take 1.0 course
credits in Weekend College.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of
race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended,
in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
Introduction
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Earl Alton, 330-1025
November 14 to December 6 ...............Interim Registration
January 3 ................................................. First Day of Interim
Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day only)
Time 11-1:00 p.m.
January 4 .......................................Last Day for Cancel/Add
January 13 ..................................... Last Day for Determining
Grading System with Registrar
January 13 .......... Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 25 ............................................................ Interim Ends
January 30 ......................................... Spring Semester Begins
-c..,..... .-.,.....Interim Grades Due
February 3 ..........+...........
The time and number and length of meetings as well as
the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class.
The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks
of time:
-
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes
will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg
with a special convocation on Monday, Januay 16, at 1:00 p.m.
Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day.
Introduction
The catalog lists courses by department in alphabetical order.
At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered
by Aupburg but recogruzed by the College for Interim
credit. Additional descriptions and information about these
courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230.
Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed
at the end of the catalog.
International Interim -Students are invited to be part of
one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the
Upper Midwest Association for International Education
(UMAIE).See page 48 for course listings.
Internships deadline - Friday, December 9. January
Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students
electing an internship must meet departmental require
ments and present a signed internship learning agreement
plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rrn. 8) no
later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 9).
The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same
office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time
work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the
Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a
program of independent study (upper division 499) or
directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty
members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per
Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or
directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member and
the directedlindependent study registration form. These
forms must be submitted by November 28. Appropriate
study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in
the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 41-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs can be
consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will
help students in applying for registration at other schools.
Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be
at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most
courses taught during Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are
accepted for credit by Augsburg, but might not meet
Augsburg's general education requirements. This qualification particularly affects religion courses.
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4
schools for the January Interim without tuition charges
provided the student's home institution agrees not to
charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term.
The waiver of tuition does not include special fees,
housing or board costs. Other students will be charged
$1,270 for the Interim course. Students interested in
registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the
Interim Director for application forms or use the forms
provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is
an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome
to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests
for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students
nor visiting students may register for 299 or 499 courses.
Introduction
ART 106-A
Calligraphy 11
ART 306-A
lnstructoc Philip Thompson
Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills
with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to
the historical development of calligraphy and the elements
of design through readings and demonstrations. Class
time and assignments center on practice in calligraphic
concepts with special attention given to foundational,
italic, gothic and uncial styles. Three original projects are
required and evaluation is based on quality of work plus
participation and growth factors. Upper division students
are required to complete master sheets in three historical
writing styles plus an expanded project.
Required materials: text, pens, ink, ruler and mat board
Distribution: Art/Music
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I
Room: Old Main 4
ART 247-A
lnstructoc Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art
students. The figure will be depicted in various settings
with a variety of media for varying lengths of time.
Grades will be based upon quality and improvement.
There will be a fee of $37 to be paid on the first day of
class.
Distribution: Art/Music
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: 1
Room: Old Main 7 7
Art
I
ART 290-A
Instructor: Steve Chapman
Tribal Arts & Culture is a course designed to familiarize
students with American Indians and their art. American
Indian art is examined through regional areas in North
America, and an introduction to Meso-American art and
cultures is also provided. The course follows lecture,
video, and demonstrations by American Indian community artists. Students will have the opportunity to research
and design an object of art from an American Indian
perspective during the studio time after the lecture
presentation of course materials in each tribal area.
A result of this course should be to help establish a better
understanding of American Indians and their perspectives,
and to excite an interest in American Indian art by future
teachegand educators of Indian and non-Indian students.
Distribution: Art/Music
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 17
BIO 185-A
Instructor: Robert Herforth
With the aging of the baby boom generation, interest in,
and research on, the biological basis of the aging process
has taken on an air of urgency, compared with an earlier
more leisurely approach. This course surveys functional
changes which occur in the body with age and diseases
associated with aging, such as osteoporosis, Alzheimer's
disease, and cardiovascular disease. The major theories
that have been proposed to explain what causes aging
will be presented, including findings on the cellular and
genetic basis of aging. Attention will also be focused on
the results of attempts to slow the aging process in
experimental animals and humans.
Several quizzes and exams will provide the basis for
arriving at grades.
Distribution: Biology/Chemistry
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 205
BUS 295-A
BUS 495-A
lnstructoc Amin Kader
This course is designed to demonstrate how economic
factors, management decisions, and accounting methods
affect the profitability of an enterprise. Students will
work in groups, each group competing with the others.
Students will make decisions as to all aspects of the
business of a company. As they enter such decisions, they
will be informed of the effect of their decisions on the
market value of the company's stock.
Evaluation will be based on an examination and each
group's performance in competing with the other groups.
Prerequisites: Lower Division: BUS 295 - No prerequisite
Upper Division: 495 - ACC 222, BUS 242, BUS 252, or
permission of instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 2 1
BUS 295-8
Instructor: john Cerrito
The object of this class is to provide students who are not
majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills for
Business
starting and running a small business.
The student will be exposed to various aspects of small
business management and will be required to prepare a
business plan for a "model" business. The student will be
evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests, and
performances on small business case studies.
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 13
BUS 368-A
Instructor Steve LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business practices
using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will
be employed involving film, television documentaries,
radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in
addition to text material. A seminar model will be used,
with substantial participation expected on the part of
students.
Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a mid-term and final examination. This class
should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in
International Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an interest in Japan.
Students who cannot attend the entire first week of
classes should not enroll for this course.
Prerequisites: junior standing or consent of instructor
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Business
1
BUS 49.54
Instructor: Magda Paleczny-Zapp
The primary objective of this course is to enhance the
student's understanding of the new dimensions of EastWest trade relations in the 1990s. We will analyze the
past and present conditions for East-West trade cooperation and its patterns. The impact of the transformation of
Eastern Europe and Russia on world trade will be
discussed. The theoretical framework for international
trade will be presented. At the global level, the role of the
European Union, International Monetary Fund, World
Bank, and General Agreement for Tariffs and Trade
(GATT) in East-West trade relations will be examined.
Students will be evaluated based on their research paper
and final examination.
Prerequisites: ECO 1 12 or ECO 1 13 or consent of Instructor
Maximum Enrollment: I S
Time: I
Room: Memorial Hall 323
CHM 100-A
lnstructoc Arlin Cyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the
popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a
traditional chemistry course and does not assume a
science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and taught as needed for understanding the
various topics and implications. The course does assume
the student is interested in and concerned about the
relationship of chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education
for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be
philosophers and their societies were philosophical
societies. In recent decades the human seeking of
personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a
part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on
chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers,
plastics, "the Pill", food additives and processed foods,
vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on
other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and
on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to
chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy
feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical
imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a
complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning
appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a
"memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are
molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better
help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world,
and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular
look at the human condition.
This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format.
Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods.
Daily quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course does
not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 2
Distribution: Biology/Chemistry
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I1
Room: Science 3 7 5
INTRODUCTION
TOCOBOL
CSC 27 7 -A
Instructoc Noel Petit
A study of the COBOL programming language for .
Computer Science
I
students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of
programming and programming languages through
presentation of the features of COBOL together with
programming techniques for using those features. This
course will include lectures and programming assignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the
programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequisite: One course with a study of computer language
(e.g., CSC 170)
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I1
Room: Foss 43
ECO 4 95-A
lnstructoc leanne M . Boeh
A comparison of the United States system and other
countries' national health care systems. What are some of
the alternative models for both organization and delivery
of health care services? The class will focus on the models
used in Canada, Germany, Great Britain, Japan, and the
Scandinavian countries. The course will consider such
issues as aggregate spending, allocation of physicians,
nurses and other allied health personnel and the effect
health systems have on overall health outcomes. The
advantages and disadvantages of all the systems will be
explored. Evaluation is based on homework assignments,
short papers, and exams.
Prerequisites: ECO 1 12 or 1 13 or equivalent
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I
Room: Foss 2 0
Economics
ECO 495-6
lnstructoc Satya Gupta
In recent decades the mutual funds industry has gained a
respectable place in the financial system of the United
States. More and more commercial banks are entering
into the mutual funds market. Increasing numbers of
employers are leaving it to their employees to manage
their pension funds in a given family of mutual funds. In
such a changing climate it is important that our students
are educated to make informed decisions about their
retirement funds. This course will emphasize the structure and functioning of mutual funds involving risks and
benefits.
Prerequisites: ECO 1 12 or consent of instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 3 0
Time: I
Room: Library 1
ED⬠375-A
lnstructoc Gretchen lrvine
The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy through the study and
utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for
teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten
classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic
assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student
evaluation. This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequisite: PPS T
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Library 17
EDU 388-A
Instructor: Mildred Mueller
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques and of the major minority groups in Minnesota
for the development of interpemnal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to
all. This is a onehalf credit course. P/N grading only.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays)
Room: Music 23
EDU 491-A
lnstructoc Susan O'Connor
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar.
Prerequisites: Completion of courses for Special Education
minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take
this course should consult with the Special Education
Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the
course.)
Maximum Enrollment: 9 (This course involves fieldwork
supen/ision for the faculty member.)
Time: I
Room: Library 4
ENC 282-A
Instructors: Ronald Palosaari/Bruce Reichenbach
In this course we will identify what virtue is, inquire
about how one becomes virtuous, and explore some of
the major virtues - like compassion, honesty, prudence,
justice, and love - through classical and contemporary
literature. The goal is to provide opportunity for you to
think about your character and its development, to
enable you to ask about the relation between character
and moral actions, and to probe your curiosity by
considering possible tensions between the virtues, as
found in life situations.
The course is built around the question of values, in
particular, the issue of virtue (qualities of moral character). A broad list of virtues will be considered, including
the classical Christian virtues of faith, hope, and love. We
will look at what these virtues are, at their relationship to
each other, evaluate possible conflicts between them, and
see how they play out in life situations, both in literature
and (through the journals) in students' lives.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
ENC 282-B/482-B
lnstructoc Joan Cn'ffin
Although generally relegated to separate sections in
bookstores or to children's bookshelves, fantasy, as J.R.R.
Tolkien argues, is "not a lower but a higher form of Art,
indeed the most nearly pure form, and so (when
achieved) the most potent."
This course will study 20th century examples of fantasy,
looking for their roots in folktale, myth, epic and romance. At times the course will pair medieval and
modern works of the fantastic imagination (for instance,
"The Mabinogion" and "Evangeline Walton" or
"Beowulf" and 'The Hobbit"). We will attempt to define
the genre of fantasy by discussing essays by C.S. Lewis,
Tolkien, Ursula LeGuin, and Madelein L'Engle, as well as
considering relevant theories of myth and folktale by
Joseph Campbell, Axel Olrik, Lord Raglan, and others.
Students taking the course for lower division credit will
be asked to write several short papers. In addition to
writing several microthemes, ENG 482 students should
be prepared to write a substantial paper on the works of
a writer with whom they already are familiar.
Prerequisites: 2 8 2 - none (ENG 1 1 1 recommended);
482 - ENC 245 required
Distribution: Literature
Maximum Enrollment: 2 5
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 100
FRE 111-A
lnstructoc Pary Pezechkian
This course is for students with no previous background
in French. It aims to develop basic skills in understanding, speaking, reading, and writing as tools for communication in French. Through conversations, classroom
practice and readings, this course focuses on the use of
language in everyday contexts and works toward the
discovery of a French culture and way of life. Five
meetings per week. Evaluation will be based on class
participation, daily assignments, quizzes and exams.
Distribution: Modern Languages
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 2 5
Time: I/
Room: Old Main 23
French
FRE 243-A
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
What is the attraction of French literature for the nonFrench reader? What major French writers have portrayed diverse non-Western cultures and social strata in
their literary works? What can we discover about
ourselves and other cultures in learning how to read,
analyze, and communicate our findings through literature? With these questions in mind we will read and
analyze 8-10 shorter French literary works available to us
in English translation.
What will we be studying? The legend of St. Julien
presented in Middle Ages style by Flaubert, examples of
the Renaissance search for new worlds found in Rabelais,
a bit of Descartes autobiography. We will travel the
world with Voltaire's "Candide," explore social themes
of a 19th century nouvelle, and read 20th century authors
like Gide, Malraux, Camus, St. Exupery, and Duras with
their multi-cultural connections. We will sample one
piece of francophone literature from West Africa,
reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Western
culture. At mid-point you will choose another short work
for personal study, comparative analysis and presentation for the class.
Assessment in such a course will be ongoing, based on
individual and group response to the many activities in the
course. Timely reading of assigned texts, analyses, discussion preparations, short quizzes, and cultural discoveries
will enable you to undertake successfully your independent
study project and further enrich the whole class.
This literature course for the non-literature major is
intended to help you in further free reading, in your
critical thinking about other cultures, and in communica-
French
tion with people of cultural backgrounds other than your
own, including non-Western ones.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor
Distribution: Literature
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
HPE 1 16-A
lnstructoc Richard Borstad
This course is designed to prepare future teachers for their
role in the School Health Program. Emphasis is placed on
the prevention of childhood health problems, and the
promotion of well-being. This is a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Melby Hall 202 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays - 7/3,
1/5, 1/70, 1/12, 1/73, 7/17, 7/79, 7/24)
HPE 232-A
lnstructoc Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority
of the course grade is based on participation in class
activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This
is a one-half credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 7 6
Time: I
Room: Melby Gym (T, Th & alternate Fridays - 7/3, 7/5,
7/10, 1/72, 1/73, 1/17, 1/79, 1/24)
Health and Physical Education
HPE 250-A
lnstructoc Lisa Broek
Making Connections is designed for students who are
interested in learning about contemporary health issues
and applying this knowledge to their personal lives and
the lives of their peers. This course provides a wellness
model foundation for educating self and others about
personal health issues. Course topics include wellness
programming issues (i.e. HIV/AIDS, substance use,
meditation), communication skills, multicultural issues,
and decision-making skills. Students will examine
strategies which promote a healthier campus environment.
The course utilizes many interactive experiences combined
with lecture and group discussion. Classroom activities
allow students to practice and demonstrate skills taught
during the course. Students have the opportunity to assess
their own personal level of health. Evaluations include an
objective test, journal entries, and a group project.
This course will be useful to students who are interested
in impacting their campus environment as well as those
who desire learning practical skills such as negotiation,
group facilitation, and program development. Opportunities exist for students who successfully complete this
course to work as Peer Helpers with The Center for
Counseling and Health Promotion.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main I 1
(lanuary 3- 1 9, 1 995)
HPE 455-A
Instructor: loyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor
interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The
course will take the participant to a competent level of
sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and
crewing). The student will live aboard a 43 to 46 foot
fixed keel sailboat with five to six other people and will
function as an active crew member. Actual on-thewater
instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing
will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the
British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some
classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the
Virgin Islands in January.
The course cost is $2,700, which includes airfare, for
Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students.
Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to
receive academic credit.
Prerequisite: Permission from loyce Pfaff of the Health and
Physical Education Department (6 12) 3 30- 124 7.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports; also one course credit.
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
HPE 470-A
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on developing a philosophy
toward sports officiating. Students will acquire a knowledge of: procedures in umpire certification,rules of slow
pitch softball (Federation),rules of fast pitch softball
I
Health and Physical Education
I
(Federation), the mechanics of proper position in umpiring one and two umpire systems, and procedures in
securing assignments. Students will apply knowledge in
practical game type experiences. There will be a written
evaluation and quizzes on rules and mechanics of
umpiring softball. This is a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Melby 1 19 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5,
1/70, 1/12, 1/13, 1/17, 1/19, 1/24)
HPE 475-A
lnstructor: Paul Kriegler
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of
common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping
and training room procedures. This is a one-half credit
course.
Prerequisite: BIO 103
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Melby Hall 119 (M, W & alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6,
1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/20, 1/23 1/25 - 9 meetings)
HPE 477-A
lnstructor: Brian Ammann
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching
basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and
a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation.
This is a one-half credit course.
Health and Physical Education
I
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melby 202 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5,
1/6, 7/10, 1/12, 1/17, 1/19, 1/24)
HPE 483-A
lnstructoc Marilyn Florian
This course deals with the theory, technique, and
administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. A small
part of the grade will be based .on completed assignments; the major portion of the grade will be based on
tests. This is a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Melby 119 (M, W, & alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6,
1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/20, 1/23, 1/25)
HPE 487-A
Instructor /eff Swenson
The Coaching of Wrestling course is designed for
individuals who aspire to become wrestling coaches at
the elementary, junior high, high school, or college level.
Philosophies, techniques, strategies, nutrition and weight
control, weight training, mental toughness training, and
complete organization of program will be covered. This is
a one-half credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Melby 202 (M, W & alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6,
1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/20, 1/23, 1/25)
nealrn ana mysrca~taucarron
I
I
HIS 244-A
lnstructoc Bill Green
Why did Minnesota territorial legislators extend civil
rights to one racial minority but not to other racial
minorities? How did anti-catholicism stratify the white
immigrant community? Why did Minnesota show
tolerance to its black residents, as the state experienced
ultra-nationalism, labor tension and xenophobia? These
questions, and others, will be addressed in this course.
Through lectures, class discussions, and field research, we
will examine civil rights in Minnesota from 1848-1920, as it
relates to race, class and ethnicity. Evaluations will come
from classroom discussion, a research paper, and a test.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Music 24
TOPICS
IN U.S. HISTORY:
THECML WARERA
HIS 33 1-A
lnstructoc Chris Kimball
Many people believe that the Civil War was the most
important event in the history of the United States, one
that transformed the nature of American society. Put
more broadly, the years between the mid-1840s and the
late 1870s saw questions about such fundamental
principles as slavery and freedom resolved; others,
however, continue to trouble us to this day. This course,
then, offers a survey of the causes, issues, and consequences of the nation's bloodiest conflict. Topics to be
considered include slavery and anti-slavery, Manifest
Destiny, the growing sectional conflict, the origins of the
Republican Party, the clash of arms, the changing role of
women, popular religion, the transition from slave to.free
History
labor in the South, and post-slavery race relations.
The course will include lectures, discussions, a variety of
primary and secondary readings, and films. Grading will
be based on participation, several short writing assignments, a mid-term, and a final.
Prerequisites: One history course or consent of instructor
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
HIS 495-A
Instructor: Don Gustafson
The seminar is meant to be a capstone for the history
major. Participants will be asked to utilize their historical
training in dealing with some of the philosophical
questions of the discipline of history, to develop and
expand certain research skills, and to contribute to the
historical development of each other by careful evaluation of oral and written presentations.
Prerequisites: Senior History Major
Graduation Level Skill: Speaking; Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
HON 40 1 -A
lnstructoc Larry Crockett
The focus of the course will be Southwestern Christian
history, with a special consideration of Hispanic Christianity, ranging from traditional Roman Catholicism to
evangelical and charismatic expressions. The course will
consider the Spanish roots of Latin Roman Catholicism
and the transplanting of those roots into Southwestern
North American soil. Next, we will consider Native
American influences which came to be ingredients in this
transplanted faith. Last, we will survey new expressions
of Hispanic Christian faith, notably the evangelical and
charismatic movements which have become important in
recent years. A highlight of the course will be a 12-day
trip to the southwest United States and northern Mexico.
ranging from San Antonio to northern Mexico to San
Diego. Estimated travel expense: $1,300
Evaluation: I) mid-term exam prior to departure; 2) journal
of experiences in southwest U.S. and northern Mexico;
3) final paper.
Prerequisites: Honors student or permission of instructor,
preference to seniors
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Foss 42
INS 21 1-A
Instructor loan Kunz
Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics,
but just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen!
Through a series of four oral assignments, you will have
the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists,
improve on your oral presentation skills in a variety of
formats, learn to effectively organize a speech, prepare
visual aids, and listen to and learn about other science
topics and science policy from your fellow scientists.
Prerequisite: One year of an introductov science course
Graduation Level Skill: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I
Room: Science 3 1 9
Interdisciplinary
INS 298-A
Instructors: Carry Hesser, Lois Olson, Mary True
Learn from your experience. Discover new ways to learn
about organizations, comrnunities, and yourself by
working/serving, observing, collaborating, and reflecting
on your own experiences.
The externship is a modified internship consisting of a
half-time placement and participation in a seminar that
meets twice a week. Each student will be assisted in the
process of securing an unpaid placement where s/he can
explore the world of work and/or service, obtaining the
valuable experience you need for the future you want.
The course is designed to achieve two major objectives:
1) to give you first-hand experience in working with
professionals and making connections between your
experiences and your Augsburg education; and 2) to
increase your ability to learn about organizations, the
community, and yourself from your own experiences.
Each participant will observe and work approximately 20
hours per week in a placement which matches his or her
interests. The seminar will meet twice a week for two
hours (T, Th - 1:30-3:30 p.m.). Evaluation will be based
upon the overall quality of participation, completion of
learning exercises, supervisor assessment, journals, and
seminar participation.
The course is offered on a P/N basis only.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructors and placement
secured by lanuary 3, 7 995.
Distribution: Urban Concerns
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Time: I1 (T, Th - 1:30-3:30 p.m.)
Room: MP 10 1
Interdisciplinary
LIN 290-A
Instructor: Don Steinmetz
Is our ability to use language acquired by learning, or is it
present from birth? What do all languages have in
common despite their obvious differences? How can
learning a foreign language be so frustrating for
adults, while young children learning their native
language seem to be having fun? Questions such as
these have fascinated people throughout history, and
recent developments in linguistics have begun to
provide some credible answers. The purpose of this
course is to survey the most remarkable findings in
this area and engage in some principled speculation as
to what they mean. This course is open to all students
with a healthy curiosity about language. No other
prerequisite.
There will be two tests and a short paper for class
presentation.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 7 1
MIS 376-A
lnstructoc Kathy Schwalbe
This course develops practical project management skills
by combining theories, techniques, work-group skills,
and computer tools. Students will participate in numerous in-class activities to determine projects to be done
during class, estimate required resources, motivate
people to successfully complete projects, use project
management software to track progress and develop
alternatives, etc. Evaluation will consist of individual and
linguistics/Management Information Sptemr
I
team presentations, participation, and a final exam.
Prerequisites: ACC 22 1, BUS 242, and MIS 175 or MIS 370
Graduation Level Skill: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 2 1
MAT 173-A
lnstructor: Ken Kaminsky
Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a
house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking
away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how
annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 3 or higher
Distribution: Math/Physics
Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 2 7 3
MAT 253-A
lnstructor: Bev Durkee
Our objectives are the exploration of this new geometry of
fractals, its rules, its visuals,
how it reveals the beauty of
mathematics, how to create
images of such complex forms
and experience it as a form of
artistic expression via computer
graphics. The class will observe the pattern of selfsimilarity and consider the transformations used to
construct fractals such as this fern and the existence of
self-similarity regardless of the power of magnification
I
used in examining it. The class will also consider the well
known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color and in
threedimensional rendition.
Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics, and computer programs will provide students with
the opportunity to construct their own visuals.
Students will be tested on the mathematics through a
midterm and final exam. Students will create a portfolio
of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the
Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical
character of those visuals. Finally students will keep a
journal noting their reflections on the interconnections
between mathematics and the artistic creations being
studied or created.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 3 or higher
Distribution: Math/Physics
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science I I2
SOUNDSAND SIGHTS OF EUROPE
(UMAIE COURSE)
MUS I 79-A
lnstructoc Robert Karlen/Roberta Metzler
Much of American history and culture is derived from
that of England and continental Europe, particularly such
cities as London, Paris, and Amsterdam.
This course provides an opportunity to visit and experience important cultural centers that provided the impetus
for development of cultural life in the New World.
Students gain an appreciation for the role of art and music
in the history of England, France, and the Netherlands.
Evaluation is based on full participation in all course
Music
- -
related group activities, a daily journal, artlmusic critique
sheets, and exams over material covered. No prerequisites,
and no previous experience in art or music is required.
Fee: $2,945 includes all air and surface travel, hotel
accommodations, continental breakfast daily, four group
meals, and tickets to five cultural performances.
Registration for this interim must be made before
November 10 at the International Programs Office, 620
22nd Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 3301655. Offered on a PIN basis only.
Distribution: Art/Music
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
SURVEYOF ROCKHISTORY
AND MUSICAL
STYLE 1951-1971
MUS 204-A
Instructor: 0.Nicholas Raths
An introduction to the fundamentals of music and
musicology as they occur within the context of rock's
inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This
course will examine the historical background, musical
content, and methods of selected artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a group performance
project. For non-music majors.
Distribution: Art/Music
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 3 0
Time: I1
Room: Music 3
NOR 1 I I-A
lnstructor: Frankie Shackelford
This course is for students with no previous background
in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking,
listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary
and structures and the use of the language in everyday
contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily
assignments, quizzes, and a final exam.
Distribution: Modern Languages
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
PHI 295-A
lnstructor: Mark Fuehrer
The purpose of this course is to study the nature of selfdeception as it occurs in human behaviour. Self-deception, absurdity, bad judgment, etc., are some of the
concepts explored in the course. The procedure of the
course will consist of a close analysis of selected texts and
seminar style discussions of topics. Students will be
asked to take an objective mid-term and final in combination with several essay assignments. Grading will be
traditional and follow the college's guidelines. There are
no requirements for the course, but one prior course in
philosophy would be helpful.
Maximum Enrollment: 3 0
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
PHY 151-A
lnstructoc Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively
in business for years. However, it is also possible to use
spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using
high-powered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the
student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus
123 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas
including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the
problems investigated might be in areas other than
physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects,
homework, and a final exam.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 3
Distribution: Mathematics/Physics
Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I
Room: Science 3 0
PHY 325-A
lnstructoc Mark Engebretson
From the realm of subatomic particles to the manufacture
of recording tape and computer chips, the study and
manipulation of matter often demands the nearly total
absence of the atmosphere in which we live and breathe.
This is the realm of high vacuum, without which most of
what we know as modern high technology would be
impossible. This course will acquaint the student with the
tools and techniques employed to produce, control, and
monitor high vacuum environments, and allow students
to use these to study the behavior of gases and surfaces
under these conditions. Experiments will make use of a
variety of chambers, pumps, and gauges as well as a
quadrupole mass spectrometer. Considerable emphasis
will be placed on laboratory experiences and scientific
communication; only one third of the class time will be
used for formal lectures and discussion. Grades will be
determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory
notebooks, oral and poster presentations, and two exams.
Prerequisites: PHY 12 1, 122, 245 (or equivalent), and MAT
124, 125, 224 (or 145, 146, 245)
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I1
Room: Science 3 0
POL 140-A
Instructor Andrew Aoki
This course requires students to struggle with questions of social justice in America. Students will
develop and defend their own standards of social
justice, and use those standards to assess conditions
in urban America. To pass this course, students must
engage in a substantial exchange of ideas with fellow
classmates in class discussions.
The course has two goals: to develop student thinking
about social justice, including greater awareness of
conflicts between justice and other values; and to increase
student ability to understand urban problems as issues of
justice and other central values.
Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion
and other class activities, on two short ( 4 6 pp.) papers,
and on a final exam.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
Political Science
AND
PUBLIC
POLICY
POL 220-A
POL 320-A
lnstructoc William Morris
This course will examine the impact of the American
plitical system upon public policy making in the United
Slnles. Thrw lopics of major plicy i m p r t a i l c ~will Lx.
sel~ttulfor examination in the. way they alp a d d r m d by
partiailar polilical practics and/or institutions. The class
will evaluate the options available to policy-makers in light
tion available
of the scholarly literature and oll~erinf~~ma
on eiicli s1113jwl.I! will tIie11~SSC'SSthe interplay belwwn
these c h d c s and their hndling by the politicat system.
Close attention will be givm to a n ~xploralionof the elhical
sihiation and dilemmas of decision-makingin politics.
As part of the course, students will submit written
analyses and evaluations of the success and/or failure of
the policy-making process in acldressing thae problems.
'Thme, plus additional articles and portions of books from
the social sciences, will serve as a basis for class discussion. The papers, a iust on the assigned readings outlining the policy-making process in the United States, and
class participation will detcnnine final grades.
Students taking the course for Lower Division credit will
bc expeckl lo complete p a p a on two of the tl~reepolicy
issui-3 a d d r e s d in [he course. Those taking the course for
upper division credit mttst complete an additional p p e r
on a policy issue of their choice covered in class.
Prerequisites: Students should have completed at least one
lower division social science class.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss 20
a
POL 268-A
POL 468-A
lnstructoc Mary Ellen Lundsten
In these classes we will investigate the major political
issues facing citizens and policy-makers in Middle East
countries today.
We will analyze Islamic tradition as it has shaped social
values and provided a reservoir for political protest in
the 1990s. Country studies on Egypt, Iran, Syria, Israel/
Palestine, Lebanon, and Saudi Arabia will be used to study
how modernization has given rise to new conflict patterns
and today's Islamic political movements. We will consider
the prospects for improved human rights and democratic
participation. Several featurelength films dramatizing
political conflicts in the f id die East will be shown.
Two textbooks will be used for the course as well as a
variety of specialized country studies. Each student will
prepare comments on political themes, read and critique a
selection from the course booklist, and write a final essay
analyzing political aspects of two countries in the Middle
East. Students taking the 268 level will have fewer analytic
requirements in their presentations and essays.
Prerequisites: one lnlernational Relations course or permission of instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Music 22
POL 342-A
lnstructoc Peter Przytula
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior;
the uses and control of mass media for political and social
purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking,
entertainment and public affairs programming.
Prerequisites: junior or senior standing or consent of the
instructor
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
PSY 105-A
lnstructoc Grace Dyrud
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in
psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Applications of psychological concepts to everyday
situations are emphasized.
Distribution: Psychology/Sociology
Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 11
Room: Murphy Place I I I
PSY 340-A
lnstructoc Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of
myths and symbols will be examined to gain knowledge
about how they function as representations of the "self."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's self and of how conceptualizations of
"self" are molded by a variety of social, cultural, and
historical influences. The content of the course will
Psychology
include topics such as: the impact of science on myth; the
mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the
process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological
transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of
assigned readings. Students will be expected to be
prepared for class by doing the readings and to be
actively involved in the class discussions. Students will
be given some of the responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on class participation and
four or five short (600-900 word) papers.
Prerequisites: PSY 102 or 105
Maximum Enrollment: 1 6
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 43
PSY 370-A
lnstructoc Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the
life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such
idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward
other persons and society will be the main focus.
This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high
level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will
include class discussion, frequent short papers, and
frequent oral reports. Typewriting or equivalent word
processing will be required.
As background for the course, students are required to
read "The Call of Service: A Witness to Idealism" by
Robert Coles before the start of the Interim. This book
will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore in early
October. An additional text will be required and library
Psychology
1
reference work will be a part of the course process. This
course is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequisites: PSY 102 or PSY I05
Maximum Enrollment: I5
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
REL 330-A
lnstructoc Philip Quanbeck I1
This course will approach parts of the New Testament
from the perspective of the social world. It will examine
the world of cultural conflict, accommodation and
change and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how the church responded to the
challenge. Topics will include concepts of cultural
anthropology such as honor and shame, the social
structures of the family and the city in the Graeco-Roman
world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it
affected women, men, free persons and slaves.
Special attention will be paid to the relation between
early Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament
there will be particular focus on LukeActs, the Letters of
Paul (Romans and 1Corinthians) and First Peter.
Evaluation will be by exam and a research paper.
Prerequisites: REL I I I or REL 22 1
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used
to meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith I
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
Religion
REL 3 4 1-A
lnstructor: Brad Holt
The course will help students think knowledgeably and
critically about the intersections of health and religion.
The content will include a study of biblical roots, historical influences in church and medicine, and contemporary
trends. The relationship of scientific technology, alternative medicine, prayer and sacraments will be considered.
Evaluation will be on the basis of a class presentation and
paper, spot quizzes, and one test.
Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or 22 1
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used
to meet religion requirements)
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: /I
Room: Old Main 16
REL 343-A
lnstructor: Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a
decision that we often make with a portion of our brain
and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from
the heart, whether you are married or not. It will,
however, increase your certainty and the possibility for
meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the
context of Christian teachings, many theories will be
studied, with particular attention given to the work of
C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship
primarily, and to the family secondarily.
There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource
persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation,
one paper, and two tests.
Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1 or permission of instructor
Distribution: Religion (only one lnterim course may be used
Religion
I
to meet religion requirements)
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 24
REL 345-A
lnstructoc Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in
the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church
as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the
16th century, its development over about 450 years, and its
cultural influence. An anthology, which includes several
monographs and the professor's lectures, will be used.
Some important readings will be done from the reserved
shelf of the library. Lecture and class discussion will deal
with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art,
music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include four exams.
Prerequisites: Religion 1 7 1 or 22 1 .
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used
to meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
REL 386-A
lnstructoc Bev Stratton
How does the Bible talk about creation? How does the
Adam & Eve story affect our lives today? What were
families like in Bible times? Were ancient problems
similar to our own? What does the Bible say? What does
it mean? What values does it portray and promote? This
course addresses these and other questions by exploring
how scholars read and speak about the book of Genesis.
Evaluation is based on quizzes, three speaking assignments, and a project or short paper.
Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 221
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used
to meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith I or 3
Graduation Level Skill: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 2 12
S WK 23 0-A
lnstructoc Vincent Peters
This course, taught in January, is a three week intensive
course of study and travel that offers a transnational
perspective of non-violent social change and development.
It explores non-violent alternatives to the global arms
buildup, which contributes to the world-wide problems of
poverty, environmental depletion and oppression of
powerless and disenfranchised segments of society.
The overall cost of approximately $2,795 covers full
room, board, group travel to Norway and a trip to
Lillehammer. For more information call Kathy Lutfi,
Center for Global Education at 330-1655.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2
SWK 257-A
lnstructoc Mary Lou Williams
Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80
hours in a services agency or institution which students
select. The placement must be approved by course
Social Work
I
faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of
this volunteer experience students have opportunity to
interact with human service professionals, clients, and
communities of diverse culturelethnic heritage and
special concerns (age, socio-economicstatus, lifestyles,
developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The
course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in
the human services.
The threehour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions
which assist students in integrating agency experiences and
readings which explore the historical development of social
welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of
social work as a profession. Students will also examine and
critique the manner in which social, economic, and political
structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will
focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as
examine their personal value system in relation to special
concerns, such as poverty and the "isms".
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 3 0
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 1 1 7
SWK 3 1 5 - A
Instructor Blanca-Rosa Egas
This course will focus on health care, environmental
concerns, and peace issues. With visits to health facilities
in hospitals and clinics, interviews with professional and
folk (indigenous) health practitioners, and presentations
by personnel "outside the system" we learn about Costa
Rica's holistic health care and social services. Students
will gain an understanding of the attitudes, values, and
JOCIOI
Work
practices concerning health and population matters
within the society. The assessment of Costa Rica's historic
and current worth provides a creative perspective, a
positive attitude and a better understanding of Latinos in
the USA.
Evaluation: students are evaluated in course participation, several reflection papers and a final examination.
Grading: Letter grade or P/N. The fee of $2,995 includes
all air and surface travel, accommodations, breakfast
daily, and five group dinners.
This is a UMAIE course to be co-taught with Dr. Don
Irish, Hamline Professor Emeritus.
Prerequisites: Basic Spanish
Maximum Enrollment: 30
SWK 466-A (full course)
S WK 466-6 (0.5 course)
Instructor: Maria Brown
This is a continuation of Field Work I1 - educationallyfocused field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 hours (one half course) or 30
hours (full course) per week in field placement, plus one
hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar
held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by
the field instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation forms.
Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11)
Maximum Enrollment: Open enrollment for senior social
work students
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 1 0 1
Social Work
I
SPA 2 4 8 - A
Instructor: Roman Soto
An introduction to the main cultural issues that characterize contemporary Spanish and Latin-American
societies as they have been portrayed in the work of such
filmmakers as Luis Bunuel, Carlos Saura, Miguel Littin
and Maria Luisa Bemberg, among others. Parallel to a
brief discussion on the aesthetic aspects raised by these
authors, the course advances in two directions: A
"horizontal" one, focused on the main themes - political
and social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion,
language, exile or immigration - explored in each film,
and a "vertical" one, attempting to describe the variations in the treahnent of these themes among the films
included in it. The films are in Spanish with English
subtitles and all the class work is in English. The evaluation is based on attendance and participation and a short
term paper.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
SPC 3 2 9 - A
lnstructoc David Lapakko
This course explores both the problems and the potential
of communication between persons of different cultural
groups. Students examine Western and non-Western
cultural rules, values, assumptions, and stereotypes and
how they affect the transmission of verbal and nonverbal messages. The course stresses both a general
theoretical understanding of the dynamics of cross-
Spani~h/Speech,Communication, Theatre
[
SOC 27 7-A
lnstructoc Cordon Nelson
This course will examine the extent to which the experience of community is possible in the context of the
metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin
Cities Metropolitan Area, and a project in which each
member of the class does on-site observation in a
particular locale within the metropolitan area will be a
requirement of the course. Class participation and a final
examination will also be basis for evaluating performance
in the course.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 2 5
Time: I
Room: Music 2 3
SOC 265-A
Instructoc lerry Cerasimo
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations.
Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and
the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only)
Distribution: Urban/Women/Minority Studies
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 2 9
Sociology
cultural interaction as well as specific knowledge of how
these principles relate to particular cultural groups.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Foss 42
SPC 347-A
lnstructoc Deborah Bart
A video production course which integrates lecture and
criticism with hands-on video experience. This course
addresses non-fiction subject areas. Students will view
several documentaries in class and will work in production teams to produce short documentaries of their own.
Additional time will be required for editing.
Prerequisites: junior or senior standing
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Foss 175
UMAIE
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which
offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim.
Further information about the following courses can be
obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International
Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue S. (330-1655) or from
the Interim Office (330-1025).Registration for these
Interims ends November 11,1994. These courses are
offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower
division number.
Australia's Business Climate
British Women Writers: Writings, Lives and Contexts
Castles, Cathedrals, and Museums: Architecture of Eastern
Europe and Bavaria
Coral Reefs in the Philippines and Hawaii
Costa Rica: A Study of Holistic Health, Environment, and Peace
English School and Family: Focus on Literacy
Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
German and Austrian Culture and Language: Vienna,
Munich, and Berlin
The Greek Experience
Hawaii: Multi-Ethnic Communication in Organizational
Settings
Heroes and Masterpieces
2000 Years in Trier: Intermediate German Language and
Culture in Germany
Ireland: Inside and Outside
From Istanbul to Athens: Theology and Art In Turkey and
Greece
Law in London
Museums, Music, and Monuments in the Great Cities of
Europe
Natural Histoy of Ecuador: Galapagos, Highlands, Amazon
The Natural History of Tanzania - East Africa
Sounds and Sights of Europe
South Africa: From White Domination to Majority Rule
Theatre in Britain
This is New Zealand
Women in Development: An African lnquiy
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not
connected with Augsburg College, but have been
approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition
cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of
the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller
descriptions and details for registering are available in
the Interim Office.
OUTWARD
BOUND
HPE 2 12-A
Check for information in the Interim Office on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian
border or for white-water canoeing and desert camping
on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January
26 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the
Outward Bound organization has some scholarships
available).
Academic Seminars
POL 3 98-A
GLOBAL
VILLAGE:
WORLD
POLITICS
AND
ECONOMICS
(JANUARY
2- 14, 1995)
POL 398-8
Other Courses
I
POL 398-C
The Washington Center offers a choice of topics during
the first two weeks of the seminar program. During the
last week one seminar is offered. Augsburg students
must register for all three weeks of the program in order
to receive academic credit and to receive a stipend from
the College covering registration and tuition costs.
Credit is available from the Political Science Department
for this program. The course is a passlfail course based
on participation in program activities including site
visits, small group seminars, and journals.
For information brochures and registration forms ask in
Memorial Hall 113 or call #1320. For further information
about the program see Prof. Hedblom in Memorial Hall
#I17 or call #1197. A limited number of stipends are
available to cover registration and tuition costs based on
priority in registration through Prof. Hedblom's office.
The following activities are available to students during
Interim and students may register for these classes as
well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry
course credit, but do meet the lifetime sports requirement
for graduation.
HPE 002-K
lnstructoc Wayne Niles
This class is designed to instruct students in the basic
techniques for self defense, using the hands and feet.
Other Courses/Lifetime Sports
I
Based on and taught by experienced instructors i n the art
of American style Tae Kwon Do. Fee of $60.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: Unlimited
Time: 12:OO-2:00 p.m. MI W, F,
Room: Melby Gym
HPE 002-A (Section A)
lnstructor: Ed Saugestad
Grading: P/N only
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I M, W, Fall term (8-1 0:00 a.m.)
Room: Melby, weight room
HPE 002-6 (Section 6)
Instructor: Ed Saugestad
Grading: P/N only
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I M, W, Fall term (1 0- 12:OO p.m.)
Room: Melby, weight room
Show less
Augsburg
college
Catalog
Augsburg
College
Catalog
Official Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1988
731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 6121330-1000
This Catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College and its
curriculum. Although information was current... Show more
Augsburg
college
Catalog
Augsburg
College
Catalog
Official Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1988
731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 6121330-1000
This Catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College and its
curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to
of each student to know the requirements and
change without notice. Jt is the ~espORd?ibiIi$~
academic policies in thk publicafian.If yau. have questions about anything in this Catalog,
consult a faculty ad~iser,the Derm of fhe College, or the Registrar. Key offices are listed at
the back of the Catalogfor correspondence or telephone inquiries.
0
---7
f.-sl.
a
.
-.
--
I*--'
Tableof
Contents
,,
--.
- >.
'
e-?>.~r
.qL
.dC
fl-
-
,
.
I .:, .
2;-,
,
-
,L
8
................................. ,.,
.......
................................
-
W Course Descriptions
w Majors and Minors
College Information:
........................................200
.......201
W Regents
W ELCA, Education Division
w Directory......................................
...........................
w Faculty Emeriti ...........................
w Academic Calendar ...................
4
..........................................209
.............................................223
7
Faculty
w Maps
Index
..........................................219 ...
,'
.......
-
...
.>
--- ---.?
->>.
--
'
,
d
.: 1
:k.
,
4.
i,$,-B,
!&bL
".,
.........................
Administration
--.
--
'
:
!
U.-T~~*;!~:
,
.,
--
b--\!::.,;
-. . . . I I ".~ ./f: ,
Facts and Figures
4
Introducing Augsburg
Admissions
15
Financing Your Education
21
Student Life
39
Academic Information..............47
Departments and Programs .....71
4
-,,\
-5
.
+
'1 , -9
,
-,
.-,
-
I
!
Augsburg College
Facts aszd Figures
Location - Augsburg College
moved to Minneapolis, Minnesota
in1872. Foundedh1869hMarshall1
Wisconsin.
Financial Aid - Approximately
85% of the students receive some
form of financial aid from the c01lege and many other sources.
Religious Affiliation -The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. 51% of students are Lutheran,
15% other Protestant, 15% Roman
Catholic.
Library - Over 160,000 items, access to over 5,000,000 through the
Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex.
Accreditation -North Central A s
sociation of Colleges and Schools,
National Council for Accreditation
of Teacher Education. Approved by
American Chemical Society, Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of
Schools of Music, National League
for Nursing.
Member - Associated Colleges of
the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education
Council in North America, Mimesota Private College Council, Registered with the Minnesota Higher
Education Coordinating Board.
Enrollment (1987-88) -2,161 from
30 states and 29 nations.
Graduates - from 1870 through
May 22,1988 -10,138.
SchoolYear-SeptembertoMay,41-4 calendar, with January Interim.
Two summer schooI sessions.
Augsburg Weekend College - trimesters, September to June.
Augsburg Graduate Program -trimesters, September to June.
Majors-More than40in20 departments.
Off Campus Programs -Program
in Global Community, StudentProject for Amity Among Nations
(SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA),
Study Abroad, and extensive cooperative education program.
Athletic Affiliation - Minnesota
Intercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC), and National Collegiate
Athletic Association (NCAA),Division 111.
Policy - Augsburg College does
not
discriminateon the basis of race,
StudentIFaculty Ratio - 14.8 to 1.
creed,
national or ethnic origin, age,
Class size averages 20-30.
marital status, sex or handicap as
Campus -15major buildings. Ma- required by Title IX of the 1972Edujor renovation 1979-80 with special cationalAmendmentsor Section504
emphasis on accessibility. 10 major of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as
buildings are connected by a sky- amended, in its admission policies,
~ a y / t ~ m e l / e n c l ~ ~walkway
€!d
sys- educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
tem.
Introducing Augsburg College
Education
in a Real World
(C tt~dentscommonly speak of graduating from college
as a
L*'way of getting i n t ~"the real world!' In fact, Auphurg
College provides students with an education in a real world. The
diversity of the faculty, staff, and student body, the structure of
the curriculum, and the academic environment minor the camplexity of Life in contemporary society.
The College's location in and involvement with a metropolitan
setting offer continuous access to cultural opportunities, career
experiences, and social realities that enrich shtdents' educations.
Augsburg's commitment to the liberal arts recognizes that the
reality in which contemporary persons live and the persons
themselves have been shaped by the tradition and history horn
which they come. The real world was not made this morning, and
it is not simple. Only a broad education can present our world as
it is and give persons the ability to deal with it. Similar1y,
Augsburg College's continuing dedication to its heritage as a
college of the church affirms a belief that the world is the creation
of a loving God and that human persons are inescapably spiritual
beings.
The College Mission Statement
These qualities of an Augshrg education flow from its mission state
ment which declares that the College exists to provide high quality
educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped
by the faith arid vaIues of the Christian church and by the context of a
great metropolitan center.
Augsburgs location in the heart d the city represents the loom on which
the multialored fabric of its idmtity has been woven. WhiIe students
are pmpafed to take a place in and make a contibution to the worId in
which they Iive, they are educated to be critical of the quality of life in
their society and to be reflective of their own d u e s as they respond to it.
"... based in the liberal arts"
The academic program emphasizes the continuing vaZiditg of the liberal
arts as a foundation for developing the Iife of the mind. Augsbmg
CoIIege's faculty are dedicaid to chatlengvlg their students to achiwe
the highest academic standards while supporting &em in that endeavor
with excenent teaching and individual attention
Students are expected to develop their abilities in critical thinking and
communicationand to gain sensitivity to and appreciation for their own
and other cultures. Each student is encouraged to contemplate the
eternal philosophical and spiritual questions of human life and of
personal values and ethics. At Augsburg the great scholars, thinkers,
writers, and artists of the past and present are studied and valued.
Augsbtrrg College considers art understandingof the content and
method of sdcnce, a arecognition of the place of technology,and an
understanding of ways to maintain a sound body as important elements
of a complete education.
This insistence on the breadth of a traditional liberal arts education
reflects a firm belief that human beings are more than their ability to
perfom a job. It reftwrs further a concerted attempt to direct students
toward a full development of the many facets and capacities of the
educated person.
"...within the context of a
great metropolitan center"
Yet, bounded as it is by an interslate freeway and the center of a vital city,
Augsburg CoLlege is no ivory tower escape from the real world. The
College community continually interacts with the city by attending
culhrral events and civic activities and by inviting dty residents and
visitors to the campus as lecturers, performers, and mmfms.The city
M ~ maslaboratory for experiential leaning through Internships,
professional field experiences, and Cooperative Education.
"...and shaped b y faith and values"
This involvement with the real world is a reflection of Augsburg's
spiritual heritage which values all that God has created. While its
tradition supports intellectual freedom in the search for truth, the
ColIege affirmsits belief that all students should reflect upon their
ethical and spiritual values as part of becoming educated. Students are
encouraged though religion courses and through opportunities on
campus for the practice and examination of spirituality to consider their
relationship to God, to others?to society, and to the world,
Traditionally Augsburg College has insisted that an aspect of these
relationships is contained in the motto: "Education for Service." In these
words the College expresses a belief that, whatever career they pursue,
graduates should consider the duty of citizens to contribute to the
common good through service to others.
w
ithin the larger community of the city and the world,
Augsburg College is its own community. It is a community of
support and collegiality composed of persons of diverse talents; of
varied ethnic, national, cultural, and religious backgrounds; and of
complementary interests and orientations. Through a competent, committed faculty and a dedicated staff, Augsburg College builds with its
students a real world in which the whole person can be educated and
developed.
About
Augsburg
A College of the Church
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by N o r w e a n Lutherans in
America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in
Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in
MarshalI, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The first college
students were enrolled in 1874 and the first graduation was in 1879.
Early Leaders
Establish a Direction
August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876).
Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway - Sven Oftedal
and Georg Sverdrup. These three men dearly articulated the direction of
Augsburg: toeducateNorwegianLutherans to minister lo immigrants;and
to provide such "coI1eg-e" studies tha t would prepare studentsfor theoIogical study.
In 1874they proposed a three part pram first -train ministerial candidates,
second - prepare future theological students and third - educate the
farmer, worker, and businessman. The statement stressed that a good
education is also practical.
Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower
concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has
been Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years.
Education for Service
Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, GeorgSverdrup, Augsburg's
second president (1876-1907), required students to get pre-ministerial
experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the community
gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for
Service."
In the 1890s,Augsburg leadersformed the Friendsof Augsburg, later called
the Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent congregations committed to congregationalautonomy and personal Christianity.
This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the
small Lutheran body. But the collegedivision was still important primarily
as an attachment to the seminary.
The Focus Changes
This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911Georg SverdrupJr.
became President. He worked to develop college departments with an
appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be
ministers. Augsburg' admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of
Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the
College as a teacher and administrator.
The College's mission assumed a double character -ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937,
Augsburg elected Bemhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher,
to be president (1938-1962).His involvementin ecumenical and civic circles
made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life.
After World War 11,Augsburg leadersmade vigorous efforts to expand and
improve academic offerings. Now the College was a larger part of the
institution than the seminary, and received the most attention.
Accreditation for the College
Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offeringa
modem college program based on general education requirements and
elective majors. With cursimlum change came a long effort to become
accredited.
The College reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had
entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time.
A study in 1962 defined the College's mission now as serving the good
society as a whole first, and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church
second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther
Northwestern Seminary)in St. Paul in 1963.
A College in the City
President Oscar A. Anderson (1963-1980)continued Augsburg's emphasis
on involvement with the city. He wanted to reach out to non-traditional
student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all p p l e .
During his years of leadership the College became a vita1 and integral part
of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen
Tower, Umess Tower, the C o Z l e ~Center, Ice Arena and PsychoIogy
Building.
Since 1980 Augsbwg has been Ied by Charles S.Anderson We has continued Augsburg's commitment to the value of a libera1 arts education,
emphasizingdiversityin enrollment efforts, spiritual growth and freedom
and an academic program that draws on the Esources of the city as
extensions of the campus and classroom.
Serving the Non-traditional Student
Aupburg's American M i a n Program is recognized as mc~essful.The
program has had the highest retention rate of W a n studentsin Minnesota
-=me 85 percent.The Black Student Support Program, initiated in 1969,
has had a growing number ofstudents and supports a Black Student Union
and a newspaper distributed by the office.
The campus is accessible to the physimlly handicapped with a skywaytunnel-elevator system connecting ten major buildings. In only its second
year, Augsburg's program for the learning disabled had 30 students enrolled. The program received a state award for excellence.
Weekend College, started in 1982 with 69 students, had an enrollment of
over SO0 in fa11 1988. Through Weekend College, adult students can work
M l i m e and pursuea bachelor's degree that has a practicalfocus on a liberal
arts base.
In January of 1987 Augsburg initiated a Master of Arts in Leadership
program. As in Weekend College, students can work full-time and take
graduate courses leading to a master's degree.
These programs bring working add& to the campus. They are comple
mented by the College's Cooperative Education Progsam Cbegun in 19%)
that places Augsburg students into paid work experiences. Tfte Co-op
Education Program helps s tadents get career experience in additiun to their
classroom studies.
Augsburg Today
Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the
founders who believed:
Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community
and church;
education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens;
the city with all its excitement, challengesanddiversity,is an unequaled
learning laboratory for Augsburg students.
Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great
metropolitan center.There arenow more than 11,000 Augsburg alumni. In
a world that has c h g d much since those first days of the College,
Augsburg still sendsout graduates who make a difference where they live
and work.
Campus Location
Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding
Muphy Square, the first of 155parksin the "City of Lake." The University
of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the .eitfs largest hospitals,
Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and east via Interstate 94 which forms
the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also connect with
the suburbs. (See map at back of book)
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most airlines provide daily service to
Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, and bus or train connections
can be made from all areas of the United States.
Policies
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race,
creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as
required by Title IX of the 1972Educational Amendments or Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies,
educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinators listed in the
Directory in the back of this Catalog, or to the Director of the Minnesota
Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, 7thPlaceat Minnesota Street,
St. Paul, MN 55101.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on
Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges.
Accreditation and Memberships
Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schoolsand TheNational Councilfor the Accreditationof Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by
The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education,
National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for
Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional metliber of the National
Association of Schools of Music (NASM).
We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private
College Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education
Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution.
Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution can be
transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational
programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer.
Facilities and Housing
Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently
located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connectsthe tower
dormitories,the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus the Music Hall, 2222
Murphy Square, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama
and Communication.
Admissions Office - Located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices
for the admissions staff and reception area for prospective students and
their parents.
Augsburg College Center - Center of non-academic activity, with spaciousloungesand recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for
student govenunent and student publications. (1967)
-
Center for Global Education Located at 709 23rd Avenue South, provides offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for those
interested in global issues.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and CommunicationThe newest building on campus, estabIishes a new "front door" for the
ColIege on Riverside Avenue. The Foss Center is named in magnition of
the gifts of Julianand June Foss and those from a great numkr of alumni
and friends of the College. The Tjornhom-NeIsonTheater is also housed in
this complex, which contains space for the campus ministry program,
drama, and communication. (1988)
Ice Arena - With two large skating areas for hockey, figure skating and
recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community.(1974)
Melby Hall -Named in honor of J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to
1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity Department, provides
facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiateand
intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes.
(1961)
Mortensen Tower -Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women
from 1923to 1964, has 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments that house
312 upperclass students, plus conferencerooms and spacious lounge areas.
(1973)
Music Hall -Contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music
faculty. (1978)
Old Main -Home for the Foreign Language and Art Departments, with
classroomsused by other departments. Extensivelyremodelledin 1980,Old
Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It
is included on the National Register of Historic Places. (1900)
ScienceHall-Houses classrooms, well-equippedlaboratories,amediumsized auditorium, and faculty offices. (1949) In 1960 the Lisa Odland
Observatory on the roof was completed.
South Hall, Kueffner Apartments, and Annex Houses -All located in or
near the campus area, provide additional housing accommodations for
students, faculty and staff.
George Sverdrup Library -Named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual
center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. (1955)
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall -Named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty
offices. (1938)
2222 Murphy Square -Houses offices forWeekend College, the Graduate
Program, and Cooperative Education, as well as classroom space. (1964)
Urness Tower - Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, who
have givenseveral generous gifts to the College, providesliving quarters for
324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing36 residents, housed two
to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. (1967)
West Hall -Apartment housing for upperclass students. (1966)
Admissions
A
ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence
and character. We want people who can benefit from and
contribute to their community -the College community, and the
larger community.
Freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the
campus and meet with an Admissions Counselor, because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere
is valuable. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member
of the faculty and to attend classes when school is in session.
Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents
with college planning. Just call any weekday between 8:00 a.m.
and 4:30 p.m. -Admissions Office (612) 330-1001. We'll answer
your questions and arrange a tour for any day (including Saturday mornings during the school year). Our office is on the Northwest comer of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis
(please call first).
Augsburg selects students on individual merit without regard to
race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age.
Application Procedures
V For Freshmen
Application for Admission -Applicants should complete the application
for admission and essay, and return them to the Admissions Office together
with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee.
Transcripts - An official transcript from the high school is required of
freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript
sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. Graduate Exarnination Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school
transcript.
Test Scores-Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the
Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test
(SAT),or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are
recorded on the official high school transcript.
Additional Information -If there is personal information that may have
affected the applicant's previousacademicperformance, it may be included
with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor.
Academic recommendationsmay be required by the AdmissionsCornmittee before an admissions decision is made.
Notification of Admissions Decision- Augsburg College uses a "rolling"
admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually
within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been
evaluated by the Admissions Committee.
Confirmation of Admission -Accepted students who are applying for
financialaid are asked to make a$100non-refundabletuitiondeposit within
30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in
writing to the Director of Financial Aid.
Accepted studentswho are not applying for financial aid are asked to make
a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of
acceptance. Those students who wish to live in College housing must also
submit a $100 housing deposit.
Early Decision for Freshmen
AugsburgoffersanEarlyDecisionProgramforstudentswho select Augsburg
as a primary college choice. Early Decision candidates must apply by
November 15 of their senior year and will receive the admission decision
about December 1. The College bases its admissions decision on the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations.
Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for financial assistance.
Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required to complete the FFS or FAF after January 1.
Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a
$100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid
notification. Extensions may be requested by writing to the Director of
Financial Aid.
Accepted studentswho are not applying for financialaid are asked to make
a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of
acceptance. Those students who wish to live in College housing must also
submit a $100 housing deposit.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational
program may be granted admission to begin full-time work toward a
degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the
senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete
the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic
recommendations from the high school faculty, and arrange a personal
interview with the Director of Admissions.
Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling
at Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information.
V For Transfer Students
Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having
completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit
is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited
institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses
where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for
work taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses
be taken at Augsburg.
A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is
required on previous college work.
Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes
necessary. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental
catalog section to see if admission to the major is necessary.
Application for Admission -Applicants should complete an application
for admission and return it to the Admissions Office together with the
$15.00 non-refundable application fee.
Transcript-An official transcript sent directly to the Admissions Office
from the college(s)the student has attended is required. Transfer student
applicants who have completed one year or less of college-level work must
have an official transcript from their high school sent directly to the
Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of college
work will be evaluated primarily on their college performance.
Additional Information-If there is personal information that may have
affected the applicant's previous college performance, it may be included
with the applicationor discussed personally with an admissionscounselor.
Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
Notification of Admissions Decision- Augsburg Collegeuses a l'rolling"
admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually
within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been
evaluated by the Admissions Committee.
Confirmation of Admission-Accepted students who are applying for
financialaid are asked to make a$100 non-refundable tuitiondepositwithin
30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in
writing to the Director of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financialaid are asked to make
a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of
acceptance.
Those studentswho wish to live in College housing must also submit a $100
housing deposit.
V For Former Students
Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without
requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return, apply for readmission through the Registrar's Office. Studentswho have attended any
other institution(s1during the absencefrom Augsburg must have an official
transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office.Returning students
do not pay the application fee.
V For Special Students (Non-Degree)
In some circumstances, people may be admitted as special students (nondegree)and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually
part-time students, they may subsequentlybecome candidatesfor a degree
by petitioning through the Registrar's Office.
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at
Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree).A transcript must be
sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student (non-degree) status is available
from the Admissions Office.
V For International Students
Internationalstudentsshould consult with the Coordinator of International
Student Admissions regarding the procedures for applying as an international student. All international students transferring to Augsburg from
another United States college or university must apply and be accepted for
admission to Augsburg two months prior to the start of the semester: July
1for Fall, November 1 for Spring.
To contact the Coordinator, call (612) 330-1001 or write to:
Coordinator of International Student Admissions
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis MN 55454
Your Education
A
11 students receive financial help indirectly, since a quality
liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees
cover. The College raises that difference in gifts - from alumni,
faculty, staff, parents, church, friends, foundations, a n d endowment income.
However, the primary responsibility for paying for a college
education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is
intended to supplement those resources.
College Costs 1988-89
The Board of Regents has approved the costslisted for the 1988-89academic
year. The Board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The
College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions
necessitate.
V Tuition, Fees, Room and Board
..........................................................
Tuition (full-time enrollment)
$8,020.00
This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1988.
Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses
during the semester terns with a total of seven or more courses in the school
year. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees, subscription to
student publications, and admission to most College-supported events,
concerts and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installments at
the beginning of each semester.
........................................
Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course
$595.00
This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester
and/or an Interim only. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are
charged the audit rate for that course.
................................
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course.
$298.00
Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students
taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course.
...................................................$1,610.00
Full Board (19 meals a week) ...........................................................$1,470.00
Room Rent (includes telephone).
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet
available from the Office of Student Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) is
$1,430.00; the point plan is $1300.00.
V Other Special Fees (Non-refundable)
Fees Billed on Student Account
ACTC Bus (full-time students
only) ........................................$5.00
Late Registration (per day
after classes begin) ................ $10.00
Registration Change after first
5 days (cancel/add/change/
grade option, or combination
at one time) ............................$5.00
Introduction to Cinema Art .....$35.00
Life Drawing (See Interim
Catalog for fee)
Music Therapy Internship
(one half course credit) ....$298.00
Fees Payable by ChecWCash
Application (new and/or
special students) ................$15.00
Nursing Credit Validation
Tests .......................................$95.00
Nursing Comprehensive
Exam ........................................$9.00
Locker Rental (commuters).......$5.00
Music Lessons Private,
per semester (14 lessons) ...$175.00
Class, per semester ...............$50.00
Radio-Television Production ...$ 10.00
Theater Technical Production .$35.00
Student Teaching (per course
for full-time students) ..........$15.00
Student Teaching (per course
for part-time students) .......$150.00
Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) ......... $125.00
Student Activity Fee .................. $85.00
Student Activity Fee (parttime students) .......................$42.50
Student Parking Lot Permit
-car ...................................$45.00
-motorcycle .......................$20.00
Transcript Fee (per copy after
first, which is free) ...............$2.00
Special Examinations,
Cap & Gown Costs (Schedule
on file in Registrar's Office)
Books and Supplies
These costs are estimated to range between $350 - 400 per year.
V Deposits
..............................................
Enrollment Deposit (Non-refundable)
$100.00
Required of all new students after acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is
credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be
refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the
Admissions Office.
....................................................................
$10.00
Housing Damage Deposit
Required of all resident students at the time of signinga contract, to reserve
a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or
fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages
and/or fines)at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract.
New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by notifying the
Office of StudentLife in writing by the first day of registration. The resident
will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of
proper notification.If the new contract is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall semester or January 1for Spring Semester, $50.00 will be forfeited from the
$100 deposit as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if
cancellation is after these dates.
V Payments
Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of
Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the
Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business
Office.
Payment Options - (1)Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; (2)
Semester Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment
Plan -upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is
available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges
letter; (4) lcmonth Payment Plan -upon application, College approval,
and payment of a $50 administrativefee, the annual chargesmaybe paid in
10 equal insta1Imuzb beginning June20 and ending March 20. No finance
charge wdl be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will
be sent upon request.
Financial Policies
A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1%per month on any account
with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-monthpayment plan in
which payment is not current.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the
beginning of each semester.
Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term
is paid in full.
Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all
student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds
administered by the College (National Defense/Carl Perkins National
Direct Student Loan and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according
to established repayment schedules.
V Refunds
Students fill out Withdrawal from College forms available in the Center for
Student Development. They must be filled out completely signed, and
turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw,
change to part-time, are dismissed, or are released from a housing contract
will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the
minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrativecosts) according to
the following schedule:
100% - through the first five days of classes (less $100.00
administrative fee)
90% - from the 6th though 10th day of classs
80% - from the 11th through 13th day of classes
70% - from the 16th through 20th day of classes
60% - from the 21st through 25th day of dasses
50% - from the 26th day of classes through the
mid-point of the term
No refund will be made afterthe middle classday of the term. Board refunds
are made on a proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to withdraw due to illness or accident, the refund will
include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment,
upon submissionof a report from the attending doctor stating the inability
or inadvisability of continued enrollment.
Students who elect to omit an Interim or to graduate in December are not
entitled to a refund of Interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students
who participate in an approved off-campus Interim are eligible to apply for
a board refund and room sub-lease. Details and request forms are available
in the Office of Student Life.
All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before
eligibility for a cash refund is determined.
Financial Aid
Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a
person or family makes in a lifetime. So, proper planning and wise choices
are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used
to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial
Services, will help students and their families with both monetary and
advisory assistance to protect access to a quality education in spite of increasing costs.
Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combinationof scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College
cooperates with federal, state, church, and private agencies in providing
various aid programs. For the academicyear 1986-87approximately 85%of
all students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, loans and part-time
employment totalling over $7,200,000 from all aid sources.
The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the
student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and
family resources.
The Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing
Program (ACT)or the Financial Aid Form (FAF)of the College Scholarship
Service (CSS)helps determine the amount of assistance for which a student
is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and family can be
expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family
financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependents, other
educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations.
V How and When to Apply
New Students - Regular Admission
1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for
admission.
2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aid form
(FAF)from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the
application and send it to the processing agency after January 1but
before March 15for priority consideration.Minnesota residents must
complete the FFS which includes the application for the Minnesota
State Scholarship/Grant Program. Augsburg's code on the FFS is
2080. For non-Minnesota residentsusing the FAF, Augsburg's code is
6014.
3. Within four to six weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that
time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee
will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A
letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid package.
4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work
applications will then be sent to you.
5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each
college previously attended before financial aid will be offered. The
financial aid transcript forms are available through the Admissions
Office or Financial Aid.
Returning Students
Eligibility for assistance must be re-establishedeach academicyear by filing
the application and Family Financial Statement (FFS).Renewal is based on
financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability.
V Kinds of Aid
A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general
rather than for a specific scholarshipor grant (exceptas noted).The various
forms of aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, studentsare urged to
investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants, and loans that might be
available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with
churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high
schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid
available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these
sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Children, and others.
+ Gift Assistance
President's Scholarships - President's Scholarships are awarded annually to the most academically qualified full-time freshmen students. These
scholarships are awarded without regard to need.The awards are renewable for three years based on academic performance at Augsburg. Special
application is due February 1.Details from Admissions Office.
Dean's Scholarships-Full tuition and half tuitionDean's Scholarshipsare
awarded each fall to the most academicallyqualifiedfull-time studentswho
are direct transfersto Augsburg College followingcompletionof anA.A. or
A.S. degree, having maintained a 3.5 GPA on a 4.0 scale. These scholarships
are awarded without regard to need and are renewable for an additional
year. Because this is a unified program, full tuition is assured, since the
Collegeguaranteesthe differencebetween non-Augsburggrants and scholarships (suchas state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special
application is due April 1.
PairedResources inMinistryandEducation (PRIME)Awards- Augsburg
College will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or grant
from a Lutheran congregation.Announcement from the congregationmust
be made by October 1.
Augsburg Tuition Grants -Available to students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. A grant may pay up to full tuition
and fees. A student's academic performance, financial need, and high
school and community involvement are taken into consideration.
Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to
Minnesota residents who have financial need. For 1988-89, they range from
$100 to $4509. All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply.
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants - A federal program
administered by the College. To be eligible, a person must: (1)be a U.S.
citizenor permanentresident; (2)have exceptional financialneed as defined
by the program and demonstrated by the FFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of
maintaining satisfactory academic standing at the College; and (4) be
accepted for admission.
Pell Grants - Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending
eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as
defined by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each
student for 1988-89 is $2200 minus the amount the student and family can
be expected to contribute.Application ismadeby filingthe FFS (or FAF)and
requesting on the applicationform that the necessary informationbe sent to
the Pell Grant Program.
Bureau of Indian AffairsITribaland State Indian Scholarships-American Indian students who meet federal and state requirements may apply for
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and/or State Indian Scholarship monies.
Students must be 1/4 degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a
federally recognized tribe. Indian grants supplement all other sources of
financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American
Indian Program Director or your tribal agency.
+ Loan Assistance
Perkins Student Loan - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate
financial eligibility. Loans are interest free during your education. No
interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any
time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begin six months
after you leave school (nine months for new borrowers after 7-1-87).
Repayment may extend up to 10years. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate
study is $9000.
Guaranteed Student Loans and Minnesota State Student Loans -Loan
funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states
which provide such programs. While the student is attending at least halftime, there is no interest charge. Simple annual interest of 8%on the loan
balance and repayment of the principal begin six months after you leave
school. Repayment may extend up to 10years. The maximum loan is $2625
for the first two years and $4000 for the remaining years of undergraduate
study with the cumulative undergraduate maximum of $17,250. Applications are available at the College, some banks, and the Minnesota State
Student Loan Office.
Nursing Student Loan -Federal program with provisions similar to the
National Direct Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in
nursing. Recipientsmust have financial need and be registered at least half
time. The maximum loan is $2500 per year.
Parent Loan Program (PLUS) -PLUS is a loan program to help parents
meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to
$4,000 per student per year with an aggregatemaximum of $20,000. Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursementat a variable interest rate
not to exceed 12%and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application
forms are available at Augsburg College or the lending institutions. Applicationsarenormallyfiled with thebankor thrift institution with which your
family has an account.
+ Student Employment
Augsburg College provides work opportunitiesfor students with proven
financial need who are at least one-half time students. Assignment is made
on the basis of need and potential competence in performing the duties
assigned. Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial
aid, just like scholarships,loans, and grants. A maximum of 15hours of oncampus employment per week is recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulatedin the work contract
issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made
monthly by check to the student employee.
College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program
-Under these programs the federal or state government supplies funds on
a matching basis with the College to provide some part-time work opportunities.
+ Sponsored Scholarships
Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Affairs Committee of the
Faculty unless otherwise specified.For departmentalscholarships,winners
are recommended by faculty of the department involved. Descriptions of
awards are from statements of the donors' wishes. *Indicates endowed
scholarships
General Scholarships
Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational Foundation Scholarships -A number of awards of
varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and
ability. Established in 1973by the foundation.
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to deservingjunior/
senior students. Established in1961 to perpetuate her memory.
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto two
deservingjunior or senior students. Establishedin 1969by Alma Jensen Dickerson to honor
her late husband and perpetuate their memory.
Elias B.Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more needy and
deserving u m d a s s students. Establishedin 1979in memorv of their husband and father bv
and Mrs. Cla&
~osie
~er:e & o n , Conrad Eljason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs. Ekabeth~auseth
Hoelck.
M. J. Estrem Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a worthy student. Established in 1965by
Maybelle and Malwlm Estrem.
First Bank Systems-Awarded each year without regard to a specificmajor,but to students
with demonstrated leadership ability and an interest in entrepreneurialdevelopment.
The Julian P. Foss Scholarship*-Awarded to a student of any class who has financialneed,
shows promise, and demonstrates faith and dedication to overcoming difficult circumstances. Established by Julian P. Foss ('30), Mesa, Arizona.
The Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship*- Awarded annually to one or more students who
demonstratepotential and financial need. Established in 1985by Edwin C. Johnson, Powers
Lake, ND.
Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* - Awarded annually to an able and
deserving upperclass student. Established in 1964 by undesignated memorial gifts.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships - Given annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972.
Northern States Power Company Scholarship* -Awarded
class year on the basis of financial need and ability.
to deserving students in each
John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - Awarded annually to freshman students who
without assistance would be unable to pursue higher education. Established in 1963 by a
bequest of John G. Quanbeck
Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* -Awarded to able and deserving students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964.
The Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment Fund* -Awarded annually to one or more
students of any class who have potential and financial need. Establishedin 1986 through the
gift of Elsie L. Wildung, St. Paul, MN.
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior
student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved father by his daughters,
E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie.
Special Scholarships
Aid Association for Lutherans - Awarded annually to able and deserving upperclass
students who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance
Company. Established in 1966.
The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg
College Board of Regents in 1965 on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald, this
annual scholarship provides full tuition for a freshman student from Norway. The winner
is selected from competition held in Norway by the NorgeAmerika Foreningen.
Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to sophomore, junior, or senior Chinese students who have outstanding
academicrecords and are preparing to work among the Chinese people. Established in 1983
by family and friends to honor the memory of Grace Jewel Jensen Buster, a 1922 alumna.
The Mildred Ryan Cleveland MemuM SchoIafslp* - Awarded annually -to able and
deserving student(s) who have p h ~ i c adisabilities
l
and have demonstrated financial need.
Established in 1972 by her husband, Floyd Cleveland, ko honor the memory of Mrs. Q e v e
land, Augsburg alumna, conseaated Christian leader and devoted wiEe.
The Laura Ann Erickson Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more
female freshmen students of any major who belong to the Lutheran Church (ELCA) and show
evidence of academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1986 by Raymond D.
Erickson, in memory of his daughter, Laura Ann E r i b n .
The Laura Ann and Raymond D. Erickson Courage Scholarship*-Awarded annually, as
funds are available, to one or more freshman students who belong to the Lutheran Church
(ELCA) and show evidence of academic achievement, financial need, and personal courage.
Establishedin 1986byRaymondD. Erickson ('50) in tribute to thecourage of hislate daughter,
Laura Ann rickso on: David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually
to a iunior or senior student who has successfullvovercome adversity and achievedexcellence
in aiademic and extracurricularperformance. kstablished in 1979 iymembers of his family
to honor the memory of Commander David J. Formo, 1964 alumnus.
The FhnwickThanksgivingScholarship*-Awarded annually ta a studentat or above the
sophomorelevd who demonstrateshigh academic achievementand is preparingfura career
in %me form of therapy, e.g, physical, occupational s p e d , music, psychological. Established at Thanksgiving, 1986, by Dr. Thcodare J, and
Fern S I-Eanwick, in gratitude to
the therapist who aided in the r e c o v q of their son,Theodore T.Hanwick 0 ,
from a sevae
accident.
TheRw.John H j e l m h d Sfholiuships-Awarded annually to second or third generation
eeshman or uppadass students of any major who have attained a 3.0 grade point average,
a better. Establishedin 19%by Sigvald ('41) andHden Hjelmdand, and John ('70) and Lynn
Hjelmeland
Gmce h e Tohnson Memmial Molarshig - One or more dmlarshim are awarded
annually t.0 u&rdass international stud& who have overcome ad&$
and achieved
excellence in mdcmic and extraamicdar performance.E s t a b h h d in 1981 by her parents,
Dr.and M m mar Johnson,and other f d y m e m b e r s and Men& in memory of ~ r a k ~ n n e
(Gay) J o h n , a student at Aupburg 1971-1973.
Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to upperdrtss women of high
moral character, with preferencegiwn to female or malestudents transferring from Waldorf
College who are in music and/or demwtary education. Esfablished in W E in memory of
Catha Jones, 1197 d m a , by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Kenncth Jones, o f h a family and
fiends, and the Augsburg College Senior Challenge kogram.
Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship -Awarded on the basis of
scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum award $500.00.
The scholarship is renewable.
The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a senior
student(s) who has successfully overcome adversity and has achievedexcellence in academic
in 1977 to honor thememory of the Rev. Nyhus,
and ex~acurricular~ormance.Established
a 1929 graduate of Augsburg Seminary who uvercame the adversity of early years to earn
his own education and he w e d others with humanity and wisdom,
The Ole K. and Evelyn L. O h n Scholarship* - Awarded annuaIly to students with
financial need. Preference given to students f r o m Canada or transfmdngfrom a public college
or university who indicate an interest in religion, music, or Scandinavian studies. Established
in 1988 by Mrs. Evelyn Olson and Mr. Gordon Olson ('631, in memory of Rev. Ole K. Olson
('32) and in honor of Mrs. Olson's 80th birthday.
Minority Student Scholarships/Grants
-
The Hearst Ame*imn Indian Scholarship*
One or mom scholarships are awarded
annually to an American Indian upperclass student(5) who has a cumulative grade point
average of 3.0 or betta at Augsburg College. Established in1984by The Hearst Foundation.
The Otto Bremer Foundation American Indian Scholarshipr - Awarded to American
Indian Students. Recipients will be involved in a community serviceproject during the year.
Car@ Foundation American Indian Scholarship* - Awarded to American Indian Students who either: 1) have been denied or lost tribal funds or, 2) have experienced other
unusual circumstances as determined by the American Indian Program Director and the
Financial Aid Director.
Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to upperclass Oriental international students. Established in 1978by her parents,
family and friends to honor thememory of Marilyn's devotion to sharing and loving people,
especially her service to students.
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded periodically to a Black
American student. Established in 1964 in memory of Marlys Johnson Simengaard and her
Christian concern for the problems of social injustice.
Religion and Christian Service Scholarships
The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981by Rolland H. Bockbrader
to honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to the family, congregation,
Augsburg College, and the community.
Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship*- Available to both North American and
international students to encourage men and women to enter full-time Christian service.
Awards are based on demonstrated academic ability, moral character, and potential for
Christian service. Established in 1983by the Rev. and Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess.
Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded
annually to a student(s) in the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. Established in
1960 by family and a churchwide offering to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0.Burntvedt,
president of the Lutheran Free Church, 1930-1958.
Henningand Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto an upperclass student preparingfor a Christian vocation. Established in 1982to honor the memory of
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg.
Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship*- Awarded on the basis of need, character and interest
in Christian service. Established in 1957by Iver Iverson.
The Rev. Amold j. Melorn M e m d Schollwhip -Awarded annually to one or more
students of any dass who demms!mtepotential and Rnanual need, with preferencefor those
who are pparing for a religious service vocltion. Established In 1985by Kenneth and Vera
Ndsan in memory of thdr pastor, The Rev. Amdd J. Mefom, a 1947graduate of Augsburg
College.
Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship*- One or more scholarships are awarded annuallv on the basis of scholarship, service, and devotion to the Christian faith. Established in
19?5 by the family and ~ u ~ s College
b & ~ in memory of Gerda Mortensen for five decades of
service to Christian higher education at Augsburg College.
Onesimus Scholarship* - Awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian
ministry. Established in 1962by Mr. and Mrs. James Hdeckson.
Johan H.0. Rodvik Mernmial ScholarshipC - One or mere scholarships are awarded
annually to A u g s b g students preparing far a prof-ional career in Chrklian service.
Established in 1 9 6 by Mr. and Mrs.Luther H.Kodvik in memory of Johan J. 0.Rodvlk and
his deep perxlnal dedimlian to hk cralling as aminister, as well as his schdarly research and
pioneering tl~oughtconcerning the Apostle Paul's traditionally misunderstoad at tihrde
toward the question of equal rights and equal status for women.
The Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded on the basis of need, scholarship
and interest in Christian service. Established in 1958 to honor the Rev. Old Rogne, business
administrator of the college, 1940-1952.
The Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship*- One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to a junior or senior preparing for a full-time vocation in the church.
Established in 1980by their children,families and friends to honor thelifelong devotion that
the Rev. and Mrs. Lawrence Sateren gave to the church, Augsburg College, and Augsburg
Seminary over a period of 60 years.
Moms G. C. & Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund* -Awarded m d y to a
junior/senior student preparing for service as a aisianary through the World MissIon
Department of The Evangelical L uthwan Churchin Amcrim. btablishedin 1969by the Rev.
and Mrs. Morris G. C. Vaagenes.
Departmental Scholarships
Art
The Crown Princess Art Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg
College Board of Regents in 1978 to honor the Gown Princess of Norway. Awarded annually
to a talented art student with finanaal need.
August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to upperclass students majoring in art. Established in 1982 by his wife, family and
friendsin memory of August Molder, accomplished artist and teacher for more than 20 years
at Augsburg College.
Athletic
The Carl Bloomberg Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to a needy student(s)
participating in the Augsburg College hockey program. Established in 1983 by friends in
memory of Carl Bloomberg, a talented young hockey player.
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an able and deserving student
on the basis of Christianpurpose, athletic and academic achievement Established in 1966 by
his parents, the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in memory of their son, a senior student at
Augsburg College.
Paul DahlenJGerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an able and
deserving male student on the b s i s of personality, character, athletic and academic
achievement. Established in 1966 by friends to honor the memory of these two Augsburg
College students.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to two or more students,
participatingin athletics or music, who have demonstrated financialneed and high Christian
character. The athletic scholarship is for a male candidate only, with a preference in
basketball. Establishedin 1975 by Mrs.David Gronner andchildren Richard, Carol, and Paul,
and Mrs. Ethel Gronner to honor the memory of David Gronner, an Augsburg College
alumnus.
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually based on academic achieve
ment, personal character, and abilityin athletics. Establishedin 1945 by Mr. andMrs. Charles
S. Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
-
R o y Jordan Memorial Scholarship'
One ormore scholar*ps are award& amraalIy to
u p p d a s s students partic+alingin infermllegiatesports,with preference for students in the
m t l i n g program. Established in 1980by the M P i Jordan and Charles Schulz familiesin
memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and n a t i o d y rxognizd wrestler.
Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship8-Awarded annually to students on the basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise in the field of physical education. Established
in 1958 by their children in memory of their parents.
The Hoyt Messerer Athletic Scholarship8- Awarded annually to amaleathlete of any class
or major, upon the recommendation of the Athletic Department. Establishedin 1987by Hoyt
C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa.
The Sian Person Memorial Sckolamh1p*-Awarded annua7ly to one ormore male students
of any class or academicmajor who p&i+tes in the College%salhleticprogramand shows
widenceof aclademicachiwernent a n d h a d n d . Establishedin1986bvGIenandGerdd
Person, in memory and in honor af their brother, Stan Person.
Biology
Biology Scholarships - Established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Deparhnent to
honor outstanding students who intend to major in biology, natural science or medical
technology.
The Dr. Kennekh D.amd Mrs. Linda mailey) Holmen Biology SehaIarship* - A merit
scholarship awarded annually to an -4s student majoring or minoring in biology.
Established in 1985by Dr.Kenneth D. and Mrs.Linda mailey) Holmen.
Business Administration/Economics
Augsburg Business Alumni ScholarshipFund* -Awarded annually to sophomore,junior
or senior students majoring in any of the areas encompassed within the Department of
Business Administration and Economics and based on academic excellence and financial
need. Established in 1984by Augsburg business alumni and other alumni and friends within
the business community.
The Forss-Herr Scholarship*- Awardedannuallyto a junior or senior business student who
has shown academic achievement, has been involved in extracurricular activities and has
financialneed. Preference will be given to students from families where two or more children
are in college at the same time. Established in 1987 by Mrs. Grace F. (Forss, '57) and Mr.
Douglas P. Herr, Danville, IL.
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more upperclass
students interested in the field of business. Established in 1965 by The Gamble-Skogmo
Foundation.
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* - One or more awards are made annually to a
junior or senior student(s) majoring in business administration. Established in 1980 by
members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund, Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher at the College.
The Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperdass student of
any major who intends to pursue a graduate degree in business management. The award is
based upon academic performance and financial need. Established in 1987 by Joan L. Volz,
a 1968 graduate.
Chemistry
Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - Given annually to a chemistry major,
preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chernishy. Established
in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre.
Chemistry Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior and senior students whose academic recordindicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Establishedin 1968
by family, friends, and the Augsburg College Chemistry Department to honor:
Manivald Aldre
Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen
Dr. W.M. Sandstrom
Walter Gordon Schnell
Walter E. Thwaite, Jr
Covey Hen drickson
Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship - Awarded annually to a junior or senior whose
academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Established in
1986 by Burton and Peggy Fosse, Burnsville, MN.
The Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Chemistry Scholarship* -A merit
scholarship awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring or minoring in chemistry.
Established in 1985 by Dr. Kenneth D. And Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Chemistry Scholarship - Awarded to chemistry
majors who are citizens of the U.S.Established in 1979.
Conrad S m d e Memorial Chemistry Scholarships*- A d d annually to juniw/senior
studentsmajoring in rhemishy who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and, preferably, graduateor
professional school gods. EsQbIished in 19M thrwgh the Conrad Sunde estate m memory
of a 1915 d m n u s who was the k t Augsburg ColIegegraduate toeam aPh.D. inchemistry.
Fh pmfffisionalcareer as ducator, researcher and consultmtincluded many inventions,of
which the development of lanolin oil was his outstanding work.
Education
David Mathre Scholarship* -Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s) in need
of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching.
The Barbara (Tjornhom) and Richard K. Nelson Scholarship* -Awarded annually to a
student of any class; based upon financialneed, with preference given to a person preparing
for a career in elementary education. Established in 1986 in honor of an alumna, Barbara
(Tprnhom) Nelson and her husband, Richard K. Nelson.
English
Anne Pedersan English Sthohhipv- Awarded annually to jlmfm/senior students who
aremajoringin English, wikh preference given to those who plan ta teach English as a career.
Eskablished In 1971 by f a d t y members of the ERglish w e n t to honor the 37 years of
&a of Anne Pedersm as English teacher at hugburg College.
Pmf. P. A. Sveegen MemcdaI Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an outstanding
sl-udent in the EeId of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in memory of P. A.
Svezggen, p r o f w r of English at Augsburg, 19151952.
Foreign Language
Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship*-Awardedannually to junior/senior
students who are majoring in modem language, with preference given to those who plan to
teach language. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs. James Kingsley.
Health-Related
Ellen and Courtland Agre Re-Medicine Award -Given annually to a student of any major
who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Established in
1980by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Age.
Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a registered
nurse seeking a baccalaureate degreeinnursing. Establishedin 1983by The Augsburg Nurses
Alumni Association.
Ehanor Christcnsen Edwards M~rnorialScholarshipc-Awarded d
y to upperclass
sludent(s) preparing for a career in mediche or heal &. Established in I978 in memory of
Beanor Christensen Edwards* devotion and beein health cmeby members of her family,
Bemhard Christensen, Elsie Christensen Schroeder, Jessie Christensen, Nadia Christensen
and Theodore Christensen.
History
Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship - Awarded annually to a history major.
Established in 1980by Gregory M. Fitzloff to honor Carl H. Chrislock
The Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness History Award -Awarded annually to a senior student
for excellence in history. Established in 1980by Helen Ranck to honor her parents, the Rev.
and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness.
EL N. Henfitkson History StItohhip* - Awarded timually to studmts majoring in
history wlth prderence given to those who plan a c a r e in the fidd Established in 1969 by
Dr. and Mrs. Carl K Orislck and augmented by other contributions to honor the memory
of H. N. H e n d r i h n , professor of history at Augsburg College, 1900-1952.
The Nydahl Histmy Schohship* -Awarded annualIy to juniors or seniors who have
potenhd and financial need, with preference given to history majors. Established in 1986
thmugh a twqust in the will of Dr. Theodore L. Nydahl.
Mathematics
Mathematics Scholarship-Awarded annually to an able and deserving student in the field
of mathematics. Established in 1980by the Mathematics Department.
MinnegascoScholarship-Awarded annually to able and deserving junior/senior students
maiorinrr in mathematics or the scienceson the basis of need and academicabilihr. Established
in i969 Minnegasco.
cy
Metro-Urban Studies
Joel and FrancesTorstenson Scholarshipin Urban Affairs*-One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to upperdass students who actively contribute toward the fulfillment of
Augsburg's Mission Statement relating to the College's urban involvement. Established in
1982 by colleagues, former students, and friends to honor the service and leadership of the
Torstensons in community development and urban affairs.
Music
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship*- Awarded annually to a student of
choral music. Established in 1965 by Thomas I. Benson in memory of Peggy Christensen
Benson, an Augsburg College alumna.
Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student of any
academic class who is a choir member not majoring in music. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen, in memory of Mr. Sam Coltvet, who believed in the
value of Christian higher education and choral music.
Freshman Performance Studies Scholarships -Entering freshman music majors who evidence marked abilityin their major instrumentor voice will receive free lessons in that major
medium during the first two semesters of performance studies.
The Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a
rnwically-gifted student, with preference &en M a student of organ and/or choral music
who desires to serve, prof&onaIIy or otherwise, in the ministry of music of the Lutheran
Church. EeabIished in 1955 by the family.
David Gronaer Mwwrial Schohship* - A m d e d m u d y to Two or more students
partiapating in athletics or music,wha have demonstrated financialneed and are af hihigh
Christian character. &tablistid in 1975by MS. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol
and Peu&and Mrs. Ethel G r m e s i n memory of David Gronner, Augsbmg College alumnus.
-
0.I. H e r t s m S c h ~ k h . i g * Awa~dedarmudy to j u n i o r / d a r students who show
promise of a m d d mccm and have hinimdal need Preference given ta those who have
demonstrated profidency in choral and/or instrumental music and interest or potmfial in
conducting. Establishedin 1966 by 0.I. Hertsgaard
-
Leonard and Sylvia Kaschel Scholarship* Awarded to u p p g h students seeking to
acquire m u s I d and performance sljlL4 in inshumenlalmusic with preferwe given to those
who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.Established in 1975 by Leonard and
Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful mesage of music
The Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to amusic student of any
class or major, upon the recommendation of the Music Department. Established in 1987 by
Lucille H. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa.
Xenne& 0.Lower- N o d kap Male C h m s Music Scholarship+-Awarded annually to
an upperclass studmt ma!orhg in music, based upon academic pdormance wd 5nandal
need, with preference given to a person studying choral music Established in 1956 in
memory of Kenneth 0. Lower ('28) and in recognition of the heritage of the Nordkap male
Chorus.
Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to upperclass student(s) preparing for careers in church music. Established in 1980
by Edwin W. Norberg to honor his wife's lifelong career in the teaching and conducting of
piano, organ and choral music.
St Joh's Lnthwan Chrrrch-John N d Memorial Scholmhip*-- Awarded a n n d y in
honor of St.]oh's Lutheran Church's faithful =ton for 335 ymrs,Mr. JohnNorris. Applicants
must& U.S.citizens majmkg in music who are sophomoresor above. The awards are based
upon financial need and satisfacto~yacademic progress, with preference given to racial
minority students.
Henry P. Opseth Music SchalasshipV- Awarded a n n d y to a sophomm/junior student
of outstanding promise in the field of music. EstabIlshedin 1953by his family to honor Henry
P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsbtsrg Music Department, 1922-1951.
Leland B. Sateren Choral Music Scholarship*-Awarded to outstanding students who are
participants in the Augsburg Choral Music program.
Senior Performance Scholarships - Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative
GPA of 3.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance
Scholarshipwhich provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters
preceding graduation.
Rev.Mark Ronning Memorial hstmmenhl Mndc Scholarship* -Awarded annually to
a student of any dass who is a member of a College instrumental group but is not studying
music Established h 1985 by Dr. Kenneth D.and Mrs.Linda (Bailey) Holmar, in memory
of Rev, Mark Ronnhg; who dedicated his life to helping young people.
Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded
band, based on talent and academic record.
annually to a partiapant in the concert
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarshi$ -Awarded mnually to an Augsburgstudent who has
music as a major/minor and who shews outstandingpromise for achievement in the art of
singing. Established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg, and her brother
Dowan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-53.
String Scholarships - Awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on violin,
viola, cello, or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performancestudies, string
ensemble, and orchestra.
-
John and Vera Tfiut SchoIarahip* One or more scholarships sue awatded m d y to
upperdass shrdmb who have achieved e x d e n e in performance in v o i e or pima. Established in 1980by Johnand Vera Rut, their family and friends.The 'lhuts cherished Iifelong
careerr in the teaching of music, three demdes of which were at A u ~ b w g .
Stuart West Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude in instrumentalmusic. Established in 1983 by Mrs. Joan West and
children, Kristine, Dale, David, and James.
Philosophy
Kenneth C. Bailey Philoslrphy Scholarship*-A merit d-ip
awarded annually to an
upperclassstudent majoring or minoring in philmphy. Estabbhedin 1985by Dr. Kenneth
D. andMrs. Linda (Bailey)Holmen, in honor of Dr. Bdejfs twentielh anniversary asmember
of the Augsbwg College faculty.
Physics
Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upperclass student
majoring in physics. Established in 1976 by the Augsburg College Physics Department and
friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg faculty.
Political Science
Political Science Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded annually to upperclass students pursuing careers in political science. Established in 1980by Professors Norma
Noonan and Myles Stenshoel.
Scandinavian Studies
Iver and Myrtle O l m Scholarship*- Awarded annually to an u p M a s s student(s) with
amdernic ability, in b e pursuit of a degree with m e e n bation in Scandinavian languages,
literature, history and/or culture. Established in 1983 by their children and their families and
friends to honor I v a and Myrtle Olson on the omsfon of their golden wedding anniva-sary.
Social Work
Steen Family ScholarshipFund for Minority SocialWork Students* -Awarded annually
to one or more minority social work students, based upon the student's potential and
financial need, with preference given to those who are preparing for professional careers in
social work Established in 1985by Dr. Paul and Mrs. Lorene Steen, as representatives of the
Steen Family.
Sociology
Adolph Paalson M ~ m o r i dPrize)-- Awarded annudy to a student m h e p e r a l field of
Christian d o l o g y . BtabIlshed in 1956 by members of hh family to honor the memary of
Professor Adolph P&n,
who bught sodaI sdenm at Augsburg from 1930-35.
SpeecWCommunication/TheatreArts
Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship - Awarded to a senior student based on talent,
scholarship, and theatre participation.
Student
Life
E
xperiences in the classroom are an important part of
college life, but learning and development also occur in
formal and informal activities of the College and the metropolitan
area. Whether students are residents or commuters, the climate
for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to their
education.
Campus Ministry
As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual as well as
academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in
the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their
own faith.
Sinceour campusis comprised of individualsfrom many different religious
and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar
diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, outreach teams, planning committees, retreats, peace and justice forums,
hunger conferences, concerts, plays and movies are examples of the wide
variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where
students, faculty and staff gather each day to give thanks and hear the
Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion.
We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts that God has given them. As a college of
the church, we encourage students to form their own values which will be
the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond their years at
Augsburg.
The College Pastor has an office in the Worship Center and is available for
counseling, consultation, support or information.
Student Government
Through studentgovernment studentssecureacloser relationship with and
better understanding of the administrationand faculty, and provide input
into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student govenunent also
sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to
student life at Augsburg.
Student government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative
branch, and the judicial branch. Electionsare held in the spring for the next
year. Freshmenelect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many
kinds of involvement are possible -program planning, writing, editing or
service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or
Vice President of the Student Body in their offices in the College Center.
Social, Cultural, Recreational
Throughout the year, a variety of socialand culturalactivitiestakes place on
campusas well as in the TwinCities.These activitiesinclude dances, special
dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields.
The College Center is the focus of lesiure-time activity on campus. Offices
for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the
Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom
or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. KCMR, a studentoperated non-profit radio station serving the needs of Augsburg and the
surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in Mortensen Tower.
V Fine Arts
Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In
addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and Orchestra perform on national and international tours.
Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical
styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on
campus each year under the direction of the Theatre Arts Department.
V Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association
(NCAA) Division 111. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross
country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, and golf. Women
annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, track and
field, and softball.
V Intramurals
Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and
relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of
team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has
been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when
there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena.
Student Affairs
The Student AffairsDivisionis comprised of a variety of programs, services,
and activitiesdedicated to complementingand enhancing students' educational experience and the academic programs of Augsburg College. These
programs, s h e s , and activities provide students with an enriched cone
@ate experience which celebrates our rich diversity of student needs and
interests; attendsto the social, cultural, andcareer developmentof students;
and enhances students' academicperformance through direct intervention
and environmental management. The following information provides a
brief introduction to the major efforts of the Student Affairs Division.
V Academic Skills Enrichment
When students are concerned about the amount of work facing them, they
benefit fromthe programs of the LearningCenter. The Center offers services
that cover the basic skills in reading, writing, vocabulary, spelling, test
preparation, and math, as well as techniquesto improve and enrich even the
best of study habits. If students need help with test anxiety, procrastination,
or time management, the Center has programs that help.
V American Indian Support Program
R
This office, located in Memorial Hall, was created in 1978 to recruit and
retain American Indian students. Indian students receive help in admissions, financial aid, registration, tutoring, and academic and career planning. Personal counseling and advocacy regarding student status are also
available through the program. Periodically, campus activities and exhibitions are coordinated by this office.
V Black Student Support Program
Personal help with financial aid, registration, educational planning, and
career decisions is available for all black students at Augsburg. The Black
Student Support Program provides valuable assistance in getting the most
out of the resourcesbothoncampus and citywide. Communityand campus
education and cultural events are also organized.
V Career Services
Career Services assists studentsin many ways. The staff can help students
explore interestsfor majors, find Internshipsand locate part-time jobs to try
out career possibilities. The staffprovides seminars on career development,
i n t e ~ e w i n gskills and resume writing. Placement files are developed for
each student and sent out to prospective employers and graduate progr--
V Counseling Services
All students have moments of anxiety, difficulty making decisions, and
confusionabout themselves, their values, or their relationships. Sometimes
it is important to talk to someone with skills in counseling. Whenever
studentsneed to talk things out or get suggestionsabout the many excellent
helping services in the Twin Cities, they find valuable assistance through
the Counseling Department.
V Disabled Student Programs
Learning disabled studentshave average or above average intelligencebut
have difficulty achieving to their full potential. Services available to such
students include: diagnostic evaluation, educational planning, learning
aids and remedial instruction. If studentsare concerned that difficulties in
school are more than just temporary problems, they can discuss their
learning style with the Coordinator of Disabled Students or the Learning
Disabilities Specialists,and arrangeassessmentand structured assistanceto
increase their potential for academic success.
Physically challenged studentsare served through this office too. Individualized attention and servicesare provided for and/or coordinated in order
to meet the mobility needs of students.
V Orientation
The entire College is involved in orienting new students to Augsburg. The
Coordinator of Orientation works closely with the faculty and staff in
developing a cohesive program for students and their families which
introduces them to this unique academic communityand the programs and
people which serve them. Augsburg College has an exemplary program,
called the First Year Experience, which is a collaborative effort between
Academic and Student Affairs. This program begins prior to enrollment
and continues through the Interim term of the freshman year.
V Residence Life
The College houses approximately 800 students in a traditional residence
hall, apartment buildings, 22 houses and a family housing complex. The
housing staff manages these facilities and creates a wide array of educational and social programming which balances and compliments the educational experience of students.The staff is comprised of three professional
staff members and 18paraprofessionalswho live and work closelywith the
resident students to provide a safe environment for living and learning.
V Student Activities
The Student Activities program creates opportunities for students to enhance their leadership skills through active involvement in developing
events, activities, and organizations which serve the student community.
Hundreds of major programming efforts and targeted activitiesfor specific
student interests are generated through these efforts and make Augsburg
an enjoyable interactive environment which encourages student involvement.
International Programs
The Coordinator of International Programs focuses on the special needs of
students from countries other than the United States and on students
interested in studying in other countries.
International Students - Augsburg enjoys the academic and cultural
participation of international students. The Coordinator of International
Programs helps to orient and advise on visa, exchangeprogram and permanent resident statusissues. The Coordinator handles information on immigration, work permits and temporary status. Arrangements for American
hosts of international students are made.
Foreign Study - There are also many opportunities for foreign study
which are coordinated and facilitated by this office.
Health Service
The staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the
street from the campus will take care of students' health needs. Visits are
free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available
through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Students must check family health
coverage to determineif they are included;if not, a studenthealth insurance
plan is available.
Food Service
The Commons -Situated on the top floor of the College Center, this is the
main food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room
features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College
Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly
priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in
the Commons.
The Chin Wag -Located on the ground floor of the Center, the Chin Wag
features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the
evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in
College houses or nearby apartments.
Living on Campus
Because ~ i ~ s b recognizes
u r ~
that a student's ability to respond to the
learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a
variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program
promotes student growth by asking students to actively participate in
group decision-making.Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff
who facilitate the process of group living and discuss personal concerns
with individua1,students.
Augsburg requires all freshmen and sophomores not living at home to live
in College-operatedhousing. Married student housing is available in annex
housing and South Hall. Students rent a room at the beginning of the fall
term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments the
summer before they arrive at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing
arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by
June 1in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1will be
provided housing only if space is available.
All students living on campus must pay an advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The feeis credited to the students' accounts when
they move into the residence.
Urness Tower -All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in
Urness Tower. This eleven story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their own
lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower - This is the newest residence hall, an alternative to
traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students.
South Hall -Contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students.
West Hall -Contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass
students.
Annex Housing - This provides an alternative opportunity for group
living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house
responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One
way to maximize the living and learning of your housing situation is to bid
for a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting
projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on
such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness,
International Living, Honors Program, and Scandinavian Studies.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units.
It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are
furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps.
Laundry facilities are available in each residence.
Student Rights
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities
and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by students and
faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any
student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint
should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs.
The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act
and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and
data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Office of the
Registrar and the Placement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential
letters and statements placed in the record before January 1,1975, or placed
under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access.
Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination
based on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital
status or age.
Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the
Office of the Dean of Students or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the
Directory at the end of the Catalog.
Academic
Information
A
ugsburg College constructs its curriculum upon the premise
that students must be educated as full human persons: intellectually, spiritually, and physically. To act effectively, human beings must
have a broad grasp of the world from which they have come as well as
the world in which they live. By providing courses in the humanities,
natural sciences, and social sciences, the general education cumculum
introduces students to the breadth and complexity of knowledge and
culture.
Required courses in religion are designed to acquaint students with the
Christian tradition and encourage them to reflect upon the importance
and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses offer
students the opportunity to develop skills for participation in exercise
and sporting activities.
Students choose from over forty major areas of study to gain a depth of
knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a career or further study.
Thus, through a balance of curricular activities supported by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education
strives to educate its students in a real world for the real world.
General Information
+ Degrees Offered
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the
Bachelor of Science degrees. The B.S. degree is awarded to graduates with
majors in Chemistry (ACS),Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. The
B.M. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Music Education and
Music Performance. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree. Augsburg also offersaMaster of ArtsinLeadership
degree.
+ Academic Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of
approximately 14 weeks separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students
normally take four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A
maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual summer
sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks.
The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on
another campus during the regular term. (See Registration.) January Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to
employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and
topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim
catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and
is available by contacting the Interim Office.In addition to classes offered
on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunities within the
United States and abroad. Independent or directed study and Internships
are among the many Interim options.
Augsburg Weekend College follows a trimester calendar (see Augsburg
Weekend College). Augsburg's Graduate Program follows a trimester
calendar.
+ Faculty
The heart of any educational institutionis its faculty, and Augsburg College
is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors.
Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree, and all consider
their teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are involved in
research, including such varied studies as space physics, the history of
medieval spirituality, women in the Soviet Union, and homelessness in
American cities. Music faculty perform professionally on the local and
national level, and studio artists' works can be seen in buildings, galleries,
and shows around the country. Augsburg faculty see their research as
supportingtheir teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty
development program which introduces them to current thought in many
fields but especially in teaching techniques and theories.
Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers
and counselors and participate regularly in campus activities. Every student is assigned a freshman adviser and chooses a major adviser. In this
close interaction, faculty act as both mentors and models for students.
+ Library and Audio-Visual Services
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly studentlibrary assistants
make the library a favorite place to study. The main library houses over
160,000books, periodicals, records, tapes and films.Music, Chemistry, and
Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas.
A service-dedicatedstaff provides students with assistance to meet diverse
information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard
reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to
other local sources of information. Special arrangements are made for
access by students with physical handicaps.
Students have access to over 5,000,000 volumes via daily interloan and
courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges, the Hill Reference
Library, and Minitex, the statewide network.
The Library Audio-Visual Center houses audio-visual materials and equipment and provides access to materials for rent or loan. Assistance with
production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audio/video tape recordings is availablefor faculty and students. Equipment suchas movie and
slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods.
Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are available.
Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center.
+ Computer Resources
Approximately 60 microcomputers, including Apple IIe's and Macintoshes, IBM XT's, laboratory computers, and graphics microcomputers are
arranged in networks with larger machines, to satisfy standard educational
needs. Students and faculty members needing even more computingpower
also have access to computers at the University of Minnesota and the
Minnesota Supercomputer Center.
Academic Organization
and Programs
+ Divisions and Departments
The College curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped
into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities -Raymond Anderson (Chairperson)
Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts
Natural Science and Mathematics -Neal Thorpe (Chairperson)
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics
Social and Behavioral Sciences -Norma Noonan (Chairperson)
Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science,
Psychology, Sociology
Professional Studies -Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson)
Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, SocialWork
+ Majors and Minors
Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within
one division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a
major or majors before they enter college. Otherstest a variety of disciplines
before deciding.Normally a major shouldbe elected by the end of the fourth
semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are
in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are
part of the B.A. degree.
Students may contact the Registrar about creating a unique major.
Majors
Applied Economics
Art History
Biology
Business Administration
(Accounting, Finance, International
Business, Management, Management
Information Systems, Marketing)
Chemistry @.A. or B.S.)
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies1
Economics
Economics-Business Administration
Engineering2
English
Foreign Languages:
French, German, Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Humanities
International Relations
Kindergarten-Elementary Education
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Education (B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nursing (B.S.)
Occupational Therapy
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics (B.A. or B.S.)
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies1
ScandinavianArea Studies
Social Science
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Speech
Studio Art
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary
Minors
Art History
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies
East and Southeast Asian Studies
Economics
English
Foreign Languages:
French, German, Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
International Business
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Music
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Sdence
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies'
ScandinavianArea Studies
Social Welfare
Sociology
Speech
Studio Art
Theatre Arts
Women's Studies
It is possiblefor students to complete other majors through the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC).Students who wish to compleiea majorofferedat one of the other ACTC
colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Ofice.
1 -Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Citiesandagreementswith
the University of Minnesota. It is possiblefor students to fake beginning and intermediate
courses in Chinese, Japaneseand Russian.
2 - Dual degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology,
WashingtonUniversity School of Engineering and Applied Science, and Michigan Technological University.
3 -Dual degree program with Washington Uniwsity School of Medicine.
+ Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education and the following fields in Secondary Education:
English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), S e n c e (Grades 5-91, Social
Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, and in the specialareas of Art (K-121,
Band (IS-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and
Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal
and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), and Physical Education (K-12). Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in the
Education Department and the area of their academic major(s).
+
Certification Programs
Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at
Augsburg to increase vocational possibilities and/or enhance personal
growth:
Certificate in Art -Requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history.
Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less
formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information,
contact the Art Department Chairperson.
Church Staff Work Certification -Designed to prepare for full-time specialized
lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff
Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology,
sociology, speech and physical education. The program is designed to meet or
exceed criteriaused in The Evangelical Lutheran Church in Americacertification
program. Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson.
Program Evaluation Certification - Provides the background for performing
systematic assessments of programs for social improvements. Students are
required to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an Internship. For further information, contact the Psychology or Sociology
Department Chairperson.
+ Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, occupational
therapy, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or
seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned
accordingly.A faculty adviser is available in each field to assist students in
their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program
should contact the AssociateAcademic Dean early in their freshmanyear to
arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser.
Pre-Dentistry -These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota:ENG, 2 courses;
BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352; MAT 124; PSY
105. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering -This program provides a course of study which enables students to complete introductory core requirements in mathematics, science and
the liberal arts necessary for engineering.Some students in the program choose
to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engineering,
while others elect to participate in a dual degree program. Augsburg College has
cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student to earn a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineeringdegree from
either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual
degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts, including an elected major, with the study of engineering.
Pre-Law - Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook
published by The Association of American Law Schoolsand consult the Augsburg
pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel.Students may wish to take the course POL
170 (Law in the United States) to help determine their interest in law. Pre-Law
students should major in a discipline of their own choosing, and will satisfy most
law-school entrance requirements with a record of solid achievement in the
liberal arts.
Pre-Medicine -Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to
prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the Biology and Chemistry Departments have majors which can fulfill the academic requirements for premedical
students. Both require CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), MAT 124,125; and PHY 121,
122. The chemistry major also requires CHM 353,361, one advanced course,
seminar, and two or more biology courses. The biology major also requires BIO
111,112,201,491 and at least one from each of five groups (367,386,4711, (355,
474), (351,353,473), (361,440), (476,481), with 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school. Designed to meet the University of Minnesota
(Minneapolis) requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the
behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The
University of Minnesota (Minneapolis) requires two years of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult
with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Pre-Occupational Therapy - Augsburg College has a cooperative arrangement
with Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri, to allow students to earn a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Science or Master of
Science degreein OccupationalTherapyfrom Washingtonuniversity. Prerequisite courses for the Occupational Therapy Program include ENG 111, BIO 111,
112 and 473 or 353; CHM 105 or 115; PHY 103; PSY 105,351,362; SOC 121,336,
SOC 362 or MAT 373.
Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 111,112;
CHM 115,116,351,352; EC0 112or 113;ENG 111and a second course; MAT 124,
125; PHY 121,122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the
semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary -A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several
different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or
religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of
philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of
~ e t e r i n a i ~ e d i c iat
n ethe University of ~innesota,these courses are r i o m mended: ENG, 2courses; MAT 124; public speaking, 1course; CHM 115,116 (or
105,106), 351,352,353; BIO 111,112;PHY121,122; economics, 1course;2courses
in art, literature, music, humanities, theatre, or Upper Division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science,
psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the distribution require
ments. Requirements at other universities may vary.
V Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges a n d institutions in the Twin Cities
area on several programs.
Library and Media Center - Through CLIC, the Twin-Cities private colleges
library consortium, and MINITEX, the statewide library network, the Augsburg
community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) -Full-time students at Augsburg
and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas
may elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses.No additional fee
is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and
some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students
may elect to participate in the cooperativeprogram to gain new perspectives, to
get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or
major not offered on the home campus.The colleges have coordinated calendars.
The Interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled
bus shuttles students between the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperateswith other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January Interim
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - Augsburg, in
cooperation with fifteen other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa, and South Dakota, develops and offers off-campus study semesters in
Scandinavia, South and Central America, San Francisco, and the Twin Cities. All
HECUA programs are interdisciplinary and address the critical issues associated with social change and the human community. The consortium also
facilitates innovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing among
faculty, cooperative research, international and experiential education, and
conferences on planning and metro-urban studies.
Chemical Dependency Program -A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has
resulted in the establishmentof a four-year program in social work, sociologyor
psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to
train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken on both campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards,
and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the
ShakopeeInstitution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale
(a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus.
The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views
of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students
involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been
extremely favorable.
Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC
program at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement.
Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For
more information, contact the Dean of the College.
Naval ROTC -Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at
the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Dean
of the College.
V Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of intemational experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, see the Director of International Programs.
Since there is a limit on the number of studentswho may study abroad each
year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate
in an intemational program. The deadline is December 1of the preceding
year.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs -Students may participate in
the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spendingJanuary and Februarpin
intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular
semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available.
HECUA (Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs) -Augsburg students
join students from other colleges and universities in five Werent full semester
programs in Scandinavia, South and Central heria,San Francism and the
Twin Cities. All programs are interdisciplinary and emphasize the impact of
social change and crosscultural factors on the human community. HECUA
programs emphasize intense language experience, Internships, and field trips.
Interim -Study abroad during the Interim is planned for each year. See listings in
the Augsburg Interim Catalogand in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued in
spring for the followingJanuary. Augsburg is affiliated with the Upper Midwest
Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE).
International Business Program -Augsburg College International Business Program offers studentsthe opportunity to spend a year of study in London, Paris
(AmericanCollege), Cairo (American University), or Heidelberg. A major concentration in international business provides the option of taking Business
Administration courses at Augsburg and international Core courses at one or
two of the campuses abroad. See Business Administration-InternationalBusiness.
in Global Community - Augsburg's 3 1/2 month living/learning
program based in Cuemavaca, Mexico, focuseson the study of issues related to
global justie and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation.
I ndudes intensive Spanish instmclion,group tsips, home stay with a family, and
Pro-
cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board,
and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. See Global Education Programs.
Human Services in a Latin American Context - 3 1/2 month study program
designed to introduce participants to the central issues currently facing the third
world, and to focus on Latin American models of education and service and their
contribution to the process of social change. These models have grown out of the
sense that the achievement of basic human rights goes hand in hand with the
empowermentof individuals and groups to control their own lives. Application
and interview required, enrollment limited. See Global Education Programs.
Student Project for Amity Among Nations -Augsburg participates in the SPAN
program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several
colleges in the state. Each year three or four countriesare selected, and qualified
students are granted partial scholarshipsto enable them to spend a summer in
informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are
made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program
consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school
year before departure, Independent Study abroad on a topic of one's choice
during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return.
Semester oryear Abroad -Arrangements havebeen made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of
foreign educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway; the University of York, England; the University of Dundee, Scotland;the
Institute for American Universities in Avignon, France; The American College
in Paris; and the Fundacion Ortega y Gasset, Toledo, Spain.
Student TeachingAbroad -Selected EducationDepartmentstudentsmay participate in the InternationalStudentTeachingAbroad program coordinated through
Moorhead State University. Students have options for student teaching in
dozens of countries through the International Independent School network.
Those interested in further information should contact the Education Department. Students who student teach abroad also will do part of their student
teaching under direct Augsburg faculty supervision.
Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to
spend a summer studyingabroad.RecentlyAugsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those
interested in further information should contact the Director of International
Programs.
V Honors Program
The HonorsProgramis a set of opportunitiesdesigned to challengethe most
academically distinguished students at Augsburg. Honors combines academic and cultural components with social and intellectual activities. The
main components of the program include a one-per-term sequence of
honors courses during the freshman and sophomore year, special topics
seminars, a senior honors Interim course, and a bi-monthly program of
speakers and events in the city. Students gain an enriched academic
experience with the support and camaraderie of other honors students.
Through the program, the College can identify and meet the needs of our
v m y best students. Members normally enter as freshmen, with opportunities for transfersandothers.Requirementscenter on full participation in the
program components and a GPA of approximately 3.5. Please send inquiries to Professor Diane Pike, Director of Honors.
V Cooperative Education and Internships
Through Cooperative Education and Academic Internships, Augsburg
College students integrate their liberal arts education with the world of
work. Each placement is closely related to a student's major or career
interest. An underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is an
effective form of career preparation.
Augsburg's Cooperative Education and Academic Internship Programs
link employers and faculty in a way that enriches and expands a student's
educational experience. This on-the-jobexperience adds breadth and depth
to the liberalarts curriculumand helps students make more informed career
decisions.
Augsburg'sliberal arts education is enhanced by the College'smetropolitan
location and the broad range of opportunities in the Twin Cities. Co-op Ed
and Internships expand these mutually beneficial relationships and the
resulting partnerships among employers, educators and students.
Augsburg has been a leading proponent and provider of experiential
education for many years. Both Co-op Education and Internships are
voluntary and available throughout the curriculum. Eachacademic department determines the extent of its involvement in either program and the
amount of credit it will allow. The Associate Academic Dean coordinates
the Internship Program with assistance from Cooperative Education and
Career Services.
Co-op Education and Internships are separate and distinct from programs
which require clinical experience, practicums, residencies and/or student
teaching in order to fulfill the professional training associated with accredited programs. However, many students participate in Co-op Education
and Internships prior to and following these required assignments.
Cooperative Education students are expected to complete one Internhip
per year in conjunction with their placement. A nonaedi t Cooperative
Education transcript entry is available during the academic termswhen the
student is not registered for an Internship.
Upper Division Internships are numbered 399 and Lower Division Internships are numbered 199. Registration for Internshipsconsists of the following steps. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Associate
Academic Dean's office) must be negotiated with the faculty member
responsible for grading the experience. The grading system, activities, and
appropriatelevel must be agreed upon. The completed learning agreement
is returned to the Associate Dean's office. An Internship card (withthe
description/location) signed by the faculty member and Associate I3ean
must be turned in to the Registrar's Officeat registration time. Students are
not encouraged to register/add until an actual experience has been arranged, but they must make arrangements by the end of the registration
period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of the
catalogunder grading.Amaximum of four coursesof Internshipmay count
toward the 35 courses required for the degree.
V IndependentIDirected Study
Many departments offer opportunities for conscientious students who
demonstrate sufficientbackground and preparation in a given field to carry
out upper division level work on an independent basis. Courses are
numbered 499. (Some departments have been given faculty approval to
offer 1/2 course credit under498. The Speech, Communicationand Theatre
k t s Department uses 495 for Independent Study in Communication.)
Many departments also offer an opportunity for Directed Study on a Lower
Division level. These courses are numbered 299. Arrangements between
students and instructors should be made in advance of the period of initial
registration. The grading system and appropriate level must be agreed
upon. Independent and Directed Study course numbers are used only for
study different in content from courses already listed in this Catalog. An
agreed-upon titlemustbe reported on the appropriateform to theRegistrafs
Office at registration time. The faculty member giving the grade must sign
the form. Studentsare not encouraged to register/add until an actual study
has been arranged, but they must make arrangementsby the end of the registration period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of
the Catalog under grading.
A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study
may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Students may
cross-registerfor Independent Studies at another ACTC school only when
the major field in which the Independent Study is proposed is not available
on their home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any
special costs attached.Requests for exception to this policy should be made
directly to their own academic dean.
V Weekend College
Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult
students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a
means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a
second major, or pursue a personal interest or skill.
Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and there are three
trimester terms during the early September through June academic year.
Students may take from one to four classes each term.
While Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses as
the day school program, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal arts
courses and the following majors: Business Administration (specializations
in accounting, finance, management, and marketing), Communication
(concentrations in human relations, marketing communications, public
relations/advertising, and supervisory management), Management Information Systems, Elementary and Secondary Education, English, Nursing,
and Social Work.
V Graduate Program
In January of 1987Augsburg College initiated a Master of Arts program in
Leadership. Based on the subject matter and approaches of the traditional
liberal arts, this cross-disciplinaryprogramdirects its academic content and
pedagogical approaches at situations, issues and problems relevant to
organizational leaders. Augsburg's program recognizes that todafs leaders need broad-spectrum abilitiesto provide them with a more comprehensive understanding of their world.
Designed for working adults who have demonstrated leadership potential
in the workplace, the Augsburg Graduate Program operates on alternate
Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings. Students may take either one
or two courses per trimester.
V Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers selected courses through Continuing Education.
Inquiries shouldbe addressedto the Officeof the Associate Academic Dean.
V Center for Global Education
The Center for Global Education was founded at Augsburg in 1982 with a
commitmentto educationwhichbothexpandsour world view and deepens
our understanding of issues related to global peace and justice. Studentscan
participate in a number of forums, seminars and conferences that focus on
global issues. In addition, a spring semester program in Mexico, "The
Program in Global Community," a fall semester in Mexico, "Human Services in a Latin American Context," and occasional Interims allow more indepth exposure to these topics.
Academic
Policies and
Procedures
V Registration
A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it.
Students normally register for four coursesa semester and one course in the
Interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are
classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 courses,
students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on
Student Standing for permission.
Although a student may register up to two weeks afterthe semesterbegins,
registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special feesare
charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancelling or
adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a
semester.
A joint class schedule is published each Springby the Associated Colleges
of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for
the following semesters.
Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer
School Office, Weekend College Officeand Graduate Program Office for
those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures.
Specific information on registration and help with registration on another
campus are available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar -Science 114, for Fall and Spring Terms
Interim Office -Memorial 230
Summer School Office -Memorial 230
Weekend College Office -2222 Murphy Square, for Fall, Winter and
Spring Trimesters
Graduate Program Office -2222 Murphy Square, for Fall, Winter and
Spring Trimesters
V Pre-Registration
Freshmen and transfer studentsmaypre-register during summerfor courses
in the fall.All currently enrolled studentsmay pre-register during the fall for
the springand during the springforthe fall.All studentsmust confirm their
registration at the beginning of each semester and complete financial
arrangements.
V Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered,
since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of
courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office.
Withdrawal from College cannot occur during final examination week
unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from College and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as
of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the
Registrar's Office.
V Leave of Absence
StudentsmayrequeslaLeave of Absence for academic or personalreasons.
Arequest formmust bepickedup fromthe Office of theDeanof the CoLlege.
It must be signed by the Dean of Sbdmts, or au khorized representative,and
by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The cornpIeted
form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office.
A Leave of Absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If
an extension of a Leave of Absence is needed, it should be requested in the
same manner as the original Leave of Absence, and the completed form
must be turned in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the
previous Leave of Absence, or readmission will be required.
Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing
must be observed by returning students. A Leave of Absence does not defer
repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines.
V Graduation Requirements
The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests
with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in
program planning.
Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a choice
between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, or using the
catalog in effect at the point of readmission.
Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the
Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office.
All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the
Registrais office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be
no incompletes or open courses on the academic record).
See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about
requirements for these honors.
1.Completion of 35 courses -At least 11coursesmust be Upper Division,
numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in one department,
except in certain approved majors - 17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music
Performance)for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 18 for the Bachelor of
Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degree. The
course total must include three Interims for students whose complete
academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must
includeone less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. This
is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits.
No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses
required: 4 Conservationof Human Resources (CHR)courses; 2 courses by
independent/directed study; 4 courses of Internship; and 8 courses with a
grade of Pass (PI. Non-traditional grading (P)also has these limits: 2 in the
major except Elementary Education and Nursing; 1in the minor if approved
by the department chairperson.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher
degree should contact the Registrar's Officeabout specific requirementsfor
a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major.
2. Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under
the departmental headings. A minor or double-major is not required, but is
encouraged.
3. First Year Experience (FYE) - All students who enter the College as
freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily
the FYE Fall Orientation and Seminar. See the program section on the First
Year Experience for a full description.
4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for most majors -A grade point average
of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and over all courses which apply
toward the major. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher
grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see
licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for details.
5. Residence -The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum
of 7 courses for part-time students) must be at Augsburg. Contact the
Registrar if an official interpretation is needed.
6. Distribution Requirements -Next page.
V Distribution Requirements
Writing - A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are
given during the summer and fall orientation periods.
Liberal Arts - An approved course from each of these seven areas:
.Mathematics-Physics
Psychology-Sociology
Economics-Political Science
Chemistry-Biology
English-Speech, Communication
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
and Theatre Arts (devoted to the
study of literature)
A list of approved coursesis available from advisersand the RegisWs
Office.
Foreign Languages -Two courses (111 and 112)of one foreign language
at Augsburg. Studentswho test abovethe 111level of a foreignlanguage
will take one additional course at placement level in that language or
two courses (111 and 112) of another foreign language. International
students should consult with the Registrar.
Religion -Three approved courses in religion, of which not more than
one may be an Interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one Augsburg religion class for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits.
Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies-One course.
Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term.
Information is available at the Registrar's Office.
Lifetime Sports -Two different Lifetime Sports or demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports.
V English as a Second Language (ESL) Program
Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary
language, or who are citizens of another country, must take the ESL
placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at
orientation.Students' placement in ESL, Developmental Writing, or Effective Writing will be determined by their scores on the Michigan test (80-90
range for exemption from ESL) and by a writing sample.
Near the end of each term of the English as a Second Language course, an
objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on
this test and the grade earned in the classwill determine whether additional
ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 90 and a course grade
of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement.
If studentsdo not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG 217/
218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit will normally
be granted for no more than two courses.
Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course
completion, have completed the foreign language requirement for graduation.
V Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used.
Most courses are offered with grading options -traditional grading on a
4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of
2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of lessthan 2.0. Studentsare
cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and
professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded
courses, or rank each as a "C." Transfer students are cautioned that Pgraded coursesdo not countin therequirementthat 14 traditionally graded
courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation
with distinction. See PJ N Iimi tations under Graduation Rquirments.
Certain corn are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 and
several Iaterim coursesare graded only on the P/N grading system. Some
education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only on the
traditional system. English I11 is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.0/N. Some other
courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports
are graded P/O.O.
In courses where there is a choice, studentswill be graded on the traditional
systemunlessthey indicateon their registration that they wish to use theP/
N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made
according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes
after the first five days of classes.
'
IExplanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions
4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course standards
0.5
0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point
average. A grade of P representswork at or above the 2.0 level; N represents
work at the 1.5 or below level.
An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency.
To receive an incomplete grade, a student must receive permission of the
instructor of the course; must file a form stating the reasons for the request,
the work required to complete the course, the plan and date for completing
the work, and commentsfrom the instructor; and must gain the approval of
the Registrar.If permission is granted, the necessary work must be completed in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by theinstructor and
filing of a grade before the final day of the following semester. If the work
is not completed by that date, the grade for the coursebecomes a 0.0.
Internships, Indqendent Studies, and TXected Studies may sometimes
last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completedby
the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term
of registration. A grade of X is given by the instruckor to indicate that the
study is extended. It is expected that students givm X extensions will
continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that
satisfactoryprogress is being maintained. The Registrafs Office will automatically continue theregistration in response to an X grade. A finalgrade
will be issued at t h e end of the term in which the work is completed and
evaluated (butnot longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X whew satisfactory progress is not demonstrated.
Withdrawal from college or dropping these continued courses will terminate their registration. Under this circumstance, a re-registration as 1X by
the student would be necessary if done during registration periods within
one year of initial registration; if done after one year, a new registration
would be necessary.
A course inwhich a grade of 0,0.5,1 .O,15,N, I, or X has been received may
be repeated for credit. C o m e s in which higher grades have been earned
may riot be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. AIl courses
takenand grad- earned each termremain on theacademicrecord. Only the
aeditsand gradesearned the second,be,for legitimatelyrepeated courses,
are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average.
A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for
dropping classes without a notation on the record.
V Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by
registering for Audit (V).Full-time students may audit a murse without
charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs.
Students who audit a course shouId confer with the insmctor within two
weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expecfations, attendance
and any 0 ther requirement If expedations have been met, the course will
be listed on the hammipt as having k e n audited. If expectations have not
been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn).
V Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at
Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred
from other colleges.Coursestakenon the P/N gradingoptionare recorded,
but not computed in the GPA.
V Classification
Students are classified in August and at the end of the Fall and Interim
terms.
-
Sophomores 7 courses completd with at least 14 grade points.
Juniors -16 courses compIeted with at least 32 grade points.
Seniors -25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points.
V Advanced Placement Program
Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted to
students with scores of 3, 4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement
Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the
department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar.
V International Baccalaureate Program
Courses earned from the International Baccalaureate Program will be
consideredby the CoIIege for advanced placement and appropriatecredit
Departmental guidelines are available from the Office of the Registrar.
V Assessment of Previous Learning
(APL Program)
Augsburg Collegerecognizes that learningcan and does take place in many
life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal
arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at
Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other
than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be
presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a
baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit
recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essentiaI
criteria: 1) it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the
Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectivelydemonstrated
either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Aupburgprovides sever& meansby which students
may have their previous learning assessed for credit recopition. The
following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment:
T h e College LevelEmmination Program (CLIP)-Thkis a seriesof standardized
tests which have been dewlo+ by The College Board and are offered to
studentsfora small f ~ e at
e regionaltesting centers.(Theregional testingcenter for
this area is the University of Minnesota.)Studentswho scoreat or above the 65th
percenkileon a subject examination may d v e academic credit for that subject
at Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEPtestsis availablefrom
the Office of the Registrar.
Departmental Comprehensive Exams -These are available for students to use in
obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met:
A. There is a departmental instrument available for subject area in question.
B. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the
exam.
C. The Student Standing Committee approves the student's request to take the
exam. Credit for departmental exams is availableon a pass/no credit basis
only, and there is a charge per exam.
TheCredit AssessmentProgxam(CAT)-This isa credit assessmentalternativein
which a faculky committee completesa credit evaluation of a learning portfolio
submitted by the student. The factdty committee is composd of the Rqktsar
and two faculty members from fields 05 study directly related to the student's
previous learning. Lnformational meetings and consdtation are provided for
students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In campleting the evaluation of a student's psevious Iearning, the CAP Cornmitree
applies the following criteria:
A. There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous
learning experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of
content material found within liberal arts coursework.
B. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the
presenting student.
C. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
D. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals.
E. The learning and skillsinvolved are current and could be used at the present
time.
Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least
four coursesof academicworkat Augsburg Collegewith acumulativeAugsburg
GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly recommended that the process not be used when
four or fewer courses remain for graduation. There is an application deposit
(applicableto transcript charge) to initiate the credit assessment process, and a
charge for each semester credit applied to the student's transcript.
Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total
number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of
courses applied'to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course
number of CAP 2xx.Application of this credit toward distribution requirements
and academicmajors and minors may be subsequentlyaddressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student.
Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning - While Augsburg College
recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional
classroom, this learningmust be placed in the contextof formal study in campusbased liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine
courses (one-fourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through previous experiential learning. In compiling the nine courses of
credit for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination
of the three assessment processes available in the APL program: CLEP exams,
departmentalexams, and credit granted through CAP Committee assessment.
V Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal
The Collegerequires that studentsmaintain the followingcumulative grade
point averages (GPA):
Freshman a student having taken fewer than 7 courses cumulative
GPA of 1.6 or higher
Sophomore - a student having taken fewer than 16 courses mmulative GPA of 1.7 or higher
Junior a student having taken fewer than 25 courses cumulative GPA of 1.9 or higher
a student having taken 25 or more courses cumulative
Senior GPA of 2.0 or higher.
It should be noted that a minimum GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation
with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA.
Students whose academic achievement falls below these guidelines will
either be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term, or will be
continued on probation, or will be dismissed from the College. In addition,
a freshman who receives 2 zero grades or a sophomore who receives 3 zero
grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, dismissal
from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee
on Student Standing. Evidence of the student's commitment to academic
progress is the major consideration in deciding whether or not to dismiss a
student. Students who have a poor academic rmrd may be strongly
advised to withdraw before the end of a tern. Those on probation who
voluntarilywithdrawfromthe College, as well as those who are dismissed,
must have special permission to re-enroll.
Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA
reachesthe minirmm leveIs stated above. Studentsplaced on probation as
freshmen far having earned 2 zero grades may be removed h m probation
if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earned additional zero grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Studentsplaced
on probation as sophomores for having earned 3 zero grades may be
removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their
cumulative GPA reaches 1.9.
The Collegereserves the right to dismissany student who does not meet the
guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or she may appeal
the decision within 10 days to the Committee on Student Standing.
V Dean's List
The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose
grade p i n t average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of
three full courses, or equivalent, foraweekday schedule student or two full
courses, or equivalent, for a weekend college student, graded on the
traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for
credit. L€ permission is given, an announcement is sent to the hometown
newspaper of each student on the Dean's List.
V Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude -3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA
Magna cum laude -3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA
Cum laude -3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA
To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have
completed two years (14 traditionallygradedcourses)of workat Augsburg.
7 Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the StateApprovingAgency for Veterans Education. Veterans should tonsult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwardingof other information to
the Veterans Administration.
Augsburgs standardsd academic progress are giveninthisCatalog.When
a veteran or eligible perstln fads to maintain these prescribed standards of
progress, the College will so inform the Veterans Adminisfration. It is the
responsibiIity of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or
academic load to the Office of the Registrar, as i t is for all studmts.
If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving
Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the
equivalent of what they had been certified for.
A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term
below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration.
Veteranswill need to meet the requirements of theveterans Administration
regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received.
Departments
and Programs
Course Descriptions
Major and Minor Requirements
A
s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College operates with a
belief that knowledge and truth are interrelated and are integrated into a whole. The tradition of the academic world, however,
divides this unified truth into more manageable parts: the academic
disciplines. The knowledge of individual disciplines is subdivided into
courses which make it more accessible to students. These courses can be
arranged in various ways to construct majors, to create the substance of a
broad general education, and to give students the opportunity to study
areas of particular individual interest.
Descriptions of caurszs are arranged by departments and programs.
T h e descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject matter covered in
individual courses to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus
containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach, and
requirements for a particular course can be obtained from the instructor.
Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational
philosophy of each department, its pals, and its place in the College's
program. A Listing of requirements for individual majors follows the
narrative.
Courses and t e r n listed are subject to change. In general, classes are
offered Fa31 and/or Spring terms, unless another frqumcyis specified.
The Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Descriptions and schedules for courses
of f e d in JanuaryInterim, Summer Scl~ml,Augsburg Weekend College
and the Master of Arts in Leadership program are published in separate
catalogs.
+ Credits
A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half
or one-quarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies.A
full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter
hours.
Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a
week, in addition to laboratories.
+ Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are Lower Division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as Upper Division. In general, coursesin
the lOOsareprimarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300sjuniors, and400s
seniors.
+ Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are
listed in the course description. A skdent may enroll in a course when a
prerequisite has not been fyzfiIIed if there is prior approval by a professor
teaching the course and of the academic adpiw.
V Art
Department (ART)
Art is important as a field of study for our modem age. Our survival as a
culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order
and beauty in the design and function of communities.Realizing this, we
have made design and msitivity to all aspects of visual experience
central to the art program at Augsburg.
Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life
that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist,
art teacher, and art historian is to celebrate visual experience through a
variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how
to see.
Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts, the visual arts, as
taught at Aupburg draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines. Art
as a human activity docs involve manual skill, although to become
broadly signifimnt i t should interact with the content available in other
fields, such as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy,
theology, business, physical education, and science.
A liberd arts college, such as Augsburg College, 5 an idea1 setting for
the study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas, disciplines, and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further
enhanced by associations with a significant number of art galleries and
museums in the Twin Cities area.
Cooperative Education and Internships in studio art and art history
provide on-the-job, supervised, evaluated experiences which contribute
to the student's overall education and development. Primary goals
include improvement of art and museum skills, production and creative
strategies.
Hundreds of specific careers exist in the general area of art. Augsburg
graduates have established careers in such fields as teaching in public
schools and colleges, anthropology, pottery making, antique restoration
and sales, film and video work, portrait painting, and gallery and
museum work.
The future holds a great deal of promise for artists who can combine
skills with a breadth of understanding.
Art Faculty: Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Kristin Anderson, Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, Patrick Redmond, Dorothy Williamson.
Studio Art Major: 9-13 studio courses with Foundations 102,107,225; 3 art history
courses including 240. One course must be in 2-dimensional art (118,223,360)
and 1in 3-dimensional art (150, 221,250). Majors are required to begin their
programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with
approval of a portfolio by the Art faculty.
Teaching Licensure Major: 7 studio disciplines among foundations 102,107,225;
Studio 118,132,150,221,223 and 250 plus a second course in 2 areas; 240 and 2
other art history courses. Consult with Education Department for requirements
in education for teacher licensure.
Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses
including 1from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221.
Honors Majors: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and
development and/or special projects such as senior exhibition and research.
Application should be made to the Department Chairpersonbefore the last term
of the senior year.
Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; 240.
Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240.
Certificate in Art: 8art courses, including 1in art history. Up to 4 courses may be
taken in one studio area or in art history.
+ Foundations
in Studio Art
Environmental Aesthetics
102
107
225
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of
experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism.
Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation,
symbolism and abstraction.
Drawing
Drawing in graphite pencils, pen, and pastel pencils. Subjects include stilllife, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using
elements such as color, line, shape, type, and pictorial images. An emphasis
will also be placed on the creative thought process.
+ Studio Art
100,300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the Department.
118 Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
132 Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativityand expressionwith attention
to blackand white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. single lense
reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately $125-150. (Fall)
Jewelry
An introduction to the casting of jewelry in pewter and silver.
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
Sculpture I
An introductionto sculpture.Choiceof media: clay, welded steel and bronze,
plaster, stone, and plexiglass. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble
the respective media.
Print Making I
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including
etching, silk-screen and woodcut.
Life Drawing
See Interim Catalog.
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasison handbuilding
and glazing.
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Visual Communications I1
A study of visual communicationsinmagazines, television, film, advertising
symbols, and other mass media. Praaice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. mreq.:22j, Springl
Ceramics LI
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasison throwing or handbuilding
and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: 250)
Painting I1
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118)
Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptiveand experimental techniquesin transparent watercolor. (Alternateyears)
Print Making I1
Advanced work with color and compositionin various media, includingsilkscreen, etching, and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique. (Prereq.: 223)
Internship
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine project.
Sculphue I1
Advanced workin sculpture.Choice of media: clay, welded steelandbronze,
plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.: 221)
Independent Study
Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art
majors.
+ Art History
240
Art History Survey
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includesreading, research,
viewing of slides, visits to museums.
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually one or two sections
a year.
352 Women's Art History
A study of the place of women in the history of the visual arts-as artists, as
subjects, and as patrons.
382 Scandinavian Arts
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modem times.
385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th century A.D.
386 Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe.
387 Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the
18th centuries.
388 19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecturefrom Neoclassicism through
the present.
389 American Art
A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with
specific emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements.
V Biology
Department (BIO)
Biology is the study of MeI and it is natural that we,as contemplative
living creatures, seek a deeper understandingof the living world that
envelops us. This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled
with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part
of the biological world, an understanding of the basic biological processes common to all organisms, as well as those features which are
unique to humans, is essential to attain self-understandingand to
provide a basis for wise decisions.
Another significant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that
even the simpIest organisms are incredibly complex, and a complete
understanding of wen one of these has, as of yet, eluded the grasp of
biologists. This is true even though some organisms have been subjected
to years of intensive scrutiny.Biology will thus c o n t h e to be a fertile
field for research for many years to come.
Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organisms has
accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been
made in understanding important biological processes, particularly
those at the cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also
provided some extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances
in medicine, veterinary medicine, agriculture and food science have
depended on the findings of basic biological research.
Since the biological world reveals such variety, complexity, and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based.
Since a complete understanding of biological systems depends on
applications of the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background in the physical sciences is also important for biologists.
For many, an undergraduate major in biology serves primarily as a basis
for further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further studies in professionalschools such as medicine, veterinary medicine, and dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life
sciences, leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic and applied research, and public or environmental health.
Other graduates have embarked directly after graduation on a variety of
careers, including high school teaching and laboratory technology.
BiologyFaculty: NealThorpe (Chairperson),Robert Herforth,Erwin Mickelberg,
Ralph Sulerud
Major: 9 courses, including 111,112, and 201 plus 9 othercourses, at least 1from each
of the following 5 groups: Molecular and Cellular: 367,386, 471; Cellular to
Organismal: 355,474; Organismic/Animals: 351,353,473; Organismic/Plants:
361,440; Environmental: 476,481.
One of the 6 courses may be BIO 203 or any Upper Division Interim biology
course. BIO 491, a noncredit seminar, is required of all juniors and seniors. Also
required: CHM 105(115),106(116),and 223; PHY 103;Math Placement Group 111.
Students intending to enter graduate, medical, or other professional schools
should consult with the Department since these schools vary in their scienceadmission requirements.Thesemay include CHM 351,352instead of 223, PHY 121,
122 instead of 103, and MAT 124,125.
Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires 3 courses in earth and life
sciences. For secondaryteaching we recommend the broadest possible program
in biology. Students planning to teach are advised to consult with the Education
Department early in their academic program.
The Department works with the Cooperative Education Office in identifying
and defining Co-op Ed experiencesin laboratoriesand other settingsin the Twin
Cities. This experience is open to juniors and seniors. Students interested should
consult with the Biology Department Co-op Ed Coordinator.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5in biologyand 3.0 overall, activeparticipationin seminar,
1 course of approved Independent Study with an oral defense of the research
report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year.
Minor: 5 courses, including 111,112 and 3 Upper Division courses; CHM 115,116
(or 105,106).
Human Biology
Basic biological mnfrom an anthropocenhic p i n t of vim,An attenrpt
to answer such questions as: What makes man just another meabw of khe
biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does
man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture. A student may
not receivecredit for both 101and 103.Does not apply to the major or minor)
103 Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. 3
hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. (A student may not receive credit for both
101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor)
105 Biology and Society
What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society
must deal? A survey of the environmental and health implicationsof pollution, non-renewable resource depletion, waste disposal, war, occupational
safety and health. An historical survey of American agriculture, world food
supply and biological determinism. A critical evaluation of the social application of biological concepts. (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or
minor)
108 Microbiology
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours
laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or consent of instructor.
Prereq.: CHM 110or consent of instructor.Weekend College. Does not apply
to the major or minor)
109 Special Topics in Biology
Offered periodicallythrough Augsburg's Conservationof Human Resources
(CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people
taking the course together with college students in a co-learning model.
Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. (Does not apply to the
major or minor)
111,112 General Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other
science majors. The courseincludesanintroductionto molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms,
anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms.
Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours
lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111,Fall; 112, Spring)
199 Internship
Lower Division Internship. (Prereq.: 112)
201 Methods in Biological Research
An examination of methods commonly employed in biological research,
which may include electrophoesis, column separations, ultracentrifugation,
microscopy, cell culture, radioisotopic techniques, gas chromatography, and
physiological recording. The theoretical basis of each method is discussed
and experimentsare conducted to demonstrate the utility of each method. (3
hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. Prereq: 112. Spring)
203 Principles of Nutrition
A study of the six classes of nutrients and their digestion, absorption,
transport, metabolism, interaction, storage, and excretion. A special effort
will be made to differentiate "fact from fiction" in this controversialbiological field. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112 or consent of instructor. Fall)
101
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit. (Prereq.: 112)
Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology,
behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Altemate years, Spring)
Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3
hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall)
Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human
genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
Plant Biology
A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of
anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy, and ecology. (3hours lecture,
4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall)
Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates,
lipidsand nucleic acidsincludingintermediarymetabolism.(3hours lecture.
Prereq.: 112, CHM 223 or 352 or consent of instructor. Fall)
Immunology
A study of the structure and function of the immune system at molecular,
cellular, and tissue levels. Both basic immunology and fundamental principles relating to clinical immunology will be considered. (3 hours lecture,
4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Spring)
Internship
Upper Division Internship.Studentsmust be juniors or seniors. Prereq.: 112)
Plant Physiology
A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in
photosynthesis, respiration, growth, and development, and water relations
in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to
plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Altemate
years, Spring)
Cellular Biology
A study correlating function with ultrastructure in both prokaryotic and
eukaryotic cells. (3hours class,4 hourslaboratory.Prereq.: 112367orconsent
of instructor. Alternate years, Spring)
Animal Physiology
A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever
possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical
principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; CHM 106 or 116;
PHY 103or 122or consent of instructor. Fall)
Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphologicalchanges which occur
during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate
animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the
laboratorywork. In addition to embryonicdevelopment, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab.
Prereq.: 112. Spring)
Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria
and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and
pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.Fall)
481 Ecology
A m e y of reprewntative biological communities; the study of reciprocal
relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4
hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips.P m q . : 112,361 or consent of
instructor. Spring)
491 Seminar
A weekly meeting of biology majors under the direction of Beta Beta Beta
Biological Honor Society. Active participation by juniors and seniors is
required. Guest speakersare often invited. A noncredit requirement for the
major.
499 'Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an
instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.:
112,and previous arrangement with instructor)
476
V Business Administration
and Economics Department
The Department of Business Administration and Economics is committed to developing both the theorelid and practical tools necessary for
entry into and advancement in business and other organizationsas well
as preparation for graduate study. To this end, the Deparhent offers
s p d i z a t i o n in a varieg. of areas including:Accounting Applied
Economics, Economics, Finance, hternational Business, Management,
Management Information Systems (MIS), Marketing, as well as a Combined Business and Economics concentration.
Each of these areas is dependent upon a strong foundation in the liberal
arts with an emphasis on solid communication and analytical skills.
R ~ ~ ~ g n i zthe
i n goccupational realities of the business and economic disciplines, the Departmenk is equally committed to maintaining an application-oriented balance. This balance is achieved in part by fostering close
ties with the corporate community which in turn provides a wealth of
practical expertise and a wide variety of Internship opportunities, as well
as future job prospects.
Departmental faculty believe they can best serve both the student and
the community by contributingto an education which is ethically based,
technically competent and socially aware.
Business Administration and Economics Faculty: Amin Kader (Chairperson),
Diane Busico, Thomas Busico, John Cemto, Peter Gillen, John Cosgrove,
Gerald Glatzmaier, Satya Gupta, Paul Halvorson, Mark Hassenstab,
Richard Herzog, Marilyn Horowitz, Mary Jo Johnson, Jane Kammerman,
Robert Kramarczuk, Roy LaFayette, Dan McNamara, Fekri Meziou, Thomas
Morgan, Paul Pender, David Riley, Edward Sabella, Hamed Sallam, Milo
Schield, Stanley Solnick, Stuart Stoller
+ Business
Business Administration Major (BUS) Core courses for the Accounting, Finance,
Management and Marketing specializations:
BUS 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391, ECO 112,113,313,311 or 312 or 315.
Specialization in Accounting: 12Core courses,322, 323,324, either326or 423 or 425.
Specialization in Finance: 12 Core courses, 322,433,438, either 479 or ECO 318 or
415.
Speaalization in Management: 12Corecourses, 340,440, ECO318, PSY 373 or SOC
301.
Specialization in Marketing: 12 Core courses, 352,357,450, ECO 415
Specialization in International Business: 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391, ECO
112113,313. Also the following emphasis: 3 InternationalBusiness Courses and
an International Economics Course.
BUS 399 or 499 is required, as well as 3 semestersof a foreignlanguage (or tested
equivalent).
Specialization in Management Information Systems: 175,221,222,242,252,279,
331,370 (or CSC 3521,375,475,476,479; ECO 112,113,313,318; MAT 174and 175
or MAT 124 and CSC 170.
Honors Majo~:GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Minor in Business Administration: 6 courses, including 221,242,252, 331, ECO 112
and 113. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
Department.
Minor in International Business: 6 courses, including 221,242 or 252, ECO 113, and
3 International Business courses. Other configurations may be permitted on
consultation with the Department.
Minor in Management Information Systems (MIS): 6 courses, including 221,242
or 252,370,375,475, and ECO 113.175 is the recommended prerequisite for 370
and 375. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
Department.
C.P.A. Certification: Students who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants
(CPA) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have
completed the major in Business Administration-Accounting and taken all
accountingand businesslawoffered. Studentsmajoringin BusinessAdministration-Accounting arequalified underthe rules of theMinnesotastate Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination during their last semester.
C.M.A. Certification: Students who have taken a prescribed course of study in
accounting may take the certified management accountant (CMA) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement. This certificate indicates
proficiency in the area of managerial accounting.
Notes: Students who plan to major in the Business Administration
department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as
soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study.
In addition to the courses listed under the title "Topics in Business
Administration" (BUS 295,4951, the Department has also offered:
Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for
Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, Discrete
Event Simulation, Entrepreneurship, Micro Computer Accounting,
Ethics in Business, International Management, International Marketing
and Risk Management and Insurance.
Business Courses (BUS)
175
199
221
222
242
252
279
Computers for Economics and Business
An introduction to computerized data processing. Learn a higher-level
language (BASIC). Learn about computerized spread-sheets (LOTUS)and
data bases (DBASD. Learn about word processing and computerized business graphics. (Prereq.: Math Placement Group I1 or high school algebra)
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
Principles of Accounting I1
A continuation of 221. Introduction to business activities, accounting for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting,
planning and controllingprocesses, decision-makingand behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: BUS 221)
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning,
and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility,
analysis of the role of the professional manage
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical,
competitive, behavioral, economic, and technological factors as they affect
product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions.
Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions,inference, and estimation with emphasis on their
use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: Math Placement Group I11 or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104)
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meeting with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business
administration. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Accounting Theory and Practice I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income
concepts, current and non-current assets. (Prereq.: BUS 221, ECO 113, Fall)
Accounting Theory and Practice I1
A continuation of 322. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
liabilities, stockholders' equities and other accounting issues. Additional
emphasis on incomedetermination consideringprice level changes. (Prereq.:
BUS 322. Spring)
Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning,
budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,242,252,279, or consent of instructor)
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for
individuals and various formsof business enterprises.(Prereq.: BUS 221,331,
ECO 112,113, or consent of instructor)
Financial Management
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm.
Sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital
budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,
ECO 113)
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management;
research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: BUS252,279, ECO 113, or consent
of instructor)
Marketing Communications
This course looks at the communications aspects of marketingby integrating
advertising, public relations, sales promotion, and personal selling into a
coherent promotion mix. Emphasis will be placed on the design and evaluation of marketing communications programs, particularly advertising;
selection of media; copy-creative effort; advertiser-agency relationship;
management of the personal selling function including salesforce selection,
compensation, territorial design, and performance appraisal. (Prereq.: Bus
252) Note: 355 and 357 cannot both be taken for credit)
Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as importan t elements in modem marketing and communications. (Note: 355 and 357
cannot both be taken for credit)
International Business
Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an
internationalcontext. Appreciation of the prospectiverequired for successful
planning and managementof any enterprise operating abroad is emphasized
by foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in international business. (Prereq.: Two business and economics courses or consent of
instructor)
Advanced Computing for Business and Economics
Current topics involving programmable spreadsheets (LOTUS), programmable data bases (D-BASE), graphics, information retrieval using telecommunications, and other packages (statistical analysis, project management,
expert systems, etc.). Solve common problems in economics, finance and
markkting. (Prereq.: One computer course such as BUS 175 or CSC 145,170
or 174. Recommended BUS 279)
Information Systems in the Organization
Use of systems approach in analyzing the use of information systems in the
organization. Analyze business needs and information requirements, identify relevant solutions and communicate recommendations. Emphasis on
management consulting skills including written and verbal communications. (Prereq.: Two computer courses such as BUS 175 and 370)
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property
and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an Internship program which
is applicableto graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the
student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his/her activities. (Prereq.:
Consent of instructor)
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and
controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: BUS 323, Fall)
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: BUS 323. Spring)
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
A system's approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasison decision
making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures, and case material. (Prereq.: BUS 331)
Investment Theory
Appraisal of the riik/return relationships of various types of securitiesfrom
the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investor. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.:All Core courses
or consent of instructor)
Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions.
Examplesfrom serviceindustries, non-profit organizationsand manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point df view. Topics include: an overview
of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement,
standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, prin-
450
475
476
479
495
499
ciples of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.:
BUS 242 or Consent of instructor)
Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling promotion policies. (Prereq.: BUS 352)
Information Systems Analysis and Design
Analyze information requirements and design systems specifications. Utilize relational data base software to quickly
several system de- implement
signs. Utilize project management software to manage the life cycie process
including documentation and implementation. (Prereq.: all lower level core
courses, BUS 375. Recommended: BUS 370 or CSC 352)
Information Systems Projects
Using skills developed in BUS 375 and 475, completean information analysis
and systems design for several business situations. Utilize both case studies
and actual businesses. (Prereq.: BUS 375,475. Recommended: BUS 479)
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Utilizing computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Programming
tools include spreadsheets, Minitab, SPSS and other statistical packages.
Areas of interest include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and
statistical inference plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo
simulations. (Prereq.: BUS 175,279, Math Placement Group IV or a grade of
at least 2.0 in MAT 114,121, or 122. Recommended: BUS 370)
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international
business problems and policies. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze
some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
+ Economics
Major in Economics: 8Economicscourses (112,113,312,313,414, and 3 other Upper
Division); BUS 221,222,279, and MAT 114.
The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in Economics. In addition, courses in the use of computers
are also strongly recommended.
Major in Applied Economics: 8 Economics courses (112,113,215,312,313, and 3
other Upper Division); BUS 175,221,222,279,479, MAT 121 and PHI 130.
Combined major in Economics-Business Administration: 6 Economics courses
(112, 113, 312, 313, and 2 other Upper Division); 8 Business Administration
courses (221,222,242,252,279,331, and 2 other Upper Division).
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Minor in Economics: 112, 113,312,313, and 1additional Upper Division course.
Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department.
Notes: Students who plan to major in the Department are strongly encouraged to
select a Department adviser as soon as possible in order to carefully plan their
program of study.
In addition to the courses listed below, these topics have been offered under ECO
295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research
Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, DecisionMaking with Finite Markov Chains, and Comparative Economic Systems.
ECO 110,112, and 113 will satisfy general education requirements. ECO 110 will
satisfy the urban concerns requirement.
Economics Courses (ECO)
110
112
113
175
199
215
279
295
Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban
environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis,"
CrimePrevention, Ecology and IncomeDistribution; DistributingFree Bread;
Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to
facilitate discussion of the above mentioned topics. (This is a basic course
designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or
Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or
minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or
Economics should enroll in ECO 112 and 113 which are also open to nonmajors.)
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary
and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of
elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken
independently of 113or 110.112and 113may be takenin either order, ormay
be taken in the same term for the student to progress rapidly to the other
courses.
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm,
market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theoryto market policy. Maybe taken independently of 112or 110.112
and 113may be taken in either order, or maybe takenin the sameterm for the
student to progress more rapidly to other courses.
Computers for Economics and Business
(See under Business)
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
Elements of Mathematical Economics
Economic concepts explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from
finance, management, and marketing are also examined. (Prereq.: ECO 113)
Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
(See under Business)
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meeting with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international
economics problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures;the impact of
fiscalpolicy on economic activity; debt policy and its economicimplications.
(Prereq.: ECO 112,113. Fall)
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via
macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and
the business cycle. (Prereq.: ECO 112, Fall)
Intermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and
industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution;
introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113)
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.:
ECO 112,113)
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of
management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasisis onapplications, whichare taken from the areas
of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection,
the shortest route, inventorymodels, informationsystems, etc. (Prereq.: ECO
313. Spring)
International Trade and Finance
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among
nations. Development of the basis for international trade; balance of payments; exchange rate systemsand commercialpolicy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113
or consent of instructor)
Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an Internship program which
is applicableto graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the
student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some organization. In addition, the student will writeareport onhis/her activities. (Prereq.:
Consent of instructor)
Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of
wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: ECO 313 or consent of instructor. On demand)
Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of
alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts
of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313 or consent of instructor)
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and correspondingpractices in business. Among
the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of
demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and
cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to
management. (Prereq.: BUS 279, ECO 313. Spring)
416
479
495
499
Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical
tools to the areas of micro and macro economictheory. (Prereq.: EC0312,313
and at least MAT 122or equivalent or consent of instructor. On demand)
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
(See under Business)
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international
economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze
some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
V Chemistry
Department (CHM)
Chemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those
changes and working toward an understanding of them. Correlating the
results of physics and opening the vistas of molecular biology, chemistry
has been described as the central science, since matter includes the entire
physical world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even
ourselves.
Chemists as scientists must be well versed in the science of chemistry,
knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving scientific problems, capable
of providing a public understanding of their work including potential
problems as well as benefits.
Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand
themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities,
the arts and the social sciences is imperative if a chemist is to be truly
human and therefore truly scientific.
The Department is on the List of Approved Schools of the American
Chemical Society, and offers a chemistry major which meets the chemistry background required by many fields.
Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established the followingobjectives to help its students develop into mature
scientists.
To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our
graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to complete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or
research positions.
To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the
traditional positions as chemists.
To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to
remain lifelong learners thereby remaining competent in their field
however that may change after graduation, and be able to move into
new areas as opportunities arise.
To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to
seriously study areas outside of the sciences; and
To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an
example of the methodology of the natural sciences in examining the
world around us. The presentation of major concepts underlying the
changes in matter, the opportunity to examine change in the physical
world, and the reflection of the implications of science in our society
will enhance the ability of non-science persons to make better value
judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemistry Faculty: Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin E. Gyberg, John R.
Holum, Joan C. Kunz
Graduation Major (Bachelor of Arts) in Chemistry: 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,
353, 361, 363 and 1 additional course from 364 and 365, 464, 481, 483, or
Biochemistry.Participationin seminar; PHY 121,122;MAT 124,125.SinceUpper
Division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should
plan to take MAT 124, 125 in the freshman year and PHY 121, 122 in the
sophomore year.
Teaching Major: Chemistry Major (for licensure in Physical Science): Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires General Chemistry (115,116 or
105,106); CHM 351,352,353,361,363,491; 1advanced course. PHY 121,122 and
2 additional physicscourses;ModernPhysics and Electronics arerecommended.
Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their
planning.
Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. In addition,
medical schools expect at least 2 courses (and usually more) in biology. Students
should consult members of the ChemistryDepartmentfor assistancein planning
a course program early in their college career.
Bachelor of Science: Persons completing the ACS major and meeting the graduation requirements of the College shall be awarded the degree Bachelor of
Sdence.
American Chemical Society Approved Major (Bachelor of Science): 12 courses
including 115,116 (or 105,106) and a31 chemistry courses above 350 (excepr 399,
497,4991, Chemistry Seminar participation; MAT 124,125,224; PHY 321,122
(which should be taken during khe sophomoreyear). Reading abilityinGerman
equivalent to 2 semesters and computer proficiency are also required. Modern
Physics, additional mathematics and research experience are recommended.
Honors Major: Full ACS mapr; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics, 3.0 overall; 1summer or course of approved research; participation in
seminar.
Minor: 5 courseswhich must include 115,116 (or 105,106),353and 2 other chemistry
courses from 351,352,361 or BIO 367.
Note: Credit willnot be granted for both 105and 115, or for both 106and 116.Other
restrictions are in course descriptions.
Most courses in this Department have prerequisites, coursesthat must be completed
before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade
of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These
requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in
registering for the second term.
Placement in 105 or 115is determined by the score on the Mathematics Placement
Examination: 105 requires Group I1 placement; 115 requires Group 111placement.
High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115.
105,106 Principles of Chemistry
Sornwhat less rigomus than 115,1116;designed e s p d y for students who
will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 to 352,353.
Conceptsand laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples
including organic and environmental systems, (3 one-hour lectures,3 hours
of laboratory. Prereq.: Math Placement Group II. 105, Fall;106, Spring)
109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamental principles of
general, organic and biolopcal chemistry for careers in allied health areas
such as nursing(includingAugsburg'sUpper Division Progmm), inhalation
therapy, histotechnology, physical education, and others. Open also to
students in the humanities and social scisciences. Erst term,general chemistry
principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Second term, organic
and biological chemistry with special applications to human physiological
chemistry. (3 onehour lectures, 2 hours of laboratory. This course does not
apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for
both 109and 105or 115, nor can credit be earned for both 110and 351. Prereq.:
High school chemistry within the last 3 years. Weekend College)
115,116 General Chemistry
An intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First
semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and
bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: High school
chemistry, Math Placement Group 111.115, Fall; 116, Spring)
199 Internship
Lower Division Internship.
223 Elementary Organic Chemistry
This onesemester course is designed for students whose professional goals
require some background in organic chemistry but not the rigor of the yearlong organic course. As a survey course, topics covered will include synthesis, properties, and reactionsof selected aliphatic and aromatic compounds.
This course will not count to ward a Chemistry Major, nor will credit be given
for this courseif Chemistry351-352is taken, nor does it fulfillthe prerequisite
requirement forChemistry352.Credit cannotbe given forchemistry110 and
Chemistry 223, nor does Chemistry223 meet Biochemistryrequirements for
other programs. (Prereq.: 106or 116.Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week. Offered Term 11)
299 Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
351,352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means
of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelations, and reaction mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmental
and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, 1four-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
106 or 116; 351, Fall; 352, Spring)
353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in
detail and gives an introduction to electrochemicaland spectrophotometric
techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a
variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (3 hours of lecture, 1fourhour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116. Fall)
361,364 Physical Chemistry
Thebasictheoretical concepts of chemistry:thermodynamics,kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications
of these conceptsto areas of molecular structure, equilibriaand electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 106 or 116; PHY
121,122; MAT 124,125.361, Fall; 364, Spring)
363,365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (112course each)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data
collection and experimental application of concepts presented in Physical
Chemistry lecture. 363 is to be taken the first half of the Spring semester and
involves experiments related to 361.365 is to be taken the second half of the
semester by all persons taking 364, except that special students may ask the
Department for exemption.
Internship
Opportunity for off-campus experiences as a chemist. Cooperative Education is also an option for majors. Junior standing.
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the
laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectracorrelationsfor IR, UV,
NMR, and mass spectroscopy;use of the literature (includingBeilstein); and
further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magneticresonance, and
ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3hours of lecture, 6 hours of laboratory.
Prereq.: 352,353,361 or consent of instructor; some reading knowledge of
German. Fall)
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and
molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographicand electroanalyticaltechniques of analysis. (3hourslecture, 1four
and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 361, or consent of instructor.
Spring)
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and
molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of
ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 352,361, or consent of instructor. Fall)
Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses
the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop
molecular orbitaltheory for molecules. Includes commutators,electron spin,
angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or
consent of instructor. Spring)
Chemistry Seminar
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry
majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and
seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside
visitors are also invited to participate.
Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors pla~ingresearch
careersneed research experiencebefore
graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the Department (not counted as a course) or by research
participation during the academicyear (which may be counted as a course).
Cooperative Education is an excellent opportunity to be involved in industrial research projects. (Junior standing)
Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as
theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via Independent
Study. (Junior standing)
V East and
Southeast Asian
Studies
Khin Khin Jensen, Director
+ Program Options
Major or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an intercollege,
interdepartmental program which provides a foundation for careers in
international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work
with social and recreational agencies, or graduate study.
Two years of Japanese are taught on one of the five ACTC campuses, or
Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Hamline University.
There also is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota
East Asian Studies Department for Chinese and Japanese language
courses.
Opportunities for language study abroad are available in Japan, China,
Taiwan, Korea, Hong Kong and Singapore. Summer institutes are
available in the People's Republic of China and in the U.S. See the
Director for information and procedure to register for any of these
courses or travel.
Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese
language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement.
Major in East Asian Studies: 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic
college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies;2 muss in History,-2
courses in culturaI specializationor comparative studies; and 2 courses from a list
of appmved electives.Major coursesmust have the written approval of the Director
of the program.
Minor in East Asian Studies: 5courses, including 2 courses (1year) of basic college
Chinese orJapan- or equivalent competenaes;l courseinhistoryofEastAsia;and
2 Upper Division coursesin cultural specialization from a list of approved electives.
Minor courses must have the written approval of the Diseaor of the p r o p .
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at
Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed to be
useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors.
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies: 5 courses, 2 from HIS 322,323,324; 1
from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 336; 1from HIS 474, POL 351,363,382; and 1from HIS
226,399,495,499. HIS 104 is strongly recommended.
Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies
program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the
Director.
Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under History Department)
Directed Study
(See Director of pmgram)
Modern Southeast Asia
(See under History Department)
Modern China
(See under History Department)
Modem Japan
(See under Histoj Department)
Communist Political Systems
(See under PoliticalScienceDepartment,ComparativePoliticsand Analysis)
Communist Foreign Policies
(See under Political Science Department, International Politics)
Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future
(See under Political Science Department, Political Theory and Analysis)
Internships
(See Director of program for guidelines to apply for an Internship)
The World and The West
(See under History Department)
Seminar
(See Director of program)
Independent Study
(See Director of program for guidelines)
Economics (ECO)
See Business Administration and Economics
V Education
Department
I M- ~
Students interested in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education as a base for advanced study in other careers will
find opportunities in the Department of Education.
Professional Education combines the study of theory with practice, and
field experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location of Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in
the Twin Cities.
The career that first comes to mind for graduates of teacher education
programs is classroom teaching. Augsburg graduates are found in many
classrooms within the Twin Cities area. In addition, they provide educational services in classrooms across the nation and in some foreign
countries.
The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program
serves as a solid base for graduate education. Some teaching fields
require graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementary or
secondary education.
Not all graduates choose to teach in school settings. Teacher education
graduates are also found in business, working in managerial, sales,
production, and service areas.
As of April 1,1988, all persons are required to have taken basic competency tests (prescribed by the Minnesota Board of Teaching) in reading,
writing skills and mathematics prior to beginning Upper Division
courses.
Licensure in Elementary Education is available both through day school
and Weekend College. Selected secondary education programs are also
available in Weekend College.
Fl
Education Faculty: Mary Endorf (Chairperson), Sheldon Fardig, Ann Fleener,
Rich Germundsen, Kathy Heikkila, Lynn Lindow, Marie McNeff, Karen
Morgan, Vicki Olson, Lauretta Pelton, Mary Jo Stump
+ Elementary Education (EDE)
Mary Endorf, Coordinator
Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: 255,341,351,352,
381,382,383,384,386,387,481,482,483; HPE 114,115; S W K 260; a college level
mathematics course; academicminor (major recommended). For persons taking
their first Education courses in the Fall of 1989 or later, 1additional 1/2 course
will be required: EDE 388 Human Relations. If those persons also desire
kindergarten licensure, EDE 375: Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten will alsobe required. GPA of 2.5 overall and 2.5 in major and academicminor
and grades of P in student teaching courses required h r licensure as well as
mhimum grades of 25 in d Education courses; fulfill quiremen ts of M i m e
sota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3,041 in Ruman Relations. The prafessional
semester for juniors for 198849wdlincluds 341,352,381,382,384,386, and 387
(341,381,382,383,384,386,387 are1/2 courses.) Beginningin the fall of 1989,professional semester for juniors will include: 352, 375,381,382,384,386, and 387.
Acceptance into the AugsbuxgEducationhprtment Limsurel7mgmnis a n+
quired prerequisiteto the professional semester.The criteria for accepmce into
the Department Licensure Program are available in the Education Department.
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
255 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or
above)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education)
295,495 Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in educationthat are not treated extensively through
current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
299 Directed Study
Lower Division Independent Study.
341 Media Technology (11
2' course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the
use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and
evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teaching/learning situations. Computer training will be included in this course. (Fall, Spring 198889, Interim 1989-90 and after)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the
reading and the diagnosisand correctionof reading difficulties. (Fall, Spring)
Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementaryand Field Experience
The study of strategies and methods of teaching and Ieaming in the contexts
of educational, psychologiml and sociological theories. Membership in one
of the professional teacher organizationsis required. (Pmq.:255orED5265
or consent of instructor. FA,Spring)
Discovery Learning In the World of Kindergarten (112 course)
Study and utilbtion of a variety of techniques and murces far teaching
kindergarten. (Required for all persons d n g kindergarten licensurewho
take their first Education course in the Fall of 1989 or later. Concurrent
registration with 352. Fall, Spring)
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music
taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Fall, Spring)
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at
the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:
255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Fall, Spring)
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (112
course)
Eminatianand prepmition of materials and resourcesfor physical educatian and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory
experiences. (Pmq.: 255 or IDS 265. Fall, Spring)
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Social Studies, Science (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies
and science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Fall, Spring)
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature, (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's
literature at the kindergarten and elementarylevels.Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Fall, Spring)
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and mourcesfor language arts at
the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:
255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Fall, Spring)
Human Relations (112 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of commmicationW q u w , and of the
major minority gmups in Minnesota for the dwloprnent of interpersonal
relations skills appLicabIetoteaching and other pmfessiod vocations.Open
to all.
Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work
experience.A learningcontract must bedeveloped and must have Education
faculty approval.
School and Society
(See Secondary Education)
,482,483,484 Student Teaching Kd and Seminar
Observingand facilitatinglearningat the kindergartenand elementarylevels
under the supervisionof collegeand elementaryschoolpersonnel. Member-
491
498
499
ship in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. Students
must apply to Student Teach at least 3 months prior to enrolling for the
courses. Four courses in student teaching (481, 482, 483 and 484) are
recommended unless otherwise advised by the Education Department.
(Fmeq.:All K-Elementary coursework satisfactorily completed or permission of the Department for an exception. Admission into the Education
Department Limnsure kagmm and admission for Student Teaching)
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
(See Special Education)
Independent Shrdy (1/2 come)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking
licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by
permission).
Independent Stady
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research prows not otherwise
provided for in the Departmental curriculum.A projected promust be
o u t l i d and approved by the kindagartenetementaryeducation faculty.
+ Secondary Education (EDS)
Mary Endorf, Coordinator
Itistherespnsibilityof eachshldenttomeetaZ1speaficrquitmentsof~e
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised ta consult UTith Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher ficensure, in addition to confemng with the student's major field adviser.
Licensure Requ3ements of thestateof hrlinnesata for teachingin serondaryschcaIs
are met through the Augsburg College Education Department Liensure Frogram: Baccalaureatedegree; amdeaic major in anapproved teaching area;265,
334,388,478, methods course(sS in major area, 48l,482 (and 483 for Art, Music,
and Physical Education teaching majors); HPE 114, 115; PSY 105; GPA of 2.5
overall, 2.5 in a11 education courses, 2.5 in academic major and P in student
teaching. Applicationfor and acceptance into the Augsburg Licensure Program
required. Criteria for admission to the program are available in the Education
Department.
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in
one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or
she plans to teach at the elemenfaq school leveL A person with a major in one
of these special areas will take three courses instudent teaching and do some
studentteaching at both the secondaryand elementarylevels. Inaddidon to 334,
the arkmajor will register for 361,362; the physical educationmajor for 365; and
the music major for 355.
Art and physial education teacher education programs lead to licensure for
g r a d s K-12. Music teacher educatjon pmgrams lead to licensureinthe following m s : 1-Band (K-12)and classmrn music (5-12); 2-Orchestra K-12) and
classrmm music 6-12};3-Vocal and classroom music (K-9); or 4 V 4 and
classroom music (5-12).
Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German,
Spanish), see Major Department for information on the required competency
exams.
Teaching in the Minor Field: Minnesota State Rule provides for restricted teaching
in selected fields in which a person has received a minor. Students must be
accepted into the Education Department Licensure Program, take the minor
subject area methods course, and student teach in the minor area to receive
licensure or be recommended for an endorsement by Augsburg College.
The Professional Term. School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly
in one full-time term in professional education. Attendance at special afternoon
or evening seminars is also required. All students are expected to be involved
full-time in the activities of the professional term.
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience
Investigatesvarious aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for
in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the professional
teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: Sophomore standing)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education)
295,495 Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in educationthat are not treated extensively through
current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
299 Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
341 Media Technology (U2 course)
(See Kindergarten-Elementary Education) (Fall, Spring 1988-89. Interim
beginning 1989-90)
350 Reading in the Content Areas (112 Course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist
students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required for
Secondary Education. Upper Division. (Fall, Spring)
354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience
The mastery of theories and their applicationfor teaching inlearning settings.
Laboratory experiences. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: 265, PSY 105. Fall, Spring)
355 Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and
teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshopsand laboratory experience. (Spring)
356,357,358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings (U2
course each)
Study and application of instructional methods, materials, and techniques.
361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relatingto the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Fall)
Art Methods (Senior High School) (112 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior
high school. (To be taken concurrently with 361.Fall)
English Methods
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis
on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a
local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Spring)
(Prereq.: EDS 354: Creating Learning Environments)
Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Physical Education Department)
Foreign Language Methods (112 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching.
(Consult with the Foreign Language Department)
Natural Science Methods (lI2 course)
Course structures,goals, and procedures in science education.Consideration
of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks
and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references.
Consult with the Education Department.
Social Studies Methods (112 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciencesand history in secondaryschool
classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum develop
ment. Consult with the Education Department.
Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (lI2 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theatre
and the directing of co-curricular speech and theatre activities. (Spring)
Mathematics Methods (112 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school
mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics
education. Consult with the Education Department.
Human Relations (112 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the
major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skillsapplicableto teaching and other professional vocations. Open
to all.
Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work
experience.A learning contract must be developed and must have education
faculty approval.
Health Methods
(SeeHPE 410Administrationand Supervisionof the SchoolHealth Program)
School and Society
Emphasis on p i n t s of view about the role of school in modern scoiety and
final theoretical preparation to approach student teaching. Membership in
one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: Senior
standing; concurrent registration with 481,482,483,or 484)
,482,483,484 Student Teaching and Seminar
Observingand directing learning at the secondarylevel under supervision of
college and secondary school personnel. Three courses recommended of all
majors and required of Art, Music, and Physical Education majors. Four
courses required of double majors. (Concurrent registration with 478)
498
499
Independent Study (112 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking
licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by
permission).
Independent Study
h
not otherwise
Opportunity for advanced and speciakd r ~ c projects
provided for in the Departmental curridurn. A projerted program must be
outlined which meets the approval of education faculty.
+ Special Education (EDE, EDS)
Mary Endorf, Coordintaor
Minor: Minimum of 6 courses (282,491;PSY 351,357; 1coursechosenfrom HPE 354,
MUS 110 (Interim)or 395, PSY 362, EDS 385 (Interim), or SWK 304 (CHR); and
1course chosen from LIN 289, PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended as an additional course.
282 Introduction to Special Education
Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature,
c a m , and educational intenentione for such exceptionalities as mental r e
tardation, physicat disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disordersand giftedness. (Spring)
491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar.
(Prereq.: Completion of courses for special: education minor or consent of
instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the
Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the
course. Fall)
V Engineering
Ken Erickson, Adviser
Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities
to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg
College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School
of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan
Errcause of the special
T~hnologicalUniversiky, Houghton,
requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation
with the Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary. Applications for
thew programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
+ University of Minnesota
The Institute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs:
Bachelor of k W a c h e l a r of Engineering CB.A./BB.l enables students to
r ~ e i vaeBachelor of Arts degree from AugsburgCollege and a Bache10r of
Enginewing degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the Institute of
Technology.
Studentsmay apply for the program afses completing thesophomoreyear.
At that time, they will 'be informed of their status in the program and any
further conditions necessary for find acceptance into the program- Formal
application to the Institute of Technology may be completed during the
second semester of the junior year at Augsburg.
Ba&eJ.or of Arts/Master of Engineering (BJVM.EF enables students to
receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of
Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of
Technology.
The curriculum is the same as the B.A./B.E. curriculum with the addition
of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior
year to mininizethe numberof undergraduatecourses, if any, that students
must take at the University kfore proceeding through the graduate curriculum.The n u d m of such murses varies by IT department and area of
emphasis within a department.
Application for admission into the B.A/ME. program should be initiated
during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed daring the senior year. Those
admitted will receive special counseling from the Institute of Technology
staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at
Augsburg. Participants in the B.A./M.E. program are not guaranteed
admission to the Institute of Technology.
+ Washington University (Three Year Plan)
+ Michigan Technological University (Dual Degree Plan)
These programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from
Aupbutg and a Bachelor of Enpeering degree from Washington University School of Engineeringand Applied Science or Michigan Technological
University in a five-year period.
The first h r e e years are spent at Augsburg foIIowed by two years at the
affiliated university. Studentsacceptedinfo the program will be consided
foradmission to theen@eringxhooI if they willcompletecourserequire-
ments, have the requisite cumulative grade point average, and are recommended by the Engineering Adviser of Augsburg College.
Students are also encouraged to exploreopportunitiesfor graduate work at
Washington University and h4ichigan Tecl-tnological University. Further
information on these and other graduate programs is available from the
Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are partidpants in these dual
d e g r e programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their
choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need
and academic performance as aiteria.
Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Dual Degree orThree-Two
Programs: CHM 115,116;CSC 170;ENG 111;MAT 124,125,224,226; PHY 121,
122;additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27
courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,125 and PHY 121,122are taken in the
freshman year. Students interested in Chemical Engineering also should take
CHM 351,352.
e
7 - -
@
-a,
.,
-.r
V English
Department (ENG)
.
3
...-.
Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words,
ideas, and images helps us understand who we are and who we can
become. Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps
us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through the
study of English we see life's complexity, experience life as others do,
and understand better the world in which we live and work.
English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is
concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with
the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and ~ o l o g y ,
English is concerned with individual and group khavior. With philo*
phy, English is interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning
and language. With dence, English is interested in discovering order
and det crmining structures. With speech and ~ommunications,English
studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social
sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and
thought at different times and in different cultures.
The Augsburg English Department integrates its program with the
cultural opportunities of this vital urban area. Augsburg students can
walk to assigned or recommended plays, films, a n d readings available
near the campus. English majors have the opportunity to use and refine
their skills through Internships on a n d off campus, tutoring in the
Writing Lab, or participating in the Co-op Ed Program.
Students with a n Augsburg English major pursue careers i n elementary,
secondary a n d college education, journalism, government, law, the
ministry, library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other professions a n d businesses. English majors may
start o n a slightly lower rung of the career ladder than those with more
specialized training, but will move to higher rungs more quickly because
of their broad background, their skill in analysis, a n d their superior
communication skills. Skills i n reading perceptively and writing effectively enhance a n y career and make life more enjoyable and understandable.
English Faculty: Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Joseph
Bodziock, Cathleen Dalglish, David Garrison, Douglas Green, Joan Griffin,
John Mitchell, Ronald Palosaari, Kathryn Swanson
Major: 9 courses above 111, including 225; 1 course in American literature; 1 course
in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and 3 courses in British literature, 1on
literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and 1that surveys a number of
writers (336,337,423). Majors are encouraged to take ENG 245 early in their
college work and to consult their Departmental adviser regularly. A student
with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the
English Department should also work closely with an adviser in the Department.
Note: Transfer students must take at least three of their English courses at
Augsburg.
English-Language Arts Teaching M a j o ~10 courses, including those listed under
the major, a coursein the English language, and an Internship in the teaching of
writing. One course must include a cornpanent in non-Western literature. In
addition, the ACTC courses CommunicationSkillsin the EnglishClassroomand
Teaching Mass Media are required. Courses in early American literature,
Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Students are encouraged to take
courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, and
apply for teacher education not later than the spring of their sophomore year.
Students in this program must work with advisers in the English Department
and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements
within the Education Department as well as the requirements for the major.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to
Department Chairpersonby October 15 in senior year for Department approval.
Submit paper to Departmentby April 20 and defend it before facultycommittee.
Honors project may be an Independent Study program.
Minor: 5 courses above 111, including at least 2 literature courses, 1 of which must
be in British literature, and 1 writing course above the freshman level.
Note on Concentration: In addition to meeting requirements for the major, English
majors may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such as British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration.A student arranges a concentrationby careful selection of electives in
the major, by the design of an Independent Study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the Department.
English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and courses at other ACTC schools will
often fit well into a concentration.
The English Placement Test: A writing sample is required of students who score
19 or below on the verbal section of the ACT test or 78 or below on the verbal
section of the PSAT tests. Also required of students who have not taken either
the ACT or PSAT.
Students who do not show competence in composition skills such as stating and
supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructing paragraphs and sentences are required to enrollin Developmental Writing in which they will receive
more individual instructionthan is possible in Effective Writing. These students
must pass Developmental Writing before enrolling in Effective Writing.
Note on Prerequisites: 111is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a
Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper Division course is
successful completion of a Lower Division literature course or consent of the
inshctor.
Developmental Writing
A preparatory coursefor EffectiveWriting required of students identified by
a writing sample (the English Placement Test) as needing additional preparation in composition. Students write short papers based on their own
observations, experiences, and thoughts. P/N grading only. Students receive a course credit, but this does not fulfill the graduation requirement in
writing.
111 Effective Writing
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and
writing critical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned. Attention
is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing, and
developing topics, thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style. A
Writing Lab is provided for those needing additional help. The minimum
passing grade for this course is 2.0.
217,218 English as a Second Language (ESL)
Consistent, repeated work on pronunciation, vocabulary and American
idioms, grammar and sentence patterns make up a major part of these
courses. In-class drills and exercises, assignments, and sessions with ESL
tutors are means for students to improve oral skills and to increase their
fluency. Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level materials, and writing are the skills emphasized in these two
courses. Testing will determine placement in these courses, and testing, as
well as other course work, will determine whether the ESL requirement is
met. These courses are graded either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. Students will con101
tinue in 218 until the requirement is completed. By successfully completing
the courses, students will be exempted from the foreign language requirement.
Writing f o r Business and the Pmfessions
A practical course designed toimprove writing skillsfor those preparing for
business and professional careers.Thewriting of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from
their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111)
Intermediate Expository Writing
The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may
include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and
contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and
organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which
students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111)
Introduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative
writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction but
including journal keeping, drama, and creative prose.
Journalism
This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will be placed on
writing for the print media, but students will learn to write for radio and t e l e
vision as well. Students will consider how to recognizenews, how to gather
and verify facts, and how to write those facts into a news story or news
feature. The course will cover basic copy preparation and editing practices
and include an introduction to legal and ethical questions faced by journalists. (Prereq.: 111)
Introduction to Cinema Art
An investigationof the artistic qualitiesand the historical development of the
film medium. The courseincludestheviewing and discussingof both feature
length and short films. (Spring)
Introduction to Literature
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developingcritical and analytical skills in reading and
writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and
minors.
American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysisof some significantworks of selected American writers
from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also
given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American
literature.
Modern Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the 20th
century. Some non-Western works will be included.
European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics
of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides,
the comedies of Aristophanesand Ovid's Metamorphoses.Dante's Inferno will
be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are
combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological
foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature,
and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modem Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to
the modem period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring)
Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in
the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Contemporary Poetry and Women and Fiction.
Directed Study
Independent study for Lower Division credit.
Advanced Journalism Interviewing and Editing
Emphasisis placed first on interviewing and then on organizing and writing
the interview story. The second half of the course will concentrateon editing
the work of others and learning layout and design. The course will include
workshop sessions during which students conduct interviews and critique
the interview skills of fellow students. There willalso be laboratory sessions
devoted to layout and design. (Prereq.: 227. On demand)
British Literature, Chaucer to the Elizabethans
Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as the development
of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance.
Milton and His Age
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be
examined. (Alternateyears 1989-90)
British Literature, Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the
metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual,
and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall)
British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the 19th century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period.
Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be
emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting
contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring)
Advanced Expository Writing
Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course will emphasize the conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects, and techniques for gathering information. By the end of the course, the
student will be expected to write reliable reports and articles of publishable
quality. (Prereq: 225 or consent of instructor)
Advanced Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve
creativewriting ina single genre, as announced in theclass schedule. (Prereq:
226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work)
American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements.
Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and
symbol in modern American literature.
399
423
438
498
499
Internship
The Department offers on-campus Internships in teaching writing and ESL,
and various off-campus Internships. Interested students should consult the
Department Chairperson.
Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th century
beginnings up to the 20th century. Novels studied will be selected from the
works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen,
Dickens, Bront$ Thackeray, Eliot, and Hardy. Attention will be given to the
conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergenceby the 20th
century as the dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1988-89)
Shakespeare
Study of ten or twelve major plays -comedies, histories, tragedies -with
attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art.
Additional plays assigned for reading analysis.
Independent Study -Metropolitan Resources
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of
Department Chairperson. Ppvidesdirected Independent Study which makes
use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry
readings, and writers' groups.
Independent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of
Department Chairperson. Provides directed Independent Study in the area
of the student's choice.
V First Year
Experience (FYE)
Patricia Parker (Associate Academic Dean), Diane Pike
The initial months after entering college as a freshman are a period of
transition. The faculty and staff wish to assist students to make the
transition to being a college student successfully and to help them
become part of this academic community. Students are introduced to the
character of the College, its heritage as an urban liberal arts college of the
church, the process of learning in a community where ideas are valued
and treated seriously, and the logistics of being a college student.
The First Year Experience (FYE) is composed of four parts: Summer
Registration, Fall Orientation, FYE Seminars, and FYE Interim Term
Courses.
Participation in the Fall Orientation program and in the FYE Seminars is
required of all students who begin Augsburg College as freshmen in the
day schedule program. Students who meet the requirement satisfactorily
by attendance at and participation in an FYE Seminar will receive a
notation of a passing (P) grade for FYE 005 on their official transcript.
Students without a P for FIE 00.5 will not be permitted to graduate with
an Augsburg degree.
005
FYE Seminar
A series of fall term meetings with an FYE faculty adviser to discuss issues
related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College community
of learners. Discussion will be based upon readings from a variety of
disciplinesand sources collected in The Augsburg Anthology. (P/N grading
only; evaluation based on attendance and participation)
V Foreign Language
Department
The Foreign Language Department at Augsburg College contributes in
many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts
education for service in today's world. The Department is committed to
the view that education should go beyond career preparation. So viewed,
foreign language study goes beyond the development of new cornmunications skills to foster an abiding awareness that the splendid diversity
of human languages, literatures, and cultures represents a rich historic
legacy developed in different ways by many nations to be shared by all
in common. The Departmental faculty believe that familiarity with the
language and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of global perspective and hence is indispensable in the education
of Augsburg students.
The Foreign Language Department offers language, literature, and
culture courses in French, German, Norwegian, Russian, and Spanish.
Courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin, and Greek are available to
Augsburg Students through the College's affiliation with ACTC, a
consortium of Twin Cities colleges.
A special perspective on language is also available to Augsburg students
in the linguistics courses offered by the Foreign Language Department.
Linguistics goes beyond the study of individual languages to investigate
the general principles which operate in and shape all languages and in
this way the study of linguistics affords the student a unique view of one
of the most intriguing and central facetsof the human mind.
Foreign language skills, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics,
are essential in preparing for a number of careers and represent a
valuable special qualification in many others. Anticipated careers in a
number of fields such as foreign language teaching translation, the
diplomatic corps, or international business may require a foreign language major, perhaps combined with a major in some other field. In
addition, students pursuing careers in many other fields such as health
care, social work, the ministry, psychology, or philosophy, to name just a
few, often find that a foreign language minor and/or the study of
linguistics qualifies them for special assignments in their chosen field.
Foreign languages Faculty: Mary Kingsley(Chairperson),Nancy Aarsvold, Ruth
Aaskov, Nancy Giguere, Mary Johnson, Angelika Rauch, Gunta Rozentals,
Steve Sakai, Donald Steinmetz
Placement Levels: Studentswith previous foreign language study must register in
coursessuited to their levelof preparation.Placement is accordingto thenumber
of high school semesters one has studied that language: 0-2 = 111;3-4 = 112; 5
6 = 211; 7 = 212; 8 = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level should
consult the Chairperson. Be sure to sign placement form.
Students should arrangeto take the LanguagePlacement Test if they wish to take
a course above the level determined by previous studies in that language.
Studentswho elect to take a coursebelow the one in which they are placed by the
Department may do so, but grading must be P/N only. The Language requirement will be satisfied onlyby completion of the course in which the student was
originally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional.
Basic Requirements: Majorsmust take4of theupper Division coursesat Augsburg
College and 4 abroad. Minors must take 2 of the Upper Division courses at
Augsburg College. 311 is prerequisite to all Upper Division courses.
Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a minimum of 1Upper
Division course per year at Augsburg. See Department facultyfor limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information.
Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German and Spanish must
consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment in the programas well as for information on Special Methods courses. A 3.0
averagein Advanced Conversationand Compositionis a Departmentalrequirement for teaching majors. Licensure requires successful completion of the
Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for
Teaching in Secondary Schools, under Department of Education.
Honors Major: Majors seeking Departmentalhonors must apply in the junior year.
Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis dernonstrating ability in Independent Study for one course credit. Consult Department
Chairperson for details.
+ Chinese (CHN)
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement
with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department. See East and Southeast Asian
Studies Director.
+ French @RE)
Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311,312 or 411,331 or 332,350 or 355,351 or
353,450 or equivalents. Study abroad required.
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including 1 in conversationcomposition, 1 in civiliiation, and 1 in literature. Interim, Summer, or Semester in France strongly
recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 Upper Division courses beyond 212, including 1 in
conversationcomposition, 1 literature, 1 in civilization. Study in France
strongly recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim Catalog.
Directed Study
Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Spring. On
demand)
111,112 Beginning French
Aim to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading,
and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice, and readings, these
courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four
class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
(Fall/ Spring)
199 Internship
Lower Division Internship.
211,212 Intermediate French
Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice in
communication, vocabulary building, and developing greater ease in reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory
work. (Fall/Spring)
243 French Literature in Translation
Major representative works of French literature are read in English translation. ~ h r o u ~individualized
h
background reading and class discussion,
students become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical
011
significanceof these works. Sophomorestanding.Fulfillsonly literature distribution requirement. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (On
demand)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Conversation and Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build
fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas.
Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other
Upper Division courses. (Fall)
French Expression
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and
writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and
elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and
speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. Spring. On demand)
French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings
to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French
intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports,
extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. Alternate years)
French Civilization Today
Topics in 20thcentury problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of Frenchspeakingpeople and their contributionto the
contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
Introduction to Literahue for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Studentsapply the elements of theory through
reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
353 Survey of French Literature
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France,
through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures,
discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. Alternate years)
Twentieth Century Literature
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I,
including the novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral
and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent
of instructor. Alternate years)
Internship
Upper Division Internship.
Advanced Conversation and Composition
By means of reading, speakingand writing on topics of intellectual, social, or
450
499
political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at
an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic
levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual
needs indicate. Provides for self-improvementand self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story
Study in depth of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations
in French. For advanced students.(Seealso Interim offerings. Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. On demand)
Independent Sttrdy
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level.
Designed to compl&ea balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a mapr paper and its defense are included.
(Consultationswith French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim,
Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser)
+ German (GER)
Major: 8 upper division courses, including 311; 411, 1 in civilization, and 1 in
literature. Semester in Germany required.
Minor: 4 Upper Division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim, Summer or
Semester in Germany strongly recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 courses beyond 212,induding 1 in conversationcomposition, I in literature, 1in dvilization, and 2 electives. All m u m must be
Upper Division course. Study in Germany s~rongIyrecommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature.
111,112 Beginning German
Course 111is for students with no previous background; 112is for students
who have had 111or equivalentor less than two years of high schoolGerman.
Aims at developingbasic skills.Classroompractice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in
simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short
conversations. Laboratory materials available.
199 Internship
Lower Division Internship.
211,212 Intermediate German
For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German.
Aims at developingbasic skills into working knowledge of German. Review
of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and
idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materialsrepresenting contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring)
244 German Literature in Translation
Principal works of German literature representing various periods and
movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered
not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also
discussed interms of their relevanceto perennialhuman problems. Credit for
this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomorestanding. On demand)
Independent Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
German Comersation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary
and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive
practice in speaking is supplemented with exercisesin written composition.
Fall)
German Civilization and Culture I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the
German-speaking peoples from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca.
3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the impact of
Roman civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness
during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the
Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate
years)
German Civilization and Culture I1
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The
contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual,
geopolitcal, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In
German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different a p
proaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through
reading, analyzing and discussingselected works. Recommended for majors
and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
German Literature through the 18th Century
Brief surveyof heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Auflclarung and Sturm
und Drang literature. Extensive readings and dicussions in Classic and
Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the
history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitcal context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in German.
(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
German Literature: The 19th Century
Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism
and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism,
technologyand mass man. Readingsin German. Class discussionshelp to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in
German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of
international stature are discussed:Kafka, Hesse, Mam, Brecht. Readings in
German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression
in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
399
411
451
452
499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Advanced German Composition and Conversation
Aims at developingand refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for
expressing his or her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as
classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the
present. Leaures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of
cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are
discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures
treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
+ Japanese WN)
Japaneselanguage studies are possible through a contractual arrangement
with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast Asian
Studies Director for more information.
+ Linguistics
199
289
299
311
(LIN)
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
Introduction to Linguistics
An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with
focus on linguistic universals (organizationalprinciples and features common to all languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry in to the mechanics of
language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language).
Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various
languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and
minors. (On demand. ACTC)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current
linguistic research with the aim of illuminatingunderlying philosophical assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatorygoals which distinguish
them. The theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent disciplinessuch
as anthropology, psychology, logic, and communication theory to explore
ways in which each theory seeksto overcomethe inadequaciesof traditional
grammar. (On demand)
399
499
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
+ Norwegian (NOR)
Major: 8 courses above 211, including 311,312 or 331,353,411. Study in Norway
required.
Minor: 4 courses above 211, including 1 in conversation-composition, 1 in civilization, and 1 in literature. Study in Norway encouraged.
Recommended Supporting Preparation: A second foreign language, linguistics,
European history.
111,112 Beginning Norwegian
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading
and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory
work expected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring)
199 Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
211 Intermediate Norwegian
Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and
facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class
discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent)
299 Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation
and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in
spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of
Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211
or equivalent)
312 Old Norse
An introduction to the structure of Old West Norse through the study of
selectionsfrom Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse
and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of
one of the latter is desired but not required. Norwegian language majors/
minors will have special assignments. (On demand)
331 Norwegian Civilization and Culhue
This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of
the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domesticand foreign influencesat work in the
comparativelyhomogeneouspopulationof Norway willbe examined.Written
and oral reports in theNorwegian language will be required along with some
field work. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
350
353
399
411
499
Introduction to Literahue for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Studentsapply the elements of theory through
reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
S w e y of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for
the study of original works from earlier periods extendingback to Old Norse
literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention is given to
writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Ledures, readings,
oral and written reports are in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 311 or equivalent.
Alternate years)
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Further intensivepractice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given
to the other Scandinavianlanguagesand to the historical development of the
Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
+ Russian .(RUS)
Two years of Russian are offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies
may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Studies Program, which
requires two years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies
Campus Coordinator.
111,112 Elementary Russian
A i d to developreading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills
through oral classroom practice, developingease in reading, short compositions, and acquaintancewith Russian culture. Extensive use of the language
lab.
211,212 Intermediate Russian
Continuesdevelopingtheskillsof writing, understandingand speakingwith
an added emphasis on reading. Introduction of advanced grammar topics,
idioms and the study of word building in Russian. (ACTC)
+ Spanish
(SPA)
Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311,411,456 or 457,2 of 352,353,354, and
either 331 or 332. Study in Spain or Latin America is required.
Minoc 4 courses above 212, including 1 in conversation-composition,1 in civilization, and 1 in literature. Interim or Summer study abroad strongly recommended.
Teaching Minor: 5 courses beyond 212, including 1in conversationcomposition,
1 in literature, 1 in civilization, and 2 electives. All courses must be Upper
Division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult Department for other
supporting courses in humanities.
111,112 Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking
world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
199 Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
211,212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which
stimulate intellectualgrowth and promote cultural understanding, students
review all of the basic structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills
through class discussions. besigned for students with 2-4 years of high
school Spanish or its equivalent. (211 Fall, 212 Spring)
216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
(See under Program in Global Community)
249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various
periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted
with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the
readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in
Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On demand)
261 Spanish Language
(Seeunder Metro-Urban Studies, SAUS and LISLA)
299 Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311 Spanish Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of
fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratorywork. This course
is a prerequisite for all Upper Division courses. Brereq.: 212 or equivalent.
Fall)
312 Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking
skills in Spanishand wish to expand them. Intensivepractice to improve oral
and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing
idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to stimulate
discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary
texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand)
331 Spanish Civilization and Culhue
Study of the Spanishcharacterand of Spanishcontribution to world civiliiation through historical, intellectual, literary, and artisticmovements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the
Pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212,
with consent of instructor. Altemate years)
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
350
Theory and practice of literary studies.A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, Literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature. Recommended for
majors and minors. Open to all qualifed students. Brereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
352,353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, I1
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by
lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature.
Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311
or consent of instructor. On demand)
354
Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lebures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.:311or consent of instructor. On
demand)
399
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
411 Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
332
456
Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written
reportsin the language. Emphasison theGolden Age and the Modem Period.
(Prereq.: One survey course. Altemate years)
457
Spanish Novel
Studyof the outstanding novelists of the 19thand 20th century in Spain. Oral
and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate
years)
499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
General Studies (GST)
Joel Mugge and Donald Warren
Some courses help to integrate learning around topics in ways which are
different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include
specialized academic enrichment programs, an integrative pro-seminar
created by cooperating faculty, and offerings of the Center for Global
Service and Education.
009
Cooperative Education
Placement in a Co-op Education assignment, satisfactory completion of
evaluation process, and participation in seminars conducted by Co-op Education staff. No course aedit. (Fall and Spring)
140,141 Introduction to the Liberal Arts (112course each)
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the
philosophy and student services available at Augsburg College. The course
also focuses on improving those skills so important to academic success:
reading rate and comprehension, note taking and textbook reading, time
management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training, career planning, and
making decisions. (140,Fall; 141,Spring)
230
Cultural Issues Seminar
(See under Program in Global Community)
V Global
Education
Programs
The center for Global Education, a program of Augsburg College, is
committed to education which helps citizens expand their world view
and deepen their understanding of international issues. The Center
believes that firsthand knowledge of other societies and cultures builds
international awareness, informs debate on foreign policy, and contributes to a more just and peaceful world. Toward this end, the Center
offers a variety of experiential education programs which examine the
problems of international development and the dynamics of social
change. A unique dimension of the Center's work is that its programs
include the perspectives of the poor and disenfranchised as well as the
views of decision-makers.
+ Program in Global Community
The Center for Global Education offersa spring semester program, The
Program in Global Community, each year in Cuernavaca, Mexico. It is an
academic program that explores the history of political change, the dynamics of social justice, and the role of the church in Latin America.
Students live together as a community in the Augsburg Study Center,
but also with Mexican families. The semester also includes a trip to
Central America. The cost is equivalent to full room, board and tuition at
Augsburg. Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed.
SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instructionfor three hours a day for six weeks of the
semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught
by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by
Program Director)
INS 311 The Development Process
This seminar focuses on specific global and interpersonal developmental
processes. Particular theories of development and educational approaches
are criticallyexamined. As an integrativeseminar, the courseattempts to pull
together the many aspects of the overall program. The seminar provides
studentsthe opportunity to reflect criticallyon their own educationalprocess
as well. (Required course)
GST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar
This seminar consists of a series of mini-courses offered in a number of
relevant topic areas related to the theme of the program. Each mini-course
consists of 12 hours. Any four mini-courses fulfill the requirements of the
seminar. (Either this course or HIS 347 required)
HIS 347 Mexico: A Historical Perspective
Four specific mini-courses together provide a rather comprehensiveview of
Mexico's historical development from preColumbian times to the present
day. (Either this course or GST 230 required)
299 Directed Study
499 Independent Study
This preferably is in a student's major or minor discipline, developed ahead
of time in consultationwith a Departmentaladviser on the home campus and
the program director. The topic a student chooses should be relevant both to
the discipline and the theme of global community. (Optional fourth course)
REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is an
examination of the emerging 'Theology of Liberation" as articulated by
prominent Latin American theologiansas well as by people directly involved
in local parishes and development projects in Cuernavaca. (Prereq.: 1course
in religion or theology. Optional fourth course)
+ Human Services in a Latin American Context
The Center for Global Education offers a fall semester program, Human
Services in a Latin American Context, each year in Cuernavaca, Mexico.
Throughout Latin America new models for education and human care
have evolved during the last 25 years. The methodologies used attempt
to teach critical thinking skills, raise people's consciousness and increase
their ability to work together to change their situation. H u m a n Services
i n a Latin American Context is a 3 1/2 month study program designed to
introduce participants to the central issues currently facing the third
world, and to focus on Latin American models of education and service
and their contribution to the process of social change. These models have
grown out of the sense that the achievement of basic human rights goes
hand i n hand with the empowerment of individuals a n d groups to control their own lives.
This semester program is co-sponsored with Pacific Lutheran University.
The semester includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to
full room and board a t Augsburg College. Courses are offered for credit
in the disciplines as listed.
SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish (Spanish)
Intensive, individualized instructionfor three hours a day for six weeks of the
semester. Instructionis geared to individual competency levels and is taught
by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by
Program Director)
SWK 361, SOC 271 Social Policy and Social Justice (Social Work or Sociology)
Social policy related to the health, education and well-being of members of
Mexican society from an historical perspective. The course will examine the
distances between policy and reality, particularly for the poorest groups, the
impact of international economics and politics, and movements that have
emerged dedicated to bridging the gaps between needs and policies. This
course, with a different set of student objectives and a differentbibliography,
can be taken for social work or sociology credit.
SWK 399 Internship (Social Work)
A supervised learning experience in an agency setting with emphasis on
acquiring an overviewof how the agency functionsand how populations are
served.
POL 295 Global Perspectives: The World in Change (Political Science)
A survey of global issuesaffectingthe human condition in a rapidly changing
and increasingly interdependent world; modernization and development;
economic change and international trade; diminishing resources; war and
revolution; peace and justice; cultural diversity. Emphasis on the development of a global perspectivewhich recognizes human commonalities as well
as diversity in perceptions, values and priorities.
EDE /EDS 412 Latin American Models of Education (Education)
A comparative approach to learning some basic goals and methods of
educational models being developed in Latin America. Students will apply
their knowledge of educationalconceptsused in the U.S. to an understanding
of basic processes employed by Latin American educators in teaching critical
thinking, consciousness-raising and cooperative problem-solving. A focus
throughout the course will be on exploring the transferability of these
learning models to North America.
V Health and
Physical Education
Department (HPE)
Virtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in
their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation
in physical activity. In addition, the gifted athlete as well as the occasional player will find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental
activities.
The Physical Education Department provides the organizational framework for a wide range of educational experiences, including several
major and minor programs: general education in Physical Education
(Lifetime Sports); men's and women's intercollegiateathletic programs;
intramural programs for men and women; and athletic facilities for
developmental and recreational activities.
Department graduates have traditionally found employment in educational settings. Additional career opportunities are possible in YMCA
and community services, municipal park and recreation departments, as
adult fitness instructors, and in working with people with disabilities.
Health and Physical Education Faculty: Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson),Carol
Enke, Marilyn Pearson Florian, Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Joyce Pfaff,
Edwin J. Saugestad
I
+ Health Educatjon
J
Majol: 110,'11<11<, 320.35; 410; BIO 103,108,111; CHM 105or 109;PSY 105; SOC
Teaching Major: Same as Health Education mapr plus 355. Students wishing to
become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for
requirements.
Teaching Minor: 110,114,115,320 or 410; BIO 103; SOC 231.
Personal and Community Health
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the
individual and the community. (Fall)
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
Health and Safety Education (112course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health
needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First
Aid course.
Health and Chemical Dependency Education (112course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes
information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and
problems of school age children.
Human Sexuality
A study of the psychological, social, and biological components of human
sexuality. Open to all students.
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
School Health Curriculum
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All coursesin the major sequencenumbered in the 100and 200 seriesand
consent of instructor)
Teaching the Exceptional Child (112 course)
Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of
functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and
physical education programs. (Prereq.: 350. Spring)
Tests and Measurement (112course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and
physical education. (Spring)
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships
to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in
health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community.
(Prereq.: 320. Odd number years, Fall, Interim)
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
+ Physical J3ducation
i/
J
"
1J
"'
' - 1 1
Major: 114,115, 3 5 4 7 ~ 5223,231;
;
232,'243,350,351,471:472,474,475;
BIO 103.
Teaching Licensure Major: 114,115,354,355; 223,231,232,243,350,351,365,471,
472,474,475; BIO 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should
consult with the Education Department for requirements.
Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult Department
Chairperson for individual program planning.
Minor: 114,115;223,231,232 or 472,243. Thereisno PE teaching minor inMinnesota
Public Schools.
Coaching Endorsement: 243,351 (Prereq.:BIO 1031,475 (Prereq.: 350), 1of 476483
(except 481), and practicum in coaching (499 is an optional method for meeting
the practicum requirement).
Notes: Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota high
schools are required to have a coaching endorsement and a current Minnesota
teacher's license.
002,003 Lifetime Sports
199
223
231
232
234
243
299
350
Three hours per week. Two Lifetime Sports meet the general education
requirements. (Part-time students should consult with Department Chairperson) No course credit.
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
Team Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring)
Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual
sports. (Fall)
Recreational Activities and Rhythms (112 course) .
Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk
dances. Exposure to New Gamesconcepts and activities. Practice in teaching
and performing selected social dances. (Interim)
Outdoor Education (112 course)
This course will look zt a wide variety of outdoor activitiesthat can be taught
in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: canoeing,
back-packing, cycling, outdoor cooking, campingand water safety. Students
must be prepared to spend some weekends participating in these activities.
(Even numbered years, Spring)
History and Principles of Physical Education
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Kinesiology
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system
and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Fall)
Physiology of Exercise
The mapr effects of exercise upon the systemsof the body and physiological
principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: BIO
103. Spring)
Teaching the Exceptional Child
(See Health Education)
Tests and Measurement
(See Health Education)
Physical Education Methods (K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the
elementary and secondary levels. (Fall)
Internship
Consult Department Chairperson.
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in learning the
art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the
participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring,
helming and crewing). (Interim)
Physical Education Programming
Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision making
for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum
analysis and preparation. (Prereq.: 243. Fall)
Gymnastics (112 course)
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and
perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and
skill analysis. (Fall)
Swimming and Aquatics (112 course)
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety.
Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors.
(Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test. Fall)
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (112 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic
injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350, Fall, .lst half of term, and even numbered years, Interim)
Coaching of Football (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd
numbered years, Fall, 1st half of term)
Coaching of Basketball (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Odd
numbered years, Interim)
Coaching of Hockey (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Odd
numbered years, Interim)
Coaching of Track and Field (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field.
(Odd numbered years, Spring, 2nd half of term)
Coaching of BasebalYSof tball(112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and
softball. (Odd numbered years, Spring, 2nd half of term)
481
483
499
Officiating of Basketball (112 course)
Mechanics, techniques and practical experience of officiating basketball.
Prepares student for certificationby the Minnesota State High School Association. (Interim)
Coaching of Volleyball (112 course)
Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Odd
numbered years, Fall, 1st half of term)
Independent Study
Directed intensivestudy in an area of physicaleducation.Open only to junior
or senior majors.
V History Department
(HIS)
History is to society what memory is to an individual; it brings to a
civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished Medievalist J.R. Strayer expresses it this way: "No community can survive and
no institution can function without constant reference to past experience.
We are ruled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that
we are ruled by the collective memory of the past. It is the memory of
common experiences which makes scattered individuals into a community."
A society's history is also a storehouse of human experiences that
enables us to deal more knowledgeably with the continuities and
changes in current issues. Established disciplines, as history long has
been, train the mind by developing concepts and skills that enables one
to deal with masses of information. Many have found that history is an
entree into the richer enjoyment of travel, cultural events, and the broad
reading enjoyed by the educated person. Accordingly, history has long
heid a major role in the liberal arts. This is true at Augsburg.
The Department has smngth in and requires of its majors work in four
main areas: ancient and medieval, modern Europe, United States, and
the non-Western world. The Department's graduates are well represented among professional historians; at present, six are in graduate
schools preparing for such careers. More have distinguished themselves
as social studies teachers in elementary and secondary schools and current projections indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that
field for history majors. For most of our students, however, the study of
history provides one of the better undergraduate liberal arts experiences,
valuable both for personal enrichment and a wide variety of career
choices.
History Faculty Richard Nelson (Chairperson),James Brothen, Gregory Bruess,
Orloue Gisselquist, Donald Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen, John R Jenswold
Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least 4 of these courses must be Upper Division.
A major must have at least 1 course (either survey or upper level) from each of
the 4 areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western.
Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may
take a History Major in combinationwith specified social sciencecourses and the
required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For
more information, see the Department Chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator.
Minor: 5 courses, at least 3 of which must be Upper Division.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances,
applicationbefore the end of the first term of the junior year; 2 years of a foreign
languageat the collegelevel (orits equivalent);an honorsthesis (equalto 1course
credit) to be defended before a faculty committee.
Notes: First year students should enroll in 1 or more of the 101-104 courses.
Distributioncredit is normally given only for courses 101-104.200level courses are
normally reserved for sophomore or Upper Division students. Upper Division
courses are numbered 300 and up. Lower Division students are normally required
to take at least one 100 level course before enrolling for an Upper Division course.
There are 16 Upper Division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this Department.
Severalare offered each term. Offeriigsdepend upon faculty schedulesand student
registration.
101
102
The Beginnings of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world
of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century.
The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the
middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of
Napoleon to the present.
The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centersof cultural and political power in Asia and
Africa of the last 200 years.
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
U.S. History to 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a
nation tom apart by the Civil War.
U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our time with an effort to
consider the various social, economic, intellectual and political forces and
events that have created the modern United States.
Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in
China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes
crosscultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and Western education.
Scandinavian History Prehistoric to 1750
An introduction to the settlement and development of the Scandinavian
countries with emphasis on their impact on and contributions to the development of European society.
Scandinavian History 1750 to the Present
An introduction to the history of the Scandinaviancountries from the early
modern period to the present with emphasis on the place of Scandinavian
society in European and world history.
Directed Study
An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered
in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the
directing faculty member and the chairman of the Department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the
major.
Modem Southeast Asia
A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysisof the nationalist movements and
the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam.
Modern China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The
erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century.
Modern Japan
An examinationof the emergence of Japan as amajor world power in the 20th
century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive
features of the Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction
and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of
women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa.
Topics in U.S. History
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign
policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
History of American Foreign Policy
The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is
stressed.
Mexico: A Historical Perspective
(See under Program in Global Community)
The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through
its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the
development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and-political
institutions.
Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistickingdoms
and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on
personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the
political process.
The Late Middle Ages to 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state
through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation.
Internship in History
A limited number of Internships may be available for qualified Upper
Division students majoring in history. In this connection, students are encouraged to consider the opportunities available through the Cooperative
Education program.
England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods
A study of Englishhistory from a 15thcenturybackground through 1714.The
emergence of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the course.
Emphasis is also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of England's
subsequent role in the world economy and on the Englishliteraryrenaissance
of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods.
Europe in the Seventeenth Century
The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modem
state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its
effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as
1560-1714.
Topics in World History
This course will investigatetopics in world history which are not included in
regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
The World and The West
This coursebegins with Europe's discoveryof the rest of the world, considers
cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in
Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial
systems at the end of the 18th century.
495
499
Seminar
Selected topics which will be announced prior to registration. This course is
designed for history majors of at least junior standing. Admissionbypermission of the instructor. Offered at least once each year.
Independent Study
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to
apply for directed Independent Study. A maximum of one course in Independent Study may be applied toward the major.
V Humanities
(HUM)
Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), John Benson and Richard Nelson
The Humanities major provides the opportunity to reflect across departmental lines, to experience the ways in which different academic disciplines approach simiIar questions and issues, and to participate in interdisdplinary learning experiences. You can, in effect, m a t e your own
major by choosing a theme or topic you wish to study,and then by
taking courses in various departments relating to that theme.
The major was created especially to encourage students not majoring in
the humanities but in such areas as science, business, or social science to
broaden their insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based
second major.
Major: g murses, including 275. Elve of the courses must be Upper Division.
Courses must be selected fmm at least 4 of these 7 departments- Art, English,
Foreign Languages, fTistory,l%3osophy, Religion, and Speech,Communication
and Theatre Arts. No more than 3 courses from anyone department can be used
to satisfy the requirement.
I
Note: Each student taking a humanities mapr will focus on someparticular theme
or perspective which will constitute the core of the major p r o m . Six ofthe 9
courses must be t a k a in this core.The core adopted and the courses chosen to
meet the requirement will be worked out with the student's adviser in the
humanities, and must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The
theme or perspective of the corecan k chosen from those listed in the Humanities Handbook or can be created by the skudent in consultation with an adviser
in the humanities. Further information concerning the core can be found in the
Humanities Handbook.
A student may not list a double major in humanities and in one of the component
disciplinesunless the distribution of courses selected in the humanities major is
significantly different from the other major.
275
Perspectives on the Humanities
An introduction to the humanities which focuses on different themes, depending upon the instructor. The course correlates ideas, principles and
values from the perspectives of several of the humanities disciplines.
499
Independent Studies
Individual study and w r c h on some intdsciplinary humanities topic,
worked out in consultation with an adviser. The study must be approved by
the Humanities Committee.
V Interdisciplinary Studies
(INS)
(See Metro-Urban Studies, Global Education Programs, and Women's
and Minority Studies)
V International Relations
Norma C. Noonan, Director
International Relations is an interdisciplinary major which offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or
geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of 7 courses
and 6 electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg
and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for
Interim or a Semester. Competency in one language is required, and
some students study two languages.
The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to intenational studies with considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin
America, the Middle East, Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East,
Southeast Asia, and others.
Recent students have had double majors in History, Political Science, or a
foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are
possible with the International Relations major.
Major: 13courses. (1)7 required courses: ECO 112 or 113;HIS 103or 104; POL 158
or 160; 2 of the following: HIS 332, POL 363,461; POL 490; the fourth term of
college work in a modern foreign languae. Q )6 ofthe following electives (not
more than 3 from any one disciplinemaybe countedtoward the major);ECO 360,
495; HIS 322,323,324,440,474; PHI 355; POL 330,351,381,382,455,459; REL 356;
SOC 336; Interim courses, seminars, Independent Study, topics courses and
courses at other colleges/universitiescan be considered here with the approval
of the Program Director; fourth term or higher of college work in a second
language.
Minor: 7 courses and 1year of foreign language. Required ECO 112or 113, HIS 103
or 104, and POL 158 or 160.One come of HIS 332, POL 363 or 4 1 .One year of
foreignlanguage. Any 3 courses from the list ofapproved electivesforthe major.
Not more than 2 courses horn any department could count toward the minor.
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of languages cuurth t o w a d the major; prerequisite courses or competencies mmot be credited toward the 13 required
courses. Students should confer with the program director about regional and
disciplinary concentrations possible within the major, for example, a concentration on a gmgraphic area or in one of the major disciplines in the program.
V Mathematics and
Computer Science Department
At least since Socrates, scholars have appreciated the value of mathematics in developing the skills of critical thinking, understanding abstract
concepts, and analyzing and solving problems. Coupled with the more
modern needs of quantitative thinking, these skills are still essential for
any liberallyeducated person. Mathematics and computer science
courses at Augsburg are intended to help develop these skills.
Mathematical ideas in and of themselves have had a formative impact on
the development of civilization, and the development of computers has
already begun to influence modern society. To the extent that a liberal
education must include a variety of perspectives on our culture and
heritage, a study of these influences is important.
An increasing number of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. This Department
serves students majoring in a wide variety of fields.
Majors within this Department axe prepared for graduate school, work in
industry,or semice professions, with opportunities to focus on either the
itheoretical or the appIied areas of their vocations. Internship and Coop
erative Education options help students takeadvantage of Augsbwg's
proximity to the many technically-oriented enterprises in the city. Thus
the Department aims to provide its own majors with skills necessary to
serve the larger community through a variety of careers.
Mathematics/Computer Science Faculty: Ken Kaminsky (Chairperson),
Larry Copes, Tarry Crockett, Beverly Durkee, Matthew Foss, Noel Petit,
Larry Ragland, Beverly Stratton
Mathematics Major: 9 courses in mathematics including MAT 124,125,215,224,
314,324, and 3 electivesfrom MAT courses about 210, at most 1 of which is at the
200 level; participationin Departmental colloquium. Also required: CSC 170.At
least 2 Upper Division mathematics courses must be taken at Augsburg. Fm
teachinglicensuw, the 3 electives must be 351,373, and 441. Studentswishing to
become licensed teachmare advise3 to consult with the Education Department
for other requirements.
Computer ScienceMaj or: 9 coursesincluding 240,345,350,445,450;270 or BUS 175;
and 3 electives from CSC courses above 260 or 1 of SOC 363 or BUS 479;
participation in Departmental colloquium. Also required: MAT 174, 175 (or
MAT 124,125,171,224and CSC 170);MAT 215; MAT 373 or BUS 279 or SOC 362.
At least 2 of the Upper Division courses must be taken at Augsburg.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall.
Independent Study at an advanced level.
Mathematics Minor: 5 courses, including 124,125, (or 174,1751,224, and 2 electives
from MAT courses above 210, at most 1 of which is at the 200 level. For a teaching
minor the2 additional courses must be selected from MAT 215,314,328,351,373,
441.
Computer Science Minor: 6 courses including 170,171 (or MAT 174,175), 240,345,
350, and 1 course from MAT 355, BUS 279, SOC 363, or any CSC courseover 260.
PrerequisiteslPlacement Exam - Before enrolling in any mathematics course in
this Department the student must have scored appropriately on the Augsburg
MathematicsPlacement Exam or an equivalent exam, or have completed college
courses equivalent to prerequisites. A course must be completed with a grade
of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite.
The Placement Exam is given during college registration sessions and at other
announced times during the year. It is required of all entering students except
those who have received a grade of C or better in a college-level mathematics
course taken at another college, or have passed the College Board Advanced
Placement Exam. These students, and those who place into Group V, should
consult with the Department about appropriate courses to take.
+ Mathematics
(MAT)
Basic Mathematics
A self-paced course for students needing a review of arithmetic and transition to algebra. Topics include integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios,
percents, metric system,exponents, radicals, and evaluation of algebraic
expressions.Counts as one c o w e i n semester%load but d w not give credit
toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematia Placement
T=t. (Prmq.: Placement Group I. P/N grading only)
104 Intermediate Algebra
A self-pacedcourseforstudentsnoedinga rwiew ofbasic algebraicskillsand
concepts. Topics include operations with polynomialsand rational expressions; exponents and radicals; solving linear and quadratic equations and
inequalities;and graphing of linm and quadratic functions. Counts as one
course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation.
Admission onlybyAugsburg Mathematics Placement Exam. (Prereq.: Placement Group 11. P/N grading only)
114 Elementary Functions
A study of functions: alpbraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonomehic,
For students planning to take 124 or 174. Students who have completed 124
or 174 may register f o r d i t edywithconsent of instructor.
104or
Plament Group III. Spring)
121 Finite Mathematics
Topics of linearity and probability with applicationsto the social and behavioral sciences. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111)
122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applicationsto the
social and behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 may not
register for credit. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111. Spring)
124,125,224 Calculus I, 11, HI
Differentialand integral calculus, including calculusof severalvariables and
series, with applications primarily from the physical sciences, integrated
with topics from plane and solid analyticgeometry. Primarily for students in
mathematicsor the sciences. (Prereq.:114or Placement Group IV for 124; 124
for 125; 125 for 224.124, Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall)
131 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics
and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further study in
mathematics. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111. Fall)
103
m.:
Discrete Mathematics
Topics in discrete mathema tics such as seb and logic, combinatorics, probability, relations and functions, vectors and matrices, boolean algebra, and
graph theory. (Prereq. 114or 121or Placement Group IV. Fall)
174,175 Mathematics for Computing I, I1
A study of discrete and continuous mathematics with applications to computer science, integrated with learning structured programming. Primarily
for students planning to major in computer science. (Prereq.: 114 or Placement Group IV for 174; 174 for 175)
171
Honors Mathematics for the Ijberal Arts
Like 131, but for sophomores in the Honors Program. (Prereq.: 104 or
Placement Group 111, and freshman honors courses; or permission of instructor. Spring)
Number Theory
An introductory study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: Consent
of instructor)
Elementary Linear Algebra
A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224 or 175. Spring)
Differential Equations
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by
special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix
algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Abstract Algebra
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra, such as groups,
rings, integral domains, and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall)
Analysis
An introduction to the study of mathematical analysis. Includes a rigorous
study of major concepts used in the calculus and their application to more
abstract situations. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
Complex Variables
An introduction to complex numbers and functions, limits, differentiation
and integration,series, analyticfunctions, conformal mappings, and applications. (Prereq.: 224. Alternate years, Fall 1988)
Modern Geometry
A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, and transformation methods with projective axioms as abasis. (Prereq.:
122or 125. Alternate years, Fall 1989)
Numerical Analysis
A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of
computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions,
applications of a procdureoriented programming language in numerical
analysis. Topitsinclude thegeneralconceptof iterativeformulae,solution of
equations, Newton's method, l i n w systems,intapolation, numerical differen tiation and integration, Pmeq.:175;or 224, CSC 170. Alternateyears, Fall
1989)
Probability and Statistics
An analyticstudy of probability and statistics,including probabilitydistributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224 or 175.Fall)
Internship
A combined effort of student, faculty, and employer to complete a specific
task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices of
the Cooperative Education office as well as the Mathematics Internship
Supervisor.
441
481
491
499
Foundations of Mathematics
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems.
(Prereq.: completionof or concurrent registration in 314 and either 324 or 328;
or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Fall 1988)
Topics in Mathematics
Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract
algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314
and either 324 or 328; or consent of instructor. Spring)
Mathematics/Computer Science Colloquium
This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets weekly to keep the
mathematics and computer science community informed about contemporary developments in the field and about interesting ideas that don't arise in
courses. Junior and senior majors must attend, and others are welcome. All
seniors give a talk. Other sessions are presented by faculty members or
outside visitors.
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and Department.
+ Computer Science (CSC)
Computing for the Liberal Arts
An introduction to computers, programming, and computer applications, as
well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not applytoward either
a computer science major or minor.
170 Structured Programming
An introduction to computer languages and algorithms. Applications from
mathematics, business, and natural sciences. Programming in a higher level
language such as Pascal. (Prereq.: MAT 124. Spring)
171 Discrete Mathematics
(See MAT 171)
174,175 Mathematics for Computing I, I1
(SeeMAT 174, MAT 175)
240 Survey of Computer Science
An introduction to computer organization and structure, assembly and
machine languages, computer logic design, number and character representations, and functions of components of computer systems. Continued
development of structured programming concepts. (Prereq.: MAT 175; or
both 170 and MAT 124 and concurrent registration in MAT 171. Fall)
261 Electronics
(See PHY 261)
270 FORTRAN
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. (Prereq.: 170, or MAT 175.
Interim)
340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks
Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing
systems, network protocols and security, and general computer interfacing.
(Prereq. 240. Fall)
145
Computer Systems and Assembly Language
Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications.Developmentof
competence in assembly language programming. Elements of computer operation, including input-output, interrupts, and an introduction to operating
systems. (Prereq.: 240. Fall)
Data Structures and File Processing
Concepts and algorithms used in the solution of non-numerical problems.
Applications to data management systems, file organization, information
retrieval, list processing, programming languages, and storage devices.
(Prereq.: 240. Spring)
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization
and security, including the development of an elementary database system.
(240 is recommended before 352 is taken. Spring)
Internship
A combined effort of student, faculty, and employer to complete a specific
task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices of
the CooperativeEducation office as well as the Computer ScienceInternship
Supervisor.
Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Elements of operating systems, memory and process management, interactions among major componentsof computer systems, and a detailed study of
the effects of computer architectureon operating systems. (Prereq.: 345, MAT
215. Spring)
Theory of Programming Languages and Compilers
Structure of computer programming languages, including data types and
control structures, implementation considerations for programming languages, lexical analysis and parsing, and interpretive languages. (Prereq.:
350, MAT 215. Fall)
Mathematics/Computer Science Colloquium
(See MAT 491)
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from such areas as computer graphics, artificial
intelligence, computability, and automata. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Research Project
An extensive group or individual project selected in consultation with a
faculty member. If directly supervised by a faculty member the course may
be taken for credit. (Prereq.: 345,350. Spring)
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and Department.
V Metro-Urban Studies (INS)
Metro-Urban Studies is a transdisciplinary major and minor taught by
faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology and
other related disciplines. The Metro-Urban Studies program seeks to
blend classroom and field experience, theory and Internships which
focus the content of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and
the process of urbanization.
The Metro-Urban Studies major and minor are designed to provide
undergraduate preparation for postgraduate studies in planning, architecture, law, public administration, environmental studies, social welfare, government, community organization, and theology. The program
and college-wide urban concerns requirement introduce students to the
wide variety of developing careers related to urban and metropolitan
affairs, equipping students with the analytical and theoretical tools
required to understand the metropolitan community.
Cooperative Education and Internships are available as ways to enhance
the quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan opportunities afforded by the College's location. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) and Associated Colleges of
the Twin Cities (ACT) enrich the overall program.
Metro-Urban Studies Faculty: Gany W. Hesser (Director),Andrew Aoki, Robert
Clyde, Norman Ferguson, Orloue Gisselquist, Satya Gupta, John Jenswold,
Myles Stenshoel
Major: 15 courses, including 10 core requirements: ECO 123,279 or SOC 362; HIS
431; POL 122,384 or SOC363; SOC 211,381; a minimum of 1 course of Internship
or Independent Study; 2 non-social science courses with an urban emphasis, at
least 1 of which must be in the humanities (currentoptionsincludeART 102, BIO
105, ENG 351, INS 233,260, PHI 362, PHY 111, SPC 342). PSY 356 is highly recommended, as are the HECUA programs.
To complete the major, the student has a choice among 3 emphases or tracks:
General/Liberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These 5 elective
courses must include a minimum of 3 disciplines. Options include a wide variety
of courses, Int&s,
Internships, Independent Studies, and urban courses at
other ACTC colleges. Participation in the urban programs offered through the
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) is highly recommended.
Minor: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration,
history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses
are required for the concentration: ECO 120 or 123; POL 122; SOC 211,381; an
approved Social ScienceResearch Course; an approved Internship and/or Independent Study. Other combinations are possible and may be approved by the
Director.
199
299
399
498
499
Internship
Lower Division Internship. Consult Program Director to determine project.
(Fall, Interim, Spring and Summer)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students (Prereq.:Consent of instructor and SOC 121 or 211. Fall, Spring, Summer)
Internship
Consult theProgramDirector for details. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
Independent Study -Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources
available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, perfomances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a Department facultymember. (Prereq.: SOC 121
or 211 and consent of instructor. FA,Spring, Summer)
Independent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines.
(Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
4 Urban Studies Options Through HECUA
Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), a consortium of 16 colleges and
universities. Augsburg's Metro-Urban director served as its president
from 1982 to 1987. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access to
five interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality,
located in Scandinavia, South America, Central America, San Francisco
and the Twin Cities.
I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin Cities metropolitan area.
358
359
399
Readings Seminar: Urban Issues
Reading materials are assignedto complement morning field seminartopics.
Included are government and institutional publications, journal articles and
books.
Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area
Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with
specialists in various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities
area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social
services.
Internship
Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies or businesses
for work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty
approval. Students may choose an Internship of one or two courses.
11. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
This interdisciplinary field learning program is at the University of Oslo
and examines cities and urban life in Scandinavia.
372
377
393
394
Norwegian Language
Intensive language instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with
emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with
advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying
Norwegian literature.
Note: For Language credit the student should consult with the Chairperson
of the Foreign Language Department.
Scandinavia in the World
Global perspectives of Scandinavian societies. Exploration of Scandinavian
viewpoints as small power nations in a world of super powers and their role
in issues of peace, conflict resolution and arms control, East-West relations,
European security, trade, and the Third World. Emphasis on Norway with
field travel to Scandinavian capitals and to Leningrad for discussions with
advocates of competing perspectives.
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as reflected
in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian history with
emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits (theaters,
museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a variety of media.
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices as
a reflection of issues of the modern welfare state and social democracies.
Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on Norway, with field travel to Scandinaviancapitalsfor a comparativeperspective.
499
Independent Study
Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of
conducting Independent study &search, using Norwegian language skills,
on a topic approved bytheSUSTProgramDirector and the appropriatehome
college faculty adviser.
111. South American Urban Semester (SAUS)
This "semester in the city" program is located in Bogota, Colombia. It
focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World.
261
361
362
363
499
Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
Introduction to Colombia
Overview of Colombia and economic development.
Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America
Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of
SAUS staff and visiting Colombian urbanists.
Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the
Latin American City
Structured field course focusingon plight and prospects of the urban poor in
Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison.
Visits to various types of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing
with urban problems.
Independent Study
In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library
and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic
interests.
IV. City Arts
A program that explores the arena of human creativity by bringing participants directly into contact with the practice, administration, politics,
and economics of the art world of the Twin Cities.
300
300
399
Field Seminar: Arts in the Cities
Field study of art worlds and their role in the Cities. Topics include the social
organization of the arts, doing business in the arts, arts and the urban
landscape, making a living as an artist, funding for nonprofit arts organizations, artists and audience, the dispersing city and problem of audience.
Research Semina~:The Creative Process
An investigation of contemporary studies of intelligence, creativity, and
thinking processes that uses both academic literature and discussions with
artists and other resource people. Special workshops on topics such as
writing and thinking, visual studies and communication, and photography,
encourage studentsto try out new ways of working and different approaches
to learning.
Internship
Individually developed Internship or mentoring arrangements with Twin
Citiesartists or arts organizations. Students may choosean Internship for one
or two courses.
V. Literature, Ideology and Society in Latin America (LISLA)
This Spring semester program is a n interdisciplinary field study that
provides extensive study-travel in Colombia, Nicaragua a n d Puerto Rico.
Immersion in Spanish language a n d Colombian culture a r e stressed.
261
360
364
367
499
Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
Latin American Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Selected works of literature and theatre that express writers' and artists'
perspectives on Latin American society and social change. Emphasis on
contemporary period with considerable field study, including interviews
with community arts and "street" theatre groups, writers, literary critics,
composers, performers and filmmakers; small-group field assignments on
current arts activities; site visits to museum and gallery exhibits, movies,
plays concerns and a variety of community arts events.
Latin American Arts and Society
Introduces theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships among
arts, ideologyand society. Provides historicalbackground through survey of
Latin American thought in major artistic periods: Colonial, Republican,
Romantic, Positivist, Modernist, "Indigenismo," Realist and Contemporary.
Readings and seminar lecture-discussions.
Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America
Introduction to the study of ideology and .historical o v e ~ e wof Latin
American ideologies, especially in relation to issues of development and
social change. Comparative study of current ideological debates and their
impact, with special attention to diffusionism, "dependencia," Marxism and
liberation theology. Field study emphasizes local resources, including interview-discussions with proponents of competingideologies; interviews with
government, business, church and community people; site visits to projects
reflecting ideology-in-practice.
Independent Study
By special permission from LISLA faculty, students with advanced Spanish
proficiency can be exempted from Spanish and conduct Independent Study
research instead.
V Music
Department (MUS)
Throughout the ages, music has been seen as an aesthetic expression of
the deepest and highest human emotions and thoughts. Thus music has
long been seen as an integral part of a liberal arts education, offering an
important component of personal, social, and intellectual development.
The Music Department at Augsburg College offers courses in music and
music performance to give students access to this essential aspect of
human history and culture. In addition, all students of the College community have the opportunity of participating in choral and instrumental
ensembles which perform locally, nationally, and internationally.
Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association
of Schools of Music. The Music Department serves the general education
needs of students and offers professional training in music. The music
major combines a broad education in the liberal arts with preparation for
a wide range of graduate and professional opportunities. Student majors
may choose from among four majors in three degree programs: Bachelor
of Arts-Music Major; Bachelor of Music-Performance Major; Bachelor
of Music-Music Education Major; and Bachelor of ScienceMusic
Therapy Major.
In addition to opportunities as professional musicians, teachers of music,
and music therapists, graduates have access to a wide variety of careers.
Leaders in the professions and business regard a liberal arts major as an
excellent preparation for satisfyingand effective service in many occupational areas.
Music Faculty: Robert Karlkn (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Laine Bryce,
Wayne Dalton, John Dunham, Stephen Gabrielsen, Merilee Klemp,
Angela Kretschmar, Nicholas Lenz, Cynthia Lohman, Adele Lorraine,
Steven Lund, Roberta Metzler, Kathryn Mickelson, Patricia Nortwen,
Celeste OfBrien, Marlene Pauley, Nicholas Raths, Thomas Rolfs,
Thomas Rossin, Pauline Sateren, George Stahl, Mary Wilson
Music Coordinator: Mary Ella Pratte
Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enrollin the regular Bachelor of Arts program.
Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (Level I1
repertoire) in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. They must
then apply, by petition, to the Department before the end of their second
semester of study. Candidate approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance studies. Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation,
subject to Departmental approval of performance hearing and petition during
their first semesterinresidence. Music Education majors must apply, by petition,
to the Department during the sixth term of study. All other music major and
minor candidatesmust apply, by petition, to theDepartment prior to registration
for Upper Division courses. Additionally, Music Education majors must apply
to the Education Department for acceptance into the music education licensure
program. Departmental approval and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music
courses is necessary for the education licensure program. All transfer students
must take the theory placement examination at the first class meeting of 101or
102. Freshmen who wish to be considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarship must perform in their major performance medium for a faculty panel.
Auditions for memberships in ensembles are scheduled, following application,
during the senior year of high school, summer orientation sessions or at another
time preceding initial registration.
Honors Major: Candidates for the honors program are nominated each spring from
among those juniors who have attained a CPA of at least 3.0 in music courses. A
faculty committee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and
certify successful completion. The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior thesis and its defense; an additional senior recital of
graduate quality; composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble
of 15 minutes duration; conducting an ensemble concert; or combinationsof the
above.
+ Degree and Major Requirements
Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors): 101,102,111,112,201,211,231,232,311,
341,342 or 344; 8 quarter courses in a major ensemble; Performance studies and
recital requirements as given under each specific degree and major. (SeeApplied
Music section.) French or German study as stated in general education requirements.
Bachelor of Arts
Music Major: Offersthe broadest education in liberal arts and prepares the student
for the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities.
Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study, or desire to
enter one of the many music-related business fields of employment, most often
choose this course of study.
Requirements: 13 course credits: Core curriculum plus 1 course credit of music
elective;Performance studies -6 quarter courses and 2 half courses in the major
instrument or voice, 2quarter coursesin the minor instrument or voiceand a half
senior recital 458; keyboard proficiency and passing three Music Repertoire
tests.
Requirements for the Music Minor: 6 course credits: 101,102,111,112; 231 or 232;
341; 342 or 344; 4 consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent
with 4 quarter courses in Performance studies. Music minors must pass one
Music Repretoire test.
Bachelor of Music
Music Education Major: Offers students the preparation necessary to become
teachers of music in the public schools. This preparation includes coursework
which allows the student to become certified to teach at the elementary through
the secondary levels.
Requirements: 17 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202, 212; Performance
studies- 2 quarter courses, 4 half courses, 2full courses in the major instrument
or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; a half junior recital
358 and a full senior recital 459; improvisation competency on major instrument
or voice; keyboard proficiency, passing 3 Music Repertoiretests, and achieving
a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance
medium.
Vocal emphasis -251,252,253,254,435
Instrumental emphasis -151,155, and 1course credit of music elective
Otherrequirements: 10 1/2coursecredits: HPE 114,115,PSY 105,EDS265,354,355,
356,357 or 358,388,478,481,482,483. Consult the EducationDepartment, Music
Department Guides and program adviser.
Music Performance Major Designed for students who display advanced competence and achievement in music performance. This degree program is chosenby
students who wish to become professional performers, private instructors, or
who intend to pursue a graduate degree in music performance.
Requirements: 20 course credits: Core cumculum plus 202, 212; Performance
studie-2 quarter courses and 6 full courses in the major instrument or voice; 2
quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; full junior and senior recitals
358,459; keyboard proficiency test, passing 3 Music Repertoire tests and achieving a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance
medium.
Voice -251,252,253,254,435,l course of music elective, 2 courses of French or
German above the B.A. requirements
Piano or Organ -301,302,436,456,1/2 course credit of music elective
Instrument -301,302,11/2 course credits of music electives
Bachelor of Science
Music Therapy Major fulfills academic and clinical requirements for registration
with the National Association for Music Therapy, and prepares students for the
professional certification examination developed by the Certification Board for
Music Therapists. This course of study is chosen by students who wish to
become registered music therapists.
Requirements: 18 course credits: Core curriculum plus 1 course credit of music
elective; 2 of 151,155,156; 271,274,275,372,373,374,375,472,473,474,475,479;
Performance studies - 6 quarter courses in the major instrument or voice, 2
quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458;
keyboard proficiency, guitar proficiency, passing 3 Music Repertoire tests, and
achieving a minimum grade of 2.0 in each music therapy course. Other requirements: EDS 282, 356, 357, 358; PSY 105, 362; BIO 103; SOC 362 or PSY 264.
Graduates are eligible to take the National Association for Music Therapy
certification examination.
Applied Music
Ensembles (MUE): One quarter course credit per semester is granted to members
of major ensembles (MUE 111,112,121,141). Other ensembles carry no aedit.
Traditional grading is required for music majors and minors in ensemble
courses. The general student may register for credit with either traditional or P/
N grading, or may choose no credit status with audit (V)designation. A
maximum of 2 course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation
requirements.
Performance Studies (MUP): All students enrolled in Performance studies for
credit with traditional grading arerequiredto satisfy each of the three synergistic
elements: lessons, performances, and listening. The general (non-music major or
minor) student, taking private lessons for no credit, is not required to fulfill the
additional performance and listening requirements.
Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available
for all students in the following categories:
No credit -one half-hour lesson and three hours of practice per week.
One quarter course credit- one half-hour lesson and four hours of practice per
week.
One half course credit -two half-hour lessons and eight hours of practice per
week.
One course credit (B.M. only) - two half-hour lessons and twelve hours of
practice per week.
Performances: All students registered in performance studies for credit must
perform each year in a general student recital, at the end of each semester for a
faculty panel, and as additionally required by the instructor.
Listening: All students registered in performance studies for credit are required to
attend 15designated music events during the academic year and pass the Music
Repertoire test. Failure to attend the required number of Faculty Artist Series
recitals, major ensemble home concerts, or other designated music events is a
factor in determining the final grade received in performance studies. Music
majors must pass a total of three Music Repertoire tests; music minors must pass
one. (See Music Department Guides for contents of Music Repertoire tests.)
Recitals: A committee composed of the student's teacher and two other music
faculty members will determine the final grade for all recitals and will conduct
a prerecital hearing for senior B.M. Performance major recitals. Concurrent
registration in performance studies in the major performance medium is required for recital performance.
B.A. and B.S. Candidates -one half senior recital 458 at repertoire level 111.
B.M. Music Education Major -one half junior recital 358 at repertoire level 111and
full senior recital 459 at repertoire level IV.
B.M. Performance Major -full junior (level IV) and senior (level V) recitals 358,
459.
Keyboard Proficiency: B.A., B.M. and B.S. candidates must demonstrate elementary keyboard familiarityby passing the Piano Proficiency test. This test may be
taken at the beginning or end of Fall or Spring semester.(See Music Department
Guide for contents of Piano Proficiency test)
Music Courses (MUS)
Theory
101
102
111
112
201
202
211
212
301
Materials of Music I (112course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of part
writing. (Fall)
Materials of Music I1 (112course)
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations. (Spring)
Aural Skills I (112course)
Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing
and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.: Concurrent
registration in or completion of 101. Fall)
Aural Skills I1 (112course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102.
(Prereq.: 111and concurrent registration in or completion of 102. Spring)
Materials of Music 111 (112course)
Continuation of 102with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.: 102.
Fall)
Form and Analysis (112course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th
century practice. (Prereq.: 201. Spring)
Aural Skills 111 (112course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201.
(Prereq.: 112 and concurrent registration in or completion of 201. Spring)
Aural Skills IV (112course)
Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in 202. Brereq.:
211 and concurrent registration in or completion of 202. Spring)
Counterpoint I (112course)
16ththrough 18thcentury contrapuntaltechniques includingdoublecounterpoint, pasacaglia, fugue and canon. Brereq.: 201,211. Alternate years. Fall
1988)
302
311
312
341
342
344
Counterpoint I1 (112course)
Study of contemporarycounterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Bartok,
Hindemith, Stravinsky and Carter. (Prereq.: 301. Alternate years. Spring
1989)
Composition I (112course)
Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of
sound, ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple
forms and tonal harmonic materials are employed. (Fall)
Composition I1 (112course)
Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes
and types. Contemporary techniques, atonal systems, and larger forms are
studied and used. (Spring)
Basic Conducting (112course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique.Score analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature. (Fall)
Choral Conducting (112course)
Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection.
Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Spring)
Instrumental Conducting (112course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced conducting techniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring)
The following courses will not be offered until the specific B.M. major in theorycomposition is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music.
401 Counterpoint 111(112course)
Advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 302. Fall)
402 Counterpoint IV (112course)
Continuation of advanced contrapuntal writing Brereq.: 401. Spring)
411 Composition III (112course)
Individual and class instruction in all styles. Brereq.: 312. Fall)
412 Composition IV (112course)
Advanced compositional techniques. (Prereq.: 411. Spring)
History and Literature
130
230
231
232
330
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For nonmusic majors.
Electronics in Music
Exploration and creation of sounds heard in 20th century music. The study
and application of practical electronic technology used in music will be
combined with aesthetic considerationsin the creativeaspects of the art. For
non-music majors.
History and Literature of Music I
A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: 201,112.
Fall)
History and Literature of Music I1
Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: 201,112. Spring)
Ethnic Music
Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural
relationship. For the general as well as the music student. (Interim)
The followingfour half courses are extensive studies of special eras in the history of
music. (Prereq.: 231,232)
331 Music of the Baroque Era (112course)
(Alternate years, Fall 1989)
332 Music of the Classical Period (U2course)
(Alternate years, Spring 1990)
333 Music of the Romantic Period (112course)
(Alternate years, Fall 1989)
334 Music of the 20th Century (U2course)
(Alternate years, Spring 1990)
432 Church Music and Worship
Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary
worship practices. Designed for the general as well as themusic and theology
student. (Spring)
435 Voice Repertoire (112course)
Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th
century to the present. (Prereq.: 231,232. Alternate years, Fall 1988)
436 Piano Repertoire (U2course)
Study of the piano literature from the 17thcenturyto the present by listening,
analyzing and performing. (Prereq.: 231,232. Alternate years, Spring 1989)
498,499 Independent Study (U2course each)
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the
faculty.
Technique
151,152 Voice Methods (114course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
155,156 Piano Methods (114course)
Basic keyboard familiarity, simple accompaniment and music reading skills
necessary to meet specific degree requirements.
157,158 Guitar Methods (114course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
251 English Diction (U4course)
Fundamental course in correct standard English diction for singing. Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open to all students
registered for vocal instruction. (Fall semester)
The following threequarter coursesare continuationsof 251 with applicationfor the
Italian, German and French languages.
252 Italian Diction (114course)
(Prereq.: 251. Fall semester)
253 German Diction (114course)
(Prereq.: 251. Spring semester)
254 French Diction (114course)
(Prereq.: 251. Spring semester)
358 Junior Recital
B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level 111, Music Education
Majorsor full recital at LevelIV, Music Performancemajors. No coursecredit.
456
458
459
Piano Pedagogy (112course)
Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of
various pedagogical schools of thought. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor.
Alternate years, Spring 1990)
Senior Recital
Half recitalby B.A. or B.S. candidates at repertoireLevelII1. No course credit.
Senior Recital (112course credit)
B.M. candidates only. Recital must be preceded by a prerecital hearing by
faculty committee. Repertoire Levels IV for Music Education majors and V
for Music Performance majors.
Therapy
Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview
A survey of the music therapy programs in Minnesota, with field trips to
various institutions. An introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major to give students a broad
background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim only)
271 Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (112course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings.
274,275 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
372 Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objectiveapproach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on
acoustics and sociopsychologicalaspects of music. An understanding of the
research process and development of an experimental research project.
373 Psychological Foundations of Music I1
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a
multidisciplinary approach to music therapy. Theories of learning music,
musical talent, and performance.
374,374 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
472 Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. Understanding
of the theory of music therapy.
473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic
settings including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to
therapy with music.
474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (1/4course each)
Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two
hours per week. (Prereq.: 3 of 274,275,374,375)
479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship (1/2course)
Full-time placement in an NAMT Internship setting for six months. Application for Internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements)
110
+ Ensembles and Performance Studies
Ensembles (MUE)
These musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music
student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is
determined by audition during the first week of fall semester. (Special
circumstances may permit entering at other times.) Assignment to an
ensemble is then made at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire academic year which, on occasion, includes Interims.
While the Department strongly encourages both formal and informal
ensemble experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chorale will satisfy the major,minor or distribution requirements. Instruments
are available for rent.
111 Augsburg Choir (114 course)
112 Chorale (l/&course)
114 Festival Choir (0)
121 Orchestra (114 course)
122 String Ensemble (0)
131Woodwind Ensemble (0)
141 Concert Band (114course)
142 Brass Ensemble (0)
143 Jazz Ensemble (0)
Performance Studies (MUP)
Private instruction for credit is graded traditionally. AU areas of study are
available to the non-music major or minor. Group lessons in piano, voice
and guitar are available at a reduced fee. All lessons are adapted to the individual needs of the student and those bearing credit are supplemented by
accompanying,ensembIeparticipation and other performanm. Representative programs of study in private insttuction are o u t h e d in Music
Department Guides. These repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels
of achievement and the following expectations: No-credit study has no
repertoire requirements; Music Minor - Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors enter I and attain 111; B.M. Education Major -enter I1 and attain IV;B.M.
Performance Major -enter 11and attain V.
Ilx Voice
12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello,
Bass
13x Woodwinds: Oboe, Bassoon,
Clarinet, Saxophone, Flute
Recorder, Horn
14x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone,
Baritone, Tuba
15x Piano
16x Guitar
17x Percussion
18x Organ
Class Lessons:
011 Voice class
015 Piano class
016 Guitar class
Note carefully the following provisions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Instrumental rental, practice room reservations and performance study registration occurs the first week of classes in the Music Department office.
Seniormusic majorswho haveattained acumulativeGPA averageof 3.0 in their
major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship
which provides for free lessonsin that major medium during the two semesters
preceding graduation. Similar scholarshipsare available to entering freshmen.
A semesterof study is 14weeks of lessonsand coaching.Any lessonsduringthe
Interim or summer are arranged privately with the teacher.
A student who cannot come for a scheduled lesson is required to notify the
teacher at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise, except for illness immediately
prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson.
The music faculty reserves the right to limit or even prohibit performance
outside the Department if it interfereswith musical growth for the student. The
Department recommends, and on occasion assigns, the teacher to the student
and permission is required for subsequent change. Credit is granted only for
study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Music Department.
V Natural Science
Earl Alton, Coordinator
The Natural Science Licensure program for teachers is designed to
provide strong preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota
licensure requirements.
The program of courses is designed to provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for specializationin an area. The following
programs assume that the student will meet the general education requirements of the College, the requirements for appropriate majors, and
the courses required in the Department of Education, and, in the physical
sciences, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department
of Education for requirements in Education. Early consultation with
adviser is essential.
Licensure Program f or Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved
the licensure program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg to recommend candidates in:
Life Science, grades 7-12
Life Science (minor), grades 7-12
Physical Science (Chemistry major or Physics major), grades 7-12
Chemistry (minor), grades 7-12
Physics (minor), grades 7-12
Middle School Science, grades 5-9
Broad Base Requirement: 7courses: 2 in earth science (Astronomyor Meteorology,
Geology), 2in GeneralBiology, 3 inPhysicalScience (Physicsfor the Life Sciences
or a year of General Physics, and 2 courses of General Chemistry).
Biology Major: (For licensure in Life Science) The Broad Base requirement plus 8
courses: 7 BIO courses, including 491 and at least 1from each of the following
groups: (I)351 (Invertebratezoology)or 353 (Comparativevertebrate Zoology),
(11)355 (Genetics)or 474 (Developmental Biology), (In)361 (PlantBiology)or 481
(Ecology), (IV) 471 (Cellular Biology) or 473 (Animal Physiology), (V)440 Plant
Physiology) or 476 (Microbiology), and 1course in Organic Chemistry.
Chemistry Major: (For licensure in Physical Science) The graduation major in
Chemistry: CHM 115,116 (General Chemistry) (or 105-106), 351,352 (Organic
Chemistry),353 (QuantitativeAnalytical Chemistry), 361 (Physical Chemistry),
363 (PhysicalChemistryLaboratory), 1Advanced Chemistrycourse, and Chemistry Seminar. In addition a year of General Physics and 2 additional physics
courses above General Physics; Modern Physics and Electronics are recommended.
Physics Major: (For licensure in Physical Science) The graduation major in Physics:
PHY 121,122 (General Physics), 245 (Modern Physics), 351 (Mechanics I), 362
(Electromagnetic Fields I), 395 (ComprehensiveLaboratory) and 3 additional
coursesto be selected from 261 (Electronics),352(MechanicsII),363 (Electromagnetic Fields II), 481 (Thermal Physics), 486 (Quantum Physics D, and 488
(QuantumPhysics 11). In addition, ayear of General Chemistryand 1courseeach
of Organic Chemistry and Analytical Chemistry.
Licensure with Minor: For Life Science, Broad Base Requirement plus 7 courses in
Biology; for Chemistry, the Chemistryminor and an additional Upper Division
course; for Physics, the Physics Minor plus 1additional course above PHY 122.
Science (For Middle SchoolLicensure- grades 5-9): Broad Base Requirementand
an additional 7 Natural Science courses, 2 in Earth Science (Meteorology and
Mineralogy or equivalent), 2 biology courses above General Biology, and 3 in
Physical Science, at least 1each in Chemistry and Physics above the level of General Chemistry or General Physics. Note: This is not a Natural Science major; it
is a program for licensure. Students must still complete a College major.
Nursing Department (NUR)
Augsburg offers an Upper Division major in professional nursing
leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The program is accredited by the
National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to
apply for Public Health Nurse Certification in Minnesota.
Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate
degree or diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade
point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as a registered nurse in
the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganicchemistry,
organic ar biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English
composition,introductory mciology and introductory psychology.
Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another acaedi ted
college or university prior to admission to the nursing major. The
prerequisite courses in sociology, psychology, English, chemistry and
biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well
as toward admission to the major. All prerequisite courses must have
been completed at the 2.0 level. Courses with grades below 2.0 must be
satisfactorily repeated or challenged.
In addition, applicants must successfully validate their theoretical
knowledge via written testing prior to acceptance to the major. These
tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice within the
past five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing,
2) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an
acceptable equivalent.
Nursing Department Faculty: Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Mag o n e Audette,
Marian Enos, Sharon McDonald, Sharon Ostwald, Pam Weiss, Teri Welcher
Major: 10 courses in nursing including 305,306,310,311,330,350,403,404,423,427;
PSY 355 or an approved Upper Division biology course; and an ethics course,
either PHI 380 or REL 483. Courses in interpersonal communication are supportive to the major. A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and the
required biology and ethics courses, and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the
completion of the courses of study are required.
Courses in the nursing major are offered on weekends and are designed so that
they may be completed within two to three years. However, more time may be
required to complete the total course of study depending on the number of
credits transferred from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may
take non-nursing courses in both day school and Weekend College. Students
interested in pursuing the nursing major should consult with anadviser from the
Nursing Department for program planning.
Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall; application to the
Department Chairpersonby November 1 of the senior year; recommendationby
nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended beforeafacultycommitteeby April
15. Candidates register for 499 to complete the thesis.
305
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
A transitional course that introduces the componentsof the professional role
and begins the professional socialization process. The communicativeprocess is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is
negotiated. Interactive, group, and learning theories are explored for their
applicabilityto changing professional roles and practice. A teaching project
is required. (Prereq. or current enrollment: PSY 355)
Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the process of
professional dwdopmmt. The function of theory in guiding nursing p m timis emphasized.Selectednursing conceptual modelsare studied and their
applicationto practiceisexamined using the nursingproms format. Clinical
application is required. (Prereq.: 305)
Community Health Nursing I
The focus of this course is on community health delivery systems and the
practiceof public health nursing. Concepts of health a m examined as they
apply to current cornmunity health problems and issues. Qinical application
of course content involves making a health assessment and exploring a
community health issue. Ethicalissuesrelatedto community health decisionmaking with aggregate groups are explored. (Prereq.: 330)
Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum*
This course provides a basis for understanding community characteristics
and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist
and as a member of the health team is explored. This course is primarily a
clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community
health concepts in providing care to a selected caseload of clients.
310)
Trends and Issues in Nursing
This course is designed to investigatethe current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary economic, social, political, and professional
trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for nursing
practice. (Prereq.: 306; PHI 380 or REL 483 or concurrent enrollment)
c rer re^.:
Introduction to Nursing Research
Theresearch process and methods appropriateto nursing arethe focusof this
course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique
nursingresearch for its applicability to nursing practice. (Prereq.: 330;maybe
taken concurrently with 310)
Contemporary Nursing III: Families
This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing care. Content
includes family as a primary group and family dynamics in light of situational and developmental events. Consideration is given to the role of the
nurse in family health care. (Prereq.: 311,350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423)
Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management
T h i s course pmvfdm a theoretical basis for leadership and management as
emerging professional nurse rules. Conceptsofchange,&nflict,communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountabilityand advocacy
provide the basis for role development and professionalism. (Prey.: 403)
Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family
A clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content
from 403 in providing complex nursing care to families in a selected practice
setting. (Prereq.: 403 or concurrent enrollment)
Practicum in Nursing II: Leadership and Management*
This clinical practicum utilizes knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity
is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected agency
setting. (Prereq.: 404 or concurrent enrollment)
432
499
Topics in Nursing
A course designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected topics in
nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the needs and
interests of the faculty and students. (Prereq.: Senior standing or consent of
instructor. On demand)
Independent Study
This learning experience provides the opportunityfor the student to study a
selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit
written study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to
registration.
*If the practicums in nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective
theory courses, studentsare required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content.
V Occupational Therapy
Adapting to disabilities and reshaping lives so that they are productive
and meaningful are some of the goals of the occupational therapist.
Occupational therapy is an applied science that teaches people skills to
enable them to perform the tasks of everyday living when a physical or
emotional disability has affected them. The ultimate goal of the occupational therapist is to provide people with the necessary skills to develop
a sense of wholeness and independence.
Given the orientation of this applied science to development of the
abilities of the whole person, it is appropriate that such a career preparation be founded in the liberal arts. Augsburg College has a cooperative 32 arrangement with Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri, to
allow students to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and a Bachelor of Science or Master of Science degree in Occupational
Therapy from Washington University. The Bachlelor of Science requires
four semesters at Washington University, and the Master of Science
requires five.
Students spend their first three years at Augsburg College pursuing the
academic major of their choice and meeting general education requirements in the liberal arts. A student may choose any major at Augsburg
College while gaining the minimum prerequisite courses for the Occupational Therapy degree. Students are encouraged to consult the program
adviser and plan their programs carefully since fulfilling necessary
requirements in three years may be difficult in certain majors. Majors in
Biology, Psychology, and Sociology offer the least complicated alternatives.
Students accepted into the 3-2 program are guaranteed admission to the
Bachelor of Science program at Washington University provided they
have met course requirements, have at least a 3.0 average, and are recommended by the Augsburg College adviser. They will be given preference for admission to the Master of Science program at Washington
University if they fulfill the above requirements and receive two additional recommendations from health care professionals, faculty or work
supervisors.
Prerequisite courses for the Washington University Occupational Therapy Program: ENG111,BIO111,112,and473or353;CHM105or115;PHY103;PSY105,
351,362; SOC 121,241; SOC 362 or MAT 373.
V Philosophy
Department (PHI)
The Philosophy Department assists students in understanding issues
raised in the traditional areas of philosophy. To this end, we consider
problems of knowledge and questions of truth, the nature of reality, the
basis of values, and rules for correct reasoning. Our goals are to instill in
students a love of truth, to inspire a curiosity about significance and
meaning, and to develop the skills of critical analysis and creative
synthesis.
The liberal arts curriculum provides an opportunity for students to
explore different:aspectsof the world from a variety of perspectives or
disciplines. Philosophy plays a central role in the liberal arb by helping
students to explore questions about themselves, human experience, right
and wrong the world, and God. Beginning with hva Somatic principles:
'The unexamined I i k is not worth living," and 'Know yourself," the
study of philosophy assists students in the realization of their unique
potential for understanding and self-fulfillment.
At Augsburg the philosophy major i s founded upon the princi p1e that
philosophy is best learned at the feet of the masters. Therefore, the care
of the major consists of four courses in the history of philosophy leading
from the ancient Greeks and Romans, through the Medieval and the
Renaissance periods to the present. In these courses students are taught
how to read, understand, and criticize the great texts of the finest minds
in Western civilization.In addition, majors are expected to prepare
themselves in the discipline of philosophy by taking the various seminars which the Department offers, as well as exploring the opportunities
to study tutorially with the individual members of the Philosophy
faculty.
This major has been carefully planned so that students can easily supplement the study of philosophy with other studies. Though some majors
g o on to graduate school in philosophy, most use the major to prepare
for other professional studies such a s law, medicine, or Christian ministry. Many enter the market place, feeling that the study of philosophy
has given them the ability to think critically.
Philosophy Faculty: Mark Fuehrer (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey,
Bruce Reichenbach, Paul Holmer
Major. 9 courses, including 130,141,242,343,344, and a course in the 400's (other
than 499). Five of the courses must be Upper Division.
Honors Major: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end
will consist of an honors thesis on an approved
of the junior year. The
topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a
defense of this thesis before the faculty of the Department.
Minor. 5 courses, including 2 from 141,242,343, and 344.
Note: 110,120,130, and 141 are recommended for fulfilling the general education
requirement.
110
120
130
141
Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method
Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and beliefs, m l y have
theybeen critically analyzed or evaluated for rheir consistency, adequacy or
truth. One reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. Another
is that they may have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the
ideas basic to w e e m culture.The purpose of this course is to provide the
student with someexperienceinexamining ideas, and therebyto sharpen the
&ti& and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of
ideas arid beliefs.
Ethics
This course studies moral judgments about personal and social issues, and
evaluates possible grounds for making moral decisions. It also investigates
the nature of happiness and its relation to the moral life.
Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a
particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow
from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments
and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments.
Introduction to Philosophy Readings in Classical Texts
The writings of Plato and Aristotle are the foundations of all philosophical
thought in Western civilization. In this course students will read and analyze
some of the keyworks by Plato and Aristotle. In addition, other philosophical
schools of thought in the ancient world will be studied: Stoicism, Epicureanism and Neoplatonism in order to familiarize the student with the other
elements that constitute classical philosophy. An advanced introductory
course in philosophy for honor students, those contemplating a philosophy
major or minor and those students wishing a more in-depth approach to
philosophy at the introductory level. Excludes students enrolled for 110.
(Spring)
-
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
History of Philosophy: M e d i d and Renaissance PhiIosophy
The Middle A g e was a period of great synthesis of elements of m s t i a n
metation, classical phiIosbphy and Islamic culture. In this course students
will read writings by St. hselm, St. Banaventme, Occam, St. Thomas
Aquinas and Nicholas of Cusa In order to understand the process of philosophicalassimihtioninvolved incanstrvcting a Christian philosophy. S i
the Remissanm intensified the medieval synthesis, students will.be exposed
to the thought of Pico, Ficino and Bruno. (Fall)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Ksfoy of PhiIasophy:Enlightenment and 19th Century FMosophy
Does knowledge begirt with innate ideas or with experience? Can we get
beyond our own concepts to h o w the world itself? What isan idealist view
of the world? This course studies the major rationalists of the 17th century
(Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz), the major empiricists of the 18th century
(Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, and 19th century
Idealism and the reaction to it (Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche). (Suggested
prior course, 141 or 242)
History of lhitcsophy: Twentieth Centuiy Philosophy
love affair with language? Is
What lies k h i n d 20th century philosophy"~
truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a ligorous sdence?
These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives
of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism,and phenomenology. (Suggested prior course, 141,242, or 343)
Philosophy of Religion
What is the relationbetween faith and reason?Does God exist, and if so, what
can be said about God? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human
and animal suffering? Are we really immortal? Are &des possible? We
will conduct a systematic inquiry into these gumions which form the basis
of religious beliefs. (Suggest=&: 1prior course in philosophy) (Cross-listed
with Religion 350)
Oriental Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested:1prior course in philosophy)
Poli ti& PMIosophy
Ey studying the writings af political philosophers from antiquity up to the
modern period, students win be asked to examine m c i a l questions concerning the organization of human society. Therelation of thenature of the smte
to religion, the home and the city will be took& at through the eyes of Mato,
Aristotle, Cicero, Dante and Machiavelli.
Philosophy of Science
The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported to be profoundly
different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science
cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover
knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work
in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or 1course in natural science)
370
380
399
410
430
499
Existentialism
Studies in the writings -both philosophical and literary - of prominent
Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-theworld, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and
paradox. (Suggested: 1 prior course in philosophy)
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethicalprinciples to problems which arise inthe areas of health
care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion,
care for the dying and euthanasia.
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering a specificarea of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary
problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from 141,242,343,344 or consent of instructor)
Studies in Individual Philosophers
Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, St.
Thomas, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard or Wittgenstein. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 141,242,343, or consent of instructor)
Independent Study
Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the
student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
-
V Physics
:
-+
b!
Department (PHY)
Physicists are not only curious about the world, but ambitious as well.
Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles which describe
and govern all physical aspects of the universe. Called "natural philosophers" in previous centuries, physicists investigate natural systems by
means of controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics
includes the study of systems ranging in size from sub-atomic particles
to the largest of galaxies, and from the relative stillness of near absolute
zero temperature to the fiery activity of the stars. As a fascinating and
expanding area of study and as a basic science, physics plays an important role in many of the liberal arts disciplines and contributes to
society's understanding of such areas as energy, weather, medical
science and space exploration.
Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing that keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an ever increasing
challenge, the Department intends to bring to the students not only basic
concepts but also insights into recent developments. In this process, the
faculty expects challenges to arise, be met, and stimulate sound thinking,
perceptive judgment, and an interest in experimental techniques.
To this end a rigorous major provides students with the in-depth preparation required for graduate study. More than two-thirds of the graduates in Physics have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees at a number of fine universities across the nation. A major in
physics provides flexibility. It also serves as a stepping stone for graduate work in related areas such as computer science, atmospheric science
and meteorology, astronomy, oceanography, biophysics, environmental
science, engineering and medical and health related fields for many
physics graduates.
In addition, the Physics Program at Augsburg functions in a supportive
role for students majoring in mathematics, chemistry, biology and
computer science. The Department also supervises the Pre-Engineering
program with degree programs available at cooperating universities at
both the bachelofs and the advanced degree levels.
Cooperative Education, Internship, and Undergmduate Research programs provide opportunities for students to apply fheir physicaI science
knowledge and problem solving skills in practical situations in industrial, governmental, and academic settings. Students may participate in
alternating term Co-op programs or work part-time during two or more
academic terms. Internship opportunities alone generally involve only
one semester.
The Department serves the liberal arts tradition by offering courses for
the non-science students that will enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science. These courses seek to provide the
basic starting point for further study and the opportunity to enable
students to follow new developments with some degree of comprehension.
Physics Faculty: Mark Engebretson (Chairperson),Nick Arge, Kenneth
Erickson, Jeffrey Johnson, William Monsma
.
. .
B.A. Major; 9murres, including 121,122,2k,351,362,363,395and 396 (l/2course
each), plus 2 courses above 122.
B.S. Major: 12courses, including 121,122,245,261,351,352,362,363,395 and 396
(1/2course each), and 486, plus 2 courses above 122.A yea. of introductory
chemistry is also required.
B.A. Major with Concentration in Space Physics: 13 courses, including 121,122,
245,261,320,351,352,362,363,395 and 396 (1/2 course each). 420 and 486, plus
1 course above 122. A year of introductory chemistry is also required.
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to workclosely with
members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 124,125,
and PHY 121,122 the freshmanyear, and MAT 224 and 226 the sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure Major: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to
the EducationDepartment sectionof the Catalogand consultwith the Education
Department early in their planning.
Honors Major: A GPA of 3.6 in physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the f i s t term of the
senior year.
Minor: 5 courses, including 121,122, and 3 courses above 122.
Soaety of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students
provides students the opportunities of membership ina national physics society
and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open to all students interested in physics.
Sigma Pi Sigma: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics
honor society is open to those students who have completed the equivalent of a
minor in physics, have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and rank in the upper
third of their class.
101
103
106
Astronomy
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and galaxies that
q u i r e s elementaryalgebra-Thenecssaryopticalinstruments areexplained
and use is made of a 12-inchreflecting telescope, an Sinch Celesbn, and a
3-in& Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
Mathema tics PIament Group TI)
Physics for the Life Sciences
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to
demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is
designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical educatisn (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The
course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the
liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 111. Spring)
Introductory Meteorology
A study of the science and wonders of theatmosphere. The courseis designed
to provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for
understanding weather and climate. Attention will be given to the overall
weather patterns of theearth and to themany varied aspectsof weather, some
of which include: clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and
hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the influenceof weather on
pollution, fronts and cyclones, and opticalphenomena of the sky. The course
is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution requirement for the
liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement
Group 11)
111 Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science.
Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the meaning of 20th
century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modern
society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (3 o n e
hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq: Mathematics Placement Group 11.
Fall)
121,122 General Physics I, I1
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion,
thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics
majors, pre-engineering students and other specified majors. Must be taken
in sequence. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 124 or
concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring)
199 Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
245 Modem Physics
An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimentalbasis.
Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid
state physics. This courseindicatesthe need for, and develops the experimental basis of, quantum mechanics. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
261 Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronicscomprisesthe
first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics
culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer
systems. (Prereq.: 103,111 or 122; and MAT 122 or 125)
299 DirectedStudy
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
320 Introduction to Space Science
A s w e y of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics. Topics include
solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, magnetopause,
radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphere-ion*
sphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation,and aurora. (3onehour lectures. Prereq.:
245)
327
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
at an intermediate level, with
A; introduction to mathematical
emphasis on functionswhich have been developed to aid in analyzing problems in physics and engineering. Beginning with a review of complex
numbers and partial differentiation, topics include Fourier series, series
solution of selected differential equations, Legendre, Bessel, and other orthogonal functions, partial differential equations, and functionsof a complex
variable. (Prereq.: 122 or consent of instructor; MAT 224 or equivalent)
351,352 Mechanics I, I1
A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion
and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms.Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics
of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, MAT 226.351, Fall; 352 Spring)
362,363 Electromagnetic Fields I, I1
The classical e l m m a g n e t i c field theory is dweloped using the vector
calculus throughout. Electrostatics, rnagnetostatics, solution of Laplace's
and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and
the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226.362, Fall; 363, Spring)
395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory (112 course each)
An emphasis on independent laboratoryinvestigations,including participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physicrs, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and
modern physics. (1 th~+hourlaboratory and 1 seminar hour per week.
Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor)
399 Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
420 Plasma Physics
A rigorous study of the fundamentals of plasma physics including plasma
parameters, plasma drifts and particle motion, electric and magnetic fields,
kinetic theory, and Maxwell-Boltzmanndistribution functionand Boltzmann
equation,magnetohydrodynamics, plasmawaves and instabilities,and transport processes. The applications of plasma physics to laboratory and space
plasmas will be emphasized. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 362, 363 or
concurrent registration)
481 Thermal Physics
The study of properties of systemsand processes for which temperature is an
important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring)
486 Quantum Physics I
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the
Schroedingerequation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied
include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and
the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245,351. Fall)
488 Quantum Physics I1
The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the
areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics,
and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring)
499 Independent Study
An opportunity for students to explore systematically a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty
adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with Departmental approval.
I
I
V Political
Science
Department
(POL)
Firmly grounded in the liberal arts tradition, political science has roots in
the humanities, including philosophy and history. Through its use of
statistical analysis, it relates not only to other behavioral sciences, but
also to mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and significance
of authority in human affairs establish the focus of political science;
because politics is a central and enduring reality in the world, it affects
and is affected by many other human concerns.
As an academic discipline, political science uses systematic inquiry and
analysis to examine political reality and to suggest and test alternatives.
The student who majors in political science will explore political ideas
and values, investigate political cooperation and conflict, analyze and
compare political systems, and develop perspectives on international
relations. In the process, the student will be encouraged to relate insights
from other liberal arts disciplines such as philosophy, psychology,
economics, history, and sociology to the study of politics.
Providing work in several sub-fields of political science, the major
supplies the breadth appropriate for graduate work in the discipline, as
well as in public adminstration, public policy analysis, law, and other
professions.If also serves as a foundation on which to deveIop careers in
public service, business, communications, and other fields. Legislative
and ofher Internships, as well as significant independent research projects, are within easy reach of Augsburg political science students in the
Twin Cities area; combined with broad, balanced and flexible course
offerings, these special opportunities enhance the student's potential for
graduate study and a successful career.
Augsburg political science students have the benefit of an experienced
faculty that brings a balanced expertise to the course offerings, as well as
special strengths in interpreting politics in the contexts of the mass communications media, communism, and American public law. The Departmental faculty is committed to the view that the study of politics, involving as it does an understanding of the human heritage and the importance of informed choice in human affairs, is an important aspect of
liberal learnings.
Political Science Faculty: Norma Noonan (Chairperson), Milda Hedblom,
Andrew Aoki, Philip Fishman, Mary Ellen Lundsten, Joseph Goldman,
Myles Stenshoel
Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (SOC 362). Required: 121 or 1220r 160 or
170; 158; 384; and at least 5 other Upper Division courses in 4 out of 5 political
science areas. A seminar in 1of the 5 areas may be counted for that area.
Honors MajOG The Honors Majm in Political Science includes the requirements
Listed above, plus the following:The student's gradcpoirrt averagemust be 3.5
in the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent
Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March I of the senioryear,
an HonorsTh&sta be defended beforea faculty committee. Students maywork
with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific
requirements,mnsul t the Departmental Chairperson.Students should applyfor
the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year.
Minor: 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or 170; 158; and at least 3 Upper Division
courses in 3 out of 5 political science areas.
Political Science Areas: (I) American Government and Politics 01) Comparative
Politics and Analysis (111) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V)Political
Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted
in only one area toward major or minor requirements.
Note: Students interested in secondaryeducation may take a political science major
in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with state
requirements. For more information, see the Department Chairperson.
See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered.
I. American Government and Politics
121
122
325
326
American Government and Politics
The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas;
the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential and
bureaucratic policymaking; and current issues in American society.
Metropolitan Complex
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modem urban complex. Discussionlecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists.
Public Administration
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the
United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management,
emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.:1coursein political
science or consent of instructor)
Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and
political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and
interest groups and media in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 course in political science or consent of
instructor. Fall term of election years)
342
370
371
421
Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communicationson individualbehavior; the uses and control
of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. (Junior
and senior students only)
Constitutional Law I
(See Section IV for description. Alternate years)
Constitutional Law I1
(See Section IV for description. Alternate years)
Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and
policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be
included in subtitle. (Prereq.: 1 course in political science or consent of
instructor. On demand)
11. Comparative Politics and Analysis
158
350
351
381
459
Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of
contemporary issues.
Comparative Democracies
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing
on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: 1course in political science or consent of instructor)
Communist Political Systems
A comparativeanalysis of the Soviet Union and other Communist states in
terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: 1
course in political science or consent of instructor)
Democratic Theory and Practice
(See Section V for description)
Topics in Comparative Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and comparisons of political processes such as political participation, communications,
political developments, political change, and revolution. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: 1course in political science or consent of instructor. On demand)
111. International Politics
160
363
World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including
the dynamicsof the international system, theories of international relations,
and a focus on recent problems.
Communist Foreign Policies
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign
policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and
China. (Prereq.: 1course in political science or consent of instructor)
461
490
Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign
policy decision making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be
included in subtitle. (Prereq.: 1 course in political science or consent of
instructor)
Seminar in International Relations
Capstoneseminar for studentsmajoring ininternational relations; analysisof
some methods for studying international relations; analysis of major trends;
senior thesis. Open to other students by consent of instructor. (Prereq.: 4
courses in the international relations sequence)
IV. Public Law
170
370
371
375
Law in the United States
A surveyof American law and legal process. Theories of law;law and society;
roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as
"supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
Constitutional Law I
The legal-political-philosophicalrole of the SupremeCourt in the American
political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in
the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or consent
of instructor. Alternate years)
Constitutional Law I1
Constitutionallimitationsof the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the SupremeCourt to the protection of human rights and
civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor. Alternate
years)
Media Regulation, Law, and Ethics
A study of key issues and contemporary conflicts in media ethics and
regulation, including the uses of law to settle disputes about content in the
media, access to the media and ownership of the media. Alternative justifications and critiques of mass media systems will be examined. (Prereq.:
Lower Division political science course, speech/communications course,
SPC/POL 342, or permission of instructor)
V. Political Theory and Analysis
158
380
381
Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section I1 for description)
Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers, emphasizingthe values, goals,
and assumptionswhich continueto inform and to rationalize humangovernance. (Prereq.: 1course in political science or consent of instructor)
Democratic Theory and Practice
A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the
emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq.: 1 course in political science or consent of
instructor)
382
484
Marxist Theory: From Marx to Mao
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing
Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political,
social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the
preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or consent of
instructor)
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics
including in examination of the requirements of science as a model for
political study; major research required. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; 158
and 2 Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor)
VI. Seminars, Independent Study and Internships
199
295
299
399
490
495
498
499
Internship
Lower DivisionInternship.Consult Internship Supervisorin theDepartment
to determine project. (P/N grading only unless Internship Supervisor grants
exception. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Lower Division Seminar
Specialtopics.Consult Department Chairpersonconcerningtermsand subject
matter. (On demand)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Internship
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine project. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor. P/N grading only unless Internship Supervisor grants
exception. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Seminar in International Relations
(See Section III for description)
Seminar
Selected topics. Consult Department Chairperson concerning terms and
subject matter. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Independent Study: Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources
available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with
and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. (Prereq.: Consent of
instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. ( P r e
req.: Consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
V Psychology Department
(PSY)
Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data,
provides a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of a
liberal education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved
understanding of human behavior by studying how people cope with
their environment and interact with each other.
The Department's courses have three basic goals: (1) to introduce the
student to the current information and methods in psychology as well as
earlier approaches to psychological questions; (2) to develop the ability
to analyze, interpret, and evaluate behavioral research, and (3) to provide practice in the application of these principles. The Department
program provides an emphasis on both field experiences and the theoretical foundation for graduate study in psychology and related areas.
Cooperative Education and Internships are designed to provide students
with practical pre-professional experience. On the job experience gives
students the opportunity to test career fields and develop professional
contacts.
Psychologists use a variety of methods to study behavior, including
experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members
in the Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional
specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological
psychology, human development, personality and computer
applications.
The Psychology program's emphasis on the use of a problem solving
approach, the acquisition of information about human development and
interaction, and the development of human relations skills can be
beneficial in careers in business, education and other social services, the
church and government, as well as in careers such as research, law, and
medicine.
Student interns are placed in the metropolitan area where they can
acquire practical, pre-professional experience and develop professional
contacts. This program mutually benefits the students and the
community.
Psychology Faculty: Lyla Anderegg, Grace Dymd, Norman Ferguson,
Paul Hirdman, Duane Johnson
Major: 10coursesincluding 105,264,265,381,399, and 493. A minimum of 5 courses
must be from Augsburg. Students are also expected to select 1course from the
Developmental/Personalitycourses and other electives to complete the major.
Not more than 2 courses from among 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward
requirements for a major. It is recommended that psychology majors take
additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen
their particular interests in psychology; for example, areas such as business administration,biology, or communication. All psychology majors MUST have an
adviser in the Psychology Department.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high
quality research project culminatingthe major program. Application for honors
consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the Department Chairperson for more detailed requirements.
Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not
more than 1course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor.
Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 264 (or SOC 362), 399, CSC
145, SOC 363, and approved elective. These courses are designed to provide the
cognitive background and skill development to perform well as a research
assistant for agencies or firms which do program evaluations or self-assessment
programs. Systematicand periodic assessmentsof programs for social improvement are increasingly expected by government and funding agencies. For
further information contact Norman Ferguson.
105
199
General Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the
purpose of understanding behavior.The structure of the field of psychology,
including its major sub-areas, is emphasized.
Internship
Internship on Lower Division level. Cooperative Education Program may
apply here. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site
by registering with the Augsburg Cooperative Education Office.
Sensing and Perceiving
An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems.
Emphasis on the processing of environmental information and how this
relates to adaptive behavior and subjective experience. Topics include:
adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous
perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105. On demand)
165 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, I1
A two-term sequence including experimentation in human learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be
placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research
Methods I may be taken for credit without continuing in Research Methods
11. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the Go-term sequence; 264
must precede265;265 should betaken inthe termimmediately following 264.
(Prereq.: 105)
Directed Study
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study
must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
Social Behavior
Social factors which influenceindividual and group behavior in naturalistic
and experimental settings. Topics include: cooperation, competition, affiliation, conformity and attitudes.
Developmental Psychology: Child
Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of
theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Inquiry into practical implicationsand applicationsof data and theory in
respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 105)
Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and
theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult
periods of life. (Prereq.: 105)
Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and
theory related to development during the middle adult and older adult
periods of life. Includes perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.: 105)
Brain & Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for
behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep and
wakefulness, motivation and emotion, learning and memory, and mental
disorders. (Prereq.: 105) Additional lab hours required. (On demand)
Environment and Behavior
A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and manmade, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space and crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings and cities. (Prereq.: 105)
Learning
earning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 105)
Psychological Assessment
Theory, principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence.
(Prereq.: 105. On demand)
Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention
directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those
theories. (Prereq.: 105)
Abnormal Psychology
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic
and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105)
Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male
A study involvingknowledgeof materials bearing on the developmentof sex
differences and roles, the effect of societyupon values and goals, differential
legal status of each sex and psychophysiological data bearing upon these
differences. (Prereq.: 105or consent of instructor)
Organizational Psychology
Theoreticalconceptualizations of organizationalbehavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluationand maintenance of workeffectiveness, and social influences. (Prereq.: 105)
Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: 2 psychology courses)
Internship
Prior to the beginning of the term, interested studentsshould consult with the
Departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Grading is on a P/N basis.
Program Evaluation
The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to
programs for social improvement. Designing information systems for the
ongoing monitoring of programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing
program effectiveness and efficiency. The political and organizational context of program monitoring and evaluation. The role of evaluation research
for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264 or SOC 362; SOC
363. On demand)
Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Considerationgiven to goals and ethical guidelinesfor a counseling relationship.
(Prereq.: 4 psychology courses)
Current Topics in Psychology
Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published
prior to registration. (Prereq.: 105and consent of instructor. Alternate years)
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychologicalviewpoint.
Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in
studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 psychology courses)
Independent Study
Limited registration by special permission for advanced studentsin psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration including
carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study.
V Religion
Department (REL)
Augsburg College understands itself as a college of the church and it is
persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective
from which to undertake its educational task. The biblical faith and
tradition of the Christian church have influenced the Western world to a
degree much greater than is sometimes recognized. They have affected
and continue to influence language, literature, history, values, and
political structures.
The student encounters this religious tradition in studying these and
other areas. The study of religion and theology is intended to make such
encounters more meaningful by a better knowledge of biblical history
and that of the Christian church, and by a larger acquaintance with
theological thought.
While it is true that the fundamental orientation of this College is to the
Christian faith, it is also true that the field of religion obviously includes
more than is represented by the Christian faith. Large segments of the
earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different from those prominent in the West. The Department of Religion seeks
to introduce students to some of these major religious traditions.
Courses in religion are not intended to be footnotes to courses in other
disciplines and departments. The study of religion and the discipline of
theology have an integrity of their own. It is the hope and expectation of
the Department that students will become better acquainted with the
content and character of the Christian faith and enable them to reflect
theologically on their own religious commitment.
The College offers both a major and a minor in Religion. Students who
wish to work in the church as a parish or youth worker or as a director of
Christian Education may find a major in religion appropriate for that
purpose.
Religion Faculty: Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), John Benson, Bradley Holt,
Curtis Peter, Stephen Pinsky, Eugene Skibbe
Major: 8 courses, including 111,221,356,481 and 495, the seminar especially for
majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking the seminar, each major
must have written 1 formal research paper and placed it on file with the
Department Chairperson. Only 1 Interim course may be applied to the major.
One Upper Division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major.
Major in Church Staff Work: 9 courses, including 111,221,356,358,360 or 483,362,
399,471 or 473,481. These together with specified courses in other departments
can lead to Augsburg certification.
Program for Christian Day School Teachers: Students pursue one of the regular
teacher education programs in the Department of Education to prepare for
licensure by the State of Minnesota. In addition to the licensure program, 5
courses in religion are required: 111,221,362, The Christian Day School (Interim)
and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required
in both a public school setting and in a Christian Day School.
This program prepares students who are interested in teaching in Christian Day
Schools, particularly those of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America,
although participation is not limited to such schools.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 overall; research project approved
by the Department and colloquium with the Department.
Minor: 5 courses. Not more than 1 Interim course may be counted for the minor.
Certificate in Church Staff Work: 9 Religion courses (111,221,356,358,360 or 483,
362,399,471 or 473,481); HPE 232; PSY 105,351,352 or 371,485; SOC 211 or PSY
373, SOC 231; SPC 354. This program meets or exceeds the educational requirements of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America, but certification by the
church is a separate function. By adding 2 or 3 courses from appropriate departments, the student can develop special emphases in parish education, business
management or diaconal work.
Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval
is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion
Department and/or general education course credit. All majors are urged to
consult with the Department Chairperson.
111
199
221
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
Internship
Internship on Lower Division level.
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents.
The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergenceof
the church.
Directed Study
Independent Study on Lower Division level.
Philosophy of Religion
(See under Philosophy Department)
Denominations and Religious Groups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and
religious groups. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring)
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam.
Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious
communities. (Fall)
Survey of Church History
A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Reformation, and
modern periods. Some attention to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of the periods in question. The expansion of the church, its inner life,
its relation to the state, and the development of its doctrine will be major
elements of the study.
Life and Work of the Church
Congregationallifein itsvaried character withattention directed to Christian
education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Alternate years)
Religion and Society
An examination of theinteraction of religion and societyin terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociologicalresearch
on religious movements in American society. (Spring)
The Church in the First Four Centuries
A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire,
including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the
creeds, Christianity in conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions,
monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the
theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and
thought of Augustine. (Alternateyears, Spring)
Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the
16th century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other
representative figures. (Fall)
Religion in America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the
rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of
religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall)
Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavianimmigration
to this country. (Offered as funding permits)
The Church and Social Change in h t i n America
(See under Program in Global Community)
Internship
Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have
at least first semester junior standing, and satisfy Department guidelines.
Church Music and Worship
(See under Music Department)
Jesus and His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to
the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest
for the historical Jesus." (Fall)
Theology of Paul
A study of the ApostlePaul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings.
(Alternateyears, Spring)
The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Alternate
years, Spring)
Judaism
A surveyof the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period
to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A
special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The
Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in
partial support of this course in Judaismoffered in the Religion Department.
(Fall)
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological
thought today, as seen from the systematicperspective, in thelight of thecontinuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring)
Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective
for critical reflection upon moral action. (Fall)
Psychology of Religion and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the
traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to
the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those
Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. (Alternateyears,
Spring)
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by
permission of instructor. (Fall)
Independent Study
Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy Departmental
guidelines.
V Russian Area Studies
Norma C. Noonan, Campus Coordinator, Staff
Russian Area Studies is an ACTC joint major which seeks to give the
student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet history,
politics, literature, traditions and philosophy. The major is interdisciplinary and offers perspectives on Russia both past and present. A minimum of two years of the Russian language is required.
This major is a good foundation for students preparing for careers in
government, teaching, international business, or law, especially when
combined with a second major in a field such as business, economics,
history, language, political science or theology. It also is a good foundation for graduate study in history, political science, language and literature or international relations.
Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies);2 courses in Russian history; 1course in Marxist theory; 1course
in Russian literature; 1course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses from approved
electives.
Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies);1course in Russian history; 1course in Soviet politics; 1course
in Marxist theory; 1other course from the approved list of electives.
Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator.
V Scandinavian
Area Studies (SCA)
Mary Kingsley, Foreign Language Department Chairperson
Major: 8 Upper Division courses.
Minor: 4 Upper Division courses.
Note: Major programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg
Catalog or transferred to Augsburg as Upper Division Scandinavian
Area Studies courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian language
department or subdepartment regardless of their content, which may
be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or
minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under
Foreign Language Department.
Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study in Scandinavia, elective
courses which may lead toward a second major such as English,
history, urban studies, business administration.
Old Norse
(See under Department of Foreign Languages Norwegian)
Contemporary Scandinavia
A broad survey of Scandinavianculture with special emphasis on conditions
and developmentsin the20th century. Knowledge of Scandinavianlanguage
desirable but not required. (On demand)
The Modem Scandinavian Novel
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinaviannovel. Class discussionbased
on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma
Lagerlof, Piir Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxnessand others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will
be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavianlanguage. (On demand)
The Modern Scandinavian Drama
Readingsincludedramatic worksby Ibsen, Bjomson, Strindberg,Lagerkvist,
Munk and other 20th century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of
Scandinaviandrama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of
a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian
language. (On demand)
Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
(See under Department of Religion)
Norwegian Language and Culture
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
Scandinavia in the World
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
Scandinavian Arts
(See under Department of Art)
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
Seminar: Ethnidmmigration Experience
(Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar)
Independent Study
In consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for
study.
V Social Science
Khin Khin Jensen,Coordinator
A student may not list a double major in Social Science and in one of the
component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social
Science major is significantly different from the other major.
Non-Western Major: 14 courses: HIS 104; 1 social science methodology course
(ECO279, PSY 264, SOC 362 or 365); and 12courses, in at least 4 disciplines, from
the following: ECO 112,258; HIS 103,322,323,324,440,474; POL 351,363,382,
461; PHI 355; REL 356; SOC 336; seminars, Independent Studyor Interim courses
on relevant topics in History and/or Political Science. The student planning to
fulfillthis social sciencemajor should consult the Chairpersonof theDepartment
of History in choosing a major adviser.
V Social Studies
Jerry Gerasimo, Coordinator
Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must
complete, in addition to the professionalrequirements to be met within
the Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to
provide a broad foundation in the social sciences.
SocialStudiesTeachingLicensure: 7 courses(ECO112or113,Geography, HIS222,
POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336) plus a major in 1of 5 fields -Economics,
History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology.
Studentsconsideringa career in social studies education should consult, as
soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social
Studies Coordir~ator.
V Social Work
Devartment
The Social Work major program prepares graduates for entry-level
professional practice in the field of human services. The program is
accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, and leads to a
Bachelor of Science degree. The program is based on a generalist model
of practice, enabling graduates to work with individuals, families,
groups, communities, and to develop and analyze social policy.
The College's commitment to the liberal arts is highly compatible with
education for professional social work practice. The liberal arts with its
emphasis on breadth of understanding, cultural and ethnic diversity,
openness to new ideas, analysis and synthesis, is an ideal foundation for
social work education. As Sir Richard Livingston has said, "A technician
is a person who knows everything there is to know about his/her job
except its ultimate purpose and social consequence." Effective social
workers should not be technicians. Augsburg social work graduates are
entry level professionals.
Augsburg College's motto, "Education for Service," exemplifies the
philosophy of the Social Work Department. Unique learning opportunities for field work placement and cultural enrichment are provided by a
metropolitan setting known for a humane quality of life which is enhanced by the arts, outstanding human services, and a highly-educated
populace. Social work opportunities abound. Minnesota is known for the
vitality and relevance of its social services. The Twin Cities, as the hub
for these services, provides both a plethora of field placements for social
work students and external experts for the classroom. The ethnic and
economic diversity present in this metropolitan area provides opportunities for social work students to learn to understand, appreciate, respect,
and work with people different from themselves and to be enriched by
this opportunity to interact with diverse clients and professionals.
The Social Work Program strives to contribute to its environment as well
as to gain from it. Appropriately, social work students have been involved in a wide variety of community service efforts including helping
to develop a Big Brother/Big Sister program on campus, mobilizing
students to assist a social service agency in their annual Christmas giving
program, and tutoring at a local neighborhood center.
The Social Welfare minor and electives in the Department allow students
to support another major while gaining knowledge about human needs
and growth, human services, and the methods of effective citizenship.
Students taking these courses have the opportunity to become knowledgeable about public issues and develop and nurture a perspective that
sees the central importance of diversity to the social fabric of this country. But beyond knowledge, students are encouraged to use their talents
and skills to address the needs of society in the interest of the public
good.
Social Work Faculty: Mary Lou Williams (Chairperson),Maria Brown,
Francine Chakolis, Edwina Hertzberg, Rosemary Link
Major: 11Core Program courses: 361,363,364,461,462,463,465,466,467,469, and
SOC365; and 8 SupportingProgram courses:257,260; BIOlO1;PSY 105;SOC 121,
231,265,365,375. (The Sociologysequenceconstitutesa minor in that discipline.)
A minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each course in the core program and a
2.0 average is required in the supporting program.
Concentration:Concentrationin Aging, ChemicalDependency, Crime and Corrections, Social Ministries, and Youth are possible. Concentration consists of
courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional, and programmatic aspects,
plus field work placement in the senior year in the special area. For Social
Ministries, a minor in religion with specific coursework is required. Completion
of a concentration is noted on the transcript.
Candidacy: Social work majors must apply for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list candidacy as a prerequisite.
A written self-statement, reference letters, and the completion of all Core and
Supporting Program courses below the 400 level is necessary for candidacy
review.
Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses, including 257 (or approved alternative), 361,463;
260 or SOC 375; SOC 265; and 1of 465, POL 121,158,325.
School SocialWork Certif ication: StateDepartmentof Education-requiredHuman
Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful
completion of EDS 388.
Elective courses open to all students:
257
260
299
340
361
399
463
Exploring Human Services
With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 80 hours per term as
a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know human
senrice professionals, minority professionals, clients and communities, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations.
Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores.
Humans Developing
This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human
growth through the life cycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influencethe growth of individuals and
families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is the role of the
"nurturing environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of "sustaining environment," and other special stressesrelevant to growth. Growth
related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style
diversity is also a focus. Students will gain self-understanding through use
of their own experiences.
Directed Study
An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of interest.
Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration. (Prereq.: 257
and consent of instructor)
Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging
This course includes the study of the impact of social policy on the older
population, the older population's impact on social policy, services planned
to address needs of older population, and skills needed to work with this
population. Class conducted in senior citizen residence. (Prereq.: Sophomore
or consent of instructor)
Social Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human
service and the diversity of professionals and client groups. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable
and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest
speakers and agencyvisits highlight the course. (Prereq.: Junior or consent of
instructor. Fall)
Internship*
Provides field learning experience for the non-major and supplements the
required field work of majors (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Community Development and Organization
Locality development and social change through community organization,
social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1)survey of historical forms
of communityorganization and social change, 2) understanding the theories,
basic issues, and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of
community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the
local community in the essential principles and techniques of organizing.
(Prereq.: Senior or consent of instructor)
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Includes the study of theories of social policy formulation and methods of
analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of
policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be
viewed firsthand through work with a public policy agency or official. Readings and analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical experience.
(Prereq.: 361,463, and senior or consent of instructor)
Special Topics (112 to 1 course)
Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. (Prereq.:
Consent of instructor. Offered periodically in Interim)
Independent Study -Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources
available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with
and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. (Prereq.: 257 and
consent of instructor)
Independent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines.
(Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor)
*Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may
provide payment for work in field sites.
Cour'sesreserved for Social Work majors only:
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and
techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience
necessary for social work practice with individualsand small groups with a
diversity of professionals and client groups; development of the student's
repertoire of relationship-buildingskills. Lecture-discussion sessions and/
or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq.: 361, junior)
Field Work P
Beginning supervised professional experiencein a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per
week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. Brereq.: 361, junior, concurrent with 363)
Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing adaptationsof the
problem-solving model to diverse populations through lecture, classroom
exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills,
emphasison development of generalist practice skillsand eclecticapproaches
with a focus on diversity of professionals and client populations. Lectures
and/or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq.: 2.0 in 363 and in 364,
candidacy status. Concurrent with 462)
363
462
466
467
469
Field Work 11*
Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in a
social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion
seminar per week. (Prereq.: Candidacy status; concurrent with 461)
Field Work I11 (Y2 or 1 course)'
Continuation of 462 (1/2 course option during Interim. Prereq.: Candidacy
status, 2.0 in 461,462,463)
The Social Worker as Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professionaljob attainment, affirmative action and sexual harassment issues, personnel policies and practices,
organizational theory, and resource development will be studied in the
course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises.
(Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 461,463)
Field Work IV*
Continuation of 466. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 466, concurrent with
467)
*Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may
provide payment for work in field sites.
V Sociology Department
(SOC)
Sociology is a disciplined study of human social behavior. As a relatively
young discipline, sociology provides yet another perspective on a theme
which is common to many of the disciplines in a liberal arts curriculum,
namely the theme that humans are "social animals." Sociology emphasizes the extent to which the human inclination to interact socially comes
to exhibit regularized patterns over time. These patterns together form a
society or a social structure.
Sociology seeks to understand these societal patterns. Sociology also
seeks to understand patterns within the great variety of institutions that
exist in a society.
The Sociology Department at Augsburg is designed to help students
think sociologically in terms of obtaining an understanding of society
and developing skills in evaluating social institutions and programs.
Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional
learning models available, such a s Internships, Independent Study,
Interim courses, and the co-learning courses offered through the Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. The Department urges
students to use Augsburg's urban setting as a "laboratory" for learning.
A major in sociology can prepare one for a variety of careers or for
advanced professional studies. Cooperative Education a n d Internships
enable majors t o apply the theo.ries and research skills of sociology while
they explore career alternatives. Augsburg alumni w h o have majored in
sociology a r e currently employed in the personnel departments of both
government and private corporations, i n industrial relations work, and
in program evaluation. Others have used their majors as preparation for
advanced study in areas such as law, the ministry, social work, and
urban planning.
The Department of Sociology welcomes students who, in their quest for
a liberal education, are looking for new and different ways of understanding and appreciating the often taken-for-granted aspects of our
world.
Sociology Faculty: Diane Pike (Chairperson), Jerry Gerasimo, Gordon Nelson,
Garry Hesser, Barbara Johnson
Major: 10 courses including 121,349,362,363,375,485. Highly recommended: a
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course, Internship, Cooperative
Education, Independent Study or Upper Division Interim course in sociology.
This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take advantage
of the variety of learning models offered through the Department. Consult
Department Chairperson concerning areas of concentration.
Honors Major: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0
overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairperson before April 1of the junior
year. Candidacyis contingent upon Departmentalapproval of proposal by April
30 of junior year. After acceptanceas a candidate, the student will register for 499
to complete work on thesis. Honors in sociology will be granted to a candidate
who successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of the senior year and
maintains the GPA through graduation.
Minor: 5 courses including 121 and 2 Upper Division courses (i.e., 300 and above).
Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 362 (or PSY 2641,363,399,
CSC 145, and approved elective. These courses are designed to provide the
cognitive background and skill development to perform well as a research
assistant for agencies or firms which do program evaluations or self-assessment
programs. Systematicand periodic assessmentsof programs for social improvement are increasingly expected by government and funding agencies. For further information contact Department Chairperson.
Principles of Sociology
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic
discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles,
groups, interaction, inequality, and social structure. An essential tool for
discovering the world and one's place in it.
199 Internship
Lower DivisionInternship.Consult Internship Supervisorin the Department
to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring, and Summer)
211 Human Community and the Modem Metropolis
The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the
perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of
human community in the context of urban institutions and processes.
231 Sociology of the Family
An examination of the family as a social institution. The structures and
processes within families are studied within their institutional and cultural
contexts.
265 Racial and Minority Group Relations
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is
focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N
grading only)
273 Crime and Corrections
This course includes an examination of Corrections programs within the
context of the Adult Criminal and JuvenileJustice Systems. Attention is also
given to definitions of crime, theoretical formulations as to possible causes
and attempts at control. (Aeld visits arranged to correctional facilities.)
299 Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students. (Prereq.: 121and consent of
instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
3001301,302,303,304 Special Topics in Sociology
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests
which are not satisfied by regular courseofferings.May be offeredon campus
in addition to regular course offerings or off campus in conjunction with
Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) Program. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
The concept of culture examined in anthropology and in the way we see and
live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the ideas of
"primitive," "civilized," and "progress." The person's relationto culture. An
analysis of selected aspects of Western culture. (Prereq.: 121)
349 Complex Organizations
Little in contemporary life is unaffected by the existence of organizations.
This course examines organizationsas corporate actors, looking at the topics
of culture, technology, structure and corporate deviance. (Prereq.: 121 or
permission of instructor)
360 Religion and Society
An examinationof theinteraction of religion and societyin terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociologicalresearch
on religious movements and institutions in American society.
362 Statistical Analysis
The fundamentals of descriptive and inferential statistics for the social
sciences. Designed specifically for sociologyand political science majors, but
121
recommended for others needing a statistical background for social science
quantitative analysis.(Prereq.: Group I11Math Placement Test. For majors, to
be taken preceding 363. Fall)
Research Methods
An introduction to the skills involved in research design and data analysis.
The practice of social research is learned through class activitiesand individual projects. Focus on learning usable skills. To be taken immediately after
362. (Prereq.: 362 or consent of instructor. Spring)
Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental
designs and applications to program evaluations. Consumer overview of
methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statisticalanalysis. Designed for
social work majors. Not to be taken by sociologymajors. (Prereq.: Level I11
Math Placement Test. Spring)
Social Psychology
An examination of the idea of "group," its relationshipto individualbehavior
and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identitf' and what part
they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A
sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and
processes underlying our everyday l i f e a look at the trivial, the ordinary
and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction," an important orientation
in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues
in the course. (Prereq.: 121, junior or senior students only)
The City and Metro-Urban Planning
The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confronting the
present and future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on alternative
theories and approaches to shaping the future metropolis. Current developments in the Twin Citiesregionwill be compared and contrasted to urban and
regional developments globally and nationally. Resourcesinclude extensive
readings, simulations, films, outside speakers and field trips in a seminar
format. (Prereq.: 121 or 211 or consent of instructor. Spring)
Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Modern SociologicalTheory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing
the course of their development in the 19th and 20th centuries. (Prereq.: 2
courses in sociology including 121 or consent of instructor. Fall)
Independent Study -Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources
available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with
and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. (Prereq.: 121 or 211
and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
Independent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines.
(Prereq.: 121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
and Theatre Arts
Department (SPC)
+ Communication
Speech, communication, and theatre arts at Augsburg are humane
studies designed to promote sensitivity and wisdom in the use of
communication, since true communication aims to foster informed,
responsible choice and shared understanding.
The primary aim of the Department is to help students to communicate
effectivelythrough both speaking and writing. The courses are designed
(1) to promote the intellectual disciplines required for research, exposition, and argument; (2) to develop writing and speaking skills; (3) to
build confidence, creativity, and ethical sensitivity; and (4) to provide a
wide variety of realistic communication experiences.
Communication careers call for a broad liberal arts education, so the
communication major at Augsburg begins with a foundation of logic,
psychology, sociology, literature, writing, and public speaking. In addition to these preparatory courses, the communication major requires five
core courses: advanced writing, interpersonal communication, persuasive communication, mass media, and a communication Internship.
With the help of a faculty adviser, the student selects five elective
courses pertaining to one of the following communication emphases:
journalism, public relations, supervisory management, human relations,
broadcast media, speech or theatre arts education. For breadth we rec-
ommend double majors, and for practical experience we recommend
participation in co-curricular communication activities throughout the
college years, climaxing in Internships under professional supervision.
This major is also used as preparation for other fields, such as religion,
politics, and law. The speech major is designed to prepare students for
teaching in the secondary schools.
Students should meet with a Departmental adviser as early as possible to
plan the major and obtain a copy of the Departmental Handbook.
+ Theatre Arts
Theatre is not primarily an extracurricular activity nor is it merely
entertainment. As a laboratory that uses all of the liberal arts, theatre
enhances a liberal arts education. By reliving how other people throughout history were thinking, feeling and struggling, actors have a greater
understanding of their own humanity. Theatre enables students to
experience the beauty, mystery, and ambiguity of life.
Minneapolis-St. Paul is an ideal place to study theatre, because it is one
of the major theatre centers in the United States. Augsburg students
expand their knowledge of theatre not only by attending, but also by
working in the professional and community theatres of the Twin Cities.
Our theatre faculty has professional experience which enables them to
provide realistic guidance to students.
The Augsburg program encourages students to participate in all aspects
of theatre production while providing each student the opportunity of
emphasizing one specific area, such as acting, directing, or design. While
the program is primarily designed to prepare students for educational
theatre, graduates go into many other fields, such as professional theatre,
television, film, advertising, business, and religion.
Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts Faculty: Julie Bolton (Chairperson),
Raymond Anderson, Deborah Bart, David Lapakko, Martha Johnson
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major, 3.0 overall, 2 Independent Study
projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the
communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration.
Application to be made early in the senior year.
Communication Courses (SPC)
Prospective majors should contact the Department as early as possible to
work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen
should take 111,PSY 105, SOC 121 or a literature course.
Communication Major. 10 courses, including 342,351 or 352,354,399 and ENG 223
or 225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory performance on competencytests in writing
and typing. Supporting coursesrequired but not countingtoward the major: PHI
130; PSY 105; SOC 121 or 336,375.
Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the Department.
Speech Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,241 or 343,350,
351, 352, 354, 360; participation in forensics, and a minor in English. Recommended: 366, courses in theatre, participation in drama.
Speech Minor For Teaching Licensure: 111 and 6 of the following: 241 or 343,350,
351,352,354,360 and participation in forensics.
Note: Students preparing to teach speech in secondaryschools may specialize in any
of three majors: speech, theatre arts, and speech-theatre arts. Any of these must
be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. The communication major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. Consult with the
Department of Education for requirements in Education. 116 is strongly recommended for students in elementary education.
Public Speaking
Theory and practice of effective speaking and critical listening. Students
have the opportunity to give several speeches and receive feedback about
their performance from the class and the instructor. The course focuses on
such topics as developing self-confidence, speech preparation and organization, audience analysis and adaptation, effective delivery, style and language, and critical thinking and listening.
132 Photography
(See under Department of Art)
227 Journalism
(See under Department of English)
225,330 Visual Communications I, I1
(See under Department of Art)
241 Introduction to Cinema Art
(See under Department of English)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
342
Mass Communications in Society
(See under Department of Political Science)Junior and senior students only.
343
Broadcast Production I
Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept
development, script-writing, directing and producing for video. Students
will work in production teams and will gain experience in operation of
equipment.
345
Organizational Communication
An examination of the dynamics of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, formal
and informal communication networks, management styles, power and
authority, motivation of employees, organizational culture, performance
appraisal, effectiveuse of meetings and sourcesof communicationproblems
111
in the workplace.Designed to enhance communicationskillsof both managers and subordinates. Students both investigate the literature on organizational communicationand attempt to apply it to their own experiencesin organizations.
Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating,
articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics and the vocal mechanism.
Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports and papers, voice
tapes and individual coaching. (Alternateyears, Fall)
Argumentation
Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public speaking, discussion, and debates. Key objectives include increasing skill in
analyzing argumentative claims, being able to distinguish between strong
and weak arguments, understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in
reasoning, and learning to apply principles of argumentation to contemporary public issues. Students have the opportunity to enhance their skills in
debate and discussionand also learn to analyze and critique arguments they
encounter in their daily lives.
Persuasion
Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and behavior. The
course deals with a broad range of topics, including obstacles to persuasion;
cultural dimensions of persuasion; the use of logical and psychological
appeals; empirical research in persuasion;how persuasion is used in politics,
sales, advertising, and interpersonalcontexts;the nature of mass movements
and campaigns; the impact of the mass media on persuasion; and ethical
issues related to persuasion. Students analyze persuasive messages in contemporary society, with practical work in speech and promotional projects.
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interactionthrough verbal and non-verbal
messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome
communication barriers. This course combines theory and practice to help
the student understand and manage communication problems more effectively.
Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors related
to decision making, styles of leadership, and conflict management. This
course combineslecture with practical experienceto help the student become
a more effective and productive member of a task-oriented small group.
Organizational Psychology
(See under Department of Psychology)
Media Regulation, Law and Ethics
(See under Department of Political Science)
Internship
(Consult the Department Chairperson for details)
Independent Study in Communication
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of
primary sources and methodology of research.
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Theatre Arts Courses (SPC)
Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen
planning to major in theatre arts should begin with courses 111,116,222,232
a n d 228.111 is not part of the major.
Theatre Arts Major: 10 courses (222,228,232,361,362,366, and 4 of the following:
116,229,343,350,360,367,428,429,432); plus 111,l Internship, 1theatre Interim
course, and 10production units in 3 or more of the following areas: acting (2 required), technical crew work (4 required), playwriting, direction, design, and
theatre management.
This major should be supported by courses in dramatic literature including
Shakespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama. Strongly recommended: courses in movement, dance, art, and media art (cinema, radio,
television, video).
Theatre Arts Minor: 5 courses, including 222,228 or 229,232,361 or 362,366, and
5 production units in the following areas: acting (1 required), technical crew
work (2 required), playwriting, direction, design, and theatre management.
Theatre Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses: 116,222,228,232 241 or
343,350,360,361,362,366, plus 111,a minor in English, and 10 production units
in 3 or more of the following areas: acting (2 required), technical crew work (4
required): playwriting, direction, design, and theatre management.
Theatre Arts Minor For Teaching Licensure: 5 courses: 222,228 or 229,232 or 116,
361 or 362,366, plus 111,and 4 production units in the followingareas: acting (1
required), technical crew work (1 required), playwriting, direction, design, and
theatre management.
Speech-Theatre Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,222,228 or
229,232 or 116,241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360,361 or 362,366, a minor in
English, and participation in 2 activities (forensics, theatre, media).
116
222
228
Creative Dramatics
A study of various forms of dramatic play by activity, reading, observation,
and discussion. Emphasis on improvisationaltechniques and active participation. Development of dramatic pieces from written, verbal, visual, and
audible sources.
Introduction to Theatre
A survey of dramatic art: major historical periods, plays, artists; dramatic
structure, principles, and values; basic concepts and techniques of the play
production process. (Fall)
Technical Production I
Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre: its organization, crafts,
magic, and art. Technical production experience, practical projects, and
theatre tours. Crew work required in addition to normal class time. Open to
all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. Lab fee.
(Alternate years, Fall)
Stage Design I
Introduction to technical design for the theatre. Emphasis on scenery and
lighting design. Practical projects in drafting, drawing, painting, and design
theory. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore
years. (Alternate years, Spring)
Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and emotional
preparationand exploring the creative approach to sceneand character study
in American drama.
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Interpretative Reading
Basic principlesof oral interpretation of literature.Study, understanding and
practice in reading prose, poetry and drama before small and large groups.
Theatre History and Criticism I
An overview of theatre history from its classical Greek origins through
Elizabethan theatre. We examine plays and attend local theatre productions
in order to understand and experience theories of drama, dramatic production and criticism.
Theatre History and Criticism I1
An overview of theatre history from French Neoclassical through contemp*
rary theatre. We examine plays and attend local theatre productions in order
to understand and experience theories of drama, dramatic production and
criticism. Brereq.: 361)
Stage Direction I
Basic directorial techniques: choice of plays, play analysis, production organization, technical collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking, and characterization. Direction of a short production required (one-act or excerpt
from full-length play). Upper Division students or consent of instructor.
(Spring)
Stage Direction I1
1n-depth analysis and practical experience in directing different play forms
and styles: serious, comic, period, experimental, musical. Direction of a short
production required (one-act or excerpt from full-length play). (Prereq.: 366
or consent of instructor. Spring)
Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
Technical Production 11
Advanced constructionand problem-solving techniquesin technical areas of
scenery, props, lighting, sound, costumes, and make-up. (Prereq.: 228 or
consent of instructor. Lab fee. Alternate years, Fall)
Stage Design I1
Advanced projects in technical design. Introduction to costume design.
(Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring)
Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through character
analysis and extensivescene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from the
classics, including Shakespeare,French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy,
Realism and Non-Realism, Epic and the Absurd culminating in preparation
and presentation of a professional audition.
499
Independent Study in Drama
Individual projects in oral interpretation and theatre.
V Transdisciplinary
Students wishing to develop their own majoiby combining appropriate
portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The
Transdisciplinary Major enables students to respond to a particular
career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy
the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for
those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in
some academic fields.
Students wishing to develop a TransdisciplinaryMajor are to observethe following:
A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses
required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the
College.
B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the
end of his or her sophomoreyear (contract forms are availablein the Office
of the Registrar).
C. The contractmust be approved by the student's adviser and bythe Faculty
Committee on Student Standing.
V Women's and
Minority Studies (INS)
Women's Studies and Minority Studies courses fulfill the Urban
Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies distribution
requirement. In addition, Augsburg offers students an opportunity
to minor in Women's Studies.
+ Minority Studies
231
Religion i n African-American History
An examination of selectedtopics related to the Blackexperience,e.g. African
backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Meets 1 religion requirement or the Urban Concerns, Women's and Minority Studies requirement.
232
233
260
Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies
An interdisciplinary course providing an ovemiew of the major issues
related to the Black experience in terms of the family, education, religion, art,
economicsand politics. It is designed to heighten the student's consciousness
regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution of Black
culture and the impact of Black culture on American society.
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological,
evolutionary and historical origins of women's roles and status in human society.Emphasiswill be placed on the comparativeroles of womenin different
cultures. This comparison will include such North American models as the
Navajo, Ojibwe, and Iroquois, African models such as the Pygmies and other
tribal groups, and the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, and the
Middle East and rural China. Offered periodically through CHR and the
American Indian Program office.
Contemporary American Indians
The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization
Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty,
treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/
cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today.
+ Women's Studies
Beverly Stratton, Coordinator
Women's Studies values the experiences and perspectives of women by
placing them at the center as it branches out to critically examine
women's contributions in life and learning. Women's Studies seeks to
complement other disciplines by expanding knowledge about women,
addressing misconceptions, and raising new questions which spark
further investigation. It seeks to empower students for leadership.
Women's Studies tries to be explicit about its goals and issues. It seeks to
raise awareness of diversity, to critically examine all disciplines and
existing social practices, to recover past achievements of women and
encourage the work that women now do, to expand perspectives and to
provide a basis for decision making and critical evaluation of future
learning.
Minor: 5 courses which must include INS201,3 electives, 1of which must
be Upper Division, and INS 495 or 499. Courses may be taken from the
ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each student's program must have
the written approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator.
201
Introduction to Women's Studies
This multidisciplinary course will introduce students to the contributions of
women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences, and the arts and
to how the questionsand methodologies of these disciplinesdiffer when seen
from women's perspectives. Students will also study the history of the
women's movement, diversity of women's experiences in terms of race,
sexual orientation and class, and other contemporary issues raised by feminists.
233
265
495
499
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective (See description under Minority
Studies)
Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from
women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other
aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of Black and
white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies to the
present. Contributions by Indian women, Chicanas and other "invisible"
women minorities will be included.
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of minors who do not elect to do an Independent
Study. To be completed after the introductory course and electives. (Alternate years, Fall 1989)
Independent Study
In consultationwith a facultymember and with the approval of the Women's
Studies Coordinator, a student selects a specific topic for study. Required of
minors who do not elect to participate in the seminar.
Approved electives from other academic departments including:
ART 352
ENG 282 or 482
HIS 226
POL 421
POL 459
Women's Art History (see Art Department listing)
Topics in Literahue (see English Department listing)
Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in
the 20th Cenhuy (see History Department listing)
Topics in American Politics (see Political Science Department listing)
Topics in Comparative Politics (see Political Science
Department listing)
H
H
H
Regents
ELCA
Directory
Administration
H
H
H
H
Faculty Emeriti
Academic Calendar
Faculty
Maps
V Board of Regents
(as of June 1988)
The year in parentheses after each name is
the expiration date of current term.
i;
&-
Chair
Donald R. Grangaard
Secretary
Charles W. Amason
Vice Chair
The Reverend Harris W. Lee
Treasurer
Raymond A. Grinde
--
Charles W. Amason, J.D. (1988)
Paul B. Batalden, M.D.
(1990)
Nancy H. Bottemiller
Rodney P. Burwell
(1992)
(1988)
H. David Dalquist, I11
(1990)
Darrell J. Egertson
(1988)
Julian P. Foss
Barbara C. Gage
Donald R. Grangaard, J.D.
Richard R. Green, Ed.D
Raymond A. Grinde
Carolyn T. Groves
(1990)
(1992)
(1990)
(1992)
(1990)
(1990)
Elling B. Halvorson
(1990)
Lawrence 0. Hauge
(1988)
(1990)
Catherine E. Johnson
George 0.Johnson, Ph.D. (1990)
Harris W. Lee, D. Min.
(1988)
-
-
Attorney, Head and Truhn,
Minneapolis, MN
Vice President for Medical Care, Hospital
Corp. of America, Nashville, TN
Homemaker, Wadena, MN
Chairman, Xerxes Corporation,
Minneapolis, MN
President, Northland Aluminum Products,
Inc., St. Louis Park, MN
Executive Vice President/Chief Financial
Officer, Apache Corp., Denver, CO
Retired Businessman, Mesa, AZ
Homemaker, Long Lake, MN
First Bank System, Inc., Minneapolis, MN
Chancellor, New York City Public Schools
Partner, Klohn Design, Inc., St. Paul, MN
Administrator, S. J. Groves and Sons
Company, Minneapolis, MN
Chairman of the Board, Halvorson Osborne
Construction Co., Kirkland, WA
Chairman, Suburban National Bank,
Eden Prairie, MN
Homemaker, Minneapolis, MN
Associate Professor & Director, Hospital &
Health Care Admin., Minneapolis, MN
Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good
Shepherd, Minneapolis, MN
Mr. Gary H. Lohn
(1988)
Mildred I. Mueller, Ph.D. (1990)
Rev. Maynard L. Nelson
(1990)
Ms. Roselyn J. Nordaune, J.D.
(1988)
Mr. Howard E. Olson
Mr. Donald G. Oren
(1990)
(1988)
Mr. Harvey M. Peterson (1990)
Mrs. Inez M. Schwarzkopf (1988)
Gladys I. Strommen
Merton P. Strommen
Leland N. Sundet
(1990)
(1996)
(1990)
David L. Swanson
(1990)
Stanley W. Thiele
(1992)
William A. Urseth
(1992)
Control Data Business Advisors,
Mankato, MN
Director of Education Statistics, MN Dept:of
Education, St. Paul, MN
Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran Church,
Minneapolis, MN
Partner, Nordaune & Friesen,
St. Louis Park, MN
Businessman, St. Paul, MN
President, Dart Transit Company,
St. Paul, MN
President, Catco Company, St. Paul, MN
Director for Community and Organizational
Development, Women of ELCA, Chicago, IL
Homemaker, St. Paul, MN
Founder, Search Institute, Minneapolis, MN
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer,
Century Manufacturing Co.,
Bloomington, MN
Vice President, Grudem Brothers Co.,
St. Paul, MN
Senior Vice President, Administrative
Services, 3M, St. Paul, MN
Chief Executive Officer,
U.S. Communications, Minneapolis, MN
V Division for Education
The Evangelical Lutheran Church
in America (ELCA)
Board
Chair: Rev. Dennis H. Dickman
Secretary: Solveig Gregory
Vice-Chair: Mary Ellen H. Schrnider
Executive Staff
Executive Director: Rev. W. Robert Sorensen
Assistant Director for Finance: Beata H. Sorenson
Director for Colleges and Universities: James M. Unglaube
Assistant Director for Colleges and Universities: Naomi E. Linnell
V Directory
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis. MN 55454
Area Code: 612
President .............................................................................................
330-1212
Academic Affairs ..............................................................................330-1024
Admissions ......................................................................................330-1001
Alumni Programs .............................................................................330-1179
Business Office (Fees and Accounts).............................................. 330-1029
Campus Ministry (College Pastor) ................................................. 330-1107
330-1162
Career Services ..................................................................................
College Center Manager/Coordinator, Special Events ............... 330-1121
College Relations (News and Publications) ..................................330-1180
Development (Financial Gifts to the College)............................... 330-1171
Facilities Office .................................................................................. 330-1120
Financial Aid (Scholarships) ...........................................................
330-1046
General Information (Other office
numbers; business hours only) .................................................. 330-1000
Evenings........................................................................................ 330-1234
Graduate Program ......................................................................... 330-1787
Ice Arena Manager ...................................................................... 330-1251
Interim Office .................................................................................. 330-1025
Library ................................................................................................ 330-1017
Parent Programs
,
.
.................................................. .330-1179
Personnel Office ................................................................................
330-1058
Registrar ...................................................................................... 330-1036
Student Activities Office .................................................................. 330-1111
....
.....................................
.330-1160
Student Affairs .....................
Student Government Office ............................................................
330-1110
Student Life (Housing).................................................................... 330-1109
Summer School Office ...................................................................... 330-1025
Weekend College ............................................................................ 330-1782
........... .......
.
.
..
.
.
The College has designated the following persons as coordinators for
discrimination inquiries or grievances:
Mary Lou Williams, Assistant Professor, Social Work Department (612/
33@1157)Affirmative Action Coordinator (matters based on race,
creed, national or ethnic origin)
Vern M. Bloom, Director, CHR -Memorial Hall (612/330-1133)
504 Coordinator (matters based on physical or mental handicap)
William R. Rosser, Vice President for Student Affairs, Memorial Hall
(612/330-1168) -Title lX Coordinator (matters based on sex or
marital status)
Sandra Jacobson, Director of Personnel, Ground Floor, Memorial Hall
(612/330-1023) -Employment
All correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual, at
Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Formal
grievance procedures are described in the Staff Handbook. Copies are
available from the Personnel Office.
V Administration
Office of the President
President .......................................................................... Charles S. Anderson
Executive Secretary to the President .........................Carolyn S. Magnuson
College Pastor ......................................................................... David T. Wold
Director, Church Relations ..........................................................Curtis Peter
Director, Admissions ............................................................... Carol A. Stack
Academic Affairs
Vice President for Academic Affairs and
Ryan A. LaHurd
Dean of the College ...................................................
Executive Secretary to the Academic Dean ........................ Lois M. Nielsen
Associate Dean of the College and
Director of Special Programs ................................Patricia A. Parker
c h a r d J. Thoni
Director, Weekend College
Operations Manager, Weekend College ......................... Laurel Orthmeyer
Graduate Program Coordinator ........................................o n e Karvonen
Registrar .............................................................................Burdett Parsons
Institutional Research Analyst ............................................ Robert W. Clyde
Head Librarian ............................................................... Margaret Anderson
Director, Audio-visual Center ..........................................
Brian P. Hackney
Director, Black Student Affairs ................................................M. Anita Gay
Director, American Indian Support Program ................Bonnie A. Wallace
Interim Director ............................................................. Donald R. Gustafson
Kathleen Lutfi
Coordinator, International Programs ............,...
Director, Faculty Development ....................................... Edwina Hertzberg
Director, Cooperative Education ........................................ Garry W. Hesser
....................
R
Student Affairs
Vice President of Student Affairs and
Dean of Students ........................................................ William R. Rosser
Executive Secretary to the Vice President ...................................
Casey Levi
Associate Dean of Students .................................................. James B. Grubs
Co-directors, Counseling Services ......Nancy G. Medcraft, Joan W. Slater
Director, Academic Enrichment .....................................Donald M. Warren
Director, Career Services ..................................................... Tina M. Wagner
Coordinator, Off-campus Student Employment ................... Lois A. Olson
Director, Student Life and Housing ................Linda K. Schrempp-Alberg
Director, Student Activities .................................................. Brian Cockayne
Coordinator, Urness Tower ...................................................... Ava J. Young
Coordinator, Mortensen Tower ........................................ Sue J. Hohenstein
R
Development and College Relations
Vice President for Development and College Relations .............................
Executive Secretary to the Vice President ............................... Betty Arnold
Director, Development ............................................................. Gordon Olson
Director, Planned Giving ...................................................Thomas I. Benson
Jeroy C. Carlson
Senior Development Officer
Director, Corporate and Foundation Relations ..............Victoria J. Hoshal
Director, Alumni/Parent Relations ....................................Jeffrey Swenson
Director, College Relations .......................................M a Adams Forsberg
Director, Publications ................................................................... Ka I. Cady
Publications Specialist....................................................... Morgan K. Brooke
Development Officer/Annual Fund ...............
Donna McLean
.............................................
Finance and Management
Vice President for Finance and Management ....................Michael Ranum
Executive Secretary to the Vice President
Assistant Vice President for
Student Financial Services ...................................... Herald A. Johnson
Financial Aid Counselor ......................................................... Karen D. Flom
Director, Personnel ............................................................... Sandra Jacobson
Controller ........................................................................................
Koepke
Director, Administrative Computer Center ............................ Steve Terrien
Manager, College Center .................................................Mildred A. Nelson
Manager, Central Services..................................Charles E. Christopherson
Director, Purchasing/Bookstore .......................................... Robert P. Gores
Director, Marriott Corp. Food Services ................................ Randy McNeal
Director, Plant Services ........................................................ James Weninger
Supervisor, Maintenance ....................................................... Robin A. Curtis
Manager, Ice Arena .................................................................. James J. Carey
......................................................
V Faculty
Emeriti
Courtland L. Agre, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ernest W. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education.
Oscar A. Anderson, President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D.,
Luther Theological Seminary;L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Valeria Baltins, Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages.
Magister der Philosophia, University of Latvia.
Carl Chrislock, Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
L. Gracia Christensen, Professor Emerita of English.
Ailene Cole, Professor of Theatre Arts/Speech. B.A.,
Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
K. Berner Dahlen, Professor Emeritus of English. M.S. University of Minnesota.
Edgar E. Eklof, Professor Emeritus of Music. M.M. Manhattan Music School.
Sheldon P. Fardig, Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A.
Carleton College, M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Theodore J. Hanwick, Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D.,
New York University.
Katherine Hennig, Professor Emerita of Music. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Einar 0 . Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D.,
University of Washington.
James D. Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Music. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Bernhardt J. Kleven, Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson, Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Anne Pederson, Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
LaVonne J. Peterson, Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education.
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Martin Quanbeck, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren, Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College;
D. Mus., Lakeland College.
Paul T. Steen, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joel S. Torstenson, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
V Academic Calendar
Fall 1988
Labor Day recess .......................................................................................... M Sep 5
Upperclass validation ...................................................
.
,
....................... Tu. Sep 6
Freshmen registration ....................................................................................Tu. Sep 6
Classes begin ................... ,
.
.
,
............................................................................W Sep 7
Last day to register,
designate grading option.
add a class,
drop a class without notation on record,
move Upper/Lower
Division course to Upper
..
.. Division
or Lower Division .................................................................................... Tu, Sep 13
Mid-term break ................................................................................................ F Oct 28
Interim registration ....................................................................... M. Oct 31 .F. Nov 4
Spring term pre-registration ....................................................... M Nov 14 .F. Dec 2
Last day to withdraw from a class ............................................................... F Nov 18
Thanksgiving recess begins ........................................................................ T h Nov 24
Classes resume .......................................................................................... M Nov 28
Classes end ...................................................................................................... F Dec 9
Final examinations begin ........................................................................ M. Dec 12
Final examinations end ................................................................................ T h Dec 15
Final grades due and Incompletes due
from spring and summer '88 ............................................................... W Dec 21
Interim 1989
Classes begin ......................................................................................................
T Jan 3
Last day to register. add a class.
drop a class without notation on record
or move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division ................. W. Jan 4
Last day to designate grading option
or move Upper/Lower division course to Lower Division ................ M. Jan 16
Last day to withdraw from a class .................................................................. F. Jan 20
Classes end .........................................................................................................
F Jan 27
Interim grades due ............................................................................................ F Feb 3
Spring 1989
Validation of registration
...................... .
.
.................................................... T Jan 31
.
Classes begin .....................................................................................................
W Feb 1
Last day to register.
designate grading option.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division
or Lower Division ......................................................................................T Feb 7
Mid-term break begins ....................................................................................
F Mar 24
Classes resume ..................................................................................................
M Apr 3
Easter break begins ........................................................................................ F. Mar 24
Classes resume ..................................................................................................
M. Apr 3
Last day to withdraw from a class ................................................................ F Apr 21
Early registration for fall ............................................................. M Apr 24 .F. May 5
Classes end .......................................................................................................
F. May 12
Final examinationsbegin
.............................................................................
M,
May 15
.
Final examinations end ................................................................................ May 18
Baccalaureate and
Commencement ......................................................................................
S May 21
Final grades due and Incompletes due
from fa11 '88 and Interim '89 .............................................................. W May 24
-
A
.
Summer School 1989
Term I ......................................................................................... T May 30 .F, June 23
Term I1 ........................................................................................... M June 26 .F. Aug 4
Fall 1989
Labor Day recess ...............................................................................................
M Sep 4
Upperclass validation and Freshmen registration ...................................... T u Sep 5
Classes begin ....................................................................................................
W Sep 6
Last day to register.
add a class.
designate grading option.
drop a class without notation on record.
or move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division
T . Sep 12
or Lower Division ....................................................................................
Mid-term break .................................................................................................
F Oct 27
Interim registration ....................................................................
M. Oct 30 .F. Nov 3
Spring term pre-registration ....................................................... M Nov 13 .F. Dec 1
Last day to withdraw from a class ................................................................ F. Nov 17
Thanksgiving recess begins .....................................................................
Th. Nov 23
Classes resume ...............................................................................................M Nov 27
Classes end ..........................................................................................................
F Dec 8
M. Dec 11
Final examinations begin ...............................................................................
Final examinations end ................................................................................. T h Dec 14
Final grades due and Incompletes due
from spring and summer '89 .................................................................. W Dec 20
Interim 1990
.
.
...................................................................... Tu. Jan 2
Classes begin ......................
Last day to register. add a class.
drop a class without notation on record
or move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division .................. W. Jan 3
Last day to designate grading option
or move Upper/Lower Division course to Lower Division ............... Tu. Jan 16
Last day to withdraw from a class ............................................................... F. Jan 19
Classes end .........................................................................................................
F Jan 26
Interim grades due .............................................................................................F Feb 2
Spring 1990
Validation of registration.............................................................................. T Jan 30
Classes begin .................................................................................................
W Jan 31
Last day to register.
designate grading option.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
or move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division
T Feb 6
or Lower Division ......................................................................................
Mid-term break begins ............................................................................... Sa. Mar 24
Easter break begins .......................................................................................... F Apr 13
Classes resume ................................................................................................ M Apr 16
Last day to withdraw from a class ................................................................ F Apr 20
Early registration for fall ............................................................. M Apr 23 .F. May 4
Classes end .......................................................................................................
F May 11
Final examinations begin ............................................................................. M May 14
Final examinations end ................................................................................Th. May 17
Baccalaureate and
S May 20
Commencement ......................................................................................
Final grades due and Incompletes due
from fall '89 and Interim '90 .................................................................. W May 23
V Faculty
Correct as of May 15,1988.
(beginning year of service on faculty in parenthesis)
1 Charles S. Anderson (1976). President, B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University
of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological
Seminary, New York.
1 Ryan A. LaHurd (1985). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the
College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph-D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Nancy I. Aarsvold (1986). Instructor of Foreign Languages. B.A.,
Pacific Lutheran University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ruth L. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin.
Robert W. Adney (1979). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time. B.A., University of
Minnesota.
Earl R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry, B.A.,
St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan. (On leave Interim and
Spring, 1989)
Brian R. Ammann (1988). Instructor and Head Basketball Coach, Health and
Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., North Dakota State
University.
Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor, part-time, Psychology, B.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University.
Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern
College; M.A., Northwestern University.
Edwin D. Andersen (1987). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics, Weekend
College. B.A., Macalester College; M.S.T., Illinois Institute of Technology;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Instructor, part-time, Art. A.B., Oberlin College;
M.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Margaret J. Anderson (1%7). Associate Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson (1949). Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre.
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sheldon Anderson (1988). Instructor, part-time, History. Weekend College.
Andrew L. Aoki (1988).Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University
of Massachusetts-Amherst; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Charles N. Arge (1987). Lecturer, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Arizona.
Marjorie Audette (1986). Assistant Professor, part-time, Nursing, Weekend
College. B.S., Marquette University; M.A., University of Iowa.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Bakken (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Concordia
College; M.A., University of North Dakota; M.A., United Theological
Seminary; M. Div., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Deborah Bart (1980). Instructor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A.,
M.A., University of Minnesota.
John E. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D.,
Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
Vern M. Bloom (1971). Director of CHR Program and College of the 3rd Age.
B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Joseph C. Bodziock (1986). Lecturer, part-time, English. B.A., St. Joseph's
College; M.A., University of New Hampshire.
Julie H. Bolton (1975). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of
Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Borstad (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John Bosma (1985). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theatre,
Weekend College. B.A., Concordia College, St. Paul; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Michael Brand (1979). Studio Artist/Trumpet, part-time. B.S., M.F.A., University
of Minnesota.
James A. Brothen (1988). Visiting Assistant Professor of History, part-time. B.A.,
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Maria Brown (1980). Assistant Professor in Social Work. B.A., M.A., American
University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Laine Bryce (1978). Studio Artist/Bassoon, part-time. B.A., University of
Minnesota.
Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Sociology and Women's and
Minority Studies. B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Diane F. Busico (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State
University.
Thomas L. Busico (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and
Economics, Weekend College. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.B.A.,
Kent State University.
John Cemto (1983). Assistant Professor in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Augsburg
College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
James Cleary (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Psychology, Weekend College. B.A.,
University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., Ph.D., Western Michigan
University.
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Institutional Research
Analyst. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of
Iowa.
Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer
Science. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph-D., Syracuse University.
(On leave, 1988-89)
John Cosgrove (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Larry Crockett (1985). Assistant Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science.
B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological
Seminary.
Wayne A. Dalton (1984). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., University of
Redlands; M.Th., Ph.D., School of Theology at Claremont.
Jan Davies (1987). Instructor, part-time, Education, Weekend College. B.F.A.,
Illinois Wesleyan University.
John Dunham (1987). Visiting Instructor and Studio Artist/Cello, part-time,
Music. B.A., Syracuse University; M.M., University of Michigan-Ann Arbor.
Beverly C. Durkee (1965). Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A.,
B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State
University.
Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota. (On leave Fall, 1988 and Interim, 1989)
Mary G . Endorf (1986). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of
Education. B.A., Hamline University; M.S., SUNY-Cortland; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Physics. B.A., Luther College; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S.,
Ph-D., University of Minnesota.
Marian S. Enos (1987). Lecturer, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Sheldon P. Fardig (1962). Lecturer in Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M.,
Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and
Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Ronald E. Fine (1987). B.A., University of Maryland; M.A., American University.
Ann C. Fleener (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Marilyn Pearson Florian (1980). Instructor in Health and Physical Education.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., St. Cloud State University.
Mathew Foss (1988). Visiting Instructor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.S.,
B.S.E., M.A., Northeast Missouri State University.
Stephanie C. Franz (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Physics, Weekend College. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.S., University of Minnesota.
Robert Friederichsen (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel
College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Professor and Department Chairperson of Philosophy.
B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
1
Greta Gaard (1986). Instructor, part-time, English, Weekend College. B.A.,
Pepperdine University; M.A., Claremont Graduate School.
Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
David L. Garrison (1986). Lecturer in English, part-time. B.A., Appalachian State
University; M.A., Baylor University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
M. Anita Gay (1987). Director, Black Student Affairs. B.S., Southern University,
Baton Rouge; M.A., Howard University.
Jerry Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology.B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Chicago. (On leave Interim and Spring, 1989)
Richard Germundsen (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato
State University; M.A., American University; Ph.D, University of
Minnesota.
Nancy J. Giguere (1987). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages, Weekend
College. B.A., University of Arizona; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D.,
University of North Carolina.
Peter Gillen (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.S.B., University of Minnesota.
Orloue N. Gisselquist (1956). Associate Professor of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Gerald Glatzmaier (1986). Lecturer, part-time. Business Administration and
Economics. B.A., St. Cloud State University; M.A., University of Minnesota;
M.A., Northeastern University.
Joseph R. Goldman (1986). Visiting Lecturer in Political Science. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Kansas.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor, part-time, Health and Physical
Education. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Douglas E. Green (1988). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Amherst University; M.A., Ph.D., Brown University.
Joan L. Griffin (1986). Assistant Professor of English. A.B., Washington University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University.
Satya P. Gupta (1976). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S.,
M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History, Interim Director. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1974). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Brian P. Hackney (1983). Assistant Professor, Director of Audio-Visual Center.
B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., University of WisconsinStout.
Paul P. Halvorson (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and
Economics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., The American University.
Mark Hassenstab (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and
Economics, Weekend College. B.A., Augsburg College; M.B.A., University of
Minnesota.
Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kathy Heikkila (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Lacrosse; M.A., The College of St. Thomas.
Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Edwina L. Hertzberg (1977). Associate Professor of Social Work, Director of
Faculty Development. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph-D., University
of Minnesota.
Richard C. Henog (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics. B.S., Washington University; M.B.A., St. Louis University.
Garry W. Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of MetroUrban Studies, Director of Cooperative Education Program. B.A., Phillips
University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Notre Dame.
Paul T. Hirdman (1985). Assistant Professor of Psychology. A.A., Waldorf Junior
College; B.A., Augsburg College; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary;
M.A., Ph.D., University of North Dakota.
Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia-College, Moorhead;
M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Bradley P. Holt (1981). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College;
B.Q., Luther Theological Seminary; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University.
Paul L. Holmer (1986). Distinguished Visiting Professor of Philosophy.
B.A.,M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Yale University.
John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry (and Acting Department Chairperson, Interim & Spring, 1989).B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
I. Khin Khin Jensen (1955-56,1959). Professor of History, Director of East and
Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma; M.A., Bucknell
University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
John R. Jenswold (1985). Lecturer, part-time, History. M.A., University of
Connecticut-Storrs.
Barbara E. D. Johnson (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Gustavus
Adolphus College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College;
B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota
State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jeffrey E. Johnson (1985). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., and Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Martha B. Johnson (1988). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and
Theatre. B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Mary E. Johnson (1962). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Smith
College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Business Administration and Economics. B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt;
M.B.A., University of Michigan.
Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson
of Mathematics/Computer Science. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State University.
Jane Kammerman (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and
Economics. B.A., University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert KarlCn (1973). Professor and Department Chairperson of Music. B.M.,
New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Foreign Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College.
Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Instructor and Studio Artist/Oboe, part-time. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education.
B.S., Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Robert Kramarczuk (1983). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and
Economics, Weekend College. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Angela Wyatt Kretschmar (1981). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.A., St.
Olaf College.
Edith V. Kromer (1983). Librarian, part-time, Weekend College. B.A., Hamline
University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Joan C. Kunz (1987).Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of
Missouri-St. Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Roy H. LaFayette (1972). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and
Economics. B.S.B., University of Minnesota.
David V. Lapakko (1986). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Nicholas A. Lenz (1980). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., Southwest State
University; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Ronald L. Libertus (1985). Lecturer, part-time, CHR Program and Women's and
Minority Studies. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Windham College.
Lynn Lindow (1985). Visiting Instructor of Education. B.S., Mankato State
University; M.S., North Dakota State University.
Rosemary J. Link (1986). Assistant Professor of Social Work. M.Sc., London
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Dunbar Lohman (1985). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., M.M.,
University of Minnesota.
Steven Lund (1983). Studio Artist/Trombone, part-time. B.S., University of
Minnesota.
Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Lecturer, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Smith
College; M.A., Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Karen M. Mateer (1984). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South
Dakota; M.A., University of Iowa.
Janet M. Mathison (1986). Instructor, part-time, Religion, Weekend College.
Associate Director, Center for Global Education. B.A., Alverno College;
M.A., Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia.
Jerie McArthur (1983). Instructor in Speech, Weekend College. B.A., Macalester
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Dan McNamara (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend
College. BSIE, University of Dayton; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Marie 0.McNeff (1968). Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University
of Nebraska.
Roberta Kagin Metzler (1974). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College;
B. Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas.
Fekri Meziou (1987). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics. B.A., University of Tunis, Tunisia; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Kathryn S. Mickelson (1985). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Music. B.S.,
Augsburg College; M.M.T., Southern Methodist University.
Jan Miner (1984). Instructor, part-time, Speech/Communication, Weekend
College. B.A., Lycoming College; M.A., Bowling Green State University.
John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College;
M.A., University of Tennessee.
William Monsrna (1987). Lecturer, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College;
M.Div., Calvin Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Karen Morgan (1987). Instructor, part-time, Education, Weekend College. B.S.,
St. Cloud State University; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Thomas Morgan (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S.,
University of Oregon.
Elizabeth Proctor Murphy (1984). Studio Artist/Cello, part-time. B.A., Cleveland Institute of Music.
Gordon L. Nelson (1967). Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson (1968). Professor and Department Chairperson of History.
B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Christie Nicholl(1973). Professor and Department Chairperson of
English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Nursing. B.S., M.S., University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor and Department Chairperson of Political
Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Patricia Nortwen (1985). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time. B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time. B.A., Harnline
University.
Vicki B. Olson (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Sharon K. Ostwald (1986). Adjunct Assistant Professor of Nursing. M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
James F. Palmer (1987). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics and Computer
Science, Weekend College. B.A., Illinois State University, Normal; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B. Div.,
Bethel Seminary; M.A, Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Marlene J. Pauley (1983). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.M., Michigan State University.
Lauretta E. Pelton (1970). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Briar Cliff
College; M.Ed., Marquette University.
Paul Pender (1985). Instructor, part-time, ~ u s i i e s Administration,
s
Weekend
College. B.A., M.B.A., University of Wisconsin.
Douglas D. Peny (1976). Instructor, part-time, Social Work, Weekend College.
B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Curtis Peter (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Wartburg College;
M. Div., Wartbug Theological Seminary.
Noel J. Petit (1984). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A.,
St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joyce Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education and
Director of Women's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of
Minnesota. (On leave 1988-89)
Diane I,Pike (1981). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University.
Stephen H. Pinsky (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Franklin and
Marshall College; B.H.L., M.H.L., Hebrew Union College.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chairperson of Religion.
B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Ph.D.,
Princeton Theological Seminary.
Larry C. Ragland (1985). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science.
B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at
Austin.
0.Nicholas Raths (1987). Studio Artist/Guitar, Music. B.M., M.M., University of
Minnesota.
Bruce R Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College;
M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
David Riley (1987). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.A., St. Mary's College; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas.
C.P.A.
Thomas D. Rossin (1986). Assistant Professor of Music. M.F.A., University of
Minnesota.
Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Business Administration and Economics.
B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Hikaru S. Sakai (1987).ACTC part-time Instructor in Japanese. B.A., University
of Osaka; Ed.S., M.A., College of St. Thomas.
Hamed Sallam (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Ein Shams University, Cairo; M.S., Cairo University; Ph.D.,
Tbilisi State University, U.S.S.R.
Pauline Sateren (1974). Lecturer, part-time, Music Education. B.A., Northwestern College; M.M.Ed., University of Colorado.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
and Director of Men's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Milo A. Schield (1985). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics. B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice
University.
Eugene M. Skibbe (1964).Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th.,
Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Stanley H. Solnick (1984).Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics. B.A., M.B.A., University of Northern Colorado.
Donald B. Steinmetz (1968).Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Myles Stenshoel(1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Colorado.
Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics. B.S., M.S., Long Island University.
Beverly J. Stratton (1986).Assistant Professor of Mathematics/Computer
Science. B.A., M.A., Boston University.
Marie Stmss (1988).Instructor, part-time, Education, Weekend College. B.S.,
Mankato State University; M.S., Mankato State University.
Mary Jo Stump (1988).B.A., Ball State University; M.A., Northern State College.
Grace K. S d e m d (1966).Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ralph L. Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Gerald Swanson (1988). Instructor, part-time, Art, Weekend College. B.A.,
M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Kathryn Swanson (1985).Assistant Professor of English. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Philip J. Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chairperson of Art. B.A.,
Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Neal 0.Thorpe (1967).Professor and Department Chairperson of Biology. B.A.,
Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Calvin Vraa (1988). Instructor, part-time, Psychology, Weekend College. B.A.,
Concordia College; M.A., Northern Colorado University; Ph.D., University of
North Dakota.
Donald M. Warren (1978).Lecturer, part-time, Intro to Liberal Arts. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Pamela Weiss (1983).Instructor of Nursing. B.S.N., University of Nebraska;
M.P.H., University of Minnesota.
Theresa Welcher (1986). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., and two M.S.
degrees, South Dakota State University.
Mary Louise Williams (1978; 1984). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania.
Dorothy J. Williamson (1970).Instructor, part-time, Art Education. B.A., Asbury
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mary E. Wilson (1969). Studio Artist/Flute, part-time. B.A., B.M., Macalester
College.
Departments and Programs:
.........................................................
..................................................
........................................
.............................................
..................
..,...
........................................
................................................
.......................
............................
.........,.
.............
........
................................................
.........................................
..................
.....................
........................139
..................................................144
..................................153
...............................................154
......................157
..........................................158
................................................161
................................. 166
........................................171
.,..,
..... .,. ..175
........................179
...............179
............180
..................................... 181
........................................ 181
Art
73
76
Biology
Business Administration and
Economics
80
Chemistry
88
East and
93
Southeast Asian Studies
97
Education
Engineering
101
103
English
108
First Year Experience
Foreign Languages
109
,. ..119
General Studies
120
Global Education Programs
Health and Physical Education
123
History
127
131
Humanities
132
Interdisciplinary Studies
132
International Relations
Mathematics and Computer Science133
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Natural Science
Nursing
Occupational Therapy
Philosophy
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion .
Russian Area Studies
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science. Non-Western
Social Studies
Social Work
Sociology
Speech/Communication and
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary Studies
Women's and Minority Studies
Academic Adviser ................................. 49
Academic Calendar ....................... 48. 206
Academic Enrichment .................. .42. 119
Academic Information ......................... 47
Academic Organization and Programs .50
Academic Policies and Procedures .......61
Academic Progress ................................ 69
.................. 10
Accessibility ................... ,
Accounting Specialization ....................81
4 9. 11
Accreditation .................................
Adapted Physical Education ...............125
203
Administration ....................................
Admissions ...................................... 12 15
Advanced Placement Program .............. 67
American Indian Program ............... 10.42
Annex Housing ................................ 13. 45
Application for Financial Aid ...............26
Application Procedures ......................... 16
Art History ............................................ 75
Assessment of Previous Learning
(APL) ....................-...........*.. .-...... 67
Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC) ........48,52,55, 56
Athletics ............................................ 4 1
Audio-visual Services .......................... 49
Auditing Courses...................................66
Audit Fee ............................................... 22
41
Augsburgian ....................................
.
.
. ....-...-..-
185
...................................189
.................195
.......195
-
...
Black Student Program ................... 10. 43
Board ..................................................... 22
Board of Regents ................................. 210
Books and Supplies ...............................23
Business ................................................ 81
Calendar. Academic ......................48. 206
Campus Minishy ................................... 40
Campus Tours ....................... ..........16
Cancellation of Courses ........................ 62
.
.
..........43
Career Services ................... .
Center for Global Education ...........12. 60
Certification Programs
Art ............................................... 52. 74
Church Staff Work ............................ 52
Program Evaluation .................. 52. 172
Chemical Dependency Program ............55
Chinese .............................................. 111
Chin Wag ..............................................45
Christian Day School Program ........... 176
City Arts .............................................. 142
Classification .........................................67
CM.A. Certification ............................. 82
Coaching Endorsement ....................... 125
College Center ................................. 12. 41
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) .............................................. 68
.
............. 40
College Pastor ................... .
College Work Study Program ...............29
Commons .......................,
.
.
...............44
Communication ................................... 189
Computer Resources ............................. 50
Computer Science ...............................137
Conservation of Human Resources
(CHR) ................................................ 55
Continuing Education ........................ ,
.
60
Cooperative Education ............ 10. 58. 119
Costs ...................................................... 22
Counseling Services ..............................43
Course Descriptions ..............................71
C.P.A. Certification ...............................81
Credit Assessment Program (CAP) .......68
Credits ................................................... 72
.
.
Dean's List ............................................ 70
Degrees .................................................. 48
Departmental Comprehensive Exams ...68
Departments by Division ...................... 50
Departments and Programs ................... 71
Deposits .................................................
23
Directed Study ....................................... 59
Directory .............................................
202
Disabled Student Programs ...................43
Dismissal .........................,.....................69
Distinction. Graduation with .................70
Distribution Requirements .................... 64
Divisions ............................................... 50
Dual Degree Programs
(Engineering) ......................52 53. 101
.
E
Early Admission of Freshmen ...............17
Early Decision for Freshmen ................17
Echo ...................................................... 41
Economics ............... ............................ 85
Elementary Education ...........................96
Employment ..........................................28
English as a Second Language
(ESL) .........................................
,105
Enrollment ...............................................4
Evaluation and Grading ........................65
Facilities ................................................12
Facts and Figures .................................., 4
Faculty ........................................4 9 2 0 9
Faculty Emeriti ....................................205
Fairview Pharmacy ............................... 4 4
Fees ....................................................... 22
Finance Charge ..................................... 24
.FinanceSpecialization ..........................81
Financial Aid ......................................... 25
Financial Policies .................................. 24
Financing Your Education ....................21
Fine Arts ................................................41
First Year Experience (EYE)..43.63. 108
Food Service ......................................... 44
Foreign Study .................................. 44. 56
Foss. Lobeck. Miles Center for Worship.
Drama and Communication .............. 12
French .................................................. 111
Full-time Student .................................. 22
George Sverdnrp Library ..........13.49.55
German ................................................113
Gift Assistance ......................................27
Global Education Center .................12. 60
Global Education Programs ................120
Grade Point Average (GPA) .....18.63.67
Grading ..................................................65
Graduate Program .....................10 60. 61
Graduation Requirements .....................62
Graduation with Distinction ..................70
Grants ....................................................27
.
Learning Disabilities Program ..............43
Leave of Absence ..................................62
Library .......................................13.49. 55
Life Science........................................-153
Lifetime Sports ..............................
64. 125
Linguistics ...................... ................ 115
Literature. Ideology and Society in
Latin America (LISLA) ..................143
Living on Campus .................................45
Loan Assistance ....................................
28
Location .....................
.......11. 223
.
.
.
.
.
.
Majors and Minors
(Also see Courses) ......................51. 71
Management Specialization .................. 81
Management Information Systems
(MIS) Specialization .........................81
Map .....................................................
223
Marketing Specialization ...................... 81
Married Student Housing ......................45
Master of Arts in Leadership ..........10 60
Mathematics ........................................
135
Melby Hall ............................................ 12
Memberships .....................................
4. 11
Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) ..141
Minnesota State Work Study Program ..29
Ice Arena ............................................1 2 Minority Scholarships/Grants ...............31
Independent Study .................................59 Minority Studies .................................. 195
Information Request Card ...................225 Minors ........................................51 71
Intercollegiate Athletics ....................4.41 Mission Statement ...................................6
Interim .......................................4 56. 61 Mortensen Tower ............................12. 46
Inter-InstitutionalPrograms ..................55 2222 Murphy Square .............................13
InternationalBaccalaureate Program ....67 Music Education ...............................
144
InternationalBusiness .....................56.81 Music Ensembles ..........................41 152
International Students .....................19. 44 Music Hall .............................................13
I n t m h i p Program ................................58 Music Performance ............. 146. 147 152
Intramural Athletics ..............................42 Music Therapy .................................... 151
Health Service .......................................44
Health Education .................................124
Higher Education Consortium
(HECUA) ............................55.56. 140
History of Augsburg College ..................8
Honors Major (See Departmental Listings)
57
Honors Program ....................................
Housing .............................. 12. 23.44.45
Human Services in a Latin American
Context ......................................
5 6 121
.
.
.
Japanese ........................................9 115
KCMR Radio ................ ....................... 41
Kindergarten-Elementary
Education ........................................96
Kueffner Apartments .............................13
Norwegian ...........................................116
Numbering of Courses ..........................72
Off-Campus Programs ............................4
Old Main ...............................................13
Orientation .............................................
43
P
Part-time Students ................................. 2 2 1
Payment Options ................................... 24
Physical Disabilities .............................. 43
Physical Education ..........................,.. 125
Physical Science ..................................153
Pre-Professional Programs .................... 53
Pre-Registration.....................................61
Prerequisites ......................................... 72
Probation ........................................ 69
Program in Global Community .....56. 121
1 -: '
.
7
R
Refunds ........................... .
.
.
.........3
Registration ........................................... 61
Residence Requirement ......................... 63
Room and Board ..................... ..........22
ROTC ..............................................55.56
Russian ........................................... 117
,.
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term
(SUST) ............................................ 141
Scholarships ..........................................29
Science (Grades 5-9) ...........................153
Science Hall ...........................
13
Secondary Education ....................... .95,98
Semester Fees ........................................ 24
Sigma Pi Sigma ................................... 163
Smiley's Point Clinic ............................ 44
Social, Cultural, Reaeational ...............41
Social Welfare Minor ..........................183
Society of Physics Students ................ 163
South American Urban Semester
(SAUS) ............................................142
South Hall ................................. 13, 45, 46
Spanish ............................................ 117
Special Education ................................101
Special Interest Houses .........................46
Special Students (Non-Degree) .............19
Speech ..........................................
189
Sponsored Scholarships ........................ 29
Student Activities ...............................
44
Student Affairs Division .......................42
Student Employment .................,.......... 28
Student Government .............................41
Student Life ...........................................39
Student Project for Amity Among
Nations (SPAN) ................................57
Student Publications ..............................41
...............
.
Student Rights ...................................... 46
Student Teaching ..................... 57, 97, 100
Studio Art .............................................. 74
Study Abroad .................................. 44, 56
Summer Sessions ................................
57
Sverdrup-OftedalMemorial Hall .......... 13
Teaching Licensure (Also see majors) ..52
Test Scores ........................................... 16
Theatre Arts ......................................... 189
Transcripts ....................................... 16, 18
Transfer Students .................................. 18
Tuition ....................... ............ ........... 22
..
Urness Tower .................................. 13. 46
Veterans
................................................70
Weekend College ...................... 10. 60. 61
13. 46
West Hall ......................................
Withdrawal from College ................24. 62
Women's Studies ................................ 196
Work Study ........................................... 29
Campus Guide
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Admissions House
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall
Old Main
West Hall
Mortensen Tower
Umess Tower
Christensen Center
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial Hall
Music Hall
2222 Murphy Place
Melby Hall
Ice Arena
Stage I1 Theatre
Center for Global
Education
Scandinavian Center
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama and
Communication
Youth and Family Institute
19. Office Annex ~ o u i e
20. Tutor House
21. American Indian Support
and Minority Education
Partnership
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
Admissions Parking
Student Parking
Visitor Parking
The Quad
Faculty/Staff Parking
Murphy Square
Anderson-Nelson
Athletic Field
H. Fairview/St. Mary's
Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Strommen
Tennis Courts
J. Resident Parking Only
Accessible Entrance
Campus Location
To Find Augsburg
From Minneapolis
Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 2lst
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
From St. Paul
Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 2lst
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
Parking
All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for
student use from 430 pm Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are
located on 7th Street between 2lst and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th
Street on 2lst Avenue. Most street parking is 2 hour parking, seven days a
week. Additional parking is available in the St. Marfs Hospital ramp, or
U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside Avenue.
Show less
INTERIM 1974
Interim Dates
January.. 3.- (Thursday)
January .4_.
(Friday)
January 25
January 30
(Friday)
(Wednesday)
Interim begins.
C l a s s I - 9:00 a.m.
C l a s s I1 - 1:00 p.m.
Last day f o r cancel/add - including
Independent Study.
Last day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s .
In... Show more
INTERIM 1974
Interim Dates
January.. 3.- (Thursday)
January .4_.
(Friday)
January 25
January 30
(Friday)
(Wednesday)
Interim begins.
C l a s s I - 9:00 a.m.
C l a s s I1 - 1:00 p.m.
Last day f o r cancel/add - including
Independent Study.
Last day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s .
Interim ends.
Requirements and Course Load
The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e c o l l e g e year. The number of
i n t e r i m s r e q u i r e d f o r graduation i s equal t o one i n t e r i m l e s s than t h e
number of y e a r s of f u l l - t i m e enrollment a t Augsburg; e.g., a s t u d e n t e n r o l l e d
full-time f o r four years i s required t h r e e interims; a student enrolled f u l l time f o r two y e a r s i s r e q u i r e d one i n t e r i m . While a s t u d e n t i s n o t r e q u i r e d
t o e n r o l l i n an i n t e r i m , he/she pays t u i t i o n f o r an i n t e r i m during each year
he/she i s e n r o l l e d f u l l - t i m e a t Augsburg. T u i t i o n f o r t h e i n t e r i m i s p a i d a s
a p a r t of t h e f a l l t u i t i o n payment. A s t u d e n t may t a k e an i n t e r i m i n h i s
major o r o u t s i d e h i s major. Each d i s c i p l i n e may r e q u i r e one i n t e r i m of i t s
majors, and each s t u d e n t may e l e c t one a d d i t i o n a l i n t e r i m i n h i s major. Beyond t h e two i n t e r i m s i n h i s major each s t u d e n t w i l l e l e c t i n t e r i m s o u t s i d e
h i s major.
One i n t e r i m course i s t h e l i m i t of t h e s t u d e n t ' s academic l o a d d u r i n g
t h e one-month term.
June I n t e r i m s
Each year i n t e r i m c o u r s e s w i l l be c f f e r e d f o r t h e following June term
of summer school. A s t u d e n t may e n r o l l i n a June i n t e r i m course in l i e u of
t h e January t e r m . I f he/she e l e c t s June r a t h e r than January, t h e r e w i l l be
no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n charge. Students planning t h e June i n t e r i m i n l i e u of
January, however, must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e June i n t e r i m a t t h e time of i n t e r i m
r e g i s t r a t i o n i n t h e f a l l . Students wishing t o t a k e t h e June i n t e r i m i n addi t i o n t o t h e January one w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay r e g u l a r one summer course
tuition.
D i s t r i b u t i o n Requirements and Grading
Each department a t Augsburg o f f e r s a t l e a s t one i n t e r i m course t h a t w i l l
f u l f i l l the d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements f o r graduation. Each i n s t r u c t o r determines t h e manner i n which he w i l l grade t h e i n t e r i m . The grading i s l i s t e d
with each i n t e r i m d e s c r i p t i o n . ~ r a d i t i o n a l ;P/N; Optional.
C l a s s Meetings
An i n t e r i m course should make t h e same time demands upon t h e s t u d e n t
a s a standard semester course. The number and l e n g t h of c l a s s meetings
i s not r i g i d l y f i x e d . Students, however, should plan f o r i n - c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n of about t e n hours p e r week. I n a d d i t i o n , t h e r e w i l l be l a b s ,
f i e l d study, t r a v e l , readings, r e p o r t s , and papers.
A l l I n t e r i m c l a s s e s w i l l meet t h e f i r s t and t h e l a s t c l a s s days of
the
t-e-r i m . C
-- - - i-n
-.
- l a s s I w i l l m e e t on t h e f i r s t day
- a t 9:00 a.m. C l a s s I1
-
-
-
w i l l meet on t h e f i r s t day a t 1:00 p.m.
On-Campus C l a s s e s and Off-Campus Classes
The following calalogue l i s t s t h e Interim courses a v a i l a b l e a t
Augsburg. I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e courses, Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l f o r
t h e i r I n t e r i m a t Hamline, Macalester, o r S t . Catherines i n S t . Paul, and
a t S t . Olaf i n N o r t h f i e l d . Should s t u d e n t s have q u e s t i o n s about o t h e r campus I n t e r i m s and major requirements, t h e y should c o n s u l t with t h e department chairman of t h e i r major. Should t h e y have q u e s t i o n s about othercampus I n t e r i m s and d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements, they should c o n s u l t with
the Registrar.
Independent Study
Students may e l e c t an independent study program f o r t h e Interim. I f
they p l a n such, they must meet t h e department's requirements f o r independe n t study. They must a l s o p r e s e n t a t t h e time of r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r t h e
I n t e r i m a w r i t t e n agreement from t h e i n d i v i d u a l i n s t r u c t o r who w i l l d i r e c t
t h e i r independent study program. A t o p i c and t e n t a t i v e o u t l i n e , i n c l u d i n g
bibliography, f o r t h e independent study must be submitted t o t h e i n s t r u c t o r
no l a t e r than January 3 , 1974. No independent study may be undertaken a f t e r
January 4, 1974.
C l a s s Day
The Interim day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two blocks of time. These time p e r i o d s
are f l e x i b l e , but. t h e f l e x i b i l i t y w i l l be determined by t h e i n s t r u c t o r and
t h e c l a s s a t the f i r s t session.
Cancelling and Adding
Friday, January 4 , 1973, i s t h e l a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g and adding a
course.
Students with p a r t i c u l a r q u e s t i o n s about t h e I n t e r i m should c o n s u l t
D r . Mark ~ a v i s ,Associate Dean, Science H a l l 135, Extension 402.
Department of A r t
10150
Jewelry
Experience i n making m e t a l jewelry with an emphasis on d e s i g n ,
m a t e r i a l s , and p r o c e s s .
I n s t r u c t o r : Holen
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Yes
Enrollment : 12
Grading: O p t i o n a l
Time: I
Room: Lower l e v e l , S c u p l t u r e S t u d i o , A r t B u i l d i n g
10242
Film Making
Film-making through p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . Discussion and
o b s e r v a t i o n of t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements of f i l m .
I n s t r u c t o r : Rusten
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Yes
Enrollment: 20
Grading: O p t i o n a l
Time: I1
Room: Upper l e v e l , A r t B u i l d i n g and A l l 0
Fee: $50
'
Department of Biology
20110
Man and the Environment
The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic
mechanisms. The impact man h a s made upon t h e ecosystem w i t h urbani z a t i o n , p o l l u t i o n and t h e p o p u l a t i o n e x p l o s i o n . Some l a b o r a t o r y
demonstrations of t h e l e c t u r e concepts and d i s c u s s i o n s on t h e
p r e s e n t n a t u r a l s i t u a t i o n i n l i g h t of t h e C h r i s t i a n e t h i c .
I n s t r u c t o r : Mickelberg
~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: Yes
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None.
( I f you can s e e l i g h t n i n g and hear thunder,
y o u ' r e in!)
Enrollment: 30
Grading: O p t i o n a l
Time: I
Room: 213 and 202 S c i e n c e H a l l
20353
Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
comparative study dealing with classification, morphology,
evolution, distribution, behavior and population dynamics of
the vertebrates.
A
Instructor: Herforth
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: Biology 12 (General Biology)
Enrollment : 20
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: L e c t . , 205 - Lab 214 Science Hall
. .
20471
,
Cellular Biology
A study correlating cell function with ultra-structure.
Laboratory work includes micro-technique, cytological studies, studies
in cell physiology and biochemistry.
Instructor: Kerr
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: Biology 112 (General Biology); Recommended Chem.
223 or 351 and Physics 123
Enrollment: 15
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: 227 Science Hall
Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and
Economics
21102
Principles of Financial Accounting
Formulation of general purpose financial statements, and their
evaluation from perspectives of various user groups such as
creditors, investors, governmental agencies, and the public.
Instructor: O'Malley
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: 101 1nt.roduction t.o Accounting
Enrollment: 30
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: 27 Old Main
21495
Topics:
Introduction to Operations Research
Lectures, discussions, meetings with the members of the staff
or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings
in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business.
Instructor: Matsumoto
Distribution requirement:
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment: 25
Grading : Optional
Time: I
Room: 22 Old Main
22120
Yes
Economics of Urban Issues
Study of the economic implications of the many problems facing
a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed
are: Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army;
Ecology and Income Distribution; ~istributingFree Bread; Mass
Transit Systems, etc. Note: Economics 120 is a basic course
designed for those students who do not plan to major in either
Economics, Business Administration or Business Education. Students who plan to major in the above three areas should enroll
in 122 rather than 120.
Instructor: Sabella
Distribution requirement: Yes (Urban)
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment: 30
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: 8 Old Main
22122
Principles of Economics
An introduction of macro-economics; national income analysis,
monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth.
Application of elementary economic theory to current economic
problems.
Instructor : Herforth
~istributionrequirement: Yes
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment: 30
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: 23 Old Main
Department of Chemistry
34104
P a t t e r and P l a s t i c s
Wrap t h e wgrld i n p l a s t i c s - - a t l e a s t then it can be handled,
squeezed, and s a t on, without s o i l . Plastics-what? L e t ' s f i n d
out! Does i t fume o r only f u s e ? Find o u t f o r yourself how good
o r how bad t h e types of p l a s t i c s a r e . Lectures and Laboratory.
No p r e r e q u i s i t e , b u t it s u r e w i l l h e l p i f you know some chemistry.
I n s t r u c t o r : Agre
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Enrollment: 30
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
34353
Yes
Time:
Room:
I
320
Science H a l l
Q u a n t i t a t i v e A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry
This course w i l l cover volumetric a n a l y s i s and s o l u t i o n e q u i l i b r i a i n d e t a i l and w i l l g i v e an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o spectrophotometric
techniques of a n a l y s i s . The course i s t o be taken by chemistry
majors, normally i n t h e I n t e r i m of t h e i r sophmore year. Medical
t e c h n o l o g i s t s should t a k e Chemistry 353 i n t h e s p r i n g semester.
There w i l l be d a i l y c l a s s e s and l a b o r a t o r y s e s s i o n s .
I n s t r u c t o r : Gyberg
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Chemistry 106 o r 116
Enrollment: 25
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
34498
Time:
Room:
I
315 Science H a l l
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Chemical Research
Junior and s e n i o r chemistry majors have a n opportunity t o become
acquainted with chemical r e s e a r c h by pursuing a t o p i c o r problem
i n d e t a i l . A t l e a s t one member of t h e chemistry f a c u l t y w i l l work
with s t u d e n t s i n a r e a s of t h e i r own i n t e r e s t such a s c o n t i n u a t i o n
of r e s e a r c h problems a l r e a d y s t a r t e d , o r p a r t i c u l a r problems of
s y n t h e s i s o r a n a l y s i s . Off-campus a c t i v i t i e s such a s r e s e a r c h a t
Argonne o r i n i n d u s t r y may be p o s s i b l e . The s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d
t o d i s c u s s h i s r e s e a r c h b e f o r e t h e s t a r t of t h e i n t e r i m .
I n s t r u c t o r : Alton
~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : junior o r s e n i o r Chemistry major
Enrollment: 12
Time: I
Grading: ~ r a d i t i o n a l
Room: 318
Science H a l l
DeDartment of Education
44495
Elementary Classroom Teaching S p e c i a l t i e s
Opportunity t o r e s e a r c h s p e c i f i c problem l e a r n i n g a r e a s , t o
c o l l e c t and/or c r e a t e l e a r n i n g p r o j e c t s , t o apply r e s u l t s i n
t h e experience of t u t o r i n g an i n d i v i d u a l o r a very small group
and t o become acquainted with v a r i o u s t y p e s of contemporary
methods i n teaching. Student may r e s e a r c h innovative school
systems. The course w i l l be organized t o meet education des i r e s of i n d i v i d u a l c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s .
I n s t r u c t o r : Pelton
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Major i n elementary education and consent of
instructor.
Time:
I1
Enrollment: 20
Room: Library 4
Grading: P/N
44275
~ x p l o r i n gt h e World of t h e Pre-Schooler
Experience i n planning, implementing and e v a l u a t i n g a c t i v i t i e s
f o r Day C a r e Center f o r use i n nursery school and e a r l y c h i l d hood education. I n a d d i t i o n t o classroom l e c t u r e s , s t u d e n t s
w i l l be assigned t o Day Care Centers and Nursery Schools f o r
o b s e r v a t i o n s and p a r t i c i p a t i o n .
I n s t r u c t o r : Reuter
~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Open t o elementary education majors
Time: I
Enrollment: 20
Room: L i b r a r y 4
Grading: P/N
-Secondary Education
45375
Audio-visual I n t e r n s h i p
The s t u d e n t w i l l be assigned f u l l time t o work c l o s e l y with t h e
Audio-Visual D i r e c t o r of a p u b l i c school having an o u t s t a n d i n g
audio-visual department; t h e s t u d e n t w i l l have experiences i n
a l l of t h e f a c e t s r e l a t i v e t o t h e s u c c e s s f u l o p e r a t i o n of an
audio-visual department.
I n s t r u c t o r : Holmen
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : No
Enrollment: 15
Grading: P/N
No
Time:
Room:
I1
Library I
45478
School and Society
The emphasis i n t h i s course i s on t h e school i n r e l a t i o n t o
s o c i e t y with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o urban education. Introduced
by a study of e d u c a t i o n a l philosophy and t h e development of
American education, c u r r e n t major i s s u e s i n education w i l l be
studied.
I n s t r u c t o r : Fardig
~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement:
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Enrollment : 30
Grading: Optional
No
Time:
Room:
I1
315 Science H a l l
Department of English
54219
Writing f o r Pleasure
(Advanced Writing: C r e a t i v e )
The focus w i l l be on d e s c r i p t i v e and n a r r a t i v e w r i t i n g , both
p r o s e and poetry. Each s t u d e n t may work a t h i s own l e v e l and
experiment with d i f f e r e n t k i n d s of w r i t i n g . C l a s s p e r i o d s w i l l
be s p e n t i n d i s c u s s i o n and e v a l u a t i o n of t h e s t u d e n t ' s work.
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s who complete t h i s course w i l l comprise t h e
s t a f f of Loose Change, t h e c o l l e g e l i t e r a r y magazine, and w i l l
prepare t h e s p r i n g i s s u e f o r p u b l i c a t i o n .
I n s t r u c t o r : Livingston
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Yes
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : 111 o r consent of i n s t r u c t o r
Time:
Enrollment: 12
Room:
Grading: Optional
54239
I1
22
Old Main
Women Writers and Woman's I d e n t i t y
A study of some female w r i t e r s of t h e t w e n t i e t h century, including
V i r g i n i a Woolf and S y l v i a P l a t h , who have explored i n t h e i r f i c t i o n
and p o e t r y what it means t o be a woman. I n a d d i t i o n t o reading f o r
c l a s s d i s c u s s i o n , each s t u d e n t w i l l read i n some depth t h e work of
one woman w r i t e r of h i s / h e r choice.
I n s t r u c t o r : C. Nicholl
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
Enrollment: 20
Grading: Optional
Yes
Time:
Room:
I
25
Old Main
54289
D. H . Lawrence:
The S e n s i t i v e Rebel
D. H . Lawrence sought t o open f o r d i s c u s s i o n any i s s u e s t h a t he
saw a s neglected: t h e r o l e of passion i n l i f e , t h e t h r e a t of
mechanical humans, t h e sexual r e l a t i o n s h i p , t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of
body and s p i r i t , and o t h e r s . He has been l a v i s h l y p r a i s e d and
s t r o n g l y denounced. He has been r e c e n t l y attacked a s an a n t i f e m i n i s t and more r e c e n t l y defended. This course w i l l attempt
t o answer some of t h e c u r r e n t q u e s t i o n s about Lawrence and t o
i n v e s t i g a t e h i s major works and themes.
I n s t r u c t o r : Sargent
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
Enrollment: 30
Grading: Optional
54349
Yes
Time:
Room:
I1
21
Old Main
Psychology and L i t e r a t u r e
Our age i s one of i n t r o s p e c t i o n . I n some r e s p e c t s psychology
i s t h e "philosophy" of t h e 20th century. L i t e r a t u r e , l i k e
psychology, e x p l o r e s t h e deeper regions beyond t h e c o l l e c t i v e
unconscious, t o expose t h e hidden s p r i n g s t h a t motivate human
behavior. This course w i l l t h u s focus on t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of
psychology t o l i t e r a r y i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , with emphasis on Freudian
c r i t i c i s m and a r c h e t y p a l c r i t i c i s m derived from Jungian psychology. L i t e r a r y readings w i l l p r i m a r i l y involve s h o r t f i c t i o n ,
along with one novel and s e l e c t e d poems.
Instructor: Mitchell
~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement:
Enrollment: 35
Grading: Optional
54445
Potpourri:
Yes
Time:
Room:
I1
19
Old Main
Reading For Fun and C r e d i t
The purpose of t h e course i s t o g i v e t h e s t u d e n t an opportunity
t o r e a d some of those books t h a t he has been introduced t o but
which he h a s n o t been a b l e t o r e a d . The s t u d e n t w i l l determine
h i s reading l i s t i n c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
I n s t r u c t o r : Andersen
~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: No
junior o r s e n i o r standing and consent of i n s t r u c t o r
Prerequisite:
Time: I
Grading: Optional
Enrollment: 12
Room: 201 Science H a l l
54459
Life As Literature: The Art of Biography
The course emphasizes the development of twentieth century
biography, its stylistic devices, and its place as a literary
genre. For course projects, students may study the work of a
major biographer, or examine several biographers on the same
subject, or research and writ? brief biographies.
Instructor: Wood
~istributionrequirement: No
Enrollment: 25
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: ~ibraryI
Department of Foreign Language
70115
French in canada (Quebec)
Students will enroll in the January Interim Study term at Lava1
University, a newly created campus of the oldest French-speaking
university in this hemisphere. Classes increase students' proficiency in oral and written French skills, stressing small groups
and modern audio-visual methods. Literature and civilization of
French Canada are also studied. Visits to theatres, museums, social
and sports events included. Possibility of skiing in the Laurentian
Mountains. Designed for all students wishing to study French in
French surroundings. Students live in French-speaking families.
Instructor: Varies according to student's level of ability
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisite: None
Cost: Approximately $450
Enrollment: 20
70335
French Civilization and Theatre in Paris
A month of intensive "total immersion" in Parisian life with
special emphasis on the contemporary civilization and theatre.
Current magazines and newspapers will serve as one prime source
of information; conversation classes, visits to monuments, art
galleries, and cultural points of interest in and near Paris
(including Versailles, Fontainebleau, Chartres, etc.), and study
of drama related to attendance at theatrical performances will
complete the experience. Designed for all students wishing to
deepen and broaden their proficiency in French.
Instructor: Johnson
~istributionrequirement: Yes
Prerequisite: Intermediate French completed before January, 1974,
or permission of the instructor.
Enrollment : 15
Grading: Optional
Cost: $650
72312
Intensive conversational German
This course is designed to help the student develop conversational
fluency in German. All class work is oral. Topics of current
interest are discussed in German. Emphasis on current usage (slang,
idioms, etc )
.
Instructor: Jaunlinins
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisite: 212 or permission of instructor
Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Grading: Optional
Room: 4 Old Main
74244
Russian Literature in Translation
The course focuses on the works of Alexander Solzhenitsyn (Cancer
Ward, First Circle) and other contemporary Soviet writers (many of
them anti-establishment) against the background of traditional
Russian literature (Tolstoy, Dostoevsky, and others) and the dramatic changes which Russian and Soviet society have experienced in
the twentieth century.
Instructor: Baltina
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisite: None
Enrollment : 30
Grading: Optional
Time:
Room:
I1
2 Old Main
General Studies
58269
A Winter Happening
A first hand experience in snowshoeing, snowmobiling, and winter
camping in the BWCA of Northern Minnesota and Canada. A study of
the ecology, economy, and history of the Northshore of Minnesota.
Instructor: Gulden
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisite: None
Enrollment: 19
Time: I
Grading: P/N
Room: 34 Science Hall
Cost: $150 - $250 Considerably less if you have your own
equipment.
Interested students see Dean Gulden in his office (S-108)
58279
Quakerism: Beliefs and Practices; historical and modern
A survey of the history, organization, and religious beliefs
and practices ef the Religious Society of Friends. Quaker
biography and novels will constitute part of required reading.
Visits to local Friends' Meetings and local office of American
Friends' Service Committee.wil1 be included. Students will be
given opportunity to compare their own religious heritage to
various aspects of Quakerism.
Instructor: Sibley
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor
Time: 11
Enrollment: 25
Grading: Optional
Room: MHI
58289
Memorial Hall
Counseling Skills: Compone~tsof Helping Relationships
An introductory course for those interested in acquiring basic
skills used in helping relationships. Emphasis on cognitive
understanding and practical competency in individual and group
counseling situations. Learning will be based on an experiential
and applied model.
Instructor: Thoni
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment: 25
Grading: P/N
58320
Time:
Room:
I
MHI
Memorial Hall
Ancient American Civilizations: Maya, Aztec, Inca (On-Campus)
The course will seek to acquaint the student with the native
heritage of the southern Americas and provide information on
basic materials on the ancient cultures to enable intelligent
individual study. The three ancient civilizations constitute
the high water mark of Indian cultural achievements.
Instructor: Reichenbach
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: No
Enrollment: 25
Grading: Optional
Time:
Room:
I1
7 Old Main
Department of Health and Physical Education
55232
Recreational A c t i v i t i e s and Rhythms
Theory and p r a c t i c e in teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l
r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s ,
camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s , modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k
and square dancing.
I n s t r u c t o r : Peterson
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement:
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Enrollment: 45
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
55475
No
Time:
Room:
I
12
&
13 S i Melby
Coaching and Judging of Women's Gymnastics
This course w i l l attempt t o prepare t h e student t o be a q u a l i f i e d
gymnastics coach and judge. I t w i l l bring o u t new s p o t t i n g and
coaching techniques i n t h e f i e l d of gymnastics. The main emphasis
w i l l be on judging of t h i s s p o r t . There w i l l be p r a c t i c a l experience of judging a c t u a l high school and college meets. The culminating a c t i v i t y w i l l be t o take the S t a t e High School League t e s t
f o r t h e judging of gymnastics and t h e r e f o r e become an o f f i c i a l r e g i s t e r e d judge f o r the s t a t e of ~ i n n e s o t a . I t i s required t h a t
students p a r t i c i p a t e (perform-spot-assist) with t h e Augsburg
Women's Gymnastic Team.
I n s t r u c t o r : Pfaff
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : PE 472 S e l f - t e s t i n g A c t i v i t i e s f o r Women o r 1 year
experience on a college gymnastics team f o r women.
Enrollment: 12
Time: I1
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
Room: 13 S i Melby
55482
Coaching of Sports
Theory and techniques of coaching.
injuries.
Prevention and care of a t h l e t i c
I n s t r u c t o r s : C a r i s , Inniger, Nelson, Saugestad
~ i s t r i b u t i o nr e q u i r ~ n t : No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : ( None
.
Time: I
Enrollment : 40
Room: 13 S i Melby
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
x , ~ "
Department of Historv
56150
Historical Perspectives on the Urban Crisis
Modern history as seen in the history of four cities: Florence
14th and 15th Centuries) , Paris (17th Century) , London (18th
Century) , and Berlin (20th Century)
.
Instructor: Gisselquist
Distribution requirement: Yes (Urban)
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment: 35
~ r a d i n ~ :Optional
Time: I1
Room: 18 Old Main
56460
Jawarharlal Nehru
-A
Man of Two Worlds
A case-study of one of Asiads most prcaninent and charismatic
statesmen of the 20th Century. Students will encounter the
famous Indian political leader's struggle to reconcile the norms
of his British educational background with the practices and
political processes of the British Imperiad system in India. The
course will include use of audio-visual material (films and re.corded speeches), written primary sources (J. Nebru's letters and
autobiography), biographies of Nehru and other historical sources.
The Ames Library at the U. of M. will be extensively utilized.
Instructor: Jensen
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: None
Enrolhsnt: 20
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: 7 Old Main
56260
Discover Your P a s t :
Minnesota, Museums and H i s t o r i c a l S i t e s
The i n t e r i m w i l l focus on t h e f a m i l i a r i z a t i o n and use of
museums and h i s t o r i c a l s i t e s a s a v e h i c l e toward understanding
our p a s t . Students w i l l v i s i t s e v e r a l museums and h i s t o r i c a l
s i t e s i n o r d e r t o g a i n a c r i t i c a l understanding of what t h e s e
f a c i l i t i e s can provide concerning Minnesota and a r e a h i s t o r y .
There w i l l be two extended f i e l d t r i p s which w i l l r e q u i r e s t u d e n t s t o supply t h e i r own personal camping equipment and prov i s i o n s . Readings, p r o j e c t s , and c l o s e cooperation with
personnel and f a c i l i t i e s of t h e Minnesota H i s t o r i c a l S o c i e t y
w i l l combine t o i n t r o d u c e g e n e r a l c a r e e r o p p o r t u n i t i e s a s w e l l
a s enhance our a p p r e c i a t i o n of museums and h i s t o r i c a l sites.
I n s t r u c t o r s : Chrislock and Nelson
~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement: No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : No
Enrollment: 50
Grading: Optional, b u t P/N s t r o n g l y recommended
Cost: Estimated $75
$135
-
Department of Mathematics
61141
Three Modern Odysseys I n and O u t of Our Space-Time Universe
A c o n t r o v e r s i a l r e s e a r c h t r i p , with a f l a v o r of mathematical
concepts, i n t o sane moder? problems of u n i v e r s a l i n t e r e s t . The
f i r s t odyssey i s an expose of c h a o t i c elements of modern knowledge systems, w i t h emphasis on c o n t r a d i c t i o n s i n t h e s c i e n c e s ,
philosophy, and theology. The second odyssey i s a t r i p through
time and space, f r m t h e p a s t t o t h e p r e s e n t r e l a t i v i t y u n i v e r s e
and i n t o t h e f u t u r e . The r o l e of mathematics i n t h e formation
of t h e cosmic models of our universe i s s t r e s s e d . The t h i r d
odessey i s an' attempt t o look a t our space-time universe from
an o b j e c t i v e viewpoint i n and o u t of space-time, based on conc e p t s from mathematics, the:sciences, and B i b l i c a l theology.
The mathematical background needed f o r t h i s course i s minimal.
InGtructor: F o l l i n g s t a d
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement.:
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Enrollment : 30
Grading: Optional
Yes
Time:
Room:
I
212
Science H a l l
65245
Introduction to Computer Programming
An introduction to computer methods and use. Fortran IV
computer lanuage with applications to various fields. Course
does not apply toward a major or minor in Mathematics.
Instructor: Persons
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: High school algebra or the equivalent
Time: I
Enrollment : 40
Grading : Optional
Room: 19
Laboratory Fee for Computer Time: $15.00
Department of Music
82380
Music of the Western Church
Develogment and influence of the music of the Christian church.
Designed for the general student as well as for the organists,
choir directors, and pre-theological students.
Instructor: Sateren
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment : 40
Grading: Traditional
82382
The:
Room:
I
Music 20
Jazz Ensemble
The course will consist of an intensive study and preparation of
the best representative literature scored specifically for the
medium. In addition, all participants will develop improvisational
ability, learn a history of jazz styles and their relation to the
ensemble, compose a jazz ensemble chart, and improve aural perception of changes and repertoire.
Instructor: Carlson
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Enrollment: 20
Grading: Optional
Time:
Room:
I1
East Hall
- Music
82391
Master S t r i n g C l a s s
The study and performance of s o l o l i t e r a t u r e f o r v i o l i n and
v i o l a from t h e c l a ~ ~ i romantic,
c,
and contemporary e r a s .
I n s t r u c t o r : Vuicich
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Open t o v i o l i n i s t s and v i o l i s t s with t h e approval
of t h e i n s t r u c t o r
Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Grading: P/N
Room: Music Auditorium
82395
Opera Workshop
The p r e p a r a t i o n and performance of an opera.
I n s t r u c t o r s : Gabrielsen, Johnson, Vuicich
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement : No
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Limited t o competent musical performers. See
instructor.
Enrollment: 25
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: Music Auditorium
82490
Piano Pedagogy
Survey of m a t e r i a l s , procedures and techniques used i n t h e
t e a c h i n g of piano t o t h e young s t u d e n t .
I n s t r u c t o r : Metzker
D i s t r i b u t i o n requirement: Yes
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Keyboard a b i l i t y
Enrollment: 20
Grading: Optional
Time:
Room:
I
Music 10
Department of Philosophy
83430
A Dialogue w i t h P l a t o
This course w i l l attempt t o e x p l o r e what P l a t o has t o s a y about
t h e problems of l i f e , thought, and being. The following d i a l o g u e s
w i l l be read: Symposium, Phaedrus, Theaetetus, Pannenides, S o p h i s t ,
and t h e Timaeus. The c l a s s w i l l be conducted p a r t l y on a l e c t u r e
b a s i s and p a r t l y a s a seminar with s t u d e n t s r e p o r t i n g on t h e i r own
research i n Plato.
I n s t r u c t o r : Fuehrer
~ i s t r i b u t i o nrequirement:
Enrollment: 30
Grading: T r a d i t i o n a l
Yes
Time:
Room:
I
21
Old Main
Department of Physics
84161
Understanding the Weather
An introduction to the earth's weather, its causes and character.
Designed for those interested in weather and weather prediction,
this course assumes no prior science or mathematics background.
Topics to be discussed include: the relationship of sun, earth
and atmosphere; important physical quantities such as temperature
and pressure; clouds and precipitation; unusual conditions like
tornados and hurricanes; techniques and instrumentation for weather
monitoring and control; and the inEluence of weather on pollution.
Possible course activites include experimentation and forecasting,
field trips and guest speakers.
Instructor: Erickson
Distribution requirement:
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment: 35
Grading: Traditional
84322
Yes
Time:
Room:
I1
22
Science Hall
Nuclear Radiation Physics
A study of radioactivity from both an experimental and theoretical
basis. Laboratory expeiience using various detection and measurement systems for both charged particle and gamma radiation together
with isotopic neutron sources for the production of radioisotopes.
Production of radioactive isotopes, energy and half-life measurement, counting statistics, absorption and moderation of radiation,
standardization, neutron activation analyses and health physics
consideration. The course is planned to be a cooperative venture
with the Special Training Division of Oak Ridge Associated Universities. Subject to approval of the Physics Department and the
The course will be taught in full or in part at the labO.R.A.U.
oratories of the 0.R.A.U.--Special
Training Division, Oak Ridge,
Tennessee.
Instructor: Paulson
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites:
Enrollment: 15
Time:
Grading: Optional
Room:
Fees: Travel expense to Oak Ridge, Tennessee
I1
30 Science Hall
Department of Political Science
85324
Impact Watergate
A study of the impact and implications for institutions and
processes of government of the Watergate scandal. Students will
select a specific subject for intensive personal research and
inquiry and will write a paper incorporating their findings.
the President; the
Among probable subjects: Watergate and
Executive Office of the President; the FBI; the CIA; Election
Finance; the Department of Justice; the Party System; the
Democratic Party; the Republican Party; Election Reform; Vice
Predidency; Bureaucratic Morale; International Politics; the
Problem of National Security; the Doctrine of Separation of
Powers; Economic Problems; Public Opinion; Congressional Power;
the Law and Order Issue; the 1976 Election; the Groupthink
Analysis; Congressional Inquiry; Presidental Impeachment; the
Twenty-Fifth Amendment; Federalism and the Federal Courts.
-
Instructor: Stenshoel
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: 2.8 minimum GPA, either overall or during the
fall term, at least four courses in the social
and behavioral sciences, of which at least one
has been in political science.
Time: I1
Enrollment: 30
Roam: 34 Science Hall
Grading: Optional
85356
Public Opinion and Political Behavior
Study of the dynamics of public opinion and the determinants of
voter choice through original group research, secondary analysis
of survey findings, and cooperative work with the ~innesotaPoll
organization.
Instructor : Hedblm
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: One course in Political Science or consent of
instructor
Time: I
Enrollment: 30
Room: 34 Science Hall
Grading: Optional
85357
Life Styles in Soviet Society:
Diversity within Uniformity
Seminar on Soviet society and life styles, focusing on youth.
Contrasts and diversity in the U.S.S.R.,
including visits to
two or three Soviet republics. Special readings and seminar
sessions prior to departure. The foreign component will include
discussions with Soviet youth and a broad cultural, historical
and political program. Report due upon return.
Instructor: Noonan
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: POL 85351; one or two terms of Russian language;
permission of instructor
Enrollment: 20
Grading: Optional
Time: June 1974
Cost: $1150. (This is an estimate since the Russians have not
set their 1974 prices.)
Alternate course to be offered if foreign-based interim is
cancelled. Date for determining cancellation is December 8.
85365
People, Elites and Foreign Policy
Who makes foreign policy and how--an analysis of the foreign
policy decision process, determinants of alternatives, national
goals and other factors influencing foreign policy. Opportunity
for the student to investigate area and topic of own interest.
Seminar will focus on one or two case studies.
Instructor: Noonan
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor
Enrollment : 25
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: 201 Science Hall
Department of Psychology
86105
General Psychology
An introduction to the understanding of human behavioral processes. Specific topics to be studied include: brain function,
learning principles, motivation & emotion, social influences on
behavior, and abnormal behavior. This course will have no basic
textbook, but instead a series of smaller books re3ated to specific
areas within psychology. Students will be expected to take an
active role in conducting class meetings. This course is primarily
designed for juniors and seniors who are not majoring in psychology.
Instructor: Ferguson
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment: 30
Grading: P/N
86280
Psychology in Action
Time:
Room:
I1
205 Science Hall
...Today and Tomorrow
Observation of and active inquiry into the psychologist's world
in industry, business, and education. mphasis on exposure for
each student to a wide variety of work opportunity and activity
related to training in psychology. Will include classroom and
off-campus learning experiences. (Modest additional expense for
transportation within the Twin Cities area.)
Instructor: Anderegg
~istributionrequirement: No
Prerequisites: None
Enrollment: 30
Grading: P/N
86374
Time:
Room:
I1
205 Science Hall
Social Change: Facilitation and Adaptation
Study of research and naturalistic observations .on the following
topics: individual behavior in relation to groups and organizations;
power and authority; change facilitating behavioral patterns and
conditions; orgeizations involved in social change; adaptation to
the future futuristics. (Field trips to meetings and legislature.)
-
Instructor: Dyrud
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: General Psychology, 86105
Enrollment: 30
Time:
Grading: P/N
Room:
I
22 Science Hall
Department of Religion
87352
Theology and Forms of Christian Worship
A study of the origins of Christian worship and its modern
developments. The class will meet in several urban churches
and participate in the life of the congregation. Class meetings
will be held three times a week and on worship days. Representative religious groups will include the Jewish synagogue, the
Roman and Orthodox Catholic churches, and one or two Protestant
denominations.
Instructor: Ollila
Distribution requirement: Yes, Urban
Prerequisites: No
Enrollment: 25
Grading: Optional
87370
Time: I
Fbom: 18 Old Main
Myth and Culture
study of the function and meaning of myth in several selected
societies, ranging from primitive to modern, to see the place of
myth in each. The Nuer (Africa), ancient Babylonia, Patristic
Christian civilization of the late Roman Empire, and modern
Christianity in the West will be studied. There will be also an
effort to re-tell the myths in 20th Century idiam using the
creative arts, such as short stories, plays, painting, and poetry.
A
Instructor: Benson
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: 111 or 121
Enrollment: 40
Grading: Optional
Time: I
Room: 2 Old Main
Department of Sociology
94378
Alternate Life-styles and Consciousness: An Examination of
Possibilities
This course intends to examine, through empirical example and
relevant literature, the resurgence of conscious attempts to put
together new forms of social life: rural and urban communes,
intentional communities, co-op living and buying and other
residential and economic groupings differing froin the usual established forms. Simultaneously, there is growing interest in
such seemingly disparate topics as altered states'of consciousness, organic food, fundamental aspects of religion--Christian
alternatives. (The list is longer.) We see today clear evidence
for both the intent to experiment with new life ways and the
intent to view the world from a different place. Basically,
perhaps, these two issues are the same. We will consider points
at which the two issues of new life-ways and "new" consciousness
touch and merge.
Instructor: Gerasimo
Distribution requirement: Yes
Prerequisites: At least one course in anthropology, sociology
or psychology. Juniors and seniors will be given first chance.
Enrollment: 35: Augsburg 20, and 15 to be split between InterLutheran College Interim and Take-5 colleges.
Grading: Optional
Time: I1
Room: 27 Old Main
94480
The British New-Town Movement and the Modern Metropolis
study of the origins of the New Town Movement and an examination
of the place of new towns in the planning and development of
comprehensive communities in modern metropolitan regions. Backg~oundreadings on the New Town Movement in Europe will provide
conceptual framework for the study. A central feature of the
interim will be a visit to London, England, and its surrounding
new towns.
A
Instructor: Nelson
~istributionrequirement: No
Prerequisites: Upper-class standing or permission of instructor
Enrollment: Open
Grading: P/N
95257
Volunteer Service and Independent Study
With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a full-time
volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know
social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and
career aspects in the helping vocations. Independent study with
a term paper report and review conferences. Especially recommended
fqr freshmen and sophmores.
Instructor: Steen/Wagner
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Enrollment: 30: 20 from Augsburg, 5 from Take-5 colleges and 5
from St. Olaf
Grading: Optional
Time: TBA
Mom: Memorial Hall #1 7:00 p.m.
8:00 p.m. daily for linkage
seminars
-
95352
Selected Programs in Social Work
A seminar in social security (required), and an additional
seminar selected from such topics as mental retardation, public
housing, and status of women and welfare. Field experience extended from 95351 at 16 hours per week to learn by practice the
skills of casework and/or group work.
Instructor: Wagner
Distribution requirement: No
Prerequisites: Social Work 351
Enrollment: Limited to Augsburg majors in Social Work
Grading: Traditional
Time: I1
Room: 28 Old Main
95372
Aging in Urbanized America
A basic course in social gerontology that focuses upon biological
and psychological aspects of aging; consideration of social and
cultural aspects in America that tend to define aging as a problem. National, state, and local policies and programs for the
elderly. Two, 2-hour sessions per week plus one session for
special lecture or field visiting.
1nstructor : Steen
Distribution requirement:
Enrollment: 12
Grading: Traditional
Seniors in Social Work or consent of
instructor
Time: I
Room: 28 Old Main
Department of Speech, Communications, and Theatre Arts
98285
Theatre Practicum
Students accepted for this course will work full-time on the
production of a play.
Instructor: Cole
~istributionrequirement: No
Enrollment: 25
Grading: Optional
1:00 p.m. in Speech Auditorium)
Time: TBA (First meeting
-
98354
Interpersonal Cammunication
An introduction to the dynamics of interpersonal cammunication.
Instructor: B. Addison
Distribution requirement: Yes
Enrollment: 30
Grading : -Optional
.
Time: I1
m o m : Iota House
AITGSRIIIIC, A N D ST. OLAF INTEliIMS ABROAI)
1974
E U R O P E
ART I I A :
Malcolm Gimse
S t . Olaf
Medieval and Rena i s s a n c e A r c h i t e c t u r e
i n t h e H i l l C i t i e s of I t a l y
A l o n ~t h e Apennine s l o p e s l i e some o f t h e most b e a u t i f u l c i t i e s o f E u r o p e , c o n t a i n i n g
c h u r c h e s and s e c u l a r s t r u c t u r e s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f t h e b e s t i n m e d i e v a l and r e n a i s s a n c e
a r c h i t e c t u r e . The c o u r s e , b e g i n n i n g and t e r m i n a t i n g i n Rome, w i l l i n c l u d e f i e l d t r i p s
t o O r v i e t o , Assisi, P e r u g i a , U r b i n o , A r e z z o , and S i e n a , and a n e x t e n d e d s t a y i n F l o r e n c e .
A s p e c i a l e x c u r s i o n w i l l be made t o Raventia t o s t u d y t h e s p l e n d i d B y z a n t i n e monuments
there.
COST:
CLASSICS IIA:
Mediterranean Culture
$680.00
W i l l i a m Narum
S t , Olaf
The c i v i l i z a t i o n o f Greece from t h e Bronze Age t h r o u g h C l a s s i c a l A n t i q u i t y viewed from
two p r i n c i p a l l o c a t i o n s , Heracleum 'and A t h e n s . D a i l y l e c t u r e s and v i s i t s t o Bronze
Age Minoan s i t e s i n C r e t e a t Knossos, P h a i s t o s , and M a l l i a , p l u s c l o s e a t t e n t i o n t o
t h e v a s t c o l l e c t i o n i n t h e A r c h a e o l o g i c a l Museum a t Hercaleum. I n A t h e n s and i t s e n v i r o n s , w i t h t h e a i d o f t h e famed N a t i o n a l Museum, f u r t h e r s t u d y o f t h e Bronze Age
o f t h e Mycenaens, and f i e l d t r i p s t o C l a s s i c a l s i t e s .
C o u n t s toward d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t (Area B).
Counts toward m a j o r .
FRENCH IIIA: T h e a t e r ,
C u l t u r e , Language i n P a r i s
COST:
$735.00 '
Mary J o h n s o n
Augsburg
A combination o r i e n t a t i o n - l a n g u a g e - c u l t u r e - t h e a t e r - c o u r s e .
One-and-a-half h o u r s of
c l a s s e a c h morning. A f t e r n o o n g e n e r a l l y r e s e r v e d f o r i n d i v i d u a l v i s i t s t o monuments,
museums, p o l i t i c a l m e e t i n g s , e t c . , d e p e n d i n g on t h e p a r t i c u l a r i n t e r e s t o f t h e s t u d e n t s .
L a t e a f t e r n o o n t w i c e w e e k l y , two h o u r s o f F r e n c h c o n v e r s a t i o n p r a c t i c e w i t h a F r e n c h
s t u d e n t - m o n i t o r f o r e a c h g r o u p o f t h r e e o f o u r s t u d e n t s . An a v e r a g e o f two t h e a t e r
p e r f o r m a n c e s a week. Two f u l l - d a y e x c u r s i o n s w i t h F r e n c h - s p e a k i n g l e c t u r e r s t o
V e r s a i l l e s and C h a r t r e s . S t u d c n t s w i l l s t u d y i n c l a s s t h e p l a y s t h e y a r e t o a t t e n d .
The c u l t u r e - c i v i l i z a t i o n c o u r s e w i l l c o n c e n t r a t e on i t e m s o f t o p i c a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e
d a i l y and weekly p r e s s . Each s t u d e n t w i l l keep a d a i l y l o g book i n F r e n c h . P a r t i c i p a n t s a r e e x p e c t e d t o s p e a k F r c n c h a t a l l t i m e s and a l l work w i l l be done i n F r e n c h .
,
F u l f i l l s d i i t r i b u t i o n rcquircmcnt.
GERMAN I I A :
C o u l ~ t s toward m a j o r .
E n c o u n t e r w i t h t l ~ uTwo Gern~:inies
COST:
$675.00
Hanno K l a s s e n
S t . 01ilf
A s t u d y o f t h e s e p a r a t e ways of Germany s i n c e 1945. Thc f i r s t two weeks w i l l be s p e n t
w i t h t h c people. o f t h e Gcrrual~L)clliocratic R c l ~ u l ~ l i cand
,
t h e r e s t o f t h e time i n t h e
F e d e r a l K c p u h l i c . 'l'lic cour:;c i s d e s i ~ : r ~ ~ t?ot l u s e t h e Gcrnlan 1an):uage f o r a compara t i v c
* nicll l ~ a v csllnpcd v e r y d i f f c r c n t p o l i t i c a l n a t i o n s .
, s t u d y of tlie two We1 t a n s c l i n t ~ l ~ ~ l : : cwh
(GERMAN IIA
-
Continued)
What h a s happened t o t h e Cer1:ians undcr t h e i n f l u e n c e o f two d i f f e r e n t i d e o l o g i e s and
governments?
I n t h e Gcrr~ian D c ~ n o c r a t i cI i c p u h l i c L c j p z i g w i l l be t h e c o n t a c t b a s e . S i d e t r i p s w i l l be
made t o o t l l c r p l a c c s uE c u l t u r a l i n t c r c s t (Dresden, Weimar). Co1ol;ne a n d / o r Munich w i l l
be t h e l o c a t i o n of o u r i n q u i r i c s i n thc Federal Republic.
E v e r y e f f o r t w i l l be madc t o s t r e s s c o n t a c t w i t h t h e p e o p l e , r a t h e r t h a n . j u s t w i t h
o f f i c i a l a g e n c i e s . I t i s llopcd t h a t t h e s t u d e n t s c o n l i v e w i t h h o s t f a m i l i e s i n b o t h
c o u n t r i e s . Whenever p o s s i b l e , l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s w i t h s t u d e n t s a t u n i v e r s i t i e s
and o t h e r s c h o o l s w i l l be a r r a n g e d . A r t g a l l e r i e s , c h u r c h s e r v i c e s , and a r t i s t i c p e r formances w i l l be i n c l u d e d i n t h e program.
A l l p a r t i c i p a n t s a r e e x p e c t e d t o s p e a k German a t a l l t i m e s . D a i l y d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l be
held.
Each s t u d e n t is e x p e c t e d t o keep a journal i n which a p a r t i c u l a r a s p e c t o f t h e
l i f e o f e a c h c o u n t r y is t r a c e d , a n a l y z e d , and c o m p a r e d . The c o u r s e would l e n d i t s e l f
t o c o m p a r a t i v e s t u d i e s o f t h e c h u r c h , t h e e d u c a t i o n a l s y s t e m , s o c i e t y , l i t e r a t u r e , and
t h e a r t s . F o r t h e l a n g u a g e m a j o r , t h e d i f f e r e n c e i n t h e German used i n b o t h c o u n t r i e s
c o u l d be t h e main f o c u s .
f)
'L
Counts toward
C o u n t s toward d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t (Area A ) .
major. P r e r e q u i s i t e :
German 32 ( o n l y German w i l l be s p o k e n ) .
COST:
HISTORY IIB: The. B a l t i c
N a t i o n a l i t i e s and S o v i e t A s s i m i l a t i o n
Robert Nichols
S t . Olaf
$665.00
&The a i m s and i m p a c t o f S o v i e t p o l i c y i n t h e once i n d e p e n d e n t n a t i o n s o f t h e s o u t h e a s t e r n
B a l t i c , w i t h e m p h a s i s on E s t o n i a . S i n c e t h e p e o p l e s o f t h e B a l t i c - - w i d e l y d i v e r g e n t
among t h e m s e l v e s - - a r e more n a t i o n a l i s t i c t h a n a n y o t h e r g r o u p s i n t h e S o v i e t Union (with
t h e p o s s i b l e e x c e p t i o n s o f G e o r g i a n s and A r m e n i a n s ) , S o v i e t n a t i o n a l i s t p o l i c y h a s been
more o v e r t i n t h e B a l t i c t h a n i n t h e o t h e r r e p u b l i c s . h i s makes t h e B a l t i c r e g i o n a n
i d e a l l o c a t i o n f o r t h e s t u d y o f m e a s u r e s used by t h e S o v i e t government t o overcome
n a t i o n a l a s p i r a t i o n s and b u i l d a " h i g h e r s o c i a l i s t n a t i o n a l i t y . " The problem, which
h a s t r u l y proved i n t r a c t a b l e f o r t h e S o v i e t s t a t e , is one o f t h e c e n t r a l p r o b l e m s f a c i n g S o v i e t p o l i t i c a l l i f e . S t u d e n t s w i l l keep j o u r n a l s and w r i t e p a p e r s .
C o u n t s toward m a j o r .
INTERDISCIPLINARY IIA:
Prerequisite:
His tory 11,12,41
T h e a t e r i n London
, or
52.
COST:
$945.00
Ron Lee
S t . Olof
The drama t h r o u g h a t t e n d a n c e a t p e r f o r m a n c e s i n t h e t h e a t r e c c n t c r o f t h e E n g l i s h s p e a k i n g w o r l d . S t u d e n t s w i l l e x p e r i e n c e v a r i e t i e s of p r o d u c t i o n s , modcrn and
traditional.
P l a y attendance w i l l Ile broa(lctie~1i)y d i s c \ ~ s s i u no f p l ~ ~ y s1 1, : j c l c ~ t ~ ~ ; c
I ~ London
CS
and
v i s i t s and c o n t a c t w i t h a c t o r s and c r i t i c s . Ol.llc?r c111~ t ~ r r iIlC S ; ~ L I01
s u r r o u n d i n g s w i l l bc i ncluded i n t h e pro):ram.
One i)r more r e p r c ' s v n t a t i v c rcl:ional
t h e a t r e s w i l l be i n e l u d c d i n t h e i t i n e r a r y . S t u d e n t s w i l l b c r e q u i r e d t o ki\cp j o u r n a l s .
F u l f i l l s d i s t r i b u t i o n rcqui.rcmcn t i n Area A and B.
C o u n t s toward c l c p o r t m c n t a l m a j o r .
Thomas Enger
S t . Olaf
INTERDISCIPLINARY I1.C: PC?1 i t i c n l
Economy o f F r a n c e and Swi t z e r l o n d
S w i s s and Frcncll c c o n o ~ n i cp o l i c i e s and t h c i r f o r m a t i o n i n view o f cconomic s t r u c t u r e and
s i z e , g o v e r n m e n t a l s t r u c t u r c , p o l i t i c s and n e u t r a l i t y , and c u l t u r e . Emphasis on
t r a d c , moncLary and f i s c a l p o l i c i c s , and p o l i t i c a l d e c i s i o n making on f e d e r a l , l o c a l ,
and r e g i o n a l l e v e l s .
I n t e r n a t i o l ~ a leconomic and i m m i g r a t i o n p o l i c - i e s w i l l be d i s c u s s e d
w i t h b u s i n e s s m e n , s c h o l a r s , trntlc rlrlionis t s , and p o l i t i c i a n s . Monetary p o l i c i e s and
b a n k i n g p r a c t i c e w i l l bc prcscntccl i n s e m i n a r s a t ttie Banquc d e F r a n c e , Banque N a t i o n a l c
s u i s s e and p r i n c i p a l p r i v a t e hanks. F i s c a l s t r u c t u r e and p o l i c i e s w i l l be d i s c u s s e d w i t h
g o v e r n m e n t a l o f f i c i a l s on f e d e r a l and l o c a l l e v e l s . The OECD i n P a r i s w i l l a l s o be cons u l t e d on p o l i c i e s s i n c e P r a n c e and S w i t z e r l a n d a r e b o t h members o f t h e o r g a n i z a t i o n .
Visits w i l l be made t o p r i n c i p a l c i t i e s s u c h a s P a r i s , Geneva, B e r n , B a l e , S t r a s b o u r g ,
and Lyon.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : One c o u r s e i n economics and one c o u r s e i n p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e ; a l a n g u a g e
c o u r s e e m p h a s i z i n g c u l t u r e may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r one o f t h e f o r m e r c o u r s e s .
COST:
$665.00
I
I
MUSIC IIA: Music H i s t o r y and
E v e n t s i n Munich, S a l z b u r g , and Vienna
S i g u r d Fred r i c k s o n
S t . Olaf
A c o u r s e based on a t t e n d a n c e a t Music e v e n t s - - c o n c e r t s ' , o p e r a s , r e c i t a l s - - i n t h e s e
p r i n c i p a l music c e n t e r s o f t h e German s p e a k i n g w o r l d . I n i t i a l v i s i t s t o Munich and
S a l z b u r g w i t h a t t e n d a n c e a t Munich P h i l h a r m o n i c and o p e r a p e r f o r m a n c e s ; chamber music
p e r f o r m a n c e s i n S a l z b u r g and i n v e s t i g a t i o n s o f t h e h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e o f S a l z b u r g
i n t h e music w o r l d w i t h p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o Mozart mementos. The p r i n c i p a l p e r i o d
o f t i m e w i l l be s p e n t i n V i e n n a , a c i t y which s t a n d s a s a s i n g u l a r monument t o t h e
development and c o n t i n u a t i o n o f music a r t . A t t e n d a n c e a t c o n c e r t s and o p e r a s . Visits
t o s i t e s o f h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e , t o museums, l i b r ~ r i e sand a r c h i v e s . A b r i e f conc l u d i n g s t a y i n London.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Consent of i n s t r u c t o r .
C o u n t s toward m a j o r .
F u l f i l l s d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t i n a r e a B.
COST:
NORWEGIAN IIA:
L e a r n i n g Norwegian i n Norway
(Augsburg Course Number 75111)
$680.00
L e i f Hansen
Augs b u r g
An i n t e n s i v e four-week i n t r o d u c t i o n t o Norwegian l a n g u a g e and c u l t u r e . The i n t e r i m i s
d e s i g n e d f o r s t u d e n t s w i t h no background i n Norwegian l a n g u a g e . D u r i n g t h e s t u d y
s t u d e n t s w i l l c o v e r t h e e q u i v a l e n t o f t h e f i r s t s e m e s t e r o f Norwegian l a n g u a g c . I n
a d d i t i o n t h e g r o u p w i l l examine c o n t e m p o r a r y l i f e i n Norway t h r o u g h l e c t u r e s , r e a d i n g s ,
and v i s i t s t o . Norweqian homes, c l l r ~ r c t l e s , h i s t o r i c a l and c u l t u r a l c e n t e r s . Much o f t h e
s t u d y w i l l t a k e p l a c e a t a permanent l e a r n i n g c e n t e r .
Counts toward l a n g u a g e requirement.
RELIGION IIA:
C h r i s t i n n Romc
Counts toward m a j o r .
COST:
$675.00
Harold D i trilanson
S t . Olaf
The h i s t o r y o f C h r i s t i J n i t y and Lllc c h u r c h ~hrnu!:Ii s t u t l y and o b s e r v a t i o n o f liolnc a s a
v i s u a l s i t e o f W e s t e r n CI1risL.in11d c v c l o p m c n t . Kccldi.n!:s and l e c t u r e s c a r e f u l l y i n LC!g t a ted w i t h v i s i t s Lu Iilonuolc1IlL:;, 111U:jc\llllS, ancl arclicolo!; i c a l :;i t e s . S t i ~ d yo f P ~ ~ J I I
!
!I
(RKLIGION IIA
-
Continued)
Romc a n d t h e t r a n s f o r m a t i o n o f tlrc c i t y i n t o a c e n t e r o f e a r l y C h r i s t i a n i t y ;
the c i t y
d u r i n l ; t h e Middle Ages and R c n a i s s a n c e .
The l a s t week o f t h e i n t e r i m w i l l i n c l u d e an e x t e n d e d f i e l d t r i p t o Assisi and F l o r e n c e ,
and o t h e r t r i p s o u t o f Romc w i l l i n c l u d e v i s i t s t o O s t i a , S u b i n c o , and Pompeii.
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Fresll~nan Religion.
C o u n t s toward m a j o r .
RELIGION I I B :
F u l f i l l s general requirement.
COST:
C h r i s t i a n - M a r x i s t Dialogue
$680.00
J o h n Stumme
S t . Olaf
The g e n e r a l p u r p o s e o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be t o g i v e b o t h academic and e x i s t e n t i a l e x p o s u r e
, t o a l l l e v e l s o f t h e C h r i s t i a n - M a r x i s t d i a l o g u e a s i t now e x i s t s p r i m a r i l y i n E a s t e r n
and W e s t e r n Europe. Through c o n t a c t s w i t h t h e Church, h e r h i s t o r y and p r e s e n t d a y l i f e
w i l l be s t u d i e d . Through o f f i c i a l c o n t a c t s w i t h government o f f i c e s and u n o f f i c i a l cont a c t s w i t h c r i t i c a l r a d i c a l g r o u p s , i n b o t h t h e E a s t and t h e West, a n a t t e m p t w i l l be
made t o l e a r n and e x p e r i e n c e t h e a c t u a l p o l i t i c a l s i t u a t i o n . F i n a l l y , t h r o u g h c o n t a c t s
w i t h a s m a l l group of i n d i v i d u a l s involved e i t h e r o f f i c i a l l y o r u n o f f i c i a l l y i n d i a l o g u e ,
a n a t t e m p t w i l l be made t o e v a l u a t e t h e n a t u r e , d e v e l o p m e n t , and p o t e n t i a l o f t h e
phenomenon o f t h e C h r i s t i a n - M a r x i s t D i a l o g u e
.
Prerequisites:
Some knowledge o f German h e l p f u l b u t n o t r e q u i r e d .
SOCIOLOGY IIA: The New Town
Movement i n Contemporary England (Augsburg Course Number 94481)
1
COST:
$665.00
Gordon N e l s o n
Augsburg
The s t u d y o f t h e new town d e v e l o p m e n t , p r i m a r i l y i n t h e London r e g i o n (Harlow, S t e v e n a e e ,
and Welwyn). A r e v i e w o f t h e h i s t o r i c a l emergence o f t h e new towns o f England a s w e l l
a s a n e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e r o l e o f t h e new town movement i n t h e p l a n n i n g and development
&'of
c o m p r e h e n s i v e m e t r o p o l i t a n E n g l a n d . Background r e a d i n g $ w i l l be a s s i g n e d .
r,wtr
w
Does n o t c o u n t toward d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t .
C o u n t s toward m a j o r .
SPANISH I I A AND I I I A : S p a n i s h
Language, C u l t u r e , and T h e a t e r i n Madrid
COST:
$665.00
James Dunlop
S t . Olaf
A four-week r e s i d e n c e i n Madrid w i t h t h r e e one-day s t u d y t r i p s t o n e a r b y c u l t u r a l c e n t e r s .
To improve t h e s t u d e n t ' s spoken S p a n i s h , widen h i s c u l t u r a l e x p e r i e n c e and a c q u a i n t him ,
w i t h t h e S p a n i s h t h e a t e r ; t h e r e w i l l be s i x h o u r s o f tutorj.11;; a wcek w i t h S p a n i s h
s t u d e n t s from t h e U n i v e r s i t y of M a d r i d , f r e q u e n t v i s i t s t o t h c P r a d o and o t h e r e x c e l l e n t
museums, and a t t e n d a n c e a t a n a v c r a g e o f t h r e e t h e a t e r p e r f o r m a n c e s p c r week. I n
a d d i t i o n , t h e r c w i l l b e r e g u l a r d i s c u s s i o n s c o n c e r n i n g S p a n i s h t h c a t e r . and c i v i l i z o t i o n
and s e m i n a r s w i t h P r o f e s s o r s Manuel Mcdina and San Miguc.1 of t h c I n s t i t u t c o f Europcan
S t u d i e s . S u p p l e m c n t a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l i n c l u d e t h c Madrid symphony, P r o t c s t a n t and
C a t h o l i c c h u r c h s e r v i c e s , Ilamenco t a b l a n s , s o c c e r garncs, f i l m s , and a v i s i t t o t h e
f a s c i n a t i n g R e a l F a b r i c a d e T a p i c e s t o s e e t a p c s t r i c s b e i n g rnanufacturcd.
(P-NC o n l y )
Counts toward l a n g u a g e r c q u i r e m e n t .
C o u n t s toward d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m c n t (Area A ) .
I I I A c o u n t s toward mdjor. P r c r c q u i s i t c s :
f o r l c v c l I I A ; t h r e e semcs t e r s o f Spani:;h,
COST: $665.00
f o r l e v e l 111; c o m p l c t i o n o f S p a n i s h 51 w i L l i g r a d e o f 1)- o r I l i g h c r .
A F R I C A
/
HISTORY IIA: A f r i c a on A F r i c a n Terms: A Case
S t u d y o f Two A f r i c a n S t a t c s - - ( ; l ~ n n a and TOGO
T e r r y Add i s o n
Augsburg
P r c - c o l o n i a l West A f r i c a . Thc c o l o n i a l p e r i o d i n Ghana and Togo. The s t r u g g l e f o r i n dependence, b o t h p o l i t i c a l +I
e c o n o ~ n i c . F o r c e s a t work i n t h e emerging new West A f r i c a :
t h e p e o p l e s , t h e l e a d e r s , and t h e c u l t u r e s o f t h e New A f r i c a .
Does n o t c o u n t toward d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t .
M I D D L E
Counts toward m a j o r . COST:
$1,135.00
E A S T
RELIGION I I C :
-
I s r a e l : A n c i e n t and Modern
(Augsburg Course Number 87370)
P h i l i p Quanbeck
Augsburg
' 11
f i e g o a l o f t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be t o become b e t t e r a c q u a i n t e d w i t h I s r a e l from a t w o - f o l d
a s p e c t , f i r s t a s t h e s i t e o f many i m p o r t a n t e v e n t s i n b i b l i c a l h i s t o r y , and s e c o n d l y ,
a s a modern n a t i o n which h a s i t s l i f e i n a complex p o l i t i c a l s i t u a t i o n . Three s p e c i f i c
a r e a s w i l l b e v i s i t e d : N o r t h e r n G a l i l e e , J e r u s a l e m and i t s e n v i r o n s , and B e e r Sheba and
t h e Hegev. While t h e s t a y w i l l b e i n J e r u s a l e m , t h e r e w i l l be f i e l d t r i p s t o p l a c e s
o f h i s t o r i c a l and a r c h a e o l o g i c a l interest. I n a d d i t i o n , v i s i t t o a k i b b u t z and l e c t u r e s
f r o m government r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s w i l l i n d i c a t e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s and c o n c e r n s o f c o n t e m p o r a r y
life.
C o u n t s toward g e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t .
L A T I N
Counts toward m a j o r .
COST:
$925.00
A M E R I C A
HISTORY I I C AND I I I C :
Problems o f Madern Mexico
C l i f f o r d Hauberg
S t . Olaf
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l b e g i v e n i n C u e r n a v a c a , Mexico, and a l l s t u d e n t s w i l l be e x p e c t e d t o
d o r e s e a r c h and w r i t e a p a p e r on some s i g n i f i c a n t problem o f p r e s e n t d a y Mexico--urban
o r r u r a l p o v e r t y , i n d u s t r i a l i z a t i o n and p o l l u t i o n , e d u c a t i o n , e t c .
Prerequisite:
ward m a j o r .
R e a d i n g knowledge o f S p a n i s h p r e f e r r e d :
H i s t o r y 35 o r 36.
Counts t o -
JOINT INTERIM, 1 9 7 4
p t a n n e d and e p o n e o r e d b y
t h e American Lutheran S t u d e n t Conference
FOCUS ON COMMUNITY CONSCIOUSNESS
C6mmunity O r g a n i z a t i o n s :
How does a c o m m u n l t y i n t l m e s o f
g r e a t s t r e s s and c o n s t a n t change o r g a n l z e i t s e l f h u m a n l y
and effectively t o p r e v e n t d l s l n t e g r a t i o n and t o g a l n t h e
l n l t i a t i v e f o r I t s e l f ? The l e a r n l n g o f t h e c l a s s I s b y
t h e mode o f e n c o u n t e r and p a r t l c i p a t l o n I n a g e n c l e s and
t h e c o m m u n l t y o f t h e Model C l t i e s a r e a I n t h e S o u t h s i d e
o f Minneapol I s .
U r b a n s e m l n a r s w i l l be he I d t h r e e mornl n g s e a c h week.
P l a c e m e n t s o f e a c h s t u d e n t a r e made I n
A
s u c h a g e n c l e s as T e n a n t U n l o n s , A l t e r n a t e S c h o o l s .
525.00 f e e f o r s u c h p l a c e m e n t s I s c h a r g e d .
L l m l t i s 25.
..
S t . O l a f Sponsored
James S t e w a r t ,
Department o f Socloiogy
I n s t i t u t i o n a l Communities:
The modern t e c h n o l o g i c a l s o c i e t y
h a s h a n d l e d many o f I t s " m l s f l t s " by p l a c i n g them I n
I n p r i s o n s , homes
e n f o r c e d o r semi-forced communltles
How I s communf o r t h e aged, m e n t a l l y 1 1 I and r e t a r d e d .
I t y p o s s i b l e i n such c l r c u m s t a n c e s ? Are such l n s t l t u t l o n a1 f o r m s a f o r e c a s t o f w h a t may I l e ahead f o r a l l o f u s ?
O r a r e t h e r e o t h e r d l r e c t l o n s ? And w h a t a r e t h e p o l l t i c s
i n v o l v e d ? S t u d e n t s w i 1 l have asslgnments I n c o n n e c t i o n
w l t h v a r l o u s l n s t l t u t i o n s and t h e r e w l l l a l s o be s e m i n a r s .
A f e e o f $25.00 f o r s u c h p l a c e m e n t I s c h a r g e d .
--
Augustana Sponsored
Mark Warde l I ,
Department o f Sociology
Alternate Life-Styles:
What i s t h e m e a n l n g o f t h e new comm u n i t y I l f e - s t y l e s whlch a r e happening I n Western l l f e ?
A r e new m o d e l s . f o r c o l l e c t i v e s and communes v l a b l e f o r
t h e f u t u r e ? M y s t l c l s m has a l s o e n t e r e d t h e c u r r e n t s o f
t h e p r e s e n t y o u n g e r s o c i e t y w l t h an e v e r d e e p e n l n g qua1 l t y .
How w l l l I t i n f l u e n c e and be I n f l u e n c e d by C h r i s t l a n l t y .
E x p l o r a t i o n o f t h l s a r e n a w i l l occupy t h e month's work
o f t h e c l a s s w l t h e n c o u n t e r and r e f i e c t l v e s e m l n a r s .
Augsburg Sponsored
J e r r y Gerasimo,
~ e ~ a r t m e no tf U r b a n S t u d l e s
R i t u a l s f o r an Open S o c i e t y :
A r e t h e r e ways by w h i c h t h e
C h r l s t i a n c o m m u n i t y ' s r i c h t r a d l t l o n o f l i t u r g y c a n comb i n e w i t h t h e i n n o v a t l ve a p p r o a c h e s t o w o r s h i p on t h e
c o n t e m p o r a r y s c e n e t o become a f r e e l ng e x p e r l e n c e f o r
I n t e n t i o n a l c o m m u n l t l e s b e n t on s o c l e t a l r e n e w a l ? Can
s t r u c t u r e s o f worship f r e e r a t h e r than blnd? Encounter
w 1 t h c o n t e m p o r a r y and t r a d I t i o n a I , E a s t e r n and W e s t e r n
church l i f e w i l l o c c u r , mixed w i t h sernlnars.
P a c i f i c Lutheran Sponsored
Gordon L a t h r o p , Campus P a s t o r
W o r l d Community C o n s c i o u s n e s s :
One way t h e p o v e r t y - s t r l c k e n
beyond b o t h Western
b u t c u l t u r a l l y - r l c h T h i r d World
can be e x p e r l e n c e d I s t h r o u g h L a t i n
S o c l e t y and R u s s l a
American eyes.
I s t h e r e a way i n s u c h a s e t t i n g as t h i s
t h a t t h e s t u d e n t can c a t c h a g l i m p s e o f t h e r e a l l t y o f
l i f e I n L a t i n A m e r i c a ? What w i l l i t mean t o l i v e " I n t h e
direction o f t h e T h l r d W o r l d ? " And how can t h e c h u r c h
become a c q u a i n t e d w i t h t h e w o r l d l e v e l o f c o m m u n i t y ? An
e x p a n s l v e l o o k w l l l be t a k e n t h r o u g h e n c o u n t e r s w l t h T w l n
C l t y L a t i n s a t t h e U n l v e r s l t y o f M i n n e s o t a and e l s e w h e r e .
S p a n i s h w o u l d be h e l p f u l .
--
--
Texas L u t h e r a n S p o n s o r e d
P r o f e s s o r t o be named
J O I N T I N T E R I M , 1974
Faotual DetaZl
TIME:
-
an early aeeeeement
-
January 3
25, 19741 The T h u r s d a y e v e n l n g ( J a n u a r y 3 )
b e g i n n i n g I s a t 7 : 0 0 p.m.
The c l o s i n g d a y i s F r i d a y ,
J a n u a r y 25.
PLACE :
As I n J o i n t I n t e r i m , 1973, a s e e d y o l d d o r m I n d o w n t o w n
Minneapolis o n t h e p r e m i s e s o f M e t r o p o l l t a n ~ M e d i c a l C e n t e r
i s s e t t e n t a t i v e l y f o r o u r use.
A most reasonable r e n t a l
arrangement.
COSTS :
I. S t u d e n t s a r e t o b r i n g t h e i r w i t h d r a w n B o a r d f e e s t o
c o v e r room and b o a r d .
T h l s w l l l be p u t i n a communal
kitty.
Students w i l l e a t together I n several v o l u n t a r y
c o m m u n l t l e s , t o be o r g a n i z e d upon a r r i v a l .
(Separate
a r r a n g e m e n t s c a n b e made f o r t h o s e who do n o t w i s h t o
e a t t h i s way, b u t t h l s s h o u l d be I n d i c a t e d i n a d v a n c e . )
S e v e r a l c e l e b r a t i o n f e a s t s o f t h e w h o l e community w l l l
o c c u r i n t h e month.
2. T r a v e l S u b s i d y w l i l b e s e n t t o o u t l y i n g s c h o o l s t o h e l p
C a p i t a l , TLC: $ 1 0 0 . 0 0 e a c h ; CLC, PLU: $ 1 5 0 . 0 0
them
each.
3. Some m o n i e s f o r l o c a l t r a v e l a n d I n c i d e n t a l e x p e n s e s
a r e recommended f o r b u s e s a n d s h a r e d c a r t r a v e l ( $ 1 0 . 0 0
t o $15.00).
4. The f i r s t t w o l i s t e d c o u r s e s w l l l r e q u i r e p l a c e m e n t f e e s
5. P r o f e s s o r s and t u l t l o n w i l l b e b o r n by t h e s c h o o l s .
6. I n sum as l l t t l e a s $ 2 5 . 0 0 t o $ 5 0 . 0 0 p l u s B o a r d f e e ,
plus the travel t o location.
--
ACADEMICS :
As s o o n a s t h e s t u d e n t d e c l d e s o n w h i c h o f t h e i n t e r l m s
I f he I s
he w i i l t a k e , h e s h o u l d c o n s u l t h l s s c h o o l .
t a k i n g t h e c l a s s o f h i s own s c h o o l , he c a n r e g l s t e r I n
h i s u s u a l way.
I f h l s c l a s s I s f r o m a n o t h e r school, he
should consult with h i s r e g i s t r a r t o f a c i l i t a t e h i s reglst r a t l o n i n the o t h e r school f o r t h e interim.
A i l courses
t r a n s f e r among A m e r l c a n L u t h e r a n C h u r c h c o l l e g e s .
A S U B S I D Y GRANT:
A l a r g e r g r a n t from t h e D i v l s l o n o f Youth A c t i v i t y o f t h e
A m e r i c a n L u t h e r a n C h u r c h w l l l be s u b s i d y t o h e l p w l t h room
r e n t , t r a v e l , c o u r s e e n r i c h m e n t , m o t i o n p i c t u r e s and c o o r dlnatlon.
A s m a l l e r g r a n t from World Mlssions o f t h e
Amerlcan L u t h e r a n Church w l l l h e l p w i t h t h e c o u r s e on
tentative a t thls polnt.
W o r l d Community C o n s c i o u s n e s s
--
COORDINATING COMMITTEE:
S t u d e n t s R a c h e l Rhode a n d D l a n e L o e f f l e r , A u g s b u r g ;
B e r l t Osmundsen, S t . O l a f ; K a t h y M a k e l a , Dana; J a n S l m o n e n ,
L u t h e r ; Nancy L i e u r a n c e , PLU; F l o s s i e H e n s p e t t e r , A u g u s t a n a
a n d J o e Bash, C o o r d l n a t l n g A d v l s o r .
A l s o check w l t h p r o fessors o f the classes o r l n t e r l m Director f o r your
s c h o o l o r Campus P a s t o r s .
UNRESOLVED P O S S I B I L I T I E S :
A c a m p - c e n t e r e d i n t e r i m a t Camp K o i n o n i a o u t s i d e New
Y o r k C i t y and a r u r a l - o r i e n t e d I n t e r i m I n S o u t h D a k o t a .
A l s o where I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d l e s c a n be w e l l - a r r a n g e d
b e f o r e h a n d w l t h a campus p r o f e s s o r and a T w i n C i t y
c o n s u l t a n t , s u c h a situation m l g h t a l s o b e a r r a n g e d .
Interim Courses
INSTRUCTOR
- 1974
COURSE TITLE
Brost , P a t r i c i a
Buzicky, Charles
Cokler, Eileen
Culver, Dwight W.
Cunninghaa, James
Desotelle, Marguerite
Esterka, Father Peter
Febres, York
Fish, P a t r i c i a
Fisher, Carole
Forner , Edouard
Human Sexuality
Wine: Its History and Use
Femininity, Masculinity: S t m t y p e s of t h e Past?
Outsiders
Soviet Russia: Culture and H i s t o r ~ l
C h i l d ' s World of A c t i v i t y
Values i n Hodern Family L i f e
S i x Great Cities of Hispanic America
Chemistry and t h e Environment
~vents/~acumentation8/~~0~sm
Cooperative Performance Project f n Opera and
Symphony Orchestra
F r e n r n , Father Hilary
Philosophy of Love
Froeming, Mary Anne
Clothing S e l e c t i o n
How Helpful are Human Services i n t h e Twin C i t i e s ?
Geer, Willim J.
Gohl, Azela
Bridging t h e Generation Gap
American Domestic Architecture
Graebner , Alan
E d i t o r i a l Writing (A J o i n t St*
irl Communication
Hardman, Jhnedict
and E t h i c s ) a.
Hathaway, Doris
Caribbean Cross Culture
"The F i n a l Solution"
The Extermination of t h e Jews
Heininger , J F.
i n Nazi Germany
Houlton, Loyce
Dance: Its Relevance t o Contemporary L i f e
Keenan, S i s t e r Ilamaculata Dante's Divine Comedy
Kessler, S i s t e r Catherine Small Vocal Ensembles
K i l l i a n , Pamela
Can We Be Feminine and Independant Too?
Conversational Spanish and a T a c h of S.U.S.P.E.N.S.E!
Kleczynski , Caroline
Klick, P a t r i c i a
Weaving
Jones, Maurice
Cooperative Performance P r o j e c t i n Opera and
Symphony Orchestra
Lennon, Cannelita
The Survey of t h e Microscopic World
Litecky, S i s t e r Catherine
S e l f and Belief
Lupori, P e t e r
Sculpture i n Three M i a
Hicka, S i s t e r Wary Virginia The Arts i n t h e Twin Cities
Miller, Judith
How Helpful a r e Human Services i n t h e Twin c i t i e s ?
Femininity, Masculinity: Stereotypes of t h e Past?
Xoriarty , Barbara
.
New Directions i n Printmaking
Relson, Robert C l a r k
Machtsheim, S i s t e r #ary Henry Caribbean Cross Culture
Osborne, P h y l l i s
Watching Your Weight
Palan, S i s t e r Catherine Junkat I n t o t h e Inner Space of Self
Puapusch, S i s t e r Anita
Elements of a Philosophy of L i f e
Poletes, George
Producing and Performing a Play
Reed, Marie Therese
P o p l a r French Song i s Alive and We11 and Living
a t St. Catherine's
Richardson, Mary Jo
World of Work (Elementary and Secondary i n Minnesota)
Rubens, David
Cooperative Performance P r o j e c t i n Opera and
Symphony Orchestra
'
THE COUEGE OF ST. CATHERINE
INSTRUCTOR
Page 2
COURSE TITLE
Jewish Writers of t h e 20th Century
Ryan, S i s t e r Rosalie
Bridging t h e Generation Gap
Ryan, S a l l y
Schaefer, Dolores
The World of Marcel Proust
Schleder, C h a r l o t t e Ovechka C h i l d b i r t h : A Study of t h e Childbirth ~ x p e r i e n c eand
Related Topica
From Gutenberg t o Q a l i l e o : The Renaissance and its
Smith, S i s t e r Margery
Impact on Hodbrn L i f e
Stensrud, S i s t e r Mary Catherine Consumer: Are You Taking o r Being nTakenn?
Cooperative Perfornanca R o j e c t i n Opera and
S t r i p l i n g , Luther
Symphony Orchestra
Swanson, Ally8
Watching Your Weight
Symons, James
Drama and b v o l u t i o n
Tauer, S l d t e r Carol Ann Back t o t h e Piano
Tomsich, P e t e r
Run Co~aputerRun
R e a l i e t i c G e m n Orammar
Trandota , K r i s t i n a
A l t e r n a t i v e s i n Mathematics Education
Vos, Kenneth E.
Winter F i e l d Biology
Vukaonich , Frank
Ward, S i e t e r Agnes
Norse Mythology
Wilson, S i s t e r Maria
Photo P r o j e c t s
Wolkerstorf o r , S i s t e r John C h r i s t i n e Minnesota, Arena of P o l i t i c a l Ref o m
Wood, S i e t e r Hary D a v i d 'hpreasionism i n Music and A r t
E d i t o r i a l Writing (A J o i n t Study i n Communication
Wren, David
and E t h i c s ) .
HAMLINE UNIVERSITY
I n t e r i m Courses
Prerequisite
*
INSTRUCTOR
Balsanek
Bartlett
Birnbaum and Haas
Bowman
B r ennan
Brown
Burland and Raygor
chhg
Cone
Crayton
D'Onofrio
Falkman
Fleming
Graham
Green
Harris
Hergenhnhn
Hull
I r i s h and Younoszai
Jo hne ton
Jones
Kagen
Kelly
Kimes
King
LaBount y
Lasaneky
Lu
Lukowi t z
Lynekey
Markowitz
Marsh
Masiello
Meyer D.
Meyer M.
Miller
Mulkern
Oliver and Hosf i e l d
-
1974
COURSE TITLE
The Poet, t h e Hunter and t h e N a t u r a l i s t
(in literature)
Practicum i n Stage Lighting
Biochemistry: Metabolic and Biogenetic Pathways*
S c i e n t i f i c Inquiry
The Archaeology of Hamline University*
Pharmacology of Psychoactive Mind-Altering Drugs
The Descendents of Sherlock Holmes ( i n l i t e r z f t u r e )
Student Teaching i n t h e Elementary School*
Chink: Growing Up Yellow i n America
Anthropology and S o c i a l I s s u e s
E l e c t r o n Microscopy
Anarchism
Theory Construction i n Sociology*
Mathematics: What i s i t ? *
The Book of Revelation
Crime & Delinquency i n Great B r i t a i n ( i n England)
Shakespeare and Music
Learning Theory and Everyday L i f e
Contemporary Religious P r a c t i c e s
L i f e i n V i l l a g e Mexico ( i n %urnpango, Mexico)*
Origins and Development of t h e Arab-Israeli
Conflict*
The O r a l L i t e r a t u r e of Appalachia ( v i s i t i n g
exchange i n s t r u c t o r from Berea College)
Unorthodox L i t e r a t u r e a s a Guide t o t h e S o c i a l
H i s t o r y of China
The Performing A r t s : A Closer Look
Survey of Film H i s t o r y
Systems Analysis: An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Systems
Thinking in Management,Planning and Human
Problems
Programmed I n s t r u c t i o n *
Survey of Printmaking
The Chinese Revolution: C r i t e r i a f o r Evaluation
The L i f e of Adolf H i t l e r
~ i e t n a r n :A Case Study i n t h e Policy-Making
Process
The Sociology of C u l t u r e and Kultur
H i s t o r y of Technology
L a t i n American L i t e r a t u r e : A Vehicle f o r
Social Protest
Psychological Problems Encountered i n A t h l e t i c
Coaching*
The Drama of German Expressionism
Computer U t i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Behavioral Sciences*
Skiing
The Nature of P r e j u d i c e
*
INSTRUCTOR
Perry
Petrilak
Pizner
Pontlnen
R i c e and Blue
Root
Runquist and Creswell
St. John.
Smith P.
Smith R.
S ta h l y
Steen
Swaneon
Taylor
Vane
Varberg
Walker
White
Willis
Wolf f
Wyatt
COURSE TITLE
The Medieval Hero and Epic P o e t r y
E l e c t r o n i c s : Must i t b e Black Magic i n t h e
Home and Laboratory?
An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Music Therapy
Once Over L i g h t l y : The Science of O p t i c s
. The H i s t o r y and P r a c t i c e of French Cuisine*
Modern French L i t e r a t u r e f o r Non-Majors:
P o e t r y , T h e a t r e , t h e Novel*
I n s t r u m e n t a l Methods ( i n chemistry)*'
The Asian Sub-Continent
India, Pakistan
and Bangladesh: a Clash of C u l t u r e s
A r t i n New York C i t y ( i n New York C i t y )
COBOL Programming ( V i s i t i n g i n s t r u c t o r from
C o n t r o l Data I n s t i t u t e )
B a s k e t b a l l Fundamentals f o r G i r l s *
Study of Contemporary Choral Music by American
and E n g l i s h Composers ( i n England)
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o C l i n i c a l Peychology*
How t o Solve It - A seminar i n Problem Solving*
The Modern Novel i n I n d i a
Complex Analysis ( i n mathematics)"
American Poverty: A n I n s o l u b l e Problem w i t h
Proximate S o l u t i o n s ?
The S o c i a l Seminar: Drug Education
Grooving on t h e Occult
Greek Tragedy and Greek C u l t u r e
Problems i n t h e Human Environment
*
-
*
hV+CAI-ESTER COLLEGE
*
P
--
PREHEQUIS I T E
PERMISSION
OF THE
INSTRUCTOR
REQUIRED;
I N S T R U C T O R ~ S SIGNATURE
ON
EXCHANGE
R E G I S T R A T I O N CARD MUST BE SECURED BY THE STUDENT.
COURSE T l TLE
NOS
VAMOS
MIOWEST
-
PARA E L
FIELD
MEDIO-OESTE
COURSE,
(MEXICAN
ILLINOIS
TO
MIGRAT I ON TO THE
'
TEXAS D O R D E ~ ) *P
R 1 SK *
MATHEMAT 1 CAL ~ ~ E T H O D SI N THE THEORY OF
. GETTIFIG T O KNOW POE
A CELESTIAL LABORATORYREVERSING NEWTON & KEPLER
L I V I N GW I T H THE UNITED N A T I O N S ( I N NEW Y O R K ) *P
APPLIED REGRESSION ANALYSIS
THEORY AND PRACTICE OF BUDDHIST MEDITATION P
WESTERN & JAPANESE
FEUDALISM: AN EXPERIMENTI N
COMPARAT IVE HI S T O R Y
RETREAT SEMINAR ON ENVIRONMENTALE T H I C 3 ( I N C L U D ~ N G
-
*
*
DONOVAN
Dye
TWO WEEKS IN ~ ~ I O N T A N A )P
CONTEMPORARY WOMAN:
HER SOCIAL ROLE, CAREER EXPECTATIONS,
AND POLITICAL A C T I V I T I E S
ANC-IENT STORIES I N ~ ~ O D E R NDRESS (LITERATURE & FILMS)
TRUTH & FICTION I N AUTOBIOGRAPHY
ON THEIR HONOR A LOOKAT YOUTH-SERVING O R G A N I Z A T I O N S
TECHNIQUES & USES OF 35MM BLACK & \VHITE PHOTOGRAPHYP
ER I CKSON
ER I CKSON, VANDENDORPE;
RANKS, GOLDSMITH,
UNDERWOOD (STUDENTS)
FA^ IAN
FAIRCHILDS
FARRER
FORMER,STRIPLING;
JONES
(ST. CATHER IN E Ws)
GREEN
GREENBERG
GUNDERSON
Guss
HAMMER
HILL, E.
HILL, T.
HOPPER, LIST (STUDENT)
HUGHES
JOHNSON,
H.
JUGAN
KEENAN
KIM
KLEESE
KLE IN
I<ONHAUSER
KRAMER, GERARD (STUDENT)
KRISTENSEN
LANEGRAN,
PITZL
-
NEW SOUTH AMER I C A N LITERATURE
THE SOCIAL H I S T O R Y OF THE D E T E C T ~ V ENOVEL
ECONOMICSOF POVERTY SO FARONLY POOR SOLUTIONS
-
COOPERATIVE PERFORMANCEPROJECT IN OPERA AND SYMPHONY
ORCHESTRA *P
SCIENCE, SOCIETY, AND POLITICS
ON THE ROAD:
THE LITERATURE
OF EXPLORATION
WAR
AND
MORALITY
AN INTRODUCTION
T O RUSSIAN FOLKLORE
WOIJ~EN IN MUS Ic *P
DESERT BIOLOGY ( I N ARIZONA) *P
PHILOSOPHY IN BIOGRAPHY: MARKS OF A LIFE WORTH LIVING
CULTURAL DIMENSIONS OF EXISTENTIALISM
AGRESSIVE B E H A V I O ~ : THEORY & RESEARCH *
LANDSCAPE,
UTOPIAN PLANNING, & THE EURO-AMERICANT R A D I T I O N
THE PHILOSOPHICAL B A S I S OF SPORT
TEACHING CHILDREN TO \'/RITE POETRYP
ALBERT EINSTEIN *P
C Y T O G E N E T ~ CTECHNIQUES *P
ADVANCED DEBATE STUDY TOUR *P
MATHEMATICS FOR THE FUN O F I T *P
RECENT CHANGE AT MACALESTER
WHERE TO NOW?
CERAM ICB
MELTING POT OR PRESSURE COOKER? ETHNICITY I N THE TWIN
C I T I ES URBAN,SYSTEM
CRYSTALS & C R Y S T A L ~ R O W ~ N G
COULD ATLAS SHRUG? THREE FACESOF LIRERTARIANISM
CHANGING \VOMEN@S ROLES A S A SOCIAL PROBLEM *P
COOPERATIVES & INTENTIONAL
COMMUNITIES
A S POLITICAL
PHENOMENA ( I N MADISON, WISCONSIN) P
*
-
COURSE T I T L E
MCCURDY
MI KKELSON
MI NU
Mosv 1 cu
NEUMAN
KORLES
N G R ~ ~ A NYOUNG
,
P J ~ R J A A N , BARRY
PE-,-~<<
s
REEDY
RODERTS, W.
ROBINSON, E.
ROETZEL
SALTZMAN
SCHUE
(STUDENT)
SCIENCE & C H R ~ S T I A N FAITH *P
H ISTOTECHN IQUE *
READINGS I N MEOIEVAL MYSTICS
WATERCOLOR
PA INT ING *P
SMALL GROUP ~ Y N A M I C S : HOW TO ENJOY YOURSELF W I T H A
(MATHEMAT IC A L ) GROUP *
ASTRONOMICAL INSTRUMENTATION
& TELESCOPE LIAUING P
~ N T R O D U C T O R YALCHEMY
HOW TO MAKE GOLD FOR FUN & P R O F I T
THE LITTLE COMPUTER THAT CAN
BUT HOW? (ADVANCED FORTRAN
& INTRODUCTGRY
ASSCMDLER LANGUAGE)
*
REME~,;~ER THE G R A F SPEFI? ( W A R - G A M I NG)
-
-
M ~ D E LEXPERIMENTSI N GEOLOGY *
THE 1 ~ T HCENTURY AMERICAN FAMILYP
O R G A N I C STRUCTURE DETERMINATION B Y SPECTROSCOPIC METHODS
EXPERIMENTS I N NUCLEAR PHYSICS
How & LA1~vDo SMALL TOWNS 0 IE?
PUPPETRY P
LEARNING
ECONOMICSTHROUGH COMPUTER GAMES *P
THE EVOLUTION OF MAN
R U S S I A & T H E NEAR EAST: PAST & PRESENT
THE T A C T I C S & STRATEGIES OF SCIENCE:
HARVARDCASE
HISTORIES
PERIODS & RHYTHMS IN BEHAVIOR & PHYSIOLOGY
JOHNSTUART MILL'S U T I L I T A R I A N I S M
HOMER & THE ARCHAEOLOGISTS
ORAL INTERPRETATION
OF DRAMATIC LITERATURE
P
CHEMISTRY & COLOR
*
'YEN DT
Y~EST
\'/IL K I E
B ILSON
W ~ L ~ E Y
*
PE ACT l V 1 T 1 ES COU2SES
*
( F R A C Y OONAL CRED 1 T
*
*
OH W 1 THOUT CRED I T )
Show less
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1984 Interim Catalog
POSTMASTER
Volume 114, Number 4
Winter 1983
612/300-1001
AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall,
and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Sec... Show more
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1984 Interim Catalog
POSTMASTER
Volume 114, Number 4
Winter 1983
612/300-1001
AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall,
and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Secondclass postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
Augs,burgCollege lnterim
The interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly
intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning
and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular
term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same
amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four course load during
Fall and Spring semesters.
0
OCT
NOV
DEC
Calendar for Full Credit Courses
....................................
October 31-November 4.
Interim Registration
December 5 ...........................................Late Interim Registration
First Day of Interim
January 3.. .................................................
Class 1 9:00 a.m.
Class 11 1:00 p.m.
January 4..
Last day for cancel/add
January 17.. ................ Last day for determining grading system with Registrar
January 20.. ........................... Last day for withdrawing from full courses
January 27.. ......................................................
Interim ends
..............................................
Calendar for Half Credit Courses
...............................
January 3..
First group of half credit courses begins
January 4 . . .............................Last day to cancel/add half credit courses
January 9 . ........... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses
January 11.. .....................Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses
January 13.. ...............................First group of half credit courses ends
January 16.. ...........................Second group of half credit courses begins
January 17.. ............................Last day to cancel/add half credit courses
January 23. .......... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses
January 25.. ..................... Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses
January27........................................................
lnterimends
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time:
II - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m.
I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the
first day of class.
4/l nterim
Essential Information
One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted to
register for more than one course credit during the period.
There i s no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course.
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have
the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the
P/N system; this i s indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses
have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division
standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three
must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment
at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one
interim for graduation.)
This Catalog
This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the
end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the
College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are
available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the
Lifetime Sports listed on the last page.
Location Key
L-Library Building
M-Music Hall
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology Building
S-Science Hall
Options
International Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the three
overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1984. These interims are under
the following departments:
Health-Sailing i n the Virgin Islands
Political Science - Mass Media and Politics i n Britain, France, Germany and Austria
Religion-Israel and Egypt: Archaeology and Religion
Augsburg students are also eligible for participation in one of the 28 international interims
offered by the Upper Midwest Association for lnternational Education (UMAIE) as well as
travel interims offered by other 4-1-4 schools in the country.
Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the lnterim
Office and from Mary Kingsley in the lnternational Center, Old Main 20.
Students interested in participating i n one of these international interims should apply in the
lnternational Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be
made after that date.
There will be no June interim in 1984.
-
Internships
Students electing an internship interim must present a completed internship
learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November
22. Contract forms are available in the same office.
Independcmt or DhWcd Study
Students may elect a program of independent study
(upper dlvislon 499) or directed study (!owerdivblon 299) for interim. Faculty members are
strongly drseouraged fram accepting responsibility for more than one independent or
dlrected study per interlm. student^ choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
-
A. Meet departmental requirements,
6. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved
by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at -I
one week
before registration and not later than November 28. Apprgpriatestudy propo$alforms can
be obtained in the lnterim Office.
Inftdma at Qthw -Is
Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-74 Instltutlan
which offers a reclprocai lnterlm arrangepent. CataIags of these Interlmscan be consulted in
the Interim Offlee. The Interim Secretary wIti help students in appiylng for ~giwrationat
other schoals. Registration for lntwlms at rhe h e r Twin CMes college wlll be done at
Augsburg during the regular reghtratlon period. Most courses taught during the interim w
other 4-14schoolsare accepted forcredit by Aughurg, but ma not necessarily beaccepted
as meeting Augsburp'r distributhn rsquirem~ntr.Thls quiklcailon putlcuhtly J f a
courses offered for the Reiiglon requirement.
-
Non-Aupburg Students
e welcamee studenw from athat 44-4 schools far the jaiiiiary Interim
*hkoul tul~ion%rp provided he wudcnlt honr instlhltlon ql.a.not to cbar
to Au$bug students for the January tern. he walver of tuition,does not Indu$
e special
luirion
fees, housing or board costs. 0 t h nudem wlII be c h a r d $720 for the lnterlm course,
#upburg Cot
Students interested in regfstwing for an Aupburg lnterim should write to the lnterim
Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own
school.* These students are welcom to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for interim housingsfiwld bemadeto fie lnterim Office.
*There is an application processing fee of $10.
ku burg Policy
H"
Aug ufg College adml4 studehts of any race, golor, rtatlonal and ethnk origln ro all the
rl$hts, btiufI<&.s, figrams, and acthltlesgeneraI y accorded or made available to studentsat
,the school, It do= trot dlscrimlnq~on the basis of race, col,ar,crded, national and e~hrltc
orlgtn in eq6layrbent flfactiw or adrniitIstqatlon of Its edtFdatfonal>
policies, admission$poIi-dw, icholprshlp and loan programs, and ~thleticand other school-administer& programs.
Need More Help?
Check with:
The lnterim Office (Memorial 230),
The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or
The lnterim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192.
.
Courses
Calligraphy
ART 106 - 4001,306 - 4002
Instructor: Philip Thompson
Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphic skills i n pen and brush
with ink and paint. Three completed design projects in lettering or line are required. For
upper division credit a major project is required.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 4
Nutrition: You Are What You Eat
BIO 104 - 4003
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
Designed to discuss the foods that we eat in a popular fashion. After a review of the human
digestive system, each of the three basic food types will be discussed along with the role of
minerals, vitamins and water.
An attempt will be made to dispel the mysteries and the manufactured information in the
media, to make application to individual concerns, and to address the controversy concerning
food additives.
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 213
Heredity, Evolution, and Humankind
BIO 110 - 4004
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
Where did I come from? What am I7 Where am I going? certainly must rank among the more
fundamental quertions which intrigue and torment members of our specips. While at one
l w e i weseek phtlosophlcat and religious answers, h i o l n ~ yIS invokecl at another level. I t l s t h ~
intent of this course to addresrrhesc questions and others through thesrudy of ~ v o t u t l o nand
heredfry {genetlrs). The concept of organic evolution continues to have i t s critics, a matter
which we shall consider. Yet to lhrt va5l majority of hlologists the evolution of life is not only
accep~edbut ir rcaasded as the single most significant confrihurion which biology has made
to human knowledgr. We will study I ~ Pevidence in support of evolution. rht? proposed
mechanisms of ttip ~volutionaryprocess, and, a5 time permits, the course or evolution from
primiltvr! forms to humans. Some principles ol genetics will be studied for the primary
purpose of making 11 possible rn undcrstand evolurionary mechanisms. Ways in which people
e s he discussed.
influence rhrir own evoluiion and that olol her ~ p e r ~ wlll
Classes will consist largely of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based on quizzes and
tests.
Prerequisites: A high school general biology course
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: I . . ...... Room: S 212
Wetland Ecology
BIO 311 - 4005
Instructor: Roberta Lammers
I n Wetland Ecology we will study the complexity, variety and importance of freshwater
wetlands (i.e. bogs, marshes, fens, swamps, etc.). The physical aspects of these wetlands as
well as the interrelationships of some of their major organisms like sedges, insects, and
sphagnum will be considered. Students will be re uired to pursue4nclependent reading on
wetland organisms of particular Interest to them. T e course work will also include required
reading, discussion and leeura, lab observation d wetland organisms, and local field trips
depending on the weather. We shall examine critically the potential ofMinnesota's wetlands
as an energy source. Grading will be based on one test and the presentation (written or oral)
of the independent reading.
Prerequisites: Biology 111,112
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: I........ Room: S 213
1
Personal Investment and the Stock Market
-
BUS 257 4006
Instructor: Thomas Morgan
The course i s designed t o familiarize the novice with the basic components of the personal
investment decision.
Course content will include examination and discussion of alternative investment instruments
and the markets in which they are transacted. I n addition to assigned readings, students will
be expected to complete several small projects. Evaluation of course performance will be
based upon successful completion of projects and a final exam. This course is not recommended for upper class business majors.
Time: I........ Room: O M 13
Management Simulation Games
BUS 378 - 4074
Instructor: Amin Kader
In this course the students will be grouped into teams. Each team controls a company which
manufactures and sells a line of multiple products. The company competes against other
companies; each manufactures and sells similar products. Each team attempts to outperform
other teams by selecting what could be perceived by the team as the optimum operating
strategy. This strategy includes setting selling prices, production volumes, marketing expenditures, plant and securities investments, as well as stockholders' dividends. Grading will be
P/N only with evaluation on the basis of the work done and its results.
Prerequisites: BUS 135 and 261, ECO 122 and 123 or permission of instructor
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 11
8/l nterim
Chemistry for Changing Times
C H M 100 - 4009
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of
the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science
background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for
understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is
interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists
were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In
recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming
a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of
pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin
supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching
for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental
disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy
feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is
the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the
result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of the problems we face are
molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our
society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human
condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement
the lecture/discussion periods. Quizzes and tests will be used for evaluation. This course
does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106,116 or 223.
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: I . . ...... Room: S 315
Principles of Economics (Micro)
ECO 123 - 4007
Instructor: Satya Gupta
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May
be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120.
Distribution: Economics-Political Science
Time: 11.. ...... Room: L 1
Welfare Economics
ECO 454 - 4008
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Basic concepts and propositions: Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market
structures, social welfare functions, normative concepts of economic theory. Applications to
various problems and disciplines. Course evaluation will be based on exams (take-home) and
projects.
Prerequisites: ECO 251 or permission of instructor
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 16
Student Teaching
EDS 481 - 4010 EDE 481 - 4014
EDS 482 - 4011 EDE 482 - 4015
EDS 483 - 4012 EDE 483 - 4016
EDS 484 - 4013 EDE 484 - 4017
Instructor: Sheldon Fardig
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school
personnel. This is a full day experience in a school.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
Grading: P/N only
Time: I.. . . . . . . Room: L 4
Emily Dickinson: The Poems and the Person
ENG 140 - 4018, 340 - 4019
Instructor: Ronald Palosaari
Unknown in her lifetime, Emily Dickinson now is regarded as one of America's finest poets.
Her poetry was so unknown that the sister who shared with her the family home did not
know of it until, following Emily's deathbed instructions, she began to burn Emily's papers.
What was spared the fire is now ours to devour.
Emily Dickinson spent most of her life within the family home confining her relationships to a
very few, being regarded as mysterious or eccentric by very many. Some biographers have
suggested she retreated from the world to give herself to poetry since her time and place
made no provision for a female professional poet. Others trace her seclusion to various family
relationships or personal problems or frustrated dreams of love. Whatever the cause, out of
the mystery of her life comes the glory of her poetry.
During the interim we will study both her poetry and some of the major studies of her life.
Each student will read one of her biographies as well as her poetry. Students who desire may
pursue independent research in her biography or her poetry or in general historical topics
that mav illumine either the Doems or the Derson.
Studenk opting for upper d i i s i o n credit will be graded on a more rigorous level than those
opting for lower division credit.
Prerequisites: A course in literature or permission of instructor
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Time: I..
Room: O M 16
. . . . ..
10/l nterim
People Under Pressure
ENG 211 - 4020
Instructor: Barbara Andersen
The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social,
religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the
focus for the course. This i s not, however, a course in depression, for pressure and stress
often have positive results. And many people respond to pressure with courage, grace and
even wit.
We will read several genres, mostly of the 20th century, and works that are not usually
covered in literature courses. Among the works being considered are Waters, The Man Who
Killed the Deer; Potok, M y Name is Asher Lev; Brautigan, Trout Fishing i n America; Wright,
Native Son; Pym, Excellent Women; Hassler, Simon's Night; Lindbergh, Gift from the Sea;
Turgenev, Fathers and Sons; Albee, The American Dream and The Zoo Story; Anderson, I
Never Sang for M y Father; Gordon, Final Payments. Students will have some choice of works
to read.
Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports
(optional) and two examinations.
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Time: I.. . . . . . Room: O M 10
.
Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparative Studyof American Western and Japanesesamurai Films
ENG 233 - 4021
SOC 233 - 4058
Instructors: Jerry Gerasimo and John Mitchell
The purpose of the course is to clarify the thematic form of the Western and the Samurai film
by comparing their respective myths, their social premises, and their conventions: for
example, the ritualized duel and the use of proxemic patterns (treatments of space) i n ways
that are implicitly cultural. Although both genres are highly popular, they are vividly useful
for esthetic, cultural, and anthropological comparison. Students will be required to attend all
film presentations (approximately 10 feature films), to read selected texts, and to make a final
written report.
Laboratory Fee: $35
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . . Room: M 24
French Civilization Today
FRE 332 - 4022
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
The study of 20th Century French civilization will extend and deepen our understanding of
the French and the role of their country in the world today. We will investigate the concerns
and the situation of the people vis-a-vis their family, friends, institutions, economy,
government. The study of "documents authentiques" as well as articles, essays, Guide France,
slides, music, art, and technology will help ascertain the major French contributions to our
civilization since 1900.
We will participate i n a variety of group and individualized activities: common readings with
discussion, illustrated presentations, projects and reports, field trips and media experiences
- all in order to broaden and deepen our French experience.
Evaluation will include the completion of assigned tasks and reports, participation and
contribution to the group, several brief quizzes, and individual progress in the ability to
initiate, develop, and present a topic or study within the course.
Materials will be largely i n French to assure an authentic French experience.
Prerequisites: FRE 311 or consent of instructor
Time: I........ Room: O M 25
German Civilization and Culture I1
CER 332 - 4024
Instructor: Don Steinmetz
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is
considered in view of its roots in intellectual, geo-political, artistic and scientific history of the
German-speaking peoples. The course will be taught in German.
Prerequisites: GER 311 or permission of instructor
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 27
Beginning Norwegian
NOR 111 - 4025
Instructor: Leif Hansen
The course provides an introductlo,n to the basic skills of 115tening, speaking, reading, and
writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed texf. Later class
sessions provide a thorough lntroducrion to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but
oral expression is emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work
expected.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 29
Norwegian Conversation and Composition
NOR 311 - 4026
Instructor: Leif Hansen
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work and field
experience required.
Prerequisites: NOR 211 or equivalent
Time: To be arranged with instructor.. . . . . . . Room: O M 29
Spanish of the Business and the Professional World
SPA 215 - 4023
Instructor: Cunta Rozentals
Objectives: To give the students the basics needed to cope with professional situations by
preparing them to work with Spanish-speaking clients i n various fields. Content: Introduction to the communication patterns and technical expressions used in health care, education,
welfare, law enforcement and business areas. Layout and style of Spanish business letters.
Evaluation: Tests and performance in simulations of true-to-life situations.
Prerequisites: SPA 212
Time: I.. . . . . . . Room: OM 21
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE232-4027
Instructor: Bethany Shifflett
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk
dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is
based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I - Jan. 3-13.. . . . . . . Room: Melby
Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
HPE410-4075
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional
journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method.
Prerequisites: HPE 320
Time: I . . . . . . Room: Melby 13
. .
January 7-26,1984
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455 - 4029
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of
sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of
sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a
42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and will function as an active crew
member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip
planning, piloting and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership
in the role of "acting captain." A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final
written exam will be given.
Cost: $1995.00
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
HPE475-4028
Instructor: Doug Nelson
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room procedures.
Prerequisites: HPE 350 Kinesiology
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I - Jan. 16 - 27.. . . . . . . Room: Melby 12
The Japanese-AmericanExperience:
Relocation & Redress
HIS 240 - 4030,340 - 4031
Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen
This course is a study of the Japanese-American experience, primarily in the United States,
but will include mini units of their relocation experience in Canada and some Latin American
countries. Special focus will be given to the forced evacuation of several hundred JapaneseAmericans during World War II, how and why they were uprooted from homes and
businesses at short notice. How did this ethnic group adjust to detention in camps, survive
the trauma of their wartime experience, e.g. psychological impact on young and old? The
redress issue, the report of the recent judicial commission appointed by Congress to
investigate the relocation, will be an important component of the course, e.g. constitutional
issues related to the rights of scores of American citizens. Perspectives of immigrant
restrictions, and the contribution of the Japanese to American economy and society will be
examined.
Japanese-Americans from the Twin Cities, films, slides, recordings and readings will be used
as resources. Ethnic meals. Some evening meetings will replace day sessions.
Grades will be based on discussion, a journal, an exam, and for upper division there will be a
project. Fees - $15.00.
Prerequisites: Lower division none. Upper division - one college history course or consent
of instructor.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I... . . . . Room: L 1
.
Paris in the Nineteenth Century
-
HIS 114 4032
Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist
The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's
a bit of "sour grapes" caricature i n that clever statement. For if one could pick out a city
which i n the last thousand years has been more important to Western Civilization than any
other, one could make a good case for Paris. I n this course we will study the history of that
city in one period of its greatness, the nineteenth century. We will use some readings about
France, Paris, and Modern urbanism, but the main emphasis in our reading and approach to
the subject will be the use of some nineteenth century French novels as historical sources
for the study of Paris. We will thus have the opportunity to study the city of Paris in this
century in some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents i n the use of
historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future
trip to Paris. The course will be conducted i n part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar
(discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports-all part of the evaluation). There
will be a final exam.
Distribution: History-Philosophy; Urban Concerns
Time: 11.. . . . . . Room: O M 23
.
The Minnesota Political Tradition
HIS 356 - 4033
Instructor: Carl Chrislock
An interpretive survey of Minnesota political history from territorial days to the present.
Attention will focus not only on narrative political history, but also on the underlying forceseconomic, ethnic, religious and cultural-that have helped shape the state's political culture.
Procedures wttl be essentially traditional: lecture-discussion, assjgned and optional readings,
a term paper or hook reviews, and a final examination (basically essay). Some audio-visual
aids (transparencies of polirical cartoons, video cassettes of Arthur Naftalin's conversations
with Mtnnesolta gouernors,slides~will bc used; and an effort to recruit oursidespeakers with
political experience will be made.
Prerequisites: One course in U.S. history, or consent of instructor.
Time: 11..
Room: M 23
......
Classics of Western Thought
H U M 275 - 4034
Instructors: Richard Nelson, Bruce Reichenbach
The period between the exhaustion of ancient civilization and the emergence of early
modern Europe (ca. 500-1700) was an age of discovery and creativity in Western culture. The
BBC series Civilization will provide the visual center from which we will develop the various
perspectives on literature, philosophy, religion, politics, art and science which can be found
during this period. The course will emphasize the mutual impact of ideas and events.
Presentations by guest speakers and readings from major works representing different
disciplines will supplement the film series.
There will be a mid-term, a final exam and a short paper required of all registrants.
Time: I..
Room: S 112
......
An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models
MAT 136 - 4035,136 - 4036
Instructor: Henry Follingstad
An exploratlon of math-related Ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluates
present "scientific dogmas" on the universe and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life, and
mankind. New Space-Age data, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show
inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and their links to
geology, biology, and the humanities. Space age alternatives are also presented to integrate
the flood of new data with past knowledge.
Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern
impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which
have transformed scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is
required i n one of six major areas discussed.
Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present
extensive oral summaries of their papers.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Room: O M 23
Time: I..
......
Numerical Pattern Processing Through Programming
-
MAT 144 4037,211 - 4038
Instructor: Larry Copes
I n this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal
language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be
examined for patterns. With the help of the instructor and each other, students will test
conjectures through data analysis and further programs. Work will be in individual, small
group, and classroom settings. Evaluation will be through individual programs and written
reports.
For students registering for MAT 211, the patterns and reports will require the mathematical
maturity of one who has completed a semester of college mathematics at the calculus level.
All students should expect to spend four to five hours per day in the computer room.
Prerequisites: for 144 - Croup I l l score on Augsburg Mathematics Placement Examination
for 211 - MAT 124 or 174
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Room: S 205
Time: I..
......
The Electronics of Music
MUS 210 - 4041,410 - 4042
Instructor: Robert Karlkn
An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some sounds of 20th Century
music. Through a "hands-on" approach, participants will be involved in:
1. making multi-track recordings on half-track, quarter-track, and cassette decks through an
eight-track mixer.
2. individually creating and mixing sounds of traditional sound sources as well as analog and
computer-controlled synthesizers.
The study and application of practical electronic technology used in music will be combined
with aesthetic considerations in the creative aspects of the art.
Though no prerequisites are necessary for participation i n the class, i t is expected that
students will bring to it an interest in, and curiosity about, the many ways in which electronics
technology is involved i n the field of music today. Music majors and students registering for
upper division credit will be assigned special projects.
Students will be able to concentrate on aspects of recording, creative electronic music, or a
combination of the above.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: 11..
Room: M 25
......
Broadway Musical
MUS 285 - 4043
Instructors: JamesJohnson and Steve Cabrielsen
The preparation and performance of a Broadway musical including singing, acting, set design
and building, choreography, dancing. A variety of talents and interests are used. Li'l Abner is
the present musical under consideration.
Costumes will be made by members i n the class. Fees for material will be paid by members
wearing those costumes.
Room: M Sateren
Time: I..
......
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330 - 4044
Instructor: Pam Farnan
This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends
and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial,
are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care.
Students will be graded on group presentations and written examinations.
Prerequisites: Registered Nurse
Time: I........ Room: O M 12
Introductory Meteorology: Weather and Climate
PHY 106 - 4045
Instructor: Ken Erickson
A study sf Ihe science and wonders of he atmosphere, The course Is deslgned t o provide a
working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understand in^ weather and
climate. Attenlion will he given to the overall weather pattprns of the earth and to thc many
varied aspects af weather, some of which Include: the relationship of sun, earth and
atmosph~re, clouds and precipltatinn, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather
monitoring and lorecasting, rhe influence a l wealher on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and
o i the sky. The course i s designed to he an elective or to satisfy the
o p ~ i c a phenomena
l
distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. Grading will he basetl on exams,
laboratory exercises and a paper.
Prerequisites: Elementary Algebra (high school)
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I.. ...... Room: S 108
Politics and Policy Making in Public Education
POL136-4046,336- 4047
Instructor: Jo Fraatz
This course examines politics and policies in American public schools, and provides
opportunities for students to analyze policy problems and propose their own solutions. Most
of the allotted class time will be used for a combination of lectures and discussion; time
outside of class will be spent reading, thinking, and writing. The objectives of the course
include:
1. To learn something about the difficulties of working in public schools;
2. To learn something about the prospects for changing public schools;
3. To learn how to analyze policy problems and policy solutions;
4. To develop and improve writing skills.
Written assignments will take the form of policy memos to which students will be asked to
respond. Evaluations will be made on the following basis: 1 & 2 - 10 points each; 3 & 4 - 15
points each; 5 & 6 - 20 points each; Class participation - 10 points.
Grades will be determined after all points earned on these requirements are added up at the
end of the course. Students wishing credit for an upper division course must be at least
sophomores and will be required to do a 10-page book critique in addition to meeting the
above requirements.
Distribution: Economics-Political Science
Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: M 22
Mass Media and Politics in Britain,
France, Germany and Austria
POL 344 - 4048
SPC 344 4064
Instructor: Milda Hedblom
-
This course provides a close-up study of four European mass media systems and the relations
of those systems with political rulers and the broader public. Through seminar discussion, site
visits, media observation, and briefings with public officials and media professionals and
scholars, students learn about major issues in each country. We begin in London, after a week
move to Paris - remaining for several days to compare British and French media and politics.
Departing Paris by overnight train, we stop two days in Salzburg before proceeding to
Vienna, the site of Austrian national media and the Parliament. From Vienna we continue to
Prague for the weekend, then conclude the program in Berlin with briefings on German
media and U.S. international radio operations.
Distribution: Economics-Political Science
Grading: P/N only
Theologies of Politics
POL 386 - 4049
Instructor: Myles Stenshoel
An inquiry into political perceptions, attitudes and preferences associated with various
theological premises from early Christian times to the present. Students will encounter views
of Paul, Augustine and Aquinas; a comparative approach to Reformation theology in the
political expressions of Luther and Calvin; and, in a 20th century sampling, perspectives of
Reinhold Niebuhr, the Moral Majority and Liberation theology.
Goal: An enhanced understanding of ways in which theological and political thought are
mutually dependent and of the political expression of particular theological values and
assumptions.
Methods: Lecture, reading, thinking, discussing and writing -a paper on a relevant subject
chosen by the student:
Evaluation: Quizzes, paper, participation.
Prerequisites: REL 111 and a political science course or permission of instructor.
Time: I.. . . . . . Room: O M 11
.
The Male Jail
PSY 286 - 4077,386 - 4078
Instructor: Lyla Anderegg
A prisoner of his sex, his gender, his society, he devotes his existence to the development of
serious disease and a death occurring a decade earlier than the female. His obituary: "He was
a real man."
A review of the psychological, physical and legal data bearing upon the status of the
American Male, circa 1982.
Additional assignments will be given to upperclass students requiring research, integration of
materials, added involvement in the community.
Evaluation by quality of oral presentation, kind and level of first-person information
gathering and written test.
Prerequisites: General Psychology for upper division status.
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Time: 11.. ...... Room: P 2
Nature and Uses of Consciousness
PSY 335 - 4050
Instructor: Richard Marken
Consciousness was what psychology was about until Watson discovered behavior. This course
will investigate various approaches to understanding consciousness (and, of course, the
unconscious). The goal is to become conscious of the functional significance of consciousness
and related phenomena (volition, awareness). Evaluation will be based on class participation
and a final paper.
Prerequisites: General Psychology
Time: I........ Room: P 2
Issues in Science and Religion
REL 374 - 4051
Instructors: John Benson and Mark Engebretson
For some in our society science is the driving engine of a better, more secure life. For others,
including some Christians, science and its associated technologies constitute a grave threat.
This course will begin with a historical overview of the relations between science and the
Christian faith, emphasizing three periods: the origins of the Christian faith, the development
of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy; and the reevaluation of science and
nature in the 20th century.
The following are some of the questions to be dealt with: Has science made the Bible
obsolete?Are scientists really that smart? Has modern physics made it easier to be a Christian?
Can computers save us?Why do science and religion always seem to be fighting one another?
Grades will be based on class discussion of assigned readings, two short tests and a written
project.
Prerequisites: Religion (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion
requirements)
Distribution: Religious studies
Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 18
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345 - 4052
Instructor: Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church i s the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine the
Lutheran Church as it is today, its origins in the 16th century, and its development and
cultural influence during 450 years of history. The text by Bergendoff will provide an
overview. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the
Gospel i n art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology and theology. Requirements will
include two exams and one short paper.
Prerequisites: One course in religion
Distribution: Religious studies (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation
religion requirements)
Time: I . . . . . . Room: M 22
..
Israel and Egypt: Archaeology
and Religion
REL 375 - 4053
Instructor: Philip Quanbeck
1-
'
Israel is a<mall country - a young country, but a focal point for international politics and the
study of world religions. Egypt, larger and older, boasts a 5,000-year-old civilization as well as
contemporary importance in the Arab world. I n this interim we visit archaeological and
religious sites i n both nations. During our week i n Jerusalem, the ancient story comes alive as
we live in the O l d City, visit the Church of the Holy Sepulchre, the Dome of the Rock, and the
Aska Mosque, and see the Western Wall - a place of special religious importance to the
Jews. O n bus tours out of Jerusalem we visit Bethlehem, Nazareth, Hebron, Caesarea,
Qumran, Masada, Beer-sheba, and the Sea of Galilee. During four days in Egypt we tour
Cairo, Memphis, Sakkara, and the Giza Pyramids.
Distribution: Religious studies (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation
religion requirements)
Grading: P/N only
Practicum in Human Services
-
SWK 257 4054
Instructor: Rosalie Clark
Thirty hours per week of volunteer work i n a human service agency is combined with
readings and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discover whether a career in human
services is for you. Evaluation will be based on submission of journals, summary of experience
and a final examination. Students will be asked t o meet with instructor before the end of Fall
semester to discuss selection of agency and structure of the course.
Objectives:
1. To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help.
2. To increase knowledge of the services given by the agency in which student is serving.
3. To gain knowledge of the professionals i n the organization, including their skills,
competencies, education, and training.
4. To gain beginning knowledge about the diversity of human services agencies.
5. To increase understanding of self in relation to the human service field.
Time: I.. . . . . . Room: M 22
.
Field Work Ill
SWK 466 - 4055, (1 course), 466 - 4076 (M course)
Instructor: Maria Brown
The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to increase interpretive as well
as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work
practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem solving process;
to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of
strength, and areas for personal/professionaI development; to promote competence i n the
full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work Il-educationally focused field placement
i n a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in
faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus.
Evaluations will be made i n writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation form.
Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for
full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks.
Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work II; candidacy status
Time: Arrange with instructor
The Housing Pyramid Came:
Public Policy and Your Future
SOC 143 - 4056,343 - 4057
Instructor: Carry Hesser
Course objectives include 1) To introduce students to the study of public policy and how it
impacts their lives and futures; 2) Through reading, discussion and simulations the students
will learn the critical issues that are operative in the processes and decision-making that goes
into the choices and execution of public policy; 3) Using housing and neighborhoods as the
focus of attention, students will work in groups to research and understand viable public
policies currently in place to meet housing and neighborhood needs, as well as alternatives to
the present policies; and 4) Experience policy-making and project planning through
simulation and contact with practicing policy makers and planners.
Requirements: Active participation in simulations; reflection and analysis of simulations in
journals; group/individual research project with class report (students desiring upper
division credit will do a more extensive analysis, with greater quantity and quality) and a final
exam. Each requirement is worth 25% of the final grade.
Prerequisites: One introductory social science course or permission of instructor
Distribution: Urban Concerns
Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: M 25
Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparative Study
of American Western and Japanese Samurai Films
SOC 233 - 4058
ENC 233 - 4021
Instructors: Jerry Cerasimo and John Mitchell
(See description on p. 10)
22/l nterjm
Sociology of Law
SOC 220 - 4059
Instructor: Diane Pike
This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society, and the effect of society on it.
From a sociological perspective, we will explore cross-cultural notions of law, deterrence, the
criminal j u s t i ~ esystem, the legal profession, and corporate crime. The basic course format
will be lecture and discussion, much of the latter based on the reading assignments.
Evaluation i s based on participation and two examinations. Students desiring upper division
credit will be asked to write a short paper on an assigned question in addition to the exams.
Prerequisites: Principles of Sociology or introductory Political Science course or permission
of instructor
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 10
The Sociology of Gambling
SOC 313 - 4060
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
Recent research has examlned the phenomenon of gambling from a saclological perspective.
What rypeof person i s llkely to gamble? What Is the nature of the wmk-force i n the gambling
industry?Is gambling a social problem or a social beneflh These are some of the questions
raised in published sociological studies. The'course will focus o n these studla. Students will
be expected to read and discuss this materlal and t o pass a final examination. I n addition, i n
order to oixerve n gambling society within a legalized setting, the course will Include a field
trip to Las Vegas. Cost of the field trip {travel and lodging) wlll be approximately $300.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Time: I........ Room: O M 22
Imagination and Humor in Communication
-
SPC 165 4061,365 - 4062
Instructor: Ray Anderson
Imagination, creative rhinking, and humor are important dimensions of communication
competence. The major purposes of this course are 10 better understand the functions of
imagination, the creative process, and the nature of humor; to improve creative thinking;
and to increase the ability to protluce effective humor.
There will be lectures and readings on these topics, a study of models, and a variety of
assignments, i n writing and speaking. There will be a number of experimental projects
involving humor; the amount of attention given to this topic will depend in part upon the
interests of the class.
Evaluation will be based on essay examinations and on the creative projects. For upper
division students, one or more additional papers will be required.
Prerequisites: Beginning Speech, Freshman English
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 112
Story Theater (Children's Theater)
-
SPC 285 4063
Instructor: Ailene Cole
This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is needed-script,
costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class.
Performances are scheduled for the final week.
Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:OO-3:00 p.m.. . . . . . Stage 2
..
Mass Media and Politics in Britain,
France, Germany and Austria
SPC 344 - 4064
POL344-4048
Instructor: Milda Hedblom
(See description on p. 18)
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but
have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses
which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller
descriptions and details for registering are available in the lnterim Office.
ART 163 - 4065 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing
Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $174.
GST 120 - 4071 Wilderness (branch of Plymouth Christian Youth Center)
A splendid course at the PCYC base on the edge of the Boundary Waters
Canoe Area in northern Minnesota near Grand Marais. Approximate cost:
$400.
HPE 106 - 4066 Ski Interim (Park City, Utah)
Comprehensive program with lessons and seminars by professional ski
instructors. Open to all from novice to expert. Special courses for those
interested in and qualified for ski patrol and ski instructor. Package fee of
approximately $995 includes lodging, lift tickets, lessons, lectures, seminars
and cross country ski outing. Does not include transportation or food
(condos have cooking facilities). Dates are Jan. 7 - 28. Contact Joyce Pfaff
(Melby Hall basement or at 330-1248) for further information and registration
materials.
HPE 484 - 4069 Teaching Tennis the Professional Way
A course for students who want to learn how to teach tennis - taught by
professionals. Cost: $175. Time 9:00 - 12:OO M, T, Th at the Minneapolis
Tennis Center
POL 398 - 4067 Washington Interim: The Making of a President
POL 398 - 4068 Washington Interim: The Legal System and Legal Careers
Washington lnterim provides a combined program of lectures, site visits, and
seminar situations focusing on a particular area or topic in Washington, D.C.
Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Jo Fraatz in Memorial 113.
24/l nterim
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official
credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may
participate i n any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pa
any fees whether or not the student registers for the course.
Racquetball
HPE 002 - 4071
Instructor: Dave Boots
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports.
Time: 9:20.. ...... Melby
Badminton
HPE 002 - 4072
Instructor: Dave Boots
Basic techniques and theory of beginning badminton - much of the class time will be spent in
singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will be no written tests or outsid
assignments. Grading is P/N and is based on attendance and participation.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports.
Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Melby
American Karate
HPE002-4073
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified
Second Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of approximately $20.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports.
Time: 12:OO - 1:00 M, W, F . . ...... Melby
Weightlifting
HPE 002-4079
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 9:20.. ...... Melby
Running
HPE 002 - 4080
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 12:OO noon.. ...... Melby
Show less
Augsburg College lnterim
The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended
to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to
investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during t... Show more
Augsburg College lnterim
The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended
to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to
investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since
one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in
class and preparing for class as they would for a four course load during Fall and Spring
semesters.
Calendar
November 9-12 ............................................ Interim Registration
December 7 ........................................... Late Interim Registration
January4 . . ................................................. First Day of Interim
Class 1 9:00 a.m.
Class 11 1:00 p.m.
January5 . . ............................................. Last day for cancel/add
January7 . ................. .Last day for determining grading system with Registrar
January 18.
Beginning of certain half credit courses*
January22. ....................................... Last day for cancelling courses
January29.. ...................................................... Interim ends
..............................
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time:
I - 8:00 - 12:00 Noon
11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m.
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first
day of class.
'Students enrolling in half-credit coursesshould consult the Registrar'sOfficefor datesforcancel/add
and to determine the grading system.
Essential Information
One course is considered a full time load during interim and nostudent is permitted to register
for more than one course credit during the period.
There i s no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course.
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0.Students generally have the
option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N
system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses
have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division
standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student i s required to complete 35 courses of which at least three
must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at
Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim
for graduation.)
POSTMASTER
Volume 112, Number 3
Fall 1981
612/300-1001
AUCSBURCCOLLECE (USPS#490-310)is published fourtirnesa year in Spring,Summer, Fall,and
Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class
postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
This Catalog
This catalog lists courses by departments with drpartmrnrs l i r t ~ c li n alphabetical order.
Augsburg Interims Abroad are identified by aspecial ~ r . i v e I ~ y m h oAt
l . t h e e n d o f the book are
listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg bt11 recognizerl Ilv the College for interim
credit, and a variety of Lifetime Sports. Further dcscriptlr>ns anrl i ~ ~ f o r m a t i oabout
n
these
courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230.
Options
june lnterim - A t least one interim course will be offered in the June1982session of summer
school (see listing under Education) in lieu of January term with n o additional tuition charge.
Students planning to elect the june interim must register at the time of interim registration in
the fall. Students wishing t o take the June interim i n addition t o the January one will be
required t o pay the regular summer course tuition.
lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the five overseas
interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1982. These interims are under these
departments:
English - Theatre i n London
Religion - Israel, Ancient and M o d e r n
- The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii
Social Work - Social Service and Public Policies i n a Developing Country: Egypt, 1982
Health and Physical Education - Sailing i n the Virgin Islands
Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St, Olaf College.
Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available i n the lnterim
Office and from Mary Kingsley i n the lnternational Center, Memorial 229.
Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply i n the
International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be
made after October.
Internships-Internshipsareopen tostudents whocontinue an internship from the fall term or
who begin an internship which will continue into the spring term. Students electing an
internship interim are to present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship
Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 17.
Independent o r Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper
division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly
discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study
per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
A. Meet departmental requirements,
B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by
the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before
registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be
obtained in the lnterim Office.
Interimsat Other Schools- Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4institution which
offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in the
lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students i n applying for registration at other
schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at other 4-1-4
schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affectscourses offered for
the Religion requirement.
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsburg Collegewelcomesstudentsfrom other4-1-4schoolsfor theJanuary interim without
tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not t o charge tuition to
Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees,
housing o r board costs. Other students will be,charged $600 for the interim course.
Students interested i n registering for an Augsburg Interim should w r i t e t o the lnterim Director
for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. These
students are welcome to stay o n campus but are not required t o d o so. Requests for interim
housing should be made t o the lnterim Office.
Augsburg Policy
Augsburg College admits studentsof any race,color, nationalandethnicorigin toall the rights,
privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the
school. It does not discriminateon the basisof race, color, creed, national and ethnicorigin i n
employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies,
scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs.
Need More Help?
Check with:
The lnterim Office (Memorial 230),
The Interim Secretary, Lorraine Stieper at 330-1025, or
The lnterim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b).
Courses
Location Key
L-Library Building
M-Music Hall
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology Building
S-Science Hall
Jewelry
Art 150 - 4003
Instructor: Norman Holen
You are introduced to copper, brass, pewter, and silver and you learn how t o cut, shape,
enamel and cast these metals.
The supplies you need will vary according to the projects we choose. We try to provide the
necessary equipment and re-usable items.
There is n o text and there are no tests. You are graded o n your pieces.
Distribution: Art - Music
Time: II
OM1
16mm Film-Making I - Film-Making I1
Art 242 - 4001,342 - 4002
Instructor: Paul Rusten
The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication.
Using professional 16mm equipment, students i n teams will produce short black and white
synchronized sound motion pictures.
Students w h o have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within thesameclass-schedule and time-frame
as Film-Making I.
Fee: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental
Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent
Distribution: Art - Music
Time: II
Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences
BIO 106 - 4113
lnstructor Ralph Sulerud
W r .Ire living I n a prrtod of b i o l o g i r c ~rc~volutron
l
whlch seems l ~ k e l y10 conrlnur, Many of the
r i ~ v ~ ~ t o p will
r n ~ ~ncreasrngly
n~~
rerull In tlramat~c changes In ethiral ~ h t n k i n gand the
liormr~lation of p u b f ~pr o l ~y,
r guestion\sur h h ~ these
c
must be effect~ut+ly
atlrIressetl: w h a t are
l h r ~ g l ~oft r thp unborn7 Should h ~ u l o ~ i she
t s allowed to work o n a n y type nt r r w d r r h n o
nlairrl wlipre ~t le;lrI<?Doer ~ h ~r r l r aof 4 rnaral r e s p o n s ~ b ~ ltoward
~ty
the rrivrronmrnr make
sense? What e t h ~ c a land soc~alproblems would arlse as a result of c l o n ~ n gpeople? Is
recomb~nantDNA research l ~ k e l yto create more problems than ~tsolves? I s euthanas~aever
just~f~ed
It ?I S Intended that th~scourseshould p r o v ~ d eat least a small part of the background
necessary to answer such questions and make respons~bleeth~calcho~ces
Each t o p ~ cw ~ l be
l ~ n t r o d ~ c eby
t l I ~ F ,Instructor or a guest, but much of the class tlme w ~ lbe
l
spent d~scuss~ng
ass~gnrtlr~arl!rrgsnrrrl varlous vlewpolnts Formulat~onof a b r ~ e fposltlon
paper on one o f the i ~ s i 1 c 5w ~ l lhe r e q u ~ r e d Grades w ~ l lbe based o n the paper, class
partlclpatlon and exarnlnatlun rerrtltr.
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I
Wetland Ecology
Bio 311 - 4114
Instructor: Roberta Lammers
I n wetland ecology w~ will study the complexity, variery and impurtalrce 01 Ird shwater
wetlands (i.e., bogs, marshes, fens, swamps, etc.). We will :turfy the physical asperrs of these
wetlandsas well as the interrelationshipsof some of their rn,ijor organisrnslikc~~d~~s,insects,
and sphagnum. Students will be required to pursue intlept.nrlcnr rr.dclirig on wetland
org.fnitms of particular i n t r r ~to
~ l hen^. The raurse w w cons is^ ul re,,ding and discussion as
well as lab ivork identilying nrganismsrollecled In n n r t h ~ r n
M i n n ~ s o t aduring the summer by
a l Minncsota's wetlands as an energy
the instructiw. Wc shall examine cririrally ~ hpro ~ e n ~ iof
source. There will hr local l i ~ l tripsrf~~~enrilnf:un
d
rhewea~
her. Cradingwill be o n the basis of
one test and the presentalion (writren or or;~l)of ~ h indrpendent
r
rcadin~.
Prerequisites: 510 111, 112
Time: I
The Biology of Aging
Bio 385 - 4115
Instructor. Robert Herforth
At snmc lime ax another I r l our lives masr 01 u5 w ~ l rl i t h e r d ~ r c c r l yaxpcrlence aging or be
~ n f l u e n r c d pcople ~ ~ n c l e r g n t nagc-rrlared
g
changrq. Thic roiIrsP WIIIroncenlrfite on t h ~
t)iolog~ralasprcts uT such chang~s.W h a ~ir t h ndtlrrc
~
oI t h c s ~age-related rhangr?~?
What
lartorr tnIl~lr*ncrthe l a t v of aging? Do rellr ~ s a l ~ ~ from
t r c l the body <how aging? 1s aging the
o focne r t a ~ n
c r l l r o r tissuesol the body?What are the current t h ~ o r l e s a st o
rerulr of d c ~ r r ~ o r a t ~
IIIP h i o l ~ g ~ kca~c ~l rol a g ~ n g ?Ir aglng ronrrnllerl by a I ~ r a l o g ~ c clock?
al
Thew and other
qursrions will tw arldressrd In l h h course hy rnpans nf rlassroom ~ P C I U ~ P Fand d~scusslnnsol
ass~gnedread~ngs.Evaluat~onw ~ l be
l based on several qulzzes and exams glven d u r ~ n gthe
course
Prerequ~s~tes:
BIO 111
Time: I
S 212
Introduction to Chemistry
C h m 104 - 4116
Instructor: John Carlson
of chemistry for ~hosr?
who have never studled chemistry hefore.
h course in basic
Inclu(E~d
are conccpls nt measurcrncnt, alorntr anrl ~ n o l e r u l a strucrurr,
r
types of rcactinns,
solurionr, n c ~ r l sr ~ bases,
~ d at111 $n ~ n r m t l u c - t ~ to
p no r ~ a n ichrmistry.
r
Many applications to Iifc
~ T O C C S S ~and
S
cnvironmental concerns are ma&. I.~cturesand demonslratians; rlo lab; no
:
~hrcrlonger examinations
Icrm paperr. Two hnrlrs iprturp ppr (Jay, five days a w ~ e kquizzes,
plus a final. Not oprn lo a n y w i t h priorstudy ofchernisrry. Does notcount roward 3 rriajor o r a
minor i n chemistry. Crctlit for both 104 anrl either 105,109, n r 115 no1 allowrrl.
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I
Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry
Chm 113 - 4117
Instructor: Earl Alton
rindin%whlch chemicals are i n a solution (qualitdtlve analysis) ir a rhallengine, way of learning
rumc principles of chemistry. This course will use I,lkoratory experiments coupled with an
essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemisrry involverl to provicjr an introducrion
to chemistry. Thp laboratory work will center on ~ o l v i n grhcrnical urtknowns. There will b e
s~verr71~ ~ d l 1 r ~ - ~ ~ i 5sessions
~ ~ s s each
i o n week and ,~bnut~ h r haurr
c ~ of lal~oratory~ a c day.
h
Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes.
Prerequisites: High School Chemistry
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I (Lectures 11:OO-12:OO N) Time: II (Lab 1:OO-4:00 p.m.)
Introduction to Clinical Chemistry
Chm 205 - 4118
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
A few years ago rllagnnctlc rnedicln~
was ptinc~pdllya rnaltpr of r t > l l r c l i n information
~
about
Fymptnmc to d ~ a ~ n o san
e ~ l l n r w .O c c a ~ ~ o n a l lat>r)ralc)ry
ly
IPS15 w t r e mad^ lo support 1 1 1 ~
d~agnnsrs.A l t h o ~ i g hr o l l r c l l i ~ n
~lormat~u
n
ahrlu~
synip1nrns ~ s s t ~anl l inl~agralpar[,~ i l ~ g n o < t r (
medicine l i d s progrr~seOto rhe pant whcrc laburatory teslr are r c j u ~ l n ~l ~
l yc r f o r m c dalrd may
result In d t i l d g n ~ ~ ~ ~ d ~[porn
f f e rt ~hnone
~l inclicntrtl l?y Ihe symptomr.Thlscourre intrrrtl~lcpr
sornc o l the lypes ol c l i r ~ n i c a problems
l
s r g n ~ l ~ r aInn ~m e d ~ c r n eand mrlhods nl chtarnic.~!
analysrs urrtl i n the tlcnical r h ~ m i ~ t rlat>oralory.
y
Lecturer, lilme, orcasitmal laboratory
l
wlIl he u~crrlIrl t h c , ctrursp,
exprrlrnul-, anrl at ledst one f i ~ l dr i rp tn a r l ~ n i r a lal~r>r.-~~ork
evaluation will be by frequent quizzes and a f ~ n aexam.
l
Prerequisites: C H M 106,116, or 223
T ~ m eI
S 315
Economics of Urban Issues
Eco 120 - 4119
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. Basic microeconomic tools employed.
Distribution: Urban Studies
Time: II
O M 13
Learning Styles, Teaching Styles
Ede 227 - 4125
Eds 227 - 4126
Instructor: M a r ~ eMcNeff
differences among students, varlatlons In learnlng styles are numerous Some
L ~ k e~ndlvldual
students learn better by dlscuss~on,others by l~sten~ng
and others by work~ngo n thelr own
Students d ~ f f e rIn learnlng style w h ~ c hmeans that certaln educational approaches are more
effect~vethan others for part~cularstudents
H a v ~yo11 had profe5sr~r~
that held you spellbot~nrlin thrlr r.lassrsl Have you had their
counterpart whcrr y ~ ~ u s ~ r u ~tg
o Irt,ry
e d awdke? T ~ ~lrnlrnrsor
P
mdy have L I ~ Pa ~t r . ~ r h t nstyle
~
ihai was or wa5 nnt c<hmpa~ihlt.w i ~ hyour learn~ngsrvlc.
Thrs course will explorr r e ~ e a r r hhe~n'gcJon~rn t h r area.; of teaching and learning styles,
51utlpnrsw ~ lpartlcrpa~e
l
In a I~arninarty!r\ rnvrnrory lo help Identify how they barn h ~ r t .
f hiscoi~rsersoflcrrtl
through theIrft~ratlonDcpar~mrnl.hutir t l r f i n l t ~ l y{)pentoallstudentr.
tl
Time: ll
Discovery in the Wsrld of Kindergarten
Ede 375 - 4124
Instructor: Lauretta Pelton
This course is a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and materials
and a review of teaching approaches.
Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is to be arranged by
the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have
taken place prior to the course itself.
The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a
license for teaching at that level.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
L4
Time: Summer Interim
Student Teaching
Eds 481 - 4120
Eds 482 - 4121
Eds 483 - 4122
Eds 484 - 4123
Instructor: Sheldon Fardig
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school
personnel. This is a full day experience in a school.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
Time: I
L6
People Under Pressure
Eng 211 - 4130
Instructor: Barbara Andersen
The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social.
religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the
focus for the course. This i s not, however, a course i n depression,for pressure and stress often
I i a v ~p c l s i t i v ~r e ~ t ~ And
t t ~ .m a t i v ~ j e o j ~r l~r* s p n ~toi dprr:ssl.lrv w i ~ h
c o \ r r a g ~ , ~ r . l c.inrl
~ ( ~evt3nwit.
Wr. will r r,icl r c v r r a l grhrirtls. IIIOFTI~ (11 ( 1 1 201
~ h rerllury, 1717~1work^ 1 1 7 ~ .irtv
1
r l ~ l tjl \ ~ i i l l I yI O ~ U P V P ( !
irr liroraturrl c.ourrPr. Among ~ h wnrkr,
r
being rrln5irl~retl,]rt, Wafvrs, T l l v L l a n \4'ht1 K i l l r ~ r i~ h r - 4
LJypr; I'rl~ok,A ~ l yNan~rbi, /\r/~rlr[rlu: I3r,ir1li~arl.Trr)r/l I , f s / ~ ~>!I
r rAtrt~r,ic,~:
~
Wright. Narivr Srjn:
I4v1n. f x ~ ~ ~ l\4tori1c>t1;
/ ~ n l I l C ~ \ \ l r ~ 5irilort
r
'+ ~ N i ~ h t,t i:t l t l h ~j;h,
t
(;;{I lror11 ~ I I P <(,,I: I ilrgpnkb\4.
~ t ~ t / ~ t v 501><:
~ , i r dA l h c ~ 1-/1o
. A , n t ~ t i ~ - ,lJrvt~,n
?/~
,~r1,1 Thv Zntl S r r ~ v :, h r l ~ j e t m nI,~Vra\,f>r5.111,qI t ~ f
M y Father: Gordon, Final Paylncnt,. Students will have some choice of works to read.
Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports
(optional) and two examinations.
Distribution: English - Speech, Co~nmunication& Theater Arts
Time: I
O M 10
.
The Brontes
Eng 248 - 4128
Eng 348 - 4129
Instructor: Catherine Nicholl
I n a parsonage on the edge of the Yorkshire moors, four gifted children mused themselves hy
redding Shakespeare and Byron and writing miniature books i n which they developed two
elaborate and romantic kingdoms. Literally surrounded by death-the churchyard in which
their mother and two sisters were buried-they consoled themselves with the lile of the
imagination. All of them, too, were to die young. But the th~,eesisters. Charlotte, Emily, and
Anne, gave to the world several groundbreaking novels dnd some memorable poetry.
The course will focus primarily o n the writings of Charlotte ()a~leEyrc. Villerte) and Emily
(Wurhering Heighfs, poems). All students will read these works and will sample some of the
critical approaches t o Wufherir~gHeight\, one of the most original novels of the nineteenth
century. In addition, we will read the biography of Charlotte by her friend and fellow writer.
Elizabeth Gaskell. We will consider the influence on the sisters of the family situation and of
attitudes toward women writers in the 1840's.
Each student will read one additional novel or biography. Class activities will include lectures,
discussions, and films In addition to short quizzes and an exam, each student will either write a
short paper or d o a class presentation. Upper division students will d o both.
Prerequisites: One literature course or consent of the instructor.
Distribution: Urban Studies, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies
Time: l l
O M 16
Europe January 3-28
I nteri m/9
Theatre in London
Eng 269 - 4131
Eng 369 - 4132
Instructor: Richard Sargent
Cost: $1795
London is one of the leading centers of theatre in the world. We will attend plays at theatres
such as the National Theatre and the Royal Shakespeare Company theatres where internationally renowned directors like Peter Hall present revivals of classics and the premieres of the
work of playwrights like Tom Stoppard and Peter Shaffer. We will be reading some plays in
order to be aware of the historical context in which contemporary dramatists are writing. In
addition to going to plays and touring theatres, we will take advantage of the cultural richness
London has to offer, visiting art galleries such as theTate, attending concerts, and touring spots
in London that have been significant in literary history. We will also make trips to visit other
theatres, notably to Stratford.
Students will keep a journal: those taking the course for upper division will write a paper in
addition.
Counts toward English major
Distribution: English - Speech, Communication &Theater Arts
Grading: P/N
Five-College Poetry Writing Workshop
Eng 362 - 4127
Instructor: Roger Blakeley, Macalester College
M~mbcrs
of the workshop will experiment with poetry techniques, aiming at the completion
rrl .I pns~lolirkof new work and the revising of existing manuscripts. The workshop will meet
threp mornings a week at Macalester for lectures, discussions, and critiques. In addition,
iridividual conlerences will be scheduled, and an optional public reading is planned for late in
the month. Attendance at all class sessions is mandatory
The course is open to students from the five Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities who have
had experience in writing poetry. Normally only three students from a college will be
accepted. Preferably students should have taken at least one college-level creative writing
course.
Students considering this course should contact Richard Sargent (English Department) and
submit samples of their work no later than one'week before the first day of Fall Registration for
Interim.
Class meets 9:30 to 11:45 MWF, H 203 (Macalester), plus conferences TBA.
French Literature in Translation
Fre 243 - 4134
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
Study of representativeshorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a
common core of varied works we will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop
cultural sensitivity, and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and
study guides will help focus attention on the works themselves. M u c h class time daily will be
devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work,
progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study.
.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing
Distribution: Jr. & Sr. only (old requirements).
Time: I
-
Beginning Norwegian
~ d 111
r - 4133
Instructor: Liv Dahl
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress
o n spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
O M 29
Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Nor 311 - 4137
Instructor: Leif Hansen
Intensive practice i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given t o regional variations i n spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the t w o official languages of Norway. There will be laboratory work and
field experience.
If arrangements can be made, part of the course will be conducted at a location in Northern
Minnesota.
Fees: $100 if the off-campus part of the course can be arranged.
Prerequisites: 75211 or equivalent
Time: II
O M 29
lntensive Beginning Spanish
Spa 112 - 4135
Instructor: To b e named
The goal of thiscourse isto complete thesequence of Beginning Spanish with greater emphasis
o n spoken Spanish than is usually the case. Students will be expected to complete and correct
written assignments outside of class so that time in class can b e used for small group
conversations, impromptu skits and discussions in Spanish. Evaluation will be based on
daily work, quizzes, four tests and a final exam.
Prerequisites: Spanish 111
Distribution: Foreign Language
O M 23
Time: I
Spanish of the Business and the Professional World
Spa 215 ;4136
Instructor: Gunta Rozentals
Objectives: To give the students the basics needed to cope with professional situations by
preparing them to work with Spanish-speaking clients in various fields.
Content: Introduction to the communication patterns and technical expressions used in
health care, education, welfare, law enforcement and business areas. Layout and style of
Spanish business letters.
Evaluation: Tests and performance in simulations of true-to-life situations.
Prerequisites: Spanish 212
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
Planning for Tomorrow:
Personal & Social Transformation in the 1980's
Gst 240 - 4177
Robert Clyde, Augsburg College
Berenice Bleedorn, Director of Creative Studies, The Coll6ge of St. Thomas
Course will define personal and social transformation, show how this transformation takes
place, and introduce students to such concepts as general systems theory, paradigm shifts,
entropy and syntropy, holism, and the uncertainty principle. Using this knowledge, students
will develop a model for a futuristic democracy, i n which the citizens "think globally and act
locally."
Students will read Marilyn Ferguson's The Aquarian Conspiracy plus one or more additional
books from the bibliography, keep a journal on the readings, class discussions and additional
resources (meetings, lectures, interviews, films, etc.), and prepare a plan for personal,
continuing involvement in the model for the futuristic democracy developed by the class.
Evaluation will be based on assessment of "open journal" through oral examination, and
assessment of quality of personal growth plan.
S 108
Time: II
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
Hpe 232 - 4143
Instructor: Pam Paulson
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk
dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade i s
based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I - Jan. 18-29
Melby
Modern Dance
Hpe 373 - 4141
Instructor: Pam Paulson
An introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and
problem solving. The majority of the course grade i s based upon daily performance in class,
performance of a group composition, and a written test.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Melby
Time: I - Jan. 4 - 15
12/l nteri m
Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
Hpe 410 - 4142
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
Prerequisites: Health 320 (School Health Curriculum)
Time: I
Melby 13
Virgin Islands January 4-28
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
**
Hpe 455 - 4139
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Cost: $1995
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat
cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat
handling (anchoring, docking, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 39'fixed
keel sailboat with 6 other people and will function as an active crew member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will besupplemented
by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning,
piloting,and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to the various islandsand cays in the British
and American Virgin Islands. Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on competencies demonstrated by each individual in crewing and
leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ship's log will be kept by all participants.
Counts toward lifetime sport distribution requirement
Grading: P/N only
Coaching of Football
Hpe 476 - 4140
Instructor: Al Kloppen
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I -Jan. 4 - 15
Melby 12
Coaching of Basketball
Hpe 477 - 4138
Instructor: Rees Johnson
Theory, techniquesand administration of coaching basketball. Course will includeoff-season,
pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based on preparation of a
coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation.
There will be some out of class night work.
Prerequisites: Instructor's approval.
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Melby 13
Time: I l -Jan. 18 - 29
20th Century South Asia
His 162 - 4147
His 462 - 4148
Instructor: Don Gustafson
Thts geographtc area has pratlilrrd the l a r g r ~workrng
~
rlernocr~ryin thc world today; from
this people havr come on(' a( our cenlury's greaimt "saints" and a l s o one or the most
r ~ n o w n e tstalesmen;
l
11 isa forernoqt cxample of 20th-Ccntnryr olonralismarid natlonallrm: ir
Iiarexpr.r~~ntetl
oneaf thisrentury'sgreatr~rupheavalfof people: i t rsa ~tdndnrdexarnplcfor
populat~ontrtsrs and world h u n ~ e rillt~stratlons.5oi11hAsia is all thrs-ant1 much more.
Thts course I$ d~slgnerlfor the ctndent *ha has Inrercs! but lirtls or no background In
nnn-western ~ubj~=ct5-1hough
nth~rsare a l ~ owelcorn~.The h ~ a rot l the coursr will he in a
w ~ t l ~ a ~ s o r t m e nreadings
r
(somt oI them really cxcellcnt) t r u ~~IIF-IP
will a l ~ o h e
lertures, trrne
for drscussron and frequent breaks for slrde presentations.
Grades w ~ lbe
l based on general level of partlclpatlon, on some wrltten work and probably a
test Students reglster~ngfor upper dlvls~oncred~tw ~ l have
l
addlt~onalassignments and be
graded by upper dlvrslon standards.
Prerequisites: Students registering for upper division credit must have had at least one college
history class.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
Time: I
S112
Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality
His 220 - 4145
His 320 - 4146
Instructor: Khrn Khrn Jensen
An invesriaatlon c l r tlw rationale fcr I ~ immigration
P
pattern, economir opporlunities, and
social. politlcnl and economic- problems encour~rer~rl
tjy thp folIowing Irnrn1grant5:Chlnew,
l
Forus on these thrre rrhnic groups will involve
jap~ncseanrl Korean5 tn the W n i l ~ rStares.
tjrlth t h "nld"
~
rmmigrants nntl ~tir"ncw" immigrants. Coursc will u 1 1 l i r~~~l ~ nspeak~r5
ic
(Chinesr. Japancse and Koreilns) in a home rnvirnnment-dt~cus5Ion format. There will l~
etltnir meals, ~ t h n i craaking dcrnonsrra~ians,films, slides ~ n df i r * l t l rrips-,111 f h c ~arp
important rornponent5 of thv rorlrsp as IS rlie academic component ol readings. erc.
Focus Ir on ~ h cxperienrrs
r
or tlicsc ethnic aroups in Hawaii. Calllorr~i;~
ant1 M t n n ~ f o t a .
and a Iourn,jI, loww rlivirron will cloa jnirrn;tl. Thrrr will
1 1 1 ~ ~ ~ r d i v i s i o n ~ t u dwill
e n dnapaprr
t5
t)r an exam un the t ~ x and
t
readlng~.
Fees: $15 for meals and films etc.
Prerequ~sites:Lower Divis~on,None
Upper Divis~on,sophomore standing and consent of instructor
D~stribution:Ii~storyand Philosophy
Time: I
Studies in Ancient and Medieval History
Through the Reformation
His 366 - 4190
Instructor: Richard Nelson
This course is intended for those students who, having completed a course i n either ancient,
medieval, renaissance, or reformation history, have a desire t o extend their work in one of
those areas. Students will meet with me on a regular arranged basis for consultation and
identification of the topic they intend to study. These topics can be of varied nature: e.g.,
biographical, social, military,art, literature, etc. The final result of thestudy will becompletion
of a paper or project.
Prerequisite: One history course and consent of instructor
Time: II
Brush Up
Mat 103 - 4150
Instructor: Bev Durkee
Thiscourse is designed asa brush u p in arithmetic and elementary algebraskills.Thecourse will
be particularly helpful for students in elementary education or w h o will b e taking statistics as
part of a major. Part of the work will be done on the computer.
There will be diagnostic tests t o determine study needs, homework assignments t o gain skills,
and written problem solving tests to determine achievement. Grades will be determined by
test scores. Course of study i s completely individualized.
Time: I
S 108
Mathematical Aspects of Music
Mat 130 - 4149
Instructor: Ben Cooper
This course has t w o purposes. The first is to convey some mathematics that musicians should
know (or know about), mostly concerning such pre-musical topics as acoustics, scales, tuning,
and the premises of twelve-tone composition, but also concerning the question of the
meaning of compositional style and quality.Thesecond purpose is t o try tocounterthecultural
invrntine or discovering
isolation of motlcrn malhematics by mcans o l parallel e r t p ~ r i c n c r %
math~maticr;
and writing music,anrl thro~ghc-antactwith one or two rna~hr*rnaticalto~ics
not
t
a tangential bearing o n music,
usually found in the curriculum t h a t a r c r i a n i l i ~ a n t ~ t r a v e aleas1
and con bc enjoycd with minimdl prereq~lisites.When pos~ihle,we will Iry trl hear those things
we discuss mathematically through recordings or performant:e. Grades will be based o n
homework exercises, mostly mathematical, but including the composition of at least one
canon. Therefore some experience i n part writing is essential. The necessary mathematics will
be developed i n class.
Prerequisites: Music 101 o r equivalent and some high school algebra.
Distribution: Mathematics - Physics
Time: I
Mathematical Themes in History and Philosophy
M a t 134 - 4188
M a t 334 - 4189
Instructor: Larry Copes
This course is designed for students who enjoy challenging reading and writing, but may be
uncomfortable with mathematics. Objectivesare to examine waysin which mathematical ideas
have affected and have been affected by philosophical ideas and historical movements. We
shall examine h o w number systems, algebra, cardinality, and axiom systems have related to
various epistemologies. There will be t w o exams and two short papers.
Students must be qualified for College Algebra, as demonstrated (for example) by being i n
Croup A on the Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam.
Upper division: Students should have taken at least one mathematics course beyond Calculus II. Grading will be based o n three papers.
Prerequisites: Yes
Distribution: Mathematics - Physics
Time: II
O M 25
Introduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview
Mus 110 - 4151
Instructor: Roberta Metzler
Visitation of clinical f a c i l i ~ i ~i rsl t l ~ cMetropolitan area to observe music therapy in practice.
Objectives of the coursr will Ile lo llccorn~familiar with a variety of clientele (Including
mentally retarded, emotionally tlis~url)ed,nntl p11ysic.illy hilndicapped), and t u observ~how
music therapy function< wilt1 diricrcnt populations. I n addition to the field trips, c-lasircmm
discussions will include an o v e r v i ~ wol nlusir fherapy prac-tires and theory in thir country and
abroad. Evaluation will be based o n tests,field trip reports, and class participation. A special fee
of $15.00 will be required, t o cover the cost of transportation. A special class project will be
required for upper division credit. Student times must beflexible, toallow for field tripsduring
either the morning or afternoon.
Fees: $15.00
Distribution: Art - Music
M24
Time: II
Sign and Song
Mus 161 - 4152
Mus 361 - 4153
Instructor: Larry Fleming
This course of study will investigate the relationship between visual symbols utilized in
"signing" for the hearing impaired, and the basicelementsof music: melodiccontour, rhythm,
and text topics.
The process will include:
I. Theory-Readings and discussion i n the areas of symbol, image, ritual, and gesture by
authors S. Langer, B. Shahn, C. lung, T. Stafford, and others.
II. ~ a r t i c i ~ a t i o n - ~ a s i"signing"
c
will b e taught by an area expert, so that fundamental
concepts, vocabulary, and gestures are experienced and understood.
Ill. Observation-Visits at local congregations and schools where signing is used with song.
Although of special benefit for Music, Drama, and Education students, this study might prove
useful for any interested student. N o previousexperienceor music training is necessary. Upper
division credit requires the writing of a position paper.
Distribution: Art - Music
M 22
Time: II
Trends and Issues in Nursing
Nur 330 - 4154
Instructors: Susan Knust - Nancy Malcolm
Nursing is viewed from an historical, current and futurist perspective to develop theories and
concepts of leadership, change, and role development. The nurse as leader is discussed i n
terms of ethics and accountability to the profession and t o society. The changing health care
needs and demands of society are examined i n light of theability of the health caresystemand
health care providers to meet those needs. The role of the nurse in meeting current and
projected societal health care needs is discussed with emphasis on changing and emerging
roles in nursing.
The student increases his/her awareness of the complexities of societal and health issues by
examining the political and legislative processes related to such issues. Emphasis is placed o n
the impact of these processeson the nursing profession and health care delivery. The role of
the nurse as an active participant i n these processes i s examined as well. Teaching methods
include lecture, discussion and a variety of expert guest speakers. Evaluation methods include
annotated bibliography, student debates and paper and pencil test.
O M 11
Time: II
The Nature of Contemplation
Phi 210 - 4157
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
Thiscourse will examine the nature of contemplation by meansof philosophicalanalysis of the
works of several contemplative writers. The following concepts will be analyzed and
discussed: the object of contemplation, the effects of contemplation on the human subject,
the modes of contemplation, and the language of contemplation.
The course will consist of introductory lectures o n topics t o be discussed followed by selected
readings and discussions i n class. Each student will prepare one paper of moderate length on a
topic of his/her choosing with respect t o the course. Students will be given a grade based on
the term paper and the individual discussions.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
Time: II
O M 23
Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look
at Some Contemporary lssues
Phi 250 -4158
Instructor: Kenneth Bailey
A popular song says: "This is the dawning of the Age of Aquarius." Is it? Aquarius, the
Waterbearer, the eleventh sign of the zodiac, symbolizes simplicity, peace, and brotherhood.
Whether such an age has begun is a question. Some astrologers say it began as early as 1930;
others that it is just dawning. However that may be, i n this course we will discusssome of the
concerns (e.g., freedom, morality, hunger) that face whatever age we may be in, from a
philosophical standpoint.
Basically a discussion course. Grades will be based o n written tests and class participation.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
OM 10
Time: II
Islamic Philosophy: Past and Present
Phi 410 - 4156
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
A study of the preservers of the Classic Greek tradition, analyzing h o w they reshaped the
materials they inherited and i n what way they helped influencc the rise of Medieval Christian
thought. To what extent current Islamic thought preserves their heritage or is conditioned by
Christian western culture will be explored.
Seminar format, with presentation and discussion of research papers.
Prerequisites: No, though some previous philosophy recommended.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
M 23
Time: I
1982 Oak Ridge ~ssociatedUniversities
Science Minimester
Phy 322 - 4159
Inctructor: Kermit E. Paulson
A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory
experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on
radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1982 Oak Ridge
Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study
projects i n nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation,
coal technology, health physics,and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the
program back at Augsburg.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional
Tra~ningprogram. Two weeks of the coursewill bespent i n Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the
instructional staff and laboratory facilitiesof ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for
laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students.
Fecs: The cost for travel and housing will be approximately $250.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
Time: I
S 24
Democratic Theory and Practice
Pol 381 - 4160
Instructor: Milda Hedblom
A study of democraric theory and public policy practice with focu, on the emergence of
political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. An extensive
research project will b e required in one of the major themes of the course involving
considerable independent work.
Prerequisites: Two courses political science,economics, philosophy or instructor's permission.
M 25
Time: II
The Politics of American Defense
POI 461 - 4161
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
Contending explanations of American foreign policy-making will be examined with special
concern for nuclear strategy and military intervention. Issues arising out of the Carter and
Reagan defense policies will be discussed i n the light of previous American foreign policy
behavior since World War II. .
Grades will be based on t w o 5-page essays i n which students will reflect and comment on
course readings, class discussions, and their experiences i n a policy-making simulation to be
held during one all-day class in mid-January.
Prerequisites: One introductory course in political science or permission of the instructor.
M 25
Time: I
Use of the Personal Computer in Psychology
Psy 241 - 4163
lnitructor: Richard Marken
See how a personal computer (the Psychology Department's Apple Il)can be used as a tool t o
explore the mind. Learn t o write simple programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic
displays, measure response time, d o statistical analyses and mndel thought processes. See the
fruits of your efforts i n glorious color on the Apple II TV scleen. Evaluation based o n
programming projects and two tests.
P3
Time: II
Designing an Introductory Psychology Course
Psy 305 - 4164
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
The course will involve students i n all phases of developing an introductory psychology course.
This will include assessing the background and interests of the potential students, developing a
course outline, choosing the classroom teaching methods, selecting the textbooks, preparing
the exams and other forms of evaluation, and determining the grading procedures.
There are two main objectives: (1) t o give students exposure to principles of curriculum
development and theories of intellectual growth and development and (2) t o give students an
opportunity to experience thesubject matter of introductory psychology from the perspective
of an instructor.
Evaluation will be based o n daily class participation and written assignments.
Prerequisites: Two courses in psychology.
Time: II
P1
Reading in the Works of Robert Coles
Psy 372 - 4162
Instructor: Duane Johnson
Thiscourse will providean opportunity to read i n the works of Robert Coles with major focus
o n conditions under which children develop. Reading will also include some attention t o
authors closely related to Coles' perspective.
Robert Coles isone of America's most widely published writers; much of his writing is based on
a participant-observer style ol rrsaarrh. I-lp<prnclsfuhstantial time with particular persons i n
various settings (southrrnri-5, rrligrants, sliarc~cropllers, Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the
affluent and privileged, pcoplc of Iflsler 2nd South Africa) and reports their lives with
sensitivity and with particirlar ~ l r p n l i o1 ~
0 ltheir ~ r r c * ~ ~ k
He
ll~
i s ra.perceptive criticof our society
and a spokesperson for the "less advantaged" and minority persons.
Some initial study and planning will be required prior t o the beginning of the interim; each
student must contact Dr. Johnson n o later than December 1 for further details regarding these
assignments and t o confirm her/his registration i n the course. Course expectations will include
extensive reading, regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal, and ashort
summary paper. Course will be offered only on a P-N grading basis.
Prerequisites: 86105 - General Psychology
P5
Time: I
Hawa~iJanuary 4-30
The Confrontation of Cultures
and Religions in Hawaii
rC
Rel 321 - 4166
Instructor: P h ~ l ~
Quanbeck
p
Cost: $1795
It
A study of Buddhism, Protestant Christianity, Mormonism,and Polynesian religion with special
attention t o their interrelation i n Hawaii. Special attention given t o t h e following: the meeting
of New England Calvinism and Hawaiian traditional culture and religion and its results today;
the meeting of Christianity and both Chinese and Japanese Buddhism i n Hawaii today; and the
approach of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints (Mormons) to the Polynesians.
Efforts will also be made to study aspects of Chinese and Japanese cultures and religions i n
their own right.
Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal.
Distribution: Religion
Prerequisites: one religion course
Grading: P/N only
Christianity in Modern Africa
Re1 366 - 4165
Instructor: Bradley Holt
This cour.;c. is i n t ~ n c l r t10
l inform l~artiriparitsabout thr. c'ontrmporary r r l i g i c > ~situatir~n
~s
In
s r l e c ~ r trrgions
l
~f Africa and ~ o s t i r n u l a ~rcllccrion.on
c
llrc univrrsat r taimsol Christianiry anrl
form< il takrbs. A l f r n l i o r i will h r #ivcn lo Iht? lllarrting of Ctiristii~nityit1
the v d l i ~ Ot (~CUIIU~JI
klric-a,to I t s d ~ v e l o ~ ~rlntler
t n ~ nr ~n l n n ~ arrgimt:s,arlrl
l
irs rrr.rnt growth in ~nrlcpendentstates.
T l i r " l r ~ r l o p m d r n r " African churches will bc stuclirvl. as well as aliprnpt5 lu l u r n ~ l ~ l .an
rt~
"Africa11 Christian Tlienlngy." Tlrrb c o u r w wlIT ~ n i l ~ l uler.lur~s.
y
v t s i ~ i nresourrv
~
I)ersr)n,
a i~rllo-visual~ i r l s. i,~ i r frlisr-i15sionnfr ~ a r l i n gmaterials. Stirrlrnts will beevaluated ona research
j,lppr and an examination.
P! "equisites: One cohrse i n religion.
Uis~r1,-ution: Religion
Time: II
O M 18
-
Christianity in Crisis: The New Evangelicals
Confront the Twentieth Century
Re1 368 - 4187
Instructor: Bruce Stuart
Protestant Christians respond to science, social change, and critical views of their faith.
"Bible-believing" and "evangelical" Americans attempt to shape their culture and call
America t o a "Christian" and a "moral" pattern. Emphasis will be placed on the history and
thought of "Born-Again" Christians since the 1920's.
Key issues: Fundamentalism vs. Modernism, The Scopes Trial, Revivalism, Faith-healing,
inerrancy of scripture, the Christian i n politics, the "electronic church" and prayer in the
public school
Key figures: W.B. Riley, Carl Mclntire, Billy Graham, Oral Roberts, Jerry Falwell, several
American Presidents, Mark Hatfield
Classroom lectures and discussion, one Sunday morning of television, texts and reserved
reading. There will be two tests and a short paper.
Prerequisites: One course i n religion
Distribution: Religion
Time: I
*+*
Israel January 3-28
Israel, Ancient and Modern
Re1 375 - 4167
Instructor: John Benson
Cost: $2195
This course encounter will focus o n archaeology and geography with special attention t o
methods and results of archaeology as they relate to biblical sites in Israel. The group will live
primarily in Jerusalem where there will be lectures, walking tours in the O l d City, and visits to
museums and places of religious and historical interest. Twoside trips are planned: one to the
north, including places such as the Sea of Galilee, Tiberias, Capernaum, Hazor Megiddo and
Nazareth; and another t o the south, which will include such places as Ashdod, Beer-sheba,
Masada and Qumran. Some time will be spent in London at the beginning of the interim.
There will be required reading, and students will keep a journal.
Prerequisites: one course i n religion
Distribution: Religion
Grading: P/N only
Practicum in Human Services
Swk 257 - 4169
Instructor: Doug Perry
Thirty hours per week of volunteer work i n a human service agency i s combined with readings
and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discover whether a career i n human services is for you.
Evaluation will be based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final
examination.
Students will b e asked t o meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester i n order to
discuss selection of agency and structure of the course.
Objectives:
1) To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help.
2) To increase knowledge of the service given by the agency i n which student is serving.
3) To gain knowledge of the professionals i n the organization, including their skills,
competencies, education, and training.
4) To gain beginning knowledge about the diversity of human service agencies.
5) To increase understanding of self i n relation t o the human service field.
Time: I
Field Work Ill
Swk 466 - 4170
Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg
Continuation o f educationally focused field placement in a social service agency (Field Work
11).
Student will spend 15 hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty
facilitated supportive seminar held on campus.
Student will b e evaluated in writing by Field Work Instructor using previously developed field
learning agenda and social work evaluation form.
Objectives:
1) To use supervisory relationship t o increase interpretive as well as performance competence.
2 ) To promote gradual entry into direct practice.
3) To increase competence i n client contact phase of the problem solving process.
4) To increase student self awareness in regard to professional practice interest, areas of
strength and areas for personal/professionaI development.
5) To promote competence i n the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis o n
analysis and resolution stages.
6) To apply human behavior and social environment theories content to analytic processes
and t o develop interpretive ability.
7) To continue to promote gradual entry into action-intervention phase of the problemsolving process.
8 ) To further examine minority issues in relation t o practice.
(Note: this will be offered for 1/2or full credit. For full credit, student will spend 30 hours per
week i n placement, the additional 15 hours to be i n non-client contactactivities whichaddress
specific projects i n the agency, as written into the field learning agenda and agreed upon
among student, field instructor, and faculty supervisor)
Prerequisites: Field Work II
O M 11
Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th
Pol 399 - 4184 Washington Interim
A study-internship program i n Washington, D. C. i n connection with the
Washington Center of Learning Alternatives, Information o n projects, housing
and financial assistance i s available from Dr. Barbara Richards-Haugen i n
Memorial 113.
Swk 312 - 4185 Training School o n Alcohol and Drug Abuse
Intensiveexperiential and didactictraining at Johnson Institute combined with
week-long experience i n chemical dependency treatment agency. Students
are evaluated according to participation i n classes, experiential learning and i n
the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited. Social Work
95257, social work major and permission of contact person, Eddie Hertzberg,
are prerequisites. Cost: $100.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are a v a l l a l ~~nrrudents
l~
during interim and may be taken in addition t o
a regular course. They d o riot carry nlfir,inl credit, but they d o meet the life-time sports
requirement for graduation. S~uderrksmay parlicipate in any one of these without registering
for the course, but will be e x p ~ r ~ rtor lpay any fees whether or not credit i s received.
Badminton
Hpe 002 - 4178
Instructor: Marilyn Pearson
Basic techniques and theory of beginning badminton - much of the class time will be spent i n
singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will b e n o written tests or outside
assignments.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport
Time:'12:00 Noon
Melby
Volleyball
Hpe 002 - 4179
Instructor: E. W. Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport.
Time: 12:OO Noon - 1:00 p.m. daily
Melby
Racquetball
Hpe 002 - 4180
Instructor: E.W. Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport.
Time: 8:00 a.m. - 9:00 a.m. daily
Melby
American Karate: Fun, Fitness, Sport, Self Defense
Hpe 002 - 4191
Instructor: M i k e Teitelbaum
An introduction t o "American" Karate. Form, basic techniques and practical usage will b e
taught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt Instructor.
Fees: approximately $20.
Time: 12:OO Noon Monday, Wednesday, Friday
Melby
Show less
2012-2013 Undergraduate Catalog
www.augsburg.edu
Augsburg College
Undergraduate Catalog
2012-2013
Official Publication of Augsburg College
2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454
612-330-1000
This catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College
undergraduate ... Show more
2012-2013 Undergraduate Catalog
www.augsburg.edu
Augsburg College
Undergraduate Catalog
2012-2013
Official Publication of Augsburg College
2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454
612-330-1000
This catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College
undergraduate education and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of
publication, it is subject to change without notice. The written policies in the catalog are the
College policies in force at the time of publication. It is the responsibility of each student to know
the requirements and academic policies in this publication. If you have questions about anything
in this catalog, consult Academic Advising, a faculty adviser, the dean of the College, or the
registrar. Refer to the Directory for correspondence or telephone inquiries.
Published 2012
www.augsburg.edu
A Greeting from the President
A college catalog is a wonderful text, full of detail and data that offer all of us a map to our
lives together as a college community. This is a map grounded in Augsburg’s mission: “To
educate students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible
leaders.”
What has prompted you to study this map of Augsburg College? If you’re already enrolled at
Augsburg, I trust you will continue to find here the awe and wonder of an educational
experience that is meaningful and challenging. I hope you will be reminded of the relationships
and commitments you have formed at Augsburg—they will last a lifetime. I also hope that you
find in this map signposts of the progress you have made in your vocational journey and that
you will continue to believe that you have rightly chosen Augsburg as the community in which
you will spend time for the next several years.
If you are studying this map to find out more about Augsburg College and an Augsburg
education, welcome. I believe you will find it not only tells you about the character and essence
of our institution, but also about our mission of service, particularly about those whom we serve
in a modern, vibrant city. Augsburg is located in the heart of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and
St. Paul, and it is in the city that our College both serves and thrives. As you study here, you will
find a setting that not only provides remarkable learning opportunities, but one in which you will
be able to share your own talents and skills. Augsburg’s challenging academic environment is
enhanced by both education and service experiences that transform theory into action and unite
the liberal arts with the practical in preparing students as faithful citizens in a global society.
The experience you are undertaking at Augsburg—or thinking of undertaking—will occur on
a small campus in the core of a great city; it will be led by faculty preoccupied with your welfare
and the emergence and refinement of your vocational plans.
As you join Augsburg College, or consider doing so, please know that those of us who await
you here find the College an exciting place, full of diversity and yet possessed of a community
dedicated to higher learning and good living. Here you can find your way in the world.
May this map be your faithful guide!
Sincerely yours,
Paul C. Pribbenow
President
2012-2013 Academic Calendar
Day Program (and PA program)
The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar’s webpage for updated
calendar and registration information at www.augsburg.edu/registrar.
Fall Term 2012
Summer
September 5
October 26
Nov 12-Nov 30
November 22
November 26
December 14
December 17-20
First-year registration
Classes begin
Mid-term break (one day only)
Registration for spring
Thanksgiving recess begins
Classes resume
Classes end
Final exams
Spring Term 2013
January 14
March 18
March 25
April 8-19
March 29
April 26
April 29-May 2
May 4
Classes begin
Mid-term break begins
Classes resume
Registration for fall
Easter break begins
Classes end
Final exams
Baccalaureate/Commencement
The multi-year calendar for planning purposes can be found at www.augsburg.edu/registrar.
Please note that future years are subject to change.
2012-2013 Academic Calendar
Weekend and Evening College and Graduate Programs (not including
the PA program)
The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar’s webpage for updated
calendar and registration information at www.augsburg.edu/registrar.
Fall Term 2012
Class Weekends:
September 7-9
September 21-23
October 5-7
October 19-21
November 2-4
November 16-18
Nov 30-Dec 2
December 7-9
Winter Term 2013—Class Weekends:
January 4-6 (MSW only)
January 11-13
January 25-27
February 1-3
February 15-17
March 1-3
March 15-17
March 22-24
Spring Term 2013—Class Weekends:
April 5-7
April 26-28
May 10-12
May 17-19
May 31-June 2
June 14-16
June 21-23 (MSW only)
NOTE: For Rochester programs, reference the registrar’s webpage at
www.augsburg.edu/registrar.
Directory
Area Code: 612
Access Center
330-1749
Academic Advising
330-1025
Academic Enrichment
330-1165
Academic Affairs
330-1024
Admissions Office
330-1001
Toll-free
1-800-788-5678
Alumni and Constituent Relations
330-1178
Toll-free
1-800-260-6590
Athletics
330-1249
Campus Activities and Orientation / SOAR
330-1111
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student
330-1053
Services (CLASS)
Classroom Services
330-1219
College Pastor/Campus Ministry
330-1732
Counseling and Health Promotion
330-1707
Development (financial gifts to the College)
330-1613
Toll-free
1-800-273-0617
Enrollment Center
330-1046
Toll-free
1-800-458-1721
Event and Conference Planning
330-1107
Facilities Management
330-1041
Financial Aid (scholarships and other aid)
330-1046
General Information (other office numbers;
330-1000
business hours only)
Fax
330-1649
Graduate Programs
330-1101
Human Resources
330-1058
Lindell Library
330-1017
Lost and Found
330-1000
Parent and Family Relations
330-1525
President’s Office
330-1212
Registrar
330-1036
Residence Life (housing)
330-1488
Rochester Campus
507-288-2886
StepUP
330-1405
Strommen Career and Internship Center
330-1148
Student Affairs
330-1160
Student Government
330-1110
Summer Session
330-1046
TRIO/Student Support Services
330-1311
Weekend and Evening College
330-1101
About Augsburg
At Augsburg College, we believe that the college experience should be a time of exploration,
of discovery, of new experiences, and new possibilities. We also believe that a liberal arts
education is the best preparation for living in the fast-paced, changing, and complex world of
today and tomorrow. Augsburg graduates will be able to demonstrate not only the mastery of a
major field of study, but also the ability to think critically, solve problems, and communicate
effectively.
Discovering Your Gifts and Talents
The heart of an Augsburg education is the Augsburg Core Curriculum—designed to prepare
students to become effective, informed, and ethical citizens. Through “Search for Meaning”
courses, students explore their own unique gifts and interests and find where their own talents
intersect with the needs of our global society.
At the same time, courses across all disciplines stress the skills that will serve for a lifetime:
writing, speaking, critical thinking, and quantitative reasoning, to name a few.
Thanks to Augsburg’s prime location in the heart of a thriving metropolitan area, many
courses are able to offer rich and varied learning opportunities in real-life situations through
academic internships, experiential education, volunteer community service, and cultural
enrichment. In a sense, the resources of the Twin Cities are an extended campus for Augsburg
students.
Selection from over 50 Majors
Augsburg offers more than 50 majors—or you can create your own major, either on campus
or through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This five-college consortium
allows day program students to take courses on other campuses without charge while a full-time
student at Augsburg. The ACTC includes Augsburg College, St. Catherine University, Hamline
University, Macalester College, and the University of St. Thomas.
Weekend and Evening College offers 18 majors and a number of certificate programs.
Mission Statement
Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a difference in the world.
They stand as testaments to the College motto, “Education for Service,” and mission:
“Augsburg College educates students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical
thinkers, and responsible leaders. The Augsburg experience is supported by an engaged
community that is committed to intentional diversity in its life and work. An Augsburg education
is defined by excellence in the liberal arts and professional studies, guided by the faith and
values of the Lutheran Church, and shaped by its urban and global settings.”
History
A College of the Church
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after
the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg
opened in September 1869, in Marshall, Wis., and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The first
seminarians were enrolled in 1874, and the first graduation was in 1879.
Early Leaders Establish a Direction
August Weenaas was Augsburg’s first president (1869-1876). Professor Weenaas recruited
two teachers from Norway—Sven Oftedal and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly
articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants
and to provide such “college” studies that would prepare students for theological study.
In 1874 they proposed a three-part plan: first, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare
future theological students; and third, educate the farmer, worker, and businessman. The
statement stressed that a good education is also practical.
Augsburg’s next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts of
education. This commitment to church and community has been Augsburg’s theme for more
than 140 years.
Education for Service
Keeping the vision of the democratic college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg’s second president
(1876-1907), required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student
involvement in the community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg’s motto,
“Education for Service.”
In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called the Lutheran
Free Church. The church was a group of independent congregations committed to
congregational autonomy and personal Christianity. This change made Augsburg the only
higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. The college division, however, was still
important primarily as an attachment to the seminary.
The Focus Changed
Traditional attitudes began to change after World War I. In 1911, George Sverdrup, Jr.,
became president. He worked to develop college departments with an appeal to a broader
range of students than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922
under the leadership of longtime dean of women, Gerda Mortensen.
The College’s mission assumed a double character: ministerial preparation together with a
more general education for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected Bernhard Christensen, an
erudite and scholarly teacher, to be president (1938-1962). His involvement in ecumenical and
civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life.
After World War II, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and improve
academic offerings. Now the College had become a larger part of the institution than the
seminary and received the most attention.
Accreditation for the College
Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offering a modern college
program based on general education requirements and elective majors. Full accreditation of the
College was achieved in 1954.
A study in 1962 defined the College’s mission as serving the good of society first and the
interests of the Lutheran Free Church second. The seminary moved to Luther Theological
Seminary (now Luther Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged
with the American Lutheran Church. Subsequently, the American Lutheran Church merged with
two other Lutheran bodies in 1988 to form the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
A College in the City
Under the leadership of President Oscar A. Anderson (1963-1980) Augsburg became a vital
and integral part of the city. The College began to reach out to nontraditional student
populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all students. Also in these years, Augsburg
added the Music Hall, Mortensen Hall, Urness Hall, Christensen Center, Ice Arena, and Murphy
Place.
Dr. Charles S. Anderson led the College from 1980 to 1997. He guided Augsburg’s
commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in enrollment and
programs, and a curriculum that draws on the resources of the city as extensions of campus
and classroom. Some of the accomplishments during his tenure include instituting two graduate
degree programs, hosting national and international figures at College-sponsored forums and
events, increasing accessibility, and the addition of the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama, and Communication; the Oscar Anderson Residence Hall; and the James G. Lindell
Family Library.
Dr. William V. Frame became president in August 1997 and retired in 2006. Under his
leadership, the College sharpened its identity as a college of the city, providing an education
grounded in vocational calling that provides students both the theoretical learning and the
practical experience to succeed in a global, diverse world.
Dr. Paul C. Pribbenow became president in July 2006. Under his leadership, the College
aims to educate students of all ages—in the midst of a great city—to be faithful citizens of the
world.
Augsburg Today
Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders who believed:
• An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and church;
• Education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to
send out productive, creative, and successful citizens;
• The city—with all its excitement, challenges, and diversity—is an unequaled learning
laboratory for Augsburg students.
The vision of the College’s work today is lived out in the phrase, “We believe we are called
to serve our neighbor.” Through common commitments to living faith, active citizenship,
meaningful work, and global perspective, Augsburg prepares its students to become effective,
ethical citizens in a complex global society.
In addition to Augsburg’s undergraduate program of liberal arts and sciences, Augsburg
offers master’s degree programs in business, education, leadership, nursing, physician
assistant studies, and social work, as well as a doctoral program in nursing practice. For
information on graduate programs, go to www.augsburg.edu/grad.
Undergraduate education is offered both on weekday semester programs, and alternate
weekend trimester programs. The graduate programs generally follow the trimester schedule.
In addition to its Minneapolis campus, Augsburg has a branch campus in Rochester, Minn.
Weekend and Evening College
Augsburg’s Weekend and Evening College (WEC) provides an educational opportunity for
adults who want to earn a bachelor’s degree and work or have other commitments during the
week. It is a means by which men and women can gain skills for professional advancement,
prepare for a career change, or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the liberal
arts and professional studies.
Weekend and Evening College began in 1982 with 69 students taking courses in three majors.
Eight courses were offered in the first term. Today, with approximately 1,000 students enrolled
each term and 18 majors in the liberal arts and professional studies, WEC is one of the largest
programs of its type among Minnesota private colleges.
The Non-Traditional Student
Augsburg’s Weekend and Evening College is based on the assumption that non-traditional
students are mature, self-disciplined, and motivated learners who seek a combination of
classroom experience and individual study. Each course includes periods of concentrated, oncampus study as well as time for independent study and class preparation.
Alternate Weekends
To meet the needs of nontraditional students, classes generally meet on alternate weekends
for three-and-a-half to four hours on either Friday evening, Saturday morning, Saturday
afternoon, or Sunday afternoon. Laboratory sections or additional class hours may be
scheduled during the week. WEC students may take from one to four courses each term. The
WEC academic year is divided into three trimesters (fall, winter, and spring), so that students
may complete three terms in the traditional nine-month academic year.
A Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of Augsburg’s Weekend and Evening College is participation in a
community of non-traditional learners. This community is enriched by the presence of men and
women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community
interaction, Augsburg encourages WEC students to make use of College facilities, such as
Lindell Library, and to participate in academic and co-curricular activities, such as the student
newspaper, travel seminars, student organizations, fine arts events, networking events,
workshops, and convocations. The WEC student body elects its own leaders through the WEC
Student Senate.
Augsburg continues its tradition of innovation to meet the needs of non-traditional students
by creating new programs, and providing faculty and staff development in teaching and serving
non-traditional students.
To learn more about graduate studies at Augsburg, go to www.augsburg.edu/grad.
Weekend and Evening College Faculty
The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and the WEC faculty are full-time
Augsburg professors as well as adjunct faculty who bring professional experience to their
teaching. Most faculty hold a doctorate or other terminal degree, and all consider teaching to be
the focus of their activities at the College. Professors are involved in social, professional, and a
variety of research activities, but these support and are secondary to their teaching. Faculty are
actively involved in a dynamic faculty development program that introduces them to best
practices in teaching and learning techniques and theories.
Weekend and Evening College’s small classes facilitate the College’s tradition of close
involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and participate
regularly in campus activities.
Rochester campus
Augsburg’s branch campus in Rochester was established in 1998 as a natural extension of
the College’s mission and its expertise in teaching working adults. In Rochester, six
undergraduate majors, plus a certificate program in business management, are offered.
The Rochester campus classrooms and offices are located at Bethel Lutheran Church
(ELCA), a few blocks south of the heart of the city which is home to about 100,000 residents. It
is a city that enjoys a rich ethnic diversity and superior technological resources.
Augsburg classes in Rochester meet on a trimester schedule with classes taking place on
weekday evenings and on occasional Saturdays, making them accessible to working adults. In
addition to the half- dozen degree programs that can be completed entirely in this location,
students may work on a variety of other majors through a combination of Rochester-based
courses and courses taken in the Day or WEC program in Minneapolis.
Students at the Rochester campus are Augsburg College students. They are supported
through an array of e-learning resources ranging from access to Lindell Library databases to the
use of online course management software. Information about the Rochester campus is
available at www.augsburg.edu/rochester or by calling the Rochester office at 507-288-2886.
College of the Third Age
Augsburg demonstrates its commitment to lifelong learning in part through its College of the
Third Age. College of the Third Age is a teaching-learning service founded more than 30 years
ago to serve older adults by encouraging lifelong learning, fostering interactive discussion, and
introducing new topics and subjects related to an ever-changing world. A roster of more than 25
retired, semi-retired, and working professors teach non-credit seminars for the program, based
upon their areas of expertise.
College of the Third Age partners with organizations and facilities that serve older adults in
the Twin Cities metropolitan area, including churches, synagogues, community centers, and
senior residences. The current catalog lists more than 200 classes available for group study at
partner organizations and facilities. To obtain further information about the program or to
request a catalog, call 612-330-1139 or visit www.augsburg.edu/thirdage.
Campus Location
Augsburg College is located in the heart of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul,
Minnesota. The campus is bordered by Riverside Avenue and Interstate 94, near the University
of Minnesota West Bank campus and the University of Minnesota Medical Center.
Downtown Minneapolis is just minutes away, providing access to internships and careers
with some of the country’s leading companies as well as entertainment, arts, sports venues,
shopping, dining, and transportation. The campus is blocks from the Hiawatha light rail line and
the future Central Corridor line, which provide easy access to Minneapolis, St. Paul, and the
Minneapolis International Airport.
Facilities and Housing
Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each
other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the two tower residence halls, the five buildings
on the Quadrangle, plus Music Hall, Lindell Library, Oren Gateway Center, and the Foss,
Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication.
Admissions Office—The Office of Admissions is located on the first floor of Christensen
Center.
Anderson Hall (1993)—Named in honor of Oscar Anderson, president of Augsburg College
from 1963 to 1980, this residence hall is located at 2016 8th Street. Anderson Hall contains four
types of living units and houses 192 students, as well as the Master of Science in Physician
Assistant Studies; Center for Global Education; and the Office of Marketing and
Communication.
Counseling and Health Promotion—The Center for Counseling and Health Promotion
(CCHP) offers programs and services that enhance student learning by promoting personal
development and well-being. The center occupies the house located at 628 21st Avenue.
Christensen Center (1967)—The College center, with the admissions office, student
lounge and recreational areas, the Strommen Center for Meaningful Work, the Commons
dining facility and Einstein Bros. Bagels, two art galleries, copy center, and offices for student
government and student publications.
Edor Nelson Field—The athletic field, located at 725 23rd Avenue, is the playing and
practice field of many of the Augsburg teams. An air-supported dome covers the field during
winter months, allowing year-round use.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication (1988)—The
Foss Center is named in recognition of the Julian and June Foss family. The Tjornhom-Nelson
Theater, Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium are also housed in this complex, which
provides space for campus ministry, the drama and communication offices, and the Center for
Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS).
Ice Arena (1974)-—Two skating areas provide practice space for hockey and figure skating,
and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
Kennedy Center (2007)—Completed in 2007 as a three-story addition to Melby Hall and
named for Dean (’75) and Terry Kennedy, it features a state-of-the-art wrestling training center,
fitness center, classrooms for health and physical education, and hospitality facilities.
The James G. Lindell Family Library (1997)—This library and information technology
center houses all library functions and brings together the computer technology resources of the
College. The library is located on the corner of 22nd Avenue and 7th Street.
Luther Hall (1999)—Named for theologian Martin Luther, Luther Hall is a three-story
apartment complex along 20th Avenue, between 7th and 8th Streets that houses juniors and
seniors in units from efficiencies to two-bedroom suites.
Melby Hall (1961)—Named in honor of J. S. Melby (dean of men from 1920 to 1942,
basketball coach, and head of the Christianity Department). It provides facilities for the health
and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, the Hoyt Messerer
Fitness Center, and general auditorium purposes. The Ernie Anderson Center Court was
dedicated in 2001.
Mortensen Hall (1973)—Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen (dean of women from 1923
to 1964), it has 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upper-class students, the
Department of Public Safety and a lounge area.
Music Hall (1978)—Contains Sateren Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom
facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios, and offices for the music faculty.
Old Main (1900)—Home for the Department of Art and the Department of Languages and
Cross-Cultural Studies, with classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in
1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included
on the National Register of Historic Places.
Oren Gateway Center (2007)—Named for lead donors and alumni Don and Beverly Oren,
it is home for the StepUP program, Institutional Advancement offices, the Alumni and Parent
and Family Relations Offices, Center for Faith and Learning, and substance-free student
housing. It also houses the Barnes & Noble Augsburg Bookstore, Nabo Café, Gage Family Art
Gallery, and the Johnson Conference Center.
Science Hall (1949)—Houses classrooms; laboratories for biology, chemistry, and physics;
mathematics; a medium-sized auditorium; faculty offices, administrative offices, and various
other program offices.
Sverdrup Hall (1955)—Named in honor of Augsburg’s fourth president, it contains the
Enrollment Center, as well as classrooms and faculty offices.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall (1938)—Built as a residence hall and named in honor of
Augsburg’s second and third presidents, it contains the President’s Office, Human Resources,
and other administrative and faculty offices.
Urness Hall (1967)—Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, this tower provides
living quarters for 324 first-year students. Each floor is a “floor unit,” providing 36 residents,
housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study, and utility areas.
Associated Support Organizations
Augsburg College has a commitment to programs that increase both individual and group
understanding and achievement.
Inter-Race: The International Institute for Interracial Interaction
Policies
Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race,
color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, gender identity,
gender expression, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its
educational policies, admissions policies, employment, scholarship and loan programs, athletic
and/or school-administered programs, except in those instances where there is a bona fide
occupational qualification or to comply with state or federal law. Augsburg College is committed
to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and students. (Approved by the
Augsburg Board of Regents Executive Committee on June 16, 2010).
The vice president/chief of staff in the Office of the President serves as the Title IX officer
and may be reached at 612-330-1212.
Deputy Officer for Students
Dean of Students
Sarah Griesse
612-330-1489
griesse@augsburg.edu
Deputy Officer for Employees
Assistant Vice President for Human Resources/ Chief Diversity Officer
Andrea Turner
612-330-1058
turner2@augsburg.edu
Deputy Officer for Athletics
Kelly Anderson Diercks
Assistant Athletic Director
612-330-1245
diercks@augsburg.edu
Any questions concerning Augsburg’s compliance with federal or state regulations
implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to the affirmative action coordinator,
Office of Human Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College, 2211 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN
55454, 612-330-1058.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom
as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of
American Colleges.
Accreditation and Memberships
Augsburg College is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools and the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the
• American Chemical Society
• American Music Therapy Association
• Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education
• Council on Social Work Education (BS and MSW)
• National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS)
• National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education
• Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the Physician Assistant (ARC-PA)
Augsburg College is an institutional member of the:
• American Association of Colleges and Universities (AACU)
• Association of Physician Assistant Programs
• Council of Independent Colleges (CIC)
• National Association of Schools of Music (NASM)
The College is a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran
Education Council in North America (LECNA), Minnesota Private College Council, National
Society for Experiential Education, and Campus Compact.
Augsburg College is registered as a private institution with the Minnesota Office of Higher
Education pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, sections 136A.61 to 136A.71. Registration is not an
endorsement of the institution. Credits earned at the institution may not transfer to all other
institutions.
Undergraduate Admissions
Augsburg College strives to create a strong, rich, and vibrant campus community with
students representing a large number of backgrounds, viewpoints, experiences, talents, and
cultures.
Selection of students for Augsburg College is based upon careful consideration of each
candidate’s academic achievement, personal qualities and interests, participation in activities
and employment, and potential for development as a student and as a graduate of Augsburg
College.
Visit the Campus
Firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere is valuable. First-year
and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus and meet with an admissions
counselor. Arrangements can be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend
classes when school is in session.
Augsburg’s undergraduate admissions staff is ready to help students and families with
college planning. Call any weekday between 8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m.—612-330-1001 or toll-free
1-800-788-5678, and we’ll assist with your questions and arrange a tour for you. Admissions
visits and tours are available Monday through Friday, and most Saturday mornings during the
school year. The Office of Admissions is located on the first floor of the Christensen Center and
serves traditional, non-traditional, and graduate students.
Application Procedures
Day College First-year Students
Application for Admission—Students should complete the application for admission,
including the essay, and submit them to the Office of Admissions. Students may apply online for
free at www.augsburg.edu/day/apply.html or www.commonapp.org, or submit a paper
application with a nonrefundable $25 processing fee.
Transcripts—An official transcript from the high school is required of first-year applicants.
First-year applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have
their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final, official transcript upon graduation. If the
student has taken college courses, an official transcript from the institutions should also be sent.
General Education Development (GED) scores may be presented instead of the high school
transcript.
Test Scores—First-year applicants are required to submit results from a college entrance
examination. The American College Test (ACT) is preferred; results from SAT are also
accepted. Test scores recorded on the official high school transcript are sufficient. Augsburg
strongly recommends completing the writing portion of either the ACT or SAT.
Recommendations—Two letters of academic recommendation are required for students
who have below a 3.0 GPA and 22 ACT. If the applicant has been out of school for several
years, letters may be submitted by a supervisor, counselor, or pastor (spiritual leader).
Additional Information—If there is additional information that may have affected the
applicant’s previous academic performance, it may be included as a personal statement with the
application and discussed individually with an admissions counselor. On occasion, the
Admissions Committee may defer a decision on a candidate’s admission until other information
has been received. For example, more recent test scores, results of the present semester’s
coursework, additional letters of recommendation, or writing samples may be requested by the
committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Office of Undergraduate Admissions
will inform the candidate.
Notification of Admissions Decision—Admissions decisions are made on a rolling basis.
Applicants are notified of the admissions decision usually within two to three weeks after the
application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. Notification
of admission status for completed applications begins in late September.
Confirmation of Admission—Accepted students are asked to make a $150 enrollment
deposit* to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. Students who wish to live in College
housing must also submit a $200 nonrefundable housing deposit along with the housing
contract to the Residence Life Office. *Nonrefundable after May 1.
Day College Transfers and Weekend and Evening College Students
A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of at least 2.50 (on a 4.0 scale) in previous college
work is recommended for admission to the College. Information regarding transfer credit policies
is found in the Academic Information section of the catalog.
Application for Admission—Students should complete the application for admission,
including the essay, and submit them to the Office of Admissions. Students may apply online for
free at www.augsburg.edu/day/apply.html, or submit a paper application with a nonrefundable
$25 processing fee.
Transcripts—Official transcripts from all previous postsecondary institutions should be sent
directly to the Office of Admissions. Applicants with less than one year of previous transferable
college work should also have their official high school transcript sent. The GED test certificate
may be presented instead of the high school transcript.
Test Scores—First-year applicants are required to submit results from a college entrance
examination, unless he or she has been out of high school for more than five years. The
American College Test (ACT) is preferred; results from SAT are also accepted. Test scores
recorded on the official high school transcript are sufficient. Augsburg strongly recommends
completing the writing portion of either the ACT or SAT.
Recommendations—Two letters of academic recommendation are required for applicants
who have below a 3.0 cumulative GPA and/or less than one year of college–level work. If the
applicant has been out of school for several years, letters may be submitted by a supervisor,
counselor, or pastor (spiritual leader).
Additional Information—If there is personal information that may have affected the
applicant’s previous academic performance, it may be included with the application and
discussed individually with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be
required by the Admissions Committee before an admission decision is made. On occasion, the
Admissions Committee may also defer a candidate’s admission until other information has been
received. For example, test scores, results of current coursework, additional letters of
recommendation, or writing samples may be requested by the committee. If any additional
credentials are needed, the Admissions Office will inform the candidate.
Notification of Admissions Decision—Augsburg College uses a rolling admissions plan.
Students are notified of the admission decision usually within two weeks after the application file
is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee.
Application for Re-Admission
Day students who have not registered for courses at Augsburg College for one semester or
more, and WEC/Rochester students who have not registered for courses at Augsburg College
for three trimesters or more, must apply for re-admission
(http://www.augsburg.edu/registrar/documents/forms/readmit.pdf) through the registrar’s office
to resume attendance. Students who have attended other institutions during their absence from
Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the Office of the Registrar.
Returning students do not pay the application fee.
Special Students (Non-Degree)
In some circumstances, people may be admitted as special students (non-degree) and
granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Students may request a change in their
degree status by contacting the registrar’s office.
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take coursework at Augsburg College as
a special student (non-degree). To apply for admission as a special student, submit the
completed application, academic intent, and all necessary official transcripts to the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions. Contact the admissions office regarding which official transcripts
you may need for your application file.
Special Students (Second Degree)
Students who have graduated from Augsburg who are returning to complete an additional
major will not be awarded a second degree unless it is a different degree from the first awarded.
Minors are not noted on the transcript if they are completed after a bachelor’s degree has been
awarded.
Students who have completed a four-year degree at an accredited college or university may
complete a second degree at Augsburg College. Second degree requirements include a
minimum of eight course credits taken at Augsburg, completion of a major, and completion of
any liberal arts requirements not covered by a previous degree. Depending on the student’s
previous degree, completion of a second major (non-degree) may also be an option.
International Student Admissions
International students are a vital part of the Augsburg community. (See International Student
and Scholar Services, in the Student Life section.)
International students should contact International Student and Scholar Services for an
international student application and financial requirements. All applicants must provide proof of
financial solvency. Applications must be completed two months prior to the start of the
semester—June 1 for fall, December 1 for spring.
For more information, call 612-330-1359 or 1-800-788-5678 (toll-free); e-mail Soniel Han at
han@augsburg.edu, or write to:
International Student and Scholar Services
Campus Box 307
Augsburg College
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454 USA
Students who have attended a college or university outside of the United States will need to
obtain a foreign credential evaluation by contacting World Education Services (WES). WES is a
nonprofit organization with more than 30 years of experience evaluating international
credentials. WES will examine your transcript(s) and prepare a report that will help Augsburg
College understand how your international coursework compares to courses and grades in the
United States. Augsburg College will use this information in its admissions review and will grant
transfer credit where appropriate.
World Education Services, Inc.
Bowling Green Station
PO Box 5087
New York, NY 10274-5087
www.wes.org
Phone: 212-966-6311
Fax: 212-966-6395
Financing Your Education
All students receive financial help indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more
than tuition and fees cover. The College raises that difference in gifts—from alumni, faculty, staff,
parents, churches, friends, foundations, and endowment income.
However, the primary responsibility for paying for a college education rests on students and
their families. Financial aid is intended to supplement those resources.
College Costs 2012-2013
Day College
The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed below for the 2012-2013 academic year.
The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The College reserves the
right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate.
Day College Tuition, Fees, Room, and Board
Tuition (full-time enrollment)
$31,292
This rate applies to all full-time students attending in September 2012. Students are
considered full-time when they take three or more course credits during the semester. The
charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees, and admission to most College-supported
events, concerts, and lectures. The amount is payable at the beginning of each semester or you
can set up an official payment plan through the Office of Student Financial Services.
Tuition (part-time enrollment)
Per one-credit course $3,671
This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester. Part-time
students taking lifetime sports are charged $220 for that course.
Audit Fee (for part-time students)
Per course $1000
Full-time students—see audit policy in the Academic Information section.
$5,116
Detailed room rates and housing options are available through the Office of
Residence Life.)
Meal Plans
15 Plus $4,076 (15 meals a week; $100 in Augsburg Flex Points a semester)
10 Plus $3,970 (10 meals a week; $150 in Augsburg Flex Points a semester)
5 Plus $3,630 ( 5 meals a week; $345 in Augsburg Flex Points a semester)
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the
Office of Residence Life.
Room Cost (average starting price)
Full-Time Fees
$664.50
(Student activity, technology, newspaper readership, wind energy fee, MPIRG)
Other Special Fees (Non-refundable)
Fees Billed on Student Account
Student Activity Fee (part-time students)
Late Registration
Petition fee for waiver of registration deadlines
(non-refundable)
Lifetime Sport (part-time students)
Newspaper Readership
Technology Fee (per credit)
Overload Fee (per course credit over 4.5, Day and
WEC/Rochester/United combined)
Private Music Lessons, per semester
(14 lessons—.0 credit or .25 credit)
(14 lessons—.5 credit)
Student Teaching (per course for full-time students)
Student Teaching (per course for part-time students)
Study Abroad (in approved non-Augsburg programs)
Zero-credit seminar (part-time students)
$ 50
$ 200
$ 50
$ 220
$ 10
$ 50
$ 3,671
$ 390
$ 780
$ 155
$ 215
$ 425
$ 1,000
Fees Payable by Check/Cash
Application (new and/or special students)
Locker Rental
Student Parking Lot Permit
Car
Motorcycle
Transcript Fee
Regular service
Next day
On demand
Special Examinations, Cap and Gown Costs
(Schedule on file in registrar’s office)
$ 25
$ 40
$ 220
$ 110
$ 6
$ 10
$ 16
Books and Supplies
These costs are estimated to average $125 per course.
Deposits
$ 150
Required of all new students after acceptance. If the student attends Augsburg College, the
deposit is considered initial payment toward their first-term tuition and fees. Should the student
not attend, the enrollment deposit may be forfeited. For more information, contact the Office of
Admissions.
Housing Damage Deposit
$ 200
Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract to reserve a housing
assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or fines and is returned to the
student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the occupancy period
covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated in writing for fall or spring term by
Enrollment Deposit (non-refundable)
following the conditions delineated in the housing contract. The resident will be responsible for
all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification as specified in the
housing contract.
College Costs 2012-2013
Weekend and Evening College
Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable)
Tuition (per course credit)
Tuition (per summer course, 2013)
Activity Fee (per trimester)
Facilities Fee (includes parking permit; per trimester)
Audit Fee (per course)
Lifetime Sports: Fee for WEC Course
Lifetime Sports: Fee for Assessment of Previous Learning
Nursing Clinical Fee
Supplementary Student Teaching Fee (per course credit)
Late Registration Fee
Transcript Fee
Regular service
Next day
On demand
Petition Fee for waiver of registration deadlines
(non-refundable)
Zero-credit seminar
$ 25
$ 1,830
$ 1,777
$ 11.50
$ 35
$ 1,000
$ 220
$ 150
$ 250
$ 215
$ 200
$ 6
$ 10
$ 16
$ 50
$ 1,000
Payments
Day College
Semester Fees—Prior to the start of each semester a statement of estimated charges
showing basic charges and financial aid credits designated by the Student Financial
Services Office is sent to the student via e-mail. All statements are available online.
Payment Options—Augsburg College offers payment plan options for all students.
Information about payment plan options is available online through the student’s Augnet,
Records and Registration account.
Weekend and Evening College
All statements are available online through Augnet, Records and Registration. For tuition
and fee information, please refer to the financial aid website.
Payment Options
(1) Payment in full at the start of each term or an extended payment plan.
(2) Employer Reimbursement: Students on this plan must file an employer reimbursement
application form each academic year, prior to the start of the first class. Once enrolled in the
employer reimbursement payment plan, students have until 60 days after the end of each term
to pay their term costs in full. There is a $20 per term fee associated with this payment option.
The student is responsible for payment of the balance should the employer not reimburse for
any reason. If the employer offers partial reimbursement, the non-reimbursed portion of tuition
and fees must be paid in full at the start of the term.
(3) Students may also defer payment by enrolling in the College’s third party payment plan or in
a military payment plan if their term costs are to be covered by a third party or through VA
education benefits, such as the GI Bill. (More details can be found at
www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial)
Financial Policies
A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of .67 percent per month on any account with an
open balance of 30 days or more.
Registration is permitted only if the student’s account for a previous term is paid in full or if
the student is making scheduled payments in accordance with an approved online payment
plan.
Augsburg College will not release student academic transcripts or graduation
diplomas/certificates until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan
funds administered by the College (Federal Perkins Student Loan), are current according to
established repayment schedules and the loan entrance and exit interviews have been
completed.
Refunds
Students who withdraw from Augsburg College may be eligible for a refund of a portion of
their charges based on the appropriate refund schedule. Financial aid may be adjusted for those
students who withdraw from the College or drop course(s) and receive financial assistance.
Students who wish to withdraw from Augsburg should complete the Withdrawal from College
form available online through the registrar’s website. It must be filled out completely, signed and
turned in to the Enrollment Center. Students who properly withdraw or change to part-time, who
are dismissed, or who are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for
tuition and/or room (except for the minimum deduction of $100 to cover administrative costs) in
accordance with the terms of their housing contract and/or the appropriate tuition refund
schedule.
Students are responsible for canceling courses through the Enrollment Center (or online) in
order to be eligible for any refund. Students who unofficially withdraw (stop attending) but do not
complete the drop/add form are responsible for all charges. Financial aid may be adjusted
based on the student’s last recorded date of attendance. Refund calculations are based on the
date that the drop/add form is processed.
Refund Policy for Day, Weekend and Evening, Rochester, and Graduate Studies
Students who withdraw from Augsburg College may be eligible for a refund of a portion of
their charges based on the refund schedule below. This refund is based on the percentage of
calendar time remaining on the date of the student’s official withdrawal from classes. This
applies to all students who drop one or more courses during the term and/or withdraw from all
courses in the term.
Percentage of calendar time remaining after official drop or withdrawal and amount of refund:
100% to 90% remaining
Full refund (minus $100 administrative fee)
89% to 60% remaining
50% refund
This refund schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended classes. Allow 30 to
45 days for tuition and possible financial aid adjustments to be finalized. If a credit balance
remains on the student’s account, a credit refund will be issued at that time.
The refund of charges calculation used is the Augsburg College Refund Policy stated above.
Students may appeal refund decisions through the Financial Petition Committee. Petition forms
are available online through the registrar’s website.
Medical refund
If a student is forced to withdraw from one or more courses in a term due to illness or an
accident, the refund will include the normal refund percentage (based on the regular refund
schedule), plus one-half of the remaining tuition and fees. This extra medical refund will be
considered upon submission of documentation from the attending doctor, on letterhead,
verifying the medical circumstances. Requests for medical refunds should be made through
the Financial Petition Committee. Petition forms are available through the registrar’s
website.
Unofficial Withdrawal
Federal regulations require that records of financial aid recipients who earn failing grades in
all their classes be reviewed. If courses are not completed (e.g., unofficial withdrawal, stopped
attending), the College is required to refund financial aid to the appropriate sources according to
federal or Augsburg refund policies based on the last recorded date of attendance. Students are
responsible for the entire cost of the term including the portion previously covered by financial
aid should they stop attending. Students are strongly urged to follow guidelines for complete
withdrawal from college. If there are extenuating circumstances, a petition to have the cost of
tuition refunded can be made. Petition forms are available online through the registrar’s website.
A student who registers, does not attend any classes, and does not withdraw may petition to
withdraw retroactively. The student must petition within six months of the end of term and
provide proof of non-attendance. Proof can include, but is not limited to, statements from each
instructor that the student never attended, or documentation of attendance for the term at
another college or university. If approved, grades of W will be recorded and charges for the term
dropped. The administrative cancellation fee is $300.
Financial Aid
All students who wish to be considered for financial assistance must establish financial aid
eligibility on an annual basis. This includes completing the application process as outlined below
and making satisfactory academic progress. In order to maintain eligibility in financial aid
programs, students must make satisfactory academic progress toward the attainment of their
degree or certificate as stipulated in the College catalog and as published on the Academic
Progress Standards for Financial Aid Recipients webpage, www.augsburg.edu/finaid/sap.html.
Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a person or family
makes in a lifetime. Proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in choosing a
college, but also in the methods used to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Enrollment
Center, will help students and their families protect access to a quality Augsburg education in a
time of increasing financial challenge.
Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg may be a combination of scholarships,
grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state,
church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs. During the 2011-2012
academic year, more than eight out of ten students at Augsburg received financial assistance.
The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and
family. Financial aid supplements student and family resources.
The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) helps determine the amount of
assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis takes into account such family financial
factors as current income, assets, number of dependent family members, other educational
expenses, retirement needs, and special considerations.
How to Apply
The following are required to process your financial aid application:
1). Be admitted to Augsburg as a regular student or be a returning student in good academic
standing with the College.
2). Complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) or the Renewal FAFSA.
Students are encouraged to file the FAFSA electronically online at www.fafsa.ed.gov. Students
and their parents may sign the FAFSA electronically using a PIN issued by the US Department
of Education. Instructions for requesting a PIN can be found at www.fafsa.ed.gov. Be sure to
include the Augsburg College code, 002334, on your application. Submit your application to the
processing agency after January 1. File your FAFSA by May 1.
What Happens Next?
Once all documents are received, we review the financial aid application to determine
financial aid eligibility for all available programs. A financial aid award letter will be sent to the
student. This letter details the financial aid award and includes information regarding:
•
•
institutional financial aid programs and requirements for continued eligibility,
federal and private loan programs (students must complete a loan application to receive
loan funds)
Types of Aid
A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a
specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of aid available are listed here
for information only.
In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged to investigate the
possibility of scholarships and grants that might be available in their own communities. It is
worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses,
high schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to
students who meet their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible
for aid through Rehabilitation Services, Educational Assistance for Veterans, Educational
Assistance for Veterans’ Children, and other sources.
Academic Excellence Scholarships
President’s Scholarship—Awarded to incoming first-year students, the President’s
Scholarships are awarded based upon competition. The applicant must have a minimum of 3.50
GPA in core academic courses or a 27 or greater ACT composite (or a combined SAT score of
1210 or greater). Separate applications are required. The application must be postmarked by
January 30.
Phi Theta Kappa Scholarship—These scholarships are awarded to selected transfer
students with a 3.50 GPA. The application deadline is August 1 for fall enrollment and
December 15 for spring. Call the Office of Admissions for information, 612-330-1001.
Achievement Scholarships
Regents’ Scholarship—The Regents’ Scholarships are awarded to all qualified new firstyears of high academic achievement who apply and are accepted before May 1 for fall or
December 1 for spring. Selection is based on high school GPA and national test scores.
Transfer Regents’ Scholarship—Transfer Regents’ Scholarships are awarded to all
qualified transfer students with a minimum 3.00 GPA who apply and are accepted for admission
by May 1 for fall or December 1 for spring.
Augsburg Legacy Award—These scholarships provide tuition awards to full-time day
students working toward their first bachelor’s degree who are children of Augsburg graduates or
siblings of current Augsburg students or children or spouses of current ELCA pastors. Deadline:
May 1 for fall or December 1 for spring.
Science Scholarship—The Courtland Agre and Theodore Hanwick Science Scholarships
recognize incoming first-year students of high academic science achievement. The renewable
award of $10,000 per year is awarded to all eligible proposed chemistry or physics majors.
Students must be in the top 30% of their high school class or on national tests (ACT or SAT),
have a grade point average of 3.0 or above in the proposed science major, have completed
intermediate algebra or pre-calculus, and be a full-time student in the day program. No
scholarship application is required. Students who receive a science scholarship will not receive
a Regents’ award. Deadline: Accepted for admission by May 1 for fall enrollment.
ACAP Scholarship—Awarded to incoming first-year students who have participated in a
college preparatory program such as Admission Possible, TRiO, MMEP. Deadline: Accepted for
admission by May 1.
Leadership, Service, and Performance Scholarships
Ethnic Leadership Scholarships—Ethnic Leadership Scholarships recognize returning
Day program students with demonstrated scholarship and a record of, and/or potential for,
leadership. Eligible students must be full-time in the day program and have the recommendation
of the appropriate Augsburg Ethnic Student Services program director and another individual
knowledgeable about the student’s extracurricular activities. The application deadline is March
1. For more information and an application, contact:
• American Indian Student Services, 612-330-1144
• Hispanic-Latino Student Services, 612-330-1309
• Pan-Afrikan Student Center, 612-330-1022
• Pan-Asian Student Services, 612-330-1530
Fine Arts Scholarship—Awarded to selected incoming students who demonstrate active
participation in the fine arts. Separate application and portfolio or audition are required. The
application deadline requires a postmark of January 25 for fall or November 1 for spring.
Lutheran Congregational Scholarship Program
Augsburg Corporation Scholarship—Recognizes students who are members of an ELCA
congregation within the Minneapolis Area Synod, Saint Paul Area Synod, Southeastern
Minnesota Synod, or Northwest Synod of Wisconsin. These four synods constitute the
Augsburg Corporation. The scholarship is awarded at point of admission for $1,000 per year.
PRIME Scholarship—Students who receive a scholarship from their Lutheran congregation
will receive a matching scholarship from Augsburg, up to $750 per year. Application and
payment from the sponsoring organization should be submitted to the Enrollment Center.
Gift Assistance (Need-Based)
Augsburg Tuition Grant—This grant is based on financial eligibility and academic record.
Minnesota State Grant—Eligibility requires Minnesota residency and enrollment of fewer
than four years (or its equivalent) at any postsecondary school. This grant is also based on
financial eligibility.
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant—Whenever law and funds permit,
SEOGs are awarded to students who demonstrate exceptional financial need. Preference is
given to students eligible for the Federal Pell grant.
Federal Pell Grant—Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible
institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program
guidelines. Maximum grant for 2011-12 is $5,550.
Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarship—Bureau of Indian
Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarships and Augsburg American Indian Scholarships are
available to Indian students (both full- and part-time) who meet specific criteria. For Bureau of
Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarships, students must be a quarter-degree Indian
ancestry and be enrolled with a federally-recognized tribe. Eligibility criteria for Augsburg
American Indian Scholarships vary. Contact the director of the American Indian Student
Services Program. American Indian grants supplement all other forms of financial aid.
Questions may be directed to the director of the American Indian Student Services Program or
to your local BIA, tribal, or state Indian education office.
Loan Assistance
Federal Perkins Student Loan—A federally-funded program administered through
Augsburg College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do
payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half time in
school. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of principal (at the minimum of $40 a month)
begin nine months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The loan
offers a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum that may be borrowed for undergraduate
study is $16,000.
Federal Stafford Student Loan—Subsidized Stafford Loans are need-based loans that the
federal government subsidizes by paying the interest while the student is in school and during
the grace period.
For the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement
and the borrower is responsible for all interest. The borrower may choose to make payments
while in school or may defer payments and allow interest to accrue and be capitalized (added to
the balance of the loan).
The interest rate for new borrowers through the Subsidized Stafford Loan and the
Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, as of July 1, 2012, is a fixed rate of 6.8%.
The following borrowing limits apply to the Stafford Loan program after July 1, 2010:
o First-years: $5,500 annually (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford)
o Sophomores: $6,500 annually (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford)
o Juniors/Seniors: $7,500 annually (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford)
o Aggregate maximum: $31,000 (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized)
Federal Parent Loan Program (PLUS)—PLUS is a loan program to help parents meet
college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to the cost of attendance
(minus all other student financial aid). Repayment begins within 60 days of final disbursement;
the interest rate is a fixed rate of 7.9% and a minimum payment of $50 per month. There is also
an origination fee of 4%.
Further information about all student and parent loan programs can be found online at the
Financial Aid website.
Student Employment
Students are able to apply for work study positions through Augsburg’s Human Resources
Office. Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just like scholarships,
loans, and grants. Students are limited to a maximum of 20 hours of on-campus employment
per week. The number of hours a student can work is dependent on the position and the needs
of the department. However, work is not guaranteed.
All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the
student employee for each placement. Payment is made bi-weekly by check to the student
employee.
Federal College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program—
Under these programs the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis with
the College to provide part-time work opportunities.
Student Life
Augsburg’s mission focuses on student learning in the broadest sense. Experiences in the
classroom are an important part of college life, yet learning and development also occur in
formal and informal activities of the College and the surrounding area. Whether students take
classes in the day, evening, or weekend, the climate for learning and living at Augsburg will add
dimension to their education.
Campus Ministry
As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual as well as academic and social
growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and
provide for students to explore their own faith.
Because our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural
backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition.
Bible studies, growth groups, outreach teams, and community outreach opportunities, retreats,
peace and justice forums, concerts, and gatherings are examples of the wide variety of activities
on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty, and
staff gather each day to give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers
and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. Weekend and
Evening College Chapel is held each Saturday morning when classes meet. On Sundays,
Trinity Lutheran worship services are held on campus, with many other churches within walking
distance.
We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and
discover the gifts and sense of call and vocation that God has given them. As a college of the
church, we encourage students to form values guided by our Christian heritage, which will be
the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond their years at Augsburg.
The college pastor, associate college pastor, and campus ministry staff have offices in the
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication and are available for
spiritual guidance, counseling, support, or information.
Vocation
Augsburg College has a deep and long-standing commitment to the theological concept of
vocation—the idea that all people can use their individual gifts to serve God’s purposes in the
world and that each person’s contribution is uniquely valuable.
In the spring of 2002, with the generous support of the Lilly Endowment, Augsburg created a
program called Exploring Our Gifts that was designed to help students, staff, and faculty explore
the connections between faith, learning, service, and work. Over the years, the program has
helped embed vocational themes into the curriculum and has sponsored a wide variety of shortterm projects that offer rich opportunities for reflection on how to live with purpose and meaning.
These ongoing projects include internships at nonprofit organizations, off-campus service
projects, international seminars, vocation-themed chapel presentations, interfaith forums,
vocation retreats, and scholarships for students interested in exploring service to the
community, ministry, or church leadership.
When Exploring Our Gifts ended in summer 2010, the College created a permanent center—
the Augsburg Center for Faith and Learning—that keeps vocation at the core of Augsburg’s
vision. This center continues many of the earlier initiatives and carries on the work of promoting
discovery of gifts and discernment of calling among the students, faculty, and staff at Augsburg
as well as members of the larger community.
For further information on how to participate in Augsburg’s vocation programming, visit the
Augsburg Center for Faith and Learning, Oren Gateway Center, Room 106.
Student Government
The Augsburg Day Student Government and the Weekend and Evening College Student
Government organizations support and advocate for student concerns, needs, and activities.
These student government groups serve as the official student governments, and the primary
voice and liaison between students and the administration, faculty, and staff of Augsburg
College.
Campus Activities and Orientation
Campus Activities and Orientation (CAO) creates and implements innovative programming
that fosters individual and community development and creates an environment where students
can connect, engage, and invest in the Augsburg community. CAO programming works to
enhance and supplement the liberal arts and professional studies at Augsburg College through
quality transitional programs for new students as well as through leadership education. CAO is
made up of five program areas:
Campus Activities
CAO offers programs and activities designed to connect and engage students with the
Augsburg community and with the broader Twin Cities community.
Lesbian, Bi-sexual, Gay, Transgender, Questioning, Intersex and Asexual (LBGTQIA)
Services
LBGTQIA Services works to improve the campus environment for all students, staff, faculty,
and visitors at Augsburg College by developing and supporting inclusive understanding of
gender and sexuality, as well as by fostering a community that honors and affirms the
wholeness of all identities.
Student and Group Leadership Development
Programs include Student Group Development and the Emerging Leaders Program (ELP).
CAO advises student groups and provides skill-building workshops focusing on recruiting
members, event planning, facilitating meetings, conflict resolution, and other areas of
development. ELP is an initiative designed to develop new leadership at Augsburg; emerging
leaders learn skills necessary to be effective in leadership roles through intentional learning
opportunities and relationships with upper class mentors.
Orientation Programs
Summer Orientation and Registration (SOAR) is a required two-day, overnight orientation
experience for incoming first-year day students that is designed to help with the transition to
Augsburg College. Students will meet fellow classmates, faculty, and staff; learn about college
resources and services; obtain fall semester schedules; and get a taste of life on campus.
Parent SOAR is an optional orientation experience for the parents and guardians of firstyear day students that runs concurrently with the students’ SOAR session. Parents obtain
important information about the campus; meet fellow parents, faculty, and staff; learn about
college resources and services; and get a taste of what life will be like for their students on
campus.
Transfer SOAR is a required one-day orientation experience for transfer students in the day
program designed to help with the transition to Augsburg College. Students will learn about
College resources and services, hear about academic programs, and discover why being a part
of the Augsburg community is so rewarding.
Auggie Days is a required on-campus orientation experience for incoming first-year day
students, which is designed to complement SOAR. It provides opportunities to enhance
academic and personal success and offers a helpful advantage in starting at Augsburg College.
Student Center
Christensen Center, the Augsburg student union, serves students, faculty, staff, alumni, and
guests. Traditionally considered the “living room” of the campus, the student union provides a
central gathering place for the diverse populations of residential, commuter, Weekend and
Evening College, and graduate students at Augsburg through the merging of curricular and cocurricular programs and activities.
Christensen Center also houses several student services, such as the Office of Admissions,
Campus Activities and Orientation, the Strommen Center for Meaningful Work, Ethnic Student
Services, Event and Conference Planning, the Copy Center, Shipping and Receiving, the
Information Desk, A’viands Food Services, and Mail Services.
The Auggies Nest, located on the ground floor of Christensen Center, serves as the student
group office area and houses the Augsburg Day and Weekend Student Government, the
Augsburg ECHO (campus newspaper) office and the KAUG (campus radio) office. Cubicles,
lockers, and additional workspaces are also available in this area for student group use.
Fine Arts
Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In addition to
appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform
on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire
range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on
campus each year under the direction of the Theater Arts Program and have the opportunity to
attend a series of on-campus workshops with visiting arts professionals.
Anne Pederson Women’s Resource Center
The Anne Pederson Women’s Resource Center at Augsburg College is located in Sverdrup
Hall 207, offering a variety of programming for Augsburg students (women and men) and a
meeting place for students, faculty, and staff alike. It houses a women’s studies library, a
seminar room for films and discussions, and a lounge space for studying, relaxing, and just
hanging out. The Women’s Resource Center sponsors numerous programs and activities on
topics such as sexuality education and sexual assault advocacy, as well as broader topics such
as The Vagina Monologues; an annual Feminist Film Series in the spring; monthly brown-bag
lunch discussions, and of course, the Koryne Horbal Convocation Lecture in the fall, which
features women and men who speak about the many issues important to women’s, as well as
everyone’s, lives. The center also regularly co-sponsors annual events for the Muslim Student
Assocation’s Women in Islam Day and for the Asian American Women’s Group.
We would love to support you as an intern or volunteer, or simply to co-sponsor your event!
Contact us or friend us on Facebook. Student staff positions at the WRC are posted online with
Human Resources.
The WRC is the home of the Student Feminist Collective and provides meeting space for
the Asian American Women’s Group, the Sexual Assault Advocacy Group at Augsburg
(SAAGA), and the Women of Africa Resource and Development Association (WARDA). Friend
us on Facebook to learn out about upcoming events.
Athletics and Sports
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a
member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division III. Men annually
compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, ice hockey, wrestling, baseball, track and
field, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, ice
hockey, softball, swimming, track and field, and golf.
Intramurals
Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An
intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual
performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules
for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena.
Sports and recreation
At Augsburg, sports are for all students as well as the intercollegiate athlete. The campus
offers, on a space-available basis, a double-rink ice arena, gymnasium, tennis courts, a fitness
center with workout machines and weight room, and an air-supported dome over the athletic
field for winter fitness use by walkers and runners. (See additional information under Health and
Fitness, Fitness Centers.)
Gage Center for Student Success
The Gage Center assists all Augsburg students in setting and achieving optimal academic
goals here at the College and beyond. The center consists of five collaborating units:
Academic Advising
Academic Advising orients new Day and Weekend and Evening College undergraduate
students to the academic policies and procedures of the College and assists students on initial
course selection. This office continues to serve students throughout their tenure at Augsburg by
interpreting core curriculum requirements, administering entry-level skills assessments,
interpreting graduation requirements, providing degree-planning materials, and answering
questions on student academic progress. Academic Advising functions as a supplement to
Augsburg’s faculty advising system and supports the work of professional staff advisers across
campus. The Academic Advising office is located in the Gage Center for Student Success, Link
Level of Lindell Library.
All current students are assigned to a faculty adviser. Prior to the end of their sophomore
year, when they have completed 12 or more credits, students are required to declare a major
and select a faculty adviser. Majors and minors are declared online through Augnet Records
and Registration. Students select a faculty adviser from their major area of study using the
Change of Major/New Adviser Form. All day students are required to meet with their assigned
faculty adviser(s) each term prior to registration. Both day and weekend students are
encouraged to meet with their faculty adviser(s) as often as is necessary.
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS)
The Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) provides individualized
accommodations and academic support for students with documented learning, attentional,
psychiatric, and other cognitive disabilities, and for students with physical disabilities. CLASS
has been recognized as a leader in its field, helping these students gain full access to the
College curriculum. Its mission is a reflection of Augsburg’s commitment to providing a rigorous
and challenging, yet supportive, liberal arts education to students with diverse backgrounds,
preparations, and experiences.
Support and specialized services are provided to students with documented physical
disabilities, which may include TBI, chronic illness, mobility impairments, and vision, hearing, or
speech impairments.
Each term, disability specialists work directly with students to discuss their disabilities and
determine a plan for academic access. Typically, meetings are held weekly and discussions
may include:
• Accommodations for testing and coursework (e.g., extended time, note-taking)
• Referrals to other campus resources (e.g., tutoring, general technology assistance,
academic advising, counseling, financial aid)
• Training and use of assistive technology through the Groves Accommodations Laboratory
• Assistance with academic, organizational, and time management skills
The disability specialists may also consult with instructors, academic advisers, and other
members of the College faculty, staff, or administration to support each student as they work
toward success. Taking advantage of those opportunities, however, remains the student’s
responsibility.
These services are available to any Augsburg student who establishes eligibility by
submitting appropriate documentation to CLASS. A copy of the Guidelines for Documentation of
a Disability can be obtained by contacting the CLASS Office. CLASS also provides informal
screenings for students who suspect they may have a learning-related disability. These
screenings are meant only to help students determine whether they should seek a thorough
evaluation by a qualified professional.
Academic accommodations are intended to ensure access to educational opportunities for
students with disabilities. The mandate to provide accommodations does not, however, extend
to adjustments that would “fundamentally alter” the basic nature or essential curricular
components of an institution’s courses or programs.
Housing accommodations are provided on an individual basis for students with disabilities
based on the review of appropriate documentation. The nature of the disability and the amount
of equipment and personal care needed are also considered in housing placement.
These services are made possible in part through endowment support provided by the Gage
family and the Groves Foundation.
Academic Skills Office (ASO)
The Academic Skills Office helps students to achieve their academic goals and become selfdirected learners. Comprehensive academic support (e.g., time management, note-taking,
reading, testing, motivation/procrastination, problem solving, troubleshooting) is available for all
Augsburg students through individual and group appointments. In addition, the Academic Skills
coaches address affective needs and aid in the transition to college. Coaches also refer
students to campus resources.
The Academic Skills Office coordinates several programs to support students:
Tutoring/Supplemental Instruction Services—ASO coordinates free tutoring (contract
and drop-in) for most classes and supplemental instruction in specific courses. Tutors
and SI leaders are recommended by course professors and trained by ASO to provide
tutoring support.
Conditional Admit Program (CAP)—A limited number of students are admitted
conditionally through the CAP program. If CAP students do not meet the program
requirements, they will be continued in the CAP program, placed on probation, or
dismissed. Get more information at the Academic Skills Office website,
www.augsburg.edu/acskills. See the Academic Progress, Probation, and Dismissal
section of the catalog for a description of probation and dismissal procedures.
Probation Advising—Students placed, continued, or returned to academic probation
are required to meet with an approved academic advocate. A registration hold is placed
on the student's record, which will prevent registration, until the student completes the
probation requirements. Students who do not fulfill the necessary requirements of their
probationary status will be continued on probation and/or dismissed. For more
information on probation requirements, go to the Academic Skills Office website at
www.augsburg.edu/acskills. See the Academic Progress, Probation, and Dismissal
section of the catalog for a description of probation and dismissal procedures.
Augsburg Advantage at St. Kate’s (AASK)—Based on their application for admission
to Augsburg, the Augsburg College Admissions Committee selects students for the
AASK program. The AASK program is a collaborative effort between St. Catherine
University (St. Kate’s) and Augsburg. The program assists students with the transition
from high school to college with specific courses and supportive programming. The
program provides participants with the opportunity to complete similar coursework that
first-year students complete at Augsburg. Students attend courses on the Minneapolis
campus of St. Catherine University and have access to both campuses for support,
resources, and activities.
Upon successful completion, students are guaranteed sophomore status (minimum of
seven course credits) and will have fulfilled many of the first-year Augsburg
requirements.
To complete the program, students are required to:
•
Complete all required courses (30 semester credits) including Foundations in
Fitness (at Augsburg) with a minimum 3.0 GPA and no course grade below 2.0 or P.
• Satisfactory completion of all Critical Competencies at St. Kates
• Attend all seminars and transition events at Augsburg and St. Kates
• Complete transition application and recommendation process with adviser at St.
Kate’s by March 15.
• Complete the Summer Transition Program (one course and all programming) in
Summer I at Augsburg after year at St. Kate’s.
A second year program, which would allow students to earn an Associate of Arts
degree from St. Catherine’s University, may be an option for students who are unable to
transition after their first year in the AASK program. Students should contact SCU and
Augsburg advisers if interested in this option.
TRiO Programs
TRiO programs are federal student services programs funded by the US Department of
Education, and hosted with additional funding by Augsburg College. TRiO Programs seek to
help students overcome class, social, academic, and cultural barriers to higher education. They
help students prepare for college, adjust to college life, persist in college, and maintain good
academic standing to graduate with a bachelor’s degree, as well as assist with preparation for
graduate school.
TRiO/ Student Support Services
Student Support Services (SSS) is a TRiO program designed to help students persist in
college and graduate in a timely manner. The program serves students who are low-income,
first-generation college students (neither parent has a four-year degree) and/or students with
disabilities to develop the skills and motivation necessary to successfully pursue and earn a
bachelor’s degree. Participants in TRiO/SSS must also be US citizens or permanent residents
or refugees, must demonstrate academic need for program services, and must be committed to
succeed in college.
Augsburg TRiO/SSS serves 160 students from the point of admission through graduation,
including transfer students. TRIO/SSS typically admits 40 new students to the program each
year. Students meet regularly with their program adviser to address academic success issues,
through:
• Individual academic advising and support, including appropriate goal attainment
strategies and self-advocacy skill-building
• Academic program planning, including pre-registration for each term, major and career
decision making, and long-term course planning
• Preemptive tutoring during the first seven weeks of the semester
• Financial aid counseling and financial literacy education
• Assistance with FAFSA renewal and supplemental scholarship applications
• Academic progress monitoring
• Weekly progress meetings for students on academic probation and for students admitted
through Conditional Admit Program (CAP)
•
•
•
•
•
•
Career and personal skills development, with referrals to appropriate resources
Academic success workshops, group academic skill development
Graduate and professional school information and application assistance
Social and cultural activities and student-led events
Equipment lending program for short-term use of laptops, graphing calculators, Smart Pens
Five-week residential Summer Bridge program for 25 incoming first-year students, including
free summer-term college coursework, academic seminars, adjustment-to-college
workshops, and advising
• Need-based scholarships for students actively participating in TRIO/SSS. Students may
apply for TRiO/SSS any time after admission to Augsburg College; however, preference is
given to students who apply within their first term of enrollment. For more information,
an application, or to make an appointment with a TRiO/SSS adviser, contact TRiO/SSS
program staff at 612-330-1311 or triosss@augsburg.edu.
TRiO-McNair Scholars Program—The McNair Scholars Program, a federal TRiO program
funded by the US Department of Education, is designed to prepare participants for doctoral
studies through involvement in research and other scholarly activities. The goal of McNair is to
increase graduate degree attainment of students from underrepresented segments of society
and to encourage these students to consider becoming college professors.
McNair Scholars enroll in the program during their sophomore or junior year. Students must
be enrolled full time (or will be enrolled full time) at Augsburg College, demonstrate strong
academic potential, and have an interest in pursuing doctoral studies. To qualify as eligible for
the program, the student must be low-income AND first generation OR a member of a group
underrepresented in graduate study—African American, American Indian, Alaskan Native, or
Hispanic/Latino. The Augsburg McNair program serves 25 students per year.
A major component of the Augsburg McNair Scholars Program is a summer research
experience in collaboration with a faculty mentor. For research, scholars receive funding from
the College and the grant for a total of $4,000 stipend plus up to $1,500 for room and board and
up to $500 for research supplies. Stipends are also available for attending and presenting their
work at a professional conference (up to $1,000). Students will also participate in:
• Social and cultural activities to enrich participants’ academic lives and perspectives
• Conference travel and professional presentation of participants’ original research
• Graduate program exploration and application assistance
• Financial aid exploration, as well as graduate school application and GRE fee waivers, and
other financial incentives, such as McNair-designated fellowships
• Intensive preparation for the Graduate Records Examination (GRE), the test required for
admittance into most graduate programs
• Tuition-free academic credit courses—Discourse in the Disciplines and Introduction to
Research
• Sharpened writing, library, technology, and oral presentation skills
• A motivated, diverse, and supportive learning community
Office of Undergraduate Research and Graduate Opportunity (URGO)
The Office of Undergraduate Research and Graduate Opportunity is a resource for
Augsburg students seeking research, scholarship, and graduate and professional school
opportunities. URGO also supports faculty and staff in their work to engage students in these
areas. Services include:
Undergraduate Research
• Summer Research Program—URGO Summer Research is a 10-week, on-campus
program where students join a faculty member’s ongoing research/creative line or carry
out an individually designed project. Students receive $4,000, a supply budget and a
housing stipend.
• Academic year research—$1,000 to pursue scholarship with a faculty mentor
Nationally-Competitive Fellowships—Provide application assistance and interview
preparation for awards such as the:
• Fulbright US Student Program
• Goldwater ($7,500 science scholarship)
• Rhodes (two years at Oxford)
• Truman (graduate fellowship for public service)
• Mitchell (one-year study at Irish institution)
• Rotary Ambassadorial Scholarship
• Marshall (two-year study at UK institution)
• Udall ($5,000 for undergrad interested in environmental or tribal policy)
• UK Summer Fulbright (first and second years study abroad at UK institution)
• NSF (graduate fellowship)
• Gates/Cambridge (two years at Cambridge)
Graduate and Professional School Advising—Individualized advising and application
assistance for:
• Graduate school
• Pre-health sciences (medical school, physician assistant program, pharmacy school,
veterinary medicine, etc.)
• Off-campus summer research experiences for undergraduates (US and abroad)
GRE test Affordable, on-campus prep courses
Other Initiatives
• Fund student travel to national academic conferences to present research findings
• Mayo Innovation Scholars Program—Collaborative research between select Minnesota
private colleges, Augsburg’s MBA program, and the Mayo Clinic Office of Intellectual
Property
• Zyzzogeton—Annual on-campus festival showcasing undergraduate research and
creative activity
• Courtland Agre Annual Summer Research Symposium for students in STEM disciplines
(in conjunction with Nobel laureate, chemist, and Augsburg alumnus Peter Agre, and St.
Olaf College)
Services for Students with Disabilities
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services
Supports students with learning, attentional, psychiatric, and other cognitive disabilities.
Provides support and specialized services to students with documented physical disabilities.
TRiO/Student Support Services
Students with disabilities may be eligible to apply for TRiO/SSS.
StepUP® Program
The StepUP program at Augsburg College strives to help students champion lives of
recovery, achieve academic success, and thrive in a residential community of accountability and
support. The culture of StepUP is shaped by its values: recovery based on spirituality and the
12-step model; personal responsibility, integrity, and living a balanced life; educational success;
giving back through servant leadership; thriving in a community that is an alcohol- and drug-free
environment; and developing healthy minds, bodies, spirits, and emotions.
Students live in on-campus recovery housing, have individual support meetings with
licensed alcohol and drug counseling staff, and participate in team and community-building
activities. Students have access to academic skills specialists and other support services on
campus. Participation in Step-UP offers students leadership opportunities within the program,
on campus, and in the greater Twin Cities community. In StepUP, students join together to form
a community in which recovery is celebrated as a normal part of personal growth. Many of the
friendships and bonds students form while participating in the StepUP program last a lifetime.
In order to qualify for the program students must be committed to a 12-step abstinencebased recovery program, have a minimum of six months of continuous sobriety, agree to abide
by the StepUP contract, and live in StepUP housing.
Ethnic Student Services
American Indian Student Services
The American Indian Student Services program has been assisting American Indian
students to further their academic careers at Augsburg College since 1978. The program’s
mission is to recruit, retain, and graduate Native students by providing academic, financial,
emotional, and cultural support and advocacy in a comfortable and friendly environment. Some
of the services provided include:
• Assisting students with the admission process and financial aid application
• Nurturing students’ identification as an American Indian and providing opportunities for
students to learn about their heritage
• Providing opportunities for the campus community to learn about the variety of American
Indian people and cultures
• Providing academic advising and course plans
• Providing opportunities to network with other American Indian students, faculty, staff, and
alumni
• Providing a number of different scholarships, including the Bonnie Wallace Leadership
Award, Minnesota Indian Teacher Training Partnership Grant, and additional assistance in
seeking and applying for other outside/tribal scholarships
•
Offering community and professional referrals, networking opportunities within the Native
community and information about jobs and internships
Hispanic/Latino Student Services
The Hispanic/Latino Student Services program offers students individualized attention in
many areas, including academic support, counseling, and advocacy.
Day, WEC, and graduate students find assistance in admissions and financial aid
procedures, scholarships, orientation and registration, academic planning, career counseling,
housing, internships and employment, and placement referrals.
The program advises Latino student organizations (such as the Spanish Club and the Allied
Latino/a Augsburg Students) and supports academic, social, and cultural events/activities that
improve the academic and personal development of Hispanic/ Latino students and provide
awareness of the unique aspects of Hispanic culture.
Pan-Asian Student Services
The Pan-Asian Student Services program was created in 1992 to recruit and retain AsianAmerican students and to enhance the quality of their total experience while at Augsburg
College. The program seeks to create opportunities where Asian students can be involved in
and contribute to all aspects of academic and student life.
The program provides assistance in the admissions and financial aid application process,
orientation, registration and coursework selection, career development, academic and nonacademic pursuits, and employment and placement referrals.
The Augsburg Asian Student Association is affiliated with the program. The association
organizes various activities during the academic year to increase the network of friendship and
support for Asians, other students at Augsburg, and the surrounding community.
Pan-Afrikan Student Services
The Pan-Afrikan Center (PAC) traces its roots to an event held in 1968 called “One Day in
May” when Augsburg hosted a series of interactive programs with the community. As a result,
Black Student Affairs was born. It has evolved, over the years, into the PAC.
PAC serves the Augsburg College community by providing culturally-conscious personal,
academic, financial, pre-professional and transitional support for students of Afrikan descent.
This service enhances the recruitment, retention, and graduation of Pan-Afrikan students and
enables their learning experience to be interactive. PAC brings the knowledge and experience
of Afrikan people in the Diaspora to the community through a variety of programming and
advises the Pan-Afrikan Student Union.
The Pan-Afrikan Student Union (PASU) is a commissioned organization whose purpose is
to enable students of Afrikan descent to share their diversity and collectively express their
fellowship with the Augsburg community. PASU sponsors a variety of social and cultural
activities.
Scholastic Connections
Scholastic Connections is a scholarship and mentorship program for achievement-oriented
students of color who are continuing Augsburg undergraduate students. The goal of the
program is to form a mentoring community that provides a network of belonging that recognizes,
supports, challenges, and inspires scholars to ensure their success at Augsburg and beyond.
Each year five new scholars are selected as program participants via an application
process. Scholars receive a $5,000 scholarship for the academic year and are paired with a
mentor who is an alumnus/alumna of color and is successful within their chosen profession.
Working with the Ethnic Services directors, scholar/mentor pairings are formed that, ideally,
match ethnic group and field of interest.
Eligible scholars have:
o A GPA of 2.5 or higher
o Demonstrated financial need
o Demonstrated leadership ability or potential
o Demonstrated community involvement both on and off campus
Program objectives are to:
o Support scholars as they continue at Augsburg
o Frame the questions: Who am I? Where do I belong? What are my gifts? How can I best
serve the world?
o Assist in discerning vocation
o Prepare for life after Augsburg: career planning and implementation
Scholars who successfully complete program requirements are eligible to continue with the
program each successive year until graduation.
LGBTQIA Services
Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, Questioning, Intersex, and Asexual (LGBTQIA)
Services works to improve the campus climate for all students, staff, faculty and visitors at
Augsburg College by developing and supporting inclusive understandings of gender and
sexuality, as well as fostering a community that honors and affirms the wholeness of all
identities.
LGBTQIA Services provides student advocacy and educational opportunities for the entire
campus through a variety of programs and ongoing initiatives. Ally Trainings; the Soup, Gender,
and Sexuality series; and the LGBTQIA Newsletter offer learning and networking opportunities
for the entire campus on issues around gender and sexuality. In addition, the department
honors LGBTQIA and allied students each year during Lavender Graduation, where the
recipients of the LGBTQIA Student Leadership Award and Karen Neitge Scholarship are
honored.
For more information, visit www.augsburg.edu/cao/lgbtqia.html.
Health and Fitness
Center for Counseling and Health Promotion (CCHP)
CCHP provides personal counseling in a confidential and supportive place for students to
discuss personal life challenges with professional mental health counselors. Through
counseling, students can name personal strengths and challenges, identify self-care and
support resources, learn new relationship and coping skills, and increase awareness of values
and choices. Counseling services to students include individual counseling, group counseling,
assessment and referral to campus and mental health resources, educational workshops, and
consultations in the case of concern for another student.
Students bring many concerns to counseling, including stress, anxiety, depression, mood
swings, relationship concerns, grief and loss, roommate issues, intimacy and sexuality, alcohol
and other drug concerns, family issues, eating concerns, coming out and other sexual identity
concerns, cultural identity, self-esteem, sleep difficulties, and other concerns. Professional
counseling can help increase student academic success both by increasing the opportunity for
increased self-understanding and personal growth, and by directly addressing potential barriers
to academic success.
CCHP also offers health promotion activities and events that increase awareness of health
issues and assists students in adapting new behaviors for a healthier lifestyle, such as weekly
pilates and yoga classes. Health promotion also includes an active group of peer health
educators, Engaging Peers on Issues and Choices (EP!C) who are available to present an
interactive alcohol education program to groups requesting the program. Health promotion also
works with various campus organizations and student groups to foster positive change within
the campus environment.
Health Insurance
Augsburg College does not require that students have health insurance, with the exception
of international students and student athletes. If a student is not covered by a health insurance
plan, they may contact the Center for Counseling and Health Promotion for more information on
student health insurance plans.
Health Clinic Services
The College offers basic health care services to students through a contract with University
Fairview Physicians – Smiley’s Clinic. These services are limited. For students without health
insurance, Smiley’s Clinic provides certain clinic health services with a minimal co-pay at the
time of the visit. Emergency services of any kind are not covered through the contract between
Augsburg and Smiley’s Clinic. Students with health insurance can also access Smiley’s Clinic
for a variety of clinic or other health services. A student’s health insurance provider will be billed
for medical services and the student will be responsible for any co-pays or deductibles
associated with their insurance.
For more information regarding counseling, health promotion, health insurance, or health clinic
services, call 612-330-1707 or visit www.augsburg.edu/cchp.
Fitness Centers
Located on the lower level of Kennedy Center and Melby Hall the fitness centers are
equipped with stationary bicycles, stair steppers, treadmills, and other aerobic workout
machines. They include a weight room with universal and free weight systems. All staff,
students, and faculty may use the centers; some hours are reserved for classes.
International Student and Scholar Services (ISSS)
ISSS is responsible for the recruitment and advising of international students. Members of
the ISSS team serve as Designated School Officials (DSO) for the College’s F-1 student visa
program and carry out the Responsible Officer (RO) role for the College’s J-1 student/scholar
exchange program. A DSO ensures institutional and individual compliance with the law and
government policies pertaining to F-1 students. An RO ensures institutional and individual
compliance with the law and government policies pertaining to J-1 exchange students and
scholars. ISSS advises students regarding the F and J regulations so that students maintain
their F or J immigration status.
Other examples of ISSS responsibilities include:
● Providing general advocacy for international students
● Advising the International Student Organization
● Overseeing the International Student Mentor Program
● Supporting the development of intercultural competence
● Implementing a mandatory international student orientation program each semester
● Making referrals and providing guidance on issues related to health insurance, taxes,
banking, and acquiring a driver’s license, MN State ID or social security card
● Recruiting international student applicants and guiding them through application and visa
processing procedures
● Managing international student recruitment partnerships
● Marketing Augsburg College to the international community
Residence Life Program
Students who choose to make Augsburg their home find a friendly, 23-acre village in the
midst of a major metropolitan area. They make many new friends among roommates and
classmates. They are just steps away from Lindell Library, classrooms, Hoversten Chapel, the
ice arena, fitness center, and Christensen Center. With just over 1,000 students living on
campus, most students and faculty greet each other by name.
Augsburg recognizes the importance of the residential experience during the college years.
Studies show that students who live on campus are more likely to persist academically, to be
involved on campus, and tend to have a slightly higher grade point average. Department of
Residence Life staff are professional and student team members available to support students
in their academic and co-curricular experiences. Through their efforts residential community
members become acquainted with life at Augsburg through educational and social
opportunities.
Living on campus offers many opportunities for learning, leadership, and fun. Numerous
events are planned to welcome students to the community, including dances, movie nights,
open mic nights, and weeks devoted to special themes or issues.
Resident students have access to a 24-hour computer lounge, wireless internet, study
lounges, 24-hour security, laundry facilities, and vending. All rooms and apartments are
equipped with hook-ups for telephone, cable television, computers, and internet access. A
skyway connecting the lobby of Urness Hall and Mortensen Hall to Christensen Center and
Oren Gateway Center to the Lindell Library keeps students out of the weather on the way to
class.
To secure housing on campus, students need to submit the following items by May 1:
o Enrollment deposit
o Housing deposit
o Housing contract
Students submitting deposits and the housing contract after May 1 will be placed in housing
as space is available. During spring semester, current Augsburg students are provided with
information on the process to secure housing for the next academic year.
Urness Hall—One home to new Auggies and upper-class resident advisers, this nine-story
high-rise houses 324 students. Each floor is considered a house-unit providing 36 students (two
to a room) with their own lounge, study, and utility areas. In Urness Hall, rooms are furnished
with a bed, dresser, desk, and chair. Linens are not provided.
Mortensen Hall—This building is a 13-story high-rise apartment building. It contains 104
one-bedroom and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upper-class students.
Mortensen Hall is carpeted and contains kitchenette units. It is furnished with beds and
dressers.
Anderson Hall—Contains four types of living units: two-bedroom apartments, two-room
suites, floor houses, and townhouses. This residence houses 192 students, including new
Auggies, upper-class students, and the special interest housing program. All rooms are
furnished with beds, dressers, desks, and chairs.
Luther Hall—Opened in 1999, this apartment residence includes studios and two- and fourbedroom apartments with full kitchens. Beds, dressers, desks, and chairs are provided.
Underground parking is available at an additional cost. Meal plans are optional. This building is
designed to provide an environment for upper-class students.
Oren Gateway Center— The new “front door” to the Augsburg campus, Oren Gateway
Center offers substance-free living connected to a dining area, underground parking, and
classrooms. Opened in 2007, Oren Gateway Center houses the StepUP first-year and
upperclass community and upper-class students committed to an alcohol- and drug-free
environment. Flats, apartments, and studios are furnished with bed, desk, and dressers. Meal
plans are optional.
Special Interest Housing—Special interest housing is available to students who are
interested in creating a living/learning environment by designing their own house system. All
house members meet to determine their program focus, educational goals, and community
agreement guidelines. Examples of programs of past special interest housing include PASU,
Fellowship of Christian Athletes, Youth and Family Ministry, Urban Studies House, PreProfessional Health Association, and the Cross-Cultural House.
Food Service
Commons—Situated on the top floor of Christensen Center, this is the main food service
facility for students, faculty, and staff. This spacious room features small-table units for easy
conversation overlooking the College quadrangle and Murphy Square. Students on board plans
who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons.
Einstein Bros. Bagels—On the main level of Christensen Center, Einstein Bros. Bagels
sells coffee, smoothies, hot and cold sandwiches, wraps, soups, salads, and snacks.
Nabo—This eatery is located in the Oren Gateway Center. Pronounced “náh-bu,” with the
accent on the first syllable, featured food options include salads, cold and hot sandwiches, a
pasta bar, pastries, and beverages.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or
nearby apartments.
College Policies
Student Standards of Behavior, Complaints, Records
The College has adopted a statement of standards for student behavior and has provided
for due process in matters of academic honesty, disciplinary action, and grievances. These are
in the Student Guide.
The College operates in compliance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act.
Students have the right to inspect certain official records, files, and data that pertain to them and
that are maintained in the registrar’s office and the placement office, and to challenge
inaccurate or misleading information.
Information on these policies is found in the Student Guide available on the website at
www.augsburg.edu/studentguide.
Official Notices
Students will receive official notices via the student campus mail system (student campus
box), the A-Mail publication, and the student’s Augsburg e-mail account. Students should check
their campus mailbox and their student e-mail account regularly. The A-Mail is a daily online
publication on Inside Augsburg.
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974, as amended, provides
certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year Augsburg is required to
give notice of the various rights accorded to students pursuant to FERPA. A copy of Augsburg’s
policy is published in this catalog in the Student Life section and in the Student Guide distributed
annually to students.
Augsburg College understands that no information other than “directory information” can be
released without the written permission of the student, except in limited circumstances. Students
must give permission in writing for educational information to be released to anyone outside of
the official personnel (faculty and administration) at Augsburg. This means that faculty or others
cannot write letters of support/recommendation or nominate students for awards unless explicit
written permission is given by the student to release non-“directory information.” It is not
sufficient to ask for letters of recommendation.
Complete information about Augsburg’s procedures with regard to FERPA are available
from the Office of the Registrar.
Discrimination Complaints
For inquiries or grievances in any of the following areas, contact the director of human
resources, ground floor, Memorial Hall 19, 612-330-1023.
Affirmative Action—for matters based on race, creed, national, or ethnic origin
Section 504—for matters based on physical or mental handicap
Title IX—for matters based on gender or marital status
Employment—All correspondence should be addressed to the Office of Human Resources
at Augsburg College, 2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454.
Academic Information
Augsburg College constructs its curriculum upon the premise that students must be
educated intellectually, spiritually, and physically. To act effectively, human beings must have a
broad grasp of the world from which they have come as well as the world in which they live. By
providing courses in the humanities, fine arts, natural sciences, and social sciences, the general
education curriculum introduces students to the breadth and complexity of knowledge and
culture.
Required Search for Meaning courses are designed to acquaint students with the Christian
tradition, introduce them to other faith traditions, and encourage them to reflect upon the
importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses offer students
opportunities to develop skills for participation in exercise and sporting activities.
Students choose from more than 50 major areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a
discipline and to prepare for a career or further study. Thus, through a balance of curricular
activities supported by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College
education strives to educate its students in a real world for the real world.
Degrees Offered
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science
degrees. Augsburg also offers the Master of Arts (in leadership, nursing, and education), the
Master of Business Administration, the Master of Science (in physician assistant studies), the
Master of Social Work, and the Doctor of Nursing Practice degrees.
Academic Calendar
The Augsburg day program follows the semester calendar, with fall and spring semesters of
approximately 14 weeks. Full-time students normally take four course credits each semester.
The Day College calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), so that students can take a course on another campus
during the regular term.**
Weekend and Evening College (WEC) classes typically meet on alternate weekends and
the program follows a trimester calendar. Some classes may meet weekly on weekday
evenings. The fall trimester is held from early September through mid-December. Winter
trimester meets from January through late March. Spring classes are held from early April
through the end of June. There are seven to eight class sessions each trimester, and classes
meet on weekends for 3.5 to 4 hours. (Refer to the program schedule for weekday evening
meeting times.) Students may take from one to four classes each term.**
The Rochester campus operates on a trimester calendar. Classes are held on weekday
evenings and meet alternate weeks. Similar to Weekend and Evening College, Rochester’s fall
trimester begins in September, winter trimester begins in January, and spring trimester begins in
April. There are seven to eight class sessions each trimester with each class meeting for 3.5 to
4 hours. Students may take one to four classes each term.**
**See Registration under the Academic Policies and Procedures section and Calendars
under Academic Calendars
Courses and majors offered through Weekend and Evening College and on the Rochester
campus are the same as their Day College counterparts. However, the curriculum is limited to
selected liberal arts courses and majors.
Augsburg offers two summer school sessions, plus two summer online options. Select
graduate-level courses may be made available in a separate summer term. The summer
session schedule is available in March of each year.
Augsburg graduate programs follow a trimester calendar, except for physician assistant
studies. (See Graduate Programs Section.)
Faculty
The heart of any educational institution is its faculty. Augsburg College is particularly proud
of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold a doctorate or the highest
degree in their field, and all consider teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are also
involved in a variety of professional and research activities that support their teaching. They are
actively involved in an exciting faculty development program that introduces them to current
thought in many fields, but especially in teaching techniques and theories.
Augsburg’s size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between
professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus
activities. Every incoming student receives an adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act as
both mentors and models for students.
Library and Information Technology Services
The James G. Lindell Family Library opened in 1997. The four-level, 73,000-square-foot
facility houses the library and information technology functions of the College as well as the
Gage Center for Student Success. In addition to its large collection of print volumes, e-books,
and e-journals, Lindell Library includes special collections and archives, a curriculum library, a
computer lab and student computing help desk, a library instruction classroom, and facilities for
media viewing and listening. Skyways link the library to Oren Gateway Center and Sverdrup
Hall.
Learning Commons
Within Lindell Library, a Learning Commons provides assistance in research and the use of
technology as well as spaces for collaborative learning. In the Learning Commons multimedia
lab, students can create digital audio and visual projects.
Library Resources
Students can search a wide variety of local, regional, national, and international databases.
They have access to 23,000 e-journals, 17,000 e-books, and 190,000 print volumes within
Lindell Library and, through a daily courier service, access to the library holdings of the seven
private liberal arts colleges in the Twin Cities. In addition, Lindell Library has a large collection of
media resources. A service-oriented staff provides students and faculty with research
assistance and instruction in the use of information resources. Arrangements are made for
access by students with physical limitation and special needs.
Information Technology Resources
Augsburg College has built a reputation as a leader in its commitment to provide students
with relevant and timely access to information technology and training. Visit the Student
Technology website, www.augsburg.edu/techdesk, for more on Information Technology at
Augsburg.
Computing
Students have access to more than 250 on-campus computers. Both PC and Macintosh
desktop computers are available in the Lindell Library Learning Commons and computer lab,
and in the 24-hour Urness computer lab. The College has six computer classrooms and 41
technology-enhanced classrooms. The circulation desk in Lindell Library has 40 wireless
laptops available for use in the library.
Several computer clusters are available for more specific student use within academic
departments. A high-speed fiber optic campus network provides access to AugNet online
services, printing, and to the internet and internet2. Network-ready student machines can
connect to the campus network from residence hall rooms or any building on campus using
WiFi. All of the AugNet online services and several of the registrar’s student services are
available securely on- and off-campus.
Academic Organization and Programs
Divisions and Departments
The College curriculum is offered by 26 departments that are grouped into three divisions for
administrative and instructional purposes:
Fine Arts and Humanities—American Indian Studies, Art, Communication Studies, English,
History, Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies, Music, Philosophy, Religion, Theater Arts,
Women’s Studies, College librarians.
Natural and Social Sciences—Biology, Chemistry, Computer Science, Economics, Mathematics,
Physics, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology.
Professional Studies—Business Administration, Education, Health and Physical Education,
Nursing, Social Work.
Majors and Minors
Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or
may cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter
college; others explore a variety of disciplines before deciding.
The College requires students to declare a major upon completion of 12 course credits, and
earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the Departments and Programs
section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the bachelor of arts degree.
Students are not required to complete a minor for graduation; however, minors completed
prior to graduation will be listed on the transcript. Minors are not noted on the transcript if they
are completed after a bachelor’s degree has been awarded.
Student-Designed Major
Students may design their own major with the assistance and approval of three advisers
from relevant fields and subsequent final approval by the Augsburg College Academic Affairs
Committee (AAC). A student-designed major allows flexibility in selecting major courses. Any
student wishing to design a major must complete a proposal, submit it with approval and
supporting letters from three faculty advisers, and obtain AAC approval of the program.
Students should seek AAC approval as early as possible so that any changes suggested by
AAC may be incorporated into the design without affecting the student’s proposed completion
date. The deadline for initial submission of the program design to AAC is the first term in which
the student has achieved junior status; the final version must be approved the term before the
student achieves senior status.
Students wishing to design majors must:
1. Develop the student-designed major in concert with three faculty advisers from relevant
fields, who together constitute the Review Team. All advisers must sign the proposal cover
sheet and submit supporting letters of approval to AAC. Supporting letters should assess
both the student’s ability to complete the proposed major and the validity and value of the
proposed major, including (in at least one of the letters) the proposed capstone course. The
advisers’ signatures and supporting letters represent their approval of the program, including
the capstone course, and their commitment to oversee the student’s progress.
2. Develop a student-designed major program proposal that includes:
a. A statement of learning goals and objectives
b. A list of proposed courses (minimum of nine, no more than one of which is a lowerlevel language course, and at least five of which are upper division) and a discussion
of how the courses are related to the program goals. Indicate how the proposed
courses collectively support a specialized and cohesive plan usually associated with
a college major. Proposals must include research describing comparable programs
of study at a minimum of three other academic institutions. In addition, students
should consult with the Strommen Career and Internship Center for additional
information regarding career objectives. The proposal should provide information
showing how the Augsburg Core Curriculum requirements (including graduation
skills) are to be fulfilled.
c. A description of the student-designed major capstone to be taken sometime during
the senior year. The student should devise the capstone in consultation with
advisers. It should require an integrative project/paper that draws together the
coursework up to that point and/or prepares one for further study. In addition, at least
one of the advisers must specifically address the rationale for the proposed capstone
in his or her supporting letter, though approval of the student-designed major
program by all advisers presumes their approval of the capstone course.
3. Submit the completed proposal and supporting documentation to the dean’s office.
If AAC approves the proposed major program, the student will be expected to complete the
program designed and still meet all of the other Augsburg degree requirements as stated in the
college catalog.
Students who design their own majors will meet with their advisers regularly throughout the
design and subsequent evaluation of their program. Changes in the approved student-designed
major may be made through the normal petition process to the Student Standing Committee
with adviser approval.
ACTC Majors—It is possible for full-time day students to complete other majors through the
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Students who wish to complete a major or
minor offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must submit a completed ACTC Major or Minor
Declaration Form to the Augsburg registrar’s office. This form must list all ACTC courses
required and be signed by the ACTC school adviser. Some majors may not be available or may
have a competitive application process with acceptance determined by the major department.
Weekend and Evening College is not part of the ACTC consortium, and weekend students
may not register for ACTC courses or complete ACTC majors under the terms of the ACTC
consortium agreements.
Other Study Programs
Teaching Licensure
Several teaching licensure programs are offered at Augsburg. Licensure is available in
kindergarten-elementary, or K-6 license. A middle school endorsement is available in one of the
following: mathematics, science, communication arts/literature, social studies. A preprimary
endorsement (3- to 5-year-olds) is also available.
Licensure is also available in the following middle school/high school fields: life sciences,
chemistry, communication arts/literature, health, mathematics, physics, and social studies. This
license prepares people to teach in grades 5-12. Students seeking licensure in one of these
areas obtain an appropriate subject area major and complete secondary licensure coursework.
Specialist licenses are available in art (K-12), vocal music and instrumental music (K-12),
and physical education (K-12). The licenses prepare people to teach in grades K-12. Students
seeking licensure in one of these areas also obtain the appropriate subject area major and
complete the secondary licensure coursework. (See Department of Education and subject area
departments for more information.)
K-12 special education majors and licenses in emotional/behavioral disabilities and in
learning disabilities are also available. These majors and licenses are offered only through
Weekend and Evening College. Students seeking elementary licensure and special education
licensure have Education Department advisers.
Students seeking 5-12 and K-12 licensure have advisers in their subject area major and in
the Education Department. It is very important that students work closely with their advisers
throughout their programs.
Certificate Programs
Augsburg offers undergraduate certificates through the Departments of Art and Business
Administration (see Departments and Programs section). Certificates are available to nondegree seeking students or students who are completing a degree from a different academic
department. A student may declare degree-seeking status after earning a certificate.
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, ministry, veterinary science,
pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be
reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is
available in each field to assist students in their planning. Students who want to plan a preprofessional program should contact Academic Advising prior to or early in their first year to
arrange for faculty advising.
Pre-Dentistry—These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the
School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENL 111, 220; BIO 151, 152, 253, 369; CHM
115, 116, 351, 352; MAT 114 or 163 or 248; PHY 121, 122; PSY 105. Requirements at other
universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering—See Engineering in the Departments and Programs section.
Pre-Law—Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by
the Association of American Law Schools. Students may wish to take law-related courses to
help determine their interest in law. Pre-law students should major in a discipline of their own
choosing; most law school entrance requirements will be satisfied with a record of solid
achievement coupled with an acceptable Law School Admission Test (LSAT) score.
Pre-Medicine—Majors in chemistry and biology are not required in order to apply to medical
schools, but many students with an interest in the health sciences choose to major in these
fields. The competitive candidate typically has substantially more training than the minimal
course requirements. At this time, most medical schools list as prerequisites courses which are
the equivalent of CHM 115, 116, 351, 352; BIO 151, 152, 253; MAT 145, 146 and PHY 121,
122. Many also require the equivalent of BIO 369 and MAT 163 or 248. Students should take
care to examine closely the requirements of each program to which they intend to apply.
The Medical College Admission Test (MCAT) is scheduled to be substantially altered in
2015. A new section in social and behavioral sciences will be added and greater emphasis
placed on advanced topics in biology. Students planning to enter medical school in the fall of
2016 or later should work closely with health profession advisers to learn how the exam will
differ from the current format and what prerequisite coursework will be required by medical
schools at that time.
Pre-Occupational Therapy, Pre-Physician Assistant, and Pre-Physical Therapy—
Coursework in preparation for these programs should be discussed with a faculty member in the
Department of Biology.
Pre-Pharmacy—Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the
College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 151, 353, 476; CHM 115, 116, 351,
352; COM 111 or 115; ECO 112 or 113; ENL 111, 220; MAT 145; PHY 121, 122; and two
courses in behavioral sciences such as PSY 105 and SOC 121. Requirements at other
universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary—A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different
majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended
preparation includes REL 100, 200; at least two semesters of history (Western civilization); one
or more courses in the history of philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year. The
Augsburg Center for Faith and Learning provides resources and support, including scholarship
opportunities, for students considering seminary.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine—To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary
Medicine at the University of Minnesota, the following courses are required: ENL 111, 220; MAT
114 or 145; BIO 151, 152, 253, 355, 369, 476; CHM 115, 116 351, 352; PHY 121, 122.
Additional liberal arts courses are required. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Honors Program
The Augsburg Honors Program offers an adventurous education where students with a
passion for ideas can be their best. We offer a friendly and welcoming atmosphere for students
committed to an exceptional higher education.
Augsburg’s Honors Program is unlike any other honors program in the nation because it
gives students the resources and freedom to build their own ideal higher education. Students
have the opportunity to create their own courses, edit and write for the Honors Review of
Undergraduate Scholarship, participate in an intramural debate league, belong to an Honors
House, and learn through small reading groups, research projects, and travel around the world.
Each Honors course has been specifically created for Honors students, and includes a
challenging “signature experience” such as writing a play, putting great books on trial, or
attending music, theater, and art performances. Honors courses bring in professors from
several different departments so students can learn from talented professors teaching their
specialties.
For information, contact Robert C. Groven, Honors Program director, at
honors@augsburg.edu. Also see the Honors Program in the Departments and Programs
section.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several
programs.
Cooperating Libraries in Consortium (CLIC)—Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private
colleges library consortium, the Augsburg community has direct access to more than 2.5 million
volumes and media resources of the 14 libraries.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC)—Full-time day students at Augsburg and
the St. Paul colleges and universities of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine, and St. Thomas
may elect to take one course each semester (fall and spring) at one of the other campuses. No
additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music or
approved independent studies. Exchange courses are not transfer courses, and thus courses
taken through ACTC are considered Augsburg College courses and do not impact the residency
requirement. The permanent record of courses for which an Augsburg student has crossregistered is kept in the Office of the Registrar at Augsburg College, not at the host ACTC
institution. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new
perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course
or major not offered on the home campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students among
the campuses.
Weekend and Evening College is not part of the ACTC consortium, and weekend students
may not register for ACTC courses or complete ACTC majors under the terms of the ACTC
consortium agreements.
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA)—Augsburg, in cooperation
with 17 other colleges and universities, offers off-campus study semesters in Ecuador, New
Zealand, Northern Ireland, Norway, and the Twin Cities. (See HECUA programs in the
International Programs and Metro-Urban Studies sections of Departments and Programs.)
McNally Smith College of Music—Augsburg College full-time students may elect to take
one course each semester at McNally Smith College of Music (MSCM) providing that they meet
all MCSM requirements. This program is open to sophomores through seniors. There is no
additional fee for this program. Students should consult with their adviser to confirm if the
classes will count toward graduation requirements. In no instance may a McNally Smith course
be used as a substitute for any Augsburg course specifically listed within a degree program.
Exchange courses are not transfer courses. Courses taken through the Augsburg–McNally
Smith exchange are considered Augsburg College courses and do not impact the residency
requirement. The permanent record of courses which a student has registered for through the
exchange is kept in the Office of the Registrar at Augsburg College, not McNally Smith.
Air Force ROTC—Augsburg day students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program
at the University of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to
compete for two- and three-year AFROTC scholarships. ROTC credits serve as electives at
Augsburg. For more information, contact the Office of the Registrar, or call the University of St.
Thomas at 651-962-6320 or 1-800-328-6819, x6320.
Army ROTC—Augsburg day students may participate in the Army ROTC program at the
University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota,
and the program. ROTC credits serve as electives at Augsburg. For more information, contact
the Office of the Registrar.
Augsburg Abroad
Augsburg Abroad is the front door for students and faculty interested in education abroad,
which includes study, internships, service-learning, research, student teaching, and field study
abroad.
Services provided through the Augsburg Abroad office:
• Study abroad program selection advising
• Financial and academic advising for study abroad
• Registration and billing for study abroad
• Pre-departure and re-entry support (application, orientation, etc.)
• Faculty-led, short-term program coordination
About half of Augsburg undergraduate students study abroad at least once before
graduating. Students can study a variety of disciplines in a wide variety of countries. For
example, students have the opportunity to study gender issues in Mexico, study social change
in Central America, carry out business simulations in Norway and Germany, do student teaching
in Italy, intern with community organizations in Northern Ireland, do an internship in Namibia, do
ecological field study in Tanzania, take organic chemistry in New Zealand, and gain fluency in a
foreign language where it is widely spoken.
Students can choose from more than 300 programs in 90+ countries. Programs vary in
length from one week to a year abroad. In addition to the Augsburg Study Abroad programs
(Augsburg faculty-led short-term, Center for Global Education, exchange and HECUA
programs), students can choose from affiliated program providers.
Academic Requirements and Credit
Students automatically fulfill the Augsburg Experience requirement on Augsburg Abroadapproved study abroad programs. Courses taken abroad can also fulfill graduation requirements
including major, minor, language, Liberal Arts Foundation, lifetime activity, and internship
requirements. This is determined prior to departure when students fill out the required Course
Approval Form that is signed by faculty adviser(s), and appropriate staff and faculty approving
courses.
Semester and Summer Programs
• Courses taken on off-campus programs during the senior year will meet the Augsburg
residency requirement.
• Students must take a full load of credits while abroad on semester programs.
• Students must take courses graded A-F while abroad.
• Grades received on affiliated and non-Augsburg programs are reported as transfer credit on
the transcript, and thus are not figured into the GPA.
• A C-equivalent or higher must be received for the credit to transfer to Augsburg.
Faculty-led Short-term Programs
Students must register for all courses required by the short-term program. Credit values may
vary, so confirm the specific program credit load with the Augsburg Abroad Office. Any courses
removed by the student without Augsburg Abroad permission prior to the start of the program
will be re-added to the student’s schedule. If no work was completed in these reinstated
courses, a grade of zero will be awarded.
Overload Fee Exemption for faculty-led January and Spring Weekend and Evening College
(WEC) programs: January and spring WEC faculty-led programs are placed within the spring
semester. However, full-time day students will not be billed an overload fee if an additional 4.0
or 4.5 credits are taken in the regular spring term. A student taking minimal credits in the spring
can use the January or Spring WEC faculty-led short-term program as a spring term course in
order to be considered part-time or full-time.
Crossover Policy Exemption—The crossover policy does not apply to study abroad students.
WEC students who do a study abroad program placed in the day program do not count that as
their crossover course. The same policy exemption is valid for day students doing a study
abroad program scheduled in a WEC term.
Eligibility
Following are Augsburg College’s requirements for study abroad:
•
•
Minimum 2.5 GPA at the time of application. Individual programs may require a higher
average. Students with lower averages should consult with Augsburg Abroad
Sophomore, junior, or senior standing by the time you study abroad. Short-term, faculty-led
programs will allow participation as a first-year if the student receives approval from the
faculty-leader.
•
Transfer students must complete one semester at Augsburg before they may study off
campus.
• No academic or disciplinary probation. Students placed on academic or disciplinary
probation after admittance to study abroad may be withdrawn from the program. The
student is responsible for all non-recoverable program costs incurred.
• No outstanding balances on student account
Note: Students applying to faculty-led programs who meet the above criteria are accepted to
these programs on a first applied, first accepted basis. Space is limited, so early application is
important.
Application Process
In order to study abroad students should follow the P-A-C-K steps:
• Profile: Create an online profile by clicking “Get Started” on the Augsburg Abroad website at
www.augsburg.edu/augsburgabroad.
• Advising: Attend an advising meeting--held daily in the Augsburg Abroad office or by
appointment
• Choose: Choose from more than 300+ Augsburg and affiliate programs in more than 90
countries. An advanced online search tool help students find programs based on location,
academic needs, and personal interests. Applying online is easy—click "Apply Now" and follow
the simple steps.
• Key Dates: Keep track of application deadlines.
Application Deadlines:
September 30 Spring semester study abroad and winter-break faculty-led programs
November 1 Spring-break faculty-led programs
February 1
Spring WEC term and Summer Session faculty-led programs
March 1
Fall semester and non-faculty-led summer study abroad programs
Program provider deadlines vary; students need to meet all deadlines and eligibility
requirements set by program providers. Students should start planning in their first year for
study abroad to be sure to do appropriate research and meet all deadlines.
ACCESS/CLASS Abroad
Students should be prepared for the fact that disability may be culturally defined. Attitudes
toward disability and levels of accessibility can vary greatly from country to country. The
Americans with Disabilities Act mandates equal access to university-sponsored programs and
services to students with disabilities. However, providing access by US standards can present
unique challenges in international settings. The expectation on the part of US students and
institutions is that reasonable accommodations will be made. Depending on the country and
culture, there may be different ways to define accessibility and different expectations in terms of
accommodations that can or should be made. Students are encouraged to work closely with
Augsburg Abroad/CLASS/ACCESS.
Students are responsible for requesting accommodations abroad within a reasonable time
frame prior to departure, ideally as early as program selection. Augsburg Abroad will work
closely with the student, CLASS, and /or ACCESS offices to determine needs and make
appropriate and possible accommodations abroad.
Costs and Financial Aid
The cost of semester study abroad is comprised of program fees that generally include
tuition, housing, international health insurance, some meals, excursions, and study abroad fees.
Airfare, personal expenses, books, and other expenses are not included in the price of semester
programs. Program costs vary; Augsburg College pays the program provider on the student’s
behalf and then bills the Augsburg student account. This allows students to access their
financial aid for study abroad. Students will always pay a minimum of Augsburg tuition when
studying abroad.
Students who receive financial aid, loans, scholarships, and/or grants to study at Augsburg
can use that entire package to cover their study abroad program costs. Students receiving
Augsburg institutionally-funded aid (e.g., President’s, Regents’, Legacy, Promise, and other
Augsburg scholarships, and tuition remission benefit) may use their scholarships to study
abroad multiple times on Augsburg programs (see below in Study Abroad Program section).
However, institutionally-funded aid may be used only once toward study abroad costs on an
affiliate program. Cost estimates for the time abroad are drawn up to assist the student in
planning and the financial aid office in awarding aid to students studying abroad. Additional
scholarships are available for semester and academic year programs.
The cost of short-term faculty-led programs is typically comprised of tuition (for summer
programs), meals, airfare, ground transportation, and interpretation/translation services. These
costs are on top of any semester/year tuition charges. Some scholarships are available, but are
limited for short-term programs. Students often apply loans to fund the additional cost of
education travel.
Students are required to notify Augsburg Abroad immediately if they choose not to continue
with their study abroad experience. At the moment of notification, non-recoverable costs and a
cancellation fee will be assessed and charged to the student account. Depending on the time of
notification of withdrawal, students may owe nothing; or they may owe the study abroad fee, the
deposit, or some or all of the program fee. Students are also subject to the cancellation and
refund policies of Augsburg Abroad and their program provider.
Augsburg Study Abroad Programs
Augsburg Faculty-led Short-term Programs
Faculty-led winter break, spring break, and summer programs offer opportunities to intensively
study on a course abroad with an Augsburg professor and other Augsburg students. Program
length varies from nine days to five weeks. Programs change annually. Scholarships are
available for some programs.
The Center for Global Education
The mission of the Center for Global Education at Augsburg College is to provide cross-cultural
educational opportunities in order to foster critical analysis of local and global conditions so that
personal and systemic change takes place leading to a more just and sustainable world.
The center’s study programs are conducted in Central America, Cuba, Mexico, and
Namibia. Students experience three distinct types of living situations: living with other students
in a community house, spending several days in a rural setting, and living several weeks with
host families. In the Mexico and Namibia programs, students travel together on two-week
seminars—from Mexico to Central America, and from Namibia to South Africa. The cost of
these programs is equivalent to full tuition, room, and board for one semester on campus, plus
airfare. Scholarships are available for Augsburg students.
Crossing Borders: Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica (Mexico)—Fall
This program is an experientially-based intensive semester of study and travel designed to
introduce students to the important issues facing Mexico, US-Mexico relations, and the context
in which many Mexicans are immigrating to the United States. Students will improve Spanish
language skills, as well as develop intercultural communication skills. Students will learn about
key social, economic, political, and cultural issues in Mexico, as well as explore the
interconnectedness of race, ethnicity, class, gender, sexuality, and religion. Students will learn
firsthand from diverse women and men involved in struggles for social change, as well as
business leaders, religious leaders, and feminist activists and scholars, government
representatives, politicians, and political activists. Spanish courses range from beginning to
advanced, including courses for bilingual students. The program includes rural travel within
Mexico and four-to-five-day seminar in Mexico City. Students stay in the Augsburg study center
for part of the semester and with Mexican host families for four to six weeks, although semesterlong homestays are available for Spanish majors and others upon request. Students may meet
several AugCore requirements while in Mexico and/or take courses in the following four
concentrations: business, religion, Spanish, and women’s studies.
Nation-Building, Globalization, and Decolonizing the Mind: Southern African Perspectives
(Namibia)—Fall or spring
This program examines the crucial issues of nation-building, globalization, and decolonizing
the mind, from the perspectives of the new democracies in southern Africa. Namibia won its
independence in 1990 after decades of apartheid under South African colonization. South Africa
had its first democratic election in 1994. As these nations struggle to build nationhood and deal
with the legacies of apartheid and colonialism, they are faced with the challenges posed by
today’s world—rapid globalization as well as under- and unequal development. Decolonizing the
mind is a long-term project. Credit is available in history, religion, political science, and
interdisciplinary studies. Internships are also available in several disciplines.
Social Change in Central America: Exploring Peace, Justice, and Community Engagement
(Guatemala, El Salvador, Nicaragua)—Fall or spring
This is an intensive semester of study and regional travel designed to introduce students to
the key issues facing Central Americans. Students will explore the history, culture, and struggles
of the people of Guatemala, El Salvador, and Nicaragua, as well as study approaches toward
social and economic development. Course credit may be earned in Spanish, religion, history,
women’s studies, and political science. Students spend the first five weeks in Guatemala, the
next four weeks in El Salvador, and the final six weeks in Nicaragua. Students live with local
host families for nine weeks. Prerequisites: one course in college-level Spanish or its equivalent.
Migration and Globalization: Engaging Our Communities (Mexico)—Spring
This is an intensive program that explores issues of migration, immigration, and
globalization. It is ideal for students who are interested in working with Spanish-speaking
populations in the United States. as it includes intensive Spanish language classes, an
internship or independent research opportunity, and courses that help students understand the
connections between globalization and migration while learning from diverse communities that
are organizing for positive social change around issues of race, ethnicity, socioeconomic class,
gender, sexuality, economics, and the environment. Credit is available in Spanish, history,
women’s studies, political science, and religion. Students spend most of the semester living in
Augsburg housing and approximately six weeks living with Mexican host families.
Social Work in a Latin American Context (Mexico)—Spring
This program was created to satisfy the curriculum requirements for a Bachelor of Social
Work degree program. Its goal is to develop cross-culturally competent, ethical social work
professionals with a global perspective by providing a semester of transformative, experiential
learning focused on social and economic justice. It includes Spanish language study and social
work courses. Social work field is also available for qualified students. Students live with
Mexican host families for six weeks.
International Exchange Partner Programs
The Office of International Programs offers a broad range of semester and academic year
exchange programs in China, Finland, Germany, Norway, and Slovenia. Students can choose
from several options in diverse disciplines. All coursework is in English. Travel scholarships are
available for these programs. For further information on these programs and scholarships
contact Augsburg Abroad.
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA)
Augsburg, in consortium with other colleges and universities, offers full semester programs in
Ecuador, New Zealand, Northern Ireland, Norway, and the Twin Cities. All HECUA programs
explore civic engagement, community, and social change, and emphasize internships and field
study.
For more information on international HECUA programs, see the International Programs and
Metro-Urban Studies sections of Departments and Programs).
Community Internships in Latin America (Ecuador)—Fall and Spring
This interdisciplinary program, based in Quito, Ecuador, enables the student to combine
intense involvement in a community-based organization with study of the community
development process. A home-stay and a hands-on internship develop Spanish and other skills.
The program addresses globalization, the environment, oil politics, and other local and
international issues.
New Zealand Culture and the Environment: A Shared Future—Fall
Based in Auckland, this new program examines how social and environmental factors shape
political and ecological dimensions of identity and culture, and how New Zealanders from many
different backgrounds are envisioning and creating a shared future. A number of topics explored
during the semester include the history of colonization, the treaty and the truth and reconciliation
process that shape contemporary life, Maori protest and social movements, key strategies used
to address sustainability, and many more economic and environmental issues.
Northern Ireland: Democracy and Social Change—Spring
The Northern Ireland: Democracy and Social Change program examines the historical,
political, and religious roots of conflict in Northern Ireland, the prospects for peace, and the
progress being made. Through a seven-week internship, students get hands-on experience with
organizations working for social change. Field seminars focus on human rights, conflict
transformation, and education for democracy. The program is located at the UNESCO Centre at
the University of Ulster in Coleraine.
SUST: Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (Norway)—Fall and Spring
A quarter of Oslo’s residents are not ethnic Norwegians. Students investigate changing
Northern Europe using Norway’s welfare state and Scandinavian national identity as case
studies. Coursework and an internship provide unique perspectives on how the Norwegian
social democracy and Scandinavian welfare states are working to address the challenges posed
by immigration and cultural and ethnic diversity. Students choose an independent study project
or Norwegian language courses.
MUST: Poverty, Inequality and Social Change —Fall or Spring
This semester-length Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) program delves into the root
causes of increasing levels of poverty and inequality in the United States. To understand these
issues, the program focuses on the economy, housing systems, education, welfare, government
policies, urban sprawl, regional race and class segregation, and institutional discrimination.
City Arts—Spring
An interdisciplinary study of the role of art and the artist in working for social justice, and an
exploration of the relationship between art, culture, and identity. Students meet Twin Cities
artists, activists, private and public arts funders, and politicians, and engage in a thorough
examination of the role of art in advocating for social change.
Environmental Sustainability: Science, Public Policy, and Community Action—Fall
Ecosystem degradation and rehabilitation, the social and economic underpinnings of conflict
over environmental change, and public policy and community-based strategies to achieve
sustainability. Uses social, economic, and environmental sustainability to address themes like
the links between rural and urban concerns and the way local decisions relate to regional and
global trends. Students gain first-hand experience learning from community organizers,
government planners, and business leaders who are rising to the challenges of creating a more
sustainable world.
Writing for Social Change—Fall
Writing for Social Change prepares students to be better readers, writers, and actors in our
society by looking at the role of literature and literary production in creating social
transformation. As one theme of the program, students focus on “voice” and the idea of claiming
voice as a means of empowerment, while they simultaneously develop writing craft and critical
reading skills. The program offers a balance of creative writing workshops (in fiction, poetry, and
creative nonfiction) and critical reading/reflection sessions.
Clair and Gladys Strommen Career and Internship Center
The Strommen Career and Internship Center is a comprehensive resource center
emphasizing the importance and value for all students to engage in internships, career
development, and the exploration of vocation throughout their college years. The integration of
“knowing and doing” adds breadth and depth to the curriculum and assists students in making
more informed academic and career decisions. The underlying assumption is that a liberal arts
education is an effective preparation for life, meaningful work, and active citizenship.
Career Services
Career Services provides opportunities, programs, and career counseling to help students
discover their unique gifts, talents, skills, and interests; explore career paths; and grapple with
questions of vocation and purpose in a changing world. This process is viewed as an important
part of a student’s development while attending college. To aid in this process, professional
career staff provide career assessments and individualized career planning and coaching. Staff
also assist students with choosing majors, planning for internships, preparing for internship and
job searches, and making connections to community, business, and alumni resources.
Internships
Academic Credit
An internship for credit is a carefully planned, work- or service-based learning experience
where a student focuses on specific learning objectives that connect concepts of the major to
the experience. An academic internship is approved, supervised, and evaluated by a faculty
member in the department in which the student wishes to earn the internship credit. A learning
agreement plan, negotiated with the faculty supervisor and work supervisor, outlines the
academic-related objectives, strategies, and evaluation methods for receiving credit. Students
do internships in nonprofits, small and large businesses, government agencies, museums, arts
organizations, and schools and churches.
Internships for credit are available in all majors and can be taken during a day program
semester, Weekend and Evening College trimester, or summer sessions. Interdisciplinary (INS)
internships are also available. For extension of an internship beyond one term, see Evaluation
and Grading. Internships can be registered for 1 course credit or .5 credit. One course credit
involves a minimum time commitment of, on average, 10 hours per week or 140 total hours.
Internships for .5 credit require a minimum of 80 total hours. A maximum of four courses of
internship may count toward the total courses required for the degree. Internships completed off
campus for credit will automatically fulfill the Augsburg Experience graduation requirement.
Non-Credit and Transcript Notation
Not-for-credit internships related to a student’s major or career interests can be registered
for a zero-credit transcript notation (GST009). The goal is for students to apply theory to
practice in a work setting and reflect on the experience. Work opportunities typically are part
time during the academic year and/or full time during summer, and can begin and end anytime.
Students set learning goals and evaluate their experience. The director of the Strommen Career
and Internship Center supervises non-credit internships and transcript notation work
experiences. Internships not for credit and transcript notations may be used to fulfill the
Augsburg Experience graduation requirement by completing a Work-Connections reflection
process.
Sabo Center for Citizenship and Learning
Service-Learning and Community Engagement/Community Service-Learning
Augsburg’s Community Service-Learning Program provides students with opportunities to
understand and respond to needs in the city through course-embedded service experiences and
civic engagement activities. A key component of community service-learning is reflection on and
analysis of community issues in order to promote personal and educational growth and civic
responsibility. By connecting classroom content with service-learning experiences in the city,
Augsburg students deepen their understanding of abstract course concepts while learning about
pertinent and related community issues. This dynamic and interactive educational approach
employs reciprocal learning between students and their community. Service-learning
components are embedded in most academic disciplines.
Examples of community service-learning sites include homeless shelters, cultural and
environmental organizations, tutoring programs, and literacy centers.
Campus Kitchen Project and Community Garden
The Campus Kitchen Project connects the campus community with the larger community by
using food as a tool to nourish bodies, develop leadership, and educate students through
service-learning. To accomplish these goals, three separate programs exist:
Food to Share—Surplus food from the Augsburg Dining Service is donated, reheated, and
served by student volunteers to neighborhood partners, including homeless shelters, youth and
senior programs, and others.
Food to Grow—On the corner of campus, Augsburg staff and students manage a community
garden composed of 70 individual plots where community and campus members can grow their
own food. The garden staff also hosts classes on healthy living in which neighborhood youth
learn to grow and cook healthy food.
Food to Buy—A farmer’s market and CSA delivery is available weekly at Augsburg College and
the Brian Coyle Community Center in order to increase access to healthy foods. Surplus
produce from the market and CSA shares are donated to the Campus Kitchen meal delivery
program.
Bonner Leader Program
In November 2008 Augsburg College launched its first year of the Bonner Leader program,
funded through the national Bonner Foundation. Through the Bonner program at Augsburg,
students develop deep community relationships and engage in long-term policy advocacy
throughout their four years at Augsburg. Those selected to be a part of the Augsburg College
Bonner Leaders were largely first-year students, with diverse ethnic and geographical
backgrounds and unique experience with community-leadership roles. Through service
placements with partner nonprofit community organizations, students worked an average of 200
hours over the course of the academic year in placements supporting ELL classrooms, running
an employment education computer lab, helping coordinate a low-income housing program,
providing community health outreach, and working with a financial literacy program. Beyond
their work-study service, students participated in at least 100 volunteer hours with various
community initiatives and civic engagement projects on campus.
Through their participation with the Bonner Leader program, students engaged in monthly
guided reflections and leadership development training. The Augsburg Bonner Community
Leader program is a successful campus model to build on the College’s culture of community
and civic engagement and bring together existing community service programs to take the
College community to the next level of deepening knowledge, reflection, and authenticity of civic
engagement in the community.
Augsburg Reads
The Augsburg Reads program is a federally-funded literacy and tutoring program focused
on elementary student achievement. Augsburg Reads pairs college students with community
organizations in the Cedar-Riverside neighborhood that are focused on student achievement
through after-school programs.
Graduate Programs
Augsburg College offers seven graduate degree programs: Master of Arts in Education,
Master of Arts in Leadership, Master of Arts in Nursing, Doctor of Nursing Practice, Master of
Business Administration, Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies, and Master of Social
Work. Consult the Augsburg Graduate Studies catalog for complete information.
The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) offers initial licensure coursework at the graduate
level in elementary education, secondary education, and special education—E/BD and LD. The
MAE also offers the preprimary specialty and the K-12 Reading Teacher endorsement. Students
are able to take up to six licensure courses at the graduate level and complete their licensure
programs with a combination of graduate and undergraduate coursework. Students can then
apply their graduate level licensure courses to complete a master’s degree program. Students
will complete their master’s degree through a combination of Master of Arts in Leadership
coursework and graduate level education coursework.
Licensed teachers also can pursue special education (E/BD and/or LD), as well as the K-12
Reading Licensure Endorsement and the preprimary endorsement at the graduate level. The
program is available through the Weekend and Evening College schedule, and the admissions
process begins with the Office of Admissions. For further information about the programs,
contact the Education Department or the admissions office.
The Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) is based on a liberal arts approach to leadership
studies. This cross-disciplinary program directs its academic content and pedagogical
approaches to situations, issues, and problems relevant to organizational leaders. Augsburg’s
program recognizes that today’s leaders need a broad spectrum of abilities to provide them with
a more comprehensive understanding of their world. Designed for working adults, the program
offers courses primarily on alternate Saturdays (Note: A five-year program is available to
Augsburg undergraduate accounting majors that would qualify them for CPA certification and
fulfill requirements for a BA in accounting and an MA in leadership. See the Department of
Business Administration, accounting major section of the catalog for further information.)
The Master of Arts in Nursing prepares nurses for transformational leadership and
transcultural community health nursing practice across care settings, with emphasis on
addressing health inequities among diverse populations. The program is offered within the
context of a Christian liberal arts education. Graduates are eligible to apply for national
certification in Advanced Community Health Nursing, or Advanced Nursing Administration
through the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC), and/or Advanced Certification in
Transcultural Nursing through the Transcultural Nursing Society (TCNS). Classes meet on a
flexible schedule (every other week or once per month) that includes weekdays, weekday
evenings, and Saturdays. Web-enhanced teaching is used for all classes. Practicums include
optional short-term study abroad experiences. Students may choose to study in Mexico;
Guatemala; Namibia; Pine Ridge, S.Dak.; and/or Europe. The Master of Arts in Nursing
program is accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education in accordance with
its accreditation standards and procedures.
Streamlined entry into the Master of Arts in Nursing—Students with an ADN and a
bachelor’s degree in a field other than nursing can enter the Master of Arts in Nursing program
as a “bridge student.” This process requires acceptance to the MA in Nursing program and
completion of three courses in the Augsburg undergraduate nursing program.
Students in good standing in the Augsburg undergraduate nursing program can enter the
MA in nursing through an “expedited” process. After provisional acceptance to the MA in
Nursing program while still a student in the undergraduate program, students can take three
designated courses in the Master of Arts in Nursing, which will be applied to the MA at
Augsburg upon successful completion of the undergraduate nursing degree.
The Doctor of Nursing Practice (DNP) program is designed for registered nurses (RNs)
who currently hold a master’s degree in nursing and wish to advance their practice within
diverse communities and complex institutions. The program prepares nurses for advanced
transcultural nursing in community life, integrating holistic practice modalities that uphold and
improve human potential across care settings and care systems. The emphasis is on nursing
leadership and system level changes that decrease health inequities and improve health
outcomes of persons underserved by the current health system. Short-term study abroad and
away opportunities are woven throughout the curriculum, and students are encouraged to take
advantage of these opportunities.
The DNP program is structured in a cohort model. Students are admitted to the program
during the spring, and classes begin in the fall term. Classes meet face-to-face one day per
month and three times during a term. Seminars are scheduled for the mornings following
classes. Video conferencing between Minneapolis and Rochester is used for most classes and
seminars. The program is structured to be completed in 32 months of part-time study---five
semester credit hours per term.
The Master of Business Administration (MBA) is designed to give students mastery of
the skills and knowledge necessary to advance in their careers and accept roles of greater
responsibility in an organization. Meeting primarily one evening per week, this challenging
program is designed to be completed in 23 months. Organized in cohort format, the program
encourages learning in a collaborative small-group environment and features a high level of
interaction and attention from the faculty. The program focuses on giving students the ability to
think critically and effectively manage in complex environments. An intensive management
consulting course allows students to apply theory and classroom learning to an actual business
or organizational environment. Local businesses and organizations provide a laboratory for
students as they complete comprehensive projects in various disciplines and functions.
The core program can be enhanced through participation in a number of concentrations
including finance, health care management, international business, social entrepreneurship, and
marketing management.
The Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies (PA) is designed for students
interested in careers as health care providers. The mission of the program is based on a
foundation of respect and sensitivity for the cultures and backgrounds of, and is oriented toward
providing care to, underserved populations. Students are well educated in current medical
theory and practice in primary care medicine. All physician assistants must have a supervising
physician in order to practice. The program is three years long with classes held Monday
through Friday during the day.
The Master of Social Work, accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, prepares
students for entering advanced social work practice. The program builds on the liberal arts base
of the College and supports the College’s mission to nurture future leaders in service to the
world.
There are two concentrations: multicultural clinical practice (MCCP) or program
development, policy, and administration (PDPA). Students choose one of the two
concentrations for their program focus. The curriculum emphasizes work with diverse and
oppressed groups, social justice, leadership for social change, and a holistic, strengths-based,
problem-solving framework. Graduate social work classes meet in four-hour blocks on Friday
evenings, Saturday mornings, and Saturday afternoons.
The multicultural clinical practice concentration prepares students to work with diverse
peoples across the full range of contemporary clinical social work practice settings. The
program development, policy, and administration concentration prepares students to actively
seek equality and justice for clients within agencies, institutions, and society, while directing
energy toward changing policies that obscure and oppress people.
Two dual degrees are also available: a Master of Social Work/Master of Arts in Theology
degree (MSW/MA, Theology) and a Master of Social Work/Master of Business Administration
degree (MSW/MBA). The MSW/MA dual degree is offered in collaboration with Luther
Seminary. It is designed to meet the educational interests of people planning to serve the
spiritual and social needs of families, individuals, and communities. The MSW/MBA dual degree
is offered in collaboration with the Augsburg MBA program. It provides students with the skills
and expertise necessary to build well managed and financially sound organizations that serve
diverse communities, both locally and globally.
Other Programs
Continuing Education Program
The mission of Augsburg College continuing education program is to provide working adults
with lifelong learning opportunities that will enable them to continue to grow personally,
professionally, and spiritually in their homes, workplaces, and communities. The program strives
to meet the needs of the community by offering credit and noncredit programs consistent with
the mission of Augsburg College.
Programs are developed through collaborations between academic and administrative
departments of the College and community organizations. These collaborations have included
the Departments of Business, Biology, Education, Nursing, Religion, Social Work, the Center for
Leadership Studies, Institutional Advancement, and organizations including Minneapolis and St.
Paul public school districts, Minnesota Department of Education, and the Midwest Regional
Office of the College Board. Augsburg College is a Lifelong Learning Partner with the ELCA.
Canadian Program
The Canadian program was inaugurated in 1985 with endowment from the Mildred Joel
bequest for Canadian studies. The program supports special events and conferences as well as
student internships and faculty activity in Canadian studies. The goals of the program include
community involvement, increased awareness of the importance of Canadian/US relations, and
provision of opportunities to learn directly from Canadians through visits and exchanges.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Registration
A student must be registered for a course in order to earn credit, and all registered courses
will be reflected on a student’s AugNet Records and Registration page. Day students are
required to meet with their faculty adviser prior to registration for the fall and spring terms.
Weekend and evening students are not required to meet with a faculty adviser, but it is strongly
encouraged. Students are responsible for verifying the accuracy of their registrations.
Web registration through AugNet is the primary method of registration, although the
Enrollment Center is available to process registration forms. Please reference the academic
calendar for the schedule of open registration dates.
Students who encounter a prerequisite issue when trying to register for a course through
AugNet should come to the Enrollment Center for assistance.
The following registrations cannot be completed online and must be processed at the
Enrollment Center:
• THP courses (Theater practicum courses)
• 100-level MUP courses (Variable-credit music lessons)
• Student Teaching (Education Department approval required)
• Independent Study and Directed Study (Separate form available at the Enrollment
Center;
instructor and department chair signatures required)
• Internships (Registration form available at the Strommen Center or Enrollment
Center;
instructor and director of Strommen Career and Internship Center signatures
required)
Full-time day students normally register for four course credits per semester. Students
registered for three or more course credits in a semester are classified as full-time students.
Students registered for two course credits are classified as half-time students.
To register for more than 4.5 course credits, students must contact the Enrollment Center to
petition the Committee on Student Standing unless the following apply: Students with a
cumulative GPA at Augsburg of 3.00 to 3.49 may take a total of 5.0 course credits without
petitioning; students with a cumulative GPA at Augsburg of 3.50 or greater may take a total of
5.5 course credits without petitioning. All overload registrations must be done in person at the
Enrollment Center. (Note: There is an additional tuition charge for course loads over 4.5 course
credits. This includes combining the credit load from both the day and WEC programs. Spring
day term will include winter WEC and spring WEC.) Auditing classes over the 4.5 overload limit
will also incur a tuition charge.
Official academic calendars for all programs are available on the registrar’s webpage.
The last day to initially register for courses in the day program (semesters) is the Friday
before the term begins. After initial registration, day students may add individual classes to their
current schedule or withdraw without notation through day 10 of the term. The signature of the
instructor is required to add a class after the fifth day. From day 11 through day 20, students
may still petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission to add a class. There is a
fee for this petition. Day 20 is the last day to petition for adding a class.
Students registered for day program Time 1/Time 2 (T1/T2) courses that meet only part of
the term may add or withdraw without notation through the fifth school day after the start of the
course. Changing grade option or withdrawing with a W is allowed through the fourth week of
T1/T2 classes. Specific dates for each term are listed under “Academic Calendars” at
www.augsburg.edu/registrar. .
Weekend and Evening College and Rochester program students typically register for one or
two course credits each trimester. Maximum credit load is 4.0 credits. Students registered for at
least two course credits in one term are considered full-time for that term. Students registered
for one course credit are considered half-time for the term.
The last day to initially register for courses in the Weekend and Evening College program
(WEC) is the last business day before the term begins. After initial registration, WEC students
may add individual classes to their current schedule or withdraw without notation through Friday
after the first class weekend. The signature of the instructor is required to add a class after the
class meets. Students may petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission to add a
class through the Thursday prior to the second class weekend. There is a fee for this petition.
The last day to petition to add a class is the Thursday prior to the second class weekend.
Students registered for Weekend and Evening College T1/T2 courses may add or withdraw
without notation through the Friday after the first weekend class meeting. Changing grade
option or withdrawing with a W is allowed through the Tuesday after the second weekend class
meeting.
The last day to initially register for courses on the Rochester campus is the last business
day before the term begins. After initial registration, Rochester students may add individual
classes to their current schedule and/or withdraw without notation through Monday after the first
week of classes. The signature of the instructor is required to add a class after a class meets
and it must be processed through the Enrollment Center. Students may petition the Committee
on Student Standing for permission to add a class through the Friday prior to the second week
of classes. There is a fee for this petition. The last date to petition to add a class is the Friday
before the second week of classes.
Students registered for Rochester T1/T2 courses may add or withdraw without notation through
the Monday after the first week of the class. Changing grade option or withdrawing with a W is
allowed through the Monday after the second week of the class.
Separate rules apply to Summer Session. Late course registrations may be subject to
additional late fees.
ACTC school course listings are also available online and should be checked to verify the
correct meeting times and room assignment. As some courses are offered only in alternate
years, students should also consult with departmental advisers when planning their academic
program.
Summer session and graduate program courses are published in separate schedules.
Specific information on registration and help with registration on other campuses are
available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar—612-330-1036
Academic Advising—612-330-1025
Rochester Program—507-288-2886
Crossover Registration Policy
Every Augsburg undergraduate student is admitted to a “home program,” either the day,
Weekend and Evening College, or Rochester Program. It is expected that students will
complete most degree requirements through their home program. However, full-time students
may register for up to 1.0 credit per term outside their home program. Enrollment will be based
on class availability.
Tuition will be charged at the rate of their home program for courses registered outside their
home program. The rate will be based on the maximum credit load they are carrying on any
calendar date over the span of the two terms. For example, a day program student taking 2.0
credits in the day program, and 1.0 credit in the WEC program, will be considered full-time and
will be charged the full-time day program tuition rate. A WEC student taking 2.0 credits in the
WEC program, and 1.0 credit in the day program, will pay the WEC tuition rate x 3.0 credits.
Day students taking more than 4.5 credits will pay the day part-time rate for any credits over
4.5 in their combined day/WEC load (Spring day term will include both winter WEC and spring
WEC). The maximum number of credits that may be included in the day full-time tuition rate for
students who cross-register is 4.5.
Students have registration priority in their home programs. Crossover registration dates are
published on the registrar’s office webpage. Crossover registration is not available online.
The WEC and Rochester programs are not part of the ACTC (Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities) tuition exchange program. WEC/Rochester students may NOT cross over to attend
ACTC courses.
Students must have completed an undergraduate degree and be admitted to a graduate
program before taking graduate level courses from that program. (An exception is made for
approved courses in the Department of Nursing and the joint BA Accounting/MAL.)
Undergraduate students enrolled in graduate courses will pay the graduate rate for those
courses. Any student enrolled in an Augsburg graduate level program wishing to take an
undergraduate course will pay the rate of the program in which the course is offered (Day,
WEC, or Rochester).
Change of Program
Students may apply to change their “home program” by filling out a Change of Program form
available at the Enrollment Center. The change will take effect the following term. Changes are
limited to one each academic year. A Change of Program form must be submitted before the
term begins. Students registered in spring day may not do a change of program into spring
WEC.
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered because this will
result in a failing grade on their official academic record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal
from College must be completed in the Enrollment Center. A Withdrawal from the College form
may be obtained at the Enrollment Center or downloaded from the registrar’s webpage. The last
day to file for withdrawal from the College is the last day of classes prior to finals week.
Withdrawal from college and any consequential adjustments in accounts are effective as of the
date the Withdrawal from College form is returned to the registrar’s office. Students must be readmitted to the College when they are ready to resume their studies. The Application for
Readmission form is available from the Enrollment Center or can be downloaded from the
registrar’s webpage.
Students are responsible for keeping the registrar’s office informed of their current mailing
address.
Leave of Absence
Students following the day calendar (semester) may apply to take a leave of absence for
one term. The leave of absence allows continued access to e-mail and AugNet Records and
Registration. If a student on a leave of absence does not register for the subsequent semester,
the student’s file will be deactivated and the student will need to submit an Application for
Readmission form in order to re-enroll. The leave of absence program is not available to day
students who withdraw from all courses in a term.
Military Called to Active Duty
Augsburg College will allow students to withdraw from courses without penalty if they are
called to active duty as military reservists, National Guard, or for other military service. This shall
include a 100 percent refund of tuition and fees upon verification of call to active duty. Students
must provide a copy of their orders to the registrar.
If the student is called to duty after the deadline to drop a course, the registrar will place a W
for the course(s) along with a notation on the transcript that the student was called to active
duty. This is to assist the student with any financial aid complications that may arise and also
indicate that the withdrawal was outside of the student’s control.
Alternatively, the College supports faculty in enabling students who are called to active duty
and have substantially completed a course, to assign a grade based upon the coursework
completed, or to work out an “incomplete” agreement. Students who are able to complete some
of their courses would have their refund adjusted to reflect this.
Students who are being placed on active duty should contact the registrar and/or the dean’s
office as soon as possible so the College can notify all parties and aid in this process.
Student Standing Committee
The Student Standing Committee reviews requests for exceptions to academic policies.
Typically, the committee considers requests for:
•
Minor exceptions to academic requirements and/or approval of transfer course
substitutions
• Extending time for an incomplete
• Permission to take a course overload
• Student schedule changes after registration deadlines (adding, withdrawing, or
grade
option changes)
Note: Petitions for an exception to published registration deadlines will require a $50 petition
fee attached to the petition. This fee is nonrefundable regardless of the outcome of the petition.
Petitions involving adding or dropping courses/withdrawing from college after the deadline must
be submitted within six months of the published registration deadlines for the term involved.
For petitions requesting a late registration, any student account holds must be cleared
before submitting the petition. Students who are allowed to add a course by petition after the
published registration deadline will incur a $150 late registration fee per course.
In addition, the committee reviews students’ transcripts in determining academic probation
or dismissal from the College on academic grounds. The committee also hears appeals from
students who have been dismissed for academic reasons.
The committee reviews student requests for readmission to the College after dismissal or
returning after leaving while on probation, or students readmitting to the College immediately
after a term in which they withdrew from College.
The committee typically meets every other week throughout the school year (SeptemberApril), and once a month during summer.
Petition Process
Step 1: Pick up a petition form at the Enrollment Center or download from the registrar’s
webpage, www.augsburg.edu/registrar/.
Step 2: Fill out the petition form completely. Include documentation for illness or family
emergency. Have your adviser, instructor, or department chair sign and add comments
concerning your request. Petitions without comments from faculty will be returned for
completion. Note: If petitioning for a change in registration, submit a drop/add form signed by
both the instructor and student.
Step 3: Return the completed petition form to the Office of the Registrar/Enrollment Center; if
applicable, include a signed drop/add form and $50 check.
Step 4: Confirmation of the committee’s decision will be e-mailed to the student via his or her
Augsburg e-mail account.
Catalog Applicability
Students must fulfill the general education requirements that were in effect when they
matriculated at Augsburg. Students may elect to satisfy the departmental major requirements of
any of the catalogs in effect during their years of enrollment. However, students who are
readmitted after more than six years away from the College must complete the departmental
major requirements of the most current catalog at the time of readmission or any one of the
catalogs in effect during their subsequent years of continuous enrollment at Augsburg.
Second Majors and Degrees
Students who graduated from Augsburg and are returning to complete an additional major
will not be awarded a second degree unless it is different from the original degree awarded.
(BA, BM, BS) Students cannot earn multiple degrees for the same major, though it is possible to
earn multiple degrees from the same academic department if the majors are distinct. For
example, a student cannot earn both a BA in computer science and a BS in computer science,
but may earn a BS in computer science and a BA in computational philosophy.
Evaluation of Transfer Credit
The evaluation of transfer credits is completed by the Office of the Registrar and is based on
a student’s official transcript. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses completed at
regionally accredited institutions with a grade of 2.0/C or better. Liberal arts courses are defined
as courses similar in nature, content, and level to those offered at Augsburg. Augsburg does not
grant transfer credit for developmental-remedial courses, vocational-technical courses, or
continuing education units (CEUs). Courses with grades of C-, CD, or below do not transfer to
Augsburg College. Competency credits and exam credits issued by another institution may and
will be evaluated on an individual basis. The registrar’s office evaluates coursework for credit
and for applicability toward Augsburg Core Curriculum requirements. Academic departments
are responsible for evaluating the applicability of coursework toward a student’s major or minor.
The College requires that certain courses and a minimum number of courses be taken at
Augsburg. (Refer to the Residence Requirements section of the catalog.)
Augsburg operates on a course credit system rather than semester or quarter hours.
Augsburg course credits are equivalent to four semester hours or six quarter hours. Transfer
credits that have been reported to Augsburg as semester or quarter hours are converted to
Augsburg course credits by dividing by four or six, respectively.
Augsburg College limits transfer credit from two-year colleges. Students may transfer a
maximum of 64 semester credits (96 quarter credits) from two-year colleges. Once a student
reaches this credit limit, no additional credits will transfer from two-year institutions toward the
minimum number of course credits required for a bachelor’s degree. However, courses taken
beyond the credit limit can be used to meet liberal arts and major requirements.
Courses and credits that are accepted in transfer are reported on the student’s transcript.
Grades and grade points from other institutions are not transferred to Augsburg and are not
included in the student’s cumulative grade point average.
Students should consult with their faculty advisers and the Office of the Registrar before
taking courses at other institutions to ensure compliance with transfer credit policy and
residency requirements. (Refer to the Residence Requirements section of the catalog.)
MnSCU Transfer Students
Completion of the Minnesota Transfer Curriculum (MnTC) with a cumulative grade point
average of 2.5 or higher will satisfy Augsburg’s Liberal Arts Foundation requirements and will
reduce the Search for Meaning requirement to one course (REL 300). Students will be granted
credit for transferable courses graded C or better. To qualify for this transfer program, the MnTC
must be completed prior to enrollment at Augsburg.
Completion of the Associate of Arts degree with the MnTC and a cumulative grade point
average of 2.5 or higher will satisfy Augsburg’s Liberal Arts Foundation requirements, will
reduce the Search for Meaning requirement to one course (REL 300), and will waive one of two
Lifetime Fitness requirements. Students will be granted credit for transferable courses graded
C– or better. Transfer courses that equate to Augsburg’s requirements of Effective Writing, entry
level math, and modern language must have a grade of C or better in order for credit to be
granted. To qualify for this transfer program, the AA degree and MnTC must be completed prior
to enrollment at Augsburg.
Note: Additional prerequisite coursework beyond the AA degree may be required in some
Augsburg majors. Students are advised to consult an academic adviser in the major department
to discuss major requirements. Courses with C– grades or below will not be accepted as
prerequisites or for application to majors.
Admission to a major—a separate process from admission to the College—is sometimes
required. Check with the Office of Admissions and consult the Departments and Programs
section of this catalog.
Advanced Transfer Students
Students who enter Augsburg with 13 or more course credits accepted in transfer are
considered Advanced Transfer Students. The Augsburg Core Curriculum will be adjusted for
advanced transfer students as outlined below:
• Complete REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology, and Vocation instead of REL 100 and
REL 200
• Waiver of Augsburg Seminar requirement
• Waiver of Engaging Minneapolis
• Waiver of the Entry-level Critical Thinking Assessment
• Waiver of one Lifetime Fitness requirement (depending on transfer evaluation)
All Augsburg Core Curriculum requirements not mentioned above remain unchanged for
Advanced Transfer Students.
*Waivers for Advanced Transfer are determined at the time of initial entry into Augsburg and
will not be granted for courses completed after initial enrollment.
Transfer Credit for Military Experience
Students are welcome to submit their military transcripts to the Office of the Registrar for
transfer credit evaluation. A military transcript will contain credit recommendations from the
American Council on Education (ACE) for training and courses completed in the US Armed
Services. Augsburg will review a military transcript to determine if any of the credit
recommendations contained within it meet transfer credit guidelines.
Army records maintained by AARTS: http://aarts.army.mil
Navy and Marine Corps records maintained by SMART: https://smart.navy.mil
Coast Guard records maintained by US Coast Guard Institute:
www.uscg.mil/hq/cgi/ve/official_transcript.asp
Air Force records: Air University and Community College of the Air Force are regionally
accredited institutions. Students should submit official transcripts from these schools during the
admission process.
Graduation Requirements
The responsibility for ensuring that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the
student. Each student is required to apply for graduation at the end of his or her junior
year to confirm remaining graduation requirements. Application forms are available at the
Enrollment Center or on the registrar’s webpage. Faculty advisers, the Academic Advising staff,
department chairs, and the registrar’s staff are available for counsel and assistance in program
planning.
Students who enter an academic program with a bachelor’s or higher degree should contact
the Office of the Registrar about specific requirements for a second bachelor’s degree or for the
equivalent of a major. See Special Students section (Second Degree).
All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Office of the
Registrar in order for the degree to be conferred. (There may be no incompletes or open
courses on the academic record.)
Requirements for Undergraduate Graduation
Degree requirements include completion of a minimum number of credits, a major, the
Augsburg Core Curriculum, a minimum GPA in major(s)/minor(s) and in total coursework, and
residence.
1. Completion of 32 course credits—No more than these maximums may be applied
toward the 32 total course credits required: two course credits by independent/directed study;
four course credits of internship; and six course credits with a grade of Pass (P). To graduate
with Latin honors, students may take no more than two elective P/N graded course credits.
Each department sets its own limitations on the number of P/N graded courses that may be
applied toward the major and minor programs, but normally students may apply no more than
two course credits with P grades toward a major and no more than one course credit with a P
grade toward a minor. The Department of Education is an example of a department that allows
students to apply more than two course credits with P grades within the major program (two in
major field courses plus student teaching).
2. Completion of a Major—Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental
headings.
3. Completion of the Augsburg Core Curriculum—Requirements for the Augsburg Core
Curriculum are listed in the next section.
4. Grade Point Average —Students must earn a minimum overall grade point average of
2.00. Additionally, all majors and minors require at least a 2.00 grade point average in
coursework for the major or minor. Some majors, licensure, and certificate programs require a
higher grade point average or a minimum grade in each course. See the departmental section
for details about the grade and grade point average for individual majors and minors.
5. Residence —A minimum of 8.0 course credits must be completed through Augsburg
College. Additionally, no fewer than 6.0 of the last 8.0 course credits must be completed at
Augsburg or within an approved exchange program (ACTC, McNally Smith, or Augsburg
Abroad). Transfer courses and Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) credits are counted
against the residency requirement. Therefore, students are encouraged to complete transfer
work and APL credits prior to reaching senior standing. Some departments have a minimum
number of courses that are required in residence within the major or minor. Consult the catalog
description of the major/minor or the chair of the department for further information.
The Augsburg Curriculum
The Augsburg Curriculum is comprised of three main components: core curriculum (or
general education requirements), major requirements, and electives. Some students may need
to complete entry-level skill courses before enrolling in college-level classes. The general
education requirements, known as the Augsburg Core Curriculum, include signature courses
and experiences, a liberal arts foundation, and skills development.
Entry Level Placement Tests
Critical Thinking, Math, Writing, English, and language placement for Augsburg language
courses
Core Skills
Effective Writing
Modern Language
Lifetime Fitness
The Augsburg Core Curriculum
The Augsburg Signature Curriculum
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning I and II
The Augsburg First Year
Augsburg Seminar
Engaging Minneapolis
Many Voices Project
Augsburg Experience
Senior Keystone
The Liberal Arts Foundation
Natural Sciences and Math
Social and Behavioral Sciences
Humanities
Fine Arts
Electives
Majors
Graduation Skills
Critical Thinking
Quantitative Reasoning
Speaking
Writing
The Augsburg Core Curriculum
The Augsburg Core Curriculum is designed to prepare students to become effective,
informed, and ethical citizens through their engagement in a curriculum that:
• Provides a liberal arts foundation and promotes the acquisition of intellectual and
professional skills;
•
Calls for common inquiry into questions of Christian faith and the search for
meaning;
• Cultivates the transformative discovery of, and appreciation for, the student’s place
of leadership and service in a diverse world — vocatio and caritas.
The curriculum has three major components:
The Augsburg Signature Curriculum
The Liberal Arts Foundation
Skills Requirements
Skills Requirements
Entry Level Placement Tests
There are entry level skills assessments in:
Critical Thinking
Mathematics
Writing
Placement in French, German, or Spanish
English Language Learners
Placement in writing, math, and critical thinking courses is determined by assessments.
These assessments are a prerequisite for (not completion of) core and graduation skills course
requirements.
First-year students who begin at Augsburg in the fall of 2012 or later must complete all
required developmental/entry-level courses by the end of their fourth term. Transfer students
who begin at Augsburg in the fall of 2012 or later must complete all required
developmental/entry-evel courses by the end of their third term. The developmental courses
subject to this policy are:
• GST 100
• ENL 101
• ENL 111 / HON 111 / ENL 112
• ENL 217 / 218
• MAT 103 / 105
Critical Thinking Assessment and Requirement
Students identified as needing the entry-level critical thinking skill component, based on
review of their past academic work, are required to complete GST 100 with a minimum grade of
2.0 or better.
Mathematics Assessment and Requirement
All students are required to have their math placement group (MPG) determined. In some
cases, students who have transferred a mathematics course taken at another college may have
their MPG determined by the registrar’s office. All other students must take the Augsburg Math
Placement Exam, which is administered by Academic Advising. Students are required to take
the Math Placement Exam before registering for the first term. Practice questions and other
information are available from Academic Advising. Students may retake the Math Placement
Exam once during their first term of enrollment.
Based on the math assessment result, students will be enrolled in the appropriate courses
or advised on preparation for retaking the Math Placement Exam. Students in MPG 1 must take
MAT 103 to advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2 must take MAT 105 to advance to MPG 3.
Students in MPG 3 must take MAT 114 to advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course changes a
student’s MPG. A grade of Pass or 2.0 or higher is required to advance to the next math level.
Students are encouraged to advance their MPG as soon as possible. Students must
achieve Math Placement Group (MPG) 3 or higher to graduate. In addition, many courses
require MPG 2, 3, or 4 as a prerequisite.
Writing Assessment and Requirement
A writing sample is required of students to determine their placement in an appropriate
writing class. In some cases, students who have transferred an equivalent English composition
course from another college or Advanced Placement English Language and Composition with a
score of 4 or 5 may have their placement determined by the registrar’s office. All other students
must take the Writing Placement Test, which is administered by Academic Advising.
Based on the writing sample, students are placed into the appropriate writing course. All
students are required to complete Effective Writing (or Advanced Effective Writing or Honors
Effective Writing). Students who need to develop competence in composition skills—such as
stating and supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructing paragraphs and
sentences—are required to enroll in Developmental Writing (ENL 101) before taking Effective
Writing. These students must pass Developmental Writing (ENL 101) with a grade of P, 2.0, or
higher before enrolling in Effective Writing (ENL 111/112/HON 111).
Modern Language Assessment
Students with proficiency or experience in French, German, or Spanish will complete an
assessment to determine placement in Augsburg’s modern language courses. This
assessment determines the appropriate starting point for satisfying the modern language
requirement. This online assessment is administered by Academic Advising. Assessment to
determine placement in other languages taught at Augsburg is administered by faculty
representing the specific language.
English Language Learners Assessment and Requirement
Students whose primary language is other than English will complete an assessment to
determine English comprehension and preparedness for classes taught in English. This
assessment is administered by Academic Advising. Students whose first language is not
English and whose score is below the minimum on the English Language Learners (ELL)
placement test must fulfill the ELL requirement by taking ENL 217/218. The requirement is
satisfied by successfully completing the ELL course(s) and achieving a score above the
minimum on the ELL placement exam. Students who complete the ELL requirement fulfill the
Modern Language Core Skill requirement.
Core Skills Requirements
Effective Writing
ENL 111 Effective Writing or ENL 112 Advanced Effective Writing or HON 111 Honors
Effective Writing with a grade of 2.0, P, or higher, or an equivalent transfer course is required.
Attendance at the first day of class is required.
Modern Language
For students who have not previously studied a modern language, completion of a twocourse sequence in the same language with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P in both courses is
required. For a language previously studied, placement into the 211 level or successful
completion (minimum grade of 2.0 or P) of 112 satisfies the graduation requirement. Placement
into French, German, and Spanish courses is based on assessment results from an online
Brigham Young University evaluation tool. Students proficient in other modern languages may
seek a placement evaluation through faculty fluent in the specified language at Augsburg or
other ACTC schools. Availability of assessment in all languages is not guaranteed.
Assessment is used for placement only and does not grant course credit. Students may
audit, but will not receive course credit for any course taken below their placement level. The
Department of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies may override assessment results as
deemed appropriate.
Modern language courses accepted in transfer may be applicable to this skills area for partial or
full completion of the requirement.
Students who have demonstrated competence in American Sign Language by passing an
approved course sequence will have fulfilled the Modern Language Core Skill.
Students whose first language is not English and whose score is below the minimum on the
English Language Learners (ELL) placement test must fulfill the ELL requirement. The
requirement is satisfied by successfully completing the ELL course(s) and achieving a score
above the minimum on the ELL placement exam. Students who complete the ELL requirement
fulfill the Modern Language Core Skill requirement. Contact Academic Advising or the English
Department for additional information. More information can also be found in the English
Language Learners section.
Lifetime Fitness
Two lifetime fitness courses are required. HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness is required of all
students. The second course may be chosen from a variety of different lifetime activity courses
(HPE 002, 003). Students may test out of the activity course by demonstrating proficiency from
a selected lifetime activity. Proficiency exams are offered through the Health and Physical
Education Department each semester. There is a fee to take the lifetime activity proficiency test.
Intercollegiate athletes and Health and Physical Education majors may not test out of this
requirement.
Foundations of Fitness and Lifetime Activity courses are noncredit courses and are not
included in the 32-course credit graduation requirement.
The Augsburg Signature Curriculum
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning
Augsburg’s Signature Curriculum takes seriously the College’s identity as a college of the
Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. Two required courses (REL 100 and REL 200)
highlight Augsburg’s commitment to this identity and the College’s related interest in asking
students to think critically about the concept of vocation.
Faculty who teach these courses make the following commitments to their students:
•
•
•
•
•
•
You are welcome—whether you are Jewish or atheist, Buddhist or seeker, Catholic or
Muslim, Baptist, Lutheran, uncertain, disinterested, or someone who is “spiritual but not
religious.” Our Christian understanding is rooted in a generous spirit of hospitality.
We will treat each other with respect as we learn how to engage in conversation with
one another about our different values, commitments, convictions, and faith traditions.
We will challenge and support one another to develop a mature faith for our time—open
to doubts and eager to explore our questions and the realities of our world and culture.
We will equip you with basic knowledge about vocation, religion, the Bible, and
Christianity as well as about Judaism, Islam, Hinduism, and Buddhism—their stories,
claims, and key concepts.
We will deepen our study of Christianity, explore Augsburg’s claim that “what we believe
matters,” and invite you to continue the process of developing your own lived theology.
We will explore the concept of vocation and our understanding that we are beloved and
called to live and serve as neighbors. We will explore the idea that vocation is a model
and lens for viewing the connections between our basic beliefs and the commitments
and actions we make in life.
The Augsburg First Year
In order to help them make the transition to college and their new community, first-year
weekday program students are required to take courses containing the following components:
Augsburg Seminar
All students who enter the College as first-year students in the weekday schedule program
must satisfactorily complete fall orientation and Augsburg Seminar (AugSem), a first-year
learning community in their major or related area of academic interest. AugSem’s purpose is to
help first-year students embrace the expectations and benefits of being a member of a learning
community at Augsburg College by:
• Encountering the community
• Engaging the learning process
• Exploring the self as scholar
AugSem equips students to become intentional learners, connects them to the larger
Augsburg community, and helps them succeed in future college work.
Engaging Minneapolis
The Engaging Minneapolis requirement builds on Augsburg’s national leadership in
experiential education as well as its commitment to its urban location. The course linked with
their AugSem introduces students to the city as a resource for intentional learning, typically
through civic engagement, cultural engagement, or service-learning.
Many Voices Project
Embedded in ENL 111, 112, and HON 111 (see Core Skills requirements), the Many Voices
Project engages first-year students in discussion of a common text addressing themes of
cultural diversity and global awareness. Emphasizing ways in which written communication can
promote understanding and productive engagement among different cultures and points of view,
the Many Voices Project is intended to teach skills and methods that promote successful
communication among diverse writers and readers.
Augsburg Experience
All students must complete at least one approved Augsburg Experience as a requirement
for graduation. Augsburg Experiences highlight the College’s commitment to experiential
education and active participation in the broader community, both locally and globally. Five
categories of approved experiential learning opportunities are recognized as Augsburg
Experiences: internships and applied work experiences (including fieldwork, practicums, and
student teaching), faculty-student research, service-learning/community service, study abroad,
and off-campus immersion experiences.
An Augsburg Experience integrates experiential learning with academic learning. Approved
Augsburg Experiences meet two criteria: (1) integrate experiential learning with academic
learning and (2) link on-campus learning to the goals, mission, needs, or ideas of off-campus
people, organizations, and/or communities, either through community partners, professional
activities, and/or travel. Augsburg Experiences may be embedded in designated courses that
are part of the regular class schedule or may be completed for zero credit outside the regular
class schedule. The length of time required, credit/no-credit status, and grading options for
approved Augsburg Experiences vary.
Senior Keystone
The Senior Keystone course provides a final opportunity for exploring the central themes of
an Augsburg education—vocation and the search for meaning in a diverse and challenging
world. Students reflect on the meaning of their educational experiences and consider issues of
transition as they prepare for their lives after Augsburg. Most Keystone courses also meet major
requirements.
The Senior Keystone course in each department connects the broad liberal arts foundation with
the professional skills and in-depth study of the major. It asks graduating students to think
critically, reflectively, and ethically about their place in the world as leaders and servants.
The official list of approved keystone courses is found on the registrar’s webpage—
under the heading General Education Requirements, click on Senior Keystone.
The Liberal Arts Foundation
The Liberal Arts Foundation courses introduce students to knowledge and modes of inquiry
across a wide range of disciplines and subjects. The course offerings in the traditional liberal
arts provide the opportunity for students to acquire a broad and solid foundation for their
specialized study and professional preparation.
Students choose two approved LAF courses from two different departments in each domain:
Natural Sciences and Mathematics; Social and Behavioral Sciences; Humanities; and Fine Arts.
The official list of approved LAF courses is found on the registrar’s webpage—under the
heading General Education Requirements, click on Liberal Arts Foundation.
Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Two approved courses from two different departments: Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics,
Physics.
One must be a lab science course.
Social and Behavioral Sciences
Two approved courses from two different departments: Anthropology, Economics,
Environmental Studies, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology
Humanities
Two approved courses from two different departments/programs: American Indian Studies,
Communication Studies, English, History, Philosophy, Religion, Languages and Cross-Cultural
Studies (literature and culture courses), Women’s Studies
Note: The signature Search for Meaning (REL 100, 200, or 300) courses do not count as
humanities Liberal Arts Foundation requirements.
Fine Arts
Two approved courses or approved activities from two different departments: Art, Film,
Music, Theater Arts.
One fine arts LAF requirement can be met by participating in one of the following:
• Four semesters in any combination of the major choral ensembles listed (MUE 111,
112, 114, 115)
• Four semesters of orchestra (MUE 121)
• Four semesters of concert band (MUE 141)
Graduation Skills Requirements
An Augsburg education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years in college.
Critical thinking, quantitative reasoning, speaking, and writing skills are deliberate components
of certain courses. Graduation skill requirements typically are embedded in required courses in
the major. Some departments, however, designate courses outside the major or elective
courses in the major that fulfill these requirements.
The Quantitative Reasoning (QR) skill has two components: foundational skills and the
application of those skills. Courses in which foundational quantitative reasoning skills are taught
have a QF designation. Courses that contain an embedded project in which students apply and
practice those foundational skills have a QA designation. Courses that provide both foundational
skills and an application project have a QFA designation. MPG 3 (Math Placement Group 3) is a
prerequisite for all quantitative reasoning QF and QFA courses. Departments may designate
one required course with a QF designation and one required course with a QA designation
(departments may also designate a list of QF or QA courses from which students can choose);
OR, departments may designate a QFA course that fulfills the Quantitative Reasoning skill
(departments may also designate a list of QFA courses from which students can choose); OR,
departments may list this skill as embedded.
See the Departments and Programs pages in this catalog, consult the graduation skills
catalog supplement found online on the registrar’s webpage, or consult the department chair for
more information.
Core Curriculum Modifications
Some majors that result in a Bachelor of Science degree give students the ability to modify
their Core Curriculum requirements in one of the following ways.
Bachelor of Science/Liberal Arts Foundation (LAF) Waiver—Students who elect the
Bachelor of Science/LAF Waiver must complete at least six of the eight LAF requirements,
provided at least one course is taken in each of the four domains. (e.g., two Natural Science
and Mathematics courses, two Social and Behavioral Science courses, one Fine Arts course,
and one Humanities course) The following majors are approved for the Bachelor of Science/LAF
Waiver:
• Biology
• Biopsychology
• Chemistry
• Elementary Education
• Health Education (teaching licensure only)
• Mathematics
• Medical Laboratory Science
• Music Therapy
• Nursing
• Physical Education (teaching licensure only)
• Physics
Bachelor of Science/Modern Language Waiver—Students who elect the Bachelor of
Science/Modern Language Waiver are not required to complete modern language courses as
part of their degree. The following majors are approved for the Bachelor of Science/Modern
Language Waiver:
• Biology
• Biopsychology
• Chemistry
• Mathematics
• Medical Laboratory Science
• Music Therapy
• Nursing
• Physics
Evaluation and Grading
Explanation of Grades
The official delivery of end-of-term grades to students is online via the AugNet Records and
Registration website.
Student achievement in courses is measured by final examinations, shorter tests, written
papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation.
Most courses are offered with grading options—traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or
the Pass/No credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit
and a grade of less than 2.0.
Pass/No Credit
Students who choose the P/N option are cautioned:
• In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0.
• Some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of
P-graded courses, or rank each as a C.
•
Maximum number of course credits taken P/N that may be applied to graduation is
six course credits with a grade of Pass (P).
• P-graded courses do not count toward the requirement that 14 traditionally-graded
course credits be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for Latin honors.
Transfer students should be especially aware of this requirement.
• To be eligible for graduation with Latin honors, students may elect only two P/N
credits.
• See P/N limitations in the Graduation Requirements section.
Certain courses have restrictions and are offered on one grading system only (e.g., lifetime
activities are graded only P/N). In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on
the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N
grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates
published each term.
Numeric Grades
Numeric grades are used with these definitions:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course standards
0.5
0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or S (Satisfactory) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point
average.
Incomplete (I) Grades
An incomplete grade (I) may be awarded when the instructor grants permission after
determining that a student emergency may delay completion of coursework. Students who
receive an incomplete grade should be capable of passing the course if they satisfactorily
complete outstanding course requirements. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must file
an Application for Incomplete Grade form by the end of the term with the Office of the Registrar.
This form states the reasons for the request, outlines the work required to complete the course,
and includes the course instructor’s signature. The instructor may stipulate the terms and
conditions that apply to course completion; however, students may not attend the same course
(or a portion of the same course) in a following term with an incomplete grade. The student must
complete the outstanding work in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor
and filing of a grade before the final day of the following academic term in the student’s
program. If the work is not completed by the specified date of the following academic term, the
grade for the course becomes 0.0.
Extension (X) Grades
Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last longer than one
term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year
from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade of X (extension) is given by the
instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions
will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is
being maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is
completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor has the right to not grant
an extension where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. If the course is not completed, a
grade of 0.0 will be assigned.
Withdrawal Grade
A course is given a grade of W (withdrawn) when it is dropped after the deadline for
dropping classes without notation on the record and before the last day to withdraw deadline.
Repeated Courses
A course in which a grade of 0.0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, or N has been received may be repeated for
credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit and a
grade, but may be audited. All courses taken each term and grades earned, including W and N,
will be recorded on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time,
for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point
average. Courses completed at Augsburg College must be repeated at Augsburg to be included
in the repeat policy.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit
(V). Full-time day students will be charged an audit fee if their total credit load is over 4.5
credits. The charge for part-time and Weekend and Evening College students is listed under
Weekend and Evening College costs in the Financing Your Education section. The signature of
the instructor is required to register an audit. Students who audit a course should confer with the
instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance,
and any other requirements. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the
transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed
with a grade of W. Audited courses do not count toward graduation and do not fulfill general
education requirements.
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not
include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the
P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the
GPA is:
GPA = Total grade points divided by number of credits attempted, i.e., courses with 0 to 4
grade assigned.
Classification
Students are classified when grades are posted at the end of each term. Classification is
based on the number of course credits completed.
Sophomores—7 completed course credits
Juniors—15 completed course credits
Seniors—23 completed course credits
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Program
Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations.
Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that
comprise the academic program of a liberal arts college. The Assessment of Previous Learning
program (APL) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student’s previous learning, other
than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for
examination for possible credit toward the completion of a bachelor’s degree.
Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal
arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is relevant to coursework in a
field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum, and (2) it can be objectively
demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their
previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The following is a brief description of each of
these means of assessment:
International Baccalaureate Program (IB)—Courses earned from the International
Baccalaureate program will be considered by the College for advanced placement and
appropriate credit. IB exams may fulfill general education and/or major requirements. Credit
granting guidelines are available in the registrar’s office and on the Academic Advising website.
Advanced Placement Program (AP)—Augsburg allows students to earn credit for scores of 3,
4, or 5 on selected Advanced Placement tests. For some exams, a minimum score of 4 is
required. AP exams may fulfill general education and/or major requirements. Additional
information is available on the Academic Advising webpage and from the Office of the Registrar.
The College Level Examination Program (CLEP)—This is a series of standardized tests
developed by the College Board that are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing
centers. Students who score at or above the American Council on Education’s recommended
score on an approved examination may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg
College. CLEP exams may fulfill general education and/or major requirements. Information
about CLEP tests is available from the Office of the Registrar and on the Academic Advising
webpage.
Language Testing International World Language Assessment Program (LTI)—This
standardized test assesses written and/or spoken proficiency in world languages. For a small
fee, students can assess their level of knowledge in world languages to earn college credit
or/and waive the modern language requirement. Information about LTI Assessment is available
from Academic Advising.
Departmental Comprehensive Exams—These are available for students to use in obtaining
credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met:
• There is a departmental exam available for the subject area in question.
•
•
There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam.
The registrar approves the student’s request to take the exam. Credit for
departmental exams is available on a P/N basis only, and there is a charge per exam
of $400 for a full course credit.
Portfolio Assessment Program—This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty
team completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty
team is composed of two faculty members from fields of study directly related to the student’s
previous learning. Students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit
assessment should consult the Office of the Registrar. In completing the evaluation of a
student’s previous learning, the faculty team applies the following criteria:
• There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning
experience that involved prescribed or systematic study of content material found
within liberal arts coursework.
• The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting
student.
• The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
• The learning relates well to the student’s educational goals.
• The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present time.
Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least one term of
academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.50. It is
strongly recommended that the process not be used when four or fewer courses remain for
graduation. There is a nonrefundable application deposit of $200 to initiate the credit
assessment process for each course presented in a portfolio. An additional $200 is charged
upon approval of each course. Credit is available on a P/N credit basis only.
Transcript credit will be recorded with the equivalent Augsburg course numbers as
determined by faculty reviewers.
Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning—While Augsburg College recognizes the
validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, this learning must be
placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg
allows a maximum of eight credits (one-fourth of a bachelor’s degree) to be obtained through
previous experiential learning. In compiling the eight credits for previous experiential learning,
the student may use any combination of the five assessment processes available in the APL
Program: AP exams, CLEP exams, IB exams, departmental comprehensive exams, and credit
granted through portfolio assessment.
English Language Learners (ELL)
Students whose primary language spoken at home is not English must take the ELL
placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test prior to registering for their
first term at Augsburg. Students’ placement in ELL, ENL 101 Developmental Writing, or ENL
111, HON 111, or ENL 112 Effective Writing will be determined by their scores on the Michigan
test (85-100 range for exemption from ELL courses) and by a writing sample.
Near the end of each term of the English Language Learner’s course, an objective test will
be administered to all students in the class. The score on this test and the grade earned in the
class will determine whether additional ELL coursework is required. Usually a score of 85 to 100
and a course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the student’s ELL requirement.
All students whose native language is not English must stay enrolled in ENL 217/218 until
such time that they pass the ELL placement test at 85 percent or higher. The ELL course can be
counted only twice in the total number of courses required for graduation.
Students who fulfill the ELL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have
completed the Modern Language Core Skill requirement for graduation.
Academic Progress, Probation, and Dismissal
The College requires that all students maintain a 2.00 cumulative grade point average
(GPA). A minimum GPA of 2.00 is required for graduation; however, certain majors require a
higher minimum GPA.
A student will be placed on probation and considered for continuation or dismissal if:
• His/her cumulative GPA is below 2.00
• He/she is a first-year student who receives two (2) zero or No Pass grades
• He/she is a sophomore, junior, or senior who receives three (3) zero or No Pass
grades
• At the end of the first term, he/she has not fulfilled the requirements established
through the Conditional Admit Program [see the Academic Skills Office Conditional
Admit Program (CAP) section of the catalog].
For more information on probation requirements, go to the Academic Skills Office website at
www.augsburg.edu/acskills/.
Dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Student Standing
Committee. Evidence of a student’s commitment to academic progress is the primary
consideration used when deciding whether to dismiss a student.
Students who have a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the
end of a term. Students on probation who voluntarily withdraw from the College must receive
permission from the Student Standing Committee to re-enroll.
Students who have been dismissed may apply for readmission after one year. At that time,
the Student Standing Committee will review the application for readmission accompanied by
any statements and evidence attesting to the student’s commitment to academic success.
A student will be removed from probation if:
• His/her cumulative GPA reaches 2.00; or
• He/ she was placed on probation because of unfulfilled Conditional Admit
Requirements and he/she subsequently satisfies those requirements.
The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the guidelines
stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he/she may appeal the decision to the Student
Standing Committee within 10 school days. Specific appeal instructions are included in the letter
of dismissal.
Students may also be dismissed from professional programs, such as social work,
education, and nursing. A student dismissed from a program may appeal the decision through
the Program Dismissal Appeal Process. The process is available at
www.augsburg.edu/studentguide/.
Dean’s List
The Dean’s List, compiled after each semester, lists undergraduate students whose grade
point average for a semester is 3.50 or better. Students must be full-time students (a minimum
equivalent of three full course credits for a weekday schedule student or two equivalent full
course credits for a Weekend and Evening College student), graded on the traditional grading
system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Courses taken outside of a program’s
calendar (e.g., crossover courses taken in a WEC trimester term by a day student, or in a
semester term by a weekend student) are not calculated when determining the Dean’s List. If
permission has been given by the student, an announcement of the Dean’s List is sent to the
student’s hometown newspaper.
Latin Honors
Augsburg recognizes those students who have demonstrated exemplary academic
achievement by conferring Latin honors upon completion of a bachelor’s degree.
This designation and the standards set are in effect for all students who complete degree
requirements in May 2004 or later. Students may also receive honors recognition for
departmental honors and for participation in the Honors program. (See individual department
and program descriptions for details.)
Qualification for Latin honors is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude
3.90-4.00 GPA, plus successful completion of the summa oral
examination
Magna cum laude
3.80-3.89 GPA
Cum laude
3.60-3.79 GPA
To be eligible, a student must complete a minimum of 14 traditionally-graded credits at
Augsburg and have no more than two elective pass/no pass graded credits at Augsburg
(classes offered only as P/N by the department will not be counted).
For additional information, including the guidelines for the summa cum laude oral
examination, go to the Latin Honors section at www.augsburg.edu/registrar/.
Graduation and Commencement
Though the terms are often confused, the words “graduation” and “commencement” carry
different meanings. Graduation refers to the completion of all degree requirements. Students
graduate when all requirements for the degree have been fulfilled, meaning that one can
graduate at any point during the academic year provided that all requirements are complete.
Commencement is a ceremony. It is an opportunity for students, family, friends, and the
Augsburg College community to celebrate academic achievement. Participation in
commencement, however, does not mean that a student has graduated. A student will not
graduate and a degree will not be conferred until all requirements are met, regardless of
participation in commencement.
Augsburg College holds two commencement ceremonies in the spring to accommodate the
College’s different student populations. The May commencement ceremony is for students in the
day undergraduate program and for students in the Physician Assistant Studies graduate program.
The June commencement ceremony is for students in the other six graduate programs as well as
undergraduate students in the Weekend and Evening College and Rochester programs.
Undergraduate students who have not completed all degree requirements may participate in
commencement if: (1) no more than three requirements will remain in their program at the
conclusion of spring term; and (2) the remaining requirements will be completed in the summer
or fall terms immediately following commencement.
Enrollment/Degree Verification
Augsburg College has authorized the National Student Clearinghouse to act as its agent for
verification of student enrollment and degree status.
Contact information is as follows:
National Student Clearinghouse
13454 Sunrise Valley Road, Suite 300
Herndon, VA 20171
Web: www.degreeverify.org
Phone: 703-742-4200
Fax: 703-742-4239
E-mail: degreeverify@studentclearinghouse.org
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the state approving agency for veterans education. Veterans
should consult with the VA certifying official in the Office of the Registrar about completion of
enrollment verification and the forwarding of other information to the Department of Veterans
Affairs. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding
repayment of educational assistance funds received.
Additional information about veterans education benefits can be found at www.gibill.va.gov.
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Notice
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), as amended, provides
certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year Augsburg College is
required to give notice of the various rights accorded to students pursuant to FERPA. In
accordance with FERPA, you are notified of the following:
Right to inspect and review education records—You have the right to review and inspect
substantially all of your education records maintained by or at Augsburg College. The student
must request to review their education records in writing with their signature. The College will
respond in a reasonable time, but no later than 45 days after receiving the request.
Right to request amendment of education records—You have the right to seek to have
corrected any parts of an education record that you believe to be inaccurate, misleading, or
otherwise in violation of your right to privacy. This includes the right to a hearing to present
evidence that the record should be changed if Augsburg decides not to alter your education
records according to your request.
Right to give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information—You
have the right to be asked and to give Augsburg your permission to disclose personally
identifiable information contained in your education records, except to the extent that FERPA
and the regulations regarding FERPA authorize disclosure without your permission. One such
exception which permits disclosure without consent is for disclosure to school officials who have
legitimate education interests. A school official is a person employed by the College in an
administrative, supervisory, academic or research, or support staff position (including law
enforcement unit personnel and health staff); person or company with whom the College has
contracted (such as an attorney, auditor, or collection agent); a person serving on the board of
trustees, or a student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance
committee, or assisting another school official performing his or her tasks. A school official has a
legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill
his or her professional responsibility.
Right to withhold disclosure of “directory information”—FERPA uses the term
“Directory Information” to refer to those categories of personally identifiable information that may
be released for any purpose at the discretion of Augsburg College without notification of the
request or disclosure to the student.
Under FERPA you have the right to withhold the disclosure of the directory information listed
below. Please consider very carefully the consequences of any decision by you to withhold
directory information. Should you decide to inform Augsburg College not to release Directory
Information, any future request for such information from persons or organizations outside of
Augsburg College will be refused.
“Directory information” includes the following:
• The student’s name
• The student’s address
• The student’s telephone number
• The student’s e-mail address
• The student’s date and place of birth
• The student’s major and minor field of study
• The student’s academic class level
• The student’s enrollment status (FT/HT/LHT)
• The student’s participation in officially-recognized activities and sports
• The student’s degrees and awards received (including dates)
• The weight and height of members of athletic teams
• The student’s dates of attendance
• Previous educational agencies or institutions attended by the student
• The student’s photograph
Augsburg College will honor your request to withhold all Directory Information but cannot
assume responsibility to contact you for subsequent permission to release it. Augsburg
assumes no liability for honoring your instructions that such information be withheld. The Office
of the Registrar must be notified in writing of your intent to withhold your Directory Information. If
the notice is not received by the registrar prior to Sept. 15 (or within 10 school days of the start
of a subsequent term for a new student), it will be assumed that all Directory Information may be
disclosed for the remainder of the current academic year. A new notice for withholding
disclosure must be completed each academic year.
Right to complain to FERPA Office—You have the right to file a complaint with the Family
Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office, US Department of Education, 400 Maryland Ave.
SW, Washington, DC, 20202-4605, concerning Augsburg’s failure to comply with FERPA.
Reporting Educational Information
Letters of reference must be requested in writing and explicitly indicate what information
may be reported in the letter.
Clery Act
The Clery Act Annual Report for Augsburg College contains statistics on reported crimes on
and near Augsburg property and campus, as well as institutional policies concerning campus
security and crime. The report is available online at www.augsburg.edu/dps/security/report.html.
For a printed copy, contact Augsburg’s Department of Public Safety at 612-330-1717.
Majors and Minors
Listings that are in bold type are offered through both the day program and Weekend and
Evening College. Listings indicated by asterisks are also offered through both the day program
and Weekend and Evening College, and may include completion of weekday evening courses
for some requirements. Students are encouraged to discuss scheduling rotation of major
courses with their faculty adviser.
Weekend/Rochester/Partner Hospitals students may choose a major offered in the day
program if they wish, but must adhere to crossover registration policies and limitations. They
may also take as many courses as possible through Weekend and Evening College, then finish
the major as a day program student. A change of program is allowed once each academic year,
and will take effect the following term.
Majors and Areas of Emphasis
Accounting
American Indian Studies*
Art*
Art History
Studio Art*
Biology (BA or BS)
Life Sciences (BA)
Biopsychology (BS)
Business Administration
Economics/Business Administration
Marketing (WEC only)
Music Business
Chemistry (BA or BS)
Communication Studies
Communication Arts/Literature (teacher licensure major)
Human Relations
Marketing Communications
Mass Communication
Organizational Communication
Professional Communication
Public Relations and Advertising
Supervisory Management
Computer Science (BA or BS)
Computational Economics (BA)
Computational Philosophy (BA)
Economics
Applied Economics
Computational Economics
Economics
Economics/Business Administration
Economics/Political Science (teacher licensure major)
Mathematical Economics (BS)
Education
Education Studies (non-licensure)
Elementary Education Studies (non-licensure)
Kindergarten-Elementary (BA or BS- licensure)
Special Education: Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities (WEC only)
Special Education: Learning Disabilities (WEC only)
Secondary (nonmajor, licensure only)
Engineering 2
English*
Creative Writing*
Literature, Language, and Theory*
Media Writing*
Environmental Studies
Exercise Science
Film
Finance
Health Education (BA or BS)
History*
International Business
International Relations
International Business Concentration
Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies 1
Cross-Cultural Studies
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Management
Management Information Systems
Marketing
Mathematics (BA or BS)
Medical Laboratory Science (BS)
Medieval Studies
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music (BA)
Music Business (BA)
Music Education (B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
Music Therapy (BS)
Nordic Area Studies
Nursing (BS-Evening program offered through Weekend and Evening College only)*
Philosophy
Computational Philosophy
Physical Education (BA or BS)
Physics (BA or BS)
Space Physics (BS)
Political Science
Political Science/Economics (teacher licensure major)
Psychology
Psychology and Law
Social Psychology
Religion*
Youth and Family Ministry
Social Work (BS)
Sociology
Student-Designed Major
Theater Arts
Directing/Dramaturgy Concentrations
Performance Concentration
Technical Design/Technology Concentration
Women’s Studies 1
Minors
Accounting
American Indian Studies*
Art
Architecture
Art History
Studio Art*
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication Studies
Computer Science
Economics
English*
English Literature, Language, and Theory
Writing
Writing–Creative Emphasis
Writing–Media Emphasis
Environmental Studies
Film
Health Education
History*
International Business
International Relations
Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Leadership Studies
Management Information Systems
Marketing
Mathematics
Medieval Studies
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Business
Nordic Area Studies
Peace and Global Studies
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion*
Youth and Family Ministry
Sociology
Social Welfare
Special Education
Theater Arts
Theater Arts
Theater History and Criticism Dramaturgy
Women’s Studies
1
Cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) and agreements
with the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning/intermediate/
advanced language courses not available at consortium colleges. Consult with the ACTC office
for specific program options. Students register directly with the ACTC office.
2
Dual-degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology and Michigan
Technological University.
Departments and Programs
As a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College believes that knowledge and truth are
interrelated and are integrated into a whole. The tradition of the academic world, however,
divides this unified truth into more manageable parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge
of individual disciplines is subdivided into courses that make it more accessible to students.
These courses can be arranged in various ways to construct majors, to create the substance of
a broad general education, and to give students the opportunity to study areas of particular
individual interest.
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of courses are arranged by departments and programs. These descriptions
offer a brief summary of the subject matter to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus
containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach, requirements, and evaluations for
a particular course can be obtained from the instructor.
Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philoso-phy of
each department, its goals, and its place in the College’s program. A listing of requirements for
individual majors and minors follows the narrative.
Class Schedule
Courses listed are subject to change. In general, day classes are offered fall and/or spring
terms unless otherwise indicated. The schedule of classes offered through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) for fall and spring terms is only available online.
Since some courses are offered alternate years, it is important that the student review major
requirements and course offerings with an adviser to ensure that all requirements can be met.
Descriptions and schedules for the Master of Arts in Education, Master of Arts in Leadership,
Master of Arts in Nursing, Master of Business Administration, Master of Science in Physician
Assistant Studies, Master of Social Work, and Doctor of Nursing Practice courses are published
in a separate Graduate Studies catalog.
Credits
A full course is offered for one course credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half or onequarter course credit, are offered. Unless noted, all courses are one course credit. A full course
is valued as four semester credits or six quarter hours. Most day program courses meet for
three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods per week with additional time required for
laboratory work. All full credit Weekend and Evening College courses meet for eight three-andone-half-hour sessions during fall and for seven four-hour sessions during winter and spring
terms.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in
the 100s are primarily for first-years, 200s for sophomores, 300s for juniors, and 400s for
seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the course
description as prerequisites. A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been
fulfilled if there is prior approval by the professor teaching the course. Some prerequisites (such
as ENL 111, math placement, and critical thinking) cannot be waived by the instructor. NOTE:
Not all courses are offered in all schedules. Refer to Augnet Records and Registration for
information on when specific courses are offered.
Internships and Independent Studies
Every department offers opportunities for internships and independent study. The course
description and process for registering for credit is normally the same for each department.
Some departments have additional statements that can be found in the departmental course
listing. Interdisciplinary internships are also available.
Internships
Registration for internships consists of the following steps:
1. Obtain the internship registration permission form and secure the signatures of the faculty
supervisor and director of the Strommen Career and Internship Center.
2. Register: Turn in the completed internship registration form (with all signatures) to the
Enrollment Center. You must register the internship for the academic term that coincides with
the internship experience.
3. A learning agreement plan (on-line form available from the Strommen Career and
Internship Center) must be submitted to the faculty member responsible for grading the
experience. The form is is sent to the Strommen Career and Internship Center and copies are
sent to the faculty supervisor and student.
196
Internship/On-campus
197
Internship/Off-campus (.5)
198
Internship/On-campus (.5)
199
Internship/Off-campus
A work or service-based learning experience typically at the sophomore level in which a
student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links the
ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Prior
to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students must consult with the
departmental internship coordinator or a faculty member and the Strommen Career and
Internship Center regarding requirements and permission to register.
396
Internship/On-campus
397
Internship/Off-campus (.5)
398
Internship/On-campus (.5)
399
Internship/Off-campus
A work or service-based learning experience at the junior/senior level in which a student,
faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links the ideas and
methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. For some
majors, participation in a concurrent seminar may be expected. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, interested students must consult with the departmental internship
coordinator or a faculty member and the Strommen Career and Internship Center
regarding requirements and permission to register. (Off-campus 397/399 internships are
one option for the Augsburg Experience graduation requirement.)
Directed and Independent Studies
299
Directed Study
An opportunity to study topics not covered in the scheduled offerings under the direction
of an instructor. Open to all students, but normally taken by sophomores and juniors.
Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor and the department chairperson
before the term in which the study is undertaken.
499
Independent Study/Research
An opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects. Normally open to junior
and senior majors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor and the
department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken.
American Indian Studies—AIS
American Indian studies is a major that gives students the opportunity to learn about the
original, indigenous cultures of North America. Students will be provided with a multidisciplinary
understanding of the history and present situation of American Indians. The program
emphasizes the interrelations among history, culture, language, literature, the arts, philosophy,
religion, political and social forces, and the legal status and sovereignty of American Indians.
This course of study exposes students to the richness and beauty of North American Indian
cultures.
American Indian Studies Faculty
Eric Buffalohead (Chair), Sophia Jacobson, Elise Marubbio
Adjunct Faculty
Roxanne Gould, Richard Gresczyk, Dale Weston, Jim Rock
Degree and Major Requirements
American Indian Studies Major
Ten courses including;
AIS 105
Introduction to American Indian Studies
AIS 205
Contemporary American Indians
ENL 255
American Indian Literature
or AIS 264 American Indians in the Cinema
HIS 236
American Indian History
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
AIS 499
Senior Research Project
In addition, students must complete four electives. At least four of the courses toward the
major must be upper division.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded
throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation skill in
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) is met by GST 200 or PHI 230. Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Minor
Five courses including AIS 105. At least two courses must be upper division.
American Indian Studies Courses
AIS 105
Introduction to American Indian Studies
Designed to introduce students to the content areas of the American Indian studies
curriculum, this course includes an overview of American Indian history, federal
Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, cross-cultural influences,
and American Indian literature, art, music, and language.
OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe I, II
An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa). Emphasis is on
vocabulary, reading, writing, and conversational skills. Classroom practice will include
linguistic patterns and oral interaction.
ANT 141
Cultural Anthropology
This course serves as an introduction to cultural anthropology. Course objectives
include providing students with an understanding of anthropological methods and
theories, the concepts of race and culture, an appreciation and awareness of differing
cultures, and an awareness of the role cultural anthropology has in understanding
contemporary human problems.
AIS 205
Contemporary American Indians
In this topics-oriented course, students focus on issues that face contemporary
American Indians, including tribal sovereignty and identity politics, treaty rights,
language retention and education, religious freedom, and Indian activism.
AIS 208
Native American Women and Film
Beginning with issues of representation and a history of Hollywood’s portrayal of
Native American woman as princess figures, sexualized maidens, or squaws, we will
expand our conceptualization of Native American women by putting into conversation
a variety of voices that talk back to or address mainstream stereotypes of Native
American women. Our goal is to expand our conceptualizations of Native American
women and their important roles in society by examining a variety of cultural issues
as they are presented through documentary and fiction films made by and about
Native American women.
AIS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course examines a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary, and
historical origins of women’s roles and status in society. Comparative roles of women
are examined in tribal contexts across various indigenous cultures. Studies include
the role of women in Native American and African tribes, peasant societies of Eastern
Europe, Mexico, the Middle East, and China.
HIS 236
American Indian History
A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian period through
European exploration and settlement to the present, emphasizing American Indian
contributions to world culture, tribal structure, and intergovernmental relations.
ENL 255
American Indian Literature
American Indian Literature offers a survey of contemporary American Indian writing,
including nonfiction, fiction, poetry, and drama. The course explores the richness and
diversity of American Indian literature and the ways in which literature reflects and
illuminates American Indian culture and traditions. The course emphasizes close
readings of literature and public speaking skills through in-class presentation and
small group discussion.
AIS 264
American Indians in the Cinema
Indians in the Cinema surveys various images of American Indians created by
Hollywood and television. Focusing on films from the 1910s to the present, the course
provides an understanding of how American Indians were portrayed in film
historically, how this image has evolved over the past century, and how it is reflective
of Western cultural and racial ideologies.
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
An exploration of the rich heritage of visual arts from indigenous communities of North
America, surveying the dynamic nature of Native American art spanning from preEuropean contact into the present while exploring the political nature of that trajectory
as it encounters
cultural change, Western aesthetics, and Western concepts of art. Students will meet
Native artists, visit a variety of Native American art galleries and exhibitions, and learn
about the cultural, social, and political context surrounding Native American art.
AIS 305
Indigenous Issues of Central America
This travel seminar explores issues faced by indigenous peoples of Guatemala,
Nicaragua, or Mexico. Each group faces similar challenges that manifest differently
due to the political, social, and cultural influence about sovereignty, land rights,
economy, religion, cultural survival, women’s issues, and political movements through
site visits of the dominant culture in each country. Students will learn and interaction
with indigenous organizations. This course is cross-listed with Women’s Studies.
AIS 320
American Indian Women
Through life histories of Indian women, the course examines the vital roles and
contributions of women in past and present tribal cultures. It explores the continuity of
women’s roles over time and the changes in these roles, precipitated by the
influences of Western colonialism. The course also assesses how American Indian
women have crossed cultural boundaries and influenced non-tribal communities
through their activism and traditionalism. This course is cross-listed with women’s
studies.
AIS 332
Native American Storytelling
The objective of this course is to study Native American storytelling from a cultural
perspective. An appreciation of oral traditions will be emphasized and studied within
the broader context of world mythologies. Students will be expected to perform
storytelling and to research the various tribal storytelling traditions.
ENL 355
Themes in American Indian Literature
The course is structured around a number of writers working within a particular theme
such as Native Voices of Minnesota, Voices from the Southwest, Poetics and Politics
of Native Writing, Women and Power in Native Literature, Urban-Reservation:
Homing, and American Indian film-literature adaptation. Students focus on primary
texts, comparing and contrasting theme, voice, aesthetic, or cultural emphasis as it
shifts or arises across the group of texts. Course cross-lists with English. (Prereq.:
ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of instructor.)
AIS 364
Indigenous Filmmakers
Indigenous Filmmakers introduces students at the junior and senior level to the
exciting and expanding field of indigenous media—specifically films made by Native
Americans. We will explore the political and social forces at work behind the
American indigenous film movement, which responds to mainstream film’s portrayal
of Native Americans and provides an extraordinary range in perspectives and views
that inform Native American cultures.
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy of North American Indians are
studied. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal relationships with
nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies, and beliefs in an
afterlife.
AIS 408
Native American Women and Film
Beginning with issues of representation and a history of Hollywood’s portrayal of
Native American woman as princess figures, sexualized maidens, or squaws, we will
expand our conceptualization of Native American women by putting into conversation
a variety of voices that talk back to or address mainstream stereotypes of Native
American women. Our goal is to expand our conceptualizations of Native American
women and their important roles in society by examining a variety of cultural issues
as they are presented through documentary and fiction films made by and about
Native American women. (Prereq.: WST 201 or any 2XX women’s studies course; or
AIS 105 or any 2XX American Indian studies course; or consent of instructor.)
AIS 490
Keystone Indigenous Issues of Central America
This travel seminar explores issues faced by indigenous peoples of Guatemala,
Nicaragua, or Mexico. Each group faces similar challenges that manifest differently
due to the political, social, and cultural influences of the dominant culture in each
country. Students will learn about sovereignty, land rights, economy, religion, cultural
survival, women’s issues, and political movements through site visits and interaction
with indigenous organizations.
AIS 495
Topics in American Indian Studies
Individual courses designed to investigate specific topics such as Minnesota Indians,
Contemporary Indigenous Issues of North and South America, and American Indian
Literature Seminar.
AIS 499
Independent Research
An independently-designed research project.
Art—ART
Art is essential. It teaches us to see, claim beauty, make sense of pain, explore the world,
and express ourselves.
At Augsburg College, inspiration and creativity grow from the diversity of ideas of a small
campus in the heart of a major metropolitan area. A solid foundation of drawing, design, and
history is balanced with the development of technical skills, critical thinking, and creative
exploration in a range of media. On-campus galleries showcase the work of students and
professional artists. Small class sizes and an innovative faculty support creative curriculum in
disciplines like drawing, painting, printmaking, ceramics, sculpture, photography, hand
papermaking, book arts, architecture, and digital media. Galleries and museums surround us;
art club, studio visits, and guest artists provide art in real time; service learning, internships, and
study abroad are integral to our program. We reach nearly 1,000 students a year from all
disciplines, and we graduate 25-30 majors annually with BA degrees in art history, studio art, art
education; we also offer an architecture minor and certificates in studio art and digital design.
For nearly half a century, students have been earning degrees in art and art history at
Augsburg College. We’re excited to be here in the center of the city. We think you will be, too.
Art Faculty
robert k. tom (Chair), Kristin M. Anderson, Susan Boecher, Chris Houltberg, Tara Sweeney
Degree and Major Requirements
Studio Art Major
Majors are required to begin their programs with the studio arts foundations:
ART 102
ART 107
Design
Drawing
One course in two-dimensional art from:
ART118
ART 223
ART 225
ART 257
Painting I
Printmaking I
Graphic Design I
Watercolor Painting I
One course in three-dimensional art from:
ART 221 Sculpture I
ART 250 Ceramics I
ART 280 Hand Papermaking and Book Arts I
Five additional studio arts courses
ART 240 Art History Survey
Two additional art history courses
ART 305 Junior Exhibition and Faculty Review (.0 course)
ART 405 Senior Exhibition and Faculty Review (.0 course)
Studio majors must participate in an exhibition and review in their junior year, followed by a solo
or two-person show with a faculty review, and the annual senior group exhibition.
The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation skill is embedded throughout the offered courses and
is met by completing the major. The graduation skills in Speaking (S), Writing (W), and
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) are met by completing the following courses:
S: Studio art majors may choose from ART 102, 225, or upper division art history courses
(349, 352, 382, 385, 386, 387, 388, 389) to satisfy the speaking skill.
W: Studio art majors may choose two of the following courses upper division art history
courses to satisfy the writing skill: ART 349, 352, 385, 386, 387, 388, and 389.
QR: PHY 119, MAT 145, MAT 146, GST 200, or PHI 230.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that differ slightly in
emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject
to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg
Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Art History Major
Eight art or architectural history courses including:
ART 240
ART 388
Art History Survey
Modern Art
Two studio courses:
ART 102
ART 118
Design or ART 107 Drawing
Painting I or ART 221 Sculpture I
The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation skill is embedded throughout the offered courses and
is met by completing the major. The graduation skills in Speaking (S) and Writing (W) are
embedded in the upper division art history courses and are met by completing the major. The
graduation skill in Quantitative Reasoning (QR) is met by completing the following courses:
QR: PHY 119, MAT 145, MAT 146, GST 200, or PHI 230.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Note: Students planning a double major in studio art and art history or a major/minor
combination should meet with a department adviser to plan appropriately.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in the major and overall, portfolio of artwork (studio majors) or research (art
history majors) reflecting the highest quality work, and Art Department-approved special
projects and/or research. Application should be made to the department chair before the last
term of the senior year.
Studio Art Minor
Five courses including ART 240, ART 107, and three additional studio courses.
Architecture Minor
Five courses including ART 105, ART 210, ART 243, ART 244, and ART 249 or 349.
Art History Minor
Five art history courses including ART 240.
Certificate in Art
Eight art courses, including at least one in art history. Up to four courses may be taken in one
studio area or in art history.
Certificate in Digital Design
Eight art courses, including four in digital design (ART 215, ART 225, ART 320, and, ART 340),
one in art history, and ART 102, and two studio electives.
Art Courses
Note: All studio courses require significant work hours outside of class sessions. Some
studio courses have lab fees.
Studio Art Foundations
ART 102
Design
A study of design is the unifying foundation for the visual arts. Two- and some
three-dimensional projects demonstrate theory and application of basic design
elements and principles.
ART 107
Drawing
Introduction to foundational drawing from direct observation, memory, and
reference. Traditional and experimental media and methods are explored to
develop technical and formal skills in support of individual expression.
Studio Art
ART 100, 300 Topics
Selected courses dealing with special topics, offered occasionally in the
department.
ART 105
Introduction to Architectural Drawing
This course develops basic skills involved in perceiving and representing the
material environment through the study of sketching and drawing skills.
ART 106
Chinese Calligraphy and Painting I
Introduction and practice of Chinese calligraphic painting and writing.
ART 118
Painting I
Introduction to observational and experimental approaches and techniques in
acrylic or oil painting. Color theory, composition, painting methods, and individual
expression are emphasized.
ART 122
Plein Air Sketching I
Introduction to traditional sketching media and approaches for drawing en plein air,
outside and on location. Portable, all-weather materials and processes, and
perceptual techniques are emphasized to create a sketchbook of drawings from
direct observation
ART 132
Photography I
This course introduces the technical skills, creative applications, and vocabulary
of black-and-white film photography. Technical lectures and demonstrations cover
35mm camera operation, film processing, and black-and-white darkroom printing.
Class lectures, readings, field trips, and research introduce students to the canon
of photographic history, including a broad range of genres, historical contexts, and
artistic practices. Students need a 35mm single lens reflex camera.
ART 180
Introduction to Community-Based Photography
This course introduces the technical skills and creative applications of black-andwhite photography with coursework that integrates partnership and service. Art 180
combines art and social research concepts to help students understand how the
arts foster community building and engagement. Class lectures, demonstrations,
assignments, and service will introduce students to documentary work that will be
presented as portfolio to a nonprofit partner. Students need a 35mm single lens
reflex camera.
ART 210
Drawing for Design in Architecture
Introduction to and exploration of the conceptual function of drawing in
architecture. Exploration of the history of drawing in architecture, critical review of
drawing conventions and systems, and examination of drawing processes as
modes of perception and cognition. (Prereq.: ART 105 or instructor permission)
ART 215
Web Design I
This course provides an introduction to designing for the internet. Students will
learn basic skills for interactive design and will become familiar with Dreamweaver,
Photoshop, Illustrator, and Fireworks.
ART 221
Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture and three-dimensional design through the
explorationof the inherent properties of various materials and processes.
ART 223
Printmaking
An introduction to traditional and experimental media and methods of printing.
Intaglio, relief, and mono/unique methods are explored.
ART 225
Graphic Design I
This course provides an introduction to the practice of graphic design. Design
principles are explored in creating and organizing through visual
communication. The focus of this class will be building the foundation in design
programs such as Adobe InDesign, Illustrator, and Photoshop, and discovering the
visual language necessary to develop as creative problem solvers.
ART 233
Collaborative Printmaking: A Press-Free Approach
This online course is designed to engage creative, imaginative, and technical
processes to produce prints without a press and to interpret works of art. Students
learn water-based printmaking techniques while exploring several kinds of
collaboration. Students critically analyze works of art produced by themselves and
their peers, and through this analysis they will articulate different theories of
aesthetics.
ART 247
Life Drawing
Introduction to traditional and experimental methods and techniques for drawing
the human figure through direct observation of the live nude model. Perceptual
proportions, planes, and individual expression of the human form in space are
emphasized.
ART 250
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and
throwing techniques combined with theory, concept, and form.
ART 257
Watercolor Painting I
Introduction to foundational techniques, and observational and experimental
approaches to watercolor painting. Exploration of color theory, composition, and
individual expression are emphasized. Includes some painting outside on location.
ART/THR 265 Computer Drafting for the Stage and Architecture
(See Theater Arts section for course description.)
ART 280
Hand Papermaking and Book Arts I
Introduction to hand papermaking, box building, and bookmaking; emphasizes the
interplay of text, image, and form in the contemporary artist's book.
ART 305
Junior Exhibition and Review (.0 course)
Junior Exhibition and Review showcases the junior art major’s emerging style and
content in a group exhibit to focus exploration in support of the upcoming senior
exhibition. A committee of art department faculty and staff conduct a formal review
of the exhibition. Junior art majors prepare and present an artist statement at the
review. (Prereq.: Completion of 16 credits)
ART 306
Chinese Calligraphy and Painting II
Advanced practice of Chinese calligraphic painting and writing. (Prereq.: ART 106)
ART 315
Web Design II
This course explores interactive design through the use of animation, sound, and
video in website development. Students will use software such as Flash and
Fireworks as primary applications. (Prereq.: ART 215 or instructor permission)
ART 320
Typography
Study of the history, development, structures, and application of traditional and
contemporary typography; exploration of letterforms using digital, hand-set type,
and hand lettering. (Prereq.: Any ART course)
ART 322
Plein Air Sketching II
Advanced study of drawing en plein air emphasizes creating a sketchbook outside
on location to explore advanced observational technique, significant experiential
engagement, complex composition, and emerging personal style using portable allweather materials and processes. (Prereq.: ART 122)
ART 330
Graphic Design II
This studio course explores and develops concepts used in solving design
problems through visual communication. Students will explore the various tools
necessary in this discipline, such as typography, layout, color, information design,
branding, packaging, and illustration. (Prereq.: ART 225 or instructor permission)
ART 332
Photography II
Advanced study that focuses on refining the skills and visual vocabulary introduced
in ART 132. Emphasis on portfolio development using advanced black-and-white
materials. Semester projects encourage individual creativity and examination of
critical issues in contemporary photography. Students must provide their own
35mm camera.
ART 340
Digital Imaging
Exploration of visual communications in the electronic environments using various
software programs to create digital images, animation, and digital games.
ART 351
Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics explores clay, glaze, and firing technology with a
continued emphasis on throwing and handbuilding techniques combined with
theory, concept, and form. (Prereq.: ART 250)
ART 355
Painting II
Advanced study in acrylic or oil painting emphasizes individual expression and
emerging style through advanced color theory, series development, and
exploration of individual subject matter, approach, and method. (Prereq.: ART 118)
ART 357
Watercolor Painting II
Advanced study in watercolor painting emphasizes individual expression and
emerging style through advanced color theory, series development, and
exploration of individual subject matter, approach, and method. (Prereq.: ART 257)
ART 368
Printmaking II
Continued exploration of intaglio, relief, and mono/unique methods. Use of larger formats,
multiple plates, and an emphasis on color are encouraged. (Prereq.: ART 223)
ART 380
Hand Papermaking and Book Arts II
Advanced exploration in hand papermaking and book arts, emphasizing individual
research and expression. (Prereq.: ART 280)
ART 405
Senior Exhibition and Faculty Review (.0 course)
Senior Exhibition and Faculty Review is a practical approach, exemplifying best
visual arts practice and showcasing the senior art major’s body of work through a
solo or two-person exhibit. A committee of two art department faculty and one
outside department faculty/staff of choice conducts a formal review of the
exhibition. (Prereq.: ART 305 or permission of Art Department chair)
ART 478
Sculpture II
Advanced work in sculpture and three-dimensional design. (Prereq.: ART 221)
Internships and Independent Study Courses
ART 199
Internship in Studio Art
ART 299
Directed Study in Studio Art
ART 399
Internship in Studio Art
ART 499
Independent Study/Research in Studio Art
Art and Architectural History
ART 240
Art History Survey
A survey of world art from prehistoric to modern times.(Prereq.: Pass CT
assessment or GST 100. WEC: alternate years)
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections per year.
ART 231
Pre-Columbian, Colonial and Contemporary Mexican Art
Develops an understanding and appreciation of Mexican art from the PreColumbian, colonial, and contemporary periods, including Frida Kahlo, Diego
Rivera, David Alfredo Siqueiros, and José Clemente Orozco. Numerous
excursions to museums as well as archaeological and historical sites. (Prereq.:
SPA 212. Taught in Mexico, see program listings in International Programs)
ART 243
History of Architecture to 1750
History of architecture and city planning from antiquity to 1750, as illustrated by
Western and non-Western examples.
ART 244
History of Architecture after 1750
History of architecture and city planning since 1750, as illustrated by Western and
non-Western examples.
ART 249/349 The Designed Environment
This course addresses the designed environment, investigating architecture,
landscape architecture, and urban design. Class sessions consist almost
exclusively of extensive walking tours and site visits to prominent examples of
design excellence. (Prereq.: None for ART 249; ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111, and
an ART, HIS, or urban studies course for ART 349)
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
An exploration of the rich heritage of visual arts from indigenous communities of
North America, surveying the dynamic nature of Native American art spanning
from pre-European contact into the present while exploring the political nature of
that trajectory as it encounters cultural change, Western aesthetics, and Western
concepts of art. Students will meet Native artists, visit a variety of Native American
art galleries and exhibitions, and learn about the cultural, social, and political
context surrounding a Native American art.
ART 352
Women and Art
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine arts, the
traditional arts, and the arts of Native American women. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112
or HON 111)
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
The visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including
architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture, and design.
ART 385
Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the fourth century A.D.
ART 386
Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and
architecture in Europe. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
ART 387
Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the 18th
centuries. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
ART 388
Modern Art
Painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present.
(Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
ART 389
American Art
A study of early colonial through contemporary American art, architecture, and folk
arts.
Internships and Independent Study Courses
ART 199
Internship in Art History
ART 299
Directed Study in Art History
ART 399
Internship in Art History
ART 499
Independent Study/Research in Art History
Augsburg Core Curriculum—
AUG/KEY/GST
This section does not include all courses in the core curriculum, but only those not located in a
disciplinary department.
The Signature Curriculum
Augsburg Seminar
AUG 101 Augsburg Seminar (.0 course)
A weekly seminar linked to a course or course pair that integrates course content with
learning strategies and community-building opportunities beneficial to beginning
college students. While the content course is graded on a traditional point basis,
Augsburg Seminar is graded Pass/No Credit. Permission to complete the seminar if
the student withdraws from the linked content course(s) is at the discretion of the
instructor(s). (P/N grading only)
Senior Keystone
KEY 470 Creating Life in the Arts: Exploration and Reflection on Vocation
From personal reflection on vocation to real-world insights and hands-on experiences,
this course will delve deeply into the skill sets and mind sets important for arts
professionals in all fine arts majors. While exploring vocation concepts, this course
balances entrepreneurial awareness, attitudes, and skills with intrapreneurial insights,
skills, and reflection.
KEY 480 Topics in Global Interdependence
This cross-cultural keystone seminar prepares students to “act globally” by
challenging them to apply the diverse perspectives acquired while studying abroad
and to analyze issues that transcend national boundaries. In English with readings in
a language other than English. Open to international students and to upper-division
students who have advanced knowledge of a language other than English or who
have studied abroad for a full semester (including in English-speaking countries, with
consent of instructor).
KEY 490
Vocation and the Meaning of Success
This course is the keystone course for business majors and other majors where the
major program does not include a keystone element. It draws together all facets of a
student’s education by providing opportunities to reflect upon and write about the
integration of one’s classes, life, and future. Readings and critical discussions with
others in the same and in different majors will add dimension to each student’s
reflective writing. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or HON 111 or ENL 112)
Liberal Arts Foundation
Connections Courses
Students may fulfill Liberal Arts Foundation requirements through disciplinary courses (listed
under academic departments) or through interdisciplinary Connections courses.
ENV 100
Environmental Connections
An interdisciplinary introduction to current environmental issues. The course depends
on ecological visions of the world and examines the connections we share as people
living simultaneously in human community and in physical environments. In
examining these connections, we depend on the insights offered by political science,
biology, economics, literature, sociology, chemistry, and history as well as experiential
education and service-learning. The issues examined in this class—neither remote
nor abstract—exist in our everyday lives, and a central feature of the course is the
application of knowledge gained in the class to a campus project. (Social and
Behavioral Sciences LAF. Fall)
FIA 130
Arts and the City
Using the arts resources of the city, this course will explore how to understand and
appreciate various art forms: theater, music, opera, visual arts, dance, and film. Class
sessions consist almost entirely of attendance at off-campus performances and sites.
(Fine Arts LAF)
HUM 120 Medieval Connections: Medieval Life in 12th-Century Europe
This is the introductory course for medieval studies. It uses an interdisciplinary
approach to study European culture during a period known as the High Middle Ages,
roughly AD 1100 to 1300. It attempts to examine medieval culture as a complex
system of thought and feeling, which includes history, religion, philosophy, literature,
art, theater, music, and food. It also takes an experiential approach to this material,
for example, by having students and faculty attend class in academic regalia, just as
they did in medieval universities. (Humanities LAF. Spring)
SCI 106
Introductory Meteorology
A survey of the basic principles of Earth’s weather and climate. Topics include winds,
fronts, cyclones, clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornados and hurricanes,
climate and climate change, global warming, and ozone depletion. (Three one-hour
lectures, one two-hour laboratory per week. Prereq.: MPG 2 and pass CT assessment
or GST 100. Fall, spring.)
SCI 110
Natural Science I
The first semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course focuses
on the nature of science and major concepts of physics and chemistry. Laboratory
work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the use of computers
and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory per week.
Natural Sciences LAF. Prereq.: MPG 3)
SCI 111
Natural Science II
The second semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course
focuses on major concepts of earth science and biology. Laboratory work will
complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors.
(Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory per week. Natural Sciences LAF.
Prereq.: SCI 110 and pass CT assessment or GST 100)
Skills
Entry Skills
GST 100
Critical Thinking
Designed to develop critical thinking skills, this course strengthens the ability of
students to comprehend, analyze, synthesize, and evaluate ideas and arguments.
Students identified by the Critical Thinking Assessment are required to complete GST
100 with a minimum grade of 2.0 or better. Students who have passed the Critical
Thinking Assessment may take the class only with the permission of the instructor.
GST 140
Introduction to the Liberal Arts
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and improving those
skills important to academic success: reading, comprehension, note-taking and
textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, test-taking, organization,
concentration and memorization, learning style, conflict management, assertiveness
training, and motivation strategies.
Graduation Skills
GST 200
Quantitative Reasoning/Statistical Literacy
This course focuses on critical thinking about statistics and its use as evidence in
arguments, with an emphasis on interpretation, evaluation, communication, and
analysis of statistically-based arguments. Topics include association, causation,
observational studies, experiments, risk, confounding, bias, and chance. Common
techniques involving statistical opportunism, conditional reasoning using English to
describe and compare rates and percentages presented in tables and graphs, and the
use of standardization to take into account the influence of confounders are reviewed.
Emphasis is on interpretation, evaluation, communication, and analysis of statisticallybased arguments. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
Other General Studies Courses
GST 009
Internship Transcript Notation (.0 course)
A transcript notation is given for the academic learning inherent in an approved notfor-credit/internship/work experience. Reflection activities and work-learning
evaluations are conducted by the Strommen Career and Internship Center. With
approval, a non-credit/internship completed by juniors or seniors will fulfill the
Augsburg Experience graduation requirement.
Biology—BIO
We are in the midst of a revolution in biology. From the unraveling of information locked
within the human and other genomes to the complexities of interactions between organisms in
diverse ecosystems in changing environments, biologists and members of the public are
grappling with an almost overwhelming flood of new information. By focusing on the core
principles of biology, students are given the tools with which to interpret results coming out of
the revolution, and by early exposure to original independent research projects, given the
opportunity to themselves contribute to our understanding of the natural world. Integration
across biological sub-disciplines is emphasized, paralleling the integration taking place in the
maturing field of systems biology. As biological phenomena become amenable to the analytical
tools of chemistry, physics, mathematics, and computer science, biology is increasingly a
multidisciplinary venture. Thus, a firm background in these sciences is also important for the
successful study of biology. Biological forces have many profound effects on society, and in turn
humanity has strongly affected our biosphere. Thus, service-learning opportunities are tightly
integrated within the curriculum.
Augsburg has a strong commitment to undergraduate research. There are a variety of
opportunities in the Biology Department to work with faculty on individual research projects both
during the academic year as well as during the summer. Students at Augsburg also participate
in research programs at other institutions.
For many, an undergraduate major in biology serves as a springboard for further study.
Augsburg graduates have gone on to graduate studies in the life sciences, leading to careers in
college or university teaching, basic and applied research, and public health. Many have
entered professional programs in medicine, veterinary medicine, and dentistry. Other graduates
have gone directly into secondary education, biomedical and biotechnology industries,
laboratory research, natural resources, and environmental education.
Biology Faculty
Dale Pederson (Chair), Jennifer Bankers-Fulbright, Matthew Beckman, Ralph Butkowski,
William Capman, David Crowe, Ann Impullitti
Degree and Major Requirements
Students may choose one of the following degree options: Bachelor of Arts in biology, Bachelor
of Science in biology, or Bachelor of Arts in life sciences.
Bachelor of Arts in Biology
The total number of required courses in the department is nine-and-a-half courses. There are
additional required supporting courses that must be taken in other disciplines.
The Core Series (4.5 total courses):
A. Introductory Biology Courses (3.0 courses)
BIO 151
Introductory Biology
BIO 152
BIO 253
Evolution, Ecology, and Diversity
Introductory Cellular Biology
B. Plant Biology or Ecology (1 course):
Note: At least one of the following courses must be taken in fulfillment of the major.
BIO 361
Plant Biology
or BIO 481
Ecology
C. A Keystone Course (0.5 course)
BIO 490
Biology Keystone
or SCI 490
Integrated Keystone
or another keystone with departmental approval
The Electives (5 courses)
Note: In addition to the requirements listed above, at least five of the following courses must be
completed:
BIO 351
Invertebrate Zoology
BIO 353
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
BIO 355
Genetics
BIO 361
Plant Biology
BIO 369
Biochemistry
BIO 440
Plant Physiology
BIO 471
Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology
BIO 473
Animal Physiology
BIO 474
Developmental Biology
BIO 475
Neurobiology
BIO 476
Microbiology
BIO 481
Ecology
BIO 486
Immunology
BIO 495
Special Topics in Biology
Required Supporting Courses for Bachelor of Arts
CHM 105/106
Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115/116 General Chemistry
PHY 116
Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121/122 General Physics
MAT 114
Precalculus
or MAT 145
Calculus I
or MAT 163
Introductory Statistics
or MAT 248
Biostatistics
or PSY 215
Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I
Bachelor of Science in Biology
The Core Series above, but with the following supporting courses:
Required Supporting Courses for Bachelor of Science
CHM 105/106
Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115/116 General Chemistry (Must be taken concurrently with BIO151/BIO152,
respectively)
CHM 351/352
Organic Chemistry
PHY 121/122
General Physics
MAT 145/146
Calculus I, II
General Education Accomodation
BS biology majors may reduce their general education program by one or two courses. See
Bachelor of Science/Liberal Arts Foundation (LAF) Waiver in the Academic Information section
of the catalog.
Bachelor of Arts in Life Sciences
This major is appropriate for students also seeking secondary teaching licensure in biology.
Requirements are the same as for the Bachelor of Arts in biology degree, but with the
following differences:
Only four (rather than five) upper division biology electives are required, along with:
Two additional science courses, chosen from the following list:
PHY 101
Astronomy
SCI 106
Introductory Meteorology
An introductory geology course
Bachelor of Science in Medical Laboratory Sciences
See the Medical Laboratory Sciences section of the catalog for details of the MLS major.
Graduation Skills
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation
skill in Speaking (S) is met by completing COM 115 (preferred) or COM 111.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Transfer course policy for majors and minors
All transfer courses, including ACTC courses, must be approved in writing by the
department, subject to review by the chair. Only those biology courses successfully completed
(2.0 or above) within the last 10 years will be considered. No more than two upper division
courses from other institutions may be applied toward the major.
Custom Biology Programs
Students who have completed BIO 151, 152, 253 and at least two upper division electives
may, in consultation with their adviser, seek approval from the department to complete major
requirements with as many as four upper division courses from other institutions.
Departmental Honors
A GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall is required. Additionally, students must successfully
complete one of the following: a) one course of approved independent study (BIO 499), b) a
research internship combined with BIO 497, or c) participation in the Mayo Innovation Scholars
Program. BIO 497 and BIO 499 projects should be submitted to the department for approval by
Sept. 30 of the senior year or Feb. 28 in the case of students planning to graduate in the
following December. BIO 497 and BIO 499 projects must include public presentation and a
written report approved by the department.
Minor
A course sequence in general chemistry and five biology courses including BIO 151, 152, 253,
and two upper division courses. The majority of courses in biology must be taken at Augsburg
College.
Other Requirements
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of
the biology faculty. Biology majors must have an adviser in the biology department. In order to
complete all major requirements in four years, BIO 151 and 152 and General Chemistry should
be taken in the first year, and BIO 253 and Organic Chemistry (when appropriate) in the second
year. Students should complete their math requirements early in their college careers. To enroll
in courses that require BIO 253 as a prerequisite, a minimum grade of 1.0 and average grade of
2.0 is required in BIO 151, 152, and 253. For courses that require only BIO 151 and 152,
students must earn a minimum grade of 1.0 and an average grade of 2.0 in BIO 151 and 152. A
grade of 2.0 or above is required for all supporting courses and upper division biology courses
applied to the major. Upper division biology requirements must be traditionally graded. A GPA of
2.5 in upper division biology courses is required for the life sciences major.
Biology for Health Sciences
Prerequisite requirements for health sciences vary with the program and the institution. Care
should be taken to study the requirements for every program well in advance of making
application. In general, medical schools require two-semester sequences in calculus, physics
and organic chemistry. Biochemistry is also commonly required, and in some instances
statistics and literature. Programs in physician assistant training, veterinary medicine, physical
therapy, and such typically have a more extensive list of prerequisites. Students considering a
post-baccalaureate program in these areas should consult early and often with health science
advisers Dixie Shafer, Dale Pederson, and Kelsey Richardson-Blackwell.
Graduate Training in Biology
Graduate programs in biological fields typically require two semesters of general chemistry,
organic chemistry, calculus, and physics. Also required is extensive involvement in research
through Augsburg Experience, internships, and/or independent study. Careful consultation with
a biology adviser is recommended to select among coursework and research options.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for biology teachers, the science
portions of which are satisfied by the Augsburg life sciences major. The state requirements may
be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure
requirements. All upper division biology requirements for secondary licensure must be
completed before beginning student teaching.
Post-Baccalaureate Teaching Licensure
Students who have earned a bachelor’s degree elsewhere and seek life science teaching
licensure at Augsburg are required to complete a minimum of two upper division biology
courses at Augsburg with grades of 2.5 or higher. Required or elective courses are determined
by the department following review of transcripts and prior to matriculation.
Beta Beta Beta
Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national biology honor society is open to
students who have completed at least one upper division biology course and have a GPA of 3.0
in biology.
Cooperative Education and Service-Learning
The department works with the Strommen Career and Internship Center in identifying and
defining cooperative education experiences in laboratories and other settings in the Twin Cities.
Biology Courses
SCI 110
Natural Science I
The first semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course focuses
on the nature of science and major concepts of physics and chemistry. Laboratory
work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the use of computers
and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
MPG 3)
SCI 111
Natural Science II
The second semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course
focuses on major concepts of earth science and biology. Laboratory work will
complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors.
(Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: SCI 110)
SCI 280
Introduction to Research
This is a topics course for discovery-based research introducing concepts and skills
based on instructor-generated research projects. It is offered through a selection
process based on student interest, invitation, and interview selection. It is
recommended for students in the Honors program and can also fulfill an Augsburg
Experience as an experiential course in research if the student project results in
presentation of the work in subsequent semesters. All are welcome to apply. (Prereq.:
Invitation to participate in course; 0.5 course)
BIO 102
The Biological World
The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are emphasized.
The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to gather and analyze data
and propose and test hypotheses are considered. (Three one-hour lectures, one
three-hour laboratory. Does not apply to the major or minor. Prereq.: MPG 2 and pass
CT assessment or GST 100)
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A survey of the structure and function of the human body. (Three one-hour lectures,
one three-hour laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 121 and 103.
Does not apply to the major or minor. Prereq.: HPE 104 or MUS 101 or MUS 111 or
permission of the instructor; CHM 102 or another chemistry course strongly
recommended. Spring)
BIO 121
Human Biology and Lab
An introduction to basic biological principles with a human perspective and
application. Includes discussion of the molecular and cellular basis of life, genetics,
and genetic disease, selected organ systems and disease, and the sustainability of
life on earth. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. A student may not
receive credit for both BIO 121 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor in
biology. Students are strongly encouraged to take CHM 102 before taking this class.
Fall and spring)
BIO 150
Introductory Biology Workshop
An elective workshop for students concurrently enrolled in BIO 151. Students will
explore topics covered in BIO 151 in more depth using AVID-based strategies for
succeeding in college-level biology courses. P/N grading only. (Coreq: BIO 151 and
consent of the instructor)
BIO 151
Introductory Biology
First of a two-semester sequence. An introduction to biology for science majors,
including cell and molecular biology, energy metabolism, genetics. BIO 151 and 152
must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three hours of
lecture, three hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: MPG 3 or
concurrent registration in MAT 105. Fall)
BIO 152
Ecology, Evolution, and Diversity
Second of a two-semester introductory sequence. An introduction to evolution,
ecology, and biological diversity for science majors. (Three hours of lecture, four
hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 151. Spring)
BIO 253
Introductory Cellular Biology
An introduction to structure and function in tissues, cells, and subcellular organelles.
(Three hours of lecture, four hours of laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. Fall)
BIO 297
Directed Study: Research in Biology (0.5 credit)
Directed research with a faculty member. No more than two terms may be applied to
minimum graduation requirements. (Requires permission of the instructor and chair of
the department.)
BIO 351
Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate animals stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life
history, and phylogeny. (Three hours of lecture, four hours of laboratory. Prereq.: BIO
151, 152. Fall)
BIO 353
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
Comparative anatomy, functional morphology, and evolutionary morphology of
vertebrates. (Three hours of lecture, four hours of laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 151, 152.
Spring)
BIO 355
Genetics
A study of the principles of heredity. The course integrates classical transmission
genetics, molecular genetics, and genomics. Special topics will include epigenetics,
developmental genetics, and human disease genetics. Contemporary genetic model
systems will be utilized in laboratory experiments. (Three hours of lecture, four hours
of laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 253 and MAT 114 or 145 or 163 or 164 or 248 or PSY
215. Spring)
BIO 361
Plant Biology
A survey of the diversity and evolution of algae and plants. Topics on plant anatomy,
physiology, phylogeny, ecological and economic importance, and plant-microbe
interactions are integrated throughout. (Three hours of lecture, four hours of
laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 151, 152. Fall)
BIO 369
Biochemistry
The course addresses the chemical structure and function of the major biological
macromolecules. Key topic areas are protein structure and function, enzyme
mechanisms, thermodynamics, intermediary metabolism, and metabolic regulation.
(Three hours of lecture, four hours of laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 253, CHM 351 and
MAT 114 or 145 or 163 or 164 or 248 or PSY 215. Fall)
BIO 440
Plant Physiology
A consideration of the processes involved in photosynthesis, growth, development,
and water relations in plants including the relationship of process to structure and life
history. (Three hours of lecture, four hours of laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 253.)
BIO 471
Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology
An examination of mechanisms of molecular genetics, recombinant DNA technology,
cell-signaling, cell cycle control, the cytoskeleton and select additional topics. (Three
hours of lecture, four hours of laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 369. Spring)
BIO 473
Animal Physiology
A study of digestion, respiration, circulation, excretion, movement, and sensory
perception as well as neural and hormonal control of these functions, emphasizing
vertebrates. (Three hours of lecture, four hours of laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 253 and
MAT 114 or 145 or 163 or 164 or 248 or PSY 215. Fall)
BIO 474
Developmental Biology
A study of development from the embryonic to adult stages. The course will focus on
the physiological, molecular, and morphological changes that occur during
development. Additional topics to be covered will include evolutionary developmental
biology (evo devo), teratology, stem cells, regeneration, and cell death. (Three hours
of lecture, four hours of laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 253.)
BIO 475
Neurobiology
An introduction to the nervous system. Topics to be studied include the electrical
activity of neurons, sensory and motor systems, mechanisms of learning and
memory, animal behavior, and human cognition. (Three hours of lecture, four hours of
laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 253. Spring)
BIO 476
Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms. Environmental, industrial, and
medical issues are discussed, with particular attention paid to human pathogens.
(Three hours of lecture, four hours of laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 253. Spring)
BIO 481
Ecology
A study of interactions between organisms and the biotic and abiotic environment.
Topics include physiological ecology, energy flow, nutrient cycling, a survey of
biomes, population and community ecology, and conservation. (Three hours of
lecture, four hours of laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: BIO 152, CHM
106 or 116 and MAT 114 or 145 or 163 or 164 or 248 or PSY 215. Fall)
BIO 486
Immunology
This course is a study of the body’s immune defense. The course investigates the
structure and mechanisms of human body’s three lines of immune defense.
Protection from microorganisms and parasites, and cancer surveillance are
considered. The role of immunity in vaccination and transplantation, and mechanisms
of immune malfunction in allergy, autoimmunity, and immunodeficiency are included.
(Three hours of lecture, four hours of laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 355. Spring)
BIO 490
Biology Keystone (.5 course)
A seminar course that fulfills the AugCore keystone requirement. Several important
biological issues that have ethical and societal implication and ramifications are
explored, including the topics of the vocation of a scientist, connections between faith
and science, and moral, ethical, and societal challenges faced by scientists. (Prereq.:
senior biology major. Fall, spring)
SCI 490
Integrated Keystone (.5 course)
The Natural Science Keystone explores the connections of science with the world at
large, including faith, vocation, ethics, and professional accountability. Students will
reflect on science as a vocation and the philosophy of science in a global context of
the interconnectedness of faith, reason, ethics, sustainability, and socio-politicaleconomic situation. (Prereq.: senior biology, chemistry, or physics major; P/N for 0.5
course)
BIO 495
Special Topics in Biology
Courses covering special topics not otherwise covered by other course offerings.
Topics may vary.
Internships and Independent Study Courses
BIO 199
lnternship
(Prereq.: BIO 151, 152. P/N only)
BIO 299
Directed Study
BIO 399
Internship
(Prereq.: BIO 253. P/N only)
BIO 497
Independent Study/Research (.5 course)
(Prereq.: BIO 253. P/N only)
BIO 499
Independent Study/Research
(Prereq.: BIO 253. P/N only)
Biopsychology
The biopsychology major is designed to offer students an integrative perspective on the
biological basis of behavior. Towards this end, students will take courses in both psychology
and biology to gain exposure to a broad range of theories and research covering a variety of
topics such as cognition, motor control, sensation/perception, emotion, and psychopathology.
These topics will be studied at multiple levels of analysis including genetic, neural, and
environmental.
The biopsychology major will provide students with a strong foundation of courses in
neuroscience, statistics, and chemistry. This broad training can help prepare students for
careers in research, medicine, public health, education, and pharmaceutical or biotechnology
industries.
Biopsychology Faculty
Matthew Beckman (Biology), Ralph Butkowski (Biology), David Crowe (Biology), Stacy Freiheit
(Psychology), David Matz (Psychology), Dale Pederson (Biology), Bridget Robinson-Riegler
(Psychology), Nancy Steblay (Psychology), Henry Yoon (Psychology).
Major
Thirteen Courses
Psychology Courses:
PSY 105
PSY 215
PSY 315
PSY 355
Principles of Psychology
Research Methods and Statistics I
Research Methods and Statistics II
Biopsychology
Biology Courses:
BIO 151
BIO 152
BIO 253
BIO 475
Introductory Biology
Ecology, Evolution, and Diversity
Introductory Cell Biology
Neurobiology
Psychology Electives (two required):
PSY 299
Directed Study (Research in Biopsychology)
or PSY 360 Psychology Lab (two semesters)
PSY 354
Cognitive Psychology
PSY 391
Individual Differences
PSY 410
Clinical Neuropsychology
PSY 491
Advanced Research Seminar
PSYC 322
Sensation and Perception (St. Thomas)
PSYC 407
Seminar in Behavioral Neuroscience (St. Thomas)
PSYC 378
Psychology of Language (Macalester)
PYSC 486
Seminar in Neuropharmacology (Macalester)
Biology Electives (two required):
BIO 355
BIO 369
BIO 471
BIO 473
BIO 495
BIOL 356
Genetics
Biochemistry
Advanced Cell and Molecular Biology
Animal Physiology
Animal Behavior (this topic only)
Cellular and Molecular Neuroscience (Macalester)
Keystone (one required):
BIO 490
PSY 400
SCI 490
Biology Keystone
Keystone Internship
Integrated Science
Note: Students will need to take the CHM 105/106 or 115/116 sequence to complete the
biology courses. A minimum of five courses must be from Augsburg.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR) and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation
skill in speaking (S) is met by completing COM 111 or 115. Transfer students must consult an
adviser about potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill these skills. An
average grade of 2.0, with no grade below a 1.0 is required for the biology introductory
sequence BIO 151, 152, 253. A grade of 2.0 or above is required for all upper division courses
applied to the major.
Transfer Course Policy for Majors
All transfer courses, including ACTC courses, must be approved in writing by the
department chair(s). Only those biology and psychology courses successfully completed (2.0 or
above) within the last 10 years will be considered. In general, courses that meet the transfer
guidelines may only be applied to introductory or elective credit for the major.
Biopsychology Honors
GPA of 3.5 in the major, and 3.3 overall. Students must complete a high-quality research
project, approved and evaluated by three members of the Biopsychology faculty. Formal
application must be made no later than the junior year.
Department of Business
Administration—BUS, ACC, FIN, MIS,
MKT
Our mission is to prepare students for professional careers in business or for graduate
studies. This preparation involves a curriculum that stresses analysis and communication,
emphasizes both theory and practice, and is shaped by the needs of the business community.
The department fosters close ties with the corporate community that provide a wealth of
practical expertise, a variety of internship opportunities, and future job prospects.
The faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the community by providing an
education that is technically competent, ethically based, and socially aware.
Faculty
Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp (Chair), William M. Arden, John C. Cerrito, David A. Conrad,
John A. Furia, Jennifer Grant, Marc D. Isaacson, Amin E. Kader, Ashok K. Kapoor, Steven J.
LaFave, Laura K. Lazar, Lori L. Lohman, Marc C. McIntosh, Fekri Meziou, Milo A. Schield,
David G. Schwain, Kathryn A. Schwalbe, Peter J. Stark, Stuart M. Stoller
General Requirements
Majors
The Department of Business Administration offers seven majors: business administration
(BUS), accounting (ACC), finance (FIN), international business (BUS), management (BUS),
management information systems (MIS), and marketing (MKT). There is also a combined
business and economics major, which incorporates courses from both the Departments of
Business Administration and Economics.
Specializations
Specializations provide students majoring in a field of study the opportunity to deepen their
knowledge of a particular aspect of this major area. Within the business administration major
there are two specializations: marketing (WEC only) and music business (Day only).
Minors
Minors provide students the opportunity to study and obtain a professional credential in an
area of study that is in addition to their major. Minors are available to students majoring in fields
outside the Department of Business Administration, in addition to students majoring in other
areas in the Department of Business Administration. The Department of Business
Administration offers six minors: business administration (for non-business majors only),
international business, music business, accounting, management information systems, and
marketing.
Certificate Programs
Certificate programs in the Department of Business Administration are designed to meet the
needs of working people looking for specific skills to help them in their job, or to pursue a new
career. The department offers certificates in information technology, business management, and
business finance through the Weekend and Evening College program. Certificate requirements
are listed in management, finance, and management information system sections of the catalog.
Transfer Students
Transfer students must complete at least four of the upper division courses required in the
major at Augsburg, or at least three courses in the minor, or obtain an exemption from the
department. Transfer courses must be approved by the department. Courses taken more than
10 years ago will not be accepted.
Advising
Students who plan to major in any of our business majors are strongly encouraged to select
a departmental adviser who teaches in their major. This should be done by the end of the
sophomore year at the latest. In addition to advising, departmental faculty can counsel students
on their careers, assist in obtaining internships or jobs, and provide letters of recommendation
for prospective employers or graduate programs. The full-time business administrator is also
available for advising questions relating to degree progress, course selection, and international
courses abroad.
Departmental Honors
To complete departmental honors in the Department of Business Administration, students
need to consult with the department chair. Students need to apply to the department and start
the process during the junior year.
Internships
Students are strongly encouraged to work with the Strommen Career and Internship Center
and department faculty to obtain an internship (BUS/ACC/FIN/INS/MIS/MKT 399) during their
junior or senior year. Internships can provide students with experience that may be valuable in
competing for jobs after graduation. Advisers should be consulted about internships.
Study Abroad
The Department of Business Administration faculty actively support international study. For
additional details, see the section on International Partners under International Programs in this
catalog, or consult the departmental coordinator and/or the department administrator, for
international business or other overseas opportunities.
Entrepreneurship
Students are encouraged to take BUS 254 Entrepreneurship.
Business Administration—BUS
The major in business administration prepares students for professional careers in business
administration or for graduate studies. The two specializations within this major share a
common business core. This common core provides students with a broad foundation so they
can readily adapt to internal changes in interests and goals and to external changes in
circumstances and opportunities.
Degree and Major Requirements
Business Core
Seven courses including:
ACC 221
Introduction to Financial Accounting
ACC 222
Introduction to Managerial Accounting
BUS 242
Principles of Management
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as a Vocation
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
FIN 331
Financial Management
MIS 260
Problem Solving for Business
MKT 252
Principles of Marketing
Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 Vocation and the Meaning of
Success to fulfill the Augsburg Core Curriculum Senior Keystone Requirement. (See course
description under Augsburg Core Curriculum.)
Specialization in Music Business (Day students only)
Business Core* plus eight courses:
MUS 105
The Music Business
MUS/BUS 245 Arts Management and Concert Promotion
MUS/BUS 399 Internship
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
One additional music business elective (1.0 credit taken at Augsburg or MSCM)
3 MUS credits
or 2 MUS credits and 1 MUE credit (2 credits must be in residence at Augsburg),
selected from:
MUS 101
Materials of Music I
MUS 111
Aural Skills I
MUS 102
Materials of Music II
MUS 112
Aural Skills II
MUS 130
Introduction to Music and the Fine Arts
MUS 220
Worlds of Music
MUS 241
History of Jazz
(other MUS courses as approved by adviser)
*Music business majors may substitute BUS 254 in place of BUS 242 or 200.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded
throughout the offered courses. The Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill is met by
completing two courses: MIS 260 (QF) and either BUS 264 or BUS 379 or COM 352 (QA).
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Specialization in Marketing (Weekend and Evening College students only)
Business core plus five courses:
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
BUS 264
Statistical Literacy for Managers
or BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
MKT 352
Marketing Research
MKT 355
Marketing Communications
or MKT 357 Advertising
MKT 450
Marketing Management
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and
Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the
business administration major, marketing specialization.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Combined Major in Business Administration and Economics
Eleven courses including:
ACC 221
Introduction to Financial Accounting
ACC 222
Introduction to Managerial Accounting
BUS 242
Principles of Management
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as a Vocation
MKT 252
Principles of Marketing
BUS 379
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
or FIN 331 Financial Management
and one other upper division business administration, accounting, finance, MIS, or marketing
course.
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
and one other upper division economics course
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and
Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the
combined major in business administration and economics.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Minor in Business Administration (open to non-business majors only)
Six courses including:
ACC 221 and 222, BUS 242 or 200, ECO 112 or 113, FIN 331 or BUS 264 or 379, MKT 252.
Other configurations may be permitted with approval of the department chair.
Minor in Music Business
Eight courses including:
MUS 105, ECO 113, MIS 260, ACC 221, MUS/BUS 399, and one of the following: MUS/BUS
245, BUS 254, plus two additional music course credits beyond MUS 105 and MUS 399
(maximum of 1 credit in MUE and/or MUP courses).
This minor is a collaborative program between the Music and Business Administration
Departments. The minor is a course of study designed both for the music major desiring
additional preparation in business and for the non-music major interested in pursuing a career in
the music industry.
Business Administration Courses
BUS 200 Exploring Business as a Vocation
This course is intended to introduce you, the student, to the possibility of pursuing a
career in business as a vocational calling. In this course you will be exposed to the
key areas of business operations including: management, marketing, management
information systems/technology, finance, accounting, and international business.
BUS 242 Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning, and
control. The nature of authority, accountability, and responsibility; analysis of the role
of the professional manager.
BUS/MUS 245 Arts Management and Concert Promotion
A study of the role of the artist manager in career development and the role of the arts
administrator in the management of performing arts projects, and organizations.
Factors affecting trends and earnings, challenges within the industry, and
differentiation between the for-profit and non-profit sectors are discussed. Emphasis
is placed on developing a working vocabulary of industry topics and in benefiting from
practical field experience. (Prereq.: BUS/MUS 105)
BUS 254 Entrepreneurship
The process of transforming an idea into an organization that can market this idea
successfully. Examines the construction of a viable business plan with attention to the
resources needed for success.
BUS 264 Statistical Literacy for Managers
Critical thinking about statistics as evidence for management decisions. Analysis of
business cases involving non-financial data. Focus on predicting, understanding, and
managing variation: modeling, sampling, optimizing, etc. Reviews descriptive and
inferential statistics. Uses spreadsheets for statistical analysis (trends and confidence
intervals). Includes the generation and analysis of survey data. Uses Monte Carlo
simulation in business forecasting. Focus on communicating results in a form that
facilitates decisions by non-quantitative managers. Attention to alternate choices,
sub-optimization, and unanticipated consequences. Optional topics include process
control, six-sigma, data mining, and dashboard metrics. (Prereq.: MPG 3 and MIS
260 or equivalent. WEC and evening schedule: Additional evening sessions are
required.)
BUS 295 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
BUS 301 Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property, and
business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Prereq.: Pass CT
assessment or GST 100)
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and utilization of human resources;
desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of
the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or BUS 200)
BUS 362 International Business
This course views international business from a global perspective, including views of
the U.S. government and perspectives of foreign governments. Each topic is
supported with real-life case studies (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113, and BUS 242 or BUS
200 or MKT 252, and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
How to read and interpret data to make better business decisions. Topics include
descriptive statistics (emphasis on confounding and conditional reasoning) and
statistical inference (confidence intervals and statistical significance). Software used
is either Minitab or Excel. (Prereq.: MIS 260 and either MPG 3 or completion of MAT
171. WEC and evening schedule: Additional sessions are required, usually on a
weekday evening.)
BUS 440 Strategic Management
Concepts and principles related to long-range planning. Taught from a managerial
viewpoint with examples from various industries and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or
BUS 200)
BUS 465 International Management
This course analyzes several factors influencing behavior in the workplace and the
board room, including skills needed to manage across national borders. (Prereq.:
ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111, and BUS 242 or 200; BUS 362 recommended.)
BUS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
Advanced modeling using computer software. Specific topics may include multivariate
modeling PATH analysis, Monte Carlo simulations, queuing models, and ANOVA.
(Prereq.: BUS 379. On demand)
BUS 495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and current national and international business problems and
policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses
BUS 299 Directed Study
BUS 399 Internship
BUS 499 Independent Study/Research
Accounting—ACC
Accountants perform an important function in society by providing high quality financial
information. Augsburg accounting majors learn the requisite skills to do this through the study of
theories and practices associated with the areas of financial accounting, managerial accounting,
tax accounting, and auditing. In addition, accounting majors take courses in other business
areas necessary so that they have a broad understanding how accounting serves the needs of
business managers and others who rely on accounting information.
Students completing the accounting major will be prepared for entry-level positions as auditors
and public accountants, management accountants, tax accountants, and internal auditors. Their
education will give them knowledge and skills to work as accountants in business, government,
and nonprofit organizations and to work in other positions requiring engagement with financial
information.
The Augsburg accounting major also provides students with the accounting and business
coursework required to take the Uniform Certified Public Accountant (CPA) exam. Students
should note, however, that in order to take the exam they must have completed a total of 150
credit hours in either undergraduate or graduate coursework (an Augsburg equivalent of 37.5
credits). Students will also have met the coursework requirements to take the Certified
Management Accountant (CMA) exam.
Accounting majors are encouraged to consider taking one of the professional accounting
examinations upon graduation. Students interested in learning more can find information at the
following websites:
CPA exam general information:
http://www.aicpa.org/BecomeACPA/Pages/BecomeaCPA.aspx
State of Minnesota CPA exam requirements:
https://www.revisor.mn.gov/rules/?id=1105.1500
CMA exam:
http://www.imanet.org/cma_certification.aspx
Degree and Major Requirements
Accounting Major
Business Core Requirements
Seven courses including:
ACC 221
ACC 222
Introduction to Financial Accounting
Introduction to Managerial Accounting
BUS 242
Principles of Management
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as a Vocation
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
FIN 331
Financial Management
MIS 260
Problem Solving for Business
MKT 252
Principles of Marketing
Required Accounting Courses
Nine courses including:
ECO 112
BUS 301
BUS 379
ACC 322
ACC 323
ACC 324
ACC 326
ACC 423
ACC 425
Principles of Macroeconomics
Business Law
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
Accounting Theory and Practice I
Accounting Theory and Practice II
Managerial Cost Accounting
Tax Accounting
Auditing
Advanced Accounting
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and
Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 Vocation and the Meaning of
Success to fulfill the Augsburg Core Curriculum Senior Keystone requirement. (See course
description under Augsburg Core Curriculum.)
Joint BA in Accounting and Master of Arts in Leadership
A BA in accounting and an MA in leadership (MAL) can be earned in this five-year program
designed for students who wish to qualify for CPA certification and obtain a master’s degree. By
the end of the fifth year and successful completion of all requirements, the student receives both
a BA in accounting and an MA in leadership and will have fulfilled the 150-hour requirement to
qualify for the CPA certification. The MAL program offers a large number of courses on a
weekend schedule. Refer to the Graduate Studies Catalog for a complete list of course
offerings.
It is recommended that students meet with an accounting adviser to create an effective plan
for successful completion of the five-year program.
Requirements:
1. Students must apply for admission to the MAL program at the end of their junior year. The
application process includes submission of a completed application form, three letters of
recommendation (two from professors and one from an employer), a personal statement, an
example of writing in an academic paper, a GPA of at least 3.30, and an interview with a threeperson panel from the MAL program.
2. Students must also have faculty endorsement from the accounting program.
3. Students must complete at least one year of accounting work experience (either a job or
internship) by the time they graduate from the MAL program.
Program Coordinator: Stu Stoller
Minor in Accounting
Six courses including:
ACC 221, 222, 322, 323 and 324 plus one of the following courses: ECO 112, ECO 113, MIS
260, FIN 331 or BUS 379. This minor is recommended for majors in MIS and finance.
Accounting Courses
ACC 221 Introduction to Financial Accounting
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts, and fundamentals of accounting,
the accounting cycle, and preparation of financial statements.
ACC 222 Introduction to Managerial Accounting
A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to cost accounting for manufacturing. Basic
concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling
processes, decision making, and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: ACC 221)
ACC 295 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology, and readings in the areas of business administration.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor)
ACC 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to
financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements, and
other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222)
ACC 323 Accounting Theory and Practice II
A continuation of ACC 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on
accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation
concepts, FASB statements, and other relevant issues as applied to liabilities and
stockholders’ equity. (Prereq.: ACC 322)
ACC 324 Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for managerial decision
making. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and
behavioral topics. (Prereq.: ACC 221, 222, BUS 242 or BUS 200, BUS 379 or MAT
163 or 373, MKT 252, or consent of instructor)
ACC 326 Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of planning and compliance for income
taxes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, FIN 331, ECO 112, 113, or consent of instructor)
ACC 423 Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPA’s role to form the
basis of opinion on a set of financial statements. (Prereq.: ACC 323 and ENL 111 or
112, or HON 111)
ACC 425 Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental accounting,
partnership accounting, and fund accounting. (Prereq.: ACC 323)
ACC 495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology, and current national and international business problems and
policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses
ACC 199 Internship
ACC 299 Directed Study
ACC 399 Internship
ACC 499 Independent Study/Research
Finance—FIN
The finance major prepares students for professional careers in corporate finance and the
financial services industry. Augsburg finance majors learn requisite skills through courses
focused on financial theory and practice, investment and portfolio theory, intermediate
accounting theory, money and banking, and international finance. In addition, finance majors
take courses in other business areas necessary so that they have a broad understanding of how
finance serves the needs of business managers and others who rely on financial information.
Besides careers in the finance/accounting area in all businesses large and small, this major
leads to careers in banking, asset management, insurance, and investment banking. Students
will gain the knowledge and skills to work as financial analysts and financial managers in
business, government, and nonprofit organizations, and to work in other positions requiring
engagement with financial information.
Students are encouraged to complete an internship prior to graduation. Proficiency in the
use of spreadsheets such as Excel is expected. Coursework provides a foundation for graduate
school and professional career examinations such as the Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA),
conducted by the CFA Institute, and the Certified Financial Planner (CFP).
Degree and Major Requirements
Finance Major
Finance Core Requirements
Seven courses including:
ACC 221
Introduction to Financial Accounting
ACC 222
Introduction to Managerial Accounting
BUS 242
Principles of Management
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as a Vocation
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
FIN 331
Financial Management
MIS 260
Problem Solving for Business
MKT 252
Principles of Marketing
Required Finance Courses
Eight courses including:
ECO 112
BUS 301
BUS 379
ACC 322
FIN 433
FIN 438
FIN 460
Principles of Macroeconomics
Business Law
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
Accounting Theory and Practice I
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
Investment Theory
International Finance
ECO 315
Money and Banking
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and
Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Note: Finance majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 Vocation and the Meaning of
Success to fulfill the Augsburg Core Curriculum Senior Keystone requirement. (See course
description under Augsburg Core Curriculum.)
Business Finance Certificate Program
The Business Finance Certificate provides students with the knowledge needed to pursue
positions in the banking or brokerage industry, provides basic background for Series 6, 7, 63
examinations, and will partially meet requirements for the Level I CFA examination. It is
designed for students who want to supplement a previously obtained bachelor’s degree or who
are looking to enhance skills in their current job or to pursue a new career. The Business
Finance Certificate is available to non-finance majors and is available through the Weekend and
Evening College (WEC) program. The certificate consists of six courses: ECO 112, ACC 221,
FIN 331, 433, 438, and ECO 315.
Students are required to be in Math Placement Group 3. They must also have a background
in computer skills (especially spreadsheets), or take MIS 260 before admission to the certificate
program. Students must achieve a minimum 2.00 grade point average in all Business Finance
Certificate courses.
Finance Courses
FIN 240
Personal Finance
Introduction to personal financial planning and budgeting, credit management, income
taxes, insurance, real estate, investments, retirement, and estate planning. (This
course is typically offered online in the summer.)
FIN 331
Financial Management
This course includes financial statement analysis, risk and return, security valuation,
capital budgeting, capital structure, and working capital management. (Prereq.: ECO
112 or ECO 113, ACC 221, and MPG 3. This course is also offered as an online
option in summer.)
FIN 433
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
This course includes readings and case discussions on markets, financial strategy,
capital structure and payout policies, raising capital, risk management, corporate
restructuring, and corporate governance. (Prereq.: FIN 331)
FIN 438
Investment Theory
This is an introduction to investment decision making and portfolio managementtheory and practice. Other topics include valuation principles and practices, risk and
return analysis, and derivatives. (Prereq.: FIN 331 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
FIN 460
International Finance
This course develops tools for practicing multinational financial management,
including currency exchange rates, risk, forecasting, spot and forward rates, hedging,
and international monetary and trade flows as represented in the accounting and
macroeconomic identities for current account and trade deficits. This course extends
the framework of financial management to include international transactions as well
as ethical considerations. (Prereq.: FIN 331)
International Business—BUS
The objective of the international business major is to prepare students for the increasingly
competitive and interdependent international business world with which they must cope. It is
absolutely necessary for American graduates to be fully informed about how to compete and do
successful business outside the US as well as in the US market where much of their
competition is from foreign firms.
Students will learn about business transactions between and within countries, exchange
rates, the laws and logistics of international trade, and investments made in foreign markets.
Knowledge of other cultures is crucial to being a successful international business person.
Besides your studies in business, finance, banking, and the like, you will also learn about
different cultures and societies.
A major in international business will lead you to exciting careers in a global context.
Degree and Major Requirements
International Business Major
Business Core Requirements
Seven courses including:
ACC 221
ACC 222
BUS 242
or BUS 200
ECO 113
FIN 331
MIS 260
MKT 252
Introduction to Financial Accounting
Introduction to Managerial Accounting
Principles of Management
Exploring Business as a Vocation
Principles of Microeconomics
Financial Management
Problem Solving for Business
Principles of Marketing
Required International Business Courses
Six courses including:
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
BUS 264
Statistical Literacy for Managers
or BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
BUS 362
International Business
BUS 465
International Management
MKT 466
International Marketing
And one additional upper division course in either international business or international
economics.
Students must also complete three semesters of a foreign language (or equivalent). This
does not include American Sign Language. The language requirement may be waived for
international students. Contact the international business coordinator for details on language
equivalents or other configurations, including transfer equivalencies.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and
Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the
international business major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Minor in International Business
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or 113; ACC 221; BUS 242 or 200 or MKT 252, and three courses in international
business (one may be in international economics).
Students should consult the area coordinator concerning acceptable alternatives in
international economics.
International Business Courses
BUS 362 International Business
This course views international business from a global perspective, including views of
the U.S. government and perspectives of foreign governments. Each topic is
supported with real-life case studies (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113, and BUS 242 or BUS
200 or MKT 252, and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
BUS 465 International Management
This course analyzes several factors influencing behavior in the workplace and the
board room, including skills needed to manage across national borders. (Prereq.:
ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111, and BUS 242 or 200; BUS 362 recommended.)
MKT 466 International Marketing
Examination of issues and activities unique to marketing in an international setting.
Emphasis on adaptation of a marketing mix according to the international marketing
environment. (Prereq.: MKT 252)
Management—BUS
The major in management prepares the student for a wide variety of careers in supervision
and senior management. Peter Drucker once commented that effective management is
probably the main resource of developed countries and the most needed resource in developing
ones.
The role of a manager is to guide the organization and its employees toward the
accomplishment of goals. The skills developed in the study of this major are applicable in
businesses of any size and in both the for-profit and nonprofit sectors.
In addition to the general business core courses, students take courses in human resources,
strategy, international management, project management and/or quantitative methods of
management.
Degree and Major Requirements
Management Major
Business Core Requirements
Seven courses including:
ACC 221
Introduction to Financial Accounting
ACC 222
Introduction to Managerial Accounting
BUS 242
Principles of Management
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as a Vocation
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
FIN 331
Financial Management
MKT 252
Principles of Marketing
MIS 260
Problem Solving for Business
Required Management Courses:
Six courses including:
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
BUS 264
Statistical Literacy for Managers
or BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
BUS 340
Human Resource Management
BUS 440
Strategic Management
BUS 465
International Management
MIS 376
Project Management
or ECO 318 Management Science
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and
Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the
management major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Business Management Certificate Program
The Business Management Certificate Program is designed for students who want to add to
a current degree, update previously learned skills, change or explore a new career, or increase
their value in the job market. It is available through the Weekend and Evening College program.
Students may begin by completing the Business Management Certificate Program and continue
on to complete a bachelor’s degree in management. The certificate consists of five courses:
BUS 242, 340, 440, 465, and one of the following: BUS 254, MIS 376, or ECO 318.
Management Courses
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and utilization of human resources;
desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of
the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or 200).
BUS 440 Strategic Management
Concepts and principles related to long-range planning. Taught from a managerial
viewpoint with examples from various industries and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or
BUS 200).
BUS 465 International Management
This course analyzes several factors influencing behavior in the workplace and the
board room, including skills needed to manage across national borders. (Prereq.:
ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111 and BUS 242 or 200. BUS 362 recommended).
Management Information Systems—MIS
The major in management information systems prepares students for professional careers
in information systems such as application developer, business systems analyst, IT consultant,
or project manager. MIS studies information systems as both a resource and a tool for decision
making. Students learn to analyze and evaluate existing systems and to design and develop
new systems. MIS is an extensive major (16 courses) and includes courses from computer
science, mathematics, economics, business, accounting, finance, and marketing as well as from
MIS.
Degree and Major Requirements
Management Information Systems Major
Business Core Requirements
Seven courses including:
ACC 221
Introduction to Financial Accounting
ACC 222
Introduction to Managerial Accounting
BUS 242
Principles of Management
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as a Vocation
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
FIN 331
Financial Management
MIS 260
Problem Solving for Business
MKT 252
Principles of Marketing
Required MIS Courses
Six courses including:
BUS 264
Statistical Literacy for Managers
or BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
MIS 270
Data Management for Business
MIS 375
Management Information Systems in the Organization
MIS 376
Project Management
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
MIS 476
Information Systems Projects
Three required supporting courses:
CSC 160
Introduction to Computer Science
CSC 170
Structured Programming
or CSC 240 Introduction to Networking and Communications
MAT 171
Discrete Math for Computing
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and
Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 Vocation and the Meaning of
Success to fulfill the Augsburg Core Curriculum Senior Keystone Requirement. (See course
description under Augsburg Core Curriculum.)
Minor in MIS
Six courses including:
MIS 260, ACC 221, ECO 113, BUS 242 or 200 or MKT 252, plus two courses selected from
MIS 270, MIS 375, and MIS 376 or ECO 318 (but not both MIS 376 and ECO 318)
Information Technology Certificate
The Information Technology (IT) Certificate program is comprised of six courses, which are
part of the management information systems (MIS) degree program. Non-degree seeking
students can complete these six courses to earn the certificate. The certificate is available
through the Weekend and Evening College (WEC) program. Students who do not have a
degree are eligible to go on with their studies to complete the bachelor’s degree in MIS. The six
certificate courses are: MIS 260, 270, 375, 376, CSC 160 and CSC 240.
Students can vary the order of courses taken. However, MIS 260 should be the first MIS
course, and CSC 160 should be the first CSC course taken. Students are required to meet a
math proficiency level of MPG 3 prior to entering this program.
Management Information Systems (MIS) Courses
MIS 260
Problem Solving for Business
This course applies advanced software capabilities like macros, Solver, and Scenario
Manager in Microsoft Excel as well as other simulation and decision support tools for
problem solving in business through the use of realistic business cases. (Prereq.:
MPG 3)
MIS 270
Data Management for Business
Introduces the concepts of data modeling, database structures, and relational
databases using a hands-on approach. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MIS 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology, and readings in the area of management information systems.
MIS 375
Management Information Systems in the Organization
Broad understanding of using information systems to support organizational
objectives. Topics include strategic planning and uses of information systems,
business process analysis, and understanding of the components in a technology
architecture. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or BUS 200 or MKT 252, ENL 111 or 112 or HON
111, and pass CT assessment or GST 100)
MIS 376
Project Management
Develops project management skills needed to initiate, plan, execute, control, and
close projects. Combines theories, techniques, group activities, and computer tools
such as Microsoft Project. Emphasizes technical and communications skills needed
to manage inevitable changes. (Prereq.: MIS 260)
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
Develops skills in using systems development methodologies and Computer Aided
Software Engineering (CASE) tools. Techniques used include data and process
modeling, file and database design, and user interface design. A course-long project
is used to complete a rudimentary system design. (Prereq.: MIS 260, 270, and 375)
MIS 476
Information Systems Projects
Skills developed in previous courses are used to complete an actual project of
systems analysis and design. (Prereq.: MIS 260, 270, 375, 376, and 475)
MIS 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, and meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent
of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
MIS 199
Internship
MIS 299
Directed Study
MIS 399
Internship
MIS 499
Independent Study/Research
Marketing—MKT
The marketing major prepares students for professional careers in a wide variety of
marketing functions within both business and not-for-profit organizations. Career avenues
include marketing research, product management, marketing communications (e.g., advertising,
public relations, sales promotion), and sales. Marketing courses focus on integrating both theory
and practical applications, with an emphasis on hands-on projects. Augsburg’s metropolitan
location makes it easy for marketing students to complete marketing plans, research studies,
and other projects for leading Twin Cities companies and not-for-profit organizations.
Degree and Major Requirements
Marketing Major
Business Core Requirements
Seven courses including:
ACC 221
Introduction to Financial Accounting
ACC 222
Introduction to Managerial Accounting
BUS 242
Principles of Management
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as a Vocation
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
FIN 331
Financial Management
MIS 260
Problem Solving for Business
MKT 252
Principles of Marketing
Required Marketing Courses
Eight courses including:
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
BUS 264
Statistical Literacy for Managers
or BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
BUS 301
Business Law
MKT 352
Marketing Research and Analysis
MKT 450
Marketing Management
MKT 466
International Marketing
MKT 350
Consumer Behavior
or MKT 354 Sales Management
MKT 355
Marketing Communications
or MKT 357 Advertising
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and
Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 Vocation and the Meaning of
Success to fulfill the Augsburg Core Curriculum Senior Keystone requirement. (See course
description under Augsburg Core Curriculum.)
Minor in Marketing
Five courses including:
MKT 252, MKT 355 or MKT 357, MKT 352, and two additional marketing courses.
This minor is recommended for anyone who wishes to further their knowledge of the
marketing field.
Marketing Courses
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive,
behavioral, economic, and technological factors as they affect product, promotion,
marketing channel, and pricing decisions.
MKT 350 Consumer Behavior
Consumer behavior theories and principles as they apply to the consumer decision
making process. Impact of attitudes, values, personality, and motivation on individual
decision processes. Analysis of cultural, ethnic, social class, family, and purchase
situation influences. Application to everyday purchasing situations. (Prereq.: MKT 252
or consent of instructor)
MKT 352 Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making. Emphasis on development of
research proposal, methodology, and collection and analysis of data. (Prereq.: MKT
252, BUS 379 or 264, or consent of instructor. For non-business majors: An
alternative to BUS 379 is another introductory statistics course with consent of
instructor. Augsburg statistics courses that will automatically fulfill the BUS 264 or 379
prerequisite for non-business majors are MAT 163, SOC 362, or PSY 215.)
MKT 354 Sales Management
Formulation, implementation, evaluation, and control of sales force programs
designed to carry out marketing objectives. Management of sales force recruitment,
departmental structure, training, motivation, territory allocation, quotas, and
compensation. (Prereq.: MKT 252 or consent of instructor)
MKT 355 Marketing Communications
Integration of advertising, public relations, sales promotion design, evaluation, and
personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. (Prereq.: MKT 252) Note: Either MKT
355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both.
MKT 357 Advertising
Introduction to print, broadcast, and Web-based advertising and promotion as
important elements in modern marketing and communications. Note: Either MKT 355
or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both.
MKT 450 Marketing Management
Application of marketing concepts to day-to-day strategies and long-term planning
issues; development and implementation of marketing plans. (Prereq.: MKT 252,
MKT 352, MKT 355 or 357, ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111, and pass CT assessment or
GST 100, or consent of instructor)
MKT 466 International Marketing
Examination of issues and activities unique to marketing in an international setting.
Emphasis on adaptation of a marketing mix according to the international marketing
environment. (Prereq.: MKT 252)
MKT 495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and current national and international business problems and
policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
MKT 199 Internship
MKT 299 Directed Study
MKT 399 Internship
MKT 499 Independent Study/Research
Chemistry—CHM
Chemistry is the science that examines and works toward understanding changes in matter.
Chemistry has been described as the central science because matter includes the entire
physical world, such as the things we use, the food we eat, and even ourselves. Correlating the
insights of chemistry with physics, mathematics, and molecular biology opens vistas that excite
and offer opportunities to benefit the entire world.
Chemists as scientists must be knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving scientific
problems and also capable of providing a public understanding of their work, including potential
problems as well as benefits.
Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand themselves and their
society. The liberal arts as offered in the general education curriculum is imperative if a chemist
is to be both truly human and truly scientific.
Augsburg’s chemistry department is approved by the American Chemical Society (ACS) and
offers a chemistry major that meets the chemistry background required by many fields.
Consonant with these ideals, the Department of Chemistry has established the following
objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists:
• To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates
who complete our ACS chemistry major to compete successfully with their peers of
similar ability in graduate school or research positions, as well as professional goals
other than traditional positions as chemists.
• To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain lifelong
learners, thereby remaining competent in their field, however that may change after
graduation, and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise.
• To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to integrate
outside study areas with the sciences.
• To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example of the
methodology of the natural sciences in examining the world around us. The
presentation of major concepts underlying the changes in matter, the opportunity to
examine change in the physical world, and the reflection of the implications and
limitations of science in our society will enhance the ability of non-science persons to
make better value judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemistry Faculty
Sandra L. Olmsted (Chair), Ron L. Fedie, Vivian Feng, Arlin E. Gyberg (emeritus), David R.
Hanson, Joan C. Kunz, Michael Wentzel
Degree and Major Requirements
Bachelor of Arts
Major in Chemistry
CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, II
CHM 351, 352 Organic Chemistry I, II
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
CHM 361 Physical Chemistry I
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (four semesters)
One course in biochemistry and one additional course from:
CHM 364
CHM 367
CHM 464
CHM 481
CHM 482
CHM 470
Physical Chemistry II
Properties of Polymers
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Principles of Medicinal Chemistry
Also required:
PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, II
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, II
Because upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should
plan to take MAT 145, 146 in the first year and PHY 121, 122 in the sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure in Physical Science
The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ
slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also
be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure
requirements.
Chemistry for Pre-Professional Students
Pre-medical students should plan to take at least three courses (and usually more) in
biology. Other pre-health and pre-professional students (physician assistant, pharmacy,
engineering, etc.—see pre-professional program listings in the Academic Information section)
should consult the chemistry department for assistance in course planning early in their college
careers.
Bachelor of Science
American Chemical Society Approved Major
CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, II
CHM 351, 352 Organic Chemistry I, II
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
CHM 361, 363
Physical Chemistry and Laboratory I
CHM 364, 365
Physical Chemistry and Laboratory II
CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
One course in biochemistry
One course from:
CHM 367
CHM 470
CHM 495
Properties of Polymers
Principles of Medicinal Chemistry
Topics in Chemistry
Also required are:
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (four semesters)
MAT 145, 146, 245
Calculus I, II, III
PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, II (should be taken in sophomore year)
Recommended: Modern Physics, additional mathematics, research experience, and computer
proficiency.
General Education Accommodation
BS chemistry majors are allowed a two-course reduction in the general education program.
See Graduation Requirements modification section of this catalog.
Graduation Skills
The Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), and Writing (W) graduation skills
are embedded throughout the chemistry major for both BA and BS degrees. ENL 111 should be
taken in the first year. The Speaking (S) skill is met through COM 115 (or COM 111) and further
developed in upper division chemistry courses.
Departmental Honors
Full ACS major; GPA of 3.50 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics and 3.0 over-all; one
course or summer of approved research; participation in seminar.
Minor
Five courses that must include: CHM 115, 116, CHM 353, and any two other chemistry
courses above 300. At least one of the 300-level courses must be taken at Augsburg.
Note: Other restrictions and prerequisites are in the course descriptions.
Chemistry Courses
Any course taken as a prerequisite for another course, including the first course in a twoterm sequence, must be completed with a grade of P, or 2.0 or higher.
SCI 110
Natural Science I
The first semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course
focuses on the nature of science and major concepts of physics and chemistry.
Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the use
of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour
laboratory. QF course. Prereq.: MPG 3)
SCI 111
Natural Science II
The second semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course
focuses on major concepts of earth science and biology. Laboratory work will
complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors.
(Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: SCI 110)
CHM 102
Chemistry for Changing Times
Designed for the liberal arts student. Emphasis is upon developing basic chemistry
concepts using examples primarily from inorganic chemistry. Does not count
toward a chemistry major or minor. CHM 102 includes a laboratory experience.
(Prereq.: MPG 2)
CHM 115
General Chemistry I
This is the entry course for chemistry and related science majors, including biology
and physics. Course topics include an introduction to matter and measurements,
chemical equations, stoichiometry, energetics, electronic structure, and bonding
theory. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. QF course. Prereq.:
MPG 3, high school chemistry recommended. Fall and Spring)
CHM 116
General Chemistry II
A continuation of Chemistry 115. Emphasis on equilibrium and solution chemistry
including kinetics and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour
laboratory. QF course. Prereq.: CHM 115. Spring and Summer)
CHM 351, 352 Organic Chemistry I, II
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms
and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern
theories of chemical bonds, energy relationships, and reaction mechanisms.
(Three one-hour lectures, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 116. Fall: CHM
351; spring: CHM 352)
CHM 353
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and
gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of
analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and
includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lecture, one four-hour laboratory. QA
course. Prereq.: CHM 116. MPG 3. Fall)
CHM 361
Physical Chemistry I
Covers three of the basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics,
quantum mechanics, and statistical mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
CHM 116; MAT 145, 146; PHY 121, 122; pass CT assessment or GST 100. Fall)
CHM 363
Physical Chemistry Laboratory I
(.5 course)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection
and experimental application of concepts presented in physical chemistry lecture.
CHM 363 is to be taken in the fall and involves experiments related to CHM 361.
(Two two-hour lab periods. Prereq.: CHM 361 or concurrent registration, and ENL
111 or 112 or HON 111. Fall)
CHM 364
Physical Chemistry II
Covers the fundamentals of the chemical kinetics as well as the concepts studied
in CHM 361 applied to areas of solutions, molecular structure, spectroscopy,
surfaces, diffraction techniques, and macromolecules. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: CHM 361. Spring)
CHM 365
Physical Chemistry Laboratory II
(.5 course)
CHM 365 is to be taken the second semester and involves experiments relating to
CHM 364. (One four-hour lab period. Prereq.: CHM 364 or concurrent registration.
Spring)
CHM 367
Properties of Polymers
Presents polymer chemistry as an interdisciplinary chemistry relying on the
organic, analytical, and physical chemistry prerequisites to unfold the details of
macromolecules. (Prereq.: CHM 352, 361. Spring, alternate years)
CHM 464
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Laboratory work is organized around the problems of identifying organic
compounds. Lecture topics include theory and structure-spectra correlations for IR,
UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature, and advanced topics in
organic synthesis. (Three hours of lecture, six hours of laboratory. Prereq.: CHM
352, 353, 361 or consent of instructor. Fall)
CHM 470
Principles of Medicinal Chemistry
Medicinal chemistry examines the organic chemistry of drug design and drug
action. Students study the mechanisms of drug transport across biological
membranes, absorption, distribution, and drug excretion; the relationship between
structure and activity; molecular recognition process in drug-receptor interactions;
enzyme mechanisms; and the metabolic pathways by which drugs are detoxified.
Also studied are the concepts used in the design of therapeutic substances.
(Prereq.: CHM 352. A course in biochemistry is recommended. Spring, alternate
years)
CHM 481
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis on instrumental methods of analysis. Atomic, molecular, and electron
spectroscopy, radiochemical, chromatography, thermal, and electroanalytical
methods are covered. (Three hours of lecture, one four-and-one-half hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 353, 361 or consent of instructor. Spring)
CHM 482
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Study of inorganic substances and their reactions using electrostatic and molecular
orbital models. Reactivity and bonding in coordination, cluster, and organometallic
compounds are considered. The laboratory consists of preparations using a variety
of techniques. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM
352, 361 or consent of instructor. Spring)
CHM 491
Chemistry Seminar
(.0 course)
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors
under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are
expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are also
invited to participate.
CHM 495
Topics in Chemistry
Study of a specific area building upon inorganic, analytical, physical, and organic
chemistry.
CHM 497
Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before
graduation that may be obtained by working on a summer research project (not
counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (that
may be counted as a course). Cooperative education is an excellent opportunity to
be involved in industrial research projects. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing)
Internships and Independent Study Courses
CHM 199
Internship
CHM 299
Directed Study
CHM 399
Internship
CHM 499
Independent Study/Research
(Prereq.: junior or senior standing).
Communication Studies—COM
Our discipline is grounded in rhetorical and scientific principles and is guided by the need to
make communicative choices that are artful, ethical, and effective. Students who major in
communication studies are concerned with interpersonal relationships, mass media, public
advocacy and social influence, group and organizational dynamics, and intercultural dimensions
of communication.
Prospective majors should meet with a departmental adviser as early as possible to design
an approved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year.
Communication Studies Faculty
Deborah Redmond (Chair), Kristen Chamberlain, Wesley Ellenwood, Robert Groven, Daniel
Hanson, Jenny Hanson, David Lapakko, Emanuelle Wessels
Degree and Major Requirements
Bachelor of Arts
Communication Studies Major
Twelve courses overall—eight required core courses and four courses within one of eight
emphases. For transfer students, at least six of these courses must be taken at Augsburg.
Required of all communication studies majors:
COM 111
Public Speaking
or COM 112 Contest Public Speaking
COM 254
Interpersonal Communication
COM 280
Introduction to Communication Studies
COM 351
Argumentation
COM 352
Persuasion
COM 355
Small Group Communication
COM 321
Business and Professional Speaking
or COM 329 Intercultural Communication
COM 490
Senior Keystone
Professional Communication Emphasis
This emphasis is intended for students interested in studying communication from an artistic
and humanities perspective. It is appropriate for career interests such as communication
graduate school, other professional graduate programs (e.g. law school), rhetorical criticism,
political communication, and for being a professional trainer, communication consultant,
professional speaker, or speechwriter.
Four additional electives from the following: COM 321 (required), COM 329, 345, 405, 399,
499; THR 350; BUS 242, 301; ENL 220; POL 326, 342, 370; PSY 271, 325; SOC 362, 363
Organizational Communication Emphasis
Appropriate for: business-related careers such as professional manager, sales,
management consulting, technical consulting, internal communications, organizational or
industrial consulting, human systems analyst or designer, and also graduate programs in
organizational studies.
Four additional electives from the following: COM 345 (required), COM 321, 329, 356, 399,
405, 480, 495, 499; BUS 242, 340; PSY 271, 325, 373; SOC 265, 349, 375
Supervisory Management Emphasis
Appropriate for students seeking management careers.
Four additional electives from: BUS 242 or 440 (required); COM 321, 329, 356, 399, 405,
480, 495, 499; BUS 340; ENL 223; MIS 260; PSY 373; SOC 349
Human Relations Emphasis
Appropriate for students pursuing the study of how organizations manage their internal
structure and personnel. People who work in this area deal with such issues as discrimination,
work rules, employee relations, etc.
Four additional electives from: BUS 340 (required); COM 321, 329, 345, 356, 399, 405, 495;
PSY 373, 385; SOC 265, 349, 375
Marketing Communication Emphasis
Courses in this emphasis focus on the communication aspects of the marketingcommunication mix. This emphasis is particularly helpful for students interested in an
organizational role in marketing communication.
Four additional electives from: MKT 252 (required); COM 120, 321, 329, 356, 399, 405, 480,
495, MKT 352, 355, 357, 450; POL 342
Public Relations and Advertising Emphasis
Courses are designed to prepare students for the growing fields of public relations and crisis
management, as well as advertising and promotional communication. An internship in public
relations, advertising, or a related field is required.
Four additional electives from: ENL 227 (required); COM 120, 321, 329, 345, 356, 399, 405,
480, 495; ART 132, 224, 225; BUS 242, 379; MKT 252, 355, 357; PSY 373; SOC 349, POL 342
Mass Communication and Journalism Emphasis
Courses are designed to prepare students for entry into television, film, journalism, e-media
(both performance and production), media criticism and policy, or graduate school in mass
communication or journalism.
Four electives from the following: ENL 227 (required); COM 120, 243, 247, 321, 329, 348,
399, 495, 499: ART 132, 215, 224, 225, 315, 330, 340; ENL 226, 228, 241, 324, 327, 427; POL
342; THR 232, 233, 325, 350, 360; BUS 254, ENL 328
Graduate Study Emphasis
Courses in this emphasis would be especially helpful for students planning to do graduate
work in such fields as communication studies, education, or law.
Four electives from the following: SOC 362 or ENL 420 (required); COM 120, 321, 329, 356,
405, 495, 499; PHI 230; POL 483; PSY 215, 315; SOC 363, 375
For All Eight Emphases
We encourage all majors to participate in Augsburg’s interscholastic forensics program.
Students should be aware that the tournament season is essentially from October through midMarch, and should plan schedules accordingly.
All Day majors should plan to include at least one internship (COM 399) as one of their
electives.
Students may petition the department to include as part of their major concentration other
Augsburg courses not listed above. Such requests must be submitted in writing to the
departmental adviser for prior approval. Also, students may petition to include up to three
courses from other ACTC schools as electives, with prior approval of the adviser or department
chair.
The Critical Thinking (CT) and Speaking (S) graduation skills are embedded throughout the
offered courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation skills in Quantitative
Reasoning (QR) and Writing (W) are met by completing the following courses:
One QF: PSY 215 or MAT 163 AND a QA: COM 352 (NOTE for Mass Communication only,
COM 352 or ENL 327)
W: COM 351 and any 200 level writing course in the English Department
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Communication Arts/Literature Teacher Licensure Major
This major, which includes secondary education coursework and student teaching
requirements in the Education Department, offers students the preparation necessary to
become teachers of communication arts and literature in public schools and allows them to
become licensed to teach at the middle school through the secondary level. Recommendation
for teacher licensure is granted only to students who complete the requirements for this program
with a minimum grade of 2.0 in major courses and with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.50 in
the major. All requirements in the major must be completed prior to student teaching. The
course requirements for this program are listed in the Department of English section of the
catalog.
Departmental Honors
Departmental Honors is designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding
achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Departmental Honors
students must maintain a 3.50 GPA in the major and a 3.00 GPA overall, and, as part of their
major program, complete a substantial independent project of honors quality (COM 499
registration). Honors candidates should meet with their departmental adviser prior to their senior
year to develop a proposal for the honors project.
Communication Studies Minor
Six courses including:
COM 111
Public Speaking
or COM 112
or COM 115
COM 254
COM 280
COM 120
or COM 243
or POL 342
COM 351
or COM 352
COM 355
or COM 345
Contest Public Speaking
Scientific and Technical Speaking
Interpersonal Communication
Introduction to Communication Studies
Mass Media and Popular Culture
Studio Production
Mass Communication in Society
Argumentation
Persuasion
Small Group Communication
Organizational Communication
Film Major
The Augsburg film major reflects our belief that students are transformed through a wellrounded curriculum that encourages creativity, critical analysis and inquiry, ethical
considerations, and an understanding of the synergy between theory and practice. The major
explores the tension between art and commerce through dialogues with film industry members,
internship and mentorship opportunities, film symposia, and our Film Artist series. Students will
gain experience in scripting, directing, editing, and acting for both 16mm film and digital.
Students will be introduced to the study of film theory, criticism, and culture. Students are
encouraged to double major or to seek minors in related fields such as art, English, theater,
philosophy, communication studies, women’s studies, and American Indian studies, to name a
few.
Film Faculty
Deborah Redmond (Program Director), Michael Burden, Robert Cowgill, Cass Dalglish, Wesley
Ellenwood, Darcey Engen, Doug Green, Jenny Hanson, Martha Johnson, Elise Marubbio
Required of all Film Majors:
Nine Core Courses
FLM 180 FA
FLM 216
ENL 241 HUM
COM 247 HUM
FLM 260
ENL 371
FLM 420
FLM 490
Film Sight and Sound
Film Production I (Prereq.: FLM 180)
Intro to Cinema Arts (Prereq;: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
Documentary History and Theory
Documentary Production I (Prereq.: FLM 180 and COM 247)
History of Cinema (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 and a 2XX literature course)
Issues in Contemporary Cinema (Prereq.: COM 247 or ENL 371)
Film Keystone (Prereq.: FLM 216 and FLM 260)
Select and complete one (1) of the following courses:
THR 232
THR 233
FA
Acting
Acting for Camera
Three electives must be chosen from the three defined tracks below in consultation with your
adviser, who is designated by the program director. Note that not all elective courses are offered
every year, so alternatives within the track may have to be chosen.
Track #1 Production: Students interested in producing films or videos complete three (3)
electives chosen from:
ART 132
ART 215
ART 315
ART 340
COM 243
FLM 312
FLM 348
FLM 499
ENL 228
MUS 130
PHY 119
THR 328
FA
FA
Photograph
Web Design 1
Web Design 2 (Prereq.: ART 215)
Digital Imaging
Television Production
Film Production 2 (Prereq.: FLM 216)
Intermediate Video Production (Prereq.: FLM 260)
Independent Study (Prereq.: Instructor’s permission)
Broadcast and Online Journalism (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
FA
Introduction to Music and the Fine Arts
NS-L Physics for the Fine Arts (Prereq.: MPG 3)
Theatrical Design (Prereq.: THR 228)
Track #2 Performance: Students interested in acting and directing choose from:
ENL 325
Playwriting (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
ENL 328
Screenwriting (Prereq.: ENL 220, 221, 226, or 228)
PHY 119 NS-L Physics for the Fine Arts (Prereq.: MPG 3)
THR 233
Acting for the Camera
THR 328
Theatrical Design (Prereq.: THR 228)
THR 350
Voice for Speech, Stage, and Screen
TTHR 366
Stage Direction (Prereq.: THR 362 or consent of instructor)
FLM 499
Independent Study (Prereq.: Instructor’s permission)
Track #3 Theory and Culture Students interested in analysis of film, film genres, and
cultural context choose from:
ART 240 FA
AIS 264
AIS 364
AIS/WST 208/408
ENL 221
ENL 228
ENL 240
ENL 430
FLM 499
PHI 120 HUM
PHY 119 NS-L
SPA 248
REL 309
Art History Survey (Prereq.: Pass CT assessment or GST 100)
American Indians in the Cinema
Indigenous Filmmakers
Native American Women and Film (Prereq.: WST 201 or any WST 2xx
women’s studies’ course; AIS 105 or any 2xx AIS course, or consent of
instructor)
Expository Writing about the Arts and Popular Culture (Prereq.: ENL 111 or
112 or HON 111)
Broadcast and Online Journalism (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
Introduction to Literary Study (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
Advanced Studies in Theory and Method (Prereq.: any 300-level literature
course or consent of instructor)
Independent Study (Prereq.: Instructor’s permission)
Ethics (Prereq.: pass CT assessment or GST 100)
Physics for the Fine Arts (Prereq.: MPG 3)
Spanish & Latin American Culture through Film
Religion at the Movies (Prereq.: REL 100 or 300)
Graduation Skills
The Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) graduation skills are embedded
throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation skill in
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) is met by completing the following courses:
QR/QFA is satisfied by GST 200, MAT 145, MAT 146, PHI 230, or PHY 119
Note: For transfer students, at least three of these six courses must be courses offered
at Augsburg. Prospective minors must obtain prior approval from a film faculty adviser.
Communication Courses
COM 111 Public Speaking
The course focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis, style,
listening, and overcoming speech fright. Note: Students may take only one of either
COM 111, COM 112, or COM 115 for credit. (Fall, spring)
COM 112 Contest Public Speaking
Theory and practice of preparing speeches for delivery in formal and contest
situations. Students are expected to attend three interscholastic speech tournaments
and compete in at least two of the following: informative speaking, persuasive
speaking, speaking to entertain, and/or communication analysis. Note: Students may
take only one of either COM 111, COM 112, or COM 115 for credit. (Fall)
COM 115 Scientific and Technical Public Speaking
An introduction to public speaking for students majoring in scientific or technical
fields. Includes the same foundational material as introduction to public speaking,
including delivery, argumentation, persuasion, and audience analysis. This material is
then applied to specific contexts common in technical fields, with special attention to
distinguishing expert or lay audiences and the use of technical vocabulary and
notation systems. Note: Students may take only one of either COM 111, COM 112, or
COM 115 for credit.
COM 120 Mass Media and Popular Culture
This course is a survey of the mass media in popular culture. Students will examine
the different types of mass media and will gain an understanding of what popular
culture is and why it is important. The course examines the importance of media
criticism and the impact that media have had on culture and society. Students are
encouraged to think critically about media and media consumption.
FLM 180 Film Sight and Sound
This is a beginning-level production course that explores the language of film by way
of its aesthetic roots, technological history, and the vocabulary associated with visual
story telling. Students will analyze scenes at the shot-by-shot level while learning the
creative potential of the moving image. Students then incorporate these lessons into
their own work.
FLM 216 Film Production I
This is an introductory film production course that explores the short narrative story
form. Students will write, shoot, and edit four 16mm silent B &W films. This course
explores the collaborative nature, technical requirements, and creative demands of
telling stories through film.
COM 243 Television Production
This is an introductory television production course utilizing three cameras in a live
studio environment. This course emphasizes the demands of live television
production, such as collaborative team effort, pre-production, time management, and
meeting deadlines. Through a series of exercises, students learn the skills required to
produce a live 30-minute news magazine program. (Fall)
COM 247 Documentary History and Theory
This course studies the history of film’s nonfiction art form, as well as the theoretical
methods of engaging the world through a lens. Through the study of selected
documentaries, students will identify and analyze the filmmaker’s point of view and
the methods used to deliver the message.
COM 254 Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal
messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome
communication barriers.
FLM 260 Documentary Production I
This is an introductory video production course that explores documentary’s nonfiction
art form. Through a series of four video projects, students learn the elements and
structure of stories that observe the world through a lens. Emphasis will be placed on
research and story development, as well as learning through collaboration during
production. (Prereq.: FLM 180 and COM 247)
COM 280 Introduction to Communication Studies
An introductory survey course designed to acquaint students with the world of ideas
that serves as the foundation for the field of communication studies.
FLM 312 Film Production II
This intermediate 16mm production course builds on the lessons and skills learned in
FLM 216, with the addition of negative color photography and synchronized sound.
Each student creates three narrative film projects with a collaborative team where
they experience the tasks of writing, directing, shooting, and editing. (Prereq.: FLM
216)
COM 321
Business and Professional Speaking
This course explores advanced issues in public address including delivery and
performance, vocal control, persuasion, audience adaptation, argument construction,
and speaker credibility. The class uses a series of speeches, ranging from impromptu
speaking and persuasion to job interviewing and sales presentations, in order to hone
students’ speaking skills. (Prereq.: COM 111 or 115)
COM 329 Intercultural Communication
This course explores cultural differences and their implications for communication,
including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and code systems.
COM 345 Organizational Communication
An examination of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such
as superior-subordinate relationships, management styles, motivation of employees,
organizational culture, effective use of meetings, and sources of communication
problems.
FLM 348
Intermediate Video Production
This course explores the potential of digital cinema. Building on the lessons learned in
COM 247, emphasis will be placed on the visual aesthetic of the digital image while
exploring the craft of storytelling. Each student will produce projects in each of film’s
three main genres: narrative, documentary, and experimental. (Pre-req: FLM 260)
COM 351 Argumentation
Develops critical thinking skills by study of the theory and practice of argument,
evidence, fallacies, and refutation. Includes how to build and analyze public
arguments that confront students in their everyday lives. (Prereq.: COM 111 or 115 or
consent of instructor; ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111; and pass CT assessment or GST
100. Fall)
COM 352 Persuasion
Examination of the process of influence in a variety of social contexts, paying special
attention to the psychological aspects of persuasion. (Prereq.: MPG 3; COM 111,
112, or 115 or consent of instructor; and either MAT 163 or PSY 215)
COM 355 Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on decision making,
leadership styles, and conflict management.
COM 356 Advanced Interpersonal Communication
This course explores theories and concepts from communication studies related to
our understanding of self, other, relationships, and what it means to lead a
compassionate life. As such, it provides students with an opportunity to probe deeper
into theories and concepts introduced in COM 254 Interpersonal Communication.
(Prereq.: COM 254 or consent of instructor)
FLM 420
Issues in Contemporary Cinema
This course will examine cultural, artistic, commercial, and theoretical concerns that
occur in world cinema today. Our purpose is to help students both contextualize the
cinema they see in appropriate and insightful ways, and to provide a sophisticated
critical apparatus to help them read films as texts and to interpret the cinema’s larger
societal value and impact.
COM 405
Nonverbal Communication
This course focuses on the nonverbal elements of communication. Nonverbal
communication encompasses all communication except the spoken word. In order to
fully explore the functions of nonverbal communication in everyday life, students will
conduct a research project that looks at nonverbal communication in depth. (Prereq:
COM 280)
COM 415 Advanced Critical Media Studies
This course explores the role that various media, such as film, television, and the
internet play in shaping and influencing society. Topics covered include theories of
influence and effects, representations of gender, race, and class, ownership and
democracy, and new media. After taking this course, students should possess
heightened understanding and appreciation of media’s significance and impact in the
world.
COM 480 Public Relations/Promotional Communication
Public relations in the modern world of communication, marketing, and business. An
overview of public relations as a career and a survey of basic promotional
communication in profit and nonprofit organizations.
COM 490 Communication Studies Keystone: Critical Conversations about Communication and
Vocation
A synthesis of communication theories and application of those theories to each
student’s sense of vocation. This course satisfies the keystone requirement.
COM 495 Communication Topics
Selected topics in communication with emphasis on the use of primary sources and
methodology of research.
FLM 490
Film Studies Keystone: Critical Conversations about Film and Vocation
A synthesis of film theories and application of those theories to each student’s sense
of vocation. This course satisfies the keystone requirement. (Prereq.: FLM 216, FLM
260)
FLM 495 Film Topics
Selected topics in film with emphasis on professional standards at every step of the
finished project.
Internships and Independent Study Courses
COM 199 Internship
COM 299 Directed Study
COM 399 Internship
COM 499 Independent Study/Research
FLM 399
Internship
FLM 499
Independent Study/Research
Electives
See department listings for the following approved electives:
ART 132
ART 224
ART 225
ART 330
BUS 242
BUS 340
BUS 379
BUS 440
CSC 160
ENL 226
ENL 227
ENL 228
ENL 241
ENL 327
ENL 328
ENL 430
MKT 252
MKT 352
MKT 355
MKT 450
PHI 230
POL 342
POL 375
PSY 215
PSY 315
PSY 325
PSY 371
PSY 373
PSY 385
SOC 231
SOC 265
SOC 349
SOC 362
SOC 363
SOC 375
THR 230
THR 232
THR 350
Computer Science—CSC
The Department of Computer Science at Augsburg strives to give students a sound
theoretical and practical foundation in computer science. We offer both a BA and a BS major.
The coursework provides students a strong foundation in computer science, with emphasis on
concepts rather than applications. We encourage students to strengthen their coursework by
electing an internship, undergraduate research experience, or cooperative education
experience. Our location in the Twin Cities provides us with an excellent resource of such
experiences for students, and allows them to add practical applications to their education.
Computer Science Faculty
Noel Petit (Chair), Larry Crockett, Erik Steinmetz, Shana Watters
Degree and Major Requirements
Bachelor of Arts
Computer Science Major
Twelve courses including:
CSC 160
CSC 170
CSC 210
CSC 240
CSC 320
CSC 345
CSC 385
CSC 450
CSC 451
MAT 114
MAT 171
or MAT 145
Introduction to Computer Science and Communication
Introduction to Programming
Data Structures
Introduction to Networking and Communications
Algorithms
Principles of Computer Organization
Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory
Programming Languages and Compilers I
Programming Languages and Compilers II
Precalculus (or MPG 4)
Discrete Mathematics for Computing (recommended)
Calculus I
And two electives from:
CSC courses above 200
PHY 261
Electronics
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
MAT 355
Numerical Mathematics
At least one elective must be an upper division course.
The Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR,) and Writing (W) graduation skills
are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The
Speaking (S) graduation skill is met by:
a) COM 111 or 115 (115 recommended), or
b) a sequence of courses and presentations approved in consultation with the Computer
Science Department. Consult your academic adviser for details.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Bachelor of Science
Computer Science Major
Sixteen courses including:
CSC 160
CSC 170
CSC 210
CSC 240
CSC 320
CSC 345
CSC 385
CSC 450
CSC 451
MAT 145
MAT 146
Introduction to Computer Science and Communication
Introduction to Programming
Data Structures
Introduction to Networking and Communications
Algorithms
Principles of Computer Organization
Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory
Programming Languages and Compilers I
Programming Languages and Compilers II
Calculus I
Calculus II
Two courses from:
MAT 245
MAT 246
MAT 247
MAT 271
Calculus III
Linear Algebra
Modeling and Differential Equations
Discrete Mathematical Structures (recommended)
And three electives from:
CSC courses above 200
PHY 261
Electronics
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
MAT 355
Numerical Mathematics
At least two electives must be upper division courses.
The Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), and Writing (W) graduation skills
are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The
Speaking (S) graduation skill is met by:
a) COM 111 or 115 (COM 115 recommended), or
b) a sequence of courses and presentations approved in consultation with the Computer
Science Department. Consult your academic adviser for details.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Computational Economics
The computational economics major has been designed to serve students with need for
some basic understanding of computer science and economics. The major requires six courses
from computer science, six from economics, and a required capstone independent study.
Students interested in this major should consult with the faculty in computer science, in
economics, or one of the coordinators.
Coordinators
Jeanne Boeh, Department of Economics, and Noel Petit, Department of Computer Science
Major in Computational Economics
Thirteen courses including:
MAT 145
CSC 160
CSC 170
CSC 210
CSC 240
or CSC 320
or CSC 352
CSC 345
ECO 112
ECO 113
ECO 312
ECO 313
ECO 318
ECO 315
or EC0 415
CSC 499
or ECO 499
Calculus I
Introduction to Computer Science and Communication
Introduction to Programming
Data Structures
Introduction to Networking and Communications
Algorithms
Database Management and Design
Principles of Computer Organization
Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of Microeconomics
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
Management Science
Money and Banking
Managerial Economics
Independent Study
Independent Study
The Speaking (S), Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), and Writing (W)
graduation skills are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the
major. Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Computational Philosophy
Computational philosophy emphasizes areas of interest in which philosophy and computer
science overlap: logic, artificial intelligence, cognitive science, philosophy of mind, and
philosophy of language. The major requires seven courses from computer science, six from
philosophy, and a required capstone topics course. Students interested in this major should
consult with the faculty in computer science, in philosophy, or one of the coordinators.
Coordinators
David Apolloni, Department of Philosophy, and Noel Petit, Department of Computer Science
Major in Computational Philosophy
Fourteen courses including:
MAT 171
Discrete Mathematics for Computing
or MAT 145 Calculus I
CSC 160
Introduction to Computer Science and Communication
CSC 170
Introduction to Programming
CSC 210
Data Structures
CSC 320
Algorithms
CSC 373
Symbolic Programming and Artificial Intelligence
CSC 385
Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory
PHI 241
History of Philosophy I: Ancient Greek Philosophy
PHI 242
History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
PHI 343
History of Philosophy III: Early Modern and 19th-Century Philosophy
PHI 344
History of Philosophy IV: 20th-Century Philosophy
PHI 365
Philosophy of Science
PHI 410
Topics in Philosophy
or CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science
One upper division elective in philosophy
The Speaking (S), Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), and Writing (W)
graduation skills are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the
major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in computer science major courses, GPA of 3.10 overall, and an independent
study project.
Computer Science Minor
Six courses including CSC 160, 170, 210, 345, one additional upper division computer
science course, and one of MAT 171 or MAT 145.
A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to be counted as completing a
major requirement. A course must also be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a
prerequisite for a subsequent computer science course.
Computer Science Courses
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communication
An introduction to computer science topics in hardware, software, theory, and
computer communications: algorithm design, logical circuits, network concepts, the
internet, and programming. (Prereq.: MPG 3, recommend concurrent registration with
MAT 171 or complete CSC 160 prior to taking MAT 171)
CSC 170
Introduction to Programming
A study of problem-solving, algorithm development, and programming using a highlevel programming language. (Three hours of lecture, one-and-one-half hours of lab.
Prereq.: CSC 160 and MPG 3, pass CT assessment or GST 100; MAT 171
recommended)
CSC 210 Data Structures
Data structures such as linked lists, stacks, and queues; recursion. (Three hours of
lecture, one-and-one-half hours of lab. Prereq.: CSC 170, MPG 4, and one of
MAT 145 or MAT 171; pass CT assessment or GST 100)
CSC 240 Introduction to Networking and Communications
Principles and methods of data communications, information theory, distributed
processing systems, network protocols and security, standards, network
management, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: CSC 160 and MPG 3)
CSC 272 UNIX and C
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that
the student has knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in
some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a
programming language)
CSC 320 Algorithms
A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching and sorting
algorithms, mathematical algorithms, scheduling algorithms, and tree and graph
traversal algorithms. The classes P and NP, NP-complete problems, and intractable
problems. (Prereq.: CSC 210, MPG 4, and one of MAT 145 or MAT 171; pass CT
assessment or GST 100)
CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization
An introduction to computer architecture, binary representation of data, processors,
instruction sets, and assembly language programming. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and MPG 4)
CSC 352 Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and
security, and the development of database systems. (Prereq.: CSC 210)
CSC 353 Database Architecture and Design
An introduction to the physical design and tuning of database systems. Topics include
data storage, indexing, query processing, and transaction processing with a focus on
the relation database. Advanced topics include security, other types of databases
(e.g., distributed databases, client-server architectures, object-oriented), emerging
technologies, and applications. (Prereq.: CSC 210; CSC 352 recommended)
CSC 373 Symbolic Programming and Artificial Intelligence
An introduction to programming in functional, symbolic languages, such as Lisp or
Scheme. A study of the foundation algorithms used in the field of artificial intelligence.
Applications to selected problems from artificial intelligence. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and
pass CT assessment or GST 100)
CSC 385 Formal Logic and Computation Theory
An introduction to sentential and first-order logic including logical connectives, proof
theory, and quantification. Formal models of computation including finite state
automata, pushdown automata, and Turing machines. Incompleteness and
uncomputability. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and one of MAT 145 or MAT 171)
CSC 431 Introduction to AI Robotics
Robot components, robotic paradigms, mobile robots, task planning, sensing, sensor
fusion, basic control concepts. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
CSC 440 Advanced Networking and Operating Systems
Network management; client/server databases and workstations; TCP/IP and other
network examples. Elements of operating systems, memory and process
management, interactions among major components of computer systems, and a
detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems. (Prereq.:
CSC 240 and 345)
CSC 450 Programming Languages and Compilers I
Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages.
Topics include formal languages, programming language syntax and semantics,
parsing, and interpretation. Emphasis on design issues. (Prereq.: CSC 345 or
concurrent registration, CSC 385 or concurrent registration, CSC 320, and ENL 111
or 112 or HON 111)
CSC 451 Programming Languages and Compilers II
Continuation of CSC 450: compilers, data structures, control structures, and the runtime environment. Emphasis on implementation issues. (Prereq.: CSC 345, CSC 450,
and CSC 385)
CSC 457 Computer Graphics
A study of the foundational algorithms required for computer graphics. Topics include
geometric algorithms, geometric modeling, graphics techniques, graphical user
interfaces, human-centered software development, computer animation, virtual
environments, and 3D immersive rendering. (Prereq.: CSC 210, MPG 4)
CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other
courses. This course may be repeated, but may not be counted more than twice as
part of the requirements for the major. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses
CSC 199 Internship
P/N grading only.
CSC 299 Directed Study
CSC 399 Internship
P/N grading only.
CSC 499 Independent Study/Research
Economics—ECO
The Department of Economics offers a program that stresses a strong theoretical
background, quantitative analysis, and an emphasis on national and international issues.
Students who graduate with an economics major are well prepared to continue their education
in a variety of fields or to work successfully in business and government because of the strong
liberal arts emphasis within the major.
The department offers six majors: economics, applied economics, mathematical economics,
business and economics, computational economics, and economics and political science
(education majors only). The economics major and the applied economics majors lead to
careers in the business world or government. The mathematical economics major is designed
for students who intend to attend graduate school in economics or another quantitative field
such as finance or operations research. It is also designed to serve students to work in
quantitative fields immediately upon graduation, e.g., research analysts or actuaries.
Computational economics provides a liberal arts entry into the field of computer science. The
combined economics/business administration major allows students great flexibility in order to
explore both fields. Finally, the teaching major in political science/economics allows secondary
education licensure students to obtain a solid background for teaching economics.
The study of economics provides a firm foundation for confronting change because it
presents a disciplined way to analyze and make choices. An economics major prepares
students for community leadership and leads to a great diversity of career opportunities
including law, teaching, journalism, and private and public international service. Pre-law and
potential Master of Business Administration students are especially encouraged to consider
economics as a major or a minor.
Students are able to combine an economics major with other disciplines such as business
administration, international relations, mathematics, management information systems, political
science, history, and area study programs. Students who are interested in any type of
quantitatively-oriented graduate program in economics or in business are encouraged to either
major or minor in mathematics. These students should also take courses in computer science.
Consult an adviser for specific course suggestions.
For the economics and applied economics majors, the capstone experience is Economics
490 Research Methods in Econometrics. Students in other majors should consult their adviser
for other alternatives. Internships are recommended. Students must consult with the department
chair and the internship office before registering for academic credit.
Note: Transfer students must complete at least three upper division economics courses for a
major and two for a minor. Transfer classes must have been completed in the last 10 years with
at least a 2.0 grade.
Economics Faculty
Keith Gilsdorf (Chair), Jeanne Boeh, Kevin Bowman, Stella Hofrenning, Bernard Walley
Major in Economics, BA
Economics Core:
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 490
Research Methods in Econometrics
Three upper division economics course electives
Supporting Classes
Statistics Class:
BUS 379
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
or MAT 163 Introductory Statistics
Mathematics Class:
MAT 114
Precalculus
or MAT 145, 146 Calculus I and II
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and
Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Major in Applied Economics BA
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
or ECO 315 Money and Banking
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 490
Research Methods in Econometrics
ECO 360
International Economics
ECO 318
Management Science
or ECO 415 Managerial Economics
ECO 350
Labor Economics
ECO 399
Internship Program
or ECO 499 Independent Study
BUS 379
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
or MAT 163
Introductory Statistics
ENL 223
Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI 120
Ethics
or PHI 125 Ethics and Human Identity
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and
Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Major in Computational Economics, BA
See Computer Science.
Combined Major in Economics and Business Administration, BA
Five economics courses:
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
One upper division economics course elective
Six accounting/business administration/MIS courses:
ACC 221
Introduction to Financial Accounting
ACC 222
Introduction to Managerial Accounting
BUS 242
Principles of Management
MKT 252
Principles of Marketing
FIN 331
Financial Management
or BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
One upper division business course elective
Major in Mathematical Economics, BS
Eight economics courses:
Eco 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
Eco 113 Principles of Microeconomics
Eco 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
Eco 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
Eco 416 Mathematical Economics
Eco 490 Research Methods in Economics
Two upper division economics course electives
Seven mathematics courses:
MAT 145
Calculus I
MAT 146
Calculus II
MAT 373, 374 Probability and Statistics I and II
MAT 245
Calculus III
MAT 246
Linear Algebra
MAT 324
Analysis
or MAT 369 Modeling and Differential Equations in the Biological and Physical Sciences
or MAT 377 Operations Research
Recommended Courses: CSC 160 Introduction to Computer Science and Communication
and CSC 170 Introduction to Programming
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded
throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. Consult your department
chair or academic adviser for requirements for meeting the Quantitative Reasoning (QR)
graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Teacher Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ
slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also
be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students, therefore, should consult with
the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure
requirements.
Teaching Major in Political Science and Economics
See Political Science.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.00 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral
examination in the major field of concentration.
Minor in Economics
ECO 112, 113, 312, 313, and one additional economics upper division course. Other
configurations may be permitted by consulting with the department chair. Note: Students who
plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as soon
as possible in order to carefully plan their program of study.
Economics Courses
ECO 110 Economics of Urban Issues
This course studies the economic implications of many problems facing a metrourban environment especially in the areas of education, housing, and transportation
and is designed for those students who do not plan to major in economics, business
administration, or MIS. (On demand)
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary and fiscal
policy, international trade. Application of elementary economic theory to current
economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113. ECO 112 and 113
may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market
structures, and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to
market policy. May be taken independently of ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112 and 113
may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
ECO 311 Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures, the impact of fiscal
policy on economic activity, and debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.:
ECO 113. On Demand)
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via
macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth, and the role
of expectations. (Prereq.: ECO 112 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111. Fall)
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the
pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare
economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113 and pass CT assessment or GST 100. Spring
semester and winter trimester)
ECO 315
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks,
and the Federal Reserve system and its role in relation to aggregate economic
activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall,
spring semesters and winter trimester)
ECO 317 Comparative Economic Systems
This course focuses on comparing the performance of various countries that rely on
different economic systems for the allocation of resources, including systemic
changes in Eastern Europe. Theoretical models are examined and compared to realworld variants. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113: Every three years)
ECO 318 Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of
management science to prepare students to make better business and economic
decisions. Emphasis is on applications such as transportation, marketing, portfolio
selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, and inventory models.
(Prereq.: ECO 113, MPG 3. Fall semester and winter trimester)
ECO 350 Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets, labor as a factor of production, determination of collective
bargaining, labor legislation, and effects upon society. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Fall in
alternate years)
ECO 360 International Economics
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations.
Development of the basis for international trade, balance of payments, exchange rate
systems, and commercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring in alternate years)
ECO 365 Environmental Economics
This course applies economic principles to the management and utilization of
society’s environmental resources. It analyzes the role of externalities and the public
policy approaches designed to address those market failures, including
command/control and incentive-based strategies. Policy issues examined include air
and water pollution, global environmental issues like ozone depletion and global
warming, and environmental policy for developing countries. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Fall
in alternate years)
ECO 370 International Economic Development
This course studies the major factors that affect the economic standard of living in the
developing world. It examines such issues as poverty and income inequality,
population growth, education and health of society, agricultural production,
environmental externalities, and the role of international trade and foreign assistance.
(Prereq.: ECO 112 or ECO 113. Spring in alternate years)
ECO 415 Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the
topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and
cost functions, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management.
(Prereq.: BUS 379, ECO 313. On demand)
ECO 416 Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to
the areas of micro- and macroeconomic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 312 or ECO 313 and
MATH 145 or a calculus class approved by course instructor.)
ECO 490 Research Methods in Econometrics
This course provides an introduction to the application of statistical models and
methods to economic problems. Emphasis is on use of econometric software to
analyze data and to test hypotheses. This course satisfies the keystone requirement.
(Prereq.: ECO 112 and ECO 113, and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
ECO 495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and current national and international economic problems and
policies.
Internships and Independent Study Courses
ECO 199 Internship
(P/N Grading only.)
ECO 299 Directed Study
ECO 399 Internship
(Prereq.: 50% of the major or consent of instructor. P/N grading only.)
ECO 499 Independent Study/Research
Education- ECE, EED, ESE, EDU, ESL,
SPE
The Department of Education maintains liberal arts-based teacher education programs that
are accredited by the Minnesota Board of Teaching and National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education (NCATE). These programs lead to recommendation for licensure to the
State of Minnesota for:
● Elementary (grades K-6);
● Secondary—grades 5-12 in communication arts/literature, health, mathematics, and
social studies; grades 9-12 in life science, chemistry, and physics;
● K-12 licenses in visual arts, physical education, music, English as a Second Language
(ESL) and special education: Emotional Behavioral Disabilities (EBD) and Learning
Disabilities (LD). (Note for special education: ESL, EBD, and LD are available in
Weekend and Evening College (WEC) only. The new academic behavior specialist -ABS
program (pending approval) begins January 2013 in WEC only.
● Optional endorsements for a K-6 elementary license include preprimary (ages 3-5),
mathematics (grades 5-8), general science (grades 5-8), social studies (grades 5-8), or
communication arts/literature (grades 5-8).
Degree and/or licensure programs are available in both weekday and weekend/evening
formats. WEC degree and licensure programs are limited to elementary, secondary
communication arts/literature and social studies, and K-12 visual arts, ESL and special
education. Additional teaching majors are available through the weekday program and open to
weekday and weekend students who can take courses on a weekday schedule. All prerequisite
courses, elementary core courses, and professional education courses are available on a
weekend or weekday late afternoon/evening schedule. Field service requirements, associated
with courses, and student teaching must be completed during regular weekday hours. All
students must have some time available each term for field experiences in P-12 educational
settings.
A graduate level licensure option is available in weekend/evening format to those already
holding a BA/BS degree. Graduate courses taken for licensure can be applied to a Master of
Arts degree in Education (MAE). Students who have completed a BA/BS degree may complete
a licensure only program within the day or WEC undergraduate program. Contact the
Education Department or the Office of Admissions for information.
Students in all degree and/or licensure programs must apply for acceptance into the
Education Department prior to beginning most 300-400 level courses. (EDC 310 may be taken
prior to admission). All students are required to take the Minnesota Teacher License Exam
(MTLE) in basic skills—reading, writing, and mathematics—prior to admission to the department
and must pass the MTLE basics skills tests before student teaching. Additional criteria for
acceptance into the Education Department are available through the department website.
Students complete a semester of full-time student teaching at the conclusion of their degree
and/or licensure State law requires passing appropriate exams (MTLE, pedagogy, and content
exams) prior to recommendation for licensure. Students who entered Augsburg College under
earlier catalogs must comply with the requirements of the new licensure programs.
The Education Department offers non-licensure majors in elementary education and
education studies. Contact the department for details. The department also offers a special
education minor which is described at the end of this section after course listings.
Students are assigned an Education Department program adviser at the outset of
coursework. All students are expected to become knowledgeable about programs and follow
through with department policies. Handbooks outlining programs and policies are available
through the Education Department and website.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected Education Department students may participate in an international student
teaching program. Those interested in further information should contact the Education
Department at least one year prior to student teaching. Students who teach abroad will do part
of their student teaching in the Twin Cities area under direct Augsburg faculty supervision.
Education Faculty
Jeanine Gregoire (Chair), Elizabeth Ankeny, Chris Brown, Joseph Erickson, Ann Grugel,
Gretchen Irvine, Anne Kaufman, Audrey Lensmire, Gregory Krueger, Susan O’Connor, Vicki
Olson, Donna Patterson, Ron Petrich, Barbara Short, Christopher Smith, Diane Vodicka, Dana
Wagner, Barbara West
Elementary Education—EED/EDC
Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements
Elementary education majors are required to complete the following non-major and major
courses. To be licensed they must also complete a student teaching experience. Degreeseeking students follow the Bachelor of Science Liberal Arts Foundation requirements.
Non-departmental core courses (requirements subject to change—see Education
Department for most current list):
ENL 111
HPE 115
Effective Writing
Chemical Dependency (.5)
Math sequence for students (Do NOT take if seeking 5-8 math endorsement.)
MPG 3:
MAT 137 Math for Elementary Teachers I (required)
MAT 138 Math for Elementary Teachers II (required)
Science sequence for students (Do NOT take if seeking 5-8 general science
endorsement.)
Option A is for weekday students who do not have college-level science courses in their
background.
SCI 110
Natural Science I (Physical Science)
SCI 111
Natural Science II (Biological and Earth Science)
Option B is for weekday, weekend, and/or transfer students with at least one college-level
science course accepted in transfer, or for weekday students who have already started this
sequence.
PHY 103
Conceptual Physics (spring semester—evening) or EED 203 Elementary
Education Physical Science (summer session I only; does not fulfill general
education requirement)
EED 200
Elementary Education Earth Science (summer session II; does not fulfill general
education requirement)
BIO 102
The Biological World
Major Courses
Foundations Block I
EDC 200
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
EDC 210
Diversity in the Schools (.5)
and EDC 211 Minnesota American Indians (.5)
or EDC 206 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
EDC 220
Educational Technology (.5)
EED 225
Foundations of Literacy
Foundations Block II
EDC 310
Learning and Development
Methods Block I (Courses from this point on require admission to the department)
EED 311
EED 312
EED 325
EED 326
EED 386
K-6 Methods: Health (.25)
K-6 Methods: Physical Education (.25)
K-6 Literacy Methods
Structured Field Experience (0 credit)
K-6 Children’ Literature (.5)
Methods Block II
EED 341
EED 342
EED 350
EED 360
EED 370
EED 380
EED 336
K-6 Methods: Visual Arts (.25)
K-6 Methods: Music (.25)
K-6 Methods: Mathematics
K-6 Methods: Science
K-6 Methods: Social Studies/Thematic Studies (.5)
Kindergarten Methods (.5)
Advanced Literacy Methods (.5)
Capstone Block
EDC 410
EDC 490
Learners with Special Needs
School and Society
Student Teaching Block
EED 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching (2.0-3.0). Student teaching is required for licensure.
Students with an elementary major who do not complete student teaching can graduate through
the elementary education non-licensure major.
EED 488: Topics: Teaching Performance Assessment (TPA) and Student Teaching Seminar
(.5)
Endorsements (optional to add on to elementary license, secondary biology, chemistry,
physics)
Communication Arts (5-8)
ENL 220
Intermediate Expository Writing
ENL 240
Introduction to Literary Study
COM 254, 329 or 351 or 355
EED 331
Middle School Writing Methods (.5)
ESE 300
Reading and Writing in the Student Teaching Content Area
ESE 350
5-12 Methods: Adolescent Literature/Media Literacy
Student Teaching—five weeks
Social Studies (5-8)
POL 121
American Government and Politics
HIS 120, 121 or 122 US History
ECO 113
Microeconomics
Choose 1:
HIS 103; HIS 104; PSY 105; SOC 121; ANT 141
ESE 220
Human Geography
ESE 300
Reading and Writing in the Student Teaching Content Area
ESE 311
Middle School Methods: Social Studies (.5)
Student Teaching—five weeks
Mathematics (5-8)
MPG 4
or MAT 114 Precalculus
MAT 145
Calculus I
MAT 163
Introductory Statistics
or MAT 248 Biostatistics
MAT 252
Exploring Geometry
MAT 271
Discrete Mathematics
MAT 287
History of Mathematics
ESE 300
Reading and Writing in the Content Area
ESE 331
Middle School Methods: Mathematics (.5)
Student Teaching—five weeks
General Science (5-8)
CHM 105
Principles of Chemistry I
or CHM 115 General Chemistry I
CHM 106
Principles of Chemistry II
or CHM 116 General Chemistry II
BIO 121
Human Biology
BIO 102
The Biological World
PHY 116
Introduction to Physics
SCI 106
Meteorology
Geology
(take elsewhere—see Education Department for suggestions)
ESE 300
Reading and Writing in the Content Area
ESE 341
Middle School Methods: Science (.5)
Student Teaching—five weeks
Preprimary Teaching (3-5-year-olds)
PSY 250
Child Development (Prereq.: PSY 105)
SOC 231
Family Systems (Day) or SPE 440 Parent and Professional Planning (WEC)
ECE 345/545 Foundations of Preprimary Education (fall trimester)
ECE 346/546 Learning Environments for Preprimary-aged Children (winter trimester)
ECE 347/547 Immersion and Teaching Competence (spring trimester)
ECE 488, 489 Student teaching for seven weeks in preprimary or kindergarten, seven weeks in
a
grade (1-6)
Graduation and Licensure/ Endorsement requirements
A minimum GPA of 2.50 overall, 2.50 in the major, 2.00 in the specialty area, and grades of
P in student teaching courses are required for licensure as well as 2.0 or better in all required
core, specialty, and education major courses. The equivalent of two full courses graded P/N,
plus student teaching, is the maximum allowed within the elementary education major
requirements.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and
Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
A graduate-level elementary licensure option is available through Weekend and Evening
College. Licensure is obtained through a combination of graduate and undergraduate credits.
The graduate credits can be used toward the MAE degree. Contact the Education Department
or Office of Admissions for information.
Secondary Education—ESE/EDC
It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education
Department and the subject area major. Secondary and K-12 licensure students are expected to
have advisers in both their subject area major and in the Education Department. K-12 licensure
is available in art, music, health and physical education. A 5-12 secondary licensure program is
available in communication arts/literature, mathematics, and social studies. A 9-12 secondary
licensure program is available in life science, chemistry, and physics with an additional general
science endorsement for grades 5-8.
Licensure requirements in the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary schools are met
through the Augsburg College Education Department licensure program. These requirements
are: bachelor’s degree, academic major in an approved teaching area, and completion of an
approved licensure program.
Consult with your subject matter adviser for Graduation Skills requirements in Critical
Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W).
Non-Departmental Requirements
ENL 111
HPE 115
Effective Writing
Chemical Dependency (.5)
Program Requirements
Foundations Block I
EDC 200
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
EDC 210
Diversity in the Schools (.5)
and EDC 211 Minnesota American Indians (.5)
or EDC 206 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
EDC 220
Educational Technology (.5)
Foundations Block II
EDC 310
Learning and Development
Methods Block I (Courses from this point and on require admission to the Education Department.)
ESE 300
ESE 325
Reading/Writing in the Content Area
Creating Learning Environments
Methods Block II
ESE 3XX
K-12 or 5-12 Special Methods in Licensure Area
Capstone Block
EDC 410
EDC 490
Learners with Special Needs
School and Society
Student Teaching Block
ESE 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching (2.0-3.0)
ESE 488
Topics: Teaching Performance Assessment (TPA) and Student Teaching Seminar
(.5)
A minimum GPA of 2.50 overall, 2.50 in education, 2.50 in the teaching major, and P (pass) in
student teaching are required for licensure. All required major, non-departmental requirements,
and education program courses must have a grade of 2.0 or better.
Art, Music, and Physical Education Licensure (K-12)
Students preparing for licensure in one of these areas follow the secondary education
program even though they may plan to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a
major in one of these special areas will take three to four courses in student teaching and do
some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. Note: Recommendation for
teacher licensure in music is granted only to students who successfully complete the
requirements for the Bachelor of Music Education major.
Art, music, and physical education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades
K-12.
Students may no longer license in a minor field of study.
A graduate level licensure option is available through Weekend and Evening College.
Licensure is obtained through a combination of graduate and undergraduate credits. Contact
the Education Department or the Undergraduate and Graduate Admissions Offices for
information.
Education Core Courses—EDC
EDC 199 Internship
EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
Career exploration and overview of the teaching profession. Emphasis on historical
and philosophical foundations of the American school system. Field service
experience in an urban P-12 school is required. This course meets Engaging
Minneapolis requirements. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111, sophomore
standing)
EDC 206 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
This course will examine human diversity and human relations. It will provide an
awareness and critical analysis of how prejudice, discrimination, and stereotypes
impact us personally, as well as how these elements impact our schools and
communities. Also addressed in this course is the Minnesota Standard of Effective
Practice 3.G: Understand the cultural content, worldview, and concepts that comprise
Minnesota-based American Indian tribal government, history, language, and culture.
(WEC and summer only)
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major
minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills
applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
EDC 211 Minnesota American Indians (.5 course)
An overview of cultural content, worldview, and concepts that comprise Minnesotabased American Indian tribal government, history, language, and culture.
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of
instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of
effective audiovisual and computer-based materials for teaching/learning situations.
Computer training will be included in this course.
EDC 310 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting
A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning.
Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications of theoretical constructs. Field
service requirements in an educational program or P-12 school.
EDC 399 Internship
EDC 410 Learners with Special Needs
The study of students with disability, special needs, and giftedness. Emphasis on
techniques and resources to help all students achieve maximum outcomes, and
special focus on needs of urban students. Field service in a mainstreamed P-12
classroom required. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department)
EDC 490 School and Society
Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modern society, relationships
with parents and community, collaborative models, leadership, and professional
development. Serves as final theoretical preparation for student teaching. This course
meets the senior keystone requirement. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to
department)
Elementary Education—EED
EED 199
Internship
EED 200
Elementary Education Earth Science (summer session II only)
This course provides hands-on investigations that model modern inquiry learning and
teaching strategies. It meets the basic earth science subject matter standards for
initial licensure. This is a content intensive course. Plan to spend much time outside
of class reading and completing assignments. (Prereq.: Must be an elementary
education major)
EED 203
Elementary Education Physical Science (summer session I only)
Students will participate in hands-on experiments to explore properties of and
changes in matter; position, motion, and force; light, heat, electricity, and magnetism;
and kinds of ways to transfer energy. All elementary MSEPs for physical science are
met in this course. (Prereq.: Must be an elementary education major)
EED 299
Directed Study
EED 311
K-6 Methods: Health (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for health at the kindergarten
and elementary levels. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department)
EED 312
K-6 Methods: Physical Education (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department)
EED 225 Foundations of Literacy
An initiation into K-6 elementary literacy instruction, focusing on the fundamentals of
linguistics and literacy development in children, with special attention to English
language learners. This course aims in particular to develop students’ base
knowledge as the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literacy.
EED 325
K-6 Literacy Methods
Continued instruction in and discussion of literacy K-6 instruction, development, and
assessment. This course aims to investigate research and practices involved in K-6
literacy instruction by examining the competing theories regarding literacy, the
research findings that give support to these theories, and a range of practical
approaches to teach literacy in an elementary setting. (Prereq.: MTLE, admission to
the department, and successful completion of EED 225. Students must be registered
concurrently for EED 326.)
EED 326
Structured Field Experience (0 credit)
Observation, analysis, and preparation of assessment tools and literacy materials for
K-6 students in an elementary classroom setting. (Prereq.: MTLE, admission to the
department, and successful completion of EED 225. Students must be registered
concurrently for EED 325.)
EED 331
Middle School Writing Methods (.5)
This course will focus on writing strategies and processes appropriate to middle level
students. Emphasis will include the writing process, types of writing, and integrated
writing across the curriculum. This course is required for students seeking elementary
licensure with a communication arts/literature specialty. (Prereq.: MTLE and
admission to department)
EED 336
Advanced Literacy Methods (.5)
The focus of this course is on formal and informal assessment tools, response to
intervention, and differentiated instruction in a K-6 literacy setting. Field service in a
P-12 classroom required. (Prereq.: MTLE, admission to the department, and
successful completion of EED 225 and EED 325/326)
EED 341
K-6: Methods: Visual Arts (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for visual arts at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department)
EED 342
K-6: Methods: Music (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for music at the kindergarten
and elementary levels. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department)
EED 350
K-6 Methods: Mathematics
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Field service in a mainstreamed P-12 classroom
required. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department. MPG3. MAT 137
recommended)
EED 360
K-6 Methods: Science
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for analyzing and translating
elementary science curriculum, considering different instructional strategies, models
of instruction, and authentic assessment techniques. Additional focus on scientific
inquiry from the perspective of a learner, teacher and scientist and translation of
theoretical constructs to an elementary classroom. Field service in a P-12 classroom
required. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department)
EED 370
K-6 Methods: Social Studies/Thematic Studies (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and
thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: MTLE and
admission to department.)
EED 380
Kindergarten Methods (.5 course)
Study and use of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten.
Field service in a kindergarten classroom required. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to
department)
EED 386
Children’s Literature (.5 course)
This course focuses on the study of literature for children and young adolescents. It
includes wide reading across the genres represented in children’s literature, to
evaluate the quality of the literature read, exploring children’s response to literature,
and using children’s literature in teaching and learning.
EED 399
Internship
EED 481, 483, 485
Student Teaching
Two to three courses of full-time, supervised classroom experience. Required for
licensure. Successful completion of student teaching occurs upon satisfactory
completion of degree program and program portfolio. Meets Augsburg Experience
requirement. (Prereq.: Admission to department; GPA: 2.5; Passing MTLE basic skills
tests; completion of coursework)
EED 488
Topics: Teaching Performance Assessment (TPA) & Student Teaching Seminar (.5)
Secondary Education—ESE
ESE 199
Internship
ESE 220
Introduction to Human Geography
This course is designed as an introduction to the principal concepts, approaches, and
perspectives of the study of geography through the examination of world geographic patterns
and processes. Major topics include population distribution; cultural characteristics and
cultural landscapes; political integration and disintegration; economic land use; settlements
and urbanization. This course will meet the Minnesota Standards of Effective Practice in
Geography for middle school and high school social studies license.
ESE 299
Directed Study
ESE 300
Reading/Writing in the Content Areas
The study and use of a variety of middle school and secondary techniques and
resources to teach reading and writing through the content areas. Field service in a 712 classroom required.(Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department. Note: Students
seeking the 5-12 communication arts/literature license do must take this course.)
ESE 310
5-12 Methods: Social Studies
Introduction to the teaching of the social sciences in middle and high schools.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle school
portion required in social studies is taught as ESE 311 Middle School Methods: Social
Studies (.5 course). Field service in a middle school classroom required. (Prereq.:
MTLE and admission to department)
ESE 325
Creating Learning Environments
An introduction to assessment, lesson planning, and classroom organization based in
the Minnesota Graduation Standards, national standards and required state testing.
Emphasis on creating environments conducive to learning. Field service in a 7-12
classroom required. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department. Note: Students
seeking 5-12 Health and K-12 PE licenses do not need to take this course.)
ESE 330
5-12 Methods: Mathematics
Introduction to the teaching of mathematics in middle and high schools. Emphasis on
instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle school portion required in
mathematics taught concurrently as ESE 331 Middle School Methods: Mathematics
(.5 course). Field service in a middle school classroom required. (Prereq.: MTLE and
admission to department)
ESE 340
5-12 Methods: Science
Introduction to the teaching of the natural sciences in middle and high schools.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle school
portion required in science taught concurrently as ESE 341 Middle School Methods:
Science (.5 course). Field service in a middle school classroom required. (Prereq.:
MTLE and admission to department)
ESE 350
5-12 Methods: Literature and Reading
Introduction to the teaching of literature and reading in the middle and high schools.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Also required for
elementary concentration in communication arts/literature. Fieldwork experience
required. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department)
ESE 351
5-12 Methods: Speaking and Listening (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of speaking and listening in middle and high schools.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Required for
communication arts/literature license. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department)
ESE 360
K-12 Methods: Visual Arts
Introduction to the teaching of visual arts in the schools. Emphasis on instructional
strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.:
MTLE and admission to department)
ESE 370
K-12 Methods: Music
Introduction to the teaching of music in the schools. Emphasis on instructional
strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.:
MTLE and admission to department)
ESE 399
Internship
ESE 481, Student Teaching
483, 485 Two to three courses of full-time, supervised student teaching required for licensure.
Secondary licenses require two courses. K-12 licenses require two to three.
Successful completion of student teaching occurs upon satisfactory completion of
licensure program and program portfolio. Meets Augsburg Experience requirement.
(Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department)
ESE 488
Topics: Teaching Performance Assessment (TPA) & Student Teaching Seminar (.5)
Special Education: Emotional/Behavioral
Disabilities (EBD) and/or Special
Education: Learning Disabilities (LD) –
SPE
The special education EBD and LD majors are available only through Weekend and
Evening College (WEC). These majors are ideally suited to people who are currently working in
schools with K-12 students with EBD/LD. The K-12 special education license includes a
specialty in emotional/behavioral disabilities and/or learning disabilities. Courses labeled SPE
are to be taken during the final year of coursework while students are working in an EBD or LD
setting. Students must complete field service requirements in special education and general
education mainstreamed settings as part of course and program requirements; field service
requirements are during the regular school times and calendar year. See the Education
Department for more information on the distribution of field service hours. The new K-12
Academic Behavior Specialist (ABS) program will begin Fall 2013, pending approval. Contact
the Education Department or the Education Department website for current information
concerning this transition.
A graduate-level licensure option is available through Weekend and Evening College
(WEC). Licensure is obtained through a combination of graduate and undergraduate credits.
Special Education Coordinator: Susan O’Connor
Required Non-major Courses:
HPE 115
ENL 111
Chemical Dependency (.5)
Effective Writing
Required Education Courses for EBD:
EDC 200
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
EDC 210
Diversity in the Schools (.5)
and EDC 211 Minnesota American Indians (.5)
or EDC 206 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
EDC 220
Educational Technology (.5)
EDC 310
Learning and Development
EDC 410
Learners with Special Needs
EED 225
Foundations of Literacy
EED 325
K-6 Literacy Methods
EED 326
Structured Field Experience (0 credit)
EED 350
K-6 Methods: Math
EED 360
K-6 Methods: Science
SPE 315
Critical Issues Seminar (.5)
SPE 400
Teaching Students with Emotional and Behavior Disabilities, and Learning
Disabilities
SPE 410
Implementing Assessment Strategies
SPE 420
Planning, Design, and Delivery
SPE 430
Instructional and Behavioral Practices
SPE 490
Parent and Professional Planning
SPE 481, 483, 485, 487 Student Teaching
Graduation Skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and
Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Required Education Courses for LD:
All courses for the EBD major, with the exception of SPE 430, plus:
SPE 424
Etiology and Origins of LD
SPE 434
Teaching Content Areas to Students with LD
Special Education Courses
SPE 315
Critical Issues Seminar (.5 course)
The purpose of this course is to discuss critical issues in the field, create a final
portfolio synthesizing your coursework and experience, and prepare for student
teaching. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department)
SPE 400
Teaching Students with Learning Disabilities and Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities
This course presents an overview of learners with emotional and behavioral
disabilities and learning disabilities. It addresses the historical and philosophical
aspects of the EBD category, examines origins of student behavior and student
learning styles, and addresses theoretical perspectives and conceptual models as
they relate to this category of disability. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to the
department)
SPE 410
Implementing Assessment Strategies
This course examines the assessment process from the pre-referral to the
recommendation stage. Students gain understanding of key assessment tools and
how they influence student placement and programming. A qualitative and personcentered assessment process is emphasized. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to the
department)
SPE 420
Planning, Design, and Delivery
This course provides students with skills to write and implement individual program
plans and to create effective learning environments for students labeled EBD.
Particular attention is paid to inclusion models, diversity of student need, and forming
partnerships with key school personnel. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to the
department)
SPE 424
Etiology and Origins of Learning Disabilities (LD only)
This course will focus on the history and context of learning disabilities (LD). This
includes an in-depth look at the origin of learning disabilities, as well as various
theoretical models (sociological, biological, psychological, cognitive, and behavioral)
applied to understanding learning disabilities. The course will also provide a critique
of current philosophical positions in the field. Students will also acquire knowledge
related to accessing information relevant to the field of learning disabilities. (Prereq.:
MTLE and admission to department)
SPE 430
Instructional and Behavioral Practices (EBD only)
This course examines behavioral support options used with students who are labeled
EBD. It emphasizes the use of reflective, proactive, and non-aversive approaches
drawn from current best practices and including positive behavioral supports, personcentered planning, and functional assessment. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to the
department)
SPE 434
Teaching Content Areas to Students with Learning Disabilities (LD only)
This course will teach students to identify, adapt, and implement developmentallyappropriate instruction that supports the learning of students identified as having
learning disabilities. The course will specifically focus on the areas of reading, writing,
listening comprehension, math, reasoning, and problem-solving skills. There will be a
strong focus on the modifications involved in these areas and the planning process
involved. (Prereq.: MTLE and admission to department)
SPE 490
Parent and Professional Planning
This course examines the role of families of students with special needs, specifically
those families of students labeled EBD. A family systems perspective is introduced
and applied. The need to form strong connections with community agencies is
emphasized. This course along with SPE 315 meets the senior keystone requirement
in the core curriculum. (Prereq.: MTLE, admission to department, and ENL 111 or 112
or HON 111)
SPE 481, 483, 485, 487 Student Teaching
Two to three courses of full-time, supervised student teaching required for licensure.
Student teaching occurs during the last year of coursework within an internship
context. Meets Augsburg Experience requirement. (Prereq.: Education Department
admission, 2.5 GPA, passing MTLE basic skills tests)
Special Education Minor
The Special Education minor requires six courses (five plus one prerequisite psychology
course) that encompass an interdisciplinary perspective on the field of disability. The minor is
designed to fit the needs of students in various disciplines interested in disability issues. This
minor is available through the weekday program.
Required courses:
EDC 410
EDU 491
SOC 231
Learners with Special Needs
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
PSY 105
Principles of Psychology
Choose one from the following:
PSY 250
PSY 251
PSY 252
Child Development
Adolescent and Young Adult
Aging and Adulthood
Choose one from the following:
SOC 265
Gender, Race, and Ethnicity
SWK 260
Humans Developing
SWK 301
History and Analysis of Social Policy
PSY 357
Behavior Analysis
PSY 359
Assessment
Interested students should contact the director of special education at the outset of coursework.
EDC 410 Learners with Special Needs
(see EDC course descriptions)
EDU 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus oncampus seminar. Students planning to take this course should consult with the
special education director about a placement prior to registering for the course.
(Prereq.: Completion of all other courses in special education minor or consent of
instructor. Open to non-special education students)
Engineering
Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with two universities to allow students to
earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either
the University of Minnesota College of Science and Engineering, Minneapolis, or Michigan
Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Because of the special requirements and
opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg engineering adviser is
necessary. Applications for these programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg
engineering adviser. Contact Jeff Johnson, Physics Department, johnson9@augsburg.edu or
612-330-1070.
University of Minnesota
The College of Science and Engineering and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides
for two dual degree engineering programs:
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Engineering (BA/BE) enables students to receive a Bachelor of
Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from the University of
Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the College
of Science and Engineering.
Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that time, they
will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final
acceptance into the program. Formal application to the College of Science and Engineering may
be completed during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg.
Bachelor of Arts/Master of Engineering (BA/ME) enables students to receive a Bachelor of
Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering degree from the University of
Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the
College of Science and Engineering.
The curriculum is the same as the BA/BE curriculum with the addition of several extra
courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of
undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the university before proceeding
through the graduate curriculum. The number of such courses varies by IT department and area
of emphasis within a department.
Application for admission into the BA/ME program should be initiated during the second
semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed
during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the College of
Science and Engineering staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at
Augsburg. Participants in the BA/ME program are not guaranteed admission to the College of
Science and Engineering.
Michigan Technological University
This program enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a
Bachelor of Engineering degree from Michigan Technological University in a five-year period.
The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university.
Students accepted into the program will be considered for admission to the engineering school if
they complete course requirements, have the requisite cumulative grade point average, and are
recommended by the engineering adviser of Augsburg College.
Students are also encouraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Michigan
Technological University. Further information on these and other graduate programs is available
from the Augsburg engineering adviser.
Financial Aid
Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual degree programs will be
encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their
applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria.
Degree and Major Requirements
Minimum course requirements for admission to the dual degree or three-two programs:
CHM 115
CHM 116
CSC 170
ENL 111
PHY 121
PHY 122
General Chemistry
General Chemistry
Structured Programming
Effective Writing
General Physics I
General Physics II
Four mathematics courses are required:
MAT 145
Calculus I
MAT 146
Calculus II
MAT 245
Calculus III
MAT 369
Modeling and Differential Equations
or PHY 327
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
Additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 24 courses at
Augsburg.
Normally MAT 145, 146, and PHY 121, 122 are taken in the first year. Students interested in
chemical engineering also should take CHM 351, 352.
English—ENL
Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas, and images
helps people understand who they are and who they can become. Writing helps all of us clarify
and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence.
Through the study of English we see life’s complexity, experience life as others do, and better
understand the world in which we live and work. Students majoring in English have the
opportunity to choose one of four concentrations: literature, language, and theory; media writing;
creative writing; and secondary licensure in communication arts/literature.
English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the
pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With
psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With
philosophy, English is interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language.
With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech
and communication, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other
social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at
different times and in various cultures.
The Augsburg Department of English integrates its program with the cultural opportunities of
this vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to assigned or recommended plays, films, and
readings available near the campus. English majors have the opportunity to use and refine their
skills through working in internships on and off campus, tutoring English Language Learner
(ELL) students, or tutoring in the writing lab.
Students with an Augsburg English major pursue careers in elementary, secondary, and
college education, journalism, government, law, the ministry, library science, medicine,
advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other professions and businesses.
English Faculty
John Schmit (Chair), Stephan Clark, Robert Cowgill, Cass Dalglish, Suzanne Donsky, Douglas
Green, John Harkness, Colin Irvine, Dan Jorgensen, Dallas Liddle, Kathryn Swanson, Mzenga
Wanyama, Cary Waterman, Susan Williams
Degree and Major Requirements
Choosing a Concentration
The English literature, language, and theory concentration provides students various
approaches to the life-enhancing study of the written word and visual text. Spotlight courses
focus on specific authors, genres, or themes, and provoke discovery of new literary
experiences. Courses in African American, Native American, Asian American, and postcolonial
literatures reconfigure the nature of traditional literary studies. Survey courses in English,
American, and world literatures are organized by historical periods and provide a classically
structured framework of study. Courses in literary theory demand the intense and intellectually
challenging engagement of text, culture, and self.
While some of our courses foreground theoretical approaches to literature and deeply
examine race, class, and gender in the consideration of their subject matter, all of our courses
infuse these concerns into their engagement with primary works of fiction, poetry, creative
nonfiction, film, and drama.
All literature classes involve students in dynamic and enjoyable literary examination, and are
taught by professors who love teaching and who love literature. Our classes develop and
demand the skills of aesthetic receptivity, perceptive and critical reading, open and clear
speaking, and analytical and engaging writing—skills of the educated and employable citizen.
The literature, language, and theory concentration offers courses of study cross-listed with
American Indian Studies, Art, Communication Studies, Film, Theater Arts, and Women’s
Studies.
The English writing concentration is for students who intend to develop professional skills in
either creative or media writing. Over the course of their study, students will master terminology;
understand historical, legal, and ethical issues relevant to the field; and study the works of
established writers and professionals. The writing major emphasizes expanding competencies
in observation, research, and analysis that enable writers to gather material from a variety of
sources and perspectives for their work. Writing majors will understand the interdisciplinary
demands inherent in creative and media writing (including issues of design) and will enhance
their appreciation of the aesthetic possibilities inherent in the writing life.
Writing courses are taught by dedicated professors who are practicing writers themselves.
The writing concentration offers courses of study cross-listed with Art, Communication Studies,
and Theater Arts.
The communication arts/literature teacher licensure major is for students who seek to be
licensed to teach in Minnesota in communication arts/literature. Students are encouraged to
take courses toward their major during the first and sophomore years, and to apply for the
education licensure program no later than the spring of their junior year.
Students in both programs must work with advisers in the English Department and the
Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements within the Education
Department as well as the requirements for the major. Should licensure not be possible,
graduation can be achieved through an English major, which requires at least two additional,
specific courses, or through a communication studies major.
Graduation Skills
Graduation Skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded
throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The Quantitative
Reasoning (QR) graduation skill is met by completing the following courses:
Concentrations in English Literature, Language, and Theory; English Writing; Creative
Writing:
QR/QFA: GST 200 or PHY 119; OR a
QF: one of CHM 106, CHM 115, CHM 116, HON 220, MAT 114, MAT 129, MAT 137, MAT 138,
MAT 145, MAT 146, MAT 163, MAT 173, PHY 103, PHY 106, or SCI 110; AND completion of
either a:QA: ENL 327
Concentration in Media Writing:
QR:--QF: one of CHM 106, CHM 115, CHM 116, HON 220, MAT 114, MAT 129, MAT 137, MAT
138, MAT 145, MAT 146, MAT 163, MAT 173, PHY 103, PHY 106, or SCI 110; AND completion
of:
QA: ENL 327
Communication Arts/Literature Teacher Licensure:
QR:--QF: one of CHM 106, CHM 115, CHM 116, HON 220, MAT 114, MAT 129, MAT 137, MAT
138, MAT 145, MAT 146, MAT 163, MAT 173, PHY 103, PHY 106, or SCI 110; AND completion
of:
QA: COM 352
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Major Requirements
English Literature, Language, and Theory Concentration
The concentration requires nine courses above ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112.
Students must take at least two 200-level literature courses as prerequisites for upper
division courses in English, as well as either ENL 220 or ENL 221. No more than two 200-level
literature courses may count for the major.
Students must take at least five 300-level courses, with one each in British literature,
American literature, and world literature.
Majors must take at least one 400-level course with concurrent enrollment in ENL 490
English Keystone. Any 300-level course serves as a prerequisite for the 400-level.
Minor in English Literature, Language, and Theory
Five courses above ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112 are required. One course must be
ENL 220 or ENL 221; the remaining four must be literature, language, and theory courses, three
of which must be upper division courses.
English Writing Concentration
Students must take 10 or 11 courses above ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112, including
three literature, language, and theory courses. At least one of these must be at the 300-level or
higher.
Creative Writing Emphasis
Two introductory writing courses at the 200-level: ENL 226 (required) and either ENL 220 or
221. And a 300 level writing sequence: Either Fiction I and Fiction II (ENL 320 and 321), or
Poetry I and Poetry II (ENL 322 and 323). And one elective from the following: ENL 227; ENL
228; ENL 320 or ENL 322; ENL 324; ENL/FLM 328; ENL/THR 325; an approved ACTC creative
writing course; or an internship. And ENL 420, the keystone writing course. An additional art
class is required, either Web Design I (ART 215) or Graphic Design (ART 225).
Media Writing Emphasis
Two introductory courses are required: Either ENL 227 or 228; and Either ENL 220 or 221.
Also required, ENL 327 Quantitative Journalism; and two additional courses from the following:
ENL 226, 227, 228, ENL 324; ENL/FLM 328; ENL/THR 325; an approved ACTC
writing/reporting course; or an internship.
And ENL 427, the Keystone Advanced Studies in Media Ethics and Theory.
Additional art classes are required: Web Design I (ART 215) and Graphic Design (ART 225).
Minor in Writing
A minor with an open emphasis requires five writing courses above ENL 111, or HON 111,
or ENL 112, including at least one course from the 200-level and two from the 300-level.
A minor with a creative emphasis requires five writing courses above ENL 111, or HON 111,
or ENL 112 and must include ENL 226, and at least three upper division creative writing
courses, two of which must be a 300 two-course writing sequence.
A minor with a media emphasis requires six courses above ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL
112, and must include ENL 227 or 228, ENL 427, one design course, and three upper division
media writing courses.
Communication Arts/Literature Teacher Licensure Major
Prerequisite: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112
Major Requirements (eight courses in English):
ENL 220
Intermediate Expository Writing
ENL 240
Introduction to Literary Study
ENL 365
Contemporary Post-Colonial Fiction
ENL 380
Introduction to the English Language
ENL 396
Internship in Teaching Writing
And three upper-division ENL Literature courses, one each in British, American, and world
literature.
Experiential Requirement (no credit)
One college-level experience required in forensics, debate, newspaper, literary journal, or
related activity (subject to departmental approval).
Additional Courses (outside the English Department):
COM 112
Contest Public Speaking
COM 243
Studio Production
COM 254
Interpersonal Communication
COM 352
Persuasion
Special Methods (two courses)
ESE 350
5-12 Methods: Literature and Reading
ESE 351
5-12 Methods: Speaking and Listening (.5 course)
ESE 352
5-12 Methods: Media Literacy (.5 course)
Additional ESE and EDC courses are required for licensure. They include EDC 200, 210, 211,
220, 310; ESE 325, 350, 351, 352; EDC 410, 490; student teaching. In addition to consulting
your designated ENL adviser, contact an Education Department adviser for information about
education courses.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.00 overall; submit proposal to department chair by early
October in senior year for department approval. Submit and defend paper before faculty
committee. Honors project may receive independent study credit (refer to departmental
guidelines).
Other Requirements
Transfer Students
Note: Transfer undergraduate majors must take at least three of their English courses at
Augsburg. Transfer students who minor in English must take at least two of their English
courses at Augsburg.
Transfer English education students with a BA in English from another college must take at
least three of their English courses at Augsburg (preferably upper division courses). These
courses must be taken before the department can recommend a student for student teaching.
The English Placement Test
A writing sample is required of students to determine their placement in an appropriate
writing class. Students having completed AP (Advanced Placement) courses in composition
must have a score of 4 or 5. Students who need to develop competence in composition skills—
such as stating and supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructing paragraphs and
sentences—are required to enroll in Developmental Writing (ENL 101) where they receive more
individual instruction than is possible in Effective Writing (ENL 111). These students must pass
Developmental Writing (ENL 101) with a grade of P, 2.0, or higher before enrolling in Effective
Writing (ENL 111).
Note: Students should register for ENL 101 during the first semester of attendance if
possible. ENL 111, 112, or HON 111 should be completed, if possible, during the first year.
Students in Developmental Writing (ENL 101), Effective Writing (ENL 111), HON 111, or
ENL 112 can elect the traditional grading system or P/N grading in consultation with their
instructor up through the last week of class (without special permission/petition). Students who
choose to receive a traditional grade in either course will receive a grade of N (one time only) if
their work is below a 2.0. A student who repeats ENL 101 or 111 and does not receive a grade
of 2.0 or higher, will receive a grade of 0.0.
English Courses
Service Courses
The department offers these service courses for students as required by a placement test.
Note: First day attendance in all writing courses is mandatory for a student to hold his/her place
in the course.
ENL 101
Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for ENL 111 Effective Writing, this course is required of students
identified by the English Placement Test as needing additional preparation in
composition. Students receive course credit, but this course does not fulfill the
graduation requirement in writing. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0.
ENL 111
Effective Writing
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques, and writing critical
reviews. Attention is given to increasing students’ effectiveness in choosing,
organizing, and developing topics; thinking critically; and revising for clarity and style.
A writing lab is provided for those needing additional help. The minimum passing
grade is 2.0.
HON 111 Effective Writing for Liberating Letters
This course takes a problem-based, process-oriented approach to expository writing.
Attention is given to choosing, organizing, and developing topics; thinking critically;
reading closely; and revising carefully for clarity and style. The minimum passing
grade is 2.0.
ENL 112
Advanced Effective Writing
Advanced Effective Writing follows the same purposes and procedures as ENL 111;
placement is determined by a writing sample submitted by students upon entry to the
College. The minimum passing grade is 2.0.
ENL 217/218
English for Language Learners
Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level materials,
and writing are the skills emphasized in these two courses. Testing determines
placement in these courses; and testing, as well as course performance, determines
whether the ELL requirement is met. Students continue in ELL until the requirement is
completed but can receive credit for only two courses.
Literature, Language, and Theory Courses
The 200-level courses in the literature, language, and theory track of the English major develop
foundational competencies in reading and interpreting literary texts, and provide opportunities
for diverse literary discovery. These courses require ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112 as a
prerequisite or co-requisite.
ENL 240
Introduction to Literary Study
This course develops students’ critical and analytical skills in reading and
appreciating all kinds of literary texts and genres, including poetry, fiction, and drama.
Emphasis is placed on learning fundamental terms and concepts that serve future
literary inquiry and enjoyment. Required for communication arts/literature teacher
licensure major. (Prereq. or co-req.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 241
Introduction to Cinema Arts
An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles, and technical and
aesthetic evolution of the film medium. Includes the viewing and analysis of both
feature length and short films, illustrating the international development of film form
and selected aesthetic movements. (Prereq or co-req.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL
112)
ENL 250
American Voices
American Literature is made up of many voices that are distinct from one another in
any number of ways. This course foregrounds those voices that are usually identified
by dint of ethnic rubrics. In each iteration, a specific ethnic literature such as Hispanic,
Asian American, or Jewish literature will be emphasized. Check the departmental web
page for further information or contact the instructor. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111,
or ENL 112)
ENL 251
Introduction to African-American Literature
This course introduces students to the foundations, development, and production of
modern African-American literature from its origins in the 18th century to the present.
explores various literary genres, representative authors, epochal texts, and literary
and ideological movements that have contributed to the shaping of the African
American literary tradition. (Prereq or co-req.: ENL 111, or Hon 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 255
American Indian Literature
American Indian literature offers a survey of contemporary American Indian writing,
including nonfiction, fiction, poetry, and drama. The course explores the richness and
diversity of American Indian literature and the ways in which literature reflects and
illuminates American Indian culture and traditions. The course emphasizes close
readings of literature and public speaking skills through in-class presentation and
small group discussion. Course cross-lists with American Indian Studies. (Prereq or
co-req.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
Spotlight Courses
Offered alternating terms (content for each will vary by term—check online course descriptions)
ENL 260
Authors
A chance to investigate closely an author of significant influence in various cultural
contexts. Course subjects may include “Shakespeare on Page, Stage, and Screen,”
“Tolkien’s Life, Times, and Works,” “The Cinema of Orson Welles,” “Mark Twain in the
20th Century,” and others. Check the departmental web page for the title of a given
section. (Prereq or co-req: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 270
Themes
This course traces a specific theme through changing historical, literary, and cultural
contexts. Course subjects may include “The Heroic Journey,” “Literature and
Landscape,” “Utopian Visions,” and others. Check the departmental web page for the
title of a given section. (Prereq or co-req: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 280
Genres
Students will consider literary and cultural developments that fix generic conventions
and ways authors subvert or challenge those conventions. Course subjects may
include “History of Mystery Fiction,” “The Short Story,” “Sports and Literature,”
“Victorian Thrillers,” “The Musical on Stage and Screen,” and others. Check the
departmental web page for the title of a given section. (Prereq or co-req.: ENL 111, or
HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 290
Explorations in Language and Theory
An introductory course in applied literary or language theory. Course subjects may
include “Cinema and Sexuality,” “Strategies in Reading the Novel,” “Challenging the
Gaze,” “Language and Society,” and others. Check the departmental web page for
the title of a given section. (Prereq or co-req: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
The 300-level courses in the literature track in English concentrate on primary texts in
historical and cultural contexts. These courses ask students to practice interpreting literary texts
by employing techniques, terminology, and research methods of the discipline, resulting in
effective and substantive expository writing about the subject. Unless otherwise indicated,
students must take ENL 220 or 221 (see writing courses), or one 200-level literature, language,
or theory course, or gain consent of the instructor as a prerequisite.
British Literature
ENL 330
Shakespeare
Study of the bard’s major plays—comedies, histories, tragedies, and romances—for
their literary, dramatic, and cultural significance. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200level literature, language, or theory course or THR 250, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 332
Renaissance and Reformation
A survey of 14th- to 17th-century British literature, with attention to its European
contexts. Begins with the Reformation of the 14th century and Canterbury Tales and
ends with the Puritan Revolution and Paradise Lost. Themes include “the
enchantment of evil”; the hero as lover and courtier; utopian dreams and the literature
of conquest; the writer as politician; and the challenges to religious certainty in a postPtolemaic universe. Major writers include Marlowe, Spenser, Shakespeare, More,
and Donne. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200-level literature, language, or theory
course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 333
British and American Literature of the 17th and 18th Centuries: Strange Shores
British and American writers of this period are surveyed, with attention to the
historical, intellectual, and social influences of the major literary movements on both
sides of the Atlantic. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200-level literature, language,
or theory course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 334
British Literature: Reason and Romanticism
This class investigates the literary texts now called Romanticism within the history
and culture of late 18th- and early 19th-century Britain. The famous “big six” poets
(Blake, Coleridge, Wordsworth, Byron, Shelley, Keats) will be studied in the context of
poetic predecessors and influences (Burns, Cowper, Smith) and contemporary talents
in other genres, including Austen, Wollstonecraft, and Scott. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or
221, or one 200-level literature, language, or theory course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 336
British literature: The Age of Victoria
If America was the world’s cultural and political leader in the 20th century, Britain was
the leader of the 19th century. Students will study the literature and culture of Queen
Victoria’s England and her empire from the 1830s through 1914 in all four major
genres of poetry, fiction, drama, and essay. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200level literature, language, or theory course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 337
The British Novel: Love and Learn
This course traces two great structuring ideas—the love-plot and the education-plot—
in the rise and development of the British novel in the 18th and 19th centuries. The
course spans 150 years of literary history, while studying and critiquing the ways
literary theorists and historians have explained and theorized British fiction. Authors
surveyed include Defoe, Richardson, Austen, Trollope, Brontë, Eliot, and others.
(Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200-level literature, language, or theory course, or
consent of instructor.)
ENL 338
Readings in British and Commonwealth Drama
A variable survey of drama in English by British and Commonwealth playwrights,
organized historically and/or thematically. Sample topics include “Mysteries and
Moralities,” “London Onstage,” “The Empire Strikes Back,” and “What Is My Nation?”
Readings range from the Middle Ages to the present. THR 250 satisfies the
prerequisite for this course. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200-level literature
course or THR 250, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 339
Modern British and Irish Writers
Writers of the first half of the 20th century are surveyed, with attention paid to their
contribution to modernism, experimentation, and literary form. Virginia Woolf, William
Butler Yeats, James Joyce, Henry Green, D.H. Lawrence, Samuel Becket, and Muriel
Spark are among the authors surveyed. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200-level
literature, language, or theory course, or consent of instructor.)
American Literature
ENL 350
Readings in African-American Literature
This course offers a chance to look in depth at authors, themes, historical influences,
and theoretical issues surrounding both classical and emerging minority literature.
The course’s focus varies. A specific ethnic literature or a specific writer may be
emphasized; at other times topics that cross the boundaries of minority literatures will
be examined. Check the departmental web page for a given section’s emphasis.
(Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200-level literature, language, or theory course, or
consent of instructor.)
ENL 351
19th-Century American Literature
Covers the intellectual and social environment that affected the writers of the period.
Many different genre—slave narratives, romances, tall tales, epic poetry—are
considered. Douglass, Jacobs, Thoreau, Melville, Hawthorne, Twain, Emerson,
Dickinson, James, and Wharton are among the authors surveyed. (Prereq.: ENL 220
or 221 or one 200-level literature, language, or theory course, or consent of
instructor.)
ENL 352
American Literature from 1900 to 1945
Naturalism, the rise of modernism, the development of social protest literature,
significant movements such as the Harlem Renaissance, and other major
developments of the period are charted. Cather, Dreiser, Elliot, Fitzgerald, Faulkner,
Hemingway, Hughes, and Hurston are among the writers considered. (Prereq.: ENL
220 or 221 or one 200-level literature, language, or theory course, or consent of
instructor.)
ENL 353
American Literature from 1945 to the Present
Writers surveyed include O’Connor, Bellow, Baraka, Baldwin, Ellison, Erdrich, Roth,
Pynchon, Oates, Kingston, Mailer, Williams, Wideman, Morrison, as well as
contemporary fiction writers represented by the Best American Short Stories
anthologies. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200-level literature, language, or theory
course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 354
Contemporary American Poetry
A survey of the work of poets who have come into prominence since mid-20th century
as represented in the anthology Contemporary American Poetry. Attention will be
given to younger and/or less prominent poets represented in the Best American
Poetry series. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200-level literature, language, or
theory course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL/AIS 355
Themes in American Indian Literature
The course is structured around a number of writers working within a particular theme
such as “Native Voices of Minnesota,” “Voices from the Southwest,” “Poetics and
Politics of Native Writing,” “Women and Power in Native Literature, ““UrbanReservation: Homing,” and “American Indian Film-Literature Adaptation.” Students
focus on primary texts, comparing and contrasting theme, voice, aesthetic, or cultural
emphasis as it shifts or arises across the group of texts. Course cross-lists with
American Indian studies. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200-level literature,
language, or theory course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 358
Readings in American Drama
A variable survey of American drama from the early 20th century to the present,
organized historically and/or thematically. Sample topics include “American Families,”
“Blacks and Whites,” and “Sex and Self on the American Stage.” Readings range
from O’Neill and Treadwell to Shanley and Parks. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one
200-level literature course or THR 250, or consent of instructor.)
World Literature in Translation
ENL 360
The Classical Tradition
A study of the major works of Greek and Roman literature, including Homer,
Aeschylus, Sophocles, Virgil, through Dante. Works are studied with reference to their
mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature,
and their enduring relevance. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200-level literature,
language, or theory course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 361
The Medieval World
A survey of medieval literature from the collapse of the Roman Empire to the 14th
century, this course emphasizes themes of cultural collision and synthesis: pagans—
both classical and “barbarian”—and Christians; Islam and Christendom. Attention is
paid to heroic traditions (myth, epic, saga, romance, hagiography); the literature of
courtly and profane love; and visions of heaven and hell. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or
one 200-level literature, language, or theory course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 362
Renaissance to Modern Literature
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the Renaissance to the
modern period, including such authors as Molière, Cervantes, Rabelais, Voltaire, and
Ibsen. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200-level literature, language, or theory
course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 365
Contemporary Postcolonial Fiction
This examination of contemporary world fiction includes work by authors from Latin
America, Africa, Asia, and the Middle East, and fiction written by indigenous authors
worldwide. The course explores novels in relation to language, culture, and gender in
an age of globalization and fragmented nationalisms, considering fictions in their
literary, cultural, and social contexts. Cross-listed with Women’s Studies. Required for
communication arts/literature teacher licensure major. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or
one 200-level literature, language, or theory course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 367
Women and Fiction
The course studies novels and short stories by women across cultures. Emphasis on
the conditions that have affected women’s writing (including race and class), the
reflection of women’s unique experience in their writing, and the ways in which
women writers have contributed to and modified the Western literary heritage. This
course is cross-listed with Women’s Studies. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200level literature, language, or theory course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 368
Readings in World Drama
A variable survey of drama in translation from around the world, organized historically
and/or thematically. Sample topics include “Classical Theaters,” “Spanish and Latin
American Drama from the Renaissance to the Present,” “Social Issues in
Contemporary World Drama.” (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200-level literature
course or THR 250, or consent of instructor.)
Language, Media, and Theory
ENL 371
History of Cinema
A chronological survey of the development of cinema from the inception of the moving
image in the late 19th century through the emergence of film as one of the most
important popular art forms of the 20th century. Emphasis will be placed on important
international cinematic artistic movements, such as Italian neorealism and the French
New Wave, on cultural contexts that influenced the reception of film art, and on
technological advancements that altered the medium and influenced both narrative
and documentary filmmakers. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200-level literature,
language, or theory course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 380
Introduction to the English Language
A structural and historical overview of theoretical and social issues concerning the
English language, including theories of language acquisition. Required for the
communication arts/literature licensure major. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200level literature, language, or theory course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 385
Language and Power
Students will consider both spoken and written examples of language as a means of
establishing, maintaining, or revoking power. They will also pay attention to gender
differences in the use of language and analyze ways in which speakers and writers
can both create and revise reality via the language they use. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or
221 or one 200-level literature, language, or theory course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 394
Composition: Theory and Practice
Students will examine composition as a relatively new field of study, one in which
research in such areas as cognition, language acquisition, gender differences in
language, and code switching are relevant. Using both spoken and written language,
students will apply various theoretical positions to the language they and others use
to communicate in a range of linguistic tasks. Recommended for licensure and
potential graduate students. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200-level literature,
language, or theory course, or consent of instructor.)
The 400-level literature, language, and theory courses emphasize scholarship, criticism, and
theory, and ask students to write and speak professionally about literary texts. Any 300-level
literature course or consent of the instructor serve as a prerequisite for the 400-level. One 400level course must fulfill the keystone requirement.
ENL 410
Advanced Studies in Literature
Potential course subjects include “The Beats,” “American Indian Writers Speak,” “The
Unteachable Novel,” “Studies in the American Romance,” “Black and White and Red
All Over: Film Noir, Communism, and Race,” and others. Check the departmental
web page for the subject of a specific term, and get a complete course description in
the English Department. (Prereq.: Any 300-level literature course or consent of
instructor)
ENL 430
Advanced Studies in Language, Theory, and Method
Through a focus on particular issues and problems in literary studies, this course
engages students in a variety of past and current critical theories. Possible course
topics include “Is There a Gay Literature?” “Realism Reconsidered,” “Cognition,
Meaning, and Interpretation,” “Eco-criticism and the Nature of Reading,” “Readings in
Theory,” and others. Check the departmental web page for the subject of a specific
term, and get a complete course description in the English Department. (Prereq.: Any
300-level literature course or consent of instructor)
Writing Courses
Note: First day attendance in all writing courses is mandatory for a student to hold his/her place
in the course.
ENL 220
Intermediate Expository Writing
This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing. Its workshop
format stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self and peer
evaluation, and the relationship between reading and writing. Required for the
communication arts/literature teacher licensure major. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON
111, or ENL 112)
ENL 221
Expository Writing about the Arts and Popular Culture
A variant of English 220, this course also builds on the methods of Effective Writing,
but in this version students work on content related to subjects in the world of art and
literature. Particularly aimed at art, theater arts, and film majors. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or
HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 223
Writing for Business and the Professions
This practical course is designed to improve writing skills for those entering business
and professional careers. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 226
Introduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative writing
and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction, but including journal
keeping and creative prose. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 227
Journalism
An introductory newswriting course with an emphasis on writing for the print media.
Students consider how to recognize news, gather and verify facts, and write those
facts into a news story. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 228
Broadcast and Online Journalism
This is an introductory newswriting course with an emphasis on writing for broadcast
and online media. Students use an intensive practice model to learn the basics of
newsgathering, writing, and production for radio and the internet. (Prereq.: ENL 111,
or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 320
Fiction One
Students draft a collection of short stories and critique others’ work in the writing
workshop environment. Throughout the term, students will also read classic and
contemporary short fiction, analyzing and examining the work of established writers
as they learn to identify successful short fiction while creating their own work.
(Prereq.: ENL 226)
ENL 321
Fiction Two
A writing workshop in which students will revise a body of short fiction, redrafting and
polishing at least four short stories of varying lengths for inclusion in a portfolio of
work. Students will also be expected to create at least one new work of short fiction
during this workshop term. (Prereq.: ENL 320 or review and acceptance by instructor
of four story drafts written by the student and offered as work the student will refine in
Fiction Two.)
ENL 322
Poetry One
Students draft a collection of poems and critique others’ work in the writing workshop
environment. Students will learn to identify successful poetry as they create their own
poems; they will read published poetry and listen to new and established poets
reading their own work. (Prereq.: ENL 226)
ENL 323
Poetry Two
In this writing workshop, students write and revise a collection of poems to be
produced as a chapbook. Some of the poems written during this semester will be
experiments with formal verse, such as villanelles and sestinas. (Prereq.: ENL 322 or
review and acceptance by instructor of a collection of poetry written by the student.)
ENL 324
Creative Nonfiction
In this writing workshop, students develop a portfolio of creative works in the “fourth
genre,” which may include memoir; personal essays; flash nonfiction; researched
feature stories; mixed media, hypertext, and fragmented nonfiction; and lyric essays.
(Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or 226)
ENL/THR 325 Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for theater. Students will learn the basics of dramatic
structure, methods of script analysis, and techniques for the development of
playscripts from idea to finished product. (Prereq.: ENL 111 and junior or senior
standing, or consent of theater department chair. THR 250 or ENL 226
recommended.)
ENL 327
Quantitative Journalism: From Computers to Community
This course introduces students to gathering, analyzing, and presenting quantitative
data by using computers and other sources. The course also incorporates off-campus
resources to provide students with real-world experience of how data are
incorporated into print, broadcast, and online journalism. This course is designed for
persons wishing to explore use of quantitative data and for those preparing to enter
the communication professions. (Prereq.: ENL 227 or 228)
ENL/FLM 328 Screenwriting
An introductory course in writing for film, this course will take students from story
outline to the creation of a screenplay draft. In addition to writing their own scripts,
students will review feature films and analyze work written by each member of the
class, giving detailed critical analysis and engaging in discussion of aesthetics, craft,
and form. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or 226, or 228)
ENL 420
Advanced Studies in Writing
The writing keystone is a final, summative seminar emphasizing collaboration,
professional standards, and the creation of a publishable or performable completed
product. The topic changes; check the departmental web page. (Prereq.: Any 300level writing course)
ENL 427
Advanced Studies in Media Ethics and Theory
This course acquaints students with the concepts and functions of the news media in
global society, exploring the interaction of ethical and legal principles of American
journalism and considering the role of the news media in historical, economic, and
technological contexts. The course will analyze situations that have arisen in the past
and situations that arise now in a digitized information world. Students will study the
special position given the media in the United States and will consider First
Amendment protections and the media’s responsibilities to inform the public in a free
and democratic society. (Prereq.: ENL 220, or 221, or 226, or 227, or 228; and any
300-level media writing course.)
ENL 490
English Keystone (.0 course)
Students seeking keystone credit must register for this no credit, P/N course, along
with ENL 410, 420, or 430.
Directed Studies, Internships, and Independent Studies
ENL 291/391
Experiences in Thai Education and Culture
In this course, offered alternate years, students will spend approximately three weeks
in May in Thailand. During this time, students will visit temples and sites in Bangkok,
Chiangmai, and Prachuab Kirikhan. They will learn about Thai Buddhism,
government, traditional customs, and culture. Students will also spend several days
teaching English to Thai students in a Thai secondary school.
ENL 299
Directed Study
ENL 396
On-Campus Internships
This course is required for all communication arts/literature licensure students. It is
normally taken with students enrolled in English 101 Developmental Writing. Interns
prepare class presentations, assess student writing, and learn methods useful in
teaching composition.
ENL 399
Off-Campus Internships
ENL 499
Independent Study and Honors Projects
Honors studies must be directed by a professor chosen by the student and approved
by the department. Independent study projects not designated for honors must be
approved by the chair of the department.
Environmental Studies
Environmental studies is the interdisciplinary investigation of human relations with the natural
world. The program pursues a multifaceted examination—across the natural sciences, social
sciences, humanities, and professional studies—of the interdependence shared by people and
nature. It provides an understanding of the material world as well as the ecological, social, and
cultural processes and problems that bind that world together. Through the study of politics,
biology, literature, chemistry, social work, economics, and history, environmental studies
students focus on the most pressing local, regional, national, and global issues of our day.
Augsburg College’s location in the city offers a particular opportunity for the close study of
complex urban environments. Although many equate environmental issues with rural areas,
most people live in cities. Urban residents shape nature in innumerable ways, including through
energy, food, and water consumption; transportation; and industrial production. In turn, cities
often serve as the settings in which environmental injustice flourishes. With that in mind,
Augsburg’s environmental studies program fosters the simultaneous study of ecological quality
and social justice.
The program provides undergraduate training leading to a BA or a minor in environmental
studies. Upon completion of the program, students will be able to comprehend ecological
processes, recognize the many and varied forms of nature in the city, distinguish stakeholders’
interests in policy debates, decipher the context and variety of human experiences in nature,
identify inequities in the access to and use of natural resources, and articulate responses
grounded in multiple disciplinary insights to current urban environmental challenges. Drawing on
their experiences in settings as diverse as the Cedar-Riverside neighborhood, the upper
Mississippi River Valley, and Mexico, graduates of the program pursue vocations in nonprofit
organizations, government policy and planning positions, law, education, ministry, and corporate
settings.
Environmental Studies Faculty
John Zobitz (Mathematics, Director), Matthew Beckman (Biology), Ralph Butkowski (Biology),
Kristen Chamberlain (Communication Studies), Christina Erickson (Social Work), Z. Vivian Feng
(Chemistry), Keith Gilsdorf (Economics), David Hanson (Chemistry), John Harkness (English),
Ann Impullitti (Biology), Colin Irvine (English), Joan Kunz (Chemistry), Michael Lansing
(History), Joseph Underhill (Political Science).
Major
Fourteen Courses (standard track or HECUA track)
Standard Track Requirements (14 course credits):
Core courses:
ENV 100
ENV 120
Environmental Connections
Introduction to Environmental Science
SWK 210
Environmental Justice and Social Change
POL 241
Environmental and River Politics
or INS 342
River Politics Field Seminar
or POL 325 Politics and Public Policy
or POL 341/ Environmental Politics (CGE)
WST 341
or SOC 381 The City and Metro Urban Planning
ENL 270
Rites of Thematic Passage (Literature and Landscape)
or REL 313/ Environmental Theology and Ethics (CGE)
WST 313
HIS 316
US Urban Environmental History
ECO 365
Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development
ENV 399
Internship
ENV 490
Environmental Studies Independent Project (Keystone)
Biology requirements:
BIO 151
BIO 152
BIO 481
Introductory Biology
Ecology, Evolution, and Diversity
Ecology
Chemistry requirements:
CHM 105 Principles of Chemistry I
CHM 106 Principles of Chemistry II
or CHM 115 General Chemistry I
CHM 116 General Chemistry II (depends on MPG score)
HECUA Track Requirements (14 course credits):
ENV 100
Environmental Connections
SWK 210
Environmental Justice and Social Change
ENL 270
Rites of Thematic Passage (Literature and Landscape)
or REL 313/ Environmental Theology and Ethics (CGE)
WST 313
HIS 316
US Urban Environmental History
INS 345, INS 346, INS 399 (HECUA Environmental Sustainability Semester, four course credits:
Adaptive Ecosystem Management; Social Dimensions of Environmental Change,
Field/Research Methods and Investigation, Internship and Integration Seminar)
SBS 499
Environmental Studies Independent Project (Keystone)
Biology requirements:
BIO 151
BIO 152
BIO 481
Introductory Biology
Ecology, Evolution, and Diversity
Ecology
Chemistry requirements:
CHM 105
Principles of Chemistry I
CHM 106
Principles of Chemistry II
or CHM 115 General Chemistry I
CHM 116
General Chemistry II (depends on MPG score)
Minor
(Seven courses)
ENV 100
Environmental Connections
ENV 120
Introduction to Environmental Science
CHM 105
Principles of Chemistry I
or CHM 115 General Chemistry I
BIO 151
Introductory Biology
SWK 210
Environmental Justice and Social Change
HIS 316
US Urban Environmental History
or ENL 270
Rites of Thematic Passage
or REL 313/ Environmental Theology and Ethics (CGE)
WST 313
POL 241
Environmental and River Politics
or INS 342
River Politics Field Seminar
or POL 325 Politics and Public Policy
or POL 341/ Environmental Politics (CGE)
WST 341
or ECO 365 Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development
or SOC 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and
Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Environmental Studies Courses
ENV 100
Environmental Connections
An interdisciplinary introduction to current environmental issues. The course depends
on ecological visions of the world and examines the connections we share as people
living simultaneously in human community and in physical environments. In
examining these connections, we depend on the insights offered by political science,
biology, economics, literature, sociology, chemistry, and history as well as
experiential education and service-learning. The issues examined in this class—
neither remote nor abstract—exist in our everyday lives, and a central feature of the
course is the application of knowledge gained in the class to a campus project.
(Social and Behavioral Sciences LAF, fall)
ENV 120
Introduction to Environmental Science
An introduction to the systematic study of the environment from physical, biological,
chemical, and quantitative perspectives. Satisfactory completion of this course
satisfies a Liberal Arts Foundation requirement in the Natural Sciences and
Mathematics and as a QF. MPG 3 and CT required.
ENV 490
Environmental Studies Independent Project
An independently-designed project (approved by the program director and a
committee of three environmental studies faculty representing at least two academic
divisions) that displays a student’s ability to synthesize interdisciplinary approaches,
demonstrate higher-level learning, and examine vocational issues through the study
of an environmental problem. Vocational questions will also be formally explored.
(Prereq.: ENV 100, BIO 152, CHM 106 or 116, SWK 210, HIS 316, and ENV 399)
Film
See listing under Communication Studies.
Finance
See listing under Business Administration.
Foreign Languages
See listing under Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies.
French
See listing under Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies.
German
See listing under Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies.
Health, Physical Education, and
Exercise Science—HPE
All students at Augsburg College will interact at some point during their college experience
with the Department of Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science. Goals of the
department are to provide quality experiences, preparation for the professions, and an
education that leads to lifelong participation in physical activity. Recreational participants as well
as student athletes will find ample opportunity for developmental activities.
The physical education program prepares students for careers in physical education
endeavors in the schools and in allied professions. It also provides general education in physical
activity for all Augsburg students.
The health education program prepares students for careers in school health education,
wellness, and allied professions. This program offers a comprehensive view that examines
prevention and promotion needs for individuals, schools, and the community.
The exercise science program prepares students with practical application of the knowledge
needed to become a health fitness or community health professional. Interested students will
also be prepared to move on to graduate or professional school in allied health fitness
professions.
All students seeking teaching licensure must receive a minimum grade of 2.0 in all required
courses with an HPE prefix.
Health, Physical Education and Exercise Science Faculty
Eileen Kaese Uzarek (Chair), David Barrett, Jane Becker, Chris Brown, Anthony Clapp, Steven
Dalhed, Carol Enke, Aaron Griess, Melissa Lee, Mike Navarre, Patrice Salmeri, Missy Strauch,
Ted Vickerman
Degree and Major Requirements
Health Education
Health Education Major
HPE 104
HPE 110
HPE 114
HPE 115
HPE 215
HPE 316
HPE 320
HPE 357
HPE 358
HPE 390
HPE 410
HPE 450
Components of Fitness Training
Personal and Community Health
Health and Safety Education
Chemical Dependency Education
Health and Exercise Psychology
Human Sexuality
School Health Curriculum
Measurement in Health, Physical Education, and Fitness
Assessment in Health and Physical Education
Instructional Methods and Materials in Health Education
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Current Health Issues
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
PSY 250
Child Development
or PSY 252 Adolescent and Young Adult Development
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and
Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Health Education Minor
HPE 104, 110, 114, 115, 316, 320, 390, 450, BIO 103. (The Minnesota Board of Teaching does
not license minors in teaching.)
Teaching Licensure
The Minnesota Board of Teaching has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may
be subject to change after the publication of this catalog. It is the responsibility of the student to
consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
A Bachelor of Science degree is available for students seeking teacher licensure. Students
must consult with a faculty adviser concerning the Augsburg Core Curriculum requirements
under the Bachelor of Science option.
Physical Education
Physical Education Major
HPE 104
HPE 114
HPE 115
HPE 205
HPE 220
HPE 254
HPE 275
HPE 324
HPE 334
HPE 335
HPE 340
HPE 350
HPE 351
HPE 357
HPE 358
HPE 473
BIO 103
Components of Fitness Training
Health and Safety Education
Chemical Dependency Education
Introduction to Health, Physical Education, and Health Fitness
Motor Learning
Introduction to Developmental and Adapted Physical Education
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
K-6 PE Games and Activities
7-12 Sport Skills and Activities
Outdoor Education
Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs
Kinesiology
Physiology of Exercise
Measurement in Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science
Assessment in Health and Physical Education
Physical Education Curriculum
Human Anatomy and Physiology
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and
Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Physical Education Minor
HPE 104, 115, 205, 324, 334, 351. (The Minnesota Board of Teaching does not license minors
in teaching.)
Coaching Certification
The Minnesota Board of Teaching does not require coaching certification. The following
courses are recommended for those interested in coaching in Minnesota public schools:
HPE 114
Safety Education
HPE 275
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
HPE 280
Coaching Theory
The MSHSL requires all head varsity coaches of interscholastic sports to complete a coaching
effectiveness program offered through the MSHSL.
Teaching Licensure
The Minnesota Board of Teaching has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may
be subject to change after the publication of this catalog. It is the responsibility of the student to
consult with the Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher
licensure requirements.
A Bachelor of Science degree is available for students seeking teacher licensure. Students
must consult with a faculty adviser concerning the Augsburg Core Curriculum requirements
under the Bachelor of Science option.
Exercise Science
Exercise Science Major
HPE 104
Components of Fitness Training
HPE 110
Personal and Community Health
HPE 114
Health and Safety Education
HPE 115
Chemical Dependency Education
HPE 205
Introduction to Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science
HPE 215
Health and Exercise Psychology
HPE 275
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
HPE 300
Nutrition for Exercise Science
HPE 305
Stress Management
HPE 350
Kinesiology
HPE 351
Physiology of Exercise
HPE 357
Measurement in Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science
HPE 397 or 399 Internship in Exercise Science
HPE 450
Current Health Issues
HPE 490
Health Fitness Seminar and Keystone
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
Select and complete one (1) of the following two (2) courses:
HPE 315
Exercise Testing and Prescription
or HPE 330 Community Health Methods
Select and complete one (1) of the following two (2) courses:
HPE 430
Epidemiology (HLTH 400 Epidemiology at Univ. of St. Thomas)
or HPE 304 Advanced Fitness Training
Health, Physical Education, and
Exercise Science Courses
HPE 001
Foundations of Fitness
(.0 course)
This course is required of all Augsburg students outside the HPE majors. It seeks to
improve the student’s knowledge and understanding of the components of physical
fitness and how they contribute to personal lifelong health and well-being. This course
is designed to provide knowledge and skills needed to assess, monitor, and discipline
oneself to maintain a lifestyle of fitness and wellness. (Fall, spring)
HPE 002, 003 Lifetime Activity
(.0 course)
Lifetime activity courses are designed to improve proficiency in a selected physical
activity. Students will be able to understand and demonstrate basic skills, strategy,
and rules of the activity. (Fall, spring)
HPE 007 Lifetime Activity - Hybrid
(.0 course)
This Lifetime Activity course is designed to improve proficiency in one or more
student selected activities. Students will understand and demonstrate fundamentals
and benefits of selected activities. This course will be taught in a hybrid format,
blended between in-person lab experiences and online discussions and reporting.
(Fall, winter, spring WEC)
HPE 008 Foundations of Fitness - Hybrid
(.0 course)
Foundations of Fitness is designed to improve the student's knowledge and
understanding of physical fitness, nutrition and stress and how they influence health
and well-being. This course provides knowledge and skills needed for an individual to
maintain a lifestyle of fitness and wellness. This course will be taught in a hybrid
format, blending in-person lab experiences with online discussion and reporting.
HPE 104
Components of Fitness Training
This course implements a performance-based approach designed to enable the
student to become well educated in strength and cardiovascular training. The
proficiencies will address the specifics of knowledge and performance in fitness
training. This course will implement optimal research-based theories for improving
aerobic and muscular strength for the purpose of designing an individualized strength
and aerobic conditioning program. (Fall, spring)
HPE 110
Personal and Community Health
Concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the
community. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111. Fall, spring)
HPE 114
Health and Safety Education
(.5 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. National
Safety Council First Aid and CPR certifications. (Fall, spring)
HPE 115
Chemical Dependency Education
(.5 course)
An analysis of chemical use and abuse and what can be done for the abuser.
Includes information about school health education and services. (Fall, spring)
HPE 205
Introduction to Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science
(.5 course)
An introduction to the professional field of health, physical education, and fitness.
Includes history, current trends, and professional opportunities related to health,
human performance, and wellness. Students also will examine the components of a
healthy lifestyle found on the wellness continuum. (Fall, spring)
HPE 215 Health and Exercise Psychology
Study of the impact of psychological, behavioral, social, and biological interactions on
exercise and health. Specific physiological and psychological benefits associated with
exercise are addressed along with health promotion, intervention, and adherence.
Examples of topics covered include anxiety, depression, stress, ADHD, self-efficacy,
and determinants of exercise. (Spring)
HPE 220
Motor Learning
(.5 course)
The study of the processes associated with developing motor skills and performance,
and how this relates to motor development. (Spring)
HPE 254
Introduction to Developmental/Adapted Physical Education
(.5 course)
A general overview of developmental/adapted physical education from early
childhood through grade 12. The role of school-based health and physical education
programs for students with disabilities will be addressed. Fieldwork experience is a
requirement in this course. (Fall)
HPE 275
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
(.5 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training room procedures. A lab accompanies this course.
(Prereq.: HPE 114. Spring)
HPE 280
Coaching Theory (.5 course)
Theory, philosophy, organization, and supervision of coaching. Includes psychology
of sport and how psychological factors affect participation in sport.
HPE 300
Nutrition for Exercise Science
This course provides an integrated overview of the physiological requirements, food
sources, and functions of carbohydrates, fats, protein, vitamins, and minerals and
their impact on health and performance. Students will evaluate and design nutritional
regimens to support optimal athletic performance, ultimately examining nutritional
supplements, ergogenic aids, and anabolic steroids and the safety and efficacy of
legal and banned substances.
HPE 304
Advanced Fitness Training
This course is designed to examine and apply the latest in scientific research of
advanced personal training. Participants will be exposed to established training
methods for developing advanced workouts as well as a variety of breakthrough
exercises that may result in fitness improvements. Ultimately, students will create and
optimize aspects of the different training phases for their year-round program design.
(Prereq.: BIO 103, HPE 104, HPE 114. Spring)
HPE 305 Stress Management
(.5 course)
This course introduces students to concepts related to stress and stress
management. Along with the study of the role of stress in dysfunction of the human
body, individual assessments and reflection are used to assist students in developing
a greater understanding of the role of stress in their life. Individual stress
management plans will be constructed. (Fall)
HPE 315
Exercise Testing and Prescription
(.5 course)
This is a course in exercise testing and prescription relative to the cardiopulmonary
system. The course is designed to provide the student with an understanding of the
physiological and pathophysiological responses of the body to clinical exercise testing
and to develop a basis for the exercise prescription in health and disease. The
content of this course is focused toward the knowledge and skills required for taking
the ACSM Health Fitness Instructor (HFI) certification exam. (Prereq.: MPG III, HPE
357. Fall)
HPE 316
Human Sexuality
A study of the psychological, social, and biological components of human sexuality.
(Spring)
HPE 320
School Health Curriculum
(.5 course)
Techniques for developing a course of study in school health based upon growth and
development for grades K-12. Examination of national standards and pedagogy for
health education, curriculum, and assessment included. (Prereq.: HPE 110. Fall even
years)
HPE 324
K-6 PE Games and Activities
(.5 course)
This course integrates theory and practice in teaching age- and skill-appropriate
activities to elementary students. Fieldwork experience is a requirement in this
course. (Prereq.: HPE 104, HPE 205. Spring)
HPE 334
7-12 Sport Skills and Activities
(.5 course)
Theory and practice in skills and teaching selected games and activities. Fieldwork
experience is a requirement in this course. (Prereq.: HPE 104, HPE 205. Fall)
HPE 335
Outdoor Education
(.5 course)
A course designed to provide knowledge and develop skills in a variety of outdoor
educational activities and to study the natural environment in which these activities
occur. The course will include a three-day camping/hiking trip. Fieldwork experience
is a requirement in this course. (Prereq.: HPE 104, HPE 114, HPE 205. Fall even
years, spring even years)
HPE 340
Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs
(.5 course)
A survey of management, leadership, and decision making for physical education and
athletic programs. (Prereq.: HPE 205 and pass CT assessment or GST 100. Fall)
HPE 350
Kinesiology
A study of the mechanics of movement with an emphasis on the use of the muscular
system. An analytic approach to the study of movement and how it relates within the
physical education and health fitness fields. A lab accompanies this course. (Prereq.:
BIO 103. Co-req.: HPE 357. Fall)
HPE 351
Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise on the systems of the body and physiological principles
applied to exercise programs and motor training. A lab accompanies this course.
(Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111, BIO 103. Spring)
HPE 357
Measurement of Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science
(.5 course)
Concepts of statistics and the use of statistical procedures in health, fitness, and
physical education programs. Topics include descriptive statistics, probability,
estimation, ANOVA, correlation, and linear regression. (Prereq.: MPG 3, HPE 104,
and either HPE 110 or HPE 205. Fall)
HPE 358
Assessment of Health and Physical Education
(.5 course)
Standards, assessment, and evaluation of tests in health and physical education.
(Prereq.: HPE 104, HPE 357 and either HPE 110 or HPE 205. Fall)
HPE 365
Physical Education Methods (K-6)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in grades K-6. An
in-depth view of all aspects of teaching physical education to elementary-aged
children. Fieldwork experience is a requirement in this course. (Prereq.: HPE 104,
HPE 324. Fall)
HPE 368
Physical Education Methods (7-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues involved in teaching physical education in
secondary schools. An in-depth view of all aspects of teaching physical education to
secondary-aged students. Fieldwork experience is a requirement in this course.
(Prereq.: HPE 104, HPE 334. Spring)
HPE 390
Instructional Methods and Materials in Health Education
Principles and methods of instruction applied to health education grades K-12.
Emphasis on teaching/learning strategies and student assessment. Evaluation and
development of materials included. Fieldwork experience is a requirement in this
course. (Prereq.: HPE 110. Spring)
HPE 410
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
(.5 course)
Historical background, legal basis, and school health services relationship to
community and school health programs and resources. (Prereq.: HPE 110. Fall even
years)
HPE 450
Current Health Issues (.5 course)
This course uses critical thinking skills to examine current health issues in text and
media from a sociological, political, economic, and medical perspective. (Prereq.:
HPE 110 and pass CT assessment or GST 100. Fall odd years)
HPE 473
Physical Education Curriculum (.5 course)
Techniques for developing a course of study in physical education based upon growth
and development for grades K-12. Examination of national standards and pedagogy
for physical education, curriculum, and assessment included. (Prereq.: HPE 205. Fall)
HPE 490
Exercise Science Seminar and Keystone
This course will provide the student with the pinnacle component of the Exercise
Science degree plan. The keystone will provide an understanding of human
responses to exercise and its relevance to a diverse and challenging world, as well as
help develop a basis for research as this relates to the major. The student will choose
a research topic in the field of kinesiology or exercise physiology, design a research
study, recruit subjects, conduct testing, evaluate data, and present their research to
the Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science Department at the end of the
semester. The student will also choose from a number of options to advance their
career and improve their marketability in the field. (Prereq.: HPE 350, HPE 351)
Internships and Independent Study Courses
HPE 199
Internship
HPE 299
Directed Study
HPE 397/399
HPE 499
Internship
Independent Study/Research
Open only to junior or senior majors.
History—HIS
History is to society what memory is to an individual; it brings to a civilization an
understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalist J.R. Strayer expressed it this way:
“No community can survive and no institution can function without constant reference to past
experience. We are ruled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are
ruled by the collective memory of the past. It is the memory of common experiences that makes
scattered individuals into a community.”
The study of history enables us to deal more knowledgeably with continuity and change in
society. The construction of an informed sense of our past is a fundamental ingredient in
appreciating and understanding the present as well as anticipating the future. History majors are
prepared to be active and contributing members of their society. The study of history, which has
long held a major role in the liberal arts, is an entry to elementary and secondary education,
graduate study in many fields, and a wide range of employment opportunities that require
abilities in communication, conceptualization, and processing of information.
History Faculty
Phillip C. Adamo (Chair), Jacqueline deVries, Bill Green, Don Gustafson, Michael Lansing
Degree and Major Requirements
Major
Nine courses (including HIS 280 and 480). At least four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the
four areas: ancient and medieval, modern Europe, United States, and non-Western.
Graduation Skills
The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation skill is embedded throughout the offered courses and
is met by completing the major. Speaking (S) and Writing (W) skills are also developed
throughout the major, but are given special emphasis in the following courses (both required for
majors):
S: HIS 480
W: HIS 280 and HIS 480
The Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill may be fulfilled by taking HIS 369, GST
200, MAT 145, MAT 146, MAT 163, or PHI 230.
Teaching Licensure
The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ
slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also
be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure
requirements.
Minor
Five courses, at least three of which must be upper division.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.60 in the major and 3.00 overall; except in special instances, application before
the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level
(or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty
committee.
Medieval Studies
The History Department also hosts the major in medieval studies. For more information,
refer to Medieval Studies in this catalog.
Other Requirements
First-year students should enroll in one or more of the 100-level courses. The 200-level
courses are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students. Upper division courses
are numbered 300 and above.
Prerequisites
Satisfactory completion of a lower division course (100- or 200-level) is normally required
before enrolling in an upper division course (300- and 400-level). See instructor for permission.
Transfer Students
Transfer students planning a major must normally take at least three of their courses at
Augsburg including HIS 280 and 480. A minor normally requires two courses taken at Augsburg.
History Courses
HIS 101
The Beginning of Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece
and Rome, and the Middle Ages of Europe into the 13th century.
HIS 102
The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the Middle
Ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
HIS 103
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present.
HIS 104
The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of
the last 200 years.
HIS 120
America to 1815
A survey of the relations between Native, European, and African peoples from first
contacts to the War of 1812, drawing on social, cultural, and environmental history as
well as political and economic history. The course will move topically as well as
chronologically through the colonial and early national period. Themes include the
legacies of massive ecological and demographic change, the colonial competition for
North America, Indian-white conflict and collusion, enslavement of African peoples,
the creation of the United States, and internal as well as foreign conflicts in that
nation’s early years. (Prereq.: Pass CT assessment or GST 100)
HIS 121
19th-Century United States
A survey of United States history from 1815-1900, drawing on social, cultural, and
environmental history as well as political and economic history. The course will move
topically as well as chronologically through the years in which the United States came
to prominence despite internal dissent and violence. Themes include the emergence
of a national identity, political system, and economy, slavery, expansion, and empirebuilding, regional differences, the Civil War and its aftermath, and industrialization.
(Prereq.: Pass CT assessment or GST 100)
HIS 122
20th-Century United States
A survey of United States history from 1900 to the present, drawing on social,
cultural, and environmental history as well as political and economic history. The
course will move topically as well as chronologically through the modern era. Themes
include industrialization and urbanization, the significance of gender, race, and
ethnicity in American culture, the growth of a strong federal government, the
emergence of the United States as a world power, the creation of a consumer society,
the rise of identity politics, and the passing of American hegemony. (Prereq.: Pass CT
assessment or GST 100)
HIS 150/350
Latin American History
This course examines the histories of Mexico, Central America, and the Caribbean
from the 1790s to the 1990s. Centering our analysis in the Latin American
experience, we will examine cultural trends, social interactions, and economic
development as well as the relations that each of these regions shared with the
United States. Special attention will be paid to independence movements,
neocolonialism, dependency and underdevelopment, ecological transformations, the
Latino/a diaspora, and the struggles of indigenous communities. (Prereq.: Consent of
instructor required for HIS 350)
HIS/WST 155/355
Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
Center for Global Education course. In the International Programs section, See Social
Change in Central America: Exploring Peace, Justice, and Community Engagement
(Guatemala, El Salvador, and Nicaragua).
HIS 162/462
20th-Century South Asia
This course explores the processes of colonialism, nationalism, decolonization, and
independence in the area now politically known as India, Pakistan, and Sri Lanka.
Upper division students will have additional assignments and different exams from
lower division. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor required for HIS 462)
HIS 195
Topics in History
An introduction to selected historical topics not regularly offered in lower division
classes. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration.
HIS 225
History of the Twin Cities
The Minneapolis and St. Paul area serves as a case study for the themes of frontier
urbanization, industrialization, and economic change; transportation, immigration, and
ethnicity; and urban politics and reform.
HIS 234
Minnesota History
This course examines the racial, ethnic, political, and economic history of Minnesota,
from the earliest inhabitants (Ojibwe and Dakota), through the period of British and
French exploration, and to the development of statehood.
HIS 236
American Indian History
A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian period through
European exploration and settlement to the present, emphasizing American Indian
contributions to world culture, tribal structure, and intergovernmental relations.
HIS 241
Topics in African American History
Selected topics in African American history not regularly examined in other
departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to
registration.
HIS 242
History of African American Civil Rights, 1619-1915
A survey of the development of African American civil rights focusing on legal,
economic, and political issues influenced by race and class, emphasizing
emancipation and integration of slaves and former slaves.
HIS 243
History of African American Civil Rights, 1915-1972
A continuation of HIS 242 with special emphasis on the contributions of W.E.B.
DuBois, Marcus Garvey, A. Philip Randall, Charles Houston, Thurgood Marshall, and
Martin Luther King Jr.
HIS 249/349
The Designed Environment
This course addresses the designed environment, investigating architecture,
landscape architecture, and urban design. Class sessions consist almost exclusively
of extensive walking tours and site visits to prominent examples of design excellence.
(Prereq.: None for HIS 249; ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111, and an ART, HIS, or urban
studies course for HIS 349)
HIS 280
The History Workshop
This course introduces history majors and minors to the historian’s craft. Students will
examine the development of the discipline of history, the methods of analysis used by
professional historians today, and the varieties of applications for history in
professional careers and public life. Students will also gain and sharpen the research
and writing skills critical to their success in upper-level history courses. Guest
speakers and off-campus site visits will enhance course content. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or
112 or HON 111)
HIS 282
The History of Women Since 1848
This course examines in comparative perspective women’s changing political,
economic, social, and sexual status since the 19th century, with attention given to
social, racial, ethnic, and sexual differences among women.
HIS 300
Public History
Public history is the practice of historical methods with a nonacademic audience in
mind. This survey explores the components of public history, many of its venues, and
pressing issues in the field through examination of a range of topics (including, but
not limited to): local history, historical memory, archives, exhibits, oral histories,
documentaries, publishing, museums, historic sites, and historic preservation.
HIS 311
Topics in Women’s History
Exploration of selected topics in women’s history not regularly examined in other
departmental offerings. The specific topic to be offered will be announced prior to
registration.
HIS 316
U.S. Urban Environmental History
A chronological exploration of the interactions between Americans and the nonhuman
world, with particular attention to urban and suburban areas. Topics include the
commodification of nature, the death of the organic city, political movements
organized around nature, ways of knowing nature, environmental justice, and
relationships between culture and nature. Additionally, students will use both primary
sources and fieldwork to explore the specific environmental history of a Minneapolis
neighborhood.
HIS 323
Modern China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839, the erosion of
China’s isolation and collapse of the imperial system, and the Nationalist and
Communist revolutions of the 20th century.
HIS 327
Racism and Resistance in Southern Africa and the U.S.
Center for Global Education course. In the International Programs section, see Nation
Building, Globalization, and Decolonizing the Mind (Namibia).
HIS 331
Topics in United States History
In-depth exploration of selected topics in United States history not regularly examined
in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
HIS 332
History of United States Foreign Relations
A survey of United States foreign relations from the American Revolution through the
Cold War, emphasizing changing definitions of war and peace, tensions between
internationalism and isolationism, and the emergence of the United States as an
economic and military power.
HIS 335
American Urban History
A study of urban development from colonial and frontier beginnings through the age
of industrialization to the present, including the dynamics of urban growth and
planning, politics and reform, and the growth of urban culture.
HIS 336
American Labor History
A survey of the history of work and the worker, primarily in the late 19th and 20th
centuries, emphasizing the nature of work, working-class life and community,
evaluation of organized labor, and the relationship of workers and union to the state.
HIS 338
American Legal History
An examination of the social, economic, and intellectual factors in American history
that, combined with English and colonial antecedents, contributed to the emergence
of our modern legal system. (Prereq.: Pass CT assessment or GST 100)
HIS 343
The North American West
This course reckons with the contest of colonial powers in North America, the
American conquest of the region, the role of the federal government in shaping the
West, the rise of the most urban part of the United States, and the important role that
the West plays in modern American culture. Themes include the persistence of Native
peoples, ethnicity, race, and gender in Western daily and political life, the creation of
an international borderlands, and the ecological transformation of Western
landscapes.
HIS 346
Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective
A survey of Namibia and South Africa including the experience of indigenous peoples,
the impact of South African occupation, the war for independence, and the roots of
apartheid and its institutionalization. (Center for Global Education course. In the
International Programs section, see Nation Building, Globalization, and Decolonizing
the Mind: Southern African Perspectives [Namibia]).
HIS 348
Russia and the Soviet Union in the 20th Century
An introductory historical survey of the Soviet Union, beginning with a brief
examination of Russian history before turning to the Russian Revolutions of 1917, the
rise of Stalin, the Cold War, and the emergence of Gorbachev. The course will
emphasize political, diplomatic, economic, and cultural history.
HIS 352
Modern Germany
A survey of the social, political, and cultural development of modern Germany,
focusing on the question of Germany’s Sonderweg (special path) and examining such
topics as romanticism, unification, the rise of national socialism, and the Holocaust.
HIS 354
Modern Britain and Ireland
This course will take a distinctively interdisciplinary approach (sources will include
literature, film, music, and artwork) to explore a period of dramatic change in British
politics, society, culture, and international status.
HIS 355
Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
For course description, see HIS 155.
HIS 357
Mexican History, Culture, and Cosmovision
An exploration of Latin American history from Pre-Columbian times through the
conquest and colonial periods up to modern Latin America. The course will use a
gendered lens to focus on Mexican history, culture and cosmovision. Additional
readings and written assignments will be required for upper-division students. Taught
on-site in Mexico through Center for Global Education. In International Programs, see
the listing for Migration and Globalization: Engaging Our Communities (Mexico)
(Prereq.: One previous history course or consent of instructor required)
HIS 360
Ancient Egypt and Classical Greece
This course examines the history of ancient Egypt and classical Greece from c. 3200
to 323 BC, and uses a variety of written and visual sources in an attempt to
understand these societies. In addition to the “traditional” political narrative, it also
looks at social, economic, and cultural aspects of life in antiquity.
HIS 361
Hellenistic Greece and Rome
This course examines the history of Hellenistic Greece and Rome from c. 800 BC to
476 AD, and uses a variety of written and visual sources in an attempt to understand
these societies. In addition to the “traditional” political narrative, it also looks at social,
economic, and cultural aspects of life in antiquity.
HIS 369
The Early and High Middle Ages
This course examines the history of Europe and the Mediterranean from c. 300 to
1350 AD, and uses a variety of written and visual sources in an attempt to understand
medieval society. In addition to the “traditional” political narrative, it also looks at
social, economic, and cultural aspects of medieval life. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
HIS 370
The Late Middle Ages to 1648
This course examines the history of Europe from c. 1300 to 1648 AD, and uses a
variety of written and visual sources in an attempt to understand late medieval
society. In addition to the “traditional” political narrative, it also looks at social,
economic, and cultural aspects of life in this period.
HIS 374
Medieval Crusades
This course examines Western Europe’s crusading era (1095-1291 AD), a time when
warriors from the Christian West attempted to “take back” the Holy Land from its
Muslim occupiers. Through a close reading of primary sources, we will examine such
issues as pilgrimage, holy war, and the complex relationships between East and
West, between Muslims and Christians. We will pay particular attention to the
question of historical representation.
HIS 378
Medieval Church
This course examines the history of the medieval church from Constantine the Great
to Martin Luther (c. 300 to c. 1517 AD). It uses a variety of written and visual sources
in an attempt to understand the medieval church and its influence, not only in
religious matters, but also in the social and political spheres. Cross-listed with REL
378.
HIS 440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history that are not included in regular
course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to
registration.
HIS 462
20th-Century South Asia
For course description, see HIS 162.
HIS 474
The World and the West
Europe’s discovery of the rest of the world, cultural interaction and conflict, the
building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and the breakdown of these
imperial systems at the end of the 18th century.
HIS 480
Seminar
This course is required for the major, and enrollment is normally restricted to students
who have nearly finished their coursework. Selected topics will be announced prior to
registration. Permission of the instructor is required. This course fulfills the keystone
requirement. (Prereq.: HIS 280 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111. Generally offered
fall and spring terms.)
Internships and Independent Study Courses
HIS 199
Internship
HIS 299
Directed Study
HIS 399
Internship
HIS 499
Independent Study/Research
(Prereq.: 3.50 GPA in history)
Honors Program—HON
The Augsburg Honors Program offers an adventurous education where students with a
passion for ideas can be their best. We offer a friendly and welcoming atmosphere for students
committed to an exceptional higher education.
Augsburg’s Honors Program is unlike any other honors program in the nation because it
gives students the resources and freedom to build their own ideal higher education. Students
have the opportunity to create their own courses, edit and write for the Honors Review of
Undergraduate Scholarship, participate in an intramural debate league, belong to an Honors
House, and learn through small reading groups, research projects, and travel around the world.
Each Honors course has been specifically created for Honors students and includes a
challenging “signature experience” such as writing a play, putting great books on trial, or
attending music, theater, and art perfomances. Honors courses bring in professors from several
different departments so students can learn from talented professors teaching their specialties.
For information, contact Robert C. Groven, Honors Program director, at
honors@augsburg.edu.
Honors Program Recognition
Students who complete the Honors Program requirements satisfy all general education
requirements, except those for physical education and modern language.
Honors students also receive special transcript notation, special graduation recognition,
résumé-building positions, and special access to academic advising and career options.
Honors Admission Requirements and Academic Scholarships
Students with a demonstrated record of achievement are eligible to enter the Augsburg
Honors Program. Prospective students may demonstrate achievement in a variety of ways.
Most students who are admitted have a composite ACT score of 27 or higher (or a combined
SAT score of 1250 or higher), and a high school GPA of 3.50 or higher. However, students
without these numeric requirements may be eligible if they have exceptional records of
extracurricular activity or other exceptional experiences. All students are encouraged to apply.
To apply, students should fill out the online application at www.augsburg/honors.edu.
Students applying for the Honors Program also automatically apply for the College’s highest
academic scholarships: the President’s, Honors Regents’, International President’s, and
Hanwick/Agre Scholarships.
Qualifying Advanced Placement, International Baccalaureate, College in the Schools, and
Postsecondary Option courses may satisfy Honors Program requirements, and/or be granted
College credit. Contact Academic Advising or the Honors program director for further
information.
Students may enter the Honors Program at three points: first semester of first year, second
semester of first year, or first semester of sophomore year. Students who enter during the
second semester of the first year must fulfill all remaining Honors requirements, may substitute
REL 100 for HON 100, and may be excused from taking HON 120. Students who enter the first
semester of the sophomore year must fulfill remaining Honors requirements, and may substitute
REL 100 for HON 100, may substitute two non-Honors humanities liberal arts foundation
courses for HON 130, may substitute ENL 111 for HON 111, and may be excused from taking
HON 120.
Scholars Program for Advanced Transfer Students
Students with more than 16 credits in transfer work may enter the Scholars Program but
may not enter the Honors Program. The Scholars Program allows students to enroll in Honors
courses, join an Honors House, and participate in all Honors Program activities. In order to
graduate with the Scholars Program transcript designation, students must join an Honors House
and participate in required meetings, maintain an overall GPA of 3.50 or higher, and take HON
340, HON 490, and two other full-credit Honors courses.
Honors Co-Curricular Activities
Honors Houses: All Honors students must belong to an Honors House for the purpose of
receiving academic advising and program information. All Honors students are required to
attend mandatory meetings of the Honors Program or of their houses. These meetings are
necessary for advising, information, and governance. When students enter the Honors Program
they choose to join one of the four Honors Houses:
The Crockett Scholars House coordinates scholarship, research, fellowship, major award or
prize opportunities, and graduate school placement for all Honors students. Crockett House also
organizes events related to scholarship, such as College scholarship events.
The Pike Stewards House coordinates public relations, job placement, and fundraising
opportunities for all Honors students. Pike House also organizes events for alumni and
fundraising.
The Griffin Citizens House coordinates recruiting, social activities, admission and
scholarship applications, and the Honors website opportunities for all Honors students. Griffin
House also organizes events for recruiting and socializing, such as banquets, parties, and high
school recruiting trips.
The Hesser Servants House coordinates service-learning, social justice, experiential
learning, and political activity opportunities for all Honors students. Hesser House also
organizes related events, such as Honors service days and Augsburg experiences.
Augsburg Honors Review: Students manage, edit, write, and publish an interdisciplinary
journal of undergraduate scholarship. The Review accepts submissions from students at
Augsburg and other colleges and universities around the nation.
Student Leadership Opportunities: Students elected to leadership within their Honors
House may serve as house presidents or serve in other program leadership positions. The
house presidents sit on the Honors Student Presidents Council and make critical decisions
about program courses and resources.
Student-Created Learning Experiences (SCLE)
Honors students may learn through established courses or through student-created learning
experiences. These student-created experiences may substitute for Honors curricular
requirements, or may simply enrich a student’s education. Such student-created experiences
may count toward requirements in majors and satisfy Honors requirements, or simply be an
elective course.
Student-created learning experiences may take almost any form. Some possible forms include:
• Student-created courses (created in collaboration with faculty)
• Full course (10-20 students)
• Reading Groups (2-9 students)
• Individual Reading and Examination (individual study)
• Student/Faculty Research (may be one or many students)
Process: A student-created learning experience may be proposed by any Honors student or by
any Augsburg faculty or staff person. The interested student should speak with either an Honors
Council member or the Honors Program director. Next, a proposal should be drafted in accord
with the Honors student-created learning experience form. Finally, the proposal should be
submitted by the student to the Honors Program director who will carry the proposal to the
Honors Council for review.
Honors Established Curriculum
These requirements are normally taken in the order listed below, but can be taken out of
order if schedule conflicts require it.
First Year: Fall
First-year students select Honors House membership.
First-year students are not permitted to join Augsburg Honors Review.
HON 100
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning I
HON 120
Scholar Citizen (includes theater lab, satisfies speech skill and critical thinking
skill requirements)
First Year: Spring
HON 130
HON 111
Liberating Letters (humanities LAF and speaking skill)
Effective Writing for Liberating Letters (satisfies effective writing requirement)
Second Year: Fall
• Students write and research as staff writers in HON 450: Augsburg Honors Review
(0.0 credit, pass/no pass)
• HON 220: Scholar Scientist (satisfies non-lab natural sciences and mathematics LAF
and quantitative reasoning skill requirements)
* HON 200 Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning II
Second Year: Spring
• Students write and research as staff writers in HON 450: Augsburg Honors Review
(0.0
credit, pass/no pass)
• HON 240: Science, Technology, and Citizenship (satisfies natural sciences and
mathematics lab LAF)
Third Year: Fall
• Students eligible to become editors and managers in HON 450: Augsburg Honors
Review
• HON 250: Social Scientist (satisfies social and behavioral sciences LAF)
• HON 200: Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning II
• HON 340: Junior Colloquium (taught by the president or dean of the College; 0.0
credit, pass/no pass)
Third Year: Spring
• Students eligible to become editors and managers in HON 450: Augsburg Honors
Review
• HON 230: Arts and the City (satisfies fine arts LAF)
• HON 340: Junior Colloquium (continues from fall semester; 0.0 credit, pass/no pass)
Fourth Year: Fall
• Students may join HON 450 Augsburg Honors Review and HON 460 Honors
Disputation League in their fourth year
• HON 490: Honors Senior Seminar (offered fall and spring)
Fourth Year: Spring
• HON 490: Honors Senior Seminar (offered fall and spring)
Research Requirement: At some point before graduating, students must satisfy the Honors
Research Requirement as detailed in the Research Requirement document available in the
Honors Suite or online. In addition, students must register for at least two semesters of the
following to document the research experience on their transcript:
• HON 450 Augsburg Honors Review
• HON 470 Student/Faculty Research Collaboration
Summary Notes:
• The Honors recommended sequence satisfies all general education requirements
except foreign language and physical education.
• Students past first year may take courses out of the recommended sequence without
prior permission.
• Residency: All Honors students must complete seven full-credit courses in the
Augsburg Honors Program to meet the Honors residency requirement for graduation.
Honors Courses
HON 100 Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning I
Honors section of REL 100. Some students (e.g. some science majors) may need to
defer the course and take HON 100 in another term.
HON 120 The Scholar Citizen
An introduction to the Honors Program. Course content focuses on great primary
texts focusing on the connections between learning and citizenship, or the public uses
of knowledge (e.g. Plato’s cave). (Includes theater lab)
HON 130 The Liberating Letters: The Trial of Letters
Interdisciplinary humanities survey course that explores the Western tradition of
letters through significant texts and modern context. Students stage courtroom
trials where great authors, characters, or ideas are challenged and tested. Based on
the medieval liberal arts trivium of grammar, rhetoric, and logic. This course is linked
with HON 111 and both courses share texts, assignments, and some class sessions.
Students are strongly encouraged to register for both courses in the same term.
(satisfies humanities LAF and speaking skill requirements)
HON 111 Effective Writing for Liberating Letters
Linked with HON 130, this effective writing course employs a rhetoric-based and
argument-focused approach to college-level writing. Students are strongly encourged
to register for HON 130 and this course during the same semester. (Satisfies effective
writing requirement).
HON 200 Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning II
Honors version of REL 200. See REL 200 for content and requirements.
HON 220 The Scholar Scientist
Inspired by the medieval quadrivium (arithmetic, geometry, astronomy, music), this
course addresses systems of quantitative thought, including logic, computing, and
formal systems. (Satisfies graduation QR requirement)
HON 230 Arts and the City
Interdisciplinary fine arts course where students attend museums, galleries, concerts,
plays, and other significant arts events while researching and writing critical and
historical critiques of central theories and approaches to the fine arts. (Satisfies fine
arts LAF)
HON 240 Science, Technology, and Citizenship
Multidisciplinary/interdisciplinary lab science course. Physics, biology, and chemistry
are used to critically examine a key national or global issue. (Satisfies lab natural
sciences and mathematics LAF)
HON 250 The Social Scientist
Problem-based/question-based course in social sciences involving at least two social
science disciplines and several faculty. (satisfies social and behavioral sciences LAF)
Travel Seminar
Honor students are encouraged to study abroad at some point during their four-year
degree. This may include a Center for Global Education 10-day seminar, international
travel seminar, or domestic immersion trip.
HON 340 Junior Colloquium: The Scholar as Leader
Taught by the dean and/or president of the College, this seminar explores themes of
leadership and service in the public context. (0.0 credit; P/N)
HON 380 Student-Created Learning Experience (SCLE)
Following the guidelines set forth above, SCLEs may take many forms as determined
by the student and faculty creating the learning experience (may be 0.0, .5 or 1.0
credit, and may use traditional or P/N grading options).
HON 450 Augsburg Honors Review: Research Thesis Requirement
Students in the fall semester of HON 450 practice and complete a structured process
for
collecting,synthesizing, applying, and documenting research and academic writing.
Students should take this course in conjunction with another course within which they
will produce a research-based paper. A final research paper is required to complete
450. Students also solicit and evaluate manuscripts for the Honors Review (0.0 credit,
P/N only).
Students in the spring semester of HON 450 edit and publish the Honors Review, a
national journal for undergraduate scholarship that resides at Augsburg College.
Students will evaluate and select potential articles for the journal, shepherd those
manuscripts through an external review process by faculty referees, and publish the
journal by the end of the term. This course will assist students in developing
evaluative, copy-editing, layout, and publication design skills (0.0 credit, P/N only).
HON 470 Student/Faculty Collaboration: Research Thesis Requirement
Following the guidelines outlined above, students register for this course to gain
course credit for a student/faculty research collaboration. (0.0 credit, P/N only)
HON 490 Honors Senior Seminar
This course integrates and synthesizes themes from all four years of the Honors
Program. It also expands upon the themes of HON 120 by studying primary texts
related to philosophy, rhetoric, vocation, and meaning.
Interdisciplinary Studies—INS
Interdisciplinary studies programs draw upon and combine coursework from multiple
academic disciplines to provide both broad perspective and in-depth focus on an area of study.
Through interdisciplinary programs and courses, students can gain greater insight and
understanding of cultures and perspectives different from their own. Augsburg offers a number
of majors that are interdisciplinary in nature. They include:
American Indian Studies
Environmental Studies
International Relations
Metro-Urban Studies
Nordic Area Studies
Women’s Studies (ACTC)
These majors, their descriptions, and their requirements are listed alphabetically within the
Departments and Programs section of the catalog. Other interdisciplinary course offerings are
listed under International Programs.
Leadership Studies Minor
Coordinator: Norma Noonan
The world of the 21st century demands complex skills. It is not enough to have an area of
expertise or be a good manager. One needs leadership skills. The Augsburg curriculum offers a
minor in leadership studies, drawing on a wide variety of courses across disciplinary lines. A
minor in leadership studies can enhance your major in a wide variety of disciplines including
business, sociology, political science, communication, computer science, economics, and
psychology.
Four required courses:
BUS 242
SOC 349
COM 345
POL 421
Principles of Management
Organizational Theory (prereq. SOC 121 or permission of instructor)
Organizational Communication
Topics: This topic only) Becoming a Leader (prereq. one POL course or
permission of instructor) This course is the only integrative course in the minor.
Two required electives:
Select two courses from the following list. (No more than one per department)
BUS 340
Human Resource Management (Prereq.: BUS 200 or 242)
BUS 440
Strategic Management (Prereq.: BUS 242 or 200)
HIS 122
20th-Century United States (Prereq.: Pass CT assessment or GST 100)
INS 325
Building Working Relationships (WEC/Day)
PSY 373
Industrial Organizational Psychology (Prereq.: PSY 105)
COM 321
Business and Professional Speaking
COM 355
COM 410
Small Group Communication
The Self and the Organization (WEC)
Peace and Global Studies Minor
See International Relations, in the Department and Programs section.
Interdisciplinary Studies Courses
INS 225
Introduction to Islam
The course covers the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets,
Islamic law (Shari’ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of
life.
INS 232
The African American Experience in America
An overview of the major issues related to the African American experience, focusing
on historical, sociological, economic, legal, and psychological aspects of that
experience.
INS 298
Meaningful Work: Linking Education, Vocation, and Career Exploration
This course will introduce students to the nature of work and its role and value to the
individual and to society and provide the strategies and skills necessary for a lifetime
of career-related decision making, meaningful work, and active citizenship. The
course is geared to both students who are undecided and students who are seeking
an in-depth look at a chosen personal life and career path.
INS 342
River Politics Field Seminar
In this two-week intensive field experience, students will travel by boat down the
Mississippi River exploring elements of the politics and policies relating to the river.
Students will engage in service projects, field observations, and interviews with
residents, legislators, activists, and government employees. (Prereq.: POL 241 or
equivalent and passing a water safety test)
International Relations
International relations is an interdisciplinary major which provides students with the basis for
informed global citizenship, preparing them for graduate study or careers in foreign service,
nonprofit organizations, or international business. The student may focus on a discipline or
geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses and six electives
chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and other colleges. Students are
encouraged to consider foreign study opportunities; most of our majors do study abroad at
some point during their time at Augsburg. Competency in one language is required, and some
students study two languages. All majors complete a significant senior research project and
thesis on a topic of their own choosing, including immigration, conflict resolution, economic
development, or climate change.
The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studies with
considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students have focused their studies
on Latin America, the Middle East, Western Europe, Russia and East Central Europe, the Far
East, and Southeast Asia.
Recent students have had double majors in history, political science, international business,
or a foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the
international relations major.
Director
Joseph Underhill
Degree and Major Requirements
Required core courses:
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
or ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
HIS 103
The Modern World
or HIS 104 The Modern Non-Western World
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
or POL 160 World Politics
POL 490
Seminar in International Relations
One of the following:
INS 225
Introduction to Islam
POL 241
Environmental and River Politics
SOC 121
Introduction to Human Society
SWK 230
Global Peace and Social Development
or one course from the list of required electives listed below.
Two of the following:
HIS 332
History of US Foreign Relations
POL 368
Model United Nations
POL 459
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics
POL 461
Topics in International Politics
Also, the equivalent of four terms of college work in a modern language.
Required electives
Five of the following (not more than three from any one discipline may be counted toward the
major):
BUS 362, 465
ECO 360, 365, 370
ENV 310
FIN 460
HIS 323, 346, 352, 354, 440, 474
MKT 466
PHI 355
POL 350, 351, 359, 459, 483
REL 356
COM 329
FRE 332, GER 332, NOR 331, SPA 331, SPA 332, NAS 330 (See Languages and CrossCultural Studies)
Seminars, independent study, topics courses, and courses at other colleges/universities can
be considered here with the approval of the program director, as well as a fourth term or higher
of college work in a second foreign language.
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of language counts toward the major; prerequisite
courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 13 required courses. Students should
confer with the program director about regional and disciplinary concentrations possible within
the major; for example, a concentration in a geographic area or one of the major disciplines in
the program.
The Critical Thinking (CT) and Writing (W) graduation skills are embedded throughout the
offered courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation skill in Speaking (S) is
met by completing:
S: one of the following IR electives: ECO 365, HIS 350, or PHI 355
The graduation skill in Quantitative Reasoning (QR) may be met by completing the IR
elective POL 483.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
International Relations Major with International Business Concentration
Required core courses of the international relations major, three of the following courses:
BUS 362
BUS 465
FIN 460
MKT 466
International Business
International Management
International Finance
International Marketing
One of the following:
ECO 360
International Economics
ECO 365
Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development
ECO 370
International Economic Development
One elective from the list of international relations major electives, excluding other business,
economics, and marketing courses.
Note: Several of the business courses have prerequisites. Please consult the catalog and
your academic adviser before registering for one of the advanced courses.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in the major; 3.00 overall. In addition to fulfilling the requirements for the major,
the student must complete an honors thesis no later than March 1 of the senior year and must
defend the thesis before a faculty committee. Students should declare their intention to
complete an honors major by the end of their junior year.
International Relations Minor
ECO 112 or 113, HIS 103 or 104, and POL 158 or 160. One course from HIS 332, POL 363
or 461. One year of modern language. Three courses from the list of required electives for the
major. Not more than two courses from any department can count toward the minor.
Peace and Global Studies Minor
The peace and global studies minor focuses on the centrality of justice, tolerance, and
intercultural understanding in moving toward a less violent world; it takes advantage of the
campus resources of the Peace Prize Forum (co-hosted each year by Augsburg College) and
the Center for Global Education. The minor is structured as a learning community that involves
students, faculty, staff, and community members; it focuses on experiential learning that
emphasizes the interconnections between peace, justice, and environmental sustainability.
Students will draw on study abroad in taking local actions to address global issues.
The minor consists of two required courses (POL 160 and SWK 230), two upper division
electives (chosen from ECO 365, REL 366, HIS 332, HIS 350, INS/WST 311, POL/WST 341,
REL 313, POL/WST 359, INS 312, REL 346, HIS 346, POL 353, ECO 495, SOC 240, ENL 365,
and other topics or study abroad courses, with approval of program director), a senior keystone
seminar, a study abroad requirement, and participation in local peace-related activities. See
international relations program director for full program description.
International Programs
Study abroad at Augsburg aims to provide students the skills needed to be successful in
today’s highly interconnected world. The College’s mission states, “An Augsburg education is
defined by excellence in the liberal arts and professional studies guided by the faith and values
of the Lutheran Church, and shaped by its urban and global settings.” This strong
commitment to a global perspective provides the foundation to include study abroad in every
student’s degree program. Augsburg’s programs, the Center for Global Education, and HECUA
provide study abroad opportunities for students in all majors. Using an experiential education
model that focuses learning on social justice issues, these programs challenge students
academically and personally to become “informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers,
and responsible leaders.”
In addition to the following programs, students have 300 programs in nearly 90 countries
from which to choose the best opportunity for their curricular and personal needs. Augsburg
Abroad is the front door for students and faculty interested in study abroad, and provides
advising on programs, finances, and academics. More information about study abroad is located
in Augsburg Abroad, in the Academic Information section of this catalog.
Center for Global Education Programs
Crossing Borders: Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica (Mexico)—Fall
This program is an experientially-based intensive semester of study and travel designed to
introduce students to the important issues facing Mexico, US-Mexico relations, and the context
in which many Mexicans are immigrating to the United States. Students will improve Spanish
language skills, as well as develop intercultural communication skills. Students will learn about
key social, economic, political, and cultural issues in Mexico, as well as explore the
interconnectedness of race, ethnicity, class, gender, sexuality, and religion. Students will learn
firsthand from diverse women and men involved in struggles for social change, as well as
business leaders, religious leaders, feminist activists and scholars, government representatives,
politicians, and political activists.
Spanish courses range from beginning to advanced, including courses for bilingual students.
The program includes rural travel within Mexico and four-to-five-day seminar in Mexico City.
Students stay in the Augsburg study center for part of the semester and with Mexican host
families for four to six weeks, although semester-long homestays are available for Spanish
majors and others upon request. Although students may select courses from several different
disciplines, they may meet several AugCore requirements while in Mexico and/or take courses
in the following four concentrations: business, religion, Spanish, and women’s studies.
Prerequisite: One college-level Spanish course or its equivalent
SPA 111, 112
Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. Taught by Mexican instructors. (No prerequisite for SPA 111. Placement
level determined by placement test or completion of prerequisite for SPA 112)
SPA 206
Spanish for Health Care Professionals
This course aims to satisfy the needs of students in nursing, pre-med students,
and others in health care fields who seek to develop strong speaking and oral
comprehension skills. The main focus will be on developing specialized
vocabulary and learning grammar within the context of daily situations relevant to
different aspects of health care. (Prereq.: SPA 112 or instructor’s permission.
Taught in Mexico)
SPA 211, 212
Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate
intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the
basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class
discussions. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined by
placement test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211 and 211 for 212)
SPA 220
Business Spanish
Aims to enable intermediate and advanced Spanish language students to
develop proficiency in the vocabulary, grammar, and cultural competencies
necessary to successfully conduct business in Spanish-speaking countries, with
an emphasis on Latin America. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or equivalent or instructor’s
consent)
SPA 225 and 325
Topics: Spanish for Heritage Speakers
This course is for students who grew up hearing Spanish and can communicate
their ideas but who lack a basic knowledge of Spanish grammar and feel
insecure about writing and/or speaking it. The goal is to help these students gain
fluency and confidence in their native language. (No prerequisites. 225 or 325
level available according to proficiency)
SPA/ART 231 Mexican Art
This course aims to develop an understanding and appreciation of Mexican art
from the Pre-Columbian, colonial, and contemporary periods, with emphasis on
Frida Kahlo and the muralist movement of Diego Rivera, David Alfredo Siqueiros,
and José Clemente Orozco. Students will participate in numerous excursions to
many museums as well as archaeological and historical sites. When taken for
ART credit meets the LAF in Fine Arts. (Prereq.: SPA 212. Taught in Mexico)
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency and facility through oral and
written practice in correct expression. This course is a prerequisite for all upper
division courses except for SPA 316. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prereq.:
SPA 212 or equivalent or placement exam)
SPA 316
Conversation in Cultural Context
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive, individualized instruction,
discussions, debates, and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to stimulate
discussion. This course is only offered in Mexico, Central America, and Cuba,
and is taught by local instructors. (Prereq.: SPA 212 or equivalent or score at
minimum of 311 level on placement exam)
SPA 332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
equivalent)
SPA 334
Contemporary Mexican Literature
This course examines short stories by the most important contemporary Mexican
authors, focusing particularly on the second half of the 20th and the first few
years of the 21st century. You will learn about the distinctive traits of Mexican
literature as you learn about the historical, cultural, and literary contexts of this
period. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or instructor’s consent. Taught in Mexico)
SPA/WST 335 Contemporary Latin American Women–Texts and Voices
This course examines the social construction of gender in Latin American
countries and addresses key issues faced by Latin American women today.
Includes analysis of poems, excerpts of novels, essays, testimonies, and
interviews by and about Latin American women. Aims to help students develop
an appreciation for the complexity of diversity of Latin American women’s
experiences. (Prereq.: SPA 311. Taught in Mexico)
SPA 356
Latin American Literature: 20th-Century Voices
Examines issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin
American writers. Focuses on short stories, poetry, plays, one novel, and
testimonials of indigenous peoples, women, and Central American refugees.
Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or equivalent)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions, and
grammatical exercises. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
equivalent and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
ACC 322
Accounting Theory and Practice I
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory
pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB
statements, and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222)
BUS 461
Global Business Management: Mexico and Other Emerging Markets
This course examines global economic conditions today and explores vital
issues, such as exchange rates, trade balances, international joint ventures,
resources, tariffs, trade barriers, government regulations, shipping options, etc.
Emphasis is on understanding issues from the perspectives of both developed
and developing countries, using Mexico as a case study. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or
113, and BUS 242 or MKT 252, or consent of instructor)
HPE 002
Lifetime Activity: Latin Dance (.0 course)
This Lifetime Activity course is designed to help students develop proficiency in
diverse forms of Latin dance. The course meets for a total of 21 hours over the
course of the semester. There is an additional cost of US $50 per student to
cover expenses. The course carries no academic credit, but it fulfills a physical
fitness Lifetime Activity graduation requirement.
KEY 490
Vocation and the Meaning of Success
This course is the keystone course for business majors and other majors where
the major program does not include a keystone element. It draws together all
facets of a student’s education by providing opportunities to reflect upon and
write about the integration of one’s classes, life, and future. Readings and critical
discussions with others in the same and in different majors will add dimension to
each student’s reflective writing. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
POL/WST 359 Women, Gender, and Social Change in Latin America
An exploration of gender politics in Latin America. Particular attention is given to
women’s organizing efforts around issues of domestic and political violence,
ecology, human rights, democracy, political participation, and revolutionary social
change. This course fulfills a Social and Behavioral Sciences LAF requirement.
REL 200
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning II
This course focuses on articulating students’ own theological questions and
positions and on recognizing and evaluating religious claims in the areas of
biblical interpretation and the historical, cultural, and global contexts of
Christianity and other world religions. The version taught in Mexico will include
particular emphasis on religion in Mexico. (Prereq.: REL 100).
REL/WST 366 Latin American Liberation Theologies
An exploration of Latin American theologies of liberation and their relationship to
social/political transformation. Examines key theological concepts, critiques, and
practical implications.
BUS/HIS/INS/MKT/POL/REL/SPA/WST/YFM 399
Internship
Students gain 80-100 hours of hands-on work experience in a Mexican
organization and participate in an ongoing seminar which explores cultural
issues, organizational analysis, and personal and professional development.
Students seeking Spanish credit must receive approval from the department
chair prior to enrollment. (Prereq.: SPA 212 or equivalent, internship application,
and Spanish reference forms)
BUS/HIS/INS/MKT/POL/REL/SPA/WST/YFM 499 Independent Study
Students conduct independent, field-based research and participate in an
ongoing seminar which explores fieldwork methods and cultural and ethical
issues. Students seeking Spanish credit must receive approval from the
department chair prior to enrollment.
Migration and Globalization: Engaging Our Communities (Mexico)—Spring
This is an intensive program that explores issues of migration, immigration, and
globalization. It is ideal for students who are interested in working with Spanish-speaking
populations in the United States, as it includes intensive Spanish language classes, an
internship or independent research opportunity, and courses that help students understand the
connections between globalization and migration while learning from diverse communities that
are organizing for positive social change around issues of race, ethnicity, socioeconomic class,
gender, sexuality, economics, and the environment.
Credit is available in Spanish, history, women’s studies, political science, and religion.
Students spend most of the semester living in Augsburg housing and approximately six weeks
living with Mexican host families.
Course offerings include: HIS/WST 357, POL/WST 341, REL 200, an internship, independent
study, and the choice of 1-2 Spanish courses from 17 different options (including ART 231, which
meets the LAF requirement in Fine Arts). A Lifetime Activity course (Latin Dance) is also available
for no credit.
Prerequisite: One college-level Spanish course or its equivalent
SPA 111, 112
Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. Taught by Mexican instructors. (No prerequisite for SPA 111. Placement
level determined by placement test or completion of prerequisite for SPA 112)
SPA 206
Spanish for Health Care Professionals
This course aims to satisfy the needs of students in nursing, pre-med students,
and others in health care fields who seek to develop strong speaking and oral
comprehension skills. The main focus will be on developing specialized
vocabulary and learning grammar within the context of daily situations relevant to
different aspects of health care. (Prereq.: SPA 112 or instructor’s permission.
Taught in Mexico)
SPA 211, 212
Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate
intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the
basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class
discussions. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined by
placement test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211 and 211 for 212)
SPA 220
Business Spanish
Aims to enable intermediate and advanced Spanish language students to
develop proficiency in the vocabulary, grammar, and cultural competencies
necessary to successfully conduct business in Spanish-speaking countries, with
an emphasis on Latin America. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or equivalent or instructor’s
consent)
SPA 225 and 325
Topics: Spanish for Heritage Speakers
This course is for students who grew up hearing Spanish and can communicate
their ideas but who lack a basic knowledge of Spanish grammar and feel
insecure about writing and/or speaking it. The goal is to help these students gain
fluency and confidence in their native language. (No prerequisites. 225 or 325
level available according to proficiency)
SPA/ART 231 Mexican Art
This course aims to develop an understanding and appreciation of Mexican art
from the Pre-Columbian, colonial, and contemporary periods, with emphasis on
Frida Kahlo and the muralist movement of Diego Rivera, David Alfredo Siqueiros,
and José Clemente Orozco. Students will participate in numerous excursions to
many museums as well as archaeological and historical sites. When taken for
ART credit meets the LAF in Fine Arts. (Prereq.: SPA 212. Taught in Mexico)
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency and facility through oral and
written practice in correct expression. This course is a prerequisite for all upper
division courses except for SPA 316. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prereq.:
SPA 212 or equivalent or placement exam)
SPA 316
Conversation in Cultural Context
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive, individualized instruction,
discussions, debates, and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to stimulate
discussion. This course is only offered in Mexico, Central America, and Cuba,
and is taught by local instructors. (Prereq.: SPA 212 or equivalent or score at
minimum of 311 level on placement exam)
SPA 332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
equivalent)
SPA 334
Contemporary Mexican Literature
This course examines short stories by the most important contemporary Mexican
authors, focusing particularly on the second half of the 20th and the first few
years of the 21st century. You will learn about the distinctive traits of Mexican
literature as you learn about the historical, cultural, and literary contexts of this
period. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or instructor’s consent. Taught in Mexico)
SPA/WST 335 Contemporary Latin American Women–Texts and Voices
This course examines the social construction of gender in Latin American
countries and addresses key issues faced by Latin American women today.
Includes analysis of poems, excerpts of novels, essays, testimonies, and
interviews by and about Latin American women. Aims to help students develop
an appreciation for the complexity of diversity of Latin American women’s
experiences. Taught in Mexico. (Prereq.: SPA 311.)
SPA 356
Latin American Literature: 20th-Century Voices
Examines issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin
American writers. Focuses on short stories, poetry, plays, one novel, and
testimonials of indigenous peoples, women, and Central American refugees.
Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or equivalent)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions, and
grammatical exercises. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
equivalent and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
HIS/WST 357
Mexican History, Culture, and Cosmovision
An exploration of Latin American history from Pre-Columbian times through the
conquest and colonial periods up to modern Latin America. The course will use a
gendered lens to focus on Mexican history, culture, and cosmovision. Additional
readings and written assignments will be required for upper division students.
Taught in Mexico. (Prereq.: One previous history course or consent of instructor
required for 300-level course).
HPE 003
Lifetime Activity: Latin Dance (.0 course)
This Lifetime Activity course is designed to help students develop proficiency in
diverse forms of Latin dance. The course meets for a total of 21 hours over the
course of the semester. There is an additional cost of US $50 per student to
cover expenses. The course carries no academic credit, but it fulfills a physical
fitness Lifetime Activity graduation requirement.
POL/WST 341
Globalization, Social Struggles, and the Environment
Explores issues of globalization and social change in Mexico and analyzes
political, social, and economic policies that promote and/or hinder sustainable
development from a gender perspective. Particular emphasis will be placed on
environmental issues and the causes of migration/emigration and social unrest in
Mexico.
REL 200
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning II
This course focuses on articulating students’ own theological questions and
positions and on recognizing and evaluating religious claims in the areas of
biblical interpretation and the historical, cultural, and global contexts of
Christianity and other world religions. The version taught in Mexico will include
particular emphasis on religion in Mexico. (Prereq.: REL 100).
BUS/HIS/INS/MKT/POL/REL/SPA/WST/YFM 399
Internship
Students gain 80-100 hours of hands-on work experience in a Mexican
organization and participate in an ongoing seminar which explores cultural
issues, organizational analysis, and personal and professional development.
Students seeking Spanish credit must receive approval from the department
chair prior to enrollment. (Prereq.: SPA 212 or equivalent, internship application,
and Spanish reference forms)
BUS/HIS/INS/MKT/POL/REL/SPA/WST/YFM 499
Independent Study
Students conduct independent, field-based research and participate in an
ongoing seminar which explores fieldwork methods and cultural and ethical
issues. Students seeking Spanish credit must receive approval from the
department chair prior to enrollment.
Social Work in a Latin American Context (Mexico)—Spring
This program was created to satisfy the curriculum requirements for a Bachelor in Social
Work degree program. Its goal is to develop cross-culturally competent, ethical social work
professionals with a global perspective by providing a semester of transformative, experiential
learning focused on social and economic justice.
All students are expected to take SWK 294 as a core course. Other course offerings include
SWK 295, SWK 316, a field placement in social work, and the choice of one Spanish course
from 17 different options (including SPA/ART 231, which when taken as ART 231 meets the
LAF in Fine Arts). A Lifetime Activity course (Latin Dance) is also available for no credit.
Prerequisites: Approval of the Social Work Department and one college-level Spanish
course or the equivalent. Students may choose to study Spanish in Mexico during the month of
January prior to the start of the semester.
SPA 111, 112
Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. Taught by Mexican instructors. (No prerequisite for SPA 111. Placement
level determined by placement test or completion of prerequisite for SPA 112)
SPA 206
Spanish for Health Care Professionals
This course aims to satisfy the needs of students in nursing, pre-med students,
and others in health care fields who seek to develop strong speaking and oral
comprehension skills. The main focus will be on developing specialized
vocabulary and learning grammar within the context of daily situations relevant to
different aspects of health care. (Prereq.: SPA 112 or instructor’s permission.
Taught in Mexico)
SPA 211, 212
Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate
intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the
basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class
discussions. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined by
placement test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211 and 211 for 212)
SPA 220
Business Spanish
Aims to enable intermediate and advanced Spanish language students to
develop proficiency in the vocabulary, grammar, and cultural competencies
necessary to successfully conduct business in Spanish-speaking countries, with
an emphasis on Latin America. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or equivalent or instructor’s
consent)
SPA 225 and 325
Topics: Spanish for Heritage Speakers
This course is for students who grew up hearing Spanish and can communicate
their ideas but who lack a basic knowledge of Spanish grammar and feel
insecure about writing and/or speaking it. The goal is to help these students gain
fluency and confidence in their native language. (No prerequisites. 225 or 325
level available according to proficiency)
SPA/ART 231 Mexican Art
This course aims to develop an understanding and appreciation of Mexican art
from the Pre-Columbian, colonial, and contemporary periods, with emphasis on
Frida Kahlo and the muralist movement of Diego Rivera, David Alfredo Siqueiros,
and José Clemente Orozco. Students will participate in numerous excursions to
many museums as well as archaeological and historical sites. When taken for
ART credit meets the LAF in Fine Arts. (Prereq.: SPA 212. Taught in Mexico)
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency and facility through oral and
written practice in correct expression. This course is a prerequisite for all upper
division courses except for SPA 316. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prereq.:
SPA 212 or equivalent or placement exam)
SPA 316
Conversation in Cultural Context
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive, individualized instruction,
discussions, debates, and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to stimulate
discussion. This course is only offered in Mexico, Central America, and Cuba,
and is taught by local instructors. (Prereq.: SPA 212 or equivalent or score at
minimum of 311 level on placement exam)
SPA 332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
equivalent)
SPA 334
Contemporary Mexican Literature
This course examines short stories by the most important contemporary Mexican
authors, focusing particularly on the second half of the 20th and the first few
years of the 21st century. You will learn about the distinctive traits of Mexican
literature as you learn about the historical, cultural, and literary contexts of this
period. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or instructor’s consent. Taught in Mexico)
SPA/WST 335 Contemporary Latin American Women–Texts and Voices
This course examines the social construction of gender in Latin American
countries and addresses key issues faced by Latin American women today.
Includes analysis of poems, excerpts of novels, essays, testimonies, and
interviews by and about Latin American women. Aims to help students develop
an appreciation for the complexity of diversity of Latin American women’s
experiences. (Prereq.: SPA 311. Taught in Mexico)
SPA 356
Latin American Literature: 20th-Century Voices
Examines issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin
American writers. Focuses on short stories, poetry, plays, one novel, and
testimonials of indigenous peoples, women, and Central American refugees.
Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or equivalent)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions, and
grammatical exercises. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
equivalent and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
SWK 294
International Social Welfare: The Mexican Context
Develops students’ understanding of current social, economic, political, and
cultural realities in Mexico through an exploration of Mexican culture and history.
Emphasis on intercultural communication and the role of US foreign policy in
Mexico. Aims to frame students’ knowledge of contemporary social welfare and
social work practice with migrants and immigrants in the Minnesota and the
United States at large.
SWK 316
Social Work Practice II: With Families and Groups
Develops student understanding and working knowledge of human behavior in
families and in groups. The Mexican context of family and group work will be
examined, and uniquely Mexican models will be explored and discussed in
relation to current family and group theory. Groups can be used to accomplish
individual, family, organizational, and/or community goals. Students will practice
skills needed to be an effective group member and facilitator in class. A six-week
home stay with a Mexican family will provide an opportunity to learn about
Mexican family structure through personal experience.
SWK 295
Comparative Social Policy
Aims to prepare social work students to function as informed and competent
participants in efforts to achieve change in social policies and programs. This
course in comparative social policy uses Mexico and the United States as a
context for studying policy formation, implementation, analysis, and the influence
of values on these processes. Central to this course is a service-learning
component. Those enrolled in Social Work Field Experience may use the same
field setting for both courses. Roles and responsibilities of generalist social
workers and citizens in formulating, implementing, and evaluating policy
responsive to social needs are addressed. United States and Mexican
immigration and migration policies will be used a primary vehicle for this critical
analysis.
SWK 317
Field Work II: Integrative Seminar
Progressively-responsible, supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups, and communities in a social
service agency. A total of 120 hours, continuing SWK 307, plus an integrative
seminar. Contributes approximately 100 hours to the practicum hours required
for the BSW degree for those students with Spanish-language oral competency.
Involves sharing of experiences with other students in a small group seminar.
(Prereq.: intermediate Spanish, candidacy status; concurrent with SWK 316).
HPE 003
Lifetime Activity: Latin Dance (.0 course)
This Lifetime Activity course is designed to help you develop proficiency in
diverse forms of Latin dance. The course meets for a total of 21 hours over the
course of the semester. There is an additional cost of US $50 per student to
cover expenses. There is no academic credit for this course, but it fulfills the
physical fitness Lifetime Activity graduation requirement.
Social Change in Central America: Exploring Peace, Justice, and Community
Engagement (Guatemala, El Salvador, and Nicaragua)—Fall or Spring
This multi-country program, defined by an experiential methodology and unique approach to
community engagement, offers students a provocative and inspiring experience that develops
Spanish language skills while immersing participants in the lives of host families, urban and
rural communities, and grassroots organizations dedicated to work on issues related to conflict,
US foreign policy, gender, and economic and social justice.
Students spend the first five weeks in Guatemala, the next four weeks in El Salvador, and
the final six weeks in Nicaragua. All students will take the following four courses: One Spanish
course, REL 366, HIS/WST 355, and POL 310.
SPA 211, 212
Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate
intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the
basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class
discussions. Taught by Guatemalan instructors. (Placement level determined by
placement test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211 and 211 for 212.)
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency and facility thorough oral and
written practice in correct expression. This course is a prerequisite for all upper
division courses except for SPA 316. Taught by Guatemalan instructors.
(Prereq.: SPA 212 or equivalent or placement exam.)
SPA 316
Conversation in Cultural Context
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive, individualized instruction,
discussions, debates, and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to stimulate
discussion. This course is only offered in Mexico, Central America, and Cuba,
and is taught by local instructors. (Prereq.: SPA 212 or equivalent or score at
minimum of 311 level on placement exam.)
SPA 111, 112
Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. Taught by Guatemalan instructors. (No prerequisite for SPA 111.
Placement level determined by placement test or completion of prerequisite for
SPA 112.)
SPA 356
Latin American Literature: 20th-Century Voices
Examines issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin
American writers. Focuses on short stories, poetry, plays, one novel, and
testimonials of indigenous peoples, women, and Central American refugees.
Taught by Guatemalan instructors. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or equivalent.)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions, and
grammatical exercises. Taught by Guatemalan instructors. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
equivalent and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111.)
HIS/WST 355
Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
An exploration of selected topics and case studies from Latin American history
with special emphasis on the role of women in history. Focuses on the
development of gender, class-based, and racial/ethnic oppression and the history
of resistance and social change in Latin America from the Conquest to the
present day. Examines the Pre-Columbian period, the conquest and colonial
periods, and concludes with the post-war period in Central America.
POL 310
Citizen Participation in Policy Formulation within a Globalized Economy—A
Nicaraguan Case Study
This course exposes students to key debates shaping the contemporary political
economy of development in Nicaragua and the rest of Central America. The
course aims to help students understand the interplay between global processes
and political and economic factors that define development policy formulation
and implementation at the national level today.
REL 366
Latin American Liberation Theologies
An exploration of Latin American theologies of liberation and their relationship to
social/political transformation. Examines key theological concepts, critiques, and
practical implications.
Nation Building, Globalization, and Decolonizing the Mind: Southern African
Perspectives (Namibia)—Fall or Spring
This program examines the crucial issues of nation building, globalization, and decolonizing
the mind from the perspectives of the new democracies of southern Africa. Namibia won its
independence in 1990 after decades of apartheid in South African colonization. South Africa
had its first democratic election in 1994. As these nations struggle to build nationhood and deal
with the legacies of apartheid and colonialism, they are faced with the challenges posed by the
rapid process of globalization in today’s world; the challenges posed by under- and unequal
development; and the long-term project of decolonizing the mind.
INS 312
The Development Process—Southern Africa
This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development,
hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the
experience of women. The course examines basic theories of development.
REL 346
Religion and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the political
transformations of southern Africa. Students meet with people representing a
variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious
organizations.
POL 353
Political and Social Change in Namibia: A Comparative Perspective
This course is an integrative seminar for the semester and examines the legacy
of apartheid in Namibia with particular focus on the social and political
movements that have evolved in the struggle for independence.
HIS 327
Racism and Resistance in Southern Africa and the United States: Struggles
against Colonialism, Apartheid, and Segregation
This course explores historical parallels of the development in southern Africa
and in the United States, strategies of resistance, the successes and limitations
of political victories over apartheid and racism, and the lingering economic,
social, political, and psychological effects of racism.
HPE 002/003
Lifetime Activity: Yoga (.0 course)
Designed to meet the general education graduation requirement for lifetime
fitness. This course has no credit, but will appear on the transcript. It fulfills a
Lifetime Activity graduation requirement at Augsburg College.
HIS/INS/POL 399 Internship
A limited number of internships will be available to provide students with the
opportunity to gain hands-on work experience in a development agency.
HIS/INS/POL 499 Independent Study
Students may design a proposal to conduct an independent study of a topic
related to their major or minor.
History, Culture and Politics of Cuba—Fall or Spring
Learn about decision making processes and citizenship rights by exploring the impact of
paternalism, centralism, bureaucracy, autonomy, the role of mass organizations, collective
rights, and the meaning of community. Students will also explore social justice as it relates to
wealth production, including discussion of market mechanisms, socialization, and material
versus moral incentives. The program will also delve into race, class, gender, and sexual
orientation in the Cuban context and students will be challenged to examine issues of equity,
the impact of a classless society, and the historical context of today's social relations.
SPA 211, 212
Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate
intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the
basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class
discussions. Taught by Cuban instructors. (Placement level determined by
placement test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211 and 211 for 212.)
SPA 316
Conversation in Cultural Context
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive, individualized instruction,
discussions, debates, and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to stimulate
discussion. This course is only offered in Mexico, Central America, and Cuba,
and is taught by local instructors. (Prereq.: SPA 212 or equivalent or score at
minimum of 311 level on placement exam)
HIS 440
Topics in World History: History of Cuba
Overview of Cuban history, including colonization, independence struggles, the
1959 revolution, the social impacts of the revolution, and the special period, with
particular emphasis on US-Cuba relations as they developed through the
centuries. Students will be able to situate an analysis of contemporary Cuba
within a historical context.
POL 461
Topics in International Politics: Cuban Politics
Analysis of the Cuban State—how it is organized, how it functions, and the role
of the Cuban Communist Party. The course includes a historic evaluation of USCuba relations and Cuba’s international relations, as well as discussion of the
role of Cuban society in politics and decision making.
SOC 295
Special Topics: Cuba Today
Investigation of Cuban society today, including race and gender dynamics, youth,
the arts, nongovernmental organizations, and state-organized federations.
Students develop a complex analysis of the various institutions, identities, and
relationships that form Cuban society, situating their analysis in a rich web of
government institutions, state-organized federations, cultures, beliefs, and
practices.
HECUA Programs
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term: Norway (SUST)—Fall or spring
In less than 50 years, Norway has become one of the richest nations in the world and
increasingly multicultural. Twenty-five percent of Oslo residents, for example, are not ethnic
Norwegian. The program investigates dramatic changes in Northern Europe by analyzing the
development of the Norwegian welfare state through a wide range of topics such as
globalization theories, nation-building and national identity, governance and political party
systems, European integration, racial thinking, histories of racialization, international aid politics,
sexuality, and environmentalism. Students study Norwegian language or do an independent
research project, and also intern with a leading NGO.
INS 372
Norwegian Language
INS 377
Challenges of Globalization to the Scandinavian Welfare State
INS 393
Scandinavian Art, Film, and Literature
INS 394
Urbanization and Immigration
INS 499
Independent Study (Students may choose either INS 372 or 499)
Community Internships in Latin America: Ecuador (CILA)—Fall or Spring
The Community Internships in Latin America program offers a semester of study experience
with a focus on community participation and social change. A hands-on internship designed to
meet the learning goals of the student is combined with a seminar, independent project, and a
homestay for an intensive immersion into Latin American daily life and culture. Models of
community participation, organization, development, and social change are compared and
contrasted. Students learn firsthand about the social problems in Ecuadorian communities and
explore ways in which communities are addressing these challenges. All lectures, internships,
and field projects are in Spanish, with discussions in Spanish and English. Readings are mostly
in Spanish. Papers may be written in English or Spanish.
INS 366
Community Participation and Social Change
INS 399
Internship (two course credits)
INS 499
Independent Study
Democracy and Social Change: Northern Ireland—Spring
The Northern Ireland: Democracy and Social Change program examines the historical,
political, and religious roots of conflict in Northern Ireland, the prospects for peace, and the
progress being made. Through a seven-week internship, students get hands-on experience with
organizations working for social change. Field seminars focus on human rights, conflict
transformation, and education for democracy. The program is located at the UNESCO Centre at
the University of Ulster in Coleraine.
INS 316
Northern Ireland: Building a Sustainable Democracy
INS 317
Politics of Conflict and Transformation
INS 399
Internship (two course credits)
Divided States of Europe: Globalization and Inequalities in the New Europe—Spring
Ten former communist nation-states have recently joined the European Union. From three
different locations—Norway, Romania, and Hungary—students examine the complex dynamics
of European integration via issues such as labor migration, minority politics, right-wing populism,
prostitution, and human trafficking. Together, Hungary and Romania encompass some of
Europe’s most pressing social justice issues and constitute its primary geographic and cultural
bridge between East and West.
INS 371
Disjuncture and Difference in Europe
INS 376
Challenges and Opportunities of European Integration
INS 399
Internship
INS 499
Independent Study
Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies
The Department of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies at Augsburg College contributes
in many ways to realizing the College’s mission of providing liberal arts education for service in
today’s world. The department is committed to the view that education should go beyond career
preparation and that familiarity with the language and culture of another people is an essential
step in the development of a truly global perspective.
The department offers language, literature, and culture courses leading to majors in French,
German, Norwegian, and Spanish, as well as an interdisciplinary major in cross-cultural studies.
Introductory courses in Ojibwe, Farsi, and American Sign Language are offered at Augsburg,
and courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin, and Greek are available to Augsburg students
through the five-college Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) consortium.
Knowledge of several languages, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, is essential
in preparing for careers in second-language education and translation, but also represents a
valuable special qualification in many other professions. Students anticipating careers in
international business, law, social work, the diplomatic corps, the health professions, or the
ministry may wish to take a second major or minor in languages. In addition, a minor in
languages is a valuable research tool for those intending to pursue graduate study in most
academic disciplines.
Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies Faculty
Frankie Shackelford (Chair), Maria Ceplecha, Brian Duren, Anita Fisher, Michael Kidd, Diane
Mikkelson, Peter Morales, Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg, Kate Reinhardt, Joseph Towle, Dann
Trainer, John van Cleve
Degree and Major Requirements
Major
The language major consists of 10 courses above 211 (Norwegian only: 211 and above),
including two courses in culture, two courses in language, two courses in literature, KEY 480,
and three electives (from any of the three areas above). At least seven of these courses must
be taught in the target language of the major and at least four of them must be taken on the
Augsburg campus.
The cross-cultural studies major consists of three core courses, a language requirement, a
study-abroad requirement and three electives:
Core: LCS 100, LCS 399, and KEY 480.
Language requirement: Minor in French, German, Norwegian or Spanish or completion of
the 212 level in two different languages (in Norwegian only: 211).
Study-abroad requirement: one semester on an approved study abroad program or two
travel seminars (consult Augsburg Abroad for offerings).
Required electives: Three upper division courses in related areas. Courses must be chosen
in consultation with the student’s academic adviser and must include comparative study of a
non-English speaking culture. Seminars, independent study, topics courses, and courses at
other colleges and universities can be considered here. No more than two courses may be
counted from a single department.
The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation skill is embedded throughout the offered courses and
is met by completing the major. The graduation skills in Speaking (S) and Writing (W) are met
by completing 411 in French, German, Norwegian, or Spanish (W) and KEY 480 (W and S).
The Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill is met with one of the following courses:
GST 200, MAT 145 or 146, or PHI 230.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Minor
The language minor consists of four courses above 211 (Norwegian only: 211 and above),
including one in language and one in literature or culture approved by the department. All of
these courses must be taught in the target language, and at least two of them must be taken on
the Augsburg campus. There is no minor in cross-cultural studies.
Other Requirements
Departmental Honors
Majors seeking graduation with departmental honors must apply in the junior year.
Requirements: 3.50 GPA in the major, 3.50 GPA overall, and honors thesis.
Prerequisite
A prerequiste must be completed with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P.
Transfer Students
Transfer students intending to major or minor in languages must take a minimum of one
upper division course per year at Augsburg. See major/minor above for limits on non-Augsburg
courses. Courses accepted for transfer must have been taken within the past seven years.
Study Abroad
A semester of study abroad is required for language majors and some study abroad is
strongly recommended for minors. See adviser for guidelines on portfolio documentation of
coursework taken abroad. Majors in cross-cultural studies must complete a semester abroad or
two short-term international study experiences approved by the department. An advanced-level
internship in the major language (399) or an interdisciplinary internship (INS 199), linking
language skills with community service and career exploration, is strongly encouraged.
Teaching Licensure
Augsburg College no longer offers a licensure program in modern languages.
Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies Courses
LCS 100
Introduction to Cultural Studies
This course is an introduction to the critical study of cultures and cross-cultural
difference. It examines the connections between social relations and the
production of meaning. It sets the stage for global citizenship by revealing how
our “position” in the world affects the way we view, interpret, and interact with
other cultures.
LCS 295/495
Topics in Cross-Cultural Studies
LSC 399
Internship in Cross-Cultural Studies
KEY 480
Topics in Global Interdependence
This cross-cultural keystone seminar prepares students to “act globally” by
challenging them to apply the diverse perspectives acquired while studying
abroad and to analyze issues that transcend national boundaries. In English, with
readings in a language other than English. Open to international students and to
upper division students who have advanced knowledge of a language other than
English or have studied abroad for a full semester (including in English-speaking
countries with consent of instructor).
American Sign Language (ASL)
ASL 101, 102
Beginning American Sign Language I, II
An introduction to deaf culture and the signs and syntax of ASL. Students
observe the demonstration of signs, practice their own signing, and learn the
facial expressions and body language needed to communicate clearly with deaf
and hard-of-hearing people. (Fall: 101; spring: 102, Prereq.: 101)
Farsi (FAR)
FAR 111/112
Beginning Farsi I, II
An introductory sequence in Basic Modern Persian (Farsi). Aims to develop
communicative skills in understanding, speaking, translating into English, and
reading phonetic transcriptions, while exploring the culture of Iran and other
Farsi-speaking countries such as Afghanistan and Tadjikstan. (Alternating years)
French (FRE)
FRE 111, 112
Beginning French I, II
Aims to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing. Through conversations, classroom practice, and readings, these courses
work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four class meetings
per week. (Fall: 111; spring 112, Prereq.: 111. WEC—additional sessions
required)
FRE 211, 212
Intermediate French I, II
Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice in
communication, vocabulary building, and developing greater ease in reading and
writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work. (Fall:
211; spring: 212, Prereq.: 211)
FRE 295
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
FRE 311
Conversation and Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency,
accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary
enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. A
prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall. Prereq.: FRE 212)
FRE 331
French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the
modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual,
political, social, and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of
audiovisual materials. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 332
French Civilization Today
Topics in 20th-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French-speaking people and their contributions to the
contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials,
and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on
rotational basis)
FRE 351, 353
Survey of French Literature I, II
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France through the
reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and
written reports in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on
rotational basis)
FRE 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
By means of reading, speaking, and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or
political interest, the student acquires extensive training in key modalities at an
advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of
expression, refinements in style and organization. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent
of instructor and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111. Fall)
FRE 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses
FRE 199
Internship
FRE 299
Directed Study
FRE 399
Internship
FRE 499
Independent Study/Research
German (GER)
GER 111, 112 Beginning German I, II
Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding,
and reading and writing basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives
in simple German, insights into German culture, and participation in short
conversations. (Fall: 111; spring: 112, Prereq.: 111. WEC—additional sessions
required)
GER 211, 212 Intermediate German I, II
Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of
basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic
expression through reading and discussion of materials representing
contemporary German life and literature. (Fall: 211; spring: 212, Prereq.: 211)
GER 295
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
GER 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary, and
idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in
speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Prereq.: GER
212. Fall)
GER 331
German Civilization and Culture I
Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples
from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 BC) to the Thirty Years
War (1648). In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on
rotational basis)
GER 332
German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of cultural currents that have shaped Germany, Austria, and Switzerland
since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view
of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic, and scientific history of the
German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of
instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
GER 351
Survey of Literature: German Literature from Chivalry to Romanticism
The prose, epic, and poetry readings in this course chronicle the German
experience from Charlemagne to Napoleon; from Luther to Kant; from Hildegard
of Bingen to Goethe, Schiller, and the Romantics; and offer a way to relive the
Renaissance, the Reformation, and the Enlightenment.
GER 354
Survey of Literature: German Literature in the 19th and 20th Centuries
The literary, cultural, and scientific background of the new millennium has many
German-speaking roots in the works of figures like Marx, Freud, Nietzsche,
Einstein, Kafka, Rilke, Hesse, and Brecht. Selected readings of prose, poetry,
and plays bring alive the drama and conflicts that characterized the birth of the
modern age. (Prereq.: GER 311)
GER 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing and refining the student’s use of German as a vehicle for
expressing ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including
control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language.
(Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111.
Fall)
GER 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses
GER 199
Internship
GER 299
Directed Study
GER 399
Internship
GER 499
Independent Study/Research
Norwegian (NOR)
NOR 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian I, II
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and
writing. Stress is on communication and its cultural context. (Fall: 111; spring:
112, Prereq.: 111. WEC—additional sessions required.)
NOR 211
Intermediate Norwegian I
Continued acquisition and refinement of communication skills (speaking,
listening, reading, and writing). Emphasis is on social or cultural contexts and
integrated vocabulary clusters. Selected readings in Norwegian are used as a
basis for class activities and writing exercises. Includes grammar review.
(Prereq.: NOR 112 or equivalent. Fall)
NOR 295
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
NOR 311
Conversation and Composition
Practice in spoken and written Norwegian with emphasis on communicative
contexts and integrated vocabulary. Readings in history, social science, and
literature form a basis for class activities and frequent writing practice. (Prereq.:
NOR 211 or equivalent. Spring)
NOR 331
Norwegian Civilization and Culture
A two-tiered approach allows students to understand contemporary cultural
developments, such as Norway’s changing role in the global community, within a
broader historical context. Readings in history are supplemented by lectures,
newspaper articles, and video materials. In Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or
consent of instructor.)
NOR 353
Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a basis for the
study of major works from earlier periods, including several in Nynorsk.
Readings, lectures, discussion, journals, essays, and oral reports in Norwegian.
(Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor.)
NOR 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Extensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian, based on literary and
cultural readings. Students serve as peer-tutors for those registered in NOR 311.
Readings, journals, discussion, role-playing, and written and oral reports in
Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor and ENL 111 or 112 or
HON 111. Spring)
NOR 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses
NOR 199
Internship
NOR 299
Directed Study
NOR 399
Internship
NOR 499
Independent Study/Research
Ojibwe (OJB)
Two courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa) are offered at Augsburg, both as part of the Languages and
Cross-Cultural Studies Department and as part of the American Indian Studies
major.
OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe I, II
An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa). Emphasis
is on vocabulary, reading, writing, and conversational skills. Classroom practice
will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction. (Fall: 111; spring: 112, prereq.:
111)
Spanish (SPA)
Courses in addition to those below are offered through various programs listed under
International Programs.
SPA 111, 112
Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. (Fall: 111 and 112; spring: 112, Prereq.: 111. WEC—additional sessions
required.)
SPA 211, 212
Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate
intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the
basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class
discussions. (Fall: 211; spring: 212, Prereq.: 211)
SPA 248
Spanish and Latin American Culture through Film
An introduction to contemporary cultural issues of Spanish and Latin American
societies as portrayed in the films of major filmmakers with attention to the
aesthetic variations across their works. Films in Spanish with English subtitles;
language of instruction is English. (On demand)
SPA 295
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency
and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. This course is a prerequisite for all upper
division courses. (Prereq.: SPA 212 or equivalent. Fall)
SPA 312
Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills
in Spanish and seek to expand them. Intensive practice aimed at refining
grammar skills. Highly recommended as a continuation of SPA 311. (Prereq.:
SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SPA 331
Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contributions to world civilization
through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish.
(Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor)
SPA 332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent
of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
SPA 352, 353
Survey of Spanish Literature I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures
on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures,
discussion, written, and oral reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of
instructor. Fall: on rotational basis)
SPA 354
Representative Hispanic Authors
An introduction to Hispanic literature. Lectures, discussions, and written and oral
reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Note: Students
who have taken SPA 356 taught in Mexico may not take 354. Spring: on
rotational basis)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions, and
grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor and ENL 111
or 112 or HON 111. Fall)
SPA 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses
SPA 199
Internship
SPA 299
Directed Study
SPA 399
Internship
SPA 499
Independent Study/Research
Mathematics—MAT
Mathematics is the study of structure and relationships and provides tools for solving a wide
variety of problems. Mathematical language describes our world from the perspectives of the
natural, physical, and social sciences. Engaging in mathematical thinking helps strengthen the
problem solving and quantitative reasoning skills that are increasingly expected of every
member of contemporary society. Moreover, as mathematics has had a formative impact on the
development of civilization, it is an important part of a liberal arts education.
Students majoring in mathematics acquire the skills necessary to serve society through a
variety of careers. In addition to acquiring computational and problem solving skills,
mathematics majors at Augsburg develop their abilities to reason abstractly; to conjecture,
critique, and justify their assertions; to formulate questions; to investigate open-ended problems;
to read and comprehend precise mathematical writing; to speak and write about mathematical
ideas; and to experience working in teams on mathematical projects. Students can prepare for
graduate school, for work in business, industry, or nonprofit organizations, or for teaching
mathematics in grades K-12. Students majoring in many disciplines find it helpful to acquire a
minor or a second major in mathematics.
Students may choose coursework supporting the study of mathematics as a liberal art
(through the BA degree) or choose a more focused program of courses (through the BS
degree). BS focus areas include theoretical mathematics, statistics, teaching mathematics, and
the application of mathematics to science and engineering, actuarial science, computing,
business, or economics. Augsburg’s urban location allows students to gain experience working
with mathematics through internships, service learning, and the colloquium course.
Mathematics Faculty
Jody Sorensen(Chair), Pavel Bělík, Tracy Bibelnieks, Suzanne Dorée, Richard Flint, Matthew
Haines, Kenneth Kaminsky, John Zobitz
Degree and Major Requirements
Bachelor of Arts—Mathematics Major
Nine courses including:
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus II
MAT 245 Calculus III
MAT 246 Linear Algebra
MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical Structures
A “theoretical structures” course: MAT 304, MAT 314, MAT 324, or other courses approved by
the department.
Three additional electives chosen from MAT courses numbered above 250, at least two of
which are numbered above 300.
Also required: MAT 491 Mathematics Colloquium during junior and senior years.
Students must earn a grade of 2.0 or better in each course that applies toward the major.
At least two MAT courses numbered above 250 must be taken at Augsburg.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QF and QA), and Writing
(W) are embedded in the MAT courses and are met by completing the major. An additional
course in Speaking (S) is also required and may be met by either MAT 201 together with the
major, COM 111, COM 115, student teaching, another speaking skill course approved by the
department, or completion of another major that includes the speaking skill. Students
transferring in mathematics course(s) must consult their MAT adviser about potential additional
skills courses needed.
Bachelor of Science—Mathematics Major
Twelve courses including:
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus II
MAT 245 Calculus III
MAT 246 Linear Algebra
MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical Structures
Four electives chosen from MAT courses numbered above 250, at least three of which are
numbered above 300.
Three additional electives chosen from MAT courses numbered above 250, or the following list
of supporting courses (or substitutes with departmental approval); BIO 355, BIO 473, BIO 481,
BUS 379, CHM 353, CHM 361, CHM 364, CSC 160 (recommended), CSC 170, CSC 210, CSC
320, CSC 385, CSC 457, ECO 112 or ECO 113 (cannot count both), ECO 318, ECO 416, ECO
490, ESE 330, FIN 331, MAT 163, MAT 248, MAT 173, MKT 352, PHY 121, PHY 122, PSY
215, PSY 315, SOC 362, SOC 363. (Not more than one of MAT 163, MAT 248, BUS 379, PSY
215, SOC 362 may count).
These seven electives must include a(n):
• “Theoretical Structures” course: MAT 304, MAT 314, MAT 324, or other courses
approved by the department.
• “Applied Project” course: MAT 355, MAT 369, MAT 374, MAT 377, or other courses
approved by the department.
• “Statistical Perspectives’’ course: MAT 373, MAT 163, MAT 248, BUS 379, PSY
215, SOC 362, or other courses approved by the department.
At least five of the seven electives must be chosen from a focus area approved by the
department.
Sample focus areas:
• Biological Sciences: one of MAT 163, MAT 248, PSY 215; two of BIO 355, BIO 473,
BIO 481; two of MAT 363, MAT 369, MAT 373
• Business, Economics, or Actuarial Science: ECO 112 or ECO 113; two of CSC 160,
BUS 379, ECO 318, ECO 416, ECO 490, FIN 331, MAT 163, MAT 248, MAT 173,
MKT 352; MAT 373; MAT 374 or MAT 377. (Only one of BUS 379, MAT 163 and
MAT 248 may count).
•
Computational Mathematics: CSC 170; CSC 210; one of CSC 320, CSC 385, CSC
457; two of MAT 304, MAT 355, MAT 363, MAT 377.
• Physical Sciences: Two of PHY 121, PHY 122, CHM 353, CHM 361, CHM 364; two
of MAT 324, MAT 327, MAT 355, MAT 369; a fifth course from this list.
• Statistics: One of MAT 248, BUS 379, PSY 215, SOC 362; MAT 324; MAT 373; MAT
374; one of ECO 490, MKT 352, PSY 315, SOC 363, or another applied statistics
course approved by the department.
• Teaching Mathematics: ESE 330; MAT 252; MAT 287; MAT 314; MAT 324
• Theoretical mathematics: MAT 314; MAT 324; at least three of MAT 252, MAT 287,
MAT 304, MAT 363, MAT 373, or regularly offered courses at other ACTC colleges
in Complex Variables, Topology, Measure Theory/Real Analysis II, Abstract Algebra
II, Combinatorics.
Also required: MAT 491 Mathematics Colloquium during junior and senior years.
In addition, an experiential component in the focus area is required, such as an internship,
volunteer or paid work experience, undergraduate research project, student teaching in
mathematics, or other experiences approved by the department. Such experiences may also
fulfill the Augsburg Experience requirement if approved. For an undergraduate research project,
the work may build upon a course-based project, but significant work beyond the course is
expected.
Students must earn a grade of 2.0 or better in each course that applies toward the major.
At least two MAT courses numbered above 250 must be taken at Augsburg.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QF and QA), and Writing
(W) are embedded in the MAT courses and are met by completing the major. An additional
course in Speaking (S) is also required and may be met by either MAT 201 together with the
major, COM 111, COM 115, student teaching, another speaking skill course approved by the
department, or completion of another major that includes the speaking skill. Students
transferring in mathematics course(s) must consult their MAT adviser about potential additional
skills courses needed.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers. The state
requirements are subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should
consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure
requirements.
At the time of publication, the mathematics requirements for secondary education licensure
to teach mathematics in grades 5-12 are the same as the BS major, but the electives must
include ESE 330 5-12 Methods: Mathematics; MAT 252; Exploring Geometry; MAT 287 History
of Mathematics; MAT 314 Abstract Algebra; MAT 324 Analysis; one of MAT 163 Introductory
Statistics, MAT 248 Biostatistics or MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I; and an “Applied
Project” course.
At the time of publication, the mathematics requirements for a concentration in mathematics
to teach in grades 5-8 under elementary education licensure are MPG 4 or MAT 114
Precalculus; MAT 145 Calculus I; one of MAT 163 Introductory Statistics, MAT 248 Biostatistics
or MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I; MAT 252 Exploring Geometry; MAT 271 Discrete
Mathematical Structures; and MAT 287 History of Mathematics. ESE 331 Middle School
Methods in Mathematics is also required.
Elementary Education majors seeking middle school mathematics licensure are strongly
encouraged to consult with a mathematics department adviser before enrolling in the 200 level
MAT courses.
Departmental Honors in Mathematics
To be considered for departmental honors, a student must be involved with mathematics
beyond the classroom, have a GPA of at least 3.50 in MAT courses numbered above 200, have
an overall GPA of at least 3.00, complete a project with significant mathematical content
(usually beginning before senior year), and obtain the approval of the Mathematics Department.
The project may build upon a course-based project, but significant work beyond the course is
expected. The project results must be presented in a public forum. A proposal to complete
departmental honors in mathematics should be submitted to the Mathematics Department chair
at least one year prior to graduation. Specific requirements are available from the department.
Pi Mu Epsilon
Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national mathematics honor society is by
invitation. To be considered, students must have a declared mathematics major, junior or senior
status, and a GPA of 3.00 in their major and overall.
Mathematics Minor
Five courses including:
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus II
Three MAT electives numbered above 200, at least one of which is numbered above 300.
Alternatively students may complete a minor by taking the six courses: MAT 145, MAT 146,
MAT 163 or MAT 248, MAT 252, MAT 271, and MAT 287.
Students must earn a grade of 2.0 or better in each course that applies toward the minor.
At least one MAT course numbered above 250 must be taken at Augsburg.
Other Requirements
Math Placement Group (MPG)
Before enrolling in any mathematics course, students must have the required Math Placement.
All students are required to have their Math Placement Group (MPG) determined. In some
cases, students who have transferred in a mathematics course taken at another college may
have their MPG determined by the registrar’s office. Students who have passed the College
Board Advanced Placement Exam in calculus should consult with the Mathematics Department.
All other students must take the Augsburg Math Placement Exam, which is administered by
Academic Advising. The exam is given during College registration sessions and at other
announced times during the year. Practice questions and other information are available from
Academic Advising. Students in MPG 1 may take MAT 103 to advance to MPG 2. Students in
MPG 2 may take MAT 105 to advance to MPG 3. Students in MPG 3 may take MAT 114 to
advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course changes a student’s MPG. Students are also
permitted to retake the Math Placement Exam during their first term of enrollment at Augsburg
College.
Prerequisites
A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a
mathematics course.
Mathematics Courses
MAT 103
Everyday Math
Concepts of integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, order of
operations, exponents, and an introduction to algebraic expressions and equations
with an emphasis on applications to everyday life. P/N grading only. Grade of P
advances student to MPG 2. MAT 103 does not count as a credit toward
graduation. (Prereq.: MPG 1)
MAT 105
Applied Algebra
Concepts of linear, exponential, logarithmic, and other models with an emphasis on
applications to the social and natural sciences, business, and everyday life. Grade
of 2.0 or higher advances student to MPG 3. Students preparing for MAT 114
should consult the department. (Prereq.: MPG 2 and a year of high school algebra)
MAT 114
Precalculus
Concepts of algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions for
students planning to study calculus. Students who have completed MAT 145 or
other calculus courses may register for credit only with consent of department.
Grade of 2.0 or higher advances student to MPG 4. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MAT 129
Practical Applications of Mathematics
An examination of applications of mathematics in contemporary society, with an
emphasis on quantitative reasoning including an introduction to probability and
statistics and topics such as the mathematics of finance, graph theory, game
theory, voting theory, linear programming, or cryptography. Note: Students who
have successfully completed MAT 138, MAT 163, MAT 248, BUS 379, PSY 215, or
SOC 362 may not register for credit without consent of instructor. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MAT 137-8
Mathematics for Elementary Teachers I and II
Concepts of number, operations, algebra, geometry, measurement, data analysis,
and probability with an emphasis on the processes of problem solving, reasoning,
connections, communication, and representation. These courses are designed for
prospective K-6 elementary school teachers. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MAT 140
Calculus Workshop (.25 course)
An elective workshop for students concurrently enrolled in Calculus I or Calculus
II. Calculus related problems and activities that require significant collaborative
and creative effort. Emphasis on strategies for succeeding in college-level
mathematics courses. MAT 140 does not satisfy NSM-LAF requirement. P/N
grading only. (Coreq.: MAT 145 or MAT 146 and consent of instructor).
MAT 145-6
Calculus I & II
Concepts of calculus of one-variable functions including derivatives, integrals,
differential equations, and series. (Prereq.: MPG 4 for MAT 145; MAT 145 for MAT
146)
MAT 163
Introductory Statistics
Concepts of elementary statistics such as descriptive statistics, methods of
counting, probability distributions, approximations, estimation, hypothesis testing,
analysis-of-variance, and regression. Note: Students who have successfully
completed BUS 379, MAT 248, PSY 215, or SOC 362 may not register for credit
without consent of instructor. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MAT 171
Discrete Mathematics for Computing
Concepts of discrete mathematics including binary representations, sequences,
recursion, induction, formal logic, and combinatorics, with an emphasis on
connections to computer science. Students who have completed MAT 271 may not
register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3. Also recommended: CSC 160)
MAT 173
Mathematics of Finance
Concepts of elementary financial mathematics such as annuities, loan payments,
mortgages, life annuities, and life insurance. Provides an introduction to actuarial
mathematics. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MAT 201
Communicating Mathematics
(.5 course)
An introduction to mathematical speaking, typesetting, presentation technology,
reading, and bibliographic resources. This half-credit course does not count as an
elective in the mathematics major or minor. Completion of this course plus one of
MAT 304, MAT 314, MAT 324, MAT 355, MAT 369, MAT 374, or MAT 377 taken at
Augsburg satisfies the major’s speaking skill requirement. Students with majors
other than mathematics should consult their major department before taking this
course. (Prereq.: MAT 146)
MAT 245
Calculus III
Concepts of multivariable calculus including functions of several variables, partial
derivatives, vectors and the gradient, multiple integrals, and parametric
representations. (Prereq.: MAT 146)
MAT 246
Linear Algebra
Concepts of linear algebra including systems of linear equations, matrices, linear
transformations, abstract vector spaces, determinants, and eigenvalues. (Prereq.:
MAT 245 or MAT 271)
MAT 248
Biostatistics
Concepts and techniques of probability, descriptive statistics, and statistical
inference are applied to scientific studies in Biology, Medicine and other Health
Sciences. Material is centered on real studies in these areas. Other topics include
graphing techniques, correlation and regression, experimental design,
combinatorics, probability, point and interval estimation, hypothesis testing and, time
permitting, analysis of variance and nonparametric methods. Credit may not be
received for both MAT 163 and MAT 248. (Prereq.: MAT 145 or both MPG 4 and
BIO 151)
MAT 252
Exploring Geometry
Concepts of geometry including Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries and
geometric transformations with an emphasis on geometric reasoning, conjecturing,
and proof. (Prereq.: MAT 145)
MAT 271
Discrete Mathematical Structures
Concepts of discrete mathematics including number theory, combinatorics, graph
theory, recursion theory, set theory, and formal logic, with an emphasis on
algorithmic thinking, mathematical reasoning, conjecturing, and proof. (Prereq.: MAT
146 or MAT 145 and one of MAT 163, MAT 248, MAT 252, or MAT 287; and pass
CT assessment or GST 100.)
MAT 287
History of Mathematics
Concepts of historical importance from the areas of geometry, number theory,
algebra, calculus, and modern mathematics. (Prereq.: MAT 145)
MAT 304
Graph Theory
Concepts of graph theory including standard graphs, classic questions, and topics
such as degree sequences, isomorphism, connectivity, traversability, matching,
planarity, coloring, and graph metrics. Focuses on theoretical structures. (Prereq,:
MAT 271, ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111, and a speaking course. Also
recommended MAT 246.)
MAT 314
Abstract Algebra
Concepts of algebra including the abstract structures of groups, rings, integral
domains, and fields. Focuses on theoretical structures. (Prereq.: MAT 246, MAT
271, ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111, and a speaking course)
MAT 324
Analysis
Concepts of real analysis including limits, boundedness, continuity, functions,
derivatives, and series in a theoretical setting. Focuses on theoretical structures.
(Prereq.: MAT 146, MAT 271, ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111, and a speaking
course. Also recommended: additional MAT course numbered 200 or higher)
MAT 327
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
(See PHY 327)
MAT 355
Numerical Mathematics and Computation
Concepts such as polynomial interpolation, numerical differentiation and
integration, numerical solution of differential equations, error propagation, practical
implementation of numerical methods on modern computers, and applications.
Includes an applied project. (Prereq.: MAT 146, CSC 160, ENL 111 or 112 or HON
111, and a speaking course)
MAT 363
Dynamical Systems
Concepts of dynamical systems including iteration, stability, orbit diagrams,
symbolic dynamics, chaos, and fractals, along with topics such as applications of
dynamical systems and/or complex dynamics including the Mandelbrot set and
Julia sets. (Prereq.: MAT 146 and MAT 246, MAT 269, or MAT 271)
MAT 369
Modeling and Differential Equations in the Biological and Natural Sciences
Concepts of differential equations including quantitative and qualitative methods of
linear and non-linear systems; the application, modeling, and analysis of differential
equations to model biological phenomena. Includes an applied project. (Prereq.:
MAT 245, ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111, and a speaking course)
MAT 373-4
Probability and Statistics I & II
Concepts of probability and statistics including methods of enumeration, random
variables, probability distributions, expectation, the Central Limit Theorem,
sampling distributions, methods of estimation, hypothesis testing, regression,
analysis of variance, and nonparametric statistics. 374 includes an applied project.
(Prereq.: MAT 245 for MAT 373. Also recommended MAT 271. MAT 373, ENL 111
or 112 or HON 111, and a speaking course for MAT 374)
MAT 377
Operations Research
Concepts of linear programming and its applications to optimization problems from
industrial settings including the simplex method, sensitivity analysis, duality theory,
alternate optima, and unboundedness with an emphasis on both the mathematical
theory and the application to current business practice. Includes an applied project.
(Prereq.: MAT 246, ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111, and a speaking course)
MAT 395/495 Topics/Advanced Topics in Mathematics
Study of an advanced topic such as actuarial mathematics, combinatrics, complex
analysis, mathematical biology, topology, or foundations of mathematics. (Prereq.: at
least two MAT courses numbered above 200 and consent of instructor. For 495, an
additional upper division MAT course depending on the particular topic may also be
required)
MAT 491
Mathematics Colloquium
Information about contemporary applications, career opportunities, and other
interesting ideas in mathematics. Presented by outside visitors, faculty members,
or students. Carries no course credit.
Internship and Independent Study Courses
MAT 199/399 Internship
Work-based learning experience that links the ideas and methods of mathematics
to the opportunities found in the internship. For upper division credit, significant
mathematical content and presentation at a departmental colloquium is required.
(Prerequisite for upper division: at least one upper division MAT course, junior or
senior standing)
MAT 499
Independent Study/Research
Selection and study of an advanced topic outside of the offered curriculum with the
guidance of a faculty member. Presentation at a departmental colloquium is
required. (Prereq.: at least one upper division MAT course, junior or senior
standing, and consent of instructor.)
Medical Laboratory Science—MLS
Medical laboratory scientists perform complex biological, microbiological, and chemical tests
on patient samples. They also use, maintain, and troubleshoot sophisticated laboratory
equipment in the performance of diagnostic tests. The medical laboratory scientist analyzes
these test results and discusses them with the medical staff. He/she also possesses the skills
required for molecular diagnostic tests based on DNA and RNA technologies. In addition, the
medical laboratory scientist will find opportunities in test development, experimental design,
administration, and education.
The curriculum requires a minimum of six semesters on campus to complete the
prerequisite curriculum. Students spend an additional 12 months of clinical education in a
hospital-sponsored, accredited program during their senior year. A Bachelor of Science degree
is awarded at the satisfactory completion of all required coursework.
Admission to the medical laboratory science major is on a competitive basis. Students apply
for admission to the medical laboratory science program early in the fall semester of the
academic year just prior to the beginning of their professional studies, typically in the junior year.
Formal acceptance into the hospital-sponsored program is based on the submission of an
application for admission to the major, personal recommendations, review of academic
performance, and interview with the Program Admission Committee. A minimum grade point
average of 2.75 overall as well as in science and mathematics courses is strongly
recommended. Acceptance into the hospital program is not guaranteed by the College. The
hospital program affiliated with Augsburg is Fairview Health Services. The program is accredited
by the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS), 5600 North
River Road, Suite 720, Rosemont, IL 60018-5156; 773-714-8880.
During the clinical component in an accredited hospital program, students will register for
12.25 credits. The clinical phase routinely begins in June with anticipated graduation the
following spring. Graduates of the program are eligible to sit for certification examinations
offered by national certification agencies.
Hospital affiliates of Augsburg College:
Fairview Health Services
Fairview Lakes Medical Center
Fairview Northland Regional Medical Center
Fairview Red Wing Medical Center
Fairview-Ridges Hospital
Fairview-Southdale Hospital
UMMC, Fairview-Riverside (West Bank)
UMMC, Fairview-University (East Bank)
Generalized four-year academic plan for medical laboratory science (MLS) majors
To complete the program in four years, students must:
• achieve Math Placement Group 3 or 4
• qualify for ENL 111
• score above 45 on the Critical Thinking exam
• not require ENL 217/218
• meet graduation skills requirements within the major and supporting courses
• satisfy the Engaging Minneapolis requirement with BIO 151/152
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT) and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the
offered courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation skill in Speaking (S) is
met by completing COM 111 or COM 115. Consult your department chair or academic adviser
for requirements for meeting the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Bachelor of Science in Medical Laboratory Science–MLS
Required Courses
BIO 151
Introductory Biology
BIO 152
Evolution, Ecology, and Diversity
BIO 253
Introductory Cellular Biology
BIO 355
Genetics
BIO 369
Biochemistry
BIO 473
Animal Physiology
BIO 476
Microbiology
BIO 486
Immunology
MLS 400
Introduction to MLS
MLS 405
Body Fluids
MLS 410
Clinical Hematology/Hemostasis
MLS 415
Clinical Immunology
MLS 420
Immunohematology
MLS 425
Clinical Chemistry
MLS 430
Clinical Microbiology
MLS 433
Virology/Mycology/Parasitology
MLS 435
Molecular Diagnostics
MLS 440
Laboratory Management and Education
MLS 445
Research Design and Methods
MLS 450
Applied Clinical Chemistry
MLS 455
Applied Hematology/Hemostasis
MLS 465
Applied Immunohematology
MLS 470
Applied Clinical Microbiology
MLS 475
Advanced Applications in MLS
MLS 480
Advanced Topics in MLS
MLS 485
Advanced Studies in MLS
Clinical Rotations
BIO 490
Biology Keystone
or SCI 490 Integrated Keystone
Required Supporting Courses for Bachelor of Science
CHM 105/106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115/116
General Chemistry
CHM 351/352 Organic Chemistry
MAT 163
Introductory Statistics
or MAT 164
Biostatistics
or MAT 248
Biostatistics
COM 115
Scientific and Technical Public Speaking
or COM 111
Public Speaking
To enroll in courses that require BIO 253 as a prerequisite, students must earn an average
grade of 2.0 in BIO 151, 152, and 253. A grade of 2.0 or above is required for all supporting
courses, upper division biology courses, and MLS courses applied to the major. Courses
required for the major must be traditionally graded. Students must meet all College graduation
requirements including general education, grade point, College residency, and total credits.
Medical Laboratory Science Courses
MLS 400 Introduction to Medical Laboratory Science
Course is designed to provide the MLS student with the basic laboratory skills
required for the laboratory component of the curriculum. This course will also provide
teamwork, leadership, and interpersonal skills needed by health care professionals.
Current issues in MLS will also be covered including ethics, government regulations,
and concepts of total testing process. (Prereq.: CHM 353; BIO 355 and 476; and
admission to the MLS program)
MLS 405 Body Fluids
Covers concepts related to the formation, distribution, and function of body fluids and
their chemical, physical, and cellular composition in health and disease. Laboratory
focus is on performance, interpretation, and correlation of results. (Prereq.: CHM 352;
BIO 355 and 473; and admission to the MLS program)
MLS 410 Clinical Hematology/Hemostasis
Course is designed to provide the MLS student with the basic knowledge of
hematology/hemostasis. Cellular components of the blood in normal and diseased
states, hemostasis principles, laboratory testing, interpretation, and the correlation of
results will be covered. Laboratory component will focus on specimen preparation red
cell, white cell, and platelet identification and enumeration, both microscopically and
electronically. (Prereq.: CHM 352; BIO 355, 476, and 486; and admission to the MLS
program)
MLS 415 Clinical Immunology
Course in the application of immunologic and serologic techniques used for the
specific diagnosis of immunodeficiency diseases, malignancies of the immune
system, autoimmune disorders, hypersensitivity states, and infection by specific
microbial pathogens. Laboratory sessions offer exercises in methods for detection of
antigens and antibodies in patient specimens. (Prereq.: CHM 352; BIO 476 and 486;
and admission to the MLS program)
MLS 420 Immunohematology
Course covers aspects of the Blood Group Systems, antibody screening, compatibility
testing, blood donor service, selection of donors, blood drawing, storage,
preservation, components, records, and regulations for blood banks. The laboratory
section includes performance of blood bank procedures, donor processing,
compatibility testing, antibody screening, and identification. (Prereq.: BIO 355, 369,
and 486; and admission to the MLS program)
MLS 425 Clinical Chemistry
The focus of the course is on the physiology of body analytes and the organ systems,
with an emphasis on the corresponding clinical laboratory procedures and human
disease states. Discussion will include the clinical correlations of the analytical
procedures data with the diseases. The laboratory section covers skills necessary to
the performance of clinical chemistry test procedures. (Prereq.: CHM 352; BIO 369
and 476; and admission to the MLS program)
MLS 430 Clinical Microbiology
Course includes the study of bacteria, rickettsiae, chlamydia, and mycoplasma as
they relate to diseases in humans. Topics include clinical signs and symptoms of the
disease process, specimen collection and processing, modes of transmission, and
methods of identification. In the laboratory component, students will process
specimens from various body locations. Emphasis will be placed on isolation with
identification, selection of appropriate antibiotic therapy, quality assurance, and
safety. (Prereq.: CHM 353; BIO 369, 476 and Immunology; and admission to the MLS
program)
MLS 433 Virology, Mycology, and Parasitology
Study of viruses, fungi, and parasites as they relate to diseases in humans. Topics
include clinical signs and symptoms of the disease process, specimen collection and
processing, modes of transmission, and methods of identification. Laboratory
emphasis focuses on isolation and identification, quality assurance, and safety.
(Prereq.: CHM 353; BIO 369, 479 and 486; and admission to the MLS program)
MLS 435 Molecular Diagnostics
A course on the composition, structure, function, and characteristics of DNA.
Emphasis will be placed on clinical laboratory methods used to isolate, amplify,
manipulate, and analyze DNA sequences in order to integrate theory and practice.
(Prereq.: CHM 353; BIO 336, 473, 476 and 486; and admission to the MLS program)
MLS 440 Laboratory Management and Education
Course is designed to introduce the medical laboratory science student to the
principles of laboratory administration. The seminar-format course will focus on
human resource management, operations management, and educational
methodologies appropriate for the supervisor and laboratory manager (Prereq.:
admission to the MLS program)
MLS 445 Research Design and Methods
The course applies scientific method to clinical laboratory research problems,
systematic applications of hypothesis formation and decision making through
research design principles. Research proposal writing and the process of institutional
review board approval and informed consent will also be covered. (Prereq.: MAT 163
and admission to the MLS program)
MLS 450 Applied Clinical Chemistry
Rotation with daily lecture which applies the principles of clinical chemistry in the
clinical laboratory. The course is designed to utilize and build upon theoretical and
applied knowledge acquired in the previous didactic courses (MLS 400, 425) and
apply it to the performance of analytical procedures and management of the clinical
chemistry laboratory. (Prereq.: admission to the MLS program and MLS 400 and 425)
MLS 455 Applied Clinical Hematology/Hemostasis
A six-week rotation with mini-lectures, extends the learning to the clinical hematology,
hemostasis, and hematopathology laboratories. Students will gain experience
processing and analyzing patient’s specimens with a wide variety of complex
procedures and instruments. Students will also expand their identification and
diagnostic skills on microscopic analysis of hematology and body fluid specimens.
The rotation also includes the fundamentals of flow cytometry techniques and
molecular diagnostics (genetics) with interpretation of results. (Prereq.: admission to
the MLS program and MLS 400, 405, and 410)
MLS 465 Applied Immunohematology
A six-week rotation with mini-lectures, extends the concepts and skills learned in MLS
420 Immunohematology, to the blood bank setting for the performance of antibody
identification techniques, hemolytic disease problems, quality assurance
management, solving of patients’ blood compatibility problems, and cell therapy. The
rotation also includes the fundamentals of HLA testing with interpretation of results.
(Prereq.: admission to the MLS program and MLS 420)
MLS 470 Applied Clinical Microbiology
Rotation with daily lecture which applies the principles of MLS 430. Student will
process a variety of patient specimens in the microbiology laboratory and gain
experience with a wide variety of state-of-the-art procedures and equipment for the
isolation and identification of pathogenic bacteria, fungi protozoa, helminthes, and
viruses. (Prereq.: admission to the MLS program and MLS 430 and 433)
MLS 475 Advanced Applications in MLS
Selected study in one aspect of the practice of clinical laboratory science, such as
ancillary biology, cytogenetics, outreach clinics, or industry. Rotation and lecture
included. (Prereq.: admission to the MLS program and enrollment in applied courses)
MLS 480 Advanced Topics in MLS
This course will cover, at an advanced level, the major areas of the clinical laboratory.
Topics will also include information on new directions in laboratory testing with an
emphasis placed on its impact on current laboratory practice and outcomes
assessment. (Prereq.: admission to the MLS program and MLS 405, 410, 415, 420,
425, 430, 433, 435, and 440)
MLS 485 Advanced Studies in MLS
A capstone research project required for satisfactory completion of the MLS program.
Student will complete a research project under the supervision of a mentor. Course
culminates in a major paper and presentation. Area of emphasis will be in one of the
specialty or subspecialty areas included in the clinical laboratory practice. (Prereq.:
admission to the MLS program and senior standing)
MLS 499 Independent Study in MLS
Individual reading or research under the guidance of an MLS instructor. (Prereq.:
admission to the MLS program; repeatable for maximum of one credit)
Medieval Studies
The objective of medieval studies is to introduce students to the culture of the Middle
Ages—its diverse history and beliefs, its arts and literature—and to the disciplinary and
interdisciplinary skills necessary for its serious study.
The major in medieval studies fulfills the original (medieval) ideal of a liberal arts education.
Since the study of the liberal arts was developed in the Middle Ages, students majoring in
medieval studies find a model context for the pursuit of a liberal arts degree in the modern
world.
As was the case in medieval universities, Augsburg’s major in medieval studies prepares
students for life beyond college. Because of its emphasis on precise reading and analysis of
texts, careful writing, and spirited discussion, the major in medieval studies offers a solid
foundation for graduate or professional study, as well as employment opportunities that require
abilities in communication, critical and abstract thinking, and processing information.
Medieval Studies Faculty
Phillip C. Adamo (History, Program Director), Kristin M. Anderson (Art), Mark L. Fuehrer
(Philosophy), Douglas E. Green (English), Martha B. Johnson (Theater Arts), Michael Kidd
(Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies), Merilee Klemp (Music), Philip A. Quanbeck II
(Religion), Mark D. Tranvik (Religion), Hans Wiersma (Religion)
Degree and Major Requirements
Major
Ten courses, including:
Six core requirements:
HUM 120
LAT 101
LAT 102
HIS 369
HIS 370
HUM 490
Medieval Connections
Beginning Latin I
Beginning Latin II
Early and Middle Ages
Late Middle Ages
Keystone, Medieval Studies Project
One of the following literature courses:
ENL 330
ENL 332
ENL 360
ENL 361
SPA 352
Shakespeare
Renaissance and Reformation
The Medieval World
The Classical Tradition
Survey of Spanish Literature I
One of the following religion or philosophy courses:
HIS 378
Medieval Church
PHI 242
Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
REL 361
Church in the First Four Centuries
REL 362 Theology of the Reformers
One of the following history of arts courses:
ART 386
ART 387
MUS 231
THR 361
Medieval Art
Renaissance and Baroque Art
History and Literature of Music I
Theater History and Criticism I
Two electives from the following courses:
HIS 374
HIS 440
POL 380
SPA 331
Medieval Crusades
Monks and Heretics
Western Political Thought
Spanish Civilization and Culture
Any literature, religion/philosophy, or history of arts courses not already taken may be taken as
electives.
Graduation Skills
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded
throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. HIS 369 meets the
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Minor
Five courses, including HUM 120. The remaining four courses must be in different
disciplines, as grouped above (history, literature, religion/philosophy, and history of arts).
Other Requirements
Language Requirement
Students must take one year of college-level Latin as part of the major.
In addition, students must take one year of a college-level, modern language in which
medieval scholarship is published (e.g. Spanish, French, German, Norwegian, Arabic; NOT
American Sign Language). This second language will fulfill the Modern Language Core Skills
requirement.
Augsburg Experience
As with all majors, an Augsburg Experience is required for graduation. For the medieval
smajor this might include study abroad, or internships at the University of Minnesota’s Rare
Books Collection, the Hill Monastic Manuscript Library, or the Minnesota Renaissance Festival.
Prior approval of adviser is required for all Augsburg Experiences related to medieval studies.
Medieval Studies Courses
HUM 120 Medieval Life in 12th-Century Europe (Medieval Connections)
This is the introductory course for medieval studies. It uses an interdisciplinary
approach to study European culture during a period known as the High Middle Ages,
roughly AD 1100 to 1300. It attempts to examine medieval culture as a complex
system of thought and feeling, which includes history, religion, philosophy, literature,
art, theater, music, and food. It also takes an experiential approach to this material,
for example, by having students and faculty attend class in academic regalia, just as
they did in medieval universities. (Humanities LAF, Spring)
HUM 490 Keystone, Medieval Studies Project
The final project in medieval studies functions like an independent study. Because
medieval studies is an interdisciplinary major, the final project must be also be
interdisciplinary. Students are free to choose any topic connected to the Middle Ages,
but must examine it with professors from at least three different disciplines. The
traditional disciplines that comprise medieval studies are art history, English, history,
music history, philosophy, religion, and theater history, but students have also
completed projects involving professors from other disciplines, such as sociology and
psychology.
Experiential approaches are encouraged but not required. For example, past students
have built medieval musical instruments, medieval suits of armor, and Renaissance
commedia dell’arte masks, and then written about the process.
This course fulfills the Keystone requirement.
For other course descriptions, refer to the specific departments elsewhere in the catalog.
Metro-Urban Studies—INS
Metro-urban studies is the study of cities as social, political, economic, and cultural entities.
Metro-urban studies brings many different perspectives to the study of urban life. It is an
interdisciplinary major where students use the tools of sociology, political science, history,
environmental studies, and architecture to understand metropolitan areas in terms of complex
relationships that contribute to both opportunities and challenges. The major is designed to
utilize the city as our classroom, demonstrating the interplay of theory, policy, and lived
experience. Metro-urban studies coursework often includes walking tours, field trips and field
research. Augsburg College’s Metro-Urban Studies Program emphasizes the theme of planning
metro areas to be more environmentally sustainable that promote the health and civic
engagement of citizens.
The Metro-urban studies major helps prepare students for careers and graduate work in
urban planning, public administration, environmental studies, government, community
organizing, social welfare and non-profit work, and architecture. All students participate in
internships that reflect their career interests as part of the keystone experience.
Many students who major in metro-urban studies double-major in related disciplines such as
environmental studies, political science or sociology. If you’re interested in double-majoring,
please consult the director of Metro-Urban Studies about how to best plan your academic
schedule to accommodate both majors.
Metro-Urban Studies Faculty: The following faculty teach courses in the Metro-Urban Studies
Program.
Nancy Fischer (Director, Sociology), Kristin Anderson (Art), Andrew Aoki (Political Science),
Kevin Bowman (Economics), Lars Christiansen (Sociology), Keith Gilsdorf (Economics), Michael
Lansing (History), Garry Hesser (Sociology), and Joseph Underhill (Political Science).
Degree and Major Requirements
Major
A total of 10 courses, including the following: (please see department descriptions for individual
courses)
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
POL 122
Metropolitan Complex
SOC 111
Community and the Modern Metropolis
HIS 316
U.S. Urban Environmental History
or ART 249/349 The Designed Environment (art credit)
HIS 249/349 The Designed Environment (history credit)
SOC 362
Statistical Analysis
or POL 483
Political/Statistics/Methodology
SOC 363
Research Methods
or POL 484
Political Analysis Seminar
SOC 381
INS 399
The City and Metro-Urban Planning
Internship
Plus two additional approved urban-related electives. For electives, please see the following list,
which is not exhaustive. Consult the director of Metro-Urban Studies for other elective
possibilities that suit your career interests, including off-campus study such as ACTC courses,
HECUA, or study abroad.
ART243
ART244
ECO365
ENV100
HIS225
HIS335
POL241
POL325
SOC265
SOC295
SOC349
History of Architecture to 1750
History of Architecture after 1750
Environmental Economics
Environmental Connections
History of the Twin Cities (not regularly offered)
American Urban History (not regularly offered)
Environmental and River Politics
Politics and Public Policy
Race, Class and Gender
Special Topics: Sustainable Cities (various locations, study abroad)
Sociology of Organizations
Students who are thinking of careers in urban planning are highly encouraged to take
courses in Geographic Information Systems (GIS) at Macalester College (Geography 225, 364,
and 365) or at the University of St. Thomas (Geography 221, 321, and 322). HECUA offcampus programs are highly recommended, especially the Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
Twin Cities program, described below.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), and
Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
SOC 381, taken in conjunction with INS 399, fulfills the Keystone requirement.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Minor
POL 122, SOC 111, HIS 316/249/349, SOC 381 and one of the following: ECO113 or an
approved metro-urban studies elective.
Metro-Urban Studies Courses
Internships and Independent Study Courses
INS 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus, half
credit) in Departments and Programs.
INS 299
Directed Study
See description in Departments and Programs. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211)
INS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus, half
credit). Internships place students with sponsoring organizations that provide
supervised work experience for a minimum of 10 hours a week. Please note that
students may also fulfill their internship requirement through HECUA, Sociology
(SOC399) or Political Science (POL399).
INS 498
Independent Study—Metropolitan Resources
An independently-designed course developed by a student (or group of students),
utilizing the metropolitan resources available, e.g., lectures, symposia,
performances, hearings. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated
by a department faculty member. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 111 and consent of
instructor)
INS 499
Independent Study/Research
(Prereq.: POL 484 or SOC 363)
Urban Studies Options through HECUA
Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access to interdisciplinary field learning
programs of exceptional quality located in Scandinavia, Latin America, Northern Ireland, and the
Twin Cities. The following programs can be counted towards the metro-urban studies major and
minor. Ask the director of Metro-Urban Studies for more detail. Also see International Programs
listings.
Metro-Urban Studies Term: Poverty, Inequality, and Social Change—Fall or Spring
This semester-length program delves into the root causes of increasing levels of poverty and
inequality in the United States. To understand these issues, the program focuses on the
economy, housing systems, education, welfare, government policies, urban sprawl, regional
race and class segregation, and institutional discrimination.
INS 358
Theories of Poverty, Inequality and Social Change
(Reading Seminar)
INS 359
Social Policy and Anti-Poverty Strategies in Theory and Practice
(Field Seminar)
INS 399
Internship
(Two course credits)
City Arts—Spring
An interdisciplinary study of the role of art and the artist in working for social justice, and an
exploration of the relationship between art, culture, and identity. Students meet Twin Cities
artists, activists, private and public arts funders, and politicians, and engage in a thorough
examination of the role of art in advocating for social change.
INS 330
Field Seminar: Arts Praxis
INS 331
Creating Social Change: Art and Culture in Political, Social, and Historical Context
INS 399
Internship
(Two course credits)
Environmental Sustainability: Science, Politics, and Public Policy—Fall
Ecosystem degradation and rehabilitation, the social and economic underpinnings of conflict
over environmental change, and public policy and community-based strategies to achieve
sustainability. Uses social, economic, and environmental sustainability to address themes like
the links between rural and urban concerns and the way local decisions relate to regional and
global trends. Students gain first-hand experience learning from community organizers,
government planners and business leaders who are rising to the challenges of creating a more
sustainable world.
INS 346
Adaptive Ecosystem Management
INS 345
Social Dimensions of Environmental Change
INS 399
Field/Research Methods and Investigation
INS 399
Internship and Integration Seminar
INS 399
Internship and Integration Seminar (2 course credits)
HECUA International Programs
See HECUA in International Programs for study programs outside the United States.
Music—MUS
The Music Department at Augsburg College offers professional music training in the context
of a liberal arts curriculum through three degrees and five music majors. It also offers a variety
of music courses and ensemble experiences that are available to non-music majors and
courses that meet Augsburg’s Liberal Arts Foundation requirements.
Augsburg’s location in the heart of a major artistic center makes it an ideal place to study
music, and the music faculty seek and encourage opportunities that connect the campus and
the greater arts communities. These opportunities allow students to explore the links between
theory and applied knowledge and may take many forms, including internships; community
performances; music therapy practica; community-based learning projects; required off-campus
performance and concert attendance assignments; or travel and study within and outside the
United States.
The Music Department is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of
Music (NASM) and the American Music Therapy Association (AMTA).
Full-time Faculty
Robert Stacke (Chair), Michael Buck, Jill Dawe, Douglas Diamond, Peter Hendrickson, Roberta
Kagin, Ned Kantar, Merilee Klemp,
Part-time Faculty
Trudi Anderson, Matt Barber, Carol Barnett, Fred Bretschger, Garrick Comeaux, Marv Dahlgren,
Bridget Doak, Susan Druck, Brad Eggen, Lynn Erickson, Janet Fried, Jennifer Gerth, Nancy
Grundahl, Mary Horozaniecki, Joan Hutton, Jim Jacobson, Mark Kausch, Kathy Kienzle, Rena
Kraut, Dale Kruse, Steve Lund, K. Christian McGuire, Laurie Merz, Peter Meyer, Vladan
Milenkovic, Rick Penning, O. Nicholas Raths, Shannon Sadler, Andrea Stern, Sonja Thompson,
William Webb, Matthew Wilson, Yolanda Williams
Fine Arts Coordinator
Cathy Knutson
Fine Arts Facilities Manager
Karen Mulhausen
Degrees/Majors
Bachelor of Arts
Music Major
Music Major/Music Business Concentration
Bachelor of Music
Music performance major
Music education major
Bachelor of Science
Music therapy major
Music Therapy Equivalency Certificate
Offers students with an undergraduate degree the preparation necessary to meet the AMTA
requirements for becoming a Board Certified Music Therapist.
Music Minors
Music
Music Business
Degree and Major Requirements
Students intending to pursue a music major in any of the three music degree programs must
declare their major, perform a sophomore/transfer music major jury/audition, and complete the
Music Department degree application by the end of their fourth semester of study. More detail is
included in the Music Department Student Handbook posted on the Music Students site on
Moodle.
Because of the heavy curricular demands inherent in any single Music Department degree
program, students are strongly encouraged to avoid declaring double majors entirely within the
department, i.e. attempting two music degree programs simultaneously. In those rare cases
where such a scenario seems both warranted and feasible, students are required to petition the
department for acceptance of their proposed degree plan prior to formally declaring their double
majors.
Music Core
MUS 101 Materials of Music I
MUS 111 Aural Skills I
MUS 102 Materials of Music II
MUS 112 Aural Skills II
MUS 201 Materials of Music III
MUS 211 Aural Skills III
MUS 202 Form and Analysis
MUS 212 Aural Skills IV
MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I
MUS 232 History and Literature of Music II
MUS 331
Music of the Baroque Era (0.5 credit)
or MUS 332 Music of the Classical Period (0.5 credit)
or MUS 333 Music of the Romantic Period (0.5 credit)
or MUS 334 Music of the 20th Century (0.5 credit)
MUP 1xx Performance Studies (.25 or .5 credit, according to degree requirement) Four
semesters
MUP3xx
Performance Studies (.5 credit) Four semesters
MUE 113 or 122 or 125 or 131 or 142 or 143 or 144 or 145: Chamber Music
One to four semester(s) on the major instrument in accordance with degree requirement (0.0
credit)
MUS 358 Junior Recital and/or
MUS 458 or MUS 459 Senior Recital
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or 115 or 121 or 141: Large Augsburg Ensemble (0.0/.25 credit)
Four to eight semesters in accordance with degree requirement
Additional requirements (refer to the Music Department Student Handbook for detail):
Piano Proficiency Test
Sophomore/Transfer Music Major Jury and Music Department degree application
Music Repertoire Tests
Graduation Skills for Bachelor of Arts in Music, Bachelor of Music Education, Bachelor of
Music Performance: Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT) and Writing (W) are embedded
throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation skills in
Speaking (S) and Quantitative Reasoning (QR) are met by completing the following courses:
S: MUS 341
QR fulfilled with QFA: PHY 119, GST 200, MAT 145, or MAT 146
Graduation Skills for Bachelor of Science in Music Therapy: Graduation skills in Critical
Thinking (CT) and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by
completing the major. The graduation skills in Speaking (S) and Quantitative Reasoning (QR)
are met by completing the following courses:
S: MUS 363
QR fulfilled with QF: PSY 215 or SOC 362 (choose one) and QA: MUS 372
Graduation Skills for Bachelor of Arts in Music with Music Business Concentration:
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded
throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation skill in
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) is met by completing the following courses:
QR fulfilled with QFA: PHY 119, GST 200, MAT 145, or MAT 146
Transfer Students and Graduation Skills: Transfer students must consult an adviser about
potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Bachelor of Arts
Music Major
Offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares the student for the greatest range
of graduate, business, and professional opportunities. Students who intend to pursue nonperformance graduate study or desire to enter one of the many music-related business fields
most often choose this course of study.
Faculty adviser: Douglas Diamond
Requirements
Music core and:
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
MUS 458 Senior Recital
Two music course electives
MUP 1xx Performance Studies (.25 credit) Four semesters of half-hour lessons in major
instrument/voice
MUP 3xx Performance Studies (.5 credit) Four semesters of hour-lessons in the major
instrument/voice
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or 115 or 121 or 141 (0.0/.25 credit)
Eight semesters in a large Augsburg ensemble on the major instrument/voice
MUE 113 or 122 or 125 or 131 or 142or 143 or 144 or 145 (0.0 credit)
Two semesters of chamber music/small ensemble courses on the major instrument/voice
Additional requirements:
Pass piano proficiency test
Complete sophomore/transfer music major jury and Music Department degree application
Pass three music repertoire tests
Music Business Major
The music business major prepares students to enter today’s music industry and to pursue
career opportunity where the arts and commerce intersect. Courses in music, performing arts,
and business combine with field observations and internships. These experiences prepare
students for careers in fields such as arts management, promotion, the record industry, and
general music business. The program affords both the performing artist and the business
student the opportunity to pursue music business studies. The music business major has two
tracks: the Bachelor of Arts in Music with Music Business Concentration (designed with a music
emphasis) and the Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration with Specialization in Music
Business (designed with business emphasis).
Augsburg College full-time students may elect to take one course each semester at McNally
Smith College of Music providing that they meet all McNally Smith College of Music
requirements. A list of approved electives from MSCM for the music business major is available
in the Augsburg music office. McNally Smith courses cannot be used as a substitute for any
required Augsburg course specifically listed within a degree program. This program is open to
sophomores through seniors. There is no additional fee for this program.
Faculty adviser: Ned Kantar
BA in Music with Music Business Concentration
Requirements:
Music core and:
ECO 113
MIS 260
ACC 221
BUS 242
or BUS 254
or BUS 200
MUS 105
MUS/BUS 245
Principles of Microeconomics
Problem Solving
Introduction to Financial Accounting
Principles of Management
Entrepreneurship
Exploring Business as Vocation
Music Business
Arts Management
MUS/BUS 39 Internship
MUS/BUS
Elective (Augsburg or MSCM course, 1.0 Augsburg credit)
MUS 458
Senior Recital
MUP 1xxPerformance Studies (.25 credit) Four semesters of half-hour lessons on major
instrument/voice
MUP 3xx Performance Studies (.5 credit) Four semesters of hour lessons in the major
instrument/voice
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or 115 or 121 or 141 (0.0/.25 credit)
Eight semesters in a major Augsburg ensemble on the major instrument/voice
MUE 113 or 122 or 125 or 131 or 142 or 143 or 144 or 145 (0.0 credit)
Two semesters of chamber music/small ensemble courses on the major instrument/voice
Additional requirements:
Pass piano proficiency test
Complete sophomore/transfer music major jury and Music Department degree application
Pass three music repertoire tests
BA in Business Administration with Specialization in Music Business
Requirements:
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 260
Problem Solving for Business
ACC 221
Introduction to Financial Accounting
ACC 222
Introduction to Managerial Accounting
BUS 242
Principles of Management
or BUS 254
Entrepreneurship
or BUS 200
Exploring Business as Vocation
MKT 252
Principles of Marketing
FIN 331
Financial Management
MUS/BUS 105
Music Business
MUS/BUS 245
Arts Management
MUS/BUS 399
Internship
MUS/BUS
Elective (Augsburg or MSCM course, 1.0 Augsburg credit)
3 MUS credits—OR—two MUS credits and one MUE/MUP credit, selected from:
MUS 101 Materials of Music I
MUS 111 Aural Skills I
MUS 102 Materials of Music II
MUS 112 Aural Skills II
MUS 130 Intro to Music and the Fine Arts
MUS 220 Worlds of Music
MUS 241 History of Jazz
(Other MUS courses as approved by adviser)
Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 Vocation and the Meaning of
Success to fulfill the Augsburg Core Curriculum Senior Keystone Requirement.
Music Minor
Requirements: 7-8 credits
MUS 101, 102
Materials of Music I, II
MUS 111, 112
Aural Skills I, II
MUS 341
Basic Conducting
either MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I
or MUS 232 History and Literature of Music II
One additional course (.5 or above) in music history or conducting. Other courses may be
approved by departmental petition.
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or 115 or 121 or 141 Four semesters in a large Augsburg ensemble
MUP 1xx Performance Studies (.25 credit) Four semesters of performance studies in the
major instrument/voice
Additional requirements
Pass one music repertoire test
Submit a Music Department application for minor by spring semester, sophomore year
Music Business Minor
The music business minor is a course of study designed both for the music major desiring
additional preparation in business and for the non-music major interested in pursuing a career in
the music industry. With the music business minor, students are given the opportunity to enroll
in coursework and participate in on-site field experiences that address specific professional
skills necessary to enter today’s music industry. The minor is a collaborative program between
the music and business departments.
Requirements: 8 credits
MUS 105
The Music Business
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 260
Problem Solving for Business
ACC 221
Introduction to Financial Accounting
MUS/BUS 399
Internship (approved for the music business minor)
One of the following:
MUS/BUS 245
Arts Management and Concert Promotion
BUS 301
Business Law
BUS 254
Entrepreneurship
All of the above courses plus two additional music course credits beyond MUS 105 and MUS
245 (maximum of one credit in MUE and/or MUP courses)
Bachelor of Music
Music Education Major
A fully accredited program (National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education and
Minnesota Board of Teaching), the music education major offers students the preparation
necessary to become music teachers in public schools. This coursework and preparation
includes certification to teach at the elementary through secondary levels, with either a
vocal/general or instrumental/general emphasis. In addition to applying to the Music
Department, Bachelor of Music education major candidates must apply to the Minnesota
Department of Education for acceptance to the music education licensure program which is
granted only to students who successfully complete the requirements for the Bachelor of Music
education major. All music requirements must be completed prior to student teaching. A
cumulative GPA of 2.50 in all music courses is necessary for the music education licensure
program.
Faculty adviser: Michael Buck
Requirements
Music core and:
MUS 311
Composition I
MUS 341
Basic Conducting (.5)
MUS 358
Half Junior Recital
MUS 459
Full Senior Recital
HPE 115
Health and Chemical Dependency Education
EDC 200
Orientation to Education
EDC 210
Diversity in the Schools
EDC 211
Minnesota American Indians
EDC 220
Educational Technology
EDC 310
Learning and Development
ESE 300
Reading/Writing in Content Area
ESE 325
Creative Learning Environments
ESE 370
Music K-12 Methods
EDC 410
Special Needs Learner
EDC 480
School and Society
EED 481c, 483c, ESE 485, 487 Student Teaching
MUS 359
Music Methods: Choral/Vocal (.5)
MUS 356
Music Methods: Brass/Percussion (.5)
MUS 357
Music Methods: Woodwinds (.5)
MUS 355
Music Methods: Strings (.5)
Choose one of the following two areas of emphasis:
either Vocal Emphasis:
MUS 251-254
Diction (.25 credit each=1.0)
MUS 342
Choral Conducting (.5 credit)
MUS/THR 235
Skills of Music Theater (.5 credit)
or Instrumental Emphasis:
MUS 344
Instrumental Conducting (.5 credit)
Music elective or approved course (1.0 credit)
Performance Studies and Ensembles: Students should choose the following courses in
accordance with their area of emphasis.
MUP 1xx
Performance Studies (.25credit)
Two semesters of half-hour lessons in the major instrument/voice (first year)
MUP 1xx
Performance Studies (.5 credit)
Two semesters of hour lessons in the major instrument/voice (second year)
MUP 3xx
Performance Studies (.5 credit)
Four semesters of hour lessons in the major instrument/voice (third and fourth year)
A music education major whose major instrument is piano, organ, or guitar is required to take a
minimum of four additional semesters of lessons on an instrument/voice that corresponds with
their large ensemble requirement.
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or 115 or 121 or 141 (0.0/.25 credit)
Eight semesters in a large Augsburg ensemble on the major instrument/voice .
MUE 113 or 122 or 125 or 131 or 142 or 144 or 145 (0.0 credit)
Two semesters in a chamber music course on the major instrument/voice
Additional requirements:
Pass piano proficiency test
Complete sophomore/transfer music major jury and Music Department degree application
Pass three music repertoire tests
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.50 in all music courses and in the major instrument/voice
Bachelor of Music
Music Performance Major
This major is a focused classical training program designed to develop the skills, artistic
voice, and performing ability of the individual musician. This degree best prepares students who
are interested in graduate school, professional performance opportunities, or private studio
teaching. Acceptance to the program requires a half-hour formal audition and interview (see the
Music Department Student Handbook).
Faculty adviser: Jill Dawe
Requirements
Music Core and:
MUP 1xx
Performance Studies (.25credit)
Two semesters of half-hour lessons in the major instrument/voice (first year)
MUP 1xx
Performance Studies (.5 credit)
Two semesters of hour lessons in the major instrument/voice (second year)
MUP 3xx
Performance Studies (.5 credit)
Four semesters of hour lessons in the major instrument/voice (third and fourth year)
MUE 113 or 122 or 125 or 131 or 142 or 144 or 145 (0.0 credit)
At least four semesters chamber music playing on major instrument (see Handbook)
MUS 358
Junior Recital (.0 credit)
MUS 459
Senior Recital (.0 credit)
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or 115 or 121or 141 (0.0/.25 credit)
Large Augsburg Ensembles: eight semesters OR for guitarists, harpists and pianists: four
semesters of large ensemble and four additional semesters of chamber music or other
assignment in consultation with adviser.
Additional coursework as follows:
Voice Majors:
MUS 251-254
Diction (0.25 credit each)
MUS 435
Voice Repertoire (0.5 credit)
MUS359
Music Methods: Voice/Choral
MUS Elective (0.5 credit)
Voice students are also strongly encouraged to take MUS/THR 235 Skills of Music Theater
and/or MUE 294 or 494 Opera Workshop.
Keyboard Majors:
MUS 436
Piano Repertoire
MUS 456
Piano Pedagogy
MUS Elective (0.5 credit)
Instrumentalists:
MUS356
Music Methods: Brass/Percussion (0.5 credit);
or MUS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds (0.5 credit); or
MUS 355
Music Methods: Strings (0.5 credit)
MUS Elective (1.0 credit)
Additional requirements:
Pass piano proficiency test
Complete sophomore music performance audition; interview; & music department degree
application
Pass three music repertoire tests
Bachelor of Science
Music Therapy Major
Fulfills the academic and clinical requirements for eligibility to take the Music Therapy Board
Certification Examination. The B.S. in music therapy is a four-and-one-half-year degree
program, which includes a six month full-time internship in a clinical facility approved by the
American Music Therapy Association (AMTA). This course of study is chosen by students who
wish to become professional music therapists.
Faculty Adviser: Roberta Kagin
Requirements
Music core and:
MUS 271
Introduction to Music Therapy
MUS 274, 275
Music Therapy Practicums
MUS 363
Expressive and Creative Arts in Healing
MUS 372, 373
Psychological Foundation of Music I, II
MUS 374, 375
Music Therapy Practicums
MUS 480
Music Therapy Senior Seminar
MUS 474, 475
Music Therapy Practicums
MUS 481
Music Therapy Clinical Internship
MUS 458
Senior Recital
EDC 410
The Learner with Special Needs
PSY 105
Principles of Psychology
PSY 262
BIO 103
MUS 340
MUS 345
Abnormal Psychology
Human Anatomy and Physiology
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials I
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials II
One of the following two:
SOC 362
PSY 215
Statistical Analysis
Research Methods: Design Procedure, and Analysis I
Performance Studies and Ensembles:
MUP 1xx
Performance Studies (.25 credit) Four semesters of half hour lessons in major
instrument/voice
MUP 3xx
Performance Studies (.5 credit) Four semesters of hour lessons in the major
instrument/voice
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or 115 or 121 or 141 (0.0/.25)
Eight semesters in a large Augsburg ensemble on the major instrument/voice and residency at
Augsburg
MUE 113 or 122 or 125 or 131 or 142 or 143 or 144 or 145 (0.0 credit)
Two semesters of chamber music/small ensemble courses on the major instrument/voice
Additional requirements:
Pass piano and guitar proficiency tests
Complete sophomore/transfer music major jury and Music Department degree application
Pass three music repertoire tests
Achieve a minimum grade of 2.5 in all music therapy courses
Music Therapy Equivalency/Certification Program
The music therapy equivalency program is available to students who already have a
bachelor’s degree and wish to meet the requirements set by the American Music Therapy
Association to become professional music therapists. This equivalency program prepares
students for eligibility to take the Music Therapy Board Certification Examination. Depending
upon the student’s degree and skill level, individual requirements will be outlined by the director
of music therapy. There is a minimum two-year residency requirement, which includes
participation in a major ensemble for four terms and successful completion of a two-year music
theory equivalency test.
For acceptance to the degree program, equivalency/certification students must:
• Complete sophomore/transfer music major jury and Music Department degree
application
• Complete the piano and guitar proficiency requirements during the first semester of
residence
Departmental Honors
Senior music majors with a cumulative GPA of 3.5 or higher in music courses may apply for
music departmental honors by completing extended original work in their area of interest. Such
work could include, but is not limited to, one of the following: defending a senior thesis,
presenting an additional recital, composing a substantial piece(s), conducting a program,
presenting a research paper, or some combination of any of the above.
Consideration for departmental honors requires a clearly written proposal that includes a
project title, a transcript, and a brief music résumé to be submitted to the music faculty by
November 1 of the senior year.
Examinations
Piano Proficiency
All Augsburg music majors are required to have basic piano skills that meet the standard
required by the Piano Proficiency Test offered at the end of each semester. Students come to
Augsburg with a wide variety of prior training and experience in piano, and therefore can elect to
develop their piano skills and prepare for the proficiency test in several ways. Students with
extensive training may be able to simply pass the test; those with some training may register for
private piano lessons; the majority of students are advised to take a piano placement test that
determines their appropriate placement within a sequence of four class piano courses (MUS
135/136/237/238) designed to teach the skills of the piano proficiency test. To maximize student
learning, it is strongly recommended that piano training is started during the first year, when
piano study will complement and strengthen the student’s experience in the music theory and
aural skills curriculum. Consult the Music Student Handbook for piano major and non-piano
major requirements and test dates.
Music Repertoire Tests
These four tests are intended to encourage students to become lifelong listeners by
requiring students to familiarize themselves with many of the masterpieces of the classical
music repertory from the Middle Ages to today. Consult the Music Student Handbook for the
lists of pieces required by all four repertoire tests and the call numbers for the repertoire test
CDs at Lindell Library. Each academic year a specific repertoire test is offered twice: once at the
end of the fall semester, and again at the end of the spring semester. Music majors are required
to pass three music repertoire tests, transfer students must pass two, and music minors must
pass one.
Music Courses
Many music courses are offered alternate years. Consult the registrar’s website at
www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar for up-to-date information or the Music Department for
course offerings in each term.
Theory and Musicianship
MUS 101
Materials of Music I
(.5 course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony, and principles of part writing.
To be taken concurrently with MUS 111. (Prereq.: Theory Placement Test)
MUS 102
Materials of Music II (.5 course)
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants, and simple modulations. To be taken
concurrently with MUS 112. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 with a minimal grade of 2.0)
MUS 111
Aural Skills I (.5 course)
Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing, and
harmonic dictation to parallel progress in MUS 101. To be taken concurrently with
MUS 101.
MUS 112
Aural Skills II (.5 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in MUS 102. To be
taken concurrently with MUS 102. (Prereq.: MUS 111)
MUS 160 Fundamentals of Music
Introduction to the basic elements of Western musical notation (pitch, rhythm, meter,
intervals, major and minor scales, key signatures, and chords). Students will develop
basic aural and keyboard skills, identify typical compositional forms in popular and
classical music. Students write their own composition for the final project.
MUS 201
Materials of Music III
(.5 course)
Continuation of MUS 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. To be taken
concurrently with MUS 211. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 and 102 with a minimal grade
of 2.0)
MUS 202
Form and Analysis (.5 course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th-century
practice. To be taken concurrently with MUS 212. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 201 and
211 with a minimal grade of 2.0 and pass CT assessment or GST 100.)
MUS 211
Aural Skills III (.5 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation, and sight singing to parallel progress in MUS 201. To be
taken concurrently with MUS 201. (Prereq.: MUS 112)
MUS 212
Aural Skills IV (.5 course)
Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in MUS 202. To be taken
concurrently with MUS 202. (Prereq.: MUS 211 and pass CT assessment or GST
100.)
MUS 311
Composition I (.5 course)
Ranges and characteristics of voices and orchestral instruments, standard notation
and score layout; related 20th-century literature. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 202 and 212
with a minimal grade of 2.0 and pass CT assessment or GST 100.)
MUS 312
Composition II (.5 course)
Contemporary approaches to melody, harmony, tonality, rhythm, and form. Atonality,
serialism, indeterminacy, electronic music, minimalism, decategorization. Related
literature (Prereq.: Passing MUS 202 and 212 with a minimal grade of 2.0)
History and Literature
MUS 130
Introduction to Music and the Fine Arts
E.D. Hirsch describes cultural literacy as “the network of information that all
competent readers possess.” This course draws students into that information web
using the history of Western art music as the thread that ties culture together from
the Middle Ages to the present. A “top ten of the last millennium” will provide
mileposts for understanding music in social context. Live performance will be a
feature of this course. Evaluation of student work will include short essay papers,
several quizzes, and a midterm and final examination. The ability to read music is not
required.
MUS 220
Worlds of Music
A survey of non-Western music, this course explores diverse musical styles and
instruments from many cultures.
MUS 231
History and Literature of Music I
An intensive survey of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750, studying music
in its historical and cultural contexts as well as basic knowledge of repertory.
(Prereq.: MUS 101, 102, 201)
MUS 232
History and Literature of Music II
Continuation of MUS 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: MUS 101, 102, 201)
MUS 241
History of Jazz
This course is a study of the musical elements, cultural perspectives, and the
historical developments of jazz. Many styles of jazz are examined including early
New Orleans Dixieland, swing, cool, jazz/rock/fusion, ragtime, bop, and progressive
jazz.
MUS 331
Music of the Baroque Era (.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
MUS 332
Music of the Classical Period (.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
MUS 333
Music of the Romantic Period (.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
MUS 334
Music of the 20th Century (.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
The MUS 331-334 sequence provides an opportunity to explore the music, cultural trends,
and composers associated with each of the four main stylistic eras of the Western European
classical tradition. Representative repertoire is studied in conjunction with the cultural forces and
ideas that help shape the music. Music majors will have an opportunity to integrate their liberal
arts education, knowledge of music theory and history, and writing skills through a major
research paper required in each course.
MUS 432
Church Music and Worship
Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary worship
practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology student.
MUS 435
Voice Repertoire (.5 course)
A survey of standard art song repertoire from Eastern and Western Europe, Russia,
Scandinavia, and the Americas. Includes listening, writing, and performance.
Required for vocal performance majors. (Prereq.: MUS 251, 252, 253, 254, or
permission from instructor)
MUS 436
Piano Repertoire (.5 course)
This course introduces students to a wide variety of music written for keyboard
instruments from the 17th century to the present. The changing role of the piano as a
cultural symbol is emphasized as the piano, and its music, is inextricably linked to
important compositional and social trends in Western culture over the last 300 years.
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
Music Therapy
MUS 271
Introduction to Music Therapy (.5 course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Shulwerk, applications of recreational
music activities to clinical settings, and acquisition of skills in improvisation. Includes
on-campus practicum with children.
MUS 272
Human Identity through the Creative Arts
A study of the aesthetic expression and experience as they relate to human identity,
with an emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical
behavior. An understanding of the relationships of the creative therapies of art,
music, drama, and movement.
MUS 274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums (.0 course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership, observation,
and functional music skills including improvisation. Two hours per week. No course
credit.
MUS 340
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials I
This course will introduce students to primary instruments used in MT sessions, e.g.,
guitar, keyboards and drums/percussion. Classes will focus on skill development in
accordance with AMTA standards. The course will emphasize functional playing
skills as well as song composition and group leading. The class is open for firstyears, sophomores, and transfer students.
MUS 345
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials II
This experiential course includes an introduction to musical improvisation, making
use of the skills acquired in Techniques and Materials I. These include the use of
modes, various song forms, harmonic relationships, and rhythm-based exercises.
The course will explore the student’s own personal relationship to music while
introducing them to clinical improvisation methods.
MUS 363
Expressive and Creative Arts in Healing
An experiential approach to healing through music, art, drama, dance, and
movement. Consultants will describe and demonstrate specific specialties in
expressive and creative arts, as used in therapy.
MUS 372
Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on
acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the
research process and development of an experimental research project.
MUS 373
Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a
multidisciplinary approach to music therapy. Theories of learning music, musical
talent, and performance. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums (.0 course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership, observation,
and functional music skills including improvisation. Two hours per week. No course
credit.
MUS 474, 475 Music Therapy Practicums (.25 course each)
Volunteer work under the supervision of a Board Certified Music Therapist, requiring
more advanced clinical and musical skills, including improvisation. Two hours per
week. (Prereq.: Three of MUS 274, 275, 374, 375, and pass piano, guitar, and vocal
proficiency test)
MUS 481
Music Therapy Clinical Internship (.0 course)
Full-time placement in an AMTA-approved internship site for six months (minimum
1,020 hours toward the AMTA required total of 1,200 hours). Application for
internship must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited.
(Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements, including all proficiency
exams and music repertoire tests)
MUS 480
Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings,
including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy with music.
This course satisfies the Keystone requirement.
Music Business
MUS 105
The Music Business
An introduction to the music industry. Topics include copyright, licensing, contracts,
publicity, and marketing. Other topics include the record industry, agents, and
managers. Musical genres and historical periods are compared and analyzed.
MUS 245
Arts Management and Concert Promotion
The role of the artist manager in career development and the role of the arts
administrator in the management of performing arts projects and organizations.
Factors affecting trends and earnings, challenges within the industry, and
differentiation between the for-profit and nonprofit sectors are discussed. Emphasis
is placed on developing a working vocabulary of industry topics and in benefiting
from practical field experience. (Prereq.: MUS 105)
Methods and Pedagogy
MUS 355
Music Methods: Strings (.5 course)
This methods course introduces string instrument performance techniques and
problems. Students will perform on violin/viola, cello, and double bass. Other topics
include performance practice, instructional pedagogy, instructional materials, solo
and ensemble repertoire, and integration of music technology.
MUS 356
Music Methods: Brass/Percussion (.5 course)
This methods course introduces brass/percussion performance techniques and
problems. Students will perform on at least one brass instrument and snare drum.
Other topics include performance practice, instructional pedagogy, instructional
materials, solo and ensemble repertoire, and integration of music technology.
MUS 357
Music Methods: Woodwinds (.5 course)
This methods course introduces woodwind performance techniques and problems.
Students will perform on flute, one single reed instrument, and one double reed
instrument. Other topics include performance practice, instructional pedagogy,
instructional materials, solo and ensemble repertoire, and integration of music
technology.
MUS 359
Music Methods: Vocal (.5 course)
This methods course introduces choral/vocal performance techniques and problems.
Students will perform vocal solo and ensemble repertoire. Other topics include
performance practice, instructional pedagogy, physiological mechanics of singing,
and instructional materials.
MUS 456
Piano Pedagogy (.5 course)
This course introduces students to various ideas, tools, methodologies, and
resources associated with piano teaching. Students will apply what they learn in
class to actual teaching experiences through a community service-learning
requirement that pairs Augsburg teachers with piano students from the
neighborhood. This course fulfills the LAF Augsburg Experience requirement.
Applied Skills and Group Lessons
MUS 135
Class Piano 1 (.25 course)
This course is designed for beginning pianists with minimal piano training. The
course will
teach basic piano skills in the areas of sightreading; scales and chords progressions;
improvisation; and repertoire from a variety of styles. The class will use and apply
many of the concepts, terms, and ideas taught in MUS 101/111. (Co-req. or prereq.:
MUS 101 and MUS 111; placement test and/or permission of the instructor)
MUS 136
Class Piano 2 (.25 course)
This course is a continuation of MUS 155A: Class Piano 1 and MUS 135: Class
Piano 1, and will build on the skills introduced in these classes. The course is
designed for students with some prior piano and music theory training and/or
students who have completed a class piano course. (Prereq.: MUS 155 or MUS 135;
or placement test and/or permission of the instructor)
MUS 237
Class Piano 3 (.25 course)
This course is a continuation of Class Piano 1 and 2 and is designed for students
with piano training prior to Augsburg and/or students who have completed MUS 155,
MUS 135 and MUS 136. Class Piano 3 will cover all the skills and requirements of
the piano proficiency test and is designed to provide opportunities for students to
apply their piano skills to practical ‘real life’ situations such as score reading;
transposing; improvising; playing simple accompaniments; and learning repertoire in
a variety of styles. (Prereq.: MUS 155; MUS 135; MUS 136; or placement test and/or
permission of the instructor)
MUS 238
Class Piano 4 (.25 course)
This course is a continuation of MUS 237: Class Piano 3. At the conclusion of this
course
students should have a command of the skills required for the piano proficiency
exam. (Prereq.: MUS 155; MUS 135; MUS 136: MUS 237; or placement test or
permission of the instructor)
MUS 152
Class Voice (.25 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
MUS 158
Class Guitar (.25 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
MUS 251-254 English Diction (251), Italian Diction (252), German Diction (253), French Diction
(254) (each .25 course)
This is an intensive introduction to basic singing pronunciation of English, Italian,
German, and French through the study of the art song repertoire. Includes regular
class performances and phoneticization of texts using the International Phonetic
Alphabet. Required for vocal performance majors and music education majors.
MUS 341
Basic Conducting (.5 course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique, score analysis and
preparation, rehearsal techniques, basic nomenclature. (Prereq.: MUS 101, 111,
231)
MUS 342
Choral Conducting
(.5 course)
Choral literature and organization, vocal methods and voice selection, advanced
conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Prereq.: Pass piano proficiency test
and MUS 341)
MUS 344
Instrumental Conducting (.5 course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature, advanced conducting
techniques, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Prereq.: Pass piano proficiency
test and MUS 341)
Performance Courses
Performance Study
These courses provide unique opportunities for Augsburg students to study on an individual
basis with artist/teachers who are active performers in this region. Performance study is offered
for woodwind, string, brass, percussion, keyboard instruments, electric bass, harp, and voice.
Lessons are individualized to fit the requirements of Augsburg’s three music degrees and five
majors, and are also available to qualified liberal arts students.
MUP 1XX
Performance Study (0; 0.25; 0.5 credits)
These courses are available for qualified liberal arts students with some prior
training in music; music minors; and music majors in their first and second years
of study. MUP 1xx-level courses can be repeated and are available for .25 credit
(half-hour lesson); .5 credit (one-hour lesson) and 0 credit (half-hour lesson).
Registration is by Add/Drop form and requires a signature.
MUP 3XX
Performance Study (0.5 credit)
These courses consist of a one-hour weekly, individual lesson designed for
music majors. (Prereq.: at least four semesters of MUP 1xx or its equivalent; a
sophomore/transfer music major jury; an approved Music Department degree
application)
MUP 111/311 Voice
MUP 116/316 Electric bass
MUP 121/321 Violin
MUP 122/322 Viola
MUP 123/323 Cello
MUP 124/324 Bass
MUP 131/331 Oboe
MUP 132/332 Bassoon
MUP 133/333 Clarinet
MUP 134/334 Saxophone
MUP 135/335 Flute
MUP 137/337 Horn
MUP 141/341 Trumpet
MUP 142/342 Trombone
MUP 143/343 Baritone
MUP 144/344 Tuba
MUP 152/352 Piano
MUP 161/361 Guitar
MUP 171/371 Percussion
MUP 181/381 Organ
MUP 191/391 Harp
MUP 192/392 Improvisation
MUP 193/393 Composition
Chamber Music
These performance-based courses introduce students to a wide range of music composed
for small groups, usually one person per part. All chamber music courses fulfill the chamber
music/small ensemble requirement for music majors, and are also open to nonmajors by
permission of the instructor.
MUE 113
MUE 122
MUE 125
MUE 131
MUE 142
MUE 144
MUE 145
Vocal Chamber Music (.0 course)
String Chamber Music (.0 course)
Guitar Chamber Music (.0 course)
Woodwind Chamber Music (.0 course)
Brass Chamber Music (.0 course)
Percussion Chamber Music (.0 course)
Piano Chamber Music (.0 course)
Jazz
MUE 129
Improvisation (.0 course)
Basic improvisational skills within a jazz combo format. Open to instrumentalists and
vocalists.
MUE 143
Jazz Ensemble (0.0/.25 course)
The Augsburg Jazz Ensemble is a group that performs extensively in a wide variety
of venues. The literature performed reflects the cultural diversity and historical
context of jazz. Placement is by audition or by arrangement with the director.
Preference is given to Concert Band members.
Vocal Performance
MUS 235
Skills of Music Theater
This course provides an interdisciplinary approach to the topic using music and
theater techniques to develop the student’s basic skills of music theater. Concepts of
diverse music-theater forms are introduced. Course includes reading, writing,
research, class discussion, exercises, small and large group participation,
memorization, and public performance. Students will attend and review live
productions.
MUE 294
Opera Workshop (1.0 course)
Experience the process of preparation, rehearsal, and performance of operatic
repertoire.
MUE 494
Opera Workshop (.25 course)
Experience the process of preparation, rehearsal, and performance of operatic
repertoire.
Recitals
Music students must work closely with their studio teacher to plan all aspects of degree
recitals including repertoire choice, confirmation of dates, dress rehearsals, selection of an
accompanist, etc. In addition to registering for a recital (i.e., MUS 358/458/459) students must
also complete an Application for Student Recital form to confirm scheduling, hall space, and
publicity. The form is due in the music office no later than the Add/Drop deadline at the
beginning of the semester of the recital.
MUS 358
Junior Recital (.0 course)
This course is required for Bachelor of Music degree candidates. To meet the
requirement, music education majors must complete a half-hour program of level III
repertoire; performance majors must perform a one-hour recital of level IV repertoire.
At the discretion of the studio instructor, students may also be required to perform a
recital preview prior to the public recital.
MUS 458
Senior Recital (.0 course)
This course is required for the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees. To
meet this requirement, students must perform a half-hour recital of level III repertoire
from a variety of classical style periods. At the discretion of the studio instructor,
students may also be required to perform a recital preview prior to the public recital.
MUS 459
Senior Recital (.0 course)
This course is required for the Bachelor of Music degree. To meet the requirement,
music education majors must perform a one-hour recital of level IV repertoire;
performance majors must perform one hour of level V repertoire. At the discretion of
the studio instructor, students may also be required to perform a recital preview prior
to the public recital.
MUP 159
Piano Accompanying
This offering is an opportunity for music majors to receive individual weekly coaching
with one of Augsburg’s piano faculty or staff accompanists, and is highly
recommended for students preparing for recitals, auditions, or special performance
projects. Registration requires pre-notification/approval from the appropriate coach.
MUP fee schedule applies (see the Music Department Student Handbook)
Large Ensembles
Note: To fulfill the Liberal Arts Foundation requirement in Fine Arts, students must
participate in a large ensemble for four semesters at the 0.25 credit option. A maximum of two
credits for large ensemble participation may be used towards graduation requirements.
Music majors may choose to take large ensembles for 0.0 or .25 credit, depending on
course load/need. Transfer music majors must participate in a large ensemble for each
semester of their residency at Augsburg.
Auditions for membership in a large ensemble are scheduled during the first week each fall
semester or by contacting the ensemble director.
MUE 111
Augsburg Choir (0.0/.25 course)
MUE 112
Riverside Singers of Augsburg (0.0/.25 course)
MUE 114
Masterworks Chorale (0.0/.25 course)
MUE 115
Cedar Singers (0.0/.25 course)
MUE 121
Orchestra (0.0/.25 course)
MUE 141
Concert Band (0.0/.25 course)
Internships and Independent Study Courses
MUS 199
Internship
MUS 299
Directed Study
MUS 399
Internship
(MUS/BUS 245 is the prerequisite for MUS/BUS 399 Internship)
MUS 498
Independent Study (.5 course)
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department
curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty.
MUS 499
Independent Study/Research
Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty.
Natural Science Teaching Licensures
The natural science licensure program is designed to combine a strong content focus with
early and ongoing teaching preparation courses that meet Minnesota licensure requirements.
Courses are designed to provide a broad background in science and allow for specialization in
an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the distribution/general
education requirements of the College, the requirements for appropriate majors, required
education courses, and, in the physical sciences, have at least one year of calculus. Consult
with the Education Department for licensure requirements. Early consultation with the major
area coordinator is essential to complete undergraduate major and licensure requirements on a
timely basis.
Coordinators
Dale Pederson (Biology), Sandra Olmsted (Chemistry), Jeff Johnson (Physics)
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ
slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also
be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to identify current licensure requirements. All upper division
courses required for the biology major must be completed before student teaching.
Licensure Requirements
General Science Endorsement (for grades 5-8)
GEO XXX
Introductory Geology (taken off campus)
SCI 106
Introductory Meteorology
BIO 121
Human Biology and Lab
BIO 102
Biological World
PHY 116
Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121, 122
General Physics I, II
CHM 105, 106
Principles of Chemistry I, II
or CHM 115, 116
General Chemistry I, II
Biology Major—BA in Life Sciences (for licensure in biology 9-12)
Requirements are the same as for the Bachelor of Arts in biology degree, but with the following
differences: only four (rather than five) upper division biology courses are required. Upper
division biology requirements must be traditionally graded. A GPA of 2.50 in upper division
biology courses is required for all life sciences majors.
Chemistry Major (for licensure in chemistry 9-12)
Broad base requirements, plus undergraduate major in chemistry:
CHM 105, 106
Principles of Chemistry I, II
or CHM 115, 116
CHM 351
CHM 352
CHM 353
CHM 361
CHM 363
CHM 491
MAT 145, 146
General Chemistry I, II
Organic Chemistry I
Organic Chemistry II
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Physical Chemistry
Physical Chemistry Laboratory
Chemistry Seminar (four semesters)
Calculus I, II
Two courses from:
CHM 364, 367, 464, 470, 481, 482 or BIO 367
One year of general physics—PHY 121, 122
Physics Major (for licensure in physics 9-12)
Broad base requirements, plus undergraduate major in physics:
PHY 121
General Physics
PHY 122
General Physics
PHY 245
Modern Physics
PHY 351
Mechanics I
PHY 362
Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363
Electromagnetic Fields II
PHY 395
Comprehensive Laboratory
PHY 396
Comprehensive Laboratory
Two additional physics courses above 122; PHY 261 recommended
MAT 145, 146, 245
Calculus I, II, and III
PHY 327
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics (Prereq.: MAT 245 or equiv.)
CHM 105, 106
Principles of Chemistry I, II
or CHM 115, 116
General Chemistry I, II
Post-baccalaureate Teaching Licensure
Students who have earned a bachelor’s degree elsewhere and seek life science teaching
licensure at Augsburg are required to complete a minimum of two upper division biology
courses at Augsburg with grades of 2.5 or higher.
Nordic Area Studies—NAS
Nordic area studies is an interdisciplinary program. The curriculum treats Norden (Denmark,
Finland, Iceland, Norway, and Sweden) not only as a geographical area, but as an integrated
cultural region with a shared history, common values, and a high degree of political, social, and
economic interdependency. Courses in Nordic area studies postulate a Nordic regional identity
as a context in which to appreciate the differences between the five individual countries and to
understand the complexity of their interactions among themselves and the global community.
Coordinator
Frankie Shackelford
Major
Eight courses, six of which must be upper division.
Minor
Four upper division courses.
Other Requirements
At least four of the courses required for the major must be Augsburg courses. The
remainder may be transfer credits included in the major with approval of the program
coordinator. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of
intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian language course
listings under the Department of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies.
Recommended supporting preparation: Study abroad through International Partners or
SUST (See International Programs, International Partners, and Scandinavian Urban Studies
Term); independent study in Denmark, Norway, Sweden, Finland, or Iceland; and elective
courses or a second major such as Norwegian, history, political science, urban studies,
business administration, international relations, sociology, or social work.
The Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) graduation skills are embedded
throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation skill in
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) is met by completing one of the following courses:
QR: GST 200, MAT 145, MAT 146, or PHI 230.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Nordic Area Studies Courses
Additional course offerings are available through the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.
(See International Programs)
NAS 121 Fire and Ice: Introduction to Nordic Literature
This course provides an introduction to Nordic culture via the medium of literature.
Readings foreground issues of personal, ethnic, and national identity against the
broad backdrop of Scandinavian history, social democratic values, and globalization.
NAS 230 Contemporary Norden
A broad survey of Nordic culture with special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the 20th century. No knowledge of Scandinavian language required.
NAS 351 The Modern Nordic Novel
Lectures illustrate the development of the Nordic novel. Class discussion is based on
reading selected works in translation from all five Nordic countries. Norwegian majors
will be required to do appropriate readings and written work in Norwegian. (Spring:
alternate years)
NAS 352 The Modern Nordic Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Strindberg, and selected 20th-century
dramatists. Lectures provide a context for understanding the development of Nordic
drama. Norwegian majors will do appropriate readings and written work in Norwegian.
(Spring: alternate years)
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
(See Department of Art)
Internships and Independent Study Courses
NAS 199 Internship
NAS 299 Directed Study
NAS 399 Internship
NAS 499 Independent Study/Research
Nursing—NUR
The Augsburg Department of Nursing is designed exclusively for registered nurses who
want to advance their education and increase their career opportunities, and to address
changing health needs in a variety of rapidly changing care settings. No longer do nurses
practice only in hospitals. They are moving into communities, corporations, parishes, and
schools, as well as into their own private practices. Wherever they work, nurses are making a
difference in community health and well-being by providing comprehensive health care for
diverse groups of persons across the life span.
The BSN program at Augsburg equips nurses to synthesize knowledge from the liberal arts
with the art and science of nursing. Educational opportunities are provided that challenge
students’ interests and engage their creativity as they increase skills in critical thinking,
community assessment, leadership, and decision-making. Classes that combine short-term
immersion models of study both at home and abroad are woven into the BSN curriculum, and
students are invited to participate in these exciting endeavors as they are able.
Augsburg’s BSN program is fully accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing
Education (CCNE). Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for a public health nurse
registration certificate through the Minnesota State Board of Nursing.
Nursing Faculty
Cheryl Leuning (Chair), Marty Aleman, Katherine Baumgartner (Coordinator, BSN program in
Minneapolis/St. Paul), Ruth Enestvedt, Joyce Miller, Sue Nash (Coordinator, BSN program in
Rochester), Joyce Perkins, Pauline Abraham, Kathleen Clark (Coordinator, Augsburg Central
Health Commons and the Dar Ul-Quba Health Commons at Cedar Riverside), Kaija Sivongsay,
Ginny McCarthy, Lisa Van Getson
Degree and Major Requirements
Major
Seven courses including:
NUR 300
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 305
Communication
NUR 306
Paradigms in Nursing
NUR 403
Families and the Life Cycle
NUR 410
Community Health Nursing I
NUR 411
Community Health Nursing II
NUR 490
Leadership/Management
A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and a cumulative major GPA of 2.50 are
required. Students also must complete Augsburg’s residence and general education
requirements.
The Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W)
graduation skills are embedded throughout the required courses in the nursing major and are
met by completing the major.
Students petitioning to transfer in upper division nursing courses from another institution to
meet requirements in the nursing major at Augsburg must consult an adviser about potential
adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these graduation skills.
The program has been planned so that courses in the nursing major can be completed over
15 months (full-time study, two courses per term) with a summer break; however, students may
pursue their studies at a slower and more flexible pace.
Courses in the nursing major are generally offered on weekday evenings with practicum
courses (NUR 410 and 411) requiring additional weekday time. More time may be required to
complete the total course of study depending on the number of liberal arts (general education)
courses individual students need to complete the BSN degree and the number of credits each
student transfers to Augsburg College from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing
may take non-nursing courses in both day school and Weekend and Evening College. Students
interested in pursuing the nursing major should consult with BSN admissions staff in the Office
of Admissions for assistance applying.
Departmental Honors
Admission to the honors major requires a GPA of at least 3.60 in the major and 3.30 overall,
application to the department chair by November 1 of the senior year, recommendation by
nursing faculty, and an honors thesis to be presented before a faculty committee by April 15.
Candidates register for NUR 499 to complete the honors requirement.
Latin honors
To be eligible for Latin honors, a student must meet minimum GPA standards as well as
complete a minimum of 14 traditionally-graded credits at Augsburg and have no more than 2
elective pass/no pass graded credits at Augsburg (classes offered only as P/N by the
department will not be counted, nor will N grades). For further information, see the Latin Honors
section in Academic Information.
Admission to the Nursing Major
In addition to meeting admission requirements for Augsburg College, admission to the
nursing major requires the following:
• Completed application
• Cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher in the basic nursing program
• Unencumbered RN license–applicant must be a registered nurse who is licensed and
currently registered to practice in Minnesota prior to beginning the nursing major
• Evidence of HIPAA training
• Up-to-date immunization records
• Federal criminal background check (details provided in application process)
Special conditions:
• Students may be provisionally admitted to the Bachelor of Science in Nursing program
at Augsburg due to a cumulative GPA of less than 2.50 in their basic nursing program.
Full admission to the program requires students to achieve a GPA of 3.00 or better in
two liberal arts courses at Augsburg.
• Students may apply to Augsburg College prior to completion of their degree program
provided all admission requirements are met prior to enrolling at Augsburg.
Credit for Previous Nursing Courses
Registered nurses (RNs) transferring into Augsburg College’s BSN completion program will
be granted six (6) course credits (24 semester credit hours) in recognition of their previous lower
division nursing coursework if the following standards are met:
• Prior nursing education in the United States is taken in an associate degree in nursing
(ADN) program or a diploma in nursing program. Both must be state board-approved
programs.
• Nursing coursework taken outside of the United States is submitted for evaluation to
the World Education Services (WES), an agency approved by Augsburg College to
evaluate foreign transcripts. Reports should be sent directly to Augsburg College. In
addition, nursing coursework must be verified for authenticity by the Commission on
Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools (CGFNS). Applicants must request CGFNS
(www.cgfns.org) to forward the educational credentials report to the Minnesota State
Board of Nursing. Once their credentials are verified, applicants must apply for
licensure and demonstrate successful passing of the National Council Licensure
Examination (NCLEX). Nurses who have previously submitted CGFNS credential
verification in a state other than Minnesota, and who have passed the NCLEX, will be
considered for admission and must meet the same residency requirements expected
of all students.
Students who change their major and transfer out of the BS in Nursing completion program
will lose the six-credit block grant and their transfer credit evaluation will be reassessed. The
six-credit block grant will be applied toward a Bachelor of Science degree in nursing only.
Options for Completing the Degree
Augsburg recognizes that nurses have a variety of time schedules, personal responsibilities,
and work demands that must be taken into account in any decision to work toward a college
degree. For this reason, Augsburg offers full- and part-time sequential alternatives for pursuing
a nursing degree.
Courses at Augsburg are available evenings and weekends. Generally, nursing classes
meet on alternate weekday evenings for four-hour time blocks. Clinical practicum requirements
usually occur on weekdays. Optional immersion courses and practicums at home and abroad
are scheduled throughout the year. Check with the Department of Nursing for details.
It is recommended that most liberal arts courses be taken before starting the nursing major.
Nursing majors can complete courses toward the bachelor’s degree at the Minneapolis campus
and in Rochester, Minn.
Nursing Courses
NUR 300 Trends and Issues in Nursing
A transitional course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the
professional nurse. Economic, social, political, and professional trends and issues are
explored in relation to their implications for a changing practice.
NUR 305 Communication
Explores the components of the professional role and continues the professional
socialization process. Theories about how individuals and groups communicate are
applied to changing professional roles. (Prereq.: NUR 300 or concurrent enrollment,
ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111.)
NUR 306 Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to theory-based nursing practice and research. Nursing theory and
conceptual models for nursing practice are studied and applied to practice and
research. (Prereq.: NUR 300 or concurrent enrollment.)
NUR 403 Families and the Life Cycle
Provides a theoretical basis for nursing interventions with diverse families and
explores theories related to family structure and function throughout the life span.
(Prereq.: NUR 305 and 306, or consent of instructor.)
NUR 410 Community Health Nursing I
Introduces the theory and methods that are essential to maintain or improve the
health of culturally diverse individuals, families, groups, and communities. (Prereq.:
Math Placement 3 or MAT 105, completion of NUR 300-level courses.)
NUR 411 Community Health Nursing II *
Provides clinical experience in community-based health care delivery systems.
Students will apply nursing process, teaching/learning theory, and public health
principles with culturally diverse clients. (Prereq.: NUR 410 or concurrent enrollment)
NUR 490 Leadership/Management
The capstone course for the nursing major. Integrates concepts from nursing and the
liberal arts. Examines the professional nurse roles of leader and manager. Concepts of
change, conflict, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability, and
advocacy in the leader-manager role are studied. Application of theory occurs in
selected practice settings with a professional nurse preceptor. This course satisfies the
Keystone requirement. (Prereq.: Senior status and completion of 300-level nursing
courses and REL 300.)
NUR 495 Topics in Nursing (optional)
Provides opportunities for in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing. The
subjects studied will vary depending upon the interests of the faculty and students.
NUR 499 Independent Study/Research (optional)
Note: If NUR 411 is not taken immediately following NUR 410 or concurrently with NUR 411,
students are required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the
theoretical content. Students who decelerate for more than five years may be asked to audit
courses already taken. There is a fee to audit courses.
* This course involves an additional clinical tuition and 48 clinical practicum hours.
Transfer of Upper Division Nursing Courses
BSN students who are provisionally accepted into the Master of Arts in Nursing program at
Augsburg may enroll in up to three designated MAN courses, which can be used to fulfill
elective credits in the BSN program as well as fulfill credits in the MAN program. Note that these
graduate courses may not transfer into another college or university as graduate courses if they
have been used to complete the BSN; Augsburg College, however, accepts the courses as also
fulfilling requirements in the MAN. The three graduate nursing courses include the following:
NUR 500
Transcultural Health Care
This course explores meanings and expressions of health, illness, caring, and healing
transculturally. Focus is on understanding and developing professional competence in caring for
individuals, families, groups, and communities with diverse cultural backgrounds. (36 clinical
practicum hours)
NUR 532
Transcultural Healing Practices
Introduces students to complementary healing practices including the historical and cultural
contexts in which they developed and the philosophical underpinnings of selected
complementary therapies. (36 clinical practicum hours)
NUR 541
The Politics of Health Inequity
This course explores how health and illness are related to inequities in society and dynamics of
power in systems of health care. (72 clinical practicum hours)
Philosophy—PHI
Philosophy, in an important sense, is the most fundamental of the disciplines. All sciences
and most other disciplines arose out of it. Moreover, philosophy is concerned with asking and
answering the “big” questions that are the most basic. For example, Is there a God? Is there life
after death? Are there absolute moral standards? What kind of life is the best? What is
knowledge and what are its sources?
Students learn to ask and answer these and other similar questions for themselves through
the development and use of critical reasoning, assisted by the study of philosophers from the
past and present.
The philosophy major has been carefully planned so that students can easily graduate with
two majors. Some philosophy majors continue on to graduate school in philosophy, while others
use the major to prepare for other professional studies such as law, medicine, religious ministry,
or journalism.
Philosophy Faculty
David Apolloni (Chair), Markus Führer, Eric Helleloid, Michael Lotti, Marit A. Peterson
Degree and Major Requirements
Philosophy Major
Eight courses including:
PHI 230
Logic
or PHI 385 Intro. to Formal Logic and Computation Theory
PHI 241
History of Philosophy I: Ancient Greek Philosophy
PHI 242
History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
PHI 343
History of Philosophy III: Early Modern and 19th-Century Philosophy
PHI 344
20th-21st Century Philosophy
A 400-level course (other than PHI 499)
Two elective courses in philosophy
Four courses must be upper division.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) are embedded
throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The Quantitative
Reasoning (QR) graduation skill can be met by taking PHI 230.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Language requirement
The Philosophy Department has no specific language requirement besides the one of the
College, but it recommends for philosophy majors Greek, Latin, French, or German, at the
discretion of the departmental faculty adviser.
Major in Computational Philosophy
In addition to a major and minor in philosophy, the Philosophy Department also offers a
cross-disciplinary major in conjunction with the computer science department emphasizing
areas of interest in which philosophy and computer science overlap: logic, artificial intelligence,
cognitive science, philosophy of mind, and philosophy of language. The purpose of the major is
to augment the technical skills of a computer scientist with the creativity and liberal arts
perspective of a philosopher. The result is a degree that is very marketable in industry and that
provides an excellent logical and philosophical background for those wishing to pursue graduate
study in philosophy. See Computer Science for course listing.
Departmental Honors
Admission to the philosophy honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy
faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will
consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student’s choice that involves research
above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department.
Philosophy Minor
Five courses, including two from PHI 241, 242, 343, and 344.
Philosophy Courses
PHI 110
Introduction to Philosophy
This course introduces students to typical philosophical questions (how we know, if
we can have certain knowledge, if there are universal moral principles, whether God
exists, the nature of the mind, etc.), to philosophical vocabulary, and to critical
thinking and what it means to view the world philosophically.
PHI 120
Ethics
By studying our moral beliefs, ethics helps students consider the bases they use to
make moral judgments. The course explores major philosophical approaches to
evaluating moral actions and then applies them to contemporary issues. The
Christian tradition will inform the considerations. Students who receive credit for PHI
120 may not receive credit for PHI 125. (Prereq.: Pass CT assessment of GST 100)
PHI 125
Ethics and Human Identity
A philosophical study of the role of human understanding, emotions, and action with
respect to the pursuit of happiness. We begin by asking what the end or purpose of
human life is, and students then learn about the moral and intellectual virtues required
to reach the end. Topics of friendship and human love are followed by an analysis of
human happiness. Students who receive credit for PHI 125 may not receive credit for
PHI 120.
PHI 175
Philosophy of Love and Sex
The nature and history of romantic love. The ethics of sex in relation to love,
marriage, the institution of monogamy, and homosexuality are considered.
PHI 230
Logic
Students learn to distinguish arguments from exposition. Then they learn the rules
that govern valid arguments and develop their ability to recognize and construct
sound arguments. The last part of the course focuses on informal logic and inductive
reasoning. (Prereq.: MPG3 and pass CT assessment or GST 100)
PHI 241
History of Philosophy I: Ancient Greek Philosophy
Central philosophical questions that concerned the Greek philosophers from Thales
to Plotinus still concern us today: the nature of reality and its relationship to language
and reason, the immortality of the soul, the nature of truth and human knowledge, and
the nature of the good life.
PHI 242
History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
Students will read writings by various medieval and Renaissance philosophers in
order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation involved in constructing
a Christian philosophy. Topics include the nature of being, human understanding in
relation to faith, and the place of the image of God in the human condition. (Prereq.:
ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111. Suggested prior course: PHI 241. Spring)
PHI 260
Philosophy and the Arts
Philosophical issues raised and illustrated by painting, sculpture, literature, music,
architecture, and film: the truth and falsehood of aesthetic judgment, the definition of
art; the nature of aesthetic experience, the evaluation of art; creativity, the relation
between the artist’s intention, the work of art, and its relation to the rest of the artistic
tradition. For arts majors and students with a strong background in the arts. (Prereq.:
Pass CT assessment or GST 100)
PHI 315
Philosophy of Human Nature and Human Culture
This course concerns the philosophical study of human nature and its relation to
human culture. Students will read a selection of texts by eminent philosophers on the
subject. Topics studied in the course include the knowledge and nature of the self, the
definition of the human being in terms of culture, myth and religion in human culture,
human nature and the culture of language, and the culture of art.
PHI 343
History of Philosophy III: Early Modern and 19th-Century Philosophy
We study the major rationalists of the 17th century (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz), the
major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant’s synthesis of
rationalism and empiricism, and 19th-century idealism and the reaction to it (Marx,
Kierkegaard, Nietzsche and Mill). (Suggested prior course: PHI 241)
PHI 344
History of Philosophy IV: 20th-21st Century Philosophy
The course surveys the major philosophical schools in the 20th and 21st centuries:
analytic philosophy, phenomenology, existentialism, pragmatism, and postmodern
philosophy. Focus of study is on major texts of these movements. Students are
strongly encouraged to take PHI 343 before taking PHI 344.
PHI 350
Philosophy of Religion
We systematically investigate a series of philosophical questions about religion. What
is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so, what can be said
about God? Can God’s goodness be reconciled with human suffering? Are miracles
and life after death possible? (Prereq.: Pass CT assessment or GST 100)
PHI 355
Asian Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies that underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism, and Taoism. We focus on analyzing diverse views of reality, the self,
ways of knowing, and recommendations on how to live.
PHI 365
Philosophy of Science
The course explores what scientific knowledge is, whether the scientist’s knowledge
of the world is profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist, and what
degrees of certainty are yielded by scientific methods. (Suggested prior course: one
course in natural science)
PHI 370
Existentialism
Studies in the writings—both philosophical and literary—of prominent existentialist
authors. The course examines what it means to be a being-in-the-world and explores
such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair, and paradox. (Suggested: one
prior course in philosophy. Alternate years)
PHI 380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
The course discusses some fundamental ethical theories, which it then carefully
applies to problems that arise in the areas of health care and delivery, allocation of
scarce resources, human experimentation, genetic engineering, abortion, care for the
dying, and euthanasia.
PHI 385
Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory
An introduction to sentential and first-order logic including logical connectives, proof
theory, and quantification. Formal models of computation including finite state
automata, pushdown automata, and Turing machines. Incompleteness and
uncomputability. (1.5-hour lab for PHI 385. Prereq. for PHI 285: None. Prereq. for PHI
385: CSC 210 and one of MAT 122 or MAT 145 or MAT 171)
PHI 388
Seminar in Philosophy
This course focuses on an individual philosopher, an individual text, or a specific topic
in philosophy. Students work on preparing an in-depth thesis paper on some aspect
of the course through discussion of the course material. Short lectures are used to
introduce students to the material followed by discussion and debate to move
students into the depths of the material.
PHI 410
Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering either an individual philosopher or a specific topic in
philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific
problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior
courses: any course from PHI 241, 242, 343, 344, or consent of instructor, and ENL
111 or 112 or HON 111. Offered annually)
PHI 490
Keystone
This course integrates the student’s general education experience with an overview of
specific philosophical ideas or philosophers.
Internships and Independent Study Courses
PHI 199
Internship
PHI 299
Directed Study
PHI 399
Internship
PHI 499
Independent Study/Research
Physical Education
See listing under Health, Physical Education, and Exercise Science.
Physics—PHY
Physicists are a curious and ambitious lot. Their aim is to understand the fundamental
principles that describe and govern all physical aspects of the universe. Historically called
“natural philosophers,” physicists investigate by means of controlled experimentation and
mathematical analysis. Physics includes the study of systems ranging from sub-atomic particles
to the largest galaxies and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero to the fiery activity of
stars. Physics plays an important role in many of the liberal arts disciplines and contributes to
society’s understanding of such areas as energy, weather, medical science, and space
exploration. A good background in physics (and the associated problem solving skills obtained
therein) will prepare you well for a multitude of careers.
Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and the need to keep abreast of
rapid technological advances, the department strives to give students not only an understanding
of basic concepts, but also insights into recent developments. A rigorous major provides
students with the preparation required for graduate study in physics. It also provides flexibility,
serving as a stepping stone to advanced work in related areas such as astronomy, engineering,
materials science, atmospheric science and meteorology, oceanography, biophysics,
environmental science, and the medical and health-related fields. The department serves the
liberal arts by offering courses for non-science students that enable them to attain a general
understanding of a particular area of science. These courses provide the basis for further study
and enable students to follow new developments in science with heightened awareness and
comprehension.
The department supervises the pre-engineering program, with degree programs available at
cooperating universities at both the bachelor’s and advanced degree levels, and administers
Augsburg College’s portion of funds designated for the Minnesota Space Grant College
Consortium, funded by NASA. It also maintains active research programs through its Center for
Atmospheric and Space Sciences and the Sverdrup Laboratory for Biophysics, with support
from the National Science Foundation, NASA, and other private and public sources. Several
students work as research assistants in these efforts during the academic year and in the
summer. Cooperative education, internship, and undergraduate research programs provide
opportunities for students to apply their knowledge and problem-solving skills in practical
situations in industrial, governmental, and academic settings.
Physics Faculty
Jeffrey Johnson (Chair), Stuart Anderson, Mark Engebretson, David Murr, Ben Stottrup, David
Venne
Physics Research Staff
Jennifer Posch
Degree and Major Requirements
Bachelor of Arts
Major
Thirteen courses including:
PHY 121
General Physics I
PHY 122
General Physics II
PHY 245
Modern Physics
PHY 351
Mechanics I
PHY 362
Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363
Electromagnetic Fields II
PHY 395, 396 Comprehensive Laboratory
Two elective physics courses above PHY 122
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, II
MAT 245 Calculus III and PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
or MAT 245 Calculus III and MAT 369 Modeling and Differential Equations in Biological and
Natural
Sciences
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), and Writing (W) are
embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
The graduation skill in Speaking (S) is met by completing the following course—COM 111,
COM 115, or MAT 201
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Bachelor of Science
Major
Seventeen courses including:
PHY 121
General Physics I
PHY 122
General Physics II
PHY 245
Modern Physics
PHY 261
Electronics
PHY 351
Mechanics I
PHY 352
Mechanics II
PHY 362
Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363
Electromagnetic Fields II
PHY 395
Comprehensive Laboratory I
PHY 396
Comprehensive Laboratory II
PHY 486
Quantum Physics
One physics course above PHY 122
CHM 105, 106
Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry
MAT 145, 146
Calculus I, II
MAT 245 Calculus III and PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
or MAT 245 Calculus III and MAT 369 Modeling and Differential Equations in Biological and
Natural
Sciences
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT) and Writing (W) are embedded throughout the
offered courses and are met by completing the major. Consult your department chair or
academic adviser for requirements for meeting the Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation
skill.
The graduation skill in Speaking (S) is met by completing the following course—COM 115
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Bachelor of Science
Physics Major with Concentration in Space Physics
Eighteen course credits. It is the same as the B.S. major, with the addition of PHY 320 and
PHY 420, and the omission of the elective physics course.
Departmental Honors
A GPA of 3.50 in physics and 3.30 overall. An original research project on a significant topic
in physics with an oral presentation and written report. Project proposals should be made to the
department by Sept. 30 of the senior year.
Other Requirements
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of
the physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 145, 146, and PHY 121, 122 during
the first year, and MAT 245 and 369 (or PHY 327) during the sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ
slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also
be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure
requirements.
Minor
Seven courses including:
PHY 121
General Physics I
PHY 122
General Physics II
Three elective physics courses above PHY 122
MAT 145, 146
Calculus I, II
Society of Physics Students
The Augsburg chapter of the Society of Physics Students provides students the
opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating in the physics
community on a professional basis. Membership in the society is open to all students interested
in physics.
Sigma Pi Sigma
Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open to those
students who have completed the equivalent of a minor in physics, have a GPA of 3.00 in
physics and overall, and rank in the upper third of their class.
Physics Courses
PHY 101
Introductory Astronomy
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars, and galaxies. In addition, the
course traces the development of scientific thought from early civilization to the
present day. Night viewing is required. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MPG 2.
Fall, spring)
PHY 103
Conceptual Physics
An introductory course (with a hands-on intuitive approach) in which the applications,
problems, and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles of
physics. (Two three-hour lectures/laboratories. Prereq.: MPG 3. Spring)
SCI 106
Introductory Meteorology
A survey of the basic principles of Earth’s weather and climate. Topics include winds,
fronts, cyclones, clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornados and hurricanes,
climate and climate change, global warming, and ozone depletion. (Three one-hour
lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 2 and pass CT assessment or GST
100. Fall, spring)
SCI 110
Natural Science I
The first semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course focuses
on the nature of science and major concepts of physics and chemistry. Laboratory
work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the use of computers
and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
MPG 3)
SCI 111
Natural Science II
The second semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course
focuses on major concepts of earth science and biology. Laboratory work will
complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors.
(Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: SCI 110)
PHY 116
Introduction to Physics
An algebra-based introductory course in which the applications, problems, and
experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles and provide a broad
survey of physics. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG
3. Fall)
PHY 119
Physics for the Fine Arts
A scientific study of sound, light, and the mechanics of structures and the human
body relating to music, the visual arts, and theater. Explores the physics of
phenomena and perception fundamental to these disciplines. (Three one-hour
lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3. Fall)
PHY 121
General Physics I
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics and wave motion. Designed
for physics, pre-engineering, and other specified majors. (Three one-hour lectures,
one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 145 or concurrent registration. Fall)
PHY 122
General Physics II
A rigorous study of classical physics including thermodynamics, electricity,
magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics, pre-engineering, and other specified
majors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 121, ENL
111 or 112 or HON 111, MAT 146 or concurrent registration. Spring)
PHY 245
Modern Physics
An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental perspective.
Relativity, atomic, molecular, nuclear, and solid state physics. This course develops
the experimental foundations and need for quantum mechanics. (Three one-hour
lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 122. Fall)
PHY 261
Electronics
AC and DC circuits, analog electronics, digital electronics, and the analysis and use
of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 116 or 122; and MAT 146. Spring: cross-listed with
computer science)
PHY 320
Introduction to Space Science
A survey of Earth’s space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric,
ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, magnetic storms, particle
precipitation, aurora, and related topics). (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245.
Spring)
PHY/MAT 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
Special functions encountered in physics. Partial differentiation, partial differential
equations, Fourier series, series solution of differential equations, Legendre, Bessel,
and other orthogonal functions, vector calculus, applied linear algebra (e.g., matrix
multiplication, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, special matrices, determinants),
functions of a complex variable, and an introduction to computer programming in IDL.
(Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122 or consent of instructor, MAT 245 or
equivalent. Spring: cross-listed with mathematics)
PHY 351
Mechanics I
Classical mechanics in terms of Newtonian, Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formalisms.
Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, gravitation, oscillations,
central forces, and two-particle kinematics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY
122, MAT 369 or PHY 327, and pass CT assessment or GST 100. Fall)
PHY 352
Mechanics II
Classical mechanics in terms of Newtonian, Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formalisms.
Topics include dynamics of rigid bodies, systems of particles, coupled oscillations,
and noninertial reference frames. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, PHY
351, MAT 369 or PHY 327. Spring)
PHY 362
Electromagnetic Fields I
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using vector calculus. Topics
include electrostatics, solution of Laplace’s and Poisson’s equations, and electric
properties of materials. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, MAT 369 or PHY
327. Fall)
PHY 363
Electromagnetic Fields II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using vector calculus. Topics
include magnetostatics, magnetic properties of materials, and electromagnetic
radiation based on Maxwell’s equations. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362,
MAT 369 or PHY 327. Spring)
PHY 395
Comprehensive Laboratory I
(.5 course)
Students work in small groups on advanced experiments from various physics
subfields (including modern physics, electronic instrumentation, magnetism, and
optics) with a focus on the role of experiments, interpretation of data, and scientific
communication. Incorporates an introduction to LabVIEW software for computerized
data acquisition and experiment control. (One three-hour laboratory and an
occasional one-hour seminar per week. Prereq.: junior or senior standing or consent
of instructor and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111. Fall)
PHY 396
Comprehensive Laboratory II (.5 course)
A continuation of PHY 395. A thorough exploration of interface hardware and
software design (LabVIEW) for computer-controlled experiments followed by
application of these techniques to advanced experiments in high vacuum physics and
technology, modern optics, biophysics, and other areas. (One three-hour laboratory
and an occasional one-hour seminar per week. Prereq.: PHY 395, junior or senior
standing or consent of instructor, and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111. Spring)
PHY 420
Plasma Physics
Fundamentals of plasma physics including waves, instabilities, drifts, plasma drifts,
particle motion, electric and magnetic fields, Boltzmann equation,
magnetohydrodynamics, transport, and applications to laboratory and space plasmas.
(Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362, 363 or concurrent registration)
PHY 430
Introduction to Solid State Physics
Topics in solid state physics including various theories of metals, crystal lattices, band
structure and Fermi surfaces, phonons, semiconductors and magnetism. The
conditions and consequences of the solid state of materials will be explored at a very
detailed level, taking realistic parameters of materials into account. (Three one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: PHY 351, PHY 362; PHY 486 strongly recommended. Fall)
PHY 486
Quantum Physics
A development from first principles, including de Broglie’s postulates, the
Schroedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values, and
approximation methods. Applications include potential wells and barriers, the
harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY
245, 351. Spring)
Internships and Independent Study Courses
PHY 199
Internship
PHY 299
Directed Study
PHY 399
Internship
PHY 499
Independent Study/Research
Open to juniors and seniors with departmental approval.
Political Science—POL
Students studying political science at Augsburg College are provided with the intellectual
tools
for understanding and taking effective action in regard to the pressing political issues of the day.
The role and significance of authority and power in human affairs establish the focus of political
science. Augsburg political science students have the benefit of experienced faculty who teach
courses in all major areas of political science, and also possess special expertise in campaigns
and
elections, immigration and ethnic politics, urban and environmental politics, economic
development,
comparative and international politics, mass communications and other information technology,
and
American public law. Grounded in the diverse and international community around our college,
the
department directly engages the world and issues around us.
Political scientists use systematic inquiry and analysis to shed light on the dynamics of a
whole
range of phenomena, including elections, wars, poverty, human rights, regime change, and
migration.
Our majors explore political ideas and values, investigate political cooperation and conflict,
analyze
and compare political systems, and develop perspectives on international relations. In the
process,
our students are encouraged to relate insights from other liberal arts disciplines such as
philosophy,
psychology, economics, history, and sociology to the study of politics.
Providing work in several subfields of political science, the major supplies the breadth
appropriate
for graduate work in political science, public administration, public policy analysis, law, and other
professions. It also serves as a foundation on which to develop careers in public service,
business,
communications, and other fields. Legislative and other internships, as well as significant
independent
research projects, are within easy reach of Augsburg political science students in the Twin
Cities area.
Combined with broad, balanced, and flexible course offerings, these special opportunities
enhance
the student’s potential for graduate study and a successful career.
Political Science Faculty
Joseph Underhill (Chair), Andrew Aoki, Sarah Combellick-Bidney, Milda Hedblom, Elizabeth
Klages,
Norma Noonan
Degree and Major Requirements
Political Science Major
Ten courses:
POL 158
POL 483
POL 484
Political Patterns and Processes
Political/Statistics/Methodology
Political Analysis Seminar
Required elective—one of the following:
POL 121
American Government and Politics
POL 122
Metropolitan Complex
POL 160
World Politics
POL 170
Law in the United States
Also, at least five other upper division courses in four out of five political science areas. A
seminar
in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. Only one internship may count for an
upper
division area.
Also, one other political science course in any area, upper or lower division.
The Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), and Writing (W) graduation skills are
embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major. The graduation
skill in Speaking (S) is met by completing one of the following courses:
S: POL 325, POL 326, or POL 380
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Pre-Law Concentration in Political Science
Major: 11 courses required
Specific Required Courses—six total
POL 121
POL170
POL 483
POL 484
Two of the following three courses:
ENL 223 or 220 (cannot use both ENL 223 and ENL 220)
PHI 230
COM 111
Electives—five total
Three courses from the choices below:
POL 350
POL 370
POL 371
POL 380
POL 381
Plus two additional upper level courses in Political Science (can come from the list above, or be
any
other upper level Political Science course).
Public Policy and Political Change Concentration in Political Science
Major: 11 courses required.
Six
Specific
Courses:
ECO 112 or 113
POL 121 or 122
POL 325 OR 326
POL 399 (internship must be approved by political science adviser)
ECO 490, POL 483, or SOC 362 (only one can be used for this requirement)
POL 484
One Course from the Following:
POL 121
POL 122
POL 124
POL 140
POL 158
POL 160
POL 170
Four Courses from the Following:
POL 241
POL 325
POL 326
POL 342
POL 370
POL 371
POL 381
POL 421
POL 461
ECO 312, 313, 413 (only one of these can be used for this requirement)
SOC 381
Notes
1. POL 140 can be substituted for POL 122, with adviser approval.
2. If both POL 121 and 122 are completed, one can count for section I and one for section II.
The
same course cannot fulfill requirements in both sections.
3. If both POL 325 and 325 are completed, one can count for section I and one for section III.
The same course cannot fulfill requirements in both sections.
4. Only one economics course (either 312, 313, or 413) can be counted toward the four
courses
required in Section III.
Departmental Honors
The honors major in political science includes the requirements listed above, plus the
following:
The student’s GPA must be 3.50 in the major and 3.00 overall; the student must take an honors
independent study and a seminar, and must submit an honors thesis to be defended before a
faculty
committee. Students may work with any member of the department on their honors thesis. For
specific requirements, consult the department chair. Students should apply for the honors major
no
later than the junior year.
Minor
Five courses, including POL 121 or 122 or 170; POL 158; and at least three upper-division
courses in three out of five political science areas. POL 483 may not usually be used for a
minor.
Pre-Law Minor: six courses required
Four
Required
Courses:
POL 121
POL170
Two of the following three courses:
ENL 223 or 220 (cannot use both ENL 223 and ENL 220)
PHI 230
COM 111
Electives:
Two
courses
from
the
choices
below:
POL 350
POL 370
POL 371
POL 380
When necessary, substitutions can be approved by the chair (e.g. if a required course has to be
canceled).
Public Policy and Political Change Minor: Six courses required
Three Specific Courses:
POL 121 or 122.
POL 325 or 326
POL 399 (internship must be approved by adviser)
Three Courses from the Following:
POL 241
POL 325
POL 326
POL 342
POL 381
POL 421
POL 461
ECO 312, 313, or 413
SOC 381
Notes
1. POL 140 can be substituted for POL 122, with adviser approval.
2. If both POL 325 and 325 are completed, one can count for section I and one for section II.
The
same course cannot fulfill requirements in both sections.
3. Only one economics course (either 312, 313, or 413) can be counted toward the three
courses
required in Section II.
Teaching Major in Political Science and Economics
Total of 12 courses required: five courses in economics, five courses in political science, and
two
courses in education. ECO 112 or 113 and POL 121 also fulfill requirements for the social
studies
core; education courses also fulfill licensure requirements for secondary education.
Economics Courses:
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics (elective for social science core)
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics (elective for social science core)
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
or ECO 315
Money and Banking
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
One other upper division economics course
Education Courses:
EDC 200
ESE 310
Orientation to Education (required for licensure)
5-12 Methods: Social Studies—Capstone course (required for licensure)
Political Science Courses:
POL 121
American Government (social science core course)
Two upper-level political science courses (must be in two different areas)
Two other political science courses
In addition, in order to graduate with this major, a student must have been admitted into the
Department of Education. To be licensed in social studies, additional education courses and the
social
studies core are required.
Political Science Areas
(I) American Government and Politics, (II) Comparative Politics and Analysis, (III) International
Politics, (IV) Public Law, and (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than
one
area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements.
Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a political science major or the
teaching major in economics and political science. Either option requires that the student also
take
courses required for the social studies core. For more information, see the department chair.
See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered.
Political science Courses
I. American Government and Politics
POL
121
American
Government
and
Politics
Surveys major parts of American national government—including Congress, the
presidency, and the courts—as well as campaigns and elections, federalism,
interest
groups, and political parties.
POL 122
Metropolitan Complex
Examines politics in metropolitan areas, emphasizing central cities and focusing
on
influences on urban public policy. Includes case studies of the Twin Cities metro
area.
POL 124
American Women and Politics
Investigates the roles women play in the political system. Political, economic, and
social issues will be explored from contemporary and historical perspectives.
POL 241
Environmental and River Politics
This course explores the politics of the communities and ecosystems of the
Upper
Mississippi River watershed, including controversies about river pollution, the
lock and dam system, regional water supply, flood control, and farming practices.
Includes 10-day canoe trip down the river to see how local policy-makers and
stakeholders are trying to achieve sustainability in the watershed.
POL 323
Social and Political Change
Examines interaction between cultural, social, and political change, looking
primarily, but not exclusively, at the United States. Also looks at how individuals
can try to effect political change. (Prereq.: one previous course in political
science, or junior or senior status or consent of instructor)
POL 325
Politics and Public Policy
The domestic policy making process, emphasizing how elected officials,
bureaucrats, and interest groups shape government policies in various areas,
including taxes, the
environment, and social welfare policy. How public policies are formulated and
implemented.
POL 326
Political Parties and Behavior
Emphasizes study of public opinion and political parties in the electoral process.
Field work with political parties, interest groups, and media in presidential
elections (optional in nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: one course in
political science or consent of instructor. Fall term of election years)
POL 342
Mass Communication in Society
Studies effects of new information technology (such as the Internet) and of the
traditional electronic media. Covers uses of technology and media for
newsmaking, selling, entertainment, and public affairs. (Prereq.: Sophomore,
junior, or senior standing)
POL 370
Constitutional Law
(See Section IV for description.)
POL 375
Media Law
(See Section IV for description.)
POL 421
Topics in American Politics
Topics include legislative, executive, or judicial politics, public policy, and
leadership. Can include focus on national, state, or local level. (Prereq.: one
course in political science or consent of instructor)
II. Comparative Politics and Analysis
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process
with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary
issues.
POL 350
Topics In European Politics
Study of the political behavior, institutions, and processes of European states.
The course will focus on either European community law and politics or domestic
politics in European states. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of
instructor)
POL 351
Topics In Communist/Post-Communist Systems
Analysis of the former Soviet Union and/or other communist/post-communist
states in terms of political behavior, evolution, institutions, and political
processes. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics
Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored. Themes and
countries vary. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and comparisons of
political processes such as political participation, political development, political
change, and revolution. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in
political science or consent of instructor)
III. International Politics
POL 160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the
dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a
focus on recent problems.
POL 363
Russian and Chinese Foreign Policies
Analysis of theory and policy in the foreign policy process in Russia (and the
former USSR) and China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of
instructor)
POL 368
Model United Nations
This course provides students with in-depth understanding of the United Nations
and
international diplomacy through the process of preparation for attending the
National Model United Nations Conference which is held each spring in New
York City. Students research a country and set of issues for the committee on
which they will serve. (Prereq.: POL 160 or equivalent and consent of instructor.)
POL 461
Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy
decisionmaking, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in
subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 490
Seminar in International Relations
Capstone seminar for students majoring in international relations; analysis of
some
methods for studying international relations; analysis of major trends; senior
thesis. Open to other students by consent of instructor. This course satisfies the
Keystone requirement for International Relations majors. (Prereq.: four courses
in the international relations sequence and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
IV. Public Law
POL 170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society;
roles of
courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as “supreme”
law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
POL 370
Constitutional Law
The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American
political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the
national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: POL 170 or at least
junior status and one previous course in political science)
POL 371
Topics in Constitutional Law
Selected topics in constitutional law. Content will vary, defined by the subtitle of
the course. (Prereq.: POL 170 or consent of instructor)
POL 375
Media Law
Study of key issues and contemporary conflicts in media law and regulation,
including the uses of law to settle disputes about media content, access, ethics,
and ownership. (Prereq.: one course in political science, POL 342, or consent of
instructor)
V. Political Theory and Analysis
POL 140
Social Justice in America
Examines social justice in urban policies such as housing and education (issues
may vary). Students develop their own arguments about social justice. Emphasis
on class discussion; substantial participation required.
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section II for description.)
POL 282
Understanding Asian America
Asian Americans and their place in American politics and society. Includes some
coverage of Asian American history and looks at the struggle to define Asian
Americans.
POL 380
Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers, emphasizing the values, goals, and
assumptions that continue to inform and to rationalize human governance.
(Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor and ENL 111 or
112 or HON 111)
POL 381
Topics in Democratic Theory
Selected topics including the emergence of political democracy in comparative
perspective and American political thought. Topic to be included in the subtitle.
(Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor, ENL 111 or 112
or HON 111, and pass CT assessment or GST 100)
POL 484
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including
an
examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study. Major
research is required. This course satisfies the Keystone requirement. (Prereq.:
POL 158 and two upper division courses, or consent of instructor)
VI. Seminars, Independent Study, and Internships
POL 295
Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter.
(On demand)
POL 483
Seminar in Political Statistics and Methodology
Introductory survey of political science methods. Covers experimental design,
descriptive and inferential statistics, computer methods, and issues in the
construction and execution of political surveys. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
POL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter.
Internships and Independent Study Courses
POL 199
Internship
P/N grading unless internship supervisor grants exception.
POL 299
Directed Study
POL 399
Internship
POL 499
Independent Study/Research
Psychology—PSY
Psychology is an exploration of behavior and mental processes. As an integral part of a
liberal arts education, psychology contributes to the understanding of individual and group
behavior. The study of psychology equips students to understand and use the scientific method
to think creatively and critically beyond the classroom. To prepare students for graduate study
and work in psychology, the major emphasizes the complementary components of a strong
foundation in research and theoretical work with the application of knowledge and skills in
coursework, research experiences, and internships within the community. The curriculum’s
emphasis on the experiential dimensions of learning and the integration of liberal arts and
professional domains prepares students for careers in many settings including business,
education, social services, research, law, government, church, and medicine.
Faculty members in the Department of Psychology have varied professional specializations
including clinical, counseling, physiological, developmental, social, cognitive, and
industrial/organizational psychology as well as expertise in psychological applications to health,
law, and public policy. Students may tap this expertise through a variety of learning experiences
including group and individual projects, Psi Chi Honor Society, and faculty-student research
teams.
Psychology Faculty
David Matz (Chair), Ben Denkinger, Grace Dyrud, Stacy Freiheit, O. Evren Guler, Bridget
Robinson-Riegler, Nancy Steblay, Henry Yoon
Degree and Major Requirements
Major
The major is 10 courses.
Foundations of Psychology
PSY 105
PSY 215
PSY 315
Principles of Psychology
Research Methods and Statistics I
Research Methods and Statistics II
At least one course from the following:
PSY 325
PSY 354
PSY 355
Social Behavior
Cognitive Psychology
Biopsychology
At least one course from the following:
PSY 491
PSY 493
Advanced Research Seminar
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Professional Perspectives
PSY 400
Keystone Internship
At least one course from the following:
PSY 201
PSY 235
PSY 263
PSY 357
PSY 359
PSY 373
PSY 385
PSY 410
Health Psychology
Psychology and Law
Sports Psychology
Behavioral Analysis
Assessment
Industrial/Organizational Psychology
Counseling Psychology
Clinical Neuropsychology
Electives (three courses in psychology)
Majors are encouraged to take more than the minimum 10 required psychology courses.
Note: A minimum of five courses must be from Augsburg. No more than two courses from
among PSY 199, 299, 399/396, 400 and 499 may be counted.
Graduation skills in Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and
Writing (W) are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the major.
Transfer students should consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills. All psychology majors must have an adviser in the
Psychology Department.
Transfer-course policy for majors and minors: All transfer courses, including ACTC courses,
must be approved by the chair. Only those psychology courses successfully completed (2.0 or
above) within the last 10 years will be considered. In general, courses that meet the transfer
guidelines may only be applied to elective or PSY 105 credit for the major.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ
slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also
be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure
requirements.
Biopsychology Major
The Psychology and Biology Departments jointly offer a program in Biopsychology. See
Biopsychology in Departments and Programs.
Concentration in Clinical Psychology
The clinical psychology concentration is designed to prepare students for careers and
graduate education in mental health care fields. Students will learn about the biological,
psychological, and social factors related to defining, understanding, and treating abnormal
behavior. Emphasis is placed on developing knowledge and skills related to both the science
and practice of psychology. Experiential learning opportunities include collaborating on faculty-
student research projects and completing an internship in a real-world mental health setting.
See the department chair for specific requirements.
Concentration in Psychology and Law
The field of psychology and law involves the application of scientific and professional
aspects of psychology to questions and issues relating to law and the legal system. This field
encompasses contributions made in a number of different areas—research, clinical practice,
public policy, and teaching/training among them—from a variety of orientations within the field of
psychology, such as developmental, social, cognitive, neuropsychology, and clinical. Students
in this concentration will participate in at least three experiential learning venues: laboratory
research, a community-based internship, and study tours to Hennepin County courts. See the
department chair for specific requirements.
Concentration in Social Psychology
Both the Sociology and Psychology Departments offer courses relevant to students with
interests in social psychology. The intent of the social psychology concentration is to provide
students with a solid disciplinary foundation along with specific coursework to strengthen a
cross-disciplinary social psychological perspective. Coursework will emphasize research skills,
theoretical analysis, and applied work in areas intended to prepare students for careers in law,
consulting, research, and social policy, as well as many other areas. In addition, the social
psychology concentration is ideal for graduate school preparation. See the department chair for
specific requirements.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in the major and overall, and completion of a high-quality research project.
Formal application must be made during the junior year. Consult the department chair for more
detailed requirements.
Minor
Five courses, including PSY 105, and four electives. A minimum of two courses must be
from Augsburg. No more than two courses from among PSY 199, 299, 399/396, 400, and 499
may be counted.
Psychology Courses
PSY 105
Principles of Psychology
An introduction to the methods and principles of psychology. Applications of
psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Research
participation is required.
PSY 201
Health Psychology
Consideration of the impact of psychological, behavioral, social, and biological
interactions on health. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 215
Research Methods and Statistics I
Part I of a two-term sequence. See PSY 315. PSY 215 may be taken for one course
credit without taking PSY 315. Scientific method as practiced in psychology. This
sequence emphasizes skills of bibliographic research, research design and data
collection, statistical analysis and interpretation, and APA-style presentation of
research findings. (Prereq.: PSY 105, MPG 3, and sophomore status; pass CT
assessment or GST 100)
PSY 235
Psychology and Law
Application of psychological principles and research to legal processes, policy, and
problems. Emphasis on three content areas: eyewitness memory, courtroom
procedures, and forensic clinical practice. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 250
Child Development
Theory and scientific methods of examining development and behavior. Practical
implications of data and theory are stressed. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 252
Adolescent and Young Adult Development
Consideration of research and theory related to development during the adolescent
and young adult years. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 253
Aging and Adulthood
Development through middle and older adulthood. Consideration of positive and
negative aspects of aging. Content is especially relevant to those who study and work
with the largest growing segment of our population—the elderly. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 256
Environmental Psychology
This course uses a cultural-ecological viewpoint to study the influence of both the
natural and built physical environment on human behavior. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 261
Personality/Cultural Context
Current scientifically-based approaches to description, dynamics, and development of
personality. Includes study of gender, social position, and cross-cultural behavior.
(Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 262
Abnormal Psychology
Applying psychological science to understanding the causes and treatments for
psychological disorders. Topics include depression, anxiety, schizophrenia,
substance use, and eating disorders. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 263
Sports Psychology
Foundations of sports psychology. Psychological concepts applied to sports and
enhancement of athletic performance. Topics include motivation, team development,
leadership, psychological skills training, and goal setting. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 271
Psychology of Gender
Emphasis on the social construction of gender and its impact on the lives and
behavior of individuals. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 291
Addiction and Recovery
Examines addiction and recovery from multiple perspectives, giving special attention
to physiological, religious-spiritual, neurobiological, and sociocultural dimensions.
Emphasis is placed on interdisciplinary approaches to prevention, treatment, and
recovery. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 295
Topics in Psychology
Specific topic will be published prior to registration; e.g., Positive Psychology, Close
Relationships, Psychology and Religion. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 315
Research Methods and Statistics II
Part II of a two-term sequence. See PSY 215. Ideally PSY 315 should be taken in the
term immediately following PSY 215. (Prereq.: PSY 215 with a grade of 2.0 or higher
and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
PSY 325
Social Behavior
Social factors that influence individual and group behavior in natural and laboratory
settings.Topics include social cognition, group behavior, social influence, attitudes
formation, and change. (Prereq.: PSY 215 or PSY 105 with consent of instructor)
PSY 354
Cognitive Psychology
Theory, data, and practical applications relevant to the following topics: attention,
perception, pattern recognition, memory, mental imagery, problem solving, decision
making, and language. (Prereq.: PSY 215 or PSY 105 with consent of instructor)
PSY 355
Biopsychology
Relationship between biology and behavior. Considers biological bases of learning
and cognition, emotions, abnormal psychology, and normal and altered states of
consciousness. (Prereq.: PSY 215 or PSY 105 with consent of instructor)
PSY 357
Behavior Analysis
Principles of learning/behavior change and their application to self-management,
family, work, school, and clinic settings. Individualized projects. (Prereq.: PSY 215 or
PSY 105 with consent of instructor and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
PSY 359
Assessment
Theory and scientific methods of assessing human aptitudes, achievement,
personality, abnormal behavior, vocational interests, and impacts of the environment
on behavior. Examination of a variety of tests, concepts of reliability and validity, and
legal and ethical issues. (Prereq.: PSY 215 or PSY 105 with consent of instructor)
PSY 360
Psychology Laboratory
(.5 credit)
Laboratory research experience under the supervision of a faculty member.
Concurrent or previous enrollment in a full-credit course in the faculty member’s area
of expertise and approval by that faculty member are required. (Prereq.: Psy 215)
PSY 373
Industrial/Organizational Psychology
The theoretical and applied study of organizations. Topics include the individual,
group and organizational structure/process and change. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 381
Historical Perspectives
Focus on the people in psychology’s history, their questions and positions, from the
early Greek period to the present. Emphasis on the 20th century, inclusions of women
and minorities, and contextual history. (Prereq.: PSY 215 or PSY 105 with consent of
instructor)
PSY 385
Counseling Psychology
Discuss therapeutic approaches and interventions in counseling (e.g.,
psychoanalysis, person-centered therapy, cognitive behavioral therapy, and postmodern approaches). Topics include counseling diverse clients, evidence based
practice, and ethical guidelines for the counseling relationship. (Prereq.: PSY 215 or
PSY 105 with consent of instructor)
PSY 390
Special Topics in Psychology
Specific topic will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: PSY 215 or PSY 105
with consent of instructor)
PSY 391 Individual Differences
General introduction to the study of individual differences. Particular focus is placed
on behavioral genetic methods and designs. Explores the degree to which genetic
and environmental influences co-determine the expression of various psychological
phenotypes, including psychometric IQ, personality, and facets along broader
psychopathologic dimensions. (Prereq: PSY 215 or PSY 105 with consent of
instructor; PSY 355 is recommended)
PSY 400
Keystone Internship
Students work 80 hours at an internship site of their choosing and attend weekly (or
weekend) class sessions. A series of papers/assignments address career and
personal goals as well as the relationship between the internship work and concepts
learned in the psychology major. PSY 400 satisfies the Keystone requirement but
must involve an off-campus internship to satisfy the Augsburg Experience
requirement. (Prereq.: PSY 315 and senior standing)
PSY 410
Clinical Neuropsychology
The exploration of human behavior when the brain is altered by traumatic brain injury
and diseases such as stroke, epilepsy, and dementia. Learn human neuroanatomy in
order to relate brain systems to attention, perception, memory, language, personality,
and awareness. Address clinical issues, including neuropsychological assessment
and interviewing. (Prereq.: PSY 315 or consent of instructor)
PSY 490
Current Topics in Psychology
Specific topic will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: PSY 315 or consent of
instructor)
PSY 491
Advanced Research Seminar
Research team experience in a seminar format. Designed to extend students’
knowledge of statistical and methodological techniques and to explore contemporary
professional issues and implications for social policy. Recommended for students
headed for graduate school and those electing an honors major. (Prereq.: PSY 315 or
consent of instructor)
PSY 493
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion and exploration of contemporary, theoretical, professional, and social
policy issues from a psychological viewpoint. (Prereq.: PSY 315 or consent of
instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses
PSY 199
Internship
(Prereq.: PSY 105 and one other psychology course)
PSY 299
Directed study
(Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 399/396
Internship
PSY 399 involves an off-campus internship; PSY 396 involves an on-campus
internship. (Prereq.: PSY 315 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
PSY 499
Independent Study/Research
(Prereq.: PSY 315)
Religion, Youth and Family Ministry—
REL, YFM
In today’s complex world, issues and conflicts are increasingly influenced by deeply-held
religious beliefs and values. The study of religion at Augsburg College invites students on a
search for meaning, challenging them to explore their own religious beliefs and those of their
neighbors, gain a broader view of the role of faith in public life, and better understand our global
context.
As an academic discipline, religion probes many of life’s critical questions:
• Who are we as human beings and where did we come from?
• Why do bad things happen?
• How can we live meaningful lives?
• What happens after we die?
• How do our values shape our choices?
• What is our responsibility to others?
• What texts are sacred and how should we read them?
• How can we encourage cooperation and respect among people of different faiths?
Students begin their search for meaning in the AugCore courses REL 100, 200, or 300.
Here they learn to articulate their own beliefs and understand that what they believe really
matters. Students engage in a close reading of the Bible and other sacred texts, study their
historical contexts, and apply these insights to contemporary social issues. They also explore
their own gifts and how they might be used in service of the broader community as they pursue
a life of vocation. Students are invited to deepen their pursuit of these questions by choosing a
major or minor in religion, which offers a wide range of courses in theology, biblical studies, and
world religions.
As a college of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA), Augsburg faculty and
staff are eager to engage in dialogue with Christians from all denominations, with people who
practice other faith traditions, and with those who claim no particular beliefs. Faculty in the
Religion Department represent several Christian denominations and model respectful dialogue
with students from a variety of faith perspectives. We challenge all of our students to respect
and learn from one another and to think critically about matters of faith and reason in our lives
together.
Religion Faculty
Philip Quanbeck II (Chair), Lori Brandt Hale, Bradley Holt, Russell Kleckley, Lynne Lorenzen,
Mary Lowe, Beverly Stratton, Mark Tranvik, Hans Wiersma, Karl Jacobson, Matthew Maruggi,
Jeremy Myers
General Requirements
Majors
The Religion Department offers two majors: Religion (REL) and Youth and Family Ministry
(YFM).
Prerequisites
Religion 100 (or 300 for advanced transfer students) is prerequisite to all other courses.
Graduation Requirements
Courses designated REL and YFM are offered by the Religion Department. A maximum of
13 total REL and YFM courses may be applied toward the 32-course requirement for
graduation. Taking extra electives in REL or YFM may require students to complete more than
the minimum 32 courses required for graduation.
Transfer Courses
All transfer courses for majors and minors, including ACTC courses, must be approved in
writing by the chair. Only courses successfully completed (2.0 or above) within the last 10 years
will be considered. In general, courses that meet the transfer guidelines may only be applied to
elective credit for the major. Students who have taken an approved introductory course in Bible
and/or Christian theology at another college may take REL 300 in place of the College REL 100
and 200 requirement; consult the registrar’s office.
Advising
All majors must have an adviser in the department.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.00 overall, research project approved by the department,
and colloquium with the department. Application must be received by the department by Dec. 30
of the student’s senior year.
Religion—REL
A religion major provides a strong foundation in the liberal arts and prepares students for
professional work and graduate studies in a wide range of fields. Since the major requires only
eight courses, students are encouraged to double-major in a related field. Students considering
seminary should attend two Bible courses and one course in theology or church history.
Students planning on graduate studies in religion ought to complete one Bible course, a world
religions course, and the Philosophy of Religion course. A religion major also provides strong
preparation for graduate studies in theology, religious studies, sacred scripture, church history,
and related fields. The major prepares students to think critically, read analytically, write clearly,
and speak confidently—skills that make our graduates attractive to graduate schools.
Degree and Major Requirements
Bachelor of Arts
Religion Major
Eight courses including:
REL 200
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning II
or REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology, and Vocation
REL 210
Research Methods in Religion
REL 495
Religion Keystone
Five additional electives
Note: Keystone, especially for majors, should be taken in the junior or senior year. One New
Testament Greek course may be applied to the major.
Graduation Skills
The Critical Thinking (CT) graduation skill is embedded throughout the offered courses and is
met by completing the major. The graduation skills in Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking
(S) and Writing (W) are met by completing the following courses:
QR: GST 200, MAT 145, MAT 146, or PHI 230; or by the QR requirement for a second
major
S: REL 302, 386 or consult with adviser for an approved course outside the major
W: REL 495 and one of the following: REL 362, 370, or 481
Transfer students must consult a Religion Department adviser about potential adjustments
to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Religion Minor
Five religion courses including REL 100 and 200. (Advanced transfer students take REL 300
and four electives.)
Note for majors and minors: Students are required to have at least a 2.00 GPA in courses
counted toward the major or minor. One or two courses in youth and family ministry (YFM) may
count toward the religion major or minor.
Religion Courses
REL 100
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning I
This introductory course examines how people of faith—Jewish, Christian, and
Muslim—understand their faith and live out their spiritual commitments. In particular,
it explores some of the biblical and theological resources that the Christian tradition,
seen through the lens of vocation, brings to the search for meaning. Not accepted for
credit for students who have taken REL 300 or 331. REL 100 or 300 is a prerequisite
for all religion and youth and family ministry courses.
REL 120
Religion and Science in Popular Culture
This course explores the relationship between religion and science through issues
that emerge in public discussion through news and popular media. Examples of
topics include evolution and intelligent design, genetic engineering and stem cell
research, and the social role of science and science as vocation, along with historical
and philosophical development of science in its relationship to religion.
REL 200
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning II
This course focuses on articulating students’ own theological questions and positions
and on recognizing and evaluating religious claims in the areas of biblical
interpretation and the historical, cultural, and global contexts of Christianity and other
world religions. (Prereq.: REL 100)
REL 205
Exploring Topics in Religion
This course introduces students to various topics within the field of religion. Students
will explore primary texts on topics such as gender, economics, and politics and
investigate and analyze the contemporary debates involving these complex issues.
Students will develop their own perspectives on the topic under investigation.
(Prereq.: REL 100 or 300 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
REL 210
Research Methods in Religion
An introduction to the study of the main disciplines within the academic study of
Christianity (Bible, theology, and church history), including methods and research
skills. (Prereq.: REL 100 or 300 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
REL 260
Self, Sex, and Sin in Christian and Modern Thought
We face complex questions about human beings, sexuality, and sin. The Bible and
Christian thinkers have reflected on these topics, but it often seems like traditional
claims disagree with modern views. This course explores how the Christian tradition
and modern anthropology define self, sex, and sin. (Prereq.: REL 100 and 200 or
300)
REL 300
Bible, Christian Theology, and Vocation
This foundational course for advanced transfer students explores the Bible, Christian
tradition, and vocation. Students will articulate their own theological questions and
positions and begin to recognize and evaluate religious claims in a world of many
religions. Open only to advanced transfer students. Not accepted for credit for
students who have taken REL 100, 111, 221, or 331.
REL 301
Interpreting the Old Testament
An investigation of the Torah, prophets, and writings, including forms, genres,
historical contexts, portrayal of God, and interpretation of these texts by ancient and
modern Jewish and Christian communities. (Prereq.: REL 100 or 300 and pass CT
assessment or GST 100)
REL 302
Interpreting the New Testament
Historical, literary, and theological interpretation of Paul’s letters, the gospels, and
other New Testament writings as persuasive literature for ancient and modern
communities.
REL 306
Non-Western Christianity
A study of Christian belief and practice in a variety of cultural settings different from
those of Western Europe and North America. In addition to introductions to forms of
this faith on other continents, the course will explore the deep questions of the
relationship of culture and religion, and the ethnic and cultural location of Christianity.
REL 309
Religion at the Movies
Religious themes such as good and evil, morality and ethics, human nature, holiness,
faith and belief, salvation and redemption, and forgiveness and mercy will be explored
through the medium of popular film.
REL 313
Environmental Theology and Ethics
An overview of contemporary theology and theologically-based approaches to
environmental ethics using studies of environmental problems in South, Central, and
North America.
REL 324
Liberationist, Feminist, Queer and Postcolonial Theologies in Latin America
Study the range of Latin American liberation theologies that have developed since the
1960s, when Catholic theologians first asserted that God has a “preferential option for
the poor” and therefore linked their faith to revolutionary social movements against
political and economic oppression. Recently, Latin American theologies have
expanded to include feminist, queer, and postcolonial struggles against sexism,
heterosexism, and imperialism. Not accepted for credit for students who have taken
REL 366. (Taught only in Mexico)
REL 343
Theology of Marriage and Family
An examination of the nature of modern marriage and family relationships within the
context of the faith and practice of the Christian church.
REL 346
Religion and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of political
transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with people representing a
variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations.
Taught in Namibia.
REL 353
Finding Your Religion/Spirituality
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major Christian denominations and
of the world religions as practiced in America. Some controversial religious
movements will also be considered.
REL 356
World Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including
Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam.
REL 357
Giants of Christian Faith
Christian history examined through the lives and theology of notable figures. Thinkers
who may be studied include Augustine, Martin Luther, Dorothy Day, and Martin
Luther King, Jr.
REL 362
Martin Luther and the Reformation
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the 16th
century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative
figures. (Prereq.: REL 100 or 300 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
REL 363
Religion in America
A study of the history of religion in America. This course explores religion as force for
personal transformation, community, and social change. In the journey from
Puritanism to pluralism, special attention is given to the quest for religious freedom
and the search for meaning in history.
REL 366
Latin American Liberation Theologies
A study of the dominant theological perspectives that have shaped Latin American
culture and politics. Focuses on the relationship between theology and social/political
transformation. (Prereq.: Pass CT assessment or GST 100)
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy of North American Indians are
studied. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal relationships with
nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies, and beliefs in an
afterlife. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111, junior standing, and REL 100 or 300)
REL 378
Medieval Church
(See description under HIS 378.)
REL 383
Process Theology
Influences of the relational worldview of process philosophy on Christian faith and
ethical deliberations (including killing, abortion, human sexuality, and euthanasia).
REL 386
Speaking of Genesis
An investigation of scholarship on Genesis and the role of interpretation through study
of the characters and values portrayed in Genesis and related biblical texts.
REL 390
Theology of Death and Dying
A study of death and dying from the viewpoint of Christian theology and ethics, taking
into account also what other religions and the biological, psychological, and social
sciences have had to say on the subject. Special emphasis on medical ethics brought
on by modern medical technology.
REL 405
Christensen Scholar Seminar I
(.5 course)
This course will study the Bible and Christian tradition in order to help participants
discern a call in Christian ministry. This course is open to participants in the
Christensen Scholar program only.
REL 406
Christensen Scholar Seminar II
(.5 course)
This course will study the Bible and Christian tradition in order to help participants
discern a call in Christian ministry. This course is open to participants in the
Christensen Scholar program only.
REL 425
Christian Spiritual Practices
A practical forum on “habits of the heart” that sustain Christian service. Students
explore and critically reflect on the value and practice of spiritual disciplines such as
prayer, meditation, journaling, and service to the poor.
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and men,
feminist interpretation of the Bible, and the impact of feminism on Christian theology,
especially in terms of language and metaphor.
REL 471
Jesus and His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing
with their context, literary structure, and relationships. Attention to the variety of
interpretations given the person of Jesus.
REL 472
Paul the Apostle
A study of the apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the
early church, and some of the themes found in his writings. (Prereq.: REL 100 or 300
and pass CT assessment or GST 100)
REL 475
Judaism
An introduction to the Jewish faith as the tradition has developed, as well as attention
to current issues facing the Jewish community.
REL 480
Vocation and the Christian Faith
This course will examine vocation in the Bible, the Christian tradition, and
contemporary culture. Students will be challenged to make vocation the lens through
which they view their lives and communities. This course satisfies the Keystone
requirement. (Note: Some majors, including REL, may still require a particular
keystone course in that discipline.)
REL 481
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today,
as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task
of the Christian church. (Prereq.: REL 100 or 300 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
REL 483
Christian Ethics
The course will focus on the understanding of ethics from a Christian as well as an
interreligious perspective, examining the theological and social science context of
both individual and social ethics. Students will probe their own definitions of what it
means to live a moral life and the processes one uses to make moral decisions.
REL 490
Topics in Religion
Selected topics in religion.
REL 495
Religion Keystone
This course is required for the major, and enrollment is normally restricted to students
who have nearly finished their coursework. Selected topics vary by instructor.
Students will improve writing abilities through writing a major research paper.
(Prereq.: REL 210 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
Internships and Independent Study Courses
REL 199
Internship
Limited to special cases.
REL 299
Directed Study
REL 399
Internship
REL 499
Independent Study/Research
For religion majors only.
See department listing for a description of the following approved electives:
PHI 350
Philosophy of Religion
SOC 260 Religion and Society
Youth and Family Ministry—YFM
Youth and Family Ministry Major
In keeping with Augsburg’s mission to nurture future leaders in service to the world, the
major in youth and family ministry prepares persons for faithful work as youth and family
ministers in Christian congregations and other ministry settings. This major is interdisciplinary,
combining a core study of theology, Bible, and ministry with supporting coursework in the social
sciences. A distinctive element of the major is the combination of practical and theological
training: students will have many opportunities to apply their knowledge and discernment skills
in specific ministry contexts, including a supervised internship. Students must declare the YFM
major and receive faculty approval before participating in off-site fieldwork. A youth and family
ministry minor is also offered.
Graduation Skills
The Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W)
graduation skills are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the
major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Course Maximums
A student majoring in YFM may apply up to 15 courses from the Religion Department
toward graduation if they are required to take REL 100 and 200, and the 15th course is a REL
or YFM study abroad course or the Lilly Scholar Seminar. If the student is required to take REL
300, they may apply up to 14 courses if the 14th course is a REL or YFM study abroad course
or the Christensen Scholar Seminar.
Associate in Ministry (AIM)
Coursework completed with the major fulfills part of the requirements for Associate in Ministry
(AIM) status within the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. Students interested in AIM
certification should consult with their home synod and with a YFM adviser no later than their
second year.
Youth and Family Ministry Major
Fourteen courses including:
Theology core (six courses):
REL 210
REL 301
REL 302
REL 362
REL 481
Research Methods in Religion
Interpreting the Old Testament
Interpreting the New Testament
Martin Luther and the Reformation
Contemporary Theology
REL 495
Religion Keystone
Youth and family ministry core (four courses):
YFM 208
YFM 209
YFM 235
YFM 305
YFM 358
YFM 399
Vocational Formation I [required non-credit experience]
Vocational Formation II [required non-credit experience]
Foundations for Ministry with Youth and Families
Ministry Practices
Life and Work of the Church
Internship
Youth and family ministry electives (Two courses):
YFM 205
Exploring Topics in Youth and Family Ministry (students will choose two topics
courses from a list of 0.5 credit courses)
One REL or YFM course from the following list:
YFM 232
Peer Ministry
YFM 316
Church and Culture in Context
REL 343
Theology of Marriage and Family
REL 345
The Lutheran Heritage (required for AIM certification)
REL 353
Denominations and Religious Groups in America
REL 356
World Religions
REL 357
Giants of Christian Faith
REL 425
Christian Spiritual Practices
And three supporting courses:
SOC 231
Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
PSY 105
Principles of Psychology
PSY 250
Child Development
or PSY 252
Adolescent and Young Adult Development
or SWK 260
Humans Developing
Note: A student with a youth and family ministry major or minor may not also major or
minor in religion.
Youth and Family Ministry Minor
The minor consists of the following five courses:
YFM 235
Foundations for Ministry with Youth and Families
One youth and family ministry course from:
YFM 305
Ministry Practices
YFM 358
Life and Work of the Church
One Bible survey course from:
REL 301
Interpreting the Old Testament
REL 302
Interpreting the New Testament
One theology course from:
REL 362
Theology of the Reformers
REL 481
Contemporary Theology
and one course from the theology core, YFM core, or YFM electives as listed in the major.
Youth and Family Ministry Courses
REL 100 or 300 is a prerequisite for all religion and youth and family ministry courses.
YFM 205 Exploring Topics in Youth and Family Ministry (0.5 course)
Exploring Topics in Youth and Family Ministry features a selection of half-credit
courses in which students may further focus upon ministry topics introduced in YFM
235 and elsewhere. Special ministry topics will vary from year to year and include
such subjects as outdoor ministry, service-learning, program administration and
planning, youth culture and religion, communications, media, music and ministry, and
ministry with youth on the margins.
YFM 208 Vocational Formation I
(.0 course)
A noncredit requirement for all students majoring in youth and family ministry that is to
be completed by the end of the student’s second year. Students will complete an
entrance process into the major, participate in monthly cohort groups, monthly
roundtables, attend multiple spiritual direction sessions, and attend a vocational
formation retreat.
YFM 209 Vocational Formation II
(.0 course)
A noncredit requirement for all students majoring in youth and family ministry that is to
be completed by the end of the student’s final year. Students will complete a
professional portfolio, participate in monthly cohort groups, monthly roundtables, have
multiple meetings with an assigned mentor from the field, and attend one approved
professional conference or workshop. (Prereq.: YFM 208)
YFM 232 Peer Ministry: Principles and Leadership
Students learn to train college, high school, and junior high youth to serve as peer
ministers in their congregations and communities. They will learn and practice
communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn the role of a listener/helper.
Peer ministry integrates the act of caring and serving others within a Christian belief
system.
YFM 235 Foundations for Ministry with Youth and Families
An introductory-level study in which the biblical, theological, and historical foundations
of ministry with youth and families are explored. Students will also be introduced to
the principles of practical theology and learn the skills and sensibilities necessary for
discerning what faithful ministry might look like in a specific location.
YFM 305 Ministry Practices
This course emphasizes the day-to-day sensibilities, skills, and practices needed for
the grounding and guiding of ministry professionals. An exploration of the history and
development of the spiritual practices of the Christian tradition, combined with modern
practices used for effective ministry, make up the major themes of this course.
(Prereq.: YFM 235)
YFM 316 Church and Culture in Context
A study of culture, church life, and the contemporary religious situation in another
country. An exploration of the roles of households, congregations, and other ministry
organizations in shaping and nurturing faith as compared to the United States. Shortterm travel seminar; available as offered.
YFM 358 Life and Work of the Church
This course features an overview of the manner in which Christianity has carried out
its mission throughout the centuries, as well as an exploration of the issues and
challenges facing modern and “postmodern” churches. A central element of this
course will be a research project that studies the methods and strategies of
congregations and other ministry organizations in their efforts to introduce, nurture,
and shape the Christian faith. (Prereq.: YFM 235)
YFM 399 Internship
The internship centers around 150 hours of supervised leadership practice focused
on youth and families, fulfilled in partnership with a congregation or other approved
ministry setting. A formal learning agreement as well as the development of a
professional portfolio round out the internship experience. (Prereq.: YFM 235 and
YFM 305 or 358)
Social Studies Teaching Licensure
Students preparing to teach social studies at the secondary level must complete a broad
foundation program in the social sciences and professional requirements within the Education
Department.
Coordinators
Jacqueline DeVries, degree-seeking students
Anne Kaufman, licensure only and MAE graduate students
Social Studies Teaching Licensure
Broad base requirements:
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
ESE 220
Introduction to Human Geography
HIS 120
America to 1815
or HIS 121
19th-Century United States
or HIS 122
20th-Century United States
POL 121
American Government and Politics
PSY 105
Principles of Psychology
SOC 121
Introduction to Human Society
ANT 141
Cultural Anthropology
Plus a major in one of six fields—economics, history, political economics, political science,
psychology, or sociology. Geography and anthropology are also acceptable fields, although they
are not offered as majors on the Augsburg campus.
An interdisciplinary social studies major is available for persons holding a bachelor’s degree
and seeking licensure only. Consult with Anne Kaufman for details.
Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as
possible, the Augsburg Education Department and the social studies coordinator.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ
slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. Students should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Social Work—SWK
Students in social work are preparing to engage in professional practice with individuals,
families, groups, communities, and organizations. Students learn to become skilled at designing
change strategies with clients that promote individual change, social justice, and empowerment.
The curriculum includes classroom instruction, agency practicum, social work skills
development, history of social work and social welfare in the United States, analysis of social
welfare policy, and social science research. In and out of the classroom, students study
privilege and oppression and engage with diverse communities. In the end, students are
prepared to practice in multicultural settings.
Students graduating with a social work major receive a Bachelor of Science degree in social
work and are eligible to apply for licensure as a generalist social worker. Students interested in
a graduate degree in social work (MSW) are encouraged to apply to our Master of Social Work
program. The undergraduate degree provides transferable credits toward the foundation year of
an MSW program, reducing the number of credits needed. Both the bachelor’s and graduate
social work programs are accredited by the Council on Social Work Education.
Social work graduates embody the Augsburg College motto, “Education for Service.” One
example of this motto in action is the extensive service-learning and practica assignments
embedded in the social work curriculum. Students begin service-learning early in their major
and engage in more than 400 hours of agency-based training, supervised by licensed social
workers. The Twin Cities offers a variety of innovative and professional programs and agencies.
Students are encouraged to train with and learn from these local, regional, and national leaders
in social work.
Social Work Faculty
Nancy Rodenborg (Chair), Laura Boisen (MSW Field Coordinator), Lois Bosch (MSW Program
Director) Mauricio Cifuentes, Ankita Deka, Christina Erickson (Field Education Coordinator),
Annette Gerten (BSW Field Coordinator), Melissa Hensley, Abel Knochel, Barbara Lehmann
(BSW Program Director), Terrence Lewis, Michael Schock
Degree and Major Requirements
The Bachelor of Science degree consists of 10 upper level courses and a total of seven
supporting courses. Social work courses that are open to nonmajors are designated with an
asterisk.
The Supporting Courses
Select one of these three courses:
SWK 100
SWK 210
SWK 230
Introduction to Professional Social Work*
Environmental Justice and Social Change*
Global Peace and Social Development*
Select one of these four courses:
ECO 112
POL 121
POL 122
POL 325
Principles of Macroeconomics
American Government and Politics
Metropolitan Complex
Politics and Public Policy
Take these four courses:
BIO 121
PSY 105
SOC 121
SWK 280
Human Biology and Lab
Principles of Psychology
Introduction to Human Society
Diversity and Inequality in Professional Practice*
Select one of these two courses:
SOC 362
MAT 163
Statistical Analysis
Introductory Statistics
GPA Requirements for degree completion
The minimum GPA for admission to the program is 2.2 on a four-point scale. After
admission to the program, a minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each upper level course and a
2.00 cumulative GPA is required in the supporting program.
Graduation Skills
The Critical Thinking (CT), Speaking (S), and Writing (W) graduation skills are embedded
throughout the curriculum and are met by completing the major. The Quantitative Reasoning
(QR) graduation skill is met by taking SWK 401 and ECO 112, MAT 163, or SOC 362.
Pass/No Credit Maximums for Majors
All social work majors must take their upper level courses with traditional grading. Social
work majors are allowed to apply up to six credits with a grade of Pass (P) toward graduation,
as are other majors. Students seeking Latin and Department Honors may only take two P/N
credits. (See Latin Honors in Academic Information for additional details.)
Major Courses
Ten upper level courses:
SWK 301
SWK 303
SWK 306
SWK 307
SWK 316
SWK 317
SWK 401
SWK 406
SWK 407
SWK 417
History and Analysis of Social Policy*
Human Development and the Social Environment*
Social Work Practice 1: With Individuals
Field Work 1: Integrative Seminar
Social Work Practice 2: With Families and Groups
Field Work 2: Integrative Seminar
Social Work Research and Evaluation
Social Work Practice 3: With Communities and Policies*
Field Work 3: Integrative Seminar
Field Work 4: Integrative Seminar (Senior Keystone course)
Social Welfare Minor (for non-social work majors)
The goal of the social welfare minor is to give nonmajors a sense of the impact of social
work on society and a means to incorporate some social welfare perspectives to their chosen
career.
Six courses including:
SWK 100
SWK 303
SWK 301
SWK 406
SOC 265
Introduction to Professional Social Work
Human Development and the Social Environment
History and Analysis of Social Policy
Social Work Practice 3: With Communities and Polices
Race, Class, and Gender
And one course from:
POL 121
POL 158
POL 325
American Government and Politics
Political Patterns and Processes
Politics and Public Policy
No credit for non-academic work
In accordance with accreditation standards, the Social Work Department does not grant
social work course credit for life experience or previous work experience.
Admission to the Major
Students must apply to be admitted to the degree program in social work. This application
process, called candidacy, is subsequent to and separate from admission to Augsburg College.
The candidacy application is completed in the spring term of the sophomore year at Augsburg
or in the summer months for junior transfer students. Each social work major must complete the
application materials and be officially admitted to the social work program before beginning the
first field practicum in the junior year. Social work majors must have a cumulative 2.20 GPA to
enter the program. Students who do not meet this minimum GPA standard will be given an
opportunity to explain their GPA and may be considered for conditional admission. Admission to
the program is required as a prerequisite for those 300- and 400-level courses restricted to
social work majors only. Contact the Social Work Department for details.
Departmental Honors
The Social Work Department offers students the opportunity to earn departmental honors
through the completion of an applied or scholarly project. Students may apply for departmental
honors if they have earned and maintain an overall GPA of 3.30 and maintain a cumulative GPA
of 3.60 in all social work classes at the 300 level and above. Honors applicants may take up to
two courses as P/N (pass/no credit) and must complete a minimum of 14 traditionally-graded
Augsburg courses. Other requirements include the successful completion of a paper or project
designed to demonstrate critical understanding of one area in the field of social work or social
welfare. A faculty mentor will guide and supervise work on this paper or project. Please consult
with the adviser or program director for complete details and deadlines.
Social Work Courses
Social Work Entry Level Courses and SWK 280
The social work major offers three ways to begin the BS degree: SWK 100 is for those
students interested in the profession; SWK 210 is for students more interested in policy and
advocacy; and SWK 230 is for students interested in international social work and global issues.
All three courses are equal as introductions to the major.
All three courses feature an experiential learning component. Students volunteer 40 hours in
a human service agency, program, or institution. The placement is selected by the student,
approved by the course instructor, and supervised by agency staff. These courses are also
open to non-majors. The department also offers a course in human diversity, SWK 280, that is
to be taken after the entry level courses.
SWK 100 Introduction to Professional Social Work
This course provides an opportunity for students to explore a possible social work
major or future career in human services. Students will receive an overview of social
welfare as an institution and social work as a profession. The course examines
service needs associated with the unequal impact of social, economic and political
structures on diverse groups in society.
SWK 210 Environmental Justice and Social Change
This course examines the relationship between environmental justice issues and
principles and methods of social change. It explores the relationship between
environmental damage and damage to human populations, the differential effect of
environmental damage on specific populations, and the ways social change agents
can mobilize action to correct these injustices.
SWK 230 Global Peace and Social Development
This course offers a framework for understanding sustainable social and economic
development and nonviolent social change. Case studies present examples of how
social work and human services function in a global context and are vital to fostering
peace, human rights, and well-being.
SWK 280 Diversity and Inequality in Professional Practice
This course explores diversity and social inequality as they relate to professional
practice in social work and other helping professions. Building cultural competence in
work with diverse populations, students learn through dialogue, reading, experiential
exercises, and community observation.
Course Sequence and Concurrency
Social work upper level courses are taught in a two-year sequence. Courses are taught
once a year. The following courses must be taken together during the same term (as indicated):
SWK 301 History and the Analysis of Social Policy
The history of social workers, social movements, and changing social norms in
Europe, North America, and around the world profoundly affects social welfare policy
today and tomorrow. In this course, students learn how historical events, policies, and
programs influenced today’s social responses to human needs. (Prereq.: junior
standing and pass CT assessment or GST 100. Fall)
SWK 303 Human Development and the Social Environment
Students focus on the theories and knowledge of human bio-psycho-social spiritual
development throughout the life span. Students will study how people develop, with
attention to the interaction among individuals, families, and the changing social
environment. The course takes a life span perspective of human development, from
birth to death in the context of the person in the environment. Traditional approaches
to life “stages” are also explored, along with less traditional issues, such as human
behavior and development as a result of different cultures, sexual orientation, poverty,
differing physical or mental abilities, and the relationship between diverse statuses
and the social environment. (Fall)
SWK 306 Social Work Practice 1: With Individuals
Students develop foundational social work practice knowledge, skills, and values
while learning to interview, assess, set goals, and work with individual clients. Course
readings, class participation, simulations, and role-plays provide learning
opportunities for students to build skills necessary for generalist social work practice
with individuals, families, and groups. Emphasis is on holistic practice applying the
strength-based problem solving approach and working with diverse populations.
(Coreq.: SWK 307. Fall)
SWK 307 Field Work 1: Integrative Seminar
Students begin applying practice knowledge and skills in their first social work
practicum. Social work professionals in regional human service agencies supervise
students in a full-year field placement. Students also synthesize their course-based
learning with their supervised training through participation in weekly integrative
seminars. Students complete a minimum of 120 hours of supervised practice in the
fall term. (Coreq.: SWK 306. Fall)
SWK 316 Social Work Practice 2: With Families and Groups
Students continue to develop generalist social work practice knowledge, skills, and
values while learning to interview families and facilitate groups. Emphasis is on
holistic practice applying the strength-based problem solving approach and working
with diverse groups and families. (Prereq.: SWK 306, 307, and ENL 111 or 112 or
HON 111. Coreq.: SWK 317. Spring)
SWK 317 Field Work 2: Integrative Seminar
This course is a continuation of SWK 307. Students apply practice knowledge and
skills in their first social work practicum. Students synthesize their course-based
learning with their supervised training through participation in weekly integrative
seminars. Students complete a minimum of 120 hours of supervised practice in the
spring term. (Coreq.: SWK 316. Spring)
SWK 406 Social Work Practice 3: With Communities and Policies
Students learn how community organizations, human service agencies, and social
policies emerge in Western society. Students study how to organize communities for
empowerment, how to assist human service agencies to adapt, and how to influence
local, regional, and national policies. (Coreq.: SWK 407. Fall)
SWK 407 Field Work 3: Integrative Seminar
Social work professionals in regional human service agencies supervise students in a
senior year field placement. Students synthesize their advanced course learning with
their supervised training through participation in weekly integrative seminars.
Students complete a minimum of 120 hours of supervised practice in the fall term.
(Coreq.: SWK 406. Fall)
SWK 401 Social Work Research and Evaluation
This course will provide students with an introduction to positivist and constructivist
theories and related methods commonly used in both social science research and
social work evaluation. Students will learn to integrate social work values and ethical
principles with social science research and evaluation. Methods of program and
practice evaluation will be examined. Various approaches to organizing information
and interpreting data will also be examined. (Prereq.: MAT 163 or SOC 362, and
MPG 3.Spring)
SWK 417 Field Work 4: Integrative Seminar
This course is the social work major keystone course and a continuation of SWK 407.
Social work students synthesize their advanced course learning with their supervised
training through participation in weekly integrative seminars. Students complete a
minimum of 120 hours of supervised practice in the spring term. (Spring)
Internships and Independent Study Courses
SWK 199 Internship
SWK 295 Topics:
Special themes in social work specified in subtitle.
SWK 299 Directed Study
SWK 399 Internship
SWK 499 Independent Study/Research
Sociology—SOC
Sociology is the scientific study of society and social interaction in groups. Our examination
of human social organization provides the opportunity to improve the world we have created and
in which we live. The sociological perspective provides an important way to critically understand
how human beings come to think and act as they do in a variety of social contexts.
The goal of the department is to guide students in gaining knowledge of social processes
and the social order, how it affects them in their daily lives, and how it can be applied to their
lives and vocations. Sociology majors develop an understanding of the theories of society and
social groups, learn to create and use scientific tools of analysis, and practice the application of
sociological concepts to the solution of social problems.
The department urges students to use Augsburg’s metropolitan and international settings as
a laboratory for learning. Internships enable majors to apply the theories and research skills of
sociology while they explore career alternatives. Students also may take an independent study,
special topics course, or field study toward that end.
The major in sociology has equipped our alumni to understand and function more effectively
in the social world as professionals, citizens, and persons, providing the necessary knowledge
base and analytical, writing, and critical thinking skills. Augsburg alumni who have majored in
sociology are currently employed in the nonprofit sector, research positions, human resources
positions in both government and private corporations, criminal justice field, and as professors
of sociology. Others have used the major as preparation for advanced study in areas such as
law, human services, social work, urban planning, and the ministry.
Sociology Faculty
Lars Christiansen (Chair), Nancy Fischer, Garry Hesser, Diane Pike, Tim Pippert, James VelaMcConnell
Degree and Major Requirements
Major
Sociology has a long-standing tradition as an excellent undergraduate major that applies to a
number of fields from human services to criminal justice to business to public service. The
foundation of the major at Augsburg is that it provides a clearly organized curriculum that is
challenging, develops over the course of the major, and integrates and reinforces a challenging
set of important skills; those skills include abstract thinking, writing, critical analysis, basic
research, integration of theory and data, and the connection of the individual and collective
perspectives in the unique way of the sociological imagination. The five core courses
intentionally develop those skills in our students. The electives allow students to choose courses
that add other skills related to areas of career interest.
The major includes a total of 10 courses: five required core courses and five electives, at
least three of which are upper division courses from the specified list below:
Core major:
SOC 121
SOC 362
SOC 363
SOC 485
SOC 490
Introduction to Human Society
Statistical Analysis
Research Methods
Sociological Theory
Senior Seminar
At least three of the following upper division courses (Prereq.: SOC 121):
SOC 320
SOC 349
SOC 375
SOC 377
SOC 381
SOC 387
SOC 390
SOC 399
Sociology of Law
Sociology of Organizations
Social Psychology
Organizational Crime and Deviance
City and Metro-Urban Planning
Juvenile Delinquency
Social Problems Analysis
Internship
Two additional sociology electives
Note: Majors must have a 2.0 or higher in each required course (SOC 121, 362, 363, 485,
and 490) to receive credit in the major.
The Critical Thinking (CT), Quantitative Reasoning (QR), Speaking (S), and Writing (W)
graduation skills are embedded throughout the offered courses and are met by completing the
major.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements.
Interest Tracks
In order to focus preparation for careers and further study, the Department offers Interest
Tracks within the major. These interest tracks are: City and Community; Crime and Deviance;
Law; Organizations; and Social Psychology. The Interest Tracks guide majors in selecting
elective courses in a way that tailors their sociological training, experiences and skills. Working
with an adviser and following the guidelines and recommendations provided at the links below,
sociology majors can design a pathway through the major that directs them toward careers or
graduate work in criminal justice, law, organizational development, public relations, social
services, and urban studies.
Students who are interested in pursuing an interest track should discuss this with their
adviser or the Sociology Department chair. A full description of each interest track may be found
at the Sociology Department website, www.augsburg.edu/sociology.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers that may differ
slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also
be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure
requirements.
Departmental Honors
To complete departmental honors in sociology, the student must have a minimum GPA of
3.50 in the major and overall. See department chair and website for specific requirements. An
application for departmental honors/graduation with distinction must be completed by spring of
the junior year.
Minor
Five courses including SOC 121 and at least two upper division courses taken at Augsburg
College. Students are required to have a 2.0 or higher in SOC 121 and at least a cumulative
2.00 GPA in courses counting toward the minor.
Sociology courses
SOC 111
Community and the Modern Metropolis
How is community possible in the context of multicultural, social, and political forces
that are characteristic of urban life? The cultural and structural dynamics of the Twin
Cities are a basis for exploring these themes. (Fall, spring)
SOC 121
Introduction to Human Society
What is society and how does it make us who we are? Sociology offers insights into
discovering the world and one’s place in it. Course study focuses on an
understanding of culture, social structure, institutions, and our interactions with each
other. (Fall, spring)
SOC 222
Office Space: The Sociology of Work
Why does a doctor get paid handsomely, and a burger-flipper get paid poorly? Can
workplaces be functional, or are they inherently conflictual? How does the current
expansion of global capital (globalization) shape our work experiences in the U.S.?
This course explores these and other questions through various sociological theories
of work and labor in modern society. (Fall)
SOC 231
Family Systems
The term family is a universal concept, yet its membership, rituals, and functions vary
dramatically across world cultures and sub-cultures in the United States. Family
systems are explored with respect to cultural and historical settings, variations among
families, and modern cultural and social patterns. (Fall, spring)
SOC 240
Protest and Social Change: The Sociology of Social Movements
Why do people engage in protests and join social movements? What impacts do
social movements have on social institutions, the state, culture, and even personal
identity? This course explores these and other questions through studying social
movement theory and several social movements occurring over the last two
centuries. (SOC 121 and courses on 19th or 20th century U.S. history
recommended, but not required. Fall, spring)
SOC 260
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society with attention to
secularization, race, gender, and the public role of religion utilizing sociological
research on the role of religion and religious organizations in American society. (Fall)
SOC 265
Race, Class, and Gender
Who gets what, when, and how? Individuals and groups from diverse backgrounds—
race, ethnicity, class, gender, and sexuality—receive unequal portions of wealth,
power, and prestige in our society. This course focuses on both the collective and
individual processes involved in social inequality. (Fall, spring)
SOC 266 Sociology of Sexualities
What we mean by “sex” changes over time. During different historical time periods
it’s been a sin, a means of forging ties between powerful families, a source of
psychological perversion, a means to pleasure, a symbol of love, as well as a
personal identity. This class explores how sexuality and its components (desire,
pleasure, love, the body) are socially constructed. (Spring)
SOC 277
Introduction to Criminology
What do we know about crime in American society? How can we explain crime
sociologically? Patterns of crime, theories to explain crime, and analysis of the police,
the courts, and the correctional system are examined.
SOC 290
Cultures of Violence
Street gangs and warfare. Police brutality and genocide. Domestic abuse and riots.
What are the dynamics underlying different forms of violence? This course takes
violence in its many forms as a topic for sociological analysis. (Fall)
SOC 295, 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 495 Special Topics in Sociology
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests that are not
satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq. for 300 level courses only: SOC 121 or
consent of instructor)
SOC 320 Sociology of Law
How does law in practice differ from law as it is written in the Constitution/Bill of
Rights? Despite the pretense that legal language is neutral, in practice, the law
constructs people in different, unequal ways based on their class, age, race, gender,
and sexuality. We will explore the different ways that law is practiced and theorized.
Coursework will involve observing law in practice in local courts. (Prereq.: SOC 121
or consent of instructor. Fall)
SOC 349
Sociology of Organizations
What is the nature of these modern organizations in which we spend so much of our
daily lives? Organizations as corporate actors are analyzed with respect to their
goals, culture, technology and structure. We will explore the consequences of living in
a society dominated by organizations. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor,
pass CT assessment or GST 100, and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111. Spring)
SOC 362
Statistical Analysis
This course is an introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics in the social
sciences; as such, it provides a foundation for understanding quantitative analysis—
be it in an academic journal or a daily newspaper. (Prereq.: MPG 3. Fall/Spring)
SOC 363
Research Methods
Good research—do you know it when you see it? Can you produce it yourself?
Social science research skills are learned through the practice and application of
the basic tools of valid and reliable research design and data analysis. (Prereq.:
SOC 362 or consent of instructor and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111. Fall/Spring)
SOC 375 Social Psychology
Who are you, really? Taking the perspective of symbolic interactionism, this course
begins with an exploration of how we create and sustain our identities through
interaction with those around us and how those identities change with the surrounding
circumstances. The course continues with a consideration of how social situations
affect and shape individual identity and behavior. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of
instructor.Fall)
SOC 377
Organizational Crime and Deviance
The benefits of contemporary organizational life come with costs: space shuttle
explosions, insider trading, chemicals dumped in lakes; nuclear accidents; corporate
scandals. What are the causes and consequences of organizational crime and
deviance? Case study analysis and the application of sociological models of
explanation will be examined in depth. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor;
Recommended but not required: SOC 222 and/or SOC 349. Spring of alternate
years.)
SOC 381
The City and Metro-Urban Planning
Explores and analyzes theories and approaches to urban planning and the shaping
of metropolitan areas. Readings, simulations, outside speakers, and field study in a
seminar format. (Prereq.: SOC 111 or 121 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 387
Juvenile Delinquency
Why is the delinquency of juveniles seen differently from the deviance of adults? In
addressing this question the social construction of deviance and delinquency as well
as the historical precedents for treating juveniles differently will be examined. Topics
include: sociological theories, patterns of delinquency, and the social and legal
reactions to juvenile delinquency. (Spring of alternate years)
SOC 390
Social Problems Analysis
How do social problems develop? What can be done about them? By focusing on a
specific social problem that changes every time the course is taught, this course
engages the sociological imagination in an attempt to draw connections between
micro-level analysis and macro-level analysis, linking our own private troubles with
public issues. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Spring of alternate years)
SOC 485 Sociological Theory
The classical tradition in sociological theory shaped the development of the discipline
today. By examining the primary texts of Spencer, Marx, Weber, Durkheim, Mead,
Simmel and others we are able to better understand both the history and biography of
sociology itself. An examination of the classical theoretical traditions within sociology,
tracing the course of their development in the 19th and 20th centuries. (Prereq.: Two
upper division courses in sociology, SOC 121 or consent of instructor, and pass CT
assessment or GST 100. Fall)
SOC 490 Senior Seminar and Keystone
What is sociology as a discipline all about? In this course, students engage in a
synthesis of the discipline by taking a step outside of it and examining it as a whole.
In other words, through seminar discussions and readings about the nature of
sociology and its underlying philosophies, we will engage in the "sociology of
sociology” in which students develop an understanding of the value of sociology
beyond college, and articulate a sense of vocation and professional identity. Pass/No
Pass grading. Senior sociology majors only. (Prereq.: SOC 485. Spring)
Internships and Independent Study Courses
SOC 199
Internship
This course requires at least 140 hours at a college-approved internship site and
completion of a learning agreement before or at the beginning of the
internship. Participation in a biweekly on-campus seminar is also required to receive
course credit.
SOC 299
Directed Study
SOC 399
Internship
SOC 498
Independent Study—Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic, and integrated utilization of resources available in the
metropolitan community, supplemented by traditional College resources. (Prereq.:
SOC 111 or 121 and/or consent of instructor. Fall and Spring)
SOC 499
Independent Study/Research
(Prereq.: SOC 121, consent of instructor and department chair. Fall and Spring)
Spanish
See listing under Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies.
Theater Arts—THR
Theater is an ever-changing field that is important to understand in cultural and societal
context. In our courses, productions, recitals, and artist series, the study of theater embraces
both classical and new forms, centers marginalized voices, and encourages in-depth creative
exploration. Students are challenged to deepen their critical thinking abilities and to master
professional skills while also exploring new approaches to theater through their studies in
design, directing, performing, and playwriting. Students thoughtfully interrogate issues of cultural
representation and diversity as they find and express their own creative visions; and the
program prepares them well to continue with their education and/or become leaders in the field
of theater and performance studies.
The study of theater is firmly grounded in the liberal arts, integrating knowledge and
principles from many academic and artistic disciplines, including literature, history, philosophy,
religion, speech, art, music, and dance. Both the high quality curriculum and dramatic
productions of our department offer valuable cross-disciplinary connections for students and the
campus, while providing a solid base in classical, modern, contemporary, and multicultural
theater. In order to encourage non-majors to become involved in our department, we offer six
theater arts minors and welcome all Augsburg students to become involved in our productions.
Augsburg’s location in the heart of a nationally recognized theater community makes it
an ideal place to study theater. At Augsburg we seek to create every opportunity for students to
grow both as theater artists and scholars by encouraging connections between our campus and
the greater arts community, while also exploring connections between theory and application.
Students have the opportunity to make these connections through course study, theatrical
production work, participation in the Artist Series (an annual series of events featuring visiting
theater professionals from the local community who work closely with students), and attendance
at numerous professional productions throughout the Twin Cities. Augsburg productions are a
valuable opportunity for students to enter into creative collaboration with faculty and
professional artists-in-residence. We value and regard theater productions as a critical and vital
laboratory for student learning and training, and we hold our productions to the highest
standards of the profession.
Many of the skills acquired by theater majors or minors are highly valuable and
transferable to other professions: collaboration, verbal and nonverbal communication,
organization, critical thinking, leadership, creativity, and self-expression. Involvement in theater
arts can help prepare students for successful careers in law, education, business,
communication, and journalism, as well as professional or academic theater, television, or film.
Theater Arts Faculty
Darcey Engen (Chair), Michael Burden, Martha Johnson, Sarah Myers, Warren C. Bowles,
David DeBlieck, Karen Mulhausen, Sandra Schulte, Randy Winkler
Degree and Major Requirements
Bachelor of Arts
The Theater Arts Department currently has three concentrations within the major:
performance, directing/dramaturgy/playwriting, and design/technical. Each concentration
consists of the theater core curriculum supplemented by one concentration requirement, one
concentration elective, plus two theater major electives. Each concentration requires 10
production units taken as THP practicum courses.
Graduation Skills for Each Concentration
The Theater Arts Department addresses the graduation skills using the embedded model.
Every course within the core curriculum and most electives as part of a specific concentration
require various projects that address Critical Thinking (CT), Writing (W), and Speaking (S). The
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation skill can be met by completing GST 200, MAT 145,
MAT 146, or PHY 119.
Transfer students must consult an adviser about potential adjustments to their course
requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Theater Arts Major
Nine core courses for each concentration:
THR 228
THR 232
THR 245
THR 250
THR 270
THR 328
THR 361
THR 362
THR 366
Introduction to Stagecraft
Acting
Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theater
Script Analysis: Foundations of Theater
Black Theater
Theatrical Design
Theater History and Criticism I
Theater History and Criticism II
Stage Direction
Theater Major Electives
For each of the three concentrations, students may choose two electives from the following pool
of
courses. Within a single concentration, a course can count as a theater major elective only if
NOT taken to satisfy a concentration requirement or concentration elective:
THR 233
THR 226
THR/FLM 230
THR 235
THR 237
THR 255
THR 265
THR 275
THR 280
THR 295
Acting for the Camera
Movement for the Theater
Scene Painting for Stage and Film
Skills of Musical Theater
Dance for Musical Theater
Introduction to Musical Theater
Computer Drafting for the Stage and Architecture
Lighting and Sound for the Stage
Costumes and Makeup for Performance
Theater Topics
THR/ENL 325
THR 326
THR 350
THR 365
THR 425
THR 495
ENL 221
ENL 330
ENL 338
ENL 358
ENL 368
NOR 352
Playwriting I
Playwriting II
Voice for Speech, Stage, and Screen
Advanced Acting
New Methodologies of Stage Direction and Dramaturgy
Theater Topics
Expository Writing about the Arts and Popular Culture
Shakespeare
Readings in British and Commonwealth Drama
Readings in American Drama
Readings in World Drama
Modern Nordic Drama
Performance Concentration
This concentration within the theater curriculum is designed to serve students hoping to pursue
graduate studies in theater (MA/PhD and MFA) and/or professional work as performers.
Students choosing this concentration will enroll in the nine core theater major courses taken by
all theater majors plus the electives and requirements listed below. Students in the performance
concentration are encouraged to consult with their adviser when selecting electives. Advisers
will assist students in identifying the year and semester elective courses are offered. Students
are strongly encouraged to also complete a professional internship at a local Twin Cities
theater.
To fulfill this concentration:
Thirteen THR courses—nine required core courses, one performance concentration
requirement, one performance concentration elective, two theater major electives, plus 10
theater practicum units taken as THP courses.
Performance Concentration Requirement:
THR 365
Advanced Acting
Performance Concentration Electives:
Select and complete one of the following:
THR 226
Movement for the Theater
THR 350
Voice for Speech, Stage, and Screen
Theater Major Electives:
Select and complete two of the courses listed above under Theater Major Electives. Within the
performance concentration, a course can count as a theater major elective only if NOT taken to
satisfy a performance concentration requirement or elective.
Ten production practicum units (THP)--See Practicum Units
Directing/Dramaturgy/Playwriting Concentration
This concentration within the theater curriculum is designed to serve students hoping to pursue
graduate studies in theater (MA/PhD and MFA) and/or professional work as a director,
dramaturg, or playwright. Students choosing this concentration will enroll in the nine core
theater major courses taken by all theater majors plus the requirements and electives listed
below. Students in the directing/dramaturgy concentration are encouraged to consult with their
adviser when selecting electives. Advisers will assist students in identifying the year and
semester elective courses are offered.
To fulfill this concentration:
Thirteen THR courses—nine required core courses, one directing/dramaturgy/playwriting
concentration requirement, one directing/dramaturgy/playwriting concentration elective, two
theater major electives, plus 10 theater practicum units taken as THP courses.
Directing/Dramaturgy/Playwriting Concentration Requirement:
THR/ENL 325
Playwriting
Directing/Dramaturgy/Playwriting Concentration Electives:
Select and complete one of the following:
THR/ENL 326
Playwriting II
THR 425
New Methodologies of Stage Direction and Dramaturgy
ENL 221
Expository Writing about the Arts and Popular Culture
Theater Major Electives:
Select and complete two of the courses listed above under theater major electives. Within the
directing/dramaturgy/playwriting concentration, a course can count as a theater major elective
only if NOT taken to satisfy a directing/dramaturgy/playwriting concentration requirement or
elective.
Ten production practicum units (THP)--See Practicum Units
Specific practicum requirements:
Serve as stage manager on main-stage show
Dramaturg one main-stage show
Design/Technical Concentration
This concentration within the theater curriculum is designed to serve students hoping to pursue
graduate studies in theater (MA/PhD and MFA) and/or professional work as a theater designer
or technician. Students choosing this concentration will enroll in the nine core theater major
courses taken by all theater majors plus the requirements and electives listed below. Students
in the design/technical concentration are encouraged to consult with their adviser when
selecting electives. Advisers will assist students in identifying the year and semester elective
courses are offered.
To fulfill this concentration:
Thirteen THR courses--nine required core courses, one design/technical concentration
requirement, one design/technical concentration elective, two theater major electives, plus 10
theater practicum units taken as THP courses.
Design/Technical Concentration Requirement:
Select and complete one of the following:
THR 275
Lighting and Sound for the Stage
THR 280
Costumes and Makeup for Performance
Design/Technical Concentration Electives:
Select and complete one of the following:
THR/FLM 230
Scene Painting for Stage and Film
THR 265
Computer Drafting for the Stage and Architecture
Theater Major Electives:
Select and complete two of the courses listed above under theater major electives. Within the
design/technology concentration, a course can count as a theater major elective only if NOT
taken to satisfy a design/technology concentration requirement or elective.
Ten production practicum units (THP)--See Practicum Units
Curricular Planning Information
First-years planning to major in theater arts should complete THR 228, 232, and 250 during
their first year. Students who are second-year, third-year, or fourth-year majors may choose
from the following courses, depending on their concentration and courses offered: THR 226,
230, 235, 237, 245, 255, 270, 275, 280, 295, and 325. Theater majors who are juniors or
seniors may take THR 328, 361, 362, 366, 326, 350, 365, 425, and 495. Note: While many
courses are offered annually, some courses are offered alternate years only and others are
offered only on an occasional basis.
Departmental Honors
Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement on a specific
project of special interest to the student. Departmental Honors students must maintain a 3.75
GPA in the major and a 3.60 GPA overall and, as part of their major, complete a substantial
independent project of honors quality. Honors candidates should meet with their departmental
adviser early spring semester of their junior year to develop a proposal for the honors project to
be submitted by the first week of April. The theater department will assign an honors project
adviser to students submitting successful proposals.
Transfer Students
Transfer students should meet with a transfer adviser upon acceptance to determine what
credits taken at another institution will transfer into the major. The majority of theater core
classes should, however, be taken at Augsburg. Additionally, transfers are required to take a
minimum of three upper division theater arts courses. Ten practicum units are also required; a
minimum of five need to be completed within the department. Transfers must also complete a
minimum of five THP credits within the department.
Theater Arts Minors
The Theater Arts Department offers six minors: musical theater, performance, design/technical,
film/performance, theater history and criticism dramaturgy, and a general theater arts minor.
Please note: ALL theater arts minors are required to complete five theater practicum units (THP
credits) in any of the three areas (acting/performance, production, or artistic/production
management).
Musical Theater Minor (5 courses):
Four Required Courses:
THR 232
Acting
THR/MUE 235
Skills of Musical Theater
THR 255
Introduction to Musical Theater
THR 237
Dance for Musical Theater
Take one of the following:
THR 365
Advanced Acting
MUE 294/494
Opera Workshop
Performance Minor (5 courses):
Two Required Courses:
THR 232
Acting
THR 250
Script Analysis
Take three of the following:
THR 116
Creative Drama
THR 222
Introduction to Theater
THR 226
Movement for the Theater
THR 350
Voice for Stage, Speech, and Screen
THR 365
Advanced Acting
THR 495
Theater Topics
Design/Technical Minor (5 courses):
One Required Course:
THR 328
Theatrical Design
Take four of the following:
THR 228
Stagecraft
THR 250
Script Analysis
THR/FLM 230
Scene Painting
THR/FLM 275
Lighting and Sound for the Stage
THR/ART 280
Costumes and Makeup for Performance
Film/Performance Minor (5 courses):
Two Required Courses:
THR 323
Acting
THR 233
Acting for the Camera
Take three of the following:
THR 226
Movement for the Theater
ENL 241
Introduction to Cinema Arts
THR 350
Voice for Stage, Speech, and Screen
THR 365
Advanced Acting
Theater History and Criticism Dramaturgy Minor (5 courses):
Four Required Courses:
THR 250
Script Analysis: Foundations of Theater
THR 325
Playwriting
THR 361
Theater History Criticism I
THR 362
Theater History Criticism II
Take one of the following
THR 299
Directed Study in Dramaturgy
THR 299
Directed Study in Theater History and Criticism
Theater Arts Minor (5 courses):
Four Required Courses:
THR 250
Script Analysis: Foundations of Theater
THR 232
Acting
THR 362
Theater History Criticism II
THR 366
Stage Direction
Take one of the following:
THR 228
Introduction to Stagecraft
THR 328
Theatrical Design
Theater Arts Courses
THR/HPE 002 Lifetime Sports—Introduction to Dance and Composition
(.0 course)
This course offers an overview of various exercises and gives an introduction to a
variety of movement styles, cultures of dance, and composition. Each class includes
a rigorous, physical warm-up, mixing yoga, conditioning, and modern dance.
THR/HPE 005 Lifetime Sports—Modern Dance and Improvisation (.0 course)
Students will learn various phrases of movement incorporating floor exercises and will
learn to travel through space using level, volume, and floor pattern. Improvisational
techniques will be introduced and students will create short improvisational pieces.
(NOTE: Students are allowed to use only one of THR/HPE 002, 003, 004, or 005 to
fulfill the lifetime sports requirement.)
THR 116
Creative Drama: Acting and Improvisation
A study of theatrical movement, voice, mime, mask, improvisation, acting, and
storytelling with an emphasis on active participation, creation of an original
performance, and reflective writing. This course is primarily designed for non-majors
and does not fulfill credit toward the theater arts major. Attendance at theater
productions required. Students will be required to pay for theater production tickets.
THR 222
Introduction to Theater
Introduction to Theater is an examination of theater as an artistic form and focuses on
the appreciation and value of theater in society. Focus on historical periods, plays,
artists, basic concepts, and techniques of the play production process. Students
attend and review stage productions. This course is primarily designed for non-majors
and does not fulfill credit toward the theater major.
THR 226
Movement for the Theater
A study of the principles of movement used in the art of acting. Students will improve
their use of energy, concentration, balance, control, clarity, timing, and spontaneity
through practical exercises. This course uses established theory and techniques in
neutral mask, Asian martial arts, and physical and vocal characterization exercises.
Students will examine various performance paradigms and see professional
productions.
THR 228
Introduction to Stagecraft
An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: its organization, crafts, and
creative processes. Students will execute practical projects, attend theater tours, see
professional productions, and participate in the Theater Department’s fall productions.
Open to all students. Thirty-hour lab requirement.
THR/FLM 230 Scenic Painting for Stage and Film
Scenic Painting is an introductory study of the art of scenic painting for the stage, film,
and faux application. Through a series of foundational painting projects, reading
assignments, informal lecture, discussion, and a final cumulative painting project,
students will develop the required skills and understanding of what it means to be a
scenic artist and what role the scenic artist plays in artistry of theater and film.
THR 232
Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental, and emotional
preparation, and exploration of the creative approach to scene and character study in
American drama, culminating in a final performance. Students attend and review local
professional productions.
THR 233
Acting for Camera
An exploration of acting principles and techniques as it enhances and applies to oncamera effectiveness. This co-taught studio course also includes technology
elements which support acting on camera. (Alternate years)
THR/MUS 235 Skills of Music Theater
An interdisciplinary approach to the topic using music and theater techniques to
develop the student’s basic skills of music theater. Concepts of diverse music theater
forms are introduced. Course includes reading, writing, research, class discussion,
exercises, small and large group participation, memorization, and public performance.
Students will attend and review live productions. (Alternate years)
THR 237
Dance for Musical Theater
Introduction to movement technique in two dance styles. Students will learn
fundamental skills in and aesthetics of dance technique, as well as the sociohistorical
content and meaning of various dance forms, with a particular focus on the
representation of individual and cultural identity through movement.
THR 245
Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theater
A survey of the theatrical performance styles, aesthetic theories, and plays of
traditional Asian and Asian American cultures. The course includes lectures, films,
videos, and demonstrations by visiting performers. Attendance at local theater
productions required. Students will be required to pay for theater production tickets.
THR 250
Script Analysis: Foundations of Theater
This foundations class focuses on major principles and fundamentals of theater
literary analysis and research and uses discussion, writing, performance, and projects
as ways to interpret a dramatic script for academic and artistic purposes. Close
readings of plays from various genres and in-depth research projects will enable
students to learn and apply skills they will use in more advanced courses.
THR 255
Introduction to Musical Theater
This course examines American musical theater in societal, cultural, and historical
context with special attention to the representation of race, class, gender, and
sexuality on stage. Through active discussion and written assignments, students will
engage with specific musicals through the examination of cultural artifacts, live and
recorded performances, and popular and scholarly texts.
THR 265
Computer Drafting for the Stage and Architecture
An introduction to drafting on the computer. Students will learn how to use basic
commands to input information, organize, lay out, and print 2-D drafting plates, with
an emphasis on drafting for the theater.
THR 270
Black Theater
An examination of the principles, major movements, and fundamentals of theater by
and about African Americans. It examines the historical, political, and cultural context
of Black Theater and focuses on plays written by African American playwrights.
THR 275
Lighting and Sound for the Stage
A practical study of the lighting and sound design processes for theater and beyond.
This course leads the student step-by-step from script analysis through final
execution of both a lighting and sound design. Basic principles of light and sound, as
well as equipment, will be addressed.
THR 280
Costumes and Makeup for Performance
A practical study of the costume design and makeup application processes for theater
and beyond. Topics covered include period research, sketching, rendering, fabric
selection, fabric draping, and basic sewing techniques, as well as introductory
techniques in stage makeup application and design.
THR 295
Topics
An introduction to selected theater arts-related topics not regularly offered in lower
division classes. The specific topics to be offered will include travel abroad courses. In
addition, this THR 295 designation will fulfill an LAF requirement for Fine Arts.
THR/ENL 325 Playwriting I
An introductory course in writing for theater and performance. Students will learn the
basics of dramatic structure, character development, and theatrical language, as well
as techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to complete draft.
(Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111, or consent of Theater Department chair. THR
250 or ENL 226 recommended. Alternate years)
THR/ENL 326 Playwriting II
A playwriting workshop with emphasis on the revision process and the continued
development of craft. Students will revise, redraft, and polish an original one-act play,
as well as create one new, short piece of theatrical writing. (Prereq.: THR 325 or ENL
325)
THR 328
Theatrical Design
Introduction to the design process for the stage. Each student will execute four design
projects for scenery, costumes, lighting, and sound, using a research-based design
process. The class will take theater tours and host visiting artists.
THR 350
Voice for Speech, Stage, and Screen
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, placement, relaxation,
resonating, articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics, and the vocal mechanism.
This course will use established exercises and theories in several methodologies of
vocal training. Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports and papers,
voice tapes, and individual coaching. (Alternate years)
THR 361
Theater History and Criticism I
An overview of theater history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the classical
Greek through the French Neoclassical period. Reading a range of texts (including
plays), writing a research paper, and attendance at local theater productions are
required. Need not be taken sequentially with THR 362. (Prereq.: THR 250 and ENL
111 or 112 or HON 111. Fall: alternate years)
THR 362
Theater History and Criticism II
An overview of theater history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the English
Restoration through contemporary performance. Reading a range of texts (including
plays), writing a research paper, and attending local theater productions are required.
Need not be taken sequentially with THR 361. (Prereq.: THR 250 and ENL 111 or
112 or HON 111. Fall alternate years)
THR 365
Advanced Acting
This course provides students with performance skills and the ability to recognize
differentiating clues that identify the style of a play. Through class exercises, scene
study, and character analysis, students will gain insight into the performance
demands of a specific style. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from the classics
(Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, realism, and
nonrealism), culminating in a public recital. (Prereq.: THR 250, THR 232, THR 362 or
consent of instructor, and pass CT assessment or GST 100. Fall, spring)
THR 366
Stage Direction
A study of the basic principles and skills of stage direction: directing concepts and
methodologies, stage techniques, terminologies, script analysis; rehearsal planning
and techniques; blocking, stage dynamics, working with actors, and the overall
staging of a play. Theories of directing are also examined. (Prereq.: THR 362 and
junior or senior standing)
THR 425
New Methodologies of Stage Direction and Dramaturgy
This course will examine principles and practices of the modern and contemporary
stage director as auteur. We will study radical reinterpretations of classic plays by
such directors as Meyerhold, Mnouchkine, and Sellars, and explore and apply some
of their methodologies in workshops and projects. Students will gain insights into
postmodernism and deconstruction in regard to stage direction and contemporary
theater. Prerequisite: THR 366.
THR 495
Theater Topics
Selected topics in theater.
Internships and Independent Study Courses
THR 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus, half
credit) under the Strommen Career and Internship Center, in the Academic
Information section.
THR 299
Directed Study
See descriptions under the Strommen Career and Internship Center, in the Academic
Information section.
THR 399
Internship
See descriptions under the Strommen Career and Internship Center, in the Academic
Information section.
THR 499
Independent Study/Research
See descriptions under the Strommen Career and Internship Center, in the Academic
Information section.
Theater Practicum Courses
THP courses involve practicum teaching and learning in the context of play productions and
are required for the theater arts major/minor. All THP theater practicum courses are taken for
noncredit with pass/no pass grading. Evaluation by the faculty mentor will be based on: 1)
successful and timely completion of practicum area for which student is registered; 2) positive
and professional attitude and work ethic demonstrated by the student; and 3) demonstrated
competency in practicum area. The positive evaluation of each of the areas must be sufficient
enough to lead to a minimum grade of 2.0 in order to receive a P grade.
THP courses require:
• Consent and signature of instructor
• Supervision by theater faculty
• A minimum of 30 hours of assessed participation by the student
• Registration for THP course for semester when practicum is completed
• Registration for practicum before deadline dates set by the Registrar’s Office
Please note:
• All majors will complete at least one THP 123 unit in costumes.
• All majors will complete one THP 113 in lighting.
• THP courses may be repeated.
• Crew work required for classes/coursework does not count towards practicum.
• Work-study hours do not count towards practicum.
• Completion of THP 115 and 116 counts as two and three practicum units respectively
because of the extraordinary amount of time required of the student. All other THP
courses count as one practicum unit each.
• Transfer students are still responsible for the full unit requirements (10 major/5 minor.)
Seven practicum units (major) or three units (minor) must be completed while at
Augsburg, and units to be credited from previous schools should have program
verification or a letter from a previous adviser.
Theater Practicum Courses–Areas
All theater arts majors in all concentrations are required to complete 10 practicum units
(THP) from the three established units.
Area 1: Performance
THP 111/121/131/141/151 Theater Practicum: Acting/Performance
1 practicum unit (.0 course)
Participation as performer (or as orchestra member) in a main-stage theatrical production, or
substantial participation as an actor in a senior directing project or in final scenes for THR 366
Stage Direction
Each major will complete between one and five THPs from the performance area.
The Performance Area THPs are:
THP 111
THP 121
THP 131
THP 141
THP 151
Fall Acting/Performance
Winter Acting/Performance
Spring Acting/Performance
Studio Acting/Performance
Misc. Performance
Area 2: Production
THP 113/123/133 Theater Practicum: Set, Costumes, Lights
1 practicum unit (.0 course)
Set or costume building, lighting crew, for main-stage production.
THP 114/124/134 Theater Practicum: Running Crew
1 practicum unit (.0 course)
Work on running crew for main-stage production: light or sound board operation,
dresser/costume crew; stage and production manager for final scenes from Stage Direction
class.
THP 115/125/135 Theater Practicum: Stage Management–small project
2 practicum units (.0 course)
Assistant stage management for main-stage production.
THP 116/126/136 Theater Practicum: Stage Management–large project
3 practicum units (.0 course)
Stage management for main-stage production.
Each major will complete between four and eight THPs from the production area.
The Production Area THPs are:
THP 112, 122 or 132
THP 113, 123 or 133
THP 114, 124 or 134
THP 115, 125 or 135
THP 116, 126 or 136
THP 115, 125 or 135
THP 116, 126 or 136
House Management
Set, Lights, Costumes Crew
Running Crew
Assistant Stage Manager
Stage Manager
Stage Manager–small project counts as two units
Stage Manager–large project counts as three units.
Area 3: Artistic/Production Management
THP 117/127/137 Theater Practicum: Artistic Assistance
1 practicum unit (.0 course)
Assistant to the designer (scenery, lights, costumes, sound), assistant to the director
(dramaturgy, choreography/assistant choreography for main-stage production), or a substantial
arts management project.
Each major will complete one THP from this area.
The Artistic/Production Management Area THPs are:
THP 117
THP 127
THP 137
Fall Artistic/Production Assistance
Winter Artistic/Production Assistance
Spring Artistic/Production Assistance
Please note that all theater practicum courses count as one theater practicum unit, except for
stage management THPs.
Urban Studies
See Metro-Urban Studies.
Women’s Studies—WST
The women’s studies program provides students with the opportunity to examine critically
women’s contributions and experiences in various historical and cultural contexts. This is an
inter-college program with course offerings at Augsburg College, Hamline University, St.
Catherine University, and the University of St. Thomas. Courses are drawn from many
disciplines and combine theoretical, practical, and research components that focus not only on
gender, but also acknowledge that race, class, and sexual identity are crucial aspects of
women’s experiences. The women’s studies program offers both a major and a minor, and
provides students with academic preparation for careers in human services, education, and
social work as well as graduate study.
Women’s Studies Faculty
Kristin M. Anderson, Stephanie Barnes, Janelle Bussert, Sarah Combellick-Bidney, Cass
Dalglish, Ankita Deka, Jacqueline deVries, Grace B. Dyrud, Darcey Engen, Nancy Fischer,
Doug Green, Milda Hedblom, Sophia Jacobsen, Michael Lansing, Barbara Lehmann, Lynne
Lorenzen, Mary Lowe, Anita Lutterman-Aguilar, M. Elise Marubbio, Kathleen McBride, Norma
Noonan, Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg, Timothy Pippert, Beverly J. Stratton, Kathryn Swanson,
James Vela-McConnell, Mzenga Wanyama
Degree and Major Requirements
Major
Ten courses that must include WST 201 Foundations in Women’s Studies, a mid-level
course in feminist theory or feminist philosophy selected from an approved list, WST 485
(seminar), and WST 199 or WST 399 (internships). Weekend and Evening College (WEC)
majors may take WST 499 (Independent Study) with a practical application in lieu of WST
199/399; interested students should speak with the WST director.
The remaining six electives are to be selected from approved women’s studies courses, and
should include one course with a racial, ethnic, or global emphasis and one course with a
sexuality emphasis. At least three courses must be upper division courses. Students may take
courses at any of the colleges participating in the women’s studies program. However, at least
three courses must be completed at Augsburg. Each student’s program must have the written
approval of the women’s studies program coordinator. Both majors and minors are encouraged
to participate in one of the gender-focused semester study abroad programs offered through
Augsburg’s Center for Global Education. Two programs have been pre-approved for Women’s
Studies credit: Crossing Borders: Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica (offered fall
semester) and Migration and Globalization: Engaging Our Communities (offered spring
semester).
The Speaking (S), Writing (W), and Critical Thinking (CT) graduation skills are embedded at
all levels and are met by completing the major. The Quantitative Reasoning (QR) graduation
skill can be met by completing GST 200. Transfer students must consult an adviser about
potential adjustments to their course requirements to fulfill each of these skills.
Minor in Women’s Studies
Five courses that must include WST 201; three electives, one of which must be upper
division; and WST 485 or 499. Courses may be taken from the other ACTC colleges as well as
Augsburg. Each student’s program must have the written approval of the women’s studies
program coordinator.
Minor or Concentration in Sexuality Studies (Women’s studies majors must take a
concentration, rather than a minor, in sexuality studies)
The five credit minor/concentration in sexuality studies offers students the opportunity to
explore the history, social construction, and physiology of sexuality and to examine the cultural
meanings of gender, sexual orientation, and sexual practice on a global level. Students are
required to take three core courses plus two electives (one of which must be upper division), as
follows:
Core Courses in Sexuality Studies
WST 201
Foundations in Women’s Studies
SOC 266
Sociology of Sexualities
WST 305
Issues in Queer Studies
Elective Courses in Sexuality Studies
WST 281
HPE 316
WST 315
WST 281/481
Topics: Sexuality and Gender: A Global Perspective
Human Sexuality
Margins as Center: Feminist Theory
Topics: GLBT Issues in a Global Context (in Mexico)
Minor or Concentration in Global Women’s and Gender Studies (Women’s Studies Majors
must take a Concentration, rather than a Minor, in Global Women’s and Gender Studies).
The five credit minor/concentration in global women’s and gender studies offers students the
opportunity to focus on women’s roles, experiences, and worldviews in a global context.
Students are required to take three core courses plus two electives (one of which must be upper
division), as follows:
Core Courses in Global Women’s and Gender Studies:
WST 201
WST 315
POL 359
Foundations in Women’s Studies
Margins as Center: Feminist Theory
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics
Elective Courses in Global Women’s and Gender Studies:
WST 281
Topics: Sexuality and Gender: A Global Perspective
WST 281/481 Topics: GLBT Issues in a Global Context (CGE)
WST 313
Environmental Issues in Latin America: Environmental Theology and Ethics
(CGE)
WST 362
WST 341
WST 357
WST 366
Walking the Truth: Culture, Gender, and HIV/AIDS in Sub-Saharan Africa
Globalization, Social Struggles, and the Environment (CGE)
Mexican History, Culture, and Cosmovision (CGE)
Liberationist, Feminist, Queer, and Postcolonial Theologies in Latin America
(CGE)
AIS 208/408 Native American Women and Film
AIS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
AIS 305
Indigenous Issues of Central America
AIS 320
American Indian Women
ENL 365
Contemporary Postcolonial Fiction
HIS 195/INS 233 Promoting Justice and Seeking Equality: Globalization and Women’s
Grassroots Movements in Latin America/Women in Cross-Cultural
Perspective
Students are strongly encouraged to study abroad or to take at least one travel seminar.
Transfer Students
Students who transfer to Augsburg College and wish to complete a major or minor in
women’s studies are urged to consult with the director of Women’s Studies immediately upon
transfer. The Women’s Studies program has an articulation agreement with Century College
and with Inver Hills Community College that govern students from these institutions with a
Women’s Studies certificate who transfer to Augsburg. Transfers from other colleges and
universities must consult with the director of Women’s Studies for approval of courses for the
major or minor.
Women’s Studies Courses
WST 201
Foundations in Women’s Studies
This multidisciplinary course introduces students to the contributions of women
inhistory, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences, and the arts, and how the
questions and methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen from women’s
perspectives. Students will also study the diversity of women’s experiences in terms
of race, sexual orientation, and class.
WST 281
Topics
WST 281
Topics: Gender and Islam
The course introduces students to the diversity and heterogeneity of gender
relations in Muslim societies in the Arab World, Europe, Africa, North America, and
South and Southeast Asia. It traces Islam as a culturally-lived experience, spanning
from the local to the transnational. The course introduces students to feminist
theoretical arguments from the humanities and social sciences, and juxtaposes
these to complex case studies from various locals in order to illuminate connections
between Islam and rituals, ethnicities, gender, education, the media, travel,
migration, citizenship, political commitments, and conflict and societal change.
Concurrently the course aims to undo the many stereotypes about Islam, Muslim
societies, and Muslim women.
WST 281
Topics: Sexuality and Gender: A Global Perspective
This course will explore global contemporary issues of sexuality and gender,
examining social institutions and their impact on women's and men's experiences of
gender and sexuality. The course will focus in depth on topics such as ritualized
genital cutting, sex work and sex trafficking, sexual violence, disability and sexuality,
maternal sexuality, and global LBGT movements.
WST 281/481 Topics: Introduction to Men's Studies
This course will look through a feminist academic lens at men and masculinity,
particularly in
relation to such topics as boyhood, health, relationships,
sexualities, and violence.
WST 281/481 Topics: GLBT Issues in a Global Context
(CGE course; taught in Mexico)
WST 305
Issues in Queer Studies
A study of basic issues surrounding sexual orientation in the contemporary US
culture, including various disciplinary perspectives and theory. The course may
include guest speakers, a service-learning component at local GLBT/supporting
agencies, and some travel and experiences in the Twin Cities, as well as an
immersion experience outside of class time. Required experiential education fee.
Prerequisites: WST 201 or prior coursework in related fields (history, sociology,
psychology) or consent of the instructor(s).
WST 313
Environmental Issues in Latin America: Environmental Theology and Ethics
(CGE Course. See International Programs, Social Justice, Gender and the
Environment)
WST 315
Mid-Level Feminist Theory: Margins as Center
This multidisciplinary and multicultural feminist theory course focuses on the global
voices often marginalized by the feminist canon. A variety of texts—including
personal narratives, political statements, origin stories, and empirical studies—will
be analyzed to highlight different theoretical approaches and multiple feminisms.
WST 324
Liberationist, Feminist, Queer, and Postcolonial Theologies in Latin America
(CGE Course. See International Programs—Crossing Borders: Gender and Social
Change in Mesoamerica.)
WST 335
Contemporary Latin American Women: Texts and Voices
This course examines the social construction of gender in Latin American countries
and addresses key issues faced by Latin American women today. Includes analysis
of poems, excerpts of novels, essays, testimonies, and interviews by and about
Latin American women. Aims to help students develop an appreciation for the
complexity of diversity of Latin American women's experiences. (Prereq.: SPA 311.
Taught in Mexico.) (CGE Course.)
WST 341
Globalization, Social Struggles, and the Environment
(CGE Course. See International Programs, Migration and Globalization: Engaging
Our Communities)
WST 357
Mexican History, Culture, and Cosmovision
An exploration of Latin American history from Pre-Columbian times through the
conquest and colonial periods up to modern Latin America. The course will use a
gendered lens to
focus on Mexican history, culture and cosmovision.
Additional readings and written assignments will be required for upper division
students. Taught on-site in Mexico through Center for Global Education. (Prereq.: 1
previous history course or consent of instructor required for 300-level course)
WST 359
Women, Gender, and Social Change in Latin America
(CGE Course. See International Programs, Crossing Borders: Gender and Social
Change in Mesoamerica.)
WST 362
Walking the Truth: Culture, Gender and HIV/AIDS in Sub-Saharan Africa
This broad-based course explores the influence of culture and gender on the
HIV/AIDS pandemic in Sub-Saharan Africa. The natural history, biology, and
epidemiology of AIDS in Africa, as well as socio-cultural, ethical, theological and
political responses to the disease are examined. (Augsburg Abroad course.
Summer)
WST 481
Topics in Women’s Studies
WST 481
Topics: Research Methods
This course will introduce students to interdisciplinary, qualitative research methods.
We will explore the nature and ethics of the subject-researcher relationship and
practice participant observation and interviewing skills. The final product of the
course will be a completed research proposal.
WST 485
Women’s Studies Seminar
This advanced course will include student research and presentations that
incorporate feminist theory. The seminar is required of all majors and satisfies the
Keystone requirement. It is also required of minors who do not elect to do an
independent study (499). It is offered at a different college each semester and may
be taken in conjunction with WST 490.
WST 490
Women’s Studies—Keystone (0.0 course)
This course provides a Keystone component for all WST majors. (Prereq.: WST 201
and permission of instructor)
AIS 208/408 Native American Women and Film
Beginning with issues of representation and a history of Hollywood’s portrayal of
Native American women as princess figures, sexualized maidens, or squaws, we
will expand our conceptualization of Native American women by putting into
conversation a variety of voices that talk back to or address mainstream stereotypes
of Native American women. Our goal is to expand our conceptualizations of Native
American women and their important roles in society by examining a variety of
cultural issues as they are presented through documentary and fiction films made
by and about Native American women.
AIS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course examines a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary,
and historical
origins of women’s roles and status in society. Comparative roles
of women are examined in tribal contexts across various indigenous cultures.
Studies include the role of women in Native
American and African tribes,
peasant societies of Eastern Europe, Mexico, the Middle East, and China.
AIS 305
Indigenous Issues of Central America
This travel seminar explores issues faced by Indigenous peoples of Guatemala,
Nicaragua, or Mexico. May be taken in conjunction with WST 490 or AIS 490.
AIS 320
American Indian Women
Through life histories of Indian women, the course examines the vital roles and
contributions of women in past and present tribal cultures. It explores the continuity
of women’s roles over time and the changes in these roles, precipitated by the
influences of Western colonialism. The course also assesses how American Indian
women have crossed cultural boundaries and influenced non-tribal communities
through their activism and traditionalism.
ART 352
Women and Art
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine arts, the
traditional arts, and the arts of Native American women. (Prereq: ENL 111 or 112 or
HON 111)
ENL 365
Contemporary Postcolonial Fiction
This examination of contemporary world fiction includes work by authors from Latin
America, Africa, Asia, and the Middle East, and fiction written by indigenous authors
worldwide. The course explores novels in relation to language, culture, and gender
in an age of globalization and fragmented nationalisms, considering fictions in their
literary, cultural, and social contexts. (Prereq: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200-level
literature, language, or theory course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 367
Women and Fiction
This course studies novels and short stories by women across cultures. Emphasis
on the conditions that have affected women's writing (including race and class), the
reflection of women's unique experience in their writing, and the ways in which
women writers have contributed to and modified the Western literary heritage.
(Prereq: ENL 220 or 221 or one 200-level literature, language, or theory course, or
consent of instructor.)
ENL 385
Language and Power
Students will consider both spoken and written examples of language as a means of
establishing, maintaining, or revoking power. They will also pay attention to gender
differences in the use of language and analyze ways in which speakers and writers
can both create and revise reality via the language they use. (Prereq: ENL 220 or
221 or one 200-level literature, language, or theory course, or consent of instructor.)
HIS 195/INS 233
HIS 282
Topics: Promoting Justice and Seeking Equality: Globalization and Women’s
Grassroots Movements in Latin America/Women in Cross-Cultural Perspective
History of Women Since 1848
This course examines in comparative perspective women's changing political,
economic, social, and sexual status since the 19th century, with attention given to
social, racial, ethnic, and sexual differences among women.
HPE 316
Human Sexuality
A study of the psychological, social, and biological components of human sexuality.
(Prereq: HPE 110).
POL 124
American Women and Politics
Investigates the roles women play in the political system. Political, economic, and
social issues will be explored from contemporary and historical perspectives.
POL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics
Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored. (Prereq: one
course in political science or consent of instructor.)
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and men,
feminist interpretation of the Bible, and the impact of feminism on Christian
theology, especially in terms of language and metaphor.
SOC 231
Family Systems
The term family is a universal concept, yet its membership, rituals, and functions
vary dramatically across world cultures and subcultures in the United States. Family
systems are explored with respect to cultural and historical settings, variations
among families, and modern cultural and social patterns.
SOC 265
Race, Class, and Gender
Who gets what, when, and how? Individuals and groups from diverse
backgrounds—race, ethnicity, class, gender, and sexuality—receive unequal
portions of wealth, power, and prestige in our society. This course focuses on both
the collective and individual processes involved in social inequality.
SOC 266
Sociology of Sexualities
What we mean by “sex” changes over time. During different historical time periods
it’s been a sin, a means of forging ties between powerful families, a source of
psychological perversion, a means to pleasure, a symbol of love, as well as a
personal identity. This class explores how sexuality and its components (desire,
pleasure, love, the body) are socially constructed.
Internships and Independent Study Courses
(Must be approved in writing by the women’s studies coordinator)
WST 199
Internship
WST 299
Directed Study
WST 399
Internship
WST 499
Independent Study/Research
Youth and Family Ministry
See listing under Religion.
Augsburg College Board of Regents
For more information, go to www.augsburg.edu/regents.
Andra Adolfson
Dan W. Anderson ’65
Ann B. Ashton-Piper
Karen Durant ’81
Matt Entenza, JD
Mark A. Eustis
Anthony L. Genia, Jr, ’85, MD
Alexander J. Gonzalez ’90
Michael R. Good ’71
Norman R. Hagfors
Jodi Harpstead
Rev. Rolf Jacobson, PhD
Eric J. Jolly, PhD
Cynthia G. Jones ’81, PhD
Dean Kennedy ’75
Toby Piper LaBelle ’96
The Honorable LaJune Thomas Lange ’68, JD
Andre J. Lewis ’73, PhD
Jennifer H. Martin, EdD
Marie O. McNeff, EdD
Paul S. Mueller ’84, MD
Jeff Nodland ’77
Lisa Novotny ’80
Paul C. Pribbenow, PhD
Bishop Peter Rogness, ex-officio
Gary Tangwall ’80
Rev. David Tiede, PhD
Bishop Harold Usgaard, ex-officio
Rev. Norman W. Wahl ’76, DMin
Bonnie Wallace
Rev. Mark Wilhelm, PhD, ex-‐officio
ELCA Program Unit for Congregational
and Synodical Mission
Executive Director
The Rev. Dr. Stephen Bouman
Program Director for Schools
The Rev. Dr. Mark Wilhelm
Augsburg College Faculty and
Administration
Beginning year of service of faculty and staff is indicated with parenthesis.
College Leadership
Paul C. Pribbenow (2006). President. BA, Luther College; MA, PhD, University of Chicago.
Leif Anderson (1996). Vice President and Chief Information Officer. BA, University of
Minnesota.
Barbara A. Farley (2000). Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. BA,
College of Saint Benedict; MBA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Ann L. Garvey (1998). Vice President of Student Affairs. BA, College of St. Catherine; MA,
Loyola University; JD, University of Minnesota.
Tammy McGee (2010). Vice President of Finance and Administration, Chief Financial Officer.
BS, St. Cloud State University; MBA, St. Thomas University.
Julie A. Edstrom (1991). Vice President of Enrollment Management. BA, MA, Augsburg
College.
Orval J. Gingerich (2001). Assistant Vice President of International Programs. Executive
Director of
Center for Global Education. BA, University of Iowa; MEd, University of Colorado; EdD,
University of Virginia.
Andrea L. Turner (2008). Assistant Vice President of Human Resources and Chief Diversity
Officer, BA, Swarthmore College; JD, Case Western Reserve University.
Administration
Sheila Anderson (1991). Director, Academic Advising. BS, Minnesota State UniversityMoorhead; MA, Augsburg College.
David Benson (2005). Director of Leadership Gifts, Development. BA, Concordia College; MA,
North Dakota State University.
Jesse Cashman (2011). Director, Public Safety. BA, College of St. Scholastica; MA,
University of St. Thomas.
Emiliano Chagil (2000). Director, Hispanic/Latino Student Services. MA, St. Paul Seminary
School of Divinity-University of St. Thomas.
Jodi Collen (2007). Director, Events and Conference Planning. BA, Wartburg College; MTA,
George Washington University.
Sally Daniels (1979). Director, Parent and Family Relations. BA, Augsburg College.
David Draus (2000). Director, Facilities and Risk Management.
James Erchul (1997). Director, Enrollment Planning. BA, Marquette Unversity; MSW,
University of Minnesota, Duluth.
Amanda Erdman (2007). Director, Residence Life. BA, Coe College; MAE, University of
Northern Iowa.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Assistant Athletic Director. Assistant Professor of Health and
Physical Education. BA, Augsburg College; MS, St. Cloud State University.
Orval J. Gingerich (2001). Assistant Vice President for International Programs. BA, University
of Iowa; MEd, University of Colorado; EdD, University of Virginia.
Amy Gort (2009). Assistant Vice President and Dean of Arts and Sciences and Associate
Professor of Biology. BS, University of Wisconsin; MS, PhD, University of Illinois at
Champaign-Urbana.
Sarah Griesse (2006). Dean of Students, Student Affairs. BA, Wittenberg University; MA, Ohio
State University.
Nancy Guilbeault (1980). Director, Counseling and Health Promotion. BA, MA, PhD, LP,
University of Minnesota.
Nathan J. Hallanger (2008). Special Assistant to the Vice President of Academic Affairs and
Dean of the College. BA, Augustana College; MTS, Harvard Divinity School, Harvard
University; PhD, Graduate Theological Union and Pacific Lutheran Theological Seminary.
Kevin Healy (2004). Director, Advancement Services. BS, Carroll College.
Sherry Jennings-King (2002). Director of Leadership Giving, Development. BS, University of
Tennessee.
Rebecca John (2010). Vice President of Marketing and Communication. BA, University of St.
Thomas; MA, University of Phoenix.
Benjamin G. Kent (1996). Director, Center for Academic Achievement. BA, University of
Wisconsin-Madison; MS, University of Oregon.
Scott Krajewski (2000). Director of IT Services, Information Technology. BS, Augsburg
College; MS, Iowa State University.
Mark Lester (1987). Co-site director, Central America, Center for Global Education. BA, St.
Pius X Seminary; MA, Mt. St. Mary Seminary.
Penh Lo (2008). Director, Pan-Asian Student Services. BS, Minnesota State University,
Mankato.
Ann Lutterman-Aguilar (1993). Site director, Mexico, Center for Global Education. BA,
Earlham
College; MDiv, Yale University; DMin, San Francisco Theological Seminary.
Kathleen McBride (1988). Co-site director, Central America, Center for Global Education. BA,
George Mason University; EdM, Harvard University.
Regina McGoff (1992). Director of Center for Global Education. BS, University of Minnesota;
MBA,
University of St. Thomas.
Thomas. F. Morgan (1983). Executive Director of Center for Faith and Learning. Professor of
Business Administration. BS, Juniata College; MBA, University of Denver; MS, University of
Oregon; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Jane Ann Nelson (1999). Director of Library Services. BA, University of Sioux Falls; MA,
University of Minnesota.
Aly C. Olson (2001). Director, Student Support Services/TRIO. BA, Grinnell College; MA,
University of Minnesota.
Lori A. Peterson (2004). Assistant Vice President and Dean of Professional Studies. Assistant
Professor of Business Administration. BSB., MEd, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Mohamed Sallam (2006). Director, Pan-Afrikan Center. BA, MA, Minnesota State University,
Mankato.
Patrice M. Salmeri (2002). Director, StepUP® Program. BS, Kent State University; MA, Saint
Mary’s University.
Doug H. Scott (2007). Director of Leadership Gifts. BA, Eastern University; MDiv, Eastern
Baptist Theological Seminary.
Dixie Shafer (2000). Director, Undergrad Research and Graduate Opportunity. BA, Moorhead
State University; EdM, Rutgers University.
Leah Spinosa de Vega (2008). Director of Augsburg Abroad. BA, MA, University of Minnesota.
David St. Aubin (2008). Director, Athletic Facilities. BS, University of Minnesota.
Kim Stone (2008) Director of Alumni and Constituent Relations. BA, Minnesota State
University, Mankato; MBA, Nova Southeastern University.
Jennifer R. Simon (2007). Director, American Indian Student Services. BA, University of
Minnesota; MA, Minnesota State University, Mankato.
Jeffrey F. Swenson (1986). Athletic Director. BA, Augsburg College; MA, University of
Minnesota.
Paul L. Terrio (1990). Director, Student Financial Services. BA, Augsburg College.
Jim Trelstad-Porter (1990). Director of International Student and Scholar Services. BA,
Augustana
College; MA, American University.
Alan J. Tuchtenhagen (2011). Interim Director, Master of Arts in Leadership. BS, Westmar
College;
MA, University of Nebraska; DPA, Hamline University.
David T. Wold (1983). Director, Campus Ministries. College Pastor. BS, St. Olaf College; MDiv,
Luther Seminary.
Karl Wolfe (2007). Director Rochester Program. BA, Azusa Pacific University; MDiv, Asbury
Theological Seminary; EdD, Pepperdine University.
Faculty (Full-time)
A
Pauline J. Abraham (2005). Assistant Professor of Nursing. A.D., Rochester Community
College; BSN., Winona State University; MA, Augsburg College.
Phillip C. Adamo (2001). Associate Professor of History. BA, SUNY-Albany; MA and PhD,
Ohio State University.
William Aleman (2011). Instructor of Physician Assistant Studies. Doctor in Medicine in
Surgery,
Universidad Central del Ecuador.
Beth J. Alexander (2000). Associate Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. BS and
DPharm,
University of Minnesota.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Professor of Art. AB, Oberlin College; MA, University of
Minnesota; MA, Luther-Northwestern Seminary; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Stuart M. Anderson (1989). Associate Professor of Physics. BA, Augsburg College; PhD,
University of Minnesota.
Elizabeth Ankeny (2008). Associate Professor of Education. BA, Augustana College; MA,
Morningside College; PhD, Colorado State University.
Andrew L. Aoki (1988). Professor of Political Science. BA, University of Oregon; MA, PhD,
University of Wisconsin-Madison.
David B. Apolloni (1989). Associate Professor of Philosophy. BA, University of Minnesota;
MDiv, Luther-Northwestern Seminar; PhD, University of Minnesota.
William M. Arden (2005). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, New York
University; MS, Northeastern University; MBA, Boston University.
B
Jennifer Bankers-Fulbright (2008). Assistant Professor of Biology. BA, College of Saint
Benedict; PhD, Mayo Clinic College of Medicine.
David A. Barlow (2005). Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. BA, University of
Minnesota; PA Certificate, Augsburg College; MA, University of Nebraska, Omaha.
David D. Barrett (2011). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. AA,
Normandale Community College; BA, Texas Lutheran University; MEd, Southwest Texas
State University; PhD, University of Minnesota
Eric Barth (2008). Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. BA, University of St.
Thomas;
BS, Trevecca Nazarene University; MPAS, University of Nebraska.
Bruce Batten (2008). Assistant Professory of Business, MBA. BS, Davidson College; PhD,
Medical College of Virginia.
Katherine A. Baumgartner (2005). Assistant Professor of Nursing. BS, Minnesota State
University-Mankato; MA, Augsburg College.
Matthew Beckman (2008). Assistant Professor of Biology. BA, Brandeis University; PhD,
University of Alabama.
Pavel Bělík (2008). Associate Professor of Mathematics. PhD, University of Minnesota.
Tracy A. Bibelnieks (2002). Associate Professor of Mathematics. BA, St. Olaf College; MS,
PhD, Clemson University.
Susan N. Boecher (2007). Assistant Professor, full-time, Art. BFA, University of Minnesota.
Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Professor of Economics. BS, MA, PhD, University of Illinois.
Laura S. Boisen (1996). Professor of Social Work. BA, Wartburg College; MS, University of
Wisconsin-Madison; MPA, Iowa State University; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Lois A. Bosch (1997). Professor of Social Work. BA, Northwestern College; MSW, University of
Iowa; PhD, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
D. Kimberly Bowden (2006). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. BLA, BS, MFA, University of
Minnesota.
Adriane Brown (2012). Assistant Professor of Women’s Studies. BA, Wichita State University;
MS, Minnesota State University, Mankato; PhD, Ohio State University.
Christopher Rhys Brown (2003). Field Experience Coordinator/Charter School Liaison,
Instructor of Education. BS, Bemidji State University; MEd, University of Sydney, Australia.
Michael Buck (2010). Assistant Professor of Music. BME, St. Olaf College; MME, Vandercook
College of Music; PhD, University of Southern Mississippi.
Eric L. Buffalohead (1997). Associate Professor of American Indian Studies. BA, MA, PhD,
University of Minnesota.
Michael R. Burden (1990). Associate Professor of Theater Arts (Designer and Technical
Director). BA, Augsburg College; MFA, University of Minnesota.
Ralph J. Butkowski (2001). Assistant Professor of Biology. BS, St. Cloud State University; MS,
PhD, University of Minnesota.
C
William C. Capman (1994). Associate Professor of Biology. BA, University of Illinois-Chicago;
PhD, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
John C. Cerrito (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, Rhode Island
College; MS, University of Wisconsin-Stout; EdD, University of Minnesota
Kristen A. Chamberlain (2007). Assistant Professor of Communication Studies. BS, PhD,
North Dakota State University.
Lars D. Christiansen (2001). Associate Professor of Sociology. BA, Clark University; MS, PhD,
Florida State University.
Mauricio Cifuentes (2011). Assistant Professor of Social Work. JD, Pontificia Universidad
Javeriana; MSW, PhD, Loyola University.
Anthony J. Clapp (2001). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. AA, Golden
Valley Lutheran College; BA, Texas Lutheran College; MA, Southwest Texas State
University; PhD, University of Alabama.
Kathleen Clark (2009). Instructor and coordinator, Nursing. BSN, University of Wisconsin; MN,
Augsburg College.
Stephan Clark (2011). Assistant Professor of English. BA, University of Southern California;
MA,
University of California, Davis; PhD, University of Southern California.
Sarah Combellick-Bidney (2009). Assistant Professor of Political Science. PhD, Indiana
UniversityBloomington.
David A. Conrad (2000). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. Assistant Director,
MBA Program in Rochester. BA, Winona State University; MA, EdD, St. Mary’s University of
Minnesota.
Robert J. Cowgill (1991). Associate Professor of English. BA, MA, PhD, University of
Minnesota.
Larry J. Crockett (1985). Professor of Computer Science. BA, MA, Pacific Lutheran University;
MDiv, Luther Theological Seminary; PhD, University of Minnesota
David Crowe (2008). Assistant Professor of Biology. BA, Gustavus Adolphus College; PhD,
University of Minnesota.
D
Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Professor of English. BA, Saint Catherine University; MFA,
Vermont College; PhD, The Union Institute and University.
Jill A. Dawe (1994). Associate Professor of Music. BM, Memorial University of Newfoundland;
MM, DMA, Eastman School of Music.
Ankita Deka (2008). Assistant Professor of Social Work. BA, Delhi University; MA, Tata
Institute of Social Sciences; PhD, Indiana University.
Benjamin Denkinger (2011). Assistant Professor of Psychology. BA, Hamline University; PhD,
University of Minnesota.
Jacqueline R. deVries Jones (1994). Professor of History. BA, Calvin College; MA, PhD,
University
of Illinois-Urbana.
Douglas J. Diamond (2005). Orchestra Director, Assistant Professor of Music. BM, MM, The
Mannes College of Music.
Suzanne I. Dorée (1989). Professor of Mathematics. BA, University of Delaware; MA, PhD,
University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. BA, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
E
Wesley B. Ellenwood (2002). Assistant Professor of Communication Studies. BA, University of
Minnesota; MFA, Syracuse University.
Ruth C. Enestvedt (1999). Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, St. Olaf College; MA, PhD,
University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Professor of Physics. BA, Luther College; MDiv, Luther
Theological Seminary; MS, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Darcey K. Engen (1997). Associate Professor of Theater Arts. BA, Augsburg College; MFA,
University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. BS, MEd, University of
Minnesota.
Christina L. Erickson (2004). Associate Professor of Social Work. BS, University of Minnesota;
MSW., University of Minnesota – Duluth; PhD, University of Illinois – Chicago.
Joseph A. Erickson (1990). Professor of Education. BA, MA, College of St. Thomas; MA,
Luther-Northwestern Theological Seminary; PhD, University of Minnesota.
F
Barbara Edwards Farley (2000). Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of the College.
Associate Professor of Business Administration. BA, College of St. Benedict; MBA, PhD,
University of Minnesota.
Ronald L. Fedie (1996). Associate Professor of Chemistry. BA, University of St. Thomas; PhD,
University of Minnesota.
Zengqi Vivian Feng (2008). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. BS, Linfield College; PhD,
University of Illinois.
Nancy L. Fischer (2005). Associate Professor of Sociology. BA, Hamline University; MA, The
American University; PhD, State University of New York – Albany.
Richard M. Flint (1999). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. BA, St. Olaf College; MS, Iowa
State University.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. Women’s
Athletic Director. BA, Augsburg College; MS, St. Cloud State University.
Stacy R. Freiheit (2005). Associate Professor of Psychology. BA, University of Central Florida;
MA, PhD, Case Western Reserve University.
Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Professor of Philosophy. BA, College of St. Thomas; MA, PhD,
University of Minnesota.
John A. Furia (2004). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, Rhode Island
College; MPA, University of Rhode Island.
G
Annette M. Gerten (1997). Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, College of St. Catherine;
MSW., University of Michigan; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Keith F. Gilsdorf (2001). Associate Professor of Economics. BS, Moorhead State University;
MA, North Dakota State University; PhD, University of Nebraska-Lincoln.
Amy Gort (2009). Associate Professor of Biology. BS, University of Wisconsin; MS, PhD,
University of Illinois–Champaign-Urbana
Jennifer Grant (2010). Assistant Professor of Business. BA, St. Olaf College; MS, University of
Minnesota; MBA, Northcentral University; PhD, Graduate Theological Foundation.
Carrie Gray (2009). Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. BA, Central College;
MPAS, University of Iowa.
Douglas E. Green (1988). Professor of English. BA, Amherst College; MA, PhD, Brown
University.
William D. Green (1991). Associate Professor of History. BA, Gustavus Adolphus College; MA,
PhD, JD, University of Minnesota.
Jeanine A. Gregoire (1996). Associate Professor of Education. BS, MA, PhD, University of
Minnesota.
Robert C. Groven (1997). Associate Professor of Communication Studies. BA, Concordia
College-Moorhead; MA, JD, University of Minnesota.
Ann Grugel (2009). Assistant Professor of Education. BA, St. Olaf College; MS, PhD,
University of Wisconsin–Madison.
Evren Guler (2011). Assistant Professor of Psychology. BA, University of North Carolina; PhD,
University of Minnesota.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History. BA, Gustavus Adolphus College; MA, PhD,
University of Wisconsin.
H
Matthew J. Haines (2001). Associate Professor of Mathematics. BA, St. John’s University; MS,
PhD, Lehigh University.
Lori Brandt Hale (1998). Associate Professor of Religion. BA, University of Iowa; MA,
University of Chicago; PhD, University of Virginia.
David R. Hanson (2006). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. BA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
John U. Harkness (2001). Assistant Professor of English. BA, University of Minnesota; PhD,
Harvard University.
Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. BA, Macalester College; MA, JD,
PhD, University of Minnesota.
Peter A. Hendrickson (1993). Associate Professor of Music. Director of Choral Activities. BA,
Augsburg College; MA, Macalester College; MA, Columbia University; DMA, Manhattan
School of Music.
Melissa Hensley (2010). Assistant Professor of Social Work. AB, MSW, Washington University;
MHA, University of Missouri–Columbia; PhD, Washington University.
Paloma Hesemeyer (2010). Assistant Professor of Psychology. BA, Mills College; PhD,
University of Minnesota.
Garry W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology. Director of Metro-Urban Studies. BA, Phillips
University; MDiv, Union Theological Seminary; MA, PhD, University of Notre Dame.
Stella K. Hofrenning (2000). Associate Professor of Economics. BS, University of Maryland;
PhD, University of Illinois.
Christopher Houltberg (2011). Assistant Professor of Art. BA, Azusa Pacific University; MA,
Art Institute of Boston.
I
Ann Impullitti (2010). Assistant Professor of Biology. BS, Northern Michigan University; MS,
University of Wisconsin; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Colin C. Irvine (2003). Associate Professor of English. BA, Carroll College; MA, University of
Notre Dame; PhD, Marquette University.
Gretchen Kranz Irvine (1993). Assistant Professor of Education. BS, College of St. Teresa;
MS, University of Wisconsin-River Falls; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Mark D. Isaacson (1998). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, St. Olaf College;
MS, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
J
Karl N. Jacobson (2007). Assistant Professor, full-time, Religion. BA, St. Olaf College; MDiv,
Luther Seminary.
Sophia J. Jacobson (1999). Assistant Professor, full-time, American Indian Studies. BA,
Metropolitan State University; MA, EdD, University of St. Thomas.
Jeffrey E. Johnson (1985). Associate Professor of Physics. BS, MS, MBA, PhD, University of
Minnesota.
Martha B. Johnson (1988). Professor of Theater Arts. BA, MA, PhD, University of WisconsinMadison.
K
Amin E. Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration. BComm, University of
Cairo, Egypt; MBA, University of Michigan.
Roberta S. Kagin (1974). Associate Professor of Music (Music Therapy). BA, Park College;
BMusicEd, MMusicEd, University of Kansas; PhD, Temple University.
Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor of Mathematics. AB, MS, PhD, Rutgers University.
Ned D. Kantar (1999). Assistant Professor of Music. BS, MA, University of Minnesota.
Ashok K. Kapoor (1998). Associate Professor of Business Administration. BA, MA, University
of Delhi; MA, MBA, University of Minnesota; PhD, Temple University.
Anne M. Kaufman (1987). Associate Professor of Education. BS, MA, PhD, University of
Minnesota.
Michael Kidd (2008). Associate Professor of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies. BA,
Pomona College; PhD, Cornell University.
Ericka Kimball (2012). Assistant Professor of Social Work. BSW, College of St. Catherine;
MSW,
Augsburg College.
Russell C. Kleckley (2002). Associate Professor of Religion. BA, Newberry College; MDiv,
Lutheran Theological Southern Seminary; DTh, University of Munich.
Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Associate Professor of Music. BA, Augsburg College; MA, University
of Minnesota; PhD, Eastman School of Music.
Kel Abel Knochel (2010). Assistant Professor of Social Work. BA, Albright College; MSW,
Spalding University of Social Work; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. BA, Moorhead State College; MA,
University of Minnesota.
Bibiana D. Koh (2012). Assistant Professor of Social Work. BA, Hartwick College; MA,
Columbia University; MSW, Smith College; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Gregory P. Krueger (2000). Assistant Professor of Education. BA, Southwest Minnesota State
University; MA, Hamline University.
Joan C. Kunz (1987). Associate Professor of Chemistry. BS, University of Missouri-St. Louis;
PhD, University of Wisconsin-Madison.
L
Steven J. LaFave (1991). Professor of Business Administration. BA, Michigan State University;
MA, University of Michigan; MBA, University of Minnesota.
Suzanne W. Lagerwaard (2005). Instructor, part-time, Education. BA, University of Florida;
MEd, University of Minnesota.
Michael J. Lansing (2005). Associate Professor of History. AB, College of William and Mary;
MA, Utah State University; PhD, University of Minnesota.
David V. Lapakko (1986). Associate Professor of Communication Studies. BA, Macalester
College; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Velma J. Lashbrook (2000). Assistant Professor, full-time, Master of Arts in Leadership. BS,
Iowa State University; MS, Illinois State University; EdD, West Virginia University.
Laura K. Lazar (2005). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, MLS, Valparaiso
University; MBA, PhD, Indiana University.
Barbara A. Lehmann (2001). Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, Knox College;
MSW,Tulane University; PhD, Case Western Reserve University.
Audrey Lensmire (2011). Assistant Professor of Education. BA, Indiana University; MAT,
National-Louis University; PhD University of Minnesota.
Cheryl J. Leuning (1996). Professor of Nursing. BA, Augustana College; MS, University of
Minnesota; PhD, University of Utah.
Terrence Lewis (2011). Assistant Professor of Social Work. BA, Catholic University of America;
MSW, University of Kentucky; PhD, Boston University.
Dallas H. Liddle (1999). Associate Professor of English. BA, Grinnell College; PhD, University
of
Iowa.
Lori L. Lohman (1990). Associate Professor of Business Administration. BA, MBA, PhD,
University of Minnesota.
Edward D. Lotterman (2005). Assistant Professor of Economics. BA, MS, University of
Minnesota.
Mary E. Lowe (2003). Associate Professor of Religion. BA, Pacific Lutheran University; MDiv,
Luther Northwestern Theological Seminary; PhD, Graduate Theological Union.
Dawn B. Ludwig (1995). Director, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. BA,
University of Colorado, Denver; MS, PA Certification, University of Colorado Health Science
Center; PhD, Capella University.
M
Patricia Z. Marincic (2005). Associate Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. BS, Purdue
University; MS, Colorado State University; PhD, Utah State University.
M. Elise Marubbio (2003). Associate Professor of American Indian Studies. BFA, Cleveland
Institute of Art; MA, PhD, University of Arizona.
Matthew Maruggi (2008). Assistant Professor of Religion. BA, MA, University of Dayton; PhD,
University of St. Thomas.
Virginia McCarthy (2011). Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, Creighton University; MN,
University of Washington; DNP, St. Catherine University.
Marc C. McIntosh (2007). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, DePaul
University; MBA, Harvard University; DBA, Argosy University.
Mary Lee McLaughlin (1993). Assistant Professor, Librarian. BA, Western Michigan University;
AMLS, University of Michigan; MA, Michigan State University.
Fekri Meziou (1987). Associate Professor of Business Administration. BA, University of Tunis;
MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Catherine Micek (2010). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. BA, University of St. Thomas;
MS, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Joyce P. Miller (2004). Assistant Professor of Nursing. AA, Rochester State Junior College;
BS, MA, Augsburg College.
David Murr (2008). Associate Professor of Physics. BS, Augsburg College; PhD, Boston
University.
Jeremy P. Myers (2006). Associate Professor of Religion. BS, University of Minnesota; MA,
Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Sarah Myers (2009). Assistant Professor of Theater Arts. BS, Northwestern University; MFA,
PhD, University of Texas.
N
Susan K. Nash (1998). Associate Professor of Nursing. BSN, MSN, EdD, University of
Minnesota.
Steven J. Nerheim (2004). Medical Director, Assistant Professor, part time, Physician Assistant
Studies. BA, Northwest College; MDiv, Luther Theological Seminary; MD, University of
Minnesota.
O
Susan E. O’Connor (1994). Associate Professor of Education. BS, University of Minnesota;
MS, PhD, Syracuse University.
Sandra L. Olmsted (1979). Associate Professor of Chemistry. BA, Augsburg College; MS,
University of Wisconsin; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Vicki L. Olson (1987). Professor of Education. BS, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
P
Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp (1986). Associate Professor of Business Administration. BA,
MA, Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; PhD, Akademia Ekonomiczna,
Krakow.
Donna R. Patterson (2006). Assistant Professor, full-time, Education. BA, MEd, University of
Minnesota.
Dale C. Pederson (1992). Associate Professor of Biology. BA, Augsburg College; PhD,
University of Minnesota.
Joyce B. Perkins (2006). Assistant Professor of Nursing. BS, University of New Hampshire;
MA, St. Mary’s College; MS, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Colorado.
Noel J. Petit (1984). Professor of Computer Science. BA, St. Olaf College; MS, PhD, University
of Minnesota.
Ronald W. Petrich (1980). Assistant Professor of Education. BA, Augsburg College; MA,
United Theological Seminary.
Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg (1994). Associate Professor of Modern Languages. BA, National
University, Tehran; MA, University of Nice; PhD, University of California, Los Angeles.
Diane L. Pike (1981). Professor of Sociology. A., Connecticut College; PhD, Yale University.
Timothy D. Pippert (1999). Associate Professor of Sociology. BA, MA, PhD, University of
Nebraska-Lincoln.
Q
Philip A. Quanbeck II (1987). Associate Professor of Religion. BA, St. Olaf College; MDiv,
PhD, Luther Theological Seminary.
R
Deborah L. Redmond (1981). Assistant Professor of Communication Studies. BA, MA,
University of Minnesota.
Kathy J. Reinhardt (1997). Instructor of Modern Languages. MA, Middlebury College.
M. Bridget Robinson-Riegler (1994). Professor of Psychology. BS, Indiana University; MS,
PhD, Purdue University.
Nancy A. Rodenborg (2000). Associate Professor of Social Work. BS, Indiana University;
MSW, University of Minnesota; PhD, Arizona State University.
S
Milo A. Schield (1985). Professor of Business Administration. BS, Iowa State University; MS,
University of Illinois; PhD, Rice University.
John S. Schmit (1990). Professor of English. BS, St. John’s University; MA, University of New
Orleans; PhD, The University of Texas.
Michael D. Schock (1993). Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, University of Washington;
MSW, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Washington.
David G. Schwain (1995). Assistant Professor, full-time, Business Administration. BBA,
University of Cincinnati; MBA, Harvard University.
Kathryn A. Schwalbe (1991). Professor of Business Administration. BS, University of Notre
Dame; MBA, Northeastern University; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Professor of Modern Languages. BA, Texas Christian
University; PhD, University of Texas.
Barbara Short (2011). Associate Professor of Education. BA, Augustana College; MS, EdD,
Illinois
State University.
Kaija Sivongsay (2011). Assistant Professor of Nursing. BS, University of Wisconsin, Eau
Claire;
MA, DNP, Augsburg College.
Christopher Smith (2011). Assistant Professor of Education. BS, MS, Purdue University; PhD,
University of Minnesota, Twin Cities.
Jody M. Sorensen (2005). Associate Professor of Mathematics. BA, St. Olaf College; MA, PhD,
Northwestern University.
Robert J. Stacke (1990). Associate Professor of Music. Band and Jazz Director. BA, Augsburg
College; MACI, College of St. Thomas; PhD, University of Minnesota.
John J. Stangl (1991). Instructor, part time, Education. BS, MA, University of Minnesota.
Peter J. Stark (2007). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, Northwestern
University; MBA, Pepperdine University
Nancy K. Steblay (1988). Professor of Psychology. BA, Bemidji State University; MA, PhD,
University of Montana.
Erik S. Steinmetz (1998). Assistant Professor of Computer Science. BA, Augsburg College;
MS,
University of Minnesota.
Kris Stellon (2012). Assistant Professor of Nursing. BA, MA, College of St. Scholastica.
Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Professor of Business Administration. BS, MS, Long Island University.
Martha E. Stortz (2010). Bernhard Christensen Professor of Vocation and Religion. BA,
Carleton College; MA, PhD, The Divinity School, The University of Chicago.
Benjamin L. Stottrup (2005). Associate Professor of Physics. BA, University of Minnesota,
Morris; PhD, University of Washington.
Beverly J. Stratton (1986). Professor of Religion. BA, MA, Boston University; MA, DTh, Luther
Seminary.
Kathryn A. Swanson (1985). Professor of English. BA, St. Olaf College; MA, PhD, University of
Minnesota.
Tara K. Sweeney (1992). Associate Professor of Art. BS, University of Wisconsin-Stout; MFA,
Minneapolis College of Art and Design.
T
Brenda J. J. Talarico (2003). Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies, clinical site
director. BS, University of Minnesota; PA Certificate, Augsburg College; MPAS, University of
Nebraska Medical Center.
Ismael S. Talke (2012). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. BSc, University of Asmara; MSc,
University of Natal; MSc, PhD, Montana State University.
Sonja K. Thompson (1993). Assistant Professor of Music. BM, University of Minnesota; MM,
The Juilliard School.
Robert K. Tom (2002). Associate Professor of Art. BFA, University of Hawaii; MFA, Temple
University.
JosephTowle (2011). Assistant Professor of Spanish. BA, North Dakota State University; MA,
PhD, University of Minnesota.
Mark D. Tranvik (1995). Professor of Religion. BA, Luther College; MDiv, Yale University; ThD,
Luther Seminary.
Alan J. Tuchtenhagen (2011). Interim Director, Master of Arts in Leadership. BS, Westmar
College
MA, University of Nebraska; DPA, Hamline University.
U-V
Joseph Underhill (1998). Associate Professor of Political Science. BA, University of CaliforniaBerkeley; MA, San Francisco State University; PhD, University of Michigan.
Eileen Kaese Uzarek (2001). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. BA,
Gustavus Adolphus College; MS, Mankato State University.
Lisa Van Getson (2012). Assistant Professor of Nursing. BS, College of St. Teresa; MA, St.
Catherine University; MS, Winona State University.
James A. Vela-McConnell (1997). Professor of Sociology. BA, Loyola University; PhD, Boston
College.
David E. Venne (1990). Atmospheric Science. Assistant Professor of Physics. BS, University of
Minnesota; PhD, Iowa State University.
Diane Vodicka (2008). Assistant Professor of Education. BA, North Park College; MEd,
Georgia Southwestern College.
W
Dana Wagner (2008). Assistant Professor of Education. BA, St. Olaf College; MEd, University
of Minnesota.
Bernard Walley (2011). Assistant Professor of Economics. BA, MPhil, University of Ghana,
Legon;
PhD, University of Nebraska-Lincoln.
Mzenga A. Wanyama (2006). Assistant Professor of English. BA, MA, University of Nairobi,
Kenya;
PhD, University of Minnesota.
Martha A. (Cary) Waterman (1991). Assistant Professor of English. BA, University of Denver;
BS, MA, Minnesota State University-Mankato.
Shana K. Watters (2007). Assistant Professor of Computer Science. AA, Northern Virginia
Community College; BS, South Dakota School of Mines and Technology; MS, MA, PhD,
University of Minnesota.
Mike Weimerskirch (2011). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. BA, Northwestern University;
MA,
University of St. Thomas; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Patricia F. Weiss (1991). Associate Professor, part time, Education. Paideia Associate-inResidence.
BA, Boston College; MEd, PhD, University of North Carolina.
Michael T. Wentzel (2011). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. BS, Creighton University; MS,
University of Pennsylvania; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Emanuelle Wessels (2010). Assistant Professor of Communication Studies. BA, University of
Iowa;
MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Barbara A. West (1997). Instructor of Education. Faculty Coordinator of Teacher Placement
/Licensing. BS, St. Cloud State University; MS, Syracuse University.
Trent Whitcomb (2010). Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. BS, Mankato State
University; MS, Finch University of Health Sciences.
Hans H. Wiersma (2004). Associate Professor of Religion. BA, University of California, San
Diego; MDiv, PhD, Luther Seminary.
X-Y-Z
Henry Yoon (2009). Assistant Professor of Psychology. BA, University of California; MA, PhD,
University of Minnesota.
John M. Zobitz (2007). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. BA, St. John’s University; MA,
PhD, University of Utah.
Faculty Emeriti
Ruth L. Aaskov. Professor Emerita of Modern Languages. BA, Augsburg College; MA,
Middlebury College; PhD, University of Wisconsin.
Earl R. Alton. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry/Dean Emeritus. BA, St. Olaf College; MS, PhD,
University of Michigan.
Lyla M. Anderegg. Professor Emerita of Psychology. BA, University of Minnesota; MA,
Northwestern University.
Barbara L. Andersen. Professor Emerita of English. BA, Northwestern College; MA,
Northwestern University.
Charles S. Anderson. President Emeritus. BA, St. Olaf College; MA, University of Wisconsin;
BTh, Luther Theological Seminary; PhD, Union Theological Seminary.
Margaret J. Anderson. Professor Emerita, Library. BS, MA, University of Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. BS,
MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
John E. Benson. Professor Emeritus of Religion. BA, Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; MA, PhD, Columbia University.
Anthony A. Bibus, III (1992). Professor Emeritus of Social Work. BA, University of St. Thomas;
MA, University of Virginia; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Vern M. Bloom. Professor Emeritus of Social Work. BA, MSW, University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton Professor Emerita of Theater Arts. BS, MFA, University of Minnesota.
Richard A. Borstad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. BA, MA, PhD,
University of Minnesota.
Nora M. Braun. Professor Emerita of Business Administration. BSBA, University of MissouriColumbia; MBA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Maria L. Brown. Professor Emerita of Social Work. BA, MA, American University; MSW,
University of Minnesota.
Francine Chakolis. Professor Emerita of Social Work. BS, Augsburg College; MSW, University
of Minnesota.
Beverly C. Durkee. Professor Emerita of Mathematics. BA, BSL, BSEd, MA, University of
Minnesota; PhD, Arizona State University.
Kenneth N. Erickson. Professor Emeritus of Physics. BA, Augsburg College; MS, Michigan
State University; PhD, Colorado State University.
Norman B. Ferguson. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. BA, Franklin and Marshall College;
MS, PhD, University of Wisconsin.
Henry G. Follingstad. Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. BEE, MS, University of Minnesota.
Stephen M. Gabrielsen. Professor Emeritus of Music. BA, Augsburg College, MA, PhD,
University of Minnesota.
Jerry Gerasimo. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. BA, Lake Forest College; MA, PhD,
University of Chicago.
Orloue Gisselquist. Professor Emeritus of History. BA, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Satya P. Gupta. Professor Emeritus of Economics. BS, MS, Agra University, India; MS, PhD,
Southern Illinois University.
Arlin E. Gyberg. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. BS, Mankato State University; PhD,
University of Minnesota.
Daniel S. Hanson. Professor Emeritus of Communication Studies. BA, Augsburg College; MA,
University of Minnesota.
Edwina L. Hertzberg. Professor Emerita of Social Work. BA, Cedar Crest College; MSW, PhD,
University of Minnesota.
Norman D. Holen. Professor Emeritus of Art. BA Concordia College-Moorhead; MFA,
University of Iowa.
Bradley P. Holt. Professor Emeritus of Religion. BA, Augsburg College; BD, Luther Theological
Seminary; MPhil, PhD, Yale University.
John R. Holum. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. BA, St. Olaf College; PhD, University of
Minnesota.
Irene Khin Khin Jensen. Professor Emerita of History. BA, Rangoon University, Burma; MA,
Bucknell University; PhD, University of Wisconsin.
Duane E. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. BA, Huron College; BA, University of
Minnesota; ME, South Dakota State University; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Kingsley. Professor Emerita of Modern Languages. BA, St. Olaf College; MA,
Middlebury College.
Alvin L. Kloppen. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. BS, Augustana
College; MA, University of South Dakota.
Lynn E. Lindow. Professor Emerita of Education. BS, Mankato State University; MS, North
Dakota State University; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Lynne F. Lorenzen. Professor Emerita of Religion. BA, University of Iowa; MDiv, Northwestern
Lutheran Theological Seminary; MA, PhD, Claremont Graduate School.
Esther G. McLaughlin. Professor Emerita of Biology. BA, PhD, University of CaliforniaBerkeley.
Marie O. McNeff. Professor Emerita of Education/Dean Emerita. BS, MEd, EdD, University of
Nebraska.
Erwin D. Mickelberg. Professor Emeritus of Biology. BA, Augsburg College; MA, University of
Minnesota.
Mildred “Mike” Mueller. Professor Emerita of Education. BA, MA, Central Michigan University;
EdD, University of Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. BA, Augsburg College;
MEd, University of Minnesota.
Richard C. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of History. BA, University of Nebraska; MA, PhD,
University of Minnesota.
Catherine C. Nicholl. Professor Emerita of English. BA, Hope College; MA, University of
Michigan; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Beverly J. Nilsson. Professor Emerita of Nursing. BS, MS, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan. Professor Emerita of Political Science. BA, University of Pennsylvania; MA,
PhD, Indiana University.
Ronald G. Palosaari. Professor Emeritus of English. BA, Bethel College; BDiv, Bethel
Seminary; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Patricia A. Parker. Associate Academic Dean Emerita. BA, Eastern Michigan University; MA,
PhD, University of Michigan.
Curtis M. Paulsen Professor Emeritus of Social Work. BA, St. Olaf College; MSW, University
of Minnesota; PhD, The Fielding Institute.
Lauretta E. Pelton. Professor Emerita of Education. MEd, Marquette University.
Joyce M. Pfaff. Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. BA, Augsburg College;
MEd, University of Minnesota.
Philip A. Quanbeck, Sr. Professor Emeritus of Religion. BA, Augsburg College; BD, Augsburg
Theological Seminary; MTh, ThD, Princeton Theological Seminary.
Larry C. Ragland. Professor Emeritus of Computer Science. BS, MA, Central Missouri State
College; PhD, University of Texas at Austin.
Bruce R. Reichenbach. Professor Emeritus of Philosophy. BA, Wheaton College; MA, PhD,
Northwestern University.
Glenda Dewberry Rooney. Professor Emerita of Social Work. BS, University of North Texas;
MSW, University of Illinois; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Marianne B. Sander. Dean of Students Emerita. BA, Valparaiso University; MA, University of
Minnesota.
Edwin J. Saugestad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. BA, Augsburg
College; MA, University of Minnesota.
Charles M. Sheaffer. Professor Emeritus of Computer Science. BA, Metropolitan State
University; MS, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Eugene M. Skibbe. Professor Emeritus of Religion. BA, St. Olaf College; BT., Luther
Theological Seminary; ThD, University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Clarice A. Staff. Professor Emerita of Social Work. BA, Augsburg College; MS, DSW, Columbia
University.
Grace K. Sulerud. Professor Emerita, Library. BA, Augsburg College; MA, University of
Minnesota.
Ralph L. Sulerud. Professor Emeritus of Biology. BA, Concordia College, Moorhead; MS, PhD,
University of Nebraska.
Karen T. Sutherland. Professor Emerita of Computer Science. AB, Augustana College; two MS
degrees; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Maryann Syers (1998). Professor Emerita of Social Work. BA, Arizona State University; MSW,
PhD, University of Minnesota.
Philip J. Thompson. Professor Emeritus of Art. BA, Concordia College, Moorhead; MFA,
University of Iowa.
David L. Tiede. Bernhard M. Christensen Professor Emeritus of Vocation and Religion. BA, St.
Olaf College; BD, Luther Theological Seminary; PhD, Harvard University.
Rita R. Weisbrod. Professor Emerita of Sociology. BA, MA, University of Minnesota; PhD,
Cornell University.
Mary Louise Williams. Professor Emerita of Social Work. BFA, MSW, University of
Pennsylvania.
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW 19,88-89
'
I
-;
__.f -:-.� ·,.( -;;·:c..../ "<"
-<..�-(
AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA
CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70
RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68
--GVLLiCii
AUGSBURG
-.-
PROFILE
AFFILIATION
Augsburg Coll... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW 19,88-89
'
I
-;
__.f -:-.� ·,.( -;;·:c..../ "<"
-<..�-(
AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA
CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70
RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68
--GVLLiCii
AUGSBURG
-.-
PROFILE
AFFILIATION
Augsburg College is a fouryear liberal arts college affiliated
with
The
American
Lutheran Church. The College
offers a broad education in a
Christian environment.
parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further
study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for
graduate study in various fields.
LOCATION
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central
Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National
Council for the Accreditation
of Teacher Education, the
American Chemical Society, and
the American Association of
University Women.
Augsburg College is located
along Interstate Highway NO.
94, just 20 blocks from the
downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and
art collections. They also have
the opportunity to attend lectures, musical programs and
other cultural activities in the
Minneapolis-St. Paul area.
MEMBERSHIPS
SETTING
Augsburg College holds membership also in the American
Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the
American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the
National Lutheran Educational
Conference, the Association of
Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and
the Association of Protestant
Colleges and Universities.
The twelve-block Augsburg
campus is located in the heart
of Minneapolis and is adjacent
to the University of Minnesota
West Bank campus and two of
the city's largest hospitals. In
this urban setting, Augsburg
students prepare for careers in
our increasingly urban society.
A friendly atmosphere prevails
on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases
of campus community life under
the direction of a capable, wellprepared faculty.
ACCREDITATION
COURSES OF STUDY
Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts
degree offered in 29 major fields
of study. Students are prepared
for teaching, business administration, social work, medical
technology, secretarial work,
DEVELOPMENT
A comprehensive development
program is in operation which
will, over the years, add additional land and buildings t o the
Augsburg College campus.
THE AUGSBURG COLLEGE CAMPUS
Augsburg College is located
near the Minneapolis loop and
the University of Minnesota.
The Administrative offices are
in science ~ ~ at1the1 corner of
7th Street and 21st Avenue
South.
Prospective students and 0ther interested persons are cor-
dially invited to visit the
campus. Visiting hours are
9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through
Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone call
in advance is recommended.
Write to the Office of Admissi,ons, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; or
telephone 332-5181.
ACADEMIC CALENDAR,
AUGUST 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
S
1
8
15
22
29
SEPTEMBER 1968
M T W T F S
2 3 4 5 6 7
91011121314
16 17 18 19 20 21
23 24 25 26 27 28
30
OtTOBER 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9101112
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
S
1
8
15
22
29
DECEMBER 1968
M T W T F S
2 3 4 5 6 7
91011121314
16 17 18 19 20 21
23 24 25 26 27 28
30 31
JANUARY 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
FEBRUARY 1969
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28
MARCH 1969
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
APRIL 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9101112
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
MAY 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
SUMMER SESSION 1968
June 24
July 4
Aug. 2
...........(Mon.) ............ Final registration and
beginning of classes
............(Thurs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday
............
(Fri.)
................. Final
examinations
ACADEMIC YEAR 1968-69
FALL TERM
Sept.
Sept.
Sept.
Nov.
Nov.
Nov.
5-9 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) ... Freshman Welcome Week
9, 10 . . . . . . . . . (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration
11 .......... (Wed.) ...................... Classes begin
19 . . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes
20-26 ........ (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations
27-Dec. 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) .......... Thanksgiving recess
WINTER TERM
Dec. 3 ............. (Tues.) ...................... Registration
Dec. 4 ............. (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin
(Fri.) ............. Christmas recess begins
Dec. 20, 9:00 p.m.
(Mon.) .................... Classes resume
Jan. 6, 7:45 a.m.
Feb. 25 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
Feb. 26-March 4 ... (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations
March 5-10 ....... (Wed.-Mon.) ................ Term break
...
...
SPRING TERM
March 10 .......... (Mon.) ...................... Registration
March 11 .......... (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
April 2, 9:00 p.m. .. (Wed.) ............... Easter recess begins
April 8, 7:45 a.m.
(Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume
May 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
May 26-30 ......... (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
June 1 . . . . . . . . . . . .(Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement
...
-
'
;:,,
ACADEMIC CALENDAR, 1969-1970
AUGUST 1969
S M T W T F
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15
17 18 19 20 21 22
24 25 26 27 28 29
,
S
2
9
16
23
30
SEPTEMBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
78910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
OCTOBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
DECEMBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
78910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
FEBRUARY 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
891011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
MARCH 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
891011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
APRIL 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30
MAY 1970
S M T W T F
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15
17 18 19 20 21 22
24 25 26 27 28 29
31
31
JANUARY 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1969
. . . . . . . . . . . . Final registration and
beginning of classes
July 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday
July 18 ............ (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
June 9
. . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.)
July 21
Aug. 8
............ (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
. . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1969
ACADEMIC YEAR 1969-70
FALL TERM
Sept. 4-8 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) . . . Freshman Welcome Week
Sept. 8, 9 ......... (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration
Sept. 10 ........... (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
Nov. 18 . . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes
Nov. 19-25 . . . . . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations
Nov. 26-Dec. 2 . . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) ......... Thanksgiving recess
WINTER TERM
Dec. 2 ............. (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration
Dec. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin
Dec. 19, 9:00 p.m. .. (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Christmas recess begins
Jan. 5, 7:45 a.m. ... (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume
Feb. 24 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
Feb. 25-March 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
March 4-9 ......... (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term break
SPRING TERM
March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration
March 10 . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
March 25, 9:00 p.m. . (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Easter recess begins
March 31, 7:45 a.m. . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume
May 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
May 25-29 . . . . . . . . (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
May 31 . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement
S
2
9
16
23
30
A I M S A N D OBJECTIVES
Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The
American Lutheran Church. The
faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the
following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this
institution.
ULTIMATE AlMS
TO contribute to the true good
of human life and society.
To contribute t o the building
of free and living congregations
in the community of the Christian Church.
BASIC PHILOSOPHY
The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of
God in Christ constitutes the
greatest potential for good in
human life and society; but this
potential is realized only insofar
as it is actualized in the minds
and hearts of individuals.
The redemption of the mind
constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the ChrGtian
Church; in seeking to relate all
learning to the truth of the
Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to
society.
Where there is an atmosphere
of free and honest inquiry, truth
has the overwhelming advantage;
the Christian college, therefore,
pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by
inviting teachers and students
to join in a common search for
truth and in a common attempt
to see all truth in relation to
ultimate s ruth.
PRIMARY OBJECTIVES
To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can
reap the maximum benefit from
a program of Christian higher
education.
To provide a campus setting
that is conducive to the spiritual,
mental, moral and physical wellbeing of its students.
To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist
them to develop the habits and
skills necessary for sound academic work.
To acquaint its students with
the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both
for the sake of the enrichment
of their own lives and, through
them, for the enrichment of their
homes and communities.
To confront its students with
the problems and benefits of
living and serving in an increasingly urban culture.
To lead its students to a deeper understanding and. experience
of the Christian Gospel in its
relation to every area of life
and learning.
To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their
peculiar aptitudes and interests,
and to provide training and
counsel that ,will assist them
in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto.
To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes
and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each
GENERAL
INFORMATION
student to look upon his life
as a Christian vocation, and an
opportunity for service t o God
and man.
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTER
Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning.
As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that
high level of excellence which
is appropriate to such a community.
Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an
institution founded by Lutheran
immigrants from Norway who
sought t,o play a creative role
in American life and society,
and seeks t o preserve the enduring values of this heritage
in the life of the college community today.
As a metropolitan college,
Augsburg attempts to relate its
faculty and. students to an urban
culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing
metropolitan
community
in
which it is located.
THE PHYSICAL PLANT
Instructional facilities and student housing a t Augsburg are
conveniently located in relation
to each other.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices.
Science Hall, erected in 194%
49, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped
laboratories for chemistry, phys-
ics, and biology; a medium-sized
auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The
Lisa Odland Observatory, on the
roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library,
named in honor of Augsburg's
fourth president, was erected
and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent
to Science Hall and of similar
contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work
rooms, a visual-education center,
the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty
offices. There is stack space for
approximately 100,000 volumes.
Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building,
named in honor of Professor J. S.
Melby, dean of men from 1920
to 1942, basketball coach and
head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and
general auditorium purposes.
East Hall, purchased in 1966,
provides a rehearsal hall for the
Concert Band and Repertoire
Band as well as rehearsal and
instruction rooms for instrumentalists.
The Music Hall was acquired
by purchase in 1947 and has
been remodeled to provide vocal, string and piano rehearsal
rooms together with a rehearsal
room for large groups.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely
-..,+-,:
functional building for dramatic
and other speech activities.
The Augsburg College Center,
completed in 1967, is a center
of non-academic activity on
campus. The building houses the
Commons, which is the name for
the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and coffee
shop. Student government and
student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational
areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000
square feet of space.
Urness Tower Residence for
Women, completed in 1967, is
an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was
named in honor of Mr. and Mrs.
Andrew Urness who have given
several generous gifts to the
college. A unique feature of the
building is that each floor is
considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed
two to a room, with their own
lounge, study and utility areas.
The second floor level with
main lounge, also provides an
apartment for the head resident.
There is an observation lounge
a t the top of the structure.
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial
Hall, erected in 1938, was
named in honor of Augsburg's
second and third presidents. The
building houses about 65 men
students and provides for some
faculty and administration offices in one wing.
Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall in-
corporates a building donated
to the college in 1939 from the
late Dr. Iver Sivertsen and Mrs.
Sivertsen, and a larger addition
erected in 1955 and named in
honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen.
dean of women a t Augsburg
from 1923 to 1964. The building
provides housing for about 144
men students as well as apartments for the resident head.
The Studio Building, dedicated
in 1964, houses the Department
of Art on its two floors.
West Hall is an apartment
building purchased in 1966
shortly after it was constructed.
The building houses 38 women
students and an apartment for
the head resident.
Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the
expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men
or women students, married students and for faculty and staff
members.
The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is
located on the West River Road.
THE ARCHIVES
-
The Augsburg Archives seeks
to gather and make available
for use documents, books, and
other articles of historical value.
The George Sverdrup Library
provides adequate, fire-proof
quarters for the archives. Here
are found a large collection of
periodicals, manuscripts, letters
i n d pictures, affording extensive
resources for scholarly research.
LIBRARY FACILITIES
-
The beautiful and spacious
George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop
for both faculty and students.
It contains about 70,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets,
and is adding approximately
7,000 new volumes each year.
Students and faculty working in
either of the two large reading
rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand.
All books are kept on open
shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and welltrained staff, is available to
students.
Special collections have been
developed in the Music Library,
the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual
Center. In 1966, the AmericanScandinavian Foundation presented its collection of Scandinavian music to the College. Additional conveniences
include conference rooms for
larger groups or small classes. A
typing corner is provided in the
first-floor reading room.
The library subscribes to
nearly 600 of the best periodi-
cals dealing with a large variety
of subjects, as well as a number
of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Curregt
issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area.
The library plays an active
role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly
book discussions for faculty,
staff, and students.
In the Twin City area are
other libraries which make their
holdings available to Augsburg
students, notably, the St. Paul
and Minneapolis public libraries,
the latter of which issues library
cards to out-of-town students
for each school year.
NATURAL SCIENCE
LABORATORIES
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the
Science Hall. Four laboratories
and storeroom and office space
for biology are located on the
second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research
laboratories for chemistry and
two laboratories for physics are
located on the third and fourth
floors. A chemistry library is
located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here.
FINANCIAL
INFORMATION
1968-69
COMPREHENSIVE FEE
Includes tuition, board and room and College Center
fees as described below.
(per year)
$- 2,270.00
-
- -
TUITION
-
New freshmen entering September, 1968
(per year) $ 1,400.00
This rate is guaranteed for four consecutive years.
In case of time lost due to illness or accident, the rate,
upon application and approval, may be extended for a
fifth year.
Transfer students and returning students not on a prior
year-guaranteed plan.
(per year) $ 1,300.00
Part-time students (carrying less than 12 credits per
term)
(per credit hour) $ -3880
Fee for auditing is one-half the fee for credit.
BOARD AND ROOM
Residence Halls
Honor Houses (upper-class students only)
The board plan provides 21 meals per week.
(per year)
(per year)
$ _ 840.00
$ 795.00
OTHER REQUIRED FEES
College Center Fee
(per year)
Part-time students are charged on a proportionate basis.
Application Fee
Required of all new students, non-refundable.
Initial Payment-New Students
Required of students whose application for admission
has been accepted; to be paid by May 1, 1968. The payment is applied to the tuition fee, but is not transferable
or refundable.
Room Reservation Deposit-Returning
Students
Required by July 1, 1968, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, 1968.
Breakage Deposit
Required of all resident students. Refundable upon
graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing educational program at Augsburg College.
SPECIAL FEES
Change in registration after classes begin (per cancel
or add)
r
Late registration after classes begin
(per day)
Placement re-registration (for alumni)
Graduation fee
Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy
Arrangements for special examinations are made in
Registrar's office, with charges according to schedule
on file.
$
30.00
$
10.00
$
100.00
$
25.00
$
20.00
$
$
$
$
$
2.00
2.00
5.00
15.00
1.00
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
Computer Science
Student Teaching
Improvement of Reading
Music Lessons (10 per term)
Practice Studio Rental
Organ (one hour per day)
Piano or Voice (one hour per day)
OTHER COSTS
Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore.
Estimated costs
(per year) $
Linen service, required in residence halls
(per year) $
Personal expenses for clothing, entertainment and transportation vary from student to student. In planning a
yearly budget, a student should add
(per year) $
$
SETTLEMENT OF ACCOUNT
A statement of charges for the year will be prepared
and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of one-third of the annual charge is due a t the
beginning of each term except that for the fall term
payments will be due on or before August 20, so that
all necessary processing of financial arrangements can
be completed in time to clear the student for registration.
- In some cases, more frequent and smaller payments may
be--necessa~
or desirable. Information on this mode of
payment will be forwarded with the statement of
charges in August. Students using this service will pay
a carrying charge.
%.
REFUNDS
If a student decides to cancel his registration, refunds
of term fees, tuition and room charges are allowed as
follows: during the first week of classes, 80%; during
the second week, 70%; during the third week, 60%;
during the fourth week, 50%; and during the fifth week,
40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week. Refunds
for board are made on a proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to cancel his registration because
of accident or illness during the first five weeks of
the term, the charge is one-half of the rate indicated
above, except that board is refunded on a proportionate
basis. Students required to enter military service will
receive a full refund of fees and a proportionate refund
on board and room charges.
100.00
27.00
300.00
to
400.00
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial aid in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and parttime employment is available a t Augsburg College.
Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of
the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe t o the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a
student should be based upon financial need. The CSS assists the
college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for
financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance
are required to submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement
(PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15. The PCS form
may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship
Service, Box 881, Evanston, Illinois 60204. All upper-class students
are required to submit a Parents' Confidential Statement-Renewal
form each year.
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time.
The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of
many individual donors, is maintained chiefly by contributions from
the Augsburg College Women's Club.
National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students capable of
maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special
consideration will be given to all students with a superior academic
background. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year,
September through June, or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period.
United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans made
by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A
grant to the college by the Gamble-Skogmo Foundation provided
the funds to establish the initial reserves required. The United
Student Aid Fund Incorporation also handles the Federal Insured
Loan program.
Arrangements for all types of loans are made through a conference
with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on financial aid. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels
students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances.
SCHOLARSHIPS
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN
Foundation Fellowships are offered t o students with outstanding
high school records and high scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test
of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in honors course work. These awards range in
amount from $100 to full tuition and are renewable for four years
for students with a grade point average o~f 3.0 (B average). TO
qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a student should rank in the
upper five percent of his high school class and have a combined
score of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. The scholarship committee also considers an individual's interests, abilities,
and character.
Honor Scholarships are offered to good students who have strong
potential for academic success at Augsburg College. These awards
range in amount from $100 to full tuition and may be renewed for
four years for students with a grade point average of 2.50.
Students who rank in the upper fifteen percent of their
high school class and have above average scores in the Scholastic
Aptitude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships.
Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards are offered each year
by the Department of Chemistry to students strongly interested in
chemistry or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from $2,000
to $4,000 over four years. A student qualifies for a Chemistry
Scholarship on the basis of his high school performance, a special
chemistry examination, financial need, and vocational objective.
Summer Research Awards are also available to students in chemistry. This award provides a stipend of $600 for each student
to do research under the guidance of the chemistry department.
Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial
need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are admitted to Augsburg College but do not qualify
for a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award'. These awards range in amount from $100 to $600 and
may be renewable for four years with a grade point average of 2.0
(C average).
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN
Departmental Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded each
year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of
their ma)or department. These scholarships are renewable if the
student maintains a scholastic average of 2.75 or better.
Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the freshman, sophomore, and junior classes for use the
following academic year. The scholarship fund., which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of
previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of
financial need.
The Augsburg College Women's Club Schdarship awards, totaling
$400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding
character and excellent scholarship.
The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her husband, Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship
is awarded annually to a student studying choral music.
The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was
established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through
a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0.Burntvedt
who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958.
One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or
students in the senior class who are preparing for the ministry.
The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the
Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students.
The M. J. Estrem Scholarship was established in 1965 by Mr. and
Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis to provide an annual scholarship
for some worthy student of the College, such student to be selected
upon the recommendation of the Scholarship Committee of the
College.
Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships may be
awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition.
The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship Fund, established
in 1965, makes possible the awarding of one or more scholarships
each year to upperclass male students interested in careers in the
field of business.
The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr.
and Mrs. 0. I. Hertsgaard. One or more scholarships will be awarded
annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a
proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest
or potential in conducting and show promise of overall academic
success.
The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
The scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected on the
basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in
the field of athletics.
International Milling Company Scholarships are funded by contributions made by the International Milling Company to the Minnesota Private College Fund. These scholarships of variable amounts
are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students.
The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring
Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of
$200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded
to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship
and economic need.
The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957
through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It
is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the
amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and
interest in Christian service.
1
The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956
by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship
is awarded annually t o a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and promise of achievement in the field
of physical education.
Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500 each are provided
by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded
each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are
selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis
of religious leadership and scholastic standing.
Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were established in
1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance
Company. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded
annually to able and deserving upper-class students who are policy
holders.
David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance
during the term in which they are doing student teaching.
The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs.
James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount of $300 to
an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in
the Christian ministry.
--
in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded
annually to a sophomore or junior student d outstanding promise
in the field of music.
The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by
members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph
Paulson who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935,
is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written
on an assigned subject in the field of Christian sociology. The
amount of the prize is $50.
The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded
annually to freshman students who, without assistance, would be
unable to pursue higher education.
The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in
1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman.
The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established
in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college from 1940
to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to seIected
students preparing for Christian senrice.
I
The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory.
As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social
injustice, this scholarship is awarded periodically to an American
Negro student.
Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division
of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of
$300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to
students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or
seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work
courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of smial
work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a student's interests,
aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn
Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Ausgburg College Choir from
1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955
by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Donran.
It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major
or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in
the art of singing.
The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends to honor her memory.
A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually to an able and
I .
I
I
deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship
committee.
The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen,
professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award
of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in
the field of English.
Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded annually to outstanding Junior or Senior students who are residents of the state of
Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the Tozer
Foundation, Inc., of Stillwater, Minnesota.
The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962
by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward
Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship
committee.
Memorial Scholarship Foundation. Undesignated memorial gifts are
placed in the Foundation Fund. Income from these endowment gifts
is used to provide scholarships d varying amounts. The scholarship committee selects students who are able and deserving.
The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was created by the Augsburg College Board of Regents on the occasion of the visit by Crown
Prince Harald of Norway to the Augsburg campus in October,
1965. This annual scholarship provides one year's full tuition for
a student from Norway who wishes t o study at Augsburg. The
recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Norway
set up for this purpose.
The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry t o honor
the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry
a t Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award is made t o a
student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement
in the field of chemistry.
-
3
The Carl Fwse Memorial -h~
'p was established i
1960 by the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Carl
Fosse, professor of chemistry a t Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The
annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates
promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship
established in 1967 by the family and friends and the Department
of Chemistry to honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry a t Augsburg until his death in June, 1966. The
annual award is made to a student whose academic background
indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
I
3
The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship
was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made
annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise
in the field of chemistrv.
The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in
1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of bi'ochemistry
at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement
in the field of chemistry.
The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was
established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960
to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student omf chemistry a t Augsburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The
annual award ia made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship w a s
established in 1963. This annual award is made to a student whose
academic background indicates promising achievement in the field
of chemistry.
I
GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS
The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is
awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order
to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of
projects of graduate study.
George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is
awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character
and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars.
STUDENT
EMPLOYMENT
An employment
assists students
the school year,
and off-campus
II
service, located in the Student Personnel Office,
in obtaining part-time remunerative work during
Christmas vacation, and summer. Both on-campus
jobs are available.
I
ADMISSION
APPLICATION PROCEDURE
Applications for admission are provided by and submitted to the
Office of Admissions, Applications may be obtained by visiting,
writing, or calling (332-5181). A majority of the applications are
received between September and January of the students' senior
year in high school. Although the closing date for making application for the fall term is August 1, the class may be filled well
in advance of this date.
An early decision plan is available for highly-qualified applicants
who apply before December 1. These applicants are notified concerning admission on the basis of grades through the junior year
and college aptitude test scores. Students applying after December 1 will generally not be notified concerning admission until after
the Scholastic Aptitude Test scores have been received by the
college. A $100 tuition deposit is due before May 1, with earlier
payment giving preference in the assignment of campus housing.
Students admitted after May 1 are required to make the $100 tuition deposit within two weeks of notification of acceptance. The
tuition deposit is not refundable but applies to the cost of tuition.
An interview on campus is encouraged.
Instructions for applying for admission:
1. Return the application form with a $10 application fee
(non-refundable) and a photograph to:
Office of Admissions
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
2. Request your counselor or principal to send us a transcript
of your high school record and all test results. Transfer
students will request the previous college or colleges to
send an official transcript of grades together with results
of standardized tests taken.
3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance
Examination Board is required for admission. The test should
be taken early in the senior year or late in the junior year.
See your counselor or principal about registering for the
SAT or write to College Entrance Examination Board, c/o
Educational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. Transfer students are not required to take the SAT.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The quality of a student's work in high scho'ol, type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular pal-ticipation, and recommendations are important factors in considering an
application for admission. Augsburg College seeks students who
rank high in their high school graduating class, a t least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board.
It is recommended that a student have a least 12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include
four units of English, and a t least two units each of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science. A unit is defined
a s a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least
120 hours of classwork.
A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be
provided with blanks early in the summer to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health
report must be received before the student will be permitted to register.
TRANSFER
Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory
and they are in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal
arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. A
maximum of 95 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a junior
college. The college reserves the right not to grant credit for
courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant
provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited institutions. The
grade point average for graduation is based on work taken a t
Augsburg.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the
basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by
tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed.
ADVANCED STANDING
Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted t o high school
students who have successfully completed a college-level course
provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
CAMPUS
q-
There are many influences which mould life and character in college. While the exercises d classroom, laboratory, and library
form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very
real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the
climate of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed
upon the maintenance of a whoiesome spirit of ~hristianc&rnunity living.
:,!,
I.
!<i
THE CHAPEL SERVICE
At the center of Augsburg's program is the daily chapel service,
where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer,
and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance
is expected of all students and faculty.
COMMISSION OF
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES
The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and
faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student, who is also a member of the Student Council.
Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious life
can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see
its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and
the stimulation of faith through discussion and service.
RECREATION STANDARDS
AND DISCIPLINE
At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmatives about human nature and man's relation to God.
As a Christian liberal arts college, Augsburg takes these relationships seriously and therefore seeks to educate the whole man.
It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish
programs and policies that contribute to this end.
.
''?
"'
,
!>
-
It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a
Christian college, and students who do not feel drawn to this
quality of life should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg.
Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the
college reserves the right to ask its students to adapt themselves
to the social and recreational program approved by the college.
It reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation
in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic
reasons.
It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only
after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial
processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first
d,
..
'!D
.
:lf:
,*
-
dealt with through counseling. Those not solved this way are
channeled to a student-faculty Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and
the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action.
In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some
limitations have been placed on certain activities. The college is
opposed to all forms of gambling. The college does not allow
the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in residence
halls, in any college-approved place of residence or a t any collegesponsored event. Minnesota state law forbids the possession or
consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21
years of age.
CONVOCATION
Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These
programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered,
including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic.
SOCIAL, CULTURAL
AND RECREATIONAL
PROGRAM
In attempting to meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on campus and many
of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity
outside the classroom occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational, and cultural activities. The activities program is designed to complement
the classroom experience and to enhance the student's college experience.
Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the
center, in residence halls, and elsewhere on campus. These social
activities include parties, teas, picnics, films, banquets, dances,
talent shows and special dinners and big-name entertainment.
Traditional highlights of the year are Homecoming, the Christmas
Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance.
Many students take part in the social society system a t Augsburg
by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies are
small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass
students and freshmen, and commuter and residence students,
as they plan activities. The society system is governed by the InterSociety Council which, in turn, is responsible to the Student Council.
The recreation program has activities for both participants and spectators. The intramural program under the direction of the Physical
Education Department features touch football and basketball. On
campus such recreational facilities as pool tables, ping-pong, and
bicycles are available in addition to the facilities in Melby Hall.
Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming a t Fairview Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay
on campus to ice skate. There are informally organized soccer and
boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate
athletic contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus transportation is
arranged for those wanting to attend.
The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center there are art exhibits, discussions, music listening facilities, small recitals, concerts, drama
readings and films. Art works are also exhibited in the Studio and
the Scholarshop. Augsburgians also enjoy the annual choir, orchestra, and band concerts in Melby Hall. The college also features
a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted free to on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card.
Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program
Commission. The committees under the Program Commission are
Social, Recreation, Fine Arts, Forum and Lecture, Hospitality, and
Promotion.
METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art
collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts,
the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin
Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other
concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater,
Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, the Firehouse Theater,
and St. Paul Civic Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic
and musical presentations.
Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions a t the University and Tyrone
Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota Twins baseball
and Viking football games a t Metropolitan Stadium.
The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students
enrolled a t Augsburg College.
The central concern of student government is focused on education
to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities
through intellectual growth. The student government relates to
this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering
student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and
participating in policy making.
STUDENT
GOVERNMENT
The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in
the executive branch. Seven commissioners are each responsible
to the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight
boards also assist him in his work.
The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the
twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the
college classes has its own officers and participates in student
government through its representatives on the council.
The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are
subject to appeal only to the President of the College.
The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration
and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation
adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as
a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the
students, the faculty, and the administration. The students also
have representation on college committees such as the President's
Cabinet, the College Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees
The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students in the
United States. Through this organization the students receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the
voice of all American students before the national government and
other organizations in matters of student concern.
The Student Government directs several projects of interest to
the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Development
Council, Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community organizations and contacts with
neighboring institutions of higher education.
Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students,
provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful selfgovernment. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship,
to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity
in personal conduct, and to encourage participation in all college
activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems and
programs of their respective areas.
The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well
as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work.
PUBLICATIONS
Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record
of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in
photography.
The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business
managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief
responsibility of the Commission is to select editors and business
managers for the campus publications.
The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is
published under the direction of the Office of Public Relations.
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue
their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs.
Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom.
Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum.
All these organizations are cu-ordinated through the Student Organizations Commission of the Augsburg Student Society. This
Commission acts to evaluate club activities, to approve annual
schedules, and to represent clubs at Student Council and Executive
Council meetings.
The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors
in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics
in this specific area.
The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an
organization especially for students in the elementary education
program. It is concerned primarily with professional standards in
the teaching profession, educational changes, and needs of children in the field of elementary education.
CO-CURRICULAR
PROGRAM
Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students who meet
weekly with a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips, and sports as they
show their concern for these children by their own personal involvement.
The Augsburg YGOP Club and YDFL Club aim to stimulate interest
in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities.
The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members
an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations
and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays
produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in
National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued
excellence in drama participation. It is open to qualified upperclassmen.
The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major "A" at
Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men
of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of
fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest
possible plane."
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and
people of various countries.
The Debate Club fosters debate activity at Augsburg as it meets
to develop skills necessary in debating. Members of the club
represent Augsburg in the Twin Cities Debate League and other
intercollegiate tournaments.
The French Club is composed of students interested in the French
language and culture.
The German Club is open to all students who are studying or
have studied German. In addition to providing opportunity for
conversational practice, the club also promotes understanding
and appreciation of the German people, their achievements and
customs.
Karate Club is organized to provide instruction in classical Karate
for Augsburg men and women students. It also promotes better
understanding of Karate itself and of the various schools of Karate.
The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in
Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music,
art and history.
The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg, is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life
at Augsburg, as well as acquaints its members with the vocation
of the Christian ministry.
The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of psycholowThe Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing.
The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way.
The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for
professional work in the field of Social Service.
The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck
Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession.
The Ushers' Club is a service organization providing trained ushers
for public events scheduled for the campus.
The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual
criticism. They publish The Arkai, a collection of the best creative writing each year.
The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of
the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual
and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis.
The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by
audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the
band tours annually to various parts of the United States.
The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition
from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the choir goes
on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. The choir toured Norway and other European countries in 1965.
The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently in campus
programs and concerts and sings at various churches in the Twin
City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director.
The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard
repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral
groups. In addition to campus and local appearances, the orchestra tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition.
Larger campus musical groups also include the Repertoire Band
and the Symphonia.
MUSIC
ORGANIZATIONS
--
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
AND
RECREATION
Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general
student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his own recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team
sports as well a s individual performance activities. Climaxing the
intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the
winners of intramural schedules in various colleges.
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track,
tennis, and golf.
PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY
OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate
athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy.
This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both
the players and the spectators. The educational program of the
college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part
of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if
physical, mental, and emotional health are t o be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to
the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of
student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in
and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant
should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be
of special use t o him in such vocations as teaching and coaching
or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities.
Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way
competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate
athletics must either contribute directly t o this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student
spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of
Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents
and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The
intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not
overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take
the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general
recreational program.
-
ELIGIBILITY
REQUIREMENTS
In order to participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations
check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list to the Director
of Student Activities for approval.
Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed
by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference.
A student on academic probation may not be a member of the
Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not
eligible t o participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading,
student publications, societies, or to accept elected or appointed
student-government offices or chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and other activities may be designated.
HONORS
AND
AWARDS
The purpose of Beta Chi Epsilon is to honor those senior
women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving service and
leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility
of these women to foster the development of academic excellence,
leadership, and service among women students of Augsburg College.
On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the
name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for at least two years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society,
is open to students with a major or minor in English or a foreign
language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have
presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience.
The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are
to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship.
Juniors and seniors who ,have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average are eligible for membership, while freshmen and
sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as
pledges.
Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social
Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of
College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social
sciences is required for election to membership.
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point
average of 3.5 or better in the previous term of work a t Augsburg
College.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has
made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson
in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be
the most valuable player on the basketball team.
Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty
Committee for membership in Who's Who Among Students in
American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given
to scholarship, leadership and participation in extra-curricular activities such as athletics, drama, music organizations, societies,
student government and community activities.
Institutional services t o students are organized and administered
in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student
Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions,
Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The
Student Health Sewice, Housing and Food Service, Placement,
Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The
administration of these services is centered in the Office of the
Dean of Students.
STUDENT
PERSONNEL
SERVICES
ADMISSIONS 0
Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial aids, and career planning
is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions.
Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and
homes a s the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest.
In addition to high school seniors, sophomores and juniors are
encouraged to use these services and also to visit the campus if a t
all possible.
COUNSELING
Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each
student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered at Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty
over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health or financial problems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning
process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that
through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener
awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life.
At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several levels.
All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and
each new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works
with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time,
the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are staff
members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques
for dealing with problems of adjustment. The personnel deans
serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated
through the Director of Psychological Services in the Office of
the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies
established by the Student Personnel Committee.
RECORDS
Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under
the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission
data, academic achieve~ment,student participation and achievement
in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling, and
other information.
The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government
officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters.
THE STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with
two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily
office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located in
Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus.
Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering,
each entering student is required to have on file the report of a
physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective
treatment is prescribed where needed.
Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek help
through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops
which demands professional skill, the student is referred to the
offices of the personnel deans. Referrals may be made to the College Chaplain, or the College Psychologist.
FRESHMAN ORIENTATION
Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days
before the beginnicg of classes each year. The students take tests,
attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted
with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with
their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students
have several conferences during which they plan the student's
program of study.
All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman
Days. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test
scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial
programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students to know more about themselves, in order to
make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals.
A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased
quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in
college are especially urged to enroll in this course.
HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE
In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students
Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of
others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls
are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom.
In an effort to provide these opportunities for development, student
residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the head residents and personnel deans.
Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The
head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for
these counselors and handle cases referred to them.
All students not living a t home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Students desiring to reside in the city with
relatives must first secure approval for such an arrangement from
the Student Personnel Office. All students living in residences
take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides a
number of houses for men and women with a cooperative houseplan option.
Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after the term closes.
Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must
apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available
in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with
laundering service a t a reasonable cost. This service is required
of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service is
available to students living in houses.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the
entire school year. A room deposit is required of upper-class students to hold a room. This fee is payable a t the Treasurer's Office
by May 15. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this
date are automatically removed from the housing roster. No refunds are made after August 1.
All men living in Memorial Hall, Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall
cottage housing, are required to pay a $20 key and breakage
a t the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year
fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture is
isfactory and the key is returned.
and
fee
the
sat-
GRADUATE PLACEMENT
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions a t the local, state,
and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free
t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking the services of the Placement
Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5. There is no
placement fee.
CO-ORDINATION OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
The Director of Student Activities assists student officers to
maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps
on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings.
Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Director. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the Student Organization
Commission in addition to other Boards and Commissions under
the Augsburg Student Society.
A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept in the
Office of Student Activities.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of
Arts degree from Augsburg College:
1. Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements
described below.
2. Completion of a major.
3. A total of 180 quarter credits. (186 for students above junior
standing in fall of 1968)
4. At least 54 credits in courses numbered above 50.
5. A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken.
6. Proficiency in English,
7. The last year of course work at Augsburg.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
The general education program at Augsburg College consists of
core and distribution requirements as follows:
1. English 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2. History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3. Religion 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4. Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
5. Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6. Art 1 or Music 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
7. Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
8. Religion 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
9. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-18
10. Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
11. Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
12. Speech or Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
13. Religion (upper division) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
credits
credits
credits
credits
credit
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
The first five courses listed above should be taken in the freshman
year, except that students with majors in biology, chemistry, music,
or medical technology may postpone history or sociology until the
sophomore year. Religion 21 is required in the sophomore year. It is
recommended that the general education requirements be completed
in the first two years of college, except item 13 above. One upper
division religion course should be taken in each of the junior and
senior years.
Students who enter college with a high proficiency in English will
enroll in English 15 instead of English 11 and will substitute a literature course for English 12.
The number of credits required in a foreign language is determined
by proficiency examinations. The student is required to have the
equivalent of four terms of a foreign language for graduation, that
is, two terms of the beginning course and two terms of the intermediate level course. He is exempt from this requirement if he
has had four years or more of one foreign language.
In the natural sciences, two courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended
who obtain a grade of A or B in the first course d science have
ACADEMIC
ADMINISTRATION
that the two courses be taken in the same department. Students
the option of taking Philosophy of Science for the second course.
Philosophy 21 and 22 are designed to meet the philosophy requirement. Philosophy 23 may be used also.
Students may choose from Political Science 20, 21, 22 or Economics 22 for the requirement in political science or economics.
The general education requirement in speech or literature will be
satisfied by: Speech 11 or 51; English 35, 40, or 45. Upon request
a student may substitute another literature course by permission
of the instructor.
MAJORS AND MINORS
The following majors are offered:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration: Accounting
Business Administration: Finance
Business Education
Chemistry
Economics
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Greek
Health and
Physical Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Music
Natural Science
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Studies
Social Sciences
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Students are required to prepare a plan for the major with the
head of the department offering the major. This is normally done
in the spring term of the sophomore year.
A student may earn a minor in any of the fields listed above except
Elementary Education and Medical Technology. Minors are also
offered in Library Science and Latin.
For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements.
ELECTIVE CREDITS
Most courses of study are designed to give the student an opportunity t o elect credits beyond those which are required for the
major and for general education.
To ensure a broad range of electives, a limitation of 60 credits has
been set as the maximum number o,f credits from one department
which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. (Exception
is made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music.
Business Administration and Economics are considemd separate
departments for this purpose.) A student may earn up to five
credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum
of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied toward
the 180 (or 186) credits re uired for the degree.
d
-
rn
I
PROFICIENCY IN WRITING
All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the
sophomore year and. must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in
order to qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English.
DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . 8 4 . 0 grade average
Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.5-3.79+ grade average
Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1-3.49+ grade average
To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed
a t least two years d work a t Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record, must meet the requirements as
given above.
GRADE VALUES
A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit
B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Very good, 3 grade points per credit
C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfactory, 2 grade points per credit
D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable, 1 grade point per credit
F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure, 0 grade points per credit
E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition
I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete
WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Passing
WF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Failing
W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Course withdrawn during first four weeks;
or student withdrew from college.
S (satisfactory), P (pass), N (no credit) indicate level of achievement; they do not affect grade point average.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must
be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following
term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five
weeks of the following term, the condition auto~maticallybecomes
a failure and the incomplete becomes the grade submitted by the
teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of
$5 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a
condition received a t the end of a term.
REPEATING COURSES
A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned
may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grade earned the
second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which
higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit;
they may, however, be audited.
REGISTRATION
Students who have been accepted for admission should register
on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who
register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after
classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for
or enter a course is one week after the beginning of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for
credit. Audit registration is considered equal to one-half the credit
registration in determining load and fees.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school.
No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has
not registered.
The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there
is not sufficient registration.
The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is normally defined as one recitation period a week throughout a term. The
privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted to
students who have gained an average record oi B, or three grade
points per credit, in the preceding term. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students
working part-time are urged to arrange the amount o,f their registration accordingly.
CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION
A student who desires to make a change in his registration should
obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. The approval of the
teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar are
needed. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after
the first three days of classes. No course may be added after the
first week of classes.
A course which is cancelled during the first four weeks of classes
is followed by W. After the first four weeks and before the last
three weeks of the term, a course which is cancelled is given a grade
of WP if the student is passing and WF if he is failing the course.
No course may be cancelled during the last three weeks of the
term.
A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end
of a term must cancel his registration a t the Registrar's Office in
order to remain in good standing.
CLASSIFICATION
In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes, a
student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which
college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of
the following number of credit hours with at least twice that number of grade points:
Credits
Grade Points
36
72
Sophomore
84
168
Junior
130
260
Senior
Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year.
Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as special
students.
PROBATION AND DISMISSAL
A student is placed on scholastic probation at the end of any term
in which his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in placing a student on probation with the overall
average entering in as an additional factor.
First-year students with a grade point average of 1.5 or below
Second-year students with a grade point average of 1.6 or below
Third-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below
Fourth-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below
All students with 7 or more credits of F.
In order to be removed from probation, a student must achieve a
grade point average of 2.1 or better for at least one term.
A student will usually be allowed to continue on probation for two
terms. If his academic achievement has continued to be unsatisfactory, he will be dropped for low scholarship.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
Regular class attendance is required of all students in lo,wer division courses. Attendance in upper division courses is voluntary
for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class.
In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance,
is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar.
Students who find it necessary t o be absent because of illness or
for other reasons should report the reasons for the absence to their
teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due to illness,
the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if
this is requested by the teacher.
Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the
teacher may be dropped from the course with a grade of F.
Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by
the Dean to all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in
class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence
to the teacher.
EXAMINATIONS
Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle
of the fall term, reports of the grades attained by- freshmen are
made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors, parents, and students. Final reports are sent at the end of each term
to the parents and students.
Written examinations are regularly scheduled a t the close of each
term. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination
in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure
unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the
teacher concerned.
If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College
to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled,
he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the
Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which
the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the
student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish
to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this
committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval
forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5
($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit
hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the
answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office.
UNIVERSITY COURSES
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may
register for courses at the University. But such registrations will
not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses
at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any term
must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained a t the University may
be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation.
COURSES
OF
STUDY
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1968-70 are given on the
following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled.
Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings.
NUMBERING OF COURSES
Courses numbered below 50 are lower division courses; those numbered 50 and above are classified as upper division. In general,
courses numbered 1-19 are primarily for freshmen; 2 0 4 9 for
sophomores; 50-74 for juniors; and 75-99 for seniors.
SYMBOLS
# Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective
of prerequisites.
CREDITS
Credits shown are in terms of quarter credits. Unless otherwise
stated a four-credit course meets four times a week and a fivecredit course five times a week. A term or quarter is 11 weeks in
length, and the normal load for a student is 15 credit hours per
term.
DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION
The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is
appointed for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISION of the HUMANITIES
Mr. Raymond E. Anderson, Chairman
Department of Art
Department of Classical Languages
Greek; Latin
Department of English
Department of Modern Languages
French; German; Scandinavian Studies; Spanish
Department of Music
Department of Speech
DIVISION o'f NATURAL SCIENCES and MATHEMATICS
Mr. Theodore Hanwick, Chairman
Department d Biology
Department of Chemistry
Department of Health and Physical Education
Department of Mathematics
Department of Physics
7
[7 DIVISION of RELIGION and PHILOSOPHY
Mr. Philip A. Quanbeck, Chairman
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
DIVISION of the SOCIAL SCIENCES
Mr. Einar 0. Johnson, Chairman
Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education
Department of Education
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
Library Science
Geography
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
0 AMERICAN STUDIES
Mr. Nicholl, Director of Program
The aim of the program in American Studies is to develop the
student's understanding of American culture, past and present,
in breadth as well as some depth. The major is interdepartmental,
built primarily upon American area courses now offered in various
departments.
The program should offer the student a good foundation for graduate studies in law and the ministry, for the M.A. in library science
and the M.A.T. in secondary school teaching. The major would
also provide a good background for careers in the U.S. Government, particularly civil service positions and the foreign service.
Major: 56 credits, minimum
Requirements for the major include a core of foundation courses
(29 crs.); a program of elective courses for integrated study (minimum, 18 crs.) and American Studies 99 ( 5 crs.); and American
Studies 95 (4 crs.), a seminar of concentrated study.
The core of courses, to be taken in the departments of English,
History, Political Science, and Religion aim to give the student a
broad foundation of subject matter in major areas of American
culture, past and present, and introduce him to the methodologies
of various disciplines.
The following are required core courses:
English 45: Major American Writers (5 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 11-12
History 21-22: United States History (10 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 1
or 2 or 3
Political Science 20: American Government I, Foundations of
Amer. Dem. (5 crs.)
Political Science 21: Am. Gov't 11, Amer. National Gov't (5 crs.)
Religion 63: American Protestantism (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11
and 21
In his program of elective courses the student would attempt to
achieve a measure of integrated study of major themes in American civilization. Papers written in Independent Study, Am. S. 99,
would attempt to accomplish this.
From the following elective courses the student must choose a
minimum of 18 credits from a t least 3 departments:
Education 87: School and Society (4 crs.)
English 82: The American Novel (4 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 45
History 55: Twentieth Century United States History (4 crs.)
History 56: History of American Foreign Policy (4 crs.) Prereq.
Hist. 21 or 22
Political Science 22: Amer. Gov't 111, State and Local Gov't;
Public Administration (5 crs.) Prereq. Political Science
2&2 1
Political Science 70: Constitutional Law I (4 crs.) Prereq.
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, 22
Philosophy 65: American Philosophy (5 crs.) Prereq. Phil. 21
Psychology 81: History and Theory (4 crs.) Prereq. #
Sociology 59: Religion and Society (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and
21
Sociology 42: Rural American Community (4 crs.) Prereq. SOC.
11
Sociology 43: Modern Urban Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11
Refer to course listings under the various departments for full
descriptions of the above elective courses in the program.
American Studies courses (required):
95 Seminar
4 crs.
Focuses on a limited, significant problem or phenomenon in American culture. Use of primary source material from various disciplines. Practice in the integrated use of these materials for an
understanding of the topic in depth. To be taken in the senior
year. For majors or #. (Winter)
99 Independent Study
5 crs.
Major themes or topics cutting across courses elected in the program are chosen by the student for integrated study. The writing
of several papers of an interdisciplinary nature. To be taken in the
senior year. For majors only. (Spring)
MR. THOMPSON, chairman, MR. HOLEN, MR. MOSAND,
MRS. JENSON; MR. MOLDER, MR. WESTPHAL, artists in residence
DEPARTMENT
The Department of Art endeavors to further the student's technical
and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines
of drawing, print making, painting, sculpture, and ceramics, emphasis
is given to the function of art in history and religion. Because of the
place art has in contemporary life, students are encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing,
and avocational art.
ART
OF
In additim k) t
& catrseS
h cm?& sbi&enbhave the opportunity to study and 18us-s
witk A*
~oI(3er~
M s t in residence,
problems & &rtpd&t@ tp Wm&&gd' M e d && windows. David
in W m 6 e i & ap%ihH@Ws those interested
Westphal, &ek&a-@er
in film making as a fine art medium.
Major: 46 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21, 67, 83, 84, 85, 99.
Minor: 26 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21 or 50, and 83 or 84 or 85.
Majors preparing for teaching in secondary or elementary schools are
required to take 50.
I t is recommended that art majors and minors take Introduction to
Fine Arts under the Department of Music.
1 I INTRODUCTION TO FINE ARTS
4 crs.
Historical and topical studies in fine arts. The visual arts seen in relation to music. Participation in the cultural life of the community
leading towards appreciation and criticism. C3 lect., 1disc. Fall, Spring,
1 7 DRAWING
- 2 crs.
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. Emphasis
on still-life and interiors. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 8 DRAWING
Figure drawing. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
2 crs.
12 COMPOSITION
6 crs.
A study of the elements of form and composition. Two- and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. [4 lect., 2 double labs.
Fall, Winter.]
18 PAINTING I
4 crs.
Painting in aqueous media and oil. Emphasis on still-life, landscape,
and figurative painting. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall, 1968-69. Fall,
Spring, 1969-70.1
1 2 I SCULPTURE I
4 crs.
Modeling head studies, figures, and animal forms in terracotta and
plaster. 14 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall.]
25 GRAPHIC DESIGN
4 crs.
A study of the techniques and goals of business art. A concern for
graphic design through calligraphy, typography and the preparation
of art work for reproduction. [Winter, 19'6849.1
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
1 50 CERAMICS I
4 crs.
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. C4 double labs. Winter.]
1 51 CERAMICS I1
4 crs.
A continuation of hand-building and glazing with an introduction to
throwing techniques. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.]
1 55 PAINTING II
4 crs.
Further study of painting in oil and aqueous media. [4 double labs.
Prereq.: 12, 18. Spring.]
58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
4 crs.
Theory, methods and materials of art in elementary education. C2 lect.,
2 double labs. Spring.]
67 PRINT MAKING I
4 crs.
Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Emphasis
on the woodcut. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.]
H 68 PRINT MAKING II
4 crs.
Serigraphy and intaglio methods in plastic and copper. [4 double labs.
Prereq.: 12, 67. Winter.]
H 78 SCULPTURE
II
4 crs.
Three major works in any three of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, and stone. [ 4 double labs. Prereq.
7, 8, 21. Winter, 196SG9. Spring, 1969-70.1
H 8 3 ART HISTORY I
4 crs.
Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in western civilization.
Prehistoric to Renaissance. [Fall.]
H 84 ART HISTORY II
4 crs.
Continued historical survey. Renaissance to the 1860's. [Winter.]
H 85 ART HISTORY Ill
4 crs.
Modern art and its developing trends from the 1860's to the present.
[Spring.]
H 99 STUDIO Ill
2-5 crs.
Advanced study in either painting, sculpture, print making, or ceramics.
Art majors will be granted up to 8 credits in this course. [Prereq. : second
course in the studio area and#.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
BIOLOGY
MR. SULERUD, chairman, RIR. HERFORTH, RIR. RIICKELBERG,
MR. THORPE, 1MR. URDAHL
It is intended that the offerings of the Department of Biology should be
extensive enough to meet the needs and interests of a wide variety
of students. For the non-science major the aim is to provide a reliable
basic understanding of biological science and, more generally, of the
character of scientific knowledge. The more advanced courses are designed to provide a good preparation for students who elect to pursue
the study of biological science for a career in the profession of biology
or in a related area such as the medical profession.
All students who intend to complete a major or minor in biology should
plan their program carefully with specific reference to their intended
career. I t is important that a prospective biology major consult with
the biology staff concerning this planning as soon as possible. In
general, a broad background in the supporting sciences and in mathematics is essential. Students who plan to enter graduate or medical
school or to teach secondary school upon graduation must be certain
to meet the appropriate preparatory requirements. Recommended fouryear programs for such students are given under Curriculums in the
catalog as are the programs for pre-dental, pre-nursing and medical
technology students.
Major: Two programs leading to a biology major are available. Option
I i s recommended, with few exceptions, for students who intend to
obtain an advanced degree in biology, medicine or related fields. Option
I1 may be preferable for potential secondary school teachers and others
whose intended careers require relat,ively more w-ork in biology and
somewhat less in the related sciences.
Option I : 38 credits in biology, including 11, 12, 72, and two terms of
seminar; introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and two terms
or organic chemistry (Chem. 51, 52); one year of physics (Physics 21,
22, 23); two terms of calculus (Math. 41, 42) in addition to introductory
math. Note: Medical schools also normally require quantitative analysis
(Chem. 53).
Option 11: 46 credits in biology, including 11,12, 72, one additional course
in the 70 series, and two terms of seminar; four terms of chemistry,
normally introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and either two
terms of organic Chemistry (Chem. 51, 52) or one term of organic
chemistry (Chem. 23) and one term of analytical chemistry (Chem.
53) ; introductory mathematics (Math. 13, 14; or Math. 40; or equivalent).
Minor: 30 credits in biology including 11 and 12; introductory chemistry
(Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6).
Biology 1, 3, 4, 6 and 8 do not count toward a major or minor in biology.
Biology 1 and 6 satisfy the general education requirement in science; for
this purpose Biology 1must precede Biology 6.
I PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
5 crs.
The basic concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended
for majors in biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major
or minor. Students who receive a grade of B or better may be allowed
to enter Biology 12 on consent of instructor. [4 lect., 1 double lab. Fall,
Spring.]
3 , 4 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
4, 4 crs.
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body.
Designed for student nurses only. [Biol. 3: 2 lect. and 2 double lab.
Fall; Biol. 4: 3 lect. and 1double lab. Winter.]
Designed to make the student aware of the structure and function of the
human body. Required for physical education majors. Does not apply
toward a biology major or minor, but does apply to the general education requirement in science if preceded by Biology 1. [4 lect., 2 double
lab. Spring.]
8 MICROBIOLOGY
4 crs.
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. For student nurses only.
[Prereq. : Chem. 3. 3 lect., 2 double lab. Winter, Spring.]
1 1 , 12 GENERAL BIOLOGY
6, 6 crs.
A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other
science majors. First term. molecular and cellular biology, genetics
and development, evolutionary mechanisms. Second term : vertebrate
anatomy and physiology, phylogenetic relationships of organisms, ecology. Must be taken in sequence. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: Chem. 5 or
15. 11, Winter. 12, Spring.]
5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
5 crs.
The major invertebrate types stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. [4 lect., 2 double lab.
Prereq. :12. Fall.]
53 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
6 crs.
A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12,
Winter.]
61 PLANT MORPHOLOGY
5 crs.
The structure, reproduction, and development of the major taxonomic
plant groups. [ 4 lect., 2 doi~blelab. Prereq. : 12. Fall, 1969.1
63 PLANT TAXONOMY
5 crs.
Principles of plant classification with special emphasis on the flowering
plants. Includes field collecting and classifying some plants indigenous
to our state. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.:
12. Spring, 1968.1
71 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
6 crs.
A study of the ultrastructure, function, and genetics of cells. Laboratory
work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, studies in cell physiology, and an introduction to tissue culture. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.:
12, Chem. 23 or 51. Fall.]
72 GENETICS
5 crs.
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in molecular,
cellular and human genetics. Laboratory, with work on Drosphila and
certain micro-organisms, is optional for one additional credit. [5 lect.,
1 double lab. plus individual work if lab is taken. Prereq.: 12. Spring.]
73 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY
6 crs.
A study of physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with
emphasis on the vertebrates. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, and
Chem. 23 or 51. Winter.]
74 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
6 crs.
A consfderation of the chemical, physiological, and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on
the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are
included in the laboratory work. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12.
Spring.]
U P P E R DIVISION
COURSES
8 1 ECOLOGY
5 crs.
A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. [4 lect.,
2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1969.1
91, 92, 93 SEMINAR
I cr. each
Discussions of topics based on biological literature and research. Topics
may concern the history and philosophy of science a s well as current
literature. Biology majors a r e required to register for a t least two
terms in their senior year. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1-5 crs.
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual work on a research project. [Prereq. : Previous arrangement
with instructor. Fall, Winter, Spring.)
MR. BUDGE, chairman, MISS LUND, MR. SABELLA, MR. SLESNICK,
MR. TEDEFAIAK
Majors in this department supplement the liberal arts program with
general and specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs.
The business administration major offers a basic core of courses, and
then allows the student to choose a limited specialization in accounting
or finance, and hence to prepare for careers in these fields. The
economics major concentrates on fundamental theoretical and policy
matters so that the student learns to analyze economic issues. He
is prepared thereby for graduate study in economics. Either of these
majors also can provide the background needed for general administrative careers in business, government, or various public and private
institutions. In particular, either major could be the basis for graduate
study in such fields as hospital and public administration, industrial
relations, or law.
DEPARTMENT
OF
BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION,
ECONOMICS,
AND
BUSLNESS
EDUCATION
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Major in Business Administration-Accounting: 38 credits, including Bus.
Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 63, 81, 83. Major in Business Administration-Finance:
38 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 73, 78. Both programs also
require Econ. 22, 23, 51, 58 or 91 or 92; and Soc. 61.
Minor: 18 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2 ; and two courses from Bus. Ad.
61, 62, 63, 73. Econ. 22, 23 also required. Other combinations may be
allowed by permission.
1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING
4, 4 crs.
Basic concepts of accounting, accounting for individual proprietorships,
partnerships, and corporations. Special topics including manufacturing
accounting, taxes, and budgeting. [I, Fall. 2, Winter.]
31 BUSINESS LAW
5 crs.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
[Fall.]
61 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
5 crs.
Capital structures of business organizations, use of financial statements,
cash flow, raising and control of short and long-term funds for a
business enterprise. [Prereq. : 1 , 2 . F a . 1
W 62 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements,
income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. [Prereq.: 1,2. Winter.]
63 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible
and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics.
Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level
changes. [Prereq. : 62. Spring.]
73 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
5 crs.
Financial problems relating to budgeting, short and long-term fund
requirements, debt and equity choices, mergers and reorganizations
presented in case materials. [Prereq. : 62. Spring, 1969-70.1
UPPER DIS-ISION
COURSES
.
.
.
.
78 INVESTMENTS
I
5 crs.
The nature of various types of securities. Analysis of securities of
industrial, utility, and financial enterprises and various governmental
units. Portfolio management. [Prereq. : 41. Spring, 196849.1
8 1 COST ACCOUNTING
:L '
5 crs.
Essential features of accounting for manufacturing
emphasis on management control. [Prereq. 1, 2. Fall.]
82 TAX ACCOUNTING
concerns with
5 crs.
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes
for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. [Prereq.:
1, 2. Winter.]
83 AUDITING
5 crs.
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks
and controls for accounting systems. [Prereq.: 63. Spring.]
ECONOMICS
Major: 31 credits, including Econ. 22, 23, 51, and 58. Soc. 61 and Bus. Ad.
1, 2 also required. Mathematics through course 43 is highly recommended
for those planning on graduate study in economics.
Minor : 22 credits, including Econ. 22, 23.
2 2 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I
4 crs.
Analysis of economic institutions, problems, and policies. Emphasis
upon the foundations of economics, economic systems, and specific issues,
such as unemployment, poverty, monopoly, inflation, role of government. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
.
.
.
.
.
2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II
4 crs.
Micro- and macroeconomic theory examined with the analytical tools
of economics. Topics include determination of the level of national
income and employment, money and banking, monetary-fiscal policy,
economics of the firm, product and resource pricing and allocation, etc.
[Prereq. : 22. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
5 crs.
Theory of demand, theory of the firm, price and output determination
under various market conditions, factor price determination. [Prereq.:
23. Fall.]
52 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
5 crs.
Determinants of growth, theories, and historic patterns. Analysis of
the present developing nations a s to characteristics, problems, and
policies to promote growth. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter, 196849.1
53 LABOR ECONOMICS
4 crs.
Economics of the labor market. Wage determination, collective bargaining, role of unions, level of total employment, economic security, and
governmental activity. [Prereq. : 22 or # Spring.]
.
58 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS
5 crs.
Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed
via a macro-model. Some consideration of macro-measurement, the
business cycle, growth, monetary-fiscal policy. [Prereq.: 23. Winter,
196!+70.]
91 PUBLIC FINANCE
5 crs.
Governmental taxation, spending, borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Fall.]
92 MONEY AND BANKING
5 crs.
Functioning of the monetary and banking system, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis upon monetary theory and policy.
[Prereq. : 23. Winter.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Individual supervised projects designed to give the student opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. [Prereq.: #. Fall,
Spring.]
BUSINESS EDUCATION
These courses a r e planned to prepare students to teach business
education in high school, for stenographic and secretarial positions in
business offices, for parish secretarial work, and to provide a E p portunity for the develcpment of business skills for personal use.
II
Major: 51 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50, 53, 63; Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31;
Econ. 22, 23.
Minor with secretarial emphasis: 26 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22,
50 and 53.
Minor with accounting emphasis: 25 credits, including 8, 50; Rus. Ad.
1, 2 ; and Econ. 22, 23.
For those who have had elementary shorthand in high school, the
major may be 47 credits and the minor, 22 credits. Students with bvo
years of shorthand from high school may be exempted from a total of
8 credits in shorthand, but they must elect one other course in the
business field.
I ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING
2 crs.
The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not
open to students who have had one year of high school typewriting.
[5 hours. Fall.]
8 CALCULATING MACHINES
4 crs.
Operation of ten-key and full-key adding machines and the rotary calculator. Introduction to automation. [4 hours. Fall, Winter.]
10 DUPLICATING, TRANSCRIPTION, AND
RECORDS MANAGEMENT
4 crs.
Operation of transcription machines, stencil and spirit duplicating machines. An introduction to and application of basic principles of filing
and organization of records in the office. r 4 hours. Prereq.: 1 or equiv.
Spring.]
2 1 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
4 crs.
Fundamentals of Gregg shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis
on theory, reading and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription.
Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high
school. [5 hours. Prereq.: 1 or equiv. Fall.]
22 INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND
4 crs.
Review for those with previous shorthand instruction. Development of
speed and accuracy in taking and transcribing mate;ial dictated a t
speeds of 80-100 words a minute. [ 5 hours. Prereq.: 21 or equiv. Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
50 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
5 crs.
Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of
legal documents. [Prereq. : 1or equiv. Winter.]
53 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
5 crs.
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation and transcription
of material dictated at speeds of 100-120 words a minute. [Prereq.:
22 or equiv. Spring.]
63 SECRETARIAL PROCEDURES
4 crs.
Dictation, business letter writing, telephoning, use of business and legal
forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making
applications for a job. An introduction to automation. [Prereq.: 22 or
equiv. Spring.]
65 BUSINESS SEMINAR
3 crs.
A study in special problems in the field of business education through
research and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business.
[Fa.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
CHEMISTRY
MR. AGRE, chairman, MR. ALTON, MR. GYBERG,
MR. HOLUM, MR. INGEMANSON, MR. LYLE
I t is the purpose of this department to give students an understanding
and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which
this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an
opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power,
and the beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of
man-modern science-and it provides dramatic examples of effective
ways to handle certain types of problems.
Courses in chemistry are offered as part of a liberal arts education, and
as a preparation for: (1)high school teaching, (2) the study of biology,
medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing and allied
professions, (3) graduate study in chemistry and molecular biology, and
(4) the chemical profession.
I
-!!
?>
I : .
The chemistry department is approved by the American Chemical Society
for the preparation of chemistry majors.
Students planning to majo: in chemistry in preparation for graduate
school, medical school, or high school teaching, are urged to consult
with the chemistry staff a t the earliest possible time.
Major: 40 credits, including Chenl. 51, 52, 53, 61, and one additional
upper division course. Also required are Physics 21, 22, 23; Math. 41, 42.
Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16, 51, 52, 53, 61, and 62; for
pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 61, 51, 52; for graduate study: 15,
16, and all courses above 50. Additional mathematics and physics strongly
recommended for graduate study.
Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and
senior years in Chem. 91.
Minor: 27 credits; must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses
to complete the 27 credits. Chem. 23 and 53 are strongly recommended.
Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
4 crs.
Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry are
organized around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Designed for
prospective nurses from Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, Methodist,
and Swedish Hospitals. [3 lect., 1 double lab. Prereq.: H.S. Chem. Fall.]
5, 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
6, 6 crs.
Primarily for non-majors. The concepts and laws underlying chemistry
illustrated by examples from inorganic and organic chemistry. Semimicro qualitative analysis included in the laboratory. [5 lect., 2 double
labs. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
15, 16 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY
6,6 crs.
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists;
others only by permission of instructor. First term devoted to fundamental principles, and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative
analysis. [5 lect., 2 double labs. Prereq.: H.S. Chem., elem. alg., plane
geom. 15, Fall. 16, Winter.]
2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
6 crs.
Designed for medical technology and other students v.ho desire less
than the more intensive two-term course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. [5 lect., 1 three-hour
lab. Prereq. : 5 or 15. Spring.]
5 1 , 52 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
6, 6 crs.
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on
types of mechanisms and multi-step syntheses. Descriptive material is
correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelationships, and reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is a study
of techniques while synthesizing or identifying typical compounds.
Normally taken in the sophomore year. [5 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 6 or 16. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
I 53 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
5 or 6 crs.
Gravimetric and volumetric analysis with some instrumental analysis.
Ionic equilibria and treatment of data. Normally taken in the sophomore
year. Medical technology students register for 6 credits, others for 5.
[4 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq.: 6 or 16. Spring.]
1 61, 62 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
6, 6 crs.
Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics,
and colloids. [5 lect., 1 three-hour lab. Prereq.: 53, Physics 23, Math.
42. 61, Fall. 62, Winter. 1
I 63 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in
the laboratory, the lecture topics include : structure-spectra correlations
for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; classical methods; use
of the literature (inc. Beilstein); and further study in reaction mechanisms. IR and UV spectra routinely used. [4 lect., 2 four-hour labs.
Prereq.: 52, 61, and some rending knowledge of German. Spring.]
1 72 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
4 crs.
Classical mechanics, uncertainty principle, Schredinger's equation, approximate methods of solution, commutators, conservation laws, electron
spin, angular momentum, the hydrogen atom, many electron problems.
[4 lect. Prereq. :61 or #. Winter.]
I 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy and their application
to modern analytical methods. Includes instrumental methods, such as
spectrophotometric, electro-analytical, and chromatographic techniques.
[3 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 53, 62 or #. Fall.]
I 83 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Correlation of inorganic chemistry using the electrostatic, valence bond,
and molecular orbital models. Coordination compounds are discussed
using the ligand field theory. Preparations of typical inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques including vacuum manipulations.
[4 lect., 1four-hour lab. Prereq. : 62 or #. Spring.]
I 91 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
0 crs.
During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate
in weekly seminars to present and discuss research papers of general
interest. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
97 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH
Cr. arr.
During the summer after the junior year or during the senior year,
each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry may
participate in independent research in cooperation with staff members.
By staff permission only. [Fall, Winter, Spring, or special summer program.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
CLASSICAL
LANGUAGES
MR. COLACCI, chairman, SISTER M. GERTRUDE WARD
The purpose of the courses offered in the department is two-fold; first
to provide the students with a linguistic foundation in order that they
may have a direct approach to the classical tradition which is an essential part of our Western literary heritage; second, to introduce the
students to some of the major works of the Greek and Latin world in
the original language. Courses 11 through 52 are designed to meet the
two-year requirement in New Testament Greek of most theological seminaries.
GREEK
Major: 42 credits in Greek. Also required: Latii 1, 2.
Special arrangements will be made for students who intend to major
in Greek. If the number of students is not large enough to permit regular offering by the College, provisions will be made so that they may
complete the major at the University of Minnesota. When this is the
case, in addition to courses 11, 12, 13, 51, 52, 59, they are required to
take at the University, five courses to be chosen from those listed under
Greek, 61 to 163.
Minor: 27 credits.
I 1 , 12 BEGINNING GREEK
5, 5 crs.
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. [Prereq.:
Latin 2 or 2 yrs., H.S. Latin or #. 11, Fall, 12, Winter.]
13 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
5 crs.
Continuation of grammar with special emphasis on syntax. Reading
and parsing of easy selections frcm classical and New Testament Greek
writings. [Prereq. : 12. Spring.]
51, 52 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
4, 4 crs.
Selections from the synoptic Gospels and the .book of Acts. Special
emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. [Prereq.:
13. 51, Fall; 52, Winter.]
55 GREEK EXEGESIS
4 crs.
Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is
given to the syntactical and exegitical approach to the Greek text. [Offered on demand. Spring.]
59 CLASSICAL GREEK
4 crs.
Selections from classical Greek prose and poetry. CPrereq. : 52. Offered on
demand.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
LATIN
Minor: 28 credits. Also required: Eng. 35.
Courses 52, 53 offered only if there is sufficient enrollment. If they are
not offered, a minor may be completed a t the University of Minnesota.
Consult the department chairman a t Augsburg.
Students who wish to major in Latin may complete all courses in Latin
offered a t Augsburg, plus 61, 62, 63 and 9 additional credits in courses
numbered above 63 a t the University of Minnesota.
1 , 2 BEGINNING LATIN
5, 5 crs.
Theoretical and practical study of Latin grammar, with special emphasis
on morphology. Exercises in translation from and into Latin. [I, Fall, 2,
Winter.]
3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE LATIN
4, 4 crs.
Continuation of grammar. Reading of prose and poetry selections from
Latin authors; e.g. Caesar, Cicero, Livy, Vergil, Ovid, St. Augustine,
and the Medieval Latin writers. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv., determined by
placement test. 3, Fall; 4, Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
52 VERGlL
5 crs.
Selections from Vergil's "Aeneid" and pastoral poems. [Offered on demand.]
53 CICERO
5 crs.
Selections from Cicero's works. [Offered on demand.]
ECONOMICS
See under Department of Business Administration, Economics, and
Business Education.
DEPARTMENT
OF
EDUCATION
MR. JOHNSON, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. FARDIG,
MR. GROENHOFF, MRS. LUDEMAN, MISS MATTSON,
MRS. PARKER, MR. M. QUANBECK
The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in the area. The work
in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level, as well a s for further
study in the field of education. The program is accredited by the State
of Minnesota, the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools, and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education.
Admission to the education curriculum requires an application to be
approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must
be made during the second semester of the sophomore year. Approval
is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics and a satisfactory scholastic achievement. For
elementary teaching candidates, this means essentially a 2.5 grade-point
average in work completed in the minor and a 2.0 over-all; for secondary
teaching candidates a 2.5 in work completed in the major and a 2.0
over-all. Both a r e expected to maintain a 2.5 average in their major
and 2.0 over-all average. Candidates in both fields must make application
for student teaching as juniors and are required to meet the 2.5 major
and 2.0 general average a t this point.
Major: 51 credits in professional education courses. In addition, the
following general education courses are required: Psych. 5; Hist. 21 or
22; Math. 56; Geog. 14; and three terms of Group Activities (Ed. 52,
53, 54).
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
1 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITIES 1 , 11, 111
0 crs.
Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 55 and 56. Includes such experience as teaching,
supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
4 crs.
The growth and development of the human organism from conception
through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. [Prereq. : Psych. 5. Fall.]
56 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHING
5 crs.
The qualifications of teachers; the teaching profession. Survey of American schools: philosophies, curricula, policies, and practices. Learning
theory and tests and measurements. Includes observation of teaching
situations. [Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education. Fall.]
1 57 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, MUSIC -
4 crs.
Principles, methods and techniques for teaching health and physical
education a t the elementary school level. Methods pertaining to rote
singing, notation, rhythm, part singing. Integration of music in total
elementary program. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Winter.]
58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
4 crs.
See under Department of Art.
1 63 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE
4 crs.
Principles, methods and techniques of teaching arithmetic and science
in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. [Prereq.: 55, 56.
Spring.]
1 64 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
LANGUAGE ARTS, READING
6 crs.
Objectives and techniques in the language arts: listening, speaking,
writing, and reading. Application of principles of learning in acquisition
of skills, interests, attitudes. Examinations of modern methods and
materials. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Spring.]
1 65 METHODS AND MATERIALS: SOCIAL STUDIES
2 crs.
Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies.
Development of units. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.]
77 PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCE
15 crs.
Student spends ten weeks in the classroom, assisting the regular teacher, and doing actual teaching. Supervision is carried out by the cooperating teacher and the college staff. This is followed by one week of
seminar with discussion of problems encountered in the classroom. CPrereq. : # Fall, Winter.]
.
I
79 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
3 crs.
Study of literature suitable to the elementary school child. Role of
literature in the classroom, in life outside of school. Extensive reading
and evaluation of children's books, compiling bibliography. [Prereq.: 65,
56 or #. Spring.]
87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
ment of American education. [Prereq. : Senior standing. Winter, Spring.]
Problems in education and the relation of the American school system
to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Prereq. : Senior standing. Winter, Spring.]
SECONDARY EDUCATION
For the Minnesota teacher's certificate students are required to complete 28 credits in professional education courses including 50, 52, 53, 54,
59, 83, 84, 87. All students must register for three terms of Group Activity (Education 52, 53, 54). Secondary education students must take
Phy. Ed. 10 and Psych. 5 in addition to other general education requirements.
50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
Physical, mental, social and emotional development of adolescents with
special emphasis placed on educational implication. The nature and
conditions of learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5 and junior standing. Fall,
Winter.]
52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITY I, 11, 111
0 cr.
Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 50 and 59. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
59 METHODS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION
5 crs.
Teaching procedures, materials and problems a t the secondary level.
Three class sessions per week will be devoted to general methods and
two to four class sessions to the specific methods and materials of the
student's major field. [Prereq. :50. Spring.]
68 TEACHING OF MUSIC IN ELEMENTARY AND
JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS
4 crs.
Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of music
a t the elementary and junior high school levels. For music majors.
[Prereq.: 50. Spring.]
/
8 3 SEMINAR FOR STUDENT TEACHING
5 crs.
Preparation for the student teaching experience including observation
and planning. Special attention will be given to tests and measurements.
[Prereq.: Admission to student teaching. Fall, Winter.]
10 crs.
84 STUDENT TEACHING
Experience in observing and directing learning experiences at the secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel.
Course fee $20.00. [Prereq.: Admission to the student teaching program.
Fall, Winter.]
87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
Problems in education and the relation of the American school system
to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.]
88 GUIDANCE
4 crs.
The guidance function of the classroom teacher; tools and techniques
used in studying students; and methods appropriate for student guidance,
including counseling. [Fall.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of
s~ecializationin education. Each student does research and resents a
report of his findings on the requirements, present status, and future
possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
LIBRARY SCIENCE
The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. Preparation for selection of books
and related materials, efficient and effective management of library
materials, intelligent use of library sources are included. While the
minor in library science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area
of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of
curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student
who wishes to do advanced work in the field of library science.
Minor: 23 credits.
45 FUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY
5 crs.
The role of the library in the school and community. Types of library
services and activities ; methods of evaluation. Organization of library
materials, including cataloging and circulation. [Fall.]
46 SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS
4 crs.
Theory, principles and techniques of selection. An introduction to basic
selection tools; analysis of book reviews and annotations. [3 lects., 1
disc. Spring.]
UPPER DMSION
COURSES
58 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
5 crs.
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of book lists, book talks, story-telling and a wide exposure
to individual titles of books and related materials. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. [3 lects. Fall.]
59 INTRODUCTION OF REFERENCE MATERIALS
4 crs.
Intensive study of outstanding and useful reference books most frequently used by students and librarians; bibliographies, indexes, and periodical guides. Development of skills in the performance of reference duties
of a librarian. Laboratory work. [3 lects. Winter.]
W 75 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
5 crs.
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary level, with
attention to their use in relation to school curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of young adults. Emphasis on preparation of
papers and bibliographies. 13 lects. Prereq.: 45. Spring.]
GEOGRAPHY
14 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
4 crs.
An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed
by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and
human environment. [Winter, Spring.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
MR. GRAY, chairman, MR. BERGSTROM, MR. BLY,
MRS. BOLSTERLI, MRS. CHRISTENSEN, MR. DAHLEN,
MRS. KARVONEN, MISS LILLEHEI, MRS. LIVINGSTON,
MR. NICHOLL, MR. PALOSAARI, MISS PEDERSON, MR. SARGENT,
MRS. TRAUTWEIN
The aim of the Department of English is to develop the student's ability
in oral and written expression, to increase his proficiency in reading
and analyzing literature, to acquaint him with the English language
and with the beginnings of Western literature and its development,
especially in England and America, and to stimulate his appreciation and
understanding of the fundamental human problems and situations revealed in great literature.
The department prepares for the teaching of English in the elementary
and secondary school and for graduate study.
Major: 46 credits above 15, Encluding, 35, 45, 47, 61, 62, 84, plus one
writing course above 15, one seminar, one modern literature course,
and electives.
Major for secondary teaching: 54 credits above 15, including course
55 in addition to those listed for the major. Writing course 31 required.
Speech 12 or 52, or 55, and 60 or 66, as well as Library Science 75 are
also required.
Students preparing for graduate study should include 86, 88, and a t least
one term of Independent Study. Proficiency in one or more foreign languages is recommended. Foreign languages most generally required
for graduate study in English are Latin, German, French.
Minor: 32 credits above 15, including 35, 45, 47 or 61 or 62, 84, plus one
writing course above 15, one seminar course, and electives.
Minor for secondary school teaching: 32 credits including course 31 for
the writing course, and 55 in addition to those listed for the minor.
Minor for elementary school teaching: 24 credits above 15, including
31, 35, 45, 55, and 47 or 61 or 62.
Concerning English Proficiency: Juniors who do not have a satisfactory grade on the sophomore English Test must improve their use
of English in preparation for a second test. The English Department
will, upon request, advise the student how to direct his studies in preparation for the second test.
Satisfactory completion of course 11 is prerequisite to 12; satisfactory
completion of course 12 or 15 is prerequisite to all other English courses.
4 crs.
H I I COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
The study of language and composition with emphasis on expository
writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, reading and
analysis of expository and narrative selections, especially the short story.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
E 12 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
5 crs.
Continued stress on expository writing, including the reference paper,
the study and analysis of drama, poetry, novel. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
15 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
5 crs.
Honors course for students with high proficiency in English. Covers
basically the material listed under 11 and 12 with more emphasis on
critical analysis. Students completing this course meet the freshman
English requirement by completing English 35 or 40 or 45. [Fall.]
H 2 1 INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM
4 crs.
A brief survey of the ethics and history of journalism, with emphasis on
the techniques and practices in news, feature, and editorial writing.
rWinter.1
H 3 1 EXPOSITORY WRITING
4 crs.
A course in expository and argumentative writing, including reading
analysis of selected models. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
H 32 CREATIVE WRITING
4 crs.
Study of the techniques of descriptive and narrative writing, both prose
and poetry. Class discussion and evaluation of the student's work. [Fall.]
35 THE CLASSICAL TRADITION
5 crs.
Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers in the various
genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
40 LITERARY CLASSICS
4 crs.
Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the
Renaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
45 MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS
5 crs.
Works of selected American writers from Colonial times to the present,
noting their contribution to the historical development and the literary
movements of American literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
47 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE
J
UPPER DMSION
COURSES
The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from "Beowulf"
to Shakespeare through study of significant works and their relation to
the literary and historical context. [Prereq.: 35 or #. Fall, Spring.]
.
55 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ENGLISH
5 crs.
I
I
I
I
..,.
..
I
:3:.
A study of modern English viewed from a historical perspective, with
reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an
introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of
the English language. [Spring.]
61 BRITISH LITERATURE, 16 16-1 800
5 crs.
I
..
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the
metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. [Prereq. :47 or
--. ,.
'II
,
#. Fall.]
*
62 BRITISH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 5 crs.
.:,
Study of the works of the major Romantic and Victorian poets, critics,
essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the
century. [Prereq. :61 or #. Winter.]
72 MODERN FICTION
.
4 crs.
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly British and American, of the twentieth century. [Winter.]
I
I
74 MODERN POETRY
4 crs.
Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British
and American, with attention to recent criticism. [Spring.]
78 ADVANCED WRITING: PROSE AND POETRY
"
4 crs.
A course for students with demonstrated proficiency in writing. Assignments based on students' needs and interests. Class discussion of students' work. [Prereq. : 31 or 32 or #. Spring.]
.
-.
I
.,,,
9
>
!:: ,I.>-
<
I
W 80 THE BRITISH NOVEL
4 crs.
Survey of the development of the novel in England through study of
the work of selected major novelists from the eighteenth century to the
present. [Winter, 1969-70.1
.
82 THE AMERICAN NOVEL
4 crs.
A study of major and representative wokks of selected American novelists. [Winter, 196849.1
1
Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedieswith attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic
art. Additional plays assigned for reading and analysis. [Prereq.: 47.
'
w
.
.+,
Spring.]
86 MILTON
>,
4,
5 crs.
84 SHAKESPEARE
;
3
t
;*; r:
.
4 cr?.
A study of major poems and selected prose with reference to the intellectual and historical background of Milton's works. [Prereq.: 61
I
or #. Spring, 1968-69.1
-
88 CHAUCER
-
4 crs.
Study of Chaucer's works and language, with emphasis on "The Canterbury Tales." [Prereq. :47 or #. Spring, 1968-69.1
1
.,,
3
I
--
90, 91, 92 ENGLISH SEMINAR
3, 3 , 3, crs.
Course 90, methods and problems of bibliography and research; 91,
a major American or British writer; 92, studies in criticism. Open, with
limited enrollment, to any junior or senior with permission of the
instructor. 190, Fall. 91, Winter. 92, Spring.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5
crs.
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or above.
Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
As an aid to students who are handicapped in their college work by
inefficient reading skills, Augsburg College offers a non-credit class in
Improvement of Reading. The fee for the class is $25 per term. Arrangements to take the course must be made at the time of registration
for the fall term.
FRENCH AND GERMAN
See under Department of Modern Languages.
GEOGRAPHY
See under Department of Education.
GREEK
See under Department of Classical Languages.
DEPARTMENT
OF HEALTH
AND
EDUCATION
MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS ANDERSON, MR. NELSON,
MISS OLSON, MR. PEARSON, MRS. PETERSON, MR. PFEFFER,
MR. SAUGESTAD
The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to
promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical
education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship,
to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective
training program for prospective teachers of health and physical
education.
All students are required to take a physical examination as a part
of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the
physical education program.
One year of physical activities, course 1, 2, 3, is required of all students.
Physical Education major: 40 credits including 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43,
51, 52, 71, 72.
Broad teaching major in Health and Physical Education: 68 credits
including 10, 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 50, 51, 52, 57, 59, 60, 71,
72, 73, Biol. 6, plus P.E. 82 for men, and Soc. 31 for women.
Physical Education teaching major: 53 credits including 10, 11 or 13,
23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 59, 71, 72, and Biol. 6.
Physical Education teaching minor: 29 credits including 10, 23, 31, 32,
43, and 72.
Health teaching minor: 31 credits including 10, 50, 51, 60, 73, and SOC.
31, and Biol. 6.
Coaching endorsement: 25 credits including 10, 43, 51, 82, and Biol. 6.
Coaches atering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota
Public Schools are required to have at leas€ rz coaching endorsement
In the field nf ph~~sical
education. Sports included under this requirement
are football, basketball, mack, hockey, w~estling,and baseball.
4 1 , 2, 3 PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES
1/3, 1/3, 1/3 crs.
Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. [I, Fall.
2, Winter. 3, Spring.]
10 HEALTH AND FIRST AID
5 crs.
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied
to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red
Cross First Aid Course. [Winter, Spring.]
I I , 13 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
I , I cr.
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water
safety. Open only to majors and minors. [2 hrs. per wk. 11, (Women),
Fall. 13 (Men), Spring.]
23 TEAM SPORTS
5 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate
sections for men and women. [lo hrs. per wk. Spring.]
4 3 1 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
5 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate
sections for men and women. 110 hrs. per week. Fall.]
4 32 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS
4 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation,
quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights,
relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. [8 hrs. per wk. Winter.]
43 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
5 crs.
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. [Spring.]
50 INSTRUCTOR'S COURSE IN FIRST AID
I cr.
Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid
Aid card. Winter.]
Course. [Prereq.: Currently valid Standard -st
4 51 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 6 crs.
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the
muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems
of the body. [5 lect. and 1hr. arr. Prereq. : I5ol. 6, Chem. 5. Fall.]
4 52 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
EVALUATION
4 crs.
Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to
the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of
physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation
of tests in physical education. [Winter.]
4 57 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 2 crs.
Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 5 under
Department of Education. [Winter.]
59 TEACHING OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
2 crs,
Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 59 under
Department of Education. Separate sections for men and wcimen.
[Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
W 60 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM
4 crs.
Curriculum content in a school health education program. [Fall.]
W 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
5 crs.
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and
procedures. [Fall.]
W 72 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES
4 crs.
Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. Men and women meet separately. C8 hrs. per wk. Winter.]
W 73 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH
EDUCATION PROGRAM
Methods, techniques, and procedures. [Spring.]
W 82 COACHING OF SPORTS
4 crs.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic
injuries. [Winter.]
W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-3 crs.
Directed intensive study in the area of Health Education or Physical
Education. Open only to majors.
DEPARTMENT
OF
HISTORY
MR. CHRISLOCK, chairman, MR. GISSELQUIST, MR. GUSTAFSON,
MR. HAUGE, MRS. JENSEN
The Department of History aims to introduce students to the study of
history as an intellectual discipline; to prepare students for s e c o n d w
teaching and graduate work; to deepen students' undersfandiny 2nd appreciation of their own and other civilizations; and lo enhmce students'
effectiveness as contributing members of society.
Major: 49 credits. Minor: 33 credits. Both the major and minor require
History 1, 2, 3, 21, 22, and 3 credits of seminar work.
W 1 , 2, 3 WESTERN CIVILIZATION IN A WORLD
SETTING
4, 4, 4 crs.
Western civilization from its beginnings in the Ancient Near East to
the present. Other great world civilizations and their relationship to the
West are surveyed. Course 1 carries the survey to 1300; course 2, to
1815; and course 3, to the present, becomes a survey of world civilization. Students may take any one, any two, or all three courses. [All offered each term.]
5, 5 crs.
W 21, 22 UNITED STATES HISTORY
The development of the ideas, institutions, and culture of the American
people. Special seminar for one additional credit for students selected
for the honors program. C21, Fall, .Winter. 22, Winter, Spring.]
W 25 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY
See under Department of Modern Languages.
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
5 crs.
W 55 TWENTIETH CENTURY UNITED STATES HISTORY 4 crs.
Exploration in depth of such topics as the Progressive Movement, the
New Deal, the background of WorM War I and World War 11, and the
coming of the Cold War. (Prereq. : 22, Winter.)
W 56 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
4 crs.
The relationship of ,foreign policy to general American development is
stressed. [Prereq. :21 or 22. Spring.]
1 57 HISTORY OF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA
4 crs.
Modern period since 1800. Historical survey of cultural and political institutions. Expansion and consolidation of European power in the area,
Western impact on non-European societies, nationalist movements and
emergence of independent governments after World War TI. [Fall.]
1 6 1 ANCIENT HISTORY
4 crs.
A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions to modern cultures. [Fall.]
1 62 ENGLAND TO 17 14
Emphasis is placed on constitutional development. [Winter.]
4 crs.
66 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
4 crs.
The main emphases are: the study of this century as the most critical
period in the emergence of the modern state; and the beginning of a
secular and scientific world view. [Spring.]
68 CHINA AND JAPAN SINCE EARLY
NINETEENTH CENTURY
4 crs.
A study of the major domestic developments in, and foreign affairs of
China and Japan. [Prereq.: 3 credits of Western Civilization or consent
of instructor. Winter.]
1 71 EUROPE IN THE AGE OF REVOLUTION,
1780's t o 1850
4 crs.
The period in which major revolutionary movements periodically erupted
in Europe. Population movements and economic changes which contributed to the "isms" that articulated the demands for change. [Fall.]
1 74, 75 EXPANSION OF EUROPE
4, 4 crs.
The spread of European people, ideas, and power into the non-Western
world and the impact on non-Western peoples. Case studies from Africa,
South America, and Asia are used to illustrate exploration, trading
post empires, the plantation system, adaptation and rejection by nonEuropean peoples, colonization, and economic and territorial imperialism. [74, Winter. 75, Spring.]
1 82 TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE
4 crs.
Europe from the outbreak of World War I to the present. [Fall.]
1 95 SEMINAR OR ADVANCED READINGS
3 crs.
Topics will vary from year to year. Students may earn up to 9 credits
in this course. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
LATIN
See under Department of Classical Languages.
LIBRARY SCIENCE
See under Department of Education
,
DEPARTMENT
OF
MATHEMATICS
MR. GULDEN, chairman, MISS DURKEE, MR. FOLLINGSTAD,
MRS.NAUCK
The Department of Mathematics aims to develor, the student's knowledee
and sk31 in the major branches of elementary and higher mathematics,
an appreciation of its cultural and practical Galues, and the backgroud
for teaching and for professional and graduate study.
-
-
~-
-
----
Major: 24 credits above 43, including 58, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84.
Teaching major: 32 credits above 43, including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 80,
83, 84.
Recommended for those considering further study: 40 credits above 43,
including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84, 85, 92.
.
.
.
Minor: 12 credits above Math. 43.
See under Curriculums for suggested course of study.
13, 14 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE
MATHEMATICS
5, 5 crs.
A liberal arts course in mathematics with an introduction to analytic
geometry, abstract algebra, trigonometry, logic, statistics, differential
and integral calculus. Primarily for students not intending further study
of mathematics. [Prereq.: Higher Algebra and CEEB placement. 13,
Fall, Winter. 14, Winter, Spring.]
40 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS I
5 crs.
An introduction to the concepts and terminology of mathematical
analysis through the areas of algebra, logic, functions, systems. Students
may not receive credit for this course if they have credit for 13, 14
(or 19). [Prereq.: Higher Algebra, Trig, and CEEB placement. Fall.]
41, 42, 43 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS 11, Ill, IV
5, 5, 5 crs.
(Calculus1
Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated
with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables, applications, and series. [Prereq.: 40, or #. 41, Winter. 42,
Spring. 43, Fall.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
56 BASIC CONCEPTS OF ARITHMETIC
4 crs.
Presents the patterns of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery of
such patterns. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathema.
tics curricula. Primarily for elementary education majors. [Fall.]
58 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
4 crs.
Ordinary differential equations with applications, series solutions, systems of differential eguations ; solution by special transforms ; numerical
methods ; and an intrduction to partial differential equations. [Prereq. :
43. Winter.]
.
61 LINEAR ALGEBRA
4 crs.
A course intended to aid in making the transition from the concrete to
the abstract. Such topics as elementary matrix algebra and its application to the physical and social sciences; linear equations; vector spaces
and linear transformations ; unitary and orthogonal transformations ; the
characteristic equation of a matrix and bilinear, quadratic, and Hermitian forms are presented. [Prereq. :43. FaU.]
W 64 MODERN GEOMETRY
4 crs.
An analytic study of advanced Euclidean, projective, non-Euclidean,
and finite geometries. An introduction to the geometry of transformations
of the plane. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.]
W 67 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
4 crs.
An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory are stressed
as tools for modern mathematical approach. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.]
W 72, 73 MODERN ALGEBRA
4, 4 crs.
The basic algebraic systems presented from an abstract point of view.
Topics include the theory of groups, rings, fields, vector spaces and
modules, and linear transformations. A development of the real and
complex number systems. [Prereq.: 43. 52, Winter. 73, Spring.]
W 80 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
4 crs.
The underlying structure of mathematics considering set theory, mathematical logic and the axiomatic method. Applications are made to various
branches of mathematics such as number theory, algebra, geometry,
and topology. [Prereq. : 43, Winter.]
83, 84, 85 ADVANCED CALCULUS
4, 4, 4 crs.
Considers the fundamental notions of calculus for functions of several
variables. A treatment of differentiable forms and manifolds in ndimensional Euclidean space as well as a more traditional vector analysis approach. Stress is placed on the theory of functions of real and
complex variables especially during the last term. [Prereq.: 43. 83,
Fall. 84, Winter. £5, Spring.]
W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Student chooses an area to study independently; meets with a mathematics faculty member at least one h w ~ rper week. [Prereq.: 73 and
85. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
COMPUTER SCIENCE
45 COMPUTER SCIENCE
4 crs.
Theory of modern digital computers. Terms such as algorithms, flow
charts, storage, control, input-output units, and simulation are defined.
Includes a survey of computer applications. A particular computer language is presented and used to solve a variety of problems. [Prereq.:
Math. 42, Fall term. None, Winter. Fall, Winter.]
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR
See under Curriculums
I*
MR. LANDA, chairman, MISS AASKOV, MISS ANDERSON,
MRS. BALTINA, MRS. BONDEVIK, MRS. CAIRNS, MR. CREPEAU,
MR. HANSEN, MRS. JAUNLININS, MRS. JOHNSON, MRS. KINGSLEY,
MISS ROZENTALS, MR. SANDVEN, MR. WHITESIDE
The Department of Modern Languages seeks to give the student a
knowledge of a modern language: its pronunciation, its structure, and
its idiomatic expression, in terms of listening, speaking, reading and
writing skills. At the same time it aims to develop in the student a
sympathetic interest in the history and life of the people whose language
he is learning, transmitting the best of their literary, cultural and religious heritage.
DEPARTMENT
OF
MODERN
LANGUAGES
The department prepares specifically for communication skills, for
teaching at the junior and senior high school level, and for graduate
study.
The beginning and intermediate courses of a second modern language
are needed for graduate study. Two terms of Latin are also recommended.
Students may not receive credit for both 3, 4 and 5, 6 in the same language.
FRENCH
Major: 30 credits above 6 including 55, 72, 74, 84; and two of 56, 57, 63,
64, at least one of which must be 63 or 64.
.
Minor: 15 credits above 6 including 55 and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84.
1 , 2 BEGINNING FRENCH
5, 5 crs.
Provides basic experience in understanding, speaking and reading French
with oral and writing practice in the basic structural patterns of the
language, both in class and in laboratory assignments. [Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
4, 4 crs.
C<)r.tinui.s traininp in ii~tral-oral skills, structure of the language and
reading cnmprchrnsior? that will lead to cultural appreciation and the
reading h~.xrledgrnccded for general pursuits. Grammar review, selectcd rcndinz and Ia h(:ri.:itl)?y practice included. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv. Fall,
.
.
Winter, Spring.]
5, 6 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
4, 4 crs.
Continues training in comprehension, conversation and reading skills
with grammar review as a means to accuracy and facility in oral and
written expression. Class discussion, selected reading, and laboratory
material with cultural emphasis. Required for continuing study in French.
[Prereq. : 2 or
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
# .5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
55 FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Thorough practice in correct oral and written expression with the aims
of both fluency and facility. Classroom and laboratory emphases on vocabulary enrichment, organization of materials, accuracy of pronunciation and grammatical refinement. Required for majors and minors.
[Prereq. :6 or
# .Fall.]
56, 57 FRENCH CIVILIZATION
5, 5 crs.
The development of political, social, intellectual and artistic movements
and their outstanding manifestations as essential to the understanding
of the French people. Readings, lectures, reports, discussions and laboratory materials in French. [Prereq.: 6 or permission of instructor.
Spring. Offered on demand.]
63, 64 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE
5, 5 crs.
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France,
with the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, disn required
cussion, oral and written reports in the language. On
for the major. [Prereq. :55 or #.I
I
H 72 THE FRENCH NOVEL
5 crs.
Significant and representative French novels that show the evolution
of this prose form to the present. Emphasis on literary works with
lecture, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq.: 55, and 64 or #.
Spring, 1969.1
74 THE FRENCH DRAMA
5 crs.
Significant and representative French plays that show the evolution of
this genre from the classical to the modern period. Emphasis on the
literary works with lectures, discussion. reports in the language. [Prereq. : 55, 63 or
# . Spring, 1970.1
84 ADVANCED FRENCH CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Extensive training in accurate and effective speech and writing, with
attention in listening and reading to the characteristic levels of French
expression. Emphasis on refinement in style, organizational techniques,
variety in form and subject. For majors and those intending to teach
French. [Prereq.: 55, and 57 or #. Junior or senior standing. Fall.]
H 92 FRENCH SEMINAR
4 crs.
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature for advanced students. Discussion and papers in French. May substitute for
72 or 74. [Prereq.: 55, 63, 64 or #. Junior or senior standing. Winter, on
demand.]
H 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN FRENCH
2-5 crs.
Individual study of a topic, movement, genre of interest to the advanced
student. May serve to replace 72 or 74. No more than 3 credits may be
earned in a given term. [Prereq. : 55, 63, 64 or #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
GERMAN 0
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72, 74, 84, and any two of 56,
57, 63, 64. At least one of 63, 64 recommended.
Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64.
1 , 2 BEGINNING GERMAN
5 , 5 crs.
Provides basic experience in speaking, understanding, and reading the
German language, and comprehension of its structure through the
acquisition of basic patterns of expression. Laboratory experience in the
language is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
H 3, 4
INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
4, 4 crs.
A terminal course for students not intending to continue in German. Provides a foundation for reading knowledge adequate for cultural and
professional purposes. Some experience in oral expression and understanding of spoken German. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
H 5 , 6 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and
facility in expression. Selected readings for class discussion in the foreign
language, with cultural emphasis. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. :
2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
H 55 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSlTlON 5 crs.
Intensive practice in the spoken word, with emphasis on pronunciation
and original composition. Audio-oral exercises in language laboratory.
Required for teachers, majors, and minors. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Fall.]
UPPERD~VISION
COURSES
56, 57 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
5, 5 crs.
Topics dealing with the intellectual, geographic, artistic, and scientific
history of the German-speaking countries, including attention to contemporary developments. Class discussions and lectures supplemented with
demonstration materials. Taught in German. [Prereq.: 55, or #. 56,
Winter. 57, Spring. Offered on demand.]
63,64 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE
5, 5 crs.
From the beginning to modern times. Reading of significant authors in
German, supplemented by lectures on the history and development of
German literature and culture. Reports and discussion of selected works.
For majors and minors. Taught in German. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv., or#.
63, Winter. 64, Spring. Offered on demand.]
72 GERMAN NOVEL AND NOVELLE
5 crs.
Reading in German and discussion of well-known prose writers representing various periods and movements in German literature. Especially
for majors. [Prereq.: Any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 1968-69.1
74 GERMAN DRAMA
5 crs.
Reading in German and class discussion of outstanding dramatic works
in the various representative periods (classical, 19th century, naturalism,
impressionism, expressionism.) Especially for majors. [Prereq.: Any
two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 1969-70.1
84 ADVANCED GERMAN CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
This course aims to give the major and prospective teacher more intensive training in oral expression, with stylistic refinement and organizational practice in writing. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. : 55. Fall.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
May serve as substitute for German 72 or 74, if necessary. I t is suggested
that no student register for all five credits within one term. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 25, 26, 55, 72, 74, 84.
Minor: 19 credits above 6.
Teaching minor: 19 credits, including 55, 72 or 74, 84.
1 , 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
5, 5 crs.
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening,
reading, and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian.
Laboratory work and regular class attendance expected. [I, Fall, Winter,
Spring. 2, Winter, Spring.]
3, 4 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
4, 4 crs.
A terminal course for students not intending to continue with Nor-
wegian language study. Vocabulary building and study of syntax through
extensive readings in Norwegian literature. Some experience in oral
expression. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall. 4, Winter.]
5, 6 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
4, 4 crs.
Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and
facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for
class discussion and exercises. Brief literature survey. Laboratory work
expected. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
25 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY
5 crs.
A survey of the history of Norden, including Finland and Iceland, with
particular attention given to the historical development of political democracy. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. [Fall,
1969-10.1
26 MODERN SCANDINAVIA
5 crs.
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on con-
ditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a
Scandinavian language desirable but not required. [Spring, 1969-70.1
55 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official
languages of Norway. Laboratory work expected. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv.
Spring.]
62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
4 crs.
See description under Department of Music. This course may substitute
for 25 or 26 for the major or minor by permission of the department
chairman. [Spring.]
72 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
5 crs.
Lectures will give a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion
based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset,
Selma Lagerlef, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Haldor Laxness, and
others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written
work in the Norwegian language. [Fall, 196849.1
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
.
.
74 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
5 crs.
Assigned readings will include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjernson,
Strindberg, Lag-erkvist, Munk. and other twentieth centurv dramatists.
Lectures will stress 1bsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of aUscandinavian
language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to
do assigned readings and written \vork in the Norwegian language.
[Spring, 196849.1
84 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Further intensive training in oral and written expression in Norwegian.
Some attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the
historical development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. Required for
all majors and teaching minors. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. Fall, 1969-10.1
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-5 crs.
This is primarily intended as an enrichment course, though it may serve
as a substitute for 72 or 74 under special conditions. Paper must be
written in Norwegian. Available any term to majors and minors. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
SPANISH
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72 or 74,' 84; and any two of
56, 57, 63, 64, of which at least one must be 63 or 64.
.
Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84.
1 , 2 BEGINNING SPANISH
5, 5 crs.
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading
and writing of elementary Spanish. Laboratory work is an integral part
of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
3, 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
.
.
.
.
4, 4 crs.
Grammar review with emphasis toward reading comprehension and
cultural appreciation. Further laboratory work. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv.
3, Fall, Spring. 4, Fall, Winter.]
5, 6 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
4, 4 crs.
Continued conversation, composition, and review of grammar to further
comprehension and facility in expression in Spanish. Further laboratory
work. Required for the major and minor. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall,
Winter. 6, Winter, Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
55 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims
of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Extensive laboratory
work. [Prereq. : 6 or equiv. Fall.]
56 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
5 crs.
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world
civilization through its historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements.. In Spanish. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter or Spring. Offered on
demand.]
57 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN
AUTHORS
5 crs.
An introduction to Spanish American literature. Lectures, discussions,
written and oral reports in the language. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter
or Spring. Offered on demand.]
63, 64 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
5, 5 crs.
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by
lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language.
Laboratory work. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. 63, Winter. 64, Spring. Offered
on demand.]
72 SPANISH NOVEL
5 crs.
Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or
64, or equiv. Fall, 1968.1
74 SPANISH DRAMA
5 crs.
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and
written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 or equiv. Fall, 1969.1
W 84 ADVANCED SPANISH CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Aims to give an extensive training in oral expression, organizational
practice in writing with stylistic refinement. Appreciation of differences
in speech existent in the Spanish-speaking countries. Laboratory work
required. For majors and those intending to teach Spanish. [Prereq.:
55. Spring.]
92 SEMINAR
.
4 crs.
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in Spanish or Hispanic
American literature. Discussion and papers in Spanish. May substitute
for Spanish 72 or 74. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 and Junior standing. Winter.
Offered upon demand.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5
crs.
Individual study of an author, theme or movement of interest to the
student. May substitute for Spanish 72 or 74. It is suggested that no
student register for all five credits within one term. [Prereq.: 63 or 64.
Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MR. SATEREN, chairman, MR. BEVERLY, MR. COAN, MR. EKLOF,
MR. GABRIELSEN, MISS HENNIG, MR. JOHNSON, MR. KARLEN,
MRS. MOEN, MR. NIELSEN, MR. SAVOLD, MRS. THUT,
MR. VUICICH
The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles,
or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation
for those who expect to pursue the study of music on the graduate level.
General instruction is afforded other students who wish to broaden their
cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for
the music of the masters.
Through its performing organizations, both choral and instrumental, the
department gives all students of the college varied experiences in creating music as a participant.
Further enriching the program are opportunities, open to all students
of the college, for private instrumental and vocal instruction with professionally qualified teachers.
DEPARTMENT
OF
MUSIC
Major: 68 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 57, 58, 60-62, and
76; 12 credits in applied music, and two years a s a member of one of
the college music organizations.
,q.+(5IL, t
,I
.
-
-Teaching major: 57 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 58, 60,
and 61; 9 credits in applied music, and two years a s a member of one
;
of the college music organizations.
"
Minor: 27 credits. Courses 1 - 3 , 20, 57, and 4 elective credits; 3 credits in
applied music, and one year as a member of one of the college music
o~ganizations.
One public performance in their area of specialization is required of
majors during either the junior or senior year. This requirement may
be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the bimonthly Performance
Workshops. Formal public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement.
Sophomores, juniors and seniors a r e required to attend the bimonthly
Performance Workshops. Freshmen a r e encouraged to attend.
All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency exarnination by the end of the sophomore year. I t includes: ( a ) major and
harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves,
ascending and descending, hands together and with correct fingering,
a t moderate speed and from memory: (b) a Bach two-part invention
or a classical sonata; (c) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. One of the
pieces ( b or c) must be played from memory.
During his junior and senior years, a student who has been certified
as a music major by the Department of Music is given required applied
music lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost
provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music
faculty. The total of applied music credits earned under this provision
may not exceed six.
See under Curriculums for suggested courses of study.
l THEORY l
4 crs.
Principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, lriads and
rhythms, and their application in written exercises; aural skills, sight
reading, dictation, and part-singing. [5 lect. Prereq.: Passing theory
entrance test. Fall.]
2 THEORY 2
5 crs.
The use of scales, intervals, and chord formations in written exercises.
Harmonization of figured and unfigured bass and melody. [Prereq.:
1. Winter.]
3 THEORY 3
4 crs.
Sixteenth century vocal counterpoint with examples from the music
of Palestrina and di Lasso. Writing two-, three-, and four-part polyphony in the church modes. [Prereq.: 2. Spring.]
20 THEORY 4
4 crs.
Advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord progressions, suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. [Prereq.: 3.
Fall.]
21 THEORY 5
4 crs.
Eighteenth century counterpoint with examples from the music of
J. S. Bach; synthesis of tonal harmonic and contrapuntal writing. Writing
two- and three-part inventions, a four-voice fugue, and a chorale prelude. [Prereq. : 20. Winter.]
22 THEORY 6
4 crs.
Form and structure in music; harmonic analysis. [Prereq.: 21. Spring.]
30 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
4 crs.
The development of music from 1600 to the present through the study
of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis
is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts.
Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards
appreciation and criticism. For the non-music major. [Winter, 1968-69.
Fall, Spring, 1964-101.
50 CHORAL TECHNIQUE
4 crs. UPPER DIVISION
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, COURSES
materials, and techniques. [Spring.]
53 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
4 crs.
Class instruction in the techniques of playing reed and string instruments. [Fall.]
54 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
4 crs.
Class instruction in the techniques of playing brass and percussion
instruments. [Winter.]
57 CONDUCTING
3 crs.
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores,
organization and administration of choral ensembles. [3 double periods.
Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter.]
1 58 CONDUCTING
3 crs.
Preparation of and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration of instrumental ensembles. [3 double periods. Prereq.: 57 or #. Spring.]
60 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
5 crs.
Music of the Renaissance, Baroque, and Classical eras. [Fall.]
1 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
4 crs.
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. [Winter.]
1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
The music of Scandinavia since 1700. [Spring.]
4 crs.
1 70 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH
4 crs.
Development of the music of the Christian church, with special attention
to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student as well
as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. [Fall.]
1 76 ORCHESTRATION AND CHORAL ARRANGING
4 crs.
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental and
vocal ensembles of varying sizes and types. [4 1ect.-labs., 1 disc. Prereq.: 22, 53, 54, 58. Fall.]
1 87 PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
0 cr.
Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints
students with a repertoire of musical excellence. [Two evenings per
month. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
APPLIED MUSIC
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Credit
for the first term of lessons is given to majors and minors only after
completion of. the second term in the same area with the same teacher.
Others receive one credit for ten thirty-minute lessons per term. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees
see under Financial Information.
1 PIANO
I cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only
those credits earned in piano after the piano proficiency examination
has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 ORGAN
I cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. [Prereq.: Basic piano technique and #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 VOICE
I cr.
Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear-training a s needed, interpretation of song classics-both
sacred and secular. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS, BRASS INSTRUMENTS,
STRING INSTRUMENTS
I cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music
student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in
groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for
the full year is required of participants.
CHOIR
Membership is by audition and restricted to 65 singers. [4 rehearsals per
wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
CONCERT BAND
Membership is by audition. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
ORCHESTRA
Membership is by audition. 13 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
CHORAL CLUB, REPERTOIRE BAND,
SYMFONIA, INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES
Membership is by audition or consent of director. C2 rehearsals per
wk. Fa, Winter, Spring.]
MR. SANDIN, chairman, MR. BATLEY, MR. CHRISTENSON,
MR. JOHNSRTJD
The department of philosophy conceives its task as an instructional
department in a liberal arts college to be twofold: (1)to make a significant cmnlribution to the liberal education of all students regardless of
their colIege major; and (2) to provide a strong undergraduate program
of study for st~rdcnts who desire to complete a major or minor in
philosophy.
Major: 46 credits, including 41, 42, 43; either 23 or 51; and either 81 or
4 credits of 99.
Minor: 32 credits, including 41, 42, 43, and either 23 or 51.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
21 PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY
4 crs.
Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims
of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and
a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion.
Designed to meet the General Education requirement in philosophy.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
PHILOSOPHY
relativism, naturalism, etc.; or problems, such as the nature of the
23 LOGIC
5 crs.
A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include:
the nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning; definition;
principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief introduction to the
notation of modern symbolic logic. [Fall, Spring.]
41 ANCIENT AND EARLY MEDIEVAL
4 crs.
A historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the
development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St.
Thomas Aquinas. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Fall.]
42 LATE MEDIEVAL AND EARLY MODERN
4 crs.
A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical
thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to
the systems of Kant and Hegel. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Winter.]
I
43 RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY
A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 5 1 SYMBOLIC LOGIC
Treats deduction and the analysis of statements by means of special
symbols. Topics include propositional functions and quantifiers, the logic
of relations, the concept of an axiom system. [Prereq.: #. Winter.]
I
61 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with
special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language.
[Fall, 196849.1
63 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
A stcdy of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science
by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions and procedures. [Prereq.: 23 or #. Winter.]
m
65 AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY
American philosophical thought from colonial times to the present.
Puritanism, and Revoluntionary period, transcendentalism, idealism,
pragmatism, naturalism, and realism. [Fall.]
71 ETHICS
An inquiry into the principles of morals and ethics, the nature of
moral experience, and an analysis of the language of ethical discourse.
[Winter, 1968-69.1
73 METAPHYSICS
An inquiry into the nature of metaphysics, the function of metaphysical
language, and an examination of major historical and contemporary
views. [Prereq. : # Winter, 1969-70.1
.
75 EPISTEMOLOGY
An inquiry into the bases of claims to knowledge of various sorts and
into the possibility of general criteria of truth and falsity. [Prereq.:
#. Fall, 1969-70.1
+
'3,
'!
'M.
1 2 1, 2 2 , 2 3 GENERAL PHYSICS
5, 5, 5 crs.
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound,
optics, electricity, and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics.
For majors in physics and other specified fields. Must be taken in
sequence. [5 hrs. 1ect.-recit., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: Math. 41. 21, Fall.
22, Winter. 23, Spring.]
1 5 1 , 52 MECHANICS
4, 4 crs.
The classical equations of motion are presented for a single particle,
a system of particles, and for rigid bodies. Stationary and moving
frames of reference are used. Must be taken in sequence. [Prereq.:
23, Math. 58. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.]
1 53 MECHANICS
4 crs.
A restatement of classical mechanics employing Lagrange's equations.
Rigid body mechanics and small oscillations are included. [Prereq.:
52, Math. 58. Spring.]
61 ELECTRONICS
5 crs.
A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits bef&e introducing the electron tube
and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes and
transistors with applications to certain circuits. [4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq. : 23, Math. 43. Fall.]
1 62, 63 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM
4, 4 crs.
Treats the classical electromagnetic theory using vector calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics, solutions of Laplace's
and Poisson's equations and the use of Maxwell's equations to the
solution of problems in electromagnetic wave phenomena. [Prereq.:
61, Math. 58. 62, Winter. 63, Spring.]
70 OPTICS
5
crs.
Both geometrical and physical optics are presented with the greater
emphasis on the latter. Reflection and refraction, interference, diffraction and polarization. 14 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: 23, Math. 43.
Spring.]
1 75 MODERN PHYSICS
4 crs.
A phenomenological introduction to modern physics that includes the
Special Theory of Relativity, atomic theory, radiation, particles and
nuclear models. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Fall.]
I cr.
1 77 ADVANCED PHYSICS LABORATORY
Independent laboratory investigations. Numerous experiments including mechanics, electricity, spectroscopy, nuclear physics. Students may
take this course five times for credit with the last term devoted to some
research project. [3 hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 23. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 8 1 , 82 THERMAL PHYSICS
4,4
crs.
Study of thermal properties, using as illustrative material the properties
of gases, low temperature phenomena, and Curie's law substances.
Three main divisions : classical thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and an
introduction to statistical mechanics. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 84. 81, Fall.
82, Winter.]
1 83 INTRODUCTION TO SOLID STATE PHYSICS
4 crs.
A study of the physical properties of solids, particularly the properties
exhibited by atoms and molecules by virtue of their location in a
regular crystal lattice. [Prereq.: 82, Math. 84. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
DEPARTMENT
OF
POLITICAL
SCIENCE
MR. STENSHOEL, chairman, MR. DEWEY, MRS. NOONAN
.4ugsburg's offerings in political science are intended 10 facilitate an
undersianding of the processes, concepts, and insliitltions of governance :
to probide an intelIectua1 basis for effective and informed citizenship;
and to help prepare interested students lor additional work at the
graduate or pr'ufessiona! level, in such areas as lax\-, politicdl science,
public administradon, and internationa1 rel?.tions.
Major: 45 credits in political science, plus 5 credits in Social Statistics
(Soc. 6l). PoUticnl science courses required include 20, 21, 22, and at
least one course in each of the follo~\-ingareas: Comparative Government (nunlhered in the 30's) : International Relations (60's); Public
Law (70's) ; and Politicxl Theoq- (80's).
Minor: 27 credits, including 20, 21, 22; and at least one course in each
of three of the four areas indicated above.
A maximum of nine credits toward a political science major may be
earned from among certain specific courses offered by the departments
of history and economics. For information, see the Chairman of the
Department of Political Science.
.
Course 20, 21, or 22 will meet the general education requirement in
political science or economics.
20 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT I:
FOUNDATIONS OF AMERICAN DEMOCRACY
5 crs.
The nature, assumptions, and conditions of democratic politics in the
United States. Historical, economic, social, and constitutional factors
are considered, as well as the roles of political parties and interest
groups. The American system is compared briefly with democratic and
nondemocratic alternatives. [Winter.]
2 1 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT II:
AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT
5 crs.
The Presidency, Congress, and the Supreme Court as instruments of
conflict and consensus in the American political system. The role of
the national government is examined in the context of social and economic interdependence and of ideological and pragmatic conflict.
[Spring.]
22 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Ill:
STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT;
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
5 crs.
Problems and patterns of state and local government, including urban
and metropolitan development and intergovernmental relationships. Public administration is introduced from several perspectives : as discipline,
as political process, as concrete expression of the positive state. [Fall.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
50 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRATIC GOVERNMENTS
4 crs.
A comparative analysis of the respective political theories, institutions,
and processes of selected democratic states. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #.
Winter.]
5 1 CONTEMPORARY COMMUNIST GOVERNMENTS
4 crs.
The political processes of the Soviet Union and other Communist states
are analyzed in terms of ideological assumptions, the party role and
institutional forms. [Prereq. : 20,21, or 22, or #. Fall.]
t:;
I
--.
I.'.
60 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
4 crs.
General theories of international politics, the basic factors involved in
international relations, and the formulation of foreign policy as background for study of recent international problems. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or
22, or #. Fall.]
62 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
4 crs.
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign
policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and
China. [Prereq. : 51 or 60. Spring.]
70 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
4 crs.
The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American
constitutional system is analyzed via a study of significant cases decided
by the U.S. Supreme Court. [Prereq.: 10 credits En American Govt. or
#. Winter.]
71 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
4 crs.
A continuation cf course 70, emphasizing the protections afforded individ~lclrigh:s and liberties m d e r the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth
Amendment. [Prereq. : 70. Spring.]
80 POLITICAL THOUGHT TO 1800
4 crs.
Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers
from Plato thrmgh Burke. rmphasis is placed upon elements reflected
in Western democratic thought. [Fall.]
8 1 RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT
4 crs.
Conflicting ideologies of recent political thinkers, including anarchist,
Communist, elitist, and democratic views. [Winter.]
84 CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ANALYSIS
4 crs.
An investigation of the theory-building and model-building of selected
contemporary political scientists, and of their ohiloso~hicaland methodological assumptions. For majors in politicai science. [Spring.]
9 5 SEMINAR
3 crs.
Consult department chairman for information concerning terms and
subject matter. [Prereq. : # .]
9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Registration by special permission. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
2-5
crs.
DEPARTMENT
OF
PSYCHOLOGY
MRS. DYRUD, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. HOLMAN,
MRS. H O W A R D
The objectives of this department are: (1)to acquaint the student with
the princivles and methods in the scientific studv of behavior: and (21
to enable ihe student to better understand the pr;ce&es which influence
behavior. Emphasis is on the study of human behavior.
M a j o r : 36 credits, tncluding 5, 59, 61, 62, 64, 81, 91, and 99. In addition,
Soc. 61 i s required.
M i n o r : 24 credits including 5, 59, and 87.
5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
5 crs.
A study of basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles
and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many
areas of specialization in psychology. [Prereq.: So. o r #. Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
7 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY SEMINAR
I cr.
Offered in connection with course 5 for one additional credit. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics.
.
[Prereq.:
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
#.
Fall, Winter, Spring.]
50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
See under Secondary Education.
5 1 D E V E L O P M E N T A L PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD
4 crs.
Development of personality and/or behavior of children, with emphasis
on theoretical considerations and empirical findings regarding socialization, cognition, family relationships, and general psychological development. [Prereq.: 5 and concurrent registration in o r completion of
statistics. Fall.]
52 DEVELOPMENTAL P S Y C H O L O G Y : ADOLESCENT 4 crs.
Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adolescents,
with emphasis on theory and empirical findings regarding physical
and sexual development, parent-child relationships, identity and the
peer group, cognitive development and achievement, and social class
differences. [Prereq. : 5 and concurrent registration in o r completion of
.
statistics. Winter.]
53 DEVELOPMENTAL P S Y C H O L O G Y : ADULT
4 crs.
Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adults, with
special emphasis on young adults. Some theory and empirical findings
regarding personality, values, interests and vocational choice, sexuality, adjustment and behavior change. A brief discussion of findings in
geriatric psychology. [Prereq.: 5 a n d concurrent registration in o r completion of statistics. Spring.]
.
55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
4 crs.
See under Elementary Education.
4 crs.
59 P S Y C H O L O G I C A L M E A S U R E M E N T I
Theory and principles of measurement and testing. Examination given
to the purposes, construction and use of measurement devices in personnel work of business and industry. [Prereq.: 5, a n d Soc. 61. Fall.]
4 crs.
60 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT II
Administration and interpretation of standardized tests of intelligence,
aptitude, interest, achievement and personality. Special emphasis given
to the use of the Revised Stanford-Binet and Wechsler Adult Intelligence
Scale in supervised practice situations. [Prereq. : 59. Winter.]
-
H 6 1 PERSONALITY I: APPROACHES TO PERSONALITY 4 crs.
A shtdy of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior
that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction
to major theories of personality. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.]
62 PERSONALITY II: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved
in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories,
treatment, and research in mental illness. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.]
H 64 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to experimental nlethodology in psychology : experimental
design, operations, and data analysis. [Prereq.: 5 and Soc. 61. Spring.]
75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
5 crs.
See under Department of Sociology.
81 HISTORY AND THEORY
4 crs.
A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of
current areas of psychology. [Prereq.: 13 crs. in psych. or #. Fall.]
H 85 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of
counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a
counseling relationship. [Prereq.: 62. Winter.]
1 87 DIFFERENTIAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
Survey of individual and group differences and factors such as age,
heredity, sex and environment which contribute to variations in ability
and temperament. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.]
91 SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY
3 crs.
A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. [Prereq.:
17 crs. in psych. or #. Spring.]
99 RESEARCH PROBLEMS
2 - 3 crs.
Independent study in which students conduct individual research projects.
[Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MR. P. A. QUANBECK, chairman, MR. BENSON, MR. COLACCI,
MR. FRETHEIM, MR. MANDSAGER, MR. OLLILA, MR. SKIBBE
The courses in religion are intended to assist the student in his
reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study
of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission.
The graduation requirement includes 18 credits in religion. Of these
credits 10 must be in the lower division, and at least 8 must be upper
division. Freshmen are required to take course 11: sophomores, course
Z l . Courses 1
1 and 21 are prerequisites for all upper division courses.
Only one of courses 53, 54 may apply toward the graduation requirement.
Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of
admission.
Major: 46 credits, including one course from each of the following
groups of courses plus one seminar: 51-59; 61-63; 71-74; 81-85. Also
required are: two courses each in history, literature, philosophy (above
21); and one course in either sociology or psychology (above 5). Two
courses of upper division Greek may be counted toward a major in
religion.
Minor: 26 credits.
DEPARTMENT
OF
-RELIGION
I I INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
5 crs.
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
.
.
.
.
21 BIBLICAL STUDIES
5 crs.
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and
the emergence of the church. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
51 THE TEACHING MINISTRY OF THE CHURCH
4 crs.
The historical development and theological foundation of education in
the church. The relationship of the teaching and preaching ministries.
Methods and means of teaching, and the task of Christian education
today. [Winter.]
52 THE THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN
WORSHIP
4 crs.
A study of the origin of Christian worship, the development of the various liturgical traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits
will be made to a variety of worship services. [Winter.]
53 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I
4 crs.
A study of primitive religion and several religions of the Near East,
including Islam and Zoroastrianism. [Fall.]
54 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I1
4 crs.
A study of several religions of the F a r East, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. [Winter.]
W 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Sociology.
4 crs.
61 EARLY CHRISTIAN FATHERS
4 crs.
The development of certain fundamental theological doctrines from the
time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the
early church. [Fall.]
62 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
4 crs.
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers
of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther,
John Calvin, and other representative figures. [Winter.]
63 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM
4 crs.
The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise
of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure,
and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its
environing culture. [Spring.]
71 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
4 crs.
Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships.
Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus,
including the "quest for the historical Jesus." [Fall.]
.
72 THE THEOLOGY OF PAUL
4 crs.
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his
relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found
in his writings. [Spring.]
73 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
4 crs.
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. [Winter.]
74 STUDIES IN GENESIS ONE TO ELEVEN
4 crs.
A detailed study of these chapters, with discussion of their theological
significance and their background in Israel and the ancient Near East.
Special attention will be given to interpretive problems, particularly
a s related to history and science. [Fall.]
81 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological
thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of
the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. [Spring.]
82 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 4 crs.
-New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of
'some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical
insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. [Fall.]
83 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
4 crs.
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. [Fall.]
84 CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN
4 crs.
The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny
of man. [Spring.]
85 THEOLOGY OF THE ECUMENICAL MOVEMENT 4 crs.
A study of the theological factors inherent in the origin, the various
participating churches and the main results of the modern Ecumenical
Movement. Representatives from various religious groups will be invited to lecture and lead discussions. [Winter.]
86 SEMINAR
4 crs.
Special study in some field of theology. Registration is by permission
of the instructor.
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
See under Department of Modern Languages.
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR
See under Curriculums.
MR. TORSTENSON, chairman, MR. BLOOM. MR. HUSFLOEN,
MRS. MADSON, MR. NELSOAT, MR. NORDLIE, MR. VETVICK
The objectives of this department are to help students attain a better
understanding of society, its social order and forces of social change; to
prepare students for social service occupations and for post-graduate
studies in such fields as sociology, social work, industrial relations, urban
planning, etc. The Department seeks to maximize its urban setting by
promoting research and participant-observation experiences in the TwinCity Metropolitan region.
DEPARTMENT
OF
SOCIOLOGY
Major: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper
division credits, including 61, 62, 75, 91. Psych. 5 also required.
Philosophy of Science is strongly recommended.
Major with Social Work Sequence: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower
division credits and 30 upper division credits including 51, 52, 53, 54,
55, 56, 61. Psych. 5 also required.
Minor: 25 credits including 12, 43, 61.
Sociology 11 is prerequisite to all other sociology courses.
I I MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY
4 crs.
The cultural and structural dynamics of the Western world as seen
through sociological perspectives. A focus on normative patterns, social
organizations, social institutions, and socialization in the context of
social change. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
12 SOCIAL PROBLEMS
4 crs.
The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary social problems
in the context of historical, social and cultural change. [Winter, Spring.]
3 1 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY
5 crs.
The course is designed to help the student in his preparation for marriage and parenthood and focuses on such issues as the interpersonal
relationships of dating, selection of a marriage partner, constructive use
of the engagement period, early marriage adjustments, childbirth, discipline of children, and sex education. Integral parts of the course
include films, personal analysis papers, and the discussion of case
studies. A secondary emphasis is given to such sociology of the family
concerns as tracing the family historically and cross-culturally, and
viewing the contemporary American family against a background of
modern society and social change. [Winter, Spring.]
41 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY
4 crs.
Man's prehistory and contemporary primitive societies. An analysis
of the origins of life and man, race and culture, and cultural and
social anthropology including subsistence and crafts, marriage and
kinship, social control, religion and magic, personality and culture,
and cultural growth. [Fall.]
42 RURAL AMERICAN COMMUNITY
4 crs.
The social origins, development, and contemporary forms of rural
society and the small community. The historic roots of the American
rural community; rural social movements; and rural life in world
perspective. [Winter.]
43 MODERN URBAN COMMUNITY
4 crs.
The cultural and social organization of the city in historical perspective
including the forms, processes, and problems of the modern metropolis.
[Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
51 FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK
4 crs.
Examines basic concepts and values in the practice of social work;
historical development and trends in Social Policy and Programs in the
U.S.; and surveys the social services offered through the various public
and non-profit agencies and institutions. [Prereq.: Concurrent registration
in 54. Fall.]
I
-,;
52 INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs.
Provides a beginning understanding of the three methods of social workcasework, group work, and community organization. Explores basic
concepts of human growth and behavior and social process and their
relationship to the methodology of social work. [Prereq.: 51, and concurrent registration in 55. Winter.]
53 WELFARE ISSUES IN MODERN SOCIETY
4 crs.
Examines Social Welfare's responsibility and relevance to the problems
of modern society including poverty, mental illness, automation, deviant behavior, mental retardation, and civil rights. Explores some of
the recent experiments and new approaches to these problems both
within and outside the Social Welfare field. Points up some of the
current and re-occurring issues within and about Social Welfare in
modern society. [Prereq.: 52 and concurrent registration in 56. Spring.]
54, 55, 56 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SOCIAL
AGENCIES
I cr. per term
Students are assigned five hours per week to work in a social agency
such as a settlement house, or a hospital, public welfare, family service
correction and services to the mentally retarded. Responsibilities vary
according to the agency. From one to four students are assigned to each
agency. The agency provides the supervision and recommended grade
for the course. No credit given unless all three quarters are completed.
Must be taken concurrently with Soc. 51, 52, and 53. [54, Fall. 55, Winter.
56, Spring.]
1 57 SUMMER WORK STUDY IN CORRECTIONS
AND SOCIAL SERVICE
5 crs.
A summer experience for undergraduate students combining independent study and paid work experience in the fields of Corrections and
Social Services.
1 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
An examination of the social sources and structure of the church.
Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems. Some exploration of the changing patterns of
society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church.
[Fall.]
1 6 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL STATISTICS
5 crs.
Scientific methods of collecting, organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, finding
measures of central tendency, variability and association, and hyp*
thesis testing. [Prereq. : high school algebra or equir. Fall, Spring.]
1 62 SOCIAL RESEARCH
5 crs.
Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology. An examination
of procedures and problems of the research prccess. An analysis of
research designs and techniques. The construction of questionnaires
and other data-gathering tools. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.]
1 73 CRIME AND DELINQUENCY
5 crs.
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency.
Gang-delinquency, whitc-collar crime, organized crime. The theories
of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. [Spring.]
5 crs.
Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development
of personality, the impact of group norms. The various theoretical
schools of social psychology. Selective forms of collective behavior
such as croivd, rumor, and audience. [Fall.]
1 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
82 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
5 crs.
The historical, cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of
minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice,
racism and civil rights in the American setting. [Winter.]
83 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY
5 crs.
Large-scale organizations in contemporary industrial society. Bureaucracy, decision-making, formal and informal organizational structure and
labor-management relations. [Spring.]
8 5 SEMINAR IN THE MODERN METROPOLIS
I cr.
A study of the nature, dynamics and challenges of the emerging metropolitan community.
91 MODERN SOCIOLOGY THEORY
5 crs.
The development and nature of the major theoretical schools of contemporary sociology, in the context of their historical settings in the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Winter.]
SPANISH
See under Department of Modern Languages.
DEPARTMENT
OF
SPEECH
MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS COLE, MRS. OLSON
This department aims to foster in students those skills which contribute
to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to
develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical
listening habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and
drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama.
Major: 40 credits. Students who do not plan to go into secondary or
elementary school teaching should consult with the department regarding
preparation for graduate school or other post-graduate opportunities.
Teaching major: 44 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32,
12 or 52, 51 or 55, 60, 61, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is
requked, but credits in this course do not count toward the major.
Minor: 28 credits.
Teaching minor: 28 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32,
51 or 55, 60, and 66. Course 76 is strongly recommended. For elementary
education students: 11, 16, 60, 61, ond 76.
For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended.
Elementary education students who have had speech in high school
may request substitution of course 16 to fulfill the literature/speech
requirement. Normally, courses 11 aud 51 fulfill this requirement.
I I BEGINNING SPEECH
4 crs.
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Meets five
times per week. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
12 FORMS OF PUBLIC ADDRESS
4 crs.
Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology,
and adaptation to various situations. [Prereq. : 11. Winter.]
16 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS
4 crs.
Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation,
and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended
for parish workers and elementary school teachers. [Fall, 1968-69.1
1 2 1 DEBATE
I cr.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year.
Participation in intercollegiate debates. Open to all students. May be
repeated four times for credit. [Fall, Winter.]
28 STAGECRAFT
4 crs.
Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open
to all students. [Winter.]
1 3 2 ACTING
4 crs.
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and
improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. [Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
1 5 1 ARGUMENTATION
5 crs.
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. [Fall.]
1 52 PERSUASION
5 crs.
Theory of persuasion and propaganda ; study of great speeches ; practical work in speech writing. [Prereq. : 11. Spring, 196849.1
55 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
5 crs.
Theories of group leadership: principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. [Winter.]
1 60 INTERPRETATIVE READING
5 crs.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading
prose, poetry, and drama. [Fall, Winter.]
1 61 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
5 crs.
An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and
dramatic production. [Fall.]
1 66 STAGE DIRECTION
5 crs.
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. [Spring.]
1 67 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
5 crs.
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. [Fall,
196!%70.1
W 68 DRAMA IN THE CHURCH
5 crs.
History of drama in the church, reading and discussion of plays, study
of uses of drama by the local congregation. [Spring, 1969-70.1
1 76 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
5 crs.
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal
speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction.
[Winter.]
1 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-3 crs.
Selected topics in oral interpretation, acting, theater history, rhetorical
theory, or speech pathology; individual projects with emphasis on the
use of primary sources and methodolgy of research. [Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
SPECIAL
PROGRAMS
OF
STUDY
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING
Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at t h e Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction a t Augsburg College. Application for admission t o the Schools df Nursing should be made t o
the hospitals directly.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a
college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three
years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month
program is completed a t one of the two hospitals.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY
A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with
the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students who
complete a major in Physical Education a t Augsburg. The program
requires 250 hours of clinical observation, practice, and orientation under the direction of the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service a t the Veterans Hospital. The work may be
done either during the senior year or after graduation. It carries
no college credit.
SPAN IJ
Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity
among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University
of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students
are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the sophomore year.
JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD
Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg College students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study a t a
number of European educational institutions. These institutions are:
The University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College and The Goethe
Institute in Germany; and The Institute for American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence in France. Study a t other institutions
may be possible through special arrangements. Applications for
such foreign study must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. In addition, the student's program
of study while in Europe must be approved by his faculty adviser
prior to making application to the Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing. A year of foreign study is recommended only
for students with good scholastic records whose programs of study
can be followed satisfactorily a t the institutions chosen. Credit
earned through foreign study can usually be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives or, occasionally, as
elements of his major sequence. Such credit ordinarily does not
satisfy the general education requirements with some exceptions
such as the study of a foreign language.
HONORS PROGRAM
For superior freshman sudents, some special accelerated sections
are available in such subjects as English and History. For superior
students of all classes, special colloquia are offered each term.
Many departments of the college offer a program through which
the student can earn honors in his major field. Students of high
ability who are interested in pursuing an honors curriculum are
invited to write to the Director of the Honors Program for information regarding the Honors Programs which may be open to them.
Honors students are selected on the basis of previous academic
achievement and test results.
NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM
In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and t o encourage better cultural exchange between the
students of Augsburg Cdlege and colleges in the South, Augsburg
has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges
whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange
may take place during either the second or third term, or both,
depending upon the schedules of the cooperating colleges.
In order to qualify for the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a
minor), his/her major adviser, and various college officials. A
further general requirement is approval by the student exchange
board which will, among other things, require a grade point average of at least 2.50.
Further details and application forms may be secured from the
fice of the Dean or the President of the Student Society.
OF
THE PASS/NO CREDIT GFLXDING SYSTEM
Effective with the 1967-68 academic year, a Pass/No Credit
grading system is available to juniors and seniors only, applicable
to a maximum of one course per term. The provisions of the system
are as follows:
1. Juniors and Seniors only may choose to be graded on the
basis of Pass/No Credit instead of a regular grade for a
maximum of one course in any one term.
2. The Pass/No Credit option may not be applied to courses
in the student's major field.
3. Each department of the college shall determine which,
if any, of the courses it offers may not be taken by any
student on a Pass/No Credit basis. Students will be informed by the Registrar's Office at each registration day
of the courses which may not be taken under the system.
4. Although credits earned under the system will be counted
toward fulfilling the requirements for graduation, Pass/No
Credit grades will not be used in computing the student's
Grade Point Average.
5. The student must exercise the option of taking a course
under the Pass/No Credit grading system a t the time of
his registration for the course, and may not change after
the end of the first week of the term.
6. Under the Pass/No Credit grading system, the grade of 'S'
shall be assigned to the student earning the equivalent of
a grade from 'A' to 'C'; the grade of 'N' to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'D' to 'F'.
AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL
Students may earn up to ten credits of college work in a sixweek summer session from June 24 through August 2, 1968.
For 1969, tentative plans call for a similar six-week term beginning June 9, followed by a short term of three weeks set for
July 21 through August 8, during which additional five credits may
be earned.
Most courses will meet mornings, Monday through Friday. Others
will meet for longer periods two evenings a week, in order to accommodate part-time students employed during the day.
Eligible to attend Augsburg summer school are present students
and graduates of Augsburg and other accredited colleges and universities, as well as recent high school graduates whose class
standing and scores in college aptitude examinations indicate a
high probability of success in college work.
Courses to be offered during the summer sessions will be determined, in part, by demand. Most will not require prerequisites. In
addition to formal classes, provisions are being made for independent study in several areas, and for individual instruction in
voice and instrumental music.
For 1968, summer tuition for 8-10 credits is $220.00, plus a registration fee of $5.00. The latter fee will, however, be waived for
those completing registration not later than June 14. Private lessons will be charged separately.
A single board and room charge for the 1968 summer session will
be $100.00, and will provide morning and noon meals exclusive
of weekends, and a room from the evening of June 23 through the
morning of August 3.
For specific information, interested persons are asked to write:
Director of Summer School
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
CURRICULUMS
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major,
or a particular vocational objective.
GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS
The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may
be followed to include the required general education courses. For
electives, students should take care to include all courses required
for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed
under departmental headings.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
History 1, 2. or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
Term
I n nr
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
Term
SOPHOMORE
5
- - - 4
- 5 5
5-6 5
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Art 1 or Music 30
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22, or
Economics 22
Electives
Term
I 11 ~n
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
5
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- - 4 - - 4
4
Religion
Electives
I 11 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 -
-
4
4
5-6 5-6
-
-
-
-
4
- - 4-5
- 6
6
I
Term
II
m
4
-
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
12 12 12
AMERICAN STUDIES MAJOR
The following program is suggested for a major in American Studies.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1. 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
History 21. 22
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Economics 22 (Optional)
Speech or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Religion 63
Eistory 55.
Psychology 81.
Sociology 42'. 43.
Philosophy 65'
Electives (non-major)
- 5
- -
4
5
4
5
-
-
4
5
5
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
English 45
Political Sci. 20, 21
1/3 1/3 1/3
4
-
4
-
4
4
-
4
4
4
4
4
4
-
4
4
-
-
5
4
4
5-6 5-6 4
5
- 5 5
- -
SENIOR
Sociology 59.
Political Sci. 70.
History 56'
Education 87.
English 82.
Political Sci. 22.
American Studies 95
American Studies 99
Electives (non-major)
* Electives in the major program
ART MAJOR WITH HISTORY MINOR AS
PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY
Term
FRESHMAN
I
-
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
4
5
Art
2
2
8, 12
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
Term
I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
5
- 6
- 4 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Art 21- Art 18, 55
History 2
History 61
I 11
rn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4
4
- 5 5
4
4
4
-
-
4
-
4
-
Term
I I1 I11
Religion
Art 83, 84
Art 67
Art 50
Historv 3
Speecg 11 or Literature
Music 30
History 21. 22
Elective
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4 4 -
-
SENIOR
I I1 I11
Religion
Pol. Sci. 20. 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 68
Art 78
History 95
History 71
Art 99
Electives
Cr. Cr. Cr.
ART MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Art.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Foreign Language
History 1. 2, or 3
Art 7
Art 8. 12
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 83, 84
Art 67
Art 50
H. P.E. 10
Education 50
Education 52, 53, 54
Education 59
Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 - 5
5 5 4
2 2 6
4 1/3 1/3 1/3
-
-
-
Term
SOPHOMORE
I I1 I11
Relieion 21
ore& Language
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
S'peech 11 o r Literature
Art 21
Art 18 and 55
Psychology 5
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5
-
4
-
4
-
-
4
4
4
- - 5
4 - 0
0 0
- - 5
- 4 -
-
4
4
-
-
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 4 4 - - 4
-
5
4
5
Term
SENIOR
I I1 I11
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education
- - - - - .-.
.
. 87
..
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 68. 99
Art 78
Electives
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
10 - 5
-
-
-
-
4
-
4-5
- 4
-
4
-
BIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
do graduate work in biology. Where choices of biology are indicated,
the student should choose carefully the course best suited to his
field of interest. At least one term of botanical work is usually
desirable. Biology 72 is required.
Term
Term
FRESHMAN
I I1 I11
Religion 11
Englsh 11, 12
History 3
Sociolow 11
chernGpy 5 or 15
Chemistry 6 or 16
Biology 11, 12
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
I I1 111
SOPHOMORE
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Chemistry 51, 52, 53
Mathematics 40. 41. 42
Biology 53 o r eiective
-
-
Term
Term
JUNIOR
Relieinn
-.--.-.
.
.
.
Foreign Language
Physics 21, 22, 23
Biology 61. 71, or 76
Biology 63. 72 or 74
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22
or Economics 22
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4
5 5
5 5 5
5-6 - -
-
-
-
45
- 5
- 6 6
5 5
5-6 -
4
6
5
-
SENIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
Philosouhv 21 or 23
BiGG
7 3 OF elective
Biology 72, 74, or 81
Biology 91. 92. 93
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
1
~
5-6
-
1
-
5-6
1
BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING
The program suggested below provides for the recommended courses
in chemistry as well as for a good background in the biological
sciences. When making the choices between the biology course
options, it is important that the various disciplines of biology are
represented. Biology 72 and one other course in the 70 series are
required.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
History 3
Sociology 11
Biology 11. 12
Chemistry 5 or 15
Chemistry 6 or 16
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 2 4 5
- - 4
-
-
6
-
-
4
6
6
- -
6 1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
speech 11 or Literature
Foreign Language
Education 50. 59
Chemistry 53
Bioloev 61. 71. or 76
~ i o l o s53' or ' 73
Biology 63, 72, or 74
Education 52, 53, 54
-
-
4
4
4
4
4
-
-
- 6
- -
0
0
-
5
5-6
0
SOPHOMORE
Relieion 21
~ o r z g nLanguage
Biology 51
Psychology 5
Chemistrv 23
H P.E."10
Mathematics 13 or 40.
Mathematics 14 or elective*
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
-
5
-
-
5
-
-
- - 6
-
5
5
-
-
SEYIQR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Rc,iaiun
.Art - 1 or 3Tvljbic 30
Rluloz$' 61, 71, or 76
Biology 72. 74. or 81
4 5-6 -
...
..
E d r ~ c a t ~ c n83
Educn:ion 87
Poi. Scl. 20. 21. or 22
-
-
-
10
4-5
-
-
5-6
- 4
- -
Elective if the student is allowed to take Mathematics 40 rather than Math. 13 and 14.
MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION)
Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize
in accounting or finance. Students are urged to read carefully the
statement under the Department of Business Administration.
FRESHMAN
- 'RcIipion
&
11
E ~ 9 i s l 111, 12
Yidow 1, 2. or 3
Brssincss Ad. 1, 2
_Sociology 23-1 i
L/-;;turt;
Science or Math.
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
C3 Business Ad. 61
Economics 51
???Business
Ad. 62. 63
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
- - - Cr.Cr.Cr.
.
5
,,ReTi~lon 21
- 4 5 .. -Fori-igtl T.,anglage .. .
- - 4
Easiness Ad..,13
4 4
Eco!~nmics22. 23-,
- 4 ..--Dhtlosophy 21
5-6 5-6 - d p e e c h 11 or Literature
- 4 d r t 1 or Music 30
1/3 1/3 1/3
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
- 5 - 5 5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 4 4 - - 5
5
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
~
- -
-
-
5
-
-
-
5
4
5
5
SENIOR
5
-
-
-
4
5
-
-
4
4
4
4
-
-
-
Religion
Business Ad. 81
Business Ad. 83
Electives
MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(FINANCE SPECIALTZATTON)
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Histors 1. 2. or 3
~ u s i n e s s~ d . 1,
. 2
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
Elective
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 4 5
- 4
4 4 - 4
5-6 5-6 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- -
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 31
Economics 22, 23
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
I
:'
,.;
'3,
'M.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Business Ad. 18
Business Ad 13
Electives
BUSINESS EDUCATION
MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
Enelish 11. 12
F'oFeign ~ a n g u a g e
History 1, 2, or 3
Business Ed. 1
Business Ed. 10
sociology 11
Philosophy 21
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 59
Business Ad. 1, 2
Business Ed. 50
Economics 22, 23
Business Ed. 63
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5
5 5 4
- 4
- -
-
- - - -
4
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 111
Cr.
Cr.
-- - .Cr.
--.
4
4 - 0 0 0
- 5
4 4 1
- 5 - 4 4
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Relieion 21
F'orGgn Language
Natural Science or Math.
S ~ e e c h11 or Literature
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
~ u s i n e s s - ~ d21
.
Business Ed. 22
Business Ed. 53
Business Ed. 8
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - - 10 - 5
H:~PE;--IO
-
-
Business Ad. 31
Electives
5
4
-
-
-
4
5
8
CHEMISTRY MAJOR
The following course of study meets the requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is approved by
the American Chemical Society for students who plan to do graduate study in chemistry.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1, 2, or 3
Mathematics 40
Chemistry 15. 16 or 5, 6
Mathematics 41, 42
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Relieion
chemistry 61, 62
Chemistry 63
Mathematics 83
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Chemistry 91
Electives
Term
I 11 111
Cr.
-.
. Cr.
-.
. Cr
-5
4 5
4
5
6 6
- 5 5
- - - -
Term
I TI I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
6 6
5
4 - 5 5 4
4
0 0 0
- 4
-
-
-
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Chemistry 51, 52
Chemistrv 53
Physics ii, 22, 23
Mathematics 43
Sociology 11
SEh-IOR
Term
I I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
- - 5
6 6 - - 5
5 5 5
5 - - 4 -
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr Cr.
Ro!iglgn
Chernfstr' 81, 83
C h e m x ! ~i 2
Furdgn Lwguage
Speech !1 or Lltcrature
Pol. Sc!. 20. 21. or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Chemistry 91
Electives
DENTISTRY
Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take
geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses
in physics and chemistry are highly desirable.
f i e following schedule will meet the requirements for admission t o
most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should
inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about
specific requirements.
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Mathematics 40. 41
Biolocv 11. 12'
~ h e m y i t r y'15, 16 or 5, 6
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
m
I II
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 - 5
5 5
- 6 6
6
6 1/3 1/3 1/3
-
SOPHOMORE
Term
I n III
Cr Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
Speech, Lit. or Hist.
Psychology 5
chemistry 51, 52
Physics 21, 22. 23
ECONOMICS MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education.
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1. 2, or 3
Natural Science or Math
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 61
Economics 51, 58
Electives
I
I1 I11
c=.Cr.
5
-
- -
4
SOPHOMORE
Cr.
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr.
Cr. Cr.
-4
4 4 -
- -
Term
I 11 nr
Cr Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Business Ad. 1, 2
Economics 22. 23
Electives
Term
SENIOR
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Electives
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Students planning t o prepare for elementary school teaching are
required t o complete the following curriculum. Except where a
choice is indicated substitutions may be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional
subjects and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year.
For the science-mathematics general education requirement, elementary education students are required to take one course in
biological and one in physical science. For the speech-literature
requirement in general education, they are required to take Beginning Speech unless exempted.
The major in this program is Elementary Education. Each student
is required t o complete a minor. Variations in the requirements of
the minor from those prescribed by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. An academic major is highly recommended.
I
Ion ll
lab 11,
I8
mstUl+l P , W S
B ~ , O I O ~s&xm
'
a F.E. m
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
Elective (minor)
Term
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
5
5 5
- 4
5
5
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- 4 -
-
-
- - -
SOPHOMORE
Term
I 11 In
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
Physical Science
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
Music 30
History 21 or 22
Elective (minor)
Term
SENIOR
Religion
Education 77
Philosonhv 21
speech- lf
Education 79
Education 87
Education 65
Electives (minor)
Religion
Education 55
Education 56
Education 52, 53, 54
Geography 14
Education 64
Education 57, 63
Education 58
-Mathematics 56
Elective (minor)
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 15 4 - - - 4
3
4
- - 2
8 - 4
-
- -
JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program outlined below satisfies the requirements for
certification at the junior and senior high school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during his sophomore year, apply to the Committee on Teacher Education for admission t o the education curriculum. He will also need
t o apply for student teaching during the junior year. Admission will
be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications.
Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors
are:
Health and Physical Education
Mathematics
Music
Natural Science
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Social Sciences
History
Political Science
Art
Business ducati ion
English-Language Arts
English
Speech
Foreign Language
French
German
Scandinavian Studies
Spanish
Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science.
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Electives
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4 5 - 5 5
4
- 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
5-6 5
-
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Music 30 or Art 1
Natural Science or Math.
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
or Economics 22
Psychology 5
Electives
Term
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
Sueech 11 or Literature
ducatio ion 50, 59
Education 52. 53, 54
H. P.E. 10
Electives in the major
I
I1 I11
SENIOR
Reliigon
Education 83, 84
Education 87
Electives in the major
Term
I TI 111
Cr, Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 4 - - 4
5-6 5-6 -
-
5
-
-
-
4-5
6
Term
I I1 I11
Cr, Cr. Cr.
-
4
-
ENGINEERING
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
enroll in a school of engineering. Students planning to enter this
program should have completed four years of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to
enter Mathematics 41. Those who plan t o transfer to the Institute
of Technology at the University of Minnesota will also need, in
some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session a t the
U. of M.
FRESHMAN
Term
I
I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
I
Term
I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
Reliaion 21
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Sociology 11
Mathematics 40, 41, 42
Chemistry 15, 16 or 5, 6
H. P.E. 1. 2. 3
Art 1
I
Term
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Relieion
P~YECS75
Physics 62. 63
Physics Lab.
Mathematics 83. 84
Biology 11, 12 or Elective
Electives
ENGLISH MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
English.
Term
FRESHMAN
I
I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
Term
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 1 or Music 30
English 61, 62, 84
English 72 or 74
English Elective
Electives*
I II
rn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
5
- -
4
5
5
SOPHOMORE
Reliaion 21
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Speech 11
Philoso~hv 21
~ a t u r a Ccience
i
or Math.
English 35 or 45
or Elective in the major
English 47; and 31, 32, or 78
Term
I 11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
-
Term
SENIOR
Religion
English 90
Electives*
I II n I
Cr- Cr. Cr.
A
-
-
Electives recommended for students planning to enter graduate school: English 80
or 82, 86, 88, 92, 95; and foreign language.
ENGLISH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11 or 15
English 12 or 35. 45
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
I
Term
I1 111
Term
SOPHOMORE
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Speech 11 and 12, 52 or 55
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Natural Science or Math.
English 35 or 45 or 55
English 47, 31
I 11 I n
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Psychology 5
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 59
'
English 61. 62. 55
English 72 or 74. 84
Speech 60 or 66
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr Cr.
-
4
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
H. P.E. 10
Art 1 - o r Music 30
English 21 or 40, 88 or 88
English 90, 91, or 92
~ i b r a r y Science 75
4
4
3
-
-
-
4
5
FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Inter. Foreign Language
Speech 11 or Literature
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. 10.
Electives or 56. 57
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Beg. Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4
- 4 0 0 0
- - 5
5
5 5 5 -
-
-
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 10 - 5 -
SENIOR
-
Religion
Religion
Education 84'
Education 50'
Education 83'
Education 52. 53. 54.
Education 87.
4
Education 59:
Ad. Conv. and Comp. 84
5 - Psychology 5
Literature 72 or 74
- - 5
Conversation 55
2 - 2
Indep. Study 99
Survey 63, 64..
5
Electives
5
5
Literature 72 or 74
- 5 5
Electives
* Students who do not plan to t a k e t h e education sequence may substitute 92
99 or other electives for these courses.
* * Courses 56, 57 may be elected for either 63 or 64.
- -
- - -
-
GREEKMAJOR
Students who plan to major in Greek should confer with the chairman of the department regarding electives and courses to be taken
in the senior year.
FRESHMAN
Term
I rI 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Natur?l Science or Math
Greek 11. 12. 13
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or
Econ. 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Religion 11
English 11. 12
History 1. 2, or 3
Latin 1. 2. 3
~ o c i o l o g y'11
H. P.E. 1 . 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Greek
Philosophy 41, 42, 43
Speech 11
Electives
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
4 - 4 4 4
4 4 4
4
- 8 8
- -
SENIOR
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 5-6 5-6 5 5 5
4 - -
Term
I 11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING
Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of .Health and
Physical Education. Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions.
FRESHMAN
#
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I TI I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
1
-
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 10
H. P.E. 23
H. P.E. 11, 13 (W,
M)
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 50
Education 52, 53, 54
Education 59
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
Econ. 22
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. 57.
H. P.E. 51, 52
H. P.E. 11, 72
H. P.E. 82 or Soc. 31.
"
SENIOR
5
4
-
-
-
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 8 4
Education 83
Education 87
Philosoohv 21
H. ~ 5 7i*
.H. P.E. 60*
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
Starred courses are required for the broad major in Health and Physical Education
but may be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major.
HISTORY MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of His-
tory.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
Enelish 11. 12
~ o r e i g n~ i n g u a g e
History 1, 2, 3
Sociology 11
301. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
or Economics 22
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
History
Economics
Art 1 or Music 30
Minor or Elective
Literature
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Laneuage
History 21, 22
Philosoohy 21
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Foreign Language
History
Seminar
Minor or Elective
HISTORY MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, 3
Sociology 11
Economics 22
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
ducati ion 52, 53, 54
Education 59
Art 1 or Music 30
Geography 14
Political Science 20, 22
H. P.E. 10
History
Term
I TI 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
-
-
4
4
-
-
4
5
5
4
4
5
- 4
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Historv 21. 22
~ h i l o s o ~ h y21'
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4
4
5
5
-
-
5-6 5-6
-
4
5
-
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
SENIOR
Religion
Education 8 4
Education 83
Education
Sociology 12
87
Soeech 11 or Literature
History
History 95
I
n
111
13
Cr. Cr.
LAW
College preparation for law school is flexible, and does not require
a specific course of study or a particular major. Students considering law as a profession are urged to study the requirements and
suggested curricula for the following majors:
American Studies, pages 50 and 108.
English, pages 68 and 114.
History, pages 34 and 116.
Political Science, pages 92 and 121.
While any of the above majors is appropriate as a pre-law curriculum, other majors are also highly acceptable. For most law
schools a broad background in the liberal arts constitutes a better
preparation than specialization and expertise in narrower fields.
While not all law schools require a baccalaureate degree as a
condition for admission, it is normally to the advantage of the
student to have completed his undergraduate degree program.
Nearly all law schools in the United States require applicants
to take a standardized Law School Admission Test, administered
several times each year a t prescribed times.
Students interested in law as a possible vocation should contact
the pre-law adivsor, chairman of the Department of Political Science.
MATHEMATICS MAJOR
The following course of study is designed for students who have a
strong background in mathematics from high school. Students who
lack this background may need to complete Mathematics 13, 14
before registering for Mathematical Analysis.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Math. 40, 41, 42
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
Cr.
Cr. Cr.
- 5
Religion 21
4
5 - ; Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or
5 5 Econ. 22
- 4
Sociolom 11
5 5 5
~oreig-~anguage
Art 1 or Music 30
1/3 1/3 1/3
Physics or Chemistry
Mathematics 43, 58, 64
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - -
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 ILI
Cr Cr. Cr.
FRESHMAN
-
-
-
SENIOR
--
4-5
4
- 4 4
- 4 5-6 5-6 5 4 4
Religion
Mathematics 67
Mathematics 80
Mathematics 99
Electives
Relieion
ath he ma tics 83. 84, 85
Mathematics 72. 73
Philosophy 21
Speech- 11 or Literature
Mathematics 61
Electives
MATHEMATICS MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5 5 5
4
5 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
- -
- - -
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Sociolow 11
Pol. ~ d 20,
: 21. or 22 or
Econ. 22
Mathematics 43, 58. 64
Physics or Chemistry
Term
I I
I
Cr Cr. Cr.
- -
4
-
4
4
5
-
-
- -
4-5
5 4 4
5-6 5-6
-
~
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Art 1 or Music 30
Education 50, 59
Speech 11 or Literature
Psychology 5
Mathematics 83, 84
Educatiun 52. 53, 54
Philosophy 21
Mathematics 61, 72
Elective
4
-
- -
4
SENIOR
Term
I I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 87
Education
84
- - - ---Education 83
mathematics 80
Mathematics 67
Mathematics 99
H. P.E. 10
Electives
~
0
0
-
4
-
4
4
-
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR
Students may complete a course of instruction leading to the
Bachelor af Arts degree with a major in medical technology by
completing three years of academic work at Augsburg College and
twelve months of preparation at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. A minimum of 24 credits each of biology
and chemistry, and one term of mathematics, is required. A college
course in physics is strongly recommended. The program outlined
prepares students for certification in medical technology, and it
also includes the Augsburg graduation requirements. In the senior
year students taking this program must register a t Augsburg as
well as at the affiliated hospital.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 2
Sociolom 11
Siiii&"11, 12
Chemistry 5 or 15
Chemistry 6 or 16
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreien Laneuaee
POI.
Sci. 20; 21; or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21 or 23
Physics 3
Chemistrv 53
Bidlogy -71
electives
Biology 76
Term
I 11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 - 5
-
- 4 - 4
6 6
- -
6
6 1/3 1/3 1/3
-
I
Term
I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
S ~ e e c h11 or Literature
ath he ma tics 13
Chemistry 23
Biology 53 or 73
Biology 72
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5 5
4 - - 4 -
- -
-
SENIOR
Cr. Cr. Ct
-
4
4
4
4
-
Lectures, laboratory and practical work
at General or Swedish Hospital for 12
months.
45 credits
MEDICINE
Since most pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the
Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is
based on its requirements for admission. Information for other
medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American
Medical Colleges, and available in the Augsburg library. It is the
responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed
the requirements for admission to the medical schools to which he
intends to make application.
The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University
of Minnesota, as translated into courses a t Augsburg College, are
a s follows:
m:
Credits
12
12
12
5
9
Biology 11. 12
Chemistry 15. 16
Chemistry 51. 52
Chemistry 53
English 11, 12
Literature elective
Mathematics 40, 41
Physics 21, 22, 23
Social Science and Humanities
General electives
4
Recommended:
Physical Chemistry 61
Mathematics 42 (calculus)
Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their
minimum requirements. In addition to the required and recommended courses listed, pre-medical students are encouraged to
take a t least two additional courses in biology and one course in
psychology. Some medical schools require or strongly recommend
this work. Broad studies in the liberal arts are highly desirable.
Pre-medical students normally complete a major in either biology
or chemistry. The minimum requirements for a biology major are
shown under Department of Biology; for a chemistry major under
Department of Chemistry. Students are strongly urged to consult
these departments early for advice on scheduling these majors.
MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Music.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Music 1, 2, 3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 68
Education 59
Art 1
Music 53*, 54
Music 60, 61
Music 57, 58
Music Organization
Applied Music
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- -
- 4-
4
5
5
5
-
4
5 4
1 1 1
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 4
4
- -
0
0
0
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Iviusic 4, 5, 6
Applied Music
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or
Economics 22
H. P.E. 10
Philosophy 21
Music Organization
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
5
-
-
4
-
-
-
-
5-6 5-6
4
4
4
1
1
1
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
-
!
MUSIC MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Music 1, 2, 3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I TI 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
5
5 5
- -
- .
4
1
- 4-
5
1
4
1
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Music 4, 5, 5
Applied Music
Music Organization
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 4
-
4
4
4-5 4-5
-
-
I
JUNIOR
Term
II 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
I
Term
nrn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religicn
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Music 76
Applied Music
Music Organization
S ~ e e c h 11 or Literature
~iectives
Religion
Art 1
Music 60. 61, 62
Music
53.. b8 54
Music 57,
- Applied Music
Music Organization
Electives
Choral Technique may be substituted for Instrumental Technique in the fall term.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in natural science consists of 63 credits in science and
mathematics with a t least 27 credits in each of two of the areas
of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 cred,its in each of three
of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics.
The following program is suggested.
I
FRESHMAN
Rellgion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Natural Science
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
..
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
atural Science or Math.
.
d
Term
II 111
- 5
5 5 5
-- 4-
Cr. Cr. Cr.
P.E. 10
4
4
-
-
5-6 5-6
1/3 1/3 1/3
I
Term
II rn
CP. Cr. Cr.
- -- 4 - 4
4 - 5
4
9
0
-
8
8
0
5
0
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
Natural Science or Math.
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Psychology 5
I
Term
nrn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 4
4
- 13 13
-
- -
- -
5
-
4-5
-
Term
SENIOR
Religion
Natur.al Science or Math.
Education 84
&ducation 83
Education 87
I 11
m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 - 13 13
10
5 - -
- -
-
-
4
-
I
PHILOSOPHY MAJOR
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreien LanmaPe
ist tory 1, 2,-or-3
Sociology 11
Philosophy 21
H. P.E. 1. 2. 3
Electives
Term
I II III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5
5 5 4
--
-
- - - 4
- - 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- - 4
4
Term
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Art -1 or
Music 30
..~
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Ph~!osophy 23
Philosophy 41, 42, 43
Term
JUNIOR
Religion
Speech 11 or 51 or Literature
Philosophy Elective
Electives
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr, Cr.
4
-
5
6
- -
4 5 5
6 10
SENIOR
I
II I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 - 5-6 5-6
4 - -
-
-
5
4
-
4
4-5
4
Term
I n m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Philosophy 99
Philosophy Elective
Electives
PHYSICS MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of
Physics.
Term
FRESHMAN
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Wath. 14 or 40
Mathematics 41. 42
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Physics 21, 22, 23
Mathematics 43
Mathematics 58
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
or Sconomics 22
Philosophy 21
Term
-
-
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr Cr.
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Physics 61
Physics 51. 52
ath he ma tics 83. 84, 85
Art 1 or Music 30
Physics 62, 63
Physics 77
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
Reliigon
Physics 81, 82
Physics 77
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Political Science.
Term
FRESHMAN
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 3
phi lo so ah^ 21
Math. or - ~ a t u r a lScience
Sociology 11
Political Sci. 20, 21
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
SOPHOMORE
I I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Art 1 or Music 30
Sociology 61. 62
-
4
-
5-6 5-6
- -
5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
politic& kci. 22, 50
Camputer Science 45
History 21, 22
5
5
Term
JUNIOR
~ o r s g nLanguage
Political Sci. 60
Political Sci. 80, 81, 84
Economics 22. 23
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr.
4
- 5
4 4 4
4
-
5
-
4
4
-
5
Term
SENIOR
I I1 I11
Cr.
- -
4
4
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
~oliSicai Sci. 51. 62
Political Sci. 70, 71
Foreign Language
Electives
~iferature
Elective
PSYCHOL,OGY
MAJOR
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Natural Science or Math
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Electives
I
Term
I1 I11
Cr.
-.
. Cr.
- - . Cr.
--
- -
4
5
5
5
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Speech 11 or Literature
Psychology 5
Electives
Term
JUNIOR
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 61
Psvcholoev 59
~s$cholog$ 64
Psychology 61, 62
Psychology Electives
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
-
5
-
Term
I 11 I11
SENIOR
Religion
Psychology
Psychology
Psychology
Psychology
Electives
Cr. Cr. Cr.
81
99
91
Elective
0
RELIGION MAJOR
'
FRESHMAN
I
Term
I1 rII
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Natural Science or Math.
History 1, 2
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
Electives
SOPHOMORE
I
Term
IIm
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Philosophy 21
Electives
I
Term
11 m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4 4
4
4
4
4
5 - - 4 6
SENIOR
Religion
Religion 86
Literature
Sociology
Electives
Term
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 4 -
O
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Scand. 1. 2
2, or 3
History I,
Natural Science or Math.
Soziology 11
H. P.E. 1. 2. 3
Term
I 11
- -
4
-
SOPHOMORE
-
Religion 21
Scand. 5, 6
Scand. 55
Scand. 26
Scand. 25
Speech 11 or Literature
Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22
or ~conomics'22
H. P.E. 10.
Art 1 or Music 30
-
-
-
4
5-6 5-6
1/3 1/3 1/3
I
Relieinn
-.
--..
-.
Psychology 5.
Education 50.
Education 52. 53. 54.
Education 59*
~cand.-l2
Philosophy 21
Scand. 74
Scand. 62
Electives
m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5
5 5 -
Term
II ITI
Cr. Cr Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84.
Education 83'
Education
87'
----
Term
I I
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
-
5
-
4
-
-
I
Term
II n I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 10
-
5
-
Stand. 84
Scand. 99
Electives
' Students
who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives for these courses.
SECRETARIAL WORK
The first year of the following program provides preparation for
certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides
more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses
in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis
of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for
teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business
Education.
A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the twoyear program.
A student in the two-year program must select three courses from
the general education requirement making a total of 90 credits.
~
I
FIRST YEAR
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Business Ed. 1
Business Ed. 50
Business Ed. 21, 22
Business Ed. 53
Business Ed. 10
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
11 I11
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
5 2
- 5 -
- -
4
4
-
-
-
5
4
SECOND YEAR
Religion 21
Psychology 5
Soeech 11
~ G s i c e s sAd. 1. 2
Business Ed. 63
Business Ed. 8
Electives
I
Term
I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 5 -
SEMINARY
Completion omf the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare
the student for admission into a theological seminary course. The
following pro:gram gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It
does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the
counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even
in the freshman year.
Term
I
~ n g i k h11. 12
History 1. 2. 3
Foreign Lanmage*
S o c i o l o ~11
H. P.E. 1 . 2 3
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 4 5
4
4
4
5
-
4
5
-
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Term
I
Religion 21
Natursl Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
JUK?OR
I
I1 I11
SENIOR
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Greek
Philosophy 41. 42, 43
Speech 11
Electives
4
-
-
5
5
4
4
4
5
4
-
8
8
-
-
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I
I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
4
4
4
4-5 4 12
-
-
16
Since Latin 2 is a prerequisite to Beginning Greek, students who have not studied
Latin in high school will need to take Latin 1, 2 in college.,
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in the social sciences consists of 65 credits including at
least 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits
in each of economics, political science, and sociology.
The following program includes the requirements for a teaching
major in the social sciences.
Term
FRESHMAN
I
Term
I1 111
SOPHOMORE
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1. 2. 3
Sociology 11
Economics 22
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
5
-
-
4
4
-
- -
4
5
5
5
4
4
4
-
-
-
Religion 21
Foreign Language
History 21, 22
Philosophy 21
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
I
- -
-
4
5
5
-
I
I1 I11
SENIOR
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 59
Art 1 or Music 30
Geography 14
Political Sci. 20, 22
H. P.E. 10
Economics 23
History
-
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
JUNIOR
I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
5
4
4 5 5 -
- - 4 0 0 0
- - 5
4 - - 4 4
5
5
4
4
-
-
-
-
5
4
-
Term
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
sociology 12
Speech 11 or Literature
History
History 95
Electives
-
4
-
-
4
-
-
-
4
- - 3-
-
4
4
4
'
A social science minor consists of 45 credits including at least
29 credits in history; and 4 credits in each of the following: geography, economics, political science, sociology.
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
study sociology in graduate school.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
Enelish 11. 12
~o;eign ~ a n g u a g e
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11, 12
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P E . 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
-
4
5
5
5
4
4
4
-
-
-
4
-
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Natural Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Sociology 41. 42, 43
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Sociology 75.
Sociology 82, 83
Sociology 91*
Electives
Relieion
phil;sophy 63
Sociology 31
Sociology 61,* 62*
Psychology 5
Speech 11
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 -
* Required for the major.
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE
SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Sociology.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11. 12
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P E . 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - 4 5
5 5 - - 4
4
4 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
I
Term
I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Speech 11 or Literature
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Sociology 42. 43
Elective
SENIOR
C-.
r . C-.
r C-r.
.
Religion
Sociology 5l.* 52.*. 53'
Socioloev 54." 55.* 56"
s o c i o l o ~ +61"
Psychology 5.
Sociology 31
Electives
-
4
1
4
4
1
-
4
1
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Relizion
Sociology 75. 82
Psvcholoev 61. 62
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr Cr.
-
-
4
Required for the major
SPANISH MAJOR
See under Curriculum for French major
SPEECH MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Speech.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Foreign ~ a n g u a g e
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Speech 61
Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22
or ~ c o n o m i c s22
Speech 60
Speech 51, 55
Education 50
Educztion 52. 53. 54
Education 59
H. P.E. 10
Electives
Term
- ..--.
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5 5
5
4
4
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- -
- -- - -
---*-*
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
ForGgn Language
Speech 11
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
Philosouhv 23
speech*i i o r 52
Speech 32
Psychology 5
I1 I11
4
4
--
Term
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
- -
5
-
-
SENIOR
Religion
S ~ e e c h16 or 67
speech 66
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Electives
--
c r , Cr. Cr.
L, 6
I
-
6
-
6
Term
I
I1 n I
Cr. Cr.. Cr.
4 - -
PERSONNEL
Officers of the Board
m
....................
. . . . . . . Chairman
THE BOARD Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg
OF REGENTS Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-chairman
Dr. Philip S. Dybvig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary
Mr. Herbert A. Johnson
............................Treasurer
Mr. Ernest A. Alne, Pasadena, California
Partner, Alne, Warnick & Mayhew
Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board,, H. B. Fuller Company
Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House
Mr. Marvin F. Borgelt, West St. Paul, Minnesota
President, Bituminous Surface Treating Co.
Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice President and Business Manager, Luther Theological Seminary
Mr. Jerome Formo, St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice President, Plastics, Inc.
Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service of Minnesota
Dr. John K. Grotting, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician and Surgeon
Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota
High School teacher, Northfield Public Schools; Farming
Mr. Herbert A. Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Director, Special Markets, Investors Diversified Services
Mr. John Lienemann, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Minnesota National Life Insurance Company
Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Professor, Director Environmental Health & Safety,
University of Minnesota
Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, Northfield, Minnesota
Professor, St. Olaf College
The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope
Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin
Senior Vice President and General Counsel,
Aid Association for Lutherans
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Clair E. Strommen, St. Paul, Minnesota
General Agent, Central Life Assurance Company
The Rev. Johan Thorson, Eau Claire, Wisconsin
Senior Pastor, Grace Lutheran Church
Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Partner, Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel
Mr. John R. Winsor, Wayzata, Minnesota
Partner, Piper, Jaffray & Hopwood
ADMINISTRATION
Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President
Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College
Burton P. Fosse .............. Vice President for Business Affairs
Kenneth P. Fagerlie . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Development
Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students
Fern I. Martinson .................. Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women
Mildred Joel ................ Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty
Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar
Karlis Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian
Carl R. Hammarberg ......... Director of Placement and Testing
S. V. Hjelmeland ............ Associate Director of Development
Jeroy Carlson .................... Director of Alumni Relations
Richard Holy ..................... Director of Church Relations
Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations
John Bostrom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Publications and Sports
Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Music Organizations
and Convocations
Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions
Mark Johnson ................ Associate Director of Admissions
Marilyn McKnight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor
Richard Berg .............................. Business Manager
Eugene Ecklund ..................... Director of Plant Services
Elton L. Erdahl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Controller
Mrs. Elaine Swanson ................ Director of Food Services
John J. Salchert ............................ College Physician
Orlin Mandsager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Campus Pastor
Irving Hoe1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Book Store
Bjarne Landa ......................... Curator of the Museum
Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Archivist
Mrs. Julie Thompson . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Student Activities
PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS
Dr. Walter H. Judd, Washington, D.C.
Former Congressman from Minnesota, Chairman
Mr. Oscar H. Batzli, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Batzli Electric Company
Mr. Robert J. Bjorklund, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Agency Manager, Bankers Life Company
Mr. Robert P. Boblett, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, A. D. Strong Company
Mr. R. J. Brix, Minnetonka, Minnesota
General Manager, Sears, Roebuck & Company
Mr. Robert W. Fischer, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, First National Bank
Mr. Armand Evans, Chanhassen, Minnesota
President, Warner Hardware Company
Mr. J. Roscoe Furber, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, Northern States Power Company
Mr. A. L. Gallop, St. Paul, Minnesota
Executive Secretary, Minnesota Education Association
Mr. Roy N. Gesme, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Gamble-Skogmo, Inc.
Mr. Elling Halvorson, Seattle, Washington
President, Elling Halvorson, Inc.
Mr. Donald T. Knutson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, The Knutson Companies, Inc.
Mr. Paul W. Kraemer, Hopkins, Minnesota
President, Minneapolis Gas Company
Mr. Lloyd L. McBurney, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, Tescom Corporation
Mr. Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa
President, First National Bank
Mrs. Burton F. Myers, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mrs. George N. Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr., New York, New York
President, Gilbert Systems, Inc.
Mr. Wendell L. Olson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Fourth Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Donald Padilla, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Padilla, Sarjeant, Sullivan and Speer, Inc.
Mr. Leslie C. Park, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice Chairman, Executive Committee, Baker Properties, Inc.
Mr. Raymond Plank, Wayzata, Minnesota
President, Apache Corporation
Mr. Dean B. Rar dall, Excelsior, Minnesota
Vice President, Honeywell, Inc.
Mr. Olaf G. Sandbo, Columbus, Ohio
President, 0. G . Sandbo Company
The Honorable Luther Sletten, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Judge of the District Court
General L. J. Sverdrup, St. Louis, Missouri
Chairman of the Board, Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc.
Mr. Arnulf Ueland, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Midland National Bank
Mr. Lester P. Wakefield, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, Jefferson Transportation Co.
Dr. A. Cabot Wohlrabe, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician and Surgeon
COMMITTEES OF
THE FACULTY
Administrative Committee: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Fosse,
Fagerlie
President's Cabinet: 0. Anderson, Miss Martinson, Miss Joel, Sorlien,
Berg, Ecklund, Mrs. Swanson, Mrs. Thompson, M. Johnson, Mandsager
Faculty Senate: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, P. Quanbeck, Skibbe,
R. Anderson, Nicholl, Torstenson, Gisselquist, Agre, Sulerud
Educational Policies: Bailey, 0 . Anderson, Sandin, Ollila, Miss
Pederson, Karlen, Follingstad, Mickelberg, M. Quanbeck, Stenshoel,
Miss Joel
Library: Miss Kemmer, Fardig, Thorpe, Bergstrom, Colacci
Student Personnel: G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Benson, Gustafson,
Mrs. Karvonen, Gulden
Admissions and Student Standing: Bailey, Miss Joel, Holum, Miss
Rozentals, Mrs. Dyrud, Holman
International Education: Mrs. Johnson, Mrs. Jensen, Miss M.
Anderson, Miss Joel, Mrs. Kingsley
Athletics: E. Anderson, Mickelberg, Savold, Dahlen, Kiive
Faculty Social Functions: Miss Lund, Holen, Mrs. Anderegg, Miss
Kemmer, Miss M. Anderson
Teacher Education: E. Johnson, Miss Mattson, Mrs. Parker,
E. Anderson, J. Johnson, Ollila, Mrs. Olson
Faculty Personnel Policies: Pfeffer, Budge, Mrs. Jensen, Sateren,
Holum
*Judicial Council: Nelson, Chrislock, Herforth, Stenshoel
*Student-Faculty Council: 0.Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Miss
Martinson, Fretheim, Mrs. Kingsley
*Convoctations:Agre, Miss Aaskov, Mrs. Noonan, Benson
*Religious Life: Mandsager, Husfloen, Miss Martinson
Archives: Miss Tangjerd, Miss Kemmer, Chrislock, Landa, Miss
Mortensen
* Joint Student-Faculty Committees
0 THE FACULTY
Ruth Aaskov (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960.
Courtland Agre (1959), Professor of Chemistry
B.CH.E,, 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnesota.
Earl Alton (1960), Associate Professor of Chemistry (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., 1961, University
of Michigan.
Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959), Assistant Professor of Education and
Psychology
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University,
1947.
Ernest Anderson (1946), Professor of Health and Physical Education,
Basketball Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
*Hildur Anderson (1965), Librarian I, Catalog Librarian
A.A., North Park College, 1938; B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941.
*Joyce M. Anderson (1966), Instructional Assistant in Health and
Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
Mary Marie Anderson (1965), Instructor in Spanish
B.A., St. Olaf Co'llege, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964.
Oscar A. Anderson (1963), President of the College
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963.
Raymond E. Anderson (1949), Professor of Speech
B.S., 1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University d Minnesota.
*Stewart C. Anderson (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965), Dean of the College and Professor of
Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University
of Minnesota.
Valeria Baltina (1967), Instructor in German
Diploma, Municipal Gymnasium, 1926; Diploma, 1931 and Magester
der Philologie, 1933, University of Latvia.
John Benson (1963), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1959; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1967, Columbia University.
*William Bergstrom (1963), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1952, University af Minnesota.
*Robert E. Beverley (1966), Assistant Professor of Music
B.M.E., 1946 and M.M., 1948; Northwestern University.
*Vernon M. Bloom (1965), Instructor in Sociology
B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota.
Philip M. Bly (1967), Instructor in English
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1961.
Margaret J. Bolsterli (1967), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., University of Arkansas, 1952; M.A., Washington University,
1952.
*Dagrun Bondevik (1967), Instructor in Norwegian
B.A., Logndal Gymnas, Logndal, Norway, 1955; Kristiansand
Officiale Laerarskole, 1955-59.
Bruce P. Budge (1960), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.S., 1953 and M.S., 1957, University of Idaho.
Penelope Cairns (1967), Instructor in French
B.A., Carleton College, 1964; certificate, McGill University French
Summer School, 1962; M.A.T., Duke University, 1967.
Carl H. Chrislock (1952), Professor of History
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University
of Minnesota.
Bernhard M. Christensen (1938-63), President Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929.
'"Gracia Christensen (1959-60, 1961-62, 1963), Instructor in English
B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935.
Thomas J. Christenson (1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Concordia College, 1963; M.A., 1965 and Ph.D., 1967, Yale
University
Robert W. Clyde (1967), Director of the Social Science Research
Center with rank of Associate Professor
B.A., Coe College, 1949; M.A., Rockford College, 1958; Ph.D., State
University of Iowa, 1964.
'"John R. Coan, Jr. (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Brass)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1953.
Mario Colacci (1952), Professor of Classical Languages
D.Th., Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, 1932; L.R.B.,
Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, 1934; D.Litt., University of Naples, 1940.
Ailene Cole (1956), Associate Professor of Speech
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949.
Thomas E. Crepeau (1964), Assistant Professor of German (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., College of St. Thomas, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1964.
K. Berner Dahlen (1941), Associate Profess'or omf English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
Carlyle C. Dewey (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1964, University of Minnesota.
Beverly C. Durkee (1965), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.Ed., 1963; M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota.
Grace H. Dyrud, (1962), Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota.
Wilfried Edner (1967), Visiting Professor of Modern Languages
Diploma, 1954, and Ph.D., 1963, Bavarian State University, Erlangen, West Germany.
"Edgar E. Eklof (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A., Manhattan School of
Music, 1955.
Kenneth P. Fagerlie (1963), Vice President for Development
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950.
Sheldon Fardig (1962), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., 1952 and Ph.D., 1966, Northwestern University.
Henry G. Follingstad (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone
Laborato'ries, Inc., 1950.
Burton P. Fosse (1953), Vice President for Business Affairs
B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949.
Terence E. Fretheim (1961-63, 1967), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Luther College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1960;
Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1967.
Stephen Gabrielsen (1963), Instructor in Music, Director of Male
Chorus (on leave 1967-68)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963, M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966.
Daryl Gibson (1954), Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments) (on leave 1967- )
B.S., 1934 and M.A., 1941, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University
of Iowa, 1947.
Orloue Gisselquist (1956), Assistant Professor of History
B.A. 1943 and M.A., 1956, University of Minnesota.
William S. Gray (1966-67), Associate Professor of English (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., Centenary College, 1950; M.A., Louisiana State University,
1962; Ph.D., University of Exeter, 1,964.
*Edwin L. Groenhoff (1966), Instructor in Education
B.A., Northwestern College, 1955; M.Ed., Macalester College, 1957.
Dean B. Gulden (1966), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1967.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961-63, 1966), Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Mankato State College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1967.
Carl R. Hammarberg (1953), Director of Placement and Testing with
rank of Assistant Professor
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Leif E. Hansen (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian (on
leave 1967-68)
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950.
Theodore J. Hanwick (1956), Professor of Physics
B.E.E., 1933 and M.S., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D.,
New York University, 1950.
*Kare Hauge (1967), Instructor in History
B.A., University of Oslo, 1965; Alliance Francaise, Diplome Superior, 1964.
Melvin Helland (1941-64), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T. Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919 and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation.
*Katherine A. Hennig (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.A., 1933 and M.S., 1956, University of Minnesota.
Robert S. Herforth (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Wartburg College, 1960; M.S., University of Nebraska, 1963.
Norman Holen (1964), Instructor in Art
B.A., Concordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962.
Thomas R. Holman (1966), College Psychologist and Assistant
Professor of Psychology
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1966.
John R. Holum (1957-58, 1959), Professor of Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
'kRichard F. Holy (1967), Lecturer of Business Administration and
Economics
B.S., 1954 and J.D., 1955, University of Wisconsin; B.A., Luther
Theological Seminary, 1959.
Mary T. Howard (1965), Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., West Virginia State College, 1948; M.A., University of Kansas
City, 1952; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967.
Richard Husfloen (1962-63, 1964), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1961; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1964; M.Th., Princelton Theological Seminary, 1964.
James W. Ingemanson (1967), Instructor in Chemistry
A.B., Augustana College, 1965; B.S., Iowa State University, 1967.
Valija Jaunlinins (1965), Instructor in German
Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
*Irene Khin Khm Jensen (1955-56, 1959), Associate Professor of
History
B.A., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University,
1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956.
"Olive J. Jensen (1966), Lecturer in Art
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
Mildred V. Joel (1947), Registrar with rank o'f Associate Professor
B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Einar 0. Johnson (1956), Professor of Education
B.A., Concordia Co'llege, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Washington.
Glen W. Johnson (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant
Professor
B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959.
James D. Johnson (1961), Instructor in Music (Piano)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music,
1958.
*Mary E. Johnson (1962), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950.
Sherman J. Johnsrud (1960-61, 1965-66, 1967), Assistant Professor
of Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955.
Robert Karlen (1959), Assistant Professor of Music
B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University o'f Minnesota, 1959.
Joanne Karvonen (1965), Instructor in English
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1961; M.A., University of Georgia,
1962.
Grace E. Kemmer (1966), Librarian I, Acting Head Librarian
B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
Priidu Kiive (1966), Instructor in Physics
B.A., Berea College, 1953; M.A., University of Buffalo, 1959.
'"Mimi B. Kingsley (1947), Associate Professor of Spanish
B.A., Maryville College, 1936; M.A., University of Mexico, 1944.
Bernhardt J. Kleven (1937-46, 1947-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota.
'"Carolyn R. Knutson (1966), Librarian I, Reference Librarian
B.A., Grinnell College, 1955; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967), Librarian I, Circulation Librarian
B.A., Moorhead State College, 1966; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1967.
Bjarne E. Landa (1947), Professor of German
B.A., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; B.A., 1928 and M.A., 1930,
University of Southern California; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1952.
Bertha Lillehei (1937-40, 1960), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1960.
(on leave 1967- )
Lorraine K. Livingston (1960), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minnesota.
Ruth G. Ludeman (1967), Assistant Professor of Education
A.B., Colorado State College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1961.
Gertrude S. Lund (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951.
David Lyle (1964), Instructional Assistant in Chemistry
B.A., Augsburg College, 1964.
*Kay L. Madson (1966), Instructor in Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1962.
Orlin L. Mandsager (1960-61, 1962), Campus Pastor and Instructor
of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961.
Fern Martinson (1964), Dean of Women--Associate Dean of Students
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse University, 1950.
Martha M. Mattson (1960), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956), Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesuta, 1964.
*Kathryn Moen (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Organ)
B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947.
*August Molder (1963), Artist in Residence and Instructor of Art
Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia.
Gerda Mortensm (1923), Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of Centennial Committee
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University,
1928.
John B. Mosand (1967), Instructor in Art
Examen Artium, Gymnasium, Trondheim, Norway, 1954; Norwegian
Institute of Technology, 1957-60; University of Illinois, 1960-61.
Arthur Nash (1922-66), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Cecilia Y. Nauck (1966), Instructor in Mathematics
B.A., Hofstra University, 1964.
Edor C. Nelson (1946), Associate Professor of Physical Education,
Football and Baseball Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Gordon L. Nelson (1967), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., 1958 and M.A., 1959, University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary, 1963; M.A., University of Chicago Divinity
School, 1965.
Grier Nicholl (1961), Associate Professor of English
B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College,
1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1964.
*John L. Nielsen (1966), Artist in Residence and Instructor in
Music (Brass)
B.A., Iowa State Teachers College, 1956; M.A., State University of
Iowa, 1963.
Norma C. Noonan (1966), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1959; M.A., 1962 and Ph.D., 1965,
Indiana University.
David Nordlie (1961), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
Douglas J. Ollila (1966), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; B.D., Suomi Theological Seminary,
1956; Th.D., Boston University, 1963.
Esther J. Olson (1960), Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota.
Judith Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant in Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
*Nils W. Olsson (1967), Visiting Professor of Scandinavian
A.M., 1938 and Ph.D., 1949, University of Chicago.
Karlis Ozoliis (1955), Librarian with rank of Associate Professor
(on leave 1967-68)
B.A., Augsburg College; 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., 1961 and M.Ed., 1966, University of Minnesota.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965), Assistant Professor of English (on
leave 1967-68)
B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
*Patricia A. Parker (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science
B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan,
1952.
Howard E. Pearson (1956), Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957.
Anne Pederson (1932-44,1946), Professor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945.
LaVonne Peterson (1950), Associate Professor of Physical Education
for Women
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University,
1954.
Ronald D. Pfeffer (1966), Instructor in Physical Education
B.S. Concordia College, 1962; M.S., University of Montana, 1966.
Martin Quanbeck (1938), Protessor of Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University of Minnesota.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957), Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th., 1954 and D.Th., 1957 Princeton Theological
Seminary.
Gunta Rozentals (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish
B.A., 1956 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota.
Edward M. Sabella (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics
B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1960.
Robert T. Sandin (1958-60,, 1967), Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Bethel College, 1949; B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1954;
M.A., 1956 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota.
'''Lars A. Sandven (1967), Instructional Assistant in Norwegian
Richard Sargent (1967), Instructor in English
B.A., University of North Carolina, 1965.
Leland B. Sateren (1946), Professor of Music
B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1943;
L.H.D., Gettysburg College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakewood College, 1965.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1960), Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
A. Mayo Savold (1952), Associate Professor of Music
B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music,
1963.
Marjorie H. Sibley (1961), Librarian I1 (on leave 1967-68)
B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University
of Minnesota, 1961.
Eugene Skibbe (1964), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary,
1956; D.Th., University of Heidelberg, 1962.
'"Frank L. Slesnick (1967), Instructor in Economics
B.A., Oberlin College, 1964.
George Soberg (1926-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950.
James R. Spiess (1967), Instructor in Physics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1964; M.S., University of Colorado, 1967.
*Charles A. Stendahl, Jr. (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology
*Roger R. Stem (1967), Instructor in Computer Science
B.S., 1961 and M.A., 1964, University of South Dakota.
Myles C. Stenshoel (1965), Associate Professor of Political Science
B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado.
Ralph Sulerud (1964), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1954; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1958.
*Agnes B. Tangjerd (1940), Librarian Emeritus and Archivist
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., 1939 and M.A., 1944, University
of Minnesota.
*Rolf K. Tedefalk (1967), Instructor in Business Administration
Graduated, Hvilans Gymnasium, Sweden, 1955; Commissioned, Military Academy, Sweden, 1956; B.S.B., University of Minnesota, 1964.
Philip J. Thompson (1959), Associate Professor of Art (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1958.
Neal 0. Thorpe (1967), Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965.
John Thut (1947), Associate Professor Emeritus
B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of Music.
*Vera Thut (1947), Instructor in Music (Piano)
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927.
Renate Tietz (1963), Librarian I, Acquisition Librarian
B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota.
Joel S. Torstenson (1938-42, 1947), Professor of Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University
of Minnesota.
*E. Margaret Trautwein (1950-54, 1961), Assistant Profess,or d
English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1953.
Erling J. Urdahl (1943), Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
*Leo B. Vetvick (1966), Instructor in Sociology
A.A., 1948, North Park College; B.A., 1953, Augsburg College; diploma, North Park Seminary, 1955.
Eugene Vuicich (1967), Assistant Professor of Music
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.M., Indiana University, 1967.
*Sister Marie Gertrude Ward (1967), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages
B.A., College of St. Catherine, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1945.
Beverly A. Wegge (1966), Assistant Registrar
B.S., St. Cloud State College, 1958.
*David Westphal (1966), Artist in Residence in Art
Dale R. Whiteside (1967), Assistant Professor of Modern Languages
A.B., Augustana College, 1956.
Robert M. Zeller (1965), Director of Instructional Services
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
"'Alvin A. Arens (1966-67), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.B.A., University of Minnesota,
*Norman K. Bakken (1966-67), Lecturer in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; S.T.M., Hamma Divinity School,
1954; Th.D., Union Theological Seminary, 1963.
*Eric 0. Giere (1966-67), Artist in Residence in Music (Voice)
B.A., Luther College, 1949; M.A., University of Iowa, 1964.
'''Loren E. Halvorson (1966-67), Adjunct Professor and Director,
Academic Town Meeting
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1949; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary,
1953; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1958.
:&JohnW. Knudsen (1966-67), Instructor in Business Administration, Economics and Business Education
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962.
*Mary C. Preus (1966-67), Instructor in Classical Languages
B.A., Luther College, 1963; A.M., Harvard University, 1964.
Warley J. Refsal (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Modern Languages
*Henriette Rodary (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Modern
Languages
*Marjorie Rodberg (summer, 1967), Librarian I, Assistant Catalog
Librarian
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1963.
David A. Sjogren (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Biology
:!:Paul H. Zirnmerman (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Health
and Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1966.
* Part-time faculty
::*
:*,::
Ahlson, Margaret Ann
. Williston, N. Dak
Anderson, Allen Kenneth
. . . Paynesuille
Anderson, Barbara Ellen
. . . . . . . . Benson
Andersoq Carol Louise . . .
Minneapolis
Andersoq D a ~ dElbert
. . . . Grossion
Anderson, Donald Eric . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale
Anderson, Janet Marie .
,
,
. St Paul
Anderson, John Luther
. . . . . . . . Climaz
Anderson, Karen Ann
.
. Bnd<cr. iu
Anderson, Mary Kay
.. . .
,
Rcd R'imc
Andreasen, John Gabriel
.
. t-'irrquc. TVis,
Arlf Nancy Jeanne . . . . . . . . . . . . Gknmc
Ausmus, Duane G . .
. Hinckley
. . . Zimmerman
Bagley, Harold James
.
Robbinsdale
Bakke, Judith M
.
. . Canby
Beiningen, Janet Marie
. . . . . . Minneapolis
Benson. Carolyn Mae
... Welch
Berg, Anita Christine . . .
Minneapolis
Berg, David Clarence . . .
Bernstrom, Robert Donald
Minneapolis
, !!;nrcwoli,
Bevis. Lennore A Bylund
Blake, Ronald Richard
.
S d n r z . TVorh
Blom, Catherine Elizabeth . .
rIrrrcIy12
Boies, Thomas G. P.
.
.I!inz~:cpoiir
Bolstad, Paul Raymond
. . . Minneapolis
.
. . . Minneapolis
Bolstad, Rosanne M.
Bonnes, Charles Edwin . . . . Minneapolis
Booth, Tine Andriessen Fort Francis, Ont., Can
Bowles, Connie Lee
.
. Minneapolis
Braaten, Julie Secgmiller
Decorah, la.
Brandvold, Richard William
Minneapolis
......
Minnetonka
Bruzek, Barbara
. .
. . . Butterfield
Buhler, Joan
. . . . .
Minneapolis
Carlson. Lee Dixon
. . . . . . . . . . Anoka
Cartwright, Paul Otis
Cerkvenik, Paula Kay . . . Princeton, N.1
. . . . Edina
Christenson, Bruce G . .
Cole, Larry
. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Coleman, T. Patrick . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Coltvet, Benjamin H . . . . . Estheruille, la.
Coltvet, Helen B.
...
Estheruille, la.
... , . Stockton, Calif.
Corson. Corbin G.
Coryell, Charles Emerson . . . . . Richfield
.
Daniels, Brian Howard
Danielson, Margaret C.
Davis, Kathleen Marie . .
Degen, Heidemarie
.
Delany, Marjorie
.
Drews, Ellen Udine
Onalarka, Wis.
..
Minneapolis
. . . . .Minneapolis
Frankfurt am Main
West Germany
. . . Warn, Wis.
. .
Minneapolis
.
Egesdal, Miriam Ruth
Emerson, Douglas A.
..
Engle, Judith Lynn
.
Erickson, Caren D . . . . .
Erickson, Janet Kathryn . .
Erickson, Judith J.
. . . .
Erickson, Judith Marie
.
Erickson, Karen Kaye
Ericson, Rodger Tilden . .
Estenson, Grace Rolinda
. . Thief Riuer Falls
Ferber, Rebecca Ellen
Ferchen, Duane V.
. . . . Niagara FalLs, N.Y.
. . . . . . St. Louis Park
Finke, Rodger Gary
Firsf Le Mar Jack
. . . . . . . . St. Louis Park
Winona
Fischer, Alberta Mary Elizabeth . .
Franson, C. Vinal . . . . . . . . . . . Richfield
.
. . . . Minneapolis
Frick, Phyllis G
Gilbertson, J o h n Gayle
.
Minneapolis
. . . . . . Duluth
Gilleland, Richard E
Grant, Ordean Leonard . . . . . . . . . Austin
Greenfield, John Nelson . . . . . Sheridan, Wy.
Gunderson, Darlene Ojakangas . . . . . Monticello
Gustafson, Jack Edward . . . . . . . . Osseo
Haag, Mary Lynne Kurth
. . . Huichinmn
. . . h'or:hkM
Hallcock, Beverly Marie
. Rrd IT'ir;3
Hamberg, Sandra Diane Edskom
Hanse, Joel G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3lorri1
Hanseq Jean Mosal . . . . . . . . . . . . Richfield
. Richfield
Hanson, Cynthia Ann .
. . . . . . Thief River FalLs
Hanson, Ronald A.
. . Minneapolis
Hanson, Thomas Frederick
.
Minneapolis
Hanwick, Theodore Thor .
Westbrook
Hauberg, Lila Lee . . . . . . .
Hedman, Dave . . . . . Seattle, Wmh.
Helvig, Mary Lee . . . . . . . . . Truman
Hendrickson, Alan Albert
Negaunee, Mich
. Minnetonka
Hendrickson, John R , Jr .
. . . . Maple Lake
Hoekstra, Harold J
. . Brooklyn Center
Hoff, Larry Eugene
Hokkanen, J e n y David . . . . . Kimble
. Piermont, S. Dak
Holm, Marilyn Franzen
.
Tigerton, Wis
Holm, Steven Andreas
. . . Minneapolis
Holmgren, Sharon Joy
Minneapolis
Holtan, Judith Ann . . . .
.
Radcliffe, In
Hoversten, Linda Marie
Huntzicker, Carol Diane Nelson . Minneapolis
. . . . . . . Pennock
Huseby, Edward J
Jacobson, David R
Minneapolis
. . St. Paul
Joesting, Susan Jean
Johns, Russell H
.
Ghent, N.Y.
Bloomington
Johnson, David Lawrence
Lake Mills, I a
Johnson, Dennis Carl
Johnson, Donna Marie
,
. Minneapolis
Lehr, N. Dak
Johnson, Douglas Arthur
Columbia Heights
Johnsoq Duane Elmer
..
.
Red Wing
Johnson, Gary Steven
Grantsburg, Wis
Johnson, Gay A.
.
,
Johnson, Irene M.
. . Minneapolis
Johnson, Karen Janice
.
. Minneapolis
Johnson, Mardelle B.
. . Kirkland, 111.
Johnson, Robert Leslie . .
. . . . Willmm
Johnson, Sally Ann
. . . . McCallsburg, l a
Johnson, Sandra Lee
.
. Annandale
Joing, Bonnie Jean
..
.
Minneapolis
Kalberg, Eileen Marguerite
Kalp* Kathleen L . . .
Klemp, Joy Carol
..
Klepp, John DeWayne
Koepcke, Janet Lorraine . .
Kosloske, Daryl Gordon
Kotval, Sandra Jeanne
Kristenson, Allan Jerome
Kruse, Verland E.
Kyllo, Loren Jon
. . Hecror
Parkers Prairie
... Ezcelsior
Bag*
Ercelsror
. Fmrmont
Broweruille
Wammingo
Bloomington
Burnsuille
Landa, Mark
Faribault
.
Minneapolis
Lange, Walter J
.
.
. Minneapolis
Larsen, Oliver A , Jr
Larson, Allen James
. St. Paul
Larson, Carole Jane
Newman Groue, Neb
. . . . Hector
Larson, Mary Lynn
. Minnetonka
LaSalle, Judith Carol
Lee, Henry Albert
Camrose. Alberta, Can
.
Lacrosse, Wis.
Lee, Thomas Robert
.
Addis Ababa, Ethiopia
Legesse, Hagos
Lund, John W.
Minnetonka
. . . . . . . . Roseau
Lund, Karen 0.
. St Croiz Falls, Wis
Lundgren, Ida Elizabeth
Luoma, Gracia A. Nydahl
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Maas, Jerry LeRoy .
Mattison, Donald Roger
!finwnpolir
Luck. 1ri7
Mattson, Dean ElRoy
Roscc:r
Mattson, Kathlyn Elvera
.
..
Milaca
Mattson, Philip Dale
McCaughan, Charles A
.
. Blwmington
McGregor, Thomas Robert .
Minot, N. Dak.
. . Minneapolis
Meland, John Kristoffer
Minneapolis
Miklos, Geraldine Charron
Minneapolis
Miller, John Richard
. . . . Minneapolis
.
Minear, Spencer E.
Moland, Lucille Sharon
Malta, Ill.
Moore, James Raymom!
.
. St. Paul
Mork, Richard 3Iiltnn
.
. Benson
Morreim, Jeanne Wanner . . . Cumberland, Wis.
Muehlenthaler, Sharon B.
. . . . . St. Paul
. . Rockford, Ill
Myrvik, Karen Ann . . .
. . . . Hillsboro, N. Dak.
Nelson, Anne Moen
. . . . . . . Lakeville
Nelson, Blair Russell
.
. . . . . . . . RichfieId
Nelson, Jacqueline
Neseth, Carmen Lois . . . . . . . Kenyon
Norlin, Sandra Roth . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Norum, Grant Marvin . . . . . . . Clayton, Wis
. . Wooduille, Wis.
Norvold, Douglas Berg
..
Columbia Heights
Nygaard, Marie T
Oelschlager, Karen
. . . . . Wa~mingo
Oguamanam, Cletus Onyeama
Abbg Nigeria
Robbinsdale
Olson. Gracia Naomi . . . . . .
Olson, Joseph Andrew . . . . . Minneapolis
Olson, Larry Howard . . . . . Granite Falls
Olson, Mary Ann . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Olson, Sanfred N. . . . . . . . . .Roseuille
. . .
Ostby, John Leonard
Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . Dennison
Ostemn, Karen L
. St. Cloud
Pslmgren. Patricia Claire
. . Cliiherall
Paulsoq Dennis Edward
. . . . . . Minneapolis
Pautz, Lynn Eagen
. Brooklyn Pmk
Pearsoq Wayne Kenneth
Persons, Warren Lee
Minneapolis
...
Peterson, Darrel A
.... Fmwell
. . . . . . Minneapolis
Peterson, Janice L.
Peterson, Ronald David . . . . . . . . Cosmos
Petzke, Bonita Kae . . .
. . Willmm
Pierson, Diana L. . . . .
,
Minneapolis
.
. Harlings
Pinke, Paul August
.
.
.
.
Podas, Gary Charles
Minneapolis
. .
Ezcelsior
Poeschel, Richard Albert
.
. Hutchinson
Popp, Kathleen Ann
. Minneapolis
Prokofieff, Philip E. ..
Wagner, Dean Eldon
Wagner, Nicholas E. .
Wall, Kathryn Elizabeth
Wallen, Lynn Louise
Warzyniak, Robert W
.
Weimer, Martha E
Westby, Steven Amold
Will, Connie D. Clarine
Williams, Richard Keith
Windingstad, Ronald M
Woida, Duane Arthur . .
Woolson, Cynthia Lee
Lake Mills, I a
Si. Paul
....
,
Minneapolis
Robbimdak
Wausau, Wis.
. . . . . . Austin
..
Dawson
Peshiigo, Wis
. . . Hosiings
Zimmermaq Paul Henry, J r
,
Zinn, Richard Carlton
. . Zumbrota
. . Si. Paul
..
GRADUATES, 1967 (through August 31)
Aas, John Edward
.
Adams. Marcia Louise
Albaugh, Marilyn Rae
Anderson. Barbara J.
Anderson, Bruce Edward
Anderson, Joyce Ardell
Anderson, Patricia P
Andreason, Shirley M
Arends, Ardell Martha
.
Asp, Julie Ann
Asper, Victoria Sharon
Axberg, Robert Atle
,
.
.
I
Pelican Rapids
Minneapolis
,
. . Aurora
. . Osakis
Eagle Bend
. . . . . . A ustin
. . . Smgeant
Minneapolis
. Wabosso
.
Peterson
Frederick. Wis.
Minneapolis
.
.
Sacred Hemi
Barnaal, Lois A
Barsness, Anita Marie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Watson
Batalden, Sandra Jean . . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberton
. . Minneapolis
Batalden, Stephen Kalmer
Beauclair, Mildred M
New Rockford, N. Dak
Quam, Marilyn A
Kenyon
. . . . . . Brooklyn Center
Benson, Robert R
. . . . . Minneoia
Berg, Carol Myrvik
Ree, James R. . . . . . . . . . . St. Louis Park
Bethke, Joel Lee . .
. . Cannon Falls
Reiff, Paul G. . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Bold\
Marilyn
Jean
.
.
. . Huichinson
..
Princeton
Reiman. Dennis B
Bollman, Lynn A. . . . . . . Minneapolis
.
.
Si Paul
Rindal, Terence W.
.....
Radcliffe, Ia.
. . . .
61 . r n m n i ~ ~ ; Bomick, Steven D
Ring, Vernice
Robbins, Richard Raymond
..
I E r n ~ ~ a ~ c ~ I i - Brabch, Keith Richard . . . . . RenvilIe
Bremer, Constance V Elizabeth . .
St Paul
Ronning, Donald David . .
Fmgc. Y
. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Burke, Ronald C
Ronning Sharon Bjugstad
,
Burmn? 1L.k
Rosenquist, Adeline E. ..
, I: 1 c o n J r i
St. Anthony Village
Chilgren, Donald L
Rossing, Melvin 0. . .
TrilJ.r:r. :\I~da<m?ur
Wolf Point, Mont
Christianson, Donna Dean
Rosvold, L. Beverly
. . . . Co!!onumd
.
.
.
. Richfield
Cina,
Stephen
Alan
. . . . Minneapolis
Rued, Mary Margaret
. . . Bloomington
Clawson, John T.
. . . . . . . . . Willmm
Rykken, Dennis Neal
.
. Minneapolis
Cooper, Grant William
. . .
Minneapolis
Sandau, Ivan D.
Dahlquist, Kathleen
:ifinwnpoli.
. . .
Minneapolis
Sandin, Shirley Ann
. , ,Amnril!n, T C Y ~
Danielson, Thad Carl
.....
Minneapolis
Sather, Bonnie Louise
Deden,
Ruth
Ann
.
Zumbroro
Sawai, Noboru . . . . . . . >Iinx~,3mlir
Doering, Sandra Lee
.
hbhirtrdalc
. . Newman Gro::~..:'r-cS.
Sawyer, Carol Ann
Dolan, Mary Margie
IInw!
Schamer, Bonita Boll . . . .
Tininrn?
Donald, William Paul
, ,
:ltinnr5~c/iz
Schulz, Niles R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zurnbroia
.
3lrrmruerilir
Dunham, Loren J.
. . . . Long Lake
Schumann, Carolyn A.
. . . . . . Beloit, Wis.
Scott, Michael David
Enlund, Marian I
Rich.&-!d
. . . . . . .
Hopkins
Senn, James A
.
,
Rci,r-rr
Enstad, John C
. Blancharduille, Wis
Severson, Roland 0
Erickson, Conroe LeRoy
Canr;grr Fcllr
.
Chicago, 111.
Sexton, Lela M
Erickson,
Douglas
R.
.
,
.Crq!fL..
IVEh
. . Richfield
Shaleen, Esther A.
Erickson. Elaine Marie
,
,JlfinJ-n~o1is
Shores, Stanley Bernard . . . . . Willmm
Erickson, Steven I.
ramhridgr
Sigurdson, Eunice E . . . . . New Hope
Evenson, Larry Kent
H=,I~L
. . . McGraih
Simonson, Ronald M a n i n
Eau Claire, Wis
Sorenson, Richard Edward
Feddick, Kathleen A
.
Duluth
Sprague, Patricia Jean . . . . . St Louis Park
.
..
Ceylon
Fenrich, Robert C.
Diorios, Kyrenia, Cyprus
Stavrou; Soterios G
.
Milaca
Ferguson.
Ronald
Morris
. . . . Minneapolis
Stende, John R
Filreis, Lucille Randall
Edim
.
. Minmapolis
Stenson, Charles 0.
Fischer,
Janet
Susan
Buffalo
Lake
.
Golden Valley
Stensrud, Alan T.
Forseth,
Stephen
W
Minneapolis
.
.
.
Lowry
Stivland, Rodney L
. . Minneapolis
Frovik, Terry James
. . . Silverion, Ore.
Strand, Carol Ruth
.
Columbia Heights
Streufert, Paul R.
Gaard,
Marilyn
Kay
Boyceuille,
Wis.
. . . . . . . . . . . Richfield
Strom, Dale L
Geisness, Camolita K . . . . . . . Alezandria
. . . . Rocksier
Struve, James Kenneth
Gerschwitz,
Paul
Roy
Streaky
Bay,
S
Australia
.
. Fridley
Sundberg, Lois E
. Minneapolis
Gierke, Alan Raymond
Thimsen, Marcia Ann . . . . Minnetonka
Gisselquist, Kathleen Margaret Kraft
Minneapolis
.
Minneapolis
Thompson, Judy M.
. . . . . . Badger
. . Siour City, In.
Torrin, Darryl Douglas Amel
Gisselquist, Rebecca Joan
. . . . . Dawson
...
Miles City, Moni
Gjerde, Ruth Ann
Torstenson, Beth Marie
. . . .Z i m m e r m
Goldenmaq Dennis Alan
Torstenson, Sylvia Steinbeck . . Lake Pmk, la.
I
Gosewisch, Lorraine J. . . . . . . . . . Racine, Wis
Gronberg, Sharon Merle Hendrickson . Clmkfield
Groth, Frediic Ivan . . . .. . . . . . .. . . Edina
Grover, John Robert . . . . . . Rochlle, Ill
. . Sand Creek, Wis.
Gundale, John David .
Gunderson, Barry L. . . . . . . . Brooklyn Center
Gundenon, Karen Mildred . . . Enumchw, Wmh.
H a m n , Bruce Lyle
. . . . . Minneapolis
.. .
. Willmm
Hansen, Lee Anne
. . . . Minneapolis
Haugen, David Allen . .
...
. . . Brainerd
Hedquist, Willard A
. South St. Paul
Heitman, Sharon Kathleen
. . . . Bumsuille
Helgesen, Rebecca Lynn
Helgeseq Sonja Jean
Minnetonka
.. .
. . . Robbinsdale
Helstrom, Gary K.
Hetland, Duane Gordon . .
. . Radcliffe, la.
Rushford
Highum, Gayle Elaine . . .
Hirdman, Paul Thomas . . . . . . . Story City, l a
Zumbrota
Hoeft, Ardis Freda .
.
Minneapolis
Hoffman, Sheldon R.
. . . . Mound
Hofteig, John Haldor .
Hokansoq Dale H. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hosman, Robert Arthur
Oak Lawn, Ill.
.. . .
St Paul
Hoveland, Dawn Diane
. . . . . . Montgomery
Huber, Ronald R.
. . . . . Emf Chain
Hugoson, Eugene Leighton
.
Albert Lea
Huseby, Rebecca Ann
Jacobson, Carol Beske
. . . . . . . . .. Atwater
. . . Hawick
Jacobson, Karen Lee . .
. . St. Paul
Jensen, Cheryl Marie . .
. . Minneapolis
Johnson, Bonita Phyllis
, Rockford, 111.
Johnson, Dale I. . .
Johnsoq Kaylene Ruth
New Richmond, Wis
Johnson, Lance S
. .
,
. St. Paul
Johnson, Peter N. . . Tananmiue, Malagmy Rep.
.
Minnetonka
Jorgensen, Michael Theodore
. . .. Glencoe
Kivi, Eileen Emch . . .
. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Klune, John Gradie
.
.
St. Paul
Knutson, David Walter
. Wabasso
Lamprecht, Gloria Dianne . . . .
Lanes, Mary Lou . .. . . . ... . .. . . Monteuideo
.. . . .
Lamberion
Lang, Donald George
Larsen, Frederic Clinton
Culbertson, Mont
. . . . . Virginia
Larson, Karen A.
. . . . . Climar
Larson, Linda Rae . .
. . Minneapolis
Lechnyr, Patricia Ann . .
.
Wells, Mich
Lee, Robert Lloyd . . . . .
,
.. ..
. Edina
Leschensky, James E
. . . . Coon Rapids
Lewis, Janice Joan . . .
..
Minneapolis
Lewis. John Carl
,
.
Coon Rapids
Lewis, Richard John
. . .. Wrmerly, la.
Liebers, Myrna Gail . .
..
Minneapolis
Lier, Peter C
Lillquist, George E , Jr
Spring Lake Park
, Lake Crsytal
Lindekugel, Sandra Pleis
.
South St. Paul
Lindell, Jamcs Gerald, J r
. . . . . . . . Hayfield
Lohn, Gary Howard
. . . Dell Rapids, S Dak.
Loken, Ruth Mae
Lyons, Kenneth Russell
Columbia Heights
Cmla>Madsen, Janet Marie .
Magnuson, Stanley Richard
.
~lfin?a~.opcli.r
Mattson, Carol Jayne
.
. . Lakeuille
. . . Madison, Wis
McKnight, Malilyn S.
. ..
. . . . . Osseo
Menzel, Lawrence H.
Zimmerman
Meyer, Marlys Bertha . . . .
...
Minneapolis
Michaelsen, Jennifer Else
. ..
.
Eden, S Dak
Miller, Dennis D
. . Viroqua, Wis
Moe, Eleanor Solveig . . . .
. Minneapolis
Moore, Susan Diane Christianson
. .. . . . . Willmm
Mork. Carol J.
. Owaionna
Munderovski, Roy Vitauts
. .
Robbinsdale
Munson, Diane Shirley
. . . . . . . St. Paul
Nelsen, Kay Eileen
.
Bmron, Wis.
Nelson, Linda Louise
. . . . Spicer
Nelson, Paulette
. . . . . . . Minneapolis
Nelson, Philip John
.
Spooner, Wis
Nelson, Susan Ann .
. . . . . Stanley, Wis
Nerdrum, Cam1 Joan
.
. Hopkins
Niles, Richard Allen
Nordin, Marion Eileen Rudser
dolden Valley
,
. Cokdo
Nyquist. Joel Victor
. . . . . . . Columbia Heights
Ocel, Roger
Olseq Myron Lee . .
. .
Oconio, Wis
..
.
. Roseuille
Omundson, L Jean
. . Spring Valley
Overholt, Suzanne . . . . .
Orbolt Anthony C . .
. . . Kansas City, Mo.
Pedersoq Thomas Calvin
.
Stmbuck
Persson, Maxine Marie
Minneapolis
Petersen, Cheryl Christine . . . . . . . Robbinsdale
. . . ...
Jackson
Peterson, Daniel Lmn
Peterson, Donovan David . . . . Minneapolis
. Minneapolis
Peterson, Gerald B. . . . . .
.
Minneapolis
Peterson, Kenneth R . . .
Peterson, Ronald Steven Vincent . . . Minneapolis
Pittman, William V , Jr
. .. . . . Anoka
.
. . Minneapolis
Pudas, Grant Peter
Minneapolis
Rakow, Donn Edward . . .
Ramnarine, David James Cameron
Skeldon,
Guyana
.
, ,
Hoffman
Refsal, Harley J
Reiff, James E
..
.
St. Paul
. .
. Minneapolis
Reque, Frank Merwin
. .. .
.
Robbinsdale
Rice, Linda Jane
Roe. Janice Elaine
Fmno.> N. Dak.
Ruona. Marlys Denise
. . Minneapolis
. . . . T r y
Rupp, Patricia Emma
. . LaCrosse, Wzs.
Ruud, Charlotte Ann
-
. . . . . . . Milan
Sackreiter. Dennis Arthur
.
Minneapolis
Sahl, Thomas James . .
Salo, Susan .
.
,
.
..
Milaca
. Minneapolis
Sandbo, Mark R
Sather, Sylvia Carolyn
..
Minneapolis
Schlachtenhaufen, Salome Ann
Des Moines, la.
.
Bird Island
Scholla, Muriel Berg
. .
Forest Lake
Schroeder, Marian Ethel
Later Prairie
Schultz, Michael Louis
Schwartz, John Norman
. Lester Prairie
Selstad, John Leslie
. Minneapolis
Senner, Priscilla Ruth
. . . Narhug N. Hamp.
Setterholm, Richard Dale
.
Brooklyn Center
. Minneapolis
Sjerslee. Sallie Stephenson
. . . . Hector
Sjogren, David August . . . .
Minneapolis
Skottegaard, Robert Charles .
.
. . Minneapolis
Slavik, Robert Alan . .
Sletten, Jerilyn Kay
Bmron, Wis
Seattle, Warh.
Smith, Paul D . . .
. Minneapolis
Snyder, Thomas Stanley .
. Minneapolis
Sorenson, John Arthur
. .
.
Minneapolis
Sparks, Carol1
.
Minneapolis
Stensvaag, Ruth Ingrid
Glencoe
Stradtmann, Phyllis Ann .
. . Rockford, ill.
Strommen, Mary Ellen .
Stromsmoe, Gail Marie
Thief Riuer Falls
Sulzbach, Ann E . . .
Minneapolis
. . Minneapolis
Suomela, Adele Joan Hermes
,
Minneapolis
Swanson, Karen Dahlin
.
Minneapolis
Swenson, Joan A Alden
..
. Minneapolis
Sylvester. David Ernest
Teige, M Philip
Tesdell, Darlene Joyce
Thiesfeld, Susan Paulette
Thompson, Robert Nathen
Tibbits, Lorene Monson
Tinseth, Phyllis Dianna
Titrud, Mark
.
True, David Jon
.
Uigaard, Stuart Brady
Wateruille, Maine
. Slater, la.
.
,
Glencoe
Lake Lillian
.
. Canby
.
. Willmar
. . . . Center City
Columbia Heights
Star Prairie, Wis
Vaagenes, Bonnie Bicri
.
. .
.
Walen, Barbara E.
Wall, Geraldine Neff
Warner, Ronald Dean
Wesley, Lynn Carol
.
Westermo, Mary Ellen
White, Clyde Edward
...
Wilfrid, Luther Jon
Wilson, Carolyn Jean
Woida, Karen Leslie Horton
Wold, Philip Arlen
Wood, Virginia Joanne
.
Wyckoff, Madeleine Jeanne
.
St Paul
.
..
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Grandview, Wash.
.. .
. St. Paul
. Minneapolis
.
Minneapolis
.
Minneapolis
. . . Hayfield
St. Paul
Siom City, la.
New Brighton
Columbia Heights
. . . Richfield
Youngquist, Michael William
Yue, Samuel Ka-Sheng . . . . . Hong Kong
..
. Wood Lake
Yuzer, Barbara Ann . .
SUMMARY Graduates -- 1870-1965 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OF Graduates -- 1966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GRADUATES Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ENROLLMENT
SUMMARY
3496
247
3743
AUGSBURG COLLEGE. 1966-67
First Term
Men Women Total
Class
98
Senior .....
Junior .... 158
Sophomore
218
Freshman . 242
Special . . . . 31
Yurse (D. H.)
Nurse (F H.)
Nurse (M H.)
Nurse ($. H.)
Total . . . . . 747
.
.
112
149
204
255
26
35
210
307
422
497
57
35
44
44
44
44
79
948
79
1695
Second Term
Men Women Total
95
98
193
156
150
306
211
232
28
722
-199
254
25
34
410
486
53
34
$0
40
41
75
916
41
75
1638
Thii Term
Men Women Total
91
154
205
254
28
92
150
198
259
24
34
732
35
41
75
908
183
304
403
513
52
34
35
41
75
1640
TOTAL ACADFMIC YEAR
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior ...................................
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman ................................
special ...................................
Nurse (D H.) .............................
Nurse (F. H.) .............................
.
.. . .
Nurse (M. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total ....................................
.
Men
Women
105
162
222
256
35
114
157
207
262
31
35
44
44
780
79
973
Total
219
319
429
518
66
35
44
44
79
1753
TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1966-1967
Men Students ......................................... 780
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .973
Total .................................................. 1753
INDEX
Academic Administration . . .
Accounts. Payment of . . . . .
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Administration . . . . . . . . 41,
Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Placement . . . . . . .
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . .
Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . 2,
Aims and Obiectives . . . . . .
American Studies . . . . 50,
Archives, The . . . . . . . . . . . .
Art, Department of . . . . 51,
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Attendance, Class . . . . . . . . .
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41
13
2
128
22
23
23
102
7
108
9
108
32
46
34
Biology. Department of . . 54.
Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . .
Board of Regents . . . . . . . . .
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business Administration . 57,
Business Education . . . . . 59,
109
12
126
8
110
111
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 5
Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . 24
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 111
Classical Languages . . . . . . . . 62
Classification of Students . . 45
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Coaching Endorsement . . . . . 72
Co-curricular Program . . . . . . 29
9
College Center . . . . . . . . . . . .
Committees of the Faculty . . 130
Comprehensive Examinations 47
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . 77
43
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . . 97
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . 48
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
American Studies . . . . . . . . 108
Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Business Administration . . 110
Business Education . . . . . . . 111
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Dentistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Elementary Education ... 112
Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
General Liberal Ark . . . . . 108
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Health and Physical Ed. . . 115
High School Teaching . . . . 113
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Medical Technology . . . . . . 118
Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Ministry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . 120
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Political Science . . . . . . . . . 121
Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Scandinavian . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Secretarial Work . . . . . . . 122
Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Social Science . . . . . . . . . 123
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses 111
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Distinction. Degree with . . . . . 43
Divisional Organization . . . . 48
Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . 30. 100
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Education. Department of . . .
Education. Elementary . . 65.
Education. Secondary . . 66.
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eligibility Requirements . . . . .
Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engineering. Pre-Engineering
Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English. Department of . 68.
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entrance Requirements . . . . .
Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
112
58
112
113
42
34
20
114
114
146
22
47
12
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Financial Assistance . . . . . . .
14
Financial Information . . . . . . .
12
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 85
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
38
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78, 115
General Education
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . . . . .
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79.
Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates (1870-1 966).
Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduation Requirements . . .
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62.
Health and Physical Ed. . 72.
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . .
High School Teaching
Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . .
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34,
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . 34. 43.
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . .
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Humanities. Division of the . .
41
7
68
115
43
133
146
41
115
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
North-South Student Exchange
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Numbering of Courses . . . . . . 48
Nursing. Affiliation with
Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
115
37
Objectives and Aims . . . . . . 7
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
113
7
116
103
102
38
48
Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Intercollegiate Athlmetics. Purpose
and Philosophy of . . . . . . . 32
Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . 103
Laboratories. Natural Science 10
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . 108
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 3
Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . 76.
Uedical Technology . . . 103.
Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses
Membership in Educational
2
Associations . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metropolitan Opportunities . 27
Ministry. Preparation fomr the 123
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Modern Languages.
Department of . . . . . . . . . . 77
Music. Department of . . 83. 119
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Musical Organizations . . . 31. 86
42
117
118
118
Pass/No Credit Grading
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . 13
Personnel Services. Student . . 35
Philosophy. Department of 87. 120
Physical Education . . . . . 32. 72
Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
Physics. Department of . . 90. 120
Placement Service for
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
8
Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . .
Political Science . . . . . . 92. 121
Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . 123
President's Board of Advisors 129
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Psychology.
Department of . . . . . . 94. 121
Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24. 32
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . 126
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Registration. Change of . . . . . 45
Religion and Philosophy.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50
Religion, Department of . 95, 122
Religious Activities . . . . . . . . . 24
Repeating Courses . . . . . . . . . 43
Requirements, Graduation . . . 41
Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Scandinavian Studies . . . 80,
Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secretarial Courses . . . . 59,
Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Social and Recreational
Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Social Sciences, Division of the
Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . .
Sociology, Department of 97,
SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82,
Special Programs of Study . .
122
14
122
123
26
50
123
124
103
115
102
Speech, Department of . 100, 124
Student Activities,
Coordination of . . . . . . . . . 39
Student Government . . . . . . . 27
Student Personnel Services . . 35
Studio Building . . . . . . . . . . .
9
Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Suspension of Students . . . 24, 45
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Teacher's Certificate . . 64, 113
Transfer and Advanced
Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Tuition and Fees . . . . . .
12
University Courses . . . . . . . . .
Upper Division Requirements .
47
41
1
Show less
Table of Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE
Identification
Objectives
t h e Campus
. . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and
A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g
...
PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE
...
. ..
...
. ..
.. .
. . .
The 4-1-4 Calen... Show more
Table of Contents
PAGE 3, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 4. THE COLLEGE
Identification
Objectives
t h e Campus
. . . Location . . . H i s t o r y . . . Nature and
A c c r e d i t a t i o n . . . The Campus . . . V i s i t i n g
...
PAGE 7. ACADEMIC LIFE
...
. ..
...
. ..
.. .
. . .
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Faculty
General Education
Majors
Pre-Professional Training ,
Requirements
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study
Honors Program
Degrees
.. .
..
PAGE 12, STUDENT LIFE
..
...
S o c i a l and C u l t u r a l .
Recreation
Intercollegiate
Religious L i f e
Student S e r v i c e s
Athletics
Housing
Food S e r v i c e
MUSIP
...
...
...
. ..
...
PAGE 15. ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE AND FINANCIAL AID
. . . E a r l y Decision . . .
. . . Advanced
...
The A p p l i c a t i o n Process
Transfer
E a r l y Admission
Advanced Placement
Standing
F i n a n c i a l Aid
...
...
PAGE 17, CAMPUS MAP
.
I
PAGE 19, EXPENSES
. ..
Expenses
1974- 75 Cost Summary
S e t t l e m e n t of Accounts
Refunds
...
. . . Deposits . . .
PAGE 22. ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
...
...
...
...
D i v i s i o n a l Organization
Graduation Requirements
Registration
Probation and Dismissal
Grading
Graduation with D i s t i n c t i o n
C r e d i t by Examination
Classification
Courses
Numbering .
. Symbol
...
...
...
...
...
.
PAGE 27, COURSE, OFFERINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS
PAGE 82. ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 83. FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES
PAGE 89- PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 90. INDEX
T h i s c a t a l o g h a s been w r i t t e n and d e s i g n e d t o answer m o s t o f the q u e s t i o n s
w h i c h m i g h t be a s k e d a b o u t Augsburg C o l l e g e and i t s c u r r i c u l u m . A l t h o u g h
a l l c o p y was c o r r e c t a t the t i m e o f p u b l i c a t i o n , i n f o r m a t i o n i n the
c a t a l o g i s s u b j e c t t o change w i t h o u t n o t i c e .
Glossary of Terms
T h i s Augsburg College c a t a l o g i s designed t o give you t h e i n f o r m a t i o n
you need t o know a s a s t u d e n t o r p r o s p e c t i v e s t u d e n t . I n i t you w i l l f i n d
most of t h e answers t o q u e s t i o n s you may have about Augsburg. I f you have
o t h e r s , p l e a s e f e e l f r e e t o w r i t e o r phone t h e O f f i c e of Admissions a t t h e
College.
-
-
C e r t a i n terms used i n t h i s c a t a l o g may be u n f a m i l i a r t o you.
hope t h e following b r i e f d e f i n i t i o n s w i l l be h e l p f u l .
ACADEMIC..
COURSE..
MAJOR..
MINOR
LOAN
.. . . .The
p r a c t i c e s , p r i n c i p l e s , r e g u l a t i o n s , and customs which
c h a r a c t e r i z e school and c o l l e g e .
..... . . A
s u b j e c t s t u d i e d during one semester o r i n t e r i m such a s
"Community Development and Organization." Four courses
a r e t a k e n each semester a t Augsburg and one i s s t u d i e d
d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m i n January.
. .......A
c o n c e n t r a t i o n o f s t u d y i n one a r e a .
majors i n 18 departments.
Augsburg o f f e r s
..........A
c o n c e n t r a t i o n i n a f i e l d of s t u d y i n l e s s depth t h a n
t h e major.
ELECTIVE..
FEE..
We
... . . A
course n o t r e q u i r e d f o r t h e major o r minor b u t taken by
t h e s t u d e n t from any c o l l e g e department as h i s i n t e r e s t s
dictate.
... .......Charges
made by t h e College f o r s p e c i a l s e r v i c e s such a s
l a b o r a t o r y equipment o r l o c k e r r e n t a l .
...........Money
a s t u d e n t borrows f o r c o l l e g e expenses and l a t e r
r e p a y s . See " F i n a n c i a l Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP.
SEMESTER
... F i n a n c i a l
a s s i s t a n c e r e c e i v e d by a s t u d e n t based on h i g h
school performance i n and o u t o f t h e classroom, c o l l e g e
s t a n d i n g , o r t h e r e s u l t o f s p e c i a l t e s t s such a s t h e SAT
o r Am. S c h o l a r s h i p s vary i n amounts and l e n g t h of
d u r a t i o n . The amount g e n e r a l l y depends upon t h e f i n a n c i a l
need o f t h e s t u d e n t . There is no o b l i g a t i o n t o repay.
The same c r i t e r i a a r e used f o r Grants-In-Aid.
.......The
College o p e r a t e s on a 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Each semester
i s 15 weeks i n l e n g t h and t h e i n t e r i m i s 4 weeks.
.
PREREQUISITE. .A course which a s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete b e f o r e
a n o t h e r one may be taken. The p r e r e q u i s i t e course may be
e i t h e r i n t h e same o r a n o t h e r department.
Vol. 37, No. 1, August 1973
AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW i s p u b l i s h e d semi-monthly i n January, March,
August, September and December and monthly i n February, A p r i l , May,
June, J u l y , October and November by Augsburg College, 731 2 1 s t Ave. S.,
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404. Second c l a s s p o s t a g e p a i d a t Minneapolis,
Minnesota.
Introduction
There a r e few c o l l e g e s t h a t combine t h e excitement and v i t a l i t y o f a
m e t r o p o l i t a n c e n t e r with t h e smallness and intimacy of t h e r u r a l s e t t i n g .
Augsburg i s one of t h e s e few, very s p e c i a l c o l l e g e s t h a t can o f f e r you
both.
The small c o l l e g e atmosphere e n a b l e s you t o be a p a r t i c i p a n t o r a
s p e c t a t o r a t a v a r i e t y o f e v e n t s and a c t i v i t i e s . E x h i b i t i o n s , c o n c e r t s ,
f i l m s , and l e c t u r e s a r e r e g u l a r l y a v a i l a b l e t o you on campus. Through
t h e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r i n t r a m u r a l a t h l e t i c programs you may choose
participation i n athletics.
Religious a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v i t a l p a r t o f t h e campus. The R e l i g i o u s
L i f e Commission a s s i s t s i n p l a n n i n g d a i l y chapel s e r v i c e s which s t u d e n t s
may a t t e n d v o l u n t a r i l y .
Y o u , the s t u d e n t , a r e an i n d i v i d u a l a t Augsburg. Y o u d e s i g n y o u r
own l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e . While d i s t r i b u t i o n a l and m a j o r r e q u i r e m e n t s
a c t a s g u i d e l i n e s , there i s l a t i t u d e f o r you t o d e s i g n much o f y o u r own
education.
A t Augsburg, t h e i n n o v a t i v e and experimental a s w e l l a s t h e
i n d i v i d u a l a r e c e n t r a l . The College follows t h e c a l e n d a r known a s t h e
"4-1-4.1'
I n t h e s t u d y of t h e l i b e r a l a r t s , you w i l l e n c o u n t e r i d e a s and
e x p e r i e n c e s from t h e whole range of human knowledge. The l i b e r a l a r t s
e d u c a t i o n , however, is more t h a n an accumulation o f knowledge from a
number o f f i e l d s . Augsburg recognizes t h a t c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s necessary
i n your chosen f i e l d . You may choose from 33 majors f o r hundreds of
career possibilities.
Augsburg i s i n t h e c e n t e r of t h e Twin C i t i e s of Minneapolis and S t .
Paul. I n t h i s m e t r o p o l i t a n s e t t i n g , a r i c h kaleidoscope of r e s o u r c e s and
a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o e n r i c h your e d u c a t i o n . You may choose an
evening a t t h e Tyrone Guthrie T h e a t e r , t h e Brave New Workshop, o r a t any
of t h e many g a l l e r i e s o r c o f f e e houses. You may choose a c o n c e r t by t h e
Minnesota O r c h e s t r a a t nearby Northrop Auditorium o r one by t h e many
p r o f e s s i o n a l t o u r i n g groups t h a t appear i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . There a r e
numerous o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l and team s p o r t s . P r o f e s s i o n a l
s p o r t s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e - t h e Twins, t h e Vikings, t h e North S t a r s , and
t h e Fighting Saints.
Thus, Augsburg i s a d i s t i n c t i v e combination: a s t r o n g academic
program, a c a p a b l e and d e d i c a t e d s t a f f , a n e a g e r s t u d e n t b o d y , and a
remarkable l o c a t i o n .
The College
Identification
Augsburg i s a f o u r - y e a r l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e a f f i l i a t e d with t h e
American Lutheran Church (ALC). Founded more than 100 y e a r s ago,
Augsburg c e l e b r a t e d i t s c e n t e n n i a l i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century
o f Christian higher education.
The c u r r e n t s t u d e n t body o f 1600 i s l a r g e l y o f Lutheran background
though many denominations a r e r e p r e s e n t e d on campus. About 50% a r e
r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , while o t h e r s commute d a i l y from t h e g r e a t e r
metropolitan area.
Location
Your education w i l l b e n e f i t from Augsburg's l o c a t i o n i n t h e Twin
C i t i e s . E x c e l l e n t a r t c o l l e c t i o n s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o you i n t h e Minneapolis
I n s t i t u t e of A r t s , t h e Walker A r t Center, and many o t h e r g a l l e r i e s .
The Minnesota O r c h e s t r a and o t h e r a r e a performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s
a f f o r d r i c h o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e enjoyment o f music o f many t y p e s . The
Twin C i t i e s a l s o appear r e g u l a r l y on t h e i t i n e r a r i e s o f major performing
artists.
A v a r i e t y o f d r a m a t i c and musical p r e s e n t a t i o n s a r e provided by
s e v e r a l t h e a t e r s i n t h e a r e a such as t h e n a t i o n a l l y known Tyrone Guthrie
T h e a t e r , Theater-in-the-Round, t h e Old Log T h e a t e r , and t h e S t . Paul
C i v i c Opera Company.
R e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s abound. You can p l a y t e n n i s a t p a r k s n e a r
t h e campus o r s w i m i n one of t h e many a r e a l a k e s . I n t h e w i n t e r you may
j o i n o t h e r s t u d e n t s on s k i i n g t r i p s . P r o f e s s i o n a l s p o r t s a r e a v a i l a b l e
t h e y e a r around.
Reaching t h e Twin C i t i e s i s e a s y . S e v e r a l major a i r l i n e s p r o v i d e
d a i l y s e r v i c e t o Minneapolis - S t . Paul I n t e r n a t i o n a l A i r p o r t . Bus and
t r a i n connections can be made from a l l a r e a s o f t h e United S t a t e s .
The Augsburg campus i s j u s t f i v e minutes e a s t o f downtown Minneapolis
v i a I n t e r s t a t e 94 which forms t h e s o u t h e r n b o r d e r o f t h e campus.
( D i r e c t i o n s a r e given o p p o s i t e page 16.)
History
Augsburg was t h e f i r s t seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n
America. Minneapolis r e p l a c e d Marshall, Wisconsin, a s Augsburg's home
i n 1872. The f i r s t c o l l e g e s t u d e n t s were e n r o l l e d i n 1874 and t h e f i r s t
c o l l e g e graduation w a s h e l d i n 1879.
The school was o f f i c i a l l y named Augsburg College i n 1963 when i t s
former sponsor, t h e Lutheran Free Church, merged w i t h t h e American
Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary j o i n e d with Luther T h e o l o g i c a l
Seminary, S t . Paul, Minnesota, t h a t same y e a r .
r
Nature and Objectives
Augsburg i s a four-year l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e of t h e
American Lutheran Church. I t i s committed t o an open,
h o n e s t , competent i n q u i r y i n t o t h e s c i e n c e s , a r t s , and
humanities i n t h e c o n t e x t o f t h e C h r i s t i a n f a i t h .
Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary o b j e c t i v e s :
t o e x p o s e s t u d e n t s t o a w i d e v a r i e t y o f i d e a s and
d i s c i p l i n e s , w h i l e a s s i s t i n g t h e m t o become
p r o f i c i e n t i n one area o r major
t o h e l p s t u d e n t s u n d e r s t a n d the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h
i n r e l a t i o n t o the c o n t e m p o r a r y w o r l d
t o d e v e l o p s t u d e n t s ' l o v e o f l e a r n i n g and their
f a c u l t i e s o f r e a s o n , c r i t i c i s m , c u r i o s i t y and
i m a g i n a t i o n b y e n c o u r a g i n g and m a i n t a i n i n g
academic e x c e l l e n c e
t o i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s ' u n d e r s t a n J i n g o f the u r b a n
e n v i r o n m e n t and c u l t u r e , and t o e n a b l e t h e m t o
g a i n the s k i l l s n e e d e d t o r e s p o n d c r e a t i v e l y t o
the p r o b l e m s and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s o f the modern
city
t o e n c o u r a g e s t u d e n t s t o a s c e r t a i n their interests
and a b i l i t i e s , and t o a i d t h e m i n d i s c o v e r i n g the
occupational o p p o r t u n i t i e s which e x i s t f o r them
t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n their i n t e l l e c t u a l , e m o t i o n a l ,
and s p i r i t u a l g r o w t h ; t o e n c o u r a g e t h e m t o d e v e l o p
a t t i t u d e s and q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c t e r c o m p a t i b l e
w i t h the Christian f a i t h .
I
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved f u l l a c c r e d i t a t i o n i n a number of a s s o c i a t i o n s
t h a t s e t standards by which excellence i s judged. Among t h e a s s o c i a t i o n s
t h a t recognize Augsburg a r e :
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools.
The National Council f o r t h e Accreditation of Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
The Campus
Augsburg's compact campus i s l o c a t e d i n t h e h e a r t of Minneapolis
surrounding Murphy Square, t h e f i r s t of t h e 155 parks i n t h e "City of
Lakes." The College c u r r e n t l y has 14 major buildings with a number of
cottage housing u n i t s t h a t a r e very popular with t h e s t u d e n t s . The
University of Minnesota and two o f t h e c i t y ' s l a r g e s t h o s p i t a l s , Fairview
and S t . Mary's, a r e adjacent t o t h e campus.
Visiting the Campus
The purpose of t h e campus v i s i t is t o permit s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n ,
first-hand, about t h e College program, f a c i l i t i e s , and admissions
requirements. A personal interview a f f o r d s candidates, parents, and t h e
admissions counselor t h e opportunity t o exchange information v i t a l i n t h e
process o f s e l e c t i n g a college and i n making admissions decisions. A
student-conducted campus t o u r and an interview with an admissions o f f i c e r
a r e s t r o n g l y recommended b u t a r e not mandatory.
Students who wish t o arrange f o r a t o u r and an interview a r e asked
Preferred
t o w r i t e f o r an appointment o r c a l l t h e o f f i c e (332-5181)
times f o r campus v i s i t s a r e 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may
a l s o be made t o meet with a member of t h e f a c u l t y and t o a t t e n d c l a s s e s ,
Monday through Friday, when school i s i n s e s s i o n .
.
School, church, and o t h e r groups a r e welcome t o v i s i t t h e College.
Arrangements may be made by w r i t i n g t h e Office of Admissions, Augsburg
College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404.
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern, e x c i t i n g l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e designed t o
s e r v e your i n d i v i d u a l needs. A t Augsburg you develop your i n d i v i d u a l
t a l e n t s ; t h e r e i s no s i n g l e mold. Here you w i l l d i s c o v e r t h e world while
p r e p a r i n g f o r a c a r e e r . You w i l l f i n d out who you a r e . Augsburgls goal
and p r e p a r e
a s a l i b e r a l a r t s c o l l e g e i s t o educate i t s s t u d e n t s broadly them f o r competency i n t h e modern world.
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg follows t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r . Two 15-week semesters a r e
s e p a r a t e d by a 4-week i n t e r i m i n January. During each semester t h e
s t u d e n t e n r o l l s i n f o u r courses; during t h e i n t e r i m t h e r e i s c o n c e n t r a t i o n
on one s u b j e c t .
The i n t e r i m p e r i o d i s an e s p e c i a l l y e x c i t i n g time. The whole world
becomes an a r e n a of l e a r n i n g . Creative e n e r g i e s and i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t s
determine t h e course o f s t u d y . Innovation and experimentation a r e
encouraged i n t h i s break i n t h e general academic schedule. I n t e r e s t i n
music may t a k e form i n t h e s t u d y and p r e s e n t a t i o n of a concert program.
I n t e r e s t i n people may f i n d form i n t h e study and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n
a c t i v i t i e s o f a s o c i a l agency. Newspapers and a d v e r t i s i n g agencies
provide o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h o s e i n t e r e s t e d i n communications. No m a t t e r
what your i n t e r e s t , t h e i n t e r i m w i l l a f f o r d t h e opportunity t o experience
and experiment while l e a r n i n g .
Faculty
Augsburgls f a c u l t y o f about 100 i s h i g h l y t r a i n e d and t a k e s
i n d i v i d u a l i n t e r e s t i n t h e s t u d e n t s . Classes average 25 o r l e s s i n s i z e .
The s t u d e n t f a c u l t y r a t i o i s 17.8 t o one.
In more human terms, Augsburg f a c u l t y members a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r h e l p
on i n d i v i d u a l problems. They know s t u d e n t s by t h e i r f i r s t name and o f t e n
j o i n s t u d e n t s i n d i s c u s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l climate, r e a c t i o n s t o t h e l a t e s t
v i s i t i n g speaker, o r t a l k i n g over t h e l a t e s t Viking v i c t o r y while having
coffee.
General Education Requirements
Minimum education requirements f o r graduation have been determined,
n o t t o s t r u c t u r e t h e l e a r n i n g process, b u t as a guide through t h e l i b e r a l
a r t s . These courses can e a s i l y be i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e planned course
of study (many of them would be chosen even i f t h e y weren't required)
.
In general, t h e s e courses, with choices i n each a r e a , c o n s i s t o f
s u b j e c t s i n l i t e r a t u r e , philosophy, a r t and music, speech and drama and
r e l i g i o n . Others a r e chosen from biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics,
and psychology. A few courses from economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e ,
sociology, and f o r e i g n languages o r l i t e r a t u r e a r e suggested, and
p r o f i c i e n c y i n English must b e demonstrated. One course from an approved
l i s t o f courses containing an emphasis on metropolitan concerns i s
r e q u i r e d as well a s p h y s i c a l education a c t i v i t i e s . (For details, see
"Academic Administration" section. )
Majors
Augsburg o f f e r s majors i n 18 departments.
American S t u d i e s
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
E a s t Asian S t u d i e s
Economics
Economics /Business
Administration
Elementary Education
English
French
German
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro -Urban S t u d i e s
Music
N a t u r a l Science
Philosophy
Physics
P o l i t i c a l Science
Psychology
P h y s i c a l Education
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
S o c i a l Science
S o c i a l Work
Sociology
Spanish 1
Speech
Theater A r t s
Other maj o r s a r e a v a i l a b l e through t h e Five College Cooperative
s t u d e n t exchange program. The O f f i c e of t h e R e g i s t r a r should be consulted
f o r f u r t h e r information.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who p l a n t o e n t e r t h e f i e l d s o f law, medicine, d e n t i s t r y ,
pharmacy, t h e m i n i s t r y , and engineering, can p r o f i t from a l i b e r a l a r t s
education a t Augsburg. I t i s suggested t h a t requirements f o r admission
t o graduate schools o r seminaries be reviewed and then t h e course o f s t u d y
a t Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg o f f e r s a wide scope of
courses i n t h e n a t u r a l and s o c i a l s c i e n c e s , i n t h e humanities, and i n
r e l i g i o n and philosophy which w i 11 provide t h e n e c e s s a r y p r e p a r a t i o n f o r
future professional study.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s and i n s t i t u t e s i n t h e Twin
C i t i e s a r e a on s e v e r a l programs.
F I V E COLLEGE COOPERATIVE PROGRAM. S t u d e n t s a t Augsburg and t h e S t .
Paul c o l l e g e s o f Hamline, Macalester, S t . Catherine and S t . Thomas may
e l e c t one course each semester a t another campus without a d d i t i o n a l f e e .
Students may e l e c t t o do t h i s t o gain new p e r s p e c t i v e s , t o g e t b e t t e r
acquainted with t h e o t h e r s c h o o l s , o r because a s p e c i f i c course i s n o t
o f f e r e d on t h e home campus. Because t h e s e f i v e c o l l e g e s have coordinated
c a l e n d a r s , t h e i n t e r i m t e r m may a l s o be taken on a n o t h e r campus. A
r e g u l a r l y scheduled bus s h u t t l e s s t u d e n t s f r e e between t h e campuses.
Augsburg College a l s o cooperates with o t h e r c o l l e g e s i n planning
s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m . For example, Augsburg and
S t . Olaf j o i n t l y p l a n a number of f o r e i g n s t u d y o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r t h e
i n t e r i m . Since t h e i n t e r i m program i s new each y e a r , t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r
should be consulted r e g a r d i n g planned programs.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This group i s composed o f 12
c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s i n Minnesota, Iowa, and South Dakota. Planned
a c t i v i t i e s i n c l u d e innovative c u r r i c u l a r programs f o r s t u d e n t s ,
interchange and s h a r i n g o f academic personnel and o t h e r college r e s o u r c e s ,
cooperative r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t s , f o r e i g n study, j o i n t sponsorship of a
metro-urban a f f a i r s conference, and development o f programs c o n s i s t e n t
with t h e needs and resources of t h e community o r g a n i z a t i o n s o f t h e Upper
Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A cooperative e f f o r t between Augsburg
College and Metropolitan S t a t e J u n i o r College i n downtown Minneapolis
has r e s u l t e d i n t h e establishment o f a f o u r I y e a r program i n s o c i b l o g y
o r psychology with a chemical dependency s p e c i a l i t y . The program i s
designed t o t r a i n s p e c i a l i s t s t o h e l p p r o f e s s i o n a l people i n d e a l i n g with
chemical dependency problems. Courses a r e taken both on t h e Augsburg and
t h e Metropolitan campuses.
These co-learning c l a s s e s
CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES (CHR).
b r i n g t o g e t h e r Augsburg s t u d e n t s , p r i s o n inmates, mental h o s p i t a l p a t i e n t s ,
guards, and s t u d e n t s a t r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r s . A l l t a k e courses f o r
c r e d i t from Augsburg. Classes a r e h e l d a t such p l a c e s as t h e S t . Cloud
Reformatory, Shakopee I n s t i t u t i o n f o r Women, S t i l l w a t e r S t a t e P r i s o n ,
S t . P e t e r S e c u r i t y Hospital, and T r e v i l l a o f Robbinsdale, a halfway house
r e h a b i l i t a t i o n c e n t e r . The courses o f f e r e d a r e from s e v e r a l c o l l e g e
departments, and t h e response o f s t u d e n t s involved i n t h e courses, both
from Augsburg and t h e i n s t i t u t i o n s , has been extremely f a v o r a b l e .
The purpose o f t h e course i s t o g e t a f i r s t - h a n d view o f t h e p r i s o n s
and h o s p i t a l s and p e r s o n a l i z e t h e study by a c t u a l l y i n t e r a c t i n g with
inmates and t h e i r problems.
Each y e a r t h e Conservation of Human Resources o f f i c e a t Augsburg
holds t u i t i o n - r a i s i n g b e n e f i t s t o h e l p pay fox inmates1 m a t r i c u l a t i o n i n
t h e s e co-learning courses.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Augsburgfs summer school calendar i s coordinated with
t h a t o f Concordia College i n S t . Paul. Students who e n r o l l may s e l e c t
courses on e i t h e r campus. Two s e s s i o n s ( f i v e weeks each) a r e o f f e r e d
t o permit s t u d e n t s t o complete courses toward t h e i r degrees.
.
Augsburg and
COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH CONTROL, DATA INSTITUTE. (CDI )
CDI have an arrangement whereby s t u d e n t s may t r a n s f e r the e q u i v a l e n t of
t h r e e courses i n computer programing taken a t Control Data I n s t i t u t e t o
Aupsburg College.
A F F I L I A T I O N WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING. Student nurses i n t h e Schools
o f Nursing a t t h e Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview h o s p i t a l s i n Minneapolis
r e c e i v e some o f t h e i r i n s t r u c t i o n a t Augsburg. Application f o r admission
t o t h e Schools of Nursing should be made d i r e c t l y t o t h e h o s p i t a l s .
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with Hennepin County General,
Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern h o s p i t a l s , Augsburg o f f e r s
work which enables t h e s t u d e n t t o r e c e i v e a c o l l e g e degree with a major
i n Medical Technology. The f i r s t t h r e e y e a r s o f t h i s work a r e taken a t
Augsburg and a f i n a l twelve-month program i s completed a t one of t h e
three hospitals.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program i n Corrective Therapy worked out i n
cooperation with t h e Veterans Administration H o s p i t a l , Fairview H o s p i t a l ,
and Cambridge S t a t e H o s p i t a l , i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s who complete a
major i n p h y s i c a l education with s p e c . i a l i z a t i o n i n C o r r e c t i v e Therapy.
Admission t o t h e curriculum r e q u i r e s an a p p l i c a t i o n t o be approved
by t h e D i r e c t o r of P h y s i c a l Education. Application should be made during
t h e s p r i n g semester o f t h e sophomore y e a r . Candidates a r e r e q u i r e d t o
have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed i n t h e major and a 2.0
grade-point average o v e r - a l l . A l l candidates should, a s soon as p o s s i b l e ,
consult with t h e D i r e c t o r of Physical Education regarding proper sequence
of courses.
International Study
There a r e s e v e r a l types of i n t e r n a t i o n a l experiences a v a i l a b l e t o
Augsburg s t u d e n t s .
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN),
Augsburg
p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e SPAN program. This i s a j o i n t venture of t h e
u n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota and s e v e r a l c o l l e g e s i n t h e s t a t e . Each y e a r
t h r e e o r f o u r c o u n t r i e s a r e s e l e c t e d , and q u a l i f i e d s t u d e n t s a r e granted
p a r t i a l s c h o l a r s h i p s t o enable them t o spend a summer i n informal s t u d y
i n one of t h e c o u n t r i e s chosen. Applications t o t h e program a r e made i n
t h e s p r i n g of t h e sophomore y e a r . The SPAN program c o n s i s t s o f t h r e e
s t a g e s : language s t u d y and group meetings during t h e school y e a r b e f o r e
departure, independent study on a t o p i c o f one's choice during t h e
following summer and t h e w r i t i n g of a paper upon r e t u r n .
-
~
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which
Augsburg s t u d e n t s may spend t h e i r sophomore o r j u n i o r y e a r i n study a t a
number o f European e d u c a t i o n a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . These i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e :
The U n i v e r s i t y o f Oslo, Norway; S c h i l l e r College and The Goethe I n s t i t u t e
i n Germany; and t h e I n s t i t u t e f o r American U n i v e r s i t i e s a t Aix-en-Provence
i n France. In a d d i t i o n t o t h e s e programs, t h e r e a r e many o t h e r
o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r study a l l over t h e - w o r l d , and i n t e r e s t e d Augsburg
s t u d e n t s may arrange t o t a k e p a r t i n approved programs by making
a p p l i c a t i o n through t h e Foreign Study Adviser. This type o f study must
be approved b e f o r e d e p a r t u r e by one's f a c u l t y a d v i s e r f i r s t , and then by
t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. C r e d i t earned through
f o r e i g n study may be a p p l i e d t o t h e s t u d e n t ' s graduation requirements as
e l e c t i v e s , a s elements o f t h e major sequence, o r t o s a t i s f y some o f t h e
general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again, t h e r e i s a wide v a r i e t y of p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r
t h o s e who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg
s t u d e n t s have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece,
Germany, and England. Those i n t e r e s t e d i n f u r t h e r information contact t h e
Foreign Study Adviser.
INTERIM. Study abroad during t h e i n t e r i m i s planned f o r each y e a r .
See l i s t i n g s under t h e Augsburg I n t e r i m Catalog. For information on
programs a v a i l a b l e through o t h e r c o l l e g e s , contact t h e Foreign Study
Adviser.
Honors Program
Some s p e c i a l accelerated sections are available t o freshman students
with outstanding high school records. For superior students of a l l c l a s s
years, i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y honors seminars are offered each term.
Several departments o f the College o f f e r programs through which the
student can earn honors i n the major. The opportunity t o do independent
study i n f i e l d s of i n t e r e s t i s available throughout t h e College.
For students who apply f o r and receive s p e c i a l s t a t u s as Honors
Scholars, general education requirements are modified as necessary t o meet
the student's needs and i n t e r e s t s . Additional information on the honors
program i s available upon request from t h e Honors Program Director a t
Augsburg
.
Degrees
Augsburg College o f f e r s the Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree, and t h e
degree of Bachelor of Music. ( S e e t h e Department o f Music f o r B.M. d e g r e e
requirements)
Student Life
Your experiences i n t h e classroom a r e major i n f l u e n c e s i n your
c o l l e g e l i f e . They need supplementing, however, by o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s
and o p p o r t u n i t i e s . Whether as a r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t o r commuter, y o u ' l l
f i n d t h a t t h e climate f o r l e a r n i n g and l i v i n g a t Augsburg adds dimension
t o your education.
Social and Cultural
Throughout t h e year, a v a r i e t y o f s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s
t a k e p l a c e on campus as well as i n t h e Twin C i t i e s . These a c t i v i t i e s
i n c l u d e dances, s p e c i a l d i n n e r s , b i g name entertainment, and v i s i t i n g
p e r s o n a l i t i e s i n various f i e l d s .
The College Center i s t h e focus o f l e i s u r e - t i m e a c t i v i t y on campus.
Offices f o r t h e College newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, and t h e
t h e Augsburgian, a r e on t h e lower l e v e l . Many o f t h e clubs t h a t u n i t e
classroom o r non-classroom r e l a t e d i n t e r e s t s meet i n t h e Center.
There a r e s e v e r a l o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n music. In
a d d i t i o n t o campus and l o c a l performances, t h e Augsburg Choir, Concert
Band, and Orchestra t o u r annually. The S t r i n g Ensemble, t h e Choral Club,
and s e v e r a l student-organized groups a l s o perform on and off campus.
Recreation
Every s t u d e n t i s urged t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n some a c t i v i t y f o r h i s own
r e c r e a t i o n and r e l a x a t i o n . An i n t r a m u r a l program provides competition
i n a v a r i e t y of team s p o r t s a s w e l l a s i n d i v i d u a l performance a c t i v i t i e s .
Climaxing t h e i n t r a m u r a l program i s t h e Extramural Meet, a tournament f o r
intramural winners a t various c o l l e g e s
.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is a member of t h e Minnesota I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A t h l e t i c
Conference (MIAC). The c o l l e g e annually competes i n t e n s p o r t s i n c l u d i n g
f o o t b a l l , soccer, c r o s s country, b a s k e t b a l l , hockey, w r e s t l i n g , b a s e b a l l ,
t r a c k , t e n n i s , and g o l f .
Religious Life
An important p a r t o f d a i l y l i f e a t Augsburg a r e r e l i g i o u s a c t i v i t i e s .
The Religious L i f e Commission, c h a i r e d by a s t u d e n t and composed o f
s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y , s e e s i t s major r e s p o n s i b i l i t y i n r e l a t i o n t o
worship, devotional l i f e , and t h e s t i m u l a t i o n o f f a i t h through d i s c u s s i o n
and s e r v i c e . The chapel s e r v i c e s which a r e h e l d f o u r times a week a r e
both experimental and t r a d i t i o n a l i n c h a r a c t e r . Students, f a c u l t y and
staff attend voluntarily.
Student Services
The s t a f f of t h e Center f o r Student Development i s a v a i l a b l e f o r
c o n s u l t a t i o n on q u e s t i o n s o f academic procedure, p e r s o n a l , academic and
f i n a n c i a l problems, s t u d e n t l i f e , s t u d e n t a c t i v i t i e s , residence h a l l s , and
c a r e e r , p r o f e s s i o n a l and l i f e - s t y l e planning.
A l l members o f t h e Augsburg f a c u l t y s e r v e a s academic a d v i s e r s .
Advisers a r e assigned on t h e b a s i s o f academic i n t e r e s t s and s t u d e n t s a r e
encouraged t o e s t a b l i s h c l o s e working r e l a t i o n s h i p s with t h e i r a d v i s e r .
The f a c u l t y t a k e s both a s c h o l a s t i c and p e r s o n a l i n t e r e s t i n s t u d e n t s .
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes t h a t a s t u d e n t ' s a b i l i t y t o respond t o
t h e l e a r n i n g environment depends, i n p a r t , upon h i s l i v i n g c o n d i t i o n s ,
a v a r i e t y o f housing a l t e r n a t i v e s a r e provided. The residence h a l l
program i s designed t o promote s t u d e n t growth through r e l a t i o n s h i p s with
o t h e r s t u d e n t s and as an a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a n t i n group d e c i s i o n making.
Each residence u n i t has one o r more Resident A s s i s t a n t s who a r e a b l e t o
f a c i l i t a t e t h e process o f group l i v i n g a s well as d i s c u s s t h e p e r s o n a l
concerns of i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t s .
The l a r g e s t residence h a l l on campus i s Urness Tower.
This elevens t o r y high r i s e houses 324. Each f l o o r i s considered a house u n i t
providing 36 s t u d e n t s , two t o a room, with t h e i r own lounge, s t u d y , and
u t i l i t y areas.
Other residence f a c i l i t i e s a r e :
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l houses about 60 upperclass men and
women. The Center Ear Student Development i s l o c a t e d h e r e a s w e l l as
some f a c u l t y and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e o f f i c e s .
West H a l l houses 38 women. West Hall has been converted from an
apartment b u i l d i n g ; each u n i t houses f o u r s t u d e n t s who s h a r e two rooms
and b a t h .
Mortensen Tower, t h e newest residence h a l l , i s an a l t e r n a t i v e t o
t r a d i t i o n a l residence h a l l l i v i n g . I t contains 104 one-and two-bedroom
apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass s t u d e n t s .
A l a r g e number o f dwellings, c a l l e d annex h o u s i n g u n i t s , i n t h e
g r e a t e r campus a r e a , provide accommodations f o r upperclass men o r women.
The r e s i d e n t s function as a group t o s h a r e t h e l i v i n g space, house
r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s , and cooking. Annex housing a l s o accommodates married
s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y and s t a f f members.
A l l freshmen and sophomores not l i v i n g a t home a r e r e q u i r e d t o l i v e
i n c o l l e g e operated housing.
Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, a i r conditioned, and contains k i t c h e n
u n i t s . I t i s otherwise unfurnished. In o t h e r residence h a l l s o r houses
rooms a r e f u r n i s h e d except f o r bed l i n e n , towels, b l a n k e t s , and
bedspreads. Laundry f a c i l i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n each residence. An
o p t i o n a l r e n t a l l i n e n s e r v i c e i s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s i n residence h a l l s
and annex housing u n i t s .
Students engage a room a t t h e beginning o f t h e f a l l term f o r t h e
e n t i r e school y e a r . A room d e p o s i t , r e q u i r e d o f upperclass s t u d e n t s , i s
payable i n t h e T r e a s u r e r ' s Office by May 1. Students who have n o t p a i d
t h e room d e p o s i t by t h i s d a t e a r e a u t o m a t i c a l l y removed from t h e housing
r o s t e r . No refunds a r e made a f t e r J u l y 1.
A l l s t u d e n t s l i v i n g on campus a r e r e q u i r e d t o pay a $25 breakage and
f i n e d e p o s i t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n . The f e e i s refunded upon graduation,
t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t
Augsburg i f t h e condition o f t h e room and f u r n i t u r e i s s a t i s f a c t o r y and
t h e key i s returned.
Food Service
The Commons, s i t u a t e d on t h e top f l o o r of the College Center, is the
main food s e r v i c e f a c i l i t y . This pleasant room features small t a b l e u n i t s
f o r easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy
Square. The portions a r e generous and modestly priced. Students on
board plan l i v i n g i n residence h a l l s e a t t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground f l o o r of t h e Center, features
short orders and is open through the noon hour and i n t h e evenings.
Augsburg provides a v a r i e t y of board plan options f o r those l i v i n g
i n College houses o r nearby apartments.
The Metro-Urban Studies Internship Program (MUSIP) is Augsburgls new
College-wide program. I t provides students i n a l l f i e l d s of study with
the opportunity t o gain p r a c t i c a l on-the-job experience t h a t can be
r e l a t e d t o t h e i r academic program o r personal i n t e r e s t s . Internships are
available with a v a r i e t y of companies, agencies and community organizations.
Admission to the College and Financial Aid
Applying f o r admission t o Augsburg College is a simple procedure.
Each a p p l i c a t i o n i s reviewed by t h e Admissions O f f i c e and s t u d e n t s a r e
accepted on t h e b a s i s o f high school performance, promise of success i n
c o l l e g e as shown by c o l l e g e entrance examination s c o r e s , o t h e r
motivational f a c t o r s , and personal recommendations.
I t i s t h e p o l i c y of Augsburg College t o a f f o r d t o a l l persons equal
o p p o r t u n i t y t o b e n e f i t from i t s e d u c a t i o n a l programs, s t u d e n t personnel
s e r v i c e s , f i n a n c i a l a i d , housing, s t u d e n t employment and o t h e r s e r v i c e s
without regard t o race, c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , s e x o r e t h n i c background.
A v i s i t t o t h e campus is h i g h l y recommended: admissions counselors
a r e a v a i l a b l e t o h e l p you, answer your q u e s t i o n s , and arrange f o r you t o
s e e t h e campus.
The Application Process
1. Secure from t h e Admissions Office, and complete, an o f f i c i a l
a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission.
2. Hand t h e completed a p p l i c a t i o n t o your high school counselor,
along with t h e $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e , and ask t h a t t h e s e be s e n t with
your o f f i c i a l high school t r a n s c r i p t through t h e l a s t complete semester
t o : Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn 55404
.
3. Submit s c o r e s from t h e SAT o r ACT. The College recommends t h a t
candidates s i t f o r t h e examination a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e during t h e s e n i o r
year. Your high school counselor can t e l l you when t h e s e t e s t s a r e
scheduled i n your a r e a .
4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : as soon
a s an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e s t u d e n t
n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u i r e d by A p r i l 1
a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f a p p l i e d f o r ) has
been awarded.
5. A f t e r t h e d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a
medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College.
6 . Room assignments f o r those who have requested t o l i v e on campus,
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed t o t h e s t u d e n t during t h e
summer.
Transfer
Students a r e accepted by t r a n s f e r from o t h e r c o l l e g e s and
u n i v e r s i t i e s on t h e b a s i s o f t h e i r academic record, t e s t r e s u l t s , and
recommendations. College c r e d i t i s granted f o r l i b e r a l a r t s courses
s a t i s f a c t o r i l y completed a t a c c r e d i t e d i n s t i t u t i o n s . The College r e s e r v e s
t h e r i g h t n o t t o grant c r e d i t f o r courses where i t considers t h e work
u n s a t i s f a c t o r y , and t o g r a n t p r o v i s i o n a l c r e d i t f o r work taken at
unaccredited i n s t i t u t i o n s . The grade average f o r graduation i s based on
work taken a t Augsburg, b u t t o determine graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n , a l l
grades a r e averaged. T r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s with t h e A.A. degree a r e
considered a s having met a l l g e n e r a l education requirements a t Augsburg
except f o r two courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s .
1. Secure from t h e Admissions O f f i c e , and complete, an o f f i c i a l
a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission. This should be s e n t t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e
with a $10.00 a p p l i c a t i o n f e e .
2. Request o f f i c i a l t r a n s c r i p t s from any c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y
a t t e n d e d t o be s e n t d i r e c t l y t o t h e A t h i s s i o n s O f f i c e
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55404
3 . Two p e r s o n a l recommendations w i l l be requested. Upon r e c e i v i n g
t h e s e forms, give them t o two persons who can w r i t e i n your b e h a l f .
Return d i r e c t l y t o t h e Admissions O f f i c e i n t h e postage p a i d envelopes
which a r e provided.
4. Admissions t o t h e College a r e made on a " r o l l i n g " b a s i s : soon
a f t e r an a p p l i c a t i o n f i l e i s complete, a d e c i s i o n w i l l be made and t h e
s t u d e n t n o t i f i e d . A non-refundable $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t i s r e q u e s t e d
w i t h i n one month a f t e r acceptance has been made and/or f i n a n c i a l a i d ( i f
a p p l i e d f o r ) has been awarded.
5. A f t e r a d e p o s i t has been made, t h e s t u d e n t must complete a
medical h i s t o r y form, which w i l l be s e n t by t h e College.
6 . Room assignments f o r t h o s e who have r e q u e s t e d t o l i v e on campus
and m a t r i c u l a t i o n information w i l l be mailed during t h e summer.
Early Decision
An E a r l y Decision Program i s o f f e r e d f o r s t u d e n t s who s e l e c t Augsburg
a s t h e i r f i r s t c o l l e g e choice and who w i l l accept an o f f e r of admission
i f it i s extended. An E a r l y Decision candidate must apply by November 15
o f t h e s e n i o r y e a r and w i l l r e c e i v e t h e admission d e c i s i o n about
December 1. A f t e r n o t i f i c a t i o n of admission and adequate f i n a n c i a l a i d ,
i f needed, has been provided, t h e s t u d e n t must agree t o withdraw
a p p l i c a t i o n s made t o o t h e r c o l l e g e s . The admissions d e c i s i o n i s based
upon t h e academic r e c o r d through t h e j u n i o r y e a r , t e s t s c o r e s , and
recommendations. A $50.00 t u i t i o n d e p o s i t which i s non-refundable i s
r e q u i r e d by January 1.
Early Admission
An E a r l y Admission Program i s o f f e r e d f o r a few high s c h o o l j u n i o r s .
To apply f o r E a r l y Admission, a s t u d e n t must have a h i g h academic r e c o r d
and t e s t s c o r e s , recommendation from t h e high school, and t h e m a t u r i t y t o
cope with a c o l l e g e course a f t e r h i s j u n i o r y e a r i n high school. Also,
i t i s recommended t h a t t h e s t u d e n t complete t h e requirements f o r a h i g h
school diploma during t h e summer o r during t h e f i r s t y e a r o f c o l l e g e . A
s t u d e n t applying f o r E a r l y Admission can t a k e t h e S c h o l a s t i c Aptitude T e s t
i n January o r March of h i s j u n i o r y e a r .
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement i s g r a n t e d t o s t u d e n t s who q u a l i f y , on t h e b a s i s
o f work t a k e n i n high school o r elsewhere, t o e n r o l l i n courses beyond t h e
beginning l e v e l . Placement may be determined by t e s t s , o r by t h e l e v e l
and length of t h e s t u d y p r e v i o u s l y completed.
Campus Guide
West H a l l
George Sverdrup Library
Science H a l l
Old Main
Mortensen Tower and
V i s i t o r s Parking (on 8 t h S t r e e t )
Urness Tower
The College Center
The Quadrangle
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial H a l l
A r t S t u d i o and A r t Annex
Murphy Square
Organ S t u d i o
The Music Building
S i Melby H a l l
Speech and Drama Building
E a s t H a l l (Band Building)
A.
B.
F a c u l t y - S t a f f Parking (Permit Required)
S,tudent Parking (Permit Required)
Offices
Admissions (Science 156)
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd f l o o r )
Audio-Visual (Memorial ground f l o o r )
Augsburgian (College Center ground f l o o r )
A u x i l i a r y Programs (Memorial 128)
Bookstore (College Center 1st f l o o r )
Business A f f a i r s (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement
(Memorial 1 s t f l o o r )
Center f o r Student Development
(Memorial 1 s t f l o o r )
College R e l a t i o n s (Memorial 2nd f l o o r )
CHR (Memori a1 ground f 1oor)
Data P r o c e s s i n g (Science 32)
Dean o f t h e College (Science 135)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd f l o o r )
ECHO (College Center ground f l o o r )
Advanced Standing
College cred't i s g r a n t e d t o high school s t u d e n t s who have
s u c c e s s f u l l y completed a c o l l e g e l e v e l course and who have s c o r e d high on
t h e Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg w i l l a l s o award c r e d i t on
t h e b a s i s o f s c o r e s r e c e i v e d on t h e College Level Examinations o f f e r e d by
t h e College Entrance Examinations Board. Requests f o r d e t a i l e d
information may be addressed t o t h e R e g i s t r a r a t Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 70% o f a l l Augsburg s t u d e n t s r e c e i v e f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e from
t h e c o l l e g e i n t h e form o f s c h o l a r s h i p s , g r a n t s , loans, campus employment,
o r a combination o f t h e s e . Assistance i s awarded on t h e b a s i s o f
f i n a n c i a l need and academic record. Application f o r a i d i s made by
completing t h e P a r e n t s t C o n f i d e n t i a l Statement (PCS) o f t h e College
S c h o l a r s h i p S e r v i c e . Upperclass s t u d e n t s must a l s o complete t h e Augsburg
Application f o r F i n a n c i a l Aid.
For t h e academic y e a r 1972-73, 1080 of t h e 1600 s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg
r e c e i v e d s c h o l a r s h i p s o r g r a n t s t o t a l i n g $784,000 from Augsburg and a l l
o t h e r s o u r c e s , and f e d e r a l loans t o t a l i n g $335,000.
Augsburg p a r t i c i p a t e s i n t h e Minnesota S t a t e S c h o l a r s h i p and Grant
Program f o r which a l l Minnesota r e s i d e n t s a r e expected t o apply and t h e
following f e d e r a l programs : Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic
Opportunity Grant, N a t i o n a l D i r e c t Student Loan (formerly National Defense
Student Loan), College Work-Study, and F e d e r a l l y Insured Student Loan.
Both on-campus and off-campus work o p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e a l s o a v a i l a b l e .
The deadline f o r s u b m i t t i n g t h e PCS i s A p r i l 1. For information,
c o n t a c t t h e F i n a n c i a l Aid O f f i c e a t Augsburg College.
Expenses
Expenses
TUITION
-
$2,115.00
T h i s f u l l - t i m e r a t e a p p l i e s t o new freshmen, t r a n s f e r o r r e t u r n i n g
s t u d e n t s (not on a p r i o r y e a r guarantee plan) e n t e r i n g t h e academic y e a r
beginning i n September. S t u d e n t s a r e considered f u l l time when t h e y t a k e
t h r e e o r more courses during t h e s e m e s t e r terms.
Under t h e 4-1-4 c a l e n d a r , t h e s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r t h e s e m e s t e r
p e r i o d s . Such r e g i s t r a t i o n i s payable i n t h i s manner:
T u i t i o n and Fees f o r t h e 4-1 ( o r 1-4) i s $1,175.00
T u i t i o n f o r t h e remaining s e m e s t e r i s $940.00
I f t h e s t u d e n t e l e c t s t o omit an i n t e r i m , a r e f u n d i s n o t a u t h o r i z e d .
A p a r t - t i m e r a t e of $280.00 a course i s charged t h e s t u d e n t t a k i n g
l e s s t h a n t h r e e courses i n a s e m e s t e r o r r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an i n t e r i m
course only.
Full-time s t u d e n t s may a u d i t a course without charge.
s t u d e n t s , t h e charge f o r a u d i t i n g i s $140.00 a course.
SPECIAL FEES
- NOT
For p a r t - t i m e
REFUNDABLE
A p p l i c a t i o n f e e , $10.00 i s r e q u i r e d from a l l new s t u d e n t s .
Graduation f e e i s $15.00.
Regist r a t i o n f e e f o r s t u d e n t s s t u d y i n g abroad on approved non-Augsburg
programs i s $25.00.
S e n i o r s e n r o l l e d i n t h e Medical Technology program a t one of t h e
h o s p i t a l s must r e g i s t e r a t Augsburg. The charge w i l l be $170.00.
Fee f o r change i n r e g i s t r a t i o n a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s
i s $2.00 f o r each course c a n c e l l e d o r added. Late r e g i s t r a t i o n f e e a f t e r
c l a s s e s begin i s $5.00 p e r day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
-
NOT REFUNDABLE
Cinema A r t s , $10.00
Computer Science, $25 .OO
Film Making Course (Laboratory f e e )
, $50.00
Student Teaching, $35.00
Improvement of Reading, $30.00
Music l e s s o n s i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n a r e $84.00 a s e m e s t e r (14 l e s s o n s ) ,
o r $6.00 p e r l e s s o n d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m .
P r a c t i c e S t u d i o r e n t a l f o r each s e m e s t e r f o r one hour a day: organ,
$20.00 ($5.00 an i n t e r i m ) ; p i a n o o r v o i c e , $8.00 ($2.00 an i n t e r i m ) .
Band-Orchestra instrument r e n t a l : $7.50 a term.
OTHER COSTS
Transcript fee:
f i r s t copy free, additional copy, $1.00.
Locker r e n t a l f o r commuter students:
$2 .OO o r $3.00.
Arrangements f o r s p e c i a l examinations are made i n the R e g i s t r a r ' s
Office, with charges according t o the schedule on f i l e .
Books and supplies a r e available from the Bookstore on a cash o r
charge account b a s i s .
BOARD AND ROOM
Full Board and Room
$1,161.00
P a r t i a l Board and Room
$1,125.00
Meal Coupons and Room
(Limited Residences)
$
801.00
5 Day Lunch Plan
$
234.00
In the event of excessive increases i n t h e cost of operation, these
board r a t e s may be increased a t any time before o r during the contract
year.
A f u l l board plan provides 21 meals p e r week. The p a r t i a l board plan
provides 14 meals p e r week i n a combination of breakfasts and dinner o r
noon lunch and dinners.
The meal coupons are r e s t r i c t e d t o apartment s t y l e residences named
by the college i n t h e "Housing and Food Services contractt'.
A lunch contract i s available t o non-resident students and provides
f i v e noon lunches p e r week.
Linen service i s available i n residence h a l l s on a d i r e c t contract
basis from a l o c a l linen supply company a t about $35.00 p e r year.
1974-75 Cost Summary
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 10.00
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,115.00
Application Fee.
Tuition
( T u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $50.00 paid on a c c e p t a n c e
t o Augsburg and a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n c h a r g e s . )
. . . . . . . . . . $1,125.00-$1,161.00
Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
25.00
Board and Room
Breakage
(Refunded on t e r m i n a t i o n o f s t u d i e s a t Augsburg)
Deposits
T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New s t u d e n t s , $50.00 (not refundable). Required
o f s t u d e n t s whose a p p l i c a t i o n f o r admission has been accepted; t o be p a i d
by A p r i l 1, 1974 (payment is due January 1 under E a r l y Decision Program).
The payment i s a p p l i e d t o t h e t u i t i o n charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - A l l r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s , $25.00 (not
refundable). Required a t t h e time of s i g n i n g a c o n t r a c t , t o r e s e r v e a
housing assignment f o r t h e term beginning September, and a p p l i e d t o t h e
room charge.
-
BREAKAGE AND F I N E DEPOSIT A l l s t u d e n t s a t r e g i s t r a t i o n , $25.00.
Refundable upon graduation, t r a n s f e r t o another i n s t i t u t i o n , o r
d i s c o n t i n u i n g education program a t Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement o f estimated charges f o r t h e y e a r w i l l be prepared and
forwarded t o t h e s t u d e n t e a r l y i n August. Payment of t h e five-month
b i l l i n g p e r i o d i s due August 20, and t h e second semester i s due January 20.
V a r i a t i o n from t h i s schedule must be arranged with t h e Business Office
p r i o r t o August 20. No s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r i f h i s o r h e r
account f o r a preceeding term has n o t been p a i d i n f u l l .
Refunds
I f a s t u d e n t decides t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n , refunds o f t u i t i o n
and room charges a r e allowed according t o t h e following schedule:
100% through t h e f i r s t Friday o f c l a s s e s .
80% during t h e balance o f f i r s t week of c l a s s e s .
70% during t h e second week o f c l a s s e s .
60% during t h e t h i r d week o f c l a s s e s .
50% during t h e f o u r t h week of c l a s s e s .
40% d u r i n g t h e f i f t h week o f c l a s s e s .
No allowance i s given a f t e r t h e f i f t h week. If a s t u d e n t i s f o r c e d
t o cancel h i s r e g i s t r a t i o n because o f a c c i d e n t o r i l l n e s s during t h e f i r s t
f i v e weeks o f t h e t e n , t h e charge i s reduced by 50%.
Students r e q u i r e d t o e n t e r m i l i t a r y s e r v i c e w i l l r e c e i v e a f u l l
refund of t u i t i o n and a p r o p o r t i o n a t e refund on room charges.
In a l l cases, board refunds a r e made on a p r o p o r t i o n a t e b a s i s .
Academic Administration
Students who e n r o l l a t Augsburg College a r e encouraged t o p l a n t h e i r
own course of s t u d y with t h e h e l p of f a c u l t y a d v i s e r s who a r e r e a d i l y
a v a i l a b l e f o r c o n s u l t a t i o n and guidance. A w e l l planned program o f l i b e r a l
a r t s s t u d i e s w i l l i n c l u d e courses i n t h e humanities, t h e n a t u r a l s c i e n c e s ,
and t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s .
Augsburg graduates a r e expected t o be a b l e t o w r i t e e f f e c t i v e l y ; they
a r e a l s o expected t o be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some
understanding of c u l t u r e s o u t s i d e t h e United S t a t e s .
The g e n e r a l p h y s i c a l a c t i v i t i e s courses a t Augsburg a r e designed t o
equip s t u d e n t s f o r l i f e t i m e s p o r t s and r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s .
Courses i n r e l i g i o n a r e i n t e n d e d t o a s s i s t s t u d e n t s i n t h e i r
r e f l e c t i o n on t h e meaning o f t h e C h r i s t i a n Church through t h e s t u d y o f
i t s b e l i e f s , i t s s c r i p t u r e , and i t s mission.
MINIMUM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1.
35 courses of which 11 must be upper d i v i s i o n (numbered i n t h e
300's and 400's) and n o t more than 13 i n one department.
2.
Completion of a major.
3.
A grade p o i n t average of 2 . 0 i n a l l courses taken and i n courses
which apply toward t h e major.
4.
The l a s t y e a r a t Augsburg College.
5.
Three i n t e r i m c o u r s e s .
6.
S a t i s f a c t o r y completion of d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements as follows
(One course may meet one requirement only) :
a.
A course i n w r i t i n g (English 111) o r demonstrated
proficiency i n writing.
b.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e f o l l o w i n g f o u r
groupings: a r t o r music; l i t e r a t u r e (from t h e
Department of English) ; philosophy; speech o r drama.
c.
A course from a t l e a s t two of t h e following departments:
biology, chemistry, mathematics, p h y s i c s , psychology.
d.
A course from one o r two of t h e f o l l o w i n g departments:
economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , s o c i o l o g y ; and
one o r two courses from t h e Department of Foreign
Languages t o make a t o t a l of t h r e e courses i n t h e s e
f i v e departments.
e.
Three courses i n r e l i g i o u s s t u d i e s , of which n o t more
t h a n one may be an i n t e r i m course. A l l courses l i s t e d
i n t h e Department of R e l i g i o n meet t h i s requirement except
t h a t only one course of H i s t o r y of Religion may apply.
f.
A course r e l a t i n g t o urban concerns.
g.
Three r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s o r demonstrated p r o f i c i e n c y
i n t h r e e l i f e t i m e s p o r t s . S t u d e n t s with p r o f i c i e n c y i n
one o r two s p o r t s may meet t h i s requirement with one
semester o f a c t i v i t i e s .
Divisional Organization
The c o l l e g e courses a r e organized i n t o f o u r d i v i s i o n s i n o r d e r t o
make i n t e r d e p a r t m e n t a l c o o r d i n a t i o n more convenient and cooperative aims
more e a s i l y achieved. A chairman f o r each d i v i s i o n i s appointed f o r a
two-year term.
Major and minor requirements a r e i n d i c a t e d i n t h e departmental
s t a t e m e n t s i n t h e course l i s t i n g s e c t i o n .
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Earl R. A l t o n
Chairman :
Department
Department
Department
Department
of
of
of
of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairman :
Norma C . Noonan
Department o f Business Administration, Business Education,
and Economics
Department o f H i s t o r y
Department of P o l i t i c a l Science
Department o f Psychology
Department of Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Chairman :
E i n a r 0. J o h n s o n
Department of Education : Elementary Education, Geography,
L i b r a r y Science, Secondary Education
Department of P h y s i c a l Education and Health Education
Department of Music
HUMANITIES
Chairman :
P h i l i p A. Quanbeck
Department of A r t
Department o f E n g l i s h
Department of Foreign Languages : French, German, Greek,
Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , Spanish
Department of Speech, Communications, and T h e a t e r A r t s
Department of Religion
Department o f Philosophy
Registration
A s t u d e n t must be r e g i s t e r e d f o r a course i n o r d e r t o r e c e i v e c r e d i t
f o r it.
A normal load i s f o u r courses p e r s e m e s t e r and one course i n t h e
i n t e r i m . Students r e g i s t e r e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r courses p e r semester a r e
defined as full-time students.
Although a s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r up t o two weeks a f t e r t h e s e m e s t e r
begins, i t i s advantageous t o do s o a t t h e r e g u l a r l y scheduled time. A
f e e i s charged f o r l a t e r e g i s t r a t i o n . A f e e i s a l s o charged f o r changing
r e g i s t r a t i o n , i . e . , c a n c e l l i n g o r adding courses a f t e r t h e f i r s t t h r e e
days of t h e semester.
S t u d e n t s a r e urged n o t t o abandon courses f o r which t h e y a r e
r e g i s t e r e d , Abandoned courses r e s u l t i n a f a i l i n g grade. C a n c e l l a t i o n
of courses o r c a n c e l l a t i o n from c o l l e g e must be done i n t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s
Office.
S t u d e n t s who have completed a t l e a s t seven courses with a 2.0 average
a r e c l a s s i f i e d as sophomores, 16 as j u n i o r s , and 25 as s e n i o r s .
Probation and Dismissal
A s t u d e n t may be p l a c e d on s c h o l a s t i c p r o b a t i o n a t t h e end of a term
i f h i s achievement i s u n s a t i s f a c t o r y :
FRESHMAN,
SOPHOMORE,
JUNIOR,
SENIOR,
below
below
below
below
1.6
1.7
1.9
2.0
o r 2 z e r o grades having taken 6 o r fewer courses
o r 3 z e r o grades having taken 7-15 courses
having t a k e n 16-24 courses
having t a k e n 25 o r more courses
I f a s t u d e n t has been on p r o b a t i o n two o r more semesters c o n s e c u t i v e l y ,
he i s s u b j e c t t o d i s m i s s a l a t t h e end of t h e f o l l o w i n g s p r i n g term. A
s t u d e n t who h a s a poor academic r e c o r d may be s t r o n g l y advised t o withdraw
b e f o r e t h e end o f s p r i n g term, b u t i f he wishes t o do s o he may continue
on p r o b a t i o n u n t i l t h e end of t h e s p r i n g term.
Dismissal from t h e c o l l e g e a t t h e end o f t h e s p r i n g term w i l l n o t b e
automatic. Each case w i l l be reviewed by t h e Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing.
A s t u d e n t who h a s been on p r o b a t i o n f o r two terms and withdraws from
t h e c o l l e g e v o l u n t a r i l y must have s p e c i a l permission t o r e - e n r o l l .
Grading
Most courses a r e graded on a s c a l e of 4.0 t o 0 w i t h d e f i n i t i o n s as
follows :
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0
.b
Achieves h i g h e s t s t a n d a r d s o f e x c e l l e n c e
Achieves above b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s .
Meets b a s i c s t a n d a r d s f o r t h e course.
Performance below b a s i c course s t a n d a r d s .
Unacceptable performance (no c r e d i t f o r t h e course)
.
Most courses a r e a l s o o f f e r e d on a Pass/No C r e d i t system, with P
meaning a grade of 2.0 o r b e t t e r and N meaning no c r e d i t and a grade of
l e s s t h a n 2.0. On t h e P/N grading system t h e grade i s n o t computed i n t h e
grade p o i n t average.
A s t u d e n t may count a maximum of e i g h t courses of P toward g r a d u a t i o n .
For t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s t h e maximum i s an average of two courses p e r y e a r .
An incomplete grade ( I ) may be given only i n t h e case of an extreme
emergency. To r e c e i v e an I grade, a s t u d e n t must f i l e a p e t i t i o n with
t h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing s t a t i n g t h e reasons f o r
r e q u e s t i n g i t , t h e p l a n and d a t e f o r removing i t , and comments from t h e
i n s t r u c t o r of t h e course. I f permission t o r e c e i v e an I grade i s g r a n t e d ,
i t must be removed d u r i n g t h e f o l l o w i n g semester.
A grade of X may b e given f o r an Independent Study o r D i r e c t e d Study
course t h a t i s t o be s p r e a d o v e r more t h a n one s e m e s t e r . Such a course
must be completed d u r i n g t h e second s e m e s t e r o r t h e grade of X w i l l remain
on t h e r e c o r d .
A course i n which a grade o f 0, 1.0, N, I , o r X has been r e c e i v e d
may be repsated f o r c r e d i t . Only the c r e d i t s and grades earned t h e
second time are counted toward g r a d u a t i o n and i n t h e grade p o i n t average.
Courses i n wllich h i g h e r grades have been earned may n o t be r e p e a t e d f o r
c r e d i t ; t h e y may, however, be a u d i t e d .
Education c o u r s e s 371, 372, and 480-484 a r e graded only by P, 1.0,
o r N.
Sociology courses 231 and 383 a r e graded only on t h e P/N g r a d i n g
system.
S t u d e n t s must i n d i c a t e on t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n c a r d t h o s e courses which
t h e y wish t o t a k e on t h e P/N g r a d i n g system. Any changes i n choice of
grading system must b e made d u r i n g t h e f i r s t two weeks of t h e s e m e s t e r .
A f e e i s charged a f t e r t h e first t h r e e days o f c l a s s e s .
Graduation With Distinction
Graduation with d i s t i n c t i o n i s determined as follows :
Summa cum laude
Magna cum laude
Cum laude
3.9
3.6
3.3
-
4.0 grade average
3.89 grade average
- 3.59 grade average
-
General Information
Credit by Examination
S t u d e n t s who a r e i n t e r e s t e d i n e a r n i n g c r e d i t by examinations should
c o n s u l t with department chairmen o r with t h e R e g i s t r a r . C r e d i t may be
earned through t h e College Level Examination Program (CLEP) o r by
comprehensive examinations.
Classification
.......
..........
........
Sophomore
Junior
Senior..
........14 grade p o i n t s
........32 grade p o i n t s
7 courses
16 courses
25 c o u r s e s . .
..... .50
grade p o i n t s
To be considered f u l l time f o r t h e y e a r , a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r
a t l e a s t t h r e e courses each of t h e two semesters and one course during t h e
i n t e r i m ( f o r a t o t a l of seven c o u r s e s ) . To be considered f u l l time f o r a
semester, a s t u d e n t must r e g i s t e r f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e c o u r s e s .
Courses
A l l courses have e q u i v a l e n t v a l u e u n l e s s otherwise i n d i c a t e d . A
course h a s t h e approximate v a l u e o f 4 s e m e s t e r c r e d i t s . A t o t a l of 35
courses i s r e q u i r e d f o r g r a d u a t i o n .
Most courses meet f o r t h r e e sixty-minute p e r i o d s o r two ninety-minute
p e r i o d s a week i n a d d i t i o n t o l a b o r a t o r i e s . Each s e m e s t e r i s
approximately 15 weeks i n l e n g t h .
Unforeseen circumstances may n e c e s s i t a t e making changes i n course
o f f e r i n g s . Courses with inadequate r e g i s t r a t i o n may be c a n c e l l e d .
Students should c o n s u l t t h e schedule of c l a s s e s t o determine d e f i n i t e l y
t h e c u r r e n t course o f f e r i n g s .
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 a r e lower d i v i s i o n courses; t h o s e numbered
300 and above a r e c l a s s i f i e d a s upper d i v i s i o n . I n g e n e r a l , courses
numbered i n t h e 1 0 0 ' s a r e p r i m a r i l y f o r freshmen; 200's f o r sophomores;
300 ' s f o r j u n i o r s ; and 400's f o r s e n i o r s . The f i r s t number i n d i c a t e s t h e
l e v e l of t h e course; t h e second i s t h e d i v i s i o n w i t h i n t h e department; and
t h e t h i r d i d e n t i f i e s t h e course.
Symbol
Course may be taken w i t h t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r
#.
i r r e s p e c t i v e of p r e r e q u i s i t e s .
Course Descriptions
American Studies
Descriptions of t h e courses o f f e r e d i n 1974-75 are given on t h e following pages.
See preceding page f o r information on numbering, symbols, e t c .
Director:
Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 or 495, and 499, p l u s 1 1 c o u r s e s i n U.S. H i s t o r y ,
L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e U.S., and S o c i a l S c i e n c e s i n t h e U.S. ( 5 c o u r s e s
i n one o f t h e s e areas and 3 i n each o f t h e o t h e r s ) .
ELECTIW COURSES AND OPTIONS:
H i s t o r y o f t h e United S t a t e s
Amsrican S t u d i e s 231
H i s t o r y 221, 222, 331, 332, 495
R e l i g i o n 363, 352
L i t e r a t u r e and Fine A r t s i n t h e United S t a t e s
A m r i c a n S t u d i e s 232
A r t 102
E n g l i s h 243 ( a l s o Speech 2 4 1 ) . 250, 351, 423, 490
S o c i a l s c i e n c e s i n t h e United S t a t e s
Geography 1 14
Education 478, 488
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 3 2 5 , 326, 342, 370, 371
S o c i o l o g y 1 1 1 , 231, 237, 351, 383, 463
Economics 120, 122, 251, 453
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 c o u r s e s . S a m as above, p l u s 3 c o u r s e s
i n foreign c i v i l i z a t i o n
area t o be approved b y director.
MINOR: 7 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 295 o r 495 p l u s
under major.
2 c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f above groupings
2 3 1 RELIGION I N AFRO-AMERI CAN HISTORY
An examination of s e l e c t e d t o p i c s r e l a t e d t o t h e black experience, e.g.,
religion
under slavery, churches as agents o f s o c i a l change, evangelicalism, e t c .
(Fall)
2 3 2 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a limited period of t h e black experience i n America with an emphasis
upon t h e contributions of l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , and music i n t h i s period. ( S p r i n g )
2 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN ISSUE
Focuses on a s i g n i f i c a n t problem o r phenomenon i n American urban l i f e today.,
e r g . , c u l t u r a l pluralism, t h e urban Indian. A study o f t h e approaches of various
m s c i p l i n e s t o t h e i s s u e . Use o f Twin C i t i e s a r e a resource persons t o speak
first Ilfintnd t o t h e issue. One student p r o j e c t emphasizes t h e i n t e g r a t i o n of
pri 111arysource materials, d i s c i p l i n a r y approaches and d i r e c t observation. Open
t a fr'rsshmn, sophomores.
all)
4 9 5 CONTEMPORARY AMERI CAN ISSUE
For description, see 295.
l e v e l of work. ( F a l l )
Open t o juniors and seniors who w i l l do a d i f f e r e n t
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
One p r o j e c t of an i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y nature.
encouraged. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
F i e l d experience during i n t e r i m
3 6 0 DRAWING
AND WATERCOLOR PAINTING
Seven weeks of d e s c r i p t i v e and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks o f
watercolor p a i n t i n g with emphasis on t h e landscape. The functions of perception,
s t r u c t u r e , and gesture i n drawing and transparent watercolor. ( P r e e q . : 107.
Spring)
3 6 8 PRINTMAKING I 1
Advanced work i n various media, including s i l k screen, etching, and engraving.
(Prereq.: 223. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 7 8 SCULPTURE I 1
Three major works i n any of t h e following media: s t e e l (welding), p l a s t e r , lead,
wood, f i b e r g l a s s , stone, p l e x i g l a s s , and o t h e r s . ( P r e r e q . : 221. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 6 HISTORY OF PAINTING
Survey o f Western p a i n t i n g from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l s t u d i e s
of non-Western and p r i m i t i v e s t y l e s , with appropriate references t o s c u l p t u r e
all)
and a r c h i t e c t u r e .
4 8 7 HISTORY OF SCULPTURE
Survey of Western s c u l p t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n African, Oceanic, and Pre-Columbian, with appropriate references
t o p a i n t i n g and a r c h i t e c t u r e . ( S p r i n g )
4 8 8 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE
Survey o f Western a r c h i t e c t u r e from p r e h i s t o r i c t o modern times with t o p i c a l
s t u d i e s i n n a t i o n a l t r a d i t i o n s , Pre-Columbian and O r i e n t a l s t y l e s , and with
appropriate references t o p a i n t i n g and sculpture.
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study i n a r e a of t h e s t u d e n t ' s choice. Intended f o r s e n i o r a r t majors
who have s p e c i a l concerns outside t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s o f f e r e d i n Studio 111.
( F a l l , Spring)
Department of Biology
Chairman : Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR, O p t i o n I : 7 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t one w u r s e from e a c h
o f the f o l l o w i n g three groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e
Zoology, P l a n t B i o l o g y (Group I); G e n e t i c s , P h y s i o l o g y , Developmental B i o l o g y
(Group I I ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , C e l l u l a r B i o l o g y , Microbiology (Group r T I )
P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352;
Mathematics 124 ( o r 1 2 1 ) ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 122 a l s o r e q u i m d . S t u d e n t s i n t e n d l n g
t o enter medical s c h o o l o r graduate s c h o o l s h o u l d o r d i n a r i l y choose this major.
.
one c o u r s e from
e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g f i v e groups: I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology, Comparative V e r t e b r a t e
Anatomy (Group I ) ; Genetics, D e v e l o p m n t a l B i o l o g y (Group rr];P l a n t BTology,
Ecology (Group 1 1 1 ) ;B i o c h e m i s t r y , P h y s i o l o g y (Group I V ) I C e l l B i o l o g y ,
P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar. Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 [ o r
Microbiology (Group V )
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 223 ( o r 351, 352) a l s o r e q u i r e d . S t u d e n t s who plan t o t e a c h i n
secondary s c h o o l s o f t e n select this major.
MAJOR, O p t i o n XI: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and a t l e a s t
.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 111, 112 and three upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
Chemistry 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1061 a l s o r e q u i r e d .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n b i o l o g y and 3.0 o v e r a l l ; a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n
seminar; one c o u r s e o f approved i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y w i t h an o r a l d e f e n s e o f t h e
r e s e a r c h r e p o r t . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r t h e h o n o r s m a j o r s h o u l d be made n o l a t e r t h a n
the f i r s t t e r m o f the s e n i o r year.
101 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
The b a s i c concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended f o r
majors i n biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major o r minor.
Students who receive a grade of B o r b e t t e r w i l l be allowed t o e n t e r Biology
112 on consent of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 2 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A p r o f e s s i o n a l course i n t h e s t r u c t u r e and function of t h e human body.
and l a b o r a t o r y . F a l l f o r n u r s e s o n l y ; S p r i n g f o r o t h e r s t u d e n t s )
(Lecture
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial f e a t u r e s a r e considered as well a s applications of microbiology
t o t h e f i e l d s of medicine and s a n i t a t i o n . ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 3 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
For s t u d e n t n u r s e s o n l y .
Prereq.:
Chemistry 103.
Spring)
110 MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT
The concept of t h e ECOSYSTEM, looking a t some of i t s homeostatic mechanisms.
The impact man has made upon t h e ecosystem with h i s urbanization, p o l l u t i o n , and
population explosion. Laboratory demonstration of l e c t u r e concepts. The
present s i t u a t i o n i n t h e n a t u r a l world i n l i g h t of t h e C h r i s t i a n e t h i c . Does
not apply toward t h e biology major. ( I n t e r i m )
111, 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY
4\'
For biology and o t h e r
science majors. The course includes an introduction t o molecular biology,
c e l l u l a r biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms,
anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic r e l a t i o n s h i p s of organisms.
Must be taken i n sequence except by permission of i n s t r u c t o r . ( 3 h o u r s
A comprehensive introduction t o b i o l o g i c a l science.
l e c t u r e ; 4 hours laboratory.
111, F a l l ; 1 1 2 , S p r i n g )
3 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
The major i n v e r t e b r a t e types s t r e s s i n g c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, behavior,
l i f e h i s t o r y , and evolutionary r e l a t i o n s h i p s . 13 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s
laboratory.
Prereq.:
112.
Fall)
3 5 3 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n , morphology, evolution,
d i s t r i b u t i o n , behavior, and population dynamics o f t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . P r e r e q . :
112. I n t e r i m )
3 5 5 GENETICS
The p r i n c i p l e s of h e r e d i t y with emphasis on r e c e n t advances i n human genetics.
Laboratory work s t r e s s i n g Drosphila and c e r t a i n micro-organisms.
( 3 hours
l e c t u r e , 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.:
112.
Spring)
3 6 1 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of t h e major d i v i s i o n s of t h e p l a n t kingdom including t h e study of
anatomy, l i f e h i s t o r i e s , and taxonomy. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq. : 112. Spring)
3 6 7 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of t h e chemistry of p r o t e i n s , carbohydrates,
l i p i d s and n u c l e i c acids including intermediary metabolism. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e .
Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #. F a l l )
4 7 1 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study c o r r e l a t i n g c e l l function with u l t r a - s t r u c t u r e .
Laboratory work
includes micro-technique, cytological s t u d i e s , c e l l physiology and t i s s u e
c u l t u r e . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 112, 367 o r #;
P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 o r #. I n t e r i m )
4 7 3 PHYSIOLOGY
A study of t h e physical and chemical processes occurring i n animals with
emphasis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e s . ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
112; Chemistry 223 o r 352 o r #; P h y s i c s 103 o r 122 or #. F a l l )
4 7 4 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
A considuration o f t h e physiological and morphological changes which occur
d u r i n g the development of organisr~iswith amphnsis on t h e v e r t e b r a t e animals.
Experimental as well as descril?tivc s t u d i c s are included i n t h e laboratory
work. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Pxereg. : 112. S p r i n g )
4 7 6 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction t o t h e study
v i r u s e s . Microbial taxonomy,
pathogenicity a r e considered
4 hours l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
of micro-organisms with emphasis on b a c t e r i a and
morphology, physiology, genetics, and
as well as c e r t a i n methods. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s ,
112, 367 o r #. F a l l )
4 8 1 ECOLOGY
A survey of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e b i o l o g i c a l communities; t h e study o f r e c i p r o c a l
r e l a t i o n s h i p s between organisms and t h e i r environments. ( 3 h o u r s c l a s s , 4
h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y , some Saturday f i e l d t r i p s . Prereq.:
112, 361 o r #. S p r i n g )
4 9 1 SEMINAR
Discussions of t o p i c s based on b i o l o g i c a l l i t e r a t u r e and research. Topics may
concern research performed by s t u d e n t s i n independent study p r o j e c t s . Course
c r e d i t i s n o t given f o r seminar, but juniors and s e n i o r s who plan t o major i n
biology o r n a t u r a l science ( f o r premedical students) a r e expected t o
p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. (Weekly meetings. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual laboratory, f i e l d , o r Library research under t h e d i r e c t i o n of an
i n s t r u c t o r . Intended f o r biology majors who a r e juniors o r s e n i o r s . (Prereq. :
112, and previous arrangement w i t h I n s t r u c t o r . F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summer)
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Chairman:
Edward M. Sabella
Business Administration
MAJOR WITH ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
261, 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , 374, 3 8 1 , and either 483 or 484. Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and
one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or 392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d . For
t h o s e p l a n n i n g on c a r e e r s i n a c c o u n t i n g , c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e t w o r e m a i n i n g
I n addition,
c o u r s e s i n the s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 3 8 2 , 483, 484 i s recommended.
c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended.
MAJOR WITH FINANCE SPECIALTZATION: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ,
2 6 1 , 262, 3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 4 7 8 , and one other c o u r s e from t h e s e q u e n c e 3 8 1 , 382, 483.
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s e l e c t e d from 258 or 391 or
392 a r e a l s o r e q u i r e d .
(392 i s s t r o n g l y recommended.)
In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n
d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming a r e s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR:
6 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , and one o f 2 6 1 ,
373, 379, 478; and one o f 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 381; and Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior
t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who w i s h t o t a k e t h e C e r t i f i e d P u b l i c
A c c o u n t a n t s (C.P.A.) e x a m i n a t i o n p r i o r t o f u l f i l l i n g the e x p e r i e n c e r e q u i r e m e n t
must h a v e completed t h e m a j o r i n B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n - A c c o u n t i n g , t a k e n a l l
a c c o u n t i n g and b u s i n e s s - l a w c o u r s e s o f f e r e d , f u l f i l l e d the N a t u r a l S c i e n c e s
or Mathematics g e n e r a l c o l l e g e r e q u i r e m e n t b y t a k i n g m a t h e m a t i c s , and completed
a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s b u t not more t h a n 12 c o u r s e s o f r e l a t e d b u s i n e s s s u b j e c t
(Economics, F i n a n c e , and Mathematics .) S t u d e n t s who h a v e completed t h e above
r e q u i r e m e n t s a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r the r u l e s o f t h e Minnesota S t a t e Board o f
Accountancy t o s i t f o r t h e e x a m i n a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y a f t e r g r a d u a t i o n .
101 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING
Introduction t o business a c t i v i t i e s , b a s i c concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, f i n a n c i a l planning and budgeting, cost c o n t r o l , and performance
measurement.
(Fall, Interim)
102 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Formulation of general purpose f i n a n c i a l statements, and t h e i r evaluation from
perspectives of various u s e r groups such as c r e d i t o r s , i n v e s t o r s , governmental
agencies, and t h e p u b l i c . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 . Interim, S p r i n g )
1 3 1 BUSINESS LAW
Legal r u l e s r e l a t i n g t o contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property
and business organizations under t h e Uniform Commercial Code. ( I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory o f a c q u i s i t i o n , a l l o c a t i o n , and management o f funds within t h e firm:
sources and uses of long and s h o r t term funds, cost of c a p i t a l , c a p i t a l
budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and r e l a t e d t o p i c s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102.
Fall)
2 6 2 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An analysis of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o f i n a n c i a l statements, income
concepts, c a p i t a l stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term a s s e t s .
(Prereq.: 1 0 1 , 102. F a l l )
2 6 3 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 1
An a n a l y s i s of accounting theory p e r t a i n i n g t o investments, t a n g i b l e and
i n t a n g i b l e f i x e d a s s e t s , l i a b i l i t i e s and r e s e r v e s , a c t u a r i a l t o p i c s .
Additional emphasis on income determination considering p r i c e l e v e l changes.
( P r e r e q . : 262. S p r i n g )
3 7 3 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT:
THEORY AND CASES
Advanced f i n a n c i a l theory: a systems approach t o f i n a n c i a l s t r u c t u r e and
policy. Emphasis on decision-making, p r e s e n t a t i o n through l i t e r a t u r e readings,
( P r e r e q . : 261. S p r i n g )
l e c t u r e s , and case material.
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o quantative reasoning, d e s c r i p t i v e measures, p r o b a b i l i t y ,
sampling d i s t r i b u t i o n s , inference and estimation with emphasis on t h e i r use i n
applied problems i n business and economics. ( P r e r e q . : High S c h o o l A l g e b r a .
Fall)
3 8 1 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Accounting t o o l s f o r planning and c o n t r o l of economic a c t i v i t i e s . Planning,
budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as o t h e r quantative and behavioral
( P r e r e q : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g )
topics
.
.
3 8 2 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of f e d e r a l income t a x e s f o r i n d i v i d u a l s
and various forms of business e n t e r p r i s e s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 1 , 102. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d
a l t e r n a t e years)
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s
applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend one f u l l term working with some i n d u s t r i a l
organization. In addition t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s .
( P r e r e q . : #.
Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r )
4 7 8 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of t h e r i s k / r e t u r n r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f various types of s e c u r i t i e s from
t h e viewpoint of both i n d i v i d u a l and i n s t i t u t i o n a l i n v e s t o r s . Extensive
coverage o f c a p i t a l markets and p o r t f o l i o management. ( ~ r e r e q:. 261.
Economics 392 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d . F a l l )
4 8 3 AUDITING
I n t e r n a l and e x t e r n a l a u d i t i n g procedures. Emphasis on i n t e r n a l checks and
c o n t r o l s f o r accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. F a l l )
4 8 4 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
P a r t n e r s h i p accounting, fund accounting, insurance, e s t a t e and t r u s t s , parent
and s u b s i d i a r y accounting. ( P r e r e q . : 263. S p r i n g . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
4 9 5 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and readings i n t h e areas of Accounting,
Finance o r General Business. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g : On B m a n d )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y
supervised p r o j e c t s designed t o a f f o r d him t h e opportunity t o analyze some
t o p i c o r i s s u e i n depth. ( P r e r e q . : #. F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
Business Education
MAJOR:
12-18 C o u r s e s .
CORE PROGRAM: B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 1 0 ,
364, 460, 465; Economics 1 2 2 , 123; h i g h school t y p e w r i t i n g or e q u i v a l e n t
r e q u i r e d . I n a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer programming
a r e recommended.
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION:
B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 108.
ECONOMTCS SPECIALIZATION:
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 2 6 2 , 2 6 3 , and
Core p l u s Economics 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 391
SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION:
OFFICE SPECIALTZATION:
MTNOR:
or 392.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 2 2 1 , 350, and 353.
Core p l u s B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 350, and E n g l i s h 219.
Five courses i n Business Education.
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core p l u s 5 o t h e r c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n
1 0 8 , 1 2 1 , 350 and 353.
TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
I f a s t u d e n t d e s i r e s a t w o - y e a r s e c r e t a r i a l program, a c e r t i f i c a t e w i l l be
awarded upon c o m p l e t i o n o f the f o l l a u i n g : B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 1 0 8 , 1 1 0 , 2 2 1 ,
350, 353, 368, 460 and B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 131 and Economics 120.
A s t u d e n t i n t h e two-year program must select s i x c o u r s e s from t h e g e n e r a l
education r e q u i r e m n t s
.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior
t h e s i s and comprehensive o r a l e x a m i n a t i o n i n the m a j o r f i e l d o f concentration.
1 0 1 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No C r e d i t )
The fundamental s k i l l s of typewriter. Emphasis on personal use. Not
a v a i l a b l e t o students who have had one year o f high school typewriting.
(Interim)
1 0 8 CALCULATING MACHINES
Operation of ten-key adding machine;. r o t a r y , p r i n t i n g and e l e c t r o n i c
calculators. ( F a l l )
1 1 0 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
Operation of t r a n s c r i p t i o n machines, f i l i n g and records management, introduction
t o data processing, and e f f i c i e n t handling of o f f i c e d u t i e s . ( I n t e r i m )
221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond J u b i l e e ) with emphasis on theory,
reading, and w r i t i n g shorthand. Introduction t o t r a n s c r i p t i o n . Development
o f speed i n t r a n s c r i b i n g m a t e r i a l d i c t a t e d a t minimum speed o f 80 words a
minute. (Not open t o s t u d e n t s who h a v e h a d one y e a r o f s h o r t h a n d i n h i g h
school.
Fall)
3 5 0 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development of typewriting technique i n business l e t t e r arrangement, b i l l i n g ,
tabulating, manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating. ( P r e r e q . : High
school t y p e w r i t i n g o r equivalent.
Spring)
3 5 3 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Advanced study of Gregg Shorthand with rapid d i c t a t i o n and t r a n s c r i p t i o n of
material d i c t a t e d a t speeds of 80-120 words a minute. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 or
e q u i v a l ent
Spring)
.
3 6 4 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication i n t h e o f f i c e through use of telephone, telegram, and w r i t i n g o f
business l e t t e r s , memorandums, manuals and reports. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
y e a r s , 1973-74)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course c r e d i t s through an i n t e r n s h i p program which i s
applicable t o but not required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
student t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization. In
addition, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : #.
F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g , Summr)
4 6 0 OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Problems r e l a t i n g t o supervision and management i n t h e business o f f i c e ,
s e l e c t i o n and t r a i n i n g o f employees; and human r e l a t i o n s within t h e o f f i c e .
(Spring)
4 6 5 BUSINESS SEMINAR--MARKETING
Principles o f marketing with emphasis on d i s t r i b u t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e
consumer i n t h e marketing process. Materials and methods i n teaching of b a s i c
business s u b j e c t s and p r o j e c t s i n marketing. ( F a l l . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s ,
1 9 74-75)
Economics
MAJOR : ECONOMICS
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 2 5 8 , 454 and three other c o u r s e s o f economics
o f f e r i n g s . Business Administration 101, 102, 379, a l s o required. T h e
complete c a l c u l u s sequence i s v e r y s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d f o r t h o s e planning
graduate s t u d y i n economics. Mathematics 373 may be s u b s t i t u t e d f o r B u s i n e s s
A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 379. In a d d i t i o n , c o u r s e s i n d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer
p r o g r a n d n g a r e s t r o n g l y recommended.
COMBINED MAJOR:
ECONObECS-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and me other course from economics o f f e r i n g s .
B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 6 3 , 3 7 3 , 379 and one other c o m e from
business a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f f e r i n g s a l s o r e q u i r e d . In a d d i t i o n , courses i n
, d a t a p r o c e s s i n g and computer p r o g r a m i n g a r e h i g h l y r e c o m n d e d .
MINOR:
Economics 1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 2 5 1 , 258 and o n e other c o u r s e from economics o f f e r i n g s .
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA o f 3.50 i n the m a j o r , w i t h a v e r a g e o f 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral e x a m i n a t i o n i n t h e m a j o r f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHER CERTIFICATION
S t u d e n t s who c o m p l e t e t h e m a j o r i n economics may q u a l i f y f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s
a secondary s c h o o l s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r i f i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e m a j o r , t h e y
c o m p l e t e c o u r s e s i n e a c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : geography, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l
s c i e n c e , and s o c i o l o g y . They m u s t a l s o c o m p l e t e t h e r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s .
For d e t a i l s , c o n s u l t w i t h t h e Department o f E d u c a t i o n .
E m n o m i c s 1 2 0 , 122 and 1 2 3 w i l l s a t i s f y g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s .
Economics 120 w i l l s a t i s f y t h e urban c o n c e r n s r e q u i r e m e n t .
1 2 0 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of t h e economic implications of t h e many problems facing a metro-urban
environment. Some of t h e t o p i c s t o be discussed are: Population llCrisisl';
Draft versus an All-Volunteer Army; Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n ;
D i s t r i b u t i n g Free Bread; Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c .
Note: Economics 120 i s a b a s i c course designed f o r those s t u d e n t s who do not
plan t o major i n e i t h e r Economics, Business Administration o r Business
Education. Students who plan t o major i n t h e above t h r e e areas should e n r o l l
i n 122 and 123 r a t h e r than 120. 122 and 123 a r e a l s o open t o non-majors.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
1 2 2 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o macro-economics; n a t i o n a l income analysis, monetary and
f i s c a l policy, i n t e r n a t i o n a l t r a d e , economic growth. Application of elementary
economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of
Economics 123 o r 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r
may be taken i n t h e same term i n o r d e r f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y
t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l , I n t e r i m , S p r i n g )
1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
An introduction t o micro-economics, t h e theory of t h e household, firm, market
s t r u c t u r e s and income d i s t r i b u t i o n . Application of elementary economic theory
t o market p o l i c y . May be taken independently of Economics 122 o r 120. Economics
122 and 123 may be taken i n e i t h e r order, o r may be taken i n t h e same term i n
order f o r t h e s t u d e n t t o progress more r a p i d l y t o o t h e r courses. ( F a l l ,
Interim, Spring)
2 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMI CS
Theory of resource a l l o c a t i o n , a n a l y s i s of consumer behavior, firm and i n d u s t r y ;
t h e p r i c i n g of f a c t o r s of production and income d i s t r i b u t i o n ; i n t r o d u c t i o n t o
welfare economics. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 3 . F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 5 8 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMI CS
Determinants of n a t i o n a l income, employment and p r i c e l e v e l analyzed v i a
macro-models. Attention p a i d t o areas of monetary-fiscal p o l i c y , growth and
t h e business cycle. (Prereq.: 1 2 2 . F a l l )
3 7 9 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department o f Business Administration.
3 9 1 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of t h e p r i n c i p l e s o f t a x a t i o n and p u b l i c expenditures; t h e impact of
f i s c a l p o l i c y on economic a c t i v i t y ; debt p o l i c y and i t s economic i m p l i c a t i o n s .
(Prereq.: 123. F a l l )
392 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning o f t h e monetary and banking systems, p a r t i c u l a r l y commercial banks,
t h e Federal Reserve System and i t s r o l e i n r e l a t i o n t o aggregate economic
a c t i v i t y . Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. ( ~ r e r e q . : 1 2 2 .
Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A s t u d e n t may receive course c r e d i t s through an inte'rnship program which i s
applicab ,LC t o but n o t required f o r t h e major. This program w i l l a f f o r d t h e
studcnr t h e opportunity t o spend some time working with some organization.
In udditi,on, t h e student w i l l w r i t e a report on h i s a c t i v i t i e s . (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring, S m r )
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
Analysis o f l a b o r markets; determination of wages, c o l l e c t i v e bargaining.
P a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n p a i d t o t h e economic problems o f minority groups and
poverty areas. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g )
4 5 4 WELFARE ECONOMI CS
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic e f f i c i e n c y o f
a l t e r n a t i v e market s t r u c t u r e s ; s o c i a l welfare functions; normative concepts of
economic theory. ( P r e r e q . : 251 or #. S p r i n g , a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members o f t h e s t a f f o r v i s i t i n g f a c u l t y
regarding research methodology and current n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l economic
problems and p o l i c i e s . ( ~ r e r e q . : #. all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g , on Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study c r e d i t s through i n d i v i d u a l l y supervised
p r o j e c t s designed t o afford him t h e opportunity t o analyze some t o p i c o r i s s u e
i n depth. (Prereq.: #.
all, m t e r i m , S p r i n g )
Department of Chemistry
Chairman:
E a r l Alton
GHAUUAl'IGV kMJOR IN CIIBMISYTY: 1 1 5 , 116 (OZ 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 1 , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 361 and
one advanmd course which n a y i n c l u d e B i o c h e m i s t r y . P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 125 a l s o r e q u i r e d . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n s e m i n a r .
AMERICAN CIIEFIICAL SOCIETY APPROWD MWOR: 11 m u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , and a l l chemistry c o u r s e s above 350. C h e m i s t r y s e m i n a r
p a r t i c i p a t i o n ; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 and Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224. R e a d i n g a b i l i t y
i n German e q u i v a l e n t t o 2 s e m e s t e r s a l s o r e q u i r e d .
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s w h i c h must i n c l u d e 1 1 5 , 116 ( o r 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s i n c h e m i s t r y . 2 2 3 , 353, and 3 6 1 a r e recommended; b i o c h e m i s t r y may be
s u b s t i t u t e d f o r 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same a s the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r e x c e p t t h a t it i s s u g g e s t e d
t h a t Advanced I n o r g a n i c be t a k e n a s the advanced c o u r s e .
T h e same as the g r a d u a t i o n m a j o r . In a d d i t i o n ,
n e d i c a l s d w 2 s exp&
a t l e a s t two c o u r s e s (and u s u a l l y more) i n b i o l o g y .
S t u d e n t s s h o u l d consult mmbers o f the c h e m i s t r y department f o r assistance
i n p l a n n i n g a course program e a r l y i n t.l:r+ir c o l l e g e c a r e e r .
P ~ - M E L X L ' A L Ctil?MISITW!d&JDf<:
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: F u l l ACS major; a v e r a g e o f 3.50 i n c h e m i s t r y , m a t h e m a t i c s ,
and p h y s i c s ; 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; o n e summer or c o u r s e o f approved r e s e a r c h ;
p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminar.
C r e d i t w i l l not be g r a n t e d f o r b o t h 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 3 5 1 , 352.
1 0 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r nurses a t Lutheran Deaconess and Fairview Hospitals. Selected
elements of general, organic, and b i o l o g i c a l chemistry around t h e theme: t h e
molecular b a s i s of l i f e . ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 two-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
Prereq. : h i g h school chemistry.
Fall)
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat l e s s rigorous than 115, 116; designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r students who w i l l
not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 i n t o 351, 353, o r
223. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry i l l u s t r a t e d by a v a r i e t y of
examples including organic and environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s ,
3 hours o f laboratory.
105, Fall; 106, Spring)
1 1 5 , 1 1 6 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS
First
semester devoted t o fundamental p r i n c i p l e s ; and second t o inorganic chemistry,
q u a l i t a t i v e analysis, and a b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry.
An i n t e n s i v e course f o r pre-medical students and f u t u r e chemists.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3 h o u r s o f l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
a l g e b r a , p l a n e geometry. 1 1 5 , F a l l ; 1 1 6 , S p r i n g )
h i g h school chemistry,
2 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY
Designed f o r medical technology students and others i n a paramedical science
area whose professional goals require l e s s than t h e more i n t e n s i v e two-semester
organic course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference t o
biochemistry.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 t h r e e - h o u r l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 1 0 5 or
115.
Spring)
3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds with s p e c i a l emphasis on mechanisms and
multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material i s c o r r e l a t e d by means of modern
t h e o r i e s of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and r e a c t i o n mechanism; many
applications of organic chemistry t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l and environmental sciences.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour
351, F a l l ; 352, S p r i n g )
laboratory.
Prereq.:
106 or 116.
3 5 3 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Covers volumetric analysis and s o l u t i o n equilibrium i n d e t a i l and gives an
introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory
involves q u a n t i t a t i v e analysis of a v a r i e t y of samples, and includes t r a c e
analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. O f f e r e d Interim f o r m a j o r s a s p e r I n t e r i m
s c h e d u l e . O f f e r e d S p r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y f o r Medical T e c h n o l o g y m a j o r s :
3 l e c t u r e s , one 4.5 h o u r l a b o r a t o r y )
3 6 1 , 3 6 2 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The b a s i c t h e o r e t i c a l concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, k i n e t i c s , quantum
theory, and s t a t e s of matter. Applications of t h e s e concepts t o areas of
molecular s t r u c t u r e , e q u i l i b r i a and electrochemistry i n t h e second semester.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , o n e 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.:
122; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 . 361, F a l l ; 362, S p r i n g )
353; P h y s i c s 1 2 1 ,
4 6 4 ADVANCED ORGAN IC CHEMISTRY
Organized around t h e problems of i d e n t i f y i n g organic compountis i n t h e
laboratory. Lecture t o p i c s include s t r u c t u r e - s p e c t r a c o r r e l a t i o n s for I R , UV,
NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of t h e l i t e r a t u r e (including Rei lstein) ; and
f u r t h e r study of r e a c t i o n mechanisms. I n f r a r e d and u l t r a v i o l e t spectra
r o u t i n e l y used. ( 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , 6 h o u r s l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 352,
353, 361 or #; some r e a d i n g knowledge o f German. S p r i n g )
4 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
P r i n c i p l e s of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied t o a n a l y t i c a l
methods as well as chromatographic and e l e c t r o - a n a l y t i c a l techniques of
analysis. t 3 h o u r s l e c t u r e , one 4.5-hour l a b o r a t o r y . Prereq.: 353, 362,
o r #. F a l l )
4 8 2 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic r e a c t i o n s using t h e e l e c t r o s t a t i c , valence bond, and
molecular o r b i t a l models. Coordination chemistry i s discussed i n terms of
ligand f i e l d theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
compounds using a v a r i e t y of techniques. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 1 three-hour
l a b o r a t o r y . Prereg.: 362 or #. S p r i n g )
4 8 3 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory i n terms o f Schrodinger's wa.ve equation and uses t h e
equation t o solve t h e problems o f thc harmonic o s c j . l l a t o r and t h e hydrogen atom.
Approximate s o l u t i o n s a r e introduced and uscd t o develop molecular o r b i t a l
theory f o r molecules. Includes commutators, e l e c t r o n spin, angular momentum
and group theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq. : 361 o r #. F a l l )
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course c r e d i t , i s a weekly meeting of chemistry
majors under t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and
s e n i o r s a r e expected t o p a r t i c i p a t e , with s e n i o r s presenting papers. Outside
v i s i t o r s a r e occasionally i n v i t e d t o p a r t i c i p a t e .
4 9 7 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH
Clwn~i.strymajors planning research careers need research experience before
grilduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research
p r o j e c t i n t h e department (not counted as a course) o r by research p a r t i c i p a t i o n
d u r i n g t h e academic year.
East Asian Studies
T h i s major, o f f e r e d b y t h e f i v e c o l l e g e s i n the Cooperative Program, c o n s i s t s
o f 12 t o 16 c o u r s e s d i s t r i b u t e d a s f o l l o w s :
Four c o u r s e s i n Chinese and/or Japanese language
Four c o u r s e s i n c u l t u r a l s p e c i a l i z a t i o n
Four c o u r s e s i n comparative emphases
Confer w i t h Donald G u s t a f s o n o f the h i s t o r y department, o r Donald S t e i n m e t z
o f the f o r e i g n languages department , f o r i n f o r m a t i o n on s p e c i f i c c o u r s e s t h a t
may a p p l y toward t h i s major.
Department of Education
Acting Chairman:
Lauretta E . Pelton
The c o u r s e s , O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n , a r e open t o a l l s t u d e n t s o f sophomore
s t a n d i n g or above. T o enroll i n other e d u c a t i o n c o u r s e s , a s t u d e n t m u s t h a v e
the a p p r o v a l o f the d e p a r t m e n t or be a d m i t t e d t o the t e a c h e r e d u c a t i o n
c u r r i c u l u m . A p p l i c a t i o n f o r a d m i s s i o n s h o u l d be made i n the S p r i n g s e m e s t e r o f
the sophomore y e a r .
Elementary Education
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 2 5 5 , 361, 362, 371, 372, o n e
i n t e r i m , and t w o o f 481, 4 8 2 , 483, 484, H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l E d u c a t i o n 111,
and L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 358 a l s o r e q u i r e d . An academic minor i s r e q u i r e d ; and an
academic m a j o r i s recommended.
2 5 5 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION I N URBAN SETTING ( E l e m e n t a r y )
Investigation of various aspects of t h e teaching profession and opportunity
f o r in-s chool work. Open t o a l l students. ( P r e r e q . : sophomore s t a n d i n g .
Fall, Spring)
3 6 1 , 3 6 2 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
I d e n t i f i c a t i o n and mastery of competencies necessary f o r teaching i n t h e
elementary school. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . : Admission
t o elementary educatian. F a l l , Spring)
3 7 1 , 3 7 2 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
METHODS AND MATERIALS
Examination and preparation of materials and resources f o r each of t h e subject
areas taught a t t h e elementary l e v e l . Application of teacher competencies t o
each of t h e subject areas. Laboratory experiences i n classrooms. ( P r e r e q . :
Concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 361, 362. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 7 8 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
See under Secondary Education.
481, 4 8 2 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience i n observing and d i r e c t i n g learning experiences i n elementary
school under supervision of college and elementary school personnel.
(Prereq.: 361, 362, 3 7 1 , 372.
Fall, Spring)
4 8 3 STUDENT TEACHING I 1
Refinement of teaching s k i 11s a t elementary l e v e l . Additional teaching
experience i n t h e classroom. ( P r e r e q . : 481 or 482. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 8 4 STUDENT TEACHING I 1
Refinement of teaching s k i l l s a t elementary level. Additional teaching
experience i n t h e classroom. (Pxereq.: 481 or 482 and 483. O f f e r e d on
demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a t o p i c of i n t e r e s t i n t h e f i e l d of
education, worked out i n consultation with a f a c u l t y member. (Open t o
j u n i o r s and seniors. F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of English
Acting chairman:
Ronald Palosaari
MAJOR: 9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 3 c o u r s e s i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e ( 1 c o u r s e from
l i t e r a t u r e b e f o r e 1 6 6 0 ) , 1 c o u r s e i n American l i t e r a t u r e , 1 c o u r s e i n world
l i t e r a t u r e ( a c o u r s e o u t s i d e t h e Anglo-American t r a d i t i o n ) , and c o u r s e 219.
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g those l i s t e d f o r t h e
m a j o r and 320. A c o u r s e i n e x p o s i t o r y w r i t i n g ( 2 1 9 ) i s r e q u i r e d . C o u r s e s
250 and 438 recommended. S p e e c h 111 or 352 or 355, and 360 or 366; and
L i b r a r y S c i e n c e 475 a r e r e q u i r e d .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.5 i n the m a j o r and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; s u b m i t program t o
department chairman e a r l y i n s e n i o r y e a r ; d e f e n d h o n o r s t h e s i s b e f o r e f a c u l t y
committee i n s e n i o r y e a r . Honors t h e s i s may be an i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y program.
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g o n e c o u r s e i n B r i t i s h l i t e r a t u r e , and either
219 or 320. T e a c h i n g m i n o r s m u s t i n c l u d e b o t h 219 and 320.
E n g l i s h 111 i s s t r o n g l y r e c o m n d e d b u t n o t a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a lower
d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e c o u r s e . P r e r e q u i s i t e f o r an upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e i s
successful completion o f a lower d i v i s i o n l i t e r a t u r e course.
1 11 EFFECTIVE WRITING
The study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing. Attention t o
correct usage, l o g i c a l organization and t h e research paper. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
219 ADVANCED WRITING
A course designed t o develop advanced s k i l l s i n a v a r i e t y of w r i t i n g
s p e c i a l i z a t i o n s . The focus of each course w i l l s h i f t from term t o term,
e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced Writing: Creative; Advanced
Writing: Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and Technical. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
An i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e a r t i s t i c value and t h e h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e
f i l m medium. See a l s o d e s c r i p t i o n under Speech, Communication, and Theatre
Arts
(Spring)
.
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920
Works of s e l e c t e d American w r i t e r s from Colonial times through t h e emergence
o f naturalism; reading and a n a l y s i s of s i g n i f i c a n t works; a t t e n t i o n i s a l s o
given t o t h e contribution of t h e w r i t e r t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development and
l i t e r a r y movements of American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
261 MODERN FICTION
S i g n i f i c a n t works of s e l e c t e d prose w r i t e r s , c h i e f l y European, of t h e twentieth
century. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
271 GREEK AND ROMAN LITERATURE
Study of t h e works of s e l e c t e d c l a s s i c a l Greek and Roman w r i t e r s i n t h e various
genre, and t h e influence of t h e c l a s s i c a l t r a d i t i o n on l a t e r Western l i t e r a t u r e .
(Fall, Spring)
272 LITERARY CLASS1CS
Reading, analysis, discussion of s e l e c t e d European c l a s s i c s from t h e
Renaissance t o t h e Modern Age, c h i e f l y non-English w r i t e r s . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1
43
II
n
2 8 8 LITERARY C R I T I C I S M
A course designed t o introduce students t o t h e various ways i n which modern
l i t e r a r y c r i t i c s have approached t h e problem of analyzing and evaluating
l i t e r a t u r e . Students w i l l study t h e works of h i s t o r i c a l , psychological,
t e x t u a l , and archetypal c r i t i c s , and then attempt t o apply such approaches
t o s e l e c t e d works of l i t e r a t u r e .
3 2 0 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
A study of modern English viewed from a h i s t o r i c a l perspective, with reading
i n recent l i n g u i s t i c s t u d i e s . Designed t o give t h e student an introduction
t o s t r u c t u r a l l i n g u i s t i c s and a view of t h e development of t h e English
1anguage
(Spring)
.
3 3 1 CHAUCER AND H I S AGE
While t h e primary study of t h e course w i l l be t h e writings of Geoffrey
Chaucer, considerable a t t e n t i o n w i l l be given t o t h e medieval l i t e r a r y milieu
out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l )
3 3 2 MILTON AND H I S AGE
A study of Milton's major poems and s e l e c t e d prose. In addition t h e
Renaissance l i t e r a r y t r a d i t i o n out of which Milton created h i s works w i l l be
examined. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1973-74)
3 3 6 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO BLAKE
Reading, analysis, and discussion o f works of s e l e c t e d w r i t e r s from t h e
metaphysical poets through Blake, with a t t e n t i o n t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l ,
i n t e l l e c t u a l , and s o c i a l influences and t h e major l i t e r a r y movements. ( F a l l )
3 3 7 B R I T I S H LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS AND THE VICTORIANS
Study of t h e works of s i g n i f i c a n t Romantic and Victorian poets, c r i t i c s ,
e s s a y i s t s and n o v e l i s t s and of t h e major l i t e r a r y movements of t h e century.
(Spring)
3 5 1 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1 9 2 0
A study of some recent and contemporary w r i t e r s and l i t e r a r y movements.
Attention i s given t o t h e dynamics of American s o c i e t y and i t s i n t r i c a t e
r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e l i t e r a t u r e . Special emphasis i s given t o t h e c i t y as
s e t t i n g and symbol i n modern American l i t e r a t u r e . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 6 7 MODERN POETRY
Study of t h e work of s e l e c t e d twentieth century poets, c h i e f l y B r i t i s h and
American, with a t t e n t i o n t o recent c r i t i c i s m . ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75,
Fall)
3 6 8 MODERN DRAMA
S i g n i f i c a n t works of American, B r i t i s h , and continental dramatists of t h e
twentieth century. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l )
3 7 5 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
See description under Scandinavian Studies 3 5 1 .
3 7 6 MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
See description under Scandinavian Studies 352.
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP
I n t e r e s t e d students should consult t h e Department Chairman o r t h e Internship
Director.
4 2 3 STUDIES I N THE NOVEL
A survey of t h e development of t h e novel through study of t h e s e l e c t e d B r i t i s h ,
American, and Continental novels. ( A l t e r n a t e y e a r s , 1974-75, F a l l )
4 3 8 SHAKESPEARE
Study of t e n o r twelve major plays--comedies, h i s t o r i e s , tragedies--with
a t t e n t i o n t o t h e development of Shakespeare's dramatic and p o e t i c a r t .
Additional plays assigned f o r reading a n a l y s i s . ( S p r i n g )
4 9 0 , 4 9 1 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme o r movement; course 491, a major w r i t e r o r a major work.
Enrollment open t o juniors and s e n i o r s . ( F a l l , Spring)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open t o junior o r s e n i o r English majors with a grade of B o r consent of
department chairman. Provides d i r e c t e d independent study i n t h e a r e a of t h e
all, S p r i n g )
s t u d e n t ' s choice.
Department of Foreign Language
Chairman:
Donald Steinmetz
Students with previous foreign language study should r e g i s t e r i n courses s u i t e d
f o r t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r l e v e l of preparation. Basically, placement i n foreign
language courses follows t h e formula: 1 year of high school foreign language
equals 1 term of college foreign language. To allow f o r i n d i v i d u a l differences,
however, f i n a l placement i s made according t o t h e r e s u l t s of a placement t e s t
which may be taken a t t h e beginning of any term and a f t e r consultation with t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . Students placed i n a p a r t i c u l a r course wishing t o r e g i s t e r f o r a
more elementary course may do so, but only f o r a grade of P/N.
French
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g two i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h r e e i n l i t e r a t u r e , o f which one should b e c o u r s e 352. One
i n t e r i m p l u s one s e m e s t e r , o r one s e m e s t e r p l u s one summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 212, i n c l u d i n g one i n c o n v e r s a t i o n - c o m p o s i t i o n , one i n
c i v i l i z a t i o n , and one i n l i t e r a t u r e . One i n t e r i m o r summer o f s t u d y i n France
s t r o n g l y recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ;
European H i s t o r y , a second language, l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e .
0 1 1 DIRECTED STUDY
Conversational French, readings.
Once weekly.
No c r e d i t .
Offered on demand.
1 1 1 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed
language
and verb
speaking
advanced
t o introduce t h e student with no previous background i n French t o t h e
and t o French c u l t u r e . The pronunciation system, b a s i c noun groups
forms, and sentence s t r u c t u r e s a r e taught t o enable understanding and
on a rudimentary l e v e l . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
all , Spring)
placement.
1 1 2 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111 o r equivalent. Through conversations, sentence
p r a c t i c e , and readings, t h e study of t e n s e s and forms i s completed t o make
possible b a s i c communication, beginning reading s k i l l s , and acquaintance with
French c u l t u r e and way of l i f e . Two hours laboratory work. See above on
(Spring)
advanced placement
.
2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Those who have s t u d i e d most of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s may h e r e review a l l t e n s e s
and some o t h e r s t r u c t u r e s through a core of twentieth-century French l i t e r a r y
readings. This course moves toward expressing opinions and g r e a t e r ease i n
reading. Two hours laboratory work. ( F a l l )
2 1 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Completes t h e review of b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s and more complex forms. Several
twentieth-century l i t e r a r y works a r e explored with t h e goals of communicating
ideas and b u i l d i n g s u f f i c i e n t reading s k i l l t o pursue general reading and
(Spring)
l i t e r a r y study i n French.
2 4 3 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major r e p r e s e n t a t i v e works of French l i t e r a t u r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n .
Through i n d i v i d u a l i z e d background reading and c l a s s discussion, s t u d e n t s become
acquainted with a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s e
works. Sophomore standing. Does n o t count toward a French major o r minor.
(Fall)
3 1 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Post-intermediate l e v e l . Explores t o p i c s of current i n t e r e s t i n both o r a l and
w r i t t e n form t o b u i l d fluency, accuracy, and f a c i l i t y of expression. Emphasis
on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, e f f e c t i v e organization of
i d e a s . Laboratory assignments. A p r e r e q u i s i t e t o o t h e r upper d i v i s i o n
(Fall)
courses.
3 1 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach t o coherent and c o r r e c t expression. Attention t o
grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , French t u r n s of phrase and elementary s t y l i s t i c s
French phonology and speech groups p r a c t i c e d t o overcome inadequacies and
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. O f f e r e d I n t e r i m 1 9 7 5 , and
i n c o r r e c t speech h a b i t s .
y e a r l y on demand)
.
3 3 1 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N :
HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
A study of t h e d i v e r s i f i e d development of t h e French from t h e i r beginnings t o
t h e modern period. S p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o c u l t u r a l manifestations of t h e i r
Readings, r e p o r t s ,
i n t e l l e c t u a l , p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and a r t i s t i c self-awareness.
extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r c o n s e n t
o f i n s t r u c t o r . O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g 1976)
3 3 2 FRENCH C I V I L I Z A T I O N TODAY
Topics i n twentieth-century problems, i d e a s , c u l t u r a l manifestations t h a t '
promote understanding t h e French people and t h e i r c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e
contemporary scene. Readings, r e p o r t s , extensive use of audio-visual m a t e r i a l s
and p e r i o d i c a l s . In French. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. A l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g
19 7 5 )
3 5 1 MIDDLE AGES AND RENAISSANCE
A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y works from t h e twelfth century renaissance
through t h e s i x t e e n t h century. These include t h e epic, c o u r t l y romance, e a r l y
h i s t o r i a n s , e a r l y t h e a t r e , l y r i c poetry, f i c t i o n , and t h e essay. Oral and
w r i t t e n r e p o r t s i n French, some laboratory t e x t s . ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l
1974-75; o f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r )
-
352 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
A survey o f t h e major l i t e r a r y contributors t o t h e c l a s s i c a l age i n France and
t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , and e t h i c a l currents r e f l e c t e d i n t h e i r works.
Theatre, poetry, e a r l y novel, l e t t e r s and o t h e r prose forms. Classes, o r a l and
w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory work i n French. Required of a l l majors.
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #.
F a l l 1974-75.
Offered a l t e r n a t e years)
3 5 3 1700 THROUGH ROMANTICISM
A survey of t h e major works contributing t o t h e enlightenment o r age of reason
and t h e romantic movement t h a t followed. Primarily prose w r i t e r s , poets and
dramatists. Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French.
( S p r i n g 1976-77.
Offered every t h i r d year)
3 5 4 REALISM TO WORLD WAR I
g,
etc.) ,
Haudclaire nnd h i s successors i n poetry, and t h e l i t e r a t u r e of i d e a s t h a t l e d
t* new forrlls and l i t e r a r y emphases with t h e t u r n o f t h e century (Proust, Gide,
Apol l i n a j re, e t c . ) Classes, o r a l and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n
Frer~cli. ( P x e r e q . : 311 o r #. F a l l 1975-76. O f f e r e d e v e r y t h i r d y e a r )
A survey of t h e nineteenth-century novel (Balzac, Flaubert,
3 5 5 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of t h e major French l i t e r a r y movements s i n c e World War I , including
t h e novel, t h e t h e a t r e , poetry, t h e essay, and c r i t i c i s m . Classes, o r a l and
w r i t t e n r e p o r t s , and laboratory t e x t s i n French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Spring
1975-76.
Offered every t h i r d year)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and w r i t i n g on t o p i c s of i n t e l l e c t u a l , s o c i a l , o r
p o l i t i c a l i n t e r e s t t h e student acquires extensive t r a i n i n g i n t h e four s k i l l s
a t an advanced l e v e l . Attention t o accuracy and e f f e c t i v e n e s s , c h a r a c t e r i s t i c
l e v e l s of expression, refinements i n s t y l e and organization as individual needs
i n d i c a t e . Provides f o r s e l f -improvement and s e l f -evaluation. Laboratory
assignments. Required f o r a l l majors. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or #, j u n i o r s t a n d i n g .
Spring)
4 5 1 THE MODERN FRENCH NOVEL
Malraux, S t . Exupery, S a r t r e , Camus,
Rubbe-Gri l l e t . Duras, etc.)
shows t h e evolution of this gonre i n theme and
form.
Analyses, discussion, and papers i n French. ( P r c ~ a g . :311 o r #. 332,
354, or 345 recommended. S p r i n g 1977. Every ,third year)
A s t u d y o f major authors (Proust, Mauriac,
452 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH DRAMA
A study of modern French plays t h a t shows t h e evolution of t h i s genre from
c l a s s i c a l forms t o Theatre of t h e Absurd and a n t i - t h e a t r e . Group and
i n d i v i d u a l i z e d study o f major works. Analyses, discussion, and papers i n
French. ( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. Recommended 332, 3 5 2 , o r 353. Spring 1974-75.
Offered e v e r y t h i r d year)
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
Study i n depth of an author, t o p i c , o r genre i n French l i t e r a t u r e . Student
presentations i n French. For advanced s t u d e n t s . (See Interim suggestions)
( P r e r e q . : 311 and one s u r v e y ( 3 5 1 , 352, 353, 354, 355)
O f f e r e d upon demand)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual p u r s u i t of a t o p i c , movement, o r genre a t an advanced l e v e l .
Designed t o complete a balanced program, enhance research, o r meet i n d i v i d u a l
i n t e r e s t s . I n l i t e r a t u r e a major paper and i t s defense a r e included.
( P r e r e q . : 311 o r #. C o n s u l t a t i o n s w i t h French t e a c h e r s r e q u i r e d . Junior
s t a n d i n g . F a l l , I n t e r i m , Spring. S u b j e c t and plan t o b e c l a r i f i e d e a r l y w i t h
study adviser)
German
MAJOR: 8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411, I n t e r i m a n d / o r s u m r
i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended.
MINOR: 4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 311 and 411.
i n Germany s t r o n g l y recommended.
I n t e r i m a n d / o r summer
RECOMMENaLTD SUPI'ORTING COURSEES: Methods i n Modern Languages, f o r t e a c h e r s ;
Euro@an History, a second l m g u a g e , l i n g u i s t i c s , English l i t e r a t u r e .
111, 112 BEGINNING GERMAN
For students with l e s s than 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German.
A i m s a t developing b a s i c s k i l l s . Classroom p r a c t i c e i n speaking, understanding
and reading b a s i c German. Laboratory materials a v a i l a b l e . (111 F a l l , S p r i n g .
112 F a l l , Spring)
21 1, 212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For s t u d e n t s with 2 terms (or 2 years high school) o f previous German. A i m s a t
developing b a s i c s k i l l s i n t o working knowledge of German. Review of b a s i c
s t r u c t u r e s accompanies primary emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and
idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of m a t e r i a l s representing
contemporary German l i f e and l i t e r a t u r e . ( 2 1 1 , F a l l . 212, S p r i n g )
2 4 4 GERMAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
P r i n c i p l e works o f German l i t e r a t u r e representing various periods and movements
a r e read and discussed i n English. The readings a r e considered not only i n t h e
p a r t i c u l a r context of German c u l t u r a l h i s t o r y , but a l s o i n t h e more u n i v e r s a l
perspective of world l i t e r a t u r e . Credit f o r t h i s course does n o t apply t o a
major o r minor i n German. ( F a l l )
31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
A i m s a t developing f a c i l i t y i n t h e use o f grammatical s t r u c t u r e s , vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common i n c o l l o q u i a l German. I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n
speaking is supplemented with exercises i n w r i t t e n composition. ( F a l l )
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
Survey of s i g n i f i c a n t c u r r e n t s of development which have shaped present-day
Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The contemporary scene i s considered i n view
of i t s r o o t s i n t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l , g e o p o l i t i c a l , a r t i s t i c and s c i e n t i f i c h i s t o r y
of t h e German-speaking people. Classroom language is German, supplemented by
English when helpful. ( O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e y e a r s . S p r i n g , 1975, 19771
3 5 1 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL
- 1780
Selected readings from t h e h e r o i c and c o u r t l y l i t e r a t u r e of t h e middle ages,
t h e Reformation e r a , Baroque and t h e p r e - c l a s s i c period, including Sturm
und Drang, supplemented by l e c t u r e s on t h e h i s t o r y of German l i t e r a t u r e and
i t s c u l t u r a l and g e o p o l i t i c a l backgrounds.
( F a l l 1 9 7 4 , 1976)
3 5 2 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: 1 7 8 0
- 1890
Representative works of Classicism, Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, P o e t i c
Realism and Naturalism. Lectures t r e a t l i t e r a r y h i s t o r y and i t s r e l a t i o n
t o s o c i a l , p o l i t i c a l and i n t e l l e c t u a l questions. ( S p r i n g 1975, 1977)
3 5 3 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE: IMPRESSIONISM AND 2 0 t h CENTURY
P r i n c i p l e works of Impressionism and 20th century a r e read: Hofmannsthal,
Mann, Yesse , Kafka, Brecht, Expressionism and post-war l i t e r a t u r e . S t r e s s
on l i t e r a t u r e as i t r e f l e c t s t h e concerns and c r i s e s of our times.
( F a l l 1975, 1977)
4 1 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
A i m s a t developing and r e f i n i n g t h e s t u d e n t ' s use of German as a vehicle f o r
expressing h i s own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on w r i t t e n composition
including c o n t r o l o f s t y l e . Oral p r a c t i c e through use of German as classroom
language. ( F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977)
4 5 1 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion. o f German prose masterpieces from Goethe t o t h e present.
Lectures t r e a t t h e development of t h e e p i c genre as a mirror of c u l t u r a l and
g e o p o l i t i c a l h i s t o r y . ( S p r i n g 1975)
4 5 2 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from l a t e 18th century t o t h e present a r e
discussed and read as symptomatic of general human concerns. Lectures t r e a t
t h e h i s t o r i c a l development o f t h e drama. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and p r a c t i c a l study o f Greek grammar, with s p e c i a l emphasis on
morphology. Translation exercises from and i n t o Greek. (111 F a l l , 112 S p r i n g )
2 1 1 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
Selection from t h e New Testament with s p e c i a l emphasis given t o p a r s i n g and
syntax of t h e Greek t e x t . ( F a l l 1976, t h e n c e f o r t h y e a r l y )
Linguistics
31 1 THEORIES OF GRAMMAR
Con~parntiveanalysis of various views o f language represented i n current
1i11guist.i~-research:t a g ~ ~ ~ c m i csst ,r u t i f i c a t i o n a l grammar, transformationalgenerative gmmmar, case grmnar, generative semantics, with t h e aim of
i 1l w i n n t i n g the u n d e r l y i ~ ~pgl ~ i l o s o p h i c a lassumptions, t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n a l
criteria and t h e explanatory goals which d i s t i n g u i s h them. The t h e o r i e s w i l l
also be c a r t r n s t e d w i t h respect tu t h e i r a f f i l i a t i o n s with adjacent d i s c i p l i n e s
sucli as anthropology, psychology, l o g i c and communication theory and t h e way
i n which each theory seeks t o overcome the inadequacies of t r a d i t i o n a l
grammar. ( S p r i n g )
411 PSYCHOLINGUISTICS
Inquiry i n t o t h e psychological foundations of language and t h e contribution
o f modern l i n g u i s t i c s t o psychology. Relevant findings of recent l i n g u i s t i c
research a r e examined f o r t h e i r implications f o r various psychological t o p i c s :
t h e a c q u i s i t i o n and pragmatic use of language, cognitive processes, i n n a t e
i d e a s and psychological universals. ( F a l l )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Scandinavian Area Studies
Coordinators:
Carl Chrislock, Leif Hansen and Einar Johnson
MAJOR:
8 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
MINOR:
4 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s .
A l l programs must contain 4 courses l i s t e d i n the Augsburfi College catalog o r
t r a n s f e r r e d t o Augsburg as upper d i v i s i o n Scend,inavian Language courses, i . e . ,
courses taught by a Scandinavian Language depmtment o r sub-department
regardless of t h e i r content which may be l i n g u i s t i c , l i t e r a r y o r c u l t u r a l .
Students graduating with a major o r minor jrlust a l s o present .the equivalent of
intermediate l e v e l study of a Scandinavian language.
111, 1 1 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction of t h e f o u r b a s i c language s k i l l s : speaking, l i s t e n i n g , reading
and writing. S t r e s s on spoken r a t h e r than l i t e r a r y Norwegian. Laboratory work
1 112, S p r i n g )
expected. 1 1 1 1
2 1 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition t o improve comprehension and f a c i l i t y
i n expression. Selected readings i n Norwegian used as b a s i s f o r c l a s s
discussion and e x e r c i s e s . Brief l i t e r a t u r e survey. Laboratory work expected.
( P r e r e q . : 112 o r e q u i v a l e n t .
Fall)
,311 NORWEGIAN COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION
Intensive p r a c t i c e i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and
o r i g i n a l composition. Some a t t e n t i o n given t o regional v a r i a t i o n s i n spoken
Norwegian and t o differences between t h e two o f f i c i a l languages of Norway.
( P r e r e q . : 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t .
Fall)
3 3 1 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian c u l t u r e with s p e c i a l emphasis on conditions
and developments i n t h e twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian
language d e s i r a b l e b u t not required. ( F a l l 1974, t h e n c e f o r t h when f e a s i b l e )
3 5 1 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectr~rcsp r o v i d e a survcy of t h u Scatdinavian novel. Class d i s c u s s i o i ~ ed
on assigned raading of s c l c c t e d novels by .Ion= Lic, S i g r l d U~zdset, Sel
Lagerlof, Par Lagorkvlst, Knut Ilamwl, llnlldor Laxness md others. howlcdge
j
m d miltors w i l l bc
of n Scandinavian language desitxhlc. I,at~guage m i ~ ors
required t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavian language.
(Spring)
3 5 2 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist,
M s and o t h e r twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of
Scandinavian drama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a
Scandinavian language d e s i r a b l e . Language majors and minors w i l l be required
t o do assigned readings and w r i t t e n work i n a Scandinavim language. ( S p r i n g 1975)
4 1 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further i n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e i n spoken and w r i t t e n Norwegian. Some a t t e n t i o n
given t o t h e o t h e r Scandinavian languages and t o t h e h i s t o r i c a l development
of Norwegian. Laboratory work. ( P r e r e q . : 311 or e q u i v a l e n t . O f f e r e d o n demand.)
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 456 or 4 5 7 , 416, 352-353 or 354.
( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y rewmmended)
MINOR: 4 c o u r s e s above 2 1 4 , i n c l u d i n g 315, 3 3 1 , and one c o u r s e i n l i t e r a t u r e .
( S t u d y i n S p a i n or L a t i n America s t r o n g l y recommended)
1 1 1 , 1 1 2 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims t o develop t h e f o u r b a s i c s k i l l s : understanding, speaking, reading, and
w r i t i n g of elementary Spanish. Introduction t o c u l t u r e of Spanish-speaking
world. Laboratory work i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e course. ( 1 1 1 , F a l l ,
Spring; 112, Spring)
2 1 3 , 2 1 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on a c t i v e use of t h e language,
supplemented by readings i n c u l t u r e and l i t e r a t u r e . (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or 2 y e a r s
o f h i g h school S p a n i s h . 213, F a l l ; 2 1 4 , S p r i n g )
2 4 9 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION
Major works o f Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e representing various
periods and movements a r e read i n English t r a n s l a t i o n . Through background
reading and c l a s s discussion i n English t h e student is acquainted with t h e
s a l i e n t a r t i s t i c q u a l i t i e s and c u l t u r a l - h i s t o r i c a l significance of t h e
readings. Credit i n t h i s course does not count toward a major o r minor i n
Spanish. Sophomore standing p r e f e r r e d . ( F a l l )
31 5 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Thorough o r a l and w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e i n correct expression with t h e aims of
fluency and f a c i l i t y . Enrichment o f vocabulary. Laboratory work. (Prereq.:
112 or e q u i v a l e n t . T h i s c o u r s e i s a p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r a l l u p p e r - d i v i s i o n
courses.
Fall)
3 3 1 SPANISH C I V I L I Z A T I O N AND CULTURE
Study o f t h e Spanish c h a r a c t e r and of Spanish contribution t o world c i v i l i z a t i o n
through i t s h i s t o r i c a l , i n t e l l e c t u a l , l i t e r a r y , and a r t i s t i c movements. In
Spanish. ( S p r i n g 1 9 7 6 , 1978)
3 5 2 , 3 5 3 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE I, I 1
A study of r e p r e s e n t a t i v e authors i n Spanish l i t e r a t u r e , supplemented by
l e c t u r e s on t h e l i t e r a r y movements and development o f Spanish l i t e r a t u r e .
Lectures, discussion, w r i t t e n and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language. ( 3 5 2 , F a l l
1974, 1976.
353, F a l l 1 9 7 5 , 1977)
3 5 4 REPRESENTATIVE H I S P A N I C AMERICAN AUTHORS
Lectures, discussions, w r i t t e n
An introduction t o Spanish American l i t e r a t u r e .
and o r a l r e p o r t s i n t h e language.
( S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 , 1977)
4 1 6 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing f a c i l i t y and correctness of w r i t t e n and o r a l expression
through conversations, discussions, r e p o r t s , debates, and w r i t t e n compositions
and grammatical exercises. ( S p r i n g )
4 1 7 ADVANCED GRAMMAR
Systematic study o f t h e refinements of grammatical usage.
( O f f e r e d o n demand)
456 SPANISH DRAMA
Study of t h e masterpieces of dramatic l i t e r a t u r e i n Spain. Oral and written
r e p o r t s i n t h e language. Emphasis on t h e Golden Age and t h e Modern Period.
(Prereq.: O n e s u r v e y c o u r s e . F a l l 1975, 1977)
4 5 7 SPANISH NOVEL
Study of t h e outstanding n o v e l i s t s of t h e nineteenth and twentieth century i n
Spain. Oral and w r i t t e n reports i n t h e language. (Prereq.: One s u r v e y
c o u r s e . F a l l 1974, 1976)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of History
Chairman:
MAJOR:
Donald Gustafson
8 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 seminar.
A t l e a s t f o u r o f these c o u r s e s must be upper d i v i s i o n . A m a j o r must h a v e a t
l e a s t one c o u r s e ( e i t h e r s u r v e y o r upper l e v e l ) from e a c h o f t h e f o u r a r e a s :
A n c i e n t and Medieval: Modern Europe: U.S. ; and non-Western.
MAJOR FOR TEACHING: The h i s t o r y m a j o r , w i t h c e r t a i n s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s , q u a l i f i e s
a s t u d e n t f o r c e r t i f i c a t i o n a s a s o c i a l s t u d i e s t e a c h e r o n the secondary level.
S e e M r . G i s s e l q u i s t , S o c i a l S t u d i e s Education A d v i s e r , f o r d e t a i l s .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f
end o f the f i r s t t e r m
c o l l e g e level ( o r i t s
t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e
MINOR:
3.6 i n t h e major and 3.0 o v e r - a l l ; a p p l i c a t i o n b e f o r e t h e
o f the j u n i o r year; two y e a r s o f a f o r e i g n language a t the
e q u i v a l e n t ) ; an h o n o r s thesis ( e q u a l t o one c o u r s e c r e d i t )
a f a c u l t y conwittee.
5 c o u r s e s , a t l e a s t three o f which must be upper d i v i s i o n .
S t u d e n t s a r e r e q u i r e d t o t a k e a t l e a s t one s u r v e y c o u r s e (numbered b e l o w 300)
b e f o r e r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an upper level c o u r s e . Lower level c o u r s e s need not be
t a k e n i n sequence.
101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN MAN
A look a t man's f i r s t c i v i l i z a t i o n s i n The Near East through t h e high middle
ages of Europe i n t h e 1200s. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 2 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN MAN
A consideration of European i n s t i t u t i o n s and values from t h e waning of t h e
middle ages through t h e remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 0 3 THE MODERN WORLD
A study of t h e main currents i n western c i v i l i z a t i o n from t h e time of Napoleon
t o t h e present. ( F a l l , s p r i n g )
1 0 4 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An introduction t o various c e n t e r s of c u l t u r a l and p o l i t i c a l power i n Asia and
Africa o f t h e l a s t 200 years. ( F a l l , Spring)
2 2 1 U.S. HISTORY TO 1 8 7 7
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through t h e e f f o r t s t o reconstruct a
n a t i o n t o r n a p a r t by The C i v i l War. ( F a l l )
2 2 2 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1 8 7 7
An assessment of t h e century which precedes our modern day.
(Spring)
3 3 1 20TH CENTURY U.S. : CHALLENGE OF URBANIZATION
Exploration i n depth of such t o p i c s as t h e Progressive Movement, t h e New Deal,
and t h e post-New Deal e r a . ( F a l l )
3 3 2 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
The r e l a t i o n s h i p of foreign p o l i c y t o general American development i s s t r e s s e d
through t h e period of t h e Cold War. (Spring)
3 5 3 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY
A survcy of t o p i c s r e l a t i n g t o t h e emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white
relations; immigration and e t h n i c adjustments; r i s e of t h e Twin C i t i e s ; economic
l i f e and c u l t u r e . Primary emphasis w i l l be on t h e l a t e 19th and e a r l y 20th
Centuries.
3 6 0 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE TO 3 3 8 B.C.
The development of c i v i l i z a t i o n i n t h e Near East from e a r l i e s t times through
i t s extension and elaboration by t h e Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on
achievement i n t h e a r t s , sciences and p o l i t i c a l i n s t i t u t i o n s . ( F a l l , 1974-75)
3 6 1 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO 3 3 0 A.D.
A study of t h e development of Alexander I s Empire, t h e H e l l e n i s t i c kingdoms
and t h e r i s e of Rome as t h e world's g r e a t e s t power. Emphasis i s placed on
p e r s o n a l i t i e s , t h e a r t s and scierlces and Rome's contributions i n law and t h e
p o l i t i c a l process. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75)
3 7 0 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1 5 6 0
A study of t h e s c h o l a s t i c t r a d i t i o n and t h e r o l e of t h e Church and s t a t e
through t h e changes forced on t h e s e i n s t i t u t i o n s by t h e I t a l i a n Renaissance
and t h e e a r l y years of t h e Reformation. ( F a l l , 1975-76)
4 1 2 ENGLAND TO 1 7 1 4
A study of English h i s t o r y from Roman B r i t a i n through t h e S t u a r t period.
An attempt i s made t o s t r u c t u r e t h e course s o t h a t it may s e r v e t h e needs
o f those majoring i n a pre-law program, i n English l i t e r a t u r e o r i n h i s t o r y .
(Fall)
4 1 6 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
The study o f t h i s century as t h e most c r i t i c a l period i n t h e r i s e of t h e
modern s t a t e . Emphasis is a l s o placed on t h e emergence of modern science and
i t s e f f e c t on i n t e l l e c t u a l h i s t o r y . The chronological boundaries may be
l i s t e d as 1560-1714. (Spring)
4 4 0 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY
This course consists of u n i t s on such topics as H i t l e r t s fascism, the collapse
of colonial empires and the r i s e of t h e t h i r d world. The emphasis w i l l be on
Western Asia, Europe, and Africa i n the l a s t f i f t y years. ( S p r i n g )
4 6 3 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major h i s t o r i c a l events and developments i n the area due t o
c o n f r o ~ t a t i o nwith and subjugation by the West. A comparative analysis of the
n a t i o n a l i s t movements w i l l especially focus on Vietnam, Philippines, Burma and
Indonesia. ( F a l l )
4 6 4 MODERN CHINA
The
erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of t h e imperial system. The
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1974-75)
A s e l e c t i v e treatment of Chinese h i s t o r y since t h e Opium war of 1839.
4 6 5 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of t h e d i s t i n c t i v e features of t h e Tokugawa Shogunate, the
opening of Japan, t h e Meiji r e s t o r a t i o n , modernization, and Japan's emergence
a s a major world power i n t h e 20th century. ( S p r i n g , 1975-76)
4 7 4 THE EXPANSION OF EUROPE
A s e l e c t i v e study of t h e encounters between Europeans and the peoples outside
Europe from Columbus t o Cecil Rhodes
(Fall)
.
4 9 5 SEMINAR
Selected topics.
Admission by permission of t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
( F a l l , Spring)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 o r above i n h i s t o r y courses a r e encouraged t o apply
t o individual i n s t r u c t o r s f o r permission t o r e g i s t e r f o r d i r e c t e d independent
study. A maximum of one course i n independent study may be applied toward the
major.
Department of Mathematics
Chairman:
Dean Gulden
MAJOR:
- 9 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 125, 224, 314, 324, and 315 o r 325.
M s :
5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3 . 5 i n mathematics; 3 . 1 o v e r - a l l . Comprehensive oral
examination. Program must be s u b m i t t e d t o department during f i r s t t e r m o f
j u n i o r year, and must i n c l u d e advanced s t u d y i n a r e a s o f Real A n a l y s i s ,
Complex A n a l y s i s , Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education.
1 2 1 , 1 2 2 CALCULUS I, I 1
Topics of algebra, trigonometry, plane a n a l y t i c geometry i n t e g r a t e d with
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus of a s i n g l e variable with applications
from t h e non-physical sciences. Primarily f o r students i n t h e s o c i a l sciences.
( 1 2 1 , F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring)
124, 125, 2 2 4 CALCULUS I,11, I11
Topics of t h e elements o f plane and s o l i d IWI&$@~A w m e t r y i n t e g r a t e d with
of several variables
d i f f e r e n t i a l and i n t e g r a l calculus i n c l u d i w ~1cid.w
and s e r i e s with applications primarily from
*$Peal sciences. Primarily
f o r s t u d e n t s i n t h e n a t u r a l sciences. (124 F a ; m, Spring; 224, F a l l )
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
An introduction t o mathematical models and s t r u c t u r e . Primarily f o r students
not intending f u r t h e r study of mathematics. No course c r e d i t w i l l be given
t o mathematics majors o r minors. ( F a l l )
21 1 NUMBER THEORY
A t r a n s i t i o n a l course from computational t o a b s t r a c t mathematics. A study of
t h e i n t e g e r s and t h e i r p r o p e r t i e s . ( P r e r e q . : Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . Spring 1975,
alternate years)
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Ordinary d i f f e r e n t i a l equations with applications; s e r i e s s o l u t i o n s ; systems
of d i f f e r e n t i a l equations; s o l u t i o n by s p e c i a l transforms; numerical methods;
and an introduction t o p a r t i a l d i f f e r e n t i a l equations. ( P r e r e q . : 224. S p r i n g )
2 4 2 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
The s t r u c t u r e mif -tics
underlying a r i t h m e t i c and geometry. Emphasis i s
placed on t h e kductiw Pfechniques of discovery. Includes t h e i d e a s of modern
elementary s c h & -tics
c u r r i c u l a . Does not apply toward a major o r minor
i n mathematics. ( S p r i n g )
351 MODERN GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and o t h e r geometries by s y n t h e t i c , coordinate, v e c t o r and
transformation methods. ( P r e r e q . : 122 or 1 2 5 . S p r i n g 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e
years)
3 7 3 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
A n a n a l y t i c study of p r o b a b i l i t y and s t a t i s t i c s , i n c l e w m a b i l i t y
d i s t r i b u t i o n s and d e n s i t i e s , expectation, sampling diat$%~tt%.csles, c e n t r a l limit
theorem, estimation, regression and t e s t s of h y p o t h e s e ,
224. F a l l )
e.:
3 1 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
A rigorous i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e b a s i c s t r u c t u r e s of algebra including groups,
rings, i n t e g r a l domains and f i e l d s . (Pxereq.: 224. 211 i s recommended. F a l l )
315 LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study o f v e c t o r spaces, l i n e a r transformations, t h e algebra of matrices and
canonical forms. ( P r e r e q . : 314. S p r i n g ]
324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I,I 1
A study o f t h e fundamental concepts of calculus f o r functions of s e v e r a l
v a r i a b l e s , including transformations, sequences and s e r i e s of functions,
improper i n t e g r a l s , d i f f e r e n t i a l forms and manifolds, and v e c t o r a n a l y s i s .
( P r e r e q . : 224.
324, Spring; 325, F a l l )
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t .
4 1 6 TOPICS I N ALGEBRA
An i n depth study of t o p i c s introduced i n Introduction t o Modern Algebra,
including extension f i e l d s and an introduction t o Galois Theory. (Prereq.:
314.
Spring 1975, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 2 7 INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARIABLES
Complex numbers, complex functions, i n t e g r a t i o n and d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n of complex
functions, Taylor and Laurent s e r i e s , residues. ( P x e r e q . : 324. S p r i n g 1 9 7 5 ,
o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 4 1 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems.
( P r e r e q . : 3 1 5 , 324.
Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 5 4 TOPOLOGY
Topological spaces, metric spaces, product spaces, mappings, compactness,
connectedness, separation and countabi l i t y axioms. ( P r e r e q . : 324 or c o n c u r r e n t
registration.
Spring 1974, o f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Computer Science
2 4 5 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING
An introduction t o computer methods and languages with the primary language
being FORTRAN. Does not apply toward a major o r minor i n mathematics. ( I n t e r i m )
Medical Technology
This major involves tile completion of three years of academic work a t Augsburg
College and twelve ntonths of i n t e r n s h i p at Ilenncpin Generel Ilospital,
Metropolitan Medical Center o r Northwes t e n llospit a1 . Spccif i c rccom~nendcd
courses vary t o solno e.xtent depending on the ilospital with w h i h the s t u d e n t
plans t o a f f i l i a t e . I t i s important t o work closely w i t h the Medical
Technology adviser.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 111, 112 and two a d d i t i o n a l upper
division (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 116), 223
(or 351, 352), 353.
Metro-Urban Studies
Director:
J o e l S. Torstenson
1 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g the f o l l o w i n g core r e q u i r e m e n t s : Economics 120;
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; P s y c h o l o g y 373; S o c i o l o g y 111, 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 8 1 , and 383;
p l u s a t r a n s - d i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g * ) a minimum o f one
course i n i n t e r n s h i p and/or independent study.
MAJOR:
The f o l l o w i n g electives are s u g g e s t e d f o r c o m p l e t i n g the major: A r t 102;
B i o l o g y 110; B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r a t i o n 1 3 1 ; B u s i n e s s E d u c a t i o n 101; Computer
S c i e n c e 245; E d u c a t i o n 478; E n g l i s h 351; P s y c h o l o g y 351 and 352; R e l i g i o n 360;
S p e e c h 342; o t h e r s , i n c l u d i n g i n t e r i m s , i n t e r n s h i p s , and i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d i e s ,
b y a p p r o v a l o f t h e D i r e c t o r and the A d v i s o r y C o u n c i l .
To be l i n k e d w i t h a p p r o p r i a t e m a j o r s ( s u c h
s s e d u c a t i o n , p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e , psychology,
r e l i g i o n , s o c i o l o g y , s p e e c h ) . T h e f o l l o w i n g core c o u r s e s a r e r e q u i r e d f o r the
C o n c e n t r a t i o n : Economics 120; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 122; S o c i o l o g y 111; a transd i s c i p l i n a r y seminar i n metro-urban planning*; an approved S o c i a l S c i e n c e
Research c o u r s e ; an approved i n t e r n s h i p and/or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y .
* The c o u r s e i n metro-urban p l a n n i n g i s n o t a s y e t a r e g u l a r p a r t o f the c o u r s e
o f f e r i n g s . The i n t e r i m , i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y , and i n t e r n s h i p can p r o v i d e
o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r s u c h a course. For p l a n n i n g either the Major o r the
C o n c e n t r a t i o n , c o n s u l t t h e D i r e c t o r o f the program. C r e a t i v e a l t e r n a t i v e s t o
t h e above s u g g e s t e d progranti w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d .
Department of Music
Chairman:
Robert Karl&
MAJOR: 1 2 c o u r s e s : 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 354 o r 355, 365
o r 375, 457, 458, 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s , 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y , and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t .
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 c o u r s e s . 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224, 260, 261, 350 o r 476, 457,
458, two o f 354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years o f Performance S t u d i e s ; 2 y e a r s i n a
m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ; and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t . A l s o see
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f the Dspartment o f Education.
. .
.
.
.
.
1 3 c o u r s e s p l u s 4 y e a r s o f Performance S t u d i e s w i t h d o u b l e
t 2 years; 2 y e a r s i n a m u s i c o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y ;
and m u s i c r e p e r t o i r e t e s t .
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r g r a d u a t i o n honors i n m u s i c i f t h e y
(1) p r o v i d e l e a d e r s h i p i n : t h e promotion o f h i g h e r m u s i c performance s t a n d a r d s
w i t h i n the Department o f Music; b r e a d t h o f m u s i c a l interests b y a t t e n d a n c e a t
c o n c e r t s b o t h on and o f f campus; the performing o r g a n i z a t i o n s ; the c r e a t i o n
and/or promotion o f s m a l l e r performing ensembles; ( 2 ) h a v e earned a GPA o f a t
l e a s t 3.0 i n m u s i c c o u r s e s ; and ( 3 ) a p p l y f o r the Honors Program a t the
b e g i n n i n g o f the second t e r m o f the j u n i o r year.
Honors may be a c h i e v e d b y any one o f the f o l l o w i n g ways: ( 1 ) two s o l o r e c i t a l s
o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 2 ) a m u s i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n f o r v o c a l and/or i n s t r u m e n t a l
ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 1 5 m i n u t e s d u r a t i o n and either a s e n i o r thesis and i t s
d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y committee o r a s o l o r e c i t a l o f graduate q u a l i t y ; ( 3 )
a s e n i o r thesis and i t s d e f e n s e b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m n i t t e e and a s o l o r e c i t a l
o f graduate q u a l i t y .
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s p l u s 1 year o f Performance S t u d i e s and 1 year i n a m u s i c
o r g a n i z a t i o n ; piano p r o f i c i e n c y
.
Attendance a t Performance Workshop and a l l campus f a c d t y and s t u d e n t r e c i t a l s
i s r e q u i r e d o f sophomores, j u n i o r s , s e n i o r s .
A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n c e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f
majors d u r i n g e i t h e r t h e j u n i o r or s e n i o r year.
A r e c i t a l i n their a r e a o f Performance S t u d i e s c o n e n t r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d o f
Bachelors o f Music i n b o t h t h e i r j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s .
A l l majors and Bachelors o f M u s i c are r e q u i r e d t o p a s s the annual Music
R e p e r t o i r e tests. Minors must p a s s two Music R e p e r t o i r e tests.
A l l m a j o r s , m i n o r s , and Bachelors o f Music a r e r e q u i r e d t o pass a piano
proficiw@#
'
o n b y t h e end o f the
year. I t i n c l u d e s :
i n v e r s i o n s , played two
(a) majw.
minor s c a l e s w i t h r
er and w i t h correct
a t moderate s p e e d and
o c t a v e s d 'Twm?3
from memory; ( b ) a Bach two-part inventi*
qd.+sical
sonata; ( c ) a
Romantic o r modern p i e c e ; and ( d ) s i g h t r e a d i n g p i e c e s o f h y m t u n e grade.
One o f t h e p i e c e s ( b o r c ) must be played from memory.
&ece*,
During his j u n i o r and s e n i o r y e a r s , a s t u d e n t who h a s been c e r t i f i e d b y the
Department o f M u s i c as a major o r Bachelor o f Music i s g i v e n r e q u i r e d l e s s o n s
i n the a r e a o f his c o n c e n t r a t i o n w i t h o u t e x t r a cost provided s u c h s t u d y i s
w i t h a member o f the Augsburg C o l l e g e m u s i c f a c u l t y . The t o t a l o f
Performance S t u d i e s credits earned under this p r o v i s i o n may not exceed f o u r
t e r m s o f weekly h a l f - h o u r l e s s o n s .
TRANSFER STUDENTS I N MUSIC:
&
sew$&
b'da
m*
a
A s t u d e n t t r a n s f e r r i n g t o Augsburg C o l l e g e a s a
mt, b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and acceptance i n t o t h e
,
#a
r c e d s t a n d i n g test i n m u s i c t h e o r y , and ( 2 )
s i n g o r p l a y r e p r e s e n t a t i v e p i e c e s r e c e n t l y s t u d i e d i n his area o f a p p l i e d m u s i c
c o n c e n t r a t i o n . T h i s may be done i m m e d i a t e l y b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n o r earlier when
convenient.
1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 2 2 4 THEORY
Music Theory i s an i n t e g r a t e d course extending over f o u r terms. Taught by a
team o f i n s t r u c t o r s , t h e various aspects of musical theory ( i . e . , e a r t r a i n i n g ,
harmony, counter-point, and analysis) a r e presented i n p a r a l l e l , r a t h e r than
sequentially. ( 1 0 1 , 223, F a l l , 1 0 2 , 224, S p r i n g )
2 3 0 INTRODUCTION TO THE F I N E ARTS
The development o f music through t h e study o f selected, works o f g r e a t composers
from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon r e l a t i o n s h i p s between music and t h e
o t h e r f i n e a r t s . For t h e non-music major. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 6 0 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Baroque and C l a s s i c a l e r a s .
(Fall)
2 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of t h e Romantic and Modern e r a s .
(Spring)
3 5 0 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
Fundamentals o f voice c u l t u r e as r e l a t e d t o choral ensemble; methods, m a t e r i a l s ,
techniques, and arranging. ( S p r i n g )
3 5 4 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching b r a s s and percussion instruments.
(Fall)
3 5 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind and percussion instruments.
(Spring)
3 6 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments.
(Fall)
3 7 5 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique i n t h e playing and teaching of s t r i n g instruments.
(Spring)
3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
Development and influence of t h e music of t h e C h r i s t i a n church. Designed f o r
t h e general student as well a s f o r o r g a n i s t s , choir d i r e c t o r s , and pretheological students. (Fall)
4 5 7 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores,
organization of choral ensembles. ( F a l l )
4 5 8 CONDUCTING
Preparation o f and conducting instrumental scores, organization of
instrumental ensembles. ( S p r i n g )
4 7 6 ORCHESTRATION
The c r a f t of o r c h e s t r a t i n g and arranging music f o r instrumental ensembles of
varying s i z e s and types. ( F a l l )
4 8 2 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
The music of Scandinavia s i n c e 1700.
( S p r i n g 1974-75, a l t e r n a t e y e a r s )
488, 4 8 9 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
I n s t r u c t i o n i n t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and techniques f o r teaching piano.
Students w i l l give i n d i v i d u a l lessons t o children under t h e supervision of t h e
i n s t r u c t o r . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Permits advanced and s p e c i a l i z e d s t u d i e s and p r o j e c t s n o t otherwise provided
f o r i n t h e departmental curriculum. Open only t o advanced s t u d e n t s upon
approval of a member of t h e f a c u l t y . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student r e c i t a l s a f f o r d i n g opportunity f o r p u b l i c performance. Acquaints
s t u d e n t s with a r e p e r t o i r e of musical excellence. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l ,
Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental i n s t r u c t i o n i s a v a i l a b l e t o a l l s t u d e n t s . For statement
of f e e s , s e e under Financial Information. No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Piano
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, accompanying. Only
those lessons i n piano taken a f t e r t h e piano p r o f i c i e n c y examination
has been passed may be applied toward t h e music major o r minor.
Organ
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance, hymn-playing,
accompanying.
Voice
Correct h a b i t s of pronunciation and a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h control,
f l e x i b i l i t y , e a r t r a i n i n g as needed, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass Instruments, S t r i n g Instruments
Technique as needed, r e p e r t o i r e , performance.
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations e x i s t not only f o r t h e b e n e f i t of t h e music student,
but f o r any student of t h e college who wishes t o p a r t i c i p a t e i n groups
affording opportunity f o r musical expression. Membership f o r t h e f u l l year
required of p a r t i c i p a n t s . No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Choir
Membership by audition and r e s t r i c t e d t o 65 s i n g e r s .
Concert Band
~ e m b e r s h i p yaudition.
Orchestra
Membership by audition.
Clrora 1 Club, Jazz Ensemble, String Orthestrn, Instrumental Ensembles
Men~bershi p by audit i o t ~o r consent of d i r e c t o r .
Natural Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR f o r t e a c h i n g i n Secondary S c h o o l s .
MAJOR: A t o t a l o f 1 2 c o u r s e s i n s c i e n c e and mathematics w i t h a t l e a s t 5 c o u r s e s
i n e a c h o f t w o o f the a r e a s o f b i o l o g y , c h e m i s t r y o r p h y s i c s .
I n b i o l o g y , the r e q u i r e d c o u r s e s a r e 111, 112.
be chosen from the upper d i v i s i o n o f f e r i n g s .
The a d d i t i o n a l 3 c o u r s e s a r e t o
I n c h e m i s t r y , 105, 1 0 6 , o r ( 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ) , and 353 a r e r e q u i r e d . In o r d e r t o
complete t h e t o t a l o f 5 c o u r s e s , two c o u r s e s may be chosen a s f o l l o w s : 223
and 361; o r 351 and 352; o r 351 and 361.
-
In mathematics, C a l c u l u s I and C a l c u l u s 11 a r e r e q u i r e d ; and any 3 a d d i t i o n a l
c o u r s e s may be s e l e c t e d .
In p h y s i c s , c o u r s e s 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 245 a r e r e q u i r e d ; t w o a d d i t i o n a l c o u r s e s t o b e
chosen a f t e r c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h a member o f the P h y s i c s Department.
NATURAI; SCIENCE MAJOR f o r Premedical S t u d e n t s
T h i s major i s p r e s e n t e d a s an o p t i o n f o r premedical s t u d e n t s who w i s h t o t a k e
a major which p r o v i d e s the s c i e n c e c o u r s e s n e c e s s a r y and recommended f o r
a d m i s s i o n t o most m e d i c a l s c h o o l s ( i n c l u d i n g the U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
Medical S c h o o l ) , and a l s o p e r m i t s a number o f electives. T h e s t u d e n t s h o u l d
choose electives c a r e f u l l y k e e p i n g i n mind the s p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e
medical s c h o o l s t o which he or she i n t e n d s t o a p p l y .
MAJOR: 1 3 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g B i o l o g y 111, 1 1 2 , 491 o r 492, and 2 upper d i v i s i o n
b i o l o g y c o u r s e s ; Chemistry 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 , o r ( 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 351, 352, and Q u a n t i t a t i v e
A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 1 2 2 , o r 124 and 125; and P h y s i c s
1 2 1 , 122.
Department of Philosophy
Chairman:
Bruce Reichenbach
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 3 0 , 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g two c o u r s e s from 241, 242, 3 4 3 , and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: A d m i s s i o n t o t h e P h i l o s o p h y HONORS PROGRAM i s b y recommendation
S u c h recommendations w i l l be made a t the end o f the
o f t h e philosophy faculty.
j u n i o r y e a r . The program w i l l c o n s i s t o f an h o n o r s t h e s i s on an approved t o p i c
o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s c h o i c e , i n v o l v i n g r e s e a r c h above t h e c o u r s e l e v e l , and a
d e f e n s e o f t h i s thesis b e f o r e t h e f a c u l t y o f t h e d e p a r t m e n t .
C o u r s e s 1 1 0 , 1 2 0 , and 130 a r e recommended f o r f u l f i l l i n g t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n
requirement.
1 1 0 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS OF ATHENS
Introduction t o philosophy through t h e study of t h e teachings of Socrates,
P l a t o and A r i s t o t l e . Concern w i l l be shown f o r t h e r o l e t h a t t h e s e men played
i n developing ideas b a s i c t o Western c i v i l i z a t i o n , and t h e i r l a s t i n g
contributions on t o p i c s such as t h e n a t u r e of t h e r e a l , t h e good l i f e , search
f o r knowledge, e t c . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 2 0 ETHICS
Search f o r an adequate e t h i c a l p r i n c i p l e through an evaluation of those
presented by philosophers; i n q u i r y i n t o p o s s i b l e j u s t i f i c a t i o n s f o r e t h i c a l
values; and application of t h e s e p r i n c i p l e s t o human conduct. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 3 0 LOGIC
The study of p r a c t i c a l argumentation. Emphasis i s placed on developing s k i l l s
i n constructing and analyzing arguments. The r o l e o f d e f i n i t i o n , premises, and
r u l e s of inference i n an argument a r e investig'ated. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 4 1 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0 AND ARISTOTLE
For d e s c r i p t i o n see under course 110.
2 4 2 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11:
(Fall, Spring)
MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
An a n a l y s i s of t h e major themes of Medieval philosophy, such as t h e r e l a t i o n
of f a i t h and reason, problem of u n i v e r s a l s , existence of God, mysticism, e t c . ,
and t h e reaction of such R a t i o n a l i s t s as Descartes and Leibniz t o and t h e i r
development of t h e s e ideas. ( s u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241. S p r i n g )
3 4 3 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY 11I: ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major e m p i r i c i s t s i n t h e 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume);
Kant's s y n t h e s i s of philosophy; 19th century Idealism; and t h e r e a c t i o n t o
Idealism i n men such a s Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r
course:
241, 242.
Fall)
3 4 4 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I V : CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
Studies i n t h e major 20th century r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s of a n a l y t i c philosophy,
pragmatism, e x i s t e n t i a l i s m and phenomenology. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 241,
242, 343. S p r i n g )
3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
A systematic inquiry i n t o t h e bases of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f , with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n
t o t h e t h e i s t i c arguments, t h e nature of r e l i g i o u s language, and t h e problems
of e v i l , miracles, and immortality. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n
P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g , 1974-75)
3 5 5 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of t h e b a s i c concepts and philosophical c o n t r i b u t i o n s of Chinese,
Japanese, Indian and Southeast Asian thought. ( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e
i n P h i l o s o p h y . S p r i n g 1975-76)
3 6 0 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
A philosophical i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of symbolic expression t o t h e
world of t h e mind and t h e world of r e a l i t y , including a study of t h e forms of
language, semantics, and pragmatics. ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 130 or 344.
F a l l , 1974-75)
3 6 5 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
A systematic i n q u i r y i n t o t h e philosophical presuppositions of law and
theory-construction i n t h e empirical s c i e n c e s . Students a l s o will'work with
p r o f e s s o r i n researching and developing philosophical problems i n t h e s p e c i a l
sciences (biology, physics, s o c i a l sciences, e t c . ) ( S u g g e s t e d : P r i o r c o u r s e
i n science. F a l l , 1975-76)
3 7 0 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies i n t h e w r i t i n g s -- both philosophical and l i t e r a r y -- of prominent
E x i s t e n t i a l i s t authors. Attempt w i l l be made t o deal i n depth with such
themes a s absurdity, freedom, g u i l t , despair, paradox, and t h e leap of f a i t h .
( S u g g e s t e d : One p r i o r c o u r s e i n p h i l o s o p h y . F a l l , 1974-75)
3 7 5 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS
Studies i n such philosophical movements as Analytic philosophy, American
philosophy, Phenomenology, Russian philosophy, e t c . ( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e :
344.
F a l l , 1975-76)
4 3 0 STUDIES I N I N D I V I D U A L PHILOSOPHERS
Advanced s t u d i e s i n t h e philosophy of p a r t i c u l a r philosophers, e . g., P l a t o ,
Des c a r t e s , Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, e t c . Seminar format.
( S u g g e s t e d p r i o r c o u r s e : 2 4 1 , 242, 343, or #.
1975-76)
4 5 0 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies i n such areas a s t h e philosophy of a r t , philosophy of l i t e r a t u r e ,
philosophy of h i s t o r y , p h i l o s o p h i c a l psychology, philosophy of c u l t u r e ,
p o l i t i c a l and l e g a l philosophy, e t c . Seminar format. ( S u g g e s t e d : one p r i o r
1974-75)
course i n philosophy.
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some philosophical t o p i c of i n t e r e s t t o t h e
student, worked out i n c o n s u l t a t i o n with t h e f a c u l t y a d v i s e r . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
Department of Physical Education
and Health Education
Chairman:
E . W. Anderson
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR:
8 courses.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
3 5 2 , 369, 4 7 1 , 472.
223, 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 243, 351, 3 5 2 , 471, 572.
10 courses.
111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 2 4 3 , 351,
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: 8 c o u r s e s
i n p l ~ y s i c l n l e d u c u t i o n s e q u e n c e . 111, 232, 232, 2 4 3 , 351, 352, 471, 472, 485,
491, 495. P s y c h o l o g y 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 355; and one a d d i t i o n a l Human P h y s i o l o g y
course are a l s o required.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR:
HEALTH TEACHING MINOR:
5 courses.
5 courses.
111, 2 2 3 , 2 3 1 , 232 or 472, and 243.
1 1 0 , 111, 351, 3 6 0 , and S o c i o l o g y 231.
5 c o u r s e s . 111, 243, 351, 482 and p r a c t i c u m i n
(PEBrdiaum r e q u i r e s r e g i s t r a t i o n f o r 499
Independent Study)
C@lWENG EN-PIT:
m&hg.
-
Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t head-coaching a s s i g n m e n t i n Minnesota p u b l i c
schools a r e r e q u i r e d t o h a v e a t l e a s t a c o a c h i n g endorsement i n t h e f i e l d o f
p h y s i c a l e d u c a t i o n and a t h l e t i c s .
Physical Education
102, 1 0 3 LIFETIME SPORTS
Two hours p e r week. Meets t h e general education requirement. During t h e
Interim, r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be offered on an e l e c t i v e b a s i s .
No course c r e d i t . ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 2 3 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching and o f f i c i a t i n g team s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Women, F a l l ; Men, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching individual and dual s p o r t s .
f o r men and women. (Men, F a l l ; Women, S p r i n g )
Separate s e c t i o n s
2 3 2 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n ,
q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp n i g h t s , r e l a y s ,
modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dating. ( I n t e r i m )
2 4 3 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
History, p r i n c i p l e s , and philosophy of physical education.
(Spring)
351 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
Mechanics of movement with s p e c i a l emphasis upon t h e action of t h e muscular
system. The major e f f e c t s of exercises upon t h e systems of t h e body.
(Prereq.: B i o l o g y 1 0 3 , C h e m i s t r y 105.
Spring)
352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION
Physical education f o r t h e exceptional c h i l d with s p e c i a l reference t o t h e
analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and t h e r o l e of physical
education. Survey of b a s i c s t a t i s t i c a l procedures and evaluation o f t e s t s i n
physical education. ( S p r i n g )
365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12)
Also includes American Red Cross I n s t r u c t o r s Course i n F i r s t Aid.
C u r r e n t l y v a l i d Standard F i r s t Aid c a r d .
(Prereq.:
Fall)
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum analysis and preparation.
Administrative techniques and procedures.
(Fa11 )
472 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES--SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
Theory and techniques of teaching s t u n t s , tumbling, and s p e c i a l f i t n e s s
a c t i v i t i e s , Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching swimming, l i f e - s a v i n g and water
safety. Open only t o majors and minors. Men and women meet separately.
(Fall)
482 COACHING OF SPORTS
Theory and techniques of coaching.
Prevention and care of a t h l e t i c i n j u r i e s .
(Interim)
4 8 5 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includes consideration of ambulation, s e l f care, adapted s p o r t s and
games, and swimming f o r t h e handicapped. ( P r e r e q . : 351, 352. Summer School
only)
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of t h e treatment of disease and i n j u r y .
and administration of neuromuscular re-education.
Includes general p r i n c i p l e s
( P r e r e q . : 351, 352.
Summer School on1 y)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Four hundred hours of h o s p i t a l a f f i l i a t i o n a t VA Hospital, Pairview Hospital,
and Cambridge S t a t e Hospital. Includes a c t u a l h o s p i t a l experience i n t h e
following f o u r areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics,
(3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation. ( P r e r e q . : 485, 491, and approval o f
department)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed intensive study i n t h e area of Physical Education.
majors. ( J u n i o r o r s e n i o r o n l y )
Open only t o
Health Education
1 1 0 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH
Modern concepts and p r a c t i c e s of h e a l t h and h e a l t h f u l l i v i n g applied t o t h e
individual and t h e community. ( F a l l )
111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION
An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done f o r t h e abuses.
American Red Cross F i r s t Aid course. ( F a l l , Spring)
Also includes
( F a l l , Spring)
3 6 0 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Curriculum, organization and administration of t h e school h e a l t h program.
(Fall)
Department of Physics
Chairman:
Theodore Hanwick
MAJOR:
9 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 245, 351, 362, and 395.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and t h r e e c o u r s e s above 1 2 2 .
1 0 1 ASTRONOMY
A d e s c r i p t i v e course requiring elementary algebra. Our s o l a r system, s t a r s
a r ~ dgalaxies. The necessary o p t i c a l i n s t r u n ~ e n t sa r e explained and use i s made
of
n
12-inch r e f l e c t i n g telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, a s well as a
Occasional n i g h t viewing. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . F a l l ,
3-inch Quostar.
Spring1
1 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS
A survey of physics introducing t h e b a s i c aspects o f mechanics, thermodynamics,
wave motion, e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and s e l e c t e d modern t o p i c s .
Applications of physics t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l sciences. The course i s designed as
a n a t u r a l science e l e c t i v e and a l s o as a p a r t of t h e Medical Technology program.
(3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 2-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
Fall)
121, 1 2 2 GENERAL PHYSICS I,I 1
A rigorous study of t h e concepts of mechanics, f l u i d s , h e a t , sound, o p t i c s ,
e l e c t r i c i t y and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors i n
physics and other s p e c i f i e d majors. Must be taken i n sequence. ( 4 one-hour
l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : Mathematics 124 o r concurrent
r e g i s t r a t i o n . 121, F a l l ; 1 2 2 , Spring)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction t o modern physics from an h i s t o r i c a l and experimental b a s i s .
R e l a t i v i t y , quantum e f f e c t s , atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and s o l i d
s t a t e physics. This course i n d i c a t e s t h e need f o r , and develops t h e
experimental b a s i s of quantum mechanics.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . P r e r e q . :
122, F a l l )
2 6 1 ELECTRONICS
A review of D.C. and A.C. c i r c u i t s before introducing t h e e l e c t r o n tube and
some c i r c u i t applications. The study o f s o l i d s t a t e diodes and t r a n s i s t o r s
with c i r c u i t applications. ( L e c t u r e s and l a b o r a t o r y . P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 ,
Mathematics 224.
Fall)
2 7 0 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis i s on physical o p t i c s , using t h e complex expression f o r a wave
throughout. I n t e r f e r e n c e , d i f f r a c t i o n , p o l a r i z a t i o n , and an introduction t o
t h e electromagnetic theory. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , 3-hour l a b o r a t o r y .
P r e r e q . : 122.
Spring)
3 5 1 , 3 5 2 MECHANICS I, I 1
A c a r e f u l study of c l a s s i c a l mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and
t h e Lagrangian and Hami l t o n i a n formalisms. Topics include conservation
p r i n c i p l e s , s i n g l e p a r t i c l e motion, systems of p a r t i c l e s , o s c i l l a t o r y systems,
c e n t r a l - f o r c e motion, dynamics of r i g i d bodies, g r a v i t a t i o n , kinematics of
two-particle systems and n o n i n e r t i a l reference frames. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226.
351, F a l l ; 3 5 2 , S p r i n g )
3 6 2 , 3 6 3 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, I 1
The c l a s s i c a l electromagnetic f i e l d theory i s developed using t h e v e c t o r
calculus throughout. E l e c t r o s t a t i c s , magnetostatics , s o l u t i o n of Laplace s
and Poisson's equations, e l e c t r i c and magnetic p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t e r i a l s , and
t h e theory of electromagnetic r a d i a t i o n based on Maxwell's equations.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
P r e r e q . : 1 2 2 , Mathematics 226.
362, F a l l ; 363, S p r i n g )
3 9 5 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory i n v e s t i g a t i o n s , including p a r t i c i p a t i o n
i n physics seminars. Experiments i n t h e areas of mechanics, thermodynamics,
e l e c t r i c i t y , magnetism, and modern physics. ( 2 three-hour l a b o r a t o r y and
1 seminar hour p e r week.
Prereq.: Junior standing.
Spring)
4 8 1 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of p r o p e r t i e s of systems and processes f o r which temperature i s an
important v a r i a b l e . The s u b j e c t i s developed from two independent y e t
complementary viewpoints: t h e experimental, macroscopic c l a s s i c a l
thermodynamics and t h e t h e o r e t i c a l , microscopic s t a t i s t i c a l mechanics.
( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s .
Prereq.
:
351. S p r i n g )
4 8 6 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from first p r i n c i p l e s , including de Broglie s p o s t u l a t e s , t h e
Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular
momentum, and approximation methods. S p e c i f i c problems s t u d i e d include
p o t e n t i a l wells and p o t e n t i a l b a r r i e r s , t h e harmonic o s c i l l a t o r , and t h e
hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour l e c t u r e s . Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. F a l l )
4 8 8 TOPICS I N MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics t o s p e c i f i c t o p i c s chosen from t h e areas
o f s o l i d s t a t e physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and
p a r t i c l e physics. ( 3 one-hour l e c t u r e s , three-hour l a b o r a t o r u .
P r e r e q . : 486.
Spring)
Department of Political Science
Chairman:
Norma Noonan
MAJOR: The m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 9 c o u r s e s , p l u s S o c i a l
S t a t i s t i c s ( S o c i o l o g y 3 6 5 ) , 121 o r 122; 158; 384; and a t l e a s t 5 o t h e r upper
d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 4 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * . A s e m i n a r i n one o f t h e f i v e a r e a s
may be c o u n t e d f o r t h a t a r e a .
MINOR: The m i n o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e w i l l c o n s i s t o f 5 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g :
1 2 1 o r 122; 158; and a t l e a s t 3 upper d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s i n 3 o u t o f 5 a r e a s * .
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors m a j o r i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e i n c l u d e s t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s
l i s t e d a b o v e , p l u s t h e f o l l o w i n g : T h e s t u d e n t ' s g r a d e - p o i n t a v e r a g e must b e
3.5 i n t h e m a j o r and 2.75 o v e r - a l l . The s t u d e n t must t a k e an Honors
I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y and a s e m i n a r , and must s u b m i t , n o t l a t e r t h a n A p r i l 1 o f t h e
s e n i o r y e a r , an Honors T h e s i s t o be d e f e n d e d b e f o r e a f a c u l t y c o m m i t t e e .
S t u d e n t s s h o u l d a p p l y f o r t h e Honors Major n o l a t e r t h a n t h e f i r s t t e r m o f the
j u n i o r y e a r . For s p e c i f i c i n f o r m a t i o n , c o n s u l t the Honors A d v i s e r i n t h e
department.
* The f i v e a r e a s a r e American Government and P o l i t i c s , Comparative P o l i t i c s
and A n a l y s i s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l P o l i t i c s , P u b l i c Law, and P o l i t i c a l Theory and
Analysis.
(Any c o u r s e l i s t e d i n more t h a n o n e a r e a may be c o u n t e d i n o n l y one
a r e a toward m a j o r o r minor r e q u i r e m e n t s . )
-
Any c o u r s e may be t a k e n t o f u l f i l l t h e g e n e r a l e d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s b u t
e s p e c i a l l y a p p r o p r i a t e a r e P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 158 o r 1 6 0 .
The Urban Requirement may be f i l l e d b y P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 1 2 2 , 342 o r b y an
I n t e r n s h i p , I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y , o r Seminar on an u r b a n - r e l a t e d t o p i c .
S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n may t a k e one o f t h e t h r e e broad
social science options with a concentration i n P o l i t i c a l Science. See t h e
Department Chairman f o r more i n f o r m a t i o n .
For p r e c i s e l i s t i n g o f t e r m s i n which c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d , s e e t h e C l a s s
Schedule.
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND P O L I T I C S
1 2 1 PRESIDENT, COURT AND CONGRESS
P r e s i d e n t i a l , congressional and j u d i c i a l policy-making i n t h e American n a t i o n a l
p o l i t i c a l system; contemporary p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s impinging upon and affected by
t h e Presidency, Congress and t h e Supreme Court. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
1 2 2 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
P o l i t i c s i n t h e urban s e t t i n g , including important i s s u e s , a c t o r s , and
s t r u c t u r e s influencing p u b l i c p o l i c y i n t h e modern urban complex. Discussionl e c t u r e , simulation, and meetings with p o l i t i c a l e x p e r t s and a c t i v i s t s .
(Fall, Spring)
3 2 5 AMERICAN P O S I T I V E STATE
The p o l i t i c s of p u b l i c administration and b u r e a u c r a t i c policy-making i n t h e
American welfare-warfare s t a t e ; governmental r e g u l a t i o n , promotion and
management, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l and economic i n t e r a c t i o n . ( P r e r e q . :
1 c o u r s e i n P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e o r #)
3 2 6 PARTIES, VOTERS AND ELECTIONS
The e l e c t o r a l process, emphasizing p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s : t h e i r development,
s t r u c t u r e , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o other f a c t o r s i n t h e process. F i e l d work with
p a r t i e s , pressure groups and o t h e r relevant organizations. (students may not
take both 326 and 356 except by special permission. Offered Fall term of
election years. No prerequisite)
3 4 2 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
E f f e c t s of mass communications on individual behavior; t h e uses and control of
mass media f o r p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l purposes including p u b l i c opinion research
and p o l i t i c a l p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s . (Spring)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
(Offered i n non-election years.
description)
See note under 326.
See Section 11 for
3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years.
See Section I V for description)
3 7 1 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
(Offered alternate years.
11.
See Section I V for description)
COMPARATIVE P O L I T I C S AND ANALYSIS
15 8 P O L I T I C A L PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
An a n a l y s i s of b a s i c p a t t e r n s i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major p o l i t i c a l systems and discussion of
contemporary i s s u e s .
3 5 0 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
The emergence, maintenance and decline of s e l e c t e d democracies, focusing on
p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , and processes. (Prereq. : One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate years)
3 5 1 COMMUNIST P O L I T I C A L SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis of t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s i n terms
o f p o l i t i c a l behavior, i n s t i t u t i o n s , processes and p o l i c i e s .
course i n Political Science or #)
(Prereq.: One
3 5 3 P O L I T I C A L DEVELOPMENT
The modernization process i n developing areas with p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e
creation, maintenance, and administration of p o l i t i c a l s t r u c t u r e s . (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand)
3 5 6 PUBLIC OPINION AND P O L I T I C A L BEHAVIOR
The flow and influence of p u b l i c opinion and t h e determinants of v o t e r choice,
including study of a t t i t u d e s , values and p e r s o n a l i t y f a c t o r s i n p o l i t i c a l
behavior. (Offered i n non-election years. See note under 326. Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #.)
3 5 9 TOPICS I N E L I T E AND MASS BEHAVIOR
In-depth study of e l i t e and/or mass p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t h e p o l i t i c a l system.
(Offered on demand. Prereq. : #)
I 1I. INTERNAJjU&&L
POLITICS
160 ISSUES I N WORLD POLITICS
Contemporary i s s u e s and problems i n i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s i n t h e context of
democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign
(Spring)
policy
.
361 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
General t h e o r i e s of i n t e r n a t i o n a l p o l i t i c s , t h e b a s i c f a c t o r s involved i n
i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s , and t h e formulation of foreign policy as background
f o r study and simulation o f contemporary i n t e r n a t i o n a l problems. (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years)
3 6 3 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
Analysis of t h e motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign p o l i c i e s
of Communist nations, with emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #.)
IV.
PUBLIC LAW
3 7 0 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
The legal-political-philosophical r o l e of t h e j u d i c i a r y i n t h e American
c o n s t i t u t i o n a l system, emphasizing s i g n i f i c a n t Supreme Court cases involving
t h e United S t a t e s government and t h e f e d e r a l system. (Prereq.: One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered a1ternate years)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 1
Constitutional l i m i t a t i o n s of t h e B i l l of Rights and of t h e Fourteenth
Amendment as applied by t h e Supreme Court t o t h e p r o t e c t i o n of human r i g h t s
and c i v i l l i b e r t i e s of i n d i v i d u a l s . (Prereq.: One course or #. Offered
alternate years. )
V.
P O L I T I M L THEORY AND ANALYSIS
1 5 8 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND PROCESSES
(See Section 11 for description)
3 8 0 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I
Analysis of s e l e c t e d readings from outstanding p o l i t i c a l philosophers from
P l a t o through t h e eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of t h e i r thought
having continuing s i g n i f i c a n c e f o r an understanding o f contemporary p o l i t i c a l
i s s u e s and t h e problems of human s o c i e t y . (Offered alternate years.)
381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT 11
Recent p o l i t i c a l philosophy and ideology, including readings from i n d i v i d u a l i s t ,
anarchist, s o c i a l i s t , e l i t i s t , Christian, democratic, conservative and l i b e r a l
authors. The contemporary search f o r p o l i t i c a l processes and s t r u c t u r e s
(Offered alternate years .)
appropriate t o human p o t e n t i a l s and l i m i t a t i o n s
.
3 8 2 FOUNDATIONS OF COMMUNIST POLITICS
An examination of Marxist-Leninist t h e o r i e s , t h e development and uses of
ideology i n contemporary Communism, and t h e impact of h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s
i n t h e Soviet Union and o t h e r communist s t a t e s . (Prereq.: One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate years. )
3 8 4 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical p o l i t i c a l analysis, including communications
theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts,
psychological and economic approaches t o p o l i t i c a l study, and a survey of t h e
methods common t o empirical s o c i a l science. (Prereq.: S o c i a l S t a t i s t i c s ;
P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 158 o r 356; o r #. O f f e r e d a l t e r n a t e years.)
VI.
SEMINARS,
INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS
2 9 5 LOWER D I V I S I O N SEMINAR
Special topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. ( O f f e r e d on demand)
2 9 9 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study f o r
Interim, Spring)
lower division students.
(Prereq. : #.
Fall,
3 9 9 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman o r Internship Director t o determine p r o j e c t .
Fall, Interim, Spring)
(Prereq.: #.
4 9 5 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Consult department chairman concerning terms and subject
matter. (Prereq.: #)
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between i n s t r u c t o r and student.
(Prereq. : #
Fall, Interim, Spring)
.
Department of Psychology
Chairman:
Duane Johnson
MAJOR: 1 0 c o u r s e s . O n e or two s u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s from o t h e r departments may
a l s o b e r e q u i r e d . The major program i s planned i n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h an
a d v i s e r i n the psychology department and approved b y the department chairman.
Required c o u r s e s w i l l i n c l u d e 1 0 5 , 364, 493, and 498. B a s i c c o u r s e s t o
i n c l u d e i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r graduate s t u d y a r e 1 0 5 , 355, 357, 359, 364, 481,
498, and a t l e a s t one c o u r s e i n P e r s o n a l i t y o r Developmental Psychology. T h e
major program w i l l u s u a l l y i n c l u d e 105 i n t h e freshman y e a r , 364 and o f t e n
355 and 357 i n t h e sophomore y e a r , and 493 and 498 i n the s e n i o r year. T h e
o v e r - a l l p l a n w i l l be d i r e c t e d toward a b a s i c u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e d i s c i p l i n e
o f psychology and toward the p a r t i c u l a r e d u c a t i o n a l , v o c a t i o n a l , and
p r o f e s s i o n a l interests and g o a l s o f the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t . A w r i t t e n p l a n
f o r t h e major s h o u l d be completed and approved b y the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r
year. The p l a n , which may i n d i c a t e one o r more e l e c t i v e s i n p s y c h o l o g y ,
should be completed e a r l y i n t h e sequence o f psychology c o u r s e s . Completion
o f a w r i t t e n p l a n l a t e r t h a n the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e j u n i o r year may d e l a y
graduation; e a r l y p l a n n i n g i s recommended.
MINOR:
5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 105.
HONORS MAJOR: S t u d e n t s may q u a l i f y f o r honors i n psychology w i t h a 3.5
grade p o i n t average i n the m a j o r , a 3.0 grade p o i n t average o v e r - a l l , and
c o m p l e t i o n o f a h i g h q u a l i t y r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t c u l m i n a t i n g the m a j o r program.
A p p l i c a t i o n f o r honors c o n s i d e r a t i o n i s t o be made d u r i n g t h e j u n i o r year.
1 0 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methods and approaches used i n psychology f o r t h e purpose of understanding
behavior. Research procedures associated with t h e study of behavior. A
s t r u c t u r e of t h e f i e l d of psychology including psychological p r i n c i p l e s i n
( F a l l , Spring)
major sub-areas.
3 5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal c h i l d development and behavior. Consideration of
t h e o r e t i c a l systems used f o r viewing t h e developmental sequence and process.
Active i n q u i r y i n t o p r a c t i c a l implications and applications of d a t a and theory
i n respect t o t h e development of children. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 5 2 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY : ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on nonnal develq~mcntand behavior of t h e adolescent and adult.
Tl~eoreticu'tbascs used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation f o r t h e
developmental process. Active coilsideration of t h e meaning t h a t d a t a and
t l ~ e i l r y Iaavc for the development of persons i n t h e adolescent and a d u l t periods
of l i f e .
(Preraq. : 3 5 1 .
Spring),,
3 5 5 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
.. ..
I
A survey of t h e physiological and neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible f o r
behavior i n animals and humans. Lecture, laboratory, and discussion regarding
t h e fundamentals of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research methods.
Emphasis w i l l be given t o i n t e r a c t i o n s of t h e c e n t r a l nervous system with
environmental events including t h e e f f e c t s of drugs on behavior. ( P r e r e q . :
105.
Fall)
3 5 6 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach t o t h e study of behavior emphasizing t h e comparison of
a wide v a r i e t y of s p e c i e s from lower animals (invertebrates) through humans.
S t r e s s w i l l be placed upon studying animals i n t h e i r n a t u r a l h a b i t a t and t h e
adaptive behavior p a t t e r n s which have ~ v o l v c dthrough i n t e r a c t i n g with t h e
environment. Major t o p i c s w i l l include bahavioral evolution, behavioral
development, and s o c i a l behavior i n both mimills and humans. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 .
Spring)
3 5 7 LEARNING
Analysis o f behavior and behavioral change including objectives, evaluation,
and environmental f a c t o r s i n t h e learning process. ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . S p r i n g )
3 5 9 MEASUREMENT
Theory and p r i n c i p l e s of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement,
i n t e r e s t , p e r s o n a l i t y , and i n t e l l i g e n c e t e s t s . ( P r e r e q . : 1 0 5 . F a l l )
3 6 1 PERSONALITY
Dynamics of p e r s o n a l i t y with emphasis on behavior t h a t customarily i s included
i n t h e normal range. Includes consideration of t h e o r i e s of p e r s o n a l i t y .
( P r e r e q . : 105. F a l l )
3 6 2 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, b i o l o g i c a l , and psychological f a c t o r s involved i n behavior
disorders. Consideration of d i a g n o s t i c categories, treatment, and research.
( P r e r e q . : 3 c o u r s e s o r 361. S p r i n g )
3 6 4 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methodology i n major areas of psychological research including s t a t i s t i c a l
methodology. Designing, conducting, and analyzing experiments. (Prereq.:
105. F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 7 3 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing l a r g e groups of individuals i n t o e f f i c i e n t goal-oriented
teams. Study o f p o l i c i e s and procedures aimed a t u t i l i z i n g and p e r p e t r a t i n g
i n d i v i d u a l i t y ; exploration of approaches t o s e l e c t i n g and developing t h e human
resource. (Prereq. : 105. S p r i n g )
3 7 5 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
General Education requirement. )
(Does n o t c o u n t toward N a t u r a l S c i e n c e
481 HISTORY AND THEORY
History of psychological viewpoints and t h e o r e t i c a l p o s i t i o n s . Concentration
on t h e development of American psychology. (Prereg.: 4 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 8 5 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
P r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a t t i t u d e s involved i n t h e counseling process.
Consideration given t o goals and e t h i c a l guidelines f o r a counseling
r e l a t i o n s h i p . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s and s e n i o r s t a n d i n g . S p r i n g )
4 9 3 SEMINAR:
CONTEMPORARY ISSUES
Points of view within behavioral science on contemporary p r o f e s s i o n a l and
s o c i e t a l i s s u e s . Consideration of t h e approaches and methods of behavioral
science t o t h e study of such i s s u e s . (Prereq. : 5 c o u r s e s . F a l l )
4 9 8 SEMINAR:
RESEARCH PROBLEMS
Individual research i n which students s e l e c t an a r e a of i n v e s t i g a t i o n , plan
t h e appropriate design, c o l l e c t data, and w r i t e a research report according
t o t h e standards e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e American Psychological Association.
C r i t i c a l review and discussion of i n d i v i d u a l research p r o j e c t s . (Prereq.:
S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and #. F a l l , S p r i n g )
4 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Registration by s p e c i a l permission f o r advanced students i n psychology.
Student must present c a r e f u l l y considered r a t i o n a l e and purpose f o r t h e
proposed study.
Department of Religion
Chairman:
P h i l i p A. Quanbeck
MAJOR: 8 c o u r s e s , two o f which may be upper d i v i s i o n New T e s t a m e n t Greek. The
major. s h a l l i n c l u d e one i n t e r i m c o u r s e ; and a t l e a s t three o u t o f the f o l l o w i n g
f o u r a r e a s s h a l l b e r e p r e s e n t e d b y a t l e a s t o n e c o u r s e : 352-355, 360-363,
471-475, 481-484.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA o f 3.25 i n the m a j o r and 3.00 o v e r - a l l ; r e s e a r c h p r o j e c t
approved b y the department and a c o l l o q u i u m w i t h the department.
MINOR:
5 courses.
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e t o a l l o t h e r c o u r s e s . Only one c o u r s e i n
H i s t o r y o f R e l i g i o n s may be counted toward f u l f i l l i n g the g r a d u a t i o n
requirements.
111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An introduction t o t h e academic d i s c i p l i n e of theology and t o t h e dialogue
between t h e church and t h e world which concerns C h r i s t i a n doctrine. ( F a l l ,
Spring)
221 B I B L I C A L STUDIES
The o r i g i n , l i t e r a r y character, and transmission of t h e b i b l i c a l documents.
The task of b i b l i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The h i s t o r y of I s r a e l and t h e emergence
of t h e ,church. ( F a l l , Spring)
3 5 0 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
See under Department of Philosophy.
3 5 2 THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP
A study of t h e o r i g i n of Christian worship, t h e development of t h e various
l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n s and t h e recent l i t u r g i c a l innovations. Attention w i l l
be given t o both t h e theology and t h e form of worship. Visits w i l l be made
t o a v a r i e t y of worship s e r v i c e s .
all)
3 5 5 THE STUDY OF RELIGION I N THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS
The h i s t o r y of studying r e l i g i o n i n p u b l i c schools, t h e problems associated
with such e f f o r t s , t h e resources a v a i l a b l e t o t h e t e a c h e r and t h e a c t u a l
teaching i t s e l f w i l l be examined. The theological, as well as t h e l e g a l
and educational implications w i l l be analyzed and discussed. ( S p r i n g )
3 5 6 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I
The r e l i g i o n s of India and Persia: Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, and
Zoroastrianism, emphasizing t h e study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of t h e s e f a i t h s
together with an analysis of t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e context of
t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1974-75)
3 5 7 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I 1
The r e l i g i o n s of China, Japan and t h e Arabian Near East: Confucianism, Taoism,
Buddhism, Shinto, and Islam, emphasizing study of t h e primary w r i t i n g s of
these f a i t h s t o g e t h e r with an a n a l y s i s o f t h e i r r e l i g i o u s p r a c t i c e s i n t h e
context of t h e i r respective c u l t u r e s . (1975-76)
3 6 0 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of t h e s o c i a l sources and
p r a c t i c e s . P a r t i c u l a r emphasis i s given
r e l a t i o n t o r e l i g i o u s systems, and t o an
of s o c i e t y and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of t h e s e
s t r u c t u r e of r e l i g i o u s b e l i e f s and
t o t h e study of burcaucracy and i t s
exploration o f t h e c h a r ~ g t n gp a t t e r n s
changes t o t h e insti.tuti.ona1 church.
(Fall)
3 6 1 CHURCH FATHERS
The development of some fundamental d o c t r i n e s from t h e time of t h e Apostolic
Fathers through Augustine
.
3 6 2 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
An introduction t o t h e t h e o l o g i c a l thought of t h e P r o t e s t a n t reformers of t h e
s i x t e e n t h century. Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e writings o f Martin
Luther and o t h e r
representative figures. (Fall)
3 6 3 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM
The P r o t e s t a n t ethos i n t h e United S t a t e s . Special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e r i s e of
r e l i g i o u s l i b e r t y , revivalism, t h e American denominational s t r u c t u r e , and t h e
responses of American Protestantism t o t h e challenges of i t s environing
culture. (Fall)
3 8 0 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
(See under Department of Music)
4 7 1 JESUS AND H I S INTERPRETERS
Consideration of t h e New Testament Documents, p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e Gospels, dealing
with t h e i r content, l i t e r a r y s t r u c t u r e and r e l a t i o n s h i p s . Attention t o t h e
v a r i e t y o f i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s given t h e person of Jesus, including t h e "quest f o r
t h e h i s t o r i c a l Jesus . I t ( F a l l )
4 7 2 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of t h e Apostle Paul including h i s h i s t o r i c a l background, h i s
r e l a t i o n s h i p t o t h e e a r l y church, and some of t h e themes t o be found i n h i s
writings. ( S p r i n g )
4 7 3 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
The various types of Old Testament l i t e r a t u r e . The d i s t i n c t i v e ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on t h e message of t h e prophets. ( S p r i n g )
4 7 5 JUDAISM
A survey of t h e h i s t o r y o f Judaism from t h e end of t h e Old Testament period
t o modern times, with emphasis placed upon t h e r e l i g i o u s development. A
s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n such modern Jewish t h i n k e r s as Buber and Heschel. The
Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant t o Augsburg College i n support
o f t h i s course i n Judaism offered i n t h e r e l i g i o n department. ( F a l l )
4 8 1 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
An introduction t o some r e p r e s e n t a t i v e t r e n d s i n C h r i s t i a n theological thought
today, a s seen from t h e systematic perspective, i n t h e l i g h t o f t h e continuing
t h e o l o g i c a l t a s k of t h e C h r i s t i a n Church. ( S p r i n g )
4 8 2 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY
New t r e n d s of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n t h e writings of some of
i t s representatives. Relation of new t h e o l o g i c a l and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o
t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s o f t h e church. (Spring)
4 8 3 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian s o c i a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t y , i n terms of t h e o l o g i c a l and
s o c i o l o g i c a l dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective f o r
c r i t i c a l r e f l e c t i o n upon moral a c t i o n . ( S p r i n g )
Social Science
Adviser:
Orloue N. Gisselquist
T h i s major i s designed f o r t h o s e preparing f o r secondary school t e a c h i n g i n
s o c i a l s t u d i e s and f o r o t h e r s who d e s i r e a broad major i n t h i s a r e a . A major
c o n s i s t s o f 14 c o u r s e s , which may be earned i n any one o f f o u r d i s t r i b u t i o n s .
A s t u d e n t may n o t l i s t a double major i n S o c i a l Science and one o f t h e four
component d i s c i p l i n e s u n l e s s t h e d i s t r i b u t i o n s e l e c t e d i n t h e S o c i a l Science
major i s s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i f f e r e n t from t h e o t h e r major.
A.
HISTORY EMPHASIS
7 courses i n h i s t o r y : a d i s t r i b u t i o n of these courses among the f i e l d s o f
American, European, and Non-Western i s encouraged -- a t l e a s t 4 of t h e s e
courses must be upper d i v i s i o n and one a seminar; 2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l
science; 4 courses: 1 each i n geography, anthropology, economics, and
sociology; 1 course i n t h e methodology of t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l
Science 158 o r 384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363; Economics 379 o r 495).
B
.
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS
1 course i n geography; 1 course i n anthropology; 2 courses i n h i s t o r y ; 2
courses i n t h e methodology of t h e Social Sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r
384, Sociology 365 o r 362, 363, Economics 379 o r 495); 7 other courses i n
economics, p o l i t i c a l science, and sociology, with a t l e a s t 2 courses i n each
d i s c i p l i n e and a t l e a s t 3 upper division courses; 1 additional upper d i v i s i o n
course i n economics, h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, psychology o r sociology.
C.
NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS
8 courses i n Non-Western
2 courses i n h i s t o r y and
463, 464, 465, 474, 495;
Religion 353; Philosophy
s t u d i e s , s e l e c t e d from t h e following, with a t l e a s t
2 courses i n p o l i t i c a l science: History 104, 440,
P o l i t i c a l Science 351, 353, 361, 363, 382, 495, 499;
355.
6 other courses including: History 103; one course i n the methodology of
t h e s o c i a l sciences ( P o l i t i c a l Science 158 o r 384; Economics 379 o r 495;
Sociology 362, 363 o r 365); and 4 additional e l e c t i v e s ; one each i n geography,
anthropology, sociology, and economics.
For a S o c i a l Science major with a Non-Western emphasis t o meet t h e requirements
of t h e S t a t e of Minnesota f o r a high school teacher of t h e s o c i a l s t u d i e s ,
t h e r e must be among t h e courses taken a t l e a s t 7 courses i n h i s t o r y o r i n
p o l i t i c a l science, sociology, economics, anthropology combined.
D.
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS
1 course i n each of geography, anthropology, s t a t i s t i c s ; 11 courses i n
h i s t o r y , p o l i t i c a l science, and economics, with a t l e a s t 3 i n each d i s c i p l i n e
and a t l e a s t 5 upper d i v i s i o n courses, t o be s e l e c t e d from t h e following:
P o l i t i c a l Science 158, 160, 350, 351, 353, 361, 363, 381, 382, 495, 499;
History 103, 104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495; Economics 122, 123,
495, 499.
Department of Sociology and Social Work
Sociology
Chairman:
J o e l Torstenson
MAJOR I N SOCIOLOGY: 10 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , 362, 3 6 3 , 3 7 5 , 485, 487, and
an upper d i v i s i o n i n t e r i m c o u r s e or i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y .
MINOR: 5 c o u r s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 , and t w o u p p e r d i v i s i o n c o u r s e s (i.e., 300
and above)
111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN METROPOLIS
The c u l t u r a l and s t r u c t u r a l dynamics of t h e modern world viewed from t h e
perspective of t h e metropolitan s i t u a t i o n , with a focus on t h e p o s s i b i l i t i e s
of human community i n t h e context of urban i n s t i t u t i o n s and processes.
( F a l l , Interim, S p r i n g )
1 2 1 P R I N C I P L E S OF SOCIOLOGY
The development of s o c i o l o g i c a l consciousness; i t s motifs, perspectives, and
l i n g u i s t i c forms; s o c i o l o g i c a l models f o r analyzing t h e s t r u c t u r e s and dynamics
of s o c i e t y , community, groups, and p e r s o n a l i t y ; t h e r o l e of sociology a s an
academic d i s c i p l i n e and p r o f e s s i o n . Basic background f o r advanced work i n
sociology. ( S p r i n g )
2 3 1 FAMILY PROCESS:
COMMUNICATION AND STRUCTURE
Designed t o heighten awareness of communication p a t t e r n s i n i n t i m a t e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s and t o provide perspective and s k i 11s f o r c r e a t i n g v i a b l e
r e l a t i o n s h i p s i n pre-marital, m a r i t a l , and family systems. The impact of
h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary urban contexts on t h e s t r u c t u r e of t h e family i s
examined. P/N only. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
2 3 2 SOCIOLOGY OF S O C I A L PROBLEMS
The dynamic processes a t t h e r o o t of contemporary s o c i a l problems i n t h e
context of h i s t o r i c a l , s o c i a l and c u l t u r a l change. One s e c t i o n i n t h e f a l l
term gives s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o delinquency and deviance. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e person's r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ;
language and i t s r e l a t i o n t o m u l t i p l e ways of seeing t h e world. A comparison
of "primitive1' and " c i v i l i z e d " world views, values, and systems of thought,
magic, r e l i g i o n , work, and play. ( F a l l )
3 6 0 R E L I G I O N AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Religion
362,
3 6 3 METHODS OF SOCIOLOGICAL INQUIRY 1-11
An i n t e g r a t e d two-course sequence i n s o c i o l o g i c a l research: problems and
procedures of t h e research process; methods of i n v e s t i g a t i o n and s t a t i s t i c a l
analysis; evaluation and empirical t e s t i n g of s o c i o l o g i c a l data; s t a t i s t i c a l
inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g ; research techniques and d a t a - g e t t i n g t o o l s .
S t r e s s on p r a c t i c a l a p p l i c a t i o n of what i s learned a s i t i s learned. Sociology
majors a r e s t r o n g l y encouraged t o t a k e t h i s sequence t h e i r j u n i o r year.
(Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 121 or p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r ;
h i g h s c h o o l a 1 gebra.
Fall, Spring)
3 6 5 SOCIAL S T A T I S T I C S
S c i e n t i f i c methods of organizing, comparing and i n t e r p r e t i n g socio-psychological
d a t a . Constructing graphs and t a b l e s , c a l c u l a t i n g measures of c e n t r a l tendency,
v a r i a b i l i t y and a s s o c i a t i o n , s t a t i s t i c a l inference and hypothesis t e s t i n g .
Not open t o sociology majors. Spring term i s designed e s p e c i a l l y f o r S o c i a l
Welfare majors. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
3 7 3 DILEMMAS I N CRIMINAL JUSTICE
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gangdelinquency, w h i t e - c o l l a r crime, organized crime. The t h e o r i e s of crime
causation, treatment, and prevention. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 , 232; s e c t i o n o n
d e l i n q u e n c y and d e v i a t i o n .
Spring)
Society and t h e i n d i v i d u a l , t h e s o c i a l i z a t i o n process, t h e development of
p e r s o n a l i t y , t h e impact of group norms. The various t h e o r e t i c a l schools of
s o c i a l psychology. Special a t t e n t i o n i s p a i d t o t h e s o c i a l and s i t u a t i o n a l
components of phenomena commonly seen as i n d i v i d u a l problems, phenomena
such a s mental r e t a r d a t i o n , mental i l l n e s s , I.Q. t e s t performance.
( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r Psychology 1 0 5 .
Spring)
3 8 1 SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES AND URBANIZATION
-
A- review of h i s t o r i c works by such s c h o l a r s as ~G n n i e s , Weber, Park and Wirth;
and an examination o f r e p r e s e n t a t i v e contemporary s o c i o l o g i c a l s t u d i e s of urban
and suburban l i f e . ( P r e r e q . : 111, 121. S,?ring)
3 8 3 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
The h i s t o r i c a l , c u l t u r a l , s t r u c t u r a l and psychological dimensions of minority
group r e l a t i o n s . Plaj o r a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and
all, S p r i n g . P / N o n l y )
c i v i l r i g h t s i n t h e American urban s e t t i n g .
3 8 4 HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND S O C I A L I Z A T I O N
The process of becoming a member of s o c i e t y and groups. S o c i a l i z a t i o n w i l l
be examined as a l i f e - l o n g process with s p e c i a l a t t e n t i o n t o p e r s o n a l i t y
change, e f f e c t s of deprivation, problems of t h e l i f e cycle, and crossc u l t u r a l differences i n growing up, l i v i n g and dying. ( P r e r e q . : 1 2 1 o r
Psychology 105.
Fall)
Consult t h e Department Chairman o r Internship D i r e c t o r f o r d e t a i l s .
( P r e r e q . : #)
4 8 5 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of t h e major t h e o r e t i c a l t r a d i t i o n s within sociology, t r a c i n g
t h e course of t h e i r development i n t h e nineteenth and t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r i e s .
( P r e r e q . : 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y i n c l u d i n g 1 2 1 o r #. F a l l )
4 8 7 MODERN SOCIAL ORGANIZATION
The phenomena of s o c i a l s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and s o c i a l organization; t h e i r s t r u c t u r a l
and dynamic dimensions. Major a t t e n t i o n i s focused upon s t r a t i f i c a t i o n and
large-scale organization i n an urban world. (Prereq.: 2 c o u r s e s i n s o c i o l o g y ,
i n c l u d i n g 121.
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation with i n s t r u c t o r .
of instructor.
(Prereq. : 121, permission
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Social Work
Director:
Paul T. Steen
MAJOR: The core program o f S o c i a l Work c o u r s e s b e g i n s i n the j u n i o r y e a r , b u t
freshmen and sophomores a r e a d v i s e d t o t a k e S o c i a l Work 257 or t o h a v e other
s i g n i f i c a n t v o l u n t e e r experience b e f o r e majoring.
CORE PROGRAM REQUIRED: P s y c h o l o g y 105; S o c i o l o g y 1 2 1 , 365, 3 8 3 , and 384;
S o c i a l Work 351, 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 861
8 6 3 , and 467. One c o u r s e i n t h e C o n s e r v a t i o n
o f Human R e s o u r c e s (CHR) program s h o u l d be t a k e n ( s e e t h e i n d e x i n t h i s c a t a l o g
t o f i n d where t o r e a d a b o u t CHR c o u r s e s ) .
(one
The f o l l o w i n g a r e h i g h l y recommended: Economics 122; P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e
o f the f o l l o w i n g ) 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 325
326; Psychology 351
352 (may be
s u b s t i t u t e d f o r S o c i o l o g y 3 8 4 ) , 362
375 (same as S o c i o l o g y 3 7 5 ) ; S o c i a l
Work 257
357 ( t o be taken as freshman or sophomore); and S o o i o l o g y 231
and 232.
-
or
and
2 5 7 VOLUNTEER SERVICE AND INDEPENDENT STUDY
With f a c u l t y approval, student s e l e c t s a placement as a f u l l - t i m e volunteer
i n a s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . Opportunity t o know s o c i a l work
professional, s o c i a l s e r v i c e delivery systems, and career aspects i n t h e
helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper r e p o r t and review
conferences. E s p e c i a l l y recommended f o r freshmen and sophomores. ( I n t e r i m )
3 5 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICES
Basic f e a t u r e s of t h e helping process; s o c i a l work as a profession; b r i e f
d e s c r i p t i v e a t t e n t i o n t o t h e p r i n c i p a l methods o f s o c i a l work, of casework,
group work, and community organization. The p u b l i c and p r i v a t e welfare systems
i n urbanized America. Two l e c t u r e periods and s i x hours f i e l d experience p e r
week. ( P r e r e q . : j u n i o r s t a n d i n g or #. F a l l )
3 5 2 SELECTED PROGRAMS I N SOCIAL WELFARE
A p a i r o f seminars c o n s i s t i n g of s o c i a l s e c u r i t y (required), and one a d d i t i o n a l
seminar i n such t o p i c s as mental r e t a r d a t i o n , p u b l i c housing, o r aging. F i e l d
experience extended from S o c i a l Work 351 a t 16 hours p e r week t o l e a r n by
p r a c t i c e t h e s k i l l s of casework and/or group work. (Prereq.: 351. I n t e r i m )
3 5 3 THEORY OF CASEWORK AND GROUP WORK
Delineation and a p p l i c a t i o n o f p r i n c i p l e s and techniques o f casework and group
work. Reflective seminar use o f p r i o r and concurrent experiences i n f i e l d
work. Two l e c t u r e s p e r week p l u s s i x hours f i e l d p r a c t i c e s e l e c t e d s o t h a t
student completes s k i l l development i n both casework and group work.
(Prereq. : 352. S p r i n g )
3 5 7 SUMMER WORK-STUDY
*
A summer work experience of t e n weeks o r longer i n a service-giving r o l e
through assignment as an employed s t a f f o r full-time volunteer member i n a
s o c i a l agency o r i n s t i t u t i o n . Special opportunity t o consider career aspects
of s o c i a l work. Reflective, a n a l y t i c a l reports and p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n seminars
required. Sophomores and juniors. Social Work 358 may be taken concurrently
but not required. (summer)
3 5 8 INDEPENDENT STUDY WITH SUMMER WORK-STUDY I N SOCIAL SERVICES
To be taken concurrently with 357. With f a c u l t y approval a t o p i c i s s e l e c t e d
f o r independent study r e l a t i n g t o t h e work experience. Study t o be reported
i n a major paper of high q u a l i t y . (Sunrmer)
4 6 1 LINKAGE AND LABORATORY I N SPECIAL AREAS
Students placed f o r refinement of p r a c t i c e s k i l l s i n programs serving s p e c i a l
groups such as aging, mental r e t a r d a t i o n , t h e chemically dependent, o r youth
subculture. Twice a week linkage seminars with 6-8 hours f i e l d p r a c t i c e .
Not open t o students taking 463. (Prereq.: 353. F a l l )
4 6 3 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION
Locality development and s o c i a l change through community organization, s o c i a l
planning, and s o c i a l action. F i e l d experience o f s i x hours with two l e c t u r e s
p e r week. Two l e c t u r e periods p e r week, plus e i t h e r (a) f o r majors, 8 hours
r e l a t e d f i e l d experience; o r (b) f o r non-majors, 8 hours r e l a t e d f i e l d
experience o r an approved plan f o r independent work i n community study o r
planning. Not open t o students taking 461. (Prereq.: #. F a l l )
4 6 7 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP I N SOCIAL WORK
Responsibilities assigned as a professional s o c i a l worker i n some s o c i a l
welfare agency with arranged linkage seminars. Some students s e l e c t e d f o r
stipended positions. 12 t o 20 hours p e r week. (Prereq.: 461 or 463 and
major
Spring)
.
Department of Speech,
Communication, and Theater Arts
Chairman:
Raymond Anderson
COMMUNICATIQN MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 342, 351 o r 352, 354, 487 and
E n g l i s h 219. S u p p o r t i n g c o u r s e s r e q u i r e d b u t n o t c o u n t i n g toward t h e major:
Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; S o c i o l o g y 111, 375. T y p i n g a b i l i t y
required.
The communication m a j o r i s a f l e x i b l e i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y program which g l l o w s
f o r d i f f e r e n t emphases -- j o u r n a l i s m , a d v e r t i s i n g and p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s , r a d i o t e l e v i s i o n - f i l m , human r e l a t i o n s , and s u p e r v i s o r y management. Program g u i d e s
f o r e a c h a r e a a r e a v a i l a b l e from the Department Chairman o r the O f f i c e o f
Admissions.
P r o s p e c t i v e m a j o r s s h o u l d c o n t a c t the department a s e a r l y a s p o s s i b l e t o work
o u t a plan f o r the major and a personal c a r e e r a c t i o n p l a n . Freshmen s h o u l d
t a k e Speech 111, Psychology 1 0 5 , S o c i o l o g y 111, and Philosophy 130.
COMMUNICATION MINOR:
5 courses
SPEECH MAJOR:
10 courses
SPEECH MAJOR FOR-TEACHING: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 232, 2 4 1 , 351 o r
352, 3 5 5 , 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , 476. A s p e e c h e d u c a t i o n m a j o r s h o u l d be combined
w i t h a m a j o r i n ~ n b l i s hi f p o s s i b l e . P a r t i c i p a t i o n i n drama or f o r e n s i c s
required.
SPEECH.MINOR FOR TEACHING: 5 c o u r s e s . For s e c o n d a r y e d u c a t i o n , 111, 232, 351
orL352, 3 T , ' - - 3 L 0 ; 3 6 6 ; c o u r s e 476 i s recommended. For e l e m e n t a r y e d u c a t i o n ,
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 c o u r s e s , i n c l u d i n g : 111, 1 1 6 , 2 2 8 , 232, 360, 3 6 1 ,
3 6 6 , 467. A c o u r s e i n cinema a r t s and 2 c o u r s e s i n d r a m a t i c l i t e r a t u r e may
be counted toward a t h e a t e r a r t s m a j o r . T h i s m a j o r s h o u l d be s u p p o r t e d b y
a n E n g l i s h m i n o r or a t l e a s t b y s e v e r a l c o u r s e s i n l i t e r a t u r e i n c l u d i n g
S h a k e s p e a r e and Modern Drama or S c a n d i n a v i a n Drama.
Freshmen p l a n n i n g t o m a j o r i n t h e a t e r a r t s s h o u l d t a k e c o u r s e s 111, 1 1 6 , and
228.
Experience requirement f o r t h e a t e r a r t s majors: Experience i s required i n
f o u r o u t o f the f i v e f o l l o w i n g a r e a s : a c t i n g , set c o n s t r u c t i o n and p a i n t i n g ,
l i g h t and s o u n d , c o s t u m e , h o u s e management. Majors s h o u l d t a k e p a r t i n
dramatic productions during a l l four years.
THEATER ARTS MINOR:
5 courses including:
2 2 8 , 2 3 2 , 360, 3 6 1 , 366.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA o f 3.25 i n t h e m a j o r , 3.00 o v e r - a l l , t h r e e i n d e p e n d e n t
s t u d y p r o j e c t s o f h o n o r s q u a l i t y , d i s t i n g u i s h e d performance i n a t l e a s t one
o f the communication a r t s , comprehensive e x a m i n a t i o n i n f i e l d o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
A p p l i c a t i o n t o be made e a r l y i n the s e n i o r y e a r .
Courses 116 and 476 a r e s t r o n g l y recommended f o r a l l s t u d e n t s i n e l e m e n t a r y
education.
1 11 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of e f f e c t i v e speaking and c r i t i c a l l i s t e n i n g .
(Fall, Spring)
116 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS
Selection of s t o r i e s f o r various age groups. Techniques, observation, and
p r a c t i c e i n s t o r y t e l l i n g and c r e a t i v e dramatics. Recommended f o r p a r i s h
workers and elementary school teachers. ( F a l l )
Construction, painting, and o t h e r aspects of scenery preparation.
students. ( F a l l )
Open t o a l l
2 3 2 ACTING
An introduction t o t h e a r t of acting. P r a c t i c a l work i n pantomime and
improvisation; p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n dramatic presentations.
(Spring)
2 4 1 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
A study of f i l m as an a r t form; major developments i n f i l m h i s t o r y ; analysis of
s i g n i f i c a n t films, with emphasis on a e s t h e t i c r a t h e r than t e c h n i c a l elements.
(Spring)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS I N SOCIETY
A study o f t h e d i s t i n c t i v e character of each of t h e major mass media, with
emphasis on t h e i r r o l e i n s o c i e t y .
of P o l i t i c a l Science. ( S p r i n g )
See a l s o description under Department
351 ARGUMENTATION
Application of l o g i c i n p u b l i c speaking, discussion, and debates.
(Fall)
352 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of g r e a t speeches; p r a c t i c a l work
i n speech w r i t i n g . ( S p r i n g )
354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Introduction t o communication dynamics embracing s c i e n t i f i c as well as
humanistic perspectives on human communication. ( S p r i n g )
355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
Theories of group leadership; p r i n c i p l e s and types of discussion; p r a c t i c e i n
.discussion techniques. ( F a l l )
3 6 0 INTERPRETATIVE READING
Basic p r i n c i p l e s of o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of l i t e r a t u r e .
prose, poetry, and drama. ( F a l l )
P r a c t i c e i n reading
361 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
An introduction t o h i s t o r y of t h e t h e a t e r and t o t h e o r i e s of drama and dramatic
production. ( F a l l )
366 STAGE DIRECTION
Theory and p r a c t i c e of s t a g e d i r e c t i o n with laboratory exercises i n planning
productions and conducting rehearsals. Open t o upper d i v i s i o n students
on 1y
(Spring)
.
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and p r a c t i c e of s t a g e l i g h t i n g and scene design.
228 or #.
Spring)
(Prereq. :
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological f a c t o r s underlying normal and abnormal speech.
introduction t o p r i n c i p l e s and methods of speech c o r r e c t i o n . ( S p r i n g )
An
480 SEMINAR I N COMMUNICATION
Cooperative i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t o p i c s i n speech and communication theory. (Fall)
487 FIELD EXPERIENCE I N COMMUNICATION
Students a r e assigned t o work i n radio s t a t i o n s , t e l e v i s i o n s t a t i o n s , newspaper
o r o t h e r publishing firms, e t c . , f o r p r a c t i c a l o r i e n t a t i o n t o communication
occupations. ( P r e r e q . : 480 o r concurrent r e g i s t r a t i o n i n 480. F a l l , Spring)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION
Selected t o p i c s i n speech and communication, with emphasis on t h e use of
primary sources and methodology of research. ( F a l l , S p r i n g )
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N DRAMA
Individual p r o j e c t s i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and t h e a t e r .
*
( F a l l , Spring)
Total Student Enrollment
. . .. .. ,. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ...... 1,773
359
Academic Year, 1972-1973,
Summer Session, 1973
Summary of Graduates
................
Graduates, 1870-1972
Graduates, 1973 (September 1, 1972
-
May 20, 1973)
.
5,434
260
Faculty
RUTH AASKOV, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Language, Ph. D . 1970,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (French)
COURTLAND AGRE, P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Organic Chemistry)
*WARREN A N , A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music (Lower Brass)
EARL ALTON, P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y of Michigan
(Physical Chemistry and I n o r g a n i c Chemistry), Department Chairman
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Education and Psychology,
M.A. 1947, Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Psychology) .
BARBARA ANDERSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of English, M.A. 1954,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (English Education)
ERNEST ANDERSON, P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1947,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman
*MARGARET J . ANDERSON, L i b r a r i a n , I n s t r u c t o r , M.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, P r e s i d e n t of t h e College, B . D . 1942, Luther
Theological Seminary, L. L . D . 1963, Concordia College
RAYMOND E . ANDERSON, P r o f e s s o r of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
*MICHAEL J . ARNDT, I n s t r u c t o r of S p e e c h / ~ r a m a , B.A. 1968, Augsburg College,
(Theater Arts D i r e c t o r )
KENNETH C . BAILEY, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Academic A f f a i r s and Dean of t h e
College, Ph. D. 1960, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Philosophy)
*VALERIA B . BALTINA, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, M.A. 1933,
U n i v e r s i t y of L a t v i a (German and Russian)
JOHN E . BENSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of R e l i g i o n , Ph.D. 1967, Columbia
U n i v e r s i t y (Philosophy o f Religion)
*ROBERT E . BEVERLEY, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.M. 1948,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Woodwind)
*JAMES BILLINGS, I n s t r u c t o r of Business Administration, M.A. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Health Economics)
VERN BLOOM, D i r e c t o r of t h e Conservation of Human Resources Program,
M.S.W. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Urban and Criminal J u s t i c e
Studies)
WILLIAM CARIS, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Health and Physical Education,
M.A. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa (Head F o o t b a l l Coach)
JAMES CARLSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, Ph.D. 1972, I n d i a n a
U n i v e r s i t y ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg Concert Band)
*NELSON CARR, A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music (Brass)
CARL H . CHRISLOCK, P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , Ph.D. 1955, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (American History)
BERNHARD M . CHRISTENSEN, P r e s i d e n t Emeritus, Ph D. 1929, H a r t f o r d
Seminary Foundation
*L. GRACIA CHRISTENSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1935,
R a d c l i f f e College (Chaucer)
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate P r o f e s s o r , Ph.D. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y of Iowa
( D i r e c t o r of t h e S o c i a l Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Speech, M.A. 1949, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Theater Arts) (Has a dog t h a t o f t e n v i s i t s t h e campus)
.
K . BERNER DAHLEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1940, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota ( B r i t i s h L i t e r a t u r e )
F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of t h e F a c u l t y and D i r e c t o r of S p e c i a l
Programs, Ph.D. 1966, Duke U n i v e r s i t y
JOHN C . DAWSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Metro-Urban S t u d i e s I n t e r n s h i p Program) (Enjoys
music, summer s p o r t s and p o l i t i c s )
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, Ph. D . 1972,
Arizona S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Teaching of Mathematics)
GRACE B . DYRUD, P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Learning)
*EDGAR E . EKLOF, A r t i s t i n Residence i n Music, M . M . 1956, Manhattan School
of Music (Voice)
*ROBERT ENGELSON, D i r e c t o r o f t h e Choral Club, B . A . 1972, Augsburg College
*KENNETH N . ERICKSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado
S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Space Physics)
*ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach
SHELDON FARDIG, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r of Education, Ph.D. 1966,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Human R e l a t i o n s i n Education)
NORMAN B . L . FERGUSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin ( P h y s i o l o g i c a l Psychology)
HENRY G . FOLLINGSTAD, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, M.A. 1971,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Complex Analysis) (Enjoys w r i t i n g n o n - f i c t i o n )
BURTON P . FOSSE, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Finance and Management, B . B . A . and
B . M . E . 1949, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, I n s t r u c t o r i n A r t , M.A. 1970, Penn S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y
(Visual Communications)
MARK FUEHRER, I n s t r u c t o r of Philosophy, M.A. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy)
(Enj oys f e n c i n g ,
c l a s s i c a l s t u d i e s and Renaissance a r t )
*WALTER FUNMAKER, I n s t r u c t o r of Indian S t u d i e s , B.A. 1967, C a l i f o r n i a S t a t e
U n i v e r s i t y a t Los Angeles
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.A. 1966,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph . D . 1966, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Chicago (Human Development)
BRUCE L . GILDSETH, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Student A f f a i r s and Dean of
Admissions, Ph. D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f H i s t o r y , Ph D . 1968, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota (Modern European H i s t o r y ) ( C o l l e c t s books and r a i s e s
roses)
*ROBERT GRAMS, I n s t r u c t o r of Sociology, B . A . 1969, Augsburg College
DEAN B. GULDEN, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Mathematics, M.S. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Algebra), Department Chairman (Spends weekends
p l u s t h e e n t i r e summer i n t h e North Woods)
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , Ph. D. 1969,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Modern World H i s t o r y ) , Department Chairman
ARLIN E . GYBERG, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota ( A n a l y t i c a l Chemistry) (Enjoys b a s k e t b a l l , f i s h i n g ,
p a d d l e b a l l and s o f t b a l l . Active i n p r o f e s s i o n a l education and
p r o f e s s i o n a l chemistry)
.
LEIF E . HANSEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s , M.A.
1950, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Norwegian) (Sometimes a s s o c i a t e s w i t h
Swedes. Spends summers as language camp d i r e c t o r )
THEODORE J . HANWICK, P r o f e s s o r of P h y s i c s , Ph.D. 1950, New York U n i v e r s i t y
(Astronomy and O p t i c a l Physics) Department Chairman
MILDA HEDBLOM, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of P o l i t i c a l Science, M.A. 1966,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Mass P a r t i c i p a t i o n and P o l i t i c a l Communication)
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r , L. L . B . 1961, W i l l i a m M i t c h e l l
College of Law (Business Law)
MELVIN HELLAND, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph. D. 1930, H a r t f o r d Seminary
Foundation
*KATHERINE A . HENNIG, Artist i n Residence i n Music, M.A. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota (Voice)
DAINA HERFORTH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , B.A. 1963,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Economics)
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Biology, Ph.D. 1968,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Nebraska (Microbiology and Developmental Biology)
NORMAN D. HOLEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f A r t , M.F.A. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y of
Iowa ( S c u l p t u r e )
HOLGER HOLMEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Education, Ed. D . 1969, U n i v e r s i t y
of Missouri (School and S o c i e t y )
JOHN R. HOLUM, P r o f e s s o r o f Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Organic Chemistry)
ERVIN INNIGER, I n s t r u c t o r o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education, B .S. 1967,
I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y ( B a s k e t b a l l Coach)
VALIJA JAUNLININS, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (German)
* I . KHIN KHIN JENSEN, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f H i s t o r y , Ph.D. 1956,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Asian H i s t o r y )
MILDRED V. J O E L , P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
(Registrar)
DUANE E . JOHNSON, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Psychology, Ph.D. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Development a 1 Psychology) Department Chairman
EINAR 0 . JOHNSON, P r o f e s s o r o f Education, Ph.D. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Washington, Chairman o f t h e Department o f Education
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Development, B.S. E . 1952, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Nebraska and B . D. 1959, Luther T h e o l o g i c a l Seminary
JAMES D. JOHNSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.S. 1958, J u i l l i a r d
School o f Music (Piano)
MARY E . JOHNSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Foreign Languages, M.A. 1950,
Columbia U n i v e r s i t y , M.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (French)
ROBERT KARLEN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.A. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Scandinavian Music, D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg O r c h e s t r a ) ,
Department Chairman
*SYLVIA KERR, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, Ph.D. 1968, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (Zoology)
*JAMES KINCANNON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Psychology, Ph .D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota
MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, A s s i s t a n t Prcifessor o f Foreign Language, M.A. 1964,
Middlebury C o l l e g e (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J . KLEVEN, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph. D. 1941, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota
BOYD KOEHLER, L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r . M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota
*ROY H. LAFAYETTE, I n s t r u c t o r o f Business A d m i n i s t r a t i o n , B. S. B . 1965,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Auditing)
*LORA LINDGREN, I n s t r u c t o r o f H e a l t h and P h y s i c a l Education, M. S. 1967,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Wyoming
LORRAINE K . LIVINGSTON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , M.A. 1932,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota ( E n g l i s h L i t e r a t u r e and C r e a t i v e Writing)
GERTRUDE S . LUND, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Business Education, M.A. 1951,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Enjoys t r a v e l i n g )
ORLIN L. MANDSAGER, College P a s t o r and L e c t u r e r i n Religion, B . D . 1961,
Luther Theological Seminary
"KEISHIRO MATSUMOTO, I n s t r u c t o r of Business Administration, M . B . A . 1965,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Michigan ( S t a t i s t i c a l Methods i n Finance)
MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1932, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota
*MARIE 0. McNEFF, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r Education, Ed.D. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Nebraska (Elementary Education)
(Enjoys bargain-hunting)
DIANA LEE METZKER, I n s t r u c t o r i n Music, M.A. 1969, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Organ, Piano, Theory)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota ( F i e l d Biology and Human Biology) (Spends h i s Sundays
preaching)
*SHEROD MILLER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Sociology, Ph.D. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Minnesota ( I n t e r p e r s o n a l communication) (Enjoys s a i l b o a t i n g and
gardening)
JOHN R . MITCHELL, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of E n g l i s h , M.A. 1971, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Tennessee (Modern Poetry and Cinema) (Chief academic and p e r s o n a l
i n t e r e s t s i n c l u d e f i l m s t u d i e s and film-making, p o e t r y and c r e a t i v e
w r i t i n g , p a i n t i n g , Jungian psychology and dream a n a l y s i s , African
l i t e r a t u r e , e l e c t r o n i c music, t e n n i s , c r o s s country s k i i n g , archaeology)
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n A r t , LL.D. 1944, U n i v e r s i t y of
T a r t u , E s t o n i a ( S t a i n e d Glass)
GERDA MORTENSEN, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1928, Columbia U n i v e r s i t y
(Commissioner and Executive S e c r e t a r y f o r t h e Norsemen's F e d e r a t i o n ;
S e c r e t a r y of t h e Executive Committee o f t h e Norwegian-American 19 75
S e s q u i c e n t e n n i a l A s s o c i a t i o n f o r t h e Midwest)
*KATSUYOSHI NAKAMURA, I n s t r u c t o r o f Foreign Languages, M. A. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota (Greek) (Enjoys e x e r c i s e s i n a l l a s p e c t s - p h y s i c a l ,
mental and s p i r i t u a l )
ARTHUR NASH, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph.D. 1938, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
EDOR C . NELSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education,
M.Ed. 1947, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach)
GORDON L. NELSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y
of Chicago ( E t h i c s and S o c i e t y )
RICHARD C . NELSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of H i s t o r y , M.A. 1967, U n i v e r s i t y
of Minnesota (Ancient History)
"CATHERINE NICHOLL, Adjunct A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f E n g l i s h , Ph.D. 1971,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
GRIER NICHOLL, Associate P r o f e s s o r of E n g l i s h , Ph.D. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (American S t u d i e s )
NORMA C . NOONAN, Associate P r o f e s s o r of P o l i t i c a l Science, Ph.D. 1965,
I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y (Comparative P o l i t i c s , S o v i e t P o l i t i c s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l
R e l a t i o n s ) Department Chairman (Has t r a v e l e d e x t e n s i v e l y through t h e
U.S. S. R . , E a s t e r n and Western Europe. Enjoys music, r e a d i n g and
gardening; a c t i v e i n p o l i t i c s .
DOUGLAS J . OLLILA, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f R e l i g i o n , Th.D. 1963, Boston
U n i v e r s i t y ( R e l i g i o n i n America)
ESTHER J . OLSON, P r o f e s s o r of Speech, Ph.D. 1956, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
(Theater Arts)
JOHN T. O'MALLEY, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Business Administration, M.B.A.
1971, Mankato S t a t e College (Accounting)
*WILLIAM OYLER, I n s t r u c t o r of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y o f
Minnesota (German)
"VALERIE PACE, I n s t r u c t o r o f Sociology, B.A. 1970, U n i v e r s i t y o f Iowa
(American C i v i l i z a t i o n )
RONALD G . PALOSAARI, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f English, Ph.D. 1970,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (American S t u d i e s ) Acting Department Chairman.
(Likes r a c k e t b a l l , t e n n i s , conversation and f i l m s )
"PATRICIA PARKER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Library Science, M.A. 1952,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Michigan
KERMIT E . PAULSON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Physics, M.S. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y
of Wisconsin-Madison (Nuclear Radiation Physics)
ANNE PEDERSON, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.A. 1945, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
LAU&TTA PELTON, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette
U n i v e r s i t y (Teacher Competencies) (Likes a r t c r a f t s , music, out door
camping with s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n water s p o r t s and t r a v e l )
WAR&N L . PERSONS, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Mathematics, M.A. 1968,
U n i v e r s i t y of Wisconsin (Point S e t Topology)
LaVONNE PETERSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Health and P h y s i c a l Education,
M.A. 1953, Montana S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Cross country s k i i n g , camping,
mus i c)
JOYCE PFAFF, I n s t r u c t o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education, M.Ed. 1969,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota. (Works with t h e mentally r e t a r d e d ; spends
weekends s k i i n g . )
MARTIN QUANBECK, P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
PHILIP A . QUANBECK, P r o f e s s o r of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, P r i n c e t o n
Theological Seminary, Department Chairman of Religion
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968,
Northwestern U n i v e r s i t y (Philosophy o f k l i g i o n , E x i s t e n t i a l i s m )
Department Chairman (Enjoys camping and t r a v e l )
STEVEN F. REUTER, I n s t r u c t o r of Education, M.Ed. 1972, U n i v e r s i t y of
Nebraska (Elementary Education) (Antique c o l l e c t o r )
*JOHN F. RILEY, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Religion, Ph.D. 1964, C a t h o l i c
U n i v e r s i t y of America (Contemporary C a t h o l i c Theology)
GUNTA ROZENTALS, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, Ph. D 1968,
U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota (Spanish)
PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct I n s t r u c t o r i n A r t (Film-Making)
.
EDWARD M. SABELLA, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Economics, Ph.D. 1971,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota, Department Chairman (Theory, P u b l i c Finance,
Urban)
"KATHRYN SANDQUIST, I n s t r u c t o r o f Music, B.A. 1958, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Piano)
RICHARD B . SARGENT, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f English, B. A. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y
o f North C a r o l i n a (Shakespeare, Drama, Renaissance L i t e r a t u r e )
LELAND B , SATEEN, P r o f e s s o r of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College
and D.Mus. 1965, Lakeland College ( D i r e c t o r o f t h e Augsburg Choir)
*IRENE SCHILLING, L i b r a r i a n I , M.A. 1973, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
(Library Science)
EDWIN J . SAUGESTAD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Health and P h y s i c a l Education,
M.A. 1964, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
A. MAY0 SAVOLD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Music, M.Mus.Ed. 1963, MacPhail
School o f Music
*RABBI FREDERICK C. SCHWARTZ, V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r of R e l i g i o n , Ph.D. 1960,
Hebrew Union College (Judaism)
MARJORIE H . SIBLEY, Head L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1943,
U n i v e r s i t y of I l l i n o i s and M.A. 1961, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
*DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching A s s i s t a n t i n Biology
EUGENE SKIBBE, Associate P r o f e s s o r of Religion, D.Th. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Heidelberg (Contemporary Theology)
PAUL T. STEEN, P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota ( S o c i a l Welfare) (Active i n mental r e t a r d a t i o n s e r v i c e s and
aging p r o j e c t s of t h e community)
*CARROLL I . STEIN, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of Psychology, Ph.D. 1966,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (Organizational Psychology)
DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Foreign Language, Ph. D . 1973,
U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota (German, L i n g u i s t i c s ) Department Chairman
MYLES C . STENSHOEL, P r o f e s s o r o f P o l i t i c a l Science, Ph.D. 1965,
U n i v e r s i t y of Colorado ( C o n s t i t u t i o n a l Law, P o l i t i c a l Theory)
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, L i b r a r i a n , A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r , M.A. 1968, M . A .
1970, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
RALPH SULERUD, A s s o c i a t e P r o f e s s o r of Biology, Ph. D . 1968, U n i v e r s i t y of
Nebraska (Genetics) Department Chairman
PHILIP J . THOMPSON, Associate P r o f e s s o r of A r t , M.F.A. 1958, U n i v e r s i t y
o f Iowa ( P a i n t i n g ) Department Chairman
*RICHARD THONI, I n s t r u c t o r of Psychology, B . A . 1966, S t . Olaf College
(Personality)
NEAL 0 . THORPE, Associate P r o f e s s o r o f Biology, Ph.D. 1965, U n i v e r s i t y
of Wisconsin (Biochemistry and Biomedical Research)
JOHN THUT, Associate P r o f e s s o r Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American
Conservatory of Music
VERA THUT, I n s t r u c t o r Emeritus, B .Mus . 1927, American Conservatory of
Mus i c
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, P r o f e s s o r of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota (Metro-Urban Sociology), Department Chairman
ERLING J . URDAHL, P r o f e s s o r of Biology, M.A. 1940, U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota ( P l a n t Biology and I n v e r t e b r a t e Zoology)
*EUGENE VUICICH, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r o f Music, M.M. 1967, I n d i a n a
U n i v e r s i t y ( I n s t r u m e n t a l Music, D i r e c t o r of t h e S t r i n g Ensemble)
ANTHONY WAGNER, A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r of S o c i o l o g y / S o c i a l Work, M.S.W.
1973, U n i v e r s i t y o f Minnesota
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, A s s i s t a n t R e g i s t r a r , B.S. 1958, S t . Cloud S t a t e College
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, L e c t u r e r i n A r t , M.A. 1963, U n i v e r s i t y of Minnesota
(Elementary A r t Methods)
*MARY WILSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College
(Flute)
DAVID C. WOOD, Associate P r o f e s s o r of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green
S t a t e U n i v e r s i t y (Eighteenth Century L i t e r a t u r e , Journalism)
*
Part-time
Personnel
Administration
President
.....................
Finance and Management
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Finance and Management
Controller
D i r e c t o r of P l a n t S e r v i c e s
D i r e c t o r o f Food S e r v i c e s
D i r e c t o r of Data Processing
D i r e c t o r of A u x i l i a r y S e r v i c e s
Manager o f t h e Book S t o r e
Oscar A. Anderson
. . . . . . Burton
P . Fosse
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayne Pederson
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Eugene Ecklund
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C a r l Stromer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . David Pederson
. . . . . . . . . . Douglas P. Wasko
. . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . I r v i n g Hoe1
Academic A f f a i r s
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Academic A f f a i r s
and Dean o f t h e College
Associate Dean of t h e F a c u l t y
and D i r e c t o r of S p e c i a l Programs
Registrar
Assistant Registrar
Head L i b r a r i a n
D i r e c t o r of Audio V i s u a l S e r v i c e s
D i r e c t o r o f MUSIP
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenneth
.......
..
....
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
C..
Bailey
. . . . . . . . . . F. Mark Davis
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mildred J o e l
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beverly Wegge
. . . . . . . . . . . . .Marjorie S i b l e y
. . . . . . . . . . . . Larry Glenn
. . . . . . . . . . . . . John C . Dawson
Development and College R e l a t i o n s
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Ucvelopment
D i r e c t o r of Deferred ~ i v i n ~
D i r e c t o r of Development
D i r e c t o r o f Alumni and P a r e n t s Programs
D i r e c t o r o f College R e l a t i o n s
Manager o f P u b l i c a t i o n s
Manager of t h e News Bureau
O f f i c e Manager
. . . . . . . . . . . Glen W. Johnson
. . . . . . . . . . . S i g v a l d Hj elmeland
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Tes low
. . . . . . . . J e r o y Carlson
. . . . . . . . . . . . Michael Walgren
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steven J . V i t e
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J e r r y Foley
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I r e n e Steenson
Student A f f a i r s
Vice P r e s i d e n t f o r Student A f f a i r s
and Dean of Admissions
D i r e c t o r of t h e Center f o r S t u d e n t
Development
D i r e c t o r of Student Development Resources
D i r e c t o r o f Residence Programs
D i r e c t o r of Career Planning and Placement
D i r e c t o r of Student Programs
D i r e c t o r o f F i n a n c i a l Aid
D i r e c t o r o f Admissions
Associate D i r e c t o r o f Admissions
A s s i s t a n t D i r e c t o r o f Admissions
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor
Admissions Counselor
Coordinator of Black Student A f f a i r s
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Bruce L. G i l d s e t h
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander
. . . . . . . Richard Thoni
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Cindy Marsh
. . . . . . . . P a t Olsson
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . J o e l Mugge
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Herald Johnson
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mark Johnson
. . . . . . . . . . Donovan Lundeen
. . . . . . . . . . . David Gronner
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sandra Becker
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dave Benzel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cene Carlson
. . . . , T e r r y H. Addison, Jr.
Index
......
...........
AcademicAdministration
22
Academic L i f e
7
Accreditation
6
Administration
89
Admission t o t h e College
15
Advanced Placement
16
Advanced Standing
18
American S t u d i e s
27
Anthropology
76
A r t . Department of
28
Bachelor of Music Degree
11. 57
Biology. Department of
29
Board. Cost of
20
Business Administration . . . . . . 32
Business Education
34
Calendar
7
Campus
6
CampusMap
17
Chemistry. Department of . . . . . 37
Classification
26
Communications
79
Computer Science
56
Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR)
9
C o r r e c t i v e Therapy . . . . . . 10. 6 3
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . 26
Course Desdriptions
27
C r e d i t by Examination
26
Degrees
11
D i v i s i o n a l Organization . . . . . . 23
East Asian S t u d i e s
39
Economics
35
Education. Department of . . . . . 40
Education. Elementary . . . . . . . 40
Education. Secondary
41
English. Department of
43
Enrollment
82
Expenses
19
Faculty
.7. 83
F i n a n c i a l Aid
18
F i n a n c i a l Information
20
Five College Cooperative . . . . . 8
Food S e r v i c e
14
French
45
Foreign Languages
45
Full-Time Student Defined
26
General Education Requirements
7
Geography
42
German
48
Grading
24
Graduates (1870-19 73)
82
Summary o f
82
Graduation Requirements
22
. . . .
. . .
.
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.....
..
...
.
. . . . . .
. . . . . . .
.....
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . .
. . . . .
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
......
. . .
......
......
......
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
......
......
..........
.........
. . . . . . . . .
.
.......
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
. .
..
..
..
. . .
. . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.............
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
...........
..............
. . . . . . . . .
.....
. .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
..............
..............
.......
...........
......
..
.......
..
....
........
. . . . . . . . . . . .
..
.
.
. .
...
.
.
.
.
.
Graduation With D i s t i n c t i o n
25
Greek
49
Health Education
63. 65
H i s t o r y o f Augsburg College
4
History. Department of
52
Honors Program
11
Housing
13
Identification
4
I n t e r - I n s t i t u t i o n a l Programs
8
Intercollegiate Athletics
12
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Study
10
Journalism
43
Library Science
42
Linguistics
49
Location
4
Majors
8
Mathematics. Department of
54
Medical Technology
9. 56
Metro-Urban S t u d i e s
56
Metro-Urban S t u d i e s
I n t e r n s h i p Program (MUSIP)
14
Music. Department o f
57
Nature and O b j e c t i v e s
5
N a t u r a l Science
60
Numbering of Courses
26
Pers onne 1
89
Philosophy. Department of
61
P h y s i c a l Education
63
Physics. Department of
65
P o l i t i c a l Science. Department of
67
Pre-Professional Training
8
Probation and Dismissal
24
Psychology. Department of
70
Recreation
12
Refunds
21
Registration
24
Religion. Department o f
72
Religious L i f e
12
Room Costs
20
Scandinavian Area S t u d i e s
50
S o c i a l Science Majors
75
S o c i a l Work
78
Sociology. Department of
76
Spanish
51
Speech. Department of
79
Student L i f e
12
Student S e r v i c e s
12
Summer School
9. 10
Symbol (#)
26
T h e a t e r Arts
80
Transfer
15
T u i t i o n and Fees
19
V i s i t i n g t h e Campus
6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
. .
..........
...
.....
........
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
........
....
.
.
....
.
......
......
......
..
.
....
..
....
....
....
....
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.....
......
.....
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. .
..
. . . .
.
.
..
.
. . .
......
..........
. . . . . . . . . .
.....
. . . . . . .
..........
.....
. . . . . . . . . .
.......
..........
.........
. . . . . . . .
..........
..........
. . . . . . . . . .
.........
........
Show less
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked
about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the
time of publication, it is subject to change wlthout notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements... Show more
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked
about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the
time of publication, it is subject to change wlthout notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic
policies contained in this publication. If questions arise concerning any matter
published herein, the student should consult with a faculty adviser, the dean of the
college, or the registrar.
Table of Contents
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP
THE PHYSICAL PLANT
PAGE 1I,
PAGE 12, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 18, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 22, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
PAGE 25, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 32, EXPENSES
PAGE 34, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 38, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 39, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 101, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 102, FACULTY
PAGE 110, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
PAGE 112, INDEX
PAGE I 13, ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a
student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have
about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at
the College.
Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hope the following brief definitions
will be helpful.
ACADEMIC. . . . . . . . . . . .The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize
school and college.
COURSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as
"Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses
are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the interim in
January. Thirty-five courses are required for graduation.
MAJOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 20
departments.
MINOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major.
ELECTIVE.
. . . . . . . . . . . . A course not required for
the major or minor but taken by the student
from any college department as his or her interests dictate.
FEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory
equipment or locker rental.
LOAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See
"Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP. . . . . . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school
performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result
of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts
and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial
need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria
are used for Grants-ln-Aid.
SEMESTER.
. . . . . . . . . . . The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks
in length and the interim is 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE . . . . . . . . A course which a student is required to complete before another one
may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or
another department.
Introduction
Few liberal arts colleges combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center
with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special
Christian colleges which can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables you to
be a participant or a spectator at a variety of
events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts,
films, and lectures are regularly available to you
on campus. Through the intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs you may choose participation in athletics.
Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been
established by the Student Government to
oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life
on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose
and goal is neither self-serving nor selfsustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of
Christ on the Augsburg campus.
You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg.
You design your own learning experience.
While distributional and major requirements act
as guidelines, there is latitude to design a
portion of your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental
as well as the individual are central. The
college follows the calendar known as the "41-4."
In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole
range of human knowledge. The liberal arts
education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of
fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration
is necessary in your chosen field. You may
choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of
career possibilities.
Augsburg Is in the center of the Twin Cities of
Mlnneapol~sand St. Paul. In thls rnetrapolitan
setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and
activities are available to enrich your education,
if you choose. You may select an evening at
the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop,
or at any of the many galleries or coffee
houses. You might spend an afternoon touring
the M~nneapolisInstitute of Arts. You may
choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra
or one by the many professional touring groups
that appear in the Twin Cities. There are
numerous opportunities for individual and team
sports. Professional sports are also available the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, the
Fighting Saints, and the Kicks.
Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive
combination: a strong academic program, a
capable and dedicated staff, an eager student
body and a remarkable location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
affiliated with the American Lutheran Church
(ALC). Founded more than 1 0 0 years ago,
Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1 9 6 9 and
is in its second century of Christian higher
education.
The current student body of over 1 7 0 0 is
largely of Lutheran background though many
denominations are represented on campus.
About 65% are resident students, while others
commute daily from the surrounding
metropolitan area.
Location
You and your education will have the option of
benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin
Cities. Excellent art collections are available to
you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the
Walker Art Center, and many other galleries.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities
for the enjoyment of music of many types. The
Twin Cities also appear regularly on the
itineraries of major performing artists.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations
is provided by several theaters in the area such
as the nationally known Guthrie Theater,
Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log Theater, the
St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the
Chanhassen Dinner Theater.
Recreational activities abound. You can play
tennis at parks near the campus or swim In one
of the many area lakes. In the winter you may
join other students on skiing trips. Professional
sports are available the year around.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major
airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St.
Paul International Airport, including United,
Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North
Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train
connections can be made from all areas of the
United States.
The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east
of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 9 4
which forms the southern border of the
campus. (Directions are given in the map
section of this catalog.)
History
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by
Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis
replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's
home in 1 8 7 2 . The first college students were
enrolled in 1 8 7 4 and the first college
graduation was held in 1 8 7 9 .
The school was officially named Augsburg
College in 1 9 6 3 when its former sponsor, the
Lutheran Free Church, merged with the
American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary
joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St.
Paul that same year.
Nature and Objectives
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of
the American Lutheran Church. It is committed
to an open, honest, competent inquiry into the
sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of
the Christian faith.
Augsburg emphasizes the following primary
objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety o f
ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to
become proficient in one area or major
to help students understand the Christian
faith in relation to the contemporary world
to develop students' love of learning and
their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity
and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence
to increase students' understanding of the
urban environment and culture, and to
enable them to gain the skills needed to
respond creatively to the problems and
potentialities of the modern city
to encourage students to ascertain their
interests and abilities, and to aid them in
discovering the occupatio~~al
opportunities
which exist for them
to assist students in their intellectual,
emotional, and spiritual growth; to
encourage them to develop attitudes and
qualities of character compatible with the
Christian faith.
Policies
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex
or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its
admissions policies, educational programs,
activities and employment practices. Inquiries
regarding compliance with Title IX may be
directed to Charles Gerster, Science Hall,
Room 139, or Marianne Sander, Memorial Hall,
(332-5181), or to the Director of the Office for
Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education
and Welfare, Washington, D.C.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the
Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom
as promulgated by the American Association of
University Professors and the Association of
American Colleges.
The Campus
Augsburg's compact campus is located in the
heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of the 1 5 5 parks in the "City
of Lakes." The College currently has 1 5 major
buildings with a number of cottage housing
units that are very popular with the students.
The University of Minnesota and two of the
city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's,
are adjacent to the campus.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in the
following associations that set standards by
which excellence is judged:
North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of
Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
Visiting the Campus
The purpose of the campus visit is to permit
students to learn, first-hand, about the College
program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates,
parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity to exchange information vital in the
process of selecting a college and in making
admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly
recommended but are not mandatory.
Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an
interview are asked to write for an appointment
or call the office (332-5181 ). Preferred times
for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet
with a member of the faculty and to attend
classes, Monday through Friday, when school
is in session.
School, church, and other groups are welcome
to visit the College. Arrangements may be
made by writing the Office of Admissions,
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota
55454.
Memorial Hall
Art Studio and Art Annex
Music Hall
Si Melby Hall
Augsburg College Ice Arena
Little Theatre (Speech and Drama)
East Hall
Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center
Olivet Hall (notshown; located south
of the campus on Franklin Avenue)
Admissions Parking
Student Parking
Murphy Square
Faculty-Staff Parking
Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Audio-Visual (Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1 st floor)
Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor)
C.H R . (Memorial ground floor)
Data Processing (Science 32)
Dean of the College (Science 1 35)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
Financial Services (Science 156)
Housing (Memorial 1 st floor)
Interim Director (Science 135)
Internship Office (Science 135)
Little Theatre (Speech Building)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Personnel Office (Science 139)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
Publications (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 1 14)
S.O.S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Science 135)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor)
Summer School Office (Science 135)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21 st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
2 1st Avenue South.
The Physical Plant
Instructional facilities and student housing at
Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to
each other.
Following is a brief description of each building.
A new music/classroom building is designed
and scheduled for completion in 1978.
Old Maln, erected in 1900, contains a large
number of classrooms and offices.
Sclence Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes
general administration offices; the Computer
Center; well-equipped laboratories for
chemistry, physics, and biology; a mediumsized auditorium; and several classrooms and
faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory
on the roof of Science Hall, was complefed in
the summer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor
of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected
and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science
Hall and of similar contemporary architectural
design, it provides excellent resources for
research and study. It contains reading rooms,
seminars, work rooms, a visual-education
center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms,
and a number of faculty offices.
Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium, was
completed in 1961. This building named in
honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men
from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head
of the Christianity department, provides
excellent facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate athletics,
chapel services, and general auditorium
purposes.
East Hall, purchased in 1966, houses the pipe
organs and equipment for class-piano
instruction.
The Music Bullding, acquired by purchase in
1947, has been remodeled to provide vocal,
string and piano studios as well as a rehearsal
room for large groups.
dining rooms and a coffee shop. Student
government and student publications have
quarters in this building. The bookstore is also
located here. Spacious lounges and
recreational areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000 square feet of
space.
Urness Tower, completed in 1967, is an
eleven-story building providing living quarters
for 324 students. The building was named in
honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who
have given several generous gifts to the
college. A unique feature of the building is that
each floor is considered a "house unit"
providing the 36 residents, housed two to a
room, with their own lounge, study and utility
areas.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in
1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's
second and third presidents. The building
houses about 60 students and provides space
for several faculty and administrative offices.
Mortensen Tower, erected in 1973, named in
honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of
women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964,
contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments
providing housing for 31 2 upperclass students.
A spacious lounge area as well as conference
rooms are located in this building.
The Art Studio Building, dedicated in 1964,
houses the Department of Art on its two floors.
West Hall is an apartment building purchased
in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It
provides excellent housing for married students.
Annex Houses, located in the campus area
provide accommodations for students, faculty,
and staff members.
The Admissions House, located at 628 21 st
Avenue South, provides offices for the
admissions staff and a reception area for
prospective students and their parents.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired
in 1959 and remodeled for dramatic and other
speech activities.
The Ice Arena, built in 1974, provides two
large skating areas for Augsburg and the
metropolitan community. It is used for hockey,
recreational skating, and figure skating.
The Augsburg College Center, completed in
1967, is a center of non-academic activity on
campus. The building houses the Commons,
which is the main dining area, plus private
Ollvet Hall, a gift to Augsburg from the
congregation of Olivet Lutheran Church, is used
as a practice room for the band and other
instrumentalists.
Academic Life
Augsburg is a modern well-equipped college
which aims to provide its students with a broad
liberal arts education as well as prepare them
for a career. A strong academic program in the
arts and sciences and in theology is available.
Pre-professional preparation for such fields as
engineering, medicine, law and the Christian
ministry is offered. The College prepares
students for graduate study in several
disciplines. Preparation for careers in business,
communications, medical technology, music,
nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and
teaching is available.
Augsburg seeks to assist its students through
their academic experience to better understand
themselves and the world and to equip them to
serve according to their individual interests and
abilities.
The Student As Learner
A great deal has been written during the last
few years describing the responsibilities of a
college to its students. Augsburg recognizes its
task to provide consistently high quality
opportunities for learning along with support
systems which enhance the teaching-learning
process.
Learning is not, however, a commodity which
can be purchased. It is not equal to simply
buying so many courses and being exposed to
the activities of professors. Learning involves
the solitary inner struggle of the student who
investigates, analyzes and synthesizes the
materials and insights offered. When these
have become one's own and when the learner
moves on to new personal insights, then
learning has taken place.
Both the school and the student have
responsibilities in this process. Neither party
can elude its basic task.
problems. They often join students in
discussing the political climate, comparing
notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the
latest Viking victory while having coffee.
Library Services
Augsburg has a well-equipped library.
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and
friendly student library assistants make the
library a favorite place to study. The main
library, centrally located next to the Science
Hall, houses over 150,000 volumes including
books, periodicals, records and various other
media. The Music and Chemistry libraries are
located within the departmental areas.
Access to over a million volumes is available
via daily interloan and courier service among
the seven private liberal arts colleges and the
Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the
statewide network, the additional resources of
Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are
accessible to the Augsburg faculty and
students.
A service-dedicated staff provides students with
assistance to meet diverse information needs
including instruction in the use of the library,
standard reference service, guidance in
pursuing term paper topics, and directions to
other local sources of information.
The AV Center of the Library provides facilities
for classes in broadcasting and audio-visual
materials. Assistance with the production of
slides, transparencies, filmstrips and
audiolvideo tape recordings are available for
both faculty and students. Equipment such as
movie and slide projectors and tape recorders
may be borrowed for limited periods; film
bibliographies and other advice on materials
selection are also available.
Faculty
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a
personal interest in their students. The studentfaculty ratio is approximately 16.3 to 1, with
class size averaging 25 or less.
Augsburg follows the 4-1 -4 calendar. Two 15week semesters are separated by a 4-week
interim in January. During each semester the
student generally enrolls in four courses; during
the interim concentration is on one subject.
Augsburg faculty members serve as academic
advisers and are available for help on individual
The interim period is an especially exciting
time. The whole world becomes an arena of
learning. Creative energies and individual
interests determine the course of study.
Innovation and experimentation are encouraged
in this change from the general academic
schedule. Interest in music may take form in
the study and presentation of a concert
program. Interest in people may find form in the
study and participation in activities of a social
agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies
provide opportunities for those interested in
communications. Whether your interests are
sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the
opportunity to experience and experiment while
learning.
General Education Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation are
minimal, affording the student considerable
freedom in the choice of courses. A student
seeking a liberal arts education would probably
choose many of them even if they were not
required.
,
In the humanities area, students may select
courses in literature, philosophy, art, music,
foreign languages, speech, drama, and religion.
Science courses may be chosen from biology,
chemistry, mathematics, or physics. Courses in
social and behavioral sciences are offered in
the departments of economics, history, political
science, psychology and sociology. Proficiency
in English writing must be demonstrated. One
course from an approved list of courses
containing an emphasis on urban concerns is
required as is also proficiency in two lifetime
sports. For details on general education
requirements see under Academic
Administration.
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering
English
French
German
Health Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
Social Science
Social Work
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
Majors in East Asian Studies and Russian Area
Studies are available through cooperative
programs with the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC). Consult directors of these
programs for further information. It is possible
for students to complete other majors also
through ACTC. Make application for such
majors through the Registrar.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who plan to enter the fields of law,
medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and
engineering, can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg. It is suggested that
requirements for admission to graduate schools
or seminaries be reviewed and then the course
of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the
natural and social sciences, in the humanities,
and in religion and philosophy which will
provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg
Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg
English, 2 courses; Biology 11 1, 11 2; Physics
121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106),
351, 352; Mathematics 124; Psychology, 1
course.
Biology 1 11 , 1 12; Chemistry 1 15, 1 16, 351 ,
352; Economics 122, 123; English 11 1, and a
second course; Health Ed. 1 10; Mathematics
124; Physics 121, 122. Electives to fulfill the 60
semester-hour requirements should be chosen
from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please
refer to the bulletins published by the College
of Pharmacy of your choice.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Requirements have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the School of
Dentistry at the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering at Augsburg
Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of
liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with
the Washington University School of
Engineering and Applied Science and the
Michigan Technological University. See under
Engineering for information on the course
requirements in this Three-Two Plan of studies.
Pre-Law at Augsburg
Students planning to pursue a career in law
should consult the handbook published by The
Association of American Law Schools. Early
consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles
Stenshoel, is strongly suggested. Students may
wish to take the Political Science course, Law
in the United States, to help determine whether
they possess an interest in law. Since law
schools encourage students to maintain a high
grade point average, the pre-law student should
be aware that many graduate schools consider
the grade PIN given for a course as a "C". This
information may help students in planning their
class schedules.
Pre-Medicine at Augsburg
Biology 11 1 , 112, 355; Chemistry 11 5, 116 (or
105, 106), 351, 352, 353; English 11 1, and one
or more writing and literature courses;
Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122;
Biochemistry 367; sociology, behavioral
sciences and humanities, 5 courses.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the Medical School of
the University of Minnesota. Requirements at
other universities may vary.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
This two-year program has been designed to
fulfill minimum requirements of the College of
Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary at Augsburg
One may enter a theological seminary with any
of several different majors, e.g., history,
philosophy, English, psychology, sociology,
religion. The student planning to enter seminary
should include Religion 11 1, 221 among the
courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum
should include at least two semesters of history
(Western Civilization) and one or more courses
in the history of philosophy. It should also
include Greek in the junior andlor senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg
English, 2 courses: Mathematics 124; Public
Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 11 5, 116 (or
105, 106), 351, 352, 353; Biology 11 1, 112;
Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1 course; artistic
expression, 2 courses (art, literature, music,
humanities, theater, and upper division foreign
languages); anthropology, economics,
geography, history, political science,
psychology, and sociology courses to fulfill the
remainder of the distribution requirements.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities
may vary.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and
institutions in the Twin Cities area on several
programs.
LIBRARY AND MEDIA CENTER
Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private
colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the
statewide library network, the Augsburg
community has access to over 5,000,000
volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of educational materials including
approximately 150,000 books, periodicals,
records, tapes, scores and films.
ASSOCIATED COLLEGES OF TH6 TWIN
CITIES. Full-time students at Augsburg and the
St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course
each semester at another campus. No
additional fee is required for such an exchange,
except for private instruction in music and
some independent studies. See under
"Independent Study" for further details.
Students may elect to participate in the
cooperative program to gain new perspectives,
to get better acquainted with the other schools,
or to undertake a specific course or major not
offered on the home campus. The colleges
have coordinated calendars. The interim term
may also be taken on another campus. A
regularly scheduled bus shuttles students free
between the campuses.
'
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A
cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Metropolitan Community College in
downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the
establishment of a four-year program in
social work, sociology or psychology with a
chemical dependency specialty. The program is
designed to train specialists to help professional
people in dealing with chemical dependency
problems. Courses are taken both on the
Augsburg and the Metropolitan campuses.
CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring together
Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental
hospital patients, guards, and students at
rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such
places as the Shakopee Institution for Women,
Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale
(a center for the severely physically
handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The
classes offered through several departments
give students first-hand views of the prisons,
hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The
response of students involved in the courses,
both from Augsburg and the institutions, has
been extremely favorable.
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and
Control Data Institute have an arrangement
whereby students may transfer the equivalent
of three courses in computer programming
taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other
colleges in planning study opportunities for the
January interim. For example, Augsburg and St.
Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study
opportunities for the interim. Since the interim
program is new each year, the Interim Director
should be consulted regarding planned
programs.
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOL OF NURSING.
Nursing students in the school of nursing at
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive
instruction in biology, chemistry, and other
basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for
admission to the school of nursing should be
made directly to the hospital.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM. This
group is composed of colleges and universities
in Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota. Planned
activities include innovative curricular programs
for students, interchange and sharing of
academic personnel and other college
resources, cooperative research projects,
foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metrourban affairs conference, and development of
programs consistent with the needs and
resources of the community organizations of
the Upper Midwest.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical
Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg
offers work which enables qualified students to
receive a college degree with a major in
Medical Technology. The first three years of
this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final
twelve-month program is completed at one of
the three hospitals when the student is
accepted by the participating hospital for its
program. Augsburg College does not guarantee
acceptance by the hospitals.
ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan
Technological University in Houghton,
Michigan, enables a student to receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University or Michigan
Technological University, in a five-year
program. The first three years are spent at
Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated
university.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in
Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation
with the Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State
Hospital, is available to students who complete
a major in physical education with specialization
in Corrective Therapy.
Admission to this program requires an
application to be approved by the director of
the program. Application should be made
during the spring semester of the sophomore
year. Candidates are required to have a 2.5
grade-point average in work completed in the
major and a 2.0 grade-point average over-all.
All candidates should, as soon as possible,
consult with the Director regarding proper
sequence of courses.
ANTIOCH-MINNEAPOLIS COMMUNIVERSITY.
Students at Augsburg College and AntiochMinneapolis Communiversity, a metropolitan
school emphasizing experiential-based learning,
may take classes at each other's campuses
under certain mutually satisfactory
arrangements. Interested persons should
contact the Academic Dean.
ROTC. While Augsburg does not offer Reserved
Officers Training programs for the various
armed services of the United States, such
programs are available in the metropolitan area
and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For
information, confer with the Dean of the
College.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of international experience are
available to Augsburg students. Some of them
are briefly described below. For application
procedures and further information, request the
special brochure on lnternational Study at
Augsburg from the Director of lnternational
Programs. Since there is a limit on the number
of students who may study abroad each year it
is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one
wishes to participate in an international
program.
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG
NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the
SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the
University of Minnesota and several colleges in
the state. Each year three or four countries are
selected, and qualified students are granted
partial scholarships to enable them to spend a
summer in informal study in one of the
countries chosen. Applications to the program
are made in the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists
of three stages: language study and group
meetings during the school year before
departure, independent study abroad on a topic
of one's choice during the following summer,
and the writing of a paper upon return.
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements
have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or junior
year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are
the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College
in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House
College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto
Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico;
the Institute for American Universities at Aix-enProvence and Avignon in France; The Goethe
Institute in Germany; the University of
Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville,
Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In
addition, through the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students
may take part in the Scandinavian Urban
Studies Term, and through the Experiment in
lnternational Living, Augsburg students are
offered study programs in Columbia, Denmark,
England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece,
Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal,
Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This
type of study must be approved before
departure by the Director of lnternational
Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing. Credit earned through foreign study
may be applied to the student's graduation
requirements as electives, as elements of the
major sequence, or to satisfy some of the
general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish to
spend a summer studying abroad. Recently
Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece,
Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director
of International Programs.
INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is
planned for each year. See listings under the
Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure
on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the
following January.
both credit and non-credit, through its
Continuing Education Program. Classes are
generally in the evening. Since continuing
education courses are offered on a semesterhour basis, the courses vary in length from four
weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to
know more about Augsburg's continuing
education offerings should call or write the
Office of the Associate Dean of the Faculty.
New Dimensions Program
The New Dimensions Program is for adults who
have not attended or who have not graduated
from college. The program provides admissions
counseling, career guidance and planning, a
simplified time-saving registration procedure,
on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and,
for those who desire it, a special course to
ease the transition to academic life.
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed
to provide opportunities for qualified students to
pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated
course of study. Special seminars, colloquia,
honors student forums and options in
completing the general education requirements
are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries
should be addressed to Dr. Milda Hedblom,
Honors Director.
lnternship Program
The lnternship Program is a college-wide
program. It provides students in almost all fields
of study an opportunity to gain practical on-thejob experience that can be related to their
academic program or personal interests.
Internships are available with a variety of
companies, agencies and community
organizations.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of courses,
The transitional course, "The Adult Student:
Issues and Challenges," is offered several
times a year. It includes self-assessment,
testing, counseling, training and practice in
study skills, career exploration, and discussion
of personal and family problems arising from
the return to school. The course enables
returning adults to get to know each other
through sharing experiences, problems, hopes
and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Degrees
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts,
the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of
Science degrees. The degree, Bachelor of
Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in
Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing,
and Social Work. Majors in Music may select
the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or
the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with
majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of
Arts degree.
Student Life
Your experiences in the classroom are a major
aspect of your college life, but learning and
development also occur in formal and informal
activities and opportunities of the college and
metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident
or commuter student, you'll find that the climate
for learning and living at Augsburg can add
dimension to your education.
Religious Life
An important part of daily life at Augsburg is
religious activity. The Religious Life
Commission, chaired by students and
composed of students and faculty, sees its
major responsibility in relation to worship,
devotional life and the stimulation of faith.
Chapel services are held three times a week
and are both experimental and traditional in
character. The Wednesday evening Eucharist
service in the College Center is a valued
worship experience for many students. Students,
faculty and staff participate voluntarily. Special
events are sponsored throughout the year and
a number of groups having a religious
emphasis meet regularly. The Campus Pastor
has an office in the College Center where you
can contact him for counseling, consultation or
ways to get more involved.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, a variety of social and
cultural activities takes place on campus as
well as in the Twin Cities. These activities
include dances, special dinners, name
entertainment, and visiting personalities in
various fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisure-time
activity on campus. Offices for the College
newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the
yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower
level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or
non-classroom related interests meet in the
Center.
There are several opportunities for participation
in music and drama. In addition to performing
on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String
Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and
several student-organized groups such as the
Cabaret Singers also perform on and off
campus. Several plays are given on campus
each year under the direction of the theater arts
department.
Recreation
Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his or her own recreation and
relaxation. An intramural program provides
competition in a variety of team sports as well
as individual performance activities. Broomball
has been an especially popular coed sport.
Climaxing the intramural program is the
Extramural Meet, a tournament for intramural
winners at various colleges. Check schedules
for times when there is open use of the
gymnasium and the ice arena.
lntercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota
lntercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and
is a member of the National Association of
lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College
annually competes in ten sports, including
football, soccer, cross-country, basketball,
hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and
golf. Augsburg is also a member of the
Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic
Association (MWIAA) and the Association for
lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW).
The women annually compete in volleyball,
gymnastics, basketball, badminton, golf, tennis,
and track.
Student Services
Augsburg College is concerned with educating
the whole person and recognizes that the
context in which learning takes place is a
critical factor in achieving optimal growth.
Knowledge grows from more than intellectual
endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring
values, identifying life styles, developing
autonomy and interdependence, finding
purpose and commitment - all combine with
intellectual content and skills to produce the
desired educational impact of the college on its
students.
The Division of Student Affairs has been
created to support this task. During the summer
before your freshman year, or at the time of
transfer, you will receive a copy of
SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College
Education. This book will help you assess the
possibilities in your education, choices i o make,
directions to consider and different destinations
for which to plan. SEMAPHORE was designed
to act as a sort of road map for you.
The Center for Student Development provides a
variety of services to help make your journey
as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of
the opportunities you may wish to participate in
are listed below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your first
academic year and register for classes. You
and your parents get acquainted with
classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with
the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend
events in the metropolitan area and seek
answers to the many questions you have about
college life.
Career Planning and Placement. You may be
uncertain about where you want to be when
you finish your undergraduate experience,
whether your life style will be a balanced one,
how work will provide opportunity for service
and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career
development plan to help you assess yourself,
explore possibilities, test realities and prepare
for entry into the next phase of your life. All
new students will have a chance to review their
interests with a counselor.
Human Development Seminars. A series of
informal "mini-courses" are offered each year to
help you grow in understanding of yourself and
your relationship to others. Such topics as
PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in
Relationships), Issues in Men's and Women's
Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and
Sexuality are available. Information on current
offerings and opportunity to register are
provided several times during the year.
Academic Enrichment. You may want to
improve your skills in such areas as reading,
studying, note-taking, and testing by attending
one or more of the workshops offered. You
also will have an opportunity to meet with a
counselor to diagnose your needs. If a
particular course proves difficult, you can
arrange for tutoring through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for
all of us where we can handle challenges more
effectively by finding and discussing things with
someone who has more expertise. Counselors
are available to help you think through how you
can handle major or minor problems in a
constructive way. Consultation is provided on
questions of policy and procedure.
Minority Concerns. If you have some special
needs or simply want to expand your crosscultural awareness, you can contact a staff
member to help you find out which resources
and programs will help meet your needs.
Residence Life
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's
ability to respond to the learning environment
depends, in part, upon his or her living
conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is
provided. The residence hall program is
designed to promote student growth through
relationships with other students and being an
active participant in group decision making.
Each residence unit has one or more Resident
Staff who are able to facilitate the process of
group living as well as discuss personal
concerns with individual students.
All new freshmen and some upperclass
students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstory high-rise houses 324. Each floor is
considered a house unit providing 36 students,
two to a room, with their own lounge, study
and utility area.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is
an alternative to traditional residence-hall living.
It contains 104 one and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 31 2 upperclass
students.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about
60 upperclass men and women. Memorial's
special advantage is that it is large enough to
meet new people, but small enough to retain a
friendly, close atmosphere.
Another alternative option is Annex Housing
which provides a unique opportunity to try
group living. Groups of upperclass men or
women share living space, house
responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are
located in the campus area. One way to
maximize the living-learning aspects of your
housing situation is to avail yourself of the
opportunity to bid for a house as a Special
Interest House. Groups of students have
created exciting projects by writing and
implementing educational impact proposals on
such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's
and Women's Awareness, International Living,
Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian
Studies.
the basis of academic interests, and students
are encouraged to establish close working
relationships with their adviser. Secondary
Education students have available a second
adviser; one in the major and one in the area of
education. Freshmen also have an upperclass
adviser.
Married student housing is available in annex
housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall. All
freshmen and sophomores not living at home
are required to live In college-operated
houslng.
You may wish to contact this office for
information on types of assistance available and
for answers to questions about deadlines and
procedures. Work opportunities both on and off
campus are also recorded. If you have financial
problems, this is a good place to work them
out.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned,
and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise
unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses,
rooms are furnished except for bed linens,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry
facilities are available in each residence.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the
fall term for the entire school year. New
students receive room assignments during the
summer before they enroll at Augsburg.
Upperclass students make housing
arrangements in the spring. All resident
students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to
make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to
secure housing. Students who deposit after
June 1 will be provided housing only if space is
available.
All students living on campus are required to
pay a $50 advanced payment when they sign
the housing contract. The fee is credited to the
students' account when they move into the
residence.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are served by groups and
clubs and by events sponsored by the student
government. If you need information or wish to
initiate a new group or activity, contact the
Student Activities Director.
Advising
All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as
academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on
Student Financial Services
Health Service
Your health needs will be met by the staff of
Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside
Avenue across the street from the campus.
Vkfts are free except for special testing or
service, and prescriptions are available through
the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure to
check your family health coverage to determine
if you are included; if not, a student health
insurance plan is available.
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor of the
College Center is the main food-service facility.
This pleasant room features small table units for
easy conversation and overlooks the College
Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions
are generous and modestly priced. Students on
board plan who live in residence halls eat their
meals in the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of
the Center, features short orders and is open
through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan
options for those living in College houses or
nearby apartments.
Student Government
Student government is the vehicle through
which students can secure a closer relationship
and better understanding with the
administration and faculty, and provide better
input into the decision-making process at
Augsburg. Student government also sponsors
and directs student activities, protects student
rights, and provides the means for discussions
and action on all issues pertaining to student
life at Augsburg. Student government is
organized into three branches: the executive
branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial
branch. Student-government elections are held
in the spring except for freshmen who elect
their representatives in the fall of their first year,
Many kinds of involvement are possible from
program planning to writing or editing to service
opportunities. If you want to get involved,
contact the President or Vice President in their
offices in the College Center.
International Students
If you are a student from a foreign country or
would like to be part of the activities of this
group, contact the faculty member who is
appointed as adviser.
Student Rights
The College has adopted a statement of
student rights and responsibilities and has
provided for due process in matters of
disciplinary action and grade appeal. The
Judicial Council is elected by student and
faculty and serves to conduct hearings and
review matters of concern. Any student who
wishes to identify appropriate procedures for
complaint should contact the Vice President for
Student Affairs if the concern is related to
student life and the Vice President for
Academic Affairs if the concern is related to
academic matters.
The College operates in compliance with the
Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX.
Students have the right to inspect all official
records, files and data which pertain to them
and which are maintained in the office of the
registrar and the placement office and to
challenge inaccurate or misleading information.
Exceptions are parents' financial records and
confidential letters and statements placed in the
record before January 1 , 1975, or placed under
conditions where students have signed a
waiver of right of access. Students have the
right to experience education free from
discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or
cultural background, creed, marital status or
age.
Persons seeking additional information on these
topics should contact the Center for Student
Development.
Admission to the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College is
a simple procedure. Each application is
reviewed by the Admissions Office and
students are accepted on the basis of high
school performance, promise of success in
college as shown by college entrance
examination scores, other motivational factors,
and personal recommendations.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex
or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its
admission policies, educational programs,
activities and employment practices.
A visit to the campus is highly recommended:
admissions counselors are available to help
you, answer your questions, and arrange for
you to see the campus.
The Application Process
For Freshmen
1 . From the Admissions Office secure an
official application for admission and complete
it.
2. Hand the completed application to your high
school counselor, along with the $1 0.00
application fee, and ask that these be sent with
your official high school transcript to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21 st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that
candidates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these tests
are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the
student notified. A non-refundable $50.00
tuition deposit is required by April 15 after
acceptance has been made andlor financial aid
(if applied for) has been awarded.
5. After the deposit has been made, the
student must complete a medical data form,
which will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus, and matriculation
information will be mailed to the student during
the summer.
Transfer
Students are accepted by transfer from other
colleges and universities on the basis of their
academic record. College credit is granted for
liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at
accredited institutions. The College reserves
the right not to grant credit for courses where it
considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant
provisional credit for work taken at
unaccredited institutions.
The grade average for graduation is based on
work taken at Augsburg only.
Transfer students with the A.A. degree are
considered as having met all general education
requirements at Augsburg except for two
courses in religious studies.
The Application Process For
Transfer Students
1. From the Admissions Office, secure and
complete, an official application for admission.
This should be sent to the Admissions Office
with a $1 0.00 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all colleges
or universities attended to be sent directly to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21 st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
3. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the
student notified. A non-refundable $50.00
tuition deposit is requested within one month
after acceptance has been made and/or
financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded.
4. After a deposit has been made, the student
will be requested to complete a medical data
form, which will be sent by the College.
5. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus and matriculation
information will be mailed during the summer.
The Application Process For
Returning and Special (Non-degree)
Students
1 . Obtain an application form from the Office of
the Registrar.
2. Request that official transcripts from all
colleges or universities attended be sent
directly to:
Registrar's Office
731 21 st Ave. South
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
(Returning students need to have sent only the
transcripts of colleges attended since the last
enrollment at Augsburg.)
3. Special students will submit a $1 0.00
matriculation fee with their application form.
4. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus will be made in
the housing office.
Foreign Student Admission
Citizens of other countries are welcomed at
Augsburg College. A foreign student adviser is
available to help them in the transition to
college and ta the United States. Admission Is
based upon performance in secondary school
and previous college work, If any. EvIdence of
proficiency in English and satisfactory financial
sponsorship Is required, A very llmlted number
of scholarships is available.
'
Medical insurance is required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending Augsburg.
If they have an internationally valid health
insurance policy, a copy of the policy is
required.
For application forms and further information,
write to the Office of Admissions.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program is offered for
students who select Augsburg as their first
college choice and who will accept an offer of
admission if it is extended. An Early Decision
candidate must apply by December 10 of the
senior year and will receive the admission
decision about January 1. After notification of
admission and financial aid, if needed, the
student is encouraged to withdraw applications
made to other colleges. The admissions
decision is based upon the academic record
through the junior year, test scores, and
recommendations. A $50.00 tuition deposit
which is non-refundable is required by February
1
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program is offered for a
few high school juniors. To apply for Early
Admission, a student must have a high
academic record and test scores,
recommendation from the high school and the
maturity to cope with a college course after the
junior year in high school. Also, it is
recommended that the student complete the
requirements for a high school diploma during
the summer or during the first year of college.
A student applying for Early Admission can
take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or
March of the junior year.
Project Ahead
A cooperative program between Augsburg
College and the United States Army makes
provision for an individualized plan of
education. A prospective student who qualifies
for the program may choose Augsburg as a
home school and carry on a pre-planned course
of study at other colleges while in the Army. An
adviser at Augsburg assists the student in the
selection of courses which will transfer and
apply toward graduation when the student
matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of
$1 00 is charged. This fee will apply toward the
student's tuition, provided he or she
matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg
College within five years from initial registration
with the college in Project Ahead.
The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for
courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment,
when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the
Army provides 36 months of financial
assistance under the G.I. Bill.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement is granted to students
who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high
school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning level. Placement may be
determined by tests, or by the level and length
of the study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit is granted to high school
students who have successfully completed a
college level course and who have scored high
on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of
scores received on the College Level
Exmination Program (CLEP) offered by the
College Entrance Examination Board. Requests
for detailed information may be addressed to
the Registrar at Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 82% of all Augsburg students receive
financial assistance from the college through
some form of scholarships, grants, loans,
campus employment, or a combination of
these. Assistance is awarded on the basis of
financial need and academic record.
Application for aid is made by completing the
Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the
American College Testing Program. While
Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which is
required for students applying to the Minnesota
State Scholarship and Grant Program, students
may instead submit the Financial Aid Form
(FAF) of the College Scholarship Service.
Upperclass students must also complete the
Augsburg Application for Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1976-77, approximately
82% of the students at Augsburg received
scholarships, grants, or loans totaling
$2,802,788 from Augsburg and all other
sources.
Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State
Scholarship and Grant Program to which all
Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and
the following federal programs: Supplementary
Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic
Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan
(formerly National Defense Student Loan),
College Work-Study, Federally Insured Student
Loan, and Minnesota State Student Loan. Both
on-campus and off-campus work opportunities
are also available.
Applications for financial aid received by April 1
will be considered first. For further information,
contact the Office of Student Financial Services
at Augsburg.
Other college-related expenses are those for
transportation to and from the campus.
Estimates should be based on nine months.
Personal maintenance costs vary, but amounts
should be budgeted for:
Clothing, cleaning
Recreation, entertainment
Personal spending, cosmetics, incidentals
Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses, etc.)
After you have written down estimates of your
expenses, make a list of all possible sources of
income, such as: contributions from parents'
earnings; personal and family savings; personal
earnings during vacation periods; earnings from
part-time jobs during academic year; benefits
from Social Security and/or Veteran's
Administration; aids or loans from other
relatives or friends; aid or loans from sources
other than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e.
scholarships from state, church, civic and
school).
Students should check with their employers,
their parents' employers and any union to
which a family member belongs for possible
scholarship programs. High school guidance
counselors may have information about student
aid offered by church, civic, professional, or
fraternal organizations in a given locality.
Following you will find a summary of financial
aid programs.
Information on a deferred payment plan is
available from the Augsburg College Office of
Student Financial Services.
OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID
PREPARING A BUDGET
Writing down realistic estimates of all expenses
and of all potential financial resources is the
best way to do your financial planning. Both
your own financial ability and that of your family
are considered in evaluating your need for
financial aid. Your budget should include
amounts for tuition and fees and for books and
supplies. Tuition and fees for 1978-79 are
$31 00 per year. Books and supplies may be
estimated at $200 per year. Room and board is
$1 500 per year.
Baslc Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG)
For students with proven financial need.
Available to full-time and part-time students.
Up to $1 400 per year depending on the
institutional costs and the student's eligibility.
Obtain application from high school guidance
office or college financial aid office.
Veteran's Adrnlnistratlon Benefits1G.I. Bill
Veterans, widows of veterans, and children
of disabled or deceased veterans may
qualify for special benefits. Amount is
dependent upon eligibility as determined by
the Veteran's Administration. To apply,
contact the Federal Veteran's Administration
Office in your area.
Loan applications are available at the
College, at some banks, and from Minnesota
State Student Loan Office.
Social Security Benefits
For unmarried full-time students if one parent
(covered by Social Security) is retired,
deceased or disabled. Amount is dependent
upon eligibility as determined by the Social
Security Administration. To apply, contact
the Federal Social Security Administration
Office in your area.
Vocational Rehabilitation
Students with certain physical or emotional
disabilities may qualify for special
assistance. Amount is dependent upon
eligibility as determined by the Vocational
Rehabilitation Office. To apply, contact your
local Vocational Rehabilitation Office.
National Scholarship and Grant Program for
Minority Students (sponsored by the
American Lutheran Church)
For members of American racial and ethnic
minorities and other eligible groups who are
either seeking admission to an American
Lutheran Church (ALC) college or are
members of an ALC congregation.
Up of $1 000 per year. Renewable. Obtain an
application from the American
Lutheran Church, Division of College and
University Services, 422 South Fifth Street,
Minneapolis, Minnesota 5541 5. Application
deadline is April 1.
Federally insured Student LoanslMinnesota
State Student Loan
For students carrying at least one-half the
normal full-time academic load.
If the adjusted family income of the student
is less than $25,000 per year or if financial
need is established for those not in this
category, the Federal Government pays the
full interest on the loan while the student is
in college. When repayment begins, the
student pays the full 7 % interest on the loan.
Maximum loan is $2500 per year or the cost
of education whichever is less and the
aggregate maximum is $7500. Freshmen are
limited to $1 500. in the Minnesota State
Student Loan.
PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE
MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION
COORDINATING BOARD
Minnesota State Scholarship
Awarded to Minnesota residents on the
basis of scholastic achievement and need.
High School seniors who are Minnesota
residents are expected to apply.
Range: $1 00 to $1 100; but shall not exceed
one half of the applicant's demonstrated
financial need.
Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid
Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of
evident need. High school seniors and
community I junior college transfer students
who are Minnesota residents are expected to
apply.
In addition, persons who have not attended
a post-secondary institution for twelve
months prior to the deadline date may apply.
Applications for the Minnesota State
ScholarshipIGrant will be mailed to all
Minnesota high school seniors. If you do not
receive an application by December 1, contact
your high school guidance counselor or the
college financial aid office.
Return completed application and FFS to The
American College Testing Program, Financial
Aid Operations, P.O. Box 1000, lowa City, lowa
52240.
Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code 2080)
and the Minnesota State ScholarshipIGrant
Program (Code 6500) to receive the FFS
analysis.
NOTE: Unsuccessful Scholarship applications
are automatically considered for the State
Grant.
DEADLINE: March 1.
FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED
THROUGH THE COLLEGE
How To Apply
Honor Scholarships
For entering freshman students ranking in
the top 15% of their high school class with
above average aptitude test scores.
Up to full tuition per year. Available for a
maximum of 4 years based on 2.5
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Academic Grants
For entering freshman students who have
shown academic potential and have financial
need.
Up to full tuition per year. Available for a
maximum of 4 years based on 2.0
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Federal Supplementary
Opportunity Grants (SEOG)
Range $1 00 to $1 000. Renewable for a
second year.
Educational
For students having exceptional financial
need who could not otherwise attend
college, and who carry at least one-half the
normal academic load.
Range $200 to $1 500 per year. Renewable
for 3 years. Will be matched by other
financial assistance such as loans,
scholarships, employment.
1. Apply for admission; for new students
this application is also the financial aid
application.
2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement (FFS)
from high school counselor or Augsburg
College Financial Aid Office*
3. Complete and return the FFS to:
American College Testing Program
Financial Aid Operations
P.O. Box 1000
lowa City, lowa 52240
Request that a copy be sent to Augsburg
College. Augsburg's ACT code number is
2080. Financial statements received by April
1 will be considered first.
*Although Augsburg prefers the FFS, the
College will accept the Financial Aid Form
(FAF) of the College Scholarship Service.
Augsburg's CSS code number is 601 4.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN (Soph, Jr, Sr,
next year). Descrlptlons of awards are copied
verbatlm from statements of the donors' wlshes.
GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL)
Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee
For students with proven financial need and
who carry at least one-half the normal
academic load.
1. The Alma Jensen Dlckerson Memorlal
Scholarship
awarded annually to able and
Averages approximately $1 000 per year.
Can be reapplied for each year although
renewal is not guaranteed.
2. The Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dlckerson
Memorlal Scholarshlp awarded annually to
-
deserving juniorlsenior students as recommended
by the committee.
-
two deserving juniorlsenior students.
College Work Study Program
For students with proven financial need and
who carry at least one-half the normal
academic load.
A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus
employment per week is recommended.
Augsburg Opportunity Grant
For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior
College entering Augsburg for further fulltime study and with proven financial need.
- awarded
annually to a worthy student of the College
selected by the scholarship committee.
3. The M. J. Estrem Scholarshlp
-
awarded annually to an
able and deserving upperclass student as
recommended by the scholarship committee.
4. Memorial Scholarship
5. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing
Scholarships
established in 1972 to be
-
distributed by the scholarship committee to needy
students
6. The Reader's Dlgest Endowed Scholarshlpsawarded to able and deserving upperclassmen.
7. The Tozer Foundatlon Scholarships-up to
$1 000 each - awarded on the basis of
scholarship, achievement, character, leadership,
industry, personality, and need. Winners must be
junior or senior students who are residents of the
State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine,
Kanabec or Washington Counties. Separate
appllcatlon requlred of semi-finalists selected by
the scholarship committee. FFS must be sent to
Tozer Foundation (code 6577)
-
8. The Edward Yokle Memorlal Scholarshlp
awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior
student.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee
-
1. Ald Assoclatlon for Lutherans
awarded to
able and deserving upperclass students who are
policy holders with Aid Association for Lutherans
Insurance Company.
2. Mlldred Ryan Cleveland Memorlal Scholarshlp
awarded annually to able and deserving
students, who have physical disabilities and have
demonstrated financial need.
-
MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee
1 . Ald Assoclatlon for Lutherans Mlnorlty
-
awarded annually to
Scholarshlp Program
Lutheran American minority students who show
financial need.
2. Minnesota Mlnlng & Manufacturlng Mlnorlty
Student Scholarshl~ established in 1973 to be
awarded to a Black student.
-
3. The Marlys Johnson Slmengaard Memorlal
Scholarshlp
Awarded periodically to an
American Negro student.
-
4, Natlonal Scholarshlp & Grant Program for
Mlnorlty Students
sponsored by the American
Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to
members of racial and ethnic minorities. Separate
applications required. FFS must be sent to ALC
(Code 6591).
-
RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee
t , The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorlal
Scholarship-awarded annually to a student(s) in
the senior class who is preparing for the ministry.
-
2. The lver and Marle lverson Scholarshlp
awarded on the basis of need, character and
interest in Christian service.
3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorlal Scholarshlp
awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and
interest in Christian Service.
-
4. The Morrls G.C. and Hanna Vaagenes
awarded to a
Mlsslonary Scholarshlp Fund
Juniorlsenior student preparing for service as a
missionary through the World Missions
Department of the American Lutheran Church.
-
-
5. Oneslmus Scholarshlp
awarded periodically to
students preparing for the Christian ministry.
6. The Marguerlte Hamllton Storley Memorlal
Scholarshlp
awarded annually to an able and
deserving juniorlsenior student recommended by
the scholarship committee. Semi-finalists are
interviewed and selected by donor.
-
-
7. Gerda Mortensen Memorlal Scholarshlp
Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship,
characteristics of service and devotion to the
Christian faith.
DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS
ATHLETIC - winners recommended by Physical
Education faculty to the Student Personnel
Committee.
-
1 . The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship
awarded annually to an able and deserving male
student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and
academic achievement.
-
2. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship
awarded annually to a male student on basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise in
field of physical education.
3. The James Wlnkler Memorlal Scholarship awarded annually to a male student on basis of
personality, character, athletic ability and
academic achievement.
-
4. Women's Physical Education Scholarship
awarded to able and deserving women students
showing ability in women's athletics.
-
5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded
to a freshman football player on basis of financial
need.
-
6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded to
a football player on basis of financial need.
-
7 Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship
awarded to a student because of his academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in field
of athletics.
8. David Gronner Memorlal Scholarship Fund
-
awarded to two or more students participating in
athletics or music. The award is "made to
students who have demonstrated financial need"
andlor "of high Christian character". The athletic
scholarship is for male candidate only, with a
preference for basketball.
BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the Biology
Department faculty.
-
Blology Scholarships
established in 1972 by the
faculty of the Biology Department to honor
outstanding students who intend to major in Biology,
Natural Science or Medical Technology.
BUSINESS - Winners recommended by the
Business Administration faculty to the Student
Personnel Committee.
t . The GambleSkogmo Foundatlon Scholarship
- awarded to one or more upperclass students
interested in the field of business.
-
2. The Reld Scholarshlp awarded to one or more
upperclass students who are interested in
business andlor education.
CHEMISTRY - Winners selected by the Chemistry
faculty,
Awarded to students whose academic record
indicates promise of achievement in the field of
Chemistry.
1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen
Chemistry Scholarship.
4. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry
Scholarship.
5, The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
6, The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
7, The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
EDUCATION - Winners selected by Education faculty
-
awarded to
The Davld Mathre Scholarshlp
qualified full-time students in need of financial
assistance during the term in which they are
student teaching.
ENGLISH - Winners selected by English faculty
-
1. Anne Pederson English Scholarshlp
awarded
annually to juniorlsenior students who
are majoring in English with preference given to
those who plan to teach English as a career.
2. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorlal Scholarshlp
-awarded to an outstanding student in the field
of English.
HISTORY - Winners selected by History faculty
-
The H. N. Hendrlckson Hlstory Scholarshlp
awarded annually to students majoring in history
with preference given to those who plan a career
in the field.
LIBRARY SCIENCE - Winners selected by Library
staff.
-
1. The Llbrary Sclence Scholarshlp
established
in 1971 to honor one or more outstanding
juniorlsenior student@) choosing librarianship as a
career.
MATHEMATICS - Winners recommended by
Mathematics faculty to the Student Personnel
Committee.
1. Mlnneapolls Gas Company Scholarshlp
generally awarded to able and deserving
juniorlsenior students majoring in mathematics or
the sciences on basis of need and academic
ability.
-
2. Davld and Mlchelle Chrlstianson Mathematics
Scholarshlp awarded to an able and deserving
student in the field of mathematics.
-
MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selected by Modern
Language faculty.
The Miml Baez Klngsley Modern Language
Scholarshlp
awarded annually to juniorlsenior
students who are majoring in a modern language
with preference given to those who plan to teach
language as a career.
-
MUSIC
- Winners
selected by Music faculty.
-
1 . 0. T. Hertsgaard Scholarshlp
awarded
annually to juniorlsenior students who have
demonstrated proficiency in choral andlor
instrumental music, who show interest or potential
in conducting and who show promise of over-all
academic success.
2. The Henry P. Opseth Muslc Scholarshlp
awarded to a sophornoreljunior student of
outstanding promise in the field of music.
-
-
3. The Marllyn Solberg Volca Scholarshlp
awarded to an Augsburg student who has music
as a majorlminor and who shows outstanding
promise for achievement in the art of singing.
acquire musical and performance skills in
instrumental music with preference given to those
candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
-
6. David Gronner Mernorlal Scholarship Fund
awarded i o two or more students participating in
athletics or music. The award is "made to
students who have demonstrated financial need"
andlor "of high Christian character."
7. Peggy Chrlstensen Benson Mernorlal
Scholarshlp awarded annually to a student
studying choral music.
-
-
4. The lngaborg C. Chrlstenson Scholarshlp
awarded to a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude in stringed instruments.
5. The Leonard and Sylvla Kuschel Scholarshlp
awarded to upperclass students seeking to
SOCIOLOGY
-
-
Adolph Paulson Mernorlal Prlze awarded
annually to a student in the general field of
Christian Sociology.
.-
--
..-#
,
l..\
y
C--m:;:
,, ,
C
;
, ..
.
.
. .
. r
, * ;
.
,-
-.
. ...
,-.-.:
.'
.
Expenses
The costs expressed herein are subject to
change without notice.
TUITION
- $3,100
Film Making, $70
Life Drawing, $1 0
Stagecraft, $20
Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen,
transfer or returning students (not on a prior
year guarantee plan) entering the academic
year beginning September, 1978. Students are
considered full-time when they take three or
more courses during the semester terms for a
total of seven courses in the year.
Under the 4-1 -4 calendar, the student must
register for the semester periods. If the student
elects to omit an interim or to graduate in
December, a refund is not authorized.
Music lessons in addition to tuition are $1 20 a
semester (1 4 lessons), or $8.60 per lesson
during the interim.
Practice Studio rental for each semester for one
hour a day: organ, $25.00 ($1 0.00 an interim);
piano or voice, $1 0.00 ($4.00 an interim).
Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $20.00 a
semester.
OTHER COSTS
A part-time rate of $425 per course is charged
the student taking less than three courses in a
semester or registering for an interim course
only.
Transcript fee: first copy free; additional copy,
$1 .oo.
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. For part-time students, the charge for
auditing is one half the part-time rate per
course. Part-time students who take Lifetime
Sports are charged the audit rate for that
course.
Arrangements for special examinations are
made in the Registrar's Office with charges
according to the schedule on file.
SPECIAL FEES
- NOT REFUNDABLE
An application fee of $1 0.00 is required from all
new students.
A registration fee for students studying abroad
on approved non-Augsburg programs is
$1 25.00.
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology
program at one of the hospitals must register at
Augsburg. The charge is $250.00.
Fee for change in registration after the first
three days of classes is $2.00 for each course
cancelled or added. Late registration fee after
classes begin is $5.00 per day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
REFUNDABLE
Locker rental for commuter students: $5.00
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis.
BOARD AND ROOM
Full Board and Room - $1,500
Other plans are available as defined in the
Room and Board Contract Booklet at the Office
of Auxiliary Services.
In the event of excessive increases in the cost
of operation, these board rates may be
increased at any time before or during the
contract year.
Linen service is available in residence halls on
a direct contract basis from a local linen supply
company.
- NOT
Cinema Arts, $25
Computer Science, $30 per course
Student Teaching, $35
1978-79 COST SUMMARY
Application Fee - $1 0.00
Tuition - $3,100
account for a preceding term has not been paid
in full.
Board and Room - $1,500
Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded on termination of studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
-
TUITION DEPOSIT
New students, $50.00
(not refundable). Required of students whose
application for admission has been accepted; to
be paid by April 15, 1978. (Payment is due
February 1 under Early Decision Program). The
deposit is applied to the tuition charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All
resident students: $1 00.00 advanced deposit.
Required at the time of signing a contract, to
reserve a housing assignment for the term
beginning September. Applied to the room
charge.
-
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT
All
students at registration: $25.00. Refundable
upon graduation, transfer to another institution,
or discontinuing educational program at
Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement of estimated charges for the year
will be prepared and forwarded to the student
early in August. Payment of the first half-year
billing period is due August 20, and the second
half-year is due January 20. Variation from this
schedule must be arranged with the Office of
Student Financial Services prior to August 20.
No student is permitted to register if his or her
Refunds
A student cancelling part or all of hislher
registration andlor being released from hislher
housing contract will be refunded charges for
tuition and room except for the minimum
deduction of $1 00 of fees to cover
administrative costs according to the following
schedule:
through the first five days of classes.
from the sixth day through the tenth
day of classes.
from the eleventh day through the
fifteenth day of classes.
from the sixteenth day through the
twentieth day of classes.
from the twenty-first day through the
twenty-fifth day of classes.
from the twenty-sixth day to the
middle of the term.
No ref1und will be made after the middle of the
term.
Should a student be forced to cancel hislher
registration during the first one-half of the term
due to illness or accident, upon submission of a
report from the attending physician stating the
inability or inadvisability of continued
matriculation, the charges will be reduced by
one-half.
In all cases board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
All refunds of charges will be applied back to
the account of the student and all adjustments
for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc, shall be
gathered in the student's account before
eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College are
encouraged to plan their own course of study
with the help of faculty advisers who are readily
available for consultation and guidance. A wellplanned program of liberal arts studies will
include courses in the humanities, the natural
sciences, and the social sciences.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to
write effectively; they are also expected to be
knowledgeable about urban concerns and have
some understanding of cultures outside the
United States.
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairman: Duane Johnson
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Chairman: Einar 0.Johnson
The general recreational activities courses at
Augsburg are designed to acquaint students
with and to equip students for lifetime sports,
Courses in religion are intended to assist
students in their reflection on the meaning of
the Christian Church through the study of its
beliefs, its scripture, and its mission.
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in
Music may select the program for either the
Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music
degree. Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Divisional Organization
The college curriculum is organized into four
divisions in order to make interdepartmental
coordination more convenient and cooperative
aims more easily achieved. A chairman for
each division is elected for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in
the departmental statements in the course
listing section.
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Chairman: Earl R. Alton
Department
Department
Department
Department
of
of
of
of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary Education
Department of Physical Education and Health
Education
Department of Music
Department of Nursing
Department of Social Work
HUMANITIES
Chairman: Eugene Skibbe
Department of Art
Department of English
Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese,
French, German, Greek, Linguistics,
Norwegian, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of Speech, Communication, and
Theater Arts
Minimum Graduation Requirements
Include the Following:
1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be
upper division (numbered in the 300's and
400's) and not more than 13 in one
department, except 17 for Bachelor of
Science in Music Therapy and Bachelor of
Music degrees and 18 for the Bachelor of
Science in Nursing. A maximum of 4 C.H.R.
courses, 2 courses by independent study or
directed study or a combination of directed
and independent study, 4 courses of
internship and 8 courses with a grade of P
(two in the major except Elementary
Education and one in the minor if approved
by the department chairman) may apply
toward the 35 total courses required.
2. Completion of a major. Requirements for
each major are listed under departmental
headings.
3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses
taken and in courses which apply toward the
major.
Registration
A student must be registered for a course in
order to receive credit for it.
A normal load is four courses per semester and
one course in the interim. Students registered
for three or more courses in a semester are
classified as full-time students. Students must
petition and receive permission to register for
more than 4.5 courses.
4. The last year of study at Augsburg College.
5. Three interim courses. For transfer students,
the number of interim courses is one less
than the number of years at Augsburg.
6. Satisfactory completion of distribution
requirements as follows:
A. A course in writing (English I 1 I ) or
certification of demonstrated proficiency
by the Department of English. Exemption
tests are administered during the summer
and fall orientation periods.
B. A course from each of the following eight
areas (One course may fulfill the
requirement in one area, only):
Mathematics - Physics
Chemistry - Biology
Psychology - Sociology
Economics - Political Science
History - Philosophy
English - Speech, Communications
& Theater Arts
Foreign Language
Art - Music
C. Three courses in religious studies of
which not more than one may be an
interim course. For transfer students, the
number required is one for each year of
study (or equivalent) at Augsburg.
D. A course related to urban concerns.
Courses approved to meet this
requirement are published each term.
E. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated
proficiency in two lifetime sports.
Although a student may register up to two
weeks after the semester begins, it is
advantageous to register at the regularly
scheduled time. A fee is charged for late
registration. A fee is also charged for changing
registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses
after the first five days of the semester.
Students are urged not to abandon courses for
which they are registered. Abandoned courses
result in a failing grade. Cancellation of courses
or cancellation from College must be done in
the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from
college and resulting adjustments in accounts
are effective as of the date the completed
Cancel From College form is returned to the
Office of the Registrar.
Students who have completed at least seven
courses with a 2 . 0 average are classified as
sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 2 5 as seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on scholastic
probation at the end of a term if his or her
achievement is unsatisfactory.
FRESHMAN,
SOPHOMORE,
JUNIOR,
SENIOR,
below 1.6 or 2 zero grades
having taken 6 or fewer
courses
below 1.7 or 3 zero grades
having taken 7-1 5 courses
below 1.9 having taken 16-24
courses
below 2.0 having taken 25 or
more courses
If a student has been on probation two or more
semesters consecutively, helshe is subject to
dismissal at the end of the following spring
term. A student who has a poor academic
record may be strongly advised to withdraw
before the end of spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be
automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing.
A student who has been on probation for two
terms and withdraws from the College
voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured,
primarily, by means of final examinations.
Shorter examinations or tests, written papers,
oral reports, and other types of evaluation are
also used.
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0
with definitions as follows:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of
excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course
standards.
.5
0. Unacceptable performance (no credit for
the course).
Most courses are also offered on a PassINo
Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0
or better and N meaning no credit and a grade
of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system the
grade is recorded but not computed in the
grade point average.
the PIN grading system. Some education
courses are graded only on the PIN system;
some others are graded only P, 1.0, N.
Students may select the traditional grading
system in most other courses. Students are
cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care
since some graduate and professional schools
do not look favorably on a large number of Pgraded courses.
Students must indicate on their registration card
those courses which they wish to take on the
PIN grading system. Any changes in choice of
grading system must be made during the first
two weeks of the semester. A fee is charged
after the first five days of classes.
Music organizations and performance studies,
Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are
graded P1O.O.
An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in
the case of extreme emergency. To receive an
I grade, a student must file a petition with the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing stating the reasons for requesting it,
the plan and date for removing it, and
comments from the instructor of the course. If
permission to receive an I grade is granted, it
must be removed during the following
semester. If the incomplete is not removed
during the following semester, it becomes the
grade submitted by the teacher along with the
incomplete.
A grade of X may be given for an Independent
Study or Directed Study course that is to be
spread over more than one semester. Such a
course must be completed during the second
semester or the grade of X will remain on the
record.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of P toward graduation. For transfer
students the maximum is an average of two
courses per year. Two courses in the major
(except Elementary Education) and one in the
minor may be on PIN grading system if
approved by the department chairman.
A course in which a grade of 0, 1 .O, 1.5, N, I,
or X has been received may be repeated for
credit. All courses taken remain on the
academic record. Only the credits and grades
earned the second time are counted toward
graduation and in the grade point average.
Courses in which higher grades have been
earned may not be repeated for credit; they
may, however, be audited.
Sociology 383, Nursing 301, 302, 401, 402,
and several interim courses are graded only on
Students who wish to take courses without
credit or grade may do so by registering for
Audit (V). Such students should confer with the
professor within two weeks of the beginning of
the term to determine expectations, attendance
requirements, etc. If expectations have been
met, the course will be listed on the student's
transcript as having been audited. If
expectations have not been met, the course
will be listed with a grade of W (withdrawn).
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. The charge for part-time students is
listed under Expenses.
A maximum of two courses in lndependent
Study and/or Directed Study may count toward
the 35 courses required for the degree.
In the Five College Cooperative Program,
students may cross-register for independent
studies only when the major field in which the
independent study is proposed is not available
on their home campus. Requests for exceptions
to this policy should be made directly to their
own academic dean. The student will be
charged for any special costs attached to
independent study by the host campus.
Graduation With Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as
follows:
Summa cum laude
Magna cum laude
Cum laude
3.8 - 4.0 grade average
3.6 - 3.79 grade average
3.3 - 3.59 grade average
In order to qualify for graduation with distinction
transfer students must have completed two
years (fourteen graded courses) of work at
Augsburg College.
lndependent Study
Veterans
Augsburg College is approved by the State
Approving Agency for Veterans Training.
Veterans should consult with the Office of the
Registrar regarding completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding of
other information to the Veterans
Administration.
Students registered for three or more courses
are classified as full-time students. It is the
responsibility of each veteran to report any
change in registration andlor academic load to
the Office of the Registrar.
lndependent study programs are offered by
many departments in the College. These
programs are often available to conscientious
students who can demonstrate sufficient
background and preparation in a given field to
carry out work on an independent basis.
Students interested in registering for
independent study must first secure permission
from the faculty member who will direct the
study as well as from the department involved.
Veterans will be referred to the State Approving
Agency after any period of two consecutive
terms in which they did not earn a minimum of
three courses per term. An incomplete grade (I)
may b e given only in the case of extreme
emergency. See section on Grading.
A student who registers for independent study
should normally expect to complete it in one
semester but may extend it into the next term
by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a
grade of X is given at the end of the first term,
and the student will register again for the
course in order to receive the final grade.
A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's
academic load for the term below three courses
will be reported to the Veterans Administration.
Veterans will need to meet the requirements of
the Veterans Administration regarding
repayment of educational assistance funds
received.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested in earning credit by
examinations should consult with department
chairmen or with the Registrar. Credit may be
earned through the College Level Examination
Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive
examinations.
Classification
..
Sophomore . . 7 courses. . .
I 4 grade points
Junior. . . . . . . 16 courses. . . . . 32 grade points
Senior . . . . . 25 courses. . . . 50 grade points
.
.
To be considered full time for the year, a
student must register for at least three courses
each of the two semesters and one course
during the interim (for a total of seven courses).
To be considered full time for a semester, a
student must register for at least three courses.
Courses
A full course is offered for one course credit.
A few fractional courses (one-half course credit)
are offered in the Division of Professional
Studies.
A full course has the approximate value of 4
semester credits. A total of 35 courses is
required for graduation.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
periods of two ninety-minute periods a week in
addition to laboratories. Each semester is
approximately 1 5 weeks in length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings. Courses
with inadequate registration may be cancelled.
Students should consult the schedule of classes
to determine definitely the current course
offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower
division courses; those numbered 300 and
above are classified as upper division. In
general, courses numbered in the 100's are
primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores;
300's for juniors; and 400's for seniors. In some
departments course numbers also designate
areas within the department.
Symbol
#Consent of instructor
Course Descriptions
The description of courses listed in the
following pages are to be understood as
general characterizations of topics to be
Eonsidered For a more ~ r e c i s edescription and
clarification of content and requirements for
individual courses, please consult the
respective instructors of the courses.
Courses and terms listed are subject to change.
Consult Schedule of Classes for precise
offerings each term.
See preceding pages for information on
numbering and credit value.
The symbol # indicates "by consent of
instructor".
American Studies
Director: Grief Nicholl
MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and
399 or 499, plus 11 courses in U.S. History,
Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and
Social Sciences in the U.S. (5 courses in one of
these areas and 3 in each of the others):*
Hlstory of the United States
American Studies, 23 1, 260
History 221, 222, 331, 332, 353, 495
(American Emphasis)
Religion 353, 363
MINOR: 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2
courses in each of the above groupings under
MAJOR.
231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related to the
black experience, e.g. African backgrounds,
religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course
content subject to change from year to year.
Meets one religion requirement. (Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Humanities in the United States
American Studies 232, 265
Art 102, 389
English 24 1 (also Speech 24 I), 250, 351,
490 and 49 1 (American emphasis)
Philosophy 344
Focuses on a significant period of the black
experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem
Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis
upon the contributions of literature, art and
music of the period. Course content subject to
change from year to year. (Spring)
Social Sciences in the United States
Economics 120, 122, 123, 251
Education 4 78#
Political Science 121, 122, 170, 325, 326,
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS
370, 371, 421
Psychology 48 1 #; Sociology 1 1 1, 3 73,
381,383
Social Work 361, 463
*American area oriented courses taken during
the Interim, Summer School and at other
colleges should be approved by the director for
inclusion in the major.
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to
be approved by director.
The situation of Indians in the United States
since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with
an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal
sovereignty, treaty rights, and education.
Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural
traditions among selected Indian tribes today.
265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE
Through a discussion of works by women
historians and selections from women's
journals, speeches, articles, short stories,
poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the
class will collectively assess the position of
black and white women in American culture
from the founding of the colonies to the
present. (Fall)
area of student's choice. Consult director to
determine conditions of contract, Intended for
majors only. Others #. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
Focuses on a significant problem or
phenomenon in American life. Includes a study
of the approaches of several disciplines to the
topic and practice in the integration of primary
source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities
resource persons and the co-learning model
when appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen
and sophomores. (Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in
For description, see course 295. Open to
juniors and seniors who will do a different level
of work. (Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A research project of an interdisciplinary nature
in area of student's choice. Consult with
director to determine conditions of contract.
Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall,
Interim, Spring)
Department of Art
Chairman: Philip Thompson
STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses
including 107, and 3 art history courses.
TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art major
but 250 required and 132 recommended.
STUDIO ART MINOR: 4 studio courses
including 107; two from 118, 221, 223, 225,
and 250.
118 PAINTING I
Introduction to painting media and technique in
acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity
and expression with attention given to black
and white, color and photographic processes.
ART HISTORY MINOR: 5 art history courses
including 386, 387, 388.
150 JEWELRY
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
An introduction to the making of jewelry in
copper, brass, pewter, and silver. (Spring)
Fine arts in the urban and world setting.
Concern for the visual content of experience in
the environment leading toward appreciation
and criticism. (Spring)
221 SCULPTURE l
STUDIO ART
107 DRAWING
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels.
Subjects include still-life, figures, building
interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
(Fall, Spring)
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media:
clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and
stone. (Fall, Spring)
223 PRINT MAKING I
Principles and methods of print making in a
variety of media including etching, silk-screen
and woodcut. (Fall, Spring)
225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
399 INTERNSHIP
The theory and practice of visual perception
and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images.(Fall, Spring)
Consult chairman or internship director to
determine project.
242 FILM MAKING
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media:
clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and
stone. (Prereq.: 2 2 1. Fall, Spring)
Film making through practical laboratory
experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film.
(Summer, Interim)
250 CERAMICS l
An introduction to the making of pottery with an
emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall,
Sprin g)
478 SCULPTURE II
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study in area of the student's choice.
Intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring)
ART HISTORY
290 ART HISTORY SURVEY
330 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II
A study of visual communications in
magazines, television, film, advertising symbols,
and other mass media. Practice in areas of
photography, typography, and illustration.
(Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring)
351 CERAMICS II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis
on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation
of glazing. (Prereq.: 250. Fall, Spring)
355 PAINTING II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118.
Fall, Spring)
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern
times. Includes reading, research, viewing of
slides, visits to museums. (Offered summer,
1977)
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from
pre-history to modern times. (Spring, 1978,
Alternate years)
385 PREHISTORIC AND ANCIENT ART
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman
period to the 4th century A.D. (Offered 1 9 8 0 8 1)
386 MEDIEVAL ART
360 DRAWING AND WATER-COLOR
PAINTING
Early Christian through late Gothic and protoRenaissance painting, sculpture, and
architecture in Europe. (Offered 1979-80)
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental
drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape.
The functions of perception, structure, and
gesture in drawing and transparent water-color
(Prereq.: 1 0 7. Offered alternate years. Fall,
1978)
European painting, sculpture, and architecture
from the early Renaissance through the 18th
century. (Offered 1 9 78-79)
368 PRINT MAKING II
388 19th AND 20th CENTURY ART
Advanced work in various media, including silkscreen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223.
Fall, Spring)
European painting, sculpture, and architecture
from Neoclassicism through the present.
(Offered 1 9 78- 79)
387 RENAISSANCE AND BAROQUE ART
389 AMERICAN ART
A study of early colonial art through
contemporary American art, with specific
emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its
relationship to European art as well as
indigenous movements. (Offered Fall 1 9 7 7 and
alternate years.)
Department of Biology
Chairman: Ralph Sulerud
MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 11 1,
112, 491 and at least one course from each of
the following three groups: 351, 353, 361
(Group I); 355, 473, 474 (Group 11); 440, 471,
476 (Group Ill); Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,
106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125 (or 121,
122); Physics 1 21 , 122 also required. Students
intending to enter graduate school should
ordinarily choose this major.
MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses, including 111,
112, 491 and at least one course from each of
the following five groups: 351, 353 (Group I);
355, 474 (Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471,
473 (Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106), 223 (or 351, 352) also
required. Students who plan to teach in
secondary schools often select this major.
Licensure for teaching after July, 1979, also
requires three courses in earth and life
sciences. Students are advised to consult with
the Education Department early in their
planning.
anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to
answer such questions as: What makes man
just another member of the biotic fold? Does
man have a niche in the ecosystem? What
iniluence does man have on the environment?
What influence does the environment,
especially the urban environment, have on
man? (3 hours lecture, 1 1/2 hours laboratory.
A student may not receive credit for both
Biology 10 1 and 103. Does not apply to the
major or minor).
103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A professional course in the structure and
function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other
paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical
Education, Music Therapy and other interested
students. A student may not receive credit for
both Biology 1 0 1 and 103. Does not apply to
the major or minor).
108 MICROBIOLOGY
MINOR: 5 courses, including 11 1, 112 and
three upper division courses. Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105, 106) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same
as Option I major. In addition, medical schools
usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative
Analytical Chemistry).
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology and
3.0 overall; active participation in seminar; one
course of approved independent study with an
oral defense of the research report. Application
for the honors major should be made no later
than the first term of the senior year.
101 HUMAN BIOLOGY
Basic biological concepts from an
Basic microbial features are considered as well
as applications of microbiology to the fields of
medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3
hours laboratory. For student nurses, health
majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring.
Does not apply to the major or minor).
109 SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus with
community people taking the course together
with college students in a co-learning model.
Topics will vary depending upon needs and
interest. Applies towards the Natural Science
requirement.
111 , 1 1 2 GENERAL BIOLOGY
440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
A comprehensive introduction to biological
science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to
molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary
mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology,
and phylogenetic relationships of organisms.
Must be taken in sequence except by
permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4
hours laboratory. 1 1 1, Fall; 1 12, Spring)
A consideration of the chemical and physical
mechanisms involved in photosynthesis,
respiration, growth and development, and water
relations in vascular and nonvascular plants.
The relationships of these processes to plant
structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 1 12. Fall, 1 9 79. Offered alternate
years).
351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A study correlating cell function with
ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology
and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #; Physics
1 0 3 or 1 2 2 or #. Spring)
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing
classification, morphology, behavior, life history,
and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture,
4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Fall, 1 9 7 8 .
Offered alternate years).
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with the
classification, morphology, distribution,
evolution, behavior and population dynamics of
the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Spring)
A study of animal function with emphasis on
the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions
are explained on the basis of physical and
chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 1 2 ; Chemistry 1 0 6 or
1 16; Physics 1 0 3 or 1 2 2 or #. Fall)
355 GENETICS
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
The principles of heredity with emphasis on
recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory
work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Spring)
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes which occur during the
development of organisms with emphasis on
the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as
descriptive studies are included in the
laboratory work. In addition to embryonic
development, the topics of malignancy, aging,
and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class,
4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the plant
kingdom including the study of anatomy,
physiology, life histories, taxonomy and
ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112. Fall)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the chemistry
of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic
acids including intermediary metabolism. (3
hours lecture. Prereq.: 11 2; Chemistry 2 2 3 or
3 5 2 or #. Fall; this course is prereq. to 4 71
and 4 76).
476 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction to the study of micro-organisms
with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology,
genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as
well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 3 6 7 or #. Fall)
481 ECOLOGY
A survey of representative biological
communities; the study of reciprocal
relationships between organisms and their
environments. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.;
1 12, 3 6 1, or #. Spring)
491 SEMINAR
Oral presentations and written papers relating
to recent biological literature and research. (For
seniors majoring in bklogy)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual laboratory, field, or library research
under the direction of an instructor. Intended for
biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 1 12, and previous arrangement with
instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
Department of Business
Administration, Business
Education, and Economics
Chairman: Edward M. Sabella
comprehensive oral examination in the major
field of concentration.
Business Administration
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish
to take the Certified Public Accountants
(C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the
experience requirement must have completed
the major in Business AdministrationAccounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the MathematicsPhysics general college requirement by taking
mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses
but not more than 12 courses of related
business subjects (Economics, Finance and
Mathematics). Students who have completed
the above requirements are qualified under the
rules of the Minnesota State Board of
Accountancy to sit for the examination
immediately after graduation.
MAJOR WlTH ACCOUNTING
SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration
101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 263, 379, 381, and
either 483 or 484. Economics 122, 123, 251
and one additional course selected from 258 or
391 or 392 are also required. At least three
upper division courses are required. For those
planning on careers in accounting, completion
of the two remaining courses in the sequence
381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly
recommended.
MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION:
Business Administration 101, 102, 131, 261,
262, 373, 379, 478, and one other course from
the sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics 122,
123, 251 and one additional course selected
from 258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At
least five upper division courses are required.
(392 is strongly recommended.) In addition,
courses in data processing and computer
programming are strongly recommended.
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business
Administration 101 , 102, and one of 261 , 373,
379, 478; and one of 262, 379, 381 ; and
Economics 122 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and
Students who plan to major in the department
are strongly encouraged to select a department
adviser as soon as possible, in order to plan
well their program of study.
101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING
Introduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial
statements. (Fall, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL
ACCOUNTING
lntroduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling processes,
decision making and behavioral considerations.
(Prereq: 10 1. Fall, Spring)
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property and business
organizations under the Uniform Commercial
Code, (Spring)
250 DATA PROCESSING
An introduction to COBOL and other nonscientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in economics.(fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee).
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with
emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High School
Algebra. Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
Accounting tools for planning and control of
economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq:
101, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and
management of funds within the firm: sources
and uses of long and short term funds, cost of
capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102.
Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
financial statements, income concepts, capital
stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 10 1, 102, Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics.
Additional emphasis on income determination
considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262.
Spring)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY
AND CASES
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach
to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on
decision-making, presentation through literature,
readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.:
261, Spring)
The more common and important provisions of
federal income taxes for individuals and various
forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 1 0 1,
102. Spring. Offered alternate years)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
graduation, but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
one full term working with some industrial
organization. In addition the student will write a
report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in
Interim only).
478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL
INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of the risklreturn relationships of
various types of securities from the viewpoint of
both individual and institutional investors.
Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 2 6 1.
Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall)
483 AUDITING
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq: 263. Fall)
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other
courses including Business Education 108, 121,
350 and 353.
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership
accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Fa//) TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
Spring. Offered alternate years)
If a student desires a two-year secretarial
program, a certificate will be awarded upon
295, 495 TOPICS
completion of the following: Business Education
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members
108, 110, 221, 350, 353, 364, 460 and
of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
Business Administration 101, 102, 131 and
methodology and readings in the areas of
Economics 120. A student in the two-year
program must select six courses from the
Accounting, Finance or General Business.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring: On Demand)
general education requirements.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Spring)
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major
field of concentration.
101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING (No Credit)
Business Education
NOTE: The major in Business Education is
being phased out, effective 1979-80. A limited
number of courses will be offered in 1978-79.
See class schedule for courses offered.
MAJOR: 1 2-1 4 Courses.
CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration
101, 102, 131 ; Business Education 110, 364,
460, 465; Economics 122, 123; high school
typewriting or equivalent required. In addition,
courses in data processing and computer
programming are recommended.
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Administration 262, 263, and
Business Education 108.
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392.
SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Education 221, 350, and 353.
OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business
Education 108, 350, and English 21 9.
MINOR: Five courses in Business Education.
The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis
on personal use. Not available to students who
have had one year of high school typewriting.
108 CALCULATING MACHINES
Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary,
printing and electronic calculators.
110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
Operation of transcription machines, filing and
records management, introduction to data
processing, and efficient handling of office
duties.
221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond
Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and
writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription.
Development of speed in transcribing material
dictated at minimum speed of 80 words a
minute. (Not open to students who have had
one year of shorthand in high school.)
350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development of typewriting technique in
business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating,
manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating.
(Prereq.: High school typewriting or equivalent.)
379. In addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly
recommended.
353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Students of Gregg, Forkner, or other shorthand
systems may enroll for rapid dictation and
transcription of material dictated at speeds of
80-1 20 words a minute. (Prereq.: 221 or
equivalent.)
364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication in the office through use of
telephone, telegram, and writing of business
letters, memorandums, manuals and reports.
COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION:
Economics 122, 123, 251, and 258 and one
other course from economics offerings.
Business Administration 101, 102, 261, 373,
379 and one other course from business
administration offerings also required. In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are highly
recommended.
MINOR:
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
some time working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on his or
her activities. (Prereq.: #.)
460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Problems relating to supervision and
management in the business office, selection
and training of employees; and human relations
within the office.
465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING
Principles of marketing with emphasis on
distribution and the role of the consumer in the
marketing process. Materials and methods in
teaching of basic business subjects and
projects in marketing.
Economics
MAJOR IN ECONOMICS:
Economics 122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and three
other courses of economics offerings. Business
Administration 101, 102, 379, also required.
The complete calculus sequence is very
strongly recommended for those planning
graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373
may be substituted for Business Administration
Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one
other course from economics offerings.
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3.0
over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral
examination in the major field of concentration.
Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general
education requirements.
Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns
requirement.
Students who plan to major in the department
are strongly encouraged to select a department
adviser as soon as possible, in order to plan well
their program of study.
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many
problems facing a metro-urban environment.
Some of the topics to be discussed are:
Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an All-Volunteer
Army; Ecology and Income Distribution;
Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems,
etc, Fundamental microeconomic tools
introduced to facilitate discussion of the abovementioned topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a
basic course designed for those students who
do not plan to major in either Economics,
Business Administration or Business Education.
Students who plan to major in the above three
areas should enroll in 122 and 123 rather than
120. 122 and 123 are also open to non-majors.
(Fall, Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
An introduction to macro-economics; national
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth. Application
of elementary economic theory to current
economic problems. May be taken independently
of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and
123 may be taken in either order, or may be
taken in the same term in order for the student to
progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall,
Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
An introduction to micro-economics, the theory
of the household, firm, market structures and
income distribution. Application of elementary
economic theory to market policy. May be taken
independently of Economics 122 or 120.
Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term in order
for the student to progress more rapidly to other
courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on
economic activity; debt policy and its economic
implications. (Prereq.: 122, 123. Fall)
392 MONEY AND BANKING
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to
aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on
monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122.
Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through an
internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
some time working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on his or
her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring,
Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only)
250 DATA PROCESSING
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
An introduction to COBOL and other nonscientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in economics.(Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee).
251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of
consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing
of factors of production and income distribution;
introduction to welfare economics.
(Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS
Determinants of national income, employment
and price level analyzed via macro-models.
Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122.
Fa4
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
Analysis of labor markets; determination of
wages, collective bargaining. Particular attention
paid to the economic problems of minority
groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.: 251 or #.
Spring)
454 WELFARE ECONOMICS
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto
optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions;
normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 2 5 1 or #. Spring, alternate years)
295, 495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of
the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
methodology and current national and
international economic problems and policies.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring. On Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
See under Department of Business
Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public
The student may earn independent study credits
through individually supervised projects designed
to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze
some topic or issue in depth.(Prereq.:#. Fall,
Spring)
Department of Chemistry
- -
Chairman: Earl Alton
approved research; participation in seminar.
GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 115,
116 (or 105, 106) 351, 352, 353, 361 and one
advanced course which may include
Biochemistry; participation in seminar. Physics
121, 122, and Mathematics 124, 125 also
required. Since upper division courses have
mathematics and physics prerequisites,
students should plan to take Mathematics 124,
125 in the freshman year; and Physics 121,
122 in the sophomore year.
Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115;
106 and 1 16; 223 and 351, 352.
AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED
MAJOR: 11 courses including 11 5, 116 (or 105,
106) and all chemistry courses above 350.
Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics
124, 125 (which should be taken during the
freshman year); Mathematics 224; and Physics
121, 122 (which should be taken during the
sophomore year). Reading ability in German
equivalent to one semester also required.
MINOR: 5 courses which must include 11 5,
116 (or 105, 106) and 3 additional courses in
chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are
recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess
Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic,
and biological chemistry around the theme: the
molecular basis of life. Does not apply toward
the major. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 two-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry
within last 3 years or #. Fall)
105,106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 1 16;
designed especially for students who will not
major in chemistry, although students may go
from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws
underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of
examples including organic and environmental
systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of
laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring)
115, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the
graduation major except that it is suggested
that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the
advanced course. Licensure after July, 1979,
also requires three courses in earth and life
sciences. Students are advised to consult with
the Education Department early in their
planning.
An intensive course for pre-medical students
and future chemists. First semester devoted to
fundamental principles; and second to inorganic
chemistry, qualitative analysis, and a brief
introduction to organic chemistry. (3 one-hour
lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq: high
school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry.
1 15, Fall; 1 16, Spring)
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same
as the graduation major. In addition, medical
schools expect at least two courses (and
usually more) in biology. Students should
consult members of the chemistry department
for assistance in planning a course program
early in their college career.
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC AND
BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY
I
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major;
average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics; 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of
Designed for nurses in the degree program,
medical technologists and others in allied health
science programs whose professional goals do
not require either of two-term organic course or
the one-term biochemistry course. The organic
chemistry most relevant to a survey of
biochemistry is studied followed by the
structures and metabolic reactions of
carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids,
enzymes and certain hormones. (3 one-hour
bctures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105
or 1 15. Spring)
351, 352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds with
special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is
correlated by means of modern theories of
chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactior
mechanism; many applications of organic
chemistry to biological, environmental and
industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4 hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. 3 5 1,
Fall; 3 5 2 , Spring)
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and
solution equilibrium in detail and gives an
introduction to spectrophotometric techniques
of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative
analysis of a variety of samples, and includes
trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. Spring)
361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry:
thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and
states of matter are studied in the first
semester. Applications of these concepts to
areas of molecular structure, equilibria and
electrochemistry in the second semester. (3
one-hour lectures, one 4 %-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 353; Physics 12 1, 122; Mathematics
124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory
and principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods
as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours
lecture, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq: 353,
362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the
electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular
orbital models. Coordination chemistry is
discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
compounds using a variety of techniques. (3
one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory.
Prereq: 362 or #. Spring)
483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory in terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation to solve the problems of the harmonic
oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate
solutions are introduced and used to develop
molecular orbital theory for molecules, Includes
commutators, electron spin, angular momentum
and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq:
361 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a
weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the
direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.
Juniors and seniors are expected to participate,
with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors
are occasionally invited to participate.
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around the problems of identifying
organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture
topics include structure-spectra correlations for
IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of
the literature (including Beilstein); and further
study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear
magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra
routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some
reading knowledge of German. Spring)
497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research careers
need research experience before graduation.
Such experience may be obtained by working
on a summer research project in the
department (not counted as a course) or by
research participation during the academic year
(which may be counted as a course). (Junior
standing)
East Asian Studies
Adviser: Khin Khin Jensen
MAJOR CONCENTRATION: A major
concentration plan is constructed for each
student with the advice and assistance of his or
her adviser. A major plan normally consists of
ten to twelve courses distributed under one of
the following general categories:
East Asian Culture
Two language courses including one year of
Chinese or Japanese; two introductory history
courses; four to six courses in cultural
-
specialization andlor comparative studies; two
or more independent study andlor seminar
courses.
East Aslan Language and Culture
At least four language courses (a two-year
concentration in either Chinese or Japanese is
encouraged; however, one year of each
language is acceptable); two introductory
history courses; two to four courses in cultural
specialization andlor comparative studies; and
two or more independent study andlor seminar
courses.
-
Department of Education
Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton
I
I
Augsburg College offers programs leading to
licensure in Education at these levels:
Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early
Childhood, and Secondary Education.
Licensure programs for secondary education
are offered in the following areas: American
Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, EnglishLanguage Arts, French, German, Health,
History, Mathematics, Music, Physical
Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish,
Speech, and Theater Arts.
Students wishing to become licensed teachers
are advised to consult with the Education
Department for licensure requirements.
The courses, Orientation to Education, both
elementary and secondary, are open to all
students of sophomore standing or above. To
enroll in other education courses, a student
must first apply and be admitted to the teachereducation program. Students are advised to
apply for admission in the spring semester of
the sophomore year, during or after the
Orientation course. Students who are
transferring from an education program at
another college must be re-admissable to that
program.
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff, Coordinator
Requirements for the major and for licensure in
Elementary Education:
1. A minimum of 8 education courses to
include 255, 351, and two professional
semesters: 361, 362, 371, 372; and 481,
482 and electives.
2. Health Education 1 14 and 1 15.
3. Library Science 358.
4. An academic minor. An academic major is
recommended.
5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain a 2.5 in the
major.
6. Fulfill State Department of Education's EDU
521 Regulation in Human Relations
(successful completion of Augsburg
Education program meets requirement.)
Requirements for Kindergarten License are the
same as those for elementary education plus
Education 375 and 483.
351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING
The study and utilization of a variety of
techniques and resources in the teaching of
reading at both secondary and elementary
level. (Fall)
First Professional Semester (for juniors):
Courses 361, 362, 371, 372.
Early Childhood Education
Steve Reuter. Coordinator
Requirements for license in Early Childhood
Education are the same as those for elementary
education plus the following courses:
SOC.231
Psych. 351
Ed. 325
Ed. 425
Ed. 484
Sociology of the Family
Developmental Psychology:
Child
Contemporary Influences in
Early Childhood Education
Early Childhood Curriculum
Student Teaching (160 hours)
For an Early Childhood License with other than
an education major, consult with the Early
Childhood Education Coordinator.
255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN
URBAN SETTING (Elementary)
362, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
Identification and mastery of competencies
necessary for teaching in the elementary
school. Laboratory experiences in classrooms
(Prereq.: 2 5 5 . Admission to elementary
education. Spring)
372, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for each of the subject areas taught
at the elementary level. Application of teacher
competencies to various subject areas of the
elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences
in classrooms. (Prereq.: 2 5 5 , concurrent
registration in 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 . Spring)
375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession and opportunity for in-school work.
Open to all students. (Prereq: sophomore
standing or above. Fall, Spring)
A study of the kindergarten curriculum,
exploration of materials, and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory
experience. Required for Kindergarten
licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and
acceptance into the Dept. of Ed.)
325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES IN
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING
PROBLEMS
Focus is upon the young child as a person and
the importance of the early years of hislher life
in relation to the effects of present-day society
and culture upon the child. Current
developments include innovations, Head Start,
implementation of planned variations, and other
interventions and compensatory programs.
Class sessions and two hours per week of lab.
experience in a day care center andlor nursery
school. (Prereq.: 255 and/or #. Fall)
(See Secondary Education)
341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL
(See Library Science)
425 EARLY CHILDHOOD CURRICULUM
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge
and skills of teaching the young child. The
course concentrates on details essential to the
organization of a good program for children:
records, reports, physical facilities, equipment,
parental involvement, and working with children
who have uniquely different needs. Class
sessions, and two hours per week of lab
experience in a day care center and/or nursery
school. (Prereq.: Acceptance into the
Department of Education and/or #. Spring)
Requirements of the Augsburg College
Licensure Program for Secondary Education:
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
1. Application for admittance and acceptance
into the Department of Education. This may
be made before, concurrently with, or after
the Orientation course. Application forms are
available in the Education Department office.
Before applying for admission students
should receive approval from the department
or division of their declared major. A student
may take education courses after the
Orientation course only if he or she has
been admitted into the program of the
Department of Education.
2. Grade point average - minimum of 2.5 in
the student's academic major and 2.0
overall.
3. Application for admittance and acceptance
into student teaching.
4. Completion of the State Department of
Education's EDU 521 Regulation in Human
Relations (successful completion of
Augsburg's Education program meets this
requirement).
5. Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program: Psych.
105; Health Educ. 1 15; Educ. 265, 359,
478; a minimum of one-half course in
special methods in the area of the student's
major, and a minimum of two courses in
Student Teaching.
481. 482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience in observing and directing learning
experiences in elementary schools under
supervision of college and elementary school
personnel. (Prereq.: 255, 351, 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 371,
372. Fall, Spring)
Electives
483 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq.: 48 1, 482. Fall, Spring)
484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq.: 481, 4 8 2 and 483.
Offered on demand)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
(See Secondary Education)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education, worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Secondary Education
(teacher licensure program)
Einar Johnson, Coordinator
It is the responsibility of each student to meet
all specific requirements of the Education
Department. Secondary Education students are
advised to consult with Education faculty
regarding state requirements for teacher
licensure. This consultation is recommended in
addition to conferring with the student's major
field adviser.
Majors in Art, Music, and Physical Education
will take one full course in special methods and
three courses in Student Teaching.
Requirements for State of Minnesota
Licensure for teaching in Secondary Schools
(Through the Augsburg College Education
Department Program)
1. B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major in a teaching area
3. Fulfill State Department of Education EDU
521 Regulation in Human Relations
(Successful completion of Augsburg
Education program meets requirement)
4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg
courses H.Ed. 115.)
5. Successful completion of Augsburg
Education Department Licensure Program
courses.
General Information:
1 . For Art, Music and Physical Education
Licensure: Persons with teaching majors in
Art, Music and Physical Education receive a
special license which allows them to teach
in their area in all grades from Kindergarten
through twelve (K-12). A person preparing
for licensure in one of these areas follows
the secondary education program even
though he or she plans to teach at the
elementary school level. A person with a
major in one of these special areas will take
three courses in student teaching and do
some student teaching at both the
secondary and elementary levels. In addition
to Educ. 359, the major in art will register for
Educ. 361 ; the major in P.E. for Educ. 365;
and the major in Music for Educ. 373.
2. For social studies licensure: The program
leading to licensure in this area is being
revised to conform to new state guidelines.
See Einar Johnson for further information.
3. The professional term: Student Teaching is
taken concurrently with School and Society
in one full-time term in professional
education. Special afternoon and/or evening
seminars are held during the term as part of
the professional work. A student taking two
courses in student teaching may elect to
take one course in Independent Study. All
students are expected to be involved full
time in the activities of the professional term.
265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN
AN URBAN SETTING (Secondary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession and opportunity for in-school work.
Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all
students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall,
Spring)
341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL
(See Library Science)
351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING
(See Elementary Education)
359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY
EDUCATION (1/2 course)
Teaching procedures, materials and projects.
With this general methodology course, must be
taken one or more of the following education
courses in special methods from the
department of the major field. (Prereq.: Psych.
105, Educ. 265 and admission into the
secondary education program)
Special Methods Courses (1/2 to 1 course)
Methods and materials in teaching special areas
360 American Studies Methods
l/2 course (Spring)
361 Art Methods (Elementary
and junior high school)
1 course (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior high school)
% course (Fall)
363 Business Methods
% course (Spring)
364 English Methods
% course (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
1 course (Fall)
366 Foreign Language Methods
(Consult with Language Department)
l/2 course
373 Music Methods (K-12)
1 course (Spring)
374 Natural Science Methods
% course (Spring)
375 Social Studies Methods
% course (Spring)
376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods
l/2 course (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods
% course (Spring)
41 0 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 41 0,
Adm. and Superv. of School Health
Program)
1 course
382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING
PROBLEMS
This course will examine characteristics of
different kinds of learning problems found in
regular classroom environment. The primary
focus of the course will be on teaching
strategies, but attention also will be given to
procedures for the identification of different
kinds of learning problems, prescriptive
procedures, referral processes, and alternatives
for programming "mainstreamed" students.
(Fall)
media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall)
341 NON-PRINT MEDIA IN THE SCHOOL
% course
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the
Department Chairman or the Internship
Director.
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production
and evaluation of effective audio visual
materials for teachingllearning situations. (Fall)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
The emphasis in this course is on the school in
relation to society with particular attention to
urban education. Introduced by a study of
educational philosophy and the development of
American education, current major issues in
education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior
standing. Fall, Spring)
358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND
GUIDANCE
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary
school library. Extensive study of evaluation
sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum
needs. Concentration on guidance in use of
print and non-print materials. (Fall, Spring)
480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING
Students will be placed in a classroom for full
days. Opportunities are provided for experience
in observing and directing learning experiences
on the secondary school level under the
supervision of college and htgh school
personnel. Seminars are held on a regular basis
dur~ngthe student teaching experience (Pmreq:
senior standing and completion of teacher aide
work and human relations elements of
Education courses 2 6 5 , 3 5 9 . Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
lndependent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Library Science
Patricia Parker, Coordinator
1
I
I
I
,(
MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,
358, 359, 475
245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION
AND ADMINISTRATION
Organization of materials, including acquisition,
processing and circulation. Services of the
359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE
LIBRARY
Study of basic information sources most
frequently used by students and librarians.
Includes preparation of bibliographies and
library instruction. (Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to
do field work in a variety of library situations in
the metropolitan area.
475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND
GUIDANCE
Survey and evaluation of library materials on
the secondary school level, with attention to
their use in relation to curricula as well as for
personal interest and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
lndependent study and research on some topic
of interest in the field of school library service,
worked out in consultation with a faculty
adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with
department approval.
Engineering
Earl Alton: Adviser
Augsburg College is cooperating with the
Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and
Michigan Technological University (Houghton,
Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies
which will enable a student to earn the
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University or Michigan
Technological University in a five-year period.
The first three years are spent at Augsburg
followed by two years at the affiliated
university. Students accepted into the program
are guaranteed admission to the engineering
school, provided they have met course
requirements, have a B average, and are
recommended by a designated representative
of Augsburg College. Students receiving
financial aid who are participants in the ThreeTwo Plan will be encouraged to apply to the
engineering school of their choice for
continuing support. Their applications will be
evaluated using need and academic
performance as criteria. Minimum course
requirements for admission to the Three-Two
Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224, 226; Physics
121, 122; Chemistry 11 5, 116; Computer
Science 245; English 11 1 ; additional courses to
meet general education requirements and a
total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math
124, 125 and Physics 121, 122 are taken in the
freshman year. Students are encouraged to
apply for admission to the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with the
adviser, Earl Alton, is encouraged.
Department of English
Chairmen: Catherine Nicholl, Richard Sargent
MAJOR: 9 courses (above 11 I ) , including one
course in American literature, one course in the
Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and three
courses in British literature. Of the British
literature courses, one must concentrate on
literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438)
and one must survey a number of writers (for
example, 336, 337, or 423). All majors must
take Advanced Writing: Expository. Majors are
encouraged to take, early in their college work,
course 245, Introduction to Literature. Majors
are strongly urged to consult their departmental
adviser regularly. A student with a double major
or special program that involves considerable
work in the English department should also
work closely with an adviser in the English
department.
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING:
Engllsh: 1 0 courses, including those listed for
the major and 320. Courses in early American
literature, Shakespeare, and film are
recommended.
Speech: (1) a course in public speaking:
Beginning Speech, Small Group
Communication, Interpersonal Communication,
Argumentation, Persuasion. ( 2 ) Interpretative
Reading or Stage Direction
Library Science: 475, The High School Library:
Materials Selection and Guidance
In addition to field experience and student
teaching, as required by the Department of
Education, English Education majors will be
required to gain practical experience in the
teaching of writing, to be arranged through the
department chairman.
Students interested in a teaching major are
encouraged to take courses toward their major
during the freshman and sophomore years,
enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term
of the sophomore year and apply for teacher
education not later than the fall of their junior
year. In addition to planning their courses of
study with the department chairman, students
should consult an adviser in the Department of
Education.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and
3.0 over-all; submit program to department
chairman early in senior year; defend honors
thesis before faculty committee in senior year.
Honors thesis may be an independent study
program.
A student electing a concentration should work
closely with his or her adviser. Interim courses,
special courses, and courses given at the other
cooperating colleges will often fit well into a
concentration.
English 11 1 is strongly recommended but not a
prerequisite for a lower division literature
course. Prerequisite for an upper division
course is successful completion of a lower
division literature course or consent of the
instructors.
111 EFFECTIVE WRITING
MINOR: 5 courses (above 11 I ) , including one
course in British literature, and either 21 9 or
320. Teaching minors must include both 21 9
and 320.
The English Department recommends but does
not require that English majors consider
developing an area of emphasis broader than
the major as listed above. The three most likely
areas would be a British concentration, an
American concentration, and a world literature
concentration. A student arranges a
concentration by careful selection of electives
in the major, by the design of an
independent study course that applies to the
concentration, and by the selection of some
related courses outside the English department.
BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 41 2, 41 6; English 271,
331, 332, 336, 337, 367, 368, 423, 438 and
sometimes 282, 490, 491.
AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 221, 222; American
Studies 232; English 241, 250, 351, 367, 368,
and sometimes 282, 490, 491. A student with
an American literature concentration should
take some of the courses listed under the
American Studies major which are selected
from the offerings of several departments at
Augsburg.
The study of composition with emphasis upon
expository writing. Attention to correct usage,
logical organization and the research paper.
(Fall, Spring)
21 9 ADVANCED WRITING
A course designed to develop advanced skills
in a variety of writing specializations. The focus
of each course will shift from term to term, e.g.,
Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced
Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing:
Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and
Technical. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
An investigation of the artistic qualities and the
historical development of the film media. The
course includes the viewing and discussing of
both feature length and short films. See also
description under Speech, Communications and
Theater Arts.
245 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama,
and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted
to developing critical and analytical skills in
reading and writing about literature. Strongly
recommended for English majors.
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920
WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 102, 360, 361 ; Philosophy
110 , 242, 343, 370; German 244; French 243;
Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351, 352;
English 241, 261, 271, 272, 423, and
sometimes 282, 490, 491.
Reading and analysis of some significant works
of selected American writers from colonial
times to the emergence of literary naturalism.
Attention is also given to the writer's
contribution to the historical development of
American literature. (Fall, Spring)
261 MODERN FICTION
Significant works of selected prose writers,
chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall,
Spring)
271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE:
HOMER TO DANTE
336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO
BLAKE
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of
selected writers from the metaphysical poets
through Blake, with attention to the historical,
intellectual, and social influences and the major
literary movements. (Fall)
A study of major works of Greek and Roman
literature, for example the epics of Homer and
Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles,
and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes
and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno
will be studied as a work in which the Christian
and the classical traditions are combined.
These works will be studied with reference to
their mythological foundations, their cultural
background, their influence on later literature,
and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
A study of major writers of the nineteenth
century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or
three novels of the period. Relationships among
these writers and their influence on one another
will be emphasized as well as their relationship
to their own age and their lasting contribution to
the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring)
272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: FROM THE
RENAISSANCE TO MODERN PERIOD
351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly
European, from the medieval to the modern
period. (Spring)
320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH
LANGUAGE
A study of modern English viewed from a
historical perspective, with reading in recent
linguistic studies. Designed to give the student
an introduction to structural linguistics and a
view of the development of the English
language. (Offered on demand)
331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE
While the primary study of the course will be the
writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable
attention will be given to the medieval literary
milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval
poetry, romance, and drama will be examined.
(Alternate years, 1 9 78-79)
337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS
AND THE VICTORIANS
A study of some recent and contemporary
writers and literary movements. Attention is
given to the dynamics of American society and
its intricate relationship to the literature. Special
emphasis is given to the city as setting and
symbol in modern American literature. (Fall,
Spring)
367 MODERN POETRY
Study of major modern and contemporary poets
and schools of criticism. Discussion may
include the poetry and aesthetics of the
Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics,
Harlem Renaissance, Modern Romantics, Black
Mountain Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional
Poets, and other contemporary movements.
368 MODERN DRAMA
Significant works of American, British, and
continental dramatists of the twentieth century.
(Alternate years, 1 9 78- 7 9 )
332 MILTON AND HIS AGE
388 LITERARY CRITICISM
A study of Milton's major poems and selected
prose. In addition the Renaissance literary
tradition out of which Milton created his works
will be examined. (Alternate years, 19 79-80)
A course designed to introduce students to the
various ways in which modern literary critics
have approached the problem of analyzing and
evaluating literature. Students wil study the
works of historical, psychological, textual, and
archetypal critics, and then attempt to apply
such approaches to selected works of
literature. (Offered on demand)
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the
Department Chairman or the Internship
Director.
423 STUDIES IN THE BRITISH NOVEL
A survey of the development of the novel in
England from its eighteenth century beginnings
up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will
be selected from the works of such authors as
Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen,
Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and
Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions
contributing to the rise of the novel and its
emergence by the twentieth century .as the
dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1 9 7 8 79)
438 SHAKESPEARE
Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention
to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic
and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for
reading analysis.
490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme or movement; course
491, a major writer or a major work. Enrollment
open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open to junior or senior English majors with a
grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairman. Provides directed independent study
in the area of the student's choice. (Fall,
Spring)
Department of Foreign Languages
Chairman: Gunta Rozentals
Students with previous foreign language study
should register in courses suited to their level
of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign
language courses follows the formula: 1 year of
high school foreign language equals 1 course
of college foreign language. However, final
placement is made according to the results of a
placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with the
department. Students who register below their
level may do so, but only for a grade of PIN.
Course 112 completes basic elements of the
language. Courses numbered 21 1, 21 2 meet
useable skill levels.
Course 31 1 is prerequisite to all upper division
courses.
See department faculty for career information
Language majors must consult with department
for mid-point evaluation after third postintermediate course.
Teaching majors and minors must consult with
the Department of Education for program.
Methods courses by language are joint fivecollege offerings and should be taken in the fall
of the senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced
Conversation and Composition is a
departmental requirement for teaching majors.
MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure.
Departmental Honors: Majors seeking
departmental honors must apply no later than
early in the senior year. Requirements: 3.3
GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors
thesis demonstrating ability in independent
study for one course credit. Consult department
chairman for details.
Chinese
21 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes
for course offerings.
Several modern literary works are explored with
the goals of communicating ideas and building
sufficient reading skills to pursue general
reading in French. Completes the review of
basic structures and more complex forms.
Laboratory work. (Spring)
French
MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including two in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and three in literature, of which one should be
course 352. Study in France strongly
recommended.
MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including one in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and one in literature. Interim or summer of
study in France strongly recommended.
243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Major representative works of French literature
read in English translation. Through
individualized background reading and class
discussion, students become acquainted with
artistic qualities and cultural-historical
significance of these works. Sophomore
standing. Does not count toward a French
major or minor.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
European History, a second language,
philosophy, linguistics, English literature, Study
Abroad. Also see Interim catalog.
111 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed to introduce the student with no
previous background in French to the language
and to French culture. The pronunciation
system and basic sentence structures are
taught to enable understanding and expression
on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement. (Fall, Spring)
112 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 11 1 or equivalent.
Through conversations, sentence practice, and
readings, the study of tenses and forms is
completed to make possible basic
communication, beginning reading skills, and
acquaintance with French culture and way of
life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on
placement. (Spring)
21 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Through a core of twentieth century French
literary readings and a grammar review, this
course moves toward expressing opinions and
greater ease in reading. For those who have
studied most of the basic structures. Two hours
of laboratory work. (Fall)
Explores topics of current interest in both oral
and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and
facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary
enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective
organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments.
Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other
upper division courses. (Fall 1978)
31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach to coherent and
correct expression. Attention to grammatical
structures, French turns of phrase and
elementary stylistics. French phonology and
speech groups practiced to overcome
inadequacies and incorrect speech habits.
(Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand)
331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE
A study of the diversified development of the
French from their beginnings to the modern
period. Special attention to cultural
manifestations of their intellectual, political,
social and artistic self-awareness. Readings,
reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials
In French. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Spring 1979)
332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY
Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas,
cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French people and their
contribution to the contemporary scene.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual
materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.:
3 1 1 or #. Alternate years. Spring 1 9 79)
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and
different approaches to literary analysis. In the
practical component, students apply the
elements of theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of French
literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
31 1 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78)
352 CREATIVITY AND RESTRAINT
a
A survey of the major literary creators of the
Renaissance and Classical periods, and the
French intellectual, social and ethical currents
reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay,
theater, early novel, letters and other prose
forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory work in French. Required of all
majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. On demand)
41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing on
topics of intellectual, social, or political interest
the student acquires extensive training in the
four skills at an advanced level. Attention to
accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic
levels of expression, refinements in style and
organization as individual needs indicate.
Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required
for all majors. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Alternate
years)
451 THE FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust,
Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux,
Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of
this genre in theme and form. Analyses,
discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.:
3 1 1 or #. On demand)
452 FRENCH DRAMA
A study of French plays that shows the
evolution of this genre from classical forms to
Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group
and individualized study of major works.
Analyses, discussion, and papers in French.
(Prereq. : 3 1 1 or #. Recommended 3 3 1. On
demand)
354 REALITIES: INNER AND OUTER WORLDS
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
A survey of the romantics, major novelists,
Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and
the literature of ideas that led to new forms and
emphases with the turn of the century (Proust,
Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral
and written reports, and laboratory texts in
French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Offered alternate
years)
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in
French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry,
medieval works, Romanticism). Student
presentations in French. For advanced
students. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq:
352, 3 5 4 or 355. Offered on demand)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of the major French literary
movements since World War I, including the
novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and
criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #.
alternate years. Prereq: 3 1 1 or #.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or
genre at an advanced level. Designed to
complete a balanced program, enhance
research, or meet individual interests. In
literature a major paper and its defense are
included. (Consultations with French teachers
required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring.
Subject and plan to be clarified early with study
adviser)
German
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including
31 1 and 41 1. Interim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including 31 1
and 41 1. interim and/or summer in Germany
strongly recommended.
31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Aims at developing facility in the use of
grammatical structures, vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common in
colloquial German. lntenslve practice in
speaking is supplemented with exercises in
written composition, (Fall)
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE I
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
Methods in Modern Languages for teachers;
European History, a second language,
linguistics, English literature.
111,112, BEGINNING GERMAN
Course 11 1 is for students with no previous
background; 112 is for students who have had
11 1 or equivalent or less than two years of high
school German. Aims at developing basic skills.
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding
and reading basic German. Goals: Ability to
read extended narratives in simple German,
insights into German culture and participation in
short conversations. Laboratory materials
available. (1 11, Fall; 11 2, Spring)
21 1,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with two terms (or two years high
school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basic skills into working knowledge
of German. Review of basic structures with
emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and
idiomatic expression through reading and
discussion of materials representing
contemporary German life and literature. (21 1,
Fall; 2 12, Spring)
244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Principal works of German literature
representing various periods and movements
are read and discussed in English. The
readings are considered not only in the
particular context of German cultural history,
but also discussed in terms of their relevance
to perennial human problems. Credit for this
course does not apply to the major or minor in
German.
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and
social development of the German-speaking
peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European
origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War
(1 643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman
civilization, the re-emergence of German
cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages,
and the intellectual and religious upheavals of
the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or
#. Spring 1 9 79 and alternate years)
332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE II
Survey of significant currents of development
which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland since the Age of
Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is
considered in view of its roots in the
intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific
history of the German-speaking peoples. In
.
Spring 19 78)
German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or I
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and
different approaches to literary analysis. In the
practical component, students apply the
elements of theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of German
literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
311 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78)
351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH 18th
CENTURY
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation,
Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang
literature. Extensive readings and discussions in
Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in
German, supplemented by lectures on the
history of German literature in its cultural and
geopolitical context. Class discussions help to
improve students' ability to express ideas in
German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand)
352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19th
CENTURY
Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland,
poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism.
The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic
philosophy and the importance of the individual
and the rise of materialism, technology and
mass man. Readings in German. Class
discussions help to improve students' ability to
deal with concepts and express themselves in
German. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. On demand)
353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20th
CENTURY
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals
of our time. Writers of international stature are
discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht.
Readings in German with class discussions are
designed to aid students' self-expression in
German. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 Or #.)
41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION
AND CONVERSATION
Aims at developing and refining the student's
use of German as a vehicle for expressing his
own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral
practice through use of German as classroom
language. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Alternate years)
451 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion of German prose
masterpieces from Goethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the epic
genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical
history. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or I.)
452 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from late 18th
century to the present are discussed and read
as symptomatic of perennial human concerns.
Lectures treat the historical development of the
drama. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Greek
See instructor for supporting courses at
Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, literature,
linguistics, which can apply toward classics
concentration in cooperation with Macalester
College.
111,112 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and practical study of Greek
grammar, with special emphasis on
morphology. Translation exercises from and
into Greek. (1 11, Fall; 112, Spring)
21 1 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion
of vocabulary and development of reading skills
through selections from the New Testament
and other Hellenistic writings (early fathers,
historians, etc.). Special emphasis on parsing
and syntax of the Greek text. (Prereq.: 112 or
#. Fall)
Japanese
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes
for course offerings.
Linguistics
289 INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS
An introduction to linguistic analysis and
general linguistic principles, with focus on
linguistic universals (organizational principles
and features common to all languages) and
psycholinguistics (inquiry into the mechanics of
language learning and the structure of the mind
as revealed in language). Theoretical questions
will be approached by studying samples of
various languages. No prerequisite.
Recommended for all language majors and
minors. (Fall)
Norwegian
MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 31 1 ,
and two of 331, 350, 353, 41 1 ; plus one course
under Scandinavian Area Studies.
For the teaching minor: 31 1, 331, 353, 41 1 plus
required education courses, including special
methods.
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Recommended supporting preparation: Study in
Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics,
additional courses under Scandinavian Area
Studies.
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and
different approaches to literary analysis. In the
practical component, students apply the
elements of theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of Norwegian
literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
31 1 o r # . Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 a n d 1977-78)
11 1, 112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction of the four basic language skills:
speaking, listening, reading .and writing. Stress
on spoken rather than literary Norwegian.
Laboratory work expected. (1 1 1, Fall; 1 12,
Spring)
21 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition to
improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Norwegian
used as basis for class discussion and
exercises. Laboratory work and some field
experience expected. (Prereq.: 11 2 or
equivalent. Fall)
311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with
emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional
variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages
of Norway. Some laboratory work and field
experience required. (Prereq.: 21 1 or
equivalent. Spring)
353 SURVEY OF NORWEGIAN LITERATURE
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian
literature provide a base for the study of
original works from earlier periods extending
back to Old Norse literature. All genres are
examined, and considerable attention is given
to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly
poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written
reports are in the Norwegian language. (Prereq.:
2 1 1 or equivalent. Spring, 1 9 79. Alternate
years)
41 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further intensive practice in spoken and written
Norwegian. Attention given to the other
Scandinavian languages and to the historical
development of the Norwegian language.
Laboratory work and field experience required.
(Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND
CULTURE
This study of Norwegian cultural history will
include significant aspects of the contemporary
Norwegian society. Through extensive readings
(in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic
and foreign influences at work in the
comparatively homogenous population of
Norway will be examined. Written and oral
reports in the Norwegian language will be
required along with some field work. (Prereq.:
3 1 1 or #. Spring 1 9 78 and alternate years.)
Russian
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes
for course offerings.
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including 31 1,
41 1 , 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354. (Study
in Spain or Latin America is strongly
recommended)
MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including 31 1,
331 or 332, and one course in literature. (Study
in Spain or Latin America is strongly
recommended)
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics,
another language, Pre-Colombian civilization,
Latin-American Area Studies. Consult
department for other supporting courses in
humanities.
11 1, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims to develop the four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an
integral part of the course. (1 11, Fall; 112,
Spring)
31 2 SPANISH EXPRESSION
Intended for students who have a basic
command of writing and speaking skills in
Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive
practice to improve oral and written expression
with emphasis on conversational facility,
stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of
grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and
broaden cultural background from
contemporary literary texts and magazine
articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand)
331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish
contribution to world civilization through
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic
movements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #.
Spring 1 9 78 and alternate years)
21 1, 21 2 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis
on active use of the language, supplemented
by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.:
1 1 2 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 2 1 1,
Fall; 2 12, Spring)
332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
AND CULTURE
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish
American countries from the Pre-Colombian
civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.:
3 1 1 or 2 12, with #. Spring 1 9 79)
249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Major works of Spanish and Latin American
literature representing various periods and
movements are read in English translation.
Through background reading and class
discussion in English the student is acquainted
with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in
this course does not count toward a major or
minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing
preferred.
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats the
basic principles of literature, literary genres, and
different approaches to literary analysis. In the
practical component, students apply the theory
through reading, analyzing, and discussing
selected works of literature in Spanish.
Recommended for majors and minors. Open to
all qualified students. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #.
Offered 1 9 76-77 and 1 9 77-78)
31 1 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
352, 353 SURVEY OF SPANISH
LITERATURE I, II
Thorough oral and written practice in correct
expression with the aims of fluency and facility.
Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work.
This course is a prerequisite for all upperdivision courses. (Prereq.: 2 12 or equivalent.
Fall)
A study of representative authors in Spanish
literature, supplemented by lectures on the
literary movements and development of
Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written
and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 3 11
or 1.352, Fall, 1978; 353, Fall, 1 9 79)
354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN
AUTHORS
An introduction to Spanish-American literature.
Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports
in the language. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Offered
1 9 7 7 and on demand)
41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness
of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates,
and written compositions and grammatical
exercises. (Prereq.: 3 11 or #. Alternate years)
456 SPANISH DRAMA
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature
in Spain. Oral and written reports in the
language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the
Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course.
On demand)
457 SPANISH NOVEL
Study of the outstanding novelists of the
nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral
and written reports in the language. (Prereq.:
One survey course. Alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of History
Chairman: Richard Nelson
MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four
of these courses must be upper division. A
major must have at least one course (either
survey or upper level) from each of the four
areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe;
U.S.; and non-Western.
MAJOR FOR TEACHING: In addition to the
regular history major a social science major
with history emphasis is also available. See
"Social Science" in this catalog. Students
wishing to become licensed teachers see
"Education Department" in this catalog and
consult with Education Department faculty for
requirements.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and
3.0 overall; except in special instances,
application before the end of the first term of
the junior year; two years of a foreign language
at the college level (or its equivalent); an
honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be
defended before a faculty committee.
MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which must
be upper division.
101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN
CULTURE
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the
Near East, the classical world of Greece and
Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the
1200s. (Fall, Spring)
102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE
A consideration of European institutions and
values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by
Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
103 THE MODERN WORLD
A study of the main currents in western
civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present. (Fall, Spring)
104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An introduction to various centers of cultural
and political power in Asia and Africa of the
last 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877
Students are required to take at least one
survey course (numbered below 300) before
registering for an upper level course. Lower
level courses need not be taken in seauence.
A survey of Americans from Jamestown
through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes
our modern day. (Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
An opportunity for a student to do readings or
study on topics not covered in the scheduled
courses. The proposed study must be
approved by the directing faculty member and
the chairman of the department before
registration. A maximum of one course in
directed study may be applied to the major.
331 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S.
history (excluding foreign policy; see History
332). The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration. (Fall)
332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN
POLICY
The relationship of foreign policy to general
American development is stressed as is the
period of the Cold War. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA
HISTORY
I
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of
modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations;
immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the
Twin Cities; economic and political
development. Primary emphasis will be on the
late 19th and early 20th centuries. (Spring)
I
360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND
GREECE TO 338 B.C.
I
I
The development of civilization in the Near East
from earliest times through its extension and
elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed
on the development of writing, achievement in
the arts and sciences and political institutions.
(Spring 1978-79)
361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO
330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's
Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of
Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis
is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences
and Rome's contributions in law and the
political process. (Fall, 1 9 7 9 - 8 0 )
370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role
of the Church and state through the changes
forced on these institutions during the Italian
Renaissance and the early years of the
Reformation. (Spring, 1980-8 1)
399 INTERNSHIP IN HISTORY
A limited number of internships may be
available for qualified upper-division students
majoring in history. See department chairman
41 2 ENGLAND TO 1714
A study of English history from Roman Britain
through the Stuart period. An attempt is made
to structure the course so that it may serve the
needs of those majoring in a pre-law program,
in English literature or in history. (Fall)
416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY
The study of this century as the most critical
period in the rise of the modern state.
Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of
modern science and its effect on intellectual
history. The chronological boundaries may be
listed as 1 560-1 71 4. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the
distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities
in Europe from the Roman Empire to the 20th
century, with focus on specific historic cities as
examples. The course is designed for history
students, urban study majors, and those who
desire a background to enrich future travel.
(Spring)
440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN
WORLD HISTORY
This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's
fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and
the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be
on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last
fifty years. (Spring 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major historical events,
personalities and political developments in this
area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist
movements and the process of decolonization
will especially focus on Indonesia, the
Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. (Spring 1 9 7 9 80)
464 MODERN CHINA
A selective treatment of Chinese history since
the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's
isolationism and collapse of the imperial
system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century. (Fall)
465 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of the emergence of Japan as
a major world power in the 20th century.
Components of the course will include a study
of the distinctive features of the pre-Meiji era,
modernization factors since 1868, interaction
and encounter with China, urban development,
ecological problems, role of women and
Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. (Spring 1 9 7 8 79)
474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST
This course begins with Europe's discovery of
the rest of the world, considers cultural
interaction and conflict, and the building of
European empires in Asia and the Americas,
and concludes with the breakdown of these
imperial systems at the end of the 18th
Century. (Spring 1 9 79-80)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Admission by permission of
the instructor. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in
history courses are encouraged to apply to
individual instructors for permission to register
for directed independent study. A maximum of
one course in independent study may be
applied toward the major.
Geography
114 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
An introduction to the basic concepts and tools
of geography followed by a survey of the
distribution patterns to be found in our physical
and human environment. (Fall 1 9 7 8 and
alternate years)
Department of Mathematics
Chairman: Beverly Durkee
MAJOR: 9 courses including 124, 125, 21 5,
224, 31 4, 324. Also required: Computer
Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses
351, 373, 441 must be included. Students
wishing to become licensed teachers are
advised to consult with the Education
Department for requirements.
MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics;
3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination.
Program must be submitted to department
during first term of junior year, and must
include advanced study in areas of Analysis,
Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education.
114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE
ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions,
functions and graphs, linear equations,
exponents and radicals, quadratic equations,
ratio and variation, progressions, binomial
theorem, logarithms, and trigonometric
functions. Does not apply toward a major or
minor in mathematics. Students who have
completed 124 may register for credit only with
consent of instructor. (Fall)
121 FINITE MATHEMATICS
Topics of linearity and probability with
applications to the social and behavioral
sciences. Does not apply toward a major or
minor in mathematics. (Fall)
122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL
AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Differential and integral calculus of a single
variable with applications to the social and
behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics. Students who
have completed 1 2 4 may not register for
credit. (Spring)
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with
applications; solutions by special integral
transforms; systems of differential equations
with matrix algebra techniques; series
solutions. (Prereq: 224. Spring)
242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
The structure of mathematics underlying
arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on
the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes
the ideas of modern elementary school
mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq:
Admission to Elementary Education Program)
31 4 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures
of algebra including groups, rings, integral
domains and fields. (Prereq: 2 15. Fall)
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid
analytic geometry integrated with differential
and integral calculus including calculus of
several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily
for students in the natural sciences. (1 24, Fall;
125, Spring; 2 2 4 , Fall)
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II
A study of the fundamental concepts of
calculus for functions of several variables,
including the topology of Euclidean spaces,
transformations, sequences and series of
functions, improper integrals, differential forms
and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq:
224. 3 2 4 , Spring; 325, Fall)
An introduction to the structure of mathematical
systems and mathematical models which have
had a primary historical impact on the other
liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending
further study of mathematics. Does not apply
toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall)
351 MODERN GEOMETRY
21 1 NUMBER THEORY
373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
A transitional course from computational to
abstract mathematics. A study of the integers
and their properties. (Prereq: #)
An analytic study of probability and statistics,
including probability distributions and densities,
expectation, sampling distributions, central limit
theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of
hypotheses. (Prereq: 224. Fall)
21 5 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study of systems of linear equations,
determinants, vector spaces, linear
transformations, and matrices. (Prereq: 224.
Spring)
A study of Euclidean and other geometries by
synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation
methods. (Prereq: 122 or 125. Spring, 1980.
Offered alternate years)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project.
441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee)
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and
development of number systems. (Prereq: 3 14,
324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring,
19 79. Offered alternate years)
245 INTRODUCTION TO SCIENTIFIC
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
481 TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS
Study of advanced topics selected from real or
complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology,
probability, statistics, or computer science.
(Prereq: 3 14, 324, or #. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
student and department.
Computer Science
145 INTRODUCTION TO GENERAL
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer methods including
flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation.
Extensive programming in a non-scientific
higher level language, such as COBOL.
Primarily for students in non-science areas.
An introduction to computer languages and
methods. Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and
manipulation, hardware register operations, and
computer organization. Programming in
machine language, assembly language, and
FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily
from science areas. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq: Math
125 or #. Fall. Computer fee)
355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND
NUMERICAL METHODS
A study of methods used to solve problems on
computers. Analysis of computational problems
and development of algorithms for their
solutions, application of a procedure-oriented
programming language in numerical analysis.
Topics include the general concept of iterative
formulas, solution of equations, Newton's
method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical
differentiation and integration. Credit may be
granted toward a mathematics major or minor.
(Prereq: C.S. 2 4 5 and Math. 224 or
concurrent registration. Fall)
Medical Technology
This major involves the completion of three
years of academic work at Augsburg College
and twelve months of internship at Hennepin
County Medical Center, Metropolitan Medical
Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific
recommended courses vary to some extent
depending on the hospital with which the
students plan to affiliate. It is important to work
closely with the Medical Technology adviser.
Augsburg College does not guarantee that all
students will be accepted by the hospitals for
the 12-month internship. Students must
negotiate directly with the hospitals involved.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 1 11, 112
and two additional upper division (usually 367
and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, 106 (or 115, 116),
223 (or 351, 352), 353; 3) Physics: 103 (or
121, 122); one math course.
Students transferring to Augsburg College with
an Associate of Arts degree or its equivalent
should expect to spend two years at Augsburg
before participating in the internship year. The
Medical Technology major is not designed for
persons who already have the baccalaureate
degree from another institution.
Metro-Urban Studies (Interdisciplinary)
Director: Joel S. Torstenson
MAJOR: 1 5 courses including the following
core requirements: Economics 120; Political
Science 122; Psychology 373; Sociology 11 1 ,
362, 363, 381, and 383; plus a minimum of one
course of internship or independent study.
visit agencies, talk with specialists in various
fields, and investigate current issues in the
Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography,
government, economics, historic preservation,
populations, ethnic communities, transportation,
planning and social services.
399 INTERNSHIP
The following electives are suggested for
completing the major: Art 102; Biology I01 ;
Computer Science 245; Education 478; English
351 ; History 431 ; Religion 360; Speech 342;
others, including interims, internships, and
independent studies, and urban courses at
other ACTC colleges by approval of the
director and the Urban Studies faculty.
Each student's major program must be
approved by the director.
MINOR: To be linked with appropriate majors
(such as business administration, history,
political science, psychology, religion,
sociology, speech). The following core courses
are required for the Concentration: Economics
120; Political Science 122; Sociology 11 1 ;
Sociology 381 ; an approved Social Science
Research course; an approved internship andlor
independent study.
Students are placed in a variety of public and
private agencies for work experience. A
learning contract is developed with MUST
faculty approval. Students may choose an
internship of one or two courses.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional)
Independent Study is done in conjunction with
a one-course internship. In consultation with
MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic
for library andlor field research related to
subjects of seminars andlor major academic
interests.
B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
This program is located at the University of
Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian
urbanization and city planning.
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE
Other Urban Studies options available through
the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA):
A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin City
metropolitan area.
Students are placed in beginning, intermediate
or advanced study depending on proficiency.
Instruction emphasizes conversational
vocabulary to support student course work and
daily living in Oslo. An orientation to current
issues in Norwegian life and society is
coordinated with the language instruction.
358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN ISSUES
Reading materials are assigned to complement
morning field seminar topics. Included are
government and institution publications, journal
articles and books.
359 FIELD SEMINAR: TWIN CITIES
METROPOLITAN AREA
Using the community as a classroom, students
373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF
SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
Themes on the growth, function, distribution,
and social organization of Scandinavian cities
are approached through a combination of
lectures, guest speakers, and field work.
Emphasis is placed on Norwegian urban
development with comparative analysis of other
Scandinavian countries.
396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA
Theory and practice of Scandinavian
approaches to urban development are viewed
through a series of topical lectures, field trips,
and guest speakers. Course focus is on the
Norwegian planning system with comparative
analysis of other Scandinavian countries.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
In consultation with SUST faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or
major academic interests.
C. South American Urban Semester
(SAUS)
This "semester in the city" program is
located in Bogota, Colombia. It focuses upon
urbanization and development in the Third
World.
261 SPANISH LANGUAGE
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced
levels.
362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION IN
LATIN AMERICA
Readings, discussions, and lectures in both
English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and
visiting Colombian urbanists.
363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH, POVERTY,
AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
IN THE LATIN AMERICAN CITY
Structured field course focusing on plight and
prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with
field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities
for comparison. Visits to various types of
barrios and to public and private agencies
dealing with urban problems.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
In consultation with SAUS faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and/or field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or
major academic interests.
Department of Music
Chairman: Robed Karle'n
Students wishing to major in Music at Augsburg
College must make application to the Music
Faculty for acceptance into the programs. Such
application should be made no later than the
beginning of the sophomore year. (See Music
Department handbook for further details.)
CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors must
take the Core Curriculum of 6 music courses:
101, 102, 223, 224, 260, 261, pass a piano
proficiency test, perform in a music
organization for 2 years, participate in
Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music
re~ertoiretests.
MAJOR: 1 2 courses including Core Curriculum
described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or 355;
365 or 375; 457, 458; and 4 years of
Performance Studies.
TEACHING MAJOR: 11 courses including Core
Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457, 458; two of
354, 355, 365, 375; 3 years of Performance
Studies; and education courses. Consult with
Department of Education for requirements in
education.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE: 1 3 courses
including Core Curriculum plus 350, two of
354, 355, 365, 375; 457, 458, 476; 499 or
other elective; and 4 years of Performance
Studies with double periods in the last two
years.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of
Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus 350 or
476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3 years of
Performance Studies including at least one term
of voice; Music Therapy 360, 382, 383, 395,
399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362, and one of
264, 351, 352, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and
one of 11 1, 121, 231, 232, 375; elective in
physical education (232 recommended);
elective in speech (1 16 recommended). A
maximum of 17 courses in Music and Music
Therapy may be applied toward the 35 courses
required for graduation.
Students need to apply for internship sites nine
months in advance of starting date. Since the
number of sites in Minnesota is limited,
students may need to seek out-of-state
internship placements.
This major normally requires four and one-half
years for completion Upon satisfactory
completion of the program, the student is
eligible to apply for certificationlregistration with
the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc.
MINOR: 5 courses: 101, 102, 260 or 261, 458
and elective; plus 1 year of Performance
Studies and 1 year in a music organization;
piano proficiency; and 2 music repertoire tests.
Attendance at all Performance Workshops
during the year of Performance Studies and 8
campus recitals also required.
Those wishing to minor in Music must declare
their intent not later than the end of their
sophomore year, or at the completion of
Theory 102.
I
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
graduation honors in music if they (1) provide
leadership in: the promotion of higher music
performance standards within the Department
of Music; breadth of musical interests by
attendance at concerts both on and off campus;
the performing organizations; the creation
andlor promotion of smaller performing
ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least
3.0 in music courses; and (3) apply for the
Honors Program at the beginning of the second
term of the junior year.
Honors may be achieved by any one of the
following ways: (1) two solo recitals of graduate
quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal
andlor instrumental ensemble of not less than
15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis
and its defense before a faculty committee or a
solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior
thesis and its defense before a faculty
committee and a solo recital of graduate
quality.
Performance Workshop and Recital
Requirements: Attendance at Performance
Workshop and 1 4 campus faculty and student
recitals is required of sophomore, junior and
senior music majors. Music minors must attend
8 faculty and student recitals as well as all
Performance Workshops during the year of
their Performance Studies. All music majors
and minors must register for Performance
Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of
Performance Studies concentration is required
of majors during either the junior or senior year,
except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their
area of Performance Studies concentration is
required of Bachelors of Music in both their
junior and senior years.
Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors
and minors are required to pass a piano
proficiency examination by the end of the
sophomore year. Confer with department
regarding specific requirements.
During the junior and senior years, a student
who has been certified by the Department of
Music as a major for the Bachelor of Arts or
Bachelor of Music degree, is given required
lessons in the area of his concentration without
extra cost. The total of Performance Studies
credits earned under this provision may not
exceed four semesters of weekly half-hour
lessons.
TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or
senior student transferring to Augsburg College
as a Music major must, before registration and
acceptance into the major program, ( I ) take a
placement test in music theory, and (2) sing or
play representative pieces recently studied in
his or her area of applied music concentration.
This may be done immediately before
registration or earlier when convenient. Transfer
students must pass the Piano Proficiency test
by the end of their first semester at Augsburg.
101,102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory is an integrated course extending
over four terms. Taught by a team of
instructors, the various aspects of musical
theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel,
rather than sequentially. (10 1 , 223, Fall. 102,
224, Spring)
230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
The development of music through the study of
selected works of great composers from each
period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships
between music and the other fine arts. For the
non-music major. (Fall, Spring)
260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSlC
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras,
(Spring)
Works of 20th Century composers will be
chosen according to instrumentation and
abilities represented by the class, so that indepth analysis can prepare for performance.
An evaluation will be made of each
composition studied with regard to its
significance and relationship to the total output
of that composer. (Prereq: 224. Spring.
Alternate years)
457 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and
conducting choral scores, organization of choral
ensembles. (Fall)
350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
458
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to
choral ensemble; methods, materials,
techniques and arranging. (Spring)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental
scores, organization of instrumental
ensembles. (Spring)
354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
476 ORCHESTRATION
The technique of playing and teaching brass
and percussion instruments. (Fall)
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music
for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and
types. (Alternate years)
355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching
woodwind instruments. (Spring)
365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC
The music of Scandinavia since 1700.
(Alternate years)
488, 489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
Instruction in the principles, methods, and
techniaues for teachina ~ i a n oStudents
.
will
give individual lessons-to children under the
supervision of the instructor. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Development and influence of the music of the
Christian church. Designed for the general
student as well as for organists, choir directors,
and pre-theological students. (Fall)
Permits advanced and specialized studies and
projects not otherwise provided for in the
departmental curriculum. Open only to
advanced students up0n
Of a member
of the faculty. (Fall, Spring)
440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP
Music Therapy
Offers an opportunity to apply information and
techniques acquired in music theory and history
classes to the study of the music of our time.
110 INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC THERAPY
A survey of the music therapy programs in the
surrounding area, with field trips to various
institutions. This will be an introductory course
for the freshmen and sophomores who may be
considering music therapy as a major. This
course will give the students a broad
background in the many and varied ways in
which music is used as a therapy. (Interim)
with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and
physically handicapped. (Prereq: 3 9 5 )
495 PRACTICUM IN MUSlC THERAPY
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a
week, six terms. No credit.
Recitals, Lessons, Organizations
360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSlC
Study of guitar and other non-symphonic
instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications to clinical settings.
(Fall)
382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF
MUSlC I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and
response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An
understanding of the research process and
development of an experimental research
project.
383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF
MUSlC II
Implementation of group and individual
research projects, emphasis on music in a
clinical setting. Various theories of learning
music, musical talent, and performance.
(Prereq: 3 8 2 )
395 INFLUENCE OF MUSlC ON BEHAVIOR
A study of man as he relates to music, with
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL
INTERNSHIP
Full-time placement in an internship setting
approved by the National Association for Music
Therapy for six months. This is started after
completion of the senior year and is necessary
for registration by the NAMT. Applications for
internship sites must be made nine months in
advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited.
435 MUSlC IN THERAPY
The study and application of the uses of music
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student recitals affording opportunity for public
performance. Acquaints students with a
repertoire of musical excellence. No course
credit. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available
to all students. For statement of fees, see under
Financial Information. No course credit. (Fall,
Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance, accompanying. Only those
lessons in piano taken after the piano
proficiency examination has been passed
may be applied toward the music major or
minor.
Organ
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice
Correct habits of pronunciation and
articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear
training as needed, interpretation of songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass
Instruments, String Instruments,
Percussion Instruments
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance.
MUSlC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations exist not only for the
benefit of the music student, but for any
student of the college who wishes to participate
in groups affording opportunity for musical
expression. Membership for the full year
required of participants. No course credit. (Fall,
Spring)
Choir
Membership by audition and restricted to 65
singers.
Concert Band
Membership by audition.
Orchestra
Membership by audition.
Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire Band,
Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble,
Woodwlnd Ensemble.
Membership by audition or consent of
director.
Natural Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in
Secondary Schools. (Valid until July 1, 1 9 79.
Students now entering college should be alert
for changes in requirements after July 1,
19 79).
MAJOR: A total of 12 courses in science and
mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of
two of the areas of biology, chemistry or
physics.
In biology, the required courses are 11 1, 112.
The additional 3 courses are to be chosen from
the upper division offerings.
In chemistry, 105, 106, or (1 15, 11 6), and 353
are required. In order to complete the total of 5
courses, two courses may be chosen as
follows: 223 and 361 ; or 351 and 352; or 351
and 361.
In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are
required; and any 3 additional courses may be
selected.
In physics, courses 121, 122, 245 are required;
two additional courses to be chosen after
consultation with a member of the Physics
Department.
Early consultation with adviser is
recommended.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical
Students.
This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major
which provides the science courses necessary
and recommended for admission to most
medical schools (including the University of
Minnesota Medical School), and also permits a
number of electives. The student should
choose electives carefully keeping in mind the
specific requirements of the medical schools to
which he or she intends to apply. Early
consultation with a premedical adviser is
recommended.
MAJOR: 13 courses including Biology 11 1,
112, 491 or 492, and 2 upper division biology
courses; Chemistry 115, 116 or (1 05, 106),
351, 352, and Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122, or 124
and 125; and Physics 121, 122.
Department of Nursing
Chairman: Donna Peterson
Augsburg offers a second-step program in
nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science
degree with a major in nursing.
Requirements for admission to the major are:
completion of an associate degree or a diploma
program in nursing with a minimum overall
grade point average of 2.5; a current license to
practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota;
and completion of inorganic chemistry, anatomy
and physiology, and microbiology at accredited
institutions of higher education. These courses
may be taken at Augsburg prior to admission
into the nursing program.
Nurses who have not been actively engaged in
the practice of nursing for five years must take
a refresher course prior to acceptance into the
program.
Courses in introductory psychology,
introductory sociology, English composition,
and organic chemistry are also required for the
major. Students may take these courses at
Augsburg during their first year in the program
or they may take CLEP examinations to validate
credits.
MAJOR: 8 courses in nursing including 301,
302, 310, 31 1, 320, 325, 350, 401, 402, and
two of the following: 420, 421 ; or 425, 426.
Speech 354, Interpersonal Communication is
highly recommended. The required courses in
sociology, psychology, English, chemistry, and
biology listed above may apply toward
distribution requirements as well as toward the
major.
311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II
Lecture, laboratory course which is an
extension of Nursing 31 0.
320 TRENDS, ISSUES, AND LEADERSHIP
IN NURSING
A course designed to investigate the current
leadership responsibilities of the professional
nurse and the trends and issues evolving in
contemporary nursing practice.
325 NURSING ASSESSMENT
Lecturellaboratory course focusing on the
development of skills in comprehensive history
taking and physical examination which assist
the professional nurse in completing healthillness assessments of individuals and families.
350 INTRODUCTION TO NURSING
RESEARCH
Emphasis is on investigative skills and basic
research as applied to nursing. Students are
involved in designing, implementing, and
evaluating research projects.
301, 302, 401, 402 NURSING
SEMINAR I, 11, Ill, IV
420, 421 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN EPISODIC
NURSING
Discussions designed to facilitate the student's
progress throughout the nursing program and to
assist in career-goal attainment. One course
credit granted on completion of all four
seminars. PIN grading only.
Seminarllaboratory courses in which the
student explores in depth a chosen area of
study and develops expertise in the selected
area of practice. Opportunities are available
which allow the student to practice selfassessment, identify individual needs, develop
behavioral objectives, select learning
experiences, and work cooperatively and
collaboratively with preceptor, instructor,
agencies and clientslfamilies in initiating
complex nursing care. (Prereq: 3 10, 3 1 1 ,
320, and 325).
310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I
Lecture courses which focus on the
investigation and application of the concepts
and principles of health promotion, health
maintenance, disease-illness prevention, and
rehabilitation to nurse-ciientlfamily relationships
in the community setting. Emphasis is placed
on involving the student in health teaching and
counseling activities with individuals and
families.
425, 426 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN
DISTRIBUTIVE NURSING
For course description see 420, 421.
Department of Philosophy
Chairman: Kenneth Bailey
130 LOGIC
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242,
343. and 344.
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then
says you must accept a particular conclusion.
Do you? When does a conclusion follow from
premises? Here we examine the rules which
govern valid arguments and work to develop
your ability to recognize and construct sound
arguments. (Fall, Spring)
MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from
241, 242, 343, and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy
Honors program is by recommendation of the
philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will
be made at the end of the junior year. The
program will consist of an honors thesis on an
approved topic of the student's choice,
involving research above the course level, and
a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the
department.
Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended
for fulfilling the general education requirement.
110 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY:
IDEAS AND METHOD
Though each person has his own set of ideas
and beliefs, rarely have they been critically
analyzed or evaluated for their consistency,
adequacy or truth. The reason for this is that
individuals lack the needed skills. The major
function of the course is to enable you to
develop the critical and analytical skills required
to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and
beliefs. (Fall, Spring)
120 ETHICS
Sometimes you say that a certain action is right
or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is
right? Because you like it? Are there better
reasons for thinking something right or wrong?
This course takes a long, hard look at possible
grounds for making moral decisions, and at the
moral judgments about personal and social
issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring)
241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0
AND ARISTOTLE
How, when and why did philosophy begin?
Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the
Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato
think that the physical world was not overly
important, and what did he value? How did
Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The
answers to these and other questions will be
considered so as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our
contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL
AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a
period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance
was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment.
How dark were the Middle Ages; how
enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt
to discover the grandeur of the Medieval
philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition
was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore
the worship of the world and the individual in
the Renaissance and the new methodology of
the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring)
343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill:
ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY
PHILOSOPHY
Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas
or with experience? What can we really know
about the world? What impact did Romanticism
have on philosophy? This course studies the
major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke,
Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of
philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the
reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall)
344 HI,STORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV:
CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love
affair with language? Is truth that which works?
Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous
science? These and other issues are dealt with
in a study of the major representatives of
linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism,
and phenomenology. (Spring)
constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there
certain real questions which science cannot
answer? How certain are the methods used by
the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition
to dealing with these questions, students will
work in researching and developing
philosophical problems in the special sciences.
(Fall, 1 9 78)
370 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies in the writings - both philosophical
and literary - of prominent Existentialist
authors. We will examine what it means to be a
being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as
absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox.
(Suggested: One prior course in philosophy)
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
380 MEDICAL ETHICS
What is the relation between faith and reason?
Does God exist, and what can be said about
him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness
of God with human and animal suffering? Is
man really immortal? Are miracles possible?
We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into
these questions which form the basis of
religious beliefs. (Spring, 19 79)
Application of ethical principles to problems
which arise in the areas of medical care and
delivery, abortion, human engineering, care for
the dying and euthanasia.
430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL
PHILOSOPHERS
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies
which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1978)
Advanced studies in the philosophy of
particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes,
Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc.
Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses:
24 1, 242, 3 4 3 , or #.)
360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
440 THEORY OF BEING
Every day we use language to buy and sell,
praise and berate, communicate with friends.
What is language? Could an ir~dividualbe fully
human without it? How does language relate to
the world - can we really learn about the
nature of things from words? Do the
mathematician and the scientist have a
language? Is it possible to have a language
which only one individual can understand? We
shall explore how philosophers have responded
to these and other important questions about
language. (Fall, 1 9 78)
Being is the most important concept which
philosophy investigates. This course studies
some of the perennial theories of metaphysics
along with some modern applications of these
theories. Students will have the opportunity to
read and discuss primary texts as well as
contemporary articles dealing with
metaphysics. (Prereq: one prior course in
philosophy)
355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
The scientist's knowledge of the world is
purported to be profoundly different and better
than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What
450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art,
philosophy of literature, philosophy of history,
philosophical psychology, philosophy of culture,
political and legal philosophy, etc. Seminar
format. (Suggested prior courses: 2 4 1, 242,
343, or #.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some
philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty
adviser.
Department of Physical Education and Health Education
Chairman: Ernest Anderson
Physical Education
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: H.Ed. 11 4,
115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350, 351,
471, 472, 475; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232,
243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472; Biol. 103.
Students wishing to become licensed teachers
are advised to consult with the Education
Department for requirements.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WlTH
SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE
THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 1 15, 354, 355; P.E. 223,
231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 485, 491,
495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355, 362.
Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy
Major must be secured from the Coordinator of
Corrective Therapy.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WlTH
SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL
EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E.
223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472,
485, 491 ; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: H.Ed. 114,
115; P.E. 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243.
COACHING ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 11 4, 115;
P.E. 243, 350, 351, 475, one of 476-480, and
practicum in coaching (Practicum requires
registration for Independent Study 499).
Coaches entering their first head-coaching
assignment in Minnesota high schools are
required to have at least a coaching
endorsement in the field of physical education
and athletics.
102,103 LIFETIME SPORTS
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports
meet the general education requirement. No
course credit. (Fall, Spring)
223 TEAM SPORTS
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and
officiating team sports. (Spring)
231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and
officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall)
232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES
AND RHYTHMS
Theory and practice in teaching recreational
activities, social recreation, quiet games, low
organized games, noon-hour activities, camp
nights, modified games, simple rhythmic
games, folk and square dancing. (Interim)
243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
History, principles, and philosophy of physical
education. (Spring)
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis
upon the action of the muscular system.
(Prereq: Biology 103; Fall)
351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
coaching football. (Fall, 1st half of term)
The major effects of exercise upon the systems
of the body and physiological principles applied
fo exercise programs and motor training.
(Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring)
477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL
'12 course
365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION
METHODS (K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching
physical education at the elementary and
secondary levels. (Fall)
373 MODERN DANCE
An introductory course in modern dance
technique and creative composition. Exploration
of movement, energy, form, and design. No
previous dance experience necessary.
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult department chairman
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
'
Curriculum analysis and preparation.
Administrative techniques and procedures.
(Prereq: 243. Fall)
472 GYMNASTICS AND SWIMMING
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics,
stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities.
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior
and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq:
Swimming competence as determined by pretest or satisfactory completion of Lifetime
Sports, Swimming. Fall)
475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF
ATHLETIC INJURIES
% course
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries.
Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room
procedures. (Prereq: 350. Spring, 1st half of
term)
476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL
% course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of
coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd half of term)
478 COACHING OF HOCKEY
% course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of
coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half of term)
479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD
% course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of
coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half of
term)
480 COACHING OF BASEBALLISOFTBALL
% course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of
coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd
half of term)
485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includes consideration of ambulation,
self care, adapted sports and games, and
swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq: 350,
35 1; H. Ed. 355. Summer School only)
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of the treatment of disease and injury.
Includes general principles and administration
of neuro-muscular re-education. (Prereq: 350,
351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Four-hundred hours of hospital affiliation
required. Includes actual hospital experience in
the following four areas of corrective therapy:
(1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology,
(4) Rehabilitation. (Prereq: 485, 491, and
approval of department)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed intensive study in an area of physical
education. Open only to junior or senior majors.
C
.
Health Education
320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM
HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: I 10, 1 1 4 , 1 1 5 ,
320, 354, 355, 41 0; Biol. 103, 108, 11 1 ; Chem.
105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231, 241.
Techniques for developing a course of study
based upon growth and development for
grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and
diseases. (Prereq: All courses in the major
sequence numbered in the 100 and 200
series; also #.)
HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
11 0 , 11 4, 11 5, 320, 354, 355, 41 0; Biol. 103,
108, 11 1 ; Chem. 105; Psych. 105; Soc. 231,
241 ; Educ. 265, 478, 480, 481, 482.
HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 11 0 , 11 4, 11 5;
Biol. 103, 11 I .
110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH
Modern concepts and practices of health and
healthful living applied to the individual and the
community. (Fall)
354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL CHILD
% course
Education of the exceptional child with special
reference to the analysis of functional and
organic abnormalities and the role of school
health and physical education programs.
(Prereq.: P. E. 350. Spring)
355 TESTS AND MEASUREMENT
% course
114 SAFETY EDUCATION
% course
Survey of basic statistical procedures and
evaluation of tests in health and physical
education. (Spring)
Principles and practices of safety education in
school and community life. Includes American
Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring)
41 0 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION
OF THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCATION
% course
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be
done for the abused. (Fall, Spring)
Historical background, legal bases, school
health services, and relationship to community
health program and resources. Methods and
materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
(Prereq: 320.)
Department of Physics
Chairman: Kenneth Erickson
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245,
351, 362 and 395 plus three courses above
122. In planning their courses of study,
students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the physics faculty. Normally,
students should have Mathematics 124, 125,
and Physics 121, 122 the freshman year, and
Mathematics 224 and 226 the sophomore year.
MINOR: 5 courses, including 121, 122, and
three courses above 122.
HONORS MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 in physics
and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of
a physics topic with an oral defense of the
written research report. Application for the
honors major should be made no later than the
first term of the senior year.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major.
Students are advised to refer to the Education
Department section of the catalog and consult
with the Education Department early in their
planning.
SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The
Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics
Students provides students the opportunities of
membership in a national physics society and
of participating in the physics community on a
professional basis. Membership in SPS is open
to all students interested in physics.
SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership in the
Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor
society is open to those students who have
completed the equivalent of a minor in physics
and have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and 3.0
overall.
101 ASTRONOMY
A descriptive course requiring elementary
algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are
explained and use is made of a 12-inch
reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as
well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night
viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring)
103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in which the
applications, problems, and experiments are
selected not only to illustrate fundamental
principles, but also to demonstrate the
relevance of physics to the life sciences. The
course is designed to serve students in biology,
psychology, physical education (therapy
programs), medical technology and other health
science programs. The course is also a very
suitable elective or distribution requirement for
the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hour laboratory. Prereq: Elem. algebra. Fali)
121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics,
fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and
magnetism, and some aspects of modern
physics. For majors in physics and other
specified majors. Must be taken in sequence.
(4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq:
Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration.
12 1, Fall; 122, Spring)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction to modern physics from an
historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics,
nuclear and solid state physics. This course
indicates the need for, and develops the
experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
261 ELECTRONICS
The emphasis is on basic electronic principles
and instrumentation. A review of D.C, and A.C.
circuits before introducing the electron tube and
some circuit applications. The study of solid
state diodes, transistors and integrated circuits
with applications. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour
laboratory. Prereq: 122 or 103 plus
Mathematics 1 2 2 or 125 and consent of
instructor. Spring)
270 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis is on physical optics, using the
complex expression for a wave throughout.
Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an
introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3
one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
122. Fall)
351, 352 MECHANICS I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics in terms
of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian
and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include
conservation principles, single particle motion,
systems of particles, oscillatory systems,
central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies,
gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems
and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.
35 1, Fall; 352, Spring)
362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is
developed using the vector calculus throughout.
Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of
Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and
magnetic properties of materials, and the theory
of electromagnetic radiation based on
Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226. 362, Fall;
363, Spring)
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An emphasis on independent laboratory
investigations, including participation in physics
seminars. Experiments in the areas of
mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity,
magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour
laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week.
Prereq: Junior standing. Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and
processes for which temperature is an
important variable. The subject is developed
from two independent yet complementary
viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic
classical thermodynamics and the theoretical,
microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq. : 3 5 1 . Spring)
486 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from first principles, including
de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger
equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation
values, angular momentum, and approximation
methods. Specific problems studied include
potential wells and potential barriers, the
harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 3 5 1, 352.
Fall)
488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics to
specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics,
nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
486. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
An opportunity for students to explore
systematically a problem in experimental or
theoretical physics, worked out in consultation
with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and
seniors with departmental approval.
Department of Political Science
Chairman: Norma Noonan
MAJOR: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis
(Soc. 362). Required are 121 or 122 or 170;
158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division
courses in 4 out of 5 areas.* A seminar in one
of the five areas may be counted for that area.
MINOR: 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or
170; 158; and at least 3 upper division courses
in 3 out of 5 areas*.
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors Major in
Political Science includes the requirements
listed above, plus the following: The student's
grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major
and 3.0 over-all. The student must take an
Honors lndependent Study and a seminar, and
must submit, not later than March 1 of the
senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended
before a faculty committee. Students may work
with any member of the Department on their
Honors Thesis. For specific requirements,
consult the Honors Adviser, Dr. Noonan.
Students should apply for the Honors Major no
later than the first term of the junior year.
* The five areas are American Government
and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis,
International Politics, Public Law, and Political
Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed in
more than one area may be counted in only
one area toward major or minor requirements.)
General Education
Any course may be taken to fulfill the general
education requirements but especially
appropriate are Political Science 121, 122, 158,
160 or 170.
The Urban requirement may be filled by
Political Science 122, 342 or by an Internship,
Interim, lndependent Study, or Seminar on an
urban-related topic.
Students interested in secondary education
may take a political science major in
combination with specified social science
courses, in compliance with state requirements.
For more information, see the department
chairman or the Social Studies Education
adviser.
opinion research and political public relations.
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
For precise listing of terms in which courses
are offered, see the Class Schedule
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS
121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND
POLITICS
The politics of American government including
the pattern of participation; the dynamics of
congressional, executive, and bureaucratic
policymaking; the contemporary structure of
federalism; and current issues in American
society.
122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
Selected themes, including legislative,
executive or judicial process, and policy
process in American politics; national, urban or
state focus; topic to be included in subtitle.
(Prereq: Two courses in Political Science or #.
Offered on demand.)
II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND
PROCESSES
I
Politics in the urban setting, including important
issues, actors, and structures influencing public
policy in the modern urban complex.
Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings
with political experts and activists.
An analysis of basic patterns in the political
system and decision-making process with some
comparison of major political systems and
discussion of contemporary issues.
1
325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE
350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
The politics of public administration and
bureaucratic policy-making in the American
welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation.
promotion and management, emphasizing
political and economic interaction. (Prereq: 1
course in Political Science or #)
The emergence, maintenance and decline of
selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq:
One course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years).
I
I
351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS
326 POLITICAL PARTIES AND BEHAVIOR
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and
other communist states in terms of political
behavior, institutions, processes and politics.
(Prereq: One course in Political Science or #)
The political behavior of the electorate
emphasizing public opinion and political parties
in the lectoral process. Field work with political
parties and interest groups and media in
presidential election years (optional in nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: 121 or #.
Fall term of election years.)
(See Section V for description)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR
Effects of mass communications on individual
behavior; the uses and control of mass media
for political and social purposes including public
Indepth study of elite andlor mass participation
in the political system. (Offered on demand.
Prereq: One course in Political Science or I.)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY AND PRACTICE
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND
PROCESSES
Contemporary issues and problems in
international politics in the context of
democratic values and processes; moralism,
legalism, and realism in foreign policy.
363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and
implementation of foreign policies of
Commurlist nations, with emphasis upon the
Soviet Union and China. (Prereq: One course in
Political Science or #.)
461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
Selected themes including interpretations of
international politics, foreign policy decisionmaking, simulations of international problems.
Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq: One
course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years.)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
170 LAW IN THE UNITED STATES
A survey of American law and legal process.
Theories of law; law and society; roles of
courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United
States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as
politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
The legal-political-philosophical role of the
judiciary in the American constitutional system,
emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases
involving the United States government and the
federal system. (Prereq: 170 or #. Offered
alternate years)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights
and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied
by the Supreme Court to the protection of
human rights and civil liberties of individuals.
(Prereq: 1 70 or #. Offered alternate years.)
(See Section I1 for description)
380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT
A study of influential political philosophers from
Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the values,
goals, and assumptions which continue to
inform and to rationalize human governance.
(Prereq: One course in Political Science or # .)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY AND PRACTICE
A study of democratic theory and public policy
practice with focus on the emergence of
political democracy, capitalism and the welfare
state in comparative perspective. (Prereq: One
course in Political Science or #.)
382 MARXIST VISIONS:
PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and
movements emphasizing Marxism as developed
in Russia and China. Consideration of the
political, social, and economic dimensions of
the theories, with some focus on the preferred
futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq: 158
or #. Offered alternate years.)
384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical political
analysis, including communications theory,
simulation, systems' theory, structuralfunctionalism, power concepts, psychological
and economic approaches to political study,
and a survey of the methods common to
empirical social science. (Prereq: Social
Statistics; Political Science 158 and two upper
division courses, or #.)
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND
INTERNSHIPS
199 INTERNSHIP
Lower division internship. Consult Internship
Supervisor in the department to determine
project.
-
-
295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR
determine project. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
Special topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered
on demand)
495 SEMINAR
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Selected topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.
#)
Independent study for lower division students.
(Prereq: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
instructor and student. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
- -
Department of Psychology
Chairman: Norman Ferguson
MAJOR: 10 courses. Supporting courses from
other departments will also be required;
Physics 103 is one of the required courses.
The major program is planned in consultation
with an adviser in the psychology department
and approved by the department chairman.
Required courses include 105, 264, 265 and
493. Additional courses to include in
preparation for graduate study are 355, 357,
359, 481, and at least one course in Personality
or Developmental Psychology. The major
program should include 105 in the freshman
year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or
sophomore year, 493 in the junior or senior
year. Beginning the Experimental Psychology
sequence (264-265) in the freshman year is
recommended. The overall plan will be directed
toward a basic understanding of the discipline
of psychology and toward the particular
educational, vocational, and professional
interests and goals of the individual student. A
written plan for the major should be completed
and approved by the beginning of the junior
year. The plan, which may indicate one or
more electives in psychology, should be
completed early in the sequence of psychology
courses. Completion of a written plan later than
the beginning of the junior year may delay
graduation; early planning is recommended.
Not more than a total of two courses from
among 299, 399, and 499 may be counted
toward the minimum ten courses required for a
psychology major. It should be noted that this
restriction applies toward the minimum
requirement; the student may actually take
more such courses.
It is recommended that psychology majors take
additional course work from among the
following departments: Biology, Mathematics,
and Computer Science. It is recommended that
students interested in physiological psychology,
comparative psychology, psychological
measurement, or experimental psychology
include at least three of these courses in their
psychology major program.
MINOR: 5 courses including 105. Not more
than one course in total of 299, 399, 499 may
be counted toward the minor.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point
average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average
over-all, and completion of a high quality
research project culminating the major program.
Application for honors consideration must be
made during the junior year. Please consult the
department chairman for more detailed
requirements.
105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methods and approaches used in psychology
for the purpose of understanding behavior, and
research procedures associated with the study
of behavior. A structure of the field of
psychology including psychological principles in
major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring)
A survey of the physiological and
neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for
behavior in animals and humans. Lecture and
laboratory regarding the fundamentals of
neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and research
methods. Emphasis will be given to interactions
of the central nervous system with
environmental events including the effects of
drugs on behavior. (Prereq: 105 and one
course in biology; two courses in biology are
recommended. Fall)
264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation
in human and animal learning, problem solving,
social psychology, and sensation-perception.
Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and
experimental design methodology. Experimental
Psychology I may be taken for credit without
continuing in Experimental Psychology II.
Majors in psychology must take both terms of
the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265;
265 should be taken in the term immediately
following 264. (Prereq.: 105. 2 6 4 , Fall, Spring;
265, Fall, Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Limited registration by special permission.
Specific planning for the study must be
completed and approved well in advance of the
time of registration.
351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal child development and
behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems
used for viewing the developmental sequence
and process. Active inquiry into practical
implications and applications of data and theory
in respect to the development of children.
(Prereq.: 105. Fall)
356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach to the study of
behavior emphasizing the comparison of a wide
variety of species from lower animals
(invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be
placed upon studying animals in their natural
habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns
which have evolved through interacting with the
environment. Major topics will include
behavioral evolution, behavioral development,
and social behavior in both animals and
humans. (Prereq.: 105. Spring)
357 LEARNING
Analysis of behavior and behavioral change
including objectives, evaluation, and
environmental factors in the learning process.
(Prereq.: 1.05. Fall, Spring)
359 MEASUREMENT
Theory and principles of measurement.
Analysis and practicum with achievement,
interest, personality, and intelligence tests.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
361 PERSONALITY
352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and behavior
of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases
used for building understanding of and
appreciation for the developmental process.
Active consideration of the meaning that data
and theory have for the development of
persons in the adolescent and adult periods of
life (Prereq.: 35 1. Spring)
Dynamics of personality with emphasis on
behavior that customarily is included in the
normal range. Includes consideration of theories
of personality. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, biological, and psychological
factors involved in behavior disorders.
Consideration of diagnostic categories,
treatment, and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or
3 6 1 . Spring)
371 PSYCHOLOGY OF THE INDIVIDUAL:
FEMALE AND MALE
A study involving knowledge of materials
bearing on the development of sex differences
and roles, the effect of society upon values and
goals, differential legal status and feminist
movement views, and physiological data
bearing on these differences. (Prereq: 105 or
#.)
theoretical positions. Concentration on the
development of American psychology. (Prereq:
2 courses. Offered alternate years)
485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in
the counseling process. Consideration given to
goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling
relationship. (Prereq: 5 courses and senior
standing. Spring)
490 CURRENT TOPICS IN
PSYCHOLOGY
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing large groups of
individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams.
Study of policies and procedures aimed at
utilizing and perpetrating individuality;
exploration of approaches to selecting and
developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 105.
Fall)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult with the
departmental internship coordinator regarding
requirements and permission to register.
481 HISTORY AND THEORY
History of psychological viewpoints and
Study of selected areas and topics within
psychology that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics
will be published prior to registration. (Prereq:
105 and #. Fall, Spring)
493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY
ISSUES
Points of view within behavioral science on
contemporary professional and societal issues.
Consideration of the approaches and methods
of behavioral science in relation to the study of
such issues. (Prereq: 5 courses. Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Limited registration by special permission for
advanced students in psychology. Student must
present a written plan prior to registration
including carefully considered rationale and
purpose for the proposed study.
Department of Religion
Religion 1 1 1 or 221 are prerequisite to all other
courses.
major. One upper division New Testament
Greek course may be applied to the major. One
course required from those numbered 361-363
and one from those numbered 471 -475.
MAJOR: 8 courses, including 1 1 1 , 221, 356,
481 and also including a seminar especially for
majors to be taken in the junior or senior year.
Only one interim course may be applied to the
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the major and
3.0 over-all; research project approved by the
department and a colloquium with the
department.
Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck
MINOR: 5 courses. Not more than one interim
course may be counted to the minor. In order
to prepare for teaching about religion in public
schools the student should work closely with
the Religion Department in designing a program
which includes: (a) a major in an academic field
which is certifiable for elementary or secondary
school teaching, and (b) a Religion major with
courses 356, 360, 363, 471, and 355. The
Minnesota State Department of Education does
not at this time grant licensure for a Religion
major or minor.
111 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An introduction to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian
doctrine. (Fall, Spring)
356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS
An introductory survey of some of the major
living religions of the world, including Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and
Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of
primary documents from these religious
communities.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of the social sources and
structure of religious beliefs and practices.
Particular emphasis is given to the study of
bureaucracy and its relation to religious
systems, and to an exploration of the changing
patterns of society and the relationship of these
changes to the institutional church.
361 CHURCH FATHERS
221 BIBLICAL STUDIES
See under Department of Philosophy.
A study of the early Christian Church in the
context of the Roman Empire, including such
topics as persecution and martyrdom, the
development of the creeds, Christianity in
conflict with Gnosticisms and mystery religions,
monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship; also including the theology of several
early Christian leaders and a special unit on the
life and thought of Augustine.
353 DENOMINATIONS AND SECTS
IN AMERICA
362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of
the major denominations and sects. Some
contemporary cultic movements will also be
considered.
An introduction to the theological thought of the
Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century.
Special attention to the writings of Martin
Luther and other representative figures. (Fall)
354 LIFE AND WORK OF THE CHURCH
Congregational life in its varied character with
attention directed to Christian education and
curriculum, youth work and parish work.
(Offered 1 9 7 7-78)
363 RELIGION IN AMERICA
The origin, literary character, and transmission
of the biblical documents. The task of biblical
interpretation. The history of Israel and the
emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE
PUBLIC SCHOOLS
A study of the development of religion in
America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and
the responses of religion to the challenges of its
environing culture.
380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
The history of studying religion in public
schools, the problems associated with such
efforts, the resources available to the teacher
and the actual teaching itself will be examined.
The theological, as well as the legal and
educational implications will be analyzed and
discussed. (Spring, 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
(See under Department of Music)
471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament
Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing
with their content, literary structure and
relationships. Attention to the variety of
interpretations given the person of Jesus,
including the "quest for the historical Jesus."
(Fall)
472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his
historical background, his relationship to the
early church, and some of the themes to be
found in his writings. (Spring)
473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD
TESTAMENT
The various types of Old Testament literature.
The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with
emphasis on the message of the prophets.
475 JUDAISM
A survey of the history of Judaism from the
end of the Old Testament period to modern
times, with emphasis placed upon the religious
development. A special interest in such modern
Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The
Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a
grant to Augsburg College in support of this
course in Judaism offered in the religion
department. (Fall)
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
An introduction to some representative trends
in Christian theological thought today, as seen
from the systematic perspective, in the light of
the continuing theological task of the Christian
Church. (Spring)
482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC
THEOLOGY
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as
expressed in the writings of some of its
representatives. Relation of new theological and
biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of
the church. (Fall)
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological dynamics.
Emphasis on developing a constructive
perspective for critical reflection upon moral
action.
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Required of majors in the
junior or senior year. Others by permission of
instructor. (Fall)
Russian Area Studies
Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan
The major in Russian Area Studies is a
cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks to
give the student the broadest possible exposure
to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics,
literature, tradition, and philosophy. In addition
to providing a good liberal education, the
program can enable students to prepare for
graduate study, or careers in areas such as
government, international business, or teaching.
The Major consists of 11 courses:
4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian
(or equivalent competencies)
2 courses in Russian history
1 course in Marxist theory
1 course in Russian literature
1 course in Soviet politics
2 other courses of approved electives
Each student's major program must be
approved by the Coordinator.
Scmdinavim Area Studies
Director: Mildred Joel
331 TOPICS: THE IMMIGRANT IN
AMERICAN HISTORY
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses.
All programs must contain four courses listed in
the Augsburg College catalog or transferred to
Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian
Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a
Scandinavian Language Department or
subdepartment regardless of their content
which may be linguistic, literary or cultural.
Students graduating with a major or minor must
also present the equivalent of intermediate level
study of a Scandinavian language. See
Norwegian courses listed under Department of
Foreign Languages.
255, 355 OIL AND NORWAY:
MUTUAL IMPACT
An inquiry into the early impact of the emerging
Norwegian petroleum industry upon the politics
and economy of Norway and, conversely, of
Norwegian political perspectives and institutions
upon the development and use of this recently
discovered resource. (Interim, 1 9 7 8 )
330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with
special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the twentieth century.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable but not required. (Offered Fall 1 9 7 7 78)
331 TOPICS: NORWEGIAN AMERICAN
EXPERIENCE
The Old World background and use of
"America Fever;" adaptation to the New Land;
aspects of Norwegian-American culture.
(Offered 1 9 7 5 - 7 6 )
How did the Old Stock American host society
receive the waves of new comers to the U.S. in
the 19th and 20th centuries? How did the
immigrants respond to the reception? Through
case studies, selected readings, class lecture,
and discussions, this course examines the
encounter of the new American culture with the
older European cultures. (Offered 1 9 7 6 - 7 7 )
345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN
EXPERIENCE
Concentrates on the immigrant experience in
the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota,
especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and
Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish
and Icelandic communities in Minnesota.
(Offered 1 9 7 4 - 7 5 , soliciting students from the
community on a non-credit basis, as well as
regular college students either on an audit or
credit basis.)
351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian
novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid
Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut
Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Language majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (Offered
alternate years. Fall, 1 9 7 8 )
352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen,
Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and
other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures
provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with
emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge
of a Scandinavian language desirable.
Language majors and minors will be required to
do assigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate
years. Fall, 1979)
See description under Department of Art.
360 EDDA AND SAGA
396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA
A study of the major poetic and prose eddas of
early Scandinavia, including Snorre's
Heimskringla and the Vinland sagas.
Comparative study of Beowulf, the
Niebelungenlied, and the Chanson de Roland.
Guest lectures in Old Norse, Norse mythology
and other topics. Taught in English. Counts
toward Scandinavian Area Studies major when
readings and papers are done in a
Scandinavian language. (Offered Spring, 1 9 7 5 )
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies.
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
450 NINETEENTH CENTURY
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Department of History. (1977-78).
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies.
495 SEMINAR: ETHNlCllMMlGRATlON
EXPERIENCE
Offered under Department of History. (1 974-75).
373 GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
OF SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies.
In consultation with a faculty member, student
selects a specific topic for study.
Social Science
Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquisl
MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed for
those preparing for secondary school teaching
in social studies. The requirements for licensure
are in the process of being changed. For those
graduating after July I , 1979 a new
"competency based" program will be in effect.
See Department of Education for further details.
The Social Science major is also recommended
for others, such as pre-law students, who
desire a broad major in this area. This major
may be earned in any one of four distributions.
A student may not list a double major in Social
Science and one of the several component
disciplines unless the distribution selected in
the Social Science major is significantly
different from the other major.
A. History Emphasis
7 courses in history: 2 in American, 2 in
Ancient-Medieval-Modern Europe, 2 in
Non-Western, and 1 seminar; at least 4 of
these courses must be upper division.
2 courses in political science
1 course in the methodology of the social
sciences selected from the following:
Bus. Adm. (Econ.) 379 - Quantitative
Methods for Economics and Business
Psych. 264 - Experimental Psychology I
Soc. 362 - Statistical Analysis
Soc. 365 - Quantitative Analysis and
Program Evaluation
4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines:
geography, anthropology, economics,
sociology, psychology
B. Behavioral Science Emphasis
14 courses from the following disciplines:
economics, history, political science,
pyschology, sociology (including
anthropology); at least 5 courses must be
upper division.
Included in this requirement are the
following:
( I ) at least 2 courses fr.om each of 3 of
the 5 disciplines; 5 courses from a 4th
discipline excluding history.
(2) 1 course in the methodology of the
social sciences selected from the
following:
Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362, 365
(3) 1 course in American history
C. Non-Western Studies Emphasis
Hist. 103 - The Modern World
1 course in the methodology of the social
sciences selected from the following:
Bus. 379; Psych. 264; Soc. 362, 365
12 courses in non-Western studies, selected
from the following, with at least four
disciplines represented.
Hist. 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474;
history seminar, independent study, or
interim course on a relevant topic.
Pol. Sci. 351, 363, 382, 461; political
science seminar, independent study, or
interim course on a relevant t o ~ i c .
Econ. 122, 258.
Pol. Sci. 158 or 160; Hist. 103 or 104;
Econ. 122
4th term of college work in a modern
foreign language.
2) Required: upper division
Pol. Sci. 363, 461 ; Hist. 332.
3) Electives: 7 courses selected from this
list. No more than five from any one
discipline.
Pol. Sci. 350, 351, 380, 381, 382;
political science seminar, independent
study, or interim course on a relevant
to~ic
Hist. 41 6, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474;
history seminar, independent study, or
interim course on a relevant topic
Econ. 251, 258, 495; economics
independent study or interim course on a
relevant topic
Sociology 241
4th term of college work in a second
modern foreign language.
Sociology 241
Religion 356
Philosophy 355
D. International Relations Emphasis
1) Required: lower division
Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from
each of five disciplines, selected from the
following: anthropology, economics, geography,
history, political science, psychology, and
sociology. The selection of courses must be
approved by one of the faculty supervising the
social science major.
Department of Sociology
Chairman: G. Nelson
MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 10 courses including
121, 362, 363, 375 and 485, Completion of
Graduate Record Examination in sociology.
(Highly recommended: a CHR course,
internship, independent study or upper division
interim course in sociology.) This
recommendation is made in the hope that the
student will take advantage of the variety of
learning models offered through the
department. Consult department chairman
concerning areas of concentration.
MINOR: 5 courses including 121 and two upper
division courses (i.e., 300 and above).
HONORS MAJOR: The student must :~ave a
minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and 2.7
overall. Application for honors in sociology
candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis
proposal to Department Chairman before April
1 of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent
upon departmental approval of proposal by
April 30 of junior year. After acceptance as a
candidate, the student will register for
"Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through
which work on thesis will be completed. Honors
degree in sociology will be granted to a
candidate if helshe successfully defends the
thesis before March 31 of senior year and
maintains GPA through graduation.
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus in
such places as institutions for adult felons,
physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed,
and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these
institutions take the course together with
college students in a co-learning model. Topics
will vary depending upon needs and interest.
11 1 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN
METROPOLIS
See under Department of Religion.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of the
modern world viewed from the perspective of
the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the
possibilities of human community in the context
of urban institutions and processes. (Fall,
Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of
knowing. Its applications to an understanding of
basic aspects of society; socialization, family
life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions,
etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and
profession. (Fall, Spring)
231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
An examination of the family as a social
institution. The process of dating, mate
selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The
relationship of the family to its institutional and
cultural context. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the idea of culture; the
person's relation to culture; language as a
major organizing element in the way we see
the world. An examination of the ideas of
"primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a
comparison of alternate realities as found in
different cultures and varying social contexts.
An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture.
(Fall, Spring)
300, 301, 302, 303, 304 SPECIAL TOPICS
IN SOCIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
The first course in a two-course sequence.
Analysis of attempts to build a body of
knowledge by way of a scientific approach.
Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas
and describe social life through the use of
quantitative information. Use of data processing
equipment and computers for statistical
analysis. Designed especially for political
science and sociology majors. Sociology
majors should take Soc. 363 the following
term. (Prereq: high school algebra. Fall)
363 RESEARCH METHODS
The second course in a two-course sequence.
Overview of commonly-used research designs
and measurement techniques. Applications for
program evaluations. Practice doing research
by way of class activities and individual
projects. To be taken immediately after Soc.
362. (Prereq: Soc. 362 or #. Spring.)
365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS
AND PROGRAM EVALUATION
Consumer overview of methods of organizing,
comparing and interpreting quantitative
information. Use of data-processing eqiriprnent
for statistical analysis. Overview of commonlyused research methods, especially
.experimental designs and applications to
program evaluations. Designed for social work
majors. (Prereq: high school algebra. Spring)
373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS
An examination of the criminal and juvenile
justice systems and the various theoretical
components of criminology and corrections.
Major attention is focused on the causation and
prevention of crime and delinquency, and the
various modes of treatment. (Prereq: 1 2 1. Fall)
relations. Major attention is focused upon
prejudice, racism, and the role of selfunderstanding. (Fall, Spring. P/N grading only)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY
An examination of the idea of "group", its
relationship to individual behavior and society.
An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity"
and what part they play in understanding
interpersonal relations and human behavior. A
sociological view of mental health. A look at the
major assumptions and processes underlying
our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the
ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic
Interaction", an important orientation in social
psychology, will be used as a way of dealing
with the major issues in the course. (Prereq:
121 and Psych 105. Fall, Spring)
381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN
PLANNING
The changing city in history and various
cultures; major theoretical perspectives in urban
sociology; the metropolis as an eco-system;
metro-urban planning and policy systems; major
issues related to shaping the future metropolis.
The Twin Cities metropolitan area is utilized as
an important learning laboratory. (Prereq: 11 1
or 1 2 1 or #. Spring)
383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP
RELATIONS
The dimensions of racial and minority group
Analysis of inequality in regard to wealth, status
and power in the U.S. and other selected
countries. Causes and ramifications of the
amount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis
of current issues and policies concerning
inequality in the U.S. (Prereq: Soc. 121.
Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairman or Internship
Director for details. (Prereq: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of the major theoretical
traditions within sociology, tracing the course of
their development in the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries. (Prereq: 2 courses in
sociology including 1 2 1 or #. Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Student must present written proposal
containing rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study according
to department guidelines. (Prereq: 1 2 1 and
permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Department of Social Work
Chairman: Edwina Hertzberg
The core program of Social Work begins in the
junior year, but all students are advised to take
Social Work 25 7 as freshmen or sophomores
unless exempted by the faculty.
MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE: The approved program for
students preparing for social work practice is
the Bachelor of Science program. The Bachelor
of Arts degree should be chosen only if the
student is not interested in a professional social
work position. Core program consists of Psych.
105, and either Psych. 351 and 352, or Soc.
375; Soc. 121, 231, 365, and 383; and Social
Work 257 (optional and if available), 361, 363,
461, 463, 465 and 467. Recommended
courses are: one CHR; Econ. 122; Pol. Sci. 121
or 122 or 325 or 326; Psych. 362.
MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF ARTS
DEGREE: Students are not advised to choose
the BA program unless there are definite plans
not to enter social work practice after
graduation. The core program consists of the
same courses as specified for the BS except
that Sociology 231 is not required and only one
of Social Work 461 or 463 is required. Students
may take a second major, but cannot take a
Social Work Specialization.
SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM RECOMMENDED
FOR PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY
IN SOCIAL WORK:
Broad preparation in all areas of social science
with at least one course in each social science
is recommended if graduate training in social
work is considered. The following are highly
recommended: Econ. 122; Pol. Sci. (one or
more) 121, 122, 158, 325, and 326; Psych. 361
and 362; and Soc. 241, 373, and 375.
SPECIALIZATIONS: Specialization may be
taken in the BS major. Specializations in Aging,
Chemical Dependency, Crime and Corrections,
and Youth are possible. Specialization consists
of courses descriptive of dysfunctional and
programmatic aspects of the special area, plus
field work assignments in the senior year.
Completion of a specialization sequence will be
noted on the student's transcript.
257 PRACTICUM IN THE HUMAN SERVICES
With faculty approval, student selects a
placement for 30 hours per week as a
volunteer in a social agency or institution.
Opportunity to know social work professionals,
social service delivery systems, and career
aspects of the helping vocations. Independent
study with a term paper report and weekly
review conferences. Especially recommended
for freshmen or sophomores. (Interim)
361 SYSTEMS OF SOCIAL WELFARE
An examination of fundamental aspects of the
various systems of social welfare in the U.S.
and the role of social work in them. Special
emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions
and movements contributory to the rise of the
welfare state; description of the various
programs and services of the welfare system;
the profession of social work; exploration into
the future of welfare. Three class periods per
week plus special assigned work. (Prereq:
Junior, or #. Fall)
363 METHODS AND SKILLS OF SOCIAL WORK
Basic features of the helping process;
theoretical foundations, principles and
techniques of social work interventive methods,
and practical experience necessary for social
work practice with individuals and small groups;
development of the student's repertoire of
relationship building skills. Two class periods of
lecture-discussion sessions or small group
discussions per week plus 10 hours of field
experience per week. (Prereq: 3 6 1 , Junior.
Spring)
461 ADVANCED METHODS AND
SKILLS IN SOCIAL WORK
Refinement of practice skills in direct service
social work through field practice, seminar
analysis, and regular class work. Examination of
the alternatives, modes and submethods in
social work. Some emphasis upon development
of an eclectic practice style. Attention to
professionalism and futurism in social work. 1 0
hours of field experience per week. (Prereq.:
363 or #. Fall)
463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
AND ORGANIZATION
Locality development and social change
through community organization, social
planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1 )
surveyance of historical forms of social change,
2) understanding the basic issues and
strategies relevant to social protest and change,
3) examination of the structure, function and
dysfunction of various community organizations
and other corporate and political systems, and
4) knowledge of the essential principles and
techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #.
Fall)
465 SOCIAL POLICY ISSUES IN SOCIAL
WELFARE
Seminars consisting of an introduction to social
policy formulation and analysis associated with
the delivery of services in selected areas of
social work practice. Examination of the
development and impact of policy in such areas
as mental retardation, chemical dependency,
youth, aging, and public welfare and social
security. Field experience of 10 hours per
week. (Prereq: 3 6 1 , 4 6 3 , and senior or #.
Interim)
467 THE SOCIAL WORKER
AS A PROFESSIONAL
Futurism in social work; professional education;
application of ethics and all professional
principles to practice. Field assignment of 1 0
hours per week as a professional social
worker. (Prereq.: 461, Spring)
Department of Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
Chairman: Raymond Anderson
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPAof 3.25 in the
major, 3.00 over-all, two independent study
projects of honors quality, distinguished
performance in at least one of the
communication arts, comprehensive
examination in field of concentration.
Application to be made early in the senior year.
Courses 116 and 476 are strongly
recommended for all students in elementary
education.
Communication Arts
COMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses,
including: 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and
English 21 9. Supporting courses required but
not counting toward the major: Speech 111 ;
Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology
11 1 or 241, 375. Typing ability required.
The communication major is a flexible
interdisciplinary program which allows for
different emphases - journalism, advertising
and public relations, radio-television-film, human
relations, and supervisory management.
Program guides for each area are available
from the Department Chairman or the Office of
Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the
department as early as possible to work out a
plan for the major and a personal career action
plan. Freshmen should take Speech 11 1,
Psychology 105, Sociology 11 1, and
Philosophy 130.
MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing
to teach speech in secondary schools may
specialize in any of three majors: speech,
theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of
these must be combined with at least an
English minor, preferably a major. The
communications major or minor does not
qualify one for teaching speech.
SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10 courses,
including 11 1, 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352,
354, 360, 476. Participation in forensics, and a
minor in English.
SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: Course 11 1
and six of the following: 241 or 243, 351 or
355, 352, 354, 360, 476 and participation in
forensics.
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and
critical listening. (Fall, Spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
See under Department of Art.
219 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM
See under Department of English.
225, 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I, II
See under Department of Art.
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
See under Department of English
COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses.
242 FILM-MAKING
SPEECH MAJOR: 1 0 courses to be approved
by department.
See under Department of Art.
243 TELEVISION PRODUCTION
480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION
An introduction to commercial television with
an emphasis on the director:^ role; some
emphasis on producing, programming, writing,
acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee:
$10. Fall, Spring)
Cooperative investigation of topics in speech
and communication. (Fall)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN
COMMUNICATION
See under Department of Political Science.
Selected topics in speech and communication,
with emphasis on the use of primary sources
and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring)
351 ARGUMENTATION
Theater Arts
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
Application of logic in public speaking,
discussion, and debates. (Fall)
352 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical
work in speech and promotional projects.
(Spring)
353 ADVERTISING
An introduction to print and broadcast
advertising and promotion as important
elements in modern marketing and
communications. (Prereq: Jr., Sr.,
Communication major or #. Spring)
354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
A study of the dynamics of human interaction
through verbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and
help to overcome communication barriers.
( S ~ r iinns)
355 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION
A study of group dynamics and leadership with
emphasis on factors involved in effective
functioning within small groups and
organizations. (Spring)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Psychology
I
399 INTERNSHIP
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses,
including: 11 1, 116, 228, 232, 360, 361, 366,
467. A course in cinema arts and 2 courses in
dramatic literature may be counted toward a
theater arts major. This major should be
supported by an English minor or at least by
several courses in literature including
Shakespeare and Modern Drama or
Scandinavian Drama.
Freshmen planning to major in theater arts
should take courses 111, 1 16, and 228.
Experience requirement for theater arts major:
Experience is required in four out of the five
following areas: acting, set construction and
painting, lighting and sound, costume, house
management. Majors should take part in
dramatic productions during all four years.
THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 10
courses, including 11 1, 116, 228, 232, 241 or
243, 360, 361, 366, 467, 476 or a voice and
diction course, the experience requirement
specified above for theater arts majors, and a
minor in English.
THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING:
courses 11 1, 228, 232, 361, 366, one of the
following: 241, 243, 476, and participation in
dramatic productions.
THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including:
228, 232, 360, 361, 366.
Consult the Department Chairman for details.
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological factors underlying
normal and abnormal speech. An introduction
to principles and methods of speech
correction. (Spring)
SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR
TEACHING: 12 courses. 11 1, 228, 232, 241 or
243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366,
467, 476 or a voice and diction course, and
participation in two activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a
minor in English.
116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS
361 THEATER HISTORY
Techniques, observation, and practice in story
telling and creative dramatics. Recommended
for elementary and secondary school teachers
and recreation leaders. (Fall)
An introduction to history of the theater and to
theories of drama and dramatic production.
(Fall)
228 STAGECRAFT
Construction, painting, and other aspects of
scenery preparation. Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshman or sophomore
year. (Laboratory fee $20. Fall)
232 ACTING
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical
work in pantomime and improvisation;
participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
366 STAGE DIRECTION
Theory and practice of stage direction with
laboratory exercises in planning productions
and conducting rehearsals. Open to upperdivision students only. (Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Department Chairman for details.
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting
and scene design. (Prereq: 228 or #. Spring)
360 INTERPRETATIVE READING
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA
Basic principles of oral interpretation of
literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and
drama. (fall)
Individual projects in oral interpretation and
theater. (Fall, Spring)
Transdisciplinary Major
Students wishing to develop their own major by
combining appropriate portions of two majors
may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The
Transdisciplinary Major enables students to
respond to a particular career interest. While
such an individually developed major may
satisfy the particular interests of a student,
broad majors may not be suitable for those
wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields.
Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary
Major are to observe the following:
a. The major program should include at least
two-thirds of the courses required in the
normal major programs of two major fields
offered at the college;
b. The student should design and sign a
contract for such a major prior to the end of
his or her sophomore year (contract
forms are available in the Office of the
Registrar);
c. The contract must be approved by the
student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing.
Total Student Enrollment
Academic Year, 1976-77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,821
Summer Session, 1977. . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,314
Summary of Graduates
Graduates,1870-1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,675
Graduates, 1977 (August 31,1976-May 22,1977). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 6
Faculty
RUTH L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin
(French)
COURTLAND AGRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota
EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department
Chairman
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1947, Northwestern
University
BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University
CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D.
1962, Union Theological Seminary
ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
MARGARET ANDERSON, Acting Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University of
Minnesota.
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D.
1963, Concordia College
RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota
(Communications), Department Chairman
*JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies, B.A. 1972, University of Minnesota
KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota, Department
Chairman
VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933, University of
Latvia
*RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion
*MICHAEL BEERY, Adjunct lnstructor in Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota
'ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist in Residence in Music (Percussion)
JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948, Northwestern
University
*JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
VERNON BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959,
University of Minnesota
*ANNE BOLLATI, lnstructor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota (Spanish)
*RICHARD BORSTAD, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary
*DANIEL G. BRICK, lnstructor in Business Administration
JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1972, Indiana University (Director of the
Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble)
CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary
TONI CLARK, Assistant Professor of English and Director of Summer School, Ph.D. 1973,
University of California - Santa Barbara
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the Social
Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts)
BENJAMIN G. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971, Yale University
*LIV DAHL, Adjunct lnstructor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Norwegian)
K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota
F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1966,
Duke University
*DAVID DOMAAS, Teaching Assistant in Chemistry, B.S. 1977, Augsburg College
*C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg Orchestra, M.M. 1965, Northwestern University
*JULIE H. DRIVER, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech & Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State
University, Department Chairman
GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota
*EDGAR EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music
MARK J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota
*ROBERT A. ENGELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
'KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University,
Department Chairman
*ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach
*DANIEL ESTREM, Artist in Residence in Music (Guitar)
SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University
NORMAN B.L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of
Wisconsin, Department Chairman
HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of
Minnesota
BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Planning and Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University
Minnesota
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University
MARK L. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota
(Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota
*STEPHEN L. GORDON, Lecturer in Speech and Communications
*ANNE GREEN, Basketball Coach for Women
"JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach
SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois University
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D. 1969,
University of Wisconsin
ARLlN E. GYBERG, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota
LElF HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota
(Norwegian)
THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University
MlLDA K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of
Minnesota
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of
Law
MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary
*KATHERINE HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska
EDWINA L. HERTZBERG, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
GARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Notre Dame
NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture)
*KENNETH HOLMEN, Instructor in Biology, B.A. 1974, Augsburg College
JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota
*WILLIAM IACONO, Lecturer in Psychology, B.S. 1972, Carnegie-Mellon University
ERVIN INNIGER, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education and Director of Intramural Activities,
M.S. 1975, St. Cloud State University (Head Basketball Coach)
*I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin
MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor Emeritus and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies Program, M.A.
1947, University of Minnesota
DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota
ElNAR 0 . JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and
B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary
JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano)
JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science, Ph.D. 1973,
University of Minnesota
*JAMES ROBERT JOHNSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech and Theater Arts, B.A. 1974,
University of Minnesota
*LUCIE R. JOHNSON, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota
MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of
Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French)
AMlN KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of
Michigan
ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury
College (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota
ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970, University
of South Dakota (Head Football Coach)
*NORMA KNUTSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Religion, M.A. Columbia University
*ERIK KODNER, Artist in Residence in Music (French Horn)
BOYD N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
*ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*ROY H. LaFAYETTE, Lecturer in Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota
Minnesota
ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University0 f Minnesota
PAMELA S. LARSON, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota
*GREGORY LEWIS, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass), B.A. 1971, Augsburg College
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota
GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota
RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California
- Santa Barbara
KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965,
University of Michigan
MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota
*EDWARD McGAA, Adjunct lnstructor in American Studies
*MARIE McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, E.D. 1967, University of Nebraska
DIANA LEE METZKER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota (Organ,
Piano)
ROBERTA K. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas
(Music Therapy)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota
*HERMAN J. MILLIGAN, JR., Adjunct lnstructor in Sociology, B.A. 1971, University of Wisconsin
JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained
Glass)
JOEL MUGGE, lnstructor in Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota
SUSAN K. NASH, lnstructor in Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota
*R. OWEN NELSEN, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota
EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University
of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach)
GORDON L. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago,
Department Chairman
RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota,
Department Co-chairman
*GRIEF4 NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, Yniversity of Minnesota (American Studies)
BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota
NORMA C. NOONAN, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University, Department
Chairman
*CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), B.A. Hamline University
PATRICIA O'KANE, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1971, Emory University
DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1963, Boston University
RICHARD D. OLMSTED, lnstructor in Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin
ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota
JAMES OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota
'WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
(German)
RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota
*PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin, On
Leave 1977-78
*PAMELA PAULSON, lnstructor in Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University of Illinois
- Urbana
ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota
LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University,
Department Chairman
*DOUGLAS PERRY, lnstructor in Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota
DANIEL W. PETERSON, lnstructor in Physics, B.A. 1973, Augsburg College
*DONNA PETERSON, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S.N. 1968, University of Cincinnati,
Department Chairman
LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953,
Montana State University
JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of
Minnesota
*GEORGE L. POWELL, lnstructor in Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A. 1960,
Dartmouth College
*ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence in Music (Strings), M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana
MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota
PHILIP QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological Seminary,
Department Chairman
R
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern University
STEVEN REUTER, lnstructor in Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of Nebraska
*JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, Catholic University of America
GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairman
*PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor in Art (Film Making)
EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics, Ph.D
1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairman
MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota
RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter (England),
Department Co-chairman
LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, D.Mus. 1965
Lakeland College (Director of the Augsburg Choir)
EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964,
University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M. Mus. Ed. 1963, Mac Phail School of Music
IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University of Illinois, M.A.
1961, University of Minnesota, On Leave 1977-78
DANIEL SILVERMAN, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech
*R. JOHN SINGH, lnstructor in Religion, Ph.D. 1972, University of Oklahoma
DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
EUGENE SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg (Germany)
*DANA SKOGLUND, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), 6. M. 1975, Augsburg College
*EMMA SMALL, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice)
*GEORGE STAHL, Artist in Residence in Music (Contrabass)
*SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor in Greek, B.A. 1966, Augsburg College
PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work)
DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of
Minnesota (German, Linguistics)
MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of
Minnesota
RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska, Department
Chairman
*DEBORAH S. SWANSON, Lecturer in Speech, B.A. 1974, Augustana College
*MARY T. SWANSON, Adjunct lnstructor in Art, M.F.A. 1964, University of Minnesota
*PAUL THOMAS, Artist in Residence in Music (Cello)
PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting), Department
Chairman
NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin, On
Leave 1977-78
JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music
VERA THUT, Instructor Emeritus, B.Mus., 1927, American Conservatory of Music
*MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball and Softball Coach
JOEL TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Metro-Urban
Studies)
*GERALD VIZENOR, Instructor in American Studies, B.A. 1960, University of Minnesota
*MARY JO WAMMER, Lecturer in Business Education, B.A. 1968, Concordia College
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
*DEBRA A. WILSON, Women's Tennis Coach
*MARY WILSON, Artist in Residence in Music (Flute), B.A. 1938, Macalester College
DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University
*Indicates part-time
ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
GENERAL ADMINISTRATION
President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oscar A. Anderson
Director of Planning and Facility Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . , . . . . . Burton P. Fosse
College Pastor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,. . . . . . . . . + . . . . . . Lowell Brandt
Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Avalon Okerson
FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT
Acting Vice President for Finance and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wayne Pederson
Director of Plant Services and Purchasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eugene Ecklund
Director of Food Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Carl Stromer
Director of Auxiliary Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Douglas P. Wasko
. . Gores
Manager, Book Store and Vending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Robert
Director of Student Financial Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Herald Johnson
Director of Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Charles Gerster
Manager, College Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mildred Nelson
Manager, Graphic Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Therese Morrison
Manager, Ice Arena. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . James Carey
Custodial Supervisor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Alfred Sandau
Grounds Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dennis Easley
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College . . . . . . . . . . Charles S. Anderson
Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs. . . . . . . . F. Mark Davis
.
Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BeverlyWegge
Head Librarian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Marjorie
.
Sibley
.
Olson
Director of Audio Visual Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . James
Coordinator, New Dimensions Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Louise McColl
Fine Arts Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cynthia
.
Mandl
..
Recorder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Borghild
Estness
Assistant Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pamela
.
Louisa
Executive Secretary to the Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Roberta
.
Henke
DEVELOPMENT
Vice President for Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Glen W. Johnson
Director of Deferred Giving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sigvald Hjelmeland
Director of Alumni and Parents Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jeroy Carlson
Director of Annual Fund. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Michael Walgren
Assistant to Vice President for Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. B. Batalden
.
Executive Secretary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Irene
Steenson
PUBLIC RELATIONS
C. Boatman
.
Director of Public Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Anthony
Coordinator of ParentIAlumni Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Stella
. Rosenquist
Mattos
Coordinator of News Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Patricia
.
ADMISSIONS
Director of Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . David Benzel
Director of Transfer Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Jennifer
.
Edwins
Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,.. . , . . . , . . Kathryn Lange
Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . William Ross
Admissions Counselor . . . . . . . . , . , . , . , . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leslie Samuelson Larson
a
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Vice President for Student Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander
Associate Dean of Students. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Richard Thoni
Dlrector of Student Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linda Schrempp
M. Olsson
Director of Career Planning and Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Patricia
.
. . Slater
Director of Student Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Joan
Coordinator of Minority Affairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ralph Crowder
Head Resident, Mortensen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joe Voelker
Director of Human Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Judy Essman
Director of Academic Achievement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Phyllis Miller
.
Head Resident, Urness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Janet
Grant
Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .JanSollon
Counselor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JoelMugge
.
Index
Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
.
AcademicLife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. .
.
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Admission to the College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-22
.
Advanced Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
.
American Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
.
Anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
..
Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
.
Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Board of Regents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. .
Business Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
.
Business Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
.
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
CampusMap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8. .
Chemistry. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Chinese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
.
Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
..
.
Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
.
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR). . . . . . . . . 15
Continuing Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
.
. 80
Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
...
Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Course Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
..
Credit by Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
..
Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.7
Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
..
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
..
.
East Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
.
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
.
Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.
. . 56
English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
..
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10)
.
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
..
Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I02
..
Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
.
Five College Cooperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
..
Foodservice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
French
60
.
Foreign Language. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Full-Time Student Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
.
General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . 13. 35
..
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
..
.
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
.
Graduates. Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
.
Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Graduation With Distinction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
..
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
..
Health Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20
History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
History. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Honors Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
..
.
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Independent Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Inter-Institutional Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Intercollegiate Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Internship Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
..
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
..
Mathematics. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
.
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.70
Metro-Urban Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
.
Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Music Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Nature and Objectives of Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
.
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
New Dimensions Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
..
Numbering of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Personnel of the College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. 10
..
Pre-Professional Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Philosophy. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
.
..
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00
Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
.
Physics. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
..1
Political Science. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Probation and Dismissal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Psychology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
...
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Religion. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Religious Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
...
Russian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
.
Scandinavian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
..
Social Science Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Social Work. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
.
Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
..
.
Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Student Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
.
.
Student Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Student Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
.
Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Study Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
Symbol(#) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
.
..
Theater Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
.
Transdisciplinary Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Transfer to Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
.
TuitionandFees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
..
Veterans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Visiting the Campus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Academic Calendar For 1978-79
(Tentative: Subject to Change)
Fall Semester 1978
Sept. 5-6
Sept. 7
Sept. 20
Oct. 23
Nov. 22
Nov. 22
NOV.23-26
Nov. 27
Dec. 13
Dec. 16-20
Dec. 20-Jan.
Registration and Welcome Days
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Mid-term Break
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Thanksgiving Holidays
Classes Resume
Classes End
Final Examinations
Christmas Holidays
Interim 1979
Jan, 3
Jan, 26
Jan. 31
lnterim Begins
Interim Ends
Confirmation of Spring Registration
Spring Semester 1979
Feb. 1
Feb. 14
Apr. 6
Apr. 7-1 5
Apr. 16
Apr. 20
May 11
May 14-17
May 20
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Easter Holidays
Classes Resume
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes End
Final Examinations
Baccalaureate and Commencement
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
profile
Affiliation: Augsburg College is a four-year Liberal Arts
College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The
College offers a broad education in a Christian environment.
Accreditation: Augsburg College is fully accredited by the
North Central Association of... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
profile
Affiliation: Augsburg College is a four-year Liberal Arts
College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The
College offers a broad education in a Christian environment.
Accreditation: Augsburg College is fully accredited by the
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools,
the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher
Education (secondary), the American Chemical Society, and
the American Association of University Women.
Memberships: Augsburg College holds membership also in the
American Council on Education, the Association of American
Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, tlie
Association of Minnesota Colleges, thc Minnesota Private
College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and
Universities.
Courses of Study: Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts
education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree
offered in 26 major fields of study. Sluclents are prepared for
teaching, business administration, social warlc, medical
technology, secretarial work, parish work, and missions.
Students may prepare for Eurtl~er study in the fields of
engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law,
and for graduate study in various fields,
Lacation: Augsburg College is located along Interstate
Highway NO.94, just 20 hloclcs from the downtown loop area
of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries,
museums and art collections. They also have the opportunity
to attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural
activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area.
Setting: The eleven-acre Augsburg campus is located in the
heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent to the University of
Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest
hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for
careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly
atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students
participate in all phases of campus community life under the
direction of a capable, well-prepared faculty.
Development: A comprehensive development program is in
operation which will, over the years, add additional land and
buildings to the Augsburg College campus.
S
SEPTEMBER
T W T
M
F
S
Fall Semester 1964-65
. . . . . Freshman Days
Sept. 14, 15 (Mon., Tues.) ....... Registration
Sept. 16 (Wed.) ................ Classes begin
Sept. 9-15 (Wed.-Tues.)
........ Late registration fee
1 ..................Homecoming
OCTOBER
T W T F S
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 8
9 1 0
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
1 8 19 m 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 23 30 31
S
M
S
M
Sept. 16 (Wed.)
Oct. 29-Nov.
Nov. 12 (Thurs.)
... End first half
Thanksgiving recess
Dec. 19 (Sat., 12:20 p.m.)
................... Christmas
Jan. 4 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.)
Jan. 18-26 (Mon.-Tues.)
recess begins
..... Classes resume
. . Final examinations
.........
Jan. 26 (Tues.)
F
S
F
4
11
18
25
S
5
12
19
26
F
S
of Semester
Nov. 25 (12:20 p.m.)-30 (7:45 a.m.)
.......................
NOVEMBER
T W T
DECEMBER
T W T
1
2
3
6
7
8
9 10
13 14 15 16 17
20 21 22 23 24
27 28 29 30 31
~
S
M
S
M
JANUARY
T W T
1
7
First Semester ends
S
M
FEBRUARY
T W T
F
S
S
M
MARCH
T W T
F
S
S
M
T
APRIL
W T
F
S
S
M
T
MAY
W T
F
S
Spring Semester 1965
.................. Registration
Feb. 2 (Tues.)
Feb. 3 (Wed., 7 :45 a.m.)
Feb. 3 (Wed.)
....... Classes begin
.......... Late
Mar. 30 (Tues.)
...
registration fee
End first half of Semester
April 1 4 (Wed., 9:00 p.m.)
....................... Easter recess begins
April 20 (Tues., 7 :45 a.m.). Easter recess ends
May 19 (Wed.)
May 20-28 (Thurs.-Fri.)
May 30 (Sun.)
May 30 (Sun.)
1
.................. Reading Day
. . Final examinations
........ Baccalaureate service
............... Commencement
S
M
T
JUNE
W T
F
S
S
SEPTEMBER
T W T
M
F
S
Fall Semester 1 965-66
S
. . . . . Freshman
Sept. 8-14 (Wed.-Tues.)
OCTOBER
T W T
M
F
S
Sept. 13, 14 (Mon., Tues.)
S
NOVEMBER
T W T
M
F
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes
Sept. 15 (Wed.)
. . . . . . . . . Late
Oct. 28-31
Homecoming
End first half of Semester
Nov. 24 (12:20 p.m.) -29 (7:45 a.m.)
DECEMBER
T W T
M
..
begin
registration fee
......................
Nov. 11 (Thurs.)
S
. . . . . . . Registration
Sept. 15 (Wed.
S
Days
F
S
.......................
Thanksgiving recess
Dec. 18 (Sat., 12:20 p.m.)
S
..................
JANUARY
T W T
M
F
S
Jan. 3 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.)
...... Classes resume
Jan. 17-25 (Man.-Tues.)
. . Final examinations
Jan. 25 (Tues.)
M
FEBRUARY
T W T
S
M
MARCH
T W T
F
S
S
M
T
APRIL
W T
F
S
S
F
Christmas recess begins
.......... First
Semester ends
S
Spring Semester 1966
................... Registration
Feb. 2 (Wed., 7:45 a.m.) . . . . . . Classes begin
Feb. 2 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . Late registration fee
April 1 (Fri.) . . . . . End first half of Semester
Feb. 1 (Tues.)
April 6 (Wed., 9:00 p.m.) Easter recess begins
S
M
MAY
T W T
April 12 (Tues., 7:45 a.m.) Easter recess ends
F
S
May 25 (Wed.)
................. Reading
Day
May 26-June 3 (Thurs.-Fri.)
S
M
T
JUNE
W T
F
S
........................ Final examinations
June 5 (Sun.) .......... Baccalaureate service
June 5 (Sun.)
............... Commencement
historical sketch
Augsburg was begun as a seminary in
1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the
first theological school founded by
Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through
an arrangement with a private institution
known as Marshall Academy, the
Seminary was at first housed in the
academy building. Students who needed
further preparation in academic subjects
were to obtain this in the academy. In the
autumn of 1872 Augsburg Seminary was
removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where
a building had been erected for its use. In
the same year the school was incor~orated
under theVlawsof Minnesota. Its Gm was
to train ministers for the Lutheran
congregations which were being organized
in growing numbers in the pioneer
settlements that were spreading rapidly
over the Northwest.
The College was established when it
became evident that in order to get
students who were adequately prepared for
theological study a college department was
needed. In 1874 a curriculum was planned
which provided for one year of preparatory
studies and four years of college work
along two lines, a classical course to
prepare students for theology, and a
scientific course to prepare for other
professions. The first college students were
enrolled in 1874 and the first class was
graduated in 1879.
In 1900 a high school course covering
three years was established which in 1910
was expanded t o a standard four-year
course. This was discontinued in 1933. In
the years 1916-1919 the college course was
thoroughly revised. As a result of this
and of subsequent growth, the earlier
classical course was greatly modified and
supplemented by social and scientific
studies and a more general emphasis upon
the study of the humanities. In recent years
there has been continuous study and
modification of the curriculum including
G E NERAL
INFORMATIOR
the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the
developing needs of the students. The divisional organization
was adopted in 1945. At the present time 26 majors are
offered.
Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1922.
In February, 1963, with the merger of the Lutheran Free
Church into The American Lutheran Church, Augsburg College
became affiliated with the latter church body. At the close
of its ninety-third academic year, in the spring of 1963,
Augsburg Theological Seminary merged with Luther
Theological Seminary, St. Paul, one of the seminaries of the
merged church.
Seven presidents have served Augsburg during the course
of its history:
Augiisl Weenaas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1869-1876
Georg Sverdrup - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1876-1907
1907-1911
Sven O f t e d a l - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1911-1937
George Sverdrup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
H. N. Hendrickson (Acting) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1937-1938
Bernhard Christensen - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1938-1 962
Leif S. Harbo - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1962-1963
Oscar A. Anderson - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1963-Present
aims and objectives
IJ Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The
American Lutheran Church. The faculty and the Board of
Regents of the college affirm the following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character
of this institution.
Ultimate Aims
To contribute t o the true good of human life and society.
To contribute to the building of free and living congregations in the community of the Christian Church.
Basic Philosophy
The Christian message concerning the redemptive act d
God in Christ constitutes the greatest potential for good in
human life and society; but this potential is realized only
insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals.
The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the Christian Church; in seeking t o
relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith, the
Christian college performs its greatest service both to the
Church and to society.
Where there is an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth
has the overwhelming advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion,
but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common
search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth
in relation to ultimate Truth.
Primary Objectives
To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine
religious concern who can reap the maximum benefit from a
program of Christian higher education.
To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual,
mental, moral and physical well-being of its students.
To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist
them to develop the habits and skills necessary for sound
academic work.
To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both for the sake of the enrichment
of their own lives and, through them, for the enrichment of
their homes and communities.
To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience
of the Christian Gospel in its relation to every area of life
and learning.
To aid its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar
aptitudes and interests, and to provide training and counsel
that will assist them in preparing for a life work appropriate
thereto.
F
To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes
and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each
student to look upon his life as a Christian vocation, and an
opportunity for service to God and man.
Distinctive Character
Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning.
As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that
high level of excellence which is appropriate to such a community.
Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an
institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who
sought to play a creative role in American life and society,
and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage in
the life of the college community today.
the alumni association
The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable
graduates and former students to maintain effective contact
and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater.
The annual meeting is held a t Commencement time each year.
Local Augsburg clubs are promoted. The affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of Directors.
The Alumni Office is located in the Art Building on Riverside
Avenue.
the physical plant
Instructional facilities and student housing at Augsburg
are conveniently located in relation to each other.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of
classrooms and offices.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry,
physics, biology and home economics; the bookstore; a
medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty
offices. A Tower Prayer Chapel is located on the fourth floor.
The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was
completed in the summer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's
fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent
to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms,
a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms,
and a number of faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes.
Si Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed
in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby,
dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of
the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for
the health and physical education program, intercollegiate
athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes.
The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been
remodeled to serve the needs of the music department.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic
and other speech activities.
The Art Building was acquired in 1963 and remodeled to
provide excellent space for the art program. It has one large
classroom and studio and laboratory facilities for drawing,
painting, and sculpture in the rooms on the ground and first
floor. The second floor of the building houses the Development
Offices.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memoriol Hall
Gerda Mortensen Hall
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a dormitory affording living quarters for about 130 men. On the ground
floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall.
Gerda Mortensen Hall, erected in 1955, provides housing for
about 175 women students, as well as apartments for the
resident head and her assistant. The dormitory incorporates
the former Sivertsen Hall, remodeled as a wing of the larger
dormitory.
Miriam, Edda, Epsilon, Kappa, Omega, Sigma, Iota, Lambda,
Omicron, Zeta, and Theta are small dormitory houses, each
accommodating from 8 to 20 women students.
The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is
located on the West River Road.
A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent
years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty,
staff, men students, and married student housing.
the archives
The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available
for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value.
The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-prod
quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of
periodicals, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, affording
extensive resources for scholarly research.
library facilities
The beautiful and spacious George Sverdrup Library
provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and
students. It contains about 50,000 volumes, exclusive of
pamphlets, and is adding approximately 5000 new volumes
each year. Students and faculty working in either of the two
large reading rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet
study and research materials close at hand. All books are
kept on open shelves. Reference service, provided by an able
and well-trained staff, is available to students.
Special collections have been developed in the Music Library,
the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science
Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual Center. Additional
conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or
small classes. A typing corner is provided in the first floor
reading room.
The library subscribes to about 410 of the best periodicals
dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number
of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Current
issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area.
The library plays an active role in promoting general reading,
presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly
book discussions for faculty, staff, and students.
In the Twin City area are other libraries which make their
holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul
and Minneapolis publi,c libraries, the latter of which issues
library cards to out-of-town students for each school year.
natural science laboratories
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the
Science Hall. Three laboratories and storeroom and office
space for Biology are located on the second floor; three larger
laboratories and two special research laboratories for
Chemistry and two laboratories for Physics are located on the
third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near
the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also
located here.
P.' I
A considerable part of the income on
which Augsburg operates is derived from
endowment and from gifts. Therefore, the
fees charged the student do not constitute
the whole cost of his education, for he
enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those
who believe in and support the work of
the school.
guaranteed tuition plan
In order to assist students and parents
in planning ahead for tuition payments,
which are the major item of college
expense, Augsburg College offers a
Guaranteed Tuition Plan that fixes the
tuition cost for four years of college.
Freshmen enrolling in the fall of 1964,
who sign up for the plan, will have
their tuition cost guaranteed for eight
consecutive semesters a t a total cost of
$3,825 (average cost is $956.25 per year)
as follows:
The larger charges in the first two years
build up a reserve available for the last
two years. If the student on this plan
voluntarily withdraws, he loses his reserve.
If he is asked to withdraw, his reserve
will be refunded.
Those who do not elect t o sign up for the
Guaranteed Tuition Plan will be enrolled
in the fall of 1964 a t a tuition charge of
$450 per semester and at whatever level
the fee is set in subsequent years.
FINANCIAL
general expenses per semester *
Regular
Tuition Plan
Tuition (includes Student Activity
$450.00
Fee of $1 1.00)
7.50
Student Union Fee
1.00
Lo'cker (Optional)
Guaranteed
Tuition Plan
$500.00
7.50
1.00
TOTAL GENERAL EXPENSES
PER SEMESTER
$458.50
$508.50
Books are estimated a t $25.00 to $40.00 per semester
Students registered for more than the maximum number of
credits (17) are charged a t the rate of $20.00 for each additional credit per semester.
Special students will pay a t the rate of $38.00 per credit up
t o 11 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credits pay
the regular tuition charge.
room and board expenses
per semester"
WOMEN
Min.
Max.
$125.00 $130.00
150.00
125.00
1.OO
1.00
MEN
Min.
Max.
$120.00
$120.00
175.00
225.00
1.00
1.OO
Room
Board *
Key Deposit
(refundable)
Breakage Deposit
-0-015.00
15.00
(refundable)
TOTAL ROOM & BOARD
PER SEMESTER $251.00 $281.00 $311.00 $361.00
*Women students in residence are required to buy and use
a minimum of $125.00 meal book coupoils per semester, men
students $175.00.
music fees per semester "
Private lessons - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - $40.00
8.00
Piano studio rental (one hour per day)
20.00
Organ rental (one hour per day) .- - - - - - - - - - - Voice studio rental (one hour per day) - . - - - . . 8.00
*
Subject t o change
special fees"
-
Application fee -,
,- -,
- -,
,
,
,
,
,,
,,
,
,
- - - - ,, - - - - - $10.00
Late registration fee per day (after classes begin) - - 1.00
Change of registration after the beginning of the second
week of classes ,,,,,,,,,,,- ,-,
-,
- - - -- - - -- - - - 2.00
Placement fee ,-,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00
Graduation fee -,--,-,,,,-,,,,,,,,~-,10.00
------,Final examinations taken a t another hour than the one
,
,,
- -,
,-- - -,
,
-- - -- - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00
scheduled ,,,,-,
Examination making up an incomplete or a condition - 5.00
Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) - 1.00
Student teaching
20.00
. .
Choir tour (minimum) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10.00
Band tour (minimum) , - , - , - - - - - , , - - - -10.00
------Camprehensive examination, per credit, for students enrolled ,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00
Comprehensive examination, per credit, for students
10.00
not currently enrolled ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,-,,,,,,,-,
-
------,,,,,-,+,+,+-4-h----~-4---
estimated expenses per semester "*
MEN
WOMEN
Min.
Max.
OFF-CAMPUS STUDENTS
$458.50
General expenses
$508.50
Special, music, books 25.00
100.00
$608.50
TOTAL
$483.50
Min.
Max.
$458.50
25.00
$483.50
$508.50
100.00
$608.50
RESIDENT STUDENTS
$458.50
General expenses
Room & Board
251.00
Special, music, books 25.00
TOTAL
$734.50
$458.50
311.00
25.00
$794.50
$508.50
361.00
100.00
$969.50
$508.50
281.00
100.00
$889.50
* * These estimates do not include transportation, clothing, or
personal expenses.
refunds
Tuition, fees, and room charges for a student cancelling his
registration before the middle of any semester will be charged
a t the rate of 2 per cent per day, except for application and
special fees, which are not refundable. There is no fee refund
after the middle of the semester. If a student is required to
enter the Armed Forces, a full refund is made of tuition.
V u b j e c t to change
payment of accounts
Student accounts are due in full a t the time of registration in
September and February. Parents may deposit money in
advance a t the College, or the student may make the payment
when he registers. Checks must be made out to Augsburg College and forwarded directly to the Treasurer's office. For
cash payments a receipt must be obtained from the Treasurer's
office at the time of payment.
Recognizing that payment of fees in full a t registration poses
a financial problem in some cases, the College has instituted
the following payment plans:
DATE PAYMENT DUE
n
OFF-CAMPUS
RESIDENT
STUDENTS
STUDENTS
Guaranteed
Guaranteed
Tuition
Regular Tuition
Regular
Tuition
Plan
Tuition
Plan
or before registration $300.00 $325.00 $525.00 $550.00
125.00 135.00
95.00
Due October 15th
85.00
95.00
125.00 135.00
Due November 15th
85.00
135.00
125.00
95.00
Due December 15th
85.00
125.00 135.00
95.00
Due January 15th
85.00
125.00 135.00
95.00
Due February 15th
85.00
125.00 135.00
95.00
Due March 15th
85.00
135.00
125.00
95.00
Due April 15th
85.00
Due May 15th
Balance Balance Balance Balance
In addition, other arrangements may be made with the Treasurer's office. A carrying charge of $2.00 a month is added for
the payment-plan service. Unless prior arrangement is made,
an additional $1.00 is added for each month that payment is
late.
financia 1 assistance
Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grantsin-aid, and employment assistance are available a t Augsburg.
Students must complete an application form and meet certain
requirements to qualify for financial aids. The college gives
assistance t o students in securing work both on and off the
campus.
loan funds
18
Several loan funds have been established to assist students
in working out their financial problems. Loans may be
arranged a t a reasonable rate of interest for various periods
of time.
The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts
of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club.
The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance
t o students preparing for theological study.
The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established
in 1954, extends assistance t o members of all classes.
The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is
available t o selected graduating seniors.
The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan
Fund is available to students who are preparing for the
ministry.
The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established
by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry.
National Defense Student Loans, established by the National
Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students
capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of
study. Special consideration is given to those students who
express a desire to teach in elementary or secondary schools
and t o those whose academic background indicates a superior
capacity for preparation in science, mathematics, engineering
or modern foreign languages.
United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans
made by local banks to college students requiring financial
assistance. A grant to the College by the Gamble and Skogmo
Foundations provided the funds t o establish the initial
reserves required.
Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference
with the Dean of Students, chairman of a faculty committee
on student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee
counsels students on financial matters with the objective in
mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for
his finances.
scholarships and prizes
Fifty Freshman Scholarships of varying amounts are available to outstanding high school graduates. Some of these
scholarships are renewable provided the student's scholastic
record is 2.0 or better.
A limited number of Tuition Scholarships is awarded to outstanding high school graduates. Students who rank in the
upper five per cent of their high school class, perform well on
scholastic aptitude tests, and can show good character references are eligible for consideration. These scholarships are
renewable if the student maintains a 2.25 scholastic average.
Departmental Scholarships of variable amounts are awarded
each year to students who are highly recommended by the
chairman of their major department. These scholarships are
renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 1.75
or better.
Upper-class Scholarships of $300 are awarded each year to
selected students with an honor point ratio of 2.4 or better
who apply to the Student Personnel Committee.
Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year
to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships
may be awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full
tuition.
The American Indian Scholarshir, was established in 1955 by
Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a
scholarship of $200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg
College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student
selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need.
The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in
1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the
Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir.
It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of
outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn
Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from
1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in
1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her
brother, Dorvall. I t is awarded to an Augsburg student who
has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding
promise or. achicwement in the art of singing.
20
The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by
the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the
memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911
to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of
outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further
for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is
five hundred dollars.
The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial SchoIarship was established
in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis
in n ~ e ~ n o rof
y their son who gave his life in the conquest of
Okinawa. Tlie scholarship is awarded annually to a student
selected an the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics.
Two Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotl?erl~oodLife Insurance Society
and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors.
The students arc selected by the college in the spring of the
junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic
standing.
The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards,
totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students
of outstanding character and excellent scholarship.
The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established
by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor
Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from
1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for
the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of
Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $50.
The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in
1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New
York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College.
The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of
need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service.
The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory
of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college
from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to selected students preparing for Christian service.
The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the department of chemistry to honor the
memory of Carl Fosse, professor of chemistry at Augsburg
from 1921 to 1942. The annual award is made to a student
whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in
the field of chemistry.
The Manlvald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was
established in 1960 by friends and the department of chemistry
to honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor
of chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 ta 1958,The annual award
is made to a student whose academic record indicates promise
of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor
of biochemistry a t the University of Minnesota. The annual
award is made to a student whose academic background
indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship
was established in 1963. This annual award is made to a
student whose academic background indicates promising
achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship
was established by friends and the department of chemistry
in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a
student of -hemistry at Augsburg until the time of his death
in January 960. The annual award is made to a student whose
academic background indicates promise of achievement in
the field of chemistry.
f
The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry
Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff.
The award is made annually to a chemistry student whose
record indicates promise in the field of chemistry.
The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in
1956 by members of the family to honor their parents. The
scholarship is awarded annually to a student on the basis of
academic achievement, personal character and promise of
achievement in the field of physical education.
The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was
established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A.
Sveeggen, professor of English a t Augsburg from 1915 to
1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an
outstanding student in the field of English.
Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding
students in the Freshman, Sophomore, and Junior classes for
use the following academic year. The scholarship fund, which
is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on
the basis of previous academic performance. No award will
be in excess of financial need.
The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of
the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to able and deserving junior or
senior students.
The Carl W. Landahl Scholarship was established by the family
and friends in memory of Professor Carl W. Landahl, a
member of the Augsburg Music Faculty from 1952 until his
death in 1961. It is awarded annually to a student on the basis
of achievement in the field of music.
The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and
Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount
of $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing
for service in the Christian ministry.
The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund
was established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family
and through a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of
Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt who was President of the Lutheran Free
Church from 1930 to 1958. One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to a student or students in the senior class
who are preparing for the ministry.
The Celia Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from
a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an
Augsburg student from the Sharon Lutheran congregation a t
Lamberton, Minnesota.
The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by
a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund
is awarded annually to freshman students who, without
assistance, would be unable to pursue higher education.
The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in
1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of
Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an
able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by
the Scholarship Committee.
The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500
is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg
in order to encourage and assist promising students in the
carrying out of projects of graduate study.
The Harry S. Genung Memorial Scholarship was established
in 1963 by De Ette Cenfield Genung in honor of her husband.
A scholarship is awarded annually to a deserving student from
another country in order to prepare that student to make a
contribution in his or her homeland, thereby improving the
relationship of that country and the United States.
The De Ette Cenfield Genung Memorial Scholarship was
established in 1963 by Harry S. Genung in honor of his wife.
Two scholarships are awarded annually to deserving and
promising students in the field of English or the language arts.
The Green-Genung Memorial Scholarship was established in
1963 by Harry S. Genung and De Ette Cenfield Genung, his
wife, in memory of Jeanette Cenfield Green, sister of Mrs.
Genung, and Arthur E. Genung, father of Mr. Genung. Both the
persons memorialized in this scholarship had a special concern
about the social and personal consequences of the use of alcoholic beverages and narcotics, and Mrs. Green was especially
active in the p.omotion of alcohol education and legislation.
The proceeds of this endowment fund will be used for the
scholarship to be awarded annually to one or more qualified
students specializing in Sociology and Social Work with
special interest in the problems of modern society that are
reflected in alcoholism, drug addiction, delinquency, and other
personal and social problems, and who plan to direct their
efforts toward the prevention and solution of such problems.
Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the
Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two
scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be
awarded each year to students a t Augsburg College. The
recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran faith
who are enrolled in social work courses and plan to continue
training in a graduate school of social work. In addition to
scholastic achievement, a student's interests, aptitude, and
skills in working with people are considered in making this
award.
grants-in-aid
Grants-in-aid are available to students in good standing who
are in special need of financial assistance. In awarding these
grants, the Student Personnel Committee gives primary consideration to demonstrated financial need which is determined
by examining a statement of the resources and anticipated
expenses of both the student and his family.
employment service
An employment service, located in the Personnel Office,
assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work.
Many students find it possible to pay part of their college
expenses with money earned in this way. The types of work
available are of various kinds, including recreational leadership,
restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial
and clerical work. The college is concerned that employment
not interfere with a student's academic work. Therefore, it is
desirable that Freshmen have sufficient funds to pay their entire
expenses for at least one semester. Part-time employment may
then be secured in accordance with the need of the student
and his ability to handle extra work.
Students are employed by the college in several areas. For
these positions preference is given to upper-class students who
have maintained a good scholastic average.
Assistance in obtaining summer employment is also provided
each spring by the Employment Service. Application for parttime or summer employment may be made in the Personnel
Office.
application procedure
Applications for admission to Augsburg
College should be made to the Director of
Admissions. Students may apply for
admission as soon as they have completed
their junior year in high school, and preferably before June 1 preceding the fall in
which the student seeks admission. No
applications are accepted after September
1. Early applicants gain an advantage both
in registration and housing. Notification
of admission is normally sent to a student
as soon as the application is complete.
Instructions for applying for admission:
(1) Obtain an application form by writing
or visiting:
Office of Admissions
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
(2) Complete and return the application
form with a $10 application fee (nonrefundable) and a photograph.
(3) Request your high school to send us
a copy of your high school record and
test results. Transfer students will
request the previous college or
colleges to send an official transcript
of grades together with results of
standardized .tests taken.
(4) After acceptance, all new students are
required to make a $50 non-refundable
tuition deposit. This deposit may be
made any time before July 1; for those
admitted thereafter, it is due within
two weeks after notification of
acceptance.
(5) An interview on campus is encouraged but not required.
admission requirements
The quality of a student's work in high
school, type of course program, scores on
college aptitude tests, and recommendations are important factors in considering
an application. Augsburg College seeks
ADMISSION
TO THE
students who rank high in the high school graduating class, a t
least in the upper half, and score average or above on college
aptitude tests.
It is recommended that a student have a t least 12 academic
subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should
include four units of English, and at least two units each
of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science.
A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and
equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork.
For entrance to the Freshman Class, either the tests of the
American College Testing Program (ACT) or the Scholastic
Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination
Board is required.
A recent physical examination is also required. Students will
be provided with blanks to be filled out and returned to the
Student Personnel Offi,ce by August 15. The health report must
be received before the student will be permitted t o register.
transfer
Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and
universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory and they are in good standing. College credit is granted
for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited
institutions. For graduation the total honor point ratio is
computed on the basis of work transferred together with that
taken a t Augsburg. A maximum of 64 semester credits is
allowed on transfer from a junior college.
advanced placement
Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify,
on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to
enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may
be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course
previously completed.
advanced standing
Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted to
high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5
on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
'
I.
The influences which mould life and
character on a college campus are of many
kinds. While the exercises of classroom,
laboratory, and library form the organizing
basis of college activity, they need to be
supplemented by other than academic
forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do
with creating the spirit of an institution.
At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed
upon the maintenance of a wholesome
spirit of Christian community living.
Students are urged to give conscious
attention to this personal and spiritual side
of their development and thus contribute
toward the prevalence of a vital and happy
Christian atmosphere on the campus.
It is the earnest desire of those who direct
t - g the instituthe policies of A t ~ g . ~ h ~ lthat
tion may conslnntly I:e permeated by ail
atmosphere in which the qiresl for Truth
as it is in Christ is prayeiqfully rostercd
in each life.
All students are required to complete fourteen credit hours in courses offered in
Religion. 'l'liei~e are 1iurnerous voluntary
religious activities in which students are
encouraged to participate. Faith and Life
Week is helrl ~ w i c e each ycar. It is
assumed that every Augsburg student will
find a church home in Minneapolis and
attend its services regularly.
It is expected of each student that his life,
conduct, and influence, both on and off
campus, shall be worthy of a member of
a Christian College. Those who do not feel
drawn to this quality of life and to the
fellowship in which it is nourished should
not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A
truly Christian spirit and environment
must be the product of the united effort
and prayer of faculty, students, and
administration.
The Chapel Service
The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service,
CAMPUS LIFE
where the faculty and students gather for united worship,
prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular
attendance is expected of all students.
recreation standards and discipline
Introduction
At Augsburg all the work of the college rests on certain
Biblical affirmations about human nature and man's relation
to God. The college regards the Christian life as the truly significant life. This life implies an intimate relation to the person
of Christ. In the content of this primary relationship, the
Christian also lives in a relationship to people, to events, to
things. The fact that God not only created the world but
became Man gives evidence that life in this world is not to
be despised.
The Christian liberal arts college takes seriously these relationships and therefore seeks to educate the whole man. It
follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish
recreational programs and policies that contribute to this end.
It should be clear, however, that in an age which is much
concerned with the pursuit of pleasure, a college like Augsburg
should never subordinate its academic program to leisuretime activities. On the contrary, the recreational program must
be in the context of, and be congruent with, the major intellectual quests of the college; and both must have as their goal
to help the individual to live an effectual Christian life in the
world.
The Program
In settirig up a recreational and social program, Augsburg is
conscious of its position as a coeducational Christian college
of liberal arts. The program takes into account the relationship between sexes and seeks to provide normal and healthy
opportunities for the expression of the mutual attraction of
the sexes. Augsburg offers a varied and selective recreational
and social program which gives preference to those activities
which are emancipatory rather than restrictive, those which
enrich community life rather than those which are divisive or
encourage selfish satisfactions.
The college provides a variety of activities designed to meet
these requirements. The social program includes a number of
organized all-school events combined with many lessstructured activities designed for specified smaller groups. In
attempting to meet the needs and interests of all Augsburg
students, we make use of all existing facilities on campus and
many of those which are available in the Twin City area.
In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program,
some limitations have been placed upon certain other activities.
The college is opposed to all forms of gambling. It forbids the
possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in dormitories, in any college-approved place of residence, or a t any
college-sponsored event. Any student found under the influence of liquor is subject to disciplinary action. Social, or
ballroom dancing, is not a part of the recreational program of
the college. Students are encouraged to be discriminating in
all types of recreation in which they engage, that their time
may be well spent, and strong moral and ethical values may
be developed. Such common activities as television viewing
and movie-going, for example, can easily become time-wasting
and even detrimental to the development of moral and ethical
values.
Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience,
the college regards it as its right to ask its students to adapt
themselves to the social program approved by the college and
to follow it as members of the college community. Although
the college lays down specific rules regarding most matters
only with respect to activities centering on the campus, it
reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation
in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic reasons. It is the policy of the college that such action
shall not be taken capriciously, but only after the available
campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have
been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first dealt with
through counseling. Those not solved in this way are channeled to a faculty-student Judicial Council through the Office
of the Dean of Students. In all such cases, careful investigation
and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action.
religious program
The Religious Life Commission, composed of students and
faculty, endeavors to promote a religious program that will
stimulate growth of Christian life in the Augsburg community.
Chairman of this council is the student Commissioner of
Religious Activities. Areas for which this committee carries
primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services, Faith and
Life Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings and
discussions.
This Commission also serves as a coordinating agency for all
voluntary Christian organizations on campus. The principal
organization is the Student Christian Association. The SCA
seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith
and life. Students participate in regional and national Lutheran Student Association of America Conferences, and conduct a
schedule of meetings on campus.
The Mission Society, the service organization of SCA promotes
interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship,
worship, and service. A highlight of the year is the Mission
Festival, a conference devoted to the study of missionary activity and recruitment of workers.
convocation
Regular convocations are held each Thursday throughout
the year. These programs acquaint the campus community
with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range
of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social,
religious, and artistic.
social and recreational activities
Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for
social training and recreation. The Student Council through the
Commissioner of Social Activities, assisted by a Programming
Commission, sponsors a wide variety of activities each month
and an all-school activity which all students may attend. Most
of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes
sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women
Students and a number of other organizations sponsor teas,
dinners, and social affairs on and off campus.
Music and the Fine Arts
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique
opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational
and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer.
Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis
Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Center. The Twin City
libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum
in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and
other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of
music.
Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony
Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket
arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions a t the University
and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters.
A monthly bulletin, Augsburg Plus, listing programs, concerts,
a r t displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued from the
Student Personnel Office.
student government
The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time
students enrolled a t Augsburg College.
The central concern of student government is focused on education to the end that individuals may develop their full
capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members to the
democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making.
The administration, under the direction of the president,
resides in the executive branch. The Executive Council consists
of six commissioners-each responsible to the president for
one of the major areas of student life. Eight boards also assist
him in his work.
The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is
the twenty member legislative branch of the government.
Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates
in student government through its representatives on the council.
The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary, whose
rulings are subject to appeal only to the President of the
College.
The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers
legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects
the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration.
The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students
in the United States. Through this organization the students.
receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add
their voice to the voice of all American students before the
national government and other organizations in matters of
student concern.
The Student Goyernment directs several projects of interest to
the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political
Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Academic
Freedom Week, College Union Study, and Development Council. Counseling of Freshmen by upper-class students is conducted through a College Brother-College Sister Program as a
part of Freshman Orientation.
Associated Women Students, composed of all the women
students, provides opportunity for the women to develop
meaningful self-government. It aims to create a sense of
harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high
standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and it
encourages participation in all college activities. It is affiliated
with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a
national organization.
Publications
The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by
a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body
as well as a medium of information. The Echo provides an
opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic
work.
Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial
record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual
provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design
as well as in photography.
The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors;
business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the
Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is to select
editors and business managers for the campus publications.
The "A" Book is a student handbook which is compiled by a
student editor in conjunction with the Office of Student
Personnel Services.
The Directory of students, staff, and faculty is published under
the direction of the Registrar.
co-curricular program
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to
pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective
participation, students with similar interests have united to
form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond
the classroom. Others are devoted to interests not offered in
the curriculum. New clubs are formed as the occasion demands.
The Art Club is an informal organization to satisfy the
students' creative urge in the field of art and to promote an
interest in art.
The Biology Seminar furnishes opportunity for informal study
in the biological sciences.
The Business Club draws membership from the business and
secretarial classes. The development of professional interests
is the major objective.
The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and
minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on
current topics in this specific area.
The Augsburg Forum affords opportunity for joint studentfaculty discussions of vital, controversial issues.
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American
students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language,
and people of the various countries.
The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its
members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage
presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading
and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students.
Membership in National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is
open only to qualified upper-classmen.
The Electronics Club is open to anyone interested in the field
of radio and electronics. Members operate an amateur radio
station on the campus.
The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck
Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in
professional education associations and strives to acquaint
future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession.
The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in
Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music,
art and history.
The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home
Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes
toward all aspects of home and community life.
The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of
psychology.
The Augsburg Republican Club and Democrat Club aim to
stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national
politics, and in other human-relations activities.
The Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and
developing skills in skiing.
The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish
culture to students in an informal way.
The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing
for professional work in the field of Social Service.
The Ushers' Club is a a service organization providing
ushers for public events scheduled for the campus.
The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative
expression in various forms of writing. The members share
their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit
from mutual criticism. They publish "The Arkai," a collection
of the best creative writing each year.
The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A at
Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A'
men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond
of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the
highest possible plane."
The Women's Athletic Association at Augsburg is a member
of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women.
Membership in this organization is gained by participation in
individual and group recreational activities with awards given
on a point basis.
Forensics
Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both
in Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also
participate in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests.
The Genung Endowment
The Genung Endowment was established in 1963 by Harry S.
Genung and De Ette Cenfield' Genung to perpetuate their
interest, concern, and activity in the improvement of international relations. The income from the fund is made available
each year to assist a student group a t Augsburg Col.lege to
carry out a project for the improvement of international
relations on a student to student level.
musical organzzatzons
The Augsburg College Choir has about sixty members selected
from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the choir goes
on tour each year to various parts of the United States and
occasionally to Canada. A tour of Europe is planned for June,
1965.
The Augsburg College Concert Band makes an annual tour
and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also a
Collegiate Band and Instrumental Ensembles.
The Augsburg Cbllege Cantorians, a women's chorus, participates in school programs and concerts and makes short tours
annually.
The Male Chorus sings a t various churches in the Twin City
area and makes short tours in the vicinity.
The Augsburg College Orchestra, organized in 1963, performs
frequently on campus. The orchestra gives programs of
standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists
and choral groups. The string ensemble class provides
opportunity for students interested in improving fundamental
string technique.
physical education and recreation
Under the direction of the Department of Physical
Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged
for general student participation. Every student is urged to
participate in some activity for his own recreation and
relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of
team sports as well as individual performance activities.
Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a
tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various
colleges.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams
in football, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track,
tennis, and golf.
Purpose and Philosophy of Intercollegiate Athletics
It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an
intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its
Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the
conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators.
The educational program of the college recognizes that
recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and
that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental,
and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate
athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the
fact that competitive play can contribute to the development
of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The
student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit,
both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character
as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation.
(2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests,
and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations
as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his
own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his
educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's
participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute
directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student spectator should acquire and
exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such
as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade
performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students,
and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate
athletic program should contribute to the development
of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not
overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it
take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and
general recreational program.
eligibility requirements
In order to participate in certain extracurricular and
cocurricular activities, students must meet established
eligibility requirements.
Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is
governed by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference.
A student on academic probation is not eligible to be a candidate for any elected or appointed campus office including
Student Council, Commissions, class and organization offices,
nor is he eligible for cheerleading or student publication participation. This list is not inclusive and other activities may
be designated. The Chairman of the Election Board is responsible for checking the eligibility of all candidates for Student
Society and class offices with the Assistant Registrar. Organizations should submit names of candidates for office to the
Coordinator of Student Activities for approval.
A student on academic probation may not participate in the
Augsburg Choir or the Augsburg Band or in a major role in
a dramatic production without special permission from the
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
honors and awards
On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved
the name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have
attended Augsburg for a t least two years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society,
is open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic
average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before
a public audience.
The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society,
are to recognize academic achievement and to promote
scholarship. Juniors and Seniors who have earned a 2.5 honor
point ratio accumulative are eligible for membership, while
Freshmen and Sophomores with a 2.25 honor point ratio may
be admitted as pledges. Applications for membership are made
a t the Registrar's Office a t the beginning of the semester in
which the student is eligible.
Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social
Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association
of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the
social sciences is required for election to membership.
The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize
and honor those members of the senior graduating class who
have shown themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in scholarship, leadership, and participation
in extra-curricular activities.
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor
point ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work
at Augsburg College.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who
has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged
to be the most valuable player on the basketball team.
The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college
as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is
to remain in the possession of the college.
student personnel services
Institutional services to students are organized and
administered in accordance with plans and policies established
by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions, Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation,
Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and
Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students.
Admissions
Pre-college counseling, educational and vocational, is available
from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions.
Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and
homes as the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest.
Prospective students are encouraged to visit the campus if a t
all possible. Other information concerning admission and
entrance requirements can be found in another section of the
catalog.
Counseling
Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each
student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning
experiences offered a t Augsburg College. Matters such as
uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning,
religious uncertainty, health, financial problems, personal and
social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with
the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions.
It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop more
realistic conceptions of themselves and the surrounding world,
and keener awareness of resources available to them as they
meet the problems of daily life.
At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several
levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling
program, and each new student is assigned to a faculty
counselor who works with him until he chooses a major field
of study. At that time, the major adviser becomes his
counselor. In addition, there are faculty members who have
specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing
with problems of adjustment. The Dean of Students and the
Dean of Women are special counselors to the men and women,
respectively. The counseling program is coordinated by the
Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans
and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee.
Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek
help through counseling conferences. If a serious problem
develops which demands professional skill and more time than
the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is
referred to the Office of the Dean of Students or Dean of
Women. A further referral may be made to the College
Chaplain, in the case of spiritual problems, or to the College
Physician, in the case of underlying emotional problems. The
College Physician works with the Personnel Deans in the
latter case.
Testing
All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman
Days. College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability
scores are used by counselors to help students plan their
initial programs. Personal adjustment scores and the vocational
interest test profile help the students learn to know more about
themselves, in order to make the best choice of subjects and
occupational goals. The Sequential Tests of Educational Progress (STEP) are given to all sophomores. Seniors take the
graduate record examinations.
Freshman Orientation
Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman
Days before the beginning of classes each semester. The
students take tests, attend classes, inspect the college
facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students,
with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty
counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several
conferences during which they plan the student's program
of study.
A special course in improvement of reading is offered for
interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the
increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged to enroll in this
course.
Records
Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under
the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achievement, student participation and
achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, reports
of counseling and other information.
The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters.
The Student Health Service
The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with
two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily
office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located
in Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus.
Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required to have on file the
report of a physical examination given by his family physician.
Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed.
Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken annually
through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis
Association Mobile Unit.
Housing and Food Service
In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the
students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. At the same time, the college realizes
that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment
in the residence halls are direct influences on their general
efficiency in the classroom.
In an effort to provide these opportunities for development
while maintaining optimal living conditions, active student
residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the
Director of Residences for Women, the Head Residents, and
Personnel Deans.
Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and
attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The Head Residents and Personnel Deans serve as
resource people for these counselors and handle cases referred
to them.
All women students and freshman men students not living a t
home are required to live in college-operated housing. Students
desiring to reside in the city with relatives must first secure
approval for such an arrangement from the Student Personnel
Office. All students living in the residences and most students
in off-campus housing take their meals in the college dining
room. The college also provides two houses for women with a
cooperative house plan.
Residence halls are open to students a day before regular
schedules become effective, and they close a day after the
term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during
vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished
except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry
facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels
may be rented with laundering service a t a reasonable cost.
This service is required of all women students in Gerda
Mortensen Hall. An optional linen service is available to other
students.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall semester
for the entire school year. Room reservations with deposit
of $25 are required of all single students. This deposit is
applied to the first semester's room rent. Rooms for new
students are assigned in the late summer according to the date
of application. Present students must make room application
prior to May 15 and submit the room deposit by July 15. After
May 15, reservations for present students are assigned on the
same basis as for new students. Students who find it necessary
to cancel their room reservation will receive full refund of the
deposit if the cancellation is received by August 1.
All men living in Memorial Hall are required to pay a $15
breakage fee a t the beginning of each school year. At the end
of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and
the furniture is satisfactory.
Graduate Placement
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing
positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business,
governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and
organizations at the local as well as the state and national
levels. Jntervicws are arranged both on and off the campus. A
registration fee and a small placement fee are charged.
Student Employment
An employment service, located in the Student Personnel
Office, assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative
work during the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer.
Coordination of Student Activities
The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers
to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and
keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of
meetings. Faculty advisers to student organizations are
approved by the Coordinator.
The program of student activities is a primary responsibility
of the Executive Council and the Student Council which is the
legislative body of the Augsburg Student Society.
Liaison between the Student Society and Faculty and Administration is the function of the Student-Faculty Committee.
A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the
Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept
by the Coordinator of Student Activities assisted by the chairman of the Commission on Student Organizations.
I
4
registration
Students who have been accepted for
admission should register on the days
designated in the Calendar for this
purpose. Those who register late are
charged a late registration fee of $1 per
day after classes begin. The last date on
which a student may register for or enter
a course is two weeks after the beginning
of classes.
Registration means that the student
accepts all the rules and regulations
established by the school.
No credit will be given a student for any
subject for which-he has not registered.
The college reserves the right to cancel
any course for which there is not sufficient
registration.
The normal registration is 16 credit hours.
A credit hour is defined as one recitation
period a week throughout a semester. The
privilege of registering for more than 18
credit hours is granted to students who
have gained an average record of B, or
two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this
rule may be made under certain conditions
determined by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. No student is
permitted to carry work for more than 20
credits per semester. Students working
part-time are urged to arrange the amount
of their registration accordingly.
change of registration
and cancellation
In case a student desires to make any
changes in his registration, he obtains a
form from the Registrar's Office on which
he makes application. Approval of the
teachers concerned, the student's adviser,
and the Registrar must be obtained before
a change is permitted. A fee of $1.00 is
charged for each change of registration
ACADEMIC
ADMINISTRATIOP
after the first week of classes. No course may be added after
the first two weeks of classes.
A course which is cancelled during the first six weeks of
classes is followed by W. After the first six weeks and before
the last four weeks of the semester a course which is cancelled
is given a grade of WP if the student is passing and WF if he
is failing the course. No course may be cancelled during the
last four weeks of the semester.
A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the
end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's
Office in order to remain in good standing.
university courses
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students
may register for courses at the University. But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average
in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of
credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus
gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg
College and counted towards graduation.
classification
In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes,
a student must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of
work in which college credit is given. Classification is based
on the attainment of the following number of credit hours
together with an equal number of honor points: Sophomore, 24;
Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year.
Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as
special students.
pro bation and elimination
The Committee on Admissions and Student Standing at the
end of each semester, considers the status of students who
have done unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor
point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores .6 or below, Juniors
and Seniors .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more
credits of F, at the end of a semester, are placed on probation.
They are removed from probation when they obtain better than
C average for a semester. A student is not allowed to remain
in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is dropped for low
scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory scholastic
record.
F
class attendance
Regular class attendance is required of all students in Lower
Division Courses. Attendance in Upper Division Courses is
voluntary for Juniors and Seniors unless required by the teacher of the class.
In classes for which attendance is required, a record of
attendance is kept and periodic reports on absences are
submitted to the Registrar.
Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness
or for other reasons should present to their teachers a written
report of the reason for absence. A student will receive a grade
of F if the number of absences for which he has not presented
acceptable excuses is excessive as defined by the instructor of
that class.
Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged
activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of
participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are
issued by the Dean to all instructors involved.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving
in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their
presence to the teacher.
examinations
Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the
course of each semester, reports of the grades attained are
made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors
and students. Final reports are sent at the close of each
semester to the parents and students.
Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of
each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final
examination in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason
will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A
student who has to be absent from a final examination because
of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an
excuse, may arrange to take such an examination during some
period after the time on which the subject is scheduled.
If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the
College to take a final examination a t another hour than that
scheduled, he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination.
Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a
statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher
concerned.
comprehensive examinations
Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses
in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing
believes the student has adequate preparation or background.
Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must
apply in writing to this committee. When permission is
granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the
office of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 ($10.00 for students not
currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be
paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will
be filed in the Registrar's office.
grade values
A
- - - - - - - - - Superior, 3 honor points per credit
B - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Very good, 2 honor points per credit
Satisfactory, 1 honor point per credit
C
D
Passable, no honor points per credit
F
Failure, minus 1 honor point per credit
..
E
Condition
I ------ --- -- --- --- --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Incomplete
-
-
-
-
_
,
-
L
-
-
-
L
L
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
L
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
L
-
-
-
L
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
L
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
u
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
L
L
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
conditions and incompletes
A condition or an incomplete received a t the end of the
semester must be removed within the first six weeks of classes
of the following semester, or within a year if the student has
not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed
within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes
a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade
only when the average of the previous work is sufficiently high.
The final grade after the condition examination is taken may
not be higher than D. A fee of $5.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the
end of a semester.
graduation requirements
In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain
requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and
grades. A student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is
urged to study the requirements as outlined in this section of
the catalog and in the department in which he plans to major.
It js the responsibility of the student to see that he includes
the required subjects at the right time in his program of
studies. The faculty advisers, the deans, and the registrar will
gladly assist him in planning his program.
general education requirements
For a general college education and as a basis for study
in professional fields, students are required to complete credits
as indicated in the following fields:
..
Religion - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14 credits
At least 8 credits in lower' division courses and 4 in upper
division. A maximum of 3 credits from courses 51, 52, 54 may
apply. For transfer students, the requirement is an average of
2 credits per semester of attendance.
Freshman English - ---,,-,-,--- 6 credits from Eng. 11-12
-,
--,
,,- - - - - - - - - 3 credits
Literature or Philosophy - - - - Beginning Speech ,---- - - - - - - - - - -- -,
,--,
,2credits
--Fine Arts -- ,-,
,
,-,
_-,-- - -- ,--:-- ,,-,,,,-,
-- 2 credits
Art 1, 83, 84; H.Ec. 3, 64; Mu. 4, 7; or Sp. 29
Foreign Language - - - - - ,----,
,--, ,- - - - - - - - 0-14 credits
0 - If four years of one language have been successfully
completed in high school.
6 - If student has sufficient background in the language
to enroll in the intermediate course.
14 - If student has only one year or less of a foreign
language in high school.
Students with two years of a foreign language in high school
should normally be prepared to enroll in the intermediate
course in college; if not, they may enroll in the beginning
course, but will receive credit only for the second semester
of it.
Social Sciences .._ . -.- .... _ .. - _ - - - .- - - - - - _ _ - .- - - - - - 6 credits
Hist. 1, 2; 21,22; Soc. 1 , 2 ; or Econ. 15, Soc. 2
Natural Sciences - - - _ - - - - - _ - - _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9 credits
At least 3 credits must be in the biological sciences, and 3 in
the physical sciences
Physical Education - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 credit from P.E. 3 and 4
All students are required to take an English test a t the end
of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency
in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree.
Where the demands of special curriculums prevent completion
of the general education requirements in four years, exemption
or modification of these requirements may be sought through
petition.
Major and Minor
All students are required to complete a major for graduation.
The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well
as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the
quality of work he does in lower division courses.
Application for major must be made to the Head of the
Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the
following areas:
Business Education
Religion
Art
Home Econo'mics
Philosophy
History
Medical Technology
Greek and Latin
Sociology
Biology
English
Social S'cience
Physics
German
Psychology
Chemistry
French
Elementary Education
Natural Science
Spanish
Business Administration
Mathematics
Speech
Economics
Physical Education
Music
1
Except with special majors such as music, business education,
home economics, and combined natural science, students in
the teacher education curriculums should complete a minor
as well as a major.
For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see
departmental statements.
Electives
Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing
a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge
and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major.
A maximum of 40 credits in one department is permitted to
count toward graduation. Juniors and Seniors should, as a rJle,
choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or above. At least
36 credits in the Upper Division Courses must be completed
for graduation.
Total Credits and Honor Points
The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor
point for each credit taken. A credit equals one recitation
period a week throughout one semester.
I
1
Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for
each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit
with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with
a grade of A.
Residence Requirement
To receive the A.B. degree, the candidate must spend at least
the concluding year for such a degree in residence.
degree with distinction
The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows:
Distinction
Honor point ratio
Summa Cum Laude ,-,
,
-,
- - -,
- - ,-,
--,
- - - - ,- - - 2.8-3.0
Magna Cum Laude ,,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.5-2.79
Cum Laude ,,,,,,-,
,
- -,
-,
- - -,
,
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.1-2.49+
To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed a t least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record
a t Augsburg, as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above.
+
I
courses onered
Descriptions of the courses offered in
1964-66 are given on the following pages.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes. Courses with inadequate
registration may be cancelled. Students
should consult the schedule of classes to
determine definitely the current course
offerings.
numbering of courses
IJ Odd numbers are used for first semester
courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I,
I1 after the descriptive title also indicate
the semester in which the course is to be
offered.
Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for
freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50
through 99 are upper division courses
intended for juniors and seniors.
Two course numbers joined by a hyphen
(1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must
be completed before credit is given. Course
numbers separated by a comma (1, 2)
indicate that it is a year course, but
students may receive credit for one
semester without completing the other.
symbols
t Continuation course. To receive credit for
this course a student must complete both
semesters.
# Course may be taken with consent of
the instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
credits
0 Credits shown are in terms of semester
credits. For continuation courses, the total
COURSES
OF STUDY
credits for the year are given. A two-credit course generally
meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a
week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting
per week are more than the credits given. A semester is
approximately 18 weeks in length. The normal load for a
student is 16 credit hours per semester.
divisional organization
The college courses are organized into four divisions in
order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient
and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is
appointed for each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements.
Division of Religion and Philosophy
Religion
Philosophy
Division of the Humanities
Greek, Latin
English, Speech
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music, Art
Division of the Social Sciences
History, Political Science, Geography
sociology
Psychology
Education, Library Science
Business Administration, Economics
Business Education
Home Economics
Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education
division of
RELIGION A N D PHILOSOPHY
Mr. P. A. Quanbeck, Chairman
Through the study of religion and philosophy, the individual is appraised of those realities which are central to the
problem of human existence. The student is encouraged to
seek to understand himself and his relation to the world within
the framework of the Christian Faith. The goal is the
development of an informed and integrated Christian person
who is equipped to participate responsibly in the life of the
Church and of society.
DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION
Quanbeck, Mr. Sonnack, Mr. Helland, Mr. Halverson,
Mr. Benson, Mr. Mandsager, Mr. W. Johnson, Mr. Strommen.
Mr. P. A.
The courses in religion are designed to give the student a working
knowledge of the Bible and an acquaintance with the life of the Church
through the study of its history, its beliefs, and its mission.
The graduation requirement includes 14 credits in religion. Of these
credits 8 must be in the lower division, and at least 4 must be upper
division. Not more than 3 credits earned in any of the courses numbered
51, 52 and 54 may be applied to this requirement. Freshmen are required
to take courses 1 and 2, and sophomores a r e required to take courses
3 and 4, Courses 1, 2, 3, and 4 are prerequisites for all upper division
courses. Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the
time of admission.
A religion major is recommended as prcgn~.niion for cwecrs in parish
education, parish work, youth work, m d paris11 administration. Majors
must consult with the chairman of the department wgardlng their
course of study.
Major, 28 credits, Minor, 22 credits. Six upper division credits in Greek
may apply toward the major in religion.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
2, 2 crs,
1, 2, Basic Bible. Fr. I, It.
A brief Inhoduct,ion to Ille Rilllc iollc)wed by a study of the Old Testament, inclucling the history of Israel and spccial ~tlentionto one .or two
Old 'l'cslanlent books. 'l'hc second semester is devoted to the study of
the Ncw Tcstan~ent with special nllcntion to two or three I m k s includi~lgRomnns. read in^ nssignrrle~~ts
incllrd~1Re entile New Testament.
Special sectron Fora st.ucIenls selected for the honors pmgram.
2 crs.
3. Church History. I.
A survey of the institutional development of the Christian Church, with
the purpose of creating a greater understanding of its historical foundations. Emphasis is on the Reformation.
4. Christian Doctrine. II.
2 crs.
TIlc fundarnenla1 doct~jnesof the Christim Faith and the historical developo~en(of some of these doctrines. The si.gnillcance of the ecumenical
creeds and the Lutheran confessional writings.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
51. Principles of Christian Education. I.
3 crs.
Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education,
its history, objectives, curriculum, and administration, especially as
applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching.
52. Parish Work. II.
2 crs.
Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization
and visitation. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work.
54. Youth Work in the Church. II.
2 crs.
A study of principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the
purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere.
61. History of Religions. I.
3 crs.
A survey of some of the major religions of the world. The origin and
development of these religions and their influences today. Includes readings in the sacred writings of the religions studied.
62. The Mission of the Church. II.
3 crs.
A study of some of the ways in which the church has sought and seeks
to be the church and proclaim the Gospel in the world.
66. Hymns and Music of the Church. II.
See course 66 under the Department of Music.
3 crs.
3 crs.
71. The Early Christian Fathers. I.
The development of certain Cundamental theological doctrines from the
time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the
early c l ~ u r c h .
3 crs.
72. Protestantism in America. 11.
The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise
of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure,
and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its
environing culture.
3 crs.
81. The Gospels. I.
The nature of the Gospels. The life and \vork of Jesus. Particular attention to His teaching concerning the Kingdom of God.
3 crs.
82. Life and Epistles of Paul. II.
A survey of the life and work of P a u l , with a study of some of the
leading ideas that emerge from his writings.
3 crs.
83. The Message of the Old Testament. I.
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of
H e b r e ~ vthought with emphasis on the message of the prophets.
91. Introduction to Contemporary Theological Thought. I.
3 crs.
A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought
today, a s seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of
the Christian Church.
92. Christian Ethics. 11.
3 crs.
The basic principles of ethics from a Christian point of view. Their
application to selected personal and social moral problems.
3 crs.
94. The Christian View of Man. 11.
The Christian doctrine of m a n and salvation. I t s uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny
of man.
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
Mr. Halversol~,Mr. Jolil~so~i
The courses in philosophy seek to assist the student to become conversant with the great men and intellectual movements in the history of
Western civilization, to cultivate a n understanding of the principles of
sound reasoning, and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in such areas as science, religion, and morals.
Major, 27 credits. Minor, 18 credits. Courses 21, 23, 51, 52, 53 are required for the major and the minor.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3 crs.
21. Introduction to Philosophy. (Offered both semesters.)
Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims
of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and
a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion.
3 crs.
23. Logic. (Offered both semesters.)
A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include: the nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning;
definition; principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief i n t r e
duction to the notation of modern symbolic logic.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
3 crs.
51. History of Philosophy: Ancient and Early Medieval. I.
An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the
development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St.
Thomas Aquinas.
3 crs.
A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical
52. History of Philosophy: Late Medieval and Early Modern. 11.
thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to the
systems of Kant and Hegel.
53. History of Philosophy: Recent and Contemporary. 1.
3 crs.
A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Offered 1965-66)
3 crs.
54. Seminar in the History of Philosophy. Prereq. #. II.
A careful study of some selected man or movement in the Western
philosophical tradition, with heavy emphasis on the careful reading of
primary source materials. (Offered 1965-66.)
73. Philosophy of Science. Prereq. #. 1.
3 crs.
A study of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science
by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions, and p r e
cedures. (Offered 1965-66.)
85. Philosophy of Religion. Prereq. #. 1.
3 crs.
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with special
attention to the problem of the nature of religious language. (Offered
1964-65.)
86. Ethics. Prereq. #. 11.
3 crs.
An inquiry into the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of
the language of moral discourse. (Offered 196465.)
91, 92. Independent Study. Prereq.
#. I,
II.
1-3,
1-3 crs.
For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophi-
60
cal topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the
head of the department.
division of
THE HUMANITIES
Mr. Thorson, Chairman
It is the purpose of the Division of the Humanities to
transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the
cultural heritage of mankind, and t o assist the student in
finding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to
stimulate the student's desire t o acquaint himself with the
cultural treasures as these are found in language, literature,
and the fine arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the
basis and within the framework of the Christian faith.
DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK AND LATIN
Mr. Colacci
The courses in this department aim to give the students a direct insight
into our Biblical and classical heritage. New Testament Greek is a tool
by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the
Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theological seminaries.
,Oombined Major in Greek and Latin: 20 credits in New Testament
Greek and'l4 credits in Latin.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
N e w Testament Greek
~ h o r 20
: credits
8 crs.
1-2.j Elements of New Testament Greek. I, II.
'l'kOr&tic&la d ,practical study of the grammar of the Greek language
of the New Testarrreqt, Roadingsr and parsing of the Greek text from
the &ape1 of Bt John and the huer d St, James. The manuscript
& ~ b I f & I 0 n0f the Greek b x t of the New Testament with the description of the main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
51. 52. Advanced New Testament Greek. Prereq. 2, 1. II.
3, 3 crs.
Selections from the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is
given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text.
53, 54. Greek Exegesis. Prereq. 52. 1, 11.
3, 3 crs.
Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is
given to the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text.
Latin
1-2.$ Beginning Latin. Fr. I, II.
Grammar and exercises in translation.
8 crs.
3, 3 crs.
3, 4. Intermediate Latin. Prereq. 2. So. I, II.
Continuation of grammar and syntax. Selections from Caesar's Gallic
War, St. Augustine's Confessions, and Medieval Latin writers.
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
Mr. Thorson, Miss Pederson, Mr. Dahlen, Miss Lillehei, Mrs. Livingston,
Mr. Nicholl, Mrs. Trautwein, Mr. Bergstrom, Mrs. Cherne,
Mrs. Christensen, Mr. Lesher.
The Department of Engltsh a i m Eo train students in the proper use
of EwUsh in opal and written oxpn$$.qion; to increase proficiency in
reading and fn anatyzlng; Ukefary texts; ta acquaint the students with the
&@nnings of Wes@rn literature md i t s development, chiefly in England
and fn America; and to Ustill a deeper uttderstanding of the fundamental
truths and realities of life revealed in great literature.
The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in
secondary and elementary schools and for graduate study.
All students, except those exempted from English 12, must complete
Freshman English (courses 11 and 12) for graduation. Students of
superior rating are placed in special sections of course 11; those superior students who achieve a high level of proficiency at the end of
course 11 are exempted from course 12 and placed in course 40 the
second semester. Satisfactory completion 'of course 11 is a prerequisite
for course 12. Credit for course 11 without course 12 is given only to
students in the affiliated nursing program and those superior students
exempted from 12 who complete course 40.
.
Courses 35, 40, 41, or 42 meet the literature requirement for graduation.
.All studenh must hmonstrate a proflclencgr in writing a t the upper
di&lon level & q ~ w for
y the A.3. &g&e. This requirement may be
met by &&$wemen(on the s o p h o h m fighh test, a satisfactory junior
&me test, or completion of course %,50,1or
55,
Major : 27 credits above cowso 12, including 40, 41, 42, 61, 62, and 91.
Additional courges peogrnwerded for those planning on graduate study:
50 or 55; 73 or 7s: 82; 84; 8 ; 88; 93; plus work in German, French,
Latin, philosophy, and hlsbry.
T e a m major for the sewbdary 6;ehool: 33 wedits above course 12,
in~ludlnga5,40, Q, 42, 55, &1, 62, 84, 91: and %, 73, or 74. Strongly recommaded, in additIrm, are 9 cmlfts from th? fdbwing: journalism, speech,
elemeneducation 63 ; lzbrrtrl scimae 99, 60, 88.
Teaching major for the elementary school: 27 credits above course 12,
including 25, 40, 41, 42, 91; 50 or 55; 35, 73, or 74; and 61, 62, or 84, Recommended, in addition, are library science 58 and speech 16.
All majors must complete the intermediate year of Latin, German,
French, Spanish, or Norwegian. Foreign languages most generally required for graduate study in English are Latin, German, and French.
Minor: 18 credits above course 12, including 40, 41, 42, 91.
Teaching minor, elementary or secondary: 21 credits above course 12,
including those listed for the minor, plus 50 or 55.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
1. Improvement of Reading. (Offered both semesters.)
Designed to improve reading speed and comprehension.
1 cr.
9. Communication. I.
2 crs.
A course including reading of literary selections and practice in the
skills of writing, speaking, and listening. For student nurses.
6 crs.
11-12. Freshman English. (Course 11 offered both semesters.)
The study of language, composition, and literature. Superior students
are placed in advanced sections of course 11.
3 crs.
14. Journalism. Prereq. 11. II.
An introduction to news, feature, and editorial writing. Some attention
given to editing and the mechanics of newspaper production.
25. Expository Writing. Prereq. 12. 1.
3 crs.
Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and
analysis of models.
3 crs.
35. Literary Classics. Prereq. 12. (Offered both semesters.)
Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's classics from
the renaissance to the modern age.
40. The Classical Tradition. Prereq. 12. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs.
A study of the foundations of literature in the productions of the Greeks
and Romans. The influence of the classical tradition in subsequent ages.
4 crs.
41. Medieval and Renaissance Literature. Prereq. 12. 1.
The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from the ninth
century 'to the age of Shakespeare.
42. American Literary Developments. Prereq. 12. 11.
4 crs.
The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present.
Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements.
50. American English. Prereq. 12. (Offered both semesters.)
3 crs.
A study of the structure of Modern English. Grammar and problems
of usage.
3 crs.
52. Creative Writing. Prereq. 12. 11.
Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in the composition of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects.
(Offered 1964-65.)
3 crs.
55. Introduction to Modern English. Prereq. 12. 1.
The study of Modern English grammar, vocabulary, and sounds viewed
in historical perspective. Acquaintance with some of the recent studies
of language. Designed to give prospective teachers of English an understanding of structural linguistics.
4 crs.
61. British Literature, 1616-1800. Prereq. 40. 1.
The principal authors from Donne through Blake. Discussion of literary
works in relation to historical backgrounds.
4 crs.
62. British Literature since 1800. Prereq. 40. 11.
The major writers in England in the nineteenth and early twentieth
centuries.
3 crs.
71. American Literature, 1820-1912. Prereq. 42. 1.
The development of romanticism and realism in nineteenth-century
American writers. (Offered 1964-65.)
3 crs.
73. Modern American Literature. Prereq. 42. 1.
Major American writers and movements since 1912. (Offered 1965-66.)
3 crs.
74. Modern Literature. Prereq. 40. 11.
The important literary movements of the present century in Europe and
in America.
3 crs.
82. The British Novel. Prereq. 40. 11.
The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists
and their works. (Offered 1965-66.)
3 crs.
84. Shakespeare. Prereq. 41. 11.
A study of selected plays, with attention given to Shakespeare's development, to dramatic technique, and to the Elizabethan Age.
3 crs.
86. Three Major British Poets. Prereq. 61. 11.
A study of the major poems and selected prose works of Milton and
two other British poets. (Offered 196S66.)
3 crs.
88. Chaucer. Prereq. 41. 11.
Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle
Ages. Emphasis on the Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1964-65.)
2 crs.
91. English Seminar. Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 1.
Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in
American and British literature. A review of movements and terminology.
93, 94. Independent Study. Prereq. Jr. or Sr. major with a
grade-point average of 2.0 or better. I, 11.
1, 1 cr.
DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH
Mr. Anderson, Miss Cole, Mrs. Olson
This department aims to foster in students those speech skills which
contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks
to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical
listening habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and
drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama.
The department offers a major in general speech which prepares the
student to teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate
work in speech, theater, or speech pathology.
All students are required to earn two credits in speech for graduation.
Speech 11 is designed to meet this requirement, but other courses may
be substituted where permission is granted on the basis of previous
training or experience.
For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended.
Elementary education students who have had speech in high school
may use 16 to fulfil the speech requirement.
Major: 24 credits above Speech 11. For education students courses 12,
29, 31, 32, 51, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is required of all
majors.
Minor: 17 credits above Speech 11. For education students courses 12,
29, 31, 32, 51, and 66. In addition, course 76 is strongly recommended.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
11. Beginning Speech. So. (Offered both semesters.)
2 crs.
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Three hours
a week.
12. Forms of Public Address. Prereq. 11, Fr., So. II.
2 crs.
Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology,
and adaptation to various situations. Three hours per week.
16. Story Telling and Creative Dramatics. So. II.
3 crs.
Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and
practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers.
21-22.t
Intercollegiate Debate. I, II. Open to all students.
2 crs.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year.
Participation in intercollegiate debate tournaments.
29. Introduction to Dramatic Arts. Open to all students. I.
3 crs.
An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama
and dramatic production.
31. Interpretative Reading. So. I.
3 crs.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading
various kinds of prose, poetry and drama.
3 crs.
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and
improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations.
32. Acting. So. II.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
3 crs.
51. Argumentation. Jr., Sr., I.
Applications of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debate. Participation in intercollegiate debates. It is recommended that students
take logic prior to registering for this course.
52. Advanced Public Speaking. Prereq. 11. Jr., Sr., II.
3 crs.
An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. (Offered 196566.1
56. Group Leadership and Discussion. Jr., Sr., II.
3 crs.
Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. (Offered 1964-65.)
63, 64. Stagecraft. Jr., Sr. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
First semester devoted to lighting and design; second semester to scene
construction and painting. Students planning to take only one course
should register for 64.
66. Stage Direction. Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in
planning productions and conducting rehearsals.
76. Speech Pathology. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal
speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction.
91, 92. Independent Study. Sr. 1, II.
1, 1 cr.
Selected topics in drama or rhetorical theory; individual projects with
emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research.
DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES
Mr. Olson, Mr. Landa, Mrs. Kingsley, Mr. Hatchek, Miss Aaskov,
Mr. Hansen, Mr. Cannon, Mrs. Johnson, Mr. Moreno, Mr. Balz,
Mrs. Nashan
This department aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a
modern language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in
the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. I t also aims
to aid the student in developing an understanding of the idiom of a
particular language and a mastery of the rules of grammar and pronunciation. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest in the history,
literature and life of the people whose language he is learning, and to
transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage.
A special aim is to provide language facility and technical training for
those who plan to teach, study theology, or become candidates for
higher academic degrees.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
German
Major: 24 credits above German 2.
Minor: 16 credits above German 2.
1-2.t Beginning German. I, II.
8 crs.
Pronunciation, grammar, reading, elementary composition and conversation. Audiooral exercises in laboratory required.
3, 3 crs.
3, 4. Intermediate German. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, II.
Emphasizes pronunciation and comprehension. Grammar review, composition, and conversation. Required for teachers and minors. Students
who have credit for German 5, 6 will not receive credit for this course.
5, 6. Intermediate German. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
Emphasizes reading and interpretation of texts in German. For students
who plan to enroll in a theological seminary or graduate school. Students
who have credit for German 3, 4 will not receive credit for this course.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
3, 3 crs.
51, 52. German Literature. Prereq. 4 or 6. 1, II.
Selected works of standard German authors. A survey of German literature and culture.
61, 62. Composition and Conversation. Prereq. 4. 1, II.
2, 2 crs.
More advanced work in writing and speaking German. Required for
teachers and minors.
71. The German Drama of the 19th Century. Prereq. 52 or #. 1.
3 crs.
A survey of the field and reading of representative works. (Offered
1965-66.)
72. The German Short Story (Novelle). Prereq. 52 or #. II.
3 crs.
A survey of the genre and reading of works in the field. (Offered 196566.)
74. The German Novel of the 19th and 20th Centuries.
Prereq. 52 or #. II.
3 crs.
Discussion and reading of representative works. (Offered 1964-65.)
90. Independent Study. Prereq. #. (Offered both semesters.)
1-2 crs.
Selected topics in German literature. Paper to be written in German.
Scandinavian Language a n d Literature
Minor, 24 credits.
1-2.t Beginning Norwegian. Fr. I, II.
8 crs.
Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation.
3, 4. Intermediate Norwegian. So. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey
of Norwegian literature. Composition.
11. Scandinavian History. I.
3 crs.
A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history
of Norway as the core. (Offered 196566.)
16. Modern Scandinavia. II.
3 crs.
A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special
emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1965-66.)
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
55. The Modern Scandinavian Novel. Jr., Sr. I.
2 crs.
The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma
Lagerl~f,and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1964-65.)
56. The Modern Scandinavian Drama. Jr., Sr. II.
2 crs.
The course includes dramas by Bj~rnson,Ibsen, and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1964-65.)
90. Independent Study. Prereq. #. (Offered both semesters.)
1-2 crs.
Reading of selected authors. Paper to be written in Norwegian.
French
Major: 24 credits above French 2.
Minor: 16 credits above French 2.
1-2.t Beginning French. I, II.
8 crs.
Pronunciation, conversation and elementary grammar. Oral, written,
and reading practice. Laboratory work an integral part of the course.
3, 4. Intermediate French. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
Further study of grammar involving aural-oral and written practice.
Composition. Reading of representative works. Laboratory emphasis on
the native voice.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
51, 52. Survey of French Literature. Prereq. 4. 1, 11.
3, 3 crs.
Study of French authors and literary movements. Lecture, reading, and
reporting on literary works in the French language.
61. French Conversation and Composition. Prereq. 4. 1.
4 crs.
Conversation and composition toward facility in the language. Vocabulary enrichment, organization, and correctness of expression.
72. Modern French Literature: The Novel. Prereq. 4. 11.
3 crs.
Representative works of important French novelists of the modern
period. Oral and written reports in French. (Offered 196465.)
74. Modern French Literature: The Drama. Prereq. 4. 11.
3 crs.
Representative works of important French dramatists of the modern
period. Oral and written reports in French. (Offered 196566.)
90. Seminar in Literature. Prereq. 51, 52, and 61. 11.
2 crs.
Selected topics in French Literature for the advanced student. Discussion and reports in French. (Offered on demand.)
Spanish
Major: 24 credits above Spanish 2.
Minor: 16 credits above Spanish 2.
1-2.t Beginning Spanish. I, II.
8 crs.
Aims to develop the ability to speak, write, understand, and read simple
Spanish. Laboratory work an essential part of the course.
3, 4. Intermediate Spanish. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
Further study of grammar; oral work; reading of short stories, novels,
and plays. Further laboratory work.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
51, 52. Survey of Spanish Literature. Prereq. 4. 1, II.
3, 3 crs.
A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times.
Lectures in Spanish. Reading of representative works. Written and oral
reports. Laboratory work.
61. Spanish Conversation and Composition. Prereq. 4. 1.
4 crs.
Aims to facilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation and
composition. Laboratory work provides opportunity for hearing native
voices.
72. Hispanic American Writers. Prereq. 4. 11.
3 crs.
Representative works of Hispanic American writers. Oral and written
reports in Spanish. (Offered 1964-65.)
74. Modern Spanish Writers. Prereq. 4. 11.
3 crs.
Selected readings of modern Spanish writers. Oral and written reports
in Spanish. (Offered 1965-66.)
90. Seminar in Literature. Prereq. 51, 5 2 and 61. 11.
2 crs.
Selected topics in Spanish literature. Discussion and reports in Spanish.
For the advanced student. (Offered on demand.)
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC
Mr. Sateren, Mr. Savold, Mr. Thut, Mr. Johnson, Mrs. Thut, Mr. Gibson,
Mr. Lane, Mr. Haugen, Mr. Karlen, Mr. Davenport, Mr. Gabrielsen
The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become
teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or
who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation
for those who expect to pursue specialized study in the field of music.
General instruction is afforded other students who also wish to broaden
their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for
the music of the masters. Emphasis is laid upon the rich musical heritage
of the Christian Church.
Major: 40 credits, Excepting 4 and 66, courses 1 through 69, and 10
credits in applied music, of which 6 must be in private lessons in voice
or on an instrument, and 4 as a member of a musical organization. At
least 3 credits in private instruction must be earned in the junior and
senior years.
One public performance in their area of specialization is required of
juniors and seniors. This requirement may be fulfilled by satisfactory
participation in the monthly Performance Workshops. Formal public
recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department,
may be given in fulfillment of the requirement.
Sophomores, juniors and seniors a r e required to attend the monthly
Performance Workshops. Freshmen a r e encouraged to attend. The
workshops are student recitals which provide opportunity for public
performance and acquaint the students with a repertory of musical
excellence.
All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. It includes: (a) major
and harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two
octaves, ascending and descending, hands together, at moderate speed;
(b) a Bach two-part invention o r a classical sonatina; (c) a romantic
or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of
hymn-tune grade.
Minor: 26 credits. Excepting 4 and 56, courses 1through 58, and 6 credits
in applied music, 4 of which must be in private lessons in vocal or
instrumental music, and 2 in an organization.
A maximum of 10 credits in applied music may count toward the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
4, 4 crs.
1, 2. Theory. I. Fr., So. I, II.
A basic course in the materials of music: the principles of notation,
major and minor scales, intervals, triads and rhythms, and their
application in written exercises, including the harmonization of figured
bass and given melodies; aural skills, sight reading, dictation, and partsinging.
2 crs.
4. Introduction to Music. (Offered both semesters.)
A course for non-majors. To promote understanding and enjoyment
of music. Fulfills the fine arts requirement.
2, 2 crs.
7, 8. History and Literature of Music. I, II.
An historical survey of western music from its beginnings to 1900. S u p
plemented by musical scores and recorded performances.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
4, 4 crs.
55, 56. Theory II. Prereq. 2. 1, II.
Continuation of 1, 2, with advanced work in harmonization; modulation,
advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and
ornaments of music. Course 55 includes work in strict counterpoint in
one, two, three, and four-part writing in all the species. Course 56
gives special study to the form and structure of music.
57, 58. Conducting. Prereq. 2, or 2 cr. in piano, organ, or
2, 2 crs.
equivalent. Jr. I, II.
Techniques of conducting choral and instrumental music; organization
and administration of choral and instrumental ensembles in school,
church, and community. Students in music education should take the
course in junior year.
2, 2 crs.
61, 62. Instrumental Technique.* Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I, II.
Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and percussion instruments,
preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director
for work in band and orchestra.
2 crs.
63. Choral Technique.* Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I.
Class instruction in the fundamentals of voice culture as related to
choral ensemble. For public school music teachers and directors of
vocal music.
3 crs.
66. Hymns and Music of the Church. II.
Development of the music of the Christian Church, with special attention
to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student, organists,
choir directors, and pre-theological students. Fulfills the requirements
of a course in religion.
2 crs.
69. Twentieth Century Music. Prereq. 8, 56. Jr., Sr. I.
A survey of western music with emphasis on contemporary trends.
*Students taking Instrumental Technique are not required to take
Choral Technique. Those taking Choral Technique must take one semester of Instrumental Technique.
Applied Music
Vocal and insburnenial Instruction is available to all sludents. Beginners must complek two semesters of private lessons In order to receive
credit. Qtl~el~s
wceive one crcdit for a minimurn of sixteen thirtyminute lcssons per semedcr. Occasional lessons alVe aavnilable without
credit. For slatc~mentof ices see under Finnncinl Information.
1, 1 cr.
Piano. I, II.
Technique as needed, repertory, performance, accompanying. Music
majors and minors must pass the proficiency examination. Only those
credits earned after this kxamination has been passed apply toward
the major or minor.
1, 1 cr.
Organ. Prereq. Basic piano technique and #. I, II.
Technique as needed, repertory, performance, hymn playing, accompanying.
1, 1 cr.
Voice. I, II.
Includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control,
flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics,
both sacred and secular.
2 crs.
Ch0ir.t I, II.
Concert Band.
t
2 crs.
I, II.
Wood-wind Instruments, Brass Instruments.
1, 1 cr.
Women's Chorus (Cantorians)t, Male Chorus, Collegiate Band, Orchestra, Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble, Woodwind Ensemble.
1/2 credit per semester
These organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student
but for any student who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression.
Performance Workshop. I, II.
0 cr.
DEPARTMENT OF ART
Mr. Thompson, Mr. Molder
Thc Department of Art endeavo~sto fustlier the student's technical nnd
conceptual unrlersTenrling or art, Bcsides exp~rIence In the disciplines
of dmwing, print rnnlting, painting, and sculplure, ernpltasis is ~ l v e n
to the function of art In hjstory and religion. Recnusc 01 Ihe placr nrt
hns in contcmpornry lib, s t u d ~ n t s are enenuraged to consider the
areas of i~aching,grrrdiralc study, comrnsrrial. clesigning, and avocational art.
In addition to the courses offered for credit, students have the opportunity to study and discuss with August Molder, artist in residence,
problems of art related to painting and the making of stained glass
windows.
The department reserves the right to keep for three years examples of
student a r t work for exhibition purposes.
Major: 32 credits, including 1, 7, 18, 21, 65, 66, 67, 83, 84
Minor: 16 credits, including 1, 18, 21 and 83 or 84
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
1. Basic Design. Fr. (Offered both semesters.)
3 crs.
Theory and application of basic art principles in drawing, painting,
sculpture, and design.
3. Art in Daily Living. I.
See course 3 under Department of Home Economics.
3 crs.
7. Drawing I. Fr. I.
2 crs.
Freehand drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media.
18. Oil Painting I. Prereq. 1.
3 crs.
Investigation of the technical and expressive possibilities of oil paint.
Still life, landscape and portrait painting. (Offered semester 11, 1964-65;
both semesters, 1965-66.)
21. Sculpture I. Prereq. 1. 1.
3 crs.
Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures,
and animal forms. Ceramic design and plaster casting.
32. Water Color Painting. Prereq. 1 or 7. 11.
2 crs.
Use of transparent and opaque water color techniques, with emphasis
on landscape painting. (Offered 1964-65.)
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
64. History and Appreciation of Art. II.
See course 64 under Department of Home Economics.
3 crs.
3, 3 crs.
65, 66. Composition. Prereq. 1 and 7. 1, II.
A study of the elements of form and composition. Two and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. Semester I: Form and
Space. Semester 11 : Vision. (Offered 196566.)
3, 3 crs.
67, 68. Print Making. Prereq. 1. I, II.
Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Semester I :
Woodcut and the silk screen process. Semester 11: Intaglio methods
on copper.
3 crs.
76. Oil Painting II. Prereq. 1, 7, 21.
Advanced oil painting. (Offered semester I, 1964-65; semester 11, 196566.)
78. Sculpture II. Prereq. 1, 7, 21.
Advanced sculpture.
3 crs.
83, 84. Art History and Appreciation. Jr., Sr. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in Western civilization.
Semester I : Prehistoric to Renaissance. Semester II: Renaissance to
Modern.
90. Independent Study. (Offered both semesters.)
1-2 crs.
Supervised study in fields of special interest. Problems selected from
studio disciplines and art history. Open to seniors with a major in art.
division of
SOCIAL SCIENCES
Mr. Dl~rislock, Cl~airrnnl~
It is the general purpose olf the work in this division to
improve the student's understanding of human relationships
and his appreciation of their importance and value, especially
in their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding under
the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve
the individual's adaptation to his vocation.
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE
Mr. Chrislock, Mr. Kleven, Mr. Gisselqnist, Mrs. Jensen, Mr. Gustafson,
Mr. Laue
The work of this department is designed to give the student a n understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and
operations of the phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science.
I t affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary
schools.
History
Major, 30 credits; minor, 21 credits. Students with a major or minor in
history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22.
F o r non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of the instructor.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
1, 2. Western Civilization. Fr. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
A rapid survey of Western history from ancient times and up to the
present. An effort is made to place the study of Western Civilization in
a world setting.
3, 3 cn.
21, 22. United States History. So. I, II.
A survey of the life of the American people and the development of
their ideas and institutions. Special section for students selected for the
honors program.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
3 crs.
52. England to 1832. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. II.
Emphasis placed on the constitutional development of England. (Offered
1964-65.)
3 crs.
53. History of Canada. Jr., Sr. I.
The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with
emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Offered 1965-66.)
3 crs.
55. Contemporary United States. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I.
The United States from about 1900 to the present. Seminar offered in
connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on
approval of instructor.
56. American Diplomatic History. Prereq. 6 cr. in History or
3 cn..
Pol. Sci. or #. Jr., Sr. II.
The history of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to the
present is emphasized. Seminar offered in connection with this course
may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 196566.)
57. Governments and Problems of South and Southeast Asia.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
See course 57 under Political Science.
58. Politics and Problems of the Middle East. Jr., Sr. II.
See course 58 under Political Science.
3 crs.
3 crs.
61. Ancient History. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. I.
A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contribution to modern cultures. (Offered 1964-65.)
3 crs.
63. Medieval Europe, 300-1200. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. I.
From the decline of Rome, through the political, economic, and cultural
revival of 12th century Europe. (Offered 1965-66.)
3 crs.
64. Medieval Europe, 1200-1500. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. II.
Medieval culture at its height in the 13th century, the rise of western
monarchies, decline of the medieval papacy and empire, late Middle
Ages and the Italian Renaissance. (Offered 196566.)
65. Early Modern Europe, 1500-1648. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
Emphasizes the religious crises of the Reformation and the religious
wars. (Offered 1964-65.)
66. Early Modern Europe, 1648-1789. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
A study of divine-right absolutism of Louis XIV and its influence in
Europe, contrasting political pattern of England, scientific developments
and their effects on areas of thought, 18th century background of the
French Revolution. (Offered 1964-65.)
67. Commonwealth Countries of South Asia and the South Pacific.
3 crs.
Jr,, Sr. I.
A political and economic study of the transition from colonial to commonwealth status of India, Pakistan, Ceylon, Australia, and New Zealand
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Offered 196566.)
3 crs.
A survey of the internal developments in China and Japan, their relations with each other and with the West. (Offered 1965-66.)
68. China and Japan, 1850 to Present. Jr., Sr. II.
71. French Revolution and Early Nineteenth Century Europe.
Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
Political, economic, social and cultural development in Europe from
1789 to 1850. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the
Revolution of 1848.
72. Late Nineteenth Century Europe. Prereq. 12 credits in History.
3 crs.
Jr., Sr. 11.
Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from
1848 to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise
of imperialism, and the background of World War I.
3 crs.
75. History of Political Theory. Jr., Sr. I.
See course 75 under Political Science.
3 crs.
A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak of World War I to the present. Seminar offered in connection with
this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor.
82. Twentieth Century Europe. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Sr. 11.
3 crs.
99. Seminar in Northwest History. Prereq. #. Jr., Sr. I.
A study of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest.
A research paper is required. (Offered 1964-65.)
Political Science
Minor: 15 credits.
6 crs.
American Government. I, II.
A study of the Constitution; civil right; federal, state, and local governments; citizenship; and popular control of government.
41-42:F
U P P E R DIVISION COURSES
56. American Diplomatic History. II.
3 crs.
See course 56 under History.
57. Governments and Problems of South and Southeast Asia.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
The emergence of the new national states in this a r e a ; their political
and economic problems. (Offered 1964-65.)
3 crs.
A survey of the contemporary political and economic problems in the
Middle East. (Offered 1964-65.)
58. Politics and Problems of the Middle East. Jr., Sr. II.
75. History of Political Theory. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
A survey of the high points in the development of political theory from
the Greeks to the present. (Offered 1965-66.)
82. Public Finance. Prereq. 41-42 or Economics 15 for Political
Science minors. Jr., Sr. II.
See course 82 under Economics.
3 crs.
Geography
14. Human Geography. Fr., So. II.
A study of geographical factors affecting mankind.
3 crs.
Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching: 24 credits in History
(including History 21 and 22) and Geography; Sociology 1, 2; Economics
15, 16; Political Science 41-42.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
Minor in Social Science: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 41-42; and 3 credits in Economics.
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY
Mr. Torstenson, Mr. Nevasltar, Mrs. Belgnm, Mr. Nordlie
The objectives of this department are to help students attain a better
understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare
students for social service, for graduate training in social work, and
for graduate study in Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its
problems and beyond academic competence, the department aims to
explore the relevance of Christianity to effective social service.
Major, 27 credits including Sociology 1, 2. Required in addition a r e
History 1, 2, o r 21, 22; Psychology 5.
Minor, 15 credits including Sociology 1, 2. Required in addition a r e
History 1,2, o r 21, 22.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
1. Introduction to Sociology. Fr., So. I.
3 crs.
An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques, and general concepts a s they apply to an analysis of American
society.
2. Social Problems. Fr., So. II.
3 crs.
The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary problems. Problems
of personal, family and communily disorganization a r e selected for
special study.
8. Sociology. II.
2 or 3 crs.
An introduction to the field of sociology. Designed especially for student nurses.
16. Modern Scandinavia. II.
See course 16 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
3 crs.
21. Rural Sociology. So. I.
3 crs.
The culture and social organization of American rural life in historical
perspective; a n examination of social processes and problems of changing rural communities and institutions.
3 crs.
22. Urban Sociology. So. II.
The culture and social organization of the city in historical perspective;
including an examination of processes and problems related to the
development of the modern metropolis.
42. Marriage and Family Relationships. (Offered both semesters.)
See course 42 under Department of Home Economics.
3 crs.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
3 crs.
53. Introduction to Statistics. Jr. I.
Scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of socio-psychological data. Constructing of graphs
and tables, finding measures of central tendencies, variability and correlation.
54. Social Research. Jr. II. Prereq. 53 or
#.
3 crs.
Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology; an examination of
problems and procedures of social research; an analysis of research
designs and techniques.
57. Fields of Social Work. Jr., Sr., I.
2 crs.
An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative
policies, organizational structure, and institutional functions of social
welfare, including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social
security.
2 crs.
58. Introduction to Methods of Social Work. Jr., Sr. II.
Principles and procedures of case work and group work. Designed especially for students who anticipate entering the field of social work.
(Offered 1965-66.)
59-60.? Field Experience in Social Work Agencies. Jr., Sr., I, 11. 2 crs.
Provides laboratory experience in the metropolitan community for students preparing for social work. To be integrated with Sociology 57 and
58 or 66.
63. Criminology. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
A study of thi nature of delinquency and crime in contemporary society.
An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment
and prevention of delinquency and crime.
66. Public Welfare. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 crs.
A study of the development of public welfare in the context of historical
changes in American society, and an examination of major concomitant
social issues. (Offered 1964-65.)
3 crs.
75. Social Psychology. Prereq. 1, Psy. 5. Jr., Sr. I.
Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development
of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective
behavior such a s crowd, rumor, and audiences.
76. Race and Minority Group Relations. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
The cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of minority group
relations; major attention is focused on prejudice, racism and civil
rights in the American setting.
3 crs.
78. Labor-Management Relations. Jr., Sr. II.
An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a
dynamic society. (Offered 1965-66.)
81. Modern Sociological Theory. Sr. I.
3 crs.
An examination of the nature and major types of contemporary soci*
logical theories in the context of their historical settings in the nineteenth
and twentieth centuries.
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY
Mrs. Hinrichs, Mr. Armacost, Mrs. Anderegg
The objectives of this department are: (1) to acquaint the student with
the principles and methods in the scientific study of behavior and (2) to
enable the student to better understand the processes which influence
behavior. Emphasis is on the study of man, so that the student may
develop an understanding of himself and his fellow man.
Major: 24 credits, including 5, 61, 62, 64, 81 and 86. In addition, Sociology
53 or Economics 54 is required. Students planning to enter graduate
school in psychology should also plan to take Biology 1, 2, or 13-14;
Chemistry, 5, 6 , or Physics 5, 6 ; and Philosophy 23 or 73.
Minor: 15 credits, including 5, 62,
See under Curriculufls for a suggested course of study.
5. General Psychology. So. or
#. (Offered
both semesters.)
3 crs.
A study of the basic processes underlying behavior. The general princi-
ples and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many
areas of specialization in psychology. Seminar offered in connection with
this course may be taken for one additional credit by students selected
for the honors program. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on
general psychology topics.
2 crs.
7. General Psychology. I.
A study of the basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles and methods of psychology are examined. For student nurses.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
53. Human Growth and Development. Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. or
See course 53 under Education.
#. 1.
3 crs.
60. Psychological Measurement. Prereq. 5, and Soc. 53 or Econ. 54.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 crs.
A systematic survey of problems of data collection and analysis. Special
attention given to measurement of achievement, aptitudes, interests,
attitudes.
61. Psychology of Personality: Normal. Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
A study of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an
introduction to major theories of personality.
62. Psychology of Personality: Abnormal. Prereq. 61 or
Jr., Sr. 11.
#.
3 crs.
A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved
in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories,
treatment, and research in mental illness.
64. Experimental Psychology. Prereq.
5, and Soc. 53 or Econ. 54.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 crs.
An introduction to design, execution, and analysis of experiments in
psychology. One two-hour lecture and one three-hour laboratory period
per week.
71. Educational Psychology. Prereq. 5. Jr. I.
See course 71 under Education.
3 crs.
75. Social Psychology. Prereq. 5 and Soc. 1. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
See course 75 under Sociology.
81. History of Psychology. Prereq. 9 hours in Psy. or #. Jr., Sr. 1.
3 crs.
A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of current points of view in psychology.
1-2 crs.
84. Topics in Psychology. Prereq. #. Jr., Sr. I, II.
Independent study for students desiring to carry out individual research
projects. Four credit maximum.
85. Counseling Psychology. Prereq. 61. Sr. I.
3 crs.
An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of
counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a
counseling relationship.
86. Seminar in Psychology. Prereq. 15 hours in Psy. or #. Sr. 11.
A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world.
2 crs.
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
Mr. Jollnson, Miss Mattson, Mr. Fardig, Mrs. Anderegg, Mrs. Hanson
The Education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work
in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary o r the junior and senior high school level, as well a s for further
study in the field of education.
Elementary Education
Students planning for elementary school teaching a r e required to follow the prescribed course of study. See under Curriculum for Elementary
Education.
Formal admission to the program takes place in the sophomore year.
During this year the student has regular conferences with the Director
for orientation and counseling purposes, and is tested in the subject
matler of the fields which a r e taught in elementary schools. Students
with deficiencies m a y be required to take additional work. Each student
wishing to complete the program must make written application on the
form provided and must be recommended by the Director and approved
by the Committee on Teacher Education.
All students admitted to the Elementary Education program must satisfactorily complete Ed. 57, 58 (Group Activity), usually to be taken in
connection with Ed. 51 and 56. Students in elementary education a r e
required to take 3 semester hours in general psychology to be completed
a s a prerequisite for Ed. 51.
Major: 31 credits, including all courses listed under Curriculum for
Elementary Education.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
51. Orientation to Elementary Education. Prereq. Admission to
Dept. of Education. Jr. I.
4 crs.
A study of the qualifications of teachers, the teaching profession, survey
of American schools, philosophies, policies and practices. Includes observation of teaching situations.
53. Human Growth and Development. Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I.
3 crs.
A study of the growth and development of the human organism from
conception through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning.
54. Methods and Materials: Art, Health, Physical Education, Music.
2 crs.
Prereq. 51, 53. Jr. II.
Principles, methods and techniques for health and physical education
in elementary grades. Philosophy, methods and materials for teaching
a r t and music in the elementary school.
56. Methods and Materials: Mathematics, Science. Prereq. 51, 53.
Jr. II.
2 crs.
Principles, aims, methods, techniques of arithmetic and science in the
elementary school. Use of instructional materials.
0 cr.
57, 58. Group Activity. I, II.
This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection, with
elementary education 51 and 56. Includes such activities as teaching,
supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the
agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and
the student.
61. Methods and Materials: Language Arts. Prereq. 51, 53. Sr. 1.
2 crs.
Aims, methods and techniques of the language arts other than reading;
language, spelling and handwriting.
2 crs.
62. Methods and Materials: Social Studies. Prereq. 51, 53. Sr. 11.
Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies.
Development of units.
63. Teaching of Reading. Prereq. 51, 53. Sr. I.
3 crs.
Deals with the problems of teaching reading to elementary school children. The methods and materials are studied in the context of learning
theory.
65. Children's Literature. Prereq. 51, 53 or #. Sr. I.
3 crs.
This is a study of literature suitable for children of elementary school
age. It requires extensive reading and evaluation of books.
66. Seminar in Teaching. Prereq. Concurrent registration in 68.
Sr. II.
2 crs.
Deals with the practical problems of teaching a s they arise in the student teaching experience.
68. Directed Teaching in the Elementary School. Open to seniors
in elementary education. II.
8 crs.
Students spend eight weeks assisting the regular teacher and doing
actual teaching in cooperating schools. Supervision is carried out by
the classroom cooperating teacher and the college staff.
Secondary Education
Admission to the secondary education curriculum requires a n application to be approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application
must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the
student is lo complete the program in the regular time of two years.
Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable
personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement
of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, and 1:O ratio in the minor, and
a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. Except in special fields the applicant
should be preparing for competency in a t least two subjects that a r e
taught on the high school level, that is, he should complete a major and
a minor or two majors.
All students admitted to the secondary education curriculum must register for Group Activity, usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 7l
and 72. They are also required to have a course in health and three
semester hours in general psychology, the latter to be completed before
taking Ed. 71. For a proposed course of study see Curriculum for High
School Teaching.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3 crs.
7 1 . Educational Psychology. Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I.
A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to
better understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school context.
72. Teaching in Secondary Schools. Prereq. 7 1 . Jr. II.
3 crs.
This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of
secondary schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of
instruction.
Activity. I, II.
0 cr.
This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with
Education 71, 72. Includes such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is
necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student.
73,74.Group
76. Principles of Guidance. Prereq. 71. (Offered both semesters.) Sr. 2 crs.
A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and
techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling.
78. School
and Society. (Offered both semesters.) Sr.
2 crs.
A course designed to develop skill in perceiving and defining current
problems in education and the relation of the American school system to
modern society. Included a r e a study of educational philosophy and the
development of American education.
79-95. Special
Methods
Courses 79 through 95 include the study of the materials, organization,
and teaching procedures of the field for which they a r e given; applications of the principles of teaching a r e made in the specific field. Each
student is required to take one course related to the major field to
prepare for student teaching. Prerequisites a r e a major o r minor in
the field and Education 72.
79. Teaching of Natural Sciences in the Secondary School. Sr. 1.
2 crs.
81. Teaching of Business in the Secondary School. Sr. I.
2 crs.
83. Teaching of Mathematics in the Secondary School. Sr. I.
2 crs.
85. Teaching of Social Studies in the Secondary School. Sr. 1.
2 crs.
87. Teaching of Health Education and Physical Education in the
Secondary School. Sr. I.
2 crs.
88. Teaching of Music in the Elementary School. Jr. II.
2 crs.
89. Teaching of Music in the Secondary School. Sr. I.
2 crs.
91. Teaching of Home Economics in the Secondary School. Sr. 1.
2 crs.
92. Evaluation and Adult Education in Home Economics. Sr. 11.
2 crs.
93. Teaching of English in the Secondary School. Sr. I.
2 crs.
94. Teaching of Modern Languages in the Secondary School. Sr. 1.
2 crs.
95. Teaching of Speech in the Secondary School. Sr. I.
2 crs.
97. Student Teaching in the Secondary School. Prereq. 72.
(Offered both semesters.)
6 crs.
Student teaching is offered both semesters of the senior year. Two alternative experiences are possible: an eight-week, full-time teaching
assignment; or one-half day of each school day for one semester. In
addition, the student attends seminar meetings.
1-2 crs.
99. Topics in Education. Sr. (Offered both semesters.)
Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of
specialization in education. Each sttrdenl. does research and presents a
report of his findings on the requirements, present status, and future
possibilities of his own field of interest. Conductucl largely on a seminar
basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department.
Library Science
Mrs. Parker
The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in Library Science. Preparation for selecting books
and other library materials, efficient and effective management of
library materials as well as the intelligent use of library resources from
the standpoint both of the school librarian and the classroom teacher is
given. While the minor in Library Science is planned to prepare the
graduate in the area of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor
for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to
many avenues of curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student who wishes to do advanced work in the field of
Library Science.
Minor, 16 credits. Recommended elective, Education 65.
45-46.t Basic Functions of the School Library. So., Jr. I, II.
4 crs.
To orient the student to the role of the library in the school and community. A study of library facilities, standards, book selection policies
and buying guides. The second portion of the course concentrates on
the organization of library materials, including cataloging and circulation proceflnres.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
58. Elementary Materials. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
The chacteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. The
student is directed through extensive study of book lists, book talks,
story-telling and a wise exposure to individual titles to a better understanding of the role books and related library materials play in the development of the church. (Offered 1964-65)
59-60. Secondary Materials. Jr., Sr. I. II.
6 crs.
The characteristics and purposes of a secondary school library. Study
of the adolescent and the guidance role of the librarian. The selection and
use of reference materials is stressed, as well as a wide exposure to
other books in various subject areas. (Offered 1965-66)
63. Library Materials in the Classroom. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
To define and study the role of the library as an instructional materials
center in modern educational setting. Involves extensive study of curriculum needs and curriculum enrichment through teacher-librarian
cooperation in selection and use of books and audio-visual materials.
Library instruction units are included. (Offered 1964-65)
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION,
ECONOMICS, AND BUSINESS EDUCATION
Mr. Hemmingson, Miss Lund, Mr. Budge
The objective of this department is to help students gain a liberal arts
background a s well as some specialized knowledge in business and
economic affairs. The business administration major concentrates on
accounting and provides basic preparation for careers in the accounting
field. The economics major concentrates on fundamental analytical and
policy matters and serves as a basis for advanced study in economics.
Either of these majors can also provide the background needed for
generay ~dminiskativecarcers in busfneas, government, or various public
nnd privn1.e instJtutions. In particulnr, either major cauld Ile the bnsis
for gt-aduate study in such fields as hospital or public ndrninistr~tion.
The business education major and minor prepare students for teaching
in secondary schools.
Business Administration
Major: 36 credits, including courses BA 1, 2, 53, 71, 72, 74, 76; Econ. 15,
16, 54, 57, 58.
Minor: 18 credits, including courses BA 1,2; Econ, 15, 16; and six credits
in upper division business administration courses.
Majors will be required to demonstrate by means of a test a minimum
ability in mathematics at the time of application for the major which
will be ordinarily at the end of the sophomore year.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3, 3 crs.
1, 2. Principles of Accounting. Fr. I, II.
An Intrcduction to the principles of accounting and their application to
the single prnpdetrship, partnership, and corporation; preparation of
financial ~tatcmcnts;and procedure in recording and classifying business transactions. Meets three hours per week.
UPPER DIVISION OOURSES
3 crs.
53. Business Law. Jr., Sr. I.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, p r o p
erty and business organizations.
3 crs.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, net
income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, cash, receivables
and inventories.
71. Intermediate Accounting. I. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
72. Intermediate Accounting. II. Prereq. 71. Jr., Sr. II.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible
and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, with additional emphasis on financial statements and various measures of income and
operations.
74. Cost Accounting. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with particular reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products;
job order and process costs.
76. Auditing. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
A review of internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on
internal checks and controls for accounting systems.
Economics
Major: 30 credits, including courses BA 1, 2 ; Econ. 15, 16, 54, 57, 58,
and nine credits from 78, 80, 82, 85. Math. 42 required.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
15, 16. Principles of Economics. So. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
The foundations of economic analysis; production, employment and
prices; and public policy. The objective is to promote interest in econoniic problems and the ability to use economic analysis in reaching
judgments about economic policy problems. Course 15 designed for
students taking only one semester of economics.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
54. Introduction to Statistics. Jr. II.
3 crs.
A course in scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of numerical data. Considerable emphasis on statistical inference.
57. Intermediate Macro-economics. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr. I.
3 crs.
An analysis of the determinants of national income, employment and
price levels with particular reference to aggregate consumption and
investment. (Formerly Econ. 62.)
58. Intermediate Micro-economics, Prereq. 15, 16. Jr. II.
3 crs.
An analysis of the behavior of business firms under competitive and
monopolistic conditions, with particular reference to the firms' decisions
in regard to production and prices. (Formerly Econ. 61.)
78. Labor-Management Relations. Jr., Sr. 11.
See course 78 under Department of Sociology.
3 crs.
80. Money and Banking. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general
price level with high levels of output and employment.
82. Public Finance. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
Governmental taxation, spending and borrowing, and the impact of
governmental finance on economic activity.
85. Economic Development. Prereq. 15 or #. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
An examination and analysis of the developmental problems and pros~ e c t sof the underdevelo~ednations includine: consideration of wlicies
i o promote growth. ~ i s t o r i cpatterns of gro\;th and communist~versus
non-communist approaches will be examined. Intended as an interdisciplinary social science course.
Business Education
These courses are planned to prepare students for stenographic and
secretarial positions in business offices, to assist in the preparation for
the teaching of business education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of
business skills for personal use.
Business education major: 37 credits, including 1, 3, 4, 8, 53, 56, 58;
BA 1, 2, 53; and Econ. 15, 16.
Minor: 27 credits, including 1, 3, 4, 8, 53, 56, 58; and BA 1, 2; or Econ.
15, 16.
Seven credits less will be required on the major or minor, if the student
can demonstrate satisfactory achievement in courses 1, 3 and 4.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
1 cr.
1. Elementary Typewriting. (Offered both semesters.)
A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting.
Three hours per week.
3, 3 crs.
3, 4. Elementary Shorthand. Prereq. 1. I, II.
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand. Dictation and transcription. Four
hours per week.
3 crs.
8. Office Machines. Prereq. 1. (Offered both semesters.)
The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mime*
scope, spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Three hours
per week.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
4 crs.
53. Advanced Shorthand. Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I.
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who can take dictation a t a minimum of 80 words per minute.
Five hours per week.
3 crs.
56. Advanced Typewriting. Prereq. 1 or equivalent. II.
Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of legal
documents. Four hours per week.
3 crs.
58. Secretarial Practice. Prereq. 4. 11.
Dictation, busincss Iettcrwriting, filing, telephoning, use of business and
legal iorrns, personality tlev@lopmcnl,writing applicntlon lellers, and
r n a l r i n ~application for a job. Mimeographing also taught for those who
incIudc IRis as n part of ille parish worker's course. Four hours pcr week.
60. Business Seminar. II.
2 crs.
A study in special problems in the field of business education through
research and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business.
DEPARTMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS
Miss Segolson, Mrs. Peterson, Miss Sonsteng, Mrs. Tester
Home Economics is concerned wRh ihe individud, the hmily, the home,
and with the conditions of the society and Iheir impact on the individual,
the family, and the home. It ~ e e k sto unify ltnotvledge from mmy fields
in the solving of individual and home I l k pprot~l~ms.Study in home
economics includes lenrning to use one's resources to attain values set
up as most worthwhile in life and acquiring some techniques and skills
needed in immediate personal and home living. Courses are open to all
students and recommended for general education.
Graduates in Home Economics Education are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics departments.
Non-teaching major: 36 credits; courses are 3, 5, 6, 8, 39, 40, 42, 46,
58, 66, 67, 71, 73, 74. Also required are: Chemistry 5, or 5, 6, or 5, 32;
Physics 3 ; Economics 15; Sociology 1 ; Biology 1-2 or 4 or 13-14, and 54;
Psychology 5, and 3 additional credits in Social Science.
Non-teaching minor: 21 credits, including 3, 5, 8, 39, 40, 42, 46 and one
upper division course.
Teaching major: 38 credits above H. Ec. 3 ; courses listed for nonteaching major plus 33 and 75. Also required of students preparing to
teach Home Economics are Education 91 and 92.
Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the staff about details of the program when she begins her
college work.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3 crs.
3. Art in Daily Living. I.
A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to
all students.
5. Clothing Selection, Care and Repair. I.
2 crs.
Line and design in dress, wardrobe planning, clothing costs and budgets, quality in ready-made garments, textile fabrics, problems related
to storing and caring for clothing. Two class hours per week.
6 . Clothing Construction. II.
2 crs.
Laboratory experience in making three simple garments from fabrics of
different fiber content. One lecture and two double laboratory periods per
week.
8. Elements of Nutrition. 11.
3 crs.
A study of the nutrients necessary for maintenance of gmd health
throughout all of life from prenatal needs through old age. Translating
these nutrients into foods for everyday meals. Analyzing diets of class
members. Three single class periods per week.
33. Color and Design. I.
3 crs.
Principles of design and color related to selecting and arranging household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft
experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors.
Three double laboratory periods per week.
36. ~ r a f f s .II.
2 crs.
Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or
at camps with simple equipment. Two double laboratory periods per
week. (Offered 196566.)
39, 40. Food Preparation and Management. Prereq. 8 or #. I, 11. 3, 3 crs.
Laboratory experience in food preparation, menu planning, and table
service. Study of time and money management as related to family
meals; food preservation; food costs and purchasing of food. Three
double laboratory periods per week.
42. Marriage and Family Relationships. (Offered both semesters.)
3 crs.
Personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the Christian
home and its influence in the community, and related subjects.
2 crs.
46.Child Development. Prereq. Psy. 5 or #. II.
The physical, mental and social development of the young child. Observations ,in local nursery schools; a two-week play school is conducted
at the college for ten to twelve children of preschool age. One lecture
period plus one double laboratory period per week.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
58. Textiles. II.
2 crs.
Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two
double laboratory hours a week.
64. History and Appreciation of Art. II.
3 crs.
A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled
and field trips arranged. (Offered 1964-65.)
66. Home Planning and Furnishing. II.
4 crs.
This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor
plans, a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in
selecting, arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics
3 and 33 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three
double laboratory periods per week.
67. Family Health. .I.
2 crs.
A study of health problems relating to the family, including: heredity,
pregnancy, growth and development, mental health, aging, public health,
communicable diseases, non-communicable diseases, safety and home
care of the sick. Two single class periods per week.
71. Home Management Problems. I.
2 crs.
Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and
coordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family
living.
73. Home Management Laboratory. I.
3 crs.
Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal
preparation and service, entertaining, care of house and equipment.
Emphasis is placed on management of time, money, and energy for
effective family living. Six weeks residence in a home management
house. One individual conference and one group meeting per week.
74. Consumer Education and Income Management. II.
2 crs.
The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market
and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will
be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater
satisfaction from the use of money income.
75. Advanced Clothing Construction. Prereq. 6. 1.
2 crs.
Laboratory experience in making garments of wool. More advanced
problems in fitting and construction are used than those in Course 6.
Some experience also given in planning and constructing garments for
children. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
division of
NATURAL SCIENCES
A N D MATHEMATICS
Mr. Nash, Chairman
It is the purpose of this division to provide training in
methods and techniques of natural science and mathematics; to
interpret Natural Science in the light of the Word of God; to
acquaint the student with the significance of science and
mathematics in a modern, changing world; to emphasize a
sound mind and a strong body; to train for vocations in various
fields; and to equip the student with a scientific background
which will enrich his life and the lives of his fellow men.
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY
Mr. Nash, Mr. Urdahl, Mr. ~Mickelberg,Mr. Frosig, Mrs. Pederson
The aim of this department is to give the student a broader scientific
background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure
time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study.
Major, 28 credits, including courses 13-14, 25, and a t least 4 Upper
Division courses. Also required are Chemistry 5, 6; o r 15,16.
Minor for high school teaching, 20 credits, including courses 13-14, 25,
and at least two Upper Division courses, preferably 51 and 64.
For a science major and minor for teaching see page 111.
3, 3 crs,
1, 2. General Blology. Fr. I, If.
of the W prlndples of biology to meet the needs of
rt0n-den@ majors.
l a w e s and one double laboratory period
not count toward the major or minor.
Week. Thfs wurse
A S$U&
4 crs.
3. Human Anatomy and Physlololgy, Fr, I.
A pmfissiond c m e in hmatomg and physiology with special
a p h a & on structure. POT&dent nwms, Three lectures and three
~ D W 01
B lakortito pW week. Stuwho have credit for Biol. 4 will
7
not receive credit or Biol. 3.
4 crs.
4, Human Anert~myand Physiology. Fr. II.
.& p*,~sfmal s W e in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis
on bOth structure and function. Three lectures and three hours of
Itiwatoly per w k . Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not
receive credit for Biol. 4.
8. Mlcroblolagy. H.
3 crs.
p e s&ldy of b d r i a , peasts, molds, viruses and other micro-organisms,
tiidr ebaraeteristia, rOle and control, especially in the fields of sanitation
a medlaine.
especially for student nurses. Two lectures
and three hours of laboratory per week.
8 crs.
13-14.t General Zoology. Fr. I, II.
A survey of the animal khgdom with emphasis on the habitat,
morphology, physiology, adaptatfm, and reproduction of type animals.
Biological prlndphg are e ~ g b a d m d . Two lectures and two double
laboratory periods per week.
4 crs.
25. General Botany. So. I.
A survey of the plant kingdom with special emphasis on the vegetative
and reproductive structures of the various plant groups. Three lectures
and two single laboratory periods per week.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
4 crs.
51. Genetics. Prereq. 13-14, or 25. So., Jr. I.
A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws.
Four lectures per week.
4 crs.
56. Ecology. Prersq. 13-14, and 25. So., Jr. II.
A survey of local oadlogieal sommtmitier, and a study of the general
principles of biol&cd a~wiation
succession. Two lectures and
one double labwatoxy pePiod o= fiebl trip per week. (Offered 196566.)
3 crs.
58. General Entomology. Prereq. 13-14. Sr. II.
A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per
week. (Offered 1965-66.)
4 crs.
64. Microbiology. Prereq. Chem. 6 or 16. 11.
The study of bacterk, yeasts, ,molds,*use$ and other micr+organisms;
their characttyi&m, Hle, and oofitrol in the home, medicine, agriculture,
and industry. Two lectures and three lrrbocatory periods per week.
66. Taxonomy o f Flowering F;an.is. Prereq. 25. Sr. II.
3 crs.
Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic
principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two
lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1964-65.)
11.
4 crs.
A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and
evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. Two lectures and two double
laboratory periods per week.
68. Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates. Prereq. 13-14.
71. The Cell. Prereq. 13-14, 25; and Chem. 6 or 16. Sr. I.
4 crs.
The ultrastructures of the cell and their physiological processes.
91, 92. Biology Seminar. Jr., Sr. I, II.
Required for the biology major.
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
Mr. A p e , Mr. Alton, Mr. Holum, Mr. Jorenby
I t is the purpose of this department to give students a n understanding
and a n appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which
this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides a n
opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power,
and beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of manmodern science, and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways
.to handle certain types of problems.
Courses in chemistry a r e offered not only as part of a liberal arts
education, but also to prepare for: (1) high school teaching, (2) the
study of medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing,
and allied professions, (3) graduate study, and (4) the chemical
profession.
The chemistry department is certified by the American Chemical
Society for the preparation of chemistry majors.
Students planning chemistry majors for pre-graduate training, high
school teaching, o r pre-medical work a r e urged to consult with the
chemistry staff a t the earliest possible time.
Major: 27 credits. Minor: 16 credits. Also strongly recommended a r e :
Physics 5, 6; Mathematics 41, 42. Course 3 does not count toward the
major o r minor.
F o r those planning to teach chemistry in high school, the major will
include Math. 13, 14; Physics 5, 6 ; Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6 ) ; 53, 54; 61;
82, and one of 83, 88, or 91. A teaching minor must include Chem. 15,
16 (or 5, 6) and other courses to complete 16 credits. Chem. 32 and 61
a r e strongly recommended.
Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16, 53, 54, 61, 82, and 83;
for pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 6), 53, 54; for graduate study: 15,
16, and all courses above 50.
Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior
and senior years in Chem. 93, 94, 95, and 96.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3. Elementary Chemistry. Fr. I. Prereq. H. S. Chem. or
#.
3 crs.
Study of inorganic, organic, physiological, and pathological chemistry.
Designed especially to meet the needs of the Schools of Nursing of
Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals. Two
lectures and two hours of laboratory per week.
.
5, 6. Introductory Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis. Fr. I, 11.
4, 4 crs.
Fdr prb-datal, hofie emnomi~e,elementmy education, medical *ohnoloaids, and other students not malorw in chemistry, U w s ,and
thefihs . of chemistry and of non-met& and met& and their
compounds, Qr&aqtc ~hemfstsy is cgnsidered, &%tenlath 6edmicro
pafitaflve an&&
of catbm is the mnin Iaboratory work t+ second
s8lme&r. % w e lectms and four hours of Sabaratory per week.
15, 16. Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry. Fr. I, II.
4, 4 crs.
For rnajolzt Irr chemistry,, including pr&medlcal students; others by
p x d s s b p Of ItlWucmf. 4.n inteadve course. First semester devoted
funclamentat prhciples and second
fnotgmia chemistry and
qwalil'crdve ana1~5is. Three lenlmes and four b d u s of laboratory per
we&. Pmreg.: hQh qhml dheql-,
elementary algebra, and geometry.
4 crs.
32. Elementary Organic Chemistry. Prereq. 5 or 15. So. II.
Designed for medical technology and home economics students. Aliphatic
and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. Three
lectures and three hours of laboratory per week.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
53, 54. Organic Chemistry. Prereq. 6 o r 16. So. I, II.
4, 4 crs.
The important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Correlations
based on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of
reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is study of technique and the
preparation and study of typical organic compounds. Three lectures,
one recitation, five hours of laboratory per week.
3 crs.
61. Quantitative Analytical Chemistry. Jr. I.
Gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Ionic equilibria with many
problems to solve. Some contact with instrumental analysis. Three
lectures and four hours of laboratory per week.
72. Advanced Organic and Qualitative Chemistry. Prereq. 54, 61;
some reading knowledge of German (or concurrent
registration). Jr. II.
4 crs.
Lectures stress mechanism of organic reaction. Laboratory is qualitative
analysis of organic compounds and mixtures. The ultraviolet and infrared
spectrophotometers are utilized. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory
per week.
82, 83. Physical Chemistry. Prereq. 61 and Math. 42 (or
4, 4 crs.
concurrent registration). Jr. II, Sr. I.
For prospective graduate students and industrial chemists. Atomic
structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry,
equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids.
Three lectures and four hours laboratory per week.
3 crs.
86. Advanced Physical Chemistry. Prereq. 83. Sr. II.
Topics introducing statistical thermodynamics, introductory quantum
chemistry, and theories of chemical binding. Three lectures per week.
88. Advanced Analytical Chemistry. Prereq. 61 and 82. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 crs.
A laboratory course designed to acquaint students with some of the
important optical and electrochemical methods of chemical analysis.
Three hours lecture and four hours of laboratory per week.
91. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. Prereq. 61. 1.
4 crs.
Review of atomic structure. Nuclear chemistry, the periodic table,
hytlridcs, and coordination chemistry. Prepamlions of inorganic
compounds utilizing hot-tube reactions, air Crec .systems, and similar
tecl~niqucs, Three lectures and three hours of laboratoly per week.
93, 94, 95, 96. Chemistry Seminars. Jr., Sr. I, II.
0 cr.
During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate
in these informal weekly seminars to discuss topics of general interest.
97, 98. Chemistry Research. Sr. I, II.
Cr. arr.
During the senior year each chemistry major preparing for graduate
study in chemistry, may participate in independent research in cooperation with a staff member. By staff permission only.
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
Mr. Hanwick, Mr. Baker
Recent developments in the field of physics make it imperative that
excellent training be provided for those who intend to continue their
studies in graduate school or who intend to pursue a career in the
teaching of physics. I t is the aim of this department to assure the
needed training for both of these groups and to provide the non-science
major with sufficient background to make it possible for him to follow,
with some degree of comprehension, the developments in the field of
science as they come to him from the medium of semi-scientific publications.
Major: 27 credits including courses 53, 54.
Minor : 16 credits.
Courses 2 and 3 do not apply toward the major or minor.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
2. Descriptive Astronomy. Fr. II.
3 crs.
A study of our galaxy with particular emphasis on the origin of our
solar system and the distribution and composition of the planets and
stars. The location of some of the more prominent constellations and
the use of the telescope and spectroscope will be studied. Two lectures
per week. Periodic evening meetings to observe the sky.
3. Principles of Physics. Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I.
3 crs.
A lecture, demonstration-laboratory course in the principles of physics
including mechanics, fluids, heat, electricity, magnetism, light and
sound. This course is intended for students in home economics and
elementary education, and others who wish some basic information in
the field of physics. Three lectures, one two-hour laboratory.
5. General Physics. Prereq. Math. 13 or concurrent registration
in Math. 13. Fr., So. I.
4 crs.
A general course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one
quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
6. General Physics. Prereq. 5. Fr., So. II.
4 crs.
This course is a continuation of Phys. 5. and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory
period per week.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
52. Introduction to Atomic and Nuclear Physics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41
or concurrent registration in Math. 41. So., Jr. 11.
3 crs.
The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e"
and "eV/m, radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Three
hours lecture per week.
53. Electricity and Magnetism. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41 or
concurrent registration in Math. 41. So., Jr. I.
3 crs.
Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuits,
electrical instruments. Three hours lecture per week.
54. Electricity and Magnetism. Prereq. 53, and Math. 42 or
concurrent registration in Math. 42. So., Jr. II.
3 crs.
Continuation of Physics 53, including also electronics and field theory.
57. Optics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 42 or concurrent registration
3 crs.
Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection
and refraction by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations,
interference, diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1964-65.)
3, 3 crs.
61. 62. Mechanics. Prereq. 6 and Math. 41. Jr. I, II.
Tni.rorluctinn to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a
parliclc, molion of JI t'igid body, work, kinetic energy, vibrations in one
clilnension, motion in a conservative field.
63, 64. Advanced Physics Laboratory. Prereq. concurrent registration
1, 1 cr.
in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic
and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period
per week.
65. Nuclear Laboratory. Prereq. 3 or equivalent, or #. 1.
1 cr.
A trvc-tiour lnlmrain~y course d c n l i n ~wilh nlcltintls of detecting and
measuring t'nciialions fron~rad~onctivesubstances. Experirnenis include
l he usp of gcigcr lubes, windowless counicrs, scintilla1 ion counlcr.
Measuri~~a
cclulp~ncnti ~ ~ c l i ~ d
11 cvnricty
s
n l scaling ci~.cuits,electroscopes,
and :i gatIutla ray spcctmmetcr. Open to all studcnls who hnvc had
fit least u course corrcsrlm~dingto 1'1-inciples of Physics.
71. Heat and Thermodynamics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41 or
3 crs.
concurrent registration in Math. 41. Jr., Sr. I.
A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases,
first and second laws of thermodynamics, heat engines. (Offered
196566.)
3 crs.
72. Mathematical Physics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41. Sr. 11.
Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics with applications
to various fields such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow,
electricity and magnetism, optics. (Offered 196566.)
73,74. Advanced Physics Laboratory. Prereq. concurrent registration
1, 1 cr.
in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, II.
Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic
and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period
per week.
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
Mr. Soberg, Mr. Haugsby, Mr. Follingstad, Mr. Johnson
The Department of Mathematics aims to develop the student's knowledge
and skill in the major branches of elementary and higher mathematics,
an appreciation of its cultural and practical values, and the background
for teaching and for professional and graduate study.
Major: 15 credits above 42. For those preparing to teach in the secondary
schools, courses 60, 71, 72, and 74 are required.
Minor: 6 credits above 42.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
13, 14. Introduction to Mathematical Analysis. Prereq. higher algebra
and placement test. Fr., So. I, II.
4, 4 crs.
An analysis of algebraic, trigonometric, logarithmic, and exponential
functions. Derivatives and integrals. Introduces set and function theory,
complex numbers, determinants, theory of equations, probability, and
analytical geometry. Students in course 13 whose backgrounds call
for additional work are placed in sections meeting five hours a week.
41, 42. Analytical Geometry and Calculus. Prereq. 14 or
equivalent. So. I, II.
5, 5 crs.
Study of analytical geometry and calculus. Includes some work in solid
analytical geometry. Open to freshmen with four years of high school
mathematics who qualify on the basis of the mathematics placement
test.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
56. Foundations of Arithmetic. Jr., Sr. II.
2 crs.
A treatment of basic arithmetical concepts and number theory. For
students preparing for elementary school teaching only.
3 crs.
60. Basic Concepts of Mathematics. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. II.
A study of the foundations of number theory, algebra, and analysis,
with recent developments in these subjects.
3 crs.
67. Probability and Statistics. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. I.
An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation
of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression,
and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory are stressed as
tools for modern mathematical approach.
71, 72. Modern Algebra. Prereq. 41. Jr., Sr. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
An introduction to abstract algebra, with topics including theory of
equations, determinants, matrices, groups, rings, fields, and vectors.
73. Differential Equations. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
Ordinary differential equations with applications, series solutions,
systems of differential equations ; solution by special transforms ; numerical methods; and an introduction to partial differential equations.
74. Modern Geometry. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
An analytic study of advanced Euclidian, projective and non-Euclidian
geometries. Parabolic, hyperbolic and elliptic geometries are introduced
using an axiomatic and analytic approach.
3, 3 crs.
83, 84. Advanced Calculus. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. I, II.
A study of the fundamental notions of Urnits, cwttnulty, differentiation
and integration fm iwc~omof one or mare variables. Differentials
and Jacobima, partial dlffe~enttation,trmsf&wdan of c u m h a t e s and
of multiple Lntogr&, lhe and surface bite@&, valor ana$sis, infinite
series and improper integrals.
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Mr. Ernest Anderson, Mr. Nelson, Mrs.
Mr. Saugestad, Mrs. Schlorf, Mr. Gimse
Peterson, Mr.
Pearson,
The atm of the Depwbent of Heath and Physical Education is to
promote health Elnd physfaal l b m s through a well-rounded physical
educadan pmgrm, to develop eharacm and g m t sportsmanship, to
W e r the worthy use of leisure time, md to pmfde an efPective
&elprogram for pm~pea*e waehers d health and physical
education.
All students are required to take a physical examination as a part of
the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the
physical education program.
One year of physical activities, course 3 and 4, is required of all
students.
Major: 30 credits, including courses 7, 12, 21, 22, 53 or 54, 71, 72, 73,
76, 78, 81, and 87. Biology 4 also required.
Minor: 19 credits, including courses 7, 12, 21, 22, 72, 73, and 87.
Non-teaching majors and minors are not required to take 87.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
COACHING ENDORSEMENT :
Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota
Public Schools as of September 1, 1966, will be required to have a t
least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education. Sports
included under this requirement are football, basketball, track, hockey,
wrestling, and baseball.
The following courses will meet the coaching endorsement requirement:
Biology 4 ; P.E. 7, 71, 72, 85, and one of 83, 84, or 86.
3, 4. Physical Activities. Fr. I, II.
$4, $6 cr.
Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement.
7. Health and First Aid. Fr. (Offered both semesters.)
3 crs.
A study of modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living
applied to the individual and the community. Includes also the American
Red Cross First Aid Course.
3 crs.
12. Individual and Dual Sports. Fr. 11.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate
sections for men and women. Meets six hours per week.
3 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate
sections for men and women. Meets six hours per week.
21. Team Sports. So. I.
22. Recreational Activities and Rhythms. So. II.
2 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation,
quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights,
relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square
dancing. Four hours per week.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
53, 54. Swimming and Aquatics. Jr. I (Women), I1 (Men).
1, 1 cr.
Theory and practice in teaching swimming. Acquaints students with
life-saving and water safety work. Open only to majors and minors.
Two hours per week.
71. Kinesiology and Adapted Physical Education. Jr. I.
3 crs.
A study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of
efficient movements. Analysis of functional and organic abnormalities.
Suggested activities for atypical cases.
72. History and Principles of Physical Education. Jr. 11.
3 crs.
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education.
73. Physical Education Program in the Secondary Schools. Sr. 1.
3 crs.
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and
procedures.
76. School Health Education. Sr. It.
Principles and curriculum of school health education.
3 crs.
2 crs.
77. Community Recreation. Jr., Sr. I.
Problems of community recreation including programs and program
planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration
of recreational work. (Offered 1964-65.)
78. Instructor's Course in First Aid. Sr. II.
1 cr.
Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First
Aid Course. Prereq.: evidence of a currently valid standard First Aid
card.
81. Self-Testing Activities and Evaluation. Sr. I.
3 crs.
Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. Also a survey and evaluation of tests in physical education.
Five hours per week. Men and women meet separately except one hour
per week.
83. Coaching of Football. Sr. I.
1 cr.
84. Coaching of Basketball. Sr. II.
1 cr.
85. Prevention and Care of Injuries. Sr. I.
1 cr.
86. Coaching of Baseball. Sr. 11.
1 cr.
87. Teaching of Health Education and Physical Education in
the Elementary and Secondary Schools. Sr. I.
See under Education 87. Separate sections for men and women.
2 crs.
special programs of study
Affiliation with Schools of Nursing
Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing a t the Lutheran Deaconess,
Swedish. Fairview, and Methodist Hosvitals in Minneavolis receive some
of their' instruction a t Augsburg college. ~ ~ ~ l i c a tfor
i o nadmission to
the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly.
Medical Technology
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals,
Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college
degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of
this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is
completed at one of the two hospitals.
SPAN
Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among
Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota
and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to
spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in
the spring of the sophomore year.
Junior Year Abroad
An arrangement has been made with the Uinversity of Oslo in Norway
under which students entering their junior year in college may spend
this year at that University. Students may also participate in other
approved programs, such as those of the Institute for European Studies.
Applications must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing. The plan is available only to students with good
scholastic records whose special field of study can be followed satisfactorily at the institutions chosen. Some possible fields are Norwegian
language and literature, history, religion, and philosophy.
Corrective Therapy
A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the
Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students who complete
a major in Physical Education at Augsburg. The program requires 250
hours of clinical observation, practice, and orientation under the
direction of the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service
at the Veterans Hospital. The work may be done either during the
senior year or after graduation. I t carries no college credit.
Honors Program
For superior students, special sections or seminars are offered in
Basic Bible, Freshman English, General Psychology, and United States
History. Students of high ability are invited to make application for
honors courses, and are selected on the basis of previous academic
achievement and test results.
CURRICULUMS
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the
student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected
major, or a particular vocational objective.
General Liberal Arts
The course of study given below suggests a sequence which
may be followed to include the required general education
courses. For electives, students should take care to include
all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements
for the major are listed under departmental headings.
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Basic Bible
2
2
Freshman English .......
3
3
History or Sociology
3
3
Foreign Language . . . . . . .
4
4
Natural Science . . . . . . . . 3 or 4
3 or 4
Physical Activities . . . . . . '/2
I/!
FRESHMAN
.............
....
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
2
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beginning Speech . . . . . . .
Social Science or History
Electives ................
3
10
-
12
SOPHOMORE
I Sem.
Cr.
Religion 3. 4 . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Foreign Language
....
3
Social Scicncc . . . . . . . . . . 3
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Natural Scicncc
Electives ................
9
SENIOR
I1 Sem.
Cr.
2
3
3
9
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Literature or Philosophy
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cr.
3
Cr.
14
3
14
-
Pre-Seminary Curriculum
Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum is intended t o prepare the student for admission into a theological seminary.
The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary
course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student
should seek the counsel of the seminary adviser as early as
possible since the major selected by the student may affect the
choice of courses even in the freshman year.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
.............
Basic Bible
Freshman English
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Physical Activities
Natural Science
Electives
......
......
....
.....
........
................
2
3
2
3
4
3
4
3
'h
3
2
'/2
3
2
I Sem. I1 Sem.
JUNIOR
..
.................
New Testament Greek
Speech
History
Sociology or Economics or
Political Science ......
Electives ................
.................
Cr.
2
Cr.
4
3
3
3
3
3
5
4
4
SOPHOMORE
I Sem.
Cr
2
Religion 3, 4 ............
Fine Arts
Natural Science ........
General Psych. .........
Foreign Language .......
History of Philosophy
.
Electives
.
............... 3
3
Sem.
Cr.
2
3
3
-
. . 35
................
~
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr .
.................
3
..............
3
.....
3
.
.
3
Electives ................
5
Rcllglon
Philosophy
English T~lturnt~we
Advanced N.T.Greck
3
3
3
3
4
The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits
in Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, Norwegian,
or French.
Parish and Church Workers
The purpose of this course is to train men and women for
effective service in the church, as teachers in vacation, weekday, and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish
workers. The suggested schedule provides for a major in religion. Students interested in becoming parish workers should
consult with the head of the Department of Religion.
f Sem. I1 Sem.
FRESHMAN
............
........
Basic Bible
Freshman English .......
Natural Science
Foreign Language ......
Sociology 1, 2
Physical Activities
........
.....
Cr.
2
3
3
Cr.
2
3
4
3
4
3
%
3
%
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Prin. of Christian Ed. ..
3
Mission of the Church . . 3
The Gospels . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Protestantism in America 3
Social Psych, or
Urban Soc.
Y
Creits
2
2
ROCP.Aftlviiirw & Rhythms
Electives
7
7
........... ...................
-
................
SOPHOMORE
Religion 3 , 4 ...........
Speech 11, 12
Foreign Language
General Psych. ......
Natural Science ........
Story Telling
Fine Arts
Electives ................
I Sem.
Cr.
............
.......
2
2
3
3
3
2
3
........... .............. -
SENIOR
I1 Sem.
Cr.
2
3
3
2
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Parish Work . . . . . . . . . . .
Youth Work in the Church
Early Christian Fathers
The Christian View
of Man . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Educational Psychology .
Literature and Philosophy
Fields of Social Work
Electives
..
................
-
3
3
3
2
6
2
2
3
3
6
Philosophy Major
I Sem. I1 Sem.
FRESHMAN
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English ......
Foreign Language ......
Western Civilization ....
Intro. to Philosophy
Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Activities
...
.....
Cr.
Cr.
2
3
2
3
4
3
4
3
3
-
-
3
%
I/z
I Sem. I1 Sem.
JUNIOR
Cr
Religion ................ 3
History of Phil. 53
3
Philosophy Electives ...
3
Natural Science
Electives
7
.....
.
.........
................
Cr .
3
3
10
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3,
4
............
2
2
Religion
...... 3
3
Foreign L a l l l f h l ~ g ~
....
Hist. of Phil. 31, 52
3
3
3 or 4
Natural Science ......... 3 or 4
3
Fine Arts ..............
Beginning Speech
2
Electives
2 or 3
2 or 3
SOPHOMORE
...... -
-
...............
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion .................
3
Philosophy Electives ....
3
3
Independent Study ..... 1 to 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...I 0 to 12
10
-
-
Because of the non-vocational character of the Philosophy
major, students with a major in this field are encouraged to
complete a major or a minor in some other field as well.
Greek-Latin Major
1 Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Basic Bible .............
2
2
Freshman English .......
3
3
Beginning Latin ........
4
4
Natural Science ....... S or 4
3 or 4
3
3
Western Civilization ...
%
%
Physical Education . , .
FRESHMAN
. .
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
Advanced N.T. Greek
Ancient History
3
Religion ..............,.
3
Sneech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Fine Arts ...............
3
Natural Science
Electives
3
JUNIOR
.
........
........ ................
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
4
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . .
Elements of N.T. Greek
Foreign Language ......
Latin 3. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Literary Classics . . . . . . . .
The Classical Tradition
.
SENIOR
Greek Exegesis .....,...
History of Philosophy . . ,
Religion ................
Medieval Europe .......
Electives
I Sem,
Cr
3
3
3
3
4
................
Sem.
Cr.
3
3
3
3
4
English Major
1. Graduate Major
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr ,
3
3
2
4
4
3
%
FRESHMAN
.......
.............
........
.......
Freshman English
Basic Bible
Natural Science
Foreign Language
Western Civilization ...
Physical Activities .....
I Sem. I1 Sem.
JUNIOR
British Literature
English Elective
Religion
Electives
.......
.......
.................
................
Cr.
4
3
3
6
Cr.
4
3
3
6
I Sem.
n..
SOPHOMORE
c.r.
Classical Tradition ......
3
American Lit. Dev. . , .
Med. & Ren. Lit. ......
4
Religion 3, 4
2
Foreign Language
3
Beginning Speech
2
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Natural Science ......... Electives ................ -
.
..........
......
......
SENIOR
English Seminar
Electives
Sem.
Cr.
4
2
3
-
3
4
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
14
16
.........
................
Students planning on graduate study should include in their
electives: American English or Introduction to Modern English; The British Novel, Shakespeare, Chaucer, Three Major
British Poets, Independent Study, and an additional course
in American literature; and German, French, Latin, philosophy,
and history.
2. In preparation for Secondary-school Teaching
FRESHMAN
Freshman English . . . . .
Natural Science ........
Basic Bible ............
Foreign Language ......
Western Civilization . . .
Physical Activities
,
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr .
Cr.
3
3
3
3
. . .
2
2
4
3
%
4
3
%
SOPHOMORE
Classical Tradition
American Lit. Dev.
Med. & Ren. Lit. .
Expository Writing
Natural Science ....
Fine Arts .........
Relieion 3. 4 .......
Forsgn ~ a n g u a g e
General Psych. . . . .
Beg. Speech . . . . . . .
...
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr
Cr
3
.
3
-
2
.
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
British Literature ......
Intro. to Mod. Eng. . . . . .
English (Mod. Lit.) . . . .
Educ. Psych. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tchg. in Sec. Sch. .....
Group Activity
Electives ................
.........
4
3
3
3
0
3
4
3
3
3
0
4
-.
-4
3
-
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
English Seminar . . . . . . .
Prin. of Guid. ..........
School and Soc. ........
Tchg. Eng. in Sec. Sch. .
Stud. Tchg. Sec. School .
Shakespeare .............
Health & First Aid ......
Electives ................
2
2
6
-
-3
3
10
At least nine hours of electives are recommended in speech,
journalism, or library science.
3. In preparation for Elementary-school Teaching
FRESHMAN
Freshman English .....
Foreign ~ a n g G a g e
General Biology
Western Civilization
Basic Bible .............
Physical Activities ......
Intro, to Music ..........
Human Geog. ...........
......
........
...
JUNIOR
....
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
4
4
3
3
3
3
2
'/a
2
-
2
z
/
'
3
I Sem.
Cr .
4
3
Sem.
Cr.
-
2
Orient to Elem. Ed.
Human Growth & Dev. .
Meth. & Mat. (54) . . . . . .
Meth. & Mat. (56) .....
US History
Religion .................
Amer. Govt.
Literary Classics ........
Brit. Lit. Since la00
Found, of Arith. ......
.............
............
....
-
-
3
3
3
3
SOPHOMORE
Classical Tradition .....
Med. & Ren. Lit. .......
Foreign Language .......
Religion 3, 4
Prin. of Physics,
Astronomy
Basic Design
General Psvch. .........
~ m e r i c a n~ n g l i s h .....
Amer. Lit. Development
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
-
SENIOR
-
2
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Pr
Cr.
English Seminar ........
Meth. & Mat. (Lang. Arts)
Teaching of Reading . . .
Children's Lit.
Religion .................
Expository Writing . . . . .
Health & First Aid
Meth. & Mat.:
Social Studies .........
Seminar in Teaching ....
Directed Teaching in
Elem. School ........
Beginning Speech . . . . . . .
English 94
Independent Study ...
..........
......
-
3
...........
...........
...........
--.2
2
3
3
3
3
3
-
-
Speech Major for Secondary School Teaching
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr
Cr.
-- .
--
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English .....
Natural Science ........
Foreign Language . . . . .
History or Sociology ....
Physical Activities . . . . . . .
2
2
3
3
3
4
3
3
4
3
%
'12
SOPHOMORE
I Sem.
-~
Cr .
2
Religion 3, 4 ............
Literary Classics . . . . . . .
Foreign Language .......
Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech 31, 32 . . . . . . . . . .
General Psychology . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
~
3
3
2
3
3
-
Sem.
Cr.
2
I Sem. I1 Sem.
JUNIOR
..........
Argumentation
Speech Pathology . . . . . . .
Educ. Psychology . . . . . . .
Teach. in Sec. Schools
Group Activity . . . . . . . . .
Natural Science
Stagecraft ..............
Dramatic Arts ..........
Electives ................
........
Cr.
3
Cr.
3
3
-
-
3
0
0
-
-
-
-
3
3
3
7
4
f Sem.
SENIOR
Cr.
Religion ................. 3
Student Teaching .......
6
Guidance ............... 2
School and Society ......
2
Methods .................
2
Stage Direction . . . . . .,. . Health & First Aid ..... Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -
I1 Sem.
Cr.
3
Recommended electives: English, History, Social Science, Art.
Major in German, French, or Spanish
in Preparation rfi Teaching in a Secondary School
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr .
Cr
Basic Bible
2
2
3
3
Freshman Esbllah
3
3
History or Saclology ...
Beginning Foreign
Language ............
4
4
Natural Science ........ 3 or 4
3 or 4
Physical Activities
%
%
SOPHOMORE
I Sem, I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4
2
2
Intermediate Foreign
Language
3
3
Natural Science .........
3
.....
General Psychology
3
Literary Classics . . . . . . .
3
3
Fine Arts ............... Health & First Aid .....
3
Electives ................ 3
6
JUNIOR
SENIOR
FRESHMAN
.
..............
.....
......
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
Teach. in Sec. Schools
0
Grtlup Aclivlty ..........
0
Germall :I, U1 or
Fr~nuli51, D l or
Spnnlsh 51, 131 .......... 5 or 7
Bdt~clffanalppychology
.,
-
-
GPrn!nn. 52. 52, 73, or
Fl.encll 52, 72 or
Spn111sll 52. 72
Elcctl\'ee ..... ,
.......
, .. ........ 7 or 9
5 or 0
8
............
..............
1 Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
.......
....... 622
..... 23
-
-
3
-
2
6
Student Teachine
school & s o c i e t y .
Prin, of Guidance .......
Teaching of
Foreign Language
Religion .................
German, French, or
Soanish 74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
~ i r m a n French,
,
or
Spanish 90 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives ................
Cr.
3
2
Teaching Major in Music
FRESHMAN
I Sem.
P
r
-A.
.............
Basic Bible
2
Freshman English
3
History or Sociology ...
3
Foreign Language
4
Natural Science
3
Physical Activities ......
%
Applied Music .......... l. or 2
......
.......
........
JUNIOR
I1 Sem.
Cr.
2
3
3
4
3
2
'l
1 or 2
I Sem. I1 Sem.
CT
Cr.
3
3
0
................
Religion
Education 71, 72 . . . . . . . .
Education 73. 74 . . . . . . . .
Music Theory 55, 56 . . . . .
Conducting . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Choral or Instrumental
Technique . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Teaching of Grade School
Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health and First Aid . . .
Applied Nusic ......... 1
4
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4
2
2
14 oreien Ln!li?un~e
3
3
3
~ e n e y a l I'syct~olbby ....
3
Natural S r j c i ~ c e ..,
Music Theory 1. 2 . . . . .
4
4
Historv & it: of
Music .................
2
2
Applied Music . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2
1 or 2
...........
......
.....
-
SENIOR
I Sem.
Cr.
Education 76 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Education 78
Education 97 . . . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy
3
Beginning Speech
2
Relieion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
~ e a L h i n gof High School
Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Twentieth Century Music
2
Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2
4
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
............
-
Sem.
Cr.
2
2
6
.......
2
2
-
or 2
-
-
1 or 2
Major in Art
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Drawing I ..............
Basic Design ............
Basic Bible .............
Freshman English .......
Foreign Language .......
Western Civilization
Physical Activities
Elective
....
.....
.................
Cr.
2
2
3
4
3
%
2
Cr.
-
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Oil Painting I ...........
3
Sculpture I ........... , . .
3
Print Making I
3
Relieion 3. 4
2
2
Fore>gn ~ a n g u a g e.......
3
3
Social Science ........... 3
Natural Science ........ 3 or 4
3 or 4
Electives
3
3
.........
............
................
I Sem. I1 Sem.
JUNIOR
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . .
Art History . . . . . . . . . . . .
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beginning Speech . . . . . . .
Social Science or History
Natural Science . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
5
-
3 or 4
2
1 Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr .
3
3
SENIOR
Oil Painting I1 . . . . . . . . . .
Sculpture I1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Independent Study . . . . . .
Printmaking I1 . . . . . . . . . .
Literature or Philosophy
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-
-2
12
-
3
3
8
History Major
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
..............
2
......
3
... 3
.......
4
........
3 or 4
..... %
Basic Bible
Freshman English
Western Civilization
Foreign Language
Natural Science
Physical Activiities
2
3
3
4
3 or d
%
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr
3
3
JUNIOR
ReUnIon .................
Bcgfa~aingSpeecll
......
.......
................
Fnrliign Lrmgrln~c
HIS~L!I'Y
A m ~ r i c a nQovcrnment . .
Literature or Philosophy
.
-
SOPHOMORE
I Sem, I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2
Foreign Language ......
3
3
U.S. History . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
3
Natural Science . . . . . . . .
3
General Psychology . . . . 3
Sociology 1, 2 ...........
3
3
Prin. of Economics . . . . .
3
3
SENIOR
...............
3
I Sem.
Cr.
3
3
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Literature or Philosophy
Fine Arts
Electives
-
Sem.
Cr.
3
-
................ 11
6
3
3
Combined Social Science Major for Teaching
FRESHMAN
.............
Basic Bible
Freshman English
Western Clvllixalion
Foreign Language
Natural Science
Physical Activities .....
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
3 or 4
3 or 4
%
%
......
...
......
........
JUNIOR
I Sem.
I1 Sem.
"..
Cr.
Lr,
Religion ................
Educational Psych. .....
Teaching in Secoildnry
Schools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Group Activity .........
History ..................
Health & First Aid . . . . . .
American Government
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives in Minor
.
.....
3
0
3
3
2
6
3
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Religion 3, 4 ............
Foreign Language ......
U.S. History .............
Natural Science ........
General Psychology ...
Sociology 1, 2 ...........
Economics 15, 16 ........
SENIOR
Cr.
2
3
3
Cr.
2
3
3
3
-
3
3
3
3
-
I Sem.
Cr.
Religion .................
3
Student Teaching . . . . . .
6
Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
School and Society .....
2
Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Literature or Philosophy Human Geography . . . . . History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Minor . . . . . . -
3
Sem.
Cr
-
.
-
3
3
3
3
5
Major in Sociology in Preparation for Social Work
A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past
twenty years .has created an acute need for trained social
workers. Positions are available in public agencies on federal,
state, county, and municipal levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community organizations; in group
work, case work, or community organization.
In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a
curriculum designed to do two things: (a) equip graduates
for immedate employment in social work positions that do
not require post-graduate training, and (b) prepare students
for further study in graduate schools of social work.
Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference on Social Work Education and the National Council
on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of
Augsburg have secured positions in both public and private
welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group work and
case work.
The following courses are recommended for students interested in Social Work. The courses which are italicized should
be taken by all such students.
In consultation with the department head, students may obtain a sociology major without the social-work sequence.
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
FRESHMAN
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . .
Western Civilization ....
Foreign Language . . . . .
Introduction to Sociology
Social Problems ........
Physical Education 3, 4
2
2
3
3
4
3
. %
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Soc. 57, 59. Fields of
3
Social Woyk ..........
Soc. 58, 60, Methods of
Social Work ........
Fine Arts
Beginning Speech
2
Intro. to Statistics
3
Social Research .........
Electives
5
JUNIOR
.............. .....
.....
.
I Sem.
Cr
SOPHOMORE
Religion 3. 4 . . . . . . . . . . .
American Government . .
Natural Science . . . . . . . .
General Psychology . . . . .
Principles of Economics
Rural Sociology . . . . . . . .
Urban Sociology . . . . . . .
Foreign Language . . . . . .
2
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
I Sem.
Cr.
SENIOR
Sem.
Cr.
-
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crinainology . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Social Psychology . . . . . . .
3
Psycla. 62, Abnornanl . . . Public Welfare . . . . . . . . . .
Electives in Upper Division
Courses ...............
10
-
Sem.
Cr.
3
+
+
3
3
................
Major in Psychology
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr
Cr.
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
.
..............
Basic Bible
Freshman English
Western Civilization
Foreign Language
General Zoology
Physical Activities
......
.....
......
........
......
JUNIOR
4
%
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
3
3
3
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intro, to Statistics
Psych. of Personality ...
Experimental Psych. ...
Psych. of Measurements .
Electives
.....
4
%
................
7
3
3
4
SOPHOMORE
Relieion 3. 1 ............
~ o r z g nLanguage ......
General Psychology
Chemistry or Physics
Sociology 1. 2
Beginning Speech
Logic ....................
Fine Arts
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
3
3
....
... 4
...... -32
............... ...........
2
3
4
3
3
2
I Sem. I1 Sem.
SENIOR
History of Psych. .......
Social Psychology
Topics in Psych.
Seminar in Psych. .....
Electives
Cr.
3
..... 3
........ -
................
10
Cr.
-
+
1 to 2
2
12
Elementary Education
Students planning for elementary school teaching are required
t o complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice
is indicated, substitutions can be made only upon the approval
of the Director of Elementary Education. As with other students, certain exemptions are possible. Since the optional
subjects and free electives are so limited, the program must
be followed carefully from the first year. The major in this
program is Elementary Education; each student is required to
take a minor in a t least one of the subject matter fields taught
in the elementary schools. Variations in the requirements of
the minor from those described by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
3
3
3
3
Basic Bible ..............
Freshman English ......
Western Civilization ....
Modern Foreign
Language . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Science . . . . . . . 3
Selected from Physics,
Astronomy, Chemistry 5,
Physical Activities
.....
4
or 4
6)
?h
a
4
or 4
%
I Sem. I1 Sem.
JUNIOR
.
-
Cr
Religion .................
American Government . .
3
Ed. 51, Orientation . . . . . .
4
Ed. 53, Human Growth &
Development .........
3
Ed. 54, 56, Meth. & Mat. 0
Group Activity ..........
Basic Design . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Intro, to Music . . . . . . . . . Foundations of Arith. .. 4
Electives in Minor . . . . .
Cr.
3
3
4
0
-
2
2
3
SOPHOMORE
Religion 3. 4 .. ,. .. , .....
General Rlology ........
General Fs'r;ycholOgy
Human Geography ......
U.S. History . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modern Foreign
Language . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health and First Aid ...
Electives in Minor
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
....
.....
3
3
-
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
-
-
3
I Sem, I1 Sem,
SENIOR
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ed. 61, Meth. & Mat.
Ed. 62. Meth. & Mat. . . .
Ed. 63. Tchg. of Reading
Children's Literature . . .
Ed. 66, Seminar in
Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ed. 68, Directed Tchg.
Literature ..............
Beginning Speech .......
Electives in Minor . . . . . .
...
Cr.
3
2
3
3
3
3
Cr.
-
2
-
2
B
2
-
High School Teaching
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's
certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements
for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota a t the junior and
senior high school level. The same prgram will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student
should apply to the Department of Education for admission
t o the Education curriculum during his sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of
scholarship and other qualifications. Except with special majors such as music, home economics, combined natural science,
and business education, students should usually prepare
for competency in at least two subject-matter fields in which
high schools offer work. Areas in which they may obtain
teaching majors or minors include English, German, Spanish,
French, speech, music, art, history, social science, business
education, home economics, biology, physics, chemistry,
natural science, mathematics and physical education. 'Minors
are also offered in Scandinavian language and literature,
political science and library science.
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
Basic Bible
Freshman English ......
3
History or Sociology
3
Foreign Language
4
Natural Science
3 or 4
Physical Activities
%
FRESHMAN
.............
...
.....
......
........
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr
Cr
Religion 3, 4
2
2
Foreign Lzulglt~ge
3
3
General Psycholum
,,
3
Natural Sctcl~cc
3 or 4
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and First Aid ,
3
Electives ................
5
.
............
......
.. .
..
.........
-
.
JUNIOR
Religion .........
Education 71. 72 .
Education 73, 74
Beginning Speech
Electives in Major
or Minor ......
Sem.
Cr.
-
..
I Sem. I1 Sem.
SENIOR
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ................. 3
Education 76 ............
2.
Education 76 . . . . . . . . . . .
2'
4S ~ e c i a lMethods . . . . . . . . 2 or
-
Cr.
3
3
0
ducatio ion
97
-
...........
6.
-
Literature or Philosophy
Electives in Major
or Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . .
'May be taken I1 Sem.
-
3
Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs prevent the completion of the full requirements in the
regular four years, may be allowed certain modifications in
the general education requirements. They are required to complete courses in general psychology, 3 credits, and health,
3 credits. On the recommendation of their registration adviser
and the approval of the Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing, they may secure exemption from one or more of
the following, not to exceed a total of 9 credits: Freshman
English, 3 credits; literature or philosophy, 3 credits; speech,
2 credits; fine arts, 2 credits; natural science, 3 credits; social
science, 3 credits; foreign language, 6 credits. (At least one
year of foreign language must be taken in college, unless the
student completed four years of a language in high school.)
To be valid, approval of exemption must be filed in the Registrar's office prior t o registration for the junior year.
Major in Business Administration
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
-.
.
2
Pr
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English ......
3
Foreign Language . . . . . .
4
History or Sociology ...
3
3
Principles of Accounting
Physical Activities ..... %
JUNIOR
P
r
-a.
2
3
4
3
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr
Intermediate Accounting
3
3
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
3
3
Economics 57, 58 ........
3
Intro. to Statistics ......
Science .................2 or 4
Fine Arts ............... Z or 3
Auditing or Cost Acc.
3
Electives ................ 3 to 5
3
.
-
r Sem.
Cr
SOPHOMORE
Religion 3, 4 ............
2
Foreign Language .......
3
Prin. of Economics .....
3
Natural Science ........3 or 4
......
Beginning Speech
Electives
................
I1 Sem.
Cr.
2
3
2
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Religion
Auditing or Cost Acc.
Business Law ..........
3
Literature or Philosophy Electives ................ 15
SENIOR
-
-
Major in Economics
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
--.
2
.............
3
......
...... 34
Cr
Basic Bible
Freshman English
Foreign Language
History or Sociology . .
Principles of
Accounting ..........
Physical Activities .....
3
%
C r.
2
3
4
3
3
I12
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
- Cr.
Religion 3, 4
2
2
Foreign Language
3
3
Prin. of Economics .....
3
3
Natural Science ........ 3 or 4
3 or 4
Beginning Speech .....
2
................
Electives
3
6
............
......
-
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
- .
Religion .................
3
Literature or Philosophy 3
Economics 57 58 . . . . . . .
3
3
Intro. to Statistics . . . . . 3
Natural Science ......... 3 or 4
Intro. to Math. Analysis
4
4
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3
SENIOR
I Sem.
R e l i ~ i n n .................
Anal. Umm. nnd Calculus
-6
Cr.
--
..............2 or9 3
Sem.
Cr.
3
5
Fine Arts
Electives ................
Recommended elective fields: Psychology, Sociology, Political Science, History.
Major in Business Education
in Preparation for Teaching in Secondary Schools
E
FRESHMAN
Basic Bible ...........
Freshman English
Foreign Lnnguagf ...
History or Sncinte~y
Physical Acilr+lllcu ...
Elem. Typewriting
Natural Science
....
Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
.
......
JUNIOR
.......
.....
................
.....
I Sem. I1 Sern.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
.
...
Prin. of .Economics . . . . .
Adv. Shorthand .........
Educational psycho log^ ,
Teaching in Secondary
Schools ...............
Group Activity ..........
Business Law ..........,
Fine Arts ...............
Adv. Typewriting
Health & First Aid
Electives
SOPHOMORE
Religion 3, 4 .......
Gen. Psychology ...
Prin. of Accounting
Elem. Shorthand ...
Foreign Language
Natural Science . . . .
Beginning Speech .
Office Machines
.
...
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
4
3
0
3
-
-
-
SENIOR
.......
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Student Teaching
Speclnl Methods
Prln. of Guidance
School and Society
Rcll~Inn
Lllerniura or Phflnao~hy
Sectmctnrlal Prncttce ....
~ u s l l l r ! ~ Seminar
n
......
E1cr:Hves
........ 26
......
..... 22
................ -3
................
-
-
-
-
3
Home Economics
Work in the Department of Home Economics is intended to
equip students for the teaching of home economics in high
school, to prepare them $forhomemaking, and to give them the
first two years of the training required for such vocations as
dietetics, institution management, home economics and journalism, and home economics in business. Each student who
plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of
the home economics staff about the details of the program
when she begins her college work.
A curriculum for a home economics education major is given
below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies
for certification by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational
Education to teach in federally-aided secondary school home
economics departments (Smith-Hughes) . Courses in italics
are not required for a general home economics major.
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
%
'12
FRESHMAN
..............
Basic Bible
Physical Activities
Freshman English
Soclolo~ry ...............
RLoIop!: 1-2, or 4 or
18-14'
0
A r t i n Daily Living ....
Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clothing Selection
Clothing Construction
Chemistry 5 or 5, 6 or
5, 32' .................
.....
......
................
......
.
3
3
3
3
....
.
1 Sem.
Cr.
2
........
........
3
2
-
Sem.
Cr.
2
3
4
3
.........
or 4
3
3
4
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
JUNIOR
Religion .................
Foreign Language .......
Beginning Speech .......
Prin. of Economics
Color and Design ........
Home Planning &
Furnishing . . . . . . . . . . . .
Family Health . . . . . . . . . .
Textiles .................
Educational Psycholog?/
Teachina i n Secondaru
Schools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Group Activity .........
Clothing Construction . . .
SOPHOMORE
Religion 3, 4 ..........
Gen. Psychology
Foreign Language ......
Prin. of Physics
Marriage & Family
Relationships
Child Development .....
Food Preparation &
Management ..........
Electives ................
2
3
3
2
3
0
2
4
2
-
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem,
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Literature or Philosophy
Microbiology . . . . . . . . . . .
Education 76,78 . . . . . . . . .
Education 92 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Teclclting . . . . . . .
Home Management Prob.
Home Management Lab.
Consumer Educ. .........
Teaching of Home E c . 2
-
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
2
3
3
4
6
2
3
2
2
3
0
-
"Recommended for students planning to do graduate work in
nutrition, foods, textiles or equipment, as well as for any who
plan to transfer to institutions offering special training in
dietetics. These students may take the biology course in the
sophomore year.
Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose program prevent the c~~mpletion
of the full requirements in the
regular four years, may be allowed certain modifications in
the general education requirements.
Biology Major
The following course o'f study is recommended for a major
in biology. Physics 6 and Chemistry 54 are strongly recommended for students who plan on graduate work in biology.
I Sem. I1 Sem.
FRESHMAN
.............
......
Basic Bible
Freshman English
History or Sociology ...
General Zoology
Foreign Language ......
Physical Activities
........
Cr.
3
3
4
4
'12
.....
JUNIOR
Cr.
2
f Sem. I1 Sem.
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemistry 5, 6 or 15, 16
Literature or Philosophy
Genetics .................
Biology 64 or 68 . . . . . . . .
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
4
4
4
3
2
3
-
-42
SOPHOMORE
f Sem. I1 Sem.
Religion 3 , 4 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beginning Speech ......
General Botany .........
Human ~ n a t o m y. . . . . . . .
Intro. to Math. Analysis
Foreign Language . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SENIOR
Cr.
2
2
4
-
Cr.
2
4
4
3
-
I Sem, I1 Sem.
Cr.
Taxonomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Cell ................
4
General Entomology .... Physics 5 , 6 or
Chemistry 53, 54 . . . . . .
4
Biology Seminar . . . . . . .
%
Electives (upper division) 8
Cr.
3
Biology Major for Secondary School Teaching
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
3
3
3
3
FRESHMAN
.............
Basic Bible
Freshman English ......
History or Sociology
General Zoology ........
Foreign Language ......
Physical Activities .....
....
4
4
4
4
=/2
JUNIOR
Biology 64 or 68 .........
Genetics ................
The Cell
Educational Psych.
Tchg. in Sec. School ...
Biology Seminar
Group Activity ..........
Health and First Aid
,
Beginning Speech
Electives
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
-
................
.....
........
4
4
3
0
.. .......
.................. 6
4
3
%
0
3
2
5
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
- ----.
Cr.
Cr.
2
Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
4
General Botany . . . . . . . .
Human Anatomy ....... Foreign Language
3
General Psychology ....
3
Chemistry 5. 6 or 15. 16
4
Electivcs ................ 3
......
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr
3
SENIOR
Cr.
.................
3
............... -
Religion
Flne Arts
........ -
Biology 58 or 66
Tch~:. of Nnttlrnl ScIcnces
Fl'iti. CII
Guldance
Sclhool & Society
.....
.......
2
2
2
Slkldcnl Teocl~ing .......
6
Litcrnturc nr Philo~ophs Birsloay Scrnltlr~r'
'/2
Elcctlvt*
........
................ -
.
3
3
-
3
'/a
4
Chemistry Major
The following course of study meets the requirements for
the Bachelor of Arts degree a t Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students who
plan t o do graduate study in chemistry.
Students who satisfactorily complete this curriculum are
exempt from the graduation requirement of a course in the
biological science and the second year of a foreign language.
FRESHMAN
I Sem.
C r.
Chemistry 15. 16 . . . . . . . .
Intro. to Math. Analysis
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . .
History o r Sociology
Physical Activities
...
.....
JUNIOR
I1 Sem.
4
4
2
3
3
2
3
3
%
'
/
2
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
4
Chemistry 61, 72 . . . . . . .
Physical Chemistry (82)
Chemistry Seminars
(93. 94)
Beginning German
'Advanced Calculus ....
'Physics 53, 63, 52 ....
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
'Recommended
..............
.....
-
4
0
0
4
3
3
4
3
4
3
I Sem.
SOPHOMORE
Cr.
4
4
-
PW
Organic Chemistry (53, 54)
Anal. Geom. & Calculus
General Physics (5, 6) .
Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beginning Speech . . . . . .
Literature or Philosophy
.
-4'
5
4
2
2
-
I1 Sem.
-.4 .
P
.
.
5
4
2
3
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Physical Chemistry (83. 86) 4
3
Adv. Anal. Chemistry (88) 3
$dv. Inorg. Chemistry (91) 4
Chemistry 97. 98 . . . . . . . . Arr.
Arr.
Chemistry Seminars
(95. 961 ..............
0
0
Religion ................ 3
3
German or French . . . . 3 or 4
3 or 4
-
The summer following the junior year is frequently spent on
chemical research under departmental sponsorship.
Physics Major
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
3
3
3
3
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . . . .
History or Sociology . . . .
Intro. to Math. Analysis
General Physics (5. 6) .
Physical Activities . . . . .
4
4
1/2
4
4
'h
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Pr
Cr.
2
SOPHOMORE
--.
Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Anal. Geom. and Calculus 5
Intro. Atom. &
Nuclear Phys. . . . . . . . . Electr. & Magnetism
153. 54) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
.Optics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
German or French
4
.....
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
JUNIOR
Fine Arts ..............
Differential Equations . .
Mechanics ...............
Adv. Physics Lab.
(63, 64) ...............
Literature or Philosophy
German or French . . . . . .
Chemistry 5 , 6, or 15, 10
Beginning Speech .......
3
3
1
3
3
4
-
I Sem.
SENIOR
Cr.
3
3
3
Advanced Calculus .....
Religion .................
*Heat & Thermodynamics
Adv. Physics Lab.
(73. 74) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mathematical Physics . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sern.
Cr
3
3
.
1
6
*Offered alternate years
Combined Science Major for Teaching: 46 credits, including Chemistry
5, 6 (or 15, 161, 32, 61; Biology 13-14 and 25; Physics 5, 6, and 6 credits
in upper division courses.
Science minor for elementary school teaching: 3 credits each of physics,
astronomy, chemistry; 6 credits of biology; and 9 additional credits
in one area of science, at least 3 of which must be in upper division
courses.
Mathematics Major
The following course of study meets the requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree and is recommended for students who
plan to do graduate work in Mathematics.
X Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
4
4
Intro. to Math. Analysis
Freshman English . . . . . . .
3
3
Beginning German .....
4
4
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2
History or Sociology . . . .
3
3
Physical Activities
!/z
%
FRESHMAN
.....
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Modern Algebra . . . . . . . .
Probability and Statistics
Basic Concepts of Math.
Religion .................
Biological Science . . . . . . 3
Literature or Philosophy
Electives ................
3
3
3
3
3
3
or 4
-
4
3
4
-
I Sem.
SOPHOMORE
Cr
5
4
3
2
Anal. Geom. & Calculus
General Physics . . . . . . . .
Intermediate German . . .
Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . .
Fine Arts ...............
Beginning Speech . . . . . . .
.
2
-
I1 Sem,
Cr.
5
4
3
2
2
I Sern. I1 Sem.
SENIOR
Advanced Calculus .....
Differential Equations
Modern Geometry .....
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
..
Cr.
3
Cr.
3
Mathematics Major for Secondary School Teaching
FRESHMAN
I Sem.
Cr.
4
3
4
2
3
Intro. to Math. Analysis
Freshman English . . . . . . .
Foreign Language . . . . .
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . .
History or Sociology . . .
Physical Activities .....
JUNIOR
'/2
I1 Sem.
Cr.
4
3
4
2
3
%
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Modern Algebra ........
Advanced Calculus . . . . .
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Educational Psych. . . . . . .
Teaching i n Sec. Schools
Group Activity . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cr.
3
3
3
0
7
Cr.
3
3
3
3
0
4
I Sem. I1 Sem.
SOPHOMORE
Cr.
Anal. Geom. & Calculus
Natural Science . . . . . . . . .
Foreign Language ......
Religion 3. 4 . . . . . . . .
General Psychology
Beginning Speech
5
4
3
2
....
......
SENIOR
3
-
Cr.
5
4
3
2
2
1 Sem. I1 Sem.
Student Teaching . . . . . . .
Teaching of Mathematics
School and Society ....
Prin. of Guidance . . . . . .
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic Concepts of Math.
Modern Geometry ......
Natural Science . . . . . . . .
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health and First Aid . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cr.
6
2
2
2
3
-
Cr.
Health and Physical Education Major
The following course of study is designed to prepare students
for teaching health and physical education in the secondary
schools, for working in the related fields of health and
recreation, and to assist in qualifying them for the field of
corrective therapy.
T Sem. I1 Sem.
FRESHMAN
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English
Historv or Socioloav
-- . . . .
~ e n e r a lzoology . . . . . . . .
Physical Activities . . . . .
Health and First Aid ....
Individual & Dual Sports
.....
Cr
-- .
2
3
3
4
%
3
-
Cr.
2
3
3
4
=/2
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr .
Cr.
Religion ................ 3 .
3
Foreign Language
3
3
*Educational Psychology
3
'Teachina in Sec. Schools
3
*Group Activity ........
0
0
Swimming and Aquatics
1
1
Kinesiology & Adapted P.E. 3
Hist. & Prin. of P.E. 3
Electives in Maior
or Minor ..............
4
4
JUNIOR
......
-
*Not required for non-teaching majors.
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
SOPHOMORE
2
4
3
-
~ e g i n n i n g Speech ....
Human Anat. &
Physiology . . . . . . . . . .
Team Sports . . . . . . . . . . .
Rec. Act. & Rhythms .
Electives in Major
or Minor . . . . . . . . . . . .
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
Literature or Philosophy
2
'Prin. of Guidance
2
'School and Society
6
*Student Teaching . . . . . .
P.E. Program in Sec. Sch.
3
School Health Educ. . .
1
Instructor's First Aid . .
s e l f - ~ e s t i n g Activities
*Methods in P.E.
and Minor
Fine Arts
......
....
.........
.............
Medical Technology
Students may complete a course leading t o the Bachelor of
Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing
three years of work a t Augsburg College and twelve months at
General Hospital or Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. The
following program prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology, and it includes the requirements
for the degree. Students planning to enter this program should
take higher algebra in high school.
FRESHMAN
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . . . .
Chemistry 5, 6, or 15, 16
History or Sociology . . . .
Intro. to Math. Analysis
Beginning Speech
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Activities
Sem.
Cr.
2
Sem.
Cr.
2
3
4
3
.......
......
JUNIOR
I Sem, I1 Sem.
Cr .
Cr.
3
Relieion
................. 3
~~Microbiology ............ 4
3
Foreign Language .......
3
Quant. Anal. Chem. (61)
4
~ i o l o g yElective . . . . . . . .
4
6
'Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
*Physics strongly recommended. Other
sciences, arts, humanities.
-
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr
Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 3, 4 ...........
Elem. Organic Chem. 32
General Zoology
Foreign Language . . . . . . .
Literature or Philosophy
'Electives ...............
........
-
2
4
4
4
3
3
4
2
4
SENIOR
Lectures, laboratory and practical
work at General or Swedish Hospital
for 12 months
........................32
recommended
electives:
English,
social
In the senior year, students taking this program must register
at Augsburg as well as a t the affiliated hospital.
Medicine
Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of
college education, but premedical students usually find it
advantageous to complete their college work before entering
the medical school. The following program will meet the
requirements of most medical schools, but it is advisable for
the student to study the requirements of the medical scho'ol
to which he plans to apply.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman Enalish . . . . . .
Chemistry 15; 16 . . . . . . .
Intro. to Math. Analysis
Physical Activities . . . . .
History or Soc. Science
JUNIOR
.................
Religion
Intermediate German . . .
Quant. Anal. Chem. (61)
General Physics (5, 6)
L~terature or Philosophy
Chem. Seminars (93, 94)
Elective
Pr
Pr
2
2
3
3
4
4
%
3
4
4
'h
.................
-
-
0
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
......
....
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
3
3
0
SOPHOMORE
Religion 3, 4 ............
Beninnina German
~ e i e r a -zoology
l
.......
Organic Chem. (53, 54)
*Mathematics 41. 42
SENIOR
Pr
Pr
2
4
2
4
4
4
5
4
4
5
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr
Cr
3
3
3
Social Science or Hist.
Fine Arts
Beginning Speech .......
Genetics ................
General Psychology
,
Electives ................
Chem. Seminars (95, 05)
'Physical Chem. (83) ,. ,
.
.
............... -
.. .
2
4
7
0
-
'Recommended
Dentistry
Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should
take geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high
school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable.
Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be
completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the
requirements for admission t o most dental schools. Prospective
dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools
in which they are interested about specific requirements. The
Department of Chemistry is prepared to offer assistance in
placing qualified students in dental school.
FRESHMAN
......
Freshman English
Basic Bible ..............
Intro. Chem. &
Qual. Anal. (5, 6)
Intro. to Math. Anal. ..
General Zoology
Physical Activities
...
........
.....
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
2
2
4
4
4
%
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
General Physics (5, 6) .
4
'Organic Chem. (53, 54)
4
.
4
4
4
%
'Chem. 61, 32 may be substituted for Chem. 53, 54, but the latter is recommended.
Nursing
Many hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing
have a t least one year of college. In many instances two or
more years of college work are desirable. The following
pre-nursing curriculum is suggested for those planning to enter
a four-year school of nursing. Those who plan on a three-year
nursing program should try to select courses in college which
will not duplicate the courses they will study in the school
of nursing which they plan to attend.
FRESHMAN
I Sem.
Cr.
Basic Bible .............
Freshman English .......
Foreign Language
Sociology ...............
Chemistry 5
Psych. or Geography
Art or Music ............
.......
.............
...
2
3
4
3
4
Sem.
Cr.
2
3
4
3
-
Students enrolled in the Schools of Nursing at
Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist
Minneapolis, take some of their course work a t
College. Applications for admission to this program
made directly to these hospitals.
Lutheran
Hospitals,
Augsburg
should be
Law
Most law schools require, for admission, at least three years
of prelegal education a t the college level. The student is advised
t o select a broad program of study including courses in the
humanities, the social sciences, and the natural sciences. A
suggested three-year curriculum is given below:
Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
FRESHMAN
Basic Bible . . . . . . . .
Freshman English .
Foreign Language
Western Civllization
Natural Science . . . .
Physical Activities
2
3
.
JUNIOR
2
3
4
4
3
4
'12
3
4
'/z
SOPHOMORE
............
I Sem.
Cr.
R c l l ~ l o n3. 4
&nR!isll 2:. '10 ...........
Foreign Language
Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Social Science ..........
Natural Science ........
Electives ................
2
3
3
Sem.
Cr.
2
....... 3
3
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Rallglnn ................
Beginning Speech ......
...............
Plnc Arts
Electives ................
Cr.
3
Cr.
3
12
10
-
2
2
Engineering
A student may take two years of pre-engineering a t Augsburg
before transferring t o a school of engineering. The following
curriculum is recommended. Students planning to enter this
program should have completed four years of high school
mathematics and qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test
to enter Mathematics 41.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr .
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . . .
Anal. Geom. & Calculus
General Physics . . . . . . . .
Social Science . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Activities ......
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . .
English 40. 42 . . . . . . . . . . .
~ d i a n c e d Calculus . . . . .
Physics 52, 53 . . . . . . . . . .
Differential Equations . .
Inorg. & Qual. Chemistry
rr.
rr
Students who plan to transfer to the Institute of Technology
a t the University of Minnesota will also need, in some cases,
a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering
Graphics. It is recommended that these be taken in summer
session a t the U. of M.
Secretarial Work
The first year of the following program provides preparation
for certain office positions. Completion of the second year
provides more advanced training. A student who has had
similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced
classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline
of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high
school appears under Business Education.
A Secretarial-Work Certificate is awarded on completion of the
two-year program.
FIRST YEAR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr .
Cr
2
2
3
3
1
3
Basic Bible ..............
Freshman English ......
Elementary Typewriting
Office Machines . . . . . . . .
Elementary Shorthand . .
Physical Activities .....
Electives ................
.
-
3
%
8
3
1/2
6
SECOND YEAR
1 Sem. I1 Sem.
Religion 3, 4 ............
Beginning Speech
Advanced Typewriting .
Advanced Shorthand ....
Prin. of Accounting . .
Secretarial Practice .....
General Psychology .....
Electives ................
Cr.
2
.... 4
3
3
5
Cr.
2
2
3
3
3
3
PERSONNEL
THE BOARD OF REGENTS
Officers of the Board
. .
Mr. G. S. Michaelsen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chairman
Vice-chairman
The Rev. Luthard 0. Gierde . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mr. R. F. Pautz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mr. R. E. Myhre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Term Expires 1964
Mr. Jerome Formo, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Plastics, Inc.
The Rev. Luthard 0. Gierde, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service
Mr. Herbert Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Investors Syndicate Life Insurance and Annuity Company
Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Education, University of Minnesota
116
The Rev. David Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope
.Secretary
.
.Treasurer
The Rev. Harry T. Sorenson, Bellevue, Washington
Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd
The Rev. Erling Tungseth, Rochester, Minnesota
Pastor, Bethel English Lutheran Church
Term Expires 1965
Mr. R. F. Pautz, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company
Mr. Philip C. Helland, Willmar, Minnesota
Superintendent of Schools, Willmar, Minnesota
Mr. U. W. Tervo, Rochester, Minnesota
Personnel Director, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota
Term Expires 1966
Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota
Education, Northfield Public Schools, Farming
Mrs. George Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice-President, Gamble Skogmo, Inc.
Term Expires 1967
Mr. R. E. Myhre, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Manager, South Side Insurance Agency
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice-President, Northwestern National Bank of Minneapolis
ADMINISTRATION
Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President
Clifford M. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Development
Martin Quanbeck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the College
Burton P. Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Manager
Peter Armacost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students
Gerda Mortensen . . . . . . .Dean of Women, Associate Dean of Students.
Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant to Dean of the College
Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar, Secretary of the General Faculty
Mrs. Jean Christian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant
.
Registrar
Karlis Ozolins (on leave 1963-64) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Librarian
Mrs. Mariorie Sibley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acting
.
Librarian 1963-64
Carl R. Hammarberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing
S. V. Hielmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Director of Development
Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations
Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Alumni Relations
Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions
Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Director of Admissions
Arthur Nelson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supervisor of Plant Services
Richard 1. Berg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comptroller
Mrs. Elaine Swanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Services
Bjarne Landa . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Museum
Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Archivist
.
Vernon Chilgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Housing Service
Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Special Events
Mrs. Ruth Gamm . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . Director
.
of News Bureau
Mrs. Jacquelyn Gimse . . . . . . . . . Director of Women's Residences
Frank A. Gruver, M.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .College Physician
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY
President's Cabinet: 0.Anderson, C. Johnson, M. Quanbeck, Armacost,
Fosse, Miss Mortensen, Miss Joel, Mandsager
Educational Policies: M. Quanbeck, 0. Anderson, Miss Joel, P. Quanbeck, Thorson, Chrislock, Nash, Hanwick, R. Anderson, Halverson,
Miss Pederson, Armacost
Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, Lundeen, M. Quanbeck,
Saugestad, Miss Cole, P . Thompson, Budge
Student Personnel: Armacost, Miss Mortensen, Torstenson, P. Quanbeck,
Mrs. Hinrichs
Teaoher Education: E. Johnson, Dahlen, Agre, Miss Mattson, Miss
Segolson, Miss Cole, Savold
Library: Mrs. Sibley, Sateren, Colacci, Mrs. Jensen, Alton, Benson
Athletics: Soberg, Kleven, Mickelberg, E. Anderson, Savold
*Convocations: Urdahl, E. Johnson, Miss Pederson, Thut, Ecklund
Faculty Personnel Policies: Budge, Sonnack, Mrs. E. Olson, Thompson,
Fosse, Holum
Institutional Studies: Holum, Pearson, Mrs. Anderegg, G. Johnson,
Chrislock
*Religious Life: Mandsager, Sonnack, Gisselquist
Social Functions: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Miss Lillehei, Miss
Sonsteng, Hatchek
*Student Activities: Armacost, Miss Mortensen, M. Quanbeck, Follingstad, Mickelberg
*Student Conduct: E. Nelson, Mrs. K. Peterson, Thut, Miss Lund
Nominations: Kleven, Urdahl, Hammarberg
Administrative: 0. Anderson, C. Johnson, M. Quanbeck, Armacost, Fosse
Foreign Students: Miss Joel, Hansen, G. Johnson, Miss Segolson
*Joint Student-Faculty Committees
THE FACULTY
Ruth Aaskov, A.M., lnstructor in French (on leave 1963-64)
A.B., Augsburg College, 1963; A.M., Middlebury College, 1960. Additional study: University of Grenoble, Boston University, University of
Wisconsin. Teaching: High School, 1954-60. At Augsburg 1960-63.
Courtland L. Agre, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry
B.Ch.E., University of Minnesota, 1934; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1937; Research Chemist, 193740; U.S. Army, 1940-41; Research Chemist,
1941-46. Teaching: St. Olaf College, 1946-58; University of California,
Berkeley, Visiting Professor, National Science Foundation Fellowship,
1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959.
Earl Alton, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., University of Michigan, 1958; Ph.D.,
1961. Teaching: Teaching Fellow and pre-doctor instructor, University
of Michigan, 1955-58. At Augsburg since 1960.
Lyla Mae Anderegg, A.M., lnstructor in Education
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., Northwestern University,
1947. Additional study: Minnesota, Chicago, California. Teaching and
Counseling, High School, 194546, 1951-53 ; Teaching : E a s t Washington
College, 1948-49; University of Minnesota, 1950-51; Oakland Junior
College, 1954-56; San Francisco State College, 1957-58; St. Olaf College,
1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959.
Ernest W. Anderson, M. Ed., Professor of Health and Physical Education,
Basketball Coach
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Teaching: High School, 193741. U.S. Army, 194146. At Augsburg since
1946.
Oscar A. Anderson, LL.D., President of the College
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942;
LL.D., Concordia College, 1963. Additional study: Union Theological
Seminary. Pastoral work, 1942-48, 1954-63; Executive Secretary, Young
People's Luther League (ELC), 1948-54. At Augsburg since 1963.
Raymond E. Anderson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota, 1959. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U.S. Navy,
1946. At Augsburg since 1949.
Peter H. Armacost, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Dean
of Students (on leave 1961-63.)
A.B., Denison University, 1957. Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1963.
Additional study: Union Theological Seminary. Teaching Assistant a t
University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1959.
Manmohan S. Arora, M.A., Instructor in Economics
B.S., Ranja's College, India, 1957; M.A., Delhi School of Economics,
India, 1959; Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1962-63. At Augsburg since 1963.
Leroy A. Baker, A.B., lnstructor in Physics
A.B., Northwest Nazarene College, 1960. Additional study: University
of Minnesota. Research Physicist, Minneapolis Honeywell. At Augsburg
196&62 and since 1963.
Emil Balz, Akad. Geprufter Ubersetzer, lnstructor in Spanish
Abitur, Friedrich Schiller Oberschule, Germany, 1937; Akad. Geprufter
Ubersetzer, Heidelberg University, 1949. Additional study: University of
Minnesota. Teaching: Prof. Language School, Germany, 1949-50. At
Augsburg since 1963.
Waltraud Balz, Akadem. Ubersetzer, lnstructor in Modern Languages
Abitur, Victoria Oberschule, Germany, 1942; Akadem. Ubersetzer,
Heidelberg University, 1947. Teaching: private lessons, 1960-63. At
Augsburg since 1963.
Merrilyn Belgum, M.S.W., Instructor in Sociology
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1946: W.S.W., UnlveiUsityof Denver, 1956.
Qlisago County Welfare, 1948-49; Lutheran W ~ l f n r eSociety, Iowa, 194952; Depnrtmcnt of Public Welfare, Anchmbage, A I ~ s k a ,1952-54; University of Denvcr, Field Inaiructor, 195657; Denver Public Schools
Social Worker, 1957-60,At Augshurg since 1960.
John Benson, M.A., lnstructor in Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959;
M.A., Columbia University, 1961. Additional study: Columbia University.
At Augsburg since 1963.
William Bergstrom, M.A., lnstructor in English
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1952.
Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Bethel College,
1950-55, University of Minnesota, 195563. At Augsburg since 1963.
Nelly T. Blackburn, B.A., lnstructor in French
B.A., Earlham College, 1949. Additional study: Oberlin College. Teaching: Macalester College, 1962-63. At Augsburg since 1963.
Oscar Blegen, Jr., B.A., Assistant Football Coach and Head Wrestling
Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1961. Teaching: High School, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963.
Bruce P. Budge, M.S., Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.S., University of Idaho, 1953; M.S., 1957. Additional study: University
of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Idaho, 1955-57. Weyerhauser
Company, 1953-55, 1957-60. At Augsburg since 1960.
Harold Cannon, B.A., B.S., lnstructor in Spanish
B.A., B.S., University of Minnesota, 1962. Additional study: University
of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1961-62. At Augsburg since 1962.
Jacqolyn L. Cherne, A.B., lnstructor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1958. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
At Augsburg 1960-62 and since 1963.
Carl Chrislock, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947;
Ph.D., 1955. Teaching: High School, 193944; Tracy Junior College,
194748; Augustana College, Sioux Falls. S. Dak., 1948-51. At Augsburg
since 1952.
120
C. Winston Chrislock, M.A., Instructor in History
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1962; M.A., Indiana University, 1964.
At Augsburg since 1964.
Bernhard Christensen, Th.M., Ph.D., Professor of Christian Education
(on leave 1962-64)
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 192225; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford
Seminary Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin
G~ttingen. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, N. Dak., 1925-26.
Pastoral work, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President 1938-61.
Gracia Christensen, A.M., lnstructor in English
A.B., Hunter College, 1932; A.M., Radcliffe College, 1935. Additional
study: University of Chicago. At Augsburg 1959-60, 1961-62, and since
1963.
Nadia Christensen, B.A., lnstructor in Spanish
B.A., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: University of Minnesota,
University of San Carlos, Guatemala. At Augsburg since 1963.
Mario Colacci, Th.D., D.Litt., Professor of New Testament Greek and
Latin
Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontificium
Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples,
D.Litt., 1940. Teaching : Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40 ;
Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campobasso, Italy, 194149. At Augsburg since 1952.
Ailene Cole, A.M., Associate Professor of Speech
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools,
1936-56. At Augsburg since 1956.
K. Berner Dahlen, A.M., Associate Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1931; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-39; CrosbyIronton Junior College, 194041. U.S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. At
Augsburg since 1941.
Kenneth L. Davenport, M.M., lnstructor in Strings
B.M., Hamline University, 1932; M.M., Minneapolis College, 1938.
Teaching: St. Olaf College, Carleton College, Gustavus Adolphus College;
St. Paul Public Schools; Anoka Public Schools since 1953. Member of
the Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra for 14 years. At Augsburg since
1962.
Sheldon Fardig, M.M., Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., Northwestern University, 1952.
Additional study: University of Minnesota; Dalcroze School of Music,
New York. Teaching: High School, 1940-46; Olivet College, 1949-54;
Moody Bible Institute, 1954-56; Bethel College, 1956-62. At Augsburg
since 1962.
Henry G. Follingstad, B.E.E., C.D.T. diploma, lnstructor in Mathematics
B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone
Laboratories, Inc., 1950. Additional study: Rutgers University, University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 194748; U.S.
Armed Forces Institute, 194546; Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.,
1948-62. At Augsburg since 1962.
Burton P. Fosse, B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager
B.B.A., B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U.S. Army, 194346.
Industrial Engineering work, 1949-53. At Augsburg since 1953.
Stephen Gabrielsen, B.A., Director of Male Chorus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
At Augsburg since 1963.
Daryl Gibson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments)
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1934; A.M., 1941; Ph.D., University of
Iowa, 1947. Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra, 1934-44. Teaching: University of Iowa, 1943; University of Montana, 194748; Gustavus
Adolphus College, 1948-52. At Augsburg since 1954.
Jacquelyn L. Gimse, B.S.N., Director of Women's Residence and Social
Coordinator
R.N., Moline Public Hospital, 1957; B.S.N., Gustavus Adolphus College,
1960, Moline Public Hospital, 1957-58; Gustavus Adolphus College, Assistant Dean of Students, 1960-61. At Augsburg since 1961.
A. Malcolm Gimse, B.A., Instructor in Swimming
B.A., Macalester College, 1962. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961.
Orloue Gisselquist, A.M., Assistant Professor of History
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1956.
Teaching: Bethel College, 1954-56. Additional study: Minnesota. At
Augsburg since 1956.
Frank A. Gruver, M.D., College Physician and Assistant Professor of
Psychology
B.S., University of New Mexico, 1954; M.D., University of Utah, 1959;
PARS Certificate, Union Theological Seminary, 1963. Private practice,
1960-62. At Augsburg since 1963.
Donald R. Gustafson, A.M., lnstructor in History (on leave 1963-64)
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; A.M., University of Wisconsin,
1956. Additional study: Indiana; California, Berkeley; Minnesota; Wisconsin. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1960-61. At Augsburg
1961-63.
William H. Halverson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Philosophy and
Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1955; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957; A.M., Princeton
University, 1959 ; Ph.D., 1961. Teaching : Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957-59. At Augsburg 1955-56 and since 1959.
Carl R. Hammarberg, A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and
Director of Placement and Testing
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg, Kan., 1948-53. At Augsburg since 1953.
Leif E. Hansen, A.M., lnstructor in Modern Languages
A.B., Concordia College, 1947; A.M., University of Min~esota, 19%.
Additional study: Michigan, Stetson University. Wisconsin. Teachjng :
High School, Norway, 1959-60; University of Wiscot~sin, I9GO-61. At
Augsburg since 1961.
lrene Hanson, M.S. in Ed., Assistant Professor of Elementary Education
B.S. in Ed., Temple University, 1946; M.S. in Ed., Temple University,
1948. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School,
194649, 1957-59; University of Minnesota, 1960-63. At Augsburg since
1963.
Theodore J. Hanwick, Ph.D., Professor of Physics
B.E.E., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1933; M.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. Teaching:
Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937-38; New York University, 193%
42; U.S. Naval Academy, 194246; Rutgers University, 1946-56. At
Augsburg since 1956.
George W. Hatchek, LL.D., lnstructor in Modern Languages
LL.D., Law School of Vienna, Austria, 1938. Additional study: University of Minnesota, Middlebury College. Interpreter a t United States
Surplus Depot, France, 194446; Teaching: International Institute and
YWCA, 195460. At Augsburg since 1960.
Ruben G. Haugen, M.M., lnstructor in Woodwinds
B.M., MacPhail School of Music, 1950; M.M., MacPhail School of Music,
1951. Additional study: University of Kyoto, Japan. Teaching:
Minneapolis Junior Academy, 1950-52; Breck Military Academy, 1952-55;
MacPhail School of Music since 1950. At Augsburg since 1958.
Orvald B. Haugsby, A.B., Assistant Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Wisconsin State College, 1952. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1953-56; Wisconsin State College, 1956-59; University
of Minnesota, Teaching Assistant, 1959-61. At Augsburg since 1961.
Melvin A. Helland, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion (on leave 1960-63)
A.B., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Addiional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar,
1921-38; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary,
Ivory, Madagascar, 193&10 and 1960-63. At Augsburg since 1941.
A. Robert Hemmingson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Economics and
Business Administration (on leave 1963-64)
A.B., Dana College, 1953; A.M., University of Nebraska, 1957. Additional
study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Nebraska,
1956-57. At Augsburg since 1957.
Grace Hinrichs, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1957; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1963.
Teaching: Wisconsin State College, 1960-62. At Augsburg since 1962.
John R. Holum, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. Additional study: California Institute of Technology. Teaching: University
of Minnesota, 1950-52; University of Maryland, 1956; Pacific Lutheran
College, 195SF9. U.S. Armed Forces, 195557. At Augsburg 1957-58
and since 1959.
lrene Khin Khin Jensen, Ph.D., lnstructor in History and Political Science
A.B., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; A.M., Bucknell University,
1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Teaching: Rangoon University,
Burma, 1949-50. At Augsburg 1 9 5 5 5 6 and since 1959.
John Jensen, A.M., Assistant Librarian
A.B., Augsburg College, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957.
U.S. Navy, 1957-61. At Augsburg 1956-57 and since 1961.
Mildred V. Joel, A.M., Registrar, with rank of Assistant Professor
A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Additional study: Saskatchewan, Minnesota, Denver. Teaching: High
School, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1947.
Clifford Johnson, C.T., Vice President in Charge of Development
B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1939. Pastoral work, 1939-1953, 1954-1962. At Augsburg 1953-54 and
since 1962.
Einar 0.Johnson, Ph.D., Professor of Education
A.B., Concordia College, 1938; A.M., University of Wnsklngtnn, 1950;
Ph.D., 1961. Additional study: University of Oslo, Nalsvny. Teaching:
Elementary and High School, 193M0; Universil,y of Washin@on. 1953-9;
Luther College, 1954-56. At Augsburg since 1956.
Glen W. Johnson, B.S.E., B.D., lnstructor in Mathematics and Philosophy
B.S. Engr., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological
Seminary, 1959. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg
since 1961.
James Johnson, A.M., lnstructor in Piano
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1956; A.M., Julliard School of Music,
1958. At Augsburg since 1961.
Mary E. Johnson, M.A., lnstructor in French
B.A., Smith Collw~,1947; M.A. in Christian Education, Columbia University, 1950. Additional study: Michigan, Oslo, Minnesota. Teaching:
High School, 19G2. Dean of Women, Luther College, 1954-55. At Augsburg
since 1963.
Winfield Johnson, A.M., lnstructor in Religion
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1939; C.T., Luther Theological Seminary, 1943;
A.M., New York University, 1954. Additional study: University of
Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961.
Donald E. Jorenby, MS., lnstructor in Chemistry
B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; MS., University of Minnesota, 1962. At
Augsburg since 1962.
Robert Karlen, A.M., lnstructor in Music
B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1959. Additional study: Berkshire Music Center, Massachusetts; Morzarteum, Salzburg, Austria; Conservatoire Nationale, Paris, Nadia Boulanger. Teaching: Public Schools, 1950-53; St. Agatha's Conservatory, 1958-59;
University of Minnesota, 1957-59. At Augsburg since 1959.
124
Mimi B. Kingsley, A.M., Associate Professor of Spanish
A.B., Maryville College, 1936; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner College, Staten
Island, N.Y., 1941-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N.Y., 194647. At Augsburg since 1947.
Bernhardt J. Kleven, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930;
Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 1922-35;
Wheaton College, 194647. At Augsburg 1937-46 and since 1947.
Bjarne E. Landa, Ph.D., Professor of Germanic Languages
A.B., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Southern
California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Teaching : High School, 1930-31 ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42 ; Fisk University, 1945-47. U.S. Office of Censorship, 1942-45. At Augsburg since
1947.
Dennis Lane, B.S., lnstructor in Organ
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1943. Additional study: University of
Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1943-46; University of Minnesota,
1942-43; MrcPhail School of Music, 194551; private organ and piano
instructor. Church organist and choirmaster. At Augsburg since 1960.
Richard Laue, M.A., lnstructor in History
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1950; M.A., 1955. Additional study:
University of Minnesota. Teaching: Huron College, 1961-63. At Augsburg
since 1963.
Frederick Z. Lesher, M.A., lnstructor in English
B.A., Carthage College, 1958; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1962.
Teaching: Luther College, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963.
Bertha Lillehei, A.M., lnstructor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1934; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960.
Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia. At Augsburg 193740 and since
1957.
Lorraine K. Livingston, A.M., lnstructor in English
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1930; A.M., 1932. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1932-35; 1952-60. At Augsburg
since 1960.
Gertrude
S. Lund, A.M., Assistant Professor of Business Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1951.
Teaching : High School, 194345; West Central School of Agriculture,
Morris, 194547; Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School,
194849. At Augsburg since 1950.
Orlin L. Mandsager, B.D., Campus Pastor and lnstructor in Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961.
Teaching: High School, 1959-61; Pastoral work: 1956-58, 1961-62. At
Augsburg 1960-61 and since 1962.
Martha M. Mattson, A.M., Associate Professor of Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1928; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1932.
Additional study: Boston University; University of Wisconsin. Teaching :
Elementary Schools, 1922-36; Elementary Supervisor, 1939-60. At Augsburg since 1960.
Erwin D. Mickelberg, A.B., Assistant Professor of Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota.
Teaching: High School, 1954-56. At Augsburg since 1956.
August Molder, LL.M., Artist in Residence and lnstructor in Art
Graduated, University of Tartu, Estonia, 1935; Master of Law, University of Tartu, 1944. Teaching: University of Tartu, Estonia, 1942-44. At
Augsburg since 1963.
Ernesto E. Moreno, Dr. en Pedagogia, Instructor in Spanish
Diploma, Escuela Normal P a r a Maestros, Cuba; Dr. en Pedagogia,
University of Havana, 1945. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
Teaching: Rural school, Cuba; Chandler College, Cuba, 1947-59; Havana
Military Academy, 1951-60; High School, 1961-63. At Augsburg since
1963.
Gerda Mortensen, A.M., Dean of Women, Associate Dean of Students
with Rank of Professor
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21;
Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-35, At Augsburg since
1923.
Arthur Nash, Ph.D., Professor of Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U.S. Army
Air Force, 1942-46, Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. At Augsburg since
1922.
Emma L. Nashan, A.M., lnstructor in German
A.B., Duke University, 1953; A.M., Indiana University, 1963. Teaching : Sweet Briar College, 1956-57. At Augsburg since 1964.
Edor C. Nelson, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education and
Coach of Football and Baseball
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U.S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since
1946.
Glenn I. Nelson, A.M., lnstructor in Sociology
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960.
Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961.
Grier Nicholl, A.M., lnstructor in English
A.B., Wesleyan University, 1951; A.M., Columbia Teachers College,
1956. Additional study: University of Minnesota, University of London.
Teaching: High School, 1954-55; Southern Oregon College, 1955-57;
University of Minnesota, 1958. At Augsburg since 1960.
David Nordlie, A.B., lnstructor in Sociology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1960. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg
since 1961.
Esther J. Olson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., 1945; Ph.D., 1956. Teaching:
University of Minnesota, 194556; Luther College, 1956-60; Luther
Theological Seminary, 1960-62. At Augsburg since 1960.
126
lver B. Olson, A.M., S.T.D., Professor of Scandinavian
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago Lutheran
Theological Seminary, 1957. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39;
University of Minnesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 193944. At Augsburg since 1945.
Karlis Ozolins, A.M., Th.B., Librarian with rank of Assistant Professor
(on leave 1963-64)
A.B., Augsburg College, 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1952; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1961. Additional study: University
of Marburg, Germany. At Augsburg since 1955.
Patricia A. Parker, A.M., lnstructor in Library Science
B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; A.M., University of Michigan,
1952. Teaching: University of North Dakota, 1949-51; University of
Michigan, 1951-52; University of Minnesota, Librarian, 1954-56;
Minneapolis Public Library, 1956-59. At Augsburg since 1960.
Howard E. Pearson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1953; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. At
Augsburg since 1956.
Anne Pederson, A.M., Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945.
Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia, Pennsylvania. Teaching: High
School, 194546; San Mateo Junior College, California, one semester,
1946. At Augsburg 193244 and since 1946.
Katherine Peterson, MS., Assistant Professor of Home Economics
B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; M.S., State University of Iowa,
1939. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools,
1936-38; University of Minnesota, 1940-56. At Augsburg since 1956.
LaVonne Peterson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education for
Women
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 1953. Additional study: Universities of North Dakota, Minnesota, and Montana;
MacPhail School of Music. At Augsburg since 1950.
Martin Quanbeck, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Dean of the College
A.B., Augsburg College, 1929; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933;
Ph.D., 1952. High School administration, Mantorville, Minnesota, 1929.36. Teaching: Waldorf College, 1936-38. Registrar, Augsburg College,
1939-46; Dean, 194246 and since 1950. At Augsburg since 1938.
Philip A. Quanbeck, Th.D., Associate Professor of Religion
h.~.
Augsburg
,
College, 1950; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary, 1951; Th.M.,
Princeton Theological Seminary, 1954; Th.D., 1958. Pastoral work,
1951-53. Teaching Fellow, Princeton Theological Seminary, 1951-57.
At Augsburg since 1957.
Lawrence Rogers, Laboratory lnstructor in Astronomy
University of Minnesota, 1942. Diploma, Cal Aero Technical Institute,
1948. At Augsburg since 1962.
Leland B. Sateren, A.M., Professor of Music
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943.
Additional study: Composition with Donald Ferguson (Minneapolis),
1941-43. Teaching: High School, 1935-39. Music Director, Radio Station
KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-43. Educational Director, Civilian
Puhlic Service, 1944-46. At Augsburg 194143 and since 1946.
Edwin J. Saugestad, A.B., Instructor in Physical Education and Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1959.
A. Mayo Savold, M,Mus. Ed., Associate Professor of Muslc
A.B., Luther College, 1911: M.Mus. Ed,, MncPhail School nf Music,
l9t;l. Additiont~l study: M f i r t l ~ Unkola, Minncsota. Tenchina: Renson
County Ag~*icult
urc! :mtI Training School, hrlridtlock, N, Diilc., 1934-37';
L a m h ~ r t u n Public Schools, 194142 and 3 9.IB4S. U.S. Arrncd Fol*ces
J94%45; GIcnwond Pul,lic Schools, 194R-52. At Augshwg since 7952.
Donna L. Schlorf, A.B., lnstructor in Physical Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1954; Additional study: Minnesota, Colorado,
Oslo. Teaching: Junior and Senior High School, 1955-61. At Augsburg
since 1961.
Ruth Segolson, M.S., Professor of Home Economics
B.S., '- University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Additional study :
Minnesota, Syracuse University. Teaching : High School, 192528;
University of Minnesota, 192844. At Augsburg since 1944.
Marjorie H. Sibley, A.M., Assistant Librarian (Acting Head Librarian,
1963-64)
A.B., Unfversity of Illinois, 1942; A.M., 1943. Additional study: Minnesota.
T c a c h i n ~ :Elementn~~y,
3840-41; University of Illinois, 1945-46; Acquisitions Librm-iun, Macalcster College, 1959-61. At Augsburg since 1961.
George Soberg, A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1950. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926.
Ruth Sonsteng, A.M., lnstructor in Home Economics
A.B., Ausburg College, 1954; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. Additional study: University of Oslo. Teaching: High School, 195556; Graduate Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1956-57. At Augsburg 1957-60
and since 1961.
Merton P. Strommen, Th.B., Ph.D., Lecturer in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; C.T., Augshurg Theological Seminary,
1944; Th.B., 1951; A.M., University at Mlnncsdn, 3955: Ph.D., 1960.
~ , 1944-60;
Pastor : Mora, Minnesota, 194447. Yooth D i ~ r c l o (~LFC)
Director, Lutheran Youth Research 1961-. At Augshurg since 3947.
Olaf H. Swenson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1950. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 194749, 1950-51. Probation
Office, Hennepin County, 1951-. At Augsburg since 1953.
Agnes B. Tangjerd, A.M., Archivist
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939;
A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, 192228. Teaching: High School, 1929-36. Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38.
Librarian, Augsburg College, 1940-1960.
Joyce Tester, A.M., lnstructor in Home Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1955; A.M., 1959. Teaching: High School,
195557; University of Minnesota, 1957-59 and spring quarter, 1963.
At Augsburg since 1963.
128
Phillip J. Thompson, M.F.A., Assisfan?Professor of Art
A.R., Concordia Collcg~,1955: M,F.A., Sfnle University of Town, 1958.
Teaching: Stntc University fif Iowa, 1957-58; Kokoma Rxlenslbn of
Xncliann University, 1958-59. A t Augshtlrg sincc 1959.
Paul G. Sonnark, Th.B., A.M, Frofesfor of RellgTen
A.R., Augslwg Col
I g42; C.T., Augshitrg Theoln~icalSminnrgr, 1945;
Th.B., 1$187; h , M . , Univmily of Chicago, 1960. P R S L O
M~m, ~ eLalce, Mime-
Gerald H. Thorson, Ph.D., Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948; Ph.D.,
Columbia University, 1957. U.S. Army, 1943-46. Additional study:
Grenoble, Oslo, Wisconsin. Teaching: Wagner College, 1951. Visiting
Professor, University of Raykjavik, Iceland, 1961-62. At Augsburg
since 1946.
John Thut, A.B., M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music
A.B., Goshen C~Ilege,1923: R,Mus., AInPric~nConservatory of Music,
1929: M.Mus., 1936. Addilionnl sturly: Minnesota, Northwestern University, Privnte work in singing wilh Rollin Pensc, Charles LaBerge, Eksel
Schioiolz. Special studlcs with Theodore Hnrrison and Martial Singher.
Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27; American Conservatory of Music,
1931-44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War
Prisoners Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1947.
Vera Thut, B.Mus., lnstructor in Piano
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study:
American Conservatory of Music, and Minnesota. Master Class Work
with Silvio Scionti, Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; studied
under Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 192646; Colorado State College of Education, 194647. At Augsburg since 1947.
Joel S. Torstenson, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940;
Ph.D., 1959. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland
Cooperative Wholesale, 194547. At Augsburg 193S42 and since 1947.
E. Margaret Trautwein, A.M., lnstructor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1953.
Teaching: High School, 1937-47. At Augsburg 1950-54 and since 1961.
Erling J. Urdahl, A.M., Associate Professor of Biology
A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-35. Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943.
Jesus Zarandin, A.M., lnstructor in Economics
B.S., University of Negros Occidental, Philippines, 1956; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1961. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
Teaching: University of Negros Occidental, Philippines, 1957-59; University of Minnesota, 1962-63. At Augsburg since 1963.
Wauneta Blackburn, A.M., Assistant Professor of English
A.B., Milton College, 1930; A.M., University of Wisconsin, 1942. Additional study: Pennsylvania State University. Teaching: High School,
1930-46; Stout State College, 1946-61. At Augsburg 1961-63.
Mary A. Hinderlie, A.M., lnstructor in English
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1937. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway. Teaching: St. Olaf College,
1937-39. At Augsburg 1961-63.
Kathryn Jurkovic, B.S., lnstructor in Logic
B.S.,St. Olaf College, 1957. Additional study: Northwestern University,
Drake University, University of Minnesota. At Augsburg 1962-63.
1:
Harold M. Kambak, A.B., Director of Public Relations
Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: University of
Minnesota; American Academy of Art; Graphic Arts Institute of
Illinois. Director of Public Relations, Augustana College, 1956-58. At
Augsburg 1958-63.
A.B.,
Benjamin T. McClure, Ph.D., lnstructor in Physics
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947;
Ph.D., Harvard University, 1952. Teaching: Research Assistant,
Harvard; Teaching Assistant, Minnesota. At Augsburg 1962-63.
Rod Myers, M.A., Assistant Professor of Education
A.B., University of California, 1955; M.A., Reed College, 1960. Additional Study : University of Minnesota. Teaching : Elementary schools,
195461. Research Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1961-62. At
Augsburg 1962-63.
Kristoffer F. Paulson, M.A., lnstructor in English
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1956; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway; University of Heidelberg,
Germany; George Washington University; Minnesota. At Augsburg
1960-63.
Jack Ross, M.S., lnstructor in Sociology
B.S., University of California, 1949; M.S., George Williams College,
1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant,
Minnesota, 1960-61. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1961-62. Social
work, 1952-60. At Augsburg 1962-63.
Robert T. Sandin, Ph.D., Lecturer in Philosophy
B.A., Bethel College, 1949; B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1954;
M.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; Ph.D., 1963. Teaching: Bethel
College, 1952-55; Teaching Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1955-57;
University of Minnesota, 1957-58. At Augsburg 1958-59 and 1962-63.
Donald G. Shamblin, A.M., Assistant Professor of Spanish
A.B., Marshall University, 1952 ; A.M., Universidad Nacional, Mexico,
1957. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School,
1954; Colegio Mexico, 1955; University of Minnesota, 1958-61; Macalester
College, 1961-62; NDEA Institute, summers 1961, 1962. At Augsburg
1962-63.
John M. Stensvaag, Ph.D., Professor of Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1939; Ph.D.,
Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1941. Additional study: Johns Hopkins
University. Teaching: Augsburg Seminary, 194Z59; Dean, 1953-59;
Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1945-46. At Augsburg
1942-62.
Talvryn Tischer, B.A., Teaching Fellow in Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1959. At Augsburg 1962-63.
Harold Tollefson, A.B., M.Th., lnstructor in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1953; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1955. Additional study:
University of Heidelberg. At Augsburg 1959-63.
A. Bruce Wrightsman, B.S., lnstructor in Mathematics and Religion
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1958. Additional study: Luther Theological
Seminary. Teaching: University of Wisconsin, 1957-58. At Augsburg
1960-63.
GRADUATES
AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1 962
With the Degree of Bachelor of Arts
Aadland. Marlin Bennie Stronafield.
Sask.
.
.
~ n d e r s o n ,Barbara E. .......... Roseau
Anderson, Garry B. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Anderson, Mercia Joy . . . Rockford, 111.
Anderson, Robert W.
Elroy, Wis.
Arneson, Frederick W. . . . . . Minneapolis
......
Baker, Jerrold W. . . . . . ,,. . Minneapolis
Barney, Jerome C. ............. Stewart
Bauman, Philip Quentin . Minneapolis
Anoka
Bengtson, Judith Anne
Minneapolis
Bergly, Richard N.
Bostad, John Clayton
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Brown, Wendell John
Brude. Joanne ............. Minneapolis
Brynildson, Donald E. .. New Richland
.
..........
....
.....
.........
....... Minneapolis
Carlson, Bonnie Mae
Christensen, John W.
Cleven, Harry Thomas
......... St.
. DeForest,
Paul
Wis.
Coltvet, Sherman P.
Cook, Barbara Helen
Dyrud, Loiell
Estherville, Iowa
........ Newfolden
0. . . . . . Thief River Falls
..
Minneapolis
Yvonne Lerfald
James F . ........... St. Paul
Marilyn Ann
Brainerd
Marjorie Adele
Gatzke
rickso on', Kenneth Neil
Cambridge
Evavold, Earle Roscoe
Battle Lake
Egertson.
Ekstrand,
Ellingson.
Engevik
......
......
......
.....
......
Fellrath, Mary Lee
Fisher, Roger LeRoy
Whitehall, Wis.
. . . . . . . Minneapolis
....
Geldert, Daniel Thomas
Minneapolis
Gildseth, Bruce L. ........... Hoffman
Grover. Paul Ralph . . . . . Rochelle, Ill.
unders son, Paul ~ e r t r a n d
Sioux City, Iowa
1
Haack, Harlin H. ........... Minneapolis
O'Brien, Sharon K. . . . . . . . . . . . . Milaca
Haglund. Lyle W. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Olsen, Diane Lee . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Halverson, Frederick S . .... M i n ? + f c ~ ~ ~ o l lOlson,
s
Kenneth H. . . . . . . . . . . . . Watson
Hanenburg. Kay L. ............... IWnfr~ Olson. Marilyn Carol .. Lacrosse, Wis.
Hanse, Bonnie Jean . , . . . . . . . . . . Morris
Olson, Roger C. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hanson, Dale Edward ...... Minneapolis
Oppegard, Milo M. ......... Albert Lea
Hanson, Patricia K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aitkin
Osberg, J o h n Wilson . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hassing, Joan Eileen
Minneapolis
Ose, Julia E . . . . . . . . . . Thief River Falls
Heikkila Alice J. ........ Pelkie. Mich.
Ost, David H. ........... Parkers Prairie
Helgeson, Rodney A. . . . . . . La?nbel.ton
Overmoen, Sonia R. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Helland, Claire Elaine ...... Minneapolis
Ovikian, Michael 0. Jerztsalem, Israel
Hoversten. Lorna Lavonne
Radcliffe, Iowa
Patton, Jeanne A. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hovland, Peter C. ............... Morn
Paulson, Betze Karen . . . . . . . . . . . Halls
Hugo. John Robert
Minneawolis
Paulson. Kermit Earl .. Claziton. Wis.
New ~ r i i h t o n Pedersen, Elaine Ruth . . . . . ~ i n n i a ~ o l i s
Hunt, Duane R.
Peterson, Donna M. ........ Minneapolis
Ilstrup, Robert J .
Minneapolis
Pierson, Waldo Allen . . . . . . Minneapolis
Pommerenke, James Warren . . elg grade
Jacobsen, Cynthia Ann
Scarsdale, N.Y.
Johannsen, Clair A.
Hzintley
Quitno, James Charles . . . . . Minneapolis
Johnson, David William Manitowoc, Wis.
Johnson, Jennelle Kay . . . . . . Minneapolis
Ring A n Louise . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo
Johnson, Judy D. . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
~ o l l d f f%lizabeth
,
I. . . . . . . . . . . . New Ulm
Joing, Roger Harry . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Ronholdt, Tamara A.
Murdock
......
.........
..........
..........
..
...........
...........
King. Charles W . . J r . . . . . . . Minneanolis
~ n G s o n ,Lois ~ n .n. . . . . . . . . . .~ u n i u r g
Korsmo, Gayler Leland
Northwood, N. Dak.
Kronstad, Ingolf Berge . . . . . Minneapolis
Kubota, Cynthia . . . . . Gun Chiba, Japcin
Kuszler, Karen R. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Kuyper, Jerrold E. ......... Northfield
Kyllo, Eunice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo
Sather. Arne C. ............ Minneanolis
~ c h m i d t ,Marilyn F. ........... ~ a k w i n
Scholten, Harold Bernard ...... Holland
Schwartz, Roger Dudley ...... St. Paul
Scott. Ronnie Lee . . . . . . . . . . Minneawolis
soberg, George, J r . . . . . . . . ~ i n n e h o l i s
Sorensen. Mary Ann E. . . . Hutchinson
Sorenson, John David . . . . . . Eleva, Wis.
Stahlke, Richard D. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Stierna, Gale Melodie
Bloomfield Hills, Mich.
Stockman, Earl Allyn
Stewart
Strand, Eugene Mathias ........ Braham
Stuber, Sally Marie . . . . . . . . Manneapolas
Sundquist, Lewis J .
Minneapolis
Minneawolis
Svendsen. Karen Elizabeth
Swanson, Paul Steven ...... ~ e r k h b v e n
Larson, Budrow C. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Larson, Dean Ernest . . . Fargo, N. Dak.
Larson, Marilyn Virginia . . . . . . St. Paul
Lasley, James George . ...., Faarmont
Lerstad, Judith Ann
Mi~tlrenpnlis
Lindeman. Ronald ............. F1oz)kfnr
~ l n d s t r o m ,Richard Milton ...... I;lre#cll
Lorents. Olivia Gordon . . . . . Minnenpolls
Lystig, J . David . . . . . . Minnecc~~olis Taylor, Kathleen Ann Shell Lake. Wis.
Willmar
Tengwall, Sandra Joan
Tjon, Twylah Ann ... Rugby, N. Dak.
Madison, Ina J o . . . . . . . . . . . . Donnelly
Tracy, Kay Frances . . . . . . . . . Hutchinson
Malmsten, Theodore R. .... Minneapolis
Tveite. Allan Peter ......... Minneapolis
Matson, Elizabeth Joyce . . . . . . Virginia
Tweiten, Roger Allen . . . Fargo, N. Dak.
Mattison, Phillip LeRoy . . . Lamberton
Molldrem, Ariel Robert . . . . Minneapolis
Veien, Richard D. ........... Ellendale
Mortenson, Gerald W. .... Minneapolis
Vomhof, Daniel W.
Tucson, Ariz.
Nelson. Kendall Peter . . Minot. N. Dale.
Nelson, Ronald C. ......... ~ i n n e a p o l i s Wallin, Mary Ann C. ...... Minneapolis
Newsum, Edwin L. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Nordin, Rose Marie . . . . . Lake Lillian
Zahl, Carol J e a n
Minneapolis
........
.......
......
.
........
.....
...........
graduates
AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1963
With the Degree of Bachelor of Arts
Almlie, Vernon Edward . . . Minneapolis
Alstead, Jerry A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excelsior
Amundsen, Duane George . . Minneapolis
Anderson. A. Lois Grossman . . St. Paul
~ n d e r s o n ; Carol J e a n . . . . Minneapolis
Anderson, Helen Elizabeth ...... Clzmax
Anderson, Luther Alfred . . . . . . Hoffman
Anderson, R. Charles . . . . . . Minneapolis
Apold, Carol Ann D. . . . . . . . . . . . . Austin
Arndt, Charles Fred . . . . . . . . . . . Cosmos
Bagley, Carol J e a n
Bailey, David Arnold
........Zimmerman
...........
St. Paul
Bakken, Faith Elizabeth . . . . . . St. Paul
Batalden, Joyce Ann . . . . . . . . . Lamberton
Batalden, Paul B. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Beckman, Ronald R. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Beglinger, Barbara J o y . . . . . . . . Moorhead
Berglund, Kenneth Lee . . . . . Minneapolis
Bevis, Roger A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excelsior
Bjurlin, Morris A. . . . . . . . . . . . . Farwell
Bloomfield, Nancy Helen . . . . . . . . . lsanti
Botten, Einar Nelvin . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Brecht, Dwayne Elwood . . . Minneapolis
Brown, Earlene L. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Bryan, Constance Jean Wicklund
Minneapolis
Carlson, Kenneth Joseph . . . . . . Willn~nr
Carlson, Richard Melvin ....... Willmcir
Carlson, Wendell E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Colcnlo
Carlstedt. Linda Marie ..... Minnenpolis
Christensen, Mary Thorynne Minnecil~olis
Christiansen. Wayne G. . . . . Minneapolis
Clauson. Reta R. . . . . . . . . . Yorkville, Ill.
Cowan. William Owen . . . . . Miitneapolis
DeBar, Bernard Edwin ......... St. Pa111
Deen, Erinon Louis .........Mi?uaeopolis
Detjen, Ronald Dean .............. Wells
Donald, James Marr
Minnecipolis
Droegemueller. Beryl D. ... Mi?anenpolis
Dygert, Robert V. .......... Min?aeapolis
.......
Farmer, Lannell J o h n ... Madiso?~,Wis.
Franzen, Richard Keith . . . . Minneapolis
Marks, Myra . . . . . . . . . . . . Lestev Pl'nirie
Meena. Joshua Sisia . Moslti. Tnngrn~?lilia
Meffert. Robert Lee . . . . . . . . . . . Ga?llord
Meister. Jerelvn Hovland . . . . . . St. Paul
Mjo~iess, ~ l l e ;Orlaine
~
.... Minneapolis
Monson. Paul S. ............... Savage
Mortrud. David Lloyd . . . . Minneapolis
Nelson, Andre Jon . . . . . . . . . . . . St. Pan1
Nelson, Carol Ann Erickson . Mi~zi~eripolis
Nelson. Dallas S. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Nelson. Lola Mae ............. Roseall
Nelson. Richard Cris . . . . . M i n n c a ~ ~ o l i . ~
Noe. Ronald LeRoy ....... ~ i n n e a i ~ o l i f i
Nygaard. Jon I. . . . . . . . . . . Minneal~olis
Olson, Gordon Hanley . . . . . Minneapolis
Olson, LaVonne Marie C I L I I L ~ L 'Wis.
~~~~L~L~,
Olson. Robert James . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Osterberg, Russell D. . . . . . . . . Watkins
Pankuch. Leonard Edward .. Minnea]~olis
Paulson, Gary Ward ........ Minnenpolis
Garvin
Peterson. Glenn D.
Peterson, Jeffrey Gordon
Minneapolis
Peterson. Marilyn R. ....... Kerkhovela
Petrik, Diane Marie ........ Minnenpolis
Petroskey. Yvonne Marie . . . . . Virginia
Min?aeawolls
Petterson. Jerome Glendoa
Proctor. David D. .......... Minneapolis
.............
...
Gabrielsen, Stephen ............. Fcrvtilt?
Gans, Carl W. ............. Mi!u~{!ctpciliu
Gilomen, C. nonnld ........ filinrrru~rt>lls
Gjerde. Phlllr, 0,............. Sul~rll~nrrl
GjcstJcld. Donald Milton SF. Pit117Prrl'l:
Rasmussen. Paul E. C~lnaberl<t?td.Wis.
Grululer. David C. Blaitcl~nrlll)illt!. Il'is,
Raymond. Lloyd Edward . . . . . . . . Jasper
Gultlcn, Dean B. ............ MI~~!IC?I~IDI.I.Y'
Reynolds. Susan Loclre . . . . . . St. Paril
c
Gustafson, Joyce Marion . . U ~ r m i f P-nlFs
Rinde. Richard Andrew Wlaite Bear Lake
Rnlmck, Jnmcs D. . . . . . . . . . . . fi~i1irmatswtIs
Hagen, Joyce Marilyn ...... Minnenpolis
Rcrchlrt:, Lclir~td M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . St. P<ltrf
Hagenson, Ronald Thomas
110th. Rlch:lrtl I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hlrfl~ton
St. Louis P a r k
ntvl, Jert1111c M ~ v l f i. . . . . . . . nfknric.rrfwfis
Halvorst~n. Sara J a n e . . . . . . Rucl~cstc~. Rt~!rl?. D11roJd C. . , . . . . . . . . . - , . . . T'fr~l'!~
Hanson, G c o r ~ eOrdean . . . . . . Srn~~lyd! Rtiurl, Hullr A I ~ ~ I P. . . . . . . . . M+n~lc~(~lri)ll!i
Hanson. Harlan E. . . . . . . . . . Mlftltcoin~lls Rgstri, dctlun F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cl~nskfl
~ a n s o . 1 ; Mary M. ...... P a ~ k e r sPI.-ciirie
Heggen, Gaylen K. .. Estherville. IozUct
Sandbo. Hans Knutson . . . . . Minneapolis
Helmstetter, David W. ......... Newport
.
Minneapolis
Sandgren. Carol Ferris
Henrickson, Brenda Joyce . Htitclainson
Sandgren, David Peter ..... Mii~nenpolis
Hermstad, Richard P. . . . Ar~rovn, Colo.
Sather, Ruth L. ............... Franklin
Heryla. Peter T. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minnec~polis Satter. Allen A. ............ Min?~errpolis
Hess, J u d i t h A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .N o ~ t l ~ l i e l d Schober, Albert G. . . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale
Holm, Paul B. .............. St. Pnzll
Schroeder. Arvid C. . . . . . . . . Mznnaapolis
Holt, Bradley Paul
W i l l m n ~ Sch\valm. Clair Jerome .... Minneapolis
Howe, Lauralee Kathleen ... St. Pnzll
Sidncy. Philip Oliver . . Graflo~a.N. Dak.
Hughes, David Lester ...... Mi?~?leupolis Soice, Virginia Mabel ...... Mi?znenpolis
Humphrey. Linda Elaine
Minneclpolis
Soli, Robert Francis . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Spjut, Paul Leander ........... Roseau
Jeckell. Carol Nancy . . . . . . Lanabe~ton Staff, Clarice . . . . . . . . . . New York, N.Y.
Jensen, Harold C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vining
Starkey, Ronald Harry .... Minneapolis
Jerve. Rochelle Francene . . . . . . Watson
Steenson, David K. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Minneclpolis
Jiran, William Rudolph
Stinson, Patricia Louise Colunabia Heights
Johnson, Carolyn E. ........ Alexandl'ia
Stromberg. Paul William . . Minneapolis
Johnson. Grace Hilma . . . . . . Sandstone
Szepanski. Donald Michael . Minneclpolis
Johnson, Linda Margaret ... Beloit. Wis.
Johnson, Trudy Ilean . . Shavon, N. Dak.
Tangen, Karen M.
.Mi?aneclpolis
Jones, Carolyn Margrethe ... Minneapolis
Taylor, LaVonne Helen
Minneapolis
Joubert, Nancy M. . . . . . . . . . Mi?~neapolis Teppen, Frederick A.
Minneapolis
.
.
.
............
...
....
Kallestad, William Bruce . . . Minneapolis
Keller, Lee Elmer . . . . . Neillsville, Wis.
Koss, Kenneth Francis . . . . . . Minnec~polis
Lading. David William . . . . . Robbi?asclclle
Lapham, James Sigurd . . . Flushing. N.Y.
Larson, J e a n R. . . . . . . A?nherst Jct., Wis.
Larson, Wallis N. . . . Cunaberland, Wis.
Lassila. Bonnie Elaine , . . Minneapolis
Lee, LeRoy Edward . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Legaarden, Elaine Louise . . Montevideo
Leverentz, Alice J. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Lielkoks, Anna J. . . . . . . . . . . Minneclpolis
Lillestol, Judith C. . . . . . . . . Mi?uaenpolis
Lindberg, Diane L. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Linden, Charles L. . . Gvantsbzirg, Wis.
Lindquist, Sheryl J o y . Pnrkers Prnivie
Lower, Mary Margaret . . . . Minneclpolis
.
......
.....
......
Ross ...... Minneapolis
Thompson. Alan
Thompson, Steven John .... Minneapolis
Torstenson, Ordean L. ........ Dawson
Triden, Karen Gayle ........... WfLyZata
Tufford, Robert David, J r . .. Minneapolis
.
Vaala. John Leland Stuart . Minneclpolis
Velde, Ellen Ida . . . . . . . . . . Granite Falls
Wagner, Christopher Ross
La Mirnda, Calif.
Wanglie, Ruth Martine Katherine
Minneapolis
Wanner, John E. . . . . . . . . Almena. Wis.
Weigman, Roland Charles, J r .
Minnenpolis
Wilkins, Doris May
Rochester
Wilsey, Duane N. .............. St. P a u l
Wockenfuss, Lois Irene .... Minneapolis
.........
Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1962
With the Degree of Bachelor of Theology
Almquist, Paul Hempel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Spicer
.
Shizuoka-Ken, Japan
Ichiyama, Ken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Moen, Thomas Harold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Nelson, Hubert J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Nystuen, Joseph Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Northfield
With the Degree of Graduate in Theology
Peterson, Eugene S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jackson
.
.
Svanoe, Rennard Gale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1963
With the Degree of Bachelor of Theology
Haller, James Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wanamingo
Husfloen, Richard Lowell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fargo, N. Dak.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cloquet
Juntunen, Wayne Roger
Ose, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thief River Falls
Parker, Keith Clyde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seattle, Wash.
Pederson, Wallace Dennis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,... . . . . . . . . Willmar
With the Degree of Graduate in Theology
Christianson, Harlan Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hatland, Kenneth Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, Philip Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Stevens, Robert Clark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Summary of Graduates
Seminary
Graduates
Graduates
Graduates
-
1870-1961 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693
1962 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7
1963 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
710
College
Graduates
Graduates
Graduates
Total
-
1870-1961
..........................
1962 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1963 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
............................
281 1
130
171
31 12
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3822
enrollment summary
Augsburg College. 1962-1 963
Class
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
Men Women Total Men Women Total
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . .
102 50
115 83
162 134
207 204
44
29
0
44
0
47
0
27
0
76
630 703
.
.
.
.
--
Total Academic Year
Class
Men
Women
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . .
Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . ., . , . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
102
124
167
224
54
0
0
0
0
-
60
86
137
210
40
45
49
27
76
-
671
730
.
.
.
.
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
.. . . . . .
Total
162
210
304
434
94
45
49
27
76
1401
Augsburg Theological Seminary. 1962-1 963
SEM. I SEM. I I TOTAL
Men
Men
Men
Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Firstyear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
..............................
10
13
4
5
32
9
12
3
4
28
10
13
4
5
32
Total Student Enrollment. 1962-1 963
COLLEGE
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.. . . . . . . . . . 1401
1
SEMINARY
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1433
.
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Augsburg College. 1963-1 964
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
Men Women Total Men Women Total
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
45
Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0
Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0
Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0
Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0
73
101
134
183
38
42
46
40
92
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
749
.
.
.
.
- -
Total Academic Year
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Men
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
683
.
.
.
.
Women
Total
166
74
260
106
281
138
424
186
98
42
43
43
46
46
40
40
92
92
.
767
92
154
143
238
56
0
0
0
0
-
Total Student Enrollment. 1963-1 9 6 4
Men Students .
Women Students .
.
.
.
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
Total . .
. . . . .
..........
Deducting those counted more than once
.
.
683
767
1450
Academic Administration . . . 47
Accounts. Payment of . . . . 18
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
. . . . . 117
Administration
Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Advanced Placement . . . . . . 28
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . 28
Affiliation . . . . . . . . . 2. 8. 98
Aims and Obiectives . . . . . . . 8. 9
Alumni Association. The . . . . 10
Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Art. Department of . . . . 71. 103
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Attendance. Chapel .
.
. 31
Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . 49
Audio-Visual Center
. . . . . 13
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Biology. Department of
89. 109
Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . 16
Board of Regents . . . . . . . . 116
Bookstore . . . . . .
. 10
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Business Administration . 83. 107
Business Education . . . . . 85. 108
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5
.
. . . 31
Campus Life
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Chapel Service. The . . .
31
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 91. 110
Church Workers . . . . . . . . . 100
Classification of Students . . . 48
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Coaching Endorsement . . . 96
36
Co-curricular Program . . . .
Committees of the Faculty . 118
Comprehensive Examinations . 50
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . 98
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
55
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . .
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Business Administration . . . 107
Business Education
. . . . 108
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Church Workers . . . . . 100
Dentistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Economics
. . . . . . 107
Elementray Education . . . 106
Engineering . . . . . . . . . 114
English . . . . . . . .
. 101
French
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
General Liberal Arts . . . 99
German . . . . . . . . . . 103
Greek-Latin . . . . . . . . . . 101
Health and Physical Ed
112
High School Teaching
106
History . . . . . . . . . 104
Home Economics . . . . 108
Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Medical Technology . . . 112
Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . .
113
Ministry . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Music
. . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Parish and Church Workers 100
Philosophy
. . . . . . . 101
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Pre-Seminary . . . . . 100
Psychology . . . . . . . . 105
Secretarial . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Social Science Combined . . 104
Sociology
. . . . . . . . 104
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . 102
.
Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
. . . . . . . . . 2, 140
Development
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . 113
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Distinction. Degree with . . . 53
56
Divisional Organization . . . .
Dramatics . . . . . . . 37. 65
I
index
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . 84. 107
Education. Department of . . 79
Education. Elementary . . . 79. 105
Education. Secondary . . . 81. 106
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Eligibility Requirements . . . . . 40
Employment . . . . . . . . . . . 25. 45
Engineering. Pre-Engineering
Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
English. Department of . . 62. 101
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Entrance Requirements . . . . . 27
Examinations . . . . . . . . . . .
49
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Home Economics . . . . . . . 86. 108
Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . 50. 53
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . 41. 53. 98
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . 98
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Humanities. Division of the . . 61
Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose
and Philosophy of . . . . . 39
Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . 98
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16. 17
Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . 18
Financial Information . . . . . . 15
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68. 103
Laboratories. Natural Science 13
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62. 101
Law. Pre-Law Courses . . . . 114
Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . 99
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. 3
General Education
Requirements . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . .
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . .
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grade Values . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates-(1 870-1963).
Summary of . . . . . . . .
Graduation Requirements
Grants-in-aid . . . . . . . . . .
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Guaranteed Tuition Plan .
Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52. 99
Mathematics . . . . . . . . 95. 111
Medical Technology . . . . . 98. 112
Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . 113
Membership in Educational
Associations . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Ministry. Preparation for the . 100
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Modern Languages.
Department of . . . . . . . . . . 66
Music. Department of . . . 69. 103
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Musical Organizations . . . 38. 71
.
Health and Physical Ed . 96.
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . .
High School Teaching
Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . .
History and
Political Science . . . . . . 73.
112
43
106
7
104
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Numbering of Courses . . . . . . 55
Nursing. Affiliation with
Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses 114
index
Objectives and Aims . . . . . .
9
Organizations. Student . . . . . 36
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Parish Work. Curriculum . . . . 100
Part-time Students . . . . . . . 16. 48
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . 18
Personnel Services. Student . . 41
Philosophy. Department of 59. 101
Physical Education . . . . . .
39
Physics. Department of . . . 93. 110
Placement Service for
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . . 10
Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . . 100
Prizes and Scholarships . . . . . 20
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Psychology. Department of 78. 105
Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Purposes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43
Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . 32. 34
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . . 116
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Registration. Change of . . . . . 47
Religion and Philosophy.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Religious Program . . . . . . . . 33
Residence Requirement . . . . . 53
Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Scandinavian Language and
Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . 20
Secretarial Courses . . . . . 85. 115
Seminary. Summary of
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Social and Recreational
Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Social Sciences, Division of the 73
Social Sciences . . . . . . . 76, 104
Sociology, Department of 76, 104
SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 103
Special Programs of Study . . 98
Speech, Department of . . 65, 102
Student Activities,
Coordination of . . . . . . . . . 34
Student Government . . . . . . 35
Student Personnel Services . . 41
Suspension of Students . . . . 48
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Teacher's Certificate . 79. 81. 106
Teaching Curriculums . . . . . . 106
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43. 50
Transfer and Advanced
Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . 16
University Courses . . . . . . . . . 48
Upper Division Requirements . 53
notes
Augsburg College is now in the
"centennial phase" of its development
program, pointing toward the 100th
anniversary of the college in 1969. The
centennial phase program, covering the
years 1964-1969, is the second phase of
a 20-year development program begun in
1959 in which objectives are timed to
five-year phases.
The college has the following centennial
goals for the current five-year period:
Facilities - TO construct an art building,
a 600-bed high-rise dormitory and a college
center; to remodel Science Hall, Old Main,
and Memorial Hall; to complete Si Melby
Hall and to acquire additional athletic
field space.
Enrollment - To increase enrollment to
1600 students.
Faculty - To increase by ten the number
of full-time faculty members.
Tuition - To maintain tuition a t levels
judged to keep the cost of education a t
Augsburg within the range of its
constituency.
Library - To increase the holdings of
George Sverdrup library by 50%.
-
Budget
To increase the educational
budget to $2,000,000.
Student aid - To increase expenditures
for scholarships and grants to $209,000.
Endowment - To establish a fund of
$50,000 per year for endowed scholarships.
DEVELOPMEN1
PROGRAM
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM 1991
..................................................................
2
............................................................................3
..........................................................3
.........
......................................... ... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM 1991
..................................................................
2
............................................................................3
..........................................................3
.........
......................................... ....~...................
....,.,.,.. .. .
....... .......44
..........................................................5
.............................................................34
.................................................................35
............................................36
Introduction
Calendar
About this Catalog
Options
Visiting Students
Augsburg Courses
UMAIE Courses
Other Courses
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The
College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways
not possible during the regular term.
Because one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to
spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for
a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for
only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student
who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students
generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim
courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course
description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such
Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students
registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments
and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of
which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number
of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer student enrolled full
time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation).
For More Information
Interim Office Memorial 230)
Interim*tary,
Kay Thoat =lo25
Interim Dimtor, Dr. Don Gustafsonat 330 - 1119 Memorial 114b)
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age,
marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title 1Xof the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
Interim Calendar 1990
.............................................................Interim Registration
...........................................................................
Late Interim Registration
.........................................................................................
First Day of Interim
October 29 -November 2
December 3
January 2
Class I 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
........+..C..H...U
.....................................U..U...Y.m..r..La~tDay for CanceYAdd
...................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar
January 3
January 16
January 18
January 30
February 4
..................................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
....................................................................................................
Interim Ends
................................................................................ Spring Semester Begins
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will
be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into
two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at
9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special
convocation on Monday, January 21, at 1:00p.m.
About This Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by
Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Further descriptions
and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial
230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of
the Catalog.
Options
International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 27
international Interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of
this catalog.
Independent or Directed Study - Studentsmay elect a progt-am of independent
study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for
more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue
independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at
least one week before registration and no later than December 3. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these
Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help
students in applying for registration at other schools.
Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Note that Interim Courses at
Macalester, Hamline and St. Thomas begin on January 7 .
Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-14 schools are accepted
for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects
courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-14 schools for the
January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution
agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The
waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other
students will be charged $708 for the Interim course.
Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to
the Interim Director for application fonns or use the forms provided by the
Interim Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10.
Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Courses
The Florida Keys: Marine Biology
of the Florida Keys and Writers of The Florida Keys
This interdisciplinay program will involve about two weeks of study i n southern
Florida. It will be based at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key
during most of this period but there will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two
distinct course offerings are availablefor credit, taught by Ralph Sulerud and John
Mitchell. Descriptions for these courses can be found in the appropriate departmental
sections of this catalog (Biology and English.)
The interdisciplinay component will involve several days of field trips conducted by
the personnel of the institute. Unique communities such as coral reefs and mangrove
swamps will be studied. There will be plenty of opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba
diving is available for those who are certified. Students will also make several visits to
Key West, and will study some of the writings of Key West authors (see page 12). All
students will participate in these activities and i n certain classes i n addition to completing the specific requirements of the course for which credit will be given. It is intended
that relationships will become apparent between the biology of the Florida Keys and the
writing which has emerged from this interesting environment.
A fee of approximately $1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare),
lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the
Newfound Harbor Marine Institute.
Marine Biology of The Florida Keys
BIO 140-41048; 340-41049
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms
and marine ecology. Most of approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at
the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers
laboratory facilities and field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field
trips will pennit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow
bays, mangrove swamps, seagrass communities and tide pools. Organisms from
these communities and others will be investigated onsite and in the laboratory. A
marine biologist from the institute will be available to lead field trip and conduct
specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the institute there will be a
short trip to the Everglades to experience yet another interesting environment.
Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made during the week prior to
the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety ol
audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the
completion of course requirements.
The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology students will
interact with students from John Mitchell's Key West Writers course. Further
information concerning this component will be found listed under The Florida
Keys in the Interdisciplinary section of this catalog.
Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a journal
based on daily experiences, and one or two exams. Upper division students will
also do a special research project which will be the basis of a paper.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. For upper division credit, Biology 111
and 112 or equivalent.
Distribution: BiologyIChemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 213
Molds, Mushrooms and Humans
BIO 141-41047
Instructor: Esther McLaughlin
The course will make familiar the "fifth kingdom1' of o'ganisms, fungi,often
neglected in undergraduate curricula. 'Ihe biology and classification of fungi,their mle ir
the ecosystem (rotting and other activities),and their medical, industrial and commedal
importance will all be covered in ledures, student pmentationsand field trips.
Evaluation will be via tests,quizzes, and graded presentations. Some classroom
demonstrationsof fungal typesand forms will be included.
Distribution: BiologylChemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
Chemistry for Changing Times
CHE 100-41001
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
'Ibis is a non-labontorychemistry course W on the popular book by JohnW. Hill
of the s m title. It is not a traditional chemistry come and does not assume a science
backgod. Basic science and math are introdud early and taught as needed for
understandmgthe various topics and implications. 'Ihemumedoes assumethe studentis
in-ted
in and concerned about the relationshipof chemistry to life and living.
Chemistryhas been intimately a part of liberal eduation for centuries. The early
scientists we= considered to be philosophersand their societies were philosophical
societies. In recent decades the human seeking of pemnal independem has led to
chemistrybecorning a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependare on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertdkm, plastics, "thepill", food additivesand
processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides,
pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on
and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The
common bgged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a mult of a chemical
imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex systemof alked body
chemistry. Even learning appears to be the mult of chemicalreaction to forma
"memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then
but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our
universe? Come pin us as we take a molecular look at the hummamWion
This course will be offered in a lecture/discsussion format Films will supplementthe
lechm/discsussion periods. Daily quizzes willbe used for evaluation This course meets
a distributionneed but does not satisfy prerequisitesfor Chemistry 106or 116.
Prerequisite: High School Algebra
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I1
Room Science 315
A Labaatory Intro&m
to Chemisty
<31M113.41002
Instructar: JoanKunz
Substances changed into new materials; colors change; solids v t e from
solution a m i stry is Lhe scimcc which trim to dcrstand these and many other
c h a n p wmning in the ma ttm around us. An intemting way to become introduced to
&anistry and to problem solving in the sciences is to do laboratory q x r h e n t s . 'Ihis
muse presents an introduction to chemistry using the laboratory as the chief arena for
instruction Studentswillbe introduced to measurements, reactions, synthesesand
chanical problem solving such as idcntifiation of simple m p u n d s in solution and
dekmination of amounts of matuials prrscnt in a sample Pmpr attention to techniques and safe practices in the laboratoryis scpeded. The course will meet each week
day fot thm hours. Course grades will be based on the quality of the laboratmy work,
tl-e I a h t m y reports ~summri;jngeach eqmimk),and an e m at the end of tlw
murse.
Distributiom Biology/Chemistry
Time:I
Room Science 315
COBOL
CSC 27141003
Instructo~:LanyRagland
A study of the COBOL progmning languagefor studentswith someprevious
howledge of pmgrammhg. This course will expand a student's knowledge of p r e
gramming and pmgmmkg languagesthrough pmentation of the features of COBOL
together with programming techniques for using those features. Thiscourse will include
lechms and programmingassignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the
progaming assignments and examinations.
Pnsequisite: One course with a study of computer language (eg, CSC 170)
Time:I
Room: Science 112
Puinciples of Miaaeconornics
ECO 1l%4100Q
Instrudo~Satva Guvta
~n introdkon bmicroeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market
structuresand income distribution the^ willbe an applicationof elementaryeconomic
theory to market policy. Grades will be based on tests in class.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time:I
Room: Library 1
C 0 n ~ o r a . EcommicRelatim
y
Betzueen East and West
ECO 319-41037
Instructo~Magda Palemy-Zapp
In this course,we'll explore motivations for ecommic cooperation between countries
with different political and economic system 'Ihis will be followed by the analysisof thc
conditionsfor East-West economic cooperation and its pattans. We'll focuson m t
developmentsin pint economic and indusbial cooperation. Students will share an
understandingof economic relations at the national level and see how nations with
diffemt economic and political systems employ the principles of politics and economics
in their own domestic and international affairs. Using compamtivemeans,institutions
and systems that drive cornmaw and g o v m c e will be explored and explained,
including recent institutionalchanges in the dm&& of foreign trade in centrallyplanned economics. Then, at the global level, the effects of GAlT, EEC, and OMEA on
East-West economic dations will be examhed. At the end of the course, we'll try to
identify trends and alternativesin the 1980s. 'Ihere will be a mid-term test, a final scam
(takehome),and a
paper.
Prerequisite: Economics 112(Macro)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
EcrmomicMysis ofHumanActz*~~l~
and Orgm'mtbns
ECO 31%41038
Instrudac Milo Schield
Objective: To use thetoolsof modernmicm-emnomics to analyze a wide variety of
humanactionsand hurrranoqpizati011~
Issues Understandinginvestmentsin human capital (education,marriage, familyIsocial
clubs, charities, etc.) Undastanding the n a W I growth and mnsequencesof pmperty
rights (an economic theory of law, an economic theory of Western history, an economic
theory of capitalism,etc.) Understandingthen a W , growth and consequences of public
choices (publicopnizations and economicefficiency, voting, politicians, an economic
theory of bureaucracy and an economic theory of the State).
Textbooks: Henri LePage: ' T o m m w Capitalism1', RadniRadnitzkyand Bemholz: "Emnomic
ImperMsm".
Math Level: No calculus;some geometry. Rimarily vehd reasoning.
I quizzes,paper and final.
Approach: Readhgs, lechmsI~ o n sweekly
Evaluation: Quizzes (3at 100/0),final(200/0),book wviews (20%0),paper (20'31)and attendance/parlicipation (~WO).
Prerequisites Uppewlass standing or an upper-divisioncourse in Political Science,
Sociology, Philosophy or Economics, or else the permission of the Instructor.
Time: I1
Room: Science319
For more Economics listings, see Page 36
Human Relations
EDS 38841050
Instructor: Carolyn Clemmons
This class provides valuable insight into the values, communication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof major minority groups
in Minnesota. This class is taught from a perspective of minority group members
with interaction from class members.
How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting?
How might you gain more knowledge of our global society?
Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teaching and
other professional vocations. This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process.
Time: II Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Old Main 10
Discovery Leaming in ihe World of I(mdergmten
EDE 37541005
Instructor: Bruce Drewlow
This class
students for the unique experiencesand rrsponsibilitiesof a
kindergarkmcla~~~~~)m~classwill:
A. Stms key adult/child relationships.
B. S~RSScurriculum developmentand instructionalsystems which are supportedby
current mearchand practices in education settings.
C. Stress key adult/child relationships.
D. Stress process - '%ow to learn".
E. Sharemearchhsed findingsabout developmentally appropriateclassmom organizational plans.
ER
mntinuities and discontinuities in development (characteristicsof the
kindergarten child).
G. Examine appropriatedevelopmental instructionpractices.
H. Examine appropriatecurriculumdesign and instructionalpmgrams meeting the
needs of the kindergarten student.
I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child.
J. Include guest speakem and field trips.
Objectives of the class: At the completionof thisclass the studentwillbe able to
iden*
1.Developmental needs of the kindergarten
2. Discuss the diffe~ntapproachesto kindergarten educationand the theories
behind these approaches.
3. Organizea classroomenvironment to meet the learning needs of students.
4. Identify and create a curriculumplan for teaching kindergarten that meets both t h
students1needs and the teaching style of the teacher.
Grades willbe based on projectsIdiscussion and examination. This is a one-half credit
COum.
Pmequlsites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Educationprogram in pmcess.
Time:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Library 4
wtiw o f t h r n w q s
ENG 13641051
Instructo~JohnMitchell
This course offers a study of literatureas it relates to setting, in this case an environment that willbe studied and experienced biologically, ecologically, and culturally in
with the mading of essays, poetry, and fiction. 'Ihe study of the environment
co-(E
itself will involve an interdisciplina~~
program based at the Newfound H a h r Marine
Instituteon Big Pine Key about 30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The Key
WestRtnder: l'he Best ofthe Key West Writers,18B1990; in addition, studentswill read
one novel from a variety of choices. It is said that at any given time there are about 50
writas living in Key West. They have included Stephen c1-ane,John Dos Passos, Wallace
Stevens, Ernest Heminpay, Wbeth Bishop, Robert Frost, TennesseeWilliams,
Thomas Sanchez, Thomas McGuane, and nunemus others. Field trips during the twe
week stay will involve excursions into the culturally and racially diverseArt Deco District
of Miami Beach; snorkelingin the coral reefs; trips to the "back country"of the mangrove
islands; visits to the homes of writem like Emest Haningway and TennesseeWilliams;
and an excursion into the Evqlades. A wonderful interplayof environment, culture,
and literaturewill result and the student will be an informed y c e rather than a men?
tourist. Studentswillbe scpected to keep a journal and to write a final paper about 1G12
pages in length, based upon the use of environment as literary setting.
This interdisciplhq program will involveabout two weeks of study in southern
Florida. It willbebased at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute, Big Pine Key during
most of this period but the^^ will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two distinct
course offerings m availablefor d t , taught by Ralph Sulerud and John Mitchell.
Descriptions for these c o r n can be found in the appropriate deparhental sections of
this catalog (Biology and English)
The interdisciplinarycomponent will involve several days of field trips conducted by
thepemmnel of the institute. Unique communitiessuch as coral reefs and mangrove
swamps will be studied. Them will be opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba diving for
thosewho are certified. Studentswill also make several visits to Key West, and will
study writings of Key West authors. All students will participate in theseactivities and
in catain classes in addition to completingthe specificr e y h m m t s of the course for
which d t will be given. It is intended that mlationships willbecome apparent
between thebiology of the Florida Keys and the writing which has emerged from this
interesting environment.
A feeof approximately$1,2mwillbe dmged for bansportation (includinga m ) ,
lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.)of the
Newfound Harbor Marine Institute.
Pm.requisites:Permission of instruct01
Distribution: EnglishISpeech
Time: I
Room: Old Main l2
The S h a t Stay -Elements of Fidm
1
I
mG~1007/MW10a)
Instructoc Kathryn Swanson
What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should be considered
,in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answersto thesequestionsby
mding a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the course will not involvea systematic analysisof the history of the form of
the short story, we willbegin with tales and fables and we will &a sufficientnumber of
classics for the student to appnxiate the historical developmentfrom Poe to Beattie. 'Ihe
c o w willinvolve practice in ways of aplitaature and will include study of the
basic critical terminollogy, so it would be an appmpriatecourse for studentswho have not
yet studied literatureat thecollegelevel.
Students are scpectedto readthe storiesand novel, participate in class discussions,
write an analysisp a p on a selected short story, write an original short story, and take
several quizzes and a finalscam
Students talang thiscourse for upper division d t will m d an additional novel and
p~epw
a substantialpapg/class presentation bsed on it.
All students will be asked to contniute$5 to enable printing and distributionof sel&
original fiction from theclass.
Prerrquisite: Effective Writing
Distriiution: EngIiWSpeech
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Speech Communi*:
W
m Mimniiiie, Social C h ,and their
VioftheEnglishLanpge
ENG ZL9-4l057
Instructm JohnSchmit
'Ihe speech that we use, as much as theclothes that we wear, marks us as members of
a p u p . We adopt the laripage of thecommunity to which we wish to belong, and,
conversely, by njeclingthe languageof a community we are seen to reject the community
itself. Speech communitiesare delineated linguistically, but are definedas culW units.
'Ihe l a n m of each must encompass those conceptsand name those things that the
c
u
m
l holds to be important. 'Ihiscourse will conduct an emmination of issuescentralto
analysis of the speech communitiesof women, minorities and socialstrata. Students willlx
asked to focustheir individual study on an issue of pasonal intevst.
'Ihe come will combine ledme and student-initiated discusion Each student will be
evaluated on thebasis of two examinationsand a short (8 page) p a p .
Distribution: Urban Studies,or Women's Studies, or Minarity Studies
Time: II
Room: Old Main 27
ReSisi0n.s: ConternpmaryDmma in English (1975-pment,l
ENG 24941009
Instructm Douglas Gram
Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent
drama in English. These issues are revitalizing both contemporary drama and
productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s
and the '80s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues
ranging from racial tension and interaction to sexual preference. (We sometimes
survey cumnt drama on several such topics, like class, gender, and language in
1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like sexual orientation in 1990.) For comparativepurposes, we will also view a few films on related
topics and try to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be
moderate fees for the local productions.
Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper.
(Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A series of group projects, which include a
long paper and some performance, will conclude the course.
Prerequisite: ENG 111(Effective Writing) is strongly recommended
Distribution: EnglishISpeech
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232-41042
Instructor: Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and intemational folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities.The majority of
the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment,
and a written test. This is a one-half medit course.
Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
Administration and Supemision of the
School Health Program
HPE 410-41043
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to
community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experiencein classroom and community.
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries
of professional journalarticles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a
teaching method.
Pmequisik HPE 320 (School Health C m i d u m )
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place2
CoachingofBasketbaZ1
HPE 477-41090
Instruchm Brian Ammann
?heory, tdmique and administrativeaspects of mchingbas-.
Exams, on-thefloora>aching~~es,danduscoutingreportdbethemethodsofevaluation
Thisisa
&f
cradit catrse.
Time I, Tuesdaysand Thursdaysand alternateFridays
Room: Melby 111
Coachingof Volleyball
HPE 48341054
Instructo~:Marilyn Florian
This c o r n deals with the theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaclng
volleyball. A small part of the grade willbe based on completed assignments; the mapr
portion of the grade will be based on tests.This is a one-half credit course.
Time: I, T and Th and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 111
Officiating of Basketball
HPE---- 41041
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of
basketball. There will be practical experience on the floor. Students completing
the course should be ready for certification by the Minnesota High School
Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tests, papers prepared and
performance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable
that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a one-half credit
course.
Time: 11, Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Si Melby 202
The 18SOs:Ameuica'sWatershed
HIS 33841056
1nstrucl.o~JohnJenswold
lkpmion! War! b b r wiolerm! Ruml mlution! Psycholo@ccrisis! mal
dislmkion! Political comption! Racial conflict!Thc 18% was a dynamicdecade of
crisis and challmge in almost every a s p 3 of American life. This rmwrlcable landmark
d d e pmvidcs a window through which we a n examine a n u m b of nwpr t h m
and W s taking s h a p in d m American d e t y , p l i tics, economics, culture, and
fordp @icy.
We'U appmach thederade thmgh the mdqpof such contemporary writers as
JaneAddams, ATbert Bevcridge, E u p e V. Debs, Theodoxv Dr&, The People's Party,
Jacob Riis, Frederick Jackson Turner, Thontein Veblen, and Booker T. Washington.
These readings - and their historical contacts- will provide the basesof ledures and
discussionson the rcIwant topics of the dmde under study.
Evaluation will be b a s d on short papers on tlac m d i n p and on one essay exarnination, as well as on classdiscussionsof the assigned material.
Prerequisites: HIS 221 or HIS 222, (US. Survey)or consent of instructor
Time: I
Room Old Main l3
The capstone of the Augsburg First Year Experience (FYE)Program is a special
interdisciplinary Interim course with places reserved for first year students. For the 1991
Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a difierent faculty
member. The course will provide fill credit and will satisfy the Fine Arts distribution
requirement. A few students who are not freshmen will be permitted in the course.
Art and Idea: The Baroque in Europe
INS 191-41011
Instructors: Julie Bolton, Merilee Klemp, Kristin Anderson
How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theater? What is
the nature of art? How m ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts,
music, and theater have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they
were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular
time and place. We see that the visual arts, music and theater always reflect the
spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and
theater created in Europe in the Baroque period, the course will explore how to
appreciate and understand the various art forms, e e e the relationships among
the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different
points in time.
Students will participate in the course through various readings, including
reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary
source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the
College and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg
Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts,
and attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul
Chamber Orchestra. Students will be expected to attend all required performances
and museum visits, write analyses of the art works or performances, and write a
paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be
quizzes.
Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $15.
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: I The class will normally meet during Time I, but students will be expected to
attend a limited number of off-campus events (someevenings andlor weekends)as a part
of the class work.
Room: Tjomhom - Nelson Theater
The Paideia Approach: Thinking and Talking
About What You Read
I N S 120-41055
Instructors: Marie McNeff, Vicki Olson
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia
seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates.
Students will read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia
seminars. One seminar will use Charlie Chaplan's "Modern Times" for viewing
and then seminar. Open to students with an interest in learning through and
about the Paidcia Program.
Students will read selected readings and view selected films for seminar
discussions, develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe
seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the
Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars;
evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; lead seminars.
Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students and observations of students participating in seminars. Reflective writing will be a part of
the evaluation methodology. The evaluation of the course will be based, in part,
on seminar participation: "The good seminar participant (1) is neither too
impulsive nor overly hesitant in responding, (2) checks periodically on the
purpose and direction of the talk, (3) allows people to be heard, (4) is an active
listener, (5)spreads out the discussion, (6) is considerate, (7)criticizes a point
thoughtfully, (8)makes room for productive silence, (9)is well prepared." (From
"%minar Strategies": portion of essay by Grant Wiggins, Coalition of Essential
Schools, Brown University.)
Time: I
Room: Science 319
Social Change: The Ultimatum of
Community Development in India
I N S 241-41053
Instructor: Vincent Peters
Life in the global community of today's world demands an understanding of
many issues from perspectives not easily achieved without intimate study from a
viewpoint far different than one's own. This course seeks to challenge many
common assumptions regarding the differences between "rich" and "poor,"
"East!' and 'West," while examining the process of social change in the context
of an emerging nation.
South India provides a rich experience of lives in transition, as reformation
sweeps through the culture on every level, bringing socio-economic develop
ment, political empowerment, and redefinition of social and gender roles.
Students immerse themselves in the culture of South India through dialogue,
homestays, and cultural events, and as a result will find their own world view
greatly challenged and enhanced.
We will spend time in Madras, the smaller city of Vellore and villages near
it, in Bangalore and finish with four days in New Delhi which will coincide with
the colorful celebration of Republic Day.
There will be some assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and field activities, maintenance of a journal and two tests.
The comprehensive fee of $2,695 includes air and surface transportation,
accommodations (half in hotels and half with families), breakfast daily and two
group dinners in addition to the twelve dinners with families.
Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at the Office of
International Programs.
W m k LifeTransitions
INS24541010
Instructar: Diane Busico
Are YOU so~~dbyyourfeelingsandconcemedaboutlifechoicesfacing
you? Would you like to have a betterundmtanding of y o d and others?
?he course will explore the process of adultpsychologid development from age 18
on. 'Ihroughbooks and articles, students will see the life come unfold and followvarious
passages through thelife mume Questionswhich naturally arise during the bansition
periods conaming,for example, carem, marriage, and family, will be bein the
context of the life course. StudentswiUbe expeckd to develop a journal andbe involved in
teamwork Upper class students will be scpected to assume team leadershiproles.
Distribution: Women's Studies
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Histimj of &eRomrmce Languages
LIN 3124UlZ
Instrue. Donald Steinmek
?he Romance languageshave played and continue to play a mapr mle in history.
Most people are familiarwith the names of the mapr R o m languages: Portuguese,
Spanish,Fm&, Italian,Romanian,but~arealsootherlesshmlanguagesinthis
p u p , such as Galidan, Catalan, P r o v d , l
,
Sardinian,Rom,and others. This
coursewillbe concerned why theselanguagesare so similar and why they&.
Basidy, the similarities stem from the fad that theselanguagesall have the same
source, the poplar Latin speech (oftenmked to as Vulgar Latin) which was spokenby
ordinary people - traders and rmrchants, soldiersand sailors, ruraland &an settlers of all
kinds - within the Roman Empire at its greatest extent. They differin part because
differences in dialect traditionally tend to grow with the passage of time and, very
importantly, these languages have all experienced the influences of various other
languages - such as Arabic in the case of Spanish, Celtic and German for French,
Slavic for Romanian, etc.
'Ihe length of thecoursewill not permit going into great detail regall these
changes,but the mapr developmentswill be emmined mthlly, particularly in thetheof
SpanishandFd
By the end of the c o r n , the student will have seen samplesof almost all theabove
Romance languagesand should be familiar with the basic aspects of thepopular (or
Vulgar) Latin which result in the similarities and alsobe aquainted with m y of the
factos which account for the diffenmm.
Grading for thecourse will be based on the studenfsg e n d pqaration for all
assignments, on specific performance for two tumin assignments, and on a final
examination
Pnmquisites: at least thee terms of some Romance Language or a linguisticscourse
Time:I
Room Old Main 22
Math and Ifs Applications: SSucceed Wth Math
MAT 1324013
I n s t r u e . Suzanne Do&
Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols s<rare you? Do you wonder why a
student mapring in socialscience or h d t i e s needs to know some math?Would you
like to irrgroveyour math SHS,
be mom at ease wib math, and maybe even learn to like
math (a little)? If you answered "yes" to any of the above, thiscourseis for you.
In thismuse we will wok on solving problem and puzzles to help you be comfortable when dealing with numbers and to generally impmw your quantitativem n i n g
skills. W e w i l l s e e m a n y ~ o f m ~ t i c s i n b u s ~ a n d d s c i ~ .
Evaluation willbe based on homework problems, a pmblansolvingjournal, and
several short papes. kwillbe no quizzes or tests.
Time 11
Room Science212
Ma& ofbrterest
MAT 173-41014
Instrum Ken Kaminsky
Have you ever wondenxi why women have been charged more thanmen for
annuities and &ved
lower p e n s i o n ~ tthan
s men? Or why women have paid less
than men for life irmmme?Or how life inspremiums calculated? Or how
instalhmt loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to
accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the fuhm? Then
thisc o r n may be meant for you. Theseand other interestingand usefultopics in the
mathematics of financialkmsadions willbe c o d .
'Ihisc o r n should be usefulfor studentsin businessand ecomrnics or for any
students intemtd in cawen in finmedated fields. Evaluation willbe based on classmom participationand quizzes.
Prerequisites Group III on math placement test ar equivalent
Distnlution. Mathematicsmhysics
Time I
Room Science 212
Creative Arts Therapies: A Clinical Overview
MUS ll(F41017
Instntctor: Roberta Metzler
An introductory course for students interested in interdisciplinary approaches of the various arts therapies, emphasizing the individual contributions
of dance, drama, music, art and other arts to the therapeutic process. The class
will visit clinical treatment facilities in the area. Evaluation will be based on
three tests and field trip reports.
Special fee to cover transportation: $15.
Time: I1
Room: Music 24
Electronic Music Composition
MUS 23&41063/430-41015
Instructor: Robert Karlen
An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some of the
sounds found in 20th Century music. Through a "hands+nl' approach, participants
will be involved in:
1.Making multi-track recordings on half-track, quarter-track, and cassette decks
through an eight-track mixer.
2. Individually creating, modifymg and mixing sounds from traditional sound
sources as well as from analog and computercontrolled synthesizers.
The study and application of practical electronic technology used in the production of music today will be combined with aesthetic considerations necessary for the
creative aspects of the art.
Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups. Lower division
students will work with up to four channel-four track recording involving techniques of speed changing, splicing, reversing tape direction and filtering using
primarily traditional and non-traditionalsound sources. Upper division students
will also use electronicallysynthesized sound sources including computer controlled
keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven tracks.
Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape.
Prerequisite: Music theory or permission of instructor for upper division status.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I1
Room: Music 5
Beginning Nonoegian I
NOR 111-41018
Instructor: Frankil Shackelford
Course 111is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. The
course aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, writing, and
cultural understanding. Classroom practice focuseson both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts.
The finalgrade is derived from daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
What Do You Think Of That?
PHI 250-41019
Instructor: Kenneth C.Bailey
There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some
clear and careful thought. What shall we think and say about such contemporary issues as "Freedom of the Will"; "Can Computers Think?"; and 'What are
the Grounds of Moral Responsibility?". In this course we will discuss these and
other concerns that confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more
clearly.
Discussions will be based upon readings from a wide selection of authors,
some traditional (such as John Locke, Rene Descartes, and William James); and
some very much in the forefront of contemporary discussion (such as Ayn Rand,
B.F. Skinner, Sidney Hook, and John Hospers). Their views are provocative, to
say the least, and they will challenge you to ask, again and again, 'Well, Now.
What Do You Think of That?".
Grades will be based upon a mid-term examination, a final examination, and
class discussions.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: Music 22
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-41020
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four
basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's
climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water
cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weathefs impact on world
events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the MathematicsPhysics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student.
The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a
two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather
facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa
Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour
and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits
will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane
tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather.
During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits.
Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception
systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational
weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of
climates across the U.S. from north to south.
Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be
based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project
completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Initial deposit
due by October 26.
Prerequisites: High School Algebra
Distribution: MathematicsRhysics
Time: I
Room: Science 28
Introduction to Space Science
PHY 320-41021
Instructor: Ken Erickson
This course is designed for students in science and engineering who are
interested in acquiring a basic knowledge of the major topics required for further
study in the field of space science.
The course will provide a survey of the earth's space environment including
solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics.
Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, rnagnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphereionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms,
current systems, particle precipitation, and aurora. Evaluation will be based on
assignments, two exams and a paper.
Prerequisites: PHY 245 or consent of instructor
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Spreadsheet Physics
PHY 15141022
Instructor: Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123)have been used extensively in business for
years. However, it is also possible to use spread sheets to solve physics problems
without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student
who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive
level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas
including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated
might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet
projects, homework, and a final exam.
Prerequisites: Math level lII
Distribution: Mathematics/Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 30
Understanding the Middle East Through Literature
POL 241-41062
Instructor: Renee Taft
Literature in the Middle East can be a sensitive barometer of the manner in
which individuals have sought to cope with the challenges and crises experienced by their societies and have defined themselves within and against societies
which an? themselves in the process of change and redefinition. In this seminar,
students will examine a number of novels as well as expository prose in English
from Egypt and the Arab world, Israel and Iran. Because the theme of common
concern in our time is the Arab-Israeli conflict, emphasis will be placed on gaining a
better understanding of its ramifications. The seminar will emphasize close reading
and analysis of texts, classroom discussion and essay writing. No prerequisite
required although some basic knowledge of the Middle East is preferable. Final
examination and one paper comparing two or more authors read.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I
Room: Music 23
Alternative Politics
PoLW1058
Instructm RandallKindley
'Ihe qanding role of alternativepolitical movements is one of themost fascinating
socialphenomena of the last quarterof thecentury. Politid plies, inhest p u p s and
~ m tmovanenk
s
that will fit our conventional view of left and right are becoming
significantpolitical playersat the national and local level in the United States and abmad.
'Ihe Gram, for example, have become parbmentary contendersin many Empean
countries. Youth and c h d mowmats have figured prominently in thepolitical changes
that swept EasternE m p e in 198P1990. Inbhremb, en-talist,
anti- nuclear,
religious and anti-tion
p u p s are gaining in memkrship and activism while
traditional competitionbetwemDemocl.at and Republicanwanes. Will the politics of the
21st Century be based on these new political cleavages?
In thiscourse, we will scarnine the phenomenon of alternative political m m t s
from a menational, national and local pmpective. Seved issues will be I-aised:What
accountsfor the pmpagation of thesenew political foms? What are the visions and goals
of these p u p s ? How are thesevisions and goals tramlabed into pragmatic political action?
How do their ideals, as w d as thepolitical systems in which thesegroups m embedded,
shaped#emms in objectivesand strategies? Finally, what does their growth mean for the
way politia will be conducted at thelocal, national and intemational level in the years to
come?
Essentially,thiscourse will be exploratoryand we hope to developa practical scheme
for comparing and analyzing theemergenceand behavior of thesealtemative political
p u p s . Reawillbe a mixtureof theoretical literature and publicationsof some of
thesepups. Thegreateremphasiswillbemthelatters~themaprityofclasstimewill
be devoted to presentations by prominent individualsin local alternativemovenwnts and
discussionsabout their political goals and strawes. Grades in the course willbe based on
class participation, a termpaper and a final exam
h q u i s i t e x 1Political Science course or permissionof instructor.
Time:I1
Room Murphy Place 3
TheLegalRights oftheAm&
Employee and
E m p l o y e r h a~llatmeandJudkialPempecttve
POL 37641099
Instruclor. Phil Fishman
This new course will scarnine the currentpolitical and legal rights and responsibilities
of theAmerican employeein the contempmy labor market Various forms of employment issues, including contra3rights, wrongful tamination, workers compmsationfor
pbrelated injuries, safety in the work place, protection against legal dkrhination on the
job, drug and alcoholtesting and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow!' Whemer
possible, the oppositeposition of theemployer willbe pmented. The role of theAmerican
labor union movement and employer's political action p u p s will be a d M where
devant. M willbe field trips to observeadual court and/or administrativelaw
pI.ocRedings. Students will alsomeet with employment la-.
Studentswill p q m e s p e d mini-termpaper and final examination.
h q u i s i t e s Junioror Senior status; 1course in Political Science or Economics.
Time: Wednesday Jan.2,6304k3and each Monday and Wednesdaythereafber.
Room Old Main 16
Psychobgy ofthe Legal System
PSY 3354024
Nancy Steblay
l l w US. legal system will be investigated from the perspectiveof psychologicaltheory
andpradice A ~ c f o c u s w i l l b e o n ~ s o c i a l p s y ~ l o g y o f m
with d d m a t i o n of such topics as jury selection, eyewitness evaluation and jury decision
Instru-
Class mdingsand discussionwill also a v e r suchW e r a m s as morality,justice,
ethics and victimization. Guest-1
will include members of the legal and psychological communities.
Evaluationn-ethods include test and w r i b work; studentswill alsobe mponsible
for contributionto classmomdiscussion.
Prerequisites: a general psychology course
Time: 11
Room: Old Main16
The Self as Revealed in Myths and Symbols
PSY 340-41023
Instntdotr Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and
theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the
intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representationsof "the
self."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's individual
self and of how the conceptualizationsof your self have been molded by a variety of
social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include
topics as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and
peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings.
Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be
actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the
responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class partiapation, (2) a course journal, and (3)four or five short (60@-800word) papers.
Prerequisites: PSY 105(GeneralPsychology)
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 2
Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 3704025
Instructor: Duane E.Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person.
Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism W e d toward other
persons and society will be the main focus.-This course will be conducted as a seminar
with a high level of student contributionand prticiption. Attendance at each class
session is requhd.
Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequentoral
reports. Each student will be r e q M to seek out and interview pmons in the adolescent level of development. Typewritingor equivalent word processing will be required.
Studentsare required to read TheMoral Life of Children by Robert Colesbefore the start of
the Interim Thisbook will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1.
Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessionsand will provide a
base for further learning in the course.
This course is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequisites: PSY 105, General Psychology
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
The Bz%k, h p a g e and Intqmtation
REL 445 41006
Instructor: Philip Quanbeck
A study of theuse and funciton of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding thebiblical text. Grades will be
based on class prticipation, a presentation to the class and an examination.
Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 11
The Theology of Mm'age
REL,34341026
Instructor: Cathy Paulsen
Mamiage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision which we often make
with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the
1
I
I
heart, whether you are manied or not, but it will inaxme your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of
Christian tea*,
many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G.
Jung willbe studied and applied to the marital relationship and secondarilyto the
family.
discussion, and visiting resourcepersons. Evaluationwill be
Thew willbe,-l
based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books willbe required.
Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221 or permission of instructor.
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.)
Time: I
Room Music 24
Biblical T
&
i
Then andNow
REL4354060
Instructor:~~-en
An opportunity for students to mearch s@c Biblical texts to examine their place
in Scriand how it has been interpwtd by theologians down through the centuries,
including current interpwlations by feminist, process and liberation theologians.
Each student will mearch and pment findings to the class on one specific text.
Evaluation is based on class participation and the mearch paper. No exams.
Prerequisites REL 111 or REL 221.
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religioncourse may be used toward
graduationrequirements.)
Time: II
Room Old Main 23
A t m , God and Money: How SciencP,
Religion a n d E c m i c s M k
REL 43641061
Instructors: Mark Engebretson,JohnBenson, and Tom M q a n
Science, theology and economic thought are intricately intertwined and reflect
one another in the development of Western Civilization. "Atoms, God and Money
will examine three historical periods: Medieval, 18th Century and 20th Century, to
show how the three areas of thought change together and influence one another.
Course content will be drawn from texts and video series by James Burke and from
writings of Kenneth Boulding. Class time will be divided among a variety of
activities including: discussion, lecture, presentations, small group tutorials and
simulation games. Drawing from the ideas developed in the course, participants
will work as teams to construct Space Colonies.
Course evaluation will be based upon: Midterm and Final exams, group project
presentation, and a final paper on a topic in the area in which one is taking the
course for credit.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior status and one prior religion course
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward
graduation requirements.)
Time: I1
Room: Science 123
Exploring Human Services
SWK 25741027
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency
representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3
hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings
discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in agency, written subjective
summary, brief journal summary, exam on readings.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 1
Exploring Human Services and Social Work
in Great Britain (lanuay 2-26,1991)
SWK 34611028
Instructor: Rosemary Link
Experience the excitement of a changing Europe through British eyes. Explore
modern social policies in the context of ancient culture. Join British students and
faculty and meet a variety of human service professionals in health, corrections,
family and child welfare. Encounter the breadth of the nation's traditions through
visits to galleries, museums, theaters and historic sites, such as Canterbury, and
Stratford. In London we visit a wide range of agencies and explore this lively city
with the help of English social work students. We visit the West coast port of Bristol
and benefit from University faculty expertise in advocacy and child welfare. We mix
practical experience, observation and dialogue to understand how the country's
social services reflect culhual values. The fee ($2,295) includes travel and accomrnodations, breakfast daily, two lunches, six dinners and two theater tickets.
Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at The Office of
International Programs.
Field Work LU
S W K 466-41030 (fullcourse)
S W K 466-41029 (l/2 course)
Instrudar: Francine Chakoli
Course content w
i
l
lbe continuation of Field Work I. - educationallyfocused
field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour
per week in a faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations
will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation forms.
Prerequisites: S W K 462 (Field Work II)
Time: To be arranged
Principles of Sociology
(with emphasis a the Health Care Systnn)
SOC 121-41031
Instructor: Barbara Johnson
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups,
interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discovering the
world and one's place in it.
The emphasis for illustrationsand exercises will be directed to the health care
system. Crosscultural comparisons will be drawn. The course will be useful for
future health care providers and related professionals and for consumers as well.
This course covers the same concepts and meets the same objectives as the
regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily written and/or reading
illbe given.
assignments. Three exams w
Distribution: Psychology/Sociology
Time: II
Room Library 1
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 265-41032
Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo
This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations.
Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self- understanding.
The course format will include lectures, films,readings, and an opportunity for offcampus participant observation. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based
on a combination of class participation, a research project, and a final examination. The
course is offered only on a P/N basis.
Distribution: Minority-Urban
Time: I
Room Old Main 18
Beginning Spmdsh
SPA 1114(B3
Instructo~Staff
Beginrung Spanish I is the first half of the beginning sequence, the goal of which is to
introduce the student to the most basic vocabulary and grammar in order to prepat him
or her either to go on to additional study of Spanish or to use it at an elementary speaking-understanding level at the end of the m n d course. The emphasisis on spoken
Spanish, but secondarygoals to develop reading and writing skills as well. After
Inkdm, students will be prepared to continuewith Spanish 112in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented and grammar explanations
willbe given as needed to clan@thosein the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapterand a written and an oral final scam
Distribution: ForeignZanguage
Time: I
Room Old Main 29
Evaluating Continental Literatrwe
SPA 250-41034
~ I ' I S Gu*
~ ~ E
ROZ4?tlt&
The objective of the course is to enable studentsto discuss continentalliterature
through theuse of valid critical tools. It will involve both theory and subsequent evaluation of the reading selectionsfrom different points of view. We shall read half a dozen
short stories, severalplays, one novel and a number of poems.
Studentevaluation willbe based on thw written repork, participation in class
discussions, and a finalscam This course is designed for foreign language studentsbut
anyone with an interest in European continental literatureis welcome to m 1 1 . Students
interested in Spanish350 (Introductionto Literam for Language Students)should see
the instructor for special arrangements.Offered in English.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor
Distribution: English-Speech
Time:I
Room: Old Main27
Documentary Video
SPC 347-41035
Instructor: Deborah Bart
Documentary video is a video production course which integrates lecture
and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects.
Students will work in production teams, gaining experience in field production
and editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece.
Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques and a paper.
This course requires additional lab time for editing.
Time: I
Room: Foss A-V Seminar
Theater Crafts
SPC 495-41036
Instructor: Michael Burden
Theatei Crafts will introduce students to several methods used in producing
props and costume accessories for the stage. Class time will be project oriented.
Projects will include felt hats, masks, jewelry, mold casting, hand props and a
final project to be selected by the student. The class will also include theater
tours and attendance at a prop-oriented show.
Prerequisites: SPC 222 or 228 (Intro to Theatre or Technical Production) or
permission of instructor.
Time: I1
Room: Tjornhom-Nelson Theater
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association
for Intercultural Education, which offersoverseas learning experienm during the
Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from
Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 2018 Eighth Street (330.16551 or
from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 26,1990. These
courses a~ offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number.
Ancient and Modern Maya of the Yucatan
Archaeology in Yugoslavia
Art in France and Italy
Australia's Business Climate
The British School and Family
The Culture, Heritage and Diversity of Eastern Europe
Ecology and Natural History of The Yucatan
E m t in Transition
Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
-- Exploring Human Services and Social Work in Great Britain
Greece Art and Artifact, Myth and Drama
Guatemala: Centuries of Tradition- Century of Change
Hawaii: Mu1ti Cultural Communication in Organizational Settings
Intermediate German. 2,000 Years in Trier
Literary Landscapes of England and Ireland
Modern European Business and Worklife
Molart to Brahms: Music in Germany and Austria
Museums, Music and Monuments (Germany,Austria, Italy, Hunga y)
Peace Studies: Nonviolent Revolution in Europe
Social Change: The Ultimatum of Community Development in India
The Soviet Union and Eastern Europe in the Gorbachev Era
Southeast Sea Adventure: Tropical Ecology in Malaysia and Bali
Spain. 1492 to 1992 and Beyond
Theatre in Britain
This is New Zealand
Towards Peace an Conflict Resolution. Study in Ireland
Translating All That Business About lapan
*
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most cany a tuition
cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are
available in the Interim Office.
Sailing in the Virgin Islands (January8-24 1991)
HPE 455-41039
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and
practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent
level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The
student will live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with five/six other people
and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will
be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands
and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed.
The course cost is $2,400, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students
and qualifying 4-14 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in
order to receive academic credit.
Prerequisite: Permission from Marilyn Florian or Carol Enke of the Health
and Physical Education department.
Total payment is due October 31,1990.
Distribution: Lifetime sport (also one course credit).
Outward Bound
HPE 21241067
Check for informationin the InterimOffice for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing
on the Minnesota-Canadianborder or for white water cImoeingand desert campingon the
Rio Grande in theDecembeT27 through January27period.
l'hereis a cost of approximately$1,275 (theOutward Bound o ~ a r b t i o has
n some
scholarshipsavailable).
LPaders o n L e a i p : The NatimlAgendu
POL39841065
Washington, D.C.: News Cap;tolof The Wmld
POL 39841066
These Interims begin December 30and continue until January19,1991. Information
on either of the above pmgrams, housing and financial assistanceis available from Dr.
Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117k
ThefOllming&hity 1s d & I e fo shdcnb during Inhim and s h r h f s may rqisbjbr this
as(orn w
l
n
r mum. This &fy dm not mwy @cia! d i t , Inrf dm ma+ fhe
lfdirnesports requiremenffmgmduntim. Sludmk mnyprticipk in fhis c b ~uithuulr&tEn'ng
fw thewutse,Imt will tx qwtd fa F/mjfmw h e h or mf ll~esludent+tmfor the colme.
class as&I
American Karate
HPE 002-41045
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught
by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 120&1:00 MWF
Room: Melby
Racquetball
HPE 002-41044
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: I; M,W and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby
Hisotry of Economic Thought
ECO 219-41406
Instructor: Richard Herzog
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the context o
the political, economic and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be or
tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to
provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social
problems.
I.
Ancient Economic Thinking
11.
The Medieval Period
111.
Mercantilism
IV .
Classical
V.
Socialist/Utopian
VI.
Modern
Primarily lecture/dimssion depending on class size. If small class
(less than 101, seminar style may be more appropriate. A major research
paper (minimum of 10 pages) would be required. Final exam would be
essay on three of five topics.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
NEW COU'RSE
A I S 290-41069
ART 290-41068
S. Chapman
TRIBAL ARTS & CULTURE
An o v e r v i w of the v i s u a l arcs of the he'rfcan Indians v i t h i n r h e United
S r a t e s v i t h some a t t e n t i o n rtl Canada, Gntral and South America. In
addition to the visual arcs of the Eastern Woodland, P l a i n s , Pacific a d
Southwest fndians, some c o n t e n t w i l l hclude drama, d a c e , p o e t t y ,
mythology, r i t u a l s and r e l i g ~ o n . Scu&zsts -1
produce art work such ar
weaving, baskecs , p o t t e r y , jewelry, sedqture or p.rinrs. This wurst
is c r o s s f k i t e d v i t h the Arr Department.
Objectives, Content. aad Procedzres a m & s e e d on page 2 bf this
Proposal.
Evaluation w i l l be done fn amjuoctien w i t h t h e A r t
Department. A complete syllabus w i l l be developed v i t h the assistance
of che A r t D e p a r a e a t . Herhods of e v a l w c i w ill be Included.
Distribution: Fine A r t s
HPE 271-41070
Time: X I
Room:
OFFICIATING FOOTBALL
I.
~ e v e i o pknowltdgt mu s k i l l s mctizary t o ~m a' reglsttted
official nith the Hinnesota State Ugh School League.
2.
Develop appreciation far the fole of t h e official i n the total
aducational prrrcess.
Cmtenr:
OM4
Will k based an the rules mb -its
set f0M
the national
Federation for Swru and rules and r~gularlomsof tne Hinnesota
State High Schcvl League.
Procedures: Lectures, dermnstrat~ons.film. simlated 9-
situations
Evaluation: Written tcst
-
T h i s i s a one-half credit course.
H I S 140-41964
EAST EUROPE
Time: 11, M,W, a l t . Fri.
UNDER THE HAPSBURGS
-
Room: S i Melby
R.D. Zehnder
the East C e n ~ d
f u r c ~ e= a h of the rabs'hqs and itr
inheritors f o e z i n g on three themes: 1) %acfrgrpu..xd, 4 e v t l ~ * n tand -=ent
~nditzon
of t \ e peoples o f East Cent-d. E u m p t
thc Balkans w i t h
eye .to
fallowin; c ~ z t n events
t
in Erst Europe ~ ' p l - Q
an ricotic but &-
He w i l l lccir a t
vacation for tilose b e a d y bared with PEZLS and O s l o 2 ) The i..ceniws instltutlons of the & k e g s t k a t d b w c d them b m e w i a
t!!e c ! a l l e r . q e of Refgration, Libera-,
Hati-,
always as t h vsi+'-q
~
t e a m in Lke s t - ~ g g l e uith Gutavus Admf;.=s,
H z w l m n , and .
&-B
3) The brZLizn+ raltrt-al ac3ievemenrs of
s
f mt&e
.. t??es%h t ~ b d e r miles
ocean at t h e hterfaca of Geman, kt3, and SLavic s ~ c ~ e ~ fe s , HEZFreud.
W t will visit Vienna ~JI 1776 L!mgb *e fib ha2eus unless t h e
ma<*=
is realp by class. By t . ? e end of te= e v e r n n e ulll be q e c t e d to aiscuss
Easr !C==?e Fntelligently mer ccffee md m i l l do an fn-depa prrrjecr paper on
an East Europe s m e r vacatien w i t % r h s t o r i c a l f02 tome aspect, of th.
Habsbur: tultural or institutional e~::=ibution thaf you f k d psf-iF21uly
iatorescL7q. mare w i l l also be some farm of an -ma#.
Distribution: Hi rtory/Philosaphy
Time: I 1
Room: OM13
J, Shackel ford
- --
-- - - - - -
~ 1 1 1be p r e ~ r a t ~ - ~ ~ ' ~ & icjectim
~ - & t ef g e o c e ~ i r~ oi ~s - 1 ~ by a
SuceeasiW of u i e n t i l u from copemit o I-ton;
~ d l u r=forn
l
d the
discovery af the ~ t ~ m l a t t oofn t h e b l e d ;
-cgenm of a*pcrirntal
e t h o d s ; tbt o r p ~ a i ~ t l nofn the scl*ntlEi~*Oterprbe. and c-n
for t h e
&act o f science on rrligiow and mr.1 P t t t r s . shy'wr+ tb* t b - t t s t c d
theerlrs a t tb meitnta W o n mat in
perid? my dld t h e nrv Ideal
i ~ these quntiuar v ~ l require
l
er
aftto r c t w l t b opp~zitirn? c o ~ i d e t a t of
c ~ f i t l d c rthe r o c i a l llrd a f e 1 l e - l
a f r r t o f Rtfor-tion AM Cauntcrold nytb about t h e
b f o t m t ? o n m o p e . In the V r o u ¶ s we rill d b p c l
proqrtsstvc ~ t u c mof sciemtific d * q e l o ~ n tand c~let o ra ~ d c r r t m d i n go f
memr of tP. macept=l changes mt form gut of om tnttllactual h*rft.qr.
~lrrtrrretioa'vill Laclde lectnres and dlrelusia.
Bud en e x a d ~ t l o m(short W * r a rml -yrl
&
r
,
Prerequisite: 3 History course
m l m t l m u11l k
plpcr.
Time: ? I
Room: OM13
MATHEMATICS OF CHANCE
Zheng
The goal of this course I5 t o discuss with students a b u t various f i n i t e
mathematics t o p i c s , including Sets, counting Thcturfques. Probbil l t y md
S t a t i s t i c s . f lass sessions Include I r c t u e s , dCscussions and small grgup
rxercises. Course evaluatjon will be based on class-particlpatlvn,
hmemrrk, a midtrm exam and f i n a l exam. (Studmts who have hhd Probability
and Statistics fraR other courses shoutd contact the instructor before
n g i s t c r i n g far this tovrsc),
Students who have taken MT 121 aay n o t take t h i s course; however, students
who take thls course may l a t ~ rregister for HAT 121.
Prerequisites: MAT 104 or Group TI1
Distribution:
I N S 401-41071
Time: I1
Room: 5212
Math/Physics
THE C I T Y AS MYTH & METAPHOR:
& THE WILDERNESS
THE GARDEN
3. G r i f f i n
This course will l o o k a t t h e c i t y a s a garden and wilderness, e x p l o r i n g these
metaphors i n the broadest sense. Not only w i l l we look a t the c i t y per re,
but we w i 11 consider how these metaphors affect perceptions o f women L minorities.
The course w i l l approach the t o p i c primarily by way o f the humanities. Thus
there w i l l be a focus on the discussion o f t e x t s , but these texts w i l l be
supplemented by the resources of the Twin C i t i e s themselves.
Prerequisite: SENIOR HONORS STUDENT
INTERNSHIPS:
Time: I
Room: FC 42
For information on January Interim internships please contact
the Internship o f f i c e i n Murphy Place, Rm. 8, by December 14.
OTHER CHANGES:
HPE 232
REC'L RHYTHMS & ACTlVITlES meets Time: I , M,U, & a l t . F
Cancelled courses:
HIS 338, THE 1890s: AMERICA'S WATERSHED
MAT 132, MATH AND ITS
APPLICATIONS
INTERIM
Show less
......................................................................
2
..........................................................................3
..........................................................4
.....................................................4
............
................. Show more
......................................................................
2
..........................................................................3
..........................................................4
.....................................................4
............
................................................................5
................................................................-6
................................................................39
.................................................................40
lntroductlon
Calendar
About Thls Catalog
optlons . . . . . .
Vlsltlng Students
lnterlm Courses
UMAlE Courses
Other Courses
Augsburg Ufetlme Sports
...............................................42
Contents
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 41-4 calendar, with Fall and
Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to
be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics
in places and ways not possible during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and
preparing for class as they would for a four-courseload during
Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one
course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale.Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/
No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the
PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a
more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The
number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer
students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit
evaluation form, or consult the registrar.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educa tional
programs, activities and employment practices.
Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay
Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr. Diane Pike, 3301025.
October 26 - October 30 ............................Interim Registration
November 30 ...................................Late Interim Registration
t
Day of Interim
January 4 .............................................
Class 1990 a.m. (first day only)
Class I1 1:00p.m.
Last Day for CancellAdd
January 5 .
Last
Day
for
Determining
Grading System
...........
January 15
with Registrar
January 15 ..............Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
A Ends
January 27 ....................
February 1...................
S P M Semester Begins
February 5 ..............................................
Interim Grades Due
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time will be arranged the first day of class.The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day Time I classes will
begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 590 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be o b d at Augsburg with a
special convocation on Monday,January 18, at 1:OOp.m. Check with
your instructor for class scheduling on this day.
I
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings
of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by
the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and
information about these courses are available in the Interim
Office,
Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the
lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog.
International Interim -Students are invited to be part of one
of the 24 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest
Association for InternationalEducation(UMAlE).Thesecourse
opportunitiesare listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships: Deadline: Friday, December 11.January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmentalrequirements and present
a signed internshiplearning agreement plan to the Internship
Office (Murphy Place, Rrn. 8) no later than the last day of Fall
classes (Friday, December 11).The Learning Agreement forms
are available in the same office. Internships during Interim
must involve full-time work placements for approximately
four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
Independent or Directed Study -Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed
study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are
strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more
than one independent study per Interim.Studentschoosing to
pursue independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan
approved by the supervising faculty member and the
Introduction
I
direded/independent study registration form. These forms
must be submitted by November 30. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim
Office.
Interims at Other Schools -Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in
the Interim Office. The Interim Secretarywill help students in
applying for registration at other schools. Registration for
Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught
during theInterim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement.
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to
Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition
does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other
students will be charged $825 for the Interim course. Students
interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write
to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms
provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an
application processing feeof $10. Students are welcome to stay
on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim
housing should be made to the Interim Office.
I
Introduction
1
Alt 247-A
lnstructoc Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art
students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings. The poses will
extend from 3minutes toan hour.You willbe introduced to the
2B and 4B pencils, colored pencils, and the felt tip pen.
Grades will be based upon quality and improvement.
There will be a fee of $35 to be paid on the first day of class.
Dlstrlbution:Alt/Muslc
General Educatlon Perspectlve:Aesthetics
Maxlmum Enrollment:25
77me: I
Room: Old Maln 17
610 102-A
lnst~ctocErwln Mlckelberg
A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by
plants in almost every area of society. Historically, plants have
influenced explorationof the planet, militarycampaigns,health
care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will
look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh
kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence.
Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative
instruments.
Dlstrlbutlon: Blology/Chernbtry
General Educatlon Perspectlve: Natural World I or 2
Madmum Enrollment: 30
lime: 1
I
Room: Sclence 205
BIO 105-A
Instructor Esther McLaughlln
This class will develop an increased understanding of the
current environmental and health implications of such topics
as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering,
waste disposal, biological warfare, carcinogens, agricultural
fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest
may also be discussed.
Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be
required. A four to six page referenced research paper on a p r e
approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The
papers will be evaluated on style and content, reflecting a
thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10.
Dlstrlbutlon: Blology/Chemlstry or Urban/Women/
Mlnorlty
General Educatlon Perspective: Natural World-2
Madmum Enrollment:20
lime: I
Room: Sclence 2 13
BUS 22GA
Instructor: Stuart Sfoller
Extensive use of the board game Monopoly to introduce nonbusiness students to the fundamentals of accounting and
finance. The game is somewhat modified, requiring students
to record Monopoly transactions on double entry accounting
ledgers. Financial statements must be prepared to obtain
money from the banker, and a banking committee must r e
view these financial statements to approve all loans.
The outcomes of this course will provide non-business majors
with the basics to: record business transactions, understand
and use financial statements and communicate effectively
with financial institutions.
Evaluation by quizzes, assignments to be handed in, and a
final.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 10
BUS 30 1-A
Instructor Mllo Schleld
An analysisof ethical arguments which uphold the morality of
a market-based economy. The course has three components: a
review of critical thinking (with emphasis on ethical concepts),
an indepth review of two author's arguments, and a review of
market failures, their causes and their remedies.
Students will complete worksheets on critical thinking, prepare written analysis of each authors' arguments, take three
quizzes, prepare a final report, and take a final comprehensive
exam. Since class participation is necessary to demonstrate
verbal fluency with this subject, attendance is a factor in
grading. Students will not be judged on their individual beliefs
or ideologies. Students will be judged on how well they can
analyze, defend, and attack the arguments.
Prerequlsltes: One course In ethlcs or upper class status
or Instructor's permlsslon
General Educatlon Perspectlve: Crltlcal ThlnklngSklll
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 23
BUS 368-A
Instructor Steven LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business practices using a
cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be em-
ployed, involving film, television documentaries, radio
speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to
text material. A seminar model will be used, with substantial
participation expected on the part of students.
Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20 minute
sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a midterm and final examination.This class should be of interest to
anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any
field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an
interest in Japan.
Prerequlsltes: BUS 242 or consent of Instructor
Madmum Enrollment:20
Time: I
Room: Muslc 22
INTRODUCTION
TO COBOL
CSC 27 1-A
Instructoc Noel Petlt
A study of the COBOL programming language for students
with some previous knowledge of programming. This course
will expand a student's knowledge of programming and
programming languages through presentation of the features
of COBOL together with programming techniques for using
those features. This course will include lectures and programming assignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the
programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequlslte: One course wlth a study of computer
language (e.g., CSC 170)
Madmum Enrollment:20
rime: I
Room: Foss 42
Computer Science
ECO 112-A
lnstructoc Jeanne Boeh
An introduction to macroeconomics, national income analy-
sis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade and economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems.
Dlstrlbutlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Science
General Education Perspectlve:
Maximum Enrollment:25
rime: I
Room: Fos 43
ECO 1 13-A
lnstructoc Ed Sabella
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the house-
hold, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
Dlstrlbutlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence
General Educatlon Perspectlve: Soclal Wodd
Maximum Enrollment: 25
77me: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 29
ECO 495-A
Instructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp
Students will critically review the failures and successes of the
Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of
the coursewillbe Perestroika-restruduringtheSoviet economy
- and evaluating Gorbacheds economic program in terms of
economic growth, income distribution, consumer welfare,
technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991and their impact
on the future of the Soviet Union will be discussed in an
interdisciplinary manner.
Method of evaluatlon: Actlve class parflclpatlon; flnal
take-home research essay.
Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or consent of Instructor
Madrnum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I
Room: Foss 43
EDE 375A
Instructor: Bruce Drewlow
This class prepares students for the unique experiences and
responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will
stress issues associated with adult/child relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization,
research plans, and developmental instruction practices. Fieldwork is a key component of this course. Guest speakerswill be
included to share their unique experiences and perspectives.
Grades wlll be based on projects, dlscusslon, and
examlnatlon.
Thk; Is a one-half credlt course.
Madmum Enrollment:20
nme: I
Room: Ubrary 1
EDU 353-A
lnstructoc Rlch Germundsen
This seminar style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational
systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in
international education. Special attention will be directed
toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There
will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and
guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class
presentations and investigative projects.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Ubrary 12
EDU 388-A
lnstructoc M.I.K. (Mlke) Mueller
This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and
oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped,
limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism,
sexism, homophobia, and economic issues.Emphasis is placed
on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms
which will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be
expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and
complete a project. This coursesatisfies the Minnesota Human
Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is
a onehalf credit course. It is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequlslte:Passlng of PPST and admlttance to
Education Dept. In process.
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I1
Room: Llbrary 1
ENG 2 19-A
Instructor: John Schrnlt
Language plays an important role in our socialization and
acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and
tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social
and economical standing and our cultural background. For
this reason we should expect women to speakdifferently from
men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone
from a different background to have differences of language.
Even more importantly, we must understand these differences
in order to make sure that we understand speakers from
different language communities.
This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspeaking communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech:their grammatical rules, phonological rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include lectures,
student presentations, and student-led discussions. Besides
presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Urban/Women/ Mlnoriiy
General Education Perspective: Intercultural
Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
rime: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 27
ENG 249-A
Instructor: Douglas Green
Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality
pervade recent drama in English. These issues are vitalizing
both contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We
will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s, the '80s, and
the '90s, written in English, have been shaped by and have
addressed issues ranging from racial tension to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey current drama on several such
topics, like class, gender and language in 1989, and sometimes
concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like homosexuality in 1990 and 1991.)For comparative purposes, we will also
view a few films on related topics and try to attend at least two
productions in the Twin Cities.There will be moderate fees for
the local productions.
I
Students keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one
short paper. (There may also be occasional quizzes.)A series of
group projects, which include a long paper and some performance, conclude the course.
Prerequlslte:Engllsh I I I (Effectlve Wrltlng)Is strongly
recommended.
Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech
General Education Perspective:Aesthetics
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln I8
ENG 282-A
ENG 482-A
Instructor: John Mltchell
This course will provide an introductory survey of contempo-
rary American poetry by poets whose work has come into
prominence since World War IIor mid-century. Emphasis will
be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the
themes of their poems, especially those images and statements
that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will
be expected to formulate reasonableinterpretationsof selected
poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class
discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given,
and two interpretivepapers about three to five pages in length
will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student must
also read and give a written class report on a book that
discusses contemporary poetry; this choice must be approved
by the instructor.
Prerequlsltes: lntro to Uterature - for students enrolling
for upper dlvlslon credlt
Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 21
English
I
ENG 282-8
Instructor Joan GrlftYn
An introduction to the mythology, heroic literature, and poetry of fifth to fourteenth century Ireland and Wales, this
course will also be an excursion into the Celtic culture that
produced works like the Tain and Mabinogion, stories that
influenced later Arthurian literature and modem fantasy. We
will consider how Celtic literature preserves ancient IndoEuropean traditions and how those traditions were changed
by the coming of Christianity. Finally, we will consider Celtic
contributions to medieval civilization.
Course grades will be based on participation in class discussion (and attendance), papers, and two exams.
Dlstrlbutlon: Englkh/Speech
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Fos 42
THEATREINAND AROUND
LONDON
ENG 269-A
InslTuctoc Ron Palosaad
A study of live theatre in London. Students see at least ten
performances and visit museums, galleries, historical sites,
and other attractionsof London and s m u n d i n g areas including Stratford, Stonehenge, and Oxford. Evaluation will be
based on attendance at required plays, participations in discussions, three short papers, and a short final exam. Cost
includes travel, accomodations, breakfast daily, ten theatre
performances and four group dinners.
Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech
Madmum Enrollment: 30
FRE 243-A
lnst~ctocRuth Aaskov
What is the attraction of French literature, its human and
artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in
mind we will read and analyze 8-10 shorter French literary
works available to us in English translation.
What will we be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of
Descartes and Pascal. We will explore the classical theater, the
social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth
century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St. Exupery
will reveal concerns of life that supersedenational boundaries.
We will sample one piece of francophoneliterature from West
Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Westem culture. At mid-point each student will choose another
short work for personal study and presentation for the class.
Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active
participation in class, your timely reading and discussion
preparations, four quizzes, your independent study project,
and an endaf-the course discussion of the papers.
This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature.
Prerequlsltes:Sophomore standlng orpemlsslon of
lnst~ctor
Dlstrlbutlon: Uterature
Madmum Enrollment:25
77me: I
Room: Old Maln 27
GER 2 B A
lnst~ctocDon Stelnmelz
What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired
"Fiddler on the Rool"), Isaac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common? They
were written in Yiddish. How did expressionslike "chuspe,"
"shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz," and "shitik" get into
English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely
related to German and in this Interim you can learn to read
Yiddish as well as you can read German.
w77y 7'1 ~7ySl i t c 013
Grades wlll be based on performance and at least two
tests.
Prerequlsltes: One year of college German or pemlsslon of lnst~ctor
Madmum Enrollment: 15
nme: I
Room: Foss 2 1B
HPE 232-A
Instructoc Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New
Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course
grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching
assignment, and a written test.
This is a one-half credit course.
Tlme: I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
HPE 475A
Instructor:Ed Saugestad
The purpose of this class is to equip students with theskillsand
knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for
trauma associated with physical activity. Content includes: the
identification and care of common injuries related to various
sports, procedures for preventing injuries, taping and wrap
ping, therapeutic measures, medical resources and legal considerations. Ledure, discussion, demonstration, and A-V r e
sources are utilized. Students will practice various training
techniques. Evaluation includes both written and practical
skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials.
This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequlslte:BIO 103
Madmum Enrollment:20
Time:I Tuesdays,Thursdays, and alternate Frldays
Room: Melby 1 1 1
HPE 477-A
lnstructoc Brian Ammann
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching
basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a
scouting report will be the methods of evaluation.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time:I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and alternate Frldays
Room: Melby l l l
HPE 483-A
lnstructoc Marllyn Florian
This course deals with the theory, technique, and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. A small part of the grade
will be based on completed assignments; the major portion of
the grade will be based on tests.
Thls Is a one-half credlt course.
Time:1
I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby l l l
neurrn urla rnysrcur taucurrorl
UPâ¬48 I-A
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the
game of basketball.Therewillbe practicalscperienceonthe floor.
Students completing the course should be ready for certification
by the MinnesotaHigh SchoolAssociation. Gradeevaluationwill
be b a d upon tests, papers prepared and perbrmance on the
floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that
students have some basketball playing experience.
This is a one-half credit course.
rime: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
UPâ¬47CFA
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on developing a philosophy toward
sports officiating. Students will acquire a knowledge of: proce
dures in umpire certification, rules of slow pitch softball
(Federation), rules of fast pitch softball (Federation), the m e
chanics of pmper position in umpiring one and two umpire
systems, and procedures in securing assignments. Students
will apply knowledge in practical game type experiences.
There will be a written evaluation and quizzes on rules and
mechanics of umpiring softball.
Thk Is a one-half credlt course.
Madmum Enrollment:20
Time: I Tuesday, Thursdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
UPE 487-A
lnstructoc Jeff Swenson
The Coaching of Wrestling course is designed for individuals
who aspire to become wrestling coaches at the elementary,
junior high, high school or college level. Philosophies, techniques, strategies, nutrition and weight control, weight training, mental toughness training, and complete organization of
program will be covered.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time:1
I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and alternate Frldays
Room: Melby 203
HIS 22GA
HIS 32GA
Instructoc Khln Khln Jensen
This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United
Statesin themid-19th centuryand turn of the 20th century. The
Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will r e
ceive special attention. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S.immigration laws in the postWorld War I1 period. Students will study the pattern of Asian
immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made
by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and
the mle of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the
Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the
immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United
States to some Asian immigration. Inter-active videos will be
used.
There will be a mid-term and a final project (a paper, topic to
be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the
instructor) due the last day of the term.
Upper division students will be required to complete a longer
paper than for lower division credit. They will also be expected
to complete a book review on a book related to the course theme
and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class.
Prerequlsltes: None for lower level; more requirements
for upper level.
History
Dlstrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I
Room: Old Maln 13
TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY:
A HISTORY
OF
HIS 33 I-A
lnstructoc Chris Mmball
Thepoet Walt Whitmanoncecalledbaseball"Americalsgame."
In the century since Whitman uttered those words, baseball
has occupied a pmminent (and permanent) place in American
life in some ways equivalent to business, politics, religion and
race. In this course, then, we will examine the relationship
between the United States and its national pastime.
Our focus will not be on the game between the lines, the great
players and teams. Instead, we will take up several topics
which can illuminate the historical evolution of this country.
Some of these include: pmfessionalization and its impact on
amateur baseball, the mle of ethnicity and ethnic rivalry, the
color line, the emergence of the "big" leagues at the expense of
the "minor" leagues, women's baseball, labor relations and the
empowerment of the players, the impact of television, and the
ballpark as an urban place. Special attention will be paid to
baseball in the Twin Cities and students will be asked to do a
short research paper on some aspect of baseball history in this
region.
Grading will be based on the research paper, class participation and a final exam.
Prerequisites: One (I) hktory course or consent of
Instructor
Dlstrlbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment: 30
lime: I
Room: Old Maln 29
I
History
INS 12GA
lnstructoc Ann neener
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates.Studentswill read selected readings, which
will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also
view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or
hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars
conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study
the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for
effective seminars and evaluate their own behaviors during
seminars and lead seminars.
Method of evaluation will include interviews with students and
observation of students participating in seminars, reflective
writing related to seminar content, and seminar participation.
Madmum Enrollment:20
lime: 1
Room: Sclence 3 19
INS 210A
lnstructoc Wlllam D. Green
This course introduces college students to the experiences of
first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in
their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures
that first year students typically face, and explore ways to cope
with these pressures.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
lime: I
Room: Muslc 23
Interdisciplinary
INS 225A
I n s ~ c t o rAmln
:
Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his
perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the
ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets,
Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economicand political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration
of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its,
Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to deal with the
similaritiesand differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin
Cities.
Dlstrlbutlon: Mlnorlty/Urban Studles
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Time:1
I
Room: Foa 20
INS 245-A
lnstructoc Dlane Budco
Women assume multiple roles within the work and family
domains in contemporary society; for example, the roles of
executive, wife, and mother. Each role has related expectations
for behavior, presents an opportunity for personal growth and
also exerts pressure. When the roles are considered jointly,
they may competefor time and energy and require conflicting
types of behavior.
The subject of this course is the interaction of the work and
family roles of women. To investigate this topic, students will
read several books related to women's roles in the work and
family domains. The assessment of this component of the
course is based on written responses to questions assigned for
small group discussion. A second component of the course is
a group project on the work and family roles of women. The
assessment of this project is based on the group's presentation
of their work to the class. Examples of past student projects
include an historical overview of the work and family roles of
women, an overview of the possible choices for the combination of the work and family roles over the life course, a
summary of issues related to the work-role, a summary of
issues related to the family-role, a survey of the work and
family issues most important to women in different age brackets, and an indepth case study of the lives of three women.
Dlstrlbutlon: Women/ Mlnorlty /Urban
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Old Maln 10
INS 275A
Instructor: Bruce Relchenbach
The conquering Spaniards discovered in the Americas highly
developed and intricately structured cultures. We will study
three of these ancient cultures from the viewpoint of the
anthropological archaeologist, analyzing their history, religion, government military codes, agriculturaltechniques, and
daily life.
The course will be taught with lectures, slides, and student
presentations. Evaluations will include objective tests and a
paper.
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Time: 11
Room: Music 22
Interdisciplinary
MAT 173-A
lnstructoc Ken Kamlnsky
Have you ever wondered why women have been charged
more than men for annuities and received lower pension
benefits thanmen? Or why women have paid less than men for
life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or
how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain
lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future?
Then this course may be meant for you. These and other
interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial
transactions will be covered.
Evaluation will be based on classroom participationand quizzes.
This course should be usehl for students in business and
economics or for any students interested in careers in financerelated fields.
Prerequlslte:Math Placement Level 111
Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs
Madmum Enrollment:20
Vine: I1
Room: Old Maln 16
MAT 253-A
Insfructor: Bev Durkee
Our objectives are the explorationof
this new geometry of fractals, its
rules, its visuals, how it reveals the
beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms
and experience it as a form of artistic
expression via computer graphics.
Mathematics
The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformationsused to construct fractals such as this
fern and the existence of self-similarityregardless of the power
of magnification used in examining it. The class will also
consider the well known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color
and in three dimensional rendition.
Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics,
and computer programs will provide students with the opportunity to construct their own visuals.
Studentswill be tested on themathematicsthrough a midterm
exam. Students will create a portfolio of visuals similar to the
one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets
which display the mathematical character of thosevisuals and
including a major creative project. Finally students will keep a
journal noting their reflections on the interconnections between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or
created.
Prerequislte: Math Placement Group 111 or higher
Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematics/Physlcs
General Education Perspectives:Aesthetics
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Science 1 12
MUS 204-A
lnstructoc 0.
Nlcholas Raths
An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology
as they occw within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and
maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the
historical background, musical content and methods of selected artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paperexam and a group performance project. For
Music
non-music majors.
Dlstrlbutlon:Art/Muslc
Mcudmum Enrollment: 30
77me: I
Room: Choral Room M-2
MUS 129
Instructors: Stephen Gabrlelsen
l'Improvisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and
each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a
variety of improvisational techniques and styles.
Prerequlslte:Mlnlmal ablllty on a muslcal Instrument or
the Instructor's pemlsslon.
Madmum Enrollment:Permlsslon of Inslructor requlred
to enroll
77me: I
Room: Muslc 4
MUS 394-A
Instructor Cynthla Lohman
"How can I use my creativity when I sing?" "How can I stop
feeling tense and inhibited when I perform?" "How can I reach
my full potential as a singerlactor?" These are common questions voiced by performers.
To answer these questions it is necessary to acknowledgethat
performing is a holistic activity, involving mind, body, and
spirit. Because all people possess a creative spirit which can
directly empower their performing, this course focuses on
exploring each participant's unique ability for selfsxpression.
Through exercises, designed to acquaint them with their own
performing power, students learn and practice the basic pro-
cess of singing/ading, and apply it to the study and performance of scenes from opera and musical theatre.
Students will participate in the course through study and re
hearsal of the assigned literature, completion of reading and
listening assignments, daily inclass experience of singinglacting
exercises, and participation in a final paformance of all scenes.
Prerequlsltes:Pennlsslon of prlvate volce Instructor, or
audlllon.
Dlstrlbution: Flne Arts
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme: I
Room: Muslc 10 (Cholr Room)
NOR 1 I 1-A
Instructor: Frankle Shackelford
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and
the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will
be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, a midterm, and a final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Modern Languages
General Education Perspecthe: InterculturalAwareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 25
PHI 175A
lnstructoc Davld Apollonl
We will begin by studying some common conceptions and
misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in
love with someone, and how this differs from just being
friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually.
In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following
ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there
such a thing as ethics for sex? Is there such a thing as sexual
immorality? (b) Sex and marriage -Is the use of birth control
moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses
does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral?
(c)The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles
-Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality
and lesbianism sexual perversions? Or are they merely alternative sexual preferences?
Dlstrlbutlon: Hlstory/Phllosophy
General Educatlon Perspective: Human ldentlty
Madmum Enrollment:30
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 16
PHI 2 W A
Instructor Mark Fuehrer
This course aims to provide an analysisof the natureof human
sleep and dreams and relate this analysis to states of waking
consciousness. We shall read philosophical texts on these
topics by Aristotle, Freud and Malcolm.
Evaluation shall be by final examination and reports. Student
discussion will also be a factor.
Prerequlslte: 1 course In Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: 1
Room: Old Maln 22
mrrosopny
PHY 151-A
lnstructoc Jeff E. Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in
business for years. However, it is also possible to use spread
sheets to solve physics problems without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student, who is not
an expert in mathematics, to experience physics on a more
intuitive level. We will use Cotus 1-2-3 to solve problems in a
wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projettile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in
areasother than physics. Grading willbebased on spreadsheet
projects, homework, and a final exam.
Prerequlslte: Math Level 111
Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs
Maximum Enrollment:20
7ime: I
Room: Sclence 30
PHY 325A
Instructor Stuart Anderson
From the realm of subatomic particles to molecular clusters
and beyond, the study and manipulation of matter often
demands the nearly total absence of the atmosphere in which
we live and breathe. This is the realm of high vacuum, without
which most of what we know as modern high technology
would be impossible. This course will acquaint the student
with the tools and techniques employed to produce, control
and monitor high vacuum environments, and allow students
to use these to study the behavior of gases and surfaces under
these conditions. Experiments will exploit a variety of chambers, pumps and gauges as well as a quadruple mass spectrometer. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory
experiences;only one-third of the class period will be used for
formal lectures and discussion. Grades will be determined on
the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two
exams, and a formal research paper.
Prerequlsltes:PHY 121, 122,245 (or equh~~lent),
MAT
124/ 125 (or 145/ 146),224 (or 245).
Madmum Enrollment: 10
lime: 1
I
Room: Sclence 30
POL 359-A
Instructor: Maya G. Pankratova
The former Soviet Union was, among other things, a huge
experiment showing the possibilities and failuresof a totalitarian government to change at will people's traditions, values,
and customs.
Numerous peoples living in the territory of the former Soviet
Union had differing beliefs and customs which influenced
women's lives. In the early stages after the revolution, the
Bolshevik authorities sought to destroy all the institutions
supporting the old regime, including the family and religion.
Accordingly, they encouraged women's independence and
denied their family obligations. In a later stage, the policy was
reversed and family values positively stressed. But, objective
situations contradicted the policy in both cases.
Students will be expected to read several books, plus some
articles. There will be discussion and some written assignments. A final paper will be assigned.
Prerequlsltes:Sophomore status; one course deallng
wM FSU or number of Department
Dlstrlbutlon: Polltical Sclence
Madmum Enrollment:20
lime: 1
I
Room: Muslc 24
PSY IOSA
lnstructoc Grace Dyrud
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in
psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The
field of psychology, including its major sub-areas is emphasized. Lectm, lab, and discussion. Evaluation by tests, lab
reports, computer exercises, and class participation.
Dlstrlbution: Psychology/Soclology
Madmum Enrollment:20
nine: 1
I
Room: Murphy Place I
PSY 20 1 -A
lnsfructoc VlctortaUhYeileld
The methods of Psychology are used to study behavioral and
socialinfluencesonhealth,includingtheinteractionof though ts,
emotions, and biological systems. Consideration will be given
to life styles, health system policies, stress management, and
illness prevention and treatment.
Prerequlslte: PSY 105
MaAmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 23
REL 343-A
Instructor: Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision
that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our
heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether
you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life
with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many
theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the
work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily.
There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one
paper, and two tests. Two books will be required.
Prerequlsltes:REL I I I or REL 22 1 or permlsslon of
Instructor
Dlstrlbuifon: Rellglon (only one lnterlm course may be
used to meet rellglon requlremenis)
Madmum Enrollment:25
77me: I
Room: Muslc 24
REL 345A
lnstructoc Eugene Sklbbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is
at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16thcentury,
its development over about 450 years, and its cultural influence. An anthology including several monographs and the
professor's lectures, together with reserve reading, will provide an overview. Ledure and class discussion will deal with
examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music,
philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include
four exams.
Prerequlsltes REL I I 1 or REL 22 1
Dlstrlbutlon: Rellglon (only one lnterlm course may be
used to meet rellglon requlremenis)
General Education Perspecifve: Chrlstlan Falth
Maxlmum Enrollment:25
rime: I
Room: Old Maln I8
REL 366-A
lnstructoc Brad Holt
This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and
the South. Students will be introduced to traditional African
culture and religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the
present development of indigenous churches in West Africa.
The new "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as
well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology." A
major &ion of the course will focus on contemporary r e
sponses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid system of
racial segregation.
Prerequisite: REL I I I or REL 22 1
Distrlbutlon: Religion (only one lnterlm course may be
used toward graduation religion requirements)
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Music 23
REL 445
lnstructoc Phil Quanbeck
A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The
importance of recognizing the varied character of language for
understanding the biblical text. Grades will be based on class
participation, two presentations to the class and an examination.
Prerequisites: REL I 1 I or REL 22 1
Distrlbutlon: Religlon (only one Interim course may be
used toward graduation rellgion requirements)
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Old Main I I
SWK315A
Instructor: Blanca-Rosa Egas
This course introduces students to a health system in a developing country.It helps to realize that people in Ecuador prefer
holistic health care and facilitates students to develop awareness regarding Ecuadorians' values, attitudes and belief system. The course allows students to experience environmental
and psychosocial contrasts in rural and urban settings in the
coastal and highland regions of Ecuador. Students witness
modem health delivery and folk practices and different health
conditions. The visit to Vilcabamba, the world's well-known
sanctuary of longevity, allows interaction with individuals
over 100 years old. The assessment of the historic and current
Ecuador's worth provides a creative perspective, a positive
attitude, and abetter understanding of Latinos in the USA. The
cost of $2,395 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast
daily, two lunches and two group dinners. For more information contact Blanca-Rosa Egas at 330-1713. For registration
contact Kathy Lutfi at 330-1655.
Students are evaluated on course participation, one final examination and four reflection papers.
SOC 23 1-A
Instructor: Rlta Wekbrod
The human family is examined as a social system within
alternative contexts in American society and crosscultural
variants. Students will select one crosscultural or subcultural
variant for special study and analysis. Family problems are
seen within their cultural and institutional contexts.
Prerequlslte: SOC 121 prefened
General Educatlon Perspective: Intercultural
Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 13
SOC 265-A
Insiiuctoc Gordon Nelson
This course examines the nature of human groups who, for
reasons of birth, accident, appearance, or behavior, have been
"set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society.
Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to
which suchgroups havedevelopedmeaningful cultures which
have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who are part of the larger society. In
addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will
include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation during which members of the class will be asked to focus
on a particular cultural group other than their own. This
observation will become the basis for a class presentation by
each member, either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on a
combination of class participation, their respective class p r e
sentations, and a final examination.This course is offered on a
P/N basis only.
Dlstrlbutlon: Mlnorlty./Women/Urban
General Education Perspective: intercultural
Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I
Room: Fos 20
socrorogy
I
BEGINNINGSPANISHI
SPA I1 1-A
Instructoc GabfielaSweet
Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but
secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as
well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continue with
Spanish 112 in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and
grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clarify those
in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on
each chapter, and a written and oral final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Modern Languages
General Educaffon Perspective: Intercultural
Awareness 11
Madmum Enrollment:25
nme: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 25
SPC 226-A
lnstiuctoc Martha Johnson
This course will explore principles and styles of movement
used in the art of acting. The goal will be to increase the
student's ability to communicate through movement, by examining the principles of discipline, spontaneity, clarity, timing, concentration, and rhythm. Movement exercises will be
based on short scenes, monologues, and poems. Some principles of Asian theatrical movement will be introduced.
Course requirements will include assigned readings, exercises, a written play review of a live, professional performance
students will attend, two graded movement pieces, and one
final reflective paper.
The class is designed for those who desire to increase their
skills as actors, and also for those preparing for any field
involving public presentation: teaching, law, ministry, etc.
Maximum Enrollment:20
lime: I
Room: ?j'ornhom-Nelson Theatre
SPC 32 1-A
lnstructoc James Hayes
This "hands-on" course will give students the opportunity to
refine their public speaking skills in a contest format.Students
will be required to enter three different forensics events at
three interscholastic tournaments held during the month of
January. In addition, the class will prepare a videotaped
program of their work as an instructional aid for future forensics contestants. Evaluation will be based on peer and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to
some degree, competitive success.
Prerequlsltes:SPC 1 1 1 or consent of Instructor
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: 1
I
Room: Foss 2 1a/2 1b
SPC 495-A
Instructor: Anne Holmquest
The focus of this semintir is Conflict Resolution. The purpose
is to consider conflict theories which are competing answers to
the question: what causes conflict in communication and how
should it be resolved? We will simulate small group conflicts
in an attempt to study the application of resolution methods.
e
q
wreading (onebook and
Students will be evaluated on r
articles), a paper, small group performance and occasionally
Speech, Communication & Theatre
I
will be asked to give an oral report on research.
Madmum Enrollment: 20
Tlme:I/
Room: Foss 43
UMAIE
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Additional
information about the following courses can be obtained from
Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs Office,620 21st
Avenue South. (330-1655) or from the Interim Office (3301025). Registration for these Interims ends October 23,1992.
These courses are offered on a P/Nbasis only and generally
carry a lower division number.
Australia's Business Climate
Brtaln: Focus on the Evolution of Ow Modern World
Vlew
The Caribbean:A Reglon of Cultural and Natural
Diversity
Communicaffon and CuRure in Japan
An Ecological Study of Coral Reefs in The Philippines
and Hawall
Ecuadoc A Study of Hoilsffc Health Attltudes and
Services
Europe and The Rise of Modern Science
Family In Focus: Policy and Servlces in Sweden and
Denmark
Field Blology In the Galapagos Islands and Mainland
Ecuador
Geography of the Baltic States
A Greek Odyssey
Hawaii: MuWCuHural Communicaffon in Organizational
Settings
The lndustrlal Revolution in England and Scotland
International Business and Culture in a European
Environment
Law In London
Uteraw Ireland
Museums, Muslc, and Monuments In the Great Cltles of
Europe
In Search of the Anclent Romans
South Afrlca: Cultural Plurallsm and Soclal Change
Speclal Programs for Speclal Chlldren In The United
Kingdom
Theatre In and Around London
Thls Is New Zealand
2000 Years In Trier:lntermedlate Geman
Vamonos:Spanlsh Language and Culture In Venezuela
These courses are offered by lnstltutlons or groups not
connected wlth Augsburg College,but have been
approved for credlt by the College. Most carry a tultlon
cost plus other expenses whlch are the responslbllliy of
the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller
descr/ptlonsand details for registering are available In
the Intertm Offlce.
HPE 455-A
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cnrising. The course will take
the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will
live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with fivelsix other
people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on
the water instruction will be the major part of the course.
Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some
classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin
Islands in January.
The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg
day studentsand quahfymg4-1-4 students.Others will have to
pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit.
Total payment is due October 31,1992.
Prerequlslte: Pennlsslon from Joyce Pfaff of the Health
and Physlcal Education Department (6 12) 330 1247.
Dlstrlbuiion: Ufeffme Sports: also one course credk
HPE 2 12-A
Check for information in theInterimOfficefor material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white-water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the December 26 through January 26 period. There
is a cost of approximately$1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available).
POL 398-A
POL 398-A
Information on either of the above programs, housing, and
financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom,
Memorial 117A, 330-1197.
Other Courses
lrls
@ Printed on recycled paper.
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Catalog
1980-82
Minneapolis' skyline provides an everchanging setting for the campus
Augsburg Choir assembles for 1980 tour
to Augsburg, Germany
2/Campus Map
,
Augsburg
Minneapolis, Minnesota
_--
.
.
-t
-
..,
.
,
Campus Guide (9/79)
1. Admissions House
2. Libr... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Catalog
1980-82
Minneapolis' skyline provides an everchanging setting for the campus
Augsburg Choir assembles for 1980 tour
to Augsburg, Germany
2/Campus Map
,
Augsburg
Minneapolis, Minnesota
_--
.
.
-t
-
..,
.
,
Campus Guide (9/79)
1. Admissions House
2. Library
3. Science Hall
4. O l d M a i n
5. Wcsl Hall
6. M o r t r n s o n Towrr
7. Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. Memorial Hall
10. Music- Hall
11. Psychology Building
12 Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Slage II Thrdter
15. Lillle Thrcitc,r
16. East Hall
A. Admissions Parking
B. Studrnt Parking
C. M a i n ~ntrance-Tunncl/Ramp/
Skyway
D. Quadrangle
E. Facul~y-StaffParking
F. M u r p h y Square
G. Practice Field
H Fairview-St. M;lry'~ Parking Ramp
-..-... + ' -
,
,
.
. - , .,\: ,. -.:+,
.
(
Campus Map/3
Driving to Campus on Interstate 94
East from Minneapolis: take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and
left again to 21st Avenue South at the Augsburg sign.
West from St. Paul - take the Riverside Avenue exit right after you cross the
Mississippi River and then turn right o n t o Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign
and turn left at 21st Avenue South.
Contents
2 Campus Map
5 Introduction
7
8
12
16
24
30
44
45
128
139
140
142
Facilities
Admissions
Costs
Financial Aid
Student Life
Academic Information
Brief Facts
Course Descriptions
Registers
Communication List
Index
Academic Calendars
Philip Thompson, Art Department chair,
checks a student project
Fall sports include foorball, soccer, and
women's volleyball
Dorm artistry flourishes in Urness Tower
at Homecoming
Introducing Augsburg
Few liberal arts coll~gescombine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan
center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the
few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both, as indicated in the
Mission stat ern en^ adapted by the Faculty and the Board of Regents In 1377.
Mission Statement
Augsburg is an accredited four-year liberal arts college of The American Lutheran
Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin City metropolitan area.
The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely o l Lutheran
orientation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious,
cultwral and ethnic backgrounds.
For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for
knowledge in its disciplines, responsiveness to the needs of society and the world,
and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society.
The mission of Augsburg College is to educate students through a distinctive
combination of commitment to the Christian faith, the liberal arts and excellence in
academic program.
Au sburg College is known for its people, who strive to be a supportive, informal
anB free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment.
The academic program is prirnarity committed ro providing opportunities for a
broad back round in a variety of subject areas as well as personal clevelopment. The
college cha lenges students with a porrion of the knowlcd e and thought which has
been formative within human history and culture throu a wide variety of idear,
disciplines and selected prolessional and pre-professions programs; assistsstudents
in dcvefoping intellectual skills as well as in selecting a carcer; and encourages
within students the atritudes and skiIls necessary to prepare them to be learners
throughout their lives. Excellence in the academic programs has characterized and is
a cran~~nued
goal of the college,
f
P$
Education at Augsburg i s based on the belief that the world is God's, entrustedto us
for care, exploration and understanding.
As a Christian communitv the college embraces a wide range of reliaious exwression
and participation, As pa'rt of its a&dcrnic program Au ;burg se<ks to giic all its
studentsan informed understanding of the Christian fail and heritage as well asan
opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious heritage. In
addition to this intellectual task the aim of the college is to helpstudenrs understand
I ~ Christian
P
faith a5 relevant for their own experi~nceandlor particlptttion in the
commitrn.ent to 11ie role of the Christian community in the modern world.
a
Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community.
The quality of Augsburg's education i s enriched by the pcople, culture and
educational resources provided by irs location. However, the college is also aware
that i t has a responsibility to contribute to rhe larger camrnuni~y.In doing this, the
college directs several of i t s programs specifically at the rnerro olitan setting,
provider arcas of study not nvnilnhle eircwhere in the area, and oRerr itself nr ao
educational resource for a variety of new student populations.
History - Fjord to Freeway
Augsburg was thc firs2 s~minaryfounded by Norwegian Lutherans in America,
named after the confession of faith presented by Luihrrans i n Augshurg, Germany,
in '1530.Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,as A~rgsburg'shome three years
later, in 7872. Thc firs! college students were enrolled i n 1874 anrl the first college
graduation was in 1879.
Tllc school was officially namcd Augsburg College in 1963 when i t s forrncrsponsor,
the Lutheran Free Church, merged with She American Lutheran Church. Augsburg
Seminary joined with L u t l i ~ rTlicalogical Seminary in St, Pau! that samc year.
Continuing ties, w i ~ hlhis heritage are reflcctcd in the College Center's Augsburg
Room and in replication of l h e original sign for O l d Main. Frnn? Fjord L OFrccway,
centennial history by A ~ ~ ~ s b u r gCarl
' q E. Chrislock, is available in the College
Bookstore for a candid vicw of the College and i t s people during the first 100 years.
Location and Campus
Au~sburg'scampus is lorated in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy
Square, t he firs1 of 155 parks in theUCity of Lakes."The Univenity of Minnesota West
Hank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, arc
adjacent t n the campus. Downtnwn Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and
past via lnterstat~94 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus
routes that also connect with the suburbs.
Reaching the Twin Citics i s easy. Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St
Paul International Airport include American, Braniff, Capitol, Delta, Eastern,
Northwest Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western. Bus .
or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States.
Policies
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title I X
of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
as amended in its admissions policies, educational programs, activilies and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the individuals
listed in the Communications Directory on page 139 nr to he Director of the Office
of Civil Rights, Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and
the Association of American Colleges.
Accreditation and Memberships
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and
Elementary)
The Council on Social Work Education
The American Chemical Society
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC)
Minnesota Private College Council
Lutheran Education Council in North America
Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board
Facilities and Housing
Instruction facilities a n d student housing at Augsburgare conveniently located near
each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects t h e t o w e r dormitories a n d t h e
five buildings o n t h e Quadrangle, w i t h street level access f r o m 21st Avenue South.
Admissions House, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff
and reception area for prospective students and their parents.
George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains
reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives,
classrooms and faculty offices.
Science Hall (1949) houses classrboms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed in 1960.
Old Main (1900) is home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms
used by other de artments. Extensively remodelled in 1980, O l d Main combines energy
efficiency with arcEitectural details from the past.
West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students.
Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 to
1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus
conference rooms and spacious lounge areas.
UrnessTower, (1967) named in honor of M r . and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several
generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor
unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility
areas.
Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and
recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student
publications.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third
residents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices and one floor of student
Eousing.
Music Hall, (1978) newest building on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom
facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty.
Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology
department in the former studio building.
Melby Hall, (1961) named in honor of I. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball
coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general
auditorium purposes.
Ice Arena, (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and
recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
Stage II Theater, formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust stage as a
temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retainsspace in the Little
Theater building.
South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near the campus area,
provide additional housing accomodations for students, faculty and staff.
Admissions
9 Freshmen Students
Early Decision
Early Admission
10 Transfer Students
11 Former Students
Special Students
(Non-Degree)
International Students
8
Admissions House - at 728 275t Avenue
South
Campus Hub, the College Center, and
Urness Tower
I'
Moving in - often a family affair
Ir: .
.
4
Admissions
Augsburg College seeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character
which will cnable the student to benefit from and contribute to the college
community. Each ap licant is judged on individual merit without regard for race,
creed, scx, age, llan icap, and na~ianalor ethnic origin.
cP
Augsburg maintains an admissions office staffed with trained admissions counselors.
visit prospective students in their schools, assisting
rtudano and parents wit[ college planning. Persons seekin admissions services
slrotrld write or phone the Admissions Office (612)330-1001.Tae Admissions House
i s located on the corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis.
Whencves possible, the
Prospective students and their parents are invited and encouraged to visit the
Augsburg campus. The Admissions Office will arrange a campus tour, class
visitations, and conferences with professors according to the wishes of the visitor.
The Admissions Office is normally open weekdays from 8:3Qa.m. ro4:30 .rn. Group
tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Visitorsareaskr? to write or
call the Admissions Office prior to the visit so that arrangements can be made.
f
Application Procedures for Freshmen
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it to the
Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants.
Frcshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application
should have their mast recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon
graduatfon. Graduaic Examinarian Degrec scores (G.E.D.) may bc presented
instcad of t h high
~ school transcript.
3. Test Scores
Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary
Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the
American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the
official high school transcript.
4. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affeaed the applicant's reuious
academic performance, it may be included wilh ihe application or &curred
personall with an admissions counselor. Addttional rcr.omrncndations may be
required y the Admissions Committee beforc an adnliss~onsd~cisioni s made.
g
5. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissions decision within two weeks after the application file is complete.
6. Completion of Admission
An accepted student i s asked to make a $50 non-refundable tuition deposit by
April 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions can be granted
upon request by the Admissions Office.
Early Decision for Freshmen
An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary
collegr! choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the
senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The
admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test
scorcs, and tecommenrlation5.
Early Decision candidates applyin for financial aid are encoura ed to complete the
Au rhurg Early Decision ~inanciaFi\idApplication, which enah er our Financial Aid
0 d c e lo compute a preliminary award. Canadidates will be notiliecl of their award
by January 3. This application i s available in the Admissions Office.
f
A $50.00 nonrefundable tuition deposit is required by January 1 or within 15 days of
financial aid notification.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptionat ability who wish to accelerate their educational program
may be granled adrnissioii to begin full-[imp work toward a degree lnllowin
corn letion of their junior year or ( i iernertcr
~
of the senior year of high i r l i o o f
hpph-ants for early ndrnirrion must complete the normal proccdurcr for freshman
applican~s, submit two recomn~encfationsfrom the high school principal or
counselor, an3 arranRea personal intcrvicw wit h a college official. Inquiriesshould
go lo he OIficc of the Associate Dean of the College.
Application Procedures for
Transfer Students
Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having com leted
work at 01her accreditetl colleges or universilies. College credit is granted for iberal
a r i s coursessatisfaaorily co~npIeteda t accrcclited institutions. The College reserves
the right not to grant credit far courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to
granl provisional crcdit for work ~ a k e ndl unaccredited institutions, and to require
that certain courses 6c taken at Augshurg.
P
A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on previous
work from four year colleges; from two year colleges, a GPA of 2.5 is required.
Registered Nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must have a 2.5
average and complete the Department of Nursing entrance tests.
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an a plication for admission and return it to the
Admissions Office together with t k non-refundable application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript from the college(s) you are transferring credits from is
required. Transfer student applicants who have attended colle e for one year or
less must also have an official transcript from their high sc77 ool sent to the
Admissions Office.
3. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's revious
college performance, it may be included with the application or tscussed
personall with an admissions counselor. Additional recommendations may be
required Ly the Admissions Cornmillee before an admissions decision is made.
4. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissfons drcision wrthin two weeks after the application file is com lete. An
~ ~ r i l 1
arcepird rluricn, is asked to makc a$SO non-refundable tuition deposit
or within 75 days of linancial aid notification. Extensions can be granted upon
request by the Admissions O f f i c ~ .
py
Re-Admission of Former Students
A student who has interrupted attendanceat A u g s b u r ~College and who wishes 10
return applies for re-admission through the Registrar s Office. A sludent who has
attended any other insiitution s) during the ahsc~lcefrom Augsburg must have an
official transcript sent from eac one to the RegistrarlsOffice. Return~ngstudentsdo
not pay the application fce,
b
Admission as a Special
Student (Non-Degree)
I n some circumstances, a person ma be admitted as a special student (non-degree)
and granted ihe privile e of enroling in courses for credit. Usually a part-time
student, heor she may su sequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning
through the Registrar's Office.
5
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent to the Registrar's
Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student (non-degree) status is available from the
Registrar's Office.
Admission for International Students
International students should consult the information available from the Admissions
Office regarding admissions procedures for applicants who are citizens of other
nations.
Financial Information
13 Costs 1980-81
14 Deposits
15 Payments
Refunds
Financial Aid
16 Application
17 Gifts
18 Loans
Campus Work
19 Sponsored Scholarships
12
Melby Hall - site for registration,
Chapel, games, Commencement
Gymnasts praclice for competition
Music Hall entry invites a lineup
Costs and Financial Policies
Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College. The balance
of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from The
American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals,
corporations and foundations.
College Costs 1980-81
Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1980-81 academic
year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college
reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate.
Tuition (full-time enrollment)
......................................$3,660.00
Thls rate applies to ail full-time students entering in Septernber,1980. Students are
considerpd lu [I-time when they ta kc three or more courses durin the semester
tcrrns for a total of revcn or more courser in rhc rchool year. The cRarge includer
trrition, generdl fees, facilifies fees, subscription to student puhlica~ions, and
admission lo college-sup otled events, conceris and lectures. The amount is
pilyahlc i n two equal inslir/;menlr ar lhr beginning ol each semester.
Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course
............................
510.00
This rate applies tostudents taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an
Interim only.
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course
.........................
255.00
Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking
Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course.
Room Rent (includes telephone).
....................................
957.00
Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local
linen supply company.
Full Board (19 meals a week)
...............................
.
......
880.00
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Student Life.
Other Special Fees (not refundable)
Fees Payable by Check/Cash
Fees Billed on Student Account
Late Registration (per day
after classes b e g ~ n ) . . . . . . . . . . $
5.00
A d d a course (after first three
days of class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
Cancel a course (after first three
days of class) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
....
.........
.........
...
20.00
.......
5.00
Nursing Admission Test
Introduction t o Cinema Arts
35.00
Film Making (Interim)
70.00
Life Drawing (Interim)
Application (new and/or
special students . . . . . . . . $ 15.00
20.00
Medical Technology
(Senior Fee)
................. 510.00
Locker Rental
(for commuters)
Student Parking Lot
Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00
Transcri t Fee (per copy
after fPrst, w h ~ c h
is free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.00
Special Examinations (Schedule o n
file in Registrar's Office)
Music Therapy Internship (one
course c r e d ~ t ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510.00
Student Teaching
.............. 35.00
Study Abroad ( i n approved nonAugsburg programs) . . . . . . . . . 125.00
Music Lessons
Private, per semester
(14 lessons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140.00
10.00
Private, Interim, per lesson
Class, per semester . . . . . . . . . . 70.00
...
Psychology of Music
10.00
Radio-Television
...........
Production . . .
10.00
..
35.00
Theater Technical Production
Books and Supplies
These costs are estimated t o range between $175 - 225 per year
Deposits
Tuition (non-refundable)
............................................
$ 50.00
Required of all new students after acceptance. Applied to the tuition charge.
Housing
...........................................................
100.00
Required of all residcnt studcnts at the time of signing a contract, to rcscrvc a
housing assignment. hpplicd to [he room charge. Newmntracts may he terminated
for Fall or Spring Terrn by notilyin t h ~0ffrt:e
.
of Slurletit I.if~in wr~lingby the lint
day nf r e g i r ~ r u ~ i oThc
n . resident w f l hc r c s p ~ n r i b lfor
r all costs i n i u r r r d dur l o late
cancella~ionor lack of proper n a ~ i f i c a l i o nI.f the new conlract is cancellctl prior l o
july 1 for F a l l semester or January 1 for Spring Sernesler, $35.00 will be forfrited from
[he $100 deposit as a s ~ r v i c echarge. Thc entire dcposit will be l n r l c i ~ ~ irf f
cancellation is alier these dates.
Breakage and Fine
... . ... . ... . . . .. . ... . , . ... . .. . ... .
,
... . .., , .. . ..
25.00
Charged to all students at registration and refundable upon graduation, transfer to
another institution, or discontinuation of education at Augsburg.
Payments
Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated
Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial
Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office.
Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; [2) Scmcst~r
Payments, due August T O and January 20 as billed: (3 Payment Plan - upon
aprrllcatlon ant1 aflcr College approvat, a thrrc-mont plan i s available each
remestel. Details are included w i h~ the Estimate of Charges letter. ( 4 ) Defcrrcd
Paymcnts, a n individual conrrda with a privatc comrncrcial agency which operates
l single year contracts are
indepenclently of the Collrge. Multiplr yrar as w ~ l as
r
brochure will be miiilcd.
availdble. An inlnrmatinn l c t ~ c and
b
Tilitinn is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal Installments at t h bcginnir~g
~
of each semestvr. Registrdtion i s pc?rmitled on1 if the student's awount for a
previous tcrm is paid in full. Augrburg College wil not retease aradcmir transcripls
11ntiIall sritdcni accouryts are paid in (1111or, in ~ h tasc
r of loan Iunds~drninis!ererlI>y
the C o l l e g ~
(Nalional Bircct/Drfensc Studcnt Loans-NDSL), arc current according
to established repaympnt schetlulcs.
r
Refunds
Students who properly withdraw, drop t o part-time, are dismissed, or are released
from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room
(except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs)
according to the following schedule:
100% - Ihrough the firsr five (lays of classes.
90% from ilit' sixth 111rc)u~h
10th day of cla~srs.
UO','G.- Irom t h I~l ~ lhrnu#h
h
75th clay ofclasses.
;(Ii;:, - from the 16th through 20rh day of r-ldssrbs.
60'L - from ttrc 2151 thru~rgh25th dav ot clar~cs.
5U'!:, - from thc 26th day or rlnsws thruugh the mid-point of thr rprrn.
-
No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to cancel registration during the first one-half of the term due to
illness or accident, the charges will be reduced by one-half upon submission of a
report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of
continued enrollment.
t
to
Students w h n e f ~ c lto o m i t an intcrimor tograduate in Decembcr a r e ~ r oentitled
a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students wliu parlicipale in an
approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply lor a board reft~ncland room
sub-lease. Details and request forms arp avail:~lllr~in the O f l i c ~of Student Life.
Canrrllatlan (rom College forms arc available in the Registrar's Office.
All refunds of charges will be a plied to the account of the student and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines an8deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a
cash refund is determined.
IG/Financial Aid
Financial Aid
The financing of post-sccandary education may w ~ l bl r one of ihe more significant
investments t hat an individual or a family will make i n an entire lifrtimc. Bccause this
i s thc casr, proper pldnning and wisp choices arc important, nor only i n theselection
of an instilurion, but also i n the methods trtitired in payrng t h c relatrtl expenfes.
Augsburg College, ~ h r o uh its Office of Studen[ f'inancial Services, i s r o m m ~ t t c dto
hcl
rturlen~ran! their families will1 t h r ncrdecl arrirrancr, boll1 monetary
an advisury, t h a t will protcct acceqr tn a qualily education i n spitc of increasing
costs.
9
Financial assistance awardcd t h r o u ~ hAugsburg is a combination of scholarships,
grants, loans, and parr-rime work opportunities. 'The Collcgc coappratcs with
Federal, State, church, and private ag~nciesin provirlin various aid rograms. For
the academic ) I P J ~1979-110, approximil!ely 82'1, of all STUC entr at Augrgurg received
scliolarshtp~,grants, loans and part-lime crnployrn~nttolalling over $4,500,000 from
all aid sources.
\
The primary responsibility for financing a colfege education rests upon the student
and family, financial aid is intended to supplrmeni student enrl family resources.
The amount of a s s i s ~ a n clor
~ which a stt~dentis cligible is determined with the hetp
and analysis of tlie Family Finanrial Sta~cmenr(FTS) of the American Collear Tcqting
Program (ACT) or lhc Financial Aid Form (FAI:) of thc College Schatarqhip Servirt(CSS). These analyses estimate t h c amaunr a stirdcnr and family can provide tor
c o l l ~ g cexpenses, taking into account such family financial factors as c~lrrent
incame, assets, number of dependents, orher educational expenses, drbrs, retirc-
men1 needs, and special ronsidc~atians.
How and When to Apply
New Students - Regular Admission
1. A ply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made
untiythe student has applied and been accepted for admission.
2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aicl form (FAF) from a
high school or rollege financial aid office. Complete the application and send it to
t h e processtng agency after january 1 but before March I for priority considcration.
Minnesota residents must cornplcte the FF5 wliich includrs the application for the
M i n n e s ~ l aState Schotarship/Grm"trogram. To bc oonsid~red,code 6500. Augsburg's code on thp FFS is 2080. f o r non-Minnesota residents u ~ i n g[he FAF.
Au~sburg'scode is 6014.
3. Within three to four w ~ e k saugsbrtrg
,
will receive the analysis. If at that time you
are accepted for adrnissfon, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your
eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing the
students' financial aitl packagc.
4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If
necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent to
you.
5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college
previously attended.
Financial Aid/l7
New Students - Early Decision
This is for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early
Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive
the admission decision about December 1.
1. Early Decisi<>nCandidales applying for financial aicl may wish to complete the
Augsburg Early Derision Financial A i d Applica~ion,availableby writing or calling the
Admissions Office. This e n a b l ~ sour Financial Airl Office to compute a preliminary
award hefore thr Farnlly Financial Stnremenl i s Illcd. Candidates will be notified of
their awarcl by January 1.
2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any necessary revision,
the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must be completed after 1980 income
information is available. This is after January I, 1981 but before March 1,1981.
Returning Students
Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by refiling the
application and financial statement. Renewal is based on financial eligibility,
satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability.
Kinds of Aid
A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in eneral rather
than for a s ecific scholarship or grant. The various forms of aid avaifable are listed
here for inkrmation only.
In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are ur cd to
inverti~ate
rhe poiiibility of rcholarrhipr, grants, and loans rhnt might beavaicble in
rhcir own communities. I t could he wortliwhile to check with churches, ihe
company or husinessemploying parentsor rpouses, hl h schools, service clubs, and
frarernal organizations lor information on aid availab e to students meeting rhcir
requiremenrs. In adrlirion to these sources, somc sfudents are eligible lor aid
through Vocational Rrhahilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational
Assistance for Veterans' Ohildrcn, and others,
"i
Gift Assistance
-
Available to students who have shown academic
Augsbur Tuition Grant
r,olrnliarilnrl ~ ~ J V(inancis1
E
need. A grant may ay up to full tuition and fees. A
r;~urlen~'s
scholas~icstantling,test scores, and hig school and community involvement are taken into consideration.
1
Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota
residents who have financial need. They range from $100 to $1400. All applicants
from Minnesota are expected t o apply before the priority deadline of March 1.
St~pp!emenh~Educa#ional
Opportunity Grant - A federal program administered by
thc C o l l ~ g e .To Ije rligible, a person must: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent
rcsicl~nt; (2) have sufficient financial necd as defincd by the program and
demonstrated by the KFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining good academic
standing at the Cnllege; and (4) be accepted (or admissicln.
18/Financial A i d
Basic Educational Opportanity Grants - A fedcral program that provides Basic
Grant awiirrls l o st~trlrntsw h o atrend eligiblc insti~ulionsof highcr education, The
maximum grant rligibility for eacli siudcnt lor 1980-81 is BIAOn, minus thc. amount
. grants are hilsed on need
the studcnt and fam~lycan be expcctcd to contri b u ~ eThe
as d e t e r r n i n ~ dby the program u i d ~ l i n c sApplicntion
.
is made by f i l ~ n gthc FFS (or
and requesting on ihe appficnlion form thnt i h r nererrary information be rrnr
to the appropriate BEOG officc.
mF)
Loan Assistance
National Direct Stt~dentLoans (NDSL) - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded
program nclminisrrrerl r hrou h the Cnllegc, for students who demonstrate financial
eligibility. Loans s r e i n t r r e i r f r c c i l u r i r ~ g
your education. Noinlrrrslaccruer nor do
a mcnrs have to be m ~ d on
c the principal at any lime yo11 d r e enrolled at least
l 4.:) and rcpa mcnt of rhc
fnri-iimr. Bc inning October 1,1480, simple i n ~ c r e iol
minimurn of830 a ~manih)
b r .in six tnonths a l l r r yclu cave school.
principal (a1 t
R~paylncntmay be cxtendcd up to 10 yrJrr. T e loan carries a teacher cancellation
claus~.The maximum which may be barrowcd for undcrgraduatc study is $6,0fl0.
f:
'h
Y
Guaranteed Student Loan {CSL) and Minnesota State Student Loan - Programs
backed by e i ~ h c r~ h lcrferal
c
or stale g o v e r n n i ~ n it,- o d n funrls are obtained directly
from a lucal lendcr or state gnvernmrnt in qtareq which provide such proarams.
W h r l ~the sturIeni is atlending at least hall-timc, there i s no interest tharge,
Rrginning lanudry 1, 1901, simple annual i n ~ r r c s !of 9':i) o n the loan balancc and
rcpayrnent of the principal begin six monr hs after you (pave srhool. Repdyrnent may
be e x ~ ~ n d up
e d to 10 yedrs. Thc maximum loan is62500 per year with t h ~cumula~ive
!
.
arc available at thr?callcge, samc
~1ndr1rgra~luate
maximum ~ f $ ' l 2 , 5 0 0 Applications
banks, and the Minnesota State S t u d ~ n tLoan Oflice. You mily obtain this loan
without demonstrating financial eligibility.
Nursing Student Loan - Fcdcral program with provisions similar to thc National
~ denrolled in
Direct Student Loan program, but rmtricted to applirants a r r ~ p t or
the program leading to the baccalaurcatc d ~ g r c e
In nursing, Kccipienrs [nust have
financial need and be registered full time. U p to 85% of t h e total horrowcd may bc
cancelled, depending upon the type of work donc afrer graduntion. The maxinrum
loan is $2500 per year.
Campus Work
Augsburg College provides work opparlunities for studenfs with proven financial
need who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Assignrncnt is made on
the basis of need and potential cornpctencc in pcrformlng the dtitics arsignccl,
Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, j u s ~ as
scholarships, loans, and grants. A maximum of 15 hours nl on-ca~npus~tmploymenl
per week is recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to
the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the
student employee.
College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under
these rograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis
with t e College to provide some part-time work opportunities.
1
Sponsored Scholarships
Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Personnel Committee. For
departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department
involved.
These scholarships are available to students who will be Sophomores, Juniors and
Seniors. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors' wishes.
General Scholarships
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving
junior/senior students as recommended by the committee.
Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship - established i n 1979 by his family. One or more
scholarships will be awarded annually t o needy and deserving upperclass students.
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship
deserving junior/senior students.
-
awarded annually t o t w o
M. I. Estrem Scholarship - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College selected by the
scholarship committee.
David J. Formo Scholarshi
established i n 1979 by members of his family. One or more
scholarships will be a w a r B e d a n n u a ~ ~t yo a junior or senior student who has successfully
overcome adversity and hasachieved excellence in academicand extracurricular performance.
Catha JonesMemorial Scholarships - awarded annually t o female students transferring from
Waldorf College. Preference given to those in music and/or elementary education.
Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o an able and deserving upperclass student as
recommended by the scholarship committee.
Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships - established in 1972 t o be distributed by
the scholarship committee t o needy students.
Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded t o a senior.
Quanbeck Scholarship Fund -established i n 1963 by a bequest of JohnG. Quanbeck, awarded
annually t o freshmen students w h o without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher
education.
Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarships -awarded
t o able and deserving upperclassstudents.
Tozer FotmdaHon Scholar~l1ip5- u p to $1000 each - swarded on I ~ basls
P
of scholarship,
p ~ r % r ~ n , ~ l i l y , ,n~wn ct lf Wrrrners must be juniororseninrsturlrin~r w l ~ o a r ~ r e s l d e n t sthe
o f State
nl M l n n r m t , ~bur not r r ~ i d r r i nf
~ r Plne, Kanabec orW,~\hingtclnCauntre~~Separate
application
required ol scnii-Tin.ili~~3
rt*lt,c~tvlby the scholarshir~mmmilrre. F I S must be sent t o Tozer
I r)unrldtron {code h577)
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and deserving junior or senior
student.
Special Scholarships
Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students who are
certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company.
Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to able and deserving
students, who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need.
Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarship -awarded to able and deserving students who are policy
holders with Lutheran Brotherhood.
The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a deserving senior.
Minority Student Scholarships
Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program -awarded annually to Lutheran
American minority students who show financial need.
Minnesota Minin &Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established in 1973 to be
awarded to a Blaca student.
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - awarded periodically to a Black
American student.
National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students - sponsored by the American
Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to members of racial and ethnic minorities.
Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually to upperclass Oriental students.
Homecoming Auction Scholarship - awarded annually to two minority students by contributions from faculty, administration, staff and students at the Homecoming auction.
Religion & Christian Service Scholarships
Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student(s) i n the
senior class who is preparing for the ministry.
lver and Marie lverson Scholarship -awarded
Christian service.
on the basis of need, character and interest in
The Reverend Olal Rogne Memorial Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship
and interest in Christian service.
Morris C. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund - awarded to a juniorhenior
student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the
American Lutheran Church.
OnesimusScholarship - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry.
awarded annually to an able and
Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarshi
deserving junior/senior student recommended by treLholarship committee. Semi-finalists
are interviewed and selected by donor.
Cerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship,
characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith.
Departmental Scholarships
Art
Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - established by the Crown Princess of Norway to be
awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need.
Athletic
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserving malestudent
on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement.
Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or
students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement.
Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise in field of physical education.
James Winkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of
personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement.
Peterson Football Scholarship - awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial
need.
Sandbo Football Scholarship - awarded to a football player on basis of financial need.
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participatin~
i n athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need
and/orl'of h i h Christiancharacter".Theathleticscholarshipisfora malecandidateonly,with
a preference for basketball.
Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship - one or more scholarshi s are awarded annually to
upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, wit[ preference vested in the
wrestling program.
Biology
Biology Scholarships -established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor
outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology.
Business
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship
interested in the field of business.
- awarded to one or
more upperclass students
Reid Scholarship - awarded toone or more upperclassstudents who are interested in business
and/or education.
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship -One or more scholarships will be awarded annually
to a junior or senior majoring in Business Administration.
Chemistry
Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of
Chemistry.
Manhaid Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
Carl Forse Memorial Cliemlstry Scholarship.
Federirk C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Schnlarship.
Dr. W. M. Sandslrom Chemistry Scholarship.
Waltcr Cordon Schell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship.
Wallcr C. Tl~waitc,jr. Mcrnorial Cl~~mislry
Scholarship.
Covey Hentlrirksnn M~mtlrialChcrni~tryScholarship.
Education
David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial
assistance during the term in which they are student teaching.
English
Anne Pederson English Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are
majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career.
Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an outstanding student i n the
field of English.
Foreign Language
M i m i Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior
students who are majoring i n a modern language with preference given to those who plan to
teach language as a career.
Foreign Travel Scholarship -available to language majors studying a language abroad during
the academic year, to help with travel expenses. A special application is required by the Foreign
Language Department.
Health-Related
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarshi
students preparing for a career in medicine or h e a d . -
established in 1978 for upperclass
History
awarded annually to students majoring in history
H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarshi
with preference given to those who p t n a career in the field.
Library Science
Library Science Scholarship -established is1971 to honor one or more outstanding student(s)
choosing librarianship as a career.
Mathematics
Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/
senior students majoring in mathematics orthe sciences on basis of need and academicability.
Mathematics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student i n the field of
mathematics.
Music
0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who have
demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential
in conducting and who show promise of overall academic success.
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship- awarded to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding
promise in the field of music.
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a
major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing.
lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude i n stringed instruments.
Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire
musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those
candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded to two or more students participating
in athletics or music. The award i s "made to students who have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character."
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying
choral music.
John and Vera Thut Scholarship - one or more scholarships will be awarded annually to
upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music.
Physics
Theodore J. Hanwick Scholarship - awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring in
physics.
Political Science
Political Science Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students pursuing careers in political
science.
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize - awarded annually to a student in the general field of
Christian Sociology.
-
Student Life
25 Religious Life
Student Government
26 Athletics
Student Activities
Student Services
27 CSD
Intercultural Center
28 Health Service
Food Service
Residence Life
29 Student Rights
All roads (and ( h e skyway) lead to the
College Cenler
Ready for Christmas - afler finals
Classes are small, so you get to know
faculty and students
Li
~b
7
..
Student Life/25
Student Life
Your expe~iencesin the classroom are the prirnar aspect of your colte e life, but
learning anddevelopment also occur in formal andlinformal activities of r ieCollege
and t l l r ~rnc~rnpotitanarea, Wl~ethcryou are a resident or commuter student, you
will find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to
your edura~ion.
!'
Religious Life
As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academic and
social, growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we
encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith.
Since our campus i s comprised of individuals from many different rrligious and
cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and
richness o f tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, Gospel reams, plannin
rornrnitrecr, ret rears, P ~ a r eand lustice forums, Hun er conferences, ronrcrtr, an!
plays and movies arc cxsrnpler of ihc wide variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students,
faculty and staff gather each Monday, W~dnesrlay,and Friday to give thanks and
hear he Word proclaimed by a number o f speakers. Each Wednesday night some
200 stuclents garher for I-loly Communion.
We seek 'to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to
gradually change and ctiscover the ifts that God has iven them. As a colle e of the
church, we encouragestudents to Porm their own vakes which will be thetasir for
the kind and quality o f life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg.
The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for
counseling, consultation or information on ways to get more involved in religious
activity and groups.
Student Government
Student ovcrnmcnt is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer
relationrEip and h e l m understanding wilh the arlrninirrrillion and faculty, and
providr? input into the decision-malcina process a t Augfihurg. Student government
also sponsors and directs student activities, protcctsstudcnt rights, and provides the
means (oxcliscuaions and aclion on all issucs pertaining to sti~dentlife at Augsburg.
Student government i s or anized into the executive branch, the legislative branch,
and the judicial branch. Aectionr a r c held in ihc spring except for freshmen who
elect r heir represenralives in the fall of their firn yedr. Many kinds of involvement
arp possibl~!
from program plannin to writing or erliling tn service op ortunit ics If
p.
..:-.
you want to get involved, contar, i f e Prerid~ntor Vice President in t letr ofl~cpqIn
the College Cenlcr.
Social, Cultural, and Recreational
Throu hout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus
as we1pas in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name
entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields.
26/Student Services
The College Ccnler is the foeus of leisure-lime acriviry on campus. Offlces for the
C o l l ~ g encwspapcr, theArlgsbrir,y Echo. and the yearbook, ~ I i e A us l ) u r ~ i a narPon
,
i
unite ciarrronm or nnn-i%rsroorn relstrd
the lower lcvrl. Many of I ~ rPl r ~ bthat
inlerpsrs meet ill (he Centcr. KCMR, student-oper,~ted non-proli~ratlio station
v,
serving thc nccds o f Augsburg and t h e surrounding Ccdar-Kivcrsidc c o ~ n t n u n i ~is
lucatcd i n M o r t ~ n s e nTower.
There are seueral opportunities for partici ation i n music and drama. In addition to
appearing on cdmpur nntl in ihc cily, i l ! ~ Ahr~gsburgChoir, Conrert Band, and
Orchestr,~perform on national and international tourh. Many other ensembles are
available to cover the entire range of musical SIVIP~and previous musical
rxpericnce. Several plays are given on campus pach year under thc clirec~ionof the
theater arts depart rnent.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Au sburg is affiliated with Minnesota lntercolle iate Athletic Conference (MIAC)
a n i is a member of the National Association o Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA).
M e n annually compete in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country,
basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf.
B
Augsburg is a member of the Mlnnesata Women's lntcrcollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for I~itcrcollegiateAthletics for Women (AIAW).
Women annually compete in volleyhall, cross country, gymnastics, basketball,
tennis, track & field, and softball. Women also h a w joined the golf team.
lntramurals
Every student is urged to participate in somc activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program providrs cornperilion i n a variety of team sports as well as
individual performdnce activiries. Broomball has been an especially popular coed
sport. Check s r h ~ d u l e sfor times when them is open usc of the gymnasium and ice
arena.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the
student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or
activity, contact the Student Activities Director.
Student Services
Augsburg College is concerncd with educating the whole person and recognizes
that t ~ pconiext
.
in which lcarning takcs place i s a critical laclor In acliirving oplimal
growrh. Knowlcd c grows from morv than intellectual cnclenvorr. Expanding
relationships, exp orirrg valucs, id~nzilyinglife stylcs, developing autonomy and
interdepentlence, finding purpose and cornmitrner~l-all corn bin^ w i ~ h
intrllectual
conten1 and skills to producc t h c dcsirrd cdr~cationalimpact of the college o n its
students.
F:
The Division of Student Affairs has bcen crcatcd to sup ort this task. During the
summer before your freshman ycar,orar the time ol trans er, you will receive a copy
of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a Colleg~ErEucatior~.This book will help you
assess the possibilities in your d u r a t i o n , choicrs to make, directions to consider
and different destinations lor which tn plan. SEMAPHORE was designed to act as a
sort of road map for you.
P
CSD, l ntercultural Center/27
Center for Student Development
The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make
your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may
wish to participate in are listed below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes.
, and staff as well as
You and your parents get ac uainted with classlnates f
with the campus. You stay in %e dormitory, attend evenlr in t e metropolitan area
and seek answers to the many questions you have about college life.
"'""6
Career Plannin and Placement. You may be unmrtaln about where you want to be
when you finis I your undcrgrdduatc experience, wheiher your life style will he a
I~alancedone. how work will provlde opportunily Ior service and fulfillment.
htlgsburg has a four-year career d e v e l o p m c ~ ~
plan
t
to liclp you assess yourself,
explore possibilities, tcst realities and prcparc for entry into the next phasc of your
lifr. ,411 new ~trtdentswill h a v a~ c l l a n c ~to review their interests with a counselor.
B
Human Develo ment Seminars. A series of informal "mini-uourses" are offered
each year to P
II p yo11gr0w III und~r5tandinga l ynurself and your relationship to
fli hers. Such topirs as PEER (Positive Eclucatiot?al Exp~ricnccsi n Relationships),
lsrues i n Mgn'sand Wonien's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Sceking,and Sexuality arc
availahlr?.Information on current nfferings ancl opporlunily to register are providecf
several limes d u l i n ~the year.
P
Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading,
studying, note-takin , and testing by attending one or more of the workshops
offered. You also wil have an opportunity to meet with a counselor to diagnose
your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring
through the Center.
7
Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle
elfet:rively disrussing thin s with someone who has moreexpertise.
c h a l l r n g ~mare
\
Couns~lorsarc available to hclp you thin through how you can handle major or
minor problems in a constructive way. Consultation is provided on questions of
policy anrl procedure.
f
Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire
to explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same.
This is a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program.
Intercultural Center
As a College in thc city, commincd to the values and insights of cultural diversity,
Augsburg offers special advocacy anrl counseling for all minority students in close
cooperation with administrators. faculty and community. At the present time these
efforts concentratr i n two major areas:
American Indian Programs. Augsburg offen an American lndian student support
program to meet tJle special nreds of lndian students. The American lndian
community
Programs Counselor provides recrui~~nent,cnurscs.supportiveservices,
service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians.
Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities in recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates black student activities.
The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs.
28/Residence Life
The other facet of Augsbur 's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are
from or are interested in stujying in other countries, and in planning activities and
events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff.
Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member
whoservesas Director of International Programs tocheck on the many opportunities
available.
lnternationalStudents. If you are a student from another country or would like to be
part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed
International Student Advisor.
Health Service
Your health needs will be met by the staff of Srniley's Point Clinic located on
Riverside Avenue across thestreet from the campus. Visits are free except for special
testing or service, ancf prescriptions are availabl~
thraugh the Fairview Pharmacy at
rasr. Be sure to check our family health coverage to determine if you are included;
if not, a student healti inrurunrr plan ir available.
Food Service
The Commons, sitttated on the top floor of the College Cenrer i s the main foodservice facility, fnr sluclenrs, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy
S uarc. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan
w\o live in residence halls ear their meals i n the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is
open through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg providesa variety of board plan optionsfor those living in College houses
or nearby apartments.
Residence Life
Because Augsbusg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning
environment depends, i n art, upon his or her living conditions,a variety of housing
alternatives ir provided. T[c rcridcnrc hall program i s designed ro promote student
growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in
group decision-ma king. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are
able to facilitate the proccss of group living as well as discuss personal cuncerns wii h
individual students.
All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live i n collegeoperated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and
Kueffner Apartments.
Students engage a roam at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year.
New studenrs receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at
Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All
residcnt students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in
order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June1 will be provided housing
only if space is available.
Student Rights/29
All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they
move into the residence.
All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstor high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36
studients, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional
residence-hall livin . It contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 uppercfass students.
South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students.
West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students.
Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a uniqueopportunity
to try group tiving. Croir s of upperclass rnpn or women share living space, house
responsibilities, and cooring. Hourer are located in the carnpur area. Onc wa
maximize the living-learning aspects or your housing situation is to avail yoursc Iof
the opportunity to bid lor a house as a Special Interest FIouse. Groups of students
have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact
proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Sinlplilied Life Styles, and Scandinavian Sludics.
Yo
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is
otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished
except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are
available in each residence.
Student Rights
The Colle e has adopted a staternem of student rights and responsibilities and has
provided or due process in matters of disciplinary action. grievances, and grade
appeal. The judicial Council is elected by sludents and faculty and serves toconduct
hparings and review matlers of concern. Any studrnt who wishes to idcntify
a p ropriate proc~duresfor complainl should contart the Vicc Prcsidenr for Student
~fEir5.
7
t h e College operates in compliance with the family Rights and Privacy Act and Title
IX. Sf udenrs have thc right to inspect all official records, filcsand data which pertain
la them and which are rnaintainrd in the office o l thc registrar and the placement
office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceplions are
parents' financial records and confidentii~llcttcrs and siaternents placed in the
record before January 1, 1975, or placer1 undcr conditions where students have
signed a waiver o l right of access. Students have the right to experience erlucation
( r ~ efrom di5t:riminatfon based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background,
handicap, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center
for Student Development.
Academic Information
31 Degrees
Academic Calendar
Faculty
Library & Audio-Visual
32 Divisions
33 M a j o r s & M i n o r s
Teaching Licensure
34 Certification Programs
Pre-Professional
35 Inter-Institutional Programs
37 Study A b r o a d
38 H o n o r s Program
Internship
C o n t i n u i n g Education
Academic Policies
38
39
40
41
42
Registration
Graduation Requirements
Grading
A u d i t i n g Courses
Grade Point Average
Classification
Advanced Placement
Advanced Standing
Probation a n d Dismissal
Dean's List
43 Graduation w i t h Distinction
Independent/Directed Study
Veterans
44 Brief Facts
45 Course N u m b e r i n g
Prerequisites
Psychology Building, Norwegian class,
Music Therapy class
Academic Information/31
-
Academic Information
Requirements for a de ree from Augsburg C n l l e g ~provide students with a broad
liberal arts backgroun! i
n the hurnaniticr, t h c natural sciences and the social
sciences - and conrentrated major rlurly in onp o r more fields. Students are
c
of faculty advisers.
encouraged to plan their o w n course n l study with ~ h help
Augsburg gi-atJuales are expecred to b~ able 10 write effectiv~t tn hr knnwledgeable alloilt urban concerns, a n d to have some unclers~;~t~
ing
' of c ~ r l ~ u r e s
outside the unired States. Cclicral rccrcational activit~escourscs acquaint sturien IS
with and P uip Ihrm lor lifetimesports, Cnurses i n religion assist in reflection on tlir
meaningo?lhc Chrislian Church r h r a u g h r ~ u d yof i t s b ~ l i ~ b , r r r i p t u r e , amission.
~~rl
rY
Degrees Offered
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of
Science degrees. The B.S. degree i s awarded to graduates with majors in Medical
Technology, Music Therap , Nursing and Social Work. Majors i n music may select
the program for the Bacheror of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates
with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Academic Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with 15-week Fall anrf Spring semrstcrs
separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students normally take four courses ~ a c h
semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of t h r e r coirrses can Ire
earned i n the t w o annual summer sessions, one of four weeksanrloncofsix wcek5.
The calendar i s coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can takecourses o n another campusduring
the regular term. (See Registration).
j a ~ ~ u a Interim
ry
is partirularly inter~cledta be a time (or b o l h studentsand faci~ltyto
employ styles of teaching ~ n learning
d
and to invest~gatcquestions ant1 rnpics in
places and ways no1 p ( > s ~ i ldurinf:
~ I ~ lhe rprular term. Thc Interim ciltnlog,
pobiirhrd in rllc fall of tach year, i l rlirtrihutPrblo all rtvden~sand i s availat,lt* by
c o n tact in^ thc lntcrim Office. I n a d d i t ~ o nto classes offercd on canlpus, Ihcrc arc a
v a r i ~ r yo l !ravel opporti~nitieswithin the Unttetl Statesand abroad. / n r l ~ p r n c l ~or
nt
rlircr~edstucly and internships are aenong thr many Interim options.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal
interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio is approximately 13 to 1.
Faculty m e m b r r s s e r v ~ a sacadrmicadvisers and are available for help o n individual
problems. All ~ t i i c l e n l rarp asqigned a faculty adviser t o help i n planning their
programs and apprnving (heir choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each
departmental Irrting, with further information i n the Augsburg College Faculty
section.
Library and Audio-Visual Services
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the
library a favorite place t o study. The main library houses over 160,000 books
eriodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide
gbraries are located within the departmental areas.
32/Academic Organization
Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service
among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through
Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and
Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students.
A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service,
guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of
information. Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical
handicaps.
The Library Audio-Visual Center provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and
for audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies,
filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings is available for faculty and students.
Equipmentsuch as movie and slide rojectorsand ta e recorders ma be borrowed
for limited periods. Film bibliograpEies and other a g i c e on materiarr selection are
available.
Academic Organization and Programs
Divisions and Departments
The colle e curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four
divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities - Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson)
Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and
Theater Arts
Natural Science and Mathematics - Earl R. Alton (Chairperson)
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics
Social and Behavioral Sciences - Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson)
Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology,
Sociology
Professional Studies - Marie 0. McNeff (Chairperson)
Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work
Majors, Licensure/33
Majors and Minors
Majors, or concenirations of study, may be within one department, within one
division, or cross acadcmic disciplines. Some rtudrnrs decide on a major or majors
before they enter college. Othcrs te5t a variety a{ diwi l i n ~ sbefore deciding.
Normally a major should l ~ cel e c t ~ d
by the enrl ol the fourt I semester and earlier in
some disciplines. Dctails of majors and minors arr i n thc coursc description section.
P
Majors available at Augsburg are:
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
(Accounting, Finance,
lnternational Business,
Management, Marketing)
Chemistry
Church Staff Work
Communication Arts
Corrective Therapy
East Asian Studies'
Economics
Economics-Business Administration
Education
Engineering2
English
Foreign Languages
(Chinese,' French,
German, Japanese,'
Norwegian, Russian,'
Spanish)
History
International Relations
Mathematics/Computer Science
Medical Technology3
Metro-Urban Stud~es
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing
Philoso hy
PhysicaPEducation
(& Adapted PE)
Ph sics
PoLtical Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies'
Scandinavian Area Studies'
Social Science/Social Studies
Social Work
Sociology
S eech
TReater Arts
1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with
the University of Minnesota.
2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science
and Michigan Technological University
3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern
Hospital
Teaching Licensure
Teaching liccnsure pro rams are d f e r r d at Augsburg in Elementary Education,
Kindergarten, Early C h i l t h o o d ~ducation,andi h e w fields in Secondary Education:
Art, Biology, Chemistry, Earrh Science, English-Languagt. Arts, French, German,
Healrh, Hiszory, t i l r Scicnce, Mathematics, Middle School Science, Music, Natural
Science, Norwe ian, Physical Education, Physical Science {Chemistry or Physics
Emphasis). Socin'f~cicncc,Social Studies, Spanish, Zprech, Thcaler Artr, h minor is
olfcrcd i n Library Science. Students planning to teach on the secondary level have
advisers both in he Educa~iondcparlment and thearea of their academic major(s).
34/Certification, Pre-Professional
Certification Programs
Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg
to increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth:
Certification in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history.
Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less
formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact
the Art Department Chairperson.
Women's Studiescertification -may be earned by completin six interdisciplinary
courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individual y planned program
should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas
focusing on women, Interested students should contact Dr. Toni Clark.
7
Church Staff Worker Certification - is designed ro prepare for full-time specialized
lay work in thc Lutheran Church. I t consists of nine courses for a Church Staff
Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses i n psychology,
sociology, speech and ph slcal education. The pro ram is designed to meel clr
exceed criteria used in Tr7 e American Lutheran C irrch certification program.
~nterestedstudents sl~ouldcontact the Religion Departmen1 Chairperson.
a
-
Program Evaluation Certification
Provides the background for performing
systematic assessments of programs for social improvemen~s.Students are required
to complete a group of fivc psychology and sociology courses, including an
internship. For futher inf~rrnation~contact
the Psychology or Sociology Department
Chairperson.
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry,
veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or
seminaries be reviewed and the coirrsenf study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A
faculty adviser is available i n each field to assist students in their planning. It i s
recommended that stud~ntswho want to plan a pre-professional program consult
with a faculty adviser early in their freshman year.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the humanities, natural and social
sciences, religion and philosophy which will provide the preparation for future
professional study.
Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry a t the University of Minnesota: English, 2 courses;
Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352;
Mathematics 124; General Psycholagy,l course. Requirements at other universities
may vary.
Pre-Engineering - Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and
engineering i n rooperation with the Washington University of Engineering and
Applied Science in St, Louis, Missouri,and the Michigan Technological University in
Houghton, Michigan. See Engineering in the department/course section for
information on thc course requircmcntr in this Three-Two Plan of studies.
I nter-l nstitutional/35
he-Law - Studcnts planning to pursue a career in law should consult the
handbook published hy The Association of American Law Schools, and consult the
Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, Students may wish to take the
poIi~icalscienrp coursp, Law in the Uniled States, to help tleterminr whpthpr they
possessan inlerest In law. Since law schools encnuragc sludents to maintain a high
gradc palnt average, the pre-law studcnt should be aware that many graduate
rcliools consicl~rihe grade P givcn for a course as a C.
he-Medicine - Many metficaf schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to
reparc lor study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology anti chemistry departments
[ s v r majors rpecirlly dcrigncd for pre-medical s~udentr.Both require Chernirtry
115, 116 (or 705, 1061, Mathematics 124, 125; and I'liysics 121, 122. The Chemistry
major also requires Chemistry 353, 361, one advanceti course, seminar, and two or
more biology courses. The Hiofogy major alsa requires Biology 111,1t2,491 and one
from each r,l ~ I i r c e
groups (351, 353, 3611, (355, 473, 474), (440, 471, 47G),with 353
recornmencled, Des~gnetlto meet the Univcrsity of Mtnnesola requirements, both
programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities,
at othcr medical schools may
including psychology and sociology. R~guirements
vary. Sti~dcntsate encnurag~dto consult with the faculty adviser early in the
freshman year.
Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a two-year program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: Biology
111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351,352; Economics 122,123; English 111 and a second
course; Health Education 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122; electives from
humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several
d i f f e r r n ~majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or
religion. Rccornmcndcd preparation include5 Religion 111, 221; at least two
scrncstcrs of history (Western Civiliration); one or rnore courses in the history of
philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum retluirernent~of the College of
Veterinary Mcdirine a1 [he University of Minnesota, these courses are recorn*
mended: English, 2courses; Math~matirs
724; publics eaktng, 1 course; Chemistry
I l 5 , l l l (or l05,1(16/,
351,352. 351; Biology I l l , 312; Plyiicr 121,122; Fconomicr, 1
course; 2 courses in art, li~eralure,music, humanities, theater, or uppcr division
foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political
sci~nce,psychology or sociology courses to fulfill rhe rest of the distribution
requiremrnts. Requirements at other universities may vary,
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on
several programs.
Library and Media Center - Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges
library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg
community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films.
36/l nter-I nstitutional
Associated Colleges of theTwin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St.
Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an
exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies.
See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to participate in the
cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the
other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home
campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be
taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the
campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim.
The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is
composed of colleges and universities in Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota.
Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange
and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative
research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of
the community organizations of the Upper Midwest.
Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in
the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology
with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to
help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses
are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and
students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee
Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for
the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes
offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons,
hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the
courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable.
Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer
programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
ROTC - While Augsburg does not offer Reserved Officers Training programs for
the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available in the
metropolitan area and may be pursued by Augsburg students. For information,
confer with the Dean of the College.
Study Abroad/37
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some
of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further
information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from
the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of
students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the
year one wishes to participate in an international program.
Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month IivingAearning program
based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice
and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive
Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The
cost, including travel, is equivalent t o full room, board, and tuition for one term at
Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited.
Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN
program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges
in the state. Each year three or four countries areselected, and qualified students are
granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in
one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of
the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages:
language study and group meetings during the school year before departure,
independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer,
and the writing of a paper upon return.
-
Semester or Year Abroad
Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway;
Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at
Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the
Institute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon in France; The
Goethe lnstitute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University
of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec. In addition, through the
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg students may take part in
the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experiment in lnternational
Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs in Colombia, Denmark,
England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan,
Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved
before departure by the Director of International Programs, faculty adviser, and the
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign
study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as
elements of the major sequence, or to satisfy some of the general education
requirements.
Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend
a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director of lnternational Programs.
Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings
under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued
each s ~ r i n afor the followina lanuarv.
38/Academic Policies
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for qualified
s t u d ~ n t sto purque an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special
seminars, colloquia, hnnors sludent lorurns and options in completing the general
eductl~ionrequirements are all part o l the Honors Program. Inquiries should be
addressed to Dr. Carry Hesser, Honors Director.
Internship Program
The Internship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students i n almost all
fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be
related t o their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available
with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations.
Continuing Education Program
Augshuxg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through
its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally i n the evening. Since
continuing ed~tcationcourses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary
in length fram four weeks to fourtecn weeks. Students wishing to know more about
Augsburg's conttnuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the
Associate Dean.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Registration
- Semesters, Interim, Summer
Students normally register tor four courses a semester and one course in the
intrrim. Sti~dcntsregistered for three or rnorfcourses i n a semester are classified as
full-time sturlents. To regislcr For mare than 4.5 courses, students must contact the
registrar1<otficc to petition the Committecon Admissions and Student Standing for
permission.
A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following
semesters.
Se arate catalo s of courses are published by the lnterim Office and Summer
Sclool Office or those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and
procedures.
f
Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus
are available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar, Science 114, Fall and Spring terms
lnterim Office, Memorial 230, lnterim
Summer School Office, Memorial 230, Summer School
Graduation Requirements/39
Frcshmen and translersrudents have an opportunity to pre-register during summer
(or courses i n ~ h cfall, Atl currently enrolled students have a n opportunity to
pre-re istcr during the fall for the spring and during [he spring for both the fall and
the f o l k w i n g spring. Ail students must confirm their registrarion .tihe beginning of
each semestcr and c o m p l ~ t efinancial arrangements.
Although a student may re ister u to two weeks after the semester begins,
registration is encouraged at t e regu arly scheduled time. Fees are charged for late
registration and for cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of a
semester.
8,
P
Students are urged nor to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this
results in a failing grade on the alficial record. Cancellation of courses or
cancellation from C o l l r g ~must b e done in tlic Registrar's Office. Cancellations
from college and resulting adjustments in account5 are elfective as of the date the
c
of the Registrar.
completed Cancel from College form i s returned ro ~ h Office
Graduation Requirements
1. Completion of 35 courses.
At least 11courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and400s. Not more
than 13 may be in one department, except as listed i n approved majors under
departmental headin s Thr course rural rnusl inclutle ihrce Interims for students
whose complete a c a j e k i c work ir a t hugrburg. For trnnricr rturients, the course
total must include one l e a interim coursc than the numbcr of yPnrs at Augsburg.
No more than these maximums may be applfed toward the 35 total courses
re uired: 4 Conservation of Human Rcsourccs (CHR courses; 2 courses by
in ependent/{lir~cledstudy; 4 courses o l internship; ant B r a u r ~ e swith a gradeof
Pass (P). Non-traditional rading ( P ) i s limited to two in the major and onr in thc
minor ilapproved by the ( epartrnent chairperson and is not available for majors or
I
4
7
minnrs In Elementary Educa~ion.
Students who enter the Nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree should
contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirementsfor a second bachelor's
degree.
2. Completion of a major.
Requiremenbfor each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor
or co-major is not required, but is encouraged.
3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors.
A grade point average of 2.0 is required in all courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major, except for Elementary Education and Nursing, where 2.5
averages are required.
4. Residence
The last year of full-time study or equivalent must be at Augsburg.
5. Distribution requirements
Writing - A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated
proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the
summer and fall orientation periods.
40/Evaluation, Grading
Liberal Arts
An approved course from each of these seven areas:
Mathematics-Physics
Chemistry-Biolog
Psychology-Socio ogy
English-Speech, Communication
& Theater Arts
Y
Economics-Political Science
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
Forei n Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at
Au s%urg.Students who test above the 111 level of a foreign language will take one
adBtionai course at placement level in that language or two courses (111and 112) of
another foreign language.
Religious Studies -Three approved courses in religious studies, of which not more
than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is
one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg.
Urban Concerns - A course related to urban concerns. Courses approved to meet
this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Office of
the Registrar.
Lifetime Sports -Two
sports.
lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations.
Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are
used.
MOSIC O U ~ ~ Care
? S oflercd wlth gradln options - traditional grading o n a 4.0 to 0.0
scaIc or the Pass/Credit systpm, i n w ich P means a grarl~of 2.0 nr better and N
mtZanFno credit anti gratlc of lesq than 2,0. Students are c ~ u t i o n e tto
l use the P/N
gri~de0 tron with care sincr romc gradt~aleand professional schools do no1 look
ldvorabr on u large number of P-grarird rourrcr, nr rank each ns .I "CPi.For
graduation lrom Augshurg, a s~urlcnrmay count a rnsxilnum of eight courses of P. I f
aplsrovetl 11 the clel)artmen~rhairpprson, two rtlurscs in the malrjr anti one in the
minor m a y ge on ihr P/N system, cxccpt in Elcmcntary Educat~nn.
%
Certain cnurscs are offered n n one grading system only. Sociology 383and several
~
radccl only on the P/N grading system. Some education
interim C O U ~ S Carp
courses are grarled On y oh [he P/N system or only on the ~rarlirionalsystcm. English
111 is grildecl P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses a r e gradetl only P, 1.0, N.
1
Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, and Lifetime
Sports are graded P/O.O.
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system
unless they indicate on their re istration that they wish to use the P/N grading
option. Any changes in choice ofgrading system must be made according to dates
published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of
classes.
\,
Grading, AuditingMI
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performance below basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N ( N o credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A
grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or
below level.
An incomplete i s a temporary grade indicating that the student has been authorized
by the Academic Dean t o complete work in this course by a specified time. The
grade i s changed t o 0.0 if work i s not completed by the agreed upon date. Seniors
must have any incompletes from first semester and interim removed by April 1.
An incomplete ,radc may be giver? only in the case of extrp~ilePmcrgcncy. 'TO
receive it. a Stur en1 mu51 file a p r t i t i o n with t h e Committcp o n Admissinns , ~ n d
Student Standing stating he reasons for the rpqupst*the plan and dare l a r rcrnoving
il, ant1 colnmcnh from t h r instructor. If permission i~granleri, the i n t . o m p l c t ~mu\!
h~ removed t+uri~.rgthc following semeswr, or i t bccomcs ~ h ~c r a d strbrnittcd
r
hy
~
~ l i cteaclicr along will, t h incornplere.
P
A grade of X may be given for an independent or directed study course that is to be
spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the
second semester or the grade of X will remain o n the record.
A rour&in w h i c h a gradc o10,1.0,1.5, N, I, ar X has heen received may be repeated
lor credit. Coirrses In which higher grades have I w ~ earned
n
may not be repeated
for ~ ~ ~ l bj ui t tmr7y
,
h r rrudiled. All courses takprj r e r n i n o n the academic record.
d s r r o n r l time a r r counted toward graduation
O n l y thr rreditsand g n r . 1 r~n~r n ~ thp
and in ~ l i grade
c
p n i n l average.
A course is given a grade of W when it i s dropped after the deadline for dropping
classes without a notation o n the record.
Auditing Courses
Stud~ntswho wish to takp courses without crcdir or grade m a y d o s o by r q i s ~ c r i n g
(or Audit (V). Full-time ftudents may aurlit a course without ct~arge.Thr chargr for
part-time students is lister! under Exper~ser,S t u c l ~ n
ts who ;lucfil a coursr 5110i11~1
confer with the lnstrilctor within two wceks of tlic beginning ol t h r tcrm to
dptprmine expectaliuns, altenrlancr anrl any oiher r ~ q u i r c m e n I~f .e x p ~ c t a t i o n s
l i h e transcripl as having b w n audiicri. I f
have bee11me!, ~Jlecourse will Ile l i ~ t e ton
cxpcrtations havc not been met. the corlrsc will ~ I P listctl w i t h a gradc o l W
(Wii hdrawn).
42/Classification, Probation
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based o n final rades for all work at Augsburg. I t
does not include credit and grade points for w o r t transferred from other colleges.
Courses taken o n the P/N grading option are recorded, b u t not computed in the
GPA.
Classification
Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points
Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points
Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement i n courses beyond the beginning level i s granted to students
with scores of 3,4, and 5 o n the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional
credit or placement i s at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be
addressed to the Office of the Registrar.
Advanced Standing
College credit isgrantrd to high school students who have successfully completed a
college level course ilnd w h o have scored high o n the Advanced Placement
Examinations. hugsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received o n the
College Level Exnminirlion Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Requests for detailed information should be addressed to the
Office of the Registrar.
Probation and Dismissal
A studenl will be placrd o n schalastic probation at the end of the term if his or her
t
has been o n probation two or more
a c h i c v ~ l n ~ is
n tunsatisfactory. A s t u r l ~ n who
ir s u b j c r ~10 dis~nissalat the end of the term. Dismissal from
c o n ~ e c u l i v sPrne5crrs
r
the College i q not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee o n Admissions
and Stpdrnt Standing. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly
adviqetl to withdraw betorc the end o l the term. A student who has been o n
probation for t w o terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have
special permission t o re-enroll.
A student will be placed o n probation under these conditions:
Freshman - below 1.6 grade average or 2 zero grades, having taken 6 or fewer
courses.
Sophomore - below 1.7 or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 to 15 courses.
Junior - below 1.9, having taken 16 t o 24 courses.
Senior - below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses.
Dean's List
The Dean's List i s published after each semester, listing students whose grade point
average for a semesrcr i s 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three f u l l courses, or
equivalent, graded o n the traclitional grading system, with n o incompletes i n
courses offered for credit. f he Dean's List is included i n a College publication and
each student o n it receives a letter of rec:ommendation.
Study Options, Veterans/43
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude 3.8 - 4.0 grade average
Magna cum laude 3.6 - 3.79 grade average
Cum laude 3.3 - 3.59 grade average
To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed
two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
IndependentIDirected Study
Manydrpartrnen.ts offer opportunities forcanscien~iousstudentswho demonstrate
~ufficlenthackgrounrl and prepara~ionIn a given field to carry out upprr d~vision
departmenz5al5ooffer a11opportuniry for
lcvel work nn an indcpendcn~ba~is.Sorn~
(Iirrcted s~udyon a lower division Icvcl. h student who rcgistcrs for dirccted or
indcpcnrlenr study should normally exper1 to complete i t i n one semestpr but may
exterid ir inro thc ncxt tprm by permi5sirmof ~heinstructnr.In such casrs,agradrof
X is givrn at the end of the firs[ term. ant1 t h e s t ~ ~ i ewill
n t r c g i s t ~again
r
tor t h e c o u r s ~
to rrceive the final grade.
Students inrerestetl in registering for directed or independent study must first
securr! permishion from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two
courses i n fndcpcndent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35
courses reqi~ircrllor he degree.
Students may cross-registcr for inde endrnr studies at another ACTC school only
when the major field i n which ihp inApendrnt study is proposed is not available on
tlieir liorne rampus, ant1 will bc charged by the host campus for an special costs
attached. R~questsfor cxccption to this potrcy should be made direct y to their own
academic dciln.
Y
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is a roved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training.
Veterans s h o u k n s u l t with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans
Administration.
V e f ~ r a n swill be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two
consecutive terms i n which the did not earn at least threc courses er lcrm, he
minimum for rlursification as {ull-time students. It is the rPrponri&llty of each
veteran to repor1 any change in registration and/or academic load to thcOfficc of
the Registrar, as i t is for all students.
A non-punitive rade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below
threecourses wil be reported to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need to
meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of
educational assistance funds received.
7
44/Brief Facts
Facts & Figures
about Augsburg College
Location - Minneapolis, Minnesota,
since 1872. Founded in 1869.
Affiliation - The American Lutheran
Church. 57% of students are Lutheran,
16% other Protestant, 14% Roman
Catholic.
Accreditation - North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education, Council on
Social Work Education, National Association of Music Therapy, approved by
American Chemical Society.
MemberTwin Cities
Associated Colleges of the
Enrollment (1979-80) - 1,576 from 26
states and 20 nations.
Graduates - 1870-1979,7627. Class of
1980,288.
Faculty - 90 teach full-time, 89 parttime. Class size averages 25-30.
Campus - 14 major buildings, 8 new
since 1961. Major renovation 1979-80.
Library - Over 160,000 volumes,
access to over 5,000,000 through the
Twin Cities private college consortium
and Minitex.
Majors - 40 in 20 departments.
Special offerings include International
Relations, Medical Technology, MetroUrban Studies, Music Therapy, Corrective Therapy, Scandinavian Studies.
Off-Campus Programs - Program in
Global Community, Student Project for
Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher
Education Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA), Study Abroad, and extensive
internship program.
Athletic Affiliation - Association of
Intercollegiate Athletics for Women
(AIAW), Minnesota Association of Intercollegiate Athletics for Women
(MAIAW), Minnesota Intercollegiate
Athletic Conference (MIAC), National
Association of Intercollegiate Athletics
(NAIA).
Policy - Augsburg College does not
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by
Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs,
activities and employment practices.
School Year - September to May,
4-1-4 calendar. Two summer school
sessions.
~ugsburgCollege
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454
Departments, Courses/45
Departments,
Course Descriptions
Course desctiplians. arr listed by department or interdisciplinary program. The
descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise
description and rlarification of content and requirements for individual courses, the
student should consult the instructors of the courses.
subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall
and Spring terms, unless anolhrr frequency is specified, The Schedule of Classes
published each spring lisls oll'eringr and locations for Fall and Spring terms.
Desrri tions and schedules for cottrses offered i n January Interim and Summer
Schoorare publirhpd in scparare c a r a l ~ g ~ .
Courscs and terms listed arc
A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half credit,
are offered i n the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate
value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours.
Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two90-minute periods a week, in
addition to laboratories.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300
and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are
primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must betaken before enrolling in a higher level courseare listed in the
course de5cription. A student may enroll in a course when a rerequisite has not
b e ~ fulfilled
n
iI t here is prior a proval of a professor teaching t e course and of the
academic atlviser. Consent o f t e instructor is indicated in some course descriptions
by this sign: (#)
t:
t:
Departments
and Courses
47 Art/Art History
49 Biology
53 Business Administration
& Economics
55 Chemistry
58 East Asian Studies
Education
Elementar /Kindergarten
Early Chidhood
Secondary
Library Science
68 Engineering
69 English
72 Foreign Languages
Chinese
French
German
Greek
Japanese
Linguistics
Norwegian
Russian
Spanish
81 Geography
Health and Physical Education
84 History
87 International Relations
Mathematics/Computer Science
90 Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
93 Music and Music Therapy
98 Natural Science
99 Nursing
101 Philosophy
103 Ph sics
106 Poitical Science
109 Psychology
112 Religion
115 Russian Area Studies
Scandinavian Area Studies
117 Social Science
Social Studies
118 Social Work
120 Sociology
122 Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
126 Transdisciplinary Major
127 Women's and Minority Studies
46
Chemisrry lab, Science Hall
from the Quad
XB
FWF-
-
I
. .
ART
Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, August
Molder, Paul Rusten, Mary Swanson, Dorothy Williamson
Studio Art Maior: 9-13 studin courses with Foundations 102, '107,225; 3 art history
coirrses including 240. One course must be in 2-dimensional art (110,223,360) and
one in 3-dimensional art (150,221,250). Majors are required to begin their programs
with the Founclatians, although advallced placement is possible with portfolio on
approval by thc Art taculky.
Teaching Major: Foundations 102,107, 225; Studio 118,132, 150, 221, 223 and 250
plus a second course in two areas; Art History 240 and two other art history courses.
Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses
including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221.
Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; Art History 240.
Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240.
Certificatein Art: 8 art courses, including one in Art History. Up to four courses may
be taken in one studio area or in art history.
Foundations in Studio Art Courses
102 Environmental Aesthetics
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern forthevisual content of experience in the
environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects
exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction.
107 Drawing
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building
interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
225 Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images.
Studio Art Courses
100, 300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department.
118 Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil,
132 Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and
white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring)
150 Jewelry
An introduction to the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. You learn
how to cut, forge, enamel and cast these metals.
221 Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster,
stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective
media.
223 Print Making I
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etc hing, silk-screen
and woodcut.
242 Film Making
Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim)
247 Life Drawing
See Interim Catalog
250 Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
330 Visual Communications II
A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and
other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration.
(Prereq. :225)
351 Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a
continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250)
355 Painting II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118)
360 Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques i n transparent watercolor.
(Alternate years)
368 Print Making I1
Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen,
etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223)
399 Internship
Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project.
478 Sculpture II
Advanced work i n sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster,
stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221)
499 Independent Study
Advanced study i n area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors.
Art History Courses
240 Art History Survey
A survey o f art f r o m prehistoric t o modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of
slides, visits t o museums.
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year.
382 Scandinavian Arts
Survey of the visual arts i n Scandinavia from pre-history t o modern times.
385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period t o the4th Century A.D. (Alternate years,
1982-83)
386 Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and
architecture i n Europe.
387 Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, 14 t o 18th century.
388 19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present.
(Alternate years, 1981-82)
389 American Art
A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specificemphasis o n
19th and 20th century art and its relationship t o European art as well as indigenous
movements. (Alternate years, 1982-83)
Biology
Neal Thorpe (Chairperson), Robert Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg,
Ralph Sulerud
-
Major
Option 1: 7 courses, including I l l , 112,491 and at least one course from
each of three groups: (1) 351,353,361; (11) 355,473,474; ( I l l ) 440,471,476; Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122. Students
intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major.
Major - Option 2: 9 courses, including I l l , 112,491 and at least one course from
each of five groups: (1) 351,353; (11) 355,474; ( I l l ) 361,481; (IV) 471,473; (V) 440,476;
Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 223 (or 351, 352). Students who plan to teach in
secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also
requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning to teach are
advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning.
Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually
reauire Chemistrv 353.
Minor: 5 courses, including I l l , 112 and three upper division courses; Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105,106).
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participation in seminar,
one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research
report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year.
101 Human Biology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer
such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man
have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man haveon theenvironment?What
influence does theenvironment,especially the urban environment, haveon man?(3 hours
lecture, 1-1/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and
103. Does not apply to the major or minor).
103 Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course i n the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for
Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not
receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor).
105 Biology and Society
What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal? What
threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and
non-renewable resources?What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism,
socio-biology,and inequitiesin thedelivery of health care?(3 hour lecture. Does not apply
to the major or minor. Spring)
108 Microbiology
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields
of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health
majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 109 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 110 or #.
Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor).
109 Special Topics in Biology
Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course
together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon
needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor.
111,112 General Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and
phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken i n sequence except by permission
of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring)
323 Experimental Human Physiology
A laboratory-based course i n which the principles of human function are learned by
experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will
also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective
therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors
(primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or 112.
Fall 1982 and alternate years).
351 Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life
history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.
Spring, 1981 and alternate years).
353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution,
behavior and population dynamics of thevertebrates. (3 hours lecture,4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112. Spring)
355 Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics.
Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112, Spring)
361 Plant Biology
A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy,
physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 112, Fall)
367 Biochemistrv
An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and
nucleicacids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, Chemistry
352 or #. Fall)
440 Plant Physiology
A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis,
respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular
plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring, 1982 and alternate years)
471 Cellular Biology
A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Spring)
473 Animal Physiology
A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions
are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 106 or 116; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall, 1981. Alternate
years.)
474 Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the
development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well
as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic
development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours
class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring)
52/Business Administration
476 Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered
as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Fall)
481 Ecology
A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships
between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some
Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or #. Fall)
491 Seminar
Oral presentationsand written papers relating to recent biological literatureand research.
(For seniors majoring in biology, Fall)
499 Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor.
Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous
arrangement with instructor)
Business Administration
& Economics
Edward M. Sabella (Chairperson), James E. Billings, Wayne Carroll, Satya Gupta,
Douglas Heidenreich, Amin Kader, Roy LaFayette, Keishiro Matsumoto, Lynne
Medcalf, Nichole Miller, George Powell, Kenneth Rich, Frank Seidel.
Business Administration
I
Major in Accot~nting:.9 Business Administration courses [101,102,131,261,262,263,
379,381, and 483 or 484)):4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258,391,
392). A1 leas^ 1111 cc u p p r r ttivision courses arc required. For I hose planning careers i n
accounting, completion of Ihe two remaining courses i n rhcscquence381,382,483,
484 is recommended. Courses i n data processing and computcr programming are
strongly recommended.
Major in Finance: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,267,262,373,379,
478, and one from 381,382,483); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, anrl one from
258, 391, 392). At least five upper clivizion courses are required. Economics 392,
Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
Major in Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,145,250,
261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 o r 478); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 340, 445);
Philosophy 120; Psychology 371, 373; Sociology 241 and 375 or 383; Speech 111 o r
English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 is strongly recommended.
Major in Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,135,250,261,
330,379,430); 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258,445); Philosophy 120; Speech
and Communications 351 or 352 and also 353. Mathematics 114 is strongly
recommended.
Majors i n Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other
courses offered i n the department i n addition t o those listed above.
Business Administratiod53
M a i o r in lnlfernational BusEness: 8 Ruslncss Adrninlstratlon coursrs (101,102,131,
335,261 and 39Cfo r 499 ancl rwo (rom 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122,123,
379); Politica t Science 160; 3 Ian uage courses ( o r demonstrated proficicncy) from
nnc of t h following:
~
Arrbic, ~ { i n p r e ,French. Ccrmnn, Grcck. Ifaiinn, J a p a n r r ~ .
Norwegian, Russian, Spa~iFsh; 1 I-listory course ( c o o r d i n a t e d w i t h thc foreign
languaarcnurzes) lrom 103,l04,222,322,323,321,331,332,440,474:
8 Internalional
Core courses, i n c l u d i n g internship or i n t l e p e n r f e n ~stud Corc c o u r s r s must be
taken ilbroud (England a n d C ~ r m a n y ,orhcrs to be ad<!klj. Exceptions may be
pwmitted w i t h department a prnval G ~ n c r adescriptiunq
l
follow. Studrrlrs w h o
plan t o major in lnlernatiuna Business should colitact ll-le dcpartmcnt's international a d v i w r , Arnin Katler, as soon as possiblc to carefully p l ~ their
n
program of
t'
study.
lnternational C o r e Courses
- Required
Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the
comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign
investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc.
European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying it;
structure of the European market; market analysisand sales management; pricing policies;
distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S.
Import-Export Operations-The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import and
export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational and
financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysis of international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations.
Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and
managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiaries and parent company; organizational behavior; management policy; comparative
industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international
setting.
lnternational C o r e Courses
- 3 t o b e Elected
Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and
obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure,
land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism.
European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms of
economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path
to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport;
industrial policy; current membership negotiations.
lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation of
domestic and international policies, lnternational monetary cooperation.
lnternational Economic Policies - The economic factors in diplomacy; tariff techniques
and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economicaspectsof
economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid
policies; exchange rate policies.
Theory of lnternational Finance - The relevance of international finance; participants in
the international payments scene; balance of international payments; spot market and
forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity; the
impact of international payments on the domestic price level; employment and the
performance of monetary policy.
54/Business Administration
Mirror: 6 courses, i n c l u d i n g Business Administration 101,102, a n d o n e o f 261,373,
379,478; a n d trne nf 262,379,381; a n d Economics 122 a n d 123. O t h e r configurations
f o r t h e Business Administration m i n o r may b e p e r m i t t e d o n consultation w i t h t h e
deparrmcn~chairperson.
Honors Major: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d
comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major field o f concentration.
C.P.A. Certification: Graduates w h o wish t o take t h e Certified Public Accountants
{C.P.A.) examination p r i o r to fulfilling t h e e x p e r i ~ n c erequirement must have
corn l e t e d the major in Rusincss A<lministratian-Accounting, taken all accounting
and gusines, law c,,t~rws offered, (uililled the Mathematics-Physics general rollegr.
r e q u i r e m e n t by taking maihematics, and c o m p l e t e d at least 5 courses b u t no1 more
than '12 courses o l related business subjects (Economics, Finance a n d Mathematics).
Students w h o have c o m p l e t e d theabove requirements a r e q u a l i f i e d u n d e r t h e rules
of ihc Minnesota State Roarrl of Accountancy lo sit for ihc? examinariotr immediately
after graduation.
Notes: Students w h o plan t o major i n t h e department are strongly encouraged t o
select a d e p a r t m e n t adviser as soon as possible, i n o r d e r t o carefully plan t h e i r
program o f study.
I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e courses listed below, these have b e e n o f f e r e d u n d e r Business
Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research M e t h o d s f o r Economics a n d Business,
C o m p u t e r Simulation f o r Business, I n c o m e Taxes f o r Individuals, C o m p u t e r
Applications, a n d Discrete Event Simulation.
101 Principles of Financial Accounting
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
102 Principles of Managerial Accounting
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101)
131 Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business
organizations under the Uniform Commerical Code. (Spring)
135 lntroduction to Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive,
behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion,
marketing channel and pricing decisions. (On Demand)
145 Fundamentals of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control.
The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the
professional manager. (On Demand)
250 Data Processing
An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall)
261 Fundamentals of Finance
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and
uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
I
I
.
,
.
.
."
Business Administration/55
262 lntermediate Accounting I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts,
capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 101,102, Fall)
263 Intermediate Accounting
- II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring)
330 Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research
methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in
marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or #. O n Demand)
,
340 Personnel Administration
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable
working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and
society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 145 or #. O n Demand)
373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis
on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material.
(Prereq.: 261)
379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall)
381 Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well asother quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101,102)
382 Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and
various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102. Spring 1982-83)
399 Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to
graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to
spend one full term working with some industrial organization. I n addition the student will
write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken i n Interim only).
430 Marketing
- Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and
decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product
selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or #. O n Demand)
440 Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from
service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial
point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes,
productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.:
Junior or Senior or #. O n Demand)
478 Investments and Financial Institutions
Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint
of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 i s strongly recommended. Fall)
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Provides theopportunity t o become familiar with statistical research methods through use
of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods
and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are:
Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis
of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. Spring)
483 Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis o n internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
484 Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting
and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Spring, 1982)
295, 495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and readings i n the areas of Accounting, Finance o r General
Business. (Prereq.: #)
499 Independent Study
The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed t o afford him or her the opportunity t o analyze some topic or issue i n depth.
(Prereq.: #)
Economics
Major in Econamics: 8 Eronomics courses {122,123,251,258,454
and three other
upper division); Uusiness Adminis~ration'101. 102, 379; Mat hernat ics 114. Mathematics 373 may he substituted fnr Rusiness Adminisrralian 379. The complete
calculus sequence isvery strongly recomrnencled lor thosc pIanning graduate study
i n cconornics, I n addition, courses In data proccssingantl computer programming
are strongly recommended.
MajorindppliedEconomics: 9Ecnnomicsco~1rses(122,127,251,258,454and445or
453 and t h r r e other upper division); R u s i n ~ s sh d m i n i s r r a ~ i o n101, 102, 379. 479:
Philosophy 130; Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314. Mathematics 211 ir strotigly
recommcndcd, Mathematics 373 may be suhstiturcd for Uusincss Administrat~on
379. The st~rtlentis slrongly encourag~dto rake other E c ~ n o m i c s c o u r s ~insadditioo
to thosf: listetl above.
Combined Major in Economirs - Business Administration: 5 Ec.anomics courses
(122,123,251, 258 and one upper divrsinn); 6 Business Administration courses (101,
102,261,373,379and one upper division), Courses in data processing and computer
ly
to
programming are highly rccornrncndecl. Tlle student is very ~ ~ r n n gencouraged
take additional corrrscs both in business administration and economics.
Minor: Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other
configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson.
Honors M a j o r : GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major, a n d 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d
comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major field o f concentration.
Notes: In a d d i t i o n t o the courses listed below, these topics have b e e n o f f e r e d
unrlrr 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Lconomics, History of Economic Thought,
Kesrarch Mrthods for Economics, and Business Advanced Economic Theory a n d
1 3 ~ c i s i o n - M a k i n gw i t h Finite Mnrkov Chains.
Economics 120,122 a n d 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics
120 will satisfy t h e urban concerns requirement.
Students w h o Ian t o m a j o r i n t h e d e artment are strongly encouraged t o select a
d e p a r t m e n t a&iser as soon as p o s s i b k i n order t o carefully plan their p r o g r a m o f
study.
120 Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment.
Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and
Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental
microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics.
(Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in
Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or
minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should
instead enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors)
122 Principles of Economics (Macro)
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120.
Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n either order, or may be taken in the same term in
order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses.
123 Principles of Economics (Micro)
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
May be taken independently of Economics122or 120. Economics122and 123 may be taken
i n either order,or may be taken in thesame term in order forthe student to progress more
rapidly to other courses.
250 Data Processing
An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n economics.
251 Intermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the
pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare
economics. (Prereq.: 123)
258 lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle.
(Prereq.: 122. Fall)
340 Managerial Decision Making
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modcrn techniques of management
science to prepare students to make better husincss and economic decisions. Emphasis is
on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio
selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, i n v ~ n t o r ymodels, information
systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 123, Bur. Ad. 101 and high school algebra or equivalents.
Spring, O n Demand)
370 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall)
391 Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and publicexpenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on
economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall)
392 Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis
placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring)
399 Internship Program
Astudent may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to
spend some time working with some organization, tn addition, rhe student will write a
report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only)
442 Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets; labor asa factor of production; determination of wage collective
bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand)
445 Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and carrespendfngpractices i n business, Among the topics
considered are theories and practices i n forecasting, estimation of demand and cost
functions, price and non-price competition, producrron and rost considerations, and an
analysis of economic problems of relevance to manilgemenr. (Prcrcq.: Econ. 251 or
equivalent or #. Spring, On Demand)
453 Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the
areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 251,258 and at least Math. 122
or equivalent or #. O n Demand)
454 Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 251 or #. Spring, 1983)
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
Provides ~lieopportunltyto become lamiliar with sratls~iralresearch methods through use
sf the eleclranrc cornouter. This course srresses the understandtna of statistical methods
and computer prograhming techniques. Thc mawrials to br prw&ted i n the course are:
Computer ProgrammingTechniqucs; Statistical Methotic General Linear Models, Analysis
of Varfancr, etc. (Prereq,: Bus. Ad. 379 or pquivalent or #. No lab fee. Spring)
295,495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding
research methodology and current national and international economic problems and
policies. (Prereq.: #)
499 Independent Study
The Student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth.
(Prereq.: #)
Chemistry
Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John Holum, Richard Olmsted, Sandra
Olmsted
Graduation Major in Chernfstr 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353, 361 and one
advanced course which may inc ude Biochemistry; participation in seminar; Physics
121,722; Mathematics 124,125. Since u per division courses have mathematics and
hysics prerequisites, students shoul cf' plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 in the
Eerhrnan year and Phyricr 121,122 in the sophomore year.
7:
American Chemical Society Approved Major: 11 courses including 115,116 (or 105,
106) and all chemistry courses above 350, Chemistry seminar partici ation; Mathematics 224; Physics 121,122 (which should be taken during the sop omore year).
Reading ability in German equivalent to one semester also required.
/
Teaching Major: PhysicalScience Emphasis- Chemistry Major: Recommendation
for licensure in Physical Science re uires general chemistry (115,116 or 105,106); 3
courses in earth and life sciences; C emistry 351,352,353,361,362,482,491
(Biology
367 may be substituted for 362); Physics 245. Studentsare advised to consult with the
Education Department early in their planning.
71
Pre-Medlcal Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. I n addition,
medical schools expect at least twa courses and usually more) in biology. Students
should consult members of the chemistry epartment for assistance in planning a
course program early in thelr college career.
d
Minor: 5 courses which must include 115,116 (105,106) and 3 additional courses in
chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
Honors Majors: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation in
seminar.
Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105and 115,for 106and 116, or for 223and
351 or 352.
Most courses in this department have prerequisites,courses that must be completed
before enrolling in the given course. h prerequisite must be completed with a grade
of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These
requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in
registering for the second term.
60/C hemistry
-
-
105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students w h o will not major
i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws
underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring)
109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed Ior sfil(lent5 who need asurvvy of the fundamen~alprinciples olgeneral,organic
anti biological rhemi5try for careers i n allird h r a l ~ hareas such as nitrsing (inr:lurling
A u g s h u r g ' ~ Upprr Division Program), inhalrtion therapy, hrstotechntllo~y, physlral
erluvatirln. and ntlierr. Open also to ~ l u d e n t sIn the humanitlcr and social sciences. rirst
t a r r n , ~ c l ~ e r chemistry
nl
prinril)lcsandan inrrorluction t a n r g a l ~ i chemistry,
r
Secontl term,
nrp,anlc anrl l~iolrrgical chemistry with ~ p p c i a l applications t o human physiological
cheniisfrg. ( 3 I - l i o u r I ~ d ~ e r e2s hours
,
labnr.~tory, This rourw doer not apply toward the
major or mlnor i n chcmisrry. Crrvlii cannot b e earncrl tor hoth Chemistry 109 arvtl 105 o r
I T S nor can rterlii bp ~ a r n c dfor both Che~nisrry110 and 223 or 351, Srereq.. H i ~ school
h
chem~stryw ~ t h l nthe last 3 years. 109 Fall, 110 Spring)
115, 116 General Chemistry
A n intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester includes
chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from
inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including
kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 I - h o u r lectures, 3 hours laboratory. Prereq.: high school
chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 115 Fall, 116 Spring)
223 Elementary Organic Chemistry
Designed t o present the basic facts and theories of modern organic chemistry within the
time frame of a one-semester course, this course gives students a sound background i n the
reactions and structures of organic molecules. (3one-hour lectures, one 3-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 105 or 115. Spring)
351,352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organlc compounds with sp~clal
cmphasison mechanisms and multlstepsynthesls D e s c r ~ p t ~ vmater~al
e
~ s c o r r ~ l a ~hy
c rmeansol
l
mocl~rn
r h ~ o r ~ of
e schem~cal
bonds, energy-relat~ons,and reactor mechanism; many applicatrnnr of orEanlc chem~stry
to blologlcal, environmental and ~ndustrlalIrelrls. (3 onr-hour lectures, one 4-hour
laboratory Prereq 106 o r 116, 351 Fall, 352, Sprlng)
353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium i n detail and gives an
introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves
quantitative analysis of a variety ofsamples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106or 116.
Fall)
361, 362 Physical Chemistry
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory,
and states o f matter arestudied i n the first semester. Applicationsof these concepts toareas
of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry i n the second semester. (3 onehour lectures, one 4-1/2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121,122; Mathematics 124,
125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory.
Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions.
Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours
lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of
German. Fall)
481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4-1/2-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
353, 361, or #. Spring)
482 Advanced Inorganic
Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular
orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3
one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 361, or #. Spring)
483 Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to
solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate
solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules.
Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall)
491 Chemistry Seminar
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under
the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to
participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to
participate.
497 Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation.
Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the
department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic
year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing).
499 Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or
historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (JuniorStanding)
62/East Asian Studies
East Asian Studies
Khin Khin Jensen (Campus Coordinator)
This major is an Inrer-college, interdepartmental program enabling studcn~sto
acquire a broad kr~owledgeof China and lapan as miijor culrurer anrl to gain a
general command at rhe la~iauae of one country. Tlie three program corn onents
include n incur a n languagr, cu turn1 rpecialization and comparative rluri?cs. Thc
program provides a founrlation for careers in internarional business, government,
teaching and work wirh ~ o e i aagencies,
l
7
This major is available a5 a result nf the cooperation and cross-regisfration
OI
eSt. Catherine
possibilities among Augsburg, I-iamline, Macalester, the C o l l ~ ~
~ n (College
l
of St. 1 hornas.TWO years ol Iapancse language arc offercd each year on
one of ~ h r !ACTC campuses. Chincse (and Japanese) is availnhle through a
contractual arran ernent with the Vniversily o l Minnesota's East Asian Language
Depar~ment.Slut enrs therelore have an opportunity to take courses i n ~ h e s e
languages beyot~dthe first two years.
7
To undertake a comprehensive cultural analysls of Easl Asia, a srltdent may choose
from refateti five-collegp courses i n art, c.coriomics, geogra lhy, government,
history, liierature, philosophy, religion andsociolngy or an~hropong .The emphasis
is on hoth h~itoricsland comprra~iven p p r o a c h ~ iCornparativr
.
stuXe5 i n ~ i u tno1
i~
only contrasrs and simildritier brtwecn China and Japan, bur also cross-cultural
comparisons ol East Asian civilization with Wertrrn or European rivili7arion.
I
Major in East Asian Studies: 4 courses in Ja anese or 4 courses in Chinese; 2
P
introductory History courses; 2 courses in cu tural specialization or comparative
studies; 1 seminar, independent studies course, or internship. Students are advised
to conrult with rhe coordinator in planning this major.
d
Minor in East Asian Studies: 2 courses in either Chinese or Japanese or equivalent
competencies); 1course in Introductory History of East Asia; 1 upper ivision course
in cultural specialization (China or Japan); 1 other course from approved list of
electives.
- ---
Economics
See Business Administration and Economics
Education
Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar
Johnson, Sallye Cooke McKee, Lauretta Pelton
Ai~gsburgCoIlcge offers rugrams leading to licensure in Elementary Education,
Kindcrgar~cn,Early C h i ~ d R o d and
,
Secondary Education. I-iccnrurr programs for
s ~ c o n d d r yeducation are offered in Art, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French,
German, Health, History, Life Sciencc, Mathcmatlcs, Miislc, Norwr.gian, Physical
Education, Physical Sciencc, Physics, Social Scicncc, Spilnish, Speech and Theater
Arts.
Students wishing ro become licenscd teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for licensure r~quirements.Fnr studenrs transf~rringto
Augshurg Collcge from other institutions o f higher education, it is within the
jurisdictinn of the Edtlcdlian D~parrmentand/or other appropriatc departrncnts to
asr
deterrninc essefrtial ~quivalencyof course content takrn a! other ~ n s r i ~ u t i o n
applirable lo requiwmcntso!'the approved teacher education program at Augshurg
College.
Orientarton to Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of
Teaching Reading a r e open to a l l students o f sophomort. 5tanding or abovc. To
enroll i n other education raurse5, astudent must tirst apply and bp admir~edlo the
tcactirr erlucation program. Sfurien IS are aclvisecj lo apply for atl~nissionin rhe
spring semester of thp sophomore year, during or after the Orientation coursc,
S t u d ~ n ~transferring
s
from an education program at anuther rollege must be
readmissible lo that program.
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff (Coordinator)
Major and Licensure Requirements: Mlnimurn of 8.5 education courses (255, 351,
383. and two orofessional semesters): Health Education 914.115:
. . Librarv Sciencr?.341.
358; ~ c a d e m l cminor (major recommendecl): CPA o l ~ ~ a v e r aand
l l 2.i i n major and
minor; fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 M C A R 3.041 i n Human Relations. The
first professional semester, for juniors, includes Educ. 341, 361, 362, 371, 372, 374.
(Courses 381, 382, 383, 384 are one-half courses offered on a traditional rading
system only.) The second professional semester includes Educ. 481,482and e7ectiver
(483, 484, 478, 499).
Kindergarten License Re uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus
Educ. 385 and student teacRing at the Kindergarten level.
Early Childhood Education
Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator)
License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Soc. 231; Psych.
351; Educ.325,425.483or484 (160 hoursof student teachin ). Toran Early Childhood
license wirh other than a n education major, consult with r e -program coordinator.
7,
255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Secondary Education)
325 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education
Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her
life in relation to the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current
developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and
other interventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of
lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
Thestudy and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading
at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall)
352, 353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary
The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching i n learning settings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring)
381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the
elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in
352, 353. Spring)
382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent
registration in 352, 353. Spring)
383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall)
384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and language arts
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent
registration in 352, 353. Spring)
385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten
A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten
licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed., Summer I)
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
425 Early Childhood Curriculum
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The
course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for
children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and
working with children who have uniquely different needs. Classsessionsandtwo hours per
week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall)
481,482 Student Teaching I
Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels
under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to
student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring)
483,484 Student Teaching II
Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481,482. Fall, Spring)
478 School and Society
(See Secondary Education)
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the
elementary education faculty.
Secondary Education
Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator)
It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education studcnts arr advised to consult with
Education faculty regarding state requiremenrs for teauhcr liccnsure. Thisconsultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field
adviser.
licensure Program Requirements for Secondary Education: (1) Application for
admittance and acceptdnce Into rhe Departmcnr of Edi~cationteacher licenst~fe
program. This may be madc hrfare, concurrently or aftcr the Orientation course.
Application farms arcavailabl~
in the Edi~cationDepartment officc. Before applying
for admission, students slioulrl receive dpproval from the d~parrmcntor divirion of
their rleclarcd major. A student
take education courses aficr thc Orientation
course only if he or she has been a rn~rteclinto thp program of the Departmenl nf
Education; ( 2 ) GPA of 2.0 overall and 4 1 least 2.5 in the major; (3) Application for
admittance and acceptance into studen1 teaching; (4) Complelion of Minnesota
13oarrl of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human R ~ l a t l o n ~ l h r o uAugshurg's
gl~
Education
< Ion
program; (5) 5ut:ccssful completion of tllc required courses o l rhe edtlc7t'
program: Psychology 105: Elctllth Education 114, 115; Education 265, 354,308,478,
special r n c t h ~ t l in
s (lie area of the student'^ major, and a minimum of two ar three
courses in sludrnt traching as reqi~ired.
my
Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools:
( t h r o u g h thc Augsburg Col[p.gp Eduration Dcpartrnent Program): (1) 13.A. o r B.S.
degree; (2) Collegc major in a teaching area; (3) Fulflll Minnesota Board of Teaching
5 M C A H 3.047 in Human Relations (sucrer;sful complerion of A u g ~ b u r gEducation
program meets requirement); 4) Psychology 105; (5) Henlth Educi~tion1'14,115; (6)
Successful completion of Augs )urg Eclucation Program courses.
1
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in
one of rhesc a r r a s follows the srtondary ~ r l u c a t i o nprogram cven though heor she
plans to teach a! the clemrntary school level. h person with a major in oneof these
special areas wrll take three rourses in sturrcnt teaching ant1 do some studcnt
teaching a1 110th the secanrrary and elementary levels. In adtlition ro Educ. 354, rhe
art majorwill r r g i s t ~for
r Educ. 361,362; the Physical Cducation major for Educ. 365;
and (he music m i l j ~ rlor ECIUC.
373.
The Professional Term: Student Tcaching i s taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in
one lull-rirne lerm in professional education. Special afternuon and/or evening
seminars arc held during tlie term as part of the profcssianal work. Astudent taking
two courses in student teaching may elect to takc one coursp in lnde cndent Study.
All sluclen~rare expected to be involved full-tlmc in iheactivitierof
term.
265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary)
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing)
282 lntroduction to Special Education
lntroduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and
educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, LD and ED and giftedness. (Spring)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
(See Elementary Education)
354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary (1/2 course)
The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: Psychology 105, EDS 265)
Noteon Special Methods Courses: With the general m e t h o d o l o g y course, o n e o r
more education courses in special methods must he taken f r o m t h e department o f
the major field. Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 and 354 or c o n c u r r e n t w i t h 354. Courses
363, 365, 373 an 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.)
d
361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle,
and junior high schools. (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school.
(Fall)
364 English Methods (1/2 course)
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the
preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Physical Education Department)
366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the
Foreign Language Department.)
373 Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching
procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring)
374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability
levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall)
375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring)
Library Science/67
376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the
directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics,
and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring)
410 Health Methods
(See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program)
388 Human Relations (1/2 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority
groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to
teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all.
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
478 School and Society
The emphasis in this course i s on the school in relation to society with particular attention
to urban education, Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues i n education will be studied. (Prereq.:
senior standing)
481,482,483,484 Student Teaching
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of
Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and
program approval)
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the
approval of education faculty.
Library Science
Marjorie Sibley, Grace Sulerud (Coordinators), Karen Harwood, Boyd Koehler,
JamesOlson, Irene Schilling, Louisa Smith
Minor: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,358,359,475.
245 The Media Center: Organization and Administration
Organization of materials, including acquisition, cataloging, classification, and processing.
Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of
instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective
audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring)
358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Cuidance
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials
related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and
guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 Reference Services in the Library
Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and
evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information
and use libraries effectively. (Spring)
399 Internship
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library
situations in the metropolitan area.
475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Cuidance
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to
their use i n relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study and research on some topic of interest i n the field of library service,
worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with
department approval.
tngineering
Ken Erickson (Adviser)
Augsburg College is cooperating with the Washington University School of
Engineering and Appliecl Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technolo ical
University (Houghtun, Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies which will ena ]lea
student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augshurg College and an
en ineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Techno ogical University in a five-year period.
P
k
The first three ears are spent at Au sburg followed by two years a t the affiliated
university. s t u b n t s accepted into t e program are guaranteed admirrion to the
en ineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average,
an! are recommended by a designned representative of Augsburg College.
R
Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the Three-Two Plan will be
encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing
support.Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance
as criteria.
Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Three-Two Plan: Math 124,
125,224, 226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115,116; Computer Science 245; English
111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27
courses a t Augsburg. Normally Math 124,125 and Physics 121,122 are taken in the
freshman year,
Students are encouraged to apply for admission to the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser is encouraged.
English
Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, Toni
Clark, John Gidmark, Joanne Karvonen, John Mitchell, Crier Nicholl, Ronald
Palosaari, Richard Sargent, Donald Warren, David Wood
Major: 9 English courses above 711, including 225; one course in American
literature; onc course in Western literary tradition (271 or272); and three courses in
Briii~h
literature, one on iiterature before1660 (for exarnp!e,331 or438) and onethat
surveys a number of writerr; (336,337,423). Majors are encouraged ro take En lish
245 early in thcir collegework and to roniult t h ~ i r d e ~ a r t r n e n tadviser
nl
regulaj A
i l u d ~ with
n ~ a double major or 5 ecial program ,hat involver conriderable w o r t i n
(he English department should
work closely wiih an adviser in the department.
a10
Major for Secondary Teaching: 10 English courses, including those listed for the
major and a course in the English Ian uage; 2Speech courses, one from 111,351,352,
354 or 355 and ather 360 or 365: Lkrary Science 475. Courses in early American
literature, Shakes eare and fllm are recommended, I n addition to fielcl experience
and student tracging rcquircd by the Department of Education, rnajarr will be
required to gain ractical experir;ncc in teaching writing, to be arranged through
t h e department cfairDerron. slvdenlr arc cneoura~edto rake courser toward ihrlir
ma'or during ~hefreshtnanand saphomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education
in tke tall term of the so~hornore
y e a r and ao~lvforteacher education not later ~ h a n
the fall of [heir junior iear. 317 adrfition to 'p'lanninR their courscs with the Englisli
departmen1 chairperson, sturlents should consult an adviser in the Department o f
Education.
Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing
course.
Honors Major: CPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to
department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty
committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program.
Noleon Concentration: I n addition to meeting requirements for the major, English
majors may, if they wish, develop a n area of ernphasis,such as British cancentration,
American concehtration, world literdture concentration, or writing tonccntration.
k student arranges a concentration by careful scleaian of electives in the major, by
the design o l an independent study course that applies to the concentrarion, and by
the selection of some relaled courses outside the department. English majors should
work closely with their advisers in developing a concenrrazion. Interim courses,
special courses, and courses a t other hCTC schools will often f i t well into a
concentration.
Note on Prerequisites: English Illis strongly recommended but not a prerequisite
for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is
successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the
instructor.
101 Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as
needing nddltfnnal preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be
given. Studentr will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and
thought. P I N grading only.
111 Effective Writing
Thestudy of composition with emphasison expository writing. Attention to correct usage,
logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either
P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. I n order to hold a place in the course the student must either attend class
the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present.
223 Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and
professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized.
Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization.
(Prereq.: 111 or equivalent, Spring)
225 Advanced Expository Writing
The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include
identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis.
Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the
course's workshop format, in which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111)
226 Creative Writing
The purpose of the course Is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models,
theories, and criticism, wrltlng rn narrativrand poetic modes of expression. Short stories,
personal narratives, anti porrns may be selected by students for experimentation and
development, according to the student's prefer~nce.[Fall)
227 Journalism
An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news
feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what
constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and
imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on
the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester,
attention i s paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and
stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment.
241 Introduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the artisticqualities and the historical development of the film medium.
The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films.
(Spring)
245 lntroduction to Literature
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be
devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature.
Strongly recommended for English majors and minors.
250 American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial
times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's
contribution to the historical development of American literature.
261 Modern Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
271 European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major works of Greek and Roman li!eraturt.,forexample theepicsof Homer and
Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus,Sophocles,and Euripid~s,rhecamediesof Aristophanes
o he stt~dleclas a work i n which the
and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dantp'r I n f ~ r r ~will
Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with
reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on
later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern
period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky.
(Spring)
331 Chaucer and His Age
While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention
will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry,
romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1982-83)
332 Milton and His Age
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary
tradition out ofwhichMilton created his workswill beexamined. (Alternateyears,1981-82)
336 British Literature, from Donne to Blake
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets
to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major
literary movements. (Fall)
337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major wrfters of the ninctcenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poelry, Victorfan prose and two or three novel5 of the period. Kelationships
among these writers and their influenceon oneanother will beemphasizedas wellas their
relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution 10the forms of poetry and
prose. (Spring)
351 American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is
given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature.
Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol i n modern American literature.
366 Poetry
Study of the poem as a concentratetl, esthetic form of human expression and experience.
The course emphasizes modern American and British poelry, but also includes a generous
selection of traditional and contemporary poems, both in Engllsh and in translation from
selected international poets such as Rilke and Neruda. A diverse range of forms, moods,
themes, and techniques is represented, and the relationship between traditional poetry
and modern poetry is examined. (Alternate years, 1981-82)
368 Modern Drama
Significant worksof American, British, and continental dramatistsof thetwentieth century,
with emphasis on representatives from the major movements such as Naturalism,
Existentialism, Theater of the Absurd, and Transformationalism. Plays by women and
minorities are included. (Alternate years, 1982-83)
399 Internship
The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus
internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson.
72/Foreign Languages
P
423 Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from i t s eighteenth century
beginnings up 10 the rwenricth century. Novels studird will be selected Irom the works ol
surh authors ar Dcfoe, Richardson, Fjelding, Sterne, husten, Dickrns, Bronte, Thackeray,
Ellot, Hardy,and butler. Allention will be given to the tondirions contributing to the riseof
rhe nnvel and i t s emergcncc by the twentieth century as the dominant literary Inrm,
(Alternate years, 1982-83)
438 Shakespeare
Study of ten ortwelve major plays- comedies, histories, tragedies- with attention to the
development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for
reading analysis.
490,491 English Seminar
Course490, a theme or movement; course491, a majorwriter or a major work. Enrollment
open to juniors and seniors. (On demand)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of
Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups.
499 lndependent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department
chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice.
Foreign Languages
Mary Johnson (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, Liv Dahl, Leif Hansen, Mary Kingsley,
William Oyler, Gunta Rozentals, Maria Schweikert, Soterios Stavrou, Donald
Steinmetz
Students with previous foreign language study should register i n courses suited to
their level of preparation.
Placement Levels: 111, under t w o years of high school study i n that language or
equivalent background; 211, t w o t o three years of language study; 311, four years or
more of that language.
Students should arran e for the Language Placement Test only if they wish t o take a
course above t h e leve determined by previous studies i n that language. Those with
satisfactory levels o n the test may be placed i n 112, 212, o r 311.
k
Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they arc placed by the
I.angua~eDeparlrnent may do so, but grading for such a course must bc I'/N only.
The language requirrment wit1 be satisfied only by completion of the course in
which the studer~rwasoriginally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be
traditional.
For majors, a m i n i m u m of four upper division courses at Augsburg College i s
required for graduation. A maxinlurn of four upper division non-Augshurgcourses
may be accepted. N o fewer than t w o of these four courses should br taken abroad.
For minors, a m i n i m u m of t w o upper division courses at Augsburg College is
reauired for graduation.
Chinese, French/73
For transfer students intending t o major o r minor, a minimum of one upper division
credit per year attended is specified. See department faculty for limits o n nonAugsburg courses and career information.
Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212
meet useable skill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite t o all upper division courses.
Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German, Norwegian and
Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specificinformntion;tnd
enrollment i n the rogram. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offwings
and should be taren in the fall of the senior ..I(. A 3.0 avcragp in ArIvancrrI
Conservation and Composition is a departmcnfnYrrquiremrnr for icaci~ingr n ~ j o r r .
Licensure requires successful completion of thc Modern Languagc Associalion
Competency Exam.
Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must ap ly early in the senior
year. Requircrncntr: 3.3 GPA i n the major, 3.0 CPA overal;, and honors thesis
demonstraring abiliiy i n independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details.
Chinese
Major and minor possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East
Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language
department. See East Asian Studies Campus Coordinator.
French
Major: 8 courses above 212, including t w o in conversation-composition, one i n
civilization, and three i n literature, of which one should be course 352. Study i n
France strongly recommended.
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one i n
civilization, and one i n literature. Interim o r summer of study i n France strongly
recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog.
011 Directed Study
Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (On Demand)
111 Beginning French
Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language
and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught
to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement.
112 Beginning French
For those who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and
readings, the study of tenses and forms i s completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two
hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring)
211 lntermediate French
20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the basis for practice in
communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading. For those
who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall)
212 lntermediate French
Through informative and controversial articles, interviewsand literary readings, thiscourse
works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of
sufficient skills to pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basicstructures.
Laboratory work. (Spring)
243 French Literature in Translation
Major representative works of French Ilterature read in English translation. Through
individualized background reading ant1 classdisct1s5ion,stutlrn1~
become acquainted with
artistic qualities and cultural-historical sijinificanc~ol these works. Sophomore standing.
Does not count toward a French rnaior or minor. {Offeredo n Demand)
311 Conversation-Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy,
and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements,
effective organization of idpas. I-aborstnry assignments. Post-intermediate level. A
prerequisite to other upper dlvision courses. (Fall)
312 French Expression
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression i n speaking and writing.
Altpntion to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for
business and p ~ r s o n ause.
l
French phonology and speech groups practiced. Study of
wrilren models. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand)
331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern
period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, politica1,social and
artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. I n
French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
332 French Civilization Today
Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literarystudies, A theoretical component [in Enfilish) treats the basic
principles of literature, IEterary gsrwes, ant1 dilfcrvnt approacher to l l t ~ r a r yanalysis. In the
practical component, studenrs apply t h r rlcvncnts o l theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of rrcnrli li~crature.Recomrncnded lor majors and minors.
Open to all qualified students. (Prercq.: 311 or 8 , Offrred on dernanrf)
352 Creativity and Restraint
survey ol thr major lirerary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the
rrenrh inrctl~ctual,social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the
essay, heater, early novcl, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports,
and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
n
354 Realities: Inner and Outer Worlds
A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and the
literature of idcas that led tonew forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust,
Gide, Claude!, Apollinairr, elc) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in
French. (Prereq.: 317 or P. Ofrered alternate years)
355 Twentieth Century Literature
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel,
the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
411 Advanced Conversation-Composition
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political
interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level.
Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in
style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and
self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n
Demand)
450 French Seminar
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (e.g. Novel, Drama, 18th
Century literature, poetry). Student presentations in French. (See also Interim offerings.
Prereq.: 352, 354 or 355. O n Demand)
451 The French Novel
A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux,
Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses,
discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Recommended 331. O n demand)
499 Independent Study
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to
complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature
a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required.
Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study
adviser.)
German
Major: 8 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r
semester i n Germany strongly r e c o m m e n d e j .
Minor: 4 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n
311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r
semester i n Germany strongly recommended:
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature.
111,112 Beginning German
Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 i s for students who have had
111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic
skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals:
ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and
participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available.
211, 212 Intermediate German
For students wltll ~ w oterms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basir < k ~ l into
l \ working knowledge of German. Review of basicstructures with
emphasison rxtrriding range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and
discussinn o l rna~ertakrepresenting contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall;
212, Spring)
244 German Literature in Translation
Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are
read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular
context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to
perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or
minor. (On Demand)
311 German Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic
expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is
supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall)
331 German Civilization and Culture I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the Germanspeaking peoples frnln llie prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty
Years War (1643),withempfiasisonthe impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergenceof
German cultural sell-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious
upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
332 German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s
considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history
of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practlce of I~terarys~urhes.A theor~licnlcomponenl(in fnglislr) treats the basic
to lrtrrary analyst<. I n I ~ P
prlnc~plesof Ilterature, iitcrary gerlres, anti rllffrrelit apy>rt>arh~\
practical component, s~udcntsapply ~ l r rlcrnenrs
r
uf thcory through readrng, annly/irig
and dlscuss~ngselected wnrksolGrrman I ~ t ~ t a t u rRecommenderl
e.
lor majorstrid minors.
Open to all quallfled stutlrn~s.(Prrrecl.: 311 or G , Offpretl on Demarid)
351 German Literature through 18th Century
Brief curvcy nf heroic, cour~ly,K ~ l o r r n a ~ i o Baroque,
n,
hulklarung and Sturm und Drang
lilerarure. Exlrn<ivcreadin~santlcliscu~slonrin Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in
German, wpplcrncnted by l r c t u r ~
011~ the history of German literature in its cultural and
genlioliticai corilent. Claw dlscusslarrs help to tml~tove\tutlrnts' abillty to express ideas In
German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. On Dernt~ntl)
352 German Literature: The 19th Century
Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of
the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German.
Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express
themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
353 German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature
are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are
A--:---^I
.-
-:A
r+..^I--e.r
-un.-eccn,
.
.
Cnrrnxn I D r n r o n
. '411 n r ft
nn
nPmand\
Greek, Japanese, Linguistics/77
411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his
own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral
practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
451 German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical
history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
452 German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read
as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of
the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
499 Independent Study
Creek
See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art,
literature, linguistics which can apply toward a classics concentration in cooperation
with Macalester College.
111,112 Beginning Greek
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology.
Translation exercises from and into Greek. (111, Fall; 112, Spring. A minimum of 9 hours
preparation per week required.)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
A first course in the theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to
literary analysis. I n the practical component, the class will divide into small groups
according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through
reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for foreign literature in the language.
Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 212 or #.
Offered on demand)
Japanese
Major and minor possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East
Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language
department. See East Asian Studies Campus Coordinator for more information.
Linguistics
289 Introduction to Linguistics
An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on
linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common to all languages) and
psycholinguistics (inquiry in to the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the
mind as revealed in language). Theoretical questions will be approached by studying
samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majorsand
minors. (Fall)
311 Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic
research with the aim of illuminating underlying philosophical assumptions, investigational
criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish them. The theories will be contrasted with
those of adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic, and communication
theory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the inadequacies of
traditional grammar. (On Demand)
Norwegian
M a j o r : 8 courses above 211, including 311,312,331,350,353,411, and 499, and one
Scandinavian literature course. lnterim or summer in Norway recommended.
M i n o r : 4 courses above 211, including one in conversation-com osition, one in
cP
civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroa encouraged.
R e c o m m e n d e d Supporting Preparation: Study in Norway, a second foreign langu-
age, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies.
111, 112 Beginning Norwegian
lntroduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing.
Stresson spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory workexpected. (111, Fall; 112,
Spring)
211 Intermediate Norwegian
Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises.
Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.)
311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Intensive practice i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languagesof Norway. Some laboratory work and field
experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.)
312 Old Norse
An introduction to the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from
Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse and aspects of the history of
four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but not required.
Norwegian language minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years)
331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture
This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as
possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous
population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian
language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 311 o r # . Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)treats the basic
principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the
practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing,
and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered on demand)
Russian, Spanish/79
353 Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of
original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are
examined, and considerable attention is given to writings i n the Nynorsk language,
particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reportsare in Norwegian. (Prereq.:
211 or equivalent. Spring 1981. Alternate years)
411 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other
Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language.
Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
499 Independent Study
Russian
One year of elementary Russian is offered at Au sburg. Russian language studies
may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area StuJies Program, which re uires two
years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies Campus coorjinator.
111, 112 Elementary Russian
Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral
classroom practice, developing ease i n reading, short compositions, and acquaintance
with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab.
Spanish
Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354.
(Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly recommended)
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in
civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly
recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian
civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting
courses in humanities.
111,112 Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is
an integral part of the course (111, Fall; 112, Spring)
211,212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate
intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic
structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed
for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent.
249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and
movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class
discussion i n English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and
cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward
a major or minor i n Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On Demand)
311 Spanish Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice i n correct expression with the aims of fluency and
facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all
upper-division courses. (Prereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall)
312 Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basiccommand of writing and speaking skills i n Spanish
and w i ~ hto expand rhem. Intensive practice fa improvc oral and written expression with
emphaqis on conversational facility, stressing itflornaric usage and the finer points of
grammar. R e a d i n ~ sto stimulate discussion ant1 hroatlen cultural background from
contemporary literary texts and magazinr articles. Conducted i n Spanish. ( O n Demand)
331 Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution t o world civilization through
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Alternate years.)
332 Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the Pre-Columbian
civilizations t o the present. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212,with #. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of litcrary studies. A rhearciirnl component (in English) treats the basic
principles of Ilterature, litcrary genres, and different approaches lo literary ~nalysis.In the
[ h etheory thrclugh rcading,analyz~ng,and d i s c u s s ~ n ~
practical comporr~ni.sl~~rienrsap~~ly
selected works of l i t e r a ~ i ~ In
r e Spanisli, R ~ c o r n m r n d ~for
t l ma]c~r<
and mrnors. Open to all
q u a l ~ f e dstudents. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. Offered on demand)
352, 353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures o n the
literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written
and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. O n Demand)
354 Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction t o Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral
reports i n the language. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. O n Demand)
411 Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis o n increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical
exercises. (Prereq.: 311 o r #. Alternate years)
456 Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the
language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the M o d e r n Period. (Prereq.: O n e survey
course. O n demand)
457 Spanish Novel
Study o f the outstanding novelists o f the nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral
and written reports i n the language. (Prereq.: O n e survey course. Alternate years)
499 Independent Study
Geography, Health Education/81
Geography
Paul Grauer
114 Human Geography
An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the
distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment.
Health and Physical Education
Richard Borstad (Chairperson), James Agre, Ernest Anderson, Rolf Eriksen, Paul
Grauer, Rees Johnson, Al Klopp~n,D o u g Nelson, Jack Osberg, Pamela Paulson,
M a r i l y n Pearson, R o n a l d P e t r ~ r h ,Joyce Pfaff, Denise Rivet, William Ross, Edwin
Saugestad, Jeff Swrnson, M a r y 'rirn~n
Health Education
Major: 110,114,115,320,354,410;
SOC. 231, 241.
Biol. 103,108,111; Chem. 105 o r 109; Psych. 105;
Teaching Major: Same as health education major plus H.Ed. 355 and Educ.
sequence for teaching license.
Minor: 110, 114,115, 320; Biol. 103; Soc. 231
110 Personal and Community Health
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and
the community. (Fall)
114 Safety Education (1/2 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes
American Red Cross First Aid course.
115 Chemical Dependency Education (1/2 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser.
320 School Health Curriculum
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for
grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the major
sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series; also #.)
354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (1/2 course)
Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and
organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs.
(Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring)
355 Tests and Measurement (1/2 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical
education. (Spring)
82/Physical Education
410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Historical background, legal bases,school health services,and relationshipstocommunity
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320)
Physical Education
Major: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472,474,475; Biol.
103.
Teaching Ma'or: H.Ed. 114,115, 354,355; P.E. 223,231,232, 243, 350, 351,365,471,
472, 474; Bio! 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult
with the Education Department for requirements.
Maior with Specialization In Correctfve Tlrerapy : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223,
231,232,243,350,35'1,365,471,472,474,475,405,487,431,493;
Professional Affilialion
Rlock495-496-497-499; Riol. 703; 1)sycholo y 105,355,362. All C.T. specialists must be
accept~clby the e d ~ ~ c a ~rjepartmenl
ion
or teaching and student tcachin i n an
udapled sitt,a,ion. Ap rovsl rnur, he secured hy rhe cmrrcrlivp lherapy ranrfinator.
(This program is penrgnR approvn l of the ACT* accrediialion con~rnitler.Courrc
adclitions and/or dclr!ions may he necessary.)
f
Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department
chairperson for individual program planning.
Minor: H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 223,231,232 or 472, and 243.
Coaching Endorsement: H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480, and
practicum in coaching (Practicum requires registration for Independent Study 499).
Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching
requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment i n Minnesota
high school5 are required t o have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of
physical education and athletics.
102, 103 Lifetime Sports
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. No
course credit.
223 Team Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring)
231 Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall)
232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course)
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low
organized games, non-hour activities, camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic
games, folk and square dancing. (Interim)
234 Outdoor Education (1/2 course)
This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school
setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling,
outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some
weekends participating in these activities. (Spring, even # years)
Physical Education/83
243 History and Principles of Physical Education
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring)
350 Kinesiology
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system.
(Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall)
351 Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles
applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring)
254 Teaching the Exceptional Child
(See Health Education)
355 Tests and Measurement
(See Health Education)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-2)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and
secondary levels. (Fall)
373 Modern Dance (1/2 course)
An introductory course in modern dance technique and creative composition. Exploration
of movement, energy, form, and design. No previous dance experience necessary.
(Interim)
399 Internship
Consult department chairperson.
471 Physical Education Programming
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq.:
243. Fall)
472 Gymnastics (1/2 course)
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. (Fall)
474 Swimming and Aquatics
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to
junior and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined
by pre-test. Fall)
475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1st half of term)
476 Coaching of Football (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspectsof coachingfootball. (1/2 course. Fall, 1st half
of term, odd # years)
477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course)
Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Interim,odd # years)
478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Interim, odd #years)
479 Coaching of Track and Field (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspectsof coaching track and field. (Spring,2nd half
of term, odd #years)
480 Coaching of Baseball/Soft Ball (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring,
2nd half of term, odd years)
483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Fall, odd # years)
485 Applied Adapted Activities
Course includes consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and
swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only)
487 Neurology and Pathology
A basic introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. (Summer
School only)
491 Therapeutic Exercise
A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and
administration of neuro-muscular re-education. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354 Summer
school only)
493 Organization and Administration of Corrective Therapy
ACTA organization, by-laws, administrative guidelines, and history; North Central Chapter
organization, administrative guidelines, and history; construction of a CT treatment clinic,
ordering and maintaining equipment; public relations; employment procedures; and
professional ethics. (Summer School only)
495, 496, 497 Professional Affiliation
Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required, lncludes actual hospital experience in four areas
of corrective therapy: (1)Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation.
Course 497 i s study of Neurology and Pathology (Prereq.: 485, 491 and approval of
department.)
499 Independent Study
Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior
majors.
History
Orloue Gisselquist (Chairperson), Carl Chrislock, Don Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen,
Richard Nelson
Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from
each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and
non-Western.
Major for Teaching: The history major may be part of the preparation for
certification for social studies teaching on the secondary level. See Social Studies for
details.
Minor: 5 courses, at least three o f w h i c h must b e u p p e r division.
Honors Major: CPA of 3.6 in the inajar and 3.0averall; except i n special instances,
h c icrm or t h r junior year; t w o years o f a f o r e i g n
application I-rclare lhr ~ n t l f l ~ l firs1
3
1
r c o l l r g c level (or i t s ecluiv;llrnt); an honors thesis (equal t o o n e
language at 1
course credit) lo hu dcfcndcd before a ( ~ c u l l ycommittee.
Notes: Freshmen should e n r o l l i n o n e o r m o r e o f t h e History 101-104 courses.
History 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore o r upper division students.
Students are r e q u i r e d t o have at least o n e lower division course before registering
for an u p p e r level course.
There are 16 u p p e r division courses ( n u m b e r e d 300and u p ) i n this department. Five
o r six are o f f e r e d each term, o r 11 p e r year. Offerings d e p e n d u p o n faculty
schedules a n d student registration.
101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and
Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century.
102 The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
103 The Modern World
A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present.
104 The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the
last 200 years.
221 U.S. History to 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring)
299 Directed Study
An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the
scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member
and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n
directed study may be applied to the major.
331 Topics in U.S. History
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History
332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration.
332 History of American Foreign Policy
The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed.
322 Modern Southeast Asia
A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area.
A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will
especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam.
323 Modern China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of
China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century.
324 Modern Japan
An examination of the emergence of Japan a s a major world power in the 20th century.
Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji
era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban
development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa.
353 Select Topics in Minnesota History
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white
relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and
political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries.
360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension
and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing,
achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions.
361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the riseof
Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis i s placed on personalities, the arts and
sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
-
370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560
A study of the scholastictradition and the role of the Church and state through thechanges
forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the
Reformation.
399 Internship in History
A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper division students
majoring in history. See department chairperson.
412 England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods
A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of
modern constitutionalism is the majorthemeof thecourse. Emphasis i s also placed on 16th
and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role in the world economy and on the
English literary renaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods.
416 Europe in the Seventeenth Century
Thestudy of thiscentury as the most critical period in the riseof the modern state. Emphasis
is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history.
The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1560-1714.
431 European Urban History
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of
cities in Europe from the Late Medieval to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic
cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and
those who desire a background to enrich future travel.
440 Twentieth Century Topics in World History
This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler'sfascism, the collapse of colonial empires and
the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe,and Africa in the
last fifty years.
l nternational Relations/87
450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia
Emphasis is on the far-reaching changes in the political, economic, cultural and social life
of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden during the nineteenth and early
twentieth centuries. Attention is given to overseas emigration.
474 The World and The West
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural
interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas,
and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th
Century.
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor.
499 lndependent Study
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged to apply for
directed independent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be
applied toward the major.
International Relations
Norma C. Noonan (Coordinator)
Major: 14 courses. (1) 7 required courses: Economics 122 or 123; History 103 or 104,
332; Political Science 158 or 160, 363, 461; the fourth term of college work in a
modern foreign language.
(2) 7 of the following electives (not more than 4 from any one discipline may be
counted toward I he major): History 322,323,324,440,474; PoIiticalScience 350,351,
381, 382; Sociology 24'1; Philosophy 355; Religion 356; Comparative Economic
Systems (ACTC course); an Economics (Topics) course on International Trade;
seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic offered in the
discipline of economics, hissary and/or political science; the fourth term of collcge
work in a second modern language.
Note: Only the fourth term of langua es counts toward the major; prere uisite
courses or competencies are assumef, but cannot be credited toward %e 14
required courses.
Mathematics
/Computer Science
Beverly Durkee (Chairperson), Benjamin Cooper, Lawrence Copes, Henry Follingstad
Major: 9 courses including 124, 125, 215, 224, 315, 324. Also required: Computer
Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses 351,373,441 must be included. Students
wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education
Department for requirements.
Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 124,125,224. For a teaching m i n o r t h e t w o additional
courses must b e selected f r o m 215,314,351, 373,441.
Honors Major: GPA o f 3.5 i n mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral
examination, Program must b e submitted t o department d u r i n g first t e r m o f j u n i o r
year, and must i n c l u d e advanced study i n areas o f Analysis, Algebra, Topology, a n d
Mathematics-Education.
104 Basic Mathematics
A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including
exponents, radicals, and ra~ionalexprcssionr; algebraic processes including factoring;
solvina equarions and inequalities In one variable, including linear ant1 quadratic; and
graphs of linear and quadratic equations anti linear inequalities in two varlahles. Docs not
apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Does not satisfy the general education
requirement in mathematics.
114 Introduction to College Algebra and Trigonometry
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations,
exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial
theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Does not apply toward a major or minor
i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with
consent of instructor.
121 Finite Mathematics
Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall)
122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and
behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who
have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring)
124, 125, 224 Calculus I, 11, 111
Topics of the elementsof plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and
integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students i n the natural sciences. (124,
Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall)
131 Mathematics for the Arts
An introduction to the structure of mathematical systemsand mathematical modelswhich
have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not
intending further study of mathematics. Does not apply toward a major or minor in
mathematics. (Fall)
211 Number Theory
A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers
and their properties. (Prereq.: #)
215 Elementary Linear Algebra
Astudy of systems of linear equations, determinants,vectorspaces, linear transformations,
and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
226 Differential Equations
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral
transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series
solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
Computer Science/89
242 Basic Concepts of Mathematics
The structureof mathematics underlying arithmeticand geometry. Emphasis is placed on
the tndt~ctlvetechniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school
mathemarics uurric~lla.Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.:
Admission to Elementary Education Program)
314 lntroduction to Modern Algebra
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral
domains and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall)
324,325 Advanced Calculus I, II
Astudy of the fundamental concepts of calculusfor functionsof several variables including
the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions,
improper integrals,differential formsand manifolds,and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324,
Spring; 325, Fall)
351 Modern Geometry
A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and
transformation methods with projective axiomsas a basis. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring 1982
and alternate years)
373 Probability and Statistics
An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and
densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 lnternship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project.
441 Foundations of Mathematics
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314,
324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1983. Offered alternate years)
481 Topics in Mathematics
Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra,
topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or # Spring)
499 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Computer Science Courses
145 lntroduction to General Computer Programming
An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data
representation. Programming in PASCAL or BASIC. Primarily for students in non-science
areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics.
245 lntroduction to Scientific Computer Programming
A n iniraduttinn to carnprltrr languages and methods. Techniques studied include
Ilowcharts, alaorithrns, data representation and manipulatinn, hardware rt?gister operattons.antl ronjpllter organiration. Programming in machine languagt*,as~emt)lylanguage,
and FORTRAN or PASCAL. Examples and applications primarily from scicnce areas. Does
not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.: Math 125 or #. Fall)
90/Medical Technology, Metro-Urban
355 Computer Science and Numerical Methods
h sri~dyof rnethntls uscd to solve probtcms on computers. Analysis of cornputatlonal
problemsanrl dpvclopment of al~orithmsfor their solu~ions,application of a pracedurro r i ~ r i t ~prngrilnlming
cl
languagr in numerical analy~~s.
Topin tncluric error analysis, the
a ~ n r r a concepl
l
of ill*rativc%
formutas, soh~tionof equatinns, Nrwton's methocl, linear
4yrterns, int~rlrolatlon,numerical rlit(~rcntiat~on
ant1 integration. Credit may be granted
toward a ma~tiematic~
rnajtrr or mlnur. (Prereq.: C.S. 245 ant! Math. 224 ur concurrent
registration. Fall)
Medical Technology
Neal 0 .Thorpe (Adviser)
This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg
College and twelve months of internship at Metropolitan Medical Center or
Abbott-Northwestern Hospital.
Specific recommend~dcourses vary to sorneextrnt depending on the hospital with
which the student plans to affiliat~.I t is important to work closely with the Medical
Tcclinolo y adviser, hugsburg Collcgcdnes not guarantee that all students will be
accepted% the hospitals for thc 12-month internship. Students must negotiate
dirprlly wit{ he hos,~italsinvolved.
Students transferring to Augsbur College with an Associate of Arts degree or its
equivalent should expect to s cncflwa yearsat hugsburg before participating in the
internship year. The Medica Technology major is nut clesigned for persons who
already have the baccalaureate degrcc from ano~herinstitution.
P
Required Science Courses: 1) Biology 111, 112 and two additional upper division
(usually 367and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115,116), 351,352,353; 3) Physics: 103
(or 121,122); one math course; one course in immunology.
Metro-Urban Studies
Garry W. Hesser (Director)
Major: 15 courscs including 10 care requirements: Economics 123: Political Scicncc
722; History 431; Sociology 111, 381: Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Poli~ical
Sctcnce 384 or Snriology 363: a minimum of one coursc of in~ernshipor
independent study; two non-social science courses w i t h an urban emphnsir,at least
one of which must be in !FIP hurnarlitirs (currenl options i n c l u d ~ Art
: 102, Religion
354, English 351, Speech 34.2, Physics 103,111, Biology 101,105).
To complete the major, the student has a choice among threc emphases or tracks:
Planning, Public Administration, or GeneraVLiberaI Arts. These fiveelective courses
must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide varicty of
courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other
ACTC colleges. as well as those offered through the Higher Educational Consortium
for Urban Affairs (HECUA).
Metro-Urban Studies/91
Minor: To be linked with a propriate majors (such as business administration,
history, political science, psyc~ology,
religion, sociolog,y, speech). Core courser arc
required for the concentration: Economics 120; Politica Sc~cncc122; Sociology 171,
381; an a proved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or
indepenBent study.
399 lnternship
-
Metropolitan Resources
498 lndependent Study
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan
community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the
core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed
i n consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member.
499 lndependent Study
Urban Studies Options Through HECUA
A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area.
358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues
Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are
government and institution publications, journal articles and books.
359 Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area
Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists in various
fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography,
government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services.
399 Internship
Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A
learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an
internship of one or two courses.
499 lndependent Study (Optional)
lndependent Study is done in conjunction with a one-course internship. I n consultation
with MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related
to subjects of seminars and/or major academic interests.
B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
This program is located at the University of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian
urbanization and city planning.
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
Students are placed I n beginning, intermediate or advanced study depending on
proficiency. Inslruction ernphasires conversational vocabulary to support student course
work and daily living in Oslo. A n orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society
is coordinated wirli ~ h c
language instruction.
92/Metro-Urban Studies
373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities
Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian
cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work.
Emphasis is placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other
Scandinavian countries.
396 Urban Planning
- in Scandinavia
Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed
through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus is on the
Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries.
499 lndependent Study
I n consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS)
This "semester in the city" program is located in Bogota, Columbia. It focuses upon
urbanization and development in the Third World.
261 Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America
Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and
visiting Columbian urbanists.
363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Latin American City
Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor i n Bogota, with
field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of
barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems.
499 lndependent Study
In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field
research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
D. San Francisco Summer Term
An eight-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent
study.
382 Field Experience
383 Field Seminar: San Francisco
499 lndependent Study
Music
t , L. Flcming (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Robert E. Beverley, Michael Brand.
Mar are1 Brand, Laine Bryce, Edgar E. Eklof, Robert Fornandcr, M i c h a ~Fraxier,
l
5repfen Cabrielsen, Thomas Cilkey, Cynthia Coctr, Katherine Hcnnig, lamer D.
johnson, Robcrt KarIPn, Diane Kennelly. Merilre Klemp, Nic-holaq I-enz, Cynthia
Mclson, Roherta Mctzler, Ccleste O'Bricn, Alice Preves, Dana Skoglund, Emma
Small, George Stahl, Daniel Stt~rm,Larry Tallman, lames ten Bcns~I,~ a uThomas,
l
David Tubergen, Mary Wilson
Students wishing to major in Music at Augsburg College must make application to
the Music Faculty for acce tance into the programs. Such application should be
made by the beginning of t f e sophomore year. (See Music Department handbook
for further details.)
Bachelor of Arts Degree
Major: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350or 476; 354or 355; 365 or 375; 457,458;
4 years of Performance Studies; recital performance.
Teaching Major: 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two of 354,
355, 365, 375; 3 years of Performance Studies; education courses; and recital
performance. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education.
Minor: 5 courses, 101, 702, 260 or 261, 457 or 458 and elective: 2 years nf
Performance Studies; 2 years In music ensembles: piano proficiency and 2 music
rcpcrtoirc tests; attendance at all Performance Workshops during tlie years of
Performance Studies and 50% of desi nateci recitals. Those wishing 10 minor in
music should rlectarp their intent by ehc end of their sophomore year, or at the*
camplction of Thcory 1112,
Bachelor of Music Degree
Major: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus350,457,458,476; two of 354,355,365,375,
499 and electives; 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last 2
years, and junior and senior recitals. Bachelor of Music students are required to
study the French or German language lor a t least 1 year at Augsburg.
Bachelor of Science Degree
Major in Music Therapy: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476,354, 355 or
365,457 or 450; 3 years of performance studies including at leas^ one term of voice;
Music Thcrapy 360, 382, 383, 3'35, 393, 435, 495. Other requirements: Biology 103,
Eciucation 282; 2 Physical Erlucatio~i(232and 373 recommen(leci); 3 Psychology ancl 7
Saciology, includin Psych. 105, 362 and Psych. 264 or Soc. 362 (Recommended
courser include ~ryJ1.2~4,31,J52.355,35h,357and
Soc. Ill,
lZT,231,241,362,375);
7 Speech (176 rccommcnded); Music reciral or music therapy presentation during
t h senior
~
year.
This major normally requires four and one-half years for corn IetIon, with
internship afler four ycarr of academic preparation. Students ncpBto r ply for
intcrnrhip sites ninr months in advance of rtarllng dale. Students may ncecf'to reek
internship placements in other states, since the number of sites in Minncsota IS
limited. Upori satisfactory cornplerion ofthe program, tliestudent iseligible to apply
fnr r r r t i f i r s ~ i n n / r ~ ~ i c t r a t iwith
nn
I
~
N;lrinnal
P
A c c n r i ~ t i n nf a r M l ~ c r r~ h a r a n v I n r
radiratlon honors In music If they (1)
provldc leadership in: rhe promotion of hi^ er music performancestandards within
the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at conccrts
bath o n and o f f campus; thc performing organizations; the creation anriJor
promotion of smaller performin cnsem bles; ( 2 ) have earr~eda GPA of at least 3.3 i n
music courses; and (3) apply for I%P Honors
.
Program at the beginning of t h e s e c o ~ ~ d
term of the junior year.
Honors Maior: Students may qualify for
1
Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitals of
graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble
of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before
a faculty committee or a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and its
defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality.
Core Curriculum: All music majors must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music
courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261; perform in ensembles for 4 years; attend 75'lr;of
designated recitals every year; participate in Performance Workshop each year of
Performance Studies; and pass a piano proficiency test and 3 music r r p e r t o i r ~tests.
Performance Worksho and Recital Requirements: A t t ~ n d a n ca~t Performance
Workshop and 75% oi&rignated recitals ir r c q u i r ~ rof
l music majors. Music minors
musl attcnd 50'X of rlesipnated recitals as well as all Ikrformanre Workshops tiuring
Ihe yearsof l l ~ ~Pertarnlance
ir
5tucfirs. All music majors and minors must rcgister for
Pcrfwrmance Workstlap. A recital in thcir area of Performance concentration is
requircd of majors tiuring either the 'unior or senior year, A music therapy major
may r u b i r i ~ u r e
rl senior plerentation lor thc rrcitai requirement. Junior and rcnior
recitalr i n t he area of Performance Studies concent ratinn is requircd of R~chelorsof
Music.
Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano
proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department
regarding specific requirements.
Music Lessons: During the junior and senior years, a student who has been
accepted by the department as a Music Major receives required lessons in the area
of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits
earned under this provision may not exceed four semesters of weekly half-hour
lessons.
Transfer Students in Music: A junior Or senior student transferring to Au sburg
College as a music major rnua take a placement tcrt in rnuric theory Relore
regisiratiwn. Application lor acceptance into a music program shoutd Ire madeat the
end of the student's first term a t Augshurg, after passing the piano proficiency test.
Transfer students will not qualify far frec private instruction without at least one
term of residency a t kugsburg College,
101,102,223,224 Theory
Music Theory is an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of
instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint,
and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than in sequence. (101, 223, Fall. 102, 224,
Spring)
230 Introduction to the Fine Arts
The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from
each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and theother fine arts.
For the non-music major. (Fall)
260 History and Literature of Music
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
261 History and Literature of Music
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring)
325 Scandinavian Music
I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries, opportunity is
offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-musicand
music majors. (Fall)
331 Diction for Singers
(Spring, alternate years)
330 Vocal Repertoire
A historical survey of solovocal literature from 1600to the present. Thestudy includes such
aspects of concern for the performer as interpretation, style, and diction. (Spring)
350 Choral Technique and Arranging
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials,
techniques and arranging. (Spring)
354 lnstrumental Technique
The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 lnstrumental Technique
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring)
365 lnstrumental Technique
Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 lnstrumental Technique
Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 Music of the Western Church
Development and influenceof the musicof the Christian church. Designed forthegeneral
student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Spring)
440 Advanced Musicianship
Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and
history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
457 Conducting
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of
choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 Conducting
Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental
ensembles. (Spring)
476 Orchestration
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes
and types. (Fall)
96/Music Therapy
488,489 Piano Teaching Methods
Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will
give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course
credit.
499 Independent Study
Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the
departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty.
Music Therapy
110 Introduction to Music Therapy
A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various
institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music
therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music is
used as a therapy. (Interim)
360 Therapeutic Recreational Music
Study of guitar and recorder, Orff instruments, applications of recreational music activities
to clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work.
382 Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project.
383 Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical
setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382)
395 Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship
Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association for
Music Therapy for six months. This is started after completion of the senior year and is
necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made
nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited.
435 Music in Therapy
The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded,
and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395)
495 Practicum in Music Therapy
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit.
Music Workshops, Recitals, Performance Studies
Performance Workshops: An informal setting for student performances, seminars,
and guest lecture demonstrations.
Recitals: Student recitals afford an opportunity for public performance and
acquaint students with all aspects of preparation and presentation of a quality
performance. To fulfill their performance requirement, music students must
register for Junior Recital or Senior Recital for the term of rhrir recital.
Performancestudies: Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students.
Piano-Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those
lessons in Iano laken after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may
beapplie toward the music major ar minor. Class lessons in pianoare available for
students majoring in voice or another instrument.
S
Organ - Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice - Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, interpretation, flexibility, ear training as needed. Class instruction in voice available for
students majoring on a keyboard instrument, band or orchestral instrument.
-
Guitar
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Class
lessons in guitar available for students majoring in voice or another instrument.
-
Orchestral and Band Instruments
Woodwind, Brass, String, and Percussion
Instruments: Technique as needed, repertoire, performance.
Music Organizations
The music organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for
any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity
for musical expression.
Augsburg Choir
Wind Ensemble
Chamber Orchestra
(Membership by audition)
Brass Ensemble
Chorale
Jazz Ensemble
Percussion Ensemble
String Ensemble
Woodwind Ensemble
98/Natural Science
Natural Science
Earl R. Alton (Coordinator)
Ma'or for Pre-Medical Students: 14 courses including Biology 111,112,491 or 492,
and two upper division courses; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106). 351, 352, and
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122or 124and 125; Physics
121, 122.
This major is presented as an option for pre-medical students who wish LO take a
major which provides the science courses necessary and recomm~ncletlfor
admission to most m ~ d i c aschools,
l
including t h e University of Minnesota Mcdical
School. and also permilsa numbcr olelectivrs. The student should choose elpctivrs
carefully, keeping in mind thespecific rcquirementsof tlie medical schools to which
hc or she intends to apply. Early ca~isultation with a premedical adviqer is
recommended.
Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved
the liccnsur~program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg to recommend
cantlirlates in Lifc Science, grades 7-12; Life Science (minor), grades 7-12; Physical
Scicncc, Chemistry major or Physics major, rades 7-12; Chemistry minor), grades
7-12; Physics (minor), grades 7-12; and M i d le School Science, gra es 5-9.
d
!
All Natural Science teaching majors must complete the Broad Base courses and in
addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle
School Emphasis.
Thc program of courses is designed ta provide a broad, basic background in science
and allow for specialization in an area. Xhp following pro rams assulne that the
student will mept tlie general education requirements of t (; college and, in the
pliysical science, have at Least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of
Education for rcquirementr, in Education. Early cans~~ltation
with ~ d v i s e ris
recommended.
a
&road Base Courses: 7 courses, 1 in Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161); 2 in Life
S c i ~ n (Riology
r~
111,112); 4 i n Physical Science (Physics 121,122and Chemistry 115,
116 (or l05,106).To njakethe program slightly moreflexible, it is recommended that
students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and
substitute Physics 103 for Physics 121,122.
Life Science Emphasis: 8 courses, 1 Cognate (Chemistry 223); 7 Biology courses,
including 491 Seminar and at least one from each of the following groups: (1) 351 or
353; (11) 355 or 474; (111) 361 or 481; (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476.
Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: 7 courses and chemistr seminar,
Chemistry 351, 352,353, 361 and 362 (or Biology 367, Biochemistry), 482, PKysics 245.
Physical Science Em hasis - Physics Major: 7 courses, Physics 245,351,362,395 and
three additional to r e selected from Physics 261, 270, 352, 363, 481, 486,488.
Note: Candidates ma be recommended for licensure in Physical Science upon
corn letion of eit her P ysical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science
EmpRarir - Physics major. The student licensed in Physical Science may teach
chemistry and/or physics in grades 7-12.
Middle School Science Emphasis (Grades 5-9): 7 courses, 2 in Earth Science (Physics
101 or 161, the alternative course not taken in the Broad Base section); 2 in Life
Science (and two biology courses above 112); 3 in Physical Science (Chemistry 223,
353; Physics 245).
Certification with Minor: For Life Science, 7 courses in Biology plus the Broad Base;
for Chemistry, 351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482 plus the Broad Base; for Physics,
any four courses above 122 plus the Broad Base.
Nursing
Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Darlene Dommel, Carol Hoffman, Susan Knust,
Nancy Malcolm, JoEttaA. Vernon, Helen Woelfel
Augsburg offers an upper division major in nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science
degree.
Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or
diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a
current license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of
courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology,
microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory
psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another accredited
college or university prior to admission to the nursing major.
In addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated
clinical performance testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given
at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing.
Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice, within the past
five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work
experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable
equivalent.
Major: 11courses(70coursect~dits)in
nursingincludin 303,304,310,311,325,350,
403, 404, 423,427, and 430: I%ycholo~y
355 completed cfurinp.the first semester of
study in the major; a minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course, a 2.5 GPA i n the
nursing major to progress.from I ~ junior
P
to the senior year, and a cilmulative CPA
of 2.5 a t ihe completion of the courses of study; students i n nursing may pursue
part-t lme study, but arr required to c o m p l e t ~14 courses at Augshur College. The
prcrequiritc r o u r i c r i n rociolo y, psychology. English, chemirfly an%biology listecl
abuve rndy apply toward dirtrigution rcquirerncnts as well as toward admiriion to
the major. Courses in interpersonal cornmunicaiions, meclical crhics ant1 descriptive
statistics are supportive tn lhe major.
Courses in the nursing major are designed so that they may be corn leted within two
academic years. However, more than two years may be requireBto complete the
total course of study, depending on the number of credits transferred from other
colleges or universities.
303 Contemporary Nursing 1 (1/2 course)
This course is one of the transitional courses that introduces the student t o components of
the professional role and begins the professional and socialization process. The communication process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is
established and maintained. Interactive communication theories are explored for their
applicability t o changing roles and professional practice. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.:
Acceptance into the nursing major)
304 Contemporary Nursing 11 (1/2 course)
This course introduces theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional
development. The function of theory i n guiding nursing practice i n emphasized. Selected
nursing theories are examined. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: 303)
310 Community Health Nursing I
This course focuses o n systems theory, change, and concepts of health as they apply to
current community health issuesand the practiceof nursing. Clinical application of course
content will involve making a health assessment and exploring a community health issue.
(Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major)
311 Community Health Nursing II
This course provides a knowledge base for understanding romrnunily characteristics and
cultural diversity related t o health care. The nurse's role asil generalist and as a member of
the health team i s explored. This course is primarily a clinical course. The student will
demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in pravirling care t n a selected
caseload of clients. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325, Psy 355)
325 Nursing Process
I n thiscourse the student learns approaches t o assessment and the use of assessment tools
i n the nursing process. The student usescommunication skillstoobtain a health history and
negotiate health goals. Clinical experiences provide the student with an opportunity t o
make a holistic health assessment within a developmental framework. (Fall-Junior year.
Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major).
330 Trends and Issues in Nursing
This course is designed t o investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse.
Contemporary social and professional trends and issues are explored i n light of their
implications for nursing practice. (Interim-Junior year).
350 Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and methods appropriate t o nursing are the focus of this course.
Issues of ethics i n nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its
applicability t o nursing practice. (Spring-junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance i n t o t h e nursing
major, Math 121 o r a course in descriptive statistics)
403 Contemporary Nursing Ill
This course provftlrsa t h ~ o r ~ t i cbasis
a l for family nursing care. Content includesfamily as a
group, family and grollp rlynarnlcs i n light of situational and developmental events.
Consideration isgiven t o the rrncrging role of the nurse in family health care. (Fall-Senior
year. Prereq.: 304, 311, 325, 330, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423)
404 Contemporary Nursing IV
This course relates leadership and management theories and e~nergingprofessional nurse
roles t o primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system
dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advoracy proviclp the basis for role
development and professionalism. (Spring-Senior year. Pr~req.:403. To be taken prior t o
or concurrently with 427)
423 Practicum i n Nursing I
This course is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content
from 403 i n providing complex nursing care t o families i n a selected practice setting.
(Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or following 403*)
427 Practicum in Nursing II
This course is a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is
provided t o apply leadership and management theory i n a selected hospital setting.
(Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403, 423. To be taken concurrently with or following 404*)
499 Independent Study
This learning experience providestheopportunity for thestudent tostudy aselected topic
or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals,
objectives, and methods of evaluation prior t o registration.
*If the practicums i n nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses,
students are required to consult with faculty prior t o registration regarding review of the
theoretical content.
Philosophy
Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Mark Fuehrer
Major: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242,343, and 344.
Minor: 5 courses, including two courses from 241, 242, 343, and 344.
Honors Major: Admission to the Pl~ilosophyHonors pro ram is by r~cornrnendation of the philcmphy faculry. such reromrncndntionr w i l l t e madcat the ~ n ofthe
d
junior year. The program will consist of a n honors thesis on an approved topic of the
student's choicc, involving research alrrov~the course level, and a defenrt of this
thesis before t h r I a c ~ ~ lof
i y t h departmrn~.
~
Note: Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general
education requirement.
110 Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method
Though each person has his o w n set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically
analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. O n e reason for this is that
individuals lack the needed skills. Another i s that they may have had little opportunity t o
examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course
are t o provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby t o
sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas
and beliefs.
120 Ethics
Sometimes you say thatacertain action i s right or condemn itas wrong. Why d o you think it
is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or
wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions,
and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them.
130 Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular
conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine
the rules which govern valid argumentsand work to develop your ability to recognize and
construct sound arguments.
241 History of Philosophy I: Plato and Aristotle
How, when and why did phiiosophy begin? Who were Sor-rates, Plato, Aristotle and the
Stoics; what did they belleve? Why did Platn think that t l r physlcal
~
world was not overly
important, and what did he valur7 Wow ditl Arisio!l~,thr srientrst, respond to this? The
answers to these and other questions will hr considered as ro reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissancewas a
timeof rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened
the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers,
learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the
worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance, and the new methodology of
the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241.)
343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy
Where does knowledge h g i n ? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really
know about the wt,rld? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy?This course
studies the malor empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Herkcley, Humc). Kant's synthesis
of philosophy, 79th century idealism, and the reaction to idcalism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 241 or 242.)
344 History of Philosophy IV: Contemporary Philosophy
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which
works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt
with in a study of the major representativesof linguisticanalysis, pragmatism, existentialism,
and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241,242, or 343.)
350 Philosophy of Religion
What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about
him i f hedoes?Can we reconcile thegoodnessof God with human and animal suffering? Is
man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We will conduct a systematic inquiry into
these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy.)
355 Oriental Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course i n philosophy.)
362 Political Philosophy
As residents of an urban college we are citizens of the city. What is the relation between the
citizen and the city? In a larger context, what i s the origin of the State and the basis for its
laws? What relation holds between law and morality, and between God, the Church and
the State?This coursestudies the key conceptsof politics found in the tradition of western
political thought.
365 Philosophy of Science
The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better
than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutesscientific knowledge?Are there
certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by
the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students
will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences.
(Suggested prior course, 130 or one course in natural science.)
370 Existentialism
Studies i n the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist
authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such
themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in
philosophy)
380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and
delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and
euthanasia.
410 Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of
individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific
problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for
credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from 241, 242,343, 344, or #.)
430 Studies in Individual Philosophers
Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx,
Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 241,242,
343, or #)
499 Independent Study
Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
Physics
Kermit E. Paulson (Chairperson), Kenneth N. Erickson, Ted Hanwick, Mark
Engebretson
Major: 9 courses, including 121,122,245,351,362 and 395 plus three courses above
122. In Planning theircoursesof study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of t h r physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124,
125, and Physics 121, 122 the freshman year, and Mathematics 224 and 226 the
sophomore year,
Teaching Major: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the
Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education
Department early in their planning.
Minor: 5 courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122.
Honors Major: A GPA o f 3.6 i n physics a n d 3.0 overall. A n inrlependent investigat i o n o f a physics t o p i c w i t h an oral defense of t h e w r i t t e n research report.
Application f o r t h e honors major should b e made n o later t h a n t h e first t e r m o f t h e
senior year.
Societ of Physics Students: The Augsburg cha ter o f Society o f Physics Students
providYes students t h e o p ortunities o f m e m b e r s R p i n a national physics society a n d
o f participating i n t h e p ysics c o m m u n i t o n a professional basis. M e m b e r s h i p i n
SPS i s o p e n t o all students interested i n p ysics.
1
K
Sigma Pi Sigma: M e m b e r s h i p i n t h e Augsburg chapter o f this national physics
h o n o r society is o p e n t o those students w h o have c o m p l e t e d t h e equivalent o f a
m i n o r i n physics, h a v e a G P A o f 3.0in physicsand overall,and rank i n t h e u p p e r t h i r d
o f their class.
101 Astronomy
A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting
telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3
one-hour lectures.)
103 Physics for the Life Sciences
An introductory course in which the applications, problems,and experimentsareselected
not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of
physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology,
physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science
programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the
liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem, algebra. Fall)
111 Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will
be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy,
religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to
discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of electronics and
computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory.
(3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall)
121,122 General Physics I, II
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and
magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified
majors. Must be taken in sequence. (3one-hour lectures,3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Math
124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring)
245 Modern Physics
An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics.Thiscourse
indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
261 Electronics
An introduction to the use of electronic instruments and integrated circuit devices. A
review of D.C. and A.C. circuits precedes discussion of semiconductor devices. Study of
analog and digital circuits culminates in the use of microprocessors and applications to
computer interfacing. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122, or 103 plus
math. 122 or 125 and #. Spring)
270 Optical Physics
The emphasis is o n physical optics, making frequent use of the complex expression for a
wave: interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introducation t o the electromagnetic
theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
351, 352 Mechanics I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single
particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of
rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference
frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Math. 226. 351, Fall; 352 Spring)
362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus
throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations,
electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation
based o n Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Math. 226. 362, Fall; 363,
Spring)
395 Comprehensive Laboratory
An emphasis o n independent laboratory investigations, including participation i n physics
seminars. Experiments i n the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics,
electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics. (2 three-hour laboratory
and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor. Spring)
481 Thermal Physics
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important
variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints;
the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic
statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring)
486 Quantum Physics I
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger
equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential
barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
245, 351, 352. Fall)
488 Quantum Physics II
The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring)
499 Independent Study
A n opportunity for students t o explore systematically a problem in experimental or
theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. O p e n t o juniorsand
seniors with departmental approval.
106/PoIiticaI Science
-
Political Science
M i l d a H e d b l o m (Chairperson), N o r m a Noonan, Barbara Richards-Haugen, Myles
Stenshoel
Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required: 121 o r 122 o r 160 o r
170; 158; 384; a n d at least 5 o t h e r u p p e r division courses i n 4 o u t o f 5 Political Science
Areas. A seminar i n o n e o f t h e five areas may b e c o u n t e d for that area.
Minor: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n : 121 o r 122 o r 170; 158; a n d at least 3 u p p e r division
7
courses i n 3 o u t o f 5 Politica Science Areas.
Honcrs Major: The H o n o r s M a j o r i n Political Science includes the requirements
listed above, lus thc f o l l o w i n g : The student's gradp-point average must bc 3.5 i n
Ihr major anA.0 overall. ~hestudenfrnurl take an H o n o r s fn<irpendenl 5turly and n
seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of [lie setitor year, an I-lonors
Tli~sisto be d e f e n d e d bcforc a faculty commirree. Students may w o r k with any
rnemlrcr of Ihr: Department o n their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements,
s h o u l d ,rppIy for Ihe Horlars
c o n ~ u l lhe Departmental Honors Adviser. Stude~~ts
M a j o r no later than the fi1.52 t e r m of the junior yPar.
Political Science Areas: (I) American G o v e r n m e n t a n d Politics (11) Comparative
Politics a n d Analysis ( I l l ) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V) Political Theory
a n d Analysis. Any course listed i n m o r e t h a n o n e area may b e c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e
area t o w a r d major o r m i n o r requirements.
Note: Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science
major i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social science courses, i n compliance w i t h state
requirements. For m o r e information, see t h e d e p a r t m e n t chairperson o r t h e Social
Studies Coordinator.
See t h e class schedule f o r precise listing o f terms i n w h i c h courses are offered.
I. American Government and Politics
121 American Government and Politics
The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics
of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure
of federalism; and current issues in American society.
122 Metropolitan Complex
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing
public policy i n the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture,simulation,and meetings
with political experts and activists.
325 Public Administration
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the United States;
governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #)
326 Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing publicopinion and political parties in
the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in
presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 121 or #. Fall
term of election years)
Political Science/l07
342 Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media
for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming.
370 Constitutional Law I
(See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years)
371 Constitutional Law II
(See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years)
421 Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in
American politics; national, urban or state focus; topicto be included in subtitle. (Prereq.:
Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.)
11. Comparative Politics and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some
comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues.
350 Comparative Democracies
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #)
351 Communist Political Systems
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states in terms of political
behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or
#.I
381 Democratic Theory and Practice
(See Section V for description)
459 Topics in Elite and Mass Behavior
In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation in the political system. (Offered on
demand. Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #).
Ill. International Politics
160 World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of
the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent
problems.
363 Communist Foreign
- Policies
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of
Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course
in Political Science or #)
461 Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle.
(Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.)
108/Political Science
IV. Public Law
170 Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of
courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as
politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
370 Constitutional Law I
The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American political
system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national
government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years)
371 Constitutional Law I1
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied
by the Supreme Court t o the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals.
(Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years)
V. Political Theory and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section I I for description)
380 Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers from Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the
values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human
governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.)
381 Democratic Theory and Practice
A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of
political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #.)
382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as
developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic
dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the
doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #.)
384 Political Analysis
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an
examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research
required. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 158 and two upper division
courses, or #.)
Seminars, Independent Study and Internships
199 lnternship
Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine
project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.)
295 Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter.
(Offered on demand)
Psychology/lOg
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 lnternship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter.
(Prereq.: #.)
498 lndependent Study: Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan
community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the
core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
499 lndependent Study
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
Psychology
Richard Marken, (Chairperson), Lyla Mae Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman
Ferguson, Duane Johnson
Major: 10 courses including 105,264,265,381 or 399, and 493, with a minimum of 5
courses a1 Augsburg; Physics 103, Not more than two courses from among 299,399
and 499 may bc counted lowarrl the minimum 10 psychology courses requircd for a
wiajor. This rcsrriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The stirdent
may actually take more such courses. The major program sliould includc 105 in [he
freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophn~nor~!
ear. 381 or 399 in !he
junior year, and 493 in ihe senior year. The major program is p/anned in conrr~lrntion
with a n adviser in the psychology department ancl is a proved by the departrnent
chairpprron. The overall plan is directpd toward a l a r i r undrrrtnnrling o l the
discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocarional and
professional goals of t h p indiviclual student. A written plan far the major should be
cornple~edand approved by the beginning of the junior year. I t is reconimended
[hat psycholo~ymajars t a k e additional course work from other arcas that will
cornpl~rnentand strengthen their particular interests in psychology, for examplc,
devrloping a minor in business izdminis~ration,biology, or cornmunica~ionis
recommended far many students.
Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Au sburg. Not more
than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward t e minor.
E
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high
quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors
consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department
chairperson for more detailed requirements.
Certificatein ProgramEualuation: 5 courses including PSY 264 or SOC 362,SOC363,
PSY 399,450, ' r h c ~ ecoursrs a r e designed to proviclc the cognlt ive barkground and
skill developrncnt to pcrform well a s a rescarch assistant for agenciw or firms which
[lo program rvalualions or an crnployee who can rlevelop and maintain ongoing
self-asstlssmenr programs for an employer agency, Sce dcpar~mentchairperson for
furthcr dctails.
105 General Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of
understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major
sub-areas, is emphasized.
251 Sensing and Perceiving
An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the
processing of environmental information and how this relates to adaptive behavior and
subjective experience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine
intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years)
264,265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem
solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both
statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for
credit without continuing in Research Methods II. Majors in psychology must take both
terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term
immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105)
299 Directed Studv
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be
completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
351 Developmental Psychology: Child
Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical
systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into
practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development of
children. (Prereq.: 105)
352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical
bases used for building understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process.
Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of
people in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 351)
355 Brain & Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in
animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation &
emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 105 and one course in
biology. Fall)
356 Environment and Behavior
A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on
behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality,
defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities.
(Prereq.: 105. Spring)
357 Learning
Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior
r h a n u and
~
indivirl11nli7edi n s t r ~ ~ r t i nnrniects.
n
IPrerea.: 1051
359 Measurement
Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest,
personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105)
361 Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward
personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 Abnormal Psychology
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will accompany
classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105. Spring)
371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male
A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences
and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist
movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 105 or #)
373 Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as
management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social
influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 105)
375 Social Psychology
See under Department of Sociology,
381 Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.:
two psychology courses. Alternate years)
399 Internship
Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
-
450 Proaram Evaluation
The application of sclentifir research rcchniques and statistical analysis ro provrams for
social improvement. Designing inforniation systems for thc ongoing mon~toringof
programs, Assessing cornrnunlty needs. Assersing program effectlvrtit?~~
and effici~ncy,
The ~~oliflcdlantl
organtzarional canrrxl of progrdm mt~riitnringandevaluat~on.
The roleof
evaluation rcsearch for social palicy and program improvcrnenr. (Prereq.: PSY 264 or SQC
362; 50C 363)
485 Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given
to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior
standing. Spring)
490 Current Topics in Psychology
Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through
current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.:
105 and #. Alternate years)
493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration
of the approaches and methods used by psychologists i n studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5
courses)
499 Independent Study
Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students
must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale
and purpose for the proposed study.
Religion
Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), Paul Almquist, John Benson, Delores Burtness,
James Burtness, David Fagerberg, Irene Getz, Norma Knutson, R. John Singh,
Eugene M. Skibbe, Paul Sonnack, Bruce Stuart
Academic Major: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 481 and 495, the seminar
especially for majors, taken in rhc junior or senior year. Before taking seminar, each
major must have writtrn onp formal research paper and placed it on file with I ~
department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. Onc
upper division Ncw Te~tamentGreek coursp may be applied to the major.
Church Staff Worker Religion Major: 9 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 362, 399,
481,354 or 358,360 or 483,471 or 473. These together with specified courses in other
departments can lead t o Augsburg certification.
public School Religion Maiot: The Minnesota Department of Edtrcat ion does not at
the nresent time r r a n l teacher crr~ificatlonIora religion maioror r n i n 0 r . T ~crrenare
for (caching a b o h rclfgion in publicschools, the stiden1 sfiould work clo5&ly with
the Kcliginn De artrncnt to rlesi n a program which include^: a ) a major in an
academic rield wEirh is crrtiliable
i h e r l a l r fnrelemcntary or secondary tenchina,
and b) a religion major of 8 courses, including 111, 221, 355, 356,360,363 and 471.
ky
Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved
by the department and colloquium with the department.
Church Staff Worker Certificate: 9 Religion courses ( I l f , 221,356,362,481,354 or
358,360or 483,471 or474,399); Psychology 105,357,352 or 371,485, Sociology 111or
Psychology 373, Sncialog 231; Physical Erltlca~ion232; Speech 354 or 355,499. This
program r n w t s o r excepc s thc eclucational requirements of T ~ American
P
Lutheran
Church, but certification b the church is a separate func~ion.By oc'ldin two or three
courses from appropriate c cpartrncnts, th~stuclentcan develr,pspecia cmphases i n
parish edt~catian,business management or diaconal work.
1Y
7
7
Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval
is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion
Department and/or general education course credit.
All majors are urged to consult with the department chair.
111 Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. 221 Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of
biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church.
P
350 Philosophy of Religion
(See under Department of Philosophy)
353 Denominations and Sects in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some
contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring)
354 Life of the Church in the Life of the City
The Gospel and various forms of ministry evident in urban structures.
355 The Study of Religion in the Public Schools
The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such
efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be
examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be
analyzed and discussed.
356 History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including
Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some
discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall)
358 Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian educati0.n
and curriculum, youth work and parish work.
360 Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis
with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements
i n American society. (Spring)
361 Church Fathers
A study of the early Christian Church i n the context of the Roman Empire, including such
topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in
conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on
the life and thought of Augustine. (Spring)
362 Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth
century. Special attention tothe writingsof Martin Luther and other representativefigures.
(Fall)
363 Religion in America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious
liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its
environing culture. (Fall)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country.
(Offered as funding permits)
380 Music of the Western Church
(See under Department of Music)
399 Internship
Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first
semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines.
471 Jesusand His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with
their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations
given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall)
472 Theology of Paul
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early
church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring 1982)
473 The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with
emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 1983)
475 Judaism
A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern
times, with emphasis placed upon the religious dev~lopmcnr.A special interest i n such
modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and H~schel,The J e w i ~ h
Chatailqila Society annually
makes a grant to Augsburg Collcgr in partial support of this coursr i q Judaism offered in
the religion department. (Fall)
481 Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as
seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the
Christian Church. (Spring)
482 Contemporary Roman Catholic Theology
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n the writings of some of its
representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic
definitions of the church.
483 Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon
moral action. (Fall)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of
instructor. (Fall)
499 Independent Study
Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines.
Russian, Scandinavian A r e a / l l 5
Russian Area Studies
Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator)
The major in Russian Area Studies i s a cooperarive program of the Associated
Cnlleges of theTwin Cities {AC'I'C).It seeks togive the student the broadest possible
exposure to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, I~tcrature,tradition, and
philosophy. In addition 10 providing a goorl liberal education, the program can
enable m d e n t s to prepare for graduatc study, or careerr; in areas such as
government, international business, o r teaching.
Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 course in
Russian literature; 1 course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses of approved electives.
Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); 1 course in Russian history; 1 course in Soviet politics; 1 course in
Marxist theory; 1 other course from the approved list of electives.
Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator.
Scandinavian Area Studies
Mildred Joel (Director)
Major: 8 upper division courses.
Minor: 4 upper division courses.
Note: Major programs musr contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or
transferred to Augsburg as upper divislon Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e.,
courses [aught by a Scandinavian Ian ua e de artment or subdepartment re ardlcrs of their conicnl, which may %P Bnau&tic, literary or curursI. Stu ents
rilduating wlth a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate
&vel competence in il Scandinavian language. Scc Norwegian courier undcr
!
Department of Foreign Languages.
312 Old Norse
An intraductian to the strucrurc of Old West Norse throufih the study of selections from
Old Norse literarurr. Same attention given to Old East Norrc and aspects of the history of
lour modern NordIc languages. Knowledgeof oneof the latter isdesired but not required.
N(~rwt?gtan
language majors and minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years)
325 Scandinavian Music
(See under Department of Music)
330 Contemporary Scandinavia
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable
but not required.
llG/Scandinavian Area Studies
-
345 Scandinavian American Experience
The Old World background and use of "America Fever," adaptation to the New Land,
aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982)
351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel
Lectllrcs provide a survey or the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selectecl novels by JonasLip, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut
Hamsun, fialldor Laxness and ofhers. Knowfedgr ol a Scandinavian language desirable.
Langtlagr rnajorsand minors will be requir~rlto cloassigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavian language. {Alternale yrars. Fall. 79112)
352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ihscn, Ejarnson, Slrindberg, tag~rkvist,Munk and
other twentierh century tlramatis~s.l . e c t u r e s p ~ ~dsurveyof
~ ~ i c ~ ~ Scandinavian drama with
emphasis on lbscn and Strinrlberg, K n n w l r t l ~of~ a Scan(iinavta~~
language desirable.
Language majorsand minorswill b e r p q u i r e d r o d o ~ ~ s i p n rcadin~san.11
rcl
written work in a
Scandinavian langua~c.[Alternatr years. Fall, f9B1)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
(Offered under Department of Religion)
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
382 Scandinavian Arts
(See under Department of Art)
396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies,
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia
(Offered under Department of History)
495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience
(Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar)
499 Independent Study
I n consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study.
Social Science, Social Studies/l17
Social Science
Myles C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson)
Two emphases exist within the Social Science major: the Teaching Major and the
Non-Wcstcrn crnpfrasis.A student may not list a double major in Social Science and
in one of the romponcnt disriplines unless the distribution selected in the Social
Scicnce major i s signi(icantly different lrom the other major.
Teaching Major: 1 5 courses: 10 required courses (Economics 122,123; History 221,
222; Geography 114; Sociology 121, 247; Psycholog 105; Political Scienc~158 and
121 .or 170); 4 u p er division courses in one of the fn l o w ~ n disciplines:
g
Economics,
History, PoliticarScicnrc, Psycholngy or Sociology; a statistics courrc approved by
the clepartmcnt in which the4 upper division courses are takcn, The st~rtlcntshould
choose an adviser who is a member of I hc department in which the upper division
courses are to he takcn. (For supplementilry information and alrernativc ways to
fullill Ihe stale-approved compctenry-hasrd program for secondary teachereducation) SPP the following section o n Social Sturlies for Secondary Educa~ion.)
!
Major - Non-Western Emphasis: 14 cottrses: History 103; 1 social science
n~rthodology
course (Eronornics 379, Psychology 264, Sociology J62or 365); and 12
courses, in a t least 4disciplines, lrom the following: Economics 722,250; History 104,
3 2 2 , 3 2 3 , 3 2 4 , 4 4 0 , 4 7 4 ; Polilical Science 351,363,382,467; Philosophy 355; Religion
356; Sociology 241; seminars, independent 5tudy or interrm courses on relevant
topics in fdistory and/or Political Science. Thc student planning to fulfill this social
science major should consul^ t h ~ chairperson
!
of thc Dcparrmenl of History in
choosing a rnajor a d v i s ~ r .
Social Studies
Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator)
Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete,
in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of
Education, a competency-based program designed to provide a broad foundation
in the social sciences.
Teaching Major: 7 courses (Economics 122 or 123, Geography 114, History 123,
Political Science 158, Psycholagy 105,Soclofogy 121 and 141) plus a major in one of
five fields - Economics, I-listory, Politrcal Scicnce, Psychology or Sociology - or
incorporated in a Social Science Teaching Major, described in section above).
Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as
possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator.
118/Social Work
Social Work
Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Rosalie Clark, Douglas Perry
The Augsburg College Social Work Program is accredited by the Council on Social
Work Education.
The core program of Social Work begins in the 'unior year, but all students are
advised to takeSocia1Work 257ar freshmen or sop~omoresunless exempted by the
faculty, and should seek advisement from social work faculty as to sequence of
required courses from other departments.
Candidacy: Students planning to major in Social Work must apply to the
department for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year.
Major: The Augsburg Social Work Program isa professianal program In preparation
for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program
consi~t5of 810, I O I * ; I%ych. 105*, J5I1, and 352*; Soc, 12Is,23It,365,375*, and 303*;
and Social War k 2STC, 361*, 363*, 364*, 461,462,463,464,465,466
and 467. At least
{CHR) course i s strongly recommended.
onc Conservation of Human Reso~~rres
*These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year.
Emcentration: Concentrations in Aging, Chernlcal Dependency, Youth, and
Crime and Carrectjons are possible. Concentration consists of courses descriptive
ol functional, dysfunctional, and programmatic aspects, plus fiefd work placement
in thesenior year I n the special area. Completion of aconcentration is noted on the
transcript.
School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human
Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful
completion of Education 388.
257 Practicum in the Human Services
-WithfacuIty appmvnl,srudent selectsa placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer in a
social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service
delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a
term paper rcport and weekly rcvivw conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen
and sopharnores. Open ro all students.
340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging
This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population,
older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older
population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior
Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work in Human Development, Systems of Social
Welfare, experience in work with the aged, #).
3613ystems of Social Welfare
An examination of fundamental aspectsof thevarlous systems of social welfare in the U.S.
and the roleof social work in them. Special emphasison analysis of the major assumptions
and movemrntscontrtbutory to the rlse of thp walfare state; description of a selection of
modern s~rviresystems, rhe prolesston of qocial work, its ethics, values, and historical
development. Three class periods per week; Ruest lectures, research paper. (Prereq.:
Junior, or #. Fall)
Social Work/l19
363 Methods and Skills-of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques
of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work
practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of
relationship building skills. Three class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or
laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior. Spring)
364 Field Work I
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on
interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small
group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363.
Spring)
399 Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #)
461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and
regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis on development of
generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Three two-hour class lectures, and/or
laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 in 363 and 364, or #. Fall)
463 Community Development and Organization
Locality development and socialchange through community organization,social planning,
and social action. Emphasis on: 1) survey of historical forms of social change, 2)
understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3)
examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential
principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #. Fall)
462,464, Field Work II and IV:
Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work
with individuals, families,groups and/or communities in a social service agency. Ten hours
per week, plusone supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: completion and 2.0
in 361, 362; concurrent with 461 and 467; Fall and Spring)
465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development
This course will include the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of
analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social
work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through work
with a public policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class period per week, readings,
analytical paper integrating class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361,463,
and senior or #. Spring)
466 Field Work 111 (1/2 course)
Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim.
467 The Social Worker as Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and
practices,organizational theory, and resourcedevelopment will bestudied in the course.
The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 461,462,463,
Spring)
468 Special Topics (1/2 to 1 course)
Current issues i n social work theory or practice. To be announced. (# half or full credit.
Interim)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An independently drsigncd course a studenf (or group of students) develops, making
extensive,systen~~tic
dncl Integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan
communily,e.g. l e c l u r c s , ~ y r n ~ ~ ~ ~ i ~ , p ~ r fhearings.
~ r m i ~ ~These
~ c e sresources
,
become the
core of the course, supplemented by rraditfonal college resources, and designed in
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department.
499 Independent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and #)
Sociology
Gordon L. Nelson (Chairperson), Robert Clyde, Jerry Gerasimo, Robert Grams,
Garry Hesser, Anita Kolman, Joel Torstenson
Major: 10 courses includin 121, 362,363,375,485. Highly recommended: a CHR
course, internship, indcpen!pnl study or upper division ~nterimcourse in rociolo y.
This recommendation ir mndc in the hope [hill ihp rrudcnl will take advantage of t\e
variety of learning rnorlrls olfcrcd through the dcparrment. Consult department
chairperson concerning areas of concentration.
Minor: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.)
HhnorsMajor: Thestudcnt must h a v e a minimum C P A o f 3.5in the majorar.rd3.0
overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of ~ubrnissionof
thecis roposal to Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year.
C a n r l i c ~ ~ ci yi c o n ~ i n g c n fupon drpartrncntul approval of proposal h April 30 of
junior year. After acceptancr as a candidate, the student will regisles or Indcpcndcnt Study (Sociology 499) through whirh work on tlissis will be completed, I-lonors
rlpgrep in sociology wlII be grantrcl to a candidate i f he/~h~successfuIly
Ocfcndsthc
tliesis before March 31 a l senior year ancl maintains CPA througll graciuation.
Y
Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses includin PSY 264 or SOC 362, SOC 363,
PSY 399,450. These courses are designed to provide t e cognitive background and
skill development to perform well as a research assistant for agencies or firms which
do prograrn evaluations or an crnployet. who can develop and maintain ongoing
self-assessment programs lor an cmployer agency. See department chairperson for
further details.
\
111 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis
The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of
the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the
context of urban institutions and processes.
121 Principles of Sociology
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of
basicaspects of society; socialization,family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions,
etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession.
231 Sociology of the Family
An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection,
marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and
cultural context.
241 Introduction t o Cultural Anthropology
An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation toculture; languageas a major
organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of
"primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found i n
different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S.
culture.
300,301,302, 303, 304 Special Topics i n Sociology
Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons,
physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of
these institutions take the course together with college students i n a co-learning model.
Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest.
360 Religion and Society
A n examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis
with particular emphasis o n contemporary sociological research o n religious movements
and institutions in American society.
362 Statistical Analysis
The first course i n a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts t o build a body of
knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used t o evaluate ideas
and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing
equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science
and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 363 the following term. (Prereq.:
high school algebra. Fall)
363 Research Methods
The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research
designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice
doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately
after Soc. 362. (Prereq.: Soc. 362 o r #. Spring)
365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative
information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of
commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications t o
program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra.
Spring)
373 Crime and Corrections
An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical
components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused o n the causation
and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.:
121, Fall)
375 Social Psychology
An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society.
An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play i n understanding
interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look
at the major assumptionsand processes underlying our everyday life-a look at the trivial,
the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation
i n social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues i n the course.
(Prereq.: 121 and Psych. 105)
122/Speech, Communication
381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning
The changing city i n history and various cultures; major theoretlcal perspectives in urban
sociology; t h metropolis
~
as an eco-system; metro-urban planning and policy systems;
tosllaping the future metropolis. TheTwin C i l i ~ mctropo[itan
r
area is
m a j o r i s ~ u relaled
~s
utilized as a n importilnr learning laboratory. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 or #. Spring)
383 Racial and Minority Croup Relations
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon
prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only)
388 Social Inequality
Analysis of inequality i n regard to wealth, status and power in the U.S. and other selected
countries. Causes and ramifications of theamount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis
of current issues and policies concerning inequality in the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 121. Spring)
399 Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
485 Modern Sociological
- Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of
their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in
sociology including 121 or #. Fall)
498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources
An i n d r p ~ r i d e n ~dl y~ s i g n e dcourse a student (or group of students) develops, making
extensive, systematic and integra~cdutilization of resources available in the metropolitan
community, e.g. lecture.;,sy~nposia,perlor~nances,
hearings. These resources become the
core of I ~ courqe,
P
supplemented Ily rradltfonal college resources, and designed in
consultation with ant1 cvaluatrd by a faculty member of the department.
499 lndependent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology
of the proposed study according todepartment guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and permission of
instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
Raymond Anderson (Chairperson), Julie Bolton, Ailene Cole, Syl Jones, Howard
Liszt, Joel Mugge, Stan Ransom
Honors Major: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study
projects of honors quality, distinguishecl performance in at least one of the
communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in i h senior
~
year.
Communication Arts/l23
-
- -
Communication Arts
Thc communication major is a flexihle interdisciplinary program which allows for
differen! emphases -journalfsrn, advertising and public rrlarions! radio-televisionfilm, human rrlations, and supervisory management. Program guldes for each area
are available from rhe Departmen1 Chairperson or the Office of Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a
plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech
111, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 or 241.
Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342,351 or 352,354, 399 and English
225 or 226 or 227, anrl satis(actory performance a n competency tests in writing and
typlng. Supparting rourscs rcrluircA hut nor counring toward the major: Speech
111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 705; Sociology 121 or 247,375,
Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department.
Speech Major For Teaching: 10 courses, including I l l , 241 or 243, 350, 351 or 355,
352,354,360; Participation in forensics, and a minor in English.
Speech Minor For Teaching: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243,350,351
or 355, 352,354, 360 and participation in forensics.
Note: Students prrparing to reach speech in secondary schools may s ecialize in
any of three majors: ~ p ~ e c h , t h e a t artr,ind
er
speech-theater nrtr, A n y ofthese must
he combined with a t lcast an English minor, preferably a major. Thecrrmmunication
major or minor cloes not qualify one for reaching speech. Consult with the
Department of Edi~cationfor recpjrerncnts in Education. Course 116 i s strongly
recnmrnended tor students in elcmcntary ducation.
111 Beginning Speech
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening.
132 Photography
(See under Department of Art)
227 Advanced Writing: Journalism
(See under Department of English)
225,230 Visual Communications I, II
(See under Department of Art)
241 Introduction to Cinema Art
(See under Department of English)
242 Film-Making
(See under Department of Art)
243 Radio-Television Production
An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis
on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10.
Fall)
342 Mass Communications in Society
(See under Department of Political Science)
124/Theater Arts
350 Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating, and
listening; introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall)
351 Argumentation
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall)
352 Persuasion
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects.
(Spring)
353 Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements
in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Jr., Sr., Communication major or #.
Spring)
354 Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication
barriers.
355 Small Croup Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective
functioning within small groups and organizations. (Fall)
373 Organizational Psychology
(See under Department of Psychology)
399 Internship
(Consult the Department Chairperson for details.)
480 Seminar in Communication
Cooperative investigation of topics in speech and communication. (Fall)
495 Independent Study in Communication
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research.
Theater Arts
Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning to
major i n theater arts should begin with courses I l l , 116, and 228. Course 111 is not
part of the major.
Theater Arts Major: 10 courses, plus Beginning Speech. This major should be
sup orted by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including
ShaRespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama.
A. Acting Emphasis: 116,228,232,243,350,360,361,362,366,432, and the children's
theater interim. S~ronglyrecommended: courses in movement, dance, cinema, art,
and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include
6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship.
Theater Arts/125
r:
B. Directin Emphasis: 116, 228, 229, 232, 350, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus t h e
chilclren's I iearyr i n t e r i m . Courses stron ly r e c o m r n r n d ~ d courses
:
i n movement,
cinema art, a n d dramatic literature. Performance rcquirementr for t h e directing
emphasis i n c l u d e 4 units o f c r e w work, 3 units o f acting, 2 of directing, 1 i n stage
management, a n d 1 internship.
C. Design Emphasis: 228,229,361,362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 a n d 290 i n Art.
Strongly r e c o m m e n d e d : courses i n cinema art, art, a n d dramatic literature.
Performance requirements f o r t h e design emphasis include 5 units i n c r e w work,2 i n
technical supervision, 1 i n acting, 1 i n assistant design, 1 i n design, a n d 1 internship.
Theater Arts Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 228, 232, 360, 361,366.
Theater Arts Major For Teaching: 10 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,116,228,229,232,241 o r
243,350,360,361,366, t h e experience r e q u i r e m e n t specified f o r theater arts majors,
a n d a m i n o r i n English.
Theater Arts Minor For Teaching: courses 111, 228, 232, 361, 366; o n e o f t h e
f o l l o w i n g : 241, 243, 350; a n d participation i n dramatic productions.
Speech-Theater Arts Major For Teaching: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,241 o r 243,
350, 351 o r 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366; participation i n t w o activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater, broadcasting); a n d a m i n o r i n English.
116 Creative Dramatics
A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human
relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy,
and other settings. (Fall)
228 Technical Production I
An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: its organization, crafts, magic, and
art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Fall)
229 Stage Design I
Introduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing,
painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in
freshmen and sophomore years. Spring)
232 Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation;
participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
360 Interpretative Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and
drama. (Fall)
361 Theater History
Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at
local theater productions. Introduction to theories of drama and dramatic production.
(Spring, Alternate years)
362 Theater Criticism
A study of forms and ideas a s they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at
local theater productions; classical, experimental, and new plays. Lectures and discussions
on theory and criticism using theater productions as focus for discussion. (Spring, Alternate
years)
126/Transdisciplinary Studies
366 Stage Direction I
Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical
production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play
chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only.
(Spring)
367 Stage Direction II
In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental,
musical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or #.
Spring)
399 Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
428 Technical Production II
Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or
lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Lab fee. Fall)
429 Stage Design II
Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to
costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or #. Spring)
432 Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through improvisation and extensive
scene study. Emphasis i s on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare,
French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and Non-realism, Epic, and the
Absurd. (Fall, Alternate years)
499 Independent Study in Drama
Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater.
Transdisciplinary Major
Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appro riate portions of
two rnajnn may conridcr ,he Tranniisciplinary Major. The TransJsci linary Major
enables ~ t u d r n t rto respond l o a particular career interest. Wgile such an
indivirlually clevcTopecl major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad
majors may not he suitable far those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofe5sianal programs in some academic fields.
Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following:
A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in
the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college;
B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of
his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the
Registrar).
C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
Women's, Minority Studied127
Women's and Minority Studies
Toni Clark (Director), Rosalie Clark, Valerie Geaither, James Porter
The Women's a n d M i n o r i t y Studies Program (formerly American Studies) consistsof
several interdisciplinary courses. A l t h o u g h n o major o r m i n o r i s offered, there is a
certificate program i n women's studies.
CertificateinWomenrsStudi~; lndivldually planned program wlth a m i n l m u m of 6
courses o r i e n t e d lowarrls women's perspectives: 3 course$ lrom the social sciences
{ i n c l i ~ d i n ghistory); 1-2 courser l r o m humanities (literature, religion, art, music,
philosophy); 1-2 other courses such as biology, trans- or inter-disc1 l i t ~ a r ycourses,
independent rturly. directed study, cfr. Courrer mily hr taken l o r n rhe ncrc
colleges as w e l l as Augshurg. See Toni Clark, Grace Dyrud or N o r m a Noonan for
further details.
231 Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from
year to year. Meets one religion requirement.
232 Blacks in America
This i s an introduction to Black culture. The course will provide an overview of the major
issues related to the Black experience in terms of the family,education, religion, aesthetics,
economics and politics. It is designed to heighten the student's consciousness regarding
the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution of Black culture and the impact of
Black culture on American society.
260 Contemporary American Indians
Thesituation of Indians in the United Statessince the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with
an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education.
Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes
today.
265 Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historiansand selectionsfrom women's journals,
speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will
collectively assess the position of black and white women i n American culture from the
founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by lndian women, Chicanas and
other "invisible" women minorities will be included.
Registers
129 Board of Regents
Division for College and
University Services
130 Administration
131 Emeriti
132 Faculty
Music Hall, newest campus building
Kiosk, a place to check for what's happening, and Stage I1 Theater
Commencement Procession wends
through Murphy Square
i
P
.,--
.
Regents, DCUS/l29
-
Augsburg College Board of Regents
Officers
Clayton L. LeFevere, Chairman
Dr. Harris W. Lee, Vice Chairman
James C. Lindell, Treasurer
Norma E. Knutson, Secretary
Members
Charles W. Arnason (1982)'. Senior Vice President and Secretary, Minneapolis Star and T r i b u n
Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Oscar M. Austad (1984). President, Austad Company, Sioux Falls, South Dakota
Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1984). St. Louis Park Medical Center, St. Louis Park, Minnesota
Nancy Bottemiller (1986). Wadena, Minnesota
Norman R. Carpenter (1982). Attorney, Faegre & Benson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Darrell J. Egertson (1982). Executive Vice President, Apache Corporation, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Donald R. Crangaard (1984). Chairman of the Board, First Bank System, Inc., Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Lawrence 0. Hauge (1986). Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, Minnesota
Norma E. Knutson (1984). Minneapolis, Minnesota
Harris W. Lee (1982). Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Clayton 1. LeFevere (1982). Partner, LeFevere, Lefler, Kennedy, O'Brien and Drawz,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Chester Lind (1986). President, Northwest Bancorporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota
James C.Lindell (1982). Treasurer, West Publishing Company, St. Paul, Minnesota
Jane M o o t y (1986). Edina, Minnesota
Dr. Arthur Naftalin (1984). Professor, Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
Minnesota
Howard E. Olson (1984). President, Sonford Products Corporation, St. Paul Park, Minnesota
Donald C. Padilla (1986). Chairman of the Board & CEO, Padilla and Speer, Inc., Minneapolis,
Minnesota
George T. Pennock (1982). Chairman, Tennant Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Dr. Carl Platou (1984). President, Fairview Community Hospitals, Minneapolis, Minnesota
The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo (1984). Member of Congress, Fifth District - Minnesota,
Washington, D.C.
N. Stanley Stake (1986). Senior Vice President, Honeywell, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota
Dr. M e r t o n P. Strommen (1986). President, Search Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Stanley Thiele (1986). Vice President, Human Resources, 3 M Center, St. Paul, Minnesota
Mary Lou Williams (1984). Administrative Aid to the Mayor, Minneapolis, Minnesota
'The year in parentheses after each name indicates the expiration of term.
Board for College and University Services
The American Lutheran Church
Robert Borgwardt, Madison, Wisconsin
Sylvia Bosse, Warren, Ohio
Faith Burgess, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Marguerite Foster, Dallas, Texas
Erwin H. Coldenstein, Lincoln, Nebraska
Marilyn Hemstad, Olympia, Washington
Dennis Griffin, Sioux Falls, South Dakota
Edwin Cunberg, Bethesda, Maryland
Custav Kopka, Jr., East Lansing, Michigan
~,.....lrl )r~.wL:..~
h ~ ; . . ~ - . . ~ ~h l~ :; ~. . ~ ~ . ~ t . .
Administration
President
President ......................................................Charles S. Anderson
Lowell Brandt
College Pastor
Carolyn Magnusson
Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President
........................................................
................
A c a d e m l c Affairs
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College
Rlchard Green
Associate Academic Dean
Pat Parker
John (Jack) A. Hlll
Registrar
Assistant Registrar
Carol Stack
Margaret Anderson
Head Librarian
Cralg Carnahan
Music Administrator and Fine Arts Coordinator..
Director of Audio Visual Services.. ......................................
James Olson
Counselor/Advocate, American Indian Programs ...................... Bonnie Wallace
Coordinator, Black Student Affairs ...................................
Valerle Gealther
Mary Olson
Recorder ...............................................................
Interim Director ..........................................................
Tonl Clark
Mary A. Klngsley
International Studies Program Director
International Student Advisor ................................ Mary E. (Mlml) Johnson
Secretary to the Dean .................................................... Pat Urdahl
............
................................................
........................................................
......................................................
...................................................
......................
..............................
F l n a n c e and M a n a g e m e n t
Vice President for Finance and Management ......................... .Wayne Pederson
Herald Johnson
Assistant Vice President for Enrollment Services
Vlrene Luthl
Associate Director, Financial Aid
Director of Personnel
Bonnle-Jean Mork
Chief Accountant
Jeff Kosse
Manager, College Center
Mlldred Nelson
Robert Gores
Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending
Gerald Johnson
Director of Plant Services
Custodial Supervisor
Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor
Rob Curtls
Grounds Supervisor .....................................................
Fred Wolter
Manager, lcae Arena
James Carey
......................
........................................
.............................................
........................................................
.............................................
..............................
............................................
................................................
..................................................
...................................................
D e v e l o p m e n t a n d P u b l i c Relations
Vice President for Development and Public Relations ................. Gerald D. Bjelde
Associate Director of Development/Deferred Giving ............. Slgvald V. Hjelmeland
Associate Director/Alumni and Parent Giving ...........................Jeroy Carlson
Assistant Director of Development/Annual Fund.. .......... Catherlne (Kate) Klelsmeler
A. 8. Batalden
Assistant to the Vice President
Lols G. Wollan
Director of Public Relations..
Janlce Rykken
Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs
Kay Cady
Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information
Manager, Graphic Center
Therese Nlchols
Executive Secretary
Irene Steenson
........................................
.........................................
...............................
........................
............................................
..................................................
Admlsslons
.............................................
Kathryn E. Lange
Director of Admissions
Assistant Director
Coordinator of Transfer Programs..
Admissions Counselor.
Admissions Counselor..
Admissions Counselor..
Transfer Credit Evaluation Coordinator..
..........................................................
Blll Ross
Sue Bonner
......................................
...............................................Erlc Anderson
................................................
Sally Hough
................................................
Llsa Novotny
.......................Charlene Weidenbach
Administration, Emeriti/l31
Student Affalrs
..............
Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students
Marlanne Sander
Associate Dean of Students
Rlck Thonl
Director of Student Life (Housing). ........................... Llnda Schrernpp-Alberg
Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement.
Patrlcla M. Olsson
Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement.
Nancy Medcraft-Tldwell
Director of Student Activities.. ........................................... Joan Slater
Head Resident (Urness/Mortensen). ....................................Pam Joachlm
Director of Human Development
Judy Essman
Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ...................................... Don Warren
Area Apartment Manager ............................................
John Augustlne
...............................................
.....................
...............
.......................................
Emeriti
Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. (1963-1980). B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D.,
Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Bernhard M. Christensen. President Emeritus (1938-1963). Ph.D., The Hartford Ser
Foundation.
Courtland Agre. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Valeria Baltina. Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magester der Philc
University of Latvia.
K. Berner Dahlen. Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of Minnesc
Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University.
Katherine Hennig. Artist in Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Einar 0. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington.
Mildred V. Joel, Professor Emerita, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. M.A., U n i ~
of Minnesota.
Bernhardt J. Kleven. Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lorraine K. Livingston. Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minn
Martha M. Mattson. Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minn
Edor C. Nelson. Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., Univers~~y
01
Minnesota.
Esther Olson. Professor Emerita of Theater Arts. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Anne Pederson. Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Lavonne J. Peterson. Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Martin Quanbeck. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College, D. Mus., Lakeland
College.
A. Mayo Savold. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music.
Paul 1. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
JohnThut. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus., American Conservatory of Music.
JoelS. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
132/Facu lty
Fac uI ~ 01Y
as
September, 1980
Ruth 1. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Robert Adney* (1979). Studio Artist/Music.
James Agre*. Assistant Soccer Coach.
Paul Almquist (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion.
Earl R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chair of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.S., Northwestern University.
Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Bobbi Anderson* (1979). Specialist-Child Development/Family Life, lnstructor i n Education.
B.S., University of Wisconsin; M.S. Education Specialist, Mankato State University.
Charles S. Anderson (1976). President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin;
B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York.
Ernest W. Anderson (1947). Athletic Director, Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Margaret J. Anderson (1967). Assistant Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
John Benson (1963). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D.,
Columbia University.
Robert E. Beverly* (1966). Studio Artist/Music. B.M.Ed., M.M., Northwestern University.
JamesE. Billings* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., Michigan State University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Gerald D. Bjelde (1980). Vice President of Development and Public Relations. B.A., Concordia
College, Moorhead.
Timothy Blackburn*. Lecturer i n English.
Vern Bloom* (1971). Director of CHR Program. M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton* (1975). lnstructor in Speech. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Borstad (1977). Department Chair Health and Physical Education. B.A., B.S., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Margaret Smith Brand* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., Indiana University.
Michael Brand* (1979). Studio Artist/Trumpet. B.S. Music Ed., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Maria Brown* (1980). Instructor, Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota.
Delores Burtness*. Visiting Lecturer i n Religion.
James Burtness*. Visiting Lecturer in Religion.
Laine Bryce* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Wayne Carroll* (1978). lnstructor i n Business Administration. B.A., University of Chicago.
Carl H. Chrislock (1952). Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Rosalie V. Clark (1979). lnstructor in Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Toni Clark (1974). Assistant Professor of English and Interim Director. B.A., University of
California, Berkeley; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara.
The year in parentheses after the name indicates beginning of service in the College.
*Part-time
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Communications
Research and Resource Center. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D.,
University of Iowa.
Ailene Cole (1956). Professor of TheaterApeech. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Benjamin Cooper (1975). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., California Institute of
Technology; Ph.D., Yale University.
Lawrence Copes* (1980). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University;
M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Liv Dahl* (1976). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Darlene Dommel* (1979). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S., M.S., University of Minnesota.
Beverly Durkee (1965).Associate Professor and Department Chair of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L.,
B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Ronald Duty* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Political Science. B.A., San Diego State University;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Grace Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Edgar E. Eklof* (1977). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.M., Manhattan
Music School.
Mark J.Engebretson (1976). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Associate Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Rolf Eriksen* (1971). Soccer Coach.
David Fagerberg* (1980). Lecturer in Religion.
Sheldon Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D.,
Northwestern University.
Norman Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall
College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
1.1. Fleming (1979). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Music. B.M., Concordia
College; M.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Henry C. Follingstad (1962). Associate Professor of Mathematics. M.S., University of Minnesota.
Robert A. Fornander* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., Augustana College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Barry M. Franklin (1978). Assistant Professor of Education. A.B., Los Angeles College; M.S.,
California State University.
Michael Frazier* (1979). Studio Artist/Saxophone. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Robert Friederichsen* (1971). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., San Francisco State College;
M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Mark Fuehrer (1971). Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen Cabrielsen (1979). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
University of Minnesota.
Jerry Cerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Irene Cetz* (1980). Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Princeton Seminary.
John Cidmark* (1979). Lecturer i n English.
Thomas Cilkey* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., DePauw University.
Orloue N. Cisselquist (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chair of History. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Coetz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., University of North Carolina; M.M.,
University of Colorado.
Robert Crams. (1971) Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
134/Facu lty
Paul Crauer. (1979) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia
College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Green (1980). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A.,
Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of
Louisville.
Satya Cupta.* (1976) Assistant Professor of Business Administration. Ph.D., Southern Illinois
University.
Donald R. Custafson (1961). Associate Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin Cyberg (1974). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Leif E. Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Concordia College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Theodore Hanwick* Professor Emeritus i n Physics. Ph.D., New York University.
Karen Harwood* (1980). Lecturer in Library Science.
Milda Hedblom (1971). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Political Science. B.A.,
Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Douglas R. Heidenreich* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., University of
Minnesota; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law.
Peter Hendrickson* (1980). Chorale Director.
Katherine Hennig* (1966). Studio Artist/Voice. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Robert S. Herforth (1966). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Edwina Hertzberg (1977). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of Social Work. B.A., Cedar
Crest College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Carry Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., Phillips University; M. Div., Union
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame.
Carol Hoffman (1978). Instructor i n Nursing. B.S., Hamline University; M.S., University of
Minnesota.
Norman Holen (1974). Professor of Arts. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., State University of
Iowa.
John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College, Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Khin Khin Jensen* (1955). Professor of History. B.A., Rangoon University (Burma), M.A.,
Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Mildred Joel* Professor Emeritus and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron
College, University of Minnesota; M.E.,South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Einar Johnson (1956). Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Washington.
James J. Johnson (1969). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S.,
juilliard School of Music.
Mary E. (Mimi) Johnson (1962). Associate Professor, Chair of Foreign Languages, and
International Student Adviser. B.A., Smith College; M.S., Columbia University; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Rees M. Johnson (1978). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.S.,
Winona State University.
Syl Jones* (1980). Visiting Lecturer in Speech and Communication. B.A., Augsburg College.
Amin Kader (1974). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.Comm., University of
Caior (Egypt); M.S., University of Michigan.
Robert Karlkn (1973). Associate Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Facu lty/l35
Joanne Karvonen* (1965). Lecturer i n English. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
University of Georgia.
Betty Kelly* (1980). Women's Tennis Coach.
Diana 1. Kennelly* (1979). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. Director of International
Program. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College.
Merilee Klemp* (1980). Studio Artist/Oboe. B.A., Augsburg College.
Al Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana
College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Susan J. Knust (1979). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S., University of Cincinnati; M.S., Wright State
University.
Norma Knutson*. lnstructor i n Religion.
Boyd Koehler (1967). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., Moorhead State College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Anita Sue Kolman* (1977). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Maryland; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Roy H. LaFayette* (1972). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Roberta Lammers (1975). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., lowa State University; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Nicholas Lenz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Southwest State University; M.F.A., University
of Minnesota.
Howard Liszt* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communications. B.A., M.S., University
of Minnesota.
Jon Lorence* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology. B.A., Central College; M.A., lowa State
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Nancy S. Malcolm (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., University of Colorado; M.P.H.,
University of Minnesota.
Richard Marken (1974). Assistant Professor of Psychology and Department Chair. B.A.,
University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara.
Keishiro Matsumoto (1971). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Waseda
University, Tokyo; M.B.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
James Mayer*. Visiting Lecturer in Foreign Languages.
Marie 0.McNeff* (1968). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., University of Nebraska.
Sallye Cooke McKee* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Education.
Lynne Medcalf* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S.B., M.B.A., University
of Minnesota.
Cynthia Melson* (1979). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Park College; B.M.Ed., M.M.Ed., University
of Kansas.
Roberta Metzler (1974). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B. Music Ed., M. Music
Ed., University of Kansas.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
John Mitchell (1968). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.S., University of
Tennessee.
August Molder* (1962). Artist i n Residence i n Art. Law, Master of Law, University of Tartu,
Estonia.
Joel Mugge (1977). Assistant Professor of Speech and Communications. B.A., Valparaiso
University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Douglas Nelson (1977). Acting Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., College of St.
Thomas.
Gordon 1. Nelson (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Sociology. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota; B.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson (1977). Associate Professor of History. B.S., University of Nebraska; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Nicholl* (1973). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of English. B.A., Hope
College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Crier Nicholl* (1960). Professor of English. B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Teacher College,
Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.,
University of Minnesota.
NormaC. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A.,
Ph.D., Indiana University
Celeste M. O'Brien* (1975). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., Hamline University.
Richard D. Olmsted (1977). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin.
Sandra Olmsted*. Lab lnstructor i n Chemistry.
James F. Olson* (1975). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Jack Osberg* (1979). Assistant Football Coach.
William Oyler* (1969). Assistant Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., Carleton College; B.S.,
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ronald C. Palosaari (1965). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel
Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kermit Paulson (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Physics. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.S., University of Wisconsin.
Pamela Paulson* (1975). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.S., University of
Colorado; M.S., University of Illinois.
Marilyn Pearson (1980). lnstructor in Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augsburg College;
M.A., St. Cloud State University.
Wayne Pederson (1969). Vice President of Finance and Management. B.S., Concordia College,
Moorhead.
Lauretta Pelton. Associate Professor of Education. M.Ed., Marquette University.
Douglas Perry*. lnstructor i n Social Work.
Ronald Petrich*. Baseball Coach
Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education.
James Porter*. Visiting Lecturer i n Women's and Minorities Studies.
George 1. Powell*. lnstructor in Business Administration.
Alice Preves* (1976). Studio Artist/Strings. B.S., M.S., University of Illinois.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chair of Religion. A.B., Augsburg
College; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary; M.Th., Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Stan Ransom*. Visiting Lecturer in Speech and Communications.
Bruce Reichenbach (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Philosophy. A.B.,
Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Kenneth Rich* (1979). Visiting Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Purdue University;
M.B.A., Harvard School of Business; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Barbara Richards-Haugen* (1979). lnstructor i n Political Science. B.A., Vanderbilt University.
Denise Rivet* (1979). Gymnastics Coach.
William Ross* (1977). Assistant Hockey Coach.
Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Paul Rusten* (1971). Adjunct lnstructor i n Art.
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor and Department Chair of Business Administration and
Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D. University of Minnesota.
Marianne Sander (1971). Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students. B.A.,
Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Saraent (1967). Associate Professor of English. B.A., University of North Carolina;
Facu lty/l37
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Irene Schilling* (1970). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., University of Wisconsin;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Maria Schweikert* (1979). lnstructor in Foreign Language. Teacher's Diploma, Budapest,
Hungary; M.A., University of Pittsburgh.
Frank Seidel*. Visiting Lecturer in Business and Economics.
Marjorie H. Sibley (1961). Associate Professor of Library Science. B.A., University of Illinois;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
R. John Singh* (1979). lnstructor in Religion.
Eugene Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological
Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Dana Skoglund* (1978). Studio Artist in Music/Piano. B.M., Augsburg College.
Emma Small* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Voice. B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music.
Howard D. Small* (1978). Studio A r t M o r g a n . B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music.
Louisa Ann Smith* (1979). Lecturer i n Library Science. B.A., Hamline University; M.A., A.B.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Paul Sonnack.* Visiting Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of
Chicago; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary.
George Stahl* (1976). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.M., Chicago Musical College.
Soterios Stavrou* (1975). lnstructor in Foreign Language. B.A., Augsburg College.
Donald Steinmetz (1968). Associate Professor of Foreign Language. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Myles Stenshoel (1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College; M.A.,
Concordia Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Bruce Stuart*. Visiting Lecturer i n Religion.
Daniel Sturm* (1979). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Grace Sulerud (1966). Assistant Professor of Library Science. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Ralph Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., University of
Nebraska; Ph.D., University of North Dakota.
Mary Swanson* (1976). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jeff Swenson.* Wrestling Coach.
Larry Tallman (1978). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., University of Kansas; M.A., Ph.D.,
Michigan State University.
Mohammed Tavokoli* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Sociology.
James ten Bensel.* Studio Artist i n Music/Trombone. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Paul Thomas* (1977). Studio Artist in Music/Cello. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Philip Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chair of Art. B.A., Concordia College;
M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Neal 0. Thorpe (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Mary Timm* (1973). Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach.
Joel Torstenson.* Professor Emeritus of Sociology.
David Tubergen* (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Hope College; M.M., Yale
University; Ph.D., New York University.
Joetta A. Vernon* (1980). lnstructor in Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Minnesota
Donald Warren* (1978). Lecturer i n English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Dorothy J. Williamson* (1970). Lecturer i n Art. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
M a r y Wilson* (1969). Studio Artist in Music/Flute. B.A., B.M., Macalester College.
Helen Woelfel (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University; M.S., Marquette
University.
David Wood (1969). Professor of English. B.S., Wisconsin State University, Eau Claire; M.A.,
Ph.D., Bowling Green University.
139 Communication List
for Mail or Telephon
140 Index
141 Academic Calendars
F?
T...
. ; .. .,
! .
..-.."". ... ,.. .......
" -,
138
O l d Main, campus keyslone
Hockey is the key attraction at the
Ice Center
Advenl Vespers in Central Lutheran
,
'
r...
,
,',,',
..,
'.:'
Communication List/139
Communications Directory
Key offices are listed for correspondence or telephone inquiries.
All have this mailing address:
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis MN 55454
Area Code: 612
President .................................................................330-1212
Dean of the College (Academic Affairs) ..................................... 330-1024
Dean of Students (Student Welfare) ........................................ 330-1 168
Director of Admissions (Admissions) .......................................330-1001
Director of Financial Aid (Financial Assistance, Scholarships) ................ 330-1046
Director of Student Life (Housing). ......................................... 330-1 105
Registrar (Academic records, transcripts, Veterans' Affairs) .................. 330-1036
Summer School/lnterim Office .............................................330-1025
Career Planning and Placement (Job Counseling, Placement Services) ....... 330-1 162
College Pastor (Spiritual life programs and activities) ........................ 330-1 107
Business Office (Fees and accounts) .......................................330-1028
Director of Development (Financial gifts to the College) ..................... 330-1 171
Director of Public Relations (Information Service, media relations,
publications). ........................................................... 330-1 180
Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs .................................... 330-1 179
College Center Manager. ..................................................
330-1 109
Ice Arena Manager ........................................................330-1251
Student Government Office ................................................ 330-1 110
General Information (Other office numbers; business hours only) ............ 330-1000
The college has designated the following persons as coordinators for discrimination inquiries or grievance:
Boyd Koehler, Assistant Professor, Library (612/330-1018) - Affirmative Action Coordinator (matters based on race, creed, national or ethnic origin)
Pat Parker, Associate Academic Dean - Memorial 231 (612/330-1021) -504 Coordinator
(matters based on physical or mental handicap)
Marianne Sander, Vice President for Student Affairs, CSD-Memorial (612-330-1 168) -Title
IX Coordinator (matters based on sex or marital status)
Bonnie-Jean Mork, Director of Personnel, 2nd Floor Memorial (612-330-1023)
ployment
- Em-
All correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual, at Augsburg College,
731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis MN 55454. Formal grievance procedures are described
in the Staff Handbook. Copies are available from the Personnel Office.
140/l ndex
Academic Adviser ..................... 77
Academic Enrichment ................. 27
Academic Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31-38
Academic Policies and Procedures
38-45
Accounting Major ..................... 52
Accreditation ....................... 6, 44
Adapted Physical Education ............ 82
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-131
Admissions
9-'1'1
Advanced Placement .................. 42
Advanced Standing
42
American Indian Programs
27
Application t o Augsburg
11-11
Application for Financial Aid
15-17
Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC)
31. 36
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Auditing Courses
41
...
.........................
....................
.............
.............
........
...............
.....................
Black Student Programs ................ 27
Black Student Union
27
Board for College and University
Services. TALC ..................... I29
Board of Regents
'129
Books and Supplies .................... 14
Brief Facts about Augsburg
44
..................
.....................
.............
Calendar. Academic ............... 31. 142
Campus M a p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Campus Tours ......................... 9
Campus Work
10
Cancellation from College
39
Cancellation of Courses
39
Career Planning and Placement
27
Center for Student
Development (CSD) .............. 27. 2'3
Certification Programs-Art
34. 47
Church Staff Work .............. 34. 112
Program Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . 34.130.120
Women's Studies
34. 127
Chemical Dependency Program
36
Chinese
62. 73
Classification ......................... 42
Coaching Endorsement
82
College Center ................ 2,3.24. 26
College Pastor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.130. 139
College Work Study Program
18
Communications Directory
13!1
Computer Programming (CDI)
36
Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR) .................... 36
38
Continuing Education
Coordinators - Discrimination
or Grievance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
82
Corrective Therapy
13
Costs 1980-81
C.P.A. Certification
34
........................
.............
...............
........
..........
................
........
...........................
................
.
...........
...........
.........
.................
....................
.........................
....................
Courses. Majors. Minors
Art. Art History .................. 47-49
Biology ......................... 49-52
Business Administration
and Economics
52-59
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-61
East Asian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Education
62-68
Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69-72
Foreign Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72-80
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Health and Physical Education
81-84
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84-87
International Relations
87
Mathematics/Computer Science
87-90
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
90-92
Metro-Urban Studies
Music. Music Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . 93-97
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98-99
Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99-101
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104-104
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103-105
Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106-109
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109-112
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112-114
Russian Area Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Scandinavian Area Studies
115-116
Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Social Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118-120
Sociology
120-122
Speech. Communication and
Theater Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122-126
Transdisciplinary Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Women's and Minority Studies
127
.................
.......................
.....
..............
...
.............
......
.....................
......
Dean's List ............................ 42
31
Degrees ..............................
Deposits ............................. 14
Directed Study ........................ 43
Dismissal from College ................42
Distribution Requirements ............. 39
Divisions .............................
32
Driving to Campus
..................... 3
.......................10
.......... 53-55
........................ 10
Early Admission
Early Childhood Education
Early Decision
Economics .........................
Elementary Education
Emeriti
Enrollment
Evaluation and Grading .............
56-59
..............63-65
..............................131
...........................14
4n-47
.........................
.................................
Facilities..
2-3. 7
Faculty .................... 31.44.132-137
Fees
14
......................
..................
.......
......................
.....................
Financial Aid
16-23
. 28
Food Service
Foreign Study
28. 37
French ............................ 73-75
13
Full-time Student
German ...........................
Grade Point Average (GPA)
Graduation Requirements
Graduation with Distinction.
Grants
Greek ...........................
75-77
......10. 39. 41
..........39-40
...........43
............................
17-78
77
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Higher Education Consortium
(HECUA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Honors Major (See Departmental listings)
Honors Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14. 28. 29
Human Development Seminars . . . . . . . . . 27
.
.
.
........
............
...................
............
43
Independent Study . . . . . . . .
26. 44
Intercollegiate Athletics
Intercultural Center
27
Inter-Institutional Programs
35
Interim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.37.3R. 39. 112
International Business
53
11. 28
International Students
Internship Program
38
26
Intramural Athletics
Japanese
62. 77
26
KCMR Radio
Kindergarten Licensure ................ 63
.................
..............
....................
...................
..........................
.........................
....................
27
Learning for Living
Library/Audio-Visual
31. 35
Library Science Courses ............. 67-68
Life Science Emphasis
98
40. 82
Lifetime Sports
Linguistics Courses ................. 77-78
Loans ................................ 40
Location
2. 3, 6
...............
..................
.....................
..........................
Majors and Minors (Also see
Courses) ........................ 33. 39
Management Major
52
52
Marketing Major
Memberships .......................... 6
Metro-Urban Studies
91
Term (MUST)
M i d d l e School Science
Emphasis
99
Minnesota State Work Study
Program ............................ 18
Mission Statement ..................... 5
Mortensen Tower
2. 3. 29
26. 97
Music Organizations
...................
......................
.......................
...........................
.................
...............
Numbering of Courses
Off-Campus Programs
................45
.................44
Part-Time Students .................... 13
Physical Science Emphasis
98
Payment Plans
15
Policies ............................ 6. 44
Pre-Professional Programs
34. 3 5
Prerequisites
45
42
Probation
Program in Global
Community
37
..............
........................
..........
..........................
............................
........................
Re-admission o f Former
Students
11
Refunds
.
15
Registration ....................... 30. 39
Religious Life
25
Residence Life
28.20
Residence Requirement ............... 39
Room Rent
13
ROTC
36
Russian .............................. 79
...........................
.........................
.........................
.....................
...........................
................................
...........
San Francisco Summer Term
92
Scandinavian Urban Studies
Term (SUST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-92
Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-23
Secondary Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-68
SEMAPHORE -- Student Handbook
26
Semester or Year Abroad
37
Sigma Pi Sigma ....................... 104
Smiley's Point Clinic
2R
Society of Physics Students ............ '104
South American Urban Semester
(SAUS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91-92
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
... 79-81
Special Interest Houses
29
Special Students (Non-degree) ......... 11
Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Student Government
25
Student Life .......................... 25
Student Project for Amity Among
Nations (SPAN) ..................... 37
Student Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,
26
Sudent Rights ......................... 29
Student Services
26-29
Study Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28. 37
Summer Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Summer Sessions ................... 31, 38
.....
..............
...................
...
................
..................
....
...................
....................33
............................
9
.........................9. 70
............................... 13
.....................9. 10
.....................
2. 3. 29
Teaching Licensure
Testscores
Transcripts
Tuition
Tuition Deposit
Urness Tower
Veterans
.............................
43
Academic Calendar
1980-81
Fall Semester
1981-8z*
Sept. 2-3
Sept. 4
Registration and Welcome
Classes Begin
Labor Day Recess
Last day t o register, add or drop
class without record notation
Last day to designate grading
option
Mid-term break
lnterim Registration
Spring Term Pre-Registration
Last day to withdraw from a class
Thanksgiving Recess Begins
Classes Resume
Classes End
Final Examinations
Final Grades Due
Sept. 1-2
Sept. 3
Sept. 7
Sept. 17
Sept. 17
Oct. 27
Nov. 10-13
Nov. 17-Dec. 5
Nov. 20
Nov. 27
Dec. 1
Dec. 12
Dec. 15-18
Dec. 29
Sept. 17
1980
1981
September
1
14
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
11
24
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
January
6
13
20
21
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
1
14
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
1 2 3
89101
15 16 11
22 23 24
2 3 4
91011
16 11 18
23 24 25
30 31
November
2 3 4 5
9 10 11 12
16 17 18 19
"10 24 25 26
6
13
20
21
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
11
24
31
4
11
I8
25
1
14
21
28
1
8
I5
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
17
24
31
5
12
19
26
Jan. 6
Jan. 23
Jan. 30
Feb. 3
Classes Begin
Last day to register, add or drop
class without record notation
Last day to withdraw from a class
Classes end
Interim grades due
6 1 8
13 14
20 21
21 28
4
11
10
25
5
12
19
26
6 1 8
13 14
20 21
21 28
5
12
19
26
I
1
9
15
22
29
2 3 4 5
9 10 11 12
16 11 I6 19
''m?'~ 25 26
Jan. 5
Jan. 22
Jan. 29
Feb. 2
3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13
11 I8 19 20
''1 25 26 21
1
14
21
28
2 3
1 0 l
16 11
23 24
30
4
l
I8
25
1
14
21
28
6
I3
20
21
1
14
21
28
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
1
14
21
28
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
11
24
4
11
I8
25
4
1
18
25
6
13
20
21
7
14
21
28
I
8
15
22
29
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
11
24
4
11
I8
25
5
12
19
26
1 2
6 1 8 9 1
13 I4 15 16
20 21 22 23
27 26 29 30
3
0
11
24
31
October
November
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
891011121314
15 18 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 21 28
29 30
June
1
8
15
22
29
2 3
1 0 1
16 11
23 24
30 31
September
6
13
20
27
May
Jan. 4
1
9
15
22
29
August
4 5 6 7
1121314
18 19 20 21
25 26 21 28
April
6
13
20
21
Interim
Jan. 5
5
12
19
26
March
I
8
15
22
29
December
7
14
21
28
3
0
17
24
31
Februarv
October
Nov. 2
Oct. 26
Nov. 9-12
Nov. 16-Dec. 4
Nov. 19
Nov. 26
Nov. 30
Dec. 11
Dec. 14-17
Dec. 28
July
1 2
6 1 8 9 1
13 14 15 16
20 21 22 23
21 28 29 30
December
6
13
20
21
1
14
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
11
24
31
4
11
I8
25
5
12
19
26
Spring Semester
Feb. 3
Feb. 4
Feb. 17
M a r . 23-27
April 3
April 17-20
April 24
April 27-May 7
M a y 15
M a y 18-21
M a y 22
M a y 27
M a y 24
Validation of registration
Classes begin
Last day t o register, add or drop
class without record notation
Mid-term Break
Last day to designate grading
option
Easter Break
Last day to withdraw from a class
Pre-registration for Fall
Classes end
Final Examinations
Final grades due
Seniors
Others
Baccalaureate-Commencement
1982
1
Feb. 3
Feb. 4
Feb. 17
(See Easter)
I
April 2
April 3-13
April 23
April 26-May 6
M a y 14
M a y 17-20
January
3 4 5 6
10 11 12 13
17 18 19 20
"1
25 26 27
7
I4
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
I
4
I1
I8
25
5
12
19
26
July
1 2
6 7 8 9 1
13 14 15 16
20 21 22 23
27 28 29 30
Augusl
3
0
17
24
31
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
18
23
30
3
10
17
24
31
7
14
21
28
5
12
19
26
6 7 8
13 14
20 21
27 28
Februarv
1
7 8
14 15
21 22
28
2
9
16
23
3
10
17
24
4
11
I8
25
5
12
I9
26
6
13
20
27
1
7 8 9
I4 15
21 22
28 29
2 3 4 5 6
1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3
16 17 I 8 19 20
23 24 25 26 21
30 31
April
1 2 3
6 7 8 9 1 0
13 I 4 15 16 17
20 21 22 23 24
2 1 28 29 30
March
M a y 21
M a y 26
M a y 23
4
I1
18
25
5
12
19
26
Summer School
J u n e 1-26
J u n e 29-Aug. 7
Term I
Term I1
'
*Subject to change
AUGSBU~COLLEGE 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454
612/330-1000
6
13
20
27
1
7 8 9
14 I 5
21 22
28 29
6
13
20
27
June
2 3
1 0 1
16 17
23 24
30
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
September
1 2 3
9 1 0 1
15 16 17
22 23 24
29 30
4
1
18
25
October
3 4 5 6
I 0 11 12 13
17 18 19 20
."J
25 26 27
7
14
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
2
5
16
23
30
November
May
2 3 4 5
9 I 0 11 12
16 17 I 8 19
7 ' ~ 0 7 ' 3 25 26
4
11
I8
25
7
I4
21
28
1
8
15
22
29
1
7 8 9
14 15
21 22
28 29
2 3 4
1 0 1 1 1
16 17 I 6
23 24 25
30
5 6
2 1 3
19 20
26 27
December
4 5
1 1 2
18 19
25 26
5
12
19
26
6 1 8
13 I 4
20 21
27 28
1
9
15
22
29
2 3
1 0 1
I 6 17
23 24
30 31
4
1
18
25
Show less
..............................~....................................
Introduction
2
Calendar.
3
About This Catalog ...................
4
Options
..,.
4
Visiting Students
5
Interim Courses
6
UMAIE Courses
47
Other Courses
48
Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51
A... Show more
..............................~....................................
Introduction
2
Calendar.
3
About This Catalog ...................
4
Options
..,.
4
Visiting Students
5
Interim Courses
6
UMAIE Courses
47
Other Courses
48
Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51
Additional Courses
52
......................................................................
.
.
.
.
........................
.................................................... ...............
...............................................................
..............................................................
..............................~.............................
.............................................
.....
....
.....................................................
I
Contents
I
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4-14 calendar, with Fall and
Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-weekJanuary Interim. Interim is particularly intended to
be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics
in places and ways not possible during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and
preparing for classas they would for a fourcourse load during
Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one
course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/
No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the
P/N system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a
more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an A u g s b q student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The
number of r e q w Interim courses is adjusted for transfer
students. Transfer students should referto their transfer credit
evaluation form, or consult the registrar.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educational
programs, activities and employment practices.
Introduction
I
Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay
Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr.David Gabrielson,
330-1025.
Interim Registration
October 28 - November 1 .................................
December 2 ......................
...............Late Interim Registration
.
.
..........J
t Day of Interim
January 6 ..........................
Class I 9:00 a.m. (first day only)
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
.
.
.
.
.
.
January 7 .......................
................Last Day for Cancel/Add
January 17 ..................Last Day for Determining Grading System
with Registrar
January 17 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 29 .....................................................................Interim Ends
Semester Begins
February 3
Interim Grades Due
February 7 ............................................
.....
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time wiIl be manged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon. (Onthe firstday of classes Time
1classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m.
Note: Mattin Luther King Day will be OM
at Augsburg with a
special convocation onMondayIJanuary20,at 1.UOp.m.Check with
your instructor for class scheduling this day.
I
Introduction
I
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings
of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recogruzed by
the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and
information about these courses are available in the Interim
Office, Memorial 230. Studentsmay also register for one of the
lifetime sports listed at the end of the Catalog.
- Students are invited tobe part of one of
International In*
the 23 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest
AssociationforInternationalEducation(UMAIE).Thesecourse
opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships:Deadline: Friday, December 13. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmentalrequirementsand present
a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship
Office(Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall
classes (Friday, December 13).The LearningAgreement forms
are available in the same office. Internships during Interim
must involve full-time work placements for approximately
four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a p m
gram of independent study (upper division 499) or directed
study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are
strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more
than one independent study per Interim. Students choosingto
pursue independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. kesent to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervisingfaculty member. This
Introduction
1
proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Oher Schools- Augsburg studentsmay enroll at
any other 414 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in
the Interim Office.The Interim Secretary will help students in
applying for registration at other schools. Registration for
Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught
during thehterim at other 4-14 schools are accepted forcredit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarilybe accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement.
Augsburg Collegewelcomes students from other 414schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to
Augsburg studentsfor the January term. The waiver of tuition
does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other
students will be charged $768for the Interim course. Students
interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write
to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms
provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an
application processing fee of $10. Studentsare welcometo stay
on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim
housing should be made to the Interim Office.
1
ART 107-42040
ART 1 18-42041
ART 35542042
Instructor:Phlllp Thompson
Course options Include Drawlng, Palnting I and Palntlng 1
I
107 Drawing - Drawing projects in pencil, pen and wash
surveying the fundamentals of visual theory, composition,
and descriptive methods with a focus on the south Florida
environment. Activities will include referenceto historical and
contemporary examples of coastal landscapes.
118 Painting I - Painting projects with a focus on the south
Florida environment in water or oil based media against a
concern for fundamentals of visual theory, composition, and
descriptive methods. Studyof the significance of coastal landscapes in the light of historical and contemporary examples.
355 Painting II - (Prerequisite: ART 118 or equivalent) Advanced study of oil and water based painting with emphasis on the south Florida environment.
Each course of study will include some interdisciplinary activities with "morida Keys Marine Biology" and "Writers of
the Florida Keys" classes. Evaluation will be based on the
quality of work, participation, and artistic growth factors.
The course fee will be about $1,200 which will include air fare,
lodging, and most meals for about two weeks in south Florida.
The primary residence will be at the Newfound Marine Institute on Big Pine Key. The Interim will include stays at Miami
Beach and trips by van to the Everglades and Key West.
DlsMbvtlon:Art/Muslc
General Educaiion Perspectives:Aesthetics
Maodmum Enrollment: 12
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 4 & 17
Arf
I
ART 290-42043
Insfructor: Steve Chapman
An overview of the visual arts of the American Indians within
the United States with some attention to Canada, Central and
South America. In addition to the visual arts of the Eastern
Woodland, Plains, Pacific, and Southwest Indians, some content may include drama, dance, poetxy, mythology, rituals, or
religion. Students will produce art work such as weaving,
baskets, pottery, jewelry, sculpture, or prints. This course is
pintly listed as Indian Studies or Art, and is one of the c o r n
available to those interested in an American Indian Studies
minor.
Dlslnbutlon:Art/Muslc
Maxfmum Enrollment:20
77me: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 17
BIO 14042044
810 34042045
Insfructor: Ralph Sulerud
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of
marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound
Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute
offers laboratory facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing
and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse
habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove
swamps, seagrass communities, and tide pools. Organisms
from these communitiesand others willbe investigated on site
and in the laboratory.A marinebiologist from the Institutewill
be available to lead all field trips and conduct specialized
classes. Upon termination of the program at the Institute, there
will be a short trip to the Florida Evergladesto experienceyet
another interesting environment.
Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made during
the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to
marine biology utilizing a variety of audiovisual materials.
The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the
completion of the course requirements.
The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology
studentswillinteractwith studentsfromJohnMitchell'scourse,
"Writers of the Florida Keys",and Phil Thompson's drawing
and painting courses.
Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the pm
gram,a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and a final
examination. Upper division students will also do a special
research project which will be the basis of an extensive paper.
Dlslrlb~on:Blology/Chemlslry
Prerequlsltes:Blology 1 1 1, 1 12 for upper dMslon credlt
Madmum Enrollment: 10
Tlme:I
Room: ScIence 205
610 102-42046
Instructor EWn Mlckelberg
A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by
plants in almost every area of society.Historically, plants have
influencedexplorationoftheplanet,militarycampaigns,health
care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will
look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh
kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence.
Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative instruments.
Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslry
Maxlmum Enrollment:30
Tlme:1
I
Room: Sclence 205
BIO 10542047
Instructor: ThomasHehst
This class will develop an increased understanding of the
current environmental and health implications of such topics
as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering,
waste disposal, biological warfare, ccarcinogens, agricultural
fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest
may also be discussed.
Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be
q u i d .A fourto six page referencedresearch paper on a p r e
approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The
papers will be evaluated on style and content, r e f l b g a
thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslryor Uhan/Women/
Mlnotify
General Education Perspecfive:Ncrtural World-2
Madmum Enrollment:20
77me: I
Room: Sclence 2 13
BIO 141-42048
Instructor:Esther McLaughlln
This course will introduce the "fifth kingdom" of organisms:
fungi. The importance of fungi in history, religion, culture,
medicine, agriculture, and industry, as well as their role in the
ecosystem (as decomposers and symbionts)will be explored.
The course will use lectures, student premtations, field trips,
audio-visual resources, and some classroom demonstrations.
Evaluation will be via weekly tests and graded presentations.
Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlstry
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: 11
Room: Sclence 2 13
Biology
I
BUS 499-42049 (IndependentStudy)
Instructoc John Cedto
Congruent with the mission of Augsburg College, this course
will be of service to the urban community by providing
research assistance to both nonprofit and profit organizations.
Students enrolled in the class will have the opportunity to
conduct field-based research projects for community-based
organizations requesting and requiring marketing research
assistance. Students should contact the instructor to obtain an
outline of the expected research methodology.
Prerequlsffes: BUS 352 or SOC 363 or completion of
another research course approved by the I ~ c t o r .
Madmum Enrollment: 10
lime: Independent Study
Room: Contact the Instructorpriorto Interim reglslraflon
CHM 100-42050
Instructor: Ariln Gyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very
popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a
traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science
background. Basic science and math are introduced early and
are taught as needed for understanding various topics and
implications.The course does assume the student is interested
in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry tolifeand
living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for
centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies.In recent
decades the human seeking of personal independencehas led
to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of
adual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, pills, plastics, processed foods, pollutants, and it goes on
and on. Emotional and mental disorders can often be traced to
chemical imbalance and wen learning appearsto be the result
of chemicalreaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the
problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but
chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our
society,our world, and our universe? Come, pin us as we take
a molecular look at the human condition.
This course will be o f f d in a lecture/discussion format.
Article handouts and films will supplement the ledure/discussion periods. Daily quizzeswillbe used for evaluation. This
course meets a distributionneed but does not satisfyprequisites for Chemistry 106,110, or 116.
Dlstrlbvtlon:Blology/Chernlstry
General Educdon Pmpectlve: Natural World2
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I/
Room: Sclence 3 15
CSC 27@42051
Instructo~Lamy Ragland
A study of the Fortran programming language for students
with previous knowledge of computer programming. This
course will expand a student's knowledge of programming
and programming languages through presentation of the
features of Fortran together with programmingtechniques for
using those features. Studentsare expected to know how to do
computer programming in someprogramminglanguage(such
as Pascal) before entering this course.
This course will involve lectures and several programming
assignments in Fortran. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations.
Prerequlslte:One course which Includes programming
I
Com~uterScience
In a programrnlng language (e.g.,CSC 170).
Madmum Enrollment:25
Time: I
Room: Foss 42
ECO 1 1M2052
Instructor Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a
metmurban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed
are:population "crisis", crime prevention, ecologyand income
distribution, distributing free bread, mass transit systems, etc.
Fundamental miroeconomic tools will be introduced to facilitate discussion of the above topics.
Final grade in the course will be based on three subjective
examinations.
Dlsf~ibvtlon:
Emer Economlcs/Pd~cal
Sclence or Uban
Concerns
Madmum Enrollment:25
rime: 1
I
Room: Sclence 2 12
ECO 1 12-42053
Instructor:Satya Gupta
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, and em
nomic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems.
Dlstdbvtlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence
Madmum Enrollment:25
Time: I
Room: Muslc 22
ECO 32342054
Instructor: Jeanne Boeh
An introduction to the field of health economics. Application of
elementary economic theory to the m t players in our health
msyjtem- hoqitals, physichs, and payas.Thedstriiutive
effects of these programs will be considered. Also, comparisons
will be drambetweenour health care system and those of other
countries.
Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or 1 13 or consent of the Instructor.
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Muslc 23
ECO 49542055
lnstructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zaw
Students will critically review the failures and successes of the
Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of
the course will be Perestroika - restructuring the Soviet
economy - and evaluating GorbacheVs economic program
in terms of economic growth, income distribution, consumer
w e k , technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991 and
their impact on the future of the SovietUnion willbe discussed
in intadisciplinaxy manner.
Method of evaluation: Active class putidpation; finallake
home research essay.
Prerequlslfe:ECO 1 12 or consent of lnslructor
Dlstrlb~on:
Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Memorlal Hall 323
EDU 353-42056
Instructor:Rlch G m u n d m
This course presents an examination and comparison of s e
lected Western and non-Western educational systems as well
as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Specla1 attention will be directed toward Scandinavian
and Central American models. There willbe lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student
evaluation will be based on class presentations and an investigative project.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standlng. or permlsslon of
Instructor.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
rime: I
Room: Ubraty4
EDU 37G42057
Instructor: Mary Ann BaV,es & Carolyn Clemmons
This course will provide future teachers with insights and
strategies that will enable them to create positive learning
environments that will enhance achievement and build selfesteem in their students.
Prerequlsltes:EDU 265, SWK250,some M d work
expedence
Madmum Enrollment:25
Time: 1
I
Room: Ubraty 4
EDE 37542058
Instructot B ~ c Drewlow
e
This class prepares students for the unique experiences and
Education
responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will
stress issues associated with adult/chiId relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization
researchplans, and developmentalinstructionpractices. Guest
speakers will be included to share their unique experiences
and perspectives.
Grades willbe based on projects, discussion, and examination.
This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequkltes: PPST Dam and EDU 255
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:I
Room: Ubrary l
EDU 388-42059
Instructor:Mlldred Mueller
This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and
oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, the
limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism,
sexism, homophobia, and economicissues.Emphasisis placed
on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms
which will include minority students, different religiousbackgrounds, the less abled, and students at risk. Students will be
expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and
complete a pro@. This coursesatisfiesthe Minnesota Human
Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is
a onehalf credit course.
This course is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequlsttes:Passlng of PPSl and admntance to
Education program In process.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I1 Tuesdays,7hursdays and alternate Fddays
Room: Ubrary l
Education
ENG 2 1942060
Instructor: John Schmlt
Language plays an important role in our socialization and
acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and
tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social
u
l
w background. For
and economical standing and our c
this reason we should expect women to speakdifferentlyfrom
men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone
from a different background to have differences of language.
Even more importantly, we must understand these differences
in order to make sure that we understand speakers from
different language communities.
This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspealang communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech: Their grammatical rules, phone
logical rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include
ledures, student presentations, and student-led discussions.
Besides presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the
presentation topic and take a final exam.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Urban Siudles, or Women's Studies, or
Mlnom Siudles
General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness
Maximum Enrollment:25
Time: 11
Room: Old Maln 27
ENG 2404206 1
ENG 342-42062
Inslructor: Kaihy Swanson
What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction
should be considered in making an evaluation?In this course,
students will find answers to these questions by mding a
variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of
the history of the form of the short story, we will begin with
tales and fables and we will read a sufficient number of classics
for the student to appreciate the historical development from
Poe to Beattie. The come will involve practice in ways of
approachingliteratureandwill include studyof thebasic critical
terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students
who have not yet studied literature at the college level.
Studentsare acpected to read the storiesand novel, participate
in class discussions, write an analysis paper on a selected short
story, write an original short story, and take several quizzes
and a final exam.
Students taking this course for upper division credit will read
an additional novel and prepare a substantial paperlclass
presentation on it.
All students will be asked to contribute $5 to enable printing
and distribution of selected original fiction from class.
Prerequlsltes: Completion of Effectlve WMng
Dlsfrlbvtlon:Englkh/Speech
General Educaiion Perspective:Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 27
ENG 136-42063
Inslrvctor John Mttchell
This course o k r s a study in the literary use of setting, in this
case an environment that will be studied aesthetically, ecologically, and culturally in concurrence with the reading of selected essays, poetry, and fiction. The study of the environment itself will involve an interdisciplinary program based at
the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key about
30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The I(ey West
Reader: The Best of the Key West Wrifers,1830-1990. In addition,
students will read three novels: Ernest Herningwafs To Hime
and ToHaw Not,Thomas McCuane's Ninety-Two in the Shade, and
Thomas Sanchez's Mile Zero, which will give a historical and
diversely cultural overview of the Keys'literary significance.
The interdisciplinary component of this course will be coordinated with two other courses:''Drawing" or 'Tainting" taught
by Phil Thompson and "Marine Biology" taught by Ralph
Sulerud. Field trips during the two-week stay will involve
excursions into the culturally and racially diverse Art Deco
District of Miami Beach; snorkeling in the coral reefs; trips to
the ,'back country" of the mangrove islands; visits to the
Hemingway house and other places of literary interest; and a
brief tour of the Everglades. A stimulating interplay of environment, culture, and literature will result; the student will be
an informed presence rather than a mere tourist.
There will be one week of introductory study on campus,
about two weeks of study in southern Florida, and about a
week to complete the course requirements back on campus.
Studentswill be expeded to keep a journal of observations and
impressions,to compose a verbal and visual sketch of a chosen
writef s house, and to write a final paper of about 10 pages in
length, based upon analysis and comparison of seleded writers' uses of environment as literary setting, especially in view
of what has been learned first-hand.
A fee of approximately$1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare), lodging, most meals, and the services
(field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the Newfound Harbor
Marine Institute.
Prerequlsltes:Petmlsslon of lnsfructor
Dlsiribution:Engllsh/Speech
Maximum Enrollment: 10
77me: 1
Room: Sclence 205
English
FRE 24342064
Insfructoc Ruth Aaskov
What is the attraction of French literature, its human and
artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in
mind we will read and analyze 810 shorter French literary
works available to us in English translation.
What willwe be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of
Dexartes and Paxal. We will explore the classical theater, the
social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth
century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St.-Exupery
will meal concernsof life that supercedenational boundaries.
We will sample one piece of francophone literature from West
Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Western culture. At mid-point each student will choose another
short work for personal study and presentation for the class.
Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active
participation in class, your timely reading and discussion
preparations, four quizzes, your independent study pmject,
and an endaf-the- course discussion of the papers.
This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of
Instructor
Dlsfrlbvtlon: Uterafure
Madmum Enrollment: 25
lime: I
Room: Old Main 12
HPE 11542065
Instrvctoc Richard Borstad
A course req& for all students majoring in education.
Students will gain knowledge of various chemicals and their
)
French/Health and Physical Education
effectson the mind and body; acquire an awareness of school
and community based resources available for assisting students with health-related problems; appreciate the teacher's
role in the school health program; and examine their own
attitudes and practices relative to chemicaluse. Topicsinclude:
legal, cultural, and historical asp& of chemicals; p h m c o l ogy; the school health program; community health programs;
epidemiology; and defining the drug problem. Lechmdiscussion format.Studentswillwrite a paper on a topic of their choice
and there will be periodic quizzes on lecture and reading
materials.
This is a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Tlme:I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays,and akmate Fridays
Room: Melby 1 1 1
HPE 232-42066
Insiructor: Carol Enke
A course designed for Physical Education majors. Students
will develop an appreciation for rhythmic activities within
Physical Education; identify and perform various dances corresponding to a variety of musical forms; and develop and
practice strategies for teaching creativity in movement. Content
includes: fundamental movement patterns (hopping,skipping,
and leaping), dances (folk, squaw, social), and creative movement. Students will practice fundamental movements and a
variety of dance h s ; develop a dance and movement notebook; teach creative movement. Evaluation will be based on
attendance, participation, and a written and practical final
exam.
Thisis a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby ZW2
Health and Physical Education
HPE 47542067
Instructor: Ed Saugestad
The purpose of this class is to equip students with the skills and
knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for
trauma associated with physical activity. Contentincludes: the
identification and care of common injuries related to various
sports; procedures for preventing injuries; taping and wrap
ping; therapeutic measures; medical resources; legal considerations. Lecture, discussion, demonstration, and A-V resources
are utilized. Students will practice various training techniques.
Evaluation includes both written and practical skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials.
This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequlslte:610 103
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:I Tuesdays, 7hursdays,and alternate Fn'days
Room: Melby l l I
HPE 478-42068
Instructoc Ed Saugestad
This courseis designed to prepare students to become coaches
of ice hockey. Includes fundamentals of skating, stick handling, shooting, passing, position play; principles of team
defense and offense; motivation of players; public relations;
scouting procedures; and care of equipment. Activities include
ledure/discussion, demonstrations, guest spakers and A-V
materials. Some on-ice activity. Evaluation includes examinations and development of a coaching notebook
This is a onehalf credit course.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby I I I
I
Health and Physical Education
I
HIS 220-42069
HIS 320-42070
Inslructor: Khln Khln Jensen
This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United
Statesin themid-19th centuryand turnof the 20th century. The
Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will receive special atkmtion. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S. immigration laws in the postWorld War I1period.Studentswill study the pattern of Asian
immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made
by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and
the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the
Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the
immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United
States to some Asian immigration.
There will be a mid-term and a finalproject (a paper, topic to
be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the
instructor) due the last day of the term.
Upper division students will be m p h d to complete a longer
paper than for lower division credit.They will also be expected
to completea book review on a book related to the course theme
and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class.
Dlsfrfbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy
Mcudmum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 13
HIS 440-4207 1
Inslructor: Don Gust&n
Gandhi and King m monumental personalities of our century,
individuals whose names carry an aura of saintliness and
whose lives and actions are now held up as pointing to the
higher levels of living that humans might reach. They are
worthy of study because of their impact on our times, but also
as a means of discovering what the passage of time may do to
the record and image of prominent figures.
In this month we will begin by looking at the contemporary
popular portrayal of both Gandhi and King as shown by the
films "Gandhi" and "Eyes On The Prize"and then by reading
materials contemporary with these men as well as later biographies and studies which attempt to assess the real persons
behind the p m t myths.
Grading will be based on papers, class participation, and a
h a l exam.
Prerequlsltes:Sophomore sta-h.~~
or above and at least
one college hlstory or polka1 sclence course.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:11
Room: Old Maln 1 1
INS 22542072
Insfructor: Amln Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to p m t his
perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the
ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets,
Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will alsobe a consideration of
the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis,
etc.).Therewillalsobesomeefforttodeal withthe similaritiesand
differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities.
Dlstrlbutlon:Mlnortty-Urban Studies
Maximum Enrollment:30
Tlme:1
I
Room: FC 42
INS I W 2 0 7 3
Instructors: WcM O b n and Ann Reener
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates.Studentswillread selected readings, which
will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also
view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or
hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars
conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study
the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for
effective seminars; evaluatetheir own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars.
Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students
and observation of students participating in seminars; reflective writing related to seminar content; and seminar participation.
Maximum Enrollment:20
lime: I1
Room: Sclence 3 19
INS 299-42074
sOC299-421 I I
Instructors: Gamy Hesser and Lds Olson
Learnfrom and about your experiences. Discover new ways to
learn by observing, collaborating, and subjectingyour acperiences to critical reflection.The course is designed to help you
connect your experiences to the liberal arts.
The actanship is a modified intanship designed for studmts
already placed in Cooperative Education positions, for studmts
Interdisciplinary
working part time in jobs related to their mapr or m r interests,
and for students actively engaged in community service. The
assumptionis that all students will be involved in appmximately
20 hours per week of placement activity during the month of
January (check with instructors if you have questions).
All students will design an individual learning plan and are
scpected to actively participate in a seminar that will meet
twice a week at times to be determined after the participant's
worklservice schedules are determined. Evaluation will be
based upon the overall quality of participation in the seminar,
which will include organizational analysis and critical assessment reflected in journals, seminar participation, and collaboration. The course is offered on a PIN basis.
Prerequlsltes:Placements secured during or prior to the
Fall semester whlch wlll contlnue during the Intefim and
pemlsslon of the Instructors.
Dlstribvflon:Urban Concerns
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Tlrne: I1
Room: Murphy Place 2
MAT 173-421 12
See Addiional Courses,page 52.
MAT 253-42075
Instructoc Bev Durkee
Our o b j j v e s are the exploration
of this new geometry of fractals, its
rules, its visuals, how it meals the
beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms
and exprience them as an art form
via computer graphics.
I
Mathematics
The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this
fernand theexistence of self-similarity regardless of the power
of magnification used in examining it. The class will also
consider the well known Mandelbmt set and Julia sets in color
and in three dimensional rendition.
Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm
and finalexam.Studentswill create a portfolio of visuals similar
to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets
which display the mathematical character of those visuals.
F i y , students will keep a pumal noting their reflections on
the intemmedions between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or created.
Prerequlsltes:M d h Placement Group 111 or hlgher
Dlsiributlon: Mathemaiics/Physlcs
General Educaiion Pmpectlves: Aahetics
Maximum Enrollment:20
77me: I
Room: Sclence 1 12
MUS 129-42076
Instructor: Stephen Gabrlebn
"Tmprovisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and
each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a
variety of improvisational techniques and styles.
Prerequlsltes: Mlnlmal abl11Yy on a muslcal Instrument or
h e Instructor's pemlsslon.
Maximum Enrollment: P m M o n of Instructor requlred
to enroll
77me: I
Room: Muslc 4
MUS 179-42077
Instructors:Robert Karien and Roberta MeMer
Much of American history and culture is derived from that of
continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris,
Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunityto
visit and experience important cultural centers that provided
theimpetus for development of culturallife in the New World.
Studentswill gain an appreciation of the role of art and music in
the history of the Netherlands, France, Austria, and Germany.
Evaluation is based on full participation in all comerelated
group activities, a daily journal, artlmusic critique sheets, and
exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no previous
experience in art or music is required.
Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast
daily, and five group dinners.
Regktmtion for this interim must be made before October 25 at
the InternationalPrograms Office,620 21st Avenue S., Minne
apolis, MN55954.Phone: 330-1655. O f f d onaP1Nbasis only.
Maximum Enrollment: 30
MUS 204-42078
Instructor: 0.
Nlck Raths
An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology
as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and
maturation (1%0s) periods. This course will examine the
musical content, methods, and historical background of s e
leded artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive exam and a short term paper that includes a critical
analysis of a chosen song. For non- music majors.
Dlslrlbutlon: Art/Muslc
Maximum Enrollment:30
Tlme: I
Room: MUSIC5
NOR 1 1 1-42079
Instructor: Frankle Shackelford
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in spealung, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding Norwegian cultwe. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and
the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will
be based on participation, daily assignments, q&,
a midterm, and a final exam.
Dlsfribvflon: Forelgn Language
General Educaflon Petspeciive: Intercultural Awareness
Madmum Enrollment: 25
77me:I
Room: Old Maln 25
PHI 17542080
Instructor: Davld Apollonl
We w
i
l
l begin by studying some common conceptions and
misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in
love with someone, and how this differs from just being
friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually.
In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following
ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there
such a thing as an ethics for sex?Is there such a thing as sexual
irnmox.ality? (b) Ssc and maniage -Is the use of birth control
moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses
does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral?
(c) The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles - Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversion? Or are they merely
alternative sexual preferences?
Teaching methods: ledure/discussion. Evaluation:two-thirds
of total grade will derive from weekly quizzes, and one-third
from a final term paper of five to ten typewritten pages. (Iwill
require that students turn in a rough draft of this paper for my
comments and criticisms.)
DlstribuHon: Hlstory/Phllosophy
General Educaflon Perspecifve: Human Idenmy
M d m u m Enrollment:30
77me: I
Room: Sclence 2 12
PH141W2081
Instructor:Mark Fuehrer
John the Scot was a ninth century Celtic philosopher who was
also a mystic. We shall study his commentary on the Prologue
to St.John's Gospelto learn how he uses philosophyto develop
a mystical reading of Sacred Scripture. I.&um will be combined with class discussions.Studentswillprepam dailyanalyses of the reading, prepare a term paper, and take a final exam.
Prerequlslte: One course In Philosophy
Dlsfrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 10
PHY 10642082
instructor Noel Pelit
"Introduction to Weathef' is a study of the science of meteorology to provide a working knowledge of the principles of
atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic
areas: the physics of the atmosphere, weather observing,
man's interaction with the atmosphere and oceanI and under-
Philosophy/Physics
standingthe world's climate. Related topics to be included a:
hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), oceanography,
pollution, economic effeds of the weather, and weathds
impact on world events.
The course consists of three weeks of lecture and laboratory
sessionsin Minneapolisfollowedby a one week trip to Florida
to visit major weather facilities. The trip itinerary includes:
Kennedy Space Center, Cape Canaveral Air Forre Base, the
National Weather Service Office in Melbome, South Florida
Water Management DistrictHeadquartersinWest PalmBeach,
the National Hurricane Center in Miami, and WTVT-TV in
Tampa. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory
program. Topics discussed in the visits include: tropical
weather, upper air soundings, hurricane tracking, fresh water
management in Florida, weathersatellites,agricultural weather,
and broadcast weather.
During the course, the student maintains a journal of weather
observed and sites visited. Daily weather maps will be used at
the visited sites to monitor conditions and aeate our own
forecasts. Daily quizzes and ledures will be given during the
travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two examinations given during the classroom period, and an individual
project completed during the trip. Cost will be approximately
$750. Initial deposit of $100 due by the end of Interim registration. Contact Professor Petit for additional information.
PrerequMe: H/gh SchoolAlgebra,MaitternatlaLevel I1
DlsMbvtlon: Mathematics/Physlcs
General Education PerspecWe: Natural Worid
Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I
Room: Sclence 723
PHY 1 17-42083
Instructors: Mark Engebrelson and Bruce Relchenbach
The course will focus on contemporary problems which arise
from our developing technological capabilities. We will consider the causes and effects of global warming, the irnplications of developing nuclear energy, the prospects and problems of genetically engineering both our foodstuffs and humans, and the urban implications of developing a light rail
system. To get a satisfactorygrasp on how to approach these
problems we will first explore what science and the scientific
methods are, how science (knowing) relates to technology
(doing), the structures used for ethical evaluation, and the
resulting interactions between the three.
Grading will be based on two tests, two short papers, and
group work. See the complete description for more details.
Prerequlslte:Mathematla Level 111
Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/l7Iyslcs
General Education Perspective: Natural World if2
Madmum Enrollment: 40
77me: I
Room: Foss21a& b
PHY 151-42084
Instructor Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in
business for years. However, it is alsopossible to usespreadsheets
to solve physics problems without using "high-powered'' mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student who is not an expert in
physics on a more intuitivelevel. We
mathematicsto +ence
will use Lotus 123to solve problems in a wide variety of physics
areas including planetary and p r o w e motion. Some of the
problems investigated might be in areas other than physics.
Gradingwill be based on spreadsheet pro*,
homework, and a
hal scam.
Prerequlslte: Math Level 111
Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/~ysIcs
Madmum Enrollment: 20
77me:I
Room: Sclence 30
PHY 337-42085
InsIructor:StuartAnderson
The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the
heart of modem physics, and l a m are probably the most
ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. This course will
begin with an overview of optics needed for understanding
imaging,beam control and dispersion, includingthe nature of
light, reflection, refraction, and interference.This setsthe stage
for tmting the physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and
the impact of cavity design on output characteristics. The
course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study
of atoms and simple molecules by the emission, absorption,
and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed
on laboratory experiences; only onethird of the class period
will be used for formal lectures and discussion, with the
balance spent in the laboratory. Grades will be determined on
the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two
onehour exams, and a formal research paper.
Prerequlsltes:PHY 12 1, 122,245 (or equhfalent),
MAT 124, 125,224
Madmum Enrollment: 10
Tlme: I1
Room:Sclence 30
POL 29542086
lnstructoc Elkabeth Anderson
Contrary to American popularbelief, Canada is not just a colder
version of the United States. Canadian national identity is alive
and well, and currently a much debated topic - in Canada.
In this new course, we will examine Canadian identities (thm
Ph ysics/PoliHcal Science
I
is at least one for every pmvince) through cultural forms produced in the last 30 years. Emphasizing the c u l t d studies
approach to history, we will draw from various "texts1' (stories,
poetry, non-fiction, film,music, W, newspapers, art and architecture)and events (the Quiet Revolution and the Refemdurn
in Quebec, theMeech lake Accords, thestandoff at Oka,the FIR
Trade Agreement between the U.S. and Canada, the arrival of
new immigrants, the Persian Gulf War)in ordm to q l o r e
Canada from Canadian perspectives. Our focus will mainly be
&an, and centend on the cities of Monkall Toronto, and
Vancouver. Our methods of analysis will be interdisciplinary
and comparative (Canada-U.S. border studies).
Grades will be based on active participation in class discussions, one oral presentation, and a final written project.
Mcudmum Enrollment:20
77me: I
Room: Old Maln 2 1
POL 37 1-42087
Instrvctor: Phll Ushman
This course will examine the c m t political and legal rights
and responsibilitiesof the American employee in the contemporary labor market. Various forms of employment issues,
including contract rights, wrongful termination, workers compensation for pb-related injjes, safety in the work place,
protection against illegal discrimination on the pb, drug and
alcohol testing, and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow''
will be studied. Wherever possible, the opposite position of
the employer will be presented.The role of the American labor
union movement and employel's political action groups will
be addressed where relevant.There will be field trips to o b
m e actual court and/or administrative law proceedings.
Students will also meet with employment lawyers and repre
sentatives of industry.
Students will prepare a specla1 mini-term paper and take a
final examination.
PrerequlsRes:Junlor or Senlor status; One course In
Pdmcal Sclence or Economics.
Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence
Madmum Enrollment: 35
77me: Monday and Wednesday evenlngs, 6:309:30p.m.
Room: Old Maln 16
POL 42 1-42088
Instructor: Wllllam Mods
This course will examinethe impact of American films on U.S.
citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose
principal themes deal with particular political practices and/
or institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracy of these
images by considering the films in light of the scholarly
literature and other information available on each subject.
Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical
situation and dilemmas of decision-making in politics.
As part of the course, students will submit written analyses
and evaluationsof the political context or "image" of politics
in the films shown in class. These, plus additional articles and
portions of books from the social sciences and other literature
paralleling some of the films' themes, will serve as the basis for
class discussion. The papers, two tests on assigned readings
establishing the framework for the class, and class participation will determine final grades.
Students will be assessed a specialfee to cover the rental of the
films and viewing equipment.
Prerequlsttes: POL 121, 122,or 158
Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence
Political Science
Madmum Enrollment: 20
Tlme:1I
Room: Old Maln 2 1
PSY 10542089
Inslructor: Wendy VanLoy
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in
psychology for the purpose of understandingbehavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are
emphasized.
Dlslnbvtbn: Psychology/Soclology
General Educaffon Perspective: Human Identity
Madmum Enrollment: 25
77me:1I
Room: Old Maln 25
PSY 32 1-42090
Instructors:Nancy Stebkry and Dlane Plke
The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a
sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p
per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including police,
lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence,and law and corporations.
Thew is a midterm and final examination plus two written
assignments.
Note: Students who have completed PSY 335should not enroll
in this course.
Prerequlsltes:SOC 12 1 or PSY 105
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 18
PSY34CM2091
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological,
cultural, and theological perspedives. A variety of myths and
symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding
of one's individual self and of how the conceptualizations of
your self have been molded by a variety of social, cultural, and
historical influences. The content of the course will include
topics such as the impact of science on myth; the mythologies
of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation;
and metaphors of psychological transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the
assigned readings. Students will be scpeded to be p r e p 4
for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in
the class discussions. Students will be given some of the
responsibilityfor leadingdiscussions.Evaluationwillbe based
on class participation and five short (600-800 word) papers.
Prerequlslte:PSY 105
Madmum Enrollment: 16
Time: I
Room: Old Maln 1 1
PSY 370-42092
Inslrvctor: Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of
the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will
be considered. Idealism direded toward other persons and
society will be the main focus.
-
Psychology
This course willbe conducted as a seminar with a high level of
student contribution and participation. Attendance at each
class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, fmpent shirt papers, and hequent oral reports.Each
student will be required to seek out and interview persons in
the adolescent-level of development. Typewriting or equivalent word processing skill will be required.
Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by
Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be
availablein the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1.Content
of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and
will provide a base for further learning in the course.
This course is offered only on PIN basis.
RerequlsRes: PSY 105
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 29
REL 24 1-42093
Instructor Brad HoH
Off the beaten track of American tourists, this journey focuses
on meeting African faith communities,observing their rituals,
listening to their music, and observing their art. We encounter
the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each of these faiths
brings intriguing surprises as they reflect African culture in a
variety of ways. Our access to the Christian communities will
exceed that of the other two, but Christianity in Africa can only
be understood in the context of "ATR" and Islam. Each of these
has influenced the others. Both the mission-founded and the
"independent' churches have developed creatively in music,
theology, and spirituality.At the same time, political tensions
characterizethe relations of the churches and Islam, as Nigeria
prepares for a return to civilian rule in 1992.Our learning will
Religion
include various kinds of input: reading, lectures, interviews,
visits to sites, observation of worship, and discussions.
Through it all, we live simply, encountering life in a Third
World country which is strugglingto find appropriateblends
of African and Western culture. We will travel light, study
hard, and experiencethe taste, the markets, and the worship of
one of Africa's most energetic nations. The course is designed
for students seriously interested in religion who are in good
health. A visa is required for Nigeria.
Fee: $3,495 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast daily,
one group dinner in London, all dinners (22) in Nigeria.
Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellgon requlremenls)
Madmum Enrollment: 15
REL 32842094
Instructor: John Benson
There is nothing more familiar to us than parties, sports, and
games. Yet most take them for granted. It may come as
something of a surprise to us, then, that the festival, play, and
"game theory" have been of keen interest, not only to anthropologists, sociologists, and psychologists, but also to students of religion and Christian theology. In this course we will
use lectures, small group discussions, and field trips to look
into some of this fascinating material. There will be two essay
tests, several special preparations related to discussions, and a
final project.
Prerequlsltes:REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1
Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellglon requirements)
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln I8
Religion
REL 34342095
Instructor Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision
that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our
heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether
you m manied or not, but it will increase your certainty and
the possibility for meaning/intirnacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian teachings, many
theories will be studied with particular attention given to the
work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and secondarily to the family.
There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one
paper,andtwotestsTwobookswillbe~.
PrerequMes: REL I I I or /?EL22 I orpemlsslon of Insiructor
Dlstrbution: Rellglon (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellgon requirements)
Mdmum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Muslc 24
REL 345-42096
Inslructoc Eugene S k b b e
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is
at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century
and its development, and cultural influence during 950 years
of history. An anthology including two monographs and the
professox's lectures, plus reserve reading will provide an
overview.L.&m and class discussion will deal with examples
of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy,
sociology, and theology. Requirements include three exams
and one short paper.
Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or 221
DlsfrlbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellglon requlrements)
General Educatlon Perspecffve: Chrlsffan F a l h
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 16
REL 44 1-42097
INS 49542098
Insiructoc Lynne Loremen
This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity and
feminism, and how they might be compatible. Attention will
be given to religious influences on societal roles for women
and men, feminist interpretationof the Bible, and the implications of feminism on Christian theology, especiallyin terms of
language and metaphor. There will be daily reflection papers
on the assigned readings which include questions for class
discussion. Evaluation will be based on the papers, class
participation, and a final exam.
Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or REL 22 1
DlsMbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellglon requlrements)
General Educatlon Perspecffve: ChrlsflanFaM
Mcudmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 23
SWK 25742099
Instructoc Mary Lou Wlllam
Experientiallearning occurs as studentsvolunteer 80 hours of
service (in a senices agency or institution which students
Re/igion/Socia/ Work
I
select).The placementmust be approved by course faculty and
supervised by agency staff. In the context of .this volunteer
experience, students have the opportunity to interact with
human service professionals, clients, and communities of
diverse culture/ethnic heritage and special c o n m s (age,
socioeconomic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical
abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students
learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future
career in the human services.
The three hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions
which assist students in integrating agency experiences and
readings which explore the historical development of social
welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of
social work as a profession. 9udents will also examine and
critique the manner in which social, economic, and political
strudures impact diverse groups in society. Students will
focus on their own responsibilitiesin society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns,
such as poverty and the "isms".
This course is required for the Social Work major; open to all
students.
General Educcrtlon Perspective: The Clty
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Tlme: I
Room: Muphy Place 1
SWK 3 m 2 100 (fv11COUM)
SWK 3D42/09(1/2 course)
Instrvctor Marla Brown
Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (Stokely
Carmichael)? Is family violence just a reflection of society's
violent attitude? Why does family violence occur,and when,
and to whom? Today, identified violence in families has
Social Work
reached what many professionals consider epidemic proportions.This courseis intended to be an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including contributing factors and
consequences for the family and the broader society. Students
will research various forms of family violence. Classroom
speakers will include professionals who are involved in curm t policy-making and program delivery in family violence.
Onehalf d i t option: classroom discussions, readings and
the development of an annotated bibliography on area of
interest in family violence.
Full credit option: q u i r e s writing and presenting of research
on a m of interest in family violence, in addition to the above
work
Prerequlslte: Introductory coum work In soclal work,
psychology or sociology
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 23
SWK 339-42 101
Instructor: Edwlna Hertzberg
An historical overview of homelessness in the U.S. provides a
base for understanding the current situation in the U.S.and in
the Twin Cities. Ledures, films, discussions, field trips, guest
lectures, a research paper, and volunteer work with homeless
people in the field provide opportunities for participants to
learn the &ties of the situation of homelessness - needs,
resources, and causatives. Evaluation will be based on class
participation, volunteer work, and a research paper.
Specla1fee: $30 per person. Checkpayable to Augsburg
College to be glven to lnsfructor on flrst day of class.
Prerequlslte:Deslre to learn about homelessness
General Education Perspective: The CHy
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 22
Social Work
SWK 4.6642 102 (lull course)
SWK 4.6642 1 10 (1/2 course)
Insiructor:Rosemary Unk
Course content will be continuation of Field Work 11 -educationally-focused field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field place
ment, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in
writing by the field instructor using previously developed
contract and social work evaluation forms.
Prerequlslte:SWK 462 (FleM Work II)
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Tlme:I
Room: To be arranged
'Note: Thls Is the depahent's new fitb for Sociology
265, which was previously Lted as Raclal and Mlnorfty
Group Relations.
SOC 26542 103
lnsiructoc Gordon Nelson
This course examines the nature of human p u p s who, for
reasons of birth, accident, appearanceIor behavior, have been
"set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society.
Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to
which such groups have developed meaningful cultures which
have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who m part of the larger society. In
addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will
include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation
during which members of the class will be asked to focus on a
particular culturalp u p otherthan their own. Thisobservation
will become the basis for a class pmentation by each member,
either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class
can scped evaluation to be based on a combination of class
participation, their respective class presentations, and a final
examination. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis only.
Dlslrlbuiion:Mlnorfty/Uiban
General Educdon Petspeciive: Intercultvral Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Sclence 3 15
SOC321-42104
Inslructor:Dlane Plke and Nancy Steblay
The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a
sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p
per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including: police,
lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence, and law and corporations.
There is a midterm and final plus two written assignments.
Students who have completedPSY 335should not enroll in this
course.
Prerequlsffes: SOC 12 1 or PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment:20
Time: I
Room: Old Maln 18
SPA 1 1 1-42105
lnslructoe Anffa nsher
Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but
secondary goals m to develop reading and writing skills as
well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continuewith
Spanish 112 in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and
grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clanfy those
in the text.Evaluation will include class participation, a test on
each chapter, and a written and oral final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Forelgn Language
General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness
Mawlmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 29
SPC 32 1-42106
Insfructor James Hayes
This "handsan" course will give students the opportunity to
refine their public speaking skills in a contest format. Students
will be q u i d to enter three d h t forensics events (irnpromptu speaking, a public address, and oral interpretation of
an event of their choice) at three interscholastic tournaments
held during the month of January. In addition, the class will
prepare a videotaped program of their work as an instructional
aid for future forensicscontestants. Evaluation will be based on
p e r and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to some degree, competitive success. Students
should contact the instructor at the time they register to obtain
an information packet that will help them get off to a "running
s W in January.Those who milmust be available to participate in tournaments outside of regular class time on the following dates: January 17-18, January 2425, and January 28.
Prerequlsltes:SPC I 1 1 or consent of instructor
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I1
Room: Foss 2 1a/21b
Lnnnrh r m m d & m t i n n
&' Thnntrn
SPC 340.42107
Instructor: David Lapakko
We all encounter deception and exploitation in politics, advertising, selling, and personal relations. How can one decide
whether to conceal information from a customer, to use subliminal persuasion, to "blow the whistle" on one's employer,
to use photographs or body language to give a misleading
impression? How can one sort out and weigh the various
ethical considerations?
In this course we will use case studies and a variety of ethical
perspectives to analyze ethical problems in such fields as
advertising, public relations, sales, and politics. We will also
consider issues in subliminal persuasion, nonverbal communication, and interpersonal communication. The main objective is to improve our ability to make ethical decisions.
Activities will include ledures, readings, case studies, interviews, oral reports, papers, debates, and two examinations.
The emphasis will be on case studies involving situations
encountered in everyday life.
Prerequlsltes:A course In philosophy or consent of
Instructor
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Fos 43
SPC 347-42 108
Instructor: Deborah Bart
A video production course which integrates ledure and criticism with hands-on video experience. This course addresses
non-fiction subject areas. Studentswill view several d m e n taries in class and will work in production teams to produce
short documentaries of their own. Additional time will be
S ~ e e c h .Communication.
'
& Theatre
I
required for editing.
Prerequlsltes:Junior or Senlor
Madmum Enrollment: 15
77me: I
Room: Foss 175
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further
information about the following comes can be obtained from
Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 620 21st
Avenue S. (330- 16.5)or from the Interim Office (330-1025).
Registration for these Interims ends October 25,1991. These
courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a
lower division number.
The Carlbbean and Its People Through Literature
Chlna In Transltlon
Contemporary European Buslness
Contemporary Theatre & Soclety In Brltaln
Cultural Confllct In Renaissance Italy
Down-Under In New Zealand
Egypt In Transltlon
E~erlenclngIndla: Past and Present
Famlly In Focus: Pollcy and Programs In Sweden, Denmark,
and England
Fleld Blology In Ecuador: Raln Forest and Galapagos Islands
The Greek Bperlence
Hapsburg Herltage: Central Europe after The Fall of the Wall
Hawoll: Culture and Hlstory
Hope and Glory: ChristIanHyIn England, France and G e m n y
Iberla: A Fuslon of Cultures
Law In London
Literary Landmarks: England, Scotland, Wales
The New European CommunHy: Economics and Culture In a
Post- 1 992 Europe
Reconqulsta to Emplre: Medleval & Early Modern Spaln
Rellglon & Grassroots Movements for Soclal Change In Brazil
Rellglon In Afrlca: Creatlvliy and Confllct
Russian Language In Moscow
Sounds and Sights of Europe
Sovlet Unlon and Eastern Ewope: Gender Issues
UMAIE
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for
credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other
expenses which arethe responsibility of the student.They are
offered only on a PINbasis. Fuller descriptions and detailsfor
registering are available in the Interim Office.
4-
SAILINGIN THE VIRGIN~SLANDS(January7-23,1992)
HPE 455421 14
Insfructo~Joyce Hal7
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cruising.The course will take
the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will
live aboard a 43% foot fixed-keel sailboat with fivelsix other
people and will function as an active crew member. Actual onthe-water instruction will be the major part of the course.
Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed.
The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg
day students and qualifying4-1-4 students.Others willhave to
pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academiccredit.
Total payment is due October 31,1991.
Prerequisite: Pemlsslon from Joyce Pfatf of the Heah
and Physlcal Education Depahent (6 1 2 / W 1247).
Dlslrlbutlon:Metlme Sports: also one course cred/t.
HPE 2 12-421 15
Check for informationin the Interim Office for material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the M i ~ e s o t a b d i a nborder or for white-water canoeingand desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the December 26 through January26 period.There
is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available).
AGENDA
(December 29 - January 10,1992)
P O L 398-421 16
This is a two-week seminar which enables undergraduate
students to explore their own leadership styles in workshops
which use instructional resources such as Myers-Briggs PersonalityInventory. In addition, the students examinepersonal
styles of leaders from government and politics, the media,
education, and business, who address such topics as values,
ethics, risk-taking, decision-making, management theories,
and organizational structures.The seminaris a blend of readings and research on leadershiptheory, ampleopportunityfor
question-and-answer sessions with national leaders, small
group discussions, and workshops that help students practice
leadershiptechniques. SitevisitscanincludetheU.S. Chamber
of Commerce, the International Monetary Fund, and foreign
embassies in Washington.
AND THE
MEDIA
(December 29 - January 10.1992)
A
POL 398-421 17
This two-week seminar for undergraduate students features
Washington's media personalities, who are readily available
Other Courses
I
to The Washington Center. This popular topic attracts students in many fields, e.g., communications, journalism, political science, and English. Sample topics include the role of the
press in a democratic society; the press, politics, and public
policy; and how Washington journalists view national and
world leaders and issues. Site visits include mapr network
studios, the Pentagon, and foreign embassies. Guest speakers
have included nationally renowned print and broadcast purnalists, political media consultants and managers, and political-govement officials, such as former Republican National
Committee Chair Frank Fahrenkopf, ABC newsman David
Brinkley, MacNeil/Lhrefs compondent Judy Woodruff,
and Linda Edwards, Executive Director, National Association
of Black Journalists.
CAMPAIGN
1992: INPURSUIT
OF THE
PRESIDENCY
(January 12-17.1992)
POL 398-42 1 18
This oneweek seminar will introduce participants to the
politics and mechanics of running a presidential campaign.
h g r a m sessionswill be designed to familiarke studentswith
the presidential election process and its impact on American
politics. Topics will include the organization and procedures
of the Democratic and Republican parties, the primaries and
conventions, media coverage of the campaign, and current
campaignissues.Sitevisitswill include the headquarters of the
Democratic and Republican National Committees and the
Washington offices of presidential candidates. Campaign
workshops will be offered to give students hands-on skills in
grass-root organizing and managing campaigns. The seminar
will assist participants in developing the knowledge and
making connections to become involved in the presidential
campaign when they return to their campuses. Studentswho
plan to attend the summer convention programs are encour-
Other Courses
aged to attend IT
' n Pursuit of the Presidencf' as an intmiuction to the campaign process.
These Interims begln December 29 and conffnue unffl
January 18, 1992,Infotmaffon on either of the above
programs, houslng and flnanclal asslstance Is avallable
from Dr. Wllllam Monjs In Mernorlal Hall, 1 1 1B, or Brenda
Elllngboe, Memorial Hall, 1 17A. 33G 1 197.
The following actMnes are avallable to students during
Interim and students may reglster for these class6 as
well as for a regular course. These acff W do not carry
course credlt.but do meet the llfeffme spods requlre
ment for gradualion.
HPE 002-421 19
lnslructoc Mlke Teltelbaum
The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American
Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt
instructor. Fee of $25.
Dlsfrlbutlon: Ufeffme Sports
Maximum Enrollment: Controlled by lnsfructor
Tlme: 12:W1:00p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays
Room: Melby Gym
HPE 002-42120
lnslructoc Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of badminton.
Dlstrlbvtlon:Ufeffme Sports
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I Tuesdays.Thursdaysand alternate Fridays
Room: Melby Gym
I
Lifetime S ~ l o r t s
HPE 002-42 12 1
Instructor: Bdan Ammann
Practice and playing of racquetball.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufetlme Sports
Madmum Enrollment: 10
Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and attemate Fddays
Room: Melby Gym
HPE CK)2-42122
Instructor: Carol Enke
Designed for students who may q u i r e special, modified
physical activity.Enrollment in this class requires consultation
with the instructor.
PrerequlsHe: Consent of Instructor.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufeiime Sports
Madmum Enrollment: Controlled by Instructor
lime:Ananged
Room:Ananged
EDU49542113
Instructor: Ted Welcher
This course will provide you with an introduction to issues
related to deafness and the modes of communication used by
deaf people. We will examine the language, education, social
and political aspeds, and cultural issues within the deaf com-
munity. Lectures, guest lechms, viewing of videotapes, and
reading assignments will include information pertaining to
the following areas: anatomy and physiology of the hearing
mechanism, etiology of deafness, hearing evaluation and
amplification issues, the grieving/adjustrnent process associated with having a deaf child or family member, education of
hearing impaired childm, oral versus manual comrnunication controversy, linguistics of American Sign Language, Pidgin Sign English and manual English communication systems,
historical/political perspectives of deafness (including legislation affecting deaf people), accessibility issues, deafness and
cognitive functioning and interpreting issues.
General Educdim Pmpectlve:Approval pendlng for
IntercuItvralA warenesf, cat ego^^ I.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Foss Center 43
INS 2 1G42 124
Insfructor BIII Green
This course introduces college students to the experiences of
first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study
in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first year students typically face, and explore ways
to cope with these pressures.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
rime: 1
I
Room: Muslc 23
MAT 1 73-421 72
Instructor:Mathew Foss
You buy a car and have monthlypayments. Would you liketo
know how to figure out if your payments are fair? Or would
I
Additional Courses
'
you liketo be ableto determinehow much to save everymonth
so your kids can go to college?Or if you're paying a fair rate for
life insurance? If so, Math of Interest may intemt you. This
course will be of interest to students in business or economics
or anyone "interested" in exploring compound interest.Evaluation will be based on quizzes and classroom work.
Prerequlsttes: Math Placement Group 111 or equivalent
DlsMbvtlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime://
Room: Sclence 1 12
SOC 121-42123
Instructor: Rlta Webbrod
This course is designed to help studentsbetter understand the
social world they live in. The objectives of the course are to (1)
teach sociological concepts for analyzing society, (2) develop
skills in evaluating sociologicalarguments and issues, and (3)
acquaint students with the state of knowledge in areas of
sociological study.
Students will participate in a panel discussion on a current
social issue. Written assignments will include a short paper
focusing on the supplementary reading.
DlsMbvtlon: Psychology/Soclology
General Educdon Perspecfive: Soclal Wodd
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I1
Room: Old Maln 13
Additional Cor rrs.es
1
Show less
THE
INTERIM
The I n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of the school y e a r a t
Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y intended t o be a
time providing o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y
t o employ s t y l e s of teaching and l e a r n... Show more
THE
INTERIM
The I n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t of the school y e a r a t
Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y intended t o be a
time providing o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r both s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y
t o employ s t y l e s of teaching and l e a r n i n g , t o i n v e s t i g a t e
p a r t i c u l a r q u e s t i o n s and t o p i c s and t o use urban and o t h e r
off-campus resources i n ways not p o s s i b l e during the
r e g u l a r t e nn.
GRADUATION
REQUIREMENTS
To graduate, an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s required t o complete
35 courses of which a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m courses
( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s than the number o f y e a r s of f u l l time
enrollment a t Augsburg; e.g., a t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t e n r o l l e d
f u l l time f o r two years i s required t o complete one
i n t e r i m f o r graduation 1.
There i s no t u i t i o n refund f o r a s t u d e n t who chooses not
t o e n r o l l i n an i n t e r i m course.
One course i s considered a f u l l time load .during i n t e r i m
and no s t u d e n t i s permitted t o r e g i s t e r f o r more than one
course d u r i n g the period.
LISTINGS
Most i n t e r i m courses a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e
of 4.0 t o 0. Students g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o
r e g i s t e r on a Pass/No c r e d i t b a s i s . A few i n t e r i m courses
a r c graded only on the P/N system; t h i s l i m i t a t i o n i s
i n d i c a t e d i n the course d e s c r i p t i o n .
Some courses a r e o f f e r e d with e i t h e r upper o r lower
d i v i s i o n standing. Such i n t e r i m courses have two numbers
l i s t e d and the s t u d e n t must s e l e c t . Students r e g i s t e r i n g
f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g should a n t i c i p a t e a d d i t i o n a l
assignments and/or a more rigorous grading s t a n d a r d .
OPTIONS
June I n t e r i m
A t l e a s t t h r e e i n t e r i m courses w i l l be t e n t a t i v e l y
o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1978 s e s s i o n of summer school
( s e e l i s t i n g s under H i s t o r y , Music and P o l i t i c a l Science).
An Augsburg s t u d e n t may r e g i s t e r i n a June i n t e r i m course
i n l i f u of t h e January term with no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n
charge; however, s t u d e n t s planning t o e l e c t the June
i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e time of the i n t e r i m
r e g i s t r a t i o n i n t h e f a l l . S t u d e n t s wishing t o t a k e t h e
June i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o the January one w i l l be
r e q u i r e d t o pay r e g u l a r summer course t u i t i o n .
Internships
Students a r e not encouraged t o seek an i n t e r n s h i p course
assignment d u r i n g the i n t e r i m . I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o
s t u d e n t s who continue an i n t e r n s h i p from the f a l l term
o r who begin an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l continue i n t o the
s p r i n g term. Occasionally a s t u d e n t who has had previous
work experience can develop an i n t e r i m i n t e r n s h l p which
draws upon and expands t h e previous work experience.
Students e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o p r e s e n t
a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o the I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e (Science H a l l , Room 135) by no l a t e r than
Monday, December 12.
Independent o r Directed Study
Students may e l e c t a program of e i t h e r independent study
(upper d i v i s i o n ) o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y (lower d i v i s i o n ) f o r
the i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e s t r o n g l y discouraged
from a c c e p t i n g r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r more than one independe n t o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y p e r i n t e r i m . Students e l e c t i n g
independent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must:
1 ) meet departmental requirements
2 ) p r e s e n t a t r e g i s t r a t i o n a w r i t t e n statement from
t h e f a c u l t y member who w i l l d i r e c t t h e study
3 ) submit t o the I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r by December 1 a
d e s c r i p t i o n of the intended s t u d y ( t o p i c ,
procedure, end r e s u l t , and form of e v a l u a t i o n ) .
Students not s u b m i t t i n g t h i s information by
December 1 w i l l have t h e i r r e g i s t r a t i o n cancelled.
I n t e r i m s a t Other Schools
Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4
i n s t i t u t i o n which o f f e r s a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement.
Catalogs of t h e s e i n t e r i m o f f e r i n g s can be c o n s u l t e d i n
t h e I n t e r i m Center, Room 135, S c i e n c e H a l l . R e g i s t r a t i o n
f o r i n t e r i m s i n t h e Twin C i t y c o l l e g e s w i l l be done a t
Students
Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d .
i n t e r e s t e d i n a t t e n d i n g any o t h e r i n s t i t u t i o n d u r i n g the
i n t e r i m should c o n s u l t t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r o r h i s
s e c r e t a r y (Room 135, S c i e n c e H a l l ) .
Non-Augsburg S t u d e n t s
Augsburg College w i l l a c c e p t s t u d e n t s from o t h e r 4-1-4
s c h o o l s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n charges
provided t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n a g r e e s n o t t o
charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e J a n u a r y term.
The w a i v e r o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s charged
i n a d d i t i o n t o t u i t i o n . Other s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged
$390 f o r t h e i n t e r i m c o u r s e .
S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m
should w r i t e t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p r o p r i a t e
a p p l i c a t i o n forms. These s t u d e n t s a r e r e s p o n s i b l e f o r
t h e i r own housing and boarding arrangements, though
r e q u e s t s f o r on-campus housing can be made t o t h e o f f i c e
of t h e interim d i r e c t o r .
CLASS
TIMES
The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two blocks o f time.
The number and l e n g t h o f c l a s s meetings a s w e l l a s t h e
beginning time w i l l be arranged t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s .
All Interim classes w i l l meet the- f i r s t and l a s t class
Classes scheduled f o r P e r i o d I w i l l
d a y s of the tnterim.
meet the f i r s t day a t 9:00 and cfasaes scheduled f o r
Period IS will meet the f i r s t day a t 1:00.
INTERIM
CALENDAR
November 7-10
Interim Registration
December 12
Late I n t e r i m R e g i s t r a t i o n
January 3
F i r s t Day of I n t e r i m
9:00 a.m.
Class I
1:00 p.m.
Class I1
January 4
Last day f o r cancelladd
January 6
Last day f o r determining
grading sys tem
January 20
Last day f o r c a n c e l l i n g c l a s s
January 27
I n t e r i m ends
THIS
CATALOG
This c a t a l o g l i s t s courses by departments with departments
l i s t e d i n a l p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r . A t t h e end of t h e book a r e
l i s t i n g s of s p e c i a l overseas i n t e r i m s o f f e r e d by S t . Olaf
College and o t h e r courses not o f f e r e d by Augsburg College
but recognized by the College f o r i n t e r i m c r e d i t . F u r t h e r
d e s c r i p t i o n s and information about t h e s e courses a r e
a v a i l a b l e i n the i n t e r i m o f f i c e .
NEED
MORE
HELP?
Check with t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e (Science H a l l 135) and the
I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y , Marilyn P e t e r s e n , o r with the I n t e r i m
D i r e c t o r , D r . Don Gustafson. The i n t e r i m phone i s
e x t e n s i o n 403.
AMERICAN STUDIES
08255
AMERICAN INDIAN VOICES
IN THE 20TH CENTURY
Instructor: Grier Nicholl
American I n d i a n s speak f o r themselves through a u t o biography, f i c t i o n , p o e t r y and o t h e r w r i t i n g s . Readi n g s w i l l f e a t u r e t h e l i f e s t o r y o f a n Ogala Lakota
h o l y man, Black Elk Speaks (1932); N. S c o t t Momaday's
n o v e l , House Made o f Dawn (1967); and Vine ~ e l o r i a ' s
C u s t e r Died f o r Your S i n s and I n d i a n M a n i f e s t o (1969).
-----,
A c t i v i t i e s i n the course w i l l include informal small
group d i s c u s s i o n s ; a j o u r n a l o f r e a d i n g c r i t i q u e s ;
s h o r t r e p o r t s of a d d i t i o n a l reading; musical recordings;
and a p o e t r y r e a d i n g by a mid-western I n d i a n p o e t .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
None
Humanities
Time: I1
Room:
Gym 24
AMERICAN STUDIES 08377
A HISTORY OF AMERICAN JAZZ STYLES
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Music.
ART 10242/10342
'
FILM-MAKING I
FILM-MAKING II
Instructor.:
-Paul Rusten
Film-making through p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . D i s c u s s i o n
and o b s e r v a t i o n o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l , e l e m e n t s
o f f i l m . The making o f a 16mm sound f i l m .
Lab f e e o f $70.00
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
None f o r Film-making I
You must h a v e t a k e n Film-making I
i n o r d e r t o t a k e Film-making 11.
Humanities
I
Room:
Film C e n t e r , E a s t H a l l
ART 10247
LIFE DRAWING
Instructor:
Nonnan Holen
A s t u d y o f undraped f i g u r e s f o r a r t s t u d e n t s and non a r t
s t u d e n t s . The media w i l l i n c l u d e p e n c i l , i n k , c h a r c o a l ,
and p a s t e l . There w i l l be a $10.00 p e r s t u d e n t model
fee.
Prerequisites :
Time:
I
None
Room:
A r t Studio 6
ART 10179/10379
ART & MUSIC IN SOUTHERN GERMANY
& AUSTRIA
I n s t r u c t o r s : Robert K a r l e n and
P h i l i p Thompson
B u i l d i n g upon t h e r i c h a r t s r e s o u r c e s a v a i l a b l e i n Munich,
Vienna, and S a l z b u r g , t h e program w i l l combine a s u r v e y o f
a r t and music i n t h e Ancient World, Middle Ages, Renaiss a n c e and t h e Modern World. D a i l y a t t e n d a n c e a t museums,
g a l l e r i e s , m u s i c a l performances and o t h e r a p p r o p r i a t e
s i t e s a r e p a r t o f t h e s c h e d u l e which i n c l u d e s f o u r days
i n , L o n d o n a n d / o r P a r i s , t e n days i n Munich, n i n e days i n
Vienna and t h r e e days i n S a l z b u r g .
While a l l p a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o s t u d y both
music and a r t , a n a r e a o f c o n c e n t r a t i o n may be s e l e c t e d
from t h e f o l l o w i n g :
-
1. Music H i s t o r y and A p p r e c i a t i o n
Journal and/or
research t o p i c paper
2. A r t H i s t o r y and A p p r e c i a t i o n
Journal and/or
research t o p i c paper
3. Drawing ( S t u d i o A r t )
D e s c r i p t i v e and i n t e r p r e t i v e
drawing w i t h emphasis on a r c h i t e c t u r e i n g r a p h i t e ,
crayon, i n k and wash.
4 . Independent Study
Music a n d / o r A r t w i t h i n s t r u c t o r ' s
approval
-
-
-
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
C o s t : $995.00
Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r ( s )
A r t o r Music
Also c o u n t s toward a r t major
BIOLOGY 20102
PLANTS IN HUMAN SOCIETY
I n s t r u c t o r : Erwin M i c k e l b e r g
A s t u d y o f t h e r o l e p l a n t l i f e h a s and i s p l a y i n g i n
human s o c i e t i e s . P l a n t anatomy, morphology, geography
and t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p o f p l a n t s t o p e o p l e w i l l be d i s c u s s e d . A b r i e f s u r v e y o f t h e e n t i r e p l a n t kingdom
w i l l conclude t h e c o u r s e .
Prerequisites :
D i s tribution:
Time:
I
None
Science
Room:
S c i e n c e 123
BIOLOGY 20491
TOPICS IN LIMNOLOGY
Instructor:
Roberta L a m e r s
T h i s c l a s s w i l l combine l e c t u r e s by t h e i n s t r u c t o r
w i t h p r e s e n t a t i o n s o f i n - d e p t h l i t e r a t u r e r e s e a r c h by
t h e s t u d e n t s . Students w i l l a l s o develop a high q u a l i t y
p a p e r on t h e i r t o p i c .
I n l a n d l a k e s w i l l be c o n s i d e r e d
from many a s p e c t s i n c l u d i n g t h e i r morphometry, c h e m i s t r y ,
and dynamics, a s w e l l a s t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f organisms
i n h a b i t i n g them, and a s p e c t s o f w a t e r p o l l u t i o n .
This
course f u l f i l l s the requirement of t h e seminar f o r
t h e b i o l o g y major.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
Junior o r s e n i o r biology major
Room:
Main 7
BIOLOGY 20183120383
THE BEHAVIOR OF NERVE CELLS
I n s t r u c t o r s : Norman Ferguson
Robert ~ e r f o r t h
L e c t u r e and l a b o r a t o r y . A s t u d y o f t h e b a s i c p r o c e s s e s
of t h e nervous system. Emphasis w i l l be placed on t h e
a c t i o n o f i n d i v i d u a l n e u r o n s ; how t k e y behave and
i n t e r a c t w i t h *one a n o t h e r . Topics t o be c o n s i d e r e d
w i l l i n c l u d e : e l e c t r o p h y s i o l o g i c a l methods used i n
studying nerve c e l l s , t h e e l e c t r i c a l p r o p e r t i e s of the
n e r v e axon, t h e synapses between neurons, t h e i n t e g r a t e d
a c t i v i t y o f n e u r o n s , and t h e o r g a n i z a t i o n of s e n s o r y
r e c e p t o r s . S t u d e n t s w i l l be a c t i v e l y involved i n
l a b o r a t o r y d e m o n s t r a t i o n s o f many o f the phenomena
discussed i n class.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : A c o u r s e i n Biology a n d / o r & e m i s t r y
and c o n s e n t o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r s
Distribution:
Time:
I1
Science
Room:
S c i e n c e 318 and 227
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
21140
INCOME TAXES FOR INDIVIDUALS
Instructor:
Amin Kader
Survey of common and important p r o v i s i o n s of f e d e r a l
and Minnesota income taxes f o r i n d i v i d u a l s with emphasis
on completing the 1040 t a x form. Not open t o majors i n
Economics and Business Administration.
Prerequisites:
Time:
None
I
Room:
Science H a l l 320
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 2 1255
RESEARCH METHODS FOR BUSINESS
AND ECONOMICS
I n s t r u c t o r : K e i s h i r o Matsumoto
Course w i l l cover p a r a m e t r i c and non-parametric s t a t i s t i c a l techniques and SPSS programming (computer programming using t h e s t a t i s t i c a l package f o r s o c i a l s c i e n c e s ) .
Recommended f o r s t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n experimental
r e s e a r c h and a n a l y s i s of survey q u e s t i o n n a i r e s .
Lab f e e of $30.00.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
None
Room:
Main 23
CHEMISTRY 34 109
CHEMISTRY IN A N URBAN ENVIRONMENT
I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Olmsted
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l d i s c u s s t h e chemical problems encountered
i n urban l i v i n g and how t h e s e problems and t h e i r s o l u t i o n s
a f f e c t t h e s t a n d a r d of l i v i n g i n t h e c i t y . Environmental
q u a l i t y mneems n o t only the open space8 and wilderness
areas of the country. People and where they l5ve are
a l s o part of the environment, The course w i l l explain
i n layman" sterna t h e chemf c a l e f f e c t s of t o x i n s and
other substances present fn a i r , water, s o i l and food,
and digcuss the p e r t i n e n t chemical reactions. Proposed
solutions t o some of the problems w i l l be d i s c u s s e d
t o g e t h e r w i t h t h e i r p o s s i b l e r a m i f i c a t i o n s on Living
s t a n d a r d s and economics.
Prerequisites:
None
Distribution:
Science
Time: I
~ o o m :S c i e n c e H a l l 315
ECONOMICS 22150
CONSUMER IN MODERN SOCIETY
Instructor:
S a y t a Gupta
I n d i v i d u a l s must make c h o i c e s i n many a r e a s of t h e i r
d a i l y l i f e . I n o u r complex modern s o c i e t y poor d e c i s i o n making on t h e p a r t o f i n d i v i d u a l s i s n o t uncommon. This
c o u r s e i s n o t i n t e n d e d t o d i r e c t consumer c h o i c e s , b u t
t o p r o v i d e an awareness o f the a l t e r n a t i v e s and opportuni t i e s a v a i l a b l e t o t h e consumer. The c o u r s e w i l l a l s o
a s s i s t consumers i n making t h o s e c h o i c e s which a r e b e s t
f o r t h e i r purposes i n the l i g h t of t h e i r v a l u e s .
Prerequisites :
None
D i s t r i b u t i o n : May n o t be used t o s a t i s f y t h e major
r e q u i r e m e n t s i n e i t h e r Economics o r Business
Administration.
Time:
I1
Room:
Main 23
EDUCATION
44251145251
FROM NUTCUPS TO BOTTLE CAPS
(TEACHER-MADE MATERIALS)
Instructor:
Marie McNeff
Designed f o r t h e p r o s p e c t i v e t e a c h e r , e i t h e r e l e m e n t a r y
o r s e c o n d a r y . The p r o s p e c t i v e t e a c h e r w i l l work w i t h a
cl.assroom t e a c h e r i n i d e n t i f y i n g a r e a s where s t u d e n t s
a r e h a v i n g d i f f i c u l t y l e a r n i n g . Teacher-made m a t e r i a l s ,
t o e n a b l e s t u d e n t s t o l e a r n what t h e y a r e h a v i n g
d i f f i c u l t y w i t h , w i l l t h e n be c o n s t r u c t e d . Sources o f
i n e x p e n s i v e m a t e r i a l s w i l l be d i s c o v e r e d and compiled.
The teacher-made m a t e r i a l s w i l l be u t i l i z e d i n t h e
classroom t o t e s t e f f e c t i v e n e s s with s t u d e n t s .
S t u d e n t s i n t h i s c l a s s w i l l draw up i n d i v i d u a l l e a r n i n g
c o n t r a c t s . Class s e s s i o n s w i l l be h e l d i n Wayzata i n
D r . ~ c ~ e f f home
' s
s o t h e s t u d e n t s can have a c c e s s t o
saws, p a i n t , s a n d e r s , e t c . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t
D r . McNeff, E d u c a t i o n D e p a r t m e n t , p r i o r t o December 20th
c o n c e r n i n g t r a n s p o r t a t i o n a r r a n g e m e n t s and c l a s s r o o m
placement.
Prerequisites:
Time:
11
E d u c a t i o n 255 o r 265
Room:
D r . McNeff's home
EDUCATION 44375
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Instructor: Lauretta Pelton
T h i s c o u r s e o f f e r s t h e o p p o r t u n i t y f o r one t o d i s c o v e r
t h e d i s c o v e r e r . Because a k i n d e r g a r t e n c h i l d i s r a p i d l y
opening d o o r s t o knowledge, a t e a c h e r needs t o know a t
what s t a g e each c h i l d i s and how t o p r o v i d e a n e n v i r o n ment i n which t h e c h i l d can e x p l o r e and e x p e r i e n c e
l e a r n i n g . The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e a s t u d y o f k i n d e r g a r t e n
c u r r i c u l u m , e x p l o r a t i o n o f m a t e r i a l s , and a review o f
t e a c h i n g approaches. L a b o r a t o r y e x p e r i e n c e s w i l l be
arranged. This course is a p r e r e q u i s i t e t o s t u d e n t
t e a c h i n g a t t h e k i n d e r g a r t e n l e v e l and t o o b t a i n i n g a
l i c e n s e f o r teaching a t K level.
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Admittance i n t o t h e Augsburg E d u c a t i o n
program o r a n e l e m e n t a r y s c h o o l t e a c h i n g c e r t i f i c a t e .
Time:
I1
Room: ~ i b r a 4r ~
EDUCATION 45483
STUDENT TEACHING
Ins tructor :
E i n a r Johnson
S t u d e n t s w i l l be placed i n a classroom f o r f u l l days.
O p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e provided f o r e x p e r i e n c e in. o b s e r v i n g
and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s on t h e secondary
s c h o o l l e v e l under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n of c o l l e g e and h i g h
s c h o o l personnel.
Student teaching fee:
$15.00
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : S e n i o r s t a n d i n g , completion of prerequisites i n education leading t o student
t e a c h i n g , admission t o s t u d e n t t e a c h i n g .
S t u d e n t s must c o n t a c t D r . Johnson p r i o r t o 9 December
t o a r r a n g e f o r placement.
ENGLISH
54220
FREE-LANCE WRITING
Instructor:
David Wood
E n r o l l e e s w i l l e x p l o r e t h e f r e e l a n c e market, i d e n t i f y
an a r e a of i n t e r e s t , w r i t e a r t i c l e s i n t h a t a r e a , and
submit them f o r p u b l i c a t i o n .
Prerequisites :
Time:
I
Advanced Composition
Room:
Main 21
ENGLISH
54217
THE WRITER'S WORKSHOP: OR, THE ACT
OF WRITING WITH ONE'S OWN HANDS
Instructor:
John M i t c h e l l
How w r i t e r s go about w r i t i n g i s a m a t t e r of enduring
popular i n t e r e s t and misconception. This course w i l l
emphasize what t h e w r i t e r s themselves have t o s a y about
the a c t of w r i t i n g with t h e i r own hands. The course
w i l l concern i t s e l f with what w r i t e r s have i n common
d u r i n g the process of w r i t i n g and how they v a r i o u s l y
cope with t h e s e common problems: i t w i l l t r y t o
a s c e r t a i n the ''magical formulas" t h a t make t h e l a b o r
of w r i t i n g p o s s i b l e . Although the emphasis w i l l be
upon reading assignments, s t u d e n t s w i l l a l s o make t h e i r
own w r i t e r s ' notebooks and experiment with t h e w r i t i n g
process. No previous experience with c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g
i s r e q u i r e d , but a previous i n t e r e s t i n c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g
a s a p o s s i b i l i t y i s recommended. The premise behind
the course i s t h a t although the art of w r i t i n g cannot
be t a u g h t , the
of w r i t i n g can be encouraged. Poetry,
f i c t i o n , and n o n - f i c t i o n a l prose w i l l be included.
S t u d e n t s t a k i n g t h e course should be capable of independ e n t s t u d y and be w i l l i n g t o go t o some t r o u b l e i n the
dead of w i n t e r . One of the i n s t r u c t o r ' s premises i s t h a t
e f f e c t i v e w r i t i n g i s w r i t t e n by r e o p l e who a r e w i l l i n g
t o go t o more t r o u b l e than o t h e r s . Students a r e encouraged t o t a k e the course on a P/N s c a l e .
Prerequisites :
None
Distribution:
Humanities
Time:
I1
Room: Main 21
ENGLISH 54230
MODERN WOMEN WRITERS
I n s t r u c t o r : Toni Clark
Modern Women W r i t e r s w i l l e x p l o r e the work of Woolf, Nin,
S a r t o n and Lessing, a s w e l l , & many l e s s e r known poets
and prose w r i t e r s . The c l a s s d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l focus on
such m a t t e r s a s t h e r e l a t i o n of t h e s e w r i t e r s t o t h e
modernist t r a d i t i o n , whether they a r e c r e a t i n g an a r t with
a d i f f e r e n t s t r u c t u r e , s t y l e and c o n t e n t from the mainstream male w r i t e r s i n the modernist t r a d i t i o n , and t h e i r
views on women y t i t e r s , women's a r t , feminism and androgyny.
Prerequisiteb:
Distributibn:
/
Time:
None
Humanities
I'
Room: Main 7
ENGLISH 5436 2
CREATIVE WRITING WORKSHOP: FICTION
I n s t r u c t o r : Lon O t t o
Three s t u d e n t s from each of the f i v e c o l l e g e s of t h e
Associated Colleges of the Twin C i t i e s w i l l be chosen,
on the b a s i s of p o r t f o l i o submitted t o t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e
English Departments, f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n the workshop.
The workshop w i l l be p r i m a r i l y concerned with the s h o r t f i c t i o n w r i t i n g done by the p a r t i c i p a n t s . We w i l l a l s o
read and d i s c u s s some examples of i n n o v a t i v e and convent i o n a l f i c t i o n t h a t have been published w i t h i n the p a s t
t e n y e a r s , e s p e c i a l l y t h a t i n small p r e s s p u b l i c a t i o n s .
E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be made on t h e b a s i s of a p o r t f o l i o of
s h o r t s t o r i e s w r i t t e n d u r i n g the i n t e r i m . S t u d e n t s '
c o n t r i b u t i o n s t o t h e c r i t i c a l d i s c u s s i o n s w i l l a l s o be
taken i n t o c o n s i d e r a t i o n .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t
Toni Clark of the English Department and be prepared
t o submit some examples of t h e i r w r i t i n g t o t h e
English Department by November 1.
Time:
I1
Room:
212 OEC, College of S t . Thomas
ENGLISH 54437
SHAKESPEARE AND THE FAMILY
Instructor:
Richard Sargent
We w i l l s t u d y t h e major p l a y s and poems of Shakespeare,
w i t h p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n t o t h e theme o f t h e family.
A t the h e a r t of most of S h a k e s p e a r e ' s works i s a probing
of family r e l a t i o n s h i p s and family i n t e r a c t i o n s . We
w i l l n o t l i m i t o u r concern t o family i n t e r a c t i o n ,
however; we w i l l use t h i s t h e m a t i c approach t o develop
a broad understanding of ~ h a k e s ~ e a'rs e works. This
course i s a p p r o p r i a t e f o r those s e e k i n g a g e n e r a l
i n t r o d u c t i o n t o Shakespeare's works; i t i s a l s o
a p p r o p r i a t e f o r those whose major i n t e r e s t i s psychology,
and s p e c i f i c a l l y family systems. Those who have a l r e a d y
had a c o l l e g e - l e v e l i n t r o d u c t i o n t o Shakespeare w i l l
be encouraged t o do s p e c i a l p r o j e c t s r e l a t e d t o the
theme of t h e family.
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
I
None
Humanities
Room:
Main 2
ENGLISH
54445
POTPPOURRI: SELECTED READINGS
FOR DISCUSSION
I n s t r u c t o r : Barbara Andersen
I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , s t u d e n t s w i l l make
i n d i v i d u a l r e a d i n g l i s t s o f t e n t o twelve books which
w i l l be d i s c u s s e d i n s m a l l groups, e s t a b l i s h e d a c c o r d i n g
t o common books, a u t h o r s o r themes. Reading l i s t s must
be determined b e f o r e t h e end o f f a l l term s o t h a t a
d i s c u s s i o n s c h e d u l e can be p u b l i s h e d p r i o r t o t h e
interim session.
Prerequisites:
J u n i o r o r S e n i o r s t a n d i n g and consent
of i n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
Humanities
Time:
I
Room:
Main 22
FOREIGN LANGUAGE 72245
THE AGONY OF 20TH CENTURY GERMANY
A S REFLECTED
LITERATURE
Instructor:
William Oyler
These works w i l l r e f l e c t t h e c r i s e s and upheavals o f
t h e 20th c e n t u r y e x p e r i e n c e which a r e n o t u n i q u e l y German,
b u t have a u n i v e r s a l a p p l i c a t i o n a s w e l l . Topics w i l l
i n c l u d e : t h e anonymity o f u r b a n - i n d u s t r i a l l i f e , t h e
s e a r c h f o r p e r s o n a l i d e n t i t y and s e c u r i t y , t h e u s e s o f
power, w a r , p o l i t i c a l change and c o n f r o n t a t i o n w i t h
u l t i m a t e q u e s t i o n s o f l i f e and d e a t h . Works by E a s t
German and women w r i t e r s w i l l be i n c l u d e d . S t u d e n t s
w i l l read and r e p o r t on one work i n a d d i t i o n t o t h o s e
d i s c u s s e d i n c l a s s . T h i s c o u r s e i s a v a r i a t i o n on
German L i t e r a t u r e i n T r a n s l a t i o n (244), which covers
n e a r l y 200 y e a r s from t h e Age o f C l a s s i c i s m t o t h e
p r e s e n t . S i n c e t h e two c o u r s e s a r e n o t i d e n t i c a l ,
s t u d e n t s who have t a k e n 244 may g e t c r e d i t f o r 245 and
v i c e v e r s a . C r e d i t does n o t a p p l y t o a major o r a
minor i n German.
Prerequisites :
None
Distribution:
Language
Time:
I1
Room:
Main 2
FOREIGN LANGUAGE
70453
LE CONTE ET LA NOUVELLE
(THE FRENCH SHORT STORY)
Instructor:
Ruth Aaskov
The French s h o r t s t o r y i n i t s two-fold c a t e g o r y ( c o n t e and
n o u v e l l e ) i s a v e r y a c c e s s i b l e and d e l i g h t f u l l y v a r i e d
l i t e r a r y form. T h i s c o u r s e w i l l t r e a t animal t a l e s and
f a b l i a u x o f t h e Middle Ages, t h e c o u r t l y t a l e , R a b e l a i s i a n
e p i s o d e s o f e x a g g e r a t i o n , f a i r y t a l e s of P e r r a u l t and t h e i r
modern c o u n t e r p a r t s , a s w e l l a s 1 9 t h and 20th c e n t u r y
p o l i s h e d forms. We w i l l look f o r i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s by and
a b o u t t h e French, t h e i r c o n c e r n s and way o f l i f e , t h e
u n i q u e and t h e u n i v e r s a l . There w i l l be o p p o r t u n i t y t o
e x p l o r e a s p e c i a l a r e a of i n t e r e s t , such a s c l a s s i c s f o r
c h i l d r e n ; a p e r i o d , a u t h o r , o r theme; examples o f
Francophone l i t e r a t u r e .
Readings, t a p e - l i s t e n i n g ,
d i s c u s s i o n , r e p o r t s i n French.
P r e r e q u i s t e s : French 311 o r c o n s e n t o f i n s t r u c t o r
Distribution:
Time:
Languages ( a l s o c o u n t s toward m a j o r / m i n o r )
Room: Main 4
I1
FOREIGN LANGUAGE
76312
SPANISH EXPRESSION
Instructor:
Gunta R o z e n t a l s
Course i n t e n d e d f o r s t u d e n t s who have a b a s i c command o f
w r i t i n g and s p e a k i n g s k i l l s i n S p a n i s h and wish t o expand
them.
I n t e n s i v e p r a c t i c e t o improve o r a l and w r i t t e n
e x p r e s s i o n w i t h emphasis on c o n v e r s a t i o n a l f a c i l i t y ,
s t r e s s i n g i d i o m a t i c usage and t h e f i n e r p o i n t s o f grammar.
Readings t o s t i m u l a t e d i s c u s s i o n and broaden c u l t u r a l
background from contemporary l i t e r a r y t e x t s and magazine
articles.
Conducted i n Spanish.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I
311 o r 212 w i t h p e r m i s s i o n
Language ( a l s o c o u n t s toward major/minor)
Room:
Main 4
HISTORY 56136
OF ARMS AND THE MAN: WARFARE
INTHE ANCIENT WORLD
I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Nelson
Through primary and secondary sources t h i s course w i l l
consider t h e causes and consequences of war i n t h e a n c i e n t
Mediterranean World. S t r a t e g y and t a c t i c s , technology and
p e r s o n a l i t i e s w i l l be major c o n s i d e r a t i o n s . Students
w i l l be required t o complete a term p r o j e c t . While a
paper may be a c c e p t a b l e , s t u d e n t s w i l l be urged t o do
something l e s s t r a d i t i o n a l e.g. map work, t e r r a i n a n a l y s i s ,
b a t t l e planning, model b u i l d i n g o r the l i k e .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
I
None
History
ROO^:
Main 18
HISTORY 56495
SEM1NAR:ASPECTS OF THE
NORWEGIAN-AMERICAN EXPERIENCE
Instructor:
Carl Chrislock
An i n v e s t i g a t i o n of the emergence of such c u l t u r a l
i n s t i t u t i o n s and t r a d i t i o n s a s church, p r e s s , f r a t e r n a l
s o c i e t i e s , musical o r g a n i z a t i o n s e t c . Students w i l l
develop competencies i n t h e use of source m a t e r i a l s and
i n a r c h i v e work. I f c o n d i t i o n s allow, a f i e l d t r i p t o
t h e Norwegian American museum i n Decorah, I w a and t o the
Norwegian American H i s t o r i c a l Association a r c h i v e s i n
N o r t h f i e l d , Minnesota w i l l be included. Augsburg a r c h i v e s
w i l l a l s o be u t i l i z e d . Some moderate f e e s w i l l be assessed
f o r travel.
Prerequisites :
Time: I
Permission of i n s t r u c t o r
Room:
L i b r a r y 201
HISTORY 56382
AFRICA: PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE
-CHARTING A COURSE FOR SURVIVAL
IN THE 21ST CENTURY
I n s t r u c t o r : Ralph Crowder
The t h r u s t of t h i s course w i l l be an indepth a n a l y s i s of
Kenya, a developing n a t i o n i n E a s t Africa. A primary
concern w i l l be t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n of major themes w i t h i n
the a r e a s of c u l t u r e , p o l i t i c s , economics and t h e s o - c a l l e d
dllemma of modernization. An a d d i t i o n a l a r e a of concern
w i l l be an e v a l u a t i o n of African and Afro-American linkages
w i t h i n a h i s t o r i c a l and contemporary context. Students
w i l l be expected t o i d e n t i f y a s p e c i f i c a r e a of i n t e r e s t
and prepare a research r e p o r t analyzing t h e i r a r e a of
concern. A d a i l y j o u r n a l w i l l a l s o be required of a l l
p a r t i c i p a n t s . The course w i l l combine a t t e n d i n g l e c t u r e s
a t the U n i v e r s i t y College, N a i r o b i , f i e l d t r i p s t o r u r a l
a r e a s and l i m i t e d time f o r personal e x p l o r a t i o n . A
s e r i e s of p r e p a r a t o r y seminars and r e a d i n g assignments
w i l l be conducted d u r i n g t h e f a l l semester t o adequately
prepare course p a r t i c i p a n t s f o r an organized and coherent
i n t r o d u c t i o n t o the African c o n t i n e n t
.
Contact i n s t r u c t o r f o r f u r t h e r
d e t a i l s regarding c o s t s , e t c .
HISTORY 56215
WESTERN CIVILIZATION AND ITS
ESTHETIC TRADITION
I n s t r u c t o r : Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t
-
Based on Kenneth C l a r k ' s f i l m s e r i e s " C i v i l i z a t i o n
a
P e r s o n a l View'' t h i s i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e u s e s a s a background t h e c i t i e s , b u i l d i n g s , and museum works o f Europe
t o view and d i s c u s s Western C i v i l i z a t i o n a s s e e n through
i t s a r t i s t i c t r a d i t i o n from t h e Middle Ages t o t h e 20th
Century. The f i l m s w i l l be supplemented by r e a d i n g s ,
l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s
.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Distribution: History
Time: Summer S e s s i o n I
INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES 60325
LOOKING AT THE FUTURE
Instructor:
Sheldon F a r d i g
Glimpses o f t h e f u t u r e through t h e eyes o f t h e Club
o f Rome doomsday p r o p h e t s , Buckminster F u l l e r and o t h e r
o p t i m i s t s , t h e o u t e r s p a c e v i s i o n a r i e s , t h e "small i s
b e a u t i f u l " c o n s e r v a t i o n i s t s , t h e p r a c t i c a l man (e.g.
c i t y planner, a r c h i t e c t , p o l i t i c i a n ) , the science
f i c t i o n and s c i e n c e f a n t a s y w r i t e r .
Awareness of c u r r e n t b r e a k t h r o u g h s , o f what i s i n t h e
d a i l y p r e s s ; S t a r Wars. F u t u r e s t h i n k i n g s t r a t e g i e s and
games. A l l a r e a s open f o r extended s t u d y . S p e c i a l f e e s :
Cost o f t i c k e t t o " S t a r Wars" a n d / o r o t h e r commercial f i l m s .
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
None
Room:
Library 4
LIBRARY SCIENCE 47361
TOPICS IN THE HISTORY OF
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
Instructor:
Grace S u l e r u d
W r i t i n g f o r c h i l d r e n w i l l be e x p l o r e d through t h e s t u d y
o f s e l e c t e d t o p i c s i n 1 9 t h c e n t u r y American and B r i t i s h
c h i l d r e n ' s books which p r o v i d e a n e x c e l l e n t view o f
t h e c u l t u r a l v a l u e s o f t h i s p e r i o d . An i n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y
approach w i l l e n a b l e s t u d e n t s i n v a r i o u s f i e l d such a s
h i s t o r y , religion, sociology, o r a r t to study writing
f o r c h i l d r e n from t h e i r d i s c i p l i n e ' s p o i n t - o f view.
S t u d e n t s w i l l have t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o u s e t h e r e s o u r c e s
o f t h e K e r l a n and Hess C o l l e c t i o n s a t t h e U n i v e r s i t y of
Minnesota f o r r e s e a r c h on a t o p i c which t h e y choose
i n consultation with the instructor.
Prerequisites :
Time :
Consent o f i n s t r u c t o r .
Room:
I
Main 8
MATHEMATICS 61136
AN EXPOSURE OF CHAOS IN
MODERN COSMIC MODELS
I n s t r u c t o r : Henry F o l l i n g s t a d
An o r i g i n a l a n a l y t i c s u r v e y o f some c o n t r o v e r s i a l mathr e l a t e d i d e a s which d e a l w i t h t h e n a t u r e and o r i g i n o f
t h e u n i v e r s e , t h e e a r t h , l i f e , and mankind. D i r e c t e d
c l a s s and i n d i v i d u a l r e b e a r c h w i l l e x p l o r e t h e h i s t o r i c a l
impact of u s e f u l math c o n c e p t s , and w i l l a l s o n o t e misuses
o f m a t h e m a t i c s which h a v e promoted q u e s t i o n a b l e dogmas.
New d a t a w i l l be p r e s e n t e d which c h a l l e n g e t h e v a l i d i t y
o f some m a j o r c u r r e n t t h e o r i e s o f astronomy, cosmology,
g e o l o g y , b i o l o g y , and t h e h u m a n i t i e s .
Prerequisties :
Distribution:
Time:
I
None
N a t u r a l S c i e n c e and Mathematics
Room:
S c i e n c e H a l l 212
MATHEMATICS 61130
SOME MATHEMATICAL ASPECTS OF MUSIC
I n s t r u c t o r : Ben Cooper
I n t h i s course we w i l l examine some of t h e evidence f o r
t h e often-expressed f e e l i n g t h a t music and mathematics
a r e somehow r e l a t e d . A c t u a l l y , musical phenomena t h a t
p r e s e n t a high a e s t h e t i c o r i n t e l l e c t u a l appeal i n both
t h e i r a r t i s t i c and mathematical a s p e c t s a r e r a r e . P o s s i b l e
t c p i c s : (1) t h e r e i s a fundamental connection i n the
s u b j e c t of tuning; ( 2 ) of more a e s t h e t i c i n t e r e s t a r e many
canons which deserve t o be considered r e c r e a t i o n a l mathematics; ( 3 ) the s u b j e c t of symmetry, which i s important
( f o r example) t o twelve-tone composition, lends i t s e l f
t o geometric a n a l y s i s ; (4) the problem of what c o n s t i t u t e s
s t y l e can be a t t a c k e d from a p r o b a b i l i s t i c p o i n t of view.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Tim: I
Music 101 o r e q u i v a l e n t ; no mathematical
prerequisites
Natural Science and Mathematics
Room: Main 27
MATHEMATICS 6 1 2 4 2
THE DEMYSTlFlCATlON OF
ELEMENTARY MATHEMATICS
Instructor:
Bev Durkee
Mathematics made s i m p l e f o r t h o s e who t h i n k t h e y d o n ' t
l i k e i t , who a r e a f r a i d o f i t , o r who a r e m y s t i f i e d by i t ,
b u t who must g e a r up t o t e a c h i t t:o e l e m e n t a r y s c h o o l
c h i l d r e n . The b a s i c s o f a r i t h m e t i c o f t h e e l e m e n t a r y
s c h o o l w i l l be s t u d i e d . O f f e r e d p r e v i o u s l y a s B a s i c
Concepts o f Mathematics.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Distribution:
Time:
I1
N a t u r a l S c i e n c e and Mathematics
Room:
Science H a l l 320
INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROCESSORS
I n s t r u c t o r : James L. Johnson
With t h e a d v e n t of Large S c a l e I n t e g r a t i o n s (LSI) technology, i t h a s become p o s s i b l e t o pack a l l o f t h e c o n t r o l
and l o g i c f u n c t i o n s o f a computer on a few s m a l l s o l i d s t a t e "chips".
T h i s arrangement i s commonly c a l l e d a
micro-processor.
The c o u r s e w i l l , a s time p e r m i t s ,
i n v e s t i g a t e the following f e a t u r e s of microprocessors:
( i ) d i g i t a l components i n v o l v e d ; ( i i ) system s u p e r s t r u c t u r e f o r b u s s i n g d a t a among t h e s e components ; ( i i i )
programming t e c h n i q u e s .
The c o u r s e w i l l i n c l u d e implementation of c e r t a i n microprocessor c o n f i g u r a t i o n s with
d i g i t a l "chips".
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : I n t r o d u c t o r y programming c o u r s e o r
permission of i n s t r u c t o r
Time:
I1
Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 2 0 5
MUSIC 82115
PIPE ORGAN CONSTRUCTION AND DESIGN
I n s t r u c t o r : Diana Lee Metzker
A b a s i c i n t r o d u c t i o n t o and s u r v e y o f pipe o r g a n cons t r u c t i o n and d e s i g n . We w i l l be working w i t h Clarence
Gou ld., l o c a l r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f t h e Moller organ company,
i n h i s f a c t o r y and o b s e r v i n g s e v e r a l i n s t a l l a t i o n s of
organs i n t h e Twin C i t i e s and surrounding communities.
Prerequisites:
An a v i d i n t e r e s t i n p i p e organs
Distribution:
Time:
I
Room:
Music 10
MUSIC 82377
A HISTORY OF AMERICAN JAZZ STYLES
I n s t r u c t o r : James Carlson
Topics covered i n c l u d e : What is j a z z ? ; How t o l i s t e n
to jazz; Jazz Herftages; Rluea; New Orleans D t x i e l a n d ;
a i c a g o Dixieland; Ragtime; Boogie-Woogie; Swing, Bop;
Cool; Funky; Gospel; 3 r d Stream; Free j a z z , L a t i n j a z z ;
The School Scene; J a z z l ~ o c k ;Future D i r e c t i o n s .
Prerequisites :
Time:
None
I
Ro-om:
Olivet Hall
MUSIC 82179182379
ART & MUSIC IN SOUTHERN GERMANY
& AUSTRIA
See d e s c r i p t i o n under A r t .
MUSIC 82110
MUSIC THERAPY: A CLINICAL OVERVIEW
I n s t r u c t o r : Roberta Metzler
V i s i t a t i o n t o approximately 10 music therapy c l i n i c a l
s i t e s and f a c i l i t i e s d e a l i n g with handicapped i n d i v i d u a l s
i n Minnesota. P o s s i b i l i t y of an overnight t r i p t o a
neighboring s t a t e . Classroom d i s c u s s i o n of b a s i c s i n
t h e f i e l d of music therapy. Designed f o r both music
therapy undergraduate s t u d e n t s a s w e l l a s non- therapy
majors.
$10.00 f e e t o cover c o s t of t r a n s p o r t a t i o n .
Need f o r f l e x i b i l i t y i n time, a s some t r i p s w i l l be
scheduled i n morning, a f t e r n o o n , e n t i r e day, perhaps
ove rnigh t
-
.
( P r e v i o u s l y o f f e r e d a s I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Music Therapy).
Prerequisites :
Time:
None
Summer, Term I
MUSIC 82119182319
JUMPING JACKS: A POTPOURRI OF
MUSIC, MOVEMENT, AND MIME
Instructor:
James D. Johnson
I n t e g r a t i o n of music, improvisations, i n t e r p r e t a t i v e
v o i c e , i n t e r p r e t a t i v e movement, mime. Students w i l l
p a r t i c i p a t e i n the above a c t i v i t i e s and p r e s e n t a
c o n c e r t a t t h e end of the I n t e r i m .
A s t u d e n t must have Acting (232) t o r e g i s t e r f o r upper
division credit.
Prerequisites :
None
Distribution:
Humanities
Time:
I
Room:
Music Auditorium
NURSING 8 1320
TRENDS, ISSUES, LEADERSHIP IN NURSING
Instructors : Patricia ~ ' ~ a n e ,
Beverly Nilaaon, Susan Nash
A course designed t o i n v e s t i g a t e the c u r r e n t l e a d e r s h i p
r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s of the p r o f e s s i o n a l nurse and t h e trends
and i s s u e s evolving i n contemporary n u r s i n g p r a c t i c e .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
I
Admission t o Augsburg nursing program
o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r .
None
Room:
Main 19
NURSING 81322
TRENDS AND ISSUES IN SOCIALIZED
HEALTH CARE SYSTEMS
I n s t r u c t o r : Pamela Larson
This course i s designed t o observe and e v a l u a t e s o c i a l i z e d
h e a l t h c a r e i n England. S p e c i f i c i s s u e s a r e : t h e r o l e of
nursing and u t i l i z a t i o n of n u r s i n g ' s s e r v i c e s , s t r e n g t h s
and weaknesses of the system, types of h e a l t h c a r e
d e l i v e r y , and r o l e of the c l i e n t i n t h e system. The
s t u d e n t w i l l r e l a t e the p o t e n t i a l e f f e c t of s o c i a l i z e d
h e a l t h c a r e t o the n u r s i n g p r o f e s s i o n i n the U.S.
Prerequisites :
Cost: $895.00
Nursing 320, Trends, I s s u e s & Leadership
i n Nursing.
Consent of i n s t r u c t o r
PHILOSOPHY 83135
TOPICS IN SCIENCE AND RELIGION :
OR, ADAM HAD A-TOMS
I n s t r u c t o r : Kenneth B a i l e y
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i d e r some o f t h e a r e a s o f c o n f l i c t ,
w h e t h e r r e a l o r o t h e r w i s e , be tween s c i e n t i f i c and
r e l i g i o u s thought.
It w i l l be l a r g e l y a d i s c u s s i o n
c o u r s e , based upon a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s .
l i e f l y , we w i l l
be concerned w i t h t h e q u e s t i o n o f w h e t h e r a r e l i g i o u s
p o i n t o f view can r e a s o n a b l y be m a i n t a i n e d i n a s c i e n t i f i c
m i l i e u , a n d , i f s o , what f o r m ( s ) i t m i g h t t a k e .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
None
Hurnani t i e s
I1
Room: Main 25
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55373
MODERN DANCE
I n s t r u c t o r : Pamela P a u l s o n
An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e i n modern d a n c e t e c h n i q u e and
c r e a t i v e c o m p o s i t i o n i n c l u d i n g : e x p l o r a t i o n o f movement,
e n e r g y , form and d e s i g n . No p r e v i o u s dance e x p e r i e n c e
necessary.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Time :
I1
Room: Melby Gym
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55410
ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION OF
THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
I n s t r u c t o r : Richard Bors t a d
H i s t o r i c a l background, l e g a l bases, s c h o o l h e a l t h
s e r v i c e s , and r e l a t i o n s h i p t o community h e a l t h
program and r e s o u r c e s . Methods and m a t e r i a l s i n
h e a l t h e d u c a t i o n w i t h l a b o r a t o r y experience i n
c l a s s room and community.
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : H. Ed. 320 o r permission of i n s t r u c t o r .
Time:
Room: Gym 1 2
I
PHYSICS 84150
SCIENCE AND SOCIETY
--
THE TECHNOLOGICAL TRAP?
I n s t r u c t o r : Mark Engebretson
No one, n o t even t h e most b r i l l i a n t s c i e n t i s t a l i v e today,
r e a l l y knows where s c i e n c e i s t a k i n g us. Our c i v i l i z a t i o n
has been l i k e n e d t o a t r a i n which i s g a t h e r i n g speed,
r a c i n g down a t r a c k on which t h e r e a r e an unknown number of
s w i t c h e s l e a d i n g t o unknown d e s t i n a t i o n s . There a r e a
s m a l l group of people i n t h e engine cab, and t h e r e may be
demons a t the switch. Some passengers want t o jump o f f
b e f o r e i t ' s t o o l a t e , and o t h e r s hope t o d i s c u s s t h e m a t t e r
and a t t e m p t t o communicate w i t h those up f r o n t . T h i s
course w i l l a c q u a i n t t h e s t u d e n t w i t h t h e s t u d y o f t h e
f u t u r e , and e x p l o r e v a r i o u s i s s u e s i n t h e r e l a t i o n of
s c i e n c e and technology t o human g o a l s and v a l u e s .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Distribution:
Time:
I1
F u l f i l l s Urban S t u d i e s requirement
Room: L i b r a r y 1
PHYSICS 84105
N =R F
F F F F L: THE SEARCH FOR
P E L I E
EXTRATERRESTRIAL LIFE
Instructor:
Dan P e t e r s o n
Are we a l o n e ? An i n t e r e s t i n g r e s u l t of r e c e n t advances
i n a s t r o p h y s i c s and biology i s the p o s s i b i l i t y of
e s t i m a t i n g the number of advanced t e c h n i c a l c i v i l i z a t i o n s
i n the Galaxy with which we could communicate. The
e q u a t i o n i n t h e course t i t l e d i s p l a y s the terms involved
i n making t h i s e s t i m a t e , some of which a r e t h e r a t e of
s t a r formation i n the Galaxy, the f r a c t i o n of p l a n e t s
on which a t e c h n i c a l c i v i l i z a t i o n a r i s e s , and the l i f e t i m e
of a t e c h n i c a l c i v i l i z a t i o n .
I n t h i s course, we w i l l
e x p l o r e t h e q u e s t i o n of i n t e l l i g e n t l i f e i n the u n i v e r s e
by examining each of these terms i n d e t a i l . Topics iio
be covered w i l l i n c l u d e b a s i c astronomy, s t a r and p l a n e t a r y
s ys tems formation, t h e e v o l u t i o n of l i f e , and the evolut i o n of technology. I n a d d i t i o n t o s t u d y i n g previous
s e a r c h e s f o r l i f e i n the u n i v e r s e , we w i l l a l s o consider
methods of i n t e r s t e l l a r communication and d i s c u s s the
consequences of c o n t a c t with e x t r a t e r r e s t r i a l l i f e .
Class a c t i v i t i e s w i l l i n c l u d e l e c t u r e s , t e l e s c o p e
o b s e r v a t i o n s , and g u e s t speakers.
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
I
None
Natural Science
Room: Science H a l l 22
POLITICAL SCIENCE
85228 o r 85428
POLITICAL PROCESS AS ART FORM
I n s t r u c t o r : Myles S t e n s h o e l
P a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l c r e a t e a three-dimensional a b s t r a c t
model o f t h e p o l i t i c a l p r o c e s s a s i t o p e r a t e s i n t h e
United S t a t e s . The i n t e n t i s t o d e p i c t , v i a s t a t i c
o r k i n e t i c s c u l p t u r e , t h e complex o f i n f l u e n c e s , both
governmental and e x t r a g o v e r n m e n t a l , through which
a u t h o r i t a t i v e p u b l i c d e c i s i o n s a r e made. The model
w i l l i n c l u d e r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s o f t h e most s i g n i f i c a n t
p o l i t i c a l f o r c e s , t a k i n g i n t o a c c o u n t , f o r example,
the p o l i t i c s o f federalism, o f the l e g i s l a t i v e ,
e x e c u t i v e j j u d i c i a l , and b u r e a u c r a t i c p r o c e s s e s , o f
p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s and i n t e r e s t groups. There w i l l
be s t u d y assignments and f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t u d e n t s ,
a b r i e f p a p e r w i l l be e x p e c t e d .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : An i n t e r e s t i n t h e p o l i t i c a l p r o c e s s
coupled w i t h a n a p t i t u d e i n a r t a n d / o r mechanics.
F o r s t u d e n t s t a k i n g t h e i n t e r i m f o r upper d i v i s i o n
c r e d i t , two p r i o r c o u r s e s i n p o l i t i c a l s c i e n c e .
Distribution:
Time:
P o l i t i c a l Science
I
Room: A r t S t u d i o
POLITICAL SCIENCE 85295185495
INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC POLICY
I n s t r u c t o r : Norma Noonan
The p r o c e s s o f making, implementing and e v a l u a t i n g p u b l i c
p o l i c y . C o n s i d e r a t i o n o f some m a j o r i s s u e s o f p u b l i c p o l i c y ,
both American and c o m p a r a t i v e ; f o r example, e n e r g y , h e a l t h
c a r e , environment, budget, u r b a n problems e t c . This c o u r s e
may be t a k e n f o r e i t h e r upper o r lower d i v i s i o n c r e d i t .
S t u d e n t s who t a k e t h e c o u r s e f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t
w i l l be expected t o submit a r e s e a r c h pzper. D i s c u s s i o n
format p r i m a r i l y ; some s h o r t r e p o r t s on p o l i c y i s s u e s .
Prerequisites :
Time:
I
None
Room: S c i e n c e H a l l 318
POLITICAL SCIENCE 85340
THE BRITISH DESIGN FOR MASS MEDIA
Instructor:
Milda Hedblom
Study of B r i t i s h mass media, based i n London, f o r
s t u d e n t s of p o l i t i c s , c m u n i c a t i o n s , sociology. B r i t i s h
mass media a r e noted f o r high q u a l i t y production and
content. We w i l l s t u d y t h e c u l t u r a l , p o l i t i c a l and
a r t i s t i c reasons f o r t h e i r eminence; t h e r e w i l l be
i n t e n s i v e i n t e r v i e w s with BBC and ITV t e l e v i s i o n and r a d i o
e x e c u t i v e s t a f f , London newspaper and magazine e d i t o r s ,
Members of Parliament and B r i t i s h s c h o l a r s of mass
communications; we w i l l v i s i t major media c e n t e r s i n
London a s w e l l a s take v i s i t s t o c u l t u r a l a t t r a c t i o n s
i n Oxford, S t r a t f o r d and o t h e r nearby a r e a s .
Approximately the l h s t two weeks of t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be
devoted t o independent work with each s t u d e n t s t u d y i n g
a p a r t i c u l a r a s p e c t of one medium, such a s t e l e v i s i o n
news production, o r p r i n t censorship r u l e s o r r a d i o
overseas programming, e t c .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : None
Cost:
Approximately $995.00
PSYCHOLOGY 86372
READING IN THE WORKS OF ROBERT COLES
I n s t r u c t o r : Duane Johnson
Study i n t h e works of Robert Coles w i t h a major f o c u s
on c o n d i t i o n s under which c h i l d r e n develop.
Each s t u d e n t must propose a n i n d i v i d u a l r e a d i n g l i s t
and have i t approved p r i o r t o t h e beginning o f t h e
i n t e r i m . Amendments t o t h e r e a d i n g l i s t may be proposed
f o r a p p r o v a l d u r i n g t h e f i r s t week o f t h e i n t e r i m .
Contact D r . Johnson f o r a handout p r o v i d i n g s u g g e s t i o n s
and g u i d e l i n e s f o r r e a d i n g l i s t development.
Course w i l l be o f f e r e d o n l y on a P-N g r a d i n g b a s i s .
P r e r e q u i s i t e s : Psychology 86105 ( I n t r o d u c t o r y psych)
Time:
I
Room:
Main 28
THE BEHAVIOR OF NERVE CELLS
See d e s c r i p t i o n under Biology.
RELIGION 87328
THEOLOGY OF LEISURE, PLAY, AND SPORTS
Instructor :
John Benson
An academic c o u r s e c e n t e r e d i n what r e c e n t t h e o l o g i a n s
and some p h i l o s o p h e r s have had t o s a y about t h e p l a y
e l e m e n t ,in c u l t u r e i n g e n e r a l , and s p e c i f i c a l l y what
the Christian t r a d i t i o n has s a i d about i t . Special
emphasis on t h e i n n e r l o g i c and t h e o l o g i c a l / p h i l o s o p h i c a l
meaning o f some o f t h e c h i e f i n d i v i d u a l and group s p o r t s
such a s : f o o t b a l l , b a s e b a l l , hockey, g o l f , t e n n i s , and
basketball.
The c h i e f problem i s what t h e C h r i s t i a n
t r a d i t i o n s a y s a b o u t t h e n a t u r e o f man: i s h e a worker
(homo f a b e r ) , p l a y e r (homo l u d e n s ) , o r a w o r s h i p p e r
(homo r e l i g i o s u s ) ? (Readings w i l l be s e l e c t e d from
among t h e f o l l o w i n g a u t h o r s : J. H u i z i n g a , P e i p e r ,
R. C a i l l o i s , K a r l Rahner, Michael Novak, P a u l Weiss,
Harvey Cox, Robert Lee.)
T h i s w i l l be a s t r i c t l y academic c o u r s e , i n c l u d i n g m o s t l y
l e c t u r e s and d i s c u s s i o n s of a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s .
Some o f
t h e r e a d i n g s a r e h i g h l y a b s t r a c t and d i f f i c u l t . Regular
e s s a y t e s t s , p l u s s h o r t p a p e r s and w r i t t e n r e p o r t s .
S e v e r a l . o u t s i d e s p e a k e r s , p l u s a t t e n d a n c e a t some l e i s u r e
and s p o r t i n g e v e n t s followed by r e p o r t s and d i s c u s s i o n .
S t u d e n t w i l l pay own way t o any such " f i e l d t r i p s . "
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I1
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Theology o r s p e c i a l
permission
Religion
Room: Main 1 9
RELIGION 87375
-
ISRAEL, ANCIENT AND MODERN
Instructor:
P h i l i p Quanbeck
Focus o f t h e i n t e r i m w i l l be a r c h a e o l o g y and geography.
A t t e n t i o n w i l l be d i r e c t e d t o t h e method and r e s u l t s o f
a r c h a e o l o g y a s they r e l a t e e s p e c i a l l y t o b i b i c a l s i t e s i n
I s r a e l . The group w i l l l i v e p r i m a r i l y i n Jerusalem. There
w i l l be l e c t u r e s , walking t o u r s i n t h e Old C i t y o f J e r u salem, and v i s i t s t o p l a c e s o f r e l i g i o u s and h i s t o r i c a l
i n t e r e s t and t o museums. Two t r i p s from J e r u s a l e m a r e
planned. One w i l l be t o t h e n o r t h where p l a c e s such a s t h e
Sea o f G a l i l e e , T i b e r i a s , Capernaum, Hazor, Megiddo and
Nazareth w i l l be v i s i t e d . A t r i p t o t h e s o u t h w i l l i n c l u d e
such p l a c e s a s Ashod, Beer Sheba, Masada and Qumran. A t
a d d i t i o n a l c o s t i t may be p o s s i b l e t o a r r a n g e a s t a y i n
Jordan.
Some time w i l l be s p e n t i n London a t t h e beginning
and a t t h e end o f t h e i n t e r i m .
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Cost:
One r e l i g i o n c o u r s e
Religion
$1,100.00
RELIGION 87377
CULTS: OLD AND NEW
Instructor:
Douglas O l l i l a
An examination of s e v e r a l e s t a b l i s h e d American c u l t s , with
emphasis on c u r r e n t groups. Included w i l l be v i s i t s w i t h
l e a d e r s and members of U n i f i c a t i o n Church, o l i - l d r e n of
God, and Hare Krishna. Deprogramming w i l l be examined.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
I n t r o d c c t i o n t o Theology o r B i b l i c a l S t u d i e s
Religion
Time: I1
Room:
Science H a l l 22
SOCIOLOGY 94241
INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
Instructor:
J e r r y Gerasimo
An examination of t h e i d e a of c u l t u r e ; t h e p e r s o n ' s
r e l a t i o n t o c u l t u r e ; language a s a major o r g a n i z i n g
element i n t h e way we s e e t h e world. An examination
of t h e i d e a s of "primitive","civilizedtl, and "processt',
a comparison of a l t e r n a t e r e a l i t i e s a s found i n d i f f e r e n t
c u l t u r e s and v a r y i n g s o c i a l c o n t e x t s . An a n a l y s i s of
s e l e c t e d a s p e c t s of U.S. c u l t u r e .
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time: I1
None
S o c i a l Science
Room: Science 212
SOCIOLOGY 941 21
PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
Instructor:
Garry Hesser
Both the popular p r e s s and informal d i s c u s s i o n s suggest
an increased concern abou-t t h e v i a b i l i t y of o u r
i . n s t i t u t i o n s and s o c i a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s . One c o n s t a n t l y
h e a r s about the lack. of cohesiveness of f a m i l i e s , t h e
dehumanizing e f f e c t s of l a r g e o r g a n i z a t i o n s , problems
regarding the d i s t r i b u t i o n of wealth and p o l i t i c a l power,
t h e mounting crime r a t e , the i n a b i l i t y of our i n s t i t u t i o n s
t o r e h a b i l i t a t e c r i m i n a l s , and s o f o r t h . The course
provides an overview of what the s o c i o l o g i s t has t o o f f e r
i n regard t o such i s s u e s . More s p e c i f i c a l l y , the course
c o n s i s t s of a s e t of u n i t s
each of which provides
an overview of t h e s o c i o l o g i s t ' s a n a l y s i s of some aspect
of s o c i a l l i f e . Each u n i t w i l l be approached through
a combination of l e c t u r e s , readings, d i s c u s s i o n s and
assignments designed t o h e l p t h e s t u d e n t apply what i s
being learned.
--
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
11'
None
S o c i a l Science
Room :
Main 28
SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 98340
THE BRITISH DESIGN FOR MASS MEDIA
See d e s c r i p t i o n under P o l i t i c a l Science.
SOCIAL WORK 95257
PRACTICUM IN HUMAN SERVICES
I n s t r u c t o r s : Edwina H e r t z b e r g and
Doug P e r r y
Freshmen and sophomores! Are you a h e l p i n g p e r s o n ? Would
you l i k e t o e x p e r i e n c e human s e r v i c e i n a s o c i a l agency?
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d e f o r you t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t o s e r v e
a s a v o l u n t e e r i n a real human s e r v i c e s e t t i n g . S t u d e n t s
w i l l s e l e c t placements r e q u i r i n g t h i r t y hours- a week a s
v o l u n t e e r s . S t u d e n t s s h o u l d meet w i t h v a r i o u s human
s e r v i c e p r o f e s s i o n a l s t o o b e e r v e and d i s c u s s s e r v i c e
d e l i v e r y . On-campus weekly review c o n f e r e n c e s and
supportive
academic work w i l l i n t e g r a t e t h e practicum.
This experience should h e l p s t u d e n t s decide whether
o r n o t t o pursue human s e r v i c e s e d u c a t i o n d u r i n g t h e
remainder o f t h e i r c o l l e g e c a r e e r s .
S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r t h i s c o u r s e w i l l be asked t o meet
w i t h i n s t r u c t o r s e a r l y i n December t o a r r a n g e f o r placements
Prerequisites :
Time :
None
I
Room: S c i e n c e Auditorium
SOCIAL WORK 95457
SOCIAL POLICY
I n s t r u c t o r s : Edwina H e r t z b e r g and
Nagwa F a r a g
S o c i a l P o l i c y a f f e c t s u s d a i l y from b e f o r e o u r b i r t h
u n t i l o u r d e a t h . How i s s o c i a l p o l i c y made? By whom?
F o r what r e a s o n s ? What v a l u e systems impact on i t ?
Where a r e t h e " p r e s s u r e p o i n t s " ? E x p e r i e n c e , l e c t u r e s ,
readings w i l l provide t h e s t u d e n t opportunity f o r
i n - d e p t h s t u d y o f s o c i a l p o l i c y i n Minnesota v i s - a - v i s
t h e U.S. and abroad.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I
Senior o r permission of p r o f e s s o r .
r e q u i r e d , S o c i a l Work m a j o r s
~ o o m : Main 25
SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 98285
STORY THEATER: PREPARATION
AND PERFORMANCE
Instructor:
A i l e n e Cole
Using t h e s t o r y - t h e a t e r method, c l a s s members w i l l p r e p a r e and p e r f o m one o r more c h i l d r e n ' s s t o r i e s . A l l
a s p e c t s of the production
the play, scenery, l i g h t s ,
costumes, sound, p r o p s , p u b l i c i t y , h o u s e , and t h e
w i l l be t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f the c l a s s .
strike
Must c l e a r s c h e d u l e f o r performance t h e f i n a l week o f
t h e term.
-
-
None
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Humanities
+ performance
Time:
9:30-12 and 1-3
Room:
Theater auditorium
times
SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS 983 21
ADVANCED PUBLIC SPEAKING
I n s t r u c t o r : Ray Anderson
T h i s c o u r s e w i l l p r o v i d e a n o p p o r t u n i t y t o work
toward a p o l i s h e d s p e a k i n g s t y l e i n both composition
and d e l i v e r y . A t t e n t i o n w i l l be g i v e n t o g r e a t s p e e c h e s
and t o r h e t o r i c a l t h e o r y , b u t t h e emphasis w i l l be
S t u d e n t s w i l l perform i n some way
on performance.
e v e r y day. An e f f o r t w i l l be made t o develop each
s t u d e n t ' s unique powers o f c r e a t i v i t y and showmanship.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
I
A beginning c o u r s e i n speech
high school o r college
-
Humanities
Room:
Library 1
either
SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS, THEATRE ARTS
98329
INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION &
THE QUEST FOR GLOBAL JUSTICE
Instructor:
J o e l Mugge
Based i n Mexico City, Oaxaca and a Benedictine monastery
i n t h e v i l l a g e of Ahuatepec near Cuernavaca. T r a v e l t o
Mexico w i l l be by bus and t r a i n . Mexico provides a
s e t t i n g where many p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l and r e l i g i o u s v a l u e s
a r e much d i f f e r e n t from o u r own. The course w i l l explore
ways i n which these a s p e c t s of c u l t u r e i n f l u e n c e and
shape the communication p r o c e s s , both v e r b a l and nonverbal,
and how t h e b a r r i e r s t h a t block e f f e c t i v e communication
can be broken down. The course w i l l a l s o examine the
p o l i t i c a l and economic r e a l i t i e s which c o n t r i b u t e t o
i n e q u i t y and i n j u s t i c e i n L a t i n America, a s w e l l a s how
t h e message of the church speaks t o t h e s e r e a l i t i e s .
Emphasis w i l l be on the C h r i s t i a n s ' r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s f o r
working toward s t r u c t u r e s t h a t make a j u s t Global S o c i e t y
possible.
Learning w i l l be f a c i l i t a t e d by d i r e c t c o n t a c t
w i t h s e v e r a l dimensions of Mexican l i f e
urbanmonastic
as well
community, and the r e s i d e n t s of a small v i l l a g e
a s by s e v e r a l resource people who a r e d i r e c t l y involved
i n the s t r u g g l e f o r j u s t i c e .
A p r e - i n t e r i m workshop,
s e v e r a l paperback t e x t s , an e x t e n s i v e d a i l y j o u r n a l , and
a f i n a l paper w i l l be required.
-
Prerequisites:
Grading:
Pass/No c r e d i t only
Distribution:
Cost:
None
Humanities
$495.00 i n c l u d i n g t r a n s p o r t a t i o n
-
ST.
OLAF
INTERNATIONAL
INTERIMS
The following i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s a r e o f f e r e d
by S t . Olaf College and a r e open t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s .
F u r t h e r academic d e s c r i p t i o n , t r a v e l d e t a i l s and c o s t
e s t i m a t e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e o r from
Mary Kingsley i n the I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center, Room 126 of
Memorial H a l l .
Students i n t e r e s t e d i n p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n
one of t h e s e i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s should apply i n t h e
I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center before November 1.
19th and 20th Century Scandinavian A r t (Denmark,
Norway, Sweden)
Mediterranean Culture (Greece)
I r i s h C i v i l i z a t i o n and L i t e r a t u r e ( I r e l a n d )
French Language, Culture and Theater ( P a r i s )
Encounter with t h e Two Germanys (East and West Germany)
T h e a t e r i n London
Science H i s t o r y i n Europe (Munich, P a r i s , London)
Comparative Legal Systems (Great B r i t a i n , France,
Ne t h e r l a n d )
a r i s t i a n Rome t o 1600 A.D. ( I t a l y )
Spanish Language, Culture and T h e a t e r (Madrid, Spain)
Dynamics o f C h r i s t i a n S o c i a l Concern i n L a t i n America
(Mexico)
I n t e n s i v e I n t e r p r e t i v e Spanish (Cuernavaca, Mexico)
I n t e n s i v e Advanced Spanish (Cuernavaca, Mexico)
Folk R e l i g i o n i n Taiwan (Taiwan)
Hawaiian I n t e r c u l t u r a l
elations
(Hawaii)
COURSES
These courses a r e o f f e r e d by i n s t i t u t i o n s o r groups not
connected with Augsburg but have been approved f o r c r e d i t
by t h e college. Most c a r r y a t u i t i o n c o s t plus o t h e r
expenses which a r e the r e s p o n s i b i l i t y of the s t u d e n t .
F u l l e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and d e t a i l s f o r r e g i s t e r i n g a r e
a v a i l a b l e i n t h e I n t e r i m Office of the College.
55106
SKI INTERIM (Park City, Utah) Cost: approxi m a t e l y $500 which i n c l u d e s lodging but n o t meals
o r t r a n e p o r t a t i o n t o Utah.
THE NORTHWOODS LIFE STYLE: A GENERAL NORTHWOODS
ENCOUNTER
Approximate c o s t : $230.00 which i n c l u d e s food,
lodging, t r a v e l t o and from Grand Marais, snowshoes,
a d d i t i o n a l s l e e p i n g bag.
58210
RECREATION AND CAMPING I N THE COLD WEATHER
ENVIRONMENT
Approximate c o s t : $230.00 which i n c l u d e s food,
lodging, t r a v e l t o and from Grand Marais, snowshoes,
a d d i t i o n a l s l e e p i n g bag.
58208
58212
OUTDOOR LEADERSHIP PRACCICUM
Approximate c o s t : $280.00 which i n c l u d e s food,
lodging, t r a v e l t o and from Grand Marais, snowshoes,
a d d i t i o n a l s l e e p i n g bag.
INTRODUCTION TO CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
ENGINEERING APPLIED TO BIOMEDICAL PROBLEMS
ENGINEERING MECHANICS
Washington U n i v e r s i t y , S t . Louis, Missouri
Cost: approximately $550 f o r t u i t i o n , housing and
meals, but some s c h o l a r s h i p s a r e a v a i l a b l e .
10163
BASIC SPINNING, WEAVING AND DYEING
10271 ETHNIC WEAVES-NAVAHO, BOLIVIAN, TURKISH
Weavers Guild o f Minnesota
Cost: $100 plus m a t e r i a l s ($5-7)
S t u d e n t s who have taken A r t 10270, 10103, 10104
10105 may n o t r e c e i v e c r e d i t f o r 10163. .
e
..
Interims Abroad, January,1978
Cooperative Programs of Augsburg and St. Olaf Col
3rograms in Europe
Art/Music IIm: Art and Music in
Southern Germany and Austria Cost: $995.00
Robert Karlen, Music, Augsburg
Phillip Thompson, Art, Augsburg
Building upon the rich arts resources available in Munich,
Vienna, and Salzburg, the program will combine a survey of
art and music in the Ancient World, Middle Ages, Renaissance and the Modem World. Daily attendance at museums, galleries, musical performances and other appropriate
sites are part of the schedule which includes four days in
Lundun rlnd/or Pxris, ten days in Munich, nine days in
Vienna nr~dt h r w days in Salzburg.
While all partici Ants will be required to study both music
and urt. an urea uLoncentration may be selected from the
following:
I . Music History and Appreciation
- Journal and/or re..
search topic paper 2. Art History and Appreciation - Journal and/or research topic paper
3. Drawing (Studio Art) - Descriptive and interpretive
drawing with emphasis on architecture in graphite,
crayon,
- .
ink and wash. .
4. Indevendent Studv - Music and/or Art with instructor's approval
Counts toward art major only.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Art or Music).
Prereqsis te: Consent of Instructor(s)
Enrollment: 35
Art IIb: 19th and 20th Century Scandinavian Art
Reidar Dittmann, St. Olaf
Cost: $1,050.00
Painting, sculpture, and related arts in Denmark, Sweden,
and Norway, beginning with Romanticism and encompassing Realism, Impressionism, and post-Impressionist trends
with special emphasis on Edvard Munch's Expressionism.
Counts toward art or Norwegian major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area 0).
Prerequisite: Art I I recommended but not required.
Enrollment: 20
Classics IIa: Mediterranean Culture
Richard Olson, St. Olaf
Cost: $995 -00
Thc civilizntio~~
ol'l;rcccc I'rom thc Bronzc A c through
Clausictll Anti uity viuwcd rronl two princip;lf 1uc;luuns.
klcraclcuii~an2 h thcns. Daily Icclurcs :tnd visi~sto Bronrc
hgc M inuii~isilcs in Crctc st K nussrrs, Pliaisio*, end M ulliu,
ltnd clilsc r~ltcnliunto tllc vast collcc~iunin lhe Archueolugival Mumum at I-lcraclcu~ir.It) Arhcns and its environs, will1
the aid of the famed National Museum, further study of the
Bronze Age of the Mycenaeans, and field trips to Classical
sites.
Counts toward Classics or History Major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A or B).
Prerequisites: History 63 recommended but not required.
Enrollment: 25
English IIc: Irish Civilization and Literature
Graham S. Frear, St. Olaf
Cost: $925.00
Based in Dublin at the Irish Humanities Centre, the course
provides study it1 Irish culturc and literatllrc t h r o ~ ~ gdaily
ll
lectures oirercd by cultural lcadcrs rlnd ~l'ternonnserninnrs
on topics uf ~ ~ e r t i n r ~Monday
~ c c , through Thursday. SLUdents will livc irl lrislr h u ~ n c swit11 thc nddd dilnension uf
personal contact. Opportunity for extensive theater and
other cultural resources of Dublin and surrounding area
i l ~ ~ . o l iday
~ l t lours and sludent initiated [rips us well ns a 3 4
d t ~ ytrlp to thc wcsl
lrelantl wilt1 slops in the Gacltilchl, tllc
h e i ~ rol'~ tlit <ii~clicapeaking districts, then back lo Dublin
via l ; i ~ l w ~Linieiick.
r.
Curk. Wiiterlbrd. Aniplc oppoilurlity for cxp orlng Iluhlin - thc cir o f .lo ce, 0 C:asey,Swiit,
O'Fnnlain. Ucllnn. Hecketi. f i t a d n g wi6 hc bnwd on journal
and IWU papcrs on ~ o p i c s01' student choice.
Counts toward English major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A).
Enrollment: 20
French IIIa: French Language, Culture
Cost: $925.00
and Theater in Paris
Herve Pensec, St. Olaf
For advanced students in French. Attendance at performances integrated with analysis and discussion. Visits to artistic and cultural exhibits. Two fullday excursions (to Verxaillcs and Chartrcs) will1 French-speaking leciurcrs, Oplionul wcrk-end uxc~rrsiontu N o r n ~ ~ n d ySludy
.
uf ilcnls of
iopic111i~ncrcstin thc daily ttnd wcckly prvss. Onc u C fbc
no st i n ~ p u r l a r ~ ls p c c l ol'
s l o n g u ~ g cstudy during thc wind
is ltic h~ir
hours iriconvrr.riitiunni prac~iccill gmupsoFthrcc
cilch wirh French sludents or the IJniversitv of Pnris acting
as tutors. Students will keep a journal in French incorporating reflections on the theater and observations on French
life.
Counts toward French major.
lull'ills ?i.i~r~hutiun
requirement (Area A).
Prcrcqulr~tc: I:rcnch 51 with minimum grade of B-.
t7rirding: I't~r;a(No Credit only
E I I ~ I J I I ! T II C
. ~~:
German IIb: Encounter with the Two Cermanys
Hanno Klassen, St. Olaf
Cost: $950.00
r\ study i ~ ~ l ShCcP I I ~ H ~
wuyY
C
of Gerltiany ~ i n c c1945. I'wo
wccks with thc pcoplc u l the German Dcmucrutic Rcpublic
will tlv li~lluwcrihy $1 ~ w n c l u d i nslay
~ ill t l ~ cFederal Rcpublic
oriicrmany. The cuursc is dcsipnd to use t hc Cjcrnrun language for n cornparulivt: study ul'thc 1 . w Wellanschuuungen
~
w l ~ i c thuve
~ slir~prtlvary differer~tpolitic:ll nations.
In the (icrrnrtn Dcmi)cr:~licKcpublio the Yor~fhHIISIC~
in
Lcip7,ip will bc 111ccontact base. Side trips will hc made to
uthcr lllaccs of cu lturul intcrcsr. Munich will be rllc location
I'ur inquiries into lire in thc f~cdcrulIlcpublic. Studenls will
live wit11 host rarnilics. Individual coritacr wilh the peoplc is
stressed. Lectures and discussions with students and religious groups, visit to social and welfare institutions, and at-
tendance a t artistic performances and exhibitions. Daily discussions. Participants are expected to speak German at all
times. Each student is required to keep a journal.
Counts toward German major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A).
Prcrcqi~istlc: German 51
Grflding: Pass No Credit only.
Enrollmrnr: 26
Interdisciplinary IIa: Theatre in London
Ronald Lee, St. Olaf
Cost: $895.00
Study of drama through attendance a t performances.
More than 40 theatres make London the theatrical center of
the English-speaking world and will enable students to experience varieties of dramatic productions, modern and traditional. The course will involve play attendance and discussion, backstsgc ohscrv:itinn and convcrsatiun. Supplemental visits are planned tu the cultural attractions in London,
Stmtford. Oxrcml, und Cambridge, t ~ n dto u representative
rcpional thmtrc. Students will kecp joumnls.
Counts toward English or speech major.
Fulfills distribution requirement (Area A or B).
Grading: Pass No Credit only.
Enrollment: 2 l
Interdisciplinary IIc: Science History in Europe
Allen Hanson, St. Olaf
Cost: $975.00
Scicncc I iislory in t u r o p focuses on ~ h rc~ w a n d d ~ v b l o p
men! o ~ n a i u r a I s ~ ; r s & p i c ~ c j m s c i c n u f i c a Wbbl
nd
ThO Dmrtdws M w in~
rnuqcums i n wmM
Mynda FEB~~IFW
techfinlo
p r o m und sdmhltr?dc~no u t r w r . T h M tlu&kr anti m u 9 1 I t e m w m b
in Park, yitb tbdr ~ I I c c @ ~ and
B rwhtnudibn~(M cciallj athcP a ~ w
Iwtit~iastml~
are h b # t i tifife
m.
1
rchro ~ e t o p p b t .PWO odon w hub, rmcitk8a*
tostoiLTrpa UntqenOpm m a air~$vriN~
London it* w ~ t hftsBrrtish Muscum, Oremwtc a*c
Museum, Science Museum, Royal Inst~tution,and Medical
Ilhtory Muscuni, thc story ul' sclcn~ilicdevclop~t~cnt
from
a,trolobc to radar, I r o s Boylc to B r e ir~u,nloldcd in grcat
chunks o r rare prcscrved n puratus un lure With a sclcntlf ~ chislory lcaibook aa unLrlyinp coursc slructure. sludenls
will ollrcrvc, keep u ourn.il, rvritc intcrprttrve papers :and be
cxa~nincdon thc stiislanuc o r w e n c e history.
Fulfills d~strlbutionrequirement (Area D, non-lab)
Prerequ~s~te.One year of college science or permlsslon of
Instructor
Enrollment 25
m
4
Norwegian Im : Beginning Norwegian
Leif Hansen, Augsburg
Cost: $1,050.00
A complete introduction to the basic skills in the use of the
Norwegian language officially referred to a s "bokmal." Students will have the advantage of a considerable degree of individual attention and support in their efforts to acquire the
prvni~nciillinnIS^ niltivt. Nr)rrutg*al~srn rut thl: coursc uC tbc
iravcl itincr;lra s l u d c " 1 ~wil! i'!lvc
o ~ ~ o r t u nttli llislcn
~
lu and itif~lliY rcglfltlal v ~ ~ r l a l l o n111s sp\)kcll Nlrrwc@iall.
Tllrou 11 ~crsun;alcx~cricnccand obscrv;ilien- l l l ~ n gwith
iurlilaflecturer. ,iudmis r i l l idso pet m ercellcni insaduction to many aspects of Norwedan culture and society After spending ~ h r i s t m a swith families in Sandane (2@0 3.000 ~ o ~ u l a t i oon
n ) the West coast (5-6 days), students will
travel by bus and hydrofoil to Bcrgcn b r l l ~ c rsouth for 5-6
days of family Stay, formal l a n ~ ~ a Cg Ic~ S S C Sand formal kctures, along with sightseeing. Thc group will then continue
on to Stavanger via hydrofoil coastal ship and then to Oslo
by train (5-6 days each) for more language work and the program will again include family stays. Evaluation will include
final oral and written tests, as well as a "field" test in which
students will have an opportunity to find out how much they
have learned of the Norwegian language.
Fulfills distribution requirement.
Enrollment: 20
Nursing IIIm: Trends and Issues in Socialized
Health Care Systems
$895'00
Pamela Larson, Augsburg
An opportunity for nursing students to explore nationalized health care a s it exists in England. Among points to be
explored are: strengths and weaknesses in English health
care delivery; and the role of nursing and utilization of nursings services within the syhtcm. St~identswill relate the
knowledge gained about sociulizod Iie:~Ilhcare t o the present
U . S . health care system, illid prr>jeclthc inip~ictsocialization
would have on the role and utilization of nursing in the U.S.
Counts toward nursing major
Political Science I ~ c :
Comparative Legal Systems
G. Alan Tarr, St. Olaf
Cost: $950.00
On the broadest level this course will survey the role of law
in governance. Particular attention will be paid to the interrelationship between the system of law which develops and
the society from which it emanates. Bases for comparison
shall include common-law legal systems (especially Great
~ ~ i ~civil~ law
i ~systems
) , (especially F ~ ~E~~~~~~~
~ ~ ~
adaptations of judicial review (especially Germany and
F ~ ~and~ the~operation
~ ) of
, the international legal system
(the world court
in -l-he H ~ ~ students
~ ~ will
) . both meet
systems and, where la,,with participants in the various le
suage does not pow an obstacle, dreCtlYobserve the systems
~n operation.
Counts toward polilical scicr~ucm;lJllr
Fulfills distribution requirement (hrca C).
Prerequisite: Previous polilic:,t uclcncc course or completion of a
short reading list.
Enrollment: 15
Political Science Im or IIm: Oil and Norway:
Mutual Impact
Cost: $1,050.00
Myles C. Stenshoel, Augsburg
An inquiry into the early impact of the emerging Norwe&inn
pclrolalm industry u p n the plilics and economy of
N~~~~
convcr5elv,
of~orwcgian
political erspectives
irnd insritulions pn the dcvclopment rind use o&his recently ~iiscovcredrcaourcc. AI'rcr a gcnernl introduction to Norwcgian politics uncl culturt, s t u d c n ~ws i l l be exposed, throu h
rtadiiig, luctur~s.observation md conversation. t o the
tics of oil from varying
a small
ex er
ience; perceptions ofacademics; impact upon an oil- roiuc:
ing city; oil development under political controls; anfthe establishment of a natural oil policy in a welfare state.
be shared with the group
arrangements
the Nurwepinn lan u a g anrl culture and thus stuexlracurriru~.
'Ir 'pporLunities in these areas.
dents will
See Beginning N u r w q i ~ ~dcscripiion
n
for itinerary and family stay plans,
counts
towardpolitical science major,
~ u l f i l ~distribution
s
tcclurremonr.
Both upper and lowcr rlivi~ii~n
c.rcrlit possible.
- one political science course.
Prerequisite: For upper' lcvcl d~v~sion
Program
in the Middle East
Religion IIm: Israel, Ancient and Modern
Philip Quanbeck, A ugsburg Cost: $1,100.00
Focus of the interim will be archaeology and geography.
Attention will be directed to the method and results of arch;lurllugy aa rliry r e l a ~ erspecii~llyLII hilllic;~lsites in Israel.
Frnu ,,ill
live primllrllj in J
~ T-hcrcaill
~
leers in the ()it! ( .irv f,, ~
~
~
~,.isits~
t. o
s l r r l i p l u u a :lnd h i s t ~ r K ; l inarol
l
;lnd nluscl,nn,
Tivu [rips I'rur~~
Jcrusnlcm arc pl:~~incd.Onc will hc LO thc
1,
,I, s,;, Gi,l,,,7 ~i,,,,,
~
~
~
~1,lumr,
~ ~~c ~ ,i d d~mild
, , ~~ n f~i r r t~l lwill, lx l visilrd
.
r\ 1ri1) t o tlrc ~ ) I I L I Iwill iliuludc s ~ c l pluccs
i
:is As'liod. Uccr
Shcbi~,M;isrld;! and Qurl~ran.h t iitlditiun;~lcost i l r~inyhc
possible to arrange a stay in Jordan. Some time will be
spent in London a t the beginning and at the end of the
interim,
Counts toward religion major.
Fulfills distribution requiremenl (religion).
Prerequisite: One religion course
w;lrki,ll:
,,,,,
Religion IId: Christian Rome to 1600 A.D.
Cost: $925.00
Harlan Foss, Vernon Faillettaz, SI. Olaf
A study designed to makeChristian history comealive
through an exploration of Christian Rome a s an example of
Western Christian history in microcosm. Readings and lectures will be carefully integrated with direct exposure to sites,
monuments, art and artifacts related to the development of
the Church in Rome. Beginning with the pagan city, the
seminar will cover its transformation into a Christian center
and its continued importance throughout the Middle Ages.
Resources include the Vatican Museum, Catacombs, Basilicae of S t . Peter and Pasl, papal tombs, etc. Brief visits will
be made t o Florence, Assisi, Subiaco, Pompeii, Pisa.
Counts toward rel~gionmajor.
Fulfills general requirement.
Prerequisite: Level I religion and interest in Christian history
Enrollment: 35
Spanish IIId: Spanish Language, Culture
Cost: $925.00
and Theater in Madrid
L~~~ N
~st.olaf~
~
~
~
Aimed at improving spoken Spanish, widening cultural exand becoming acquainted with the Spanish theater.
) perience,
,
Based in Madrid with study trips to Avila, Toledo, the Valley
of the Fallen, El Escorial, and Segovia. Activities include Lutoring three times a week by Spanish students from the University of Madrid, frequent visits to the Prado and other museums. attendance a t theater performances integrated with
analysis and discussion. The group will also attend concerts
of the Madrid Symphony, film showings and other cultural
functions, as well as Protestant and Catholic church services.
Students will keep a journal in Spanish.
Counts towardSpanish major.
Fulrills distribution requirement (Area A).
Prerequisile: Spanish 51 with minimum grade or 0-.
Grading: Pass/No Credit only.
Enrollment: 15
~
,
.,
,,,
~
~
~
l
~
~
~
~
,
,
rograms in Mexico
Religion IIf: Proclamation and
Development: Dynamics of Christian Social
Concern in ~ a t i n ~ m e r i c a
Ansgar Sovik, SI. OIaf
Cost: $350.00
plus lransporlalion
'Thc study will focr~son tllc r c l u ~ i o r~U~h r i s ~ i u npruul:ln~alion to poverty, poli~icalupllressiun, nud social injus~iccin
L ~ i l i nAmcricn. and tlrc Clir~ilian'sresvmsibility Iijr \worki ~ r gtuwi~rrlstructures 1Ii:il n ~ a k cpossible :I truly Iluman cxisioncc. Tllc Scti~ilr;~ric)I..ir lllcri~floAugshurgu in M c ~ i c C'II~
u
\vill hull se lllc /r:~rliuiya~irs.M ~ i ~ l h crrl ra 111c sta l'T :i11e1 licr
r1ui1lilil.d leclurv~~s
ivill 51i:irc i n direclilip I hc ~.caditlp,s ~ u r l y
irntl discussion 131' Liilir! Anicr'iciilr "li hcrr~tion t h e t ~ l t ~ g yr "t prcscnlerl by aklc11 w i t c r s a:. Bunirio, Curncri~,Torres. Ciuilierrez, Frierre, Gheddo, Paz and Goulet, and by the "Christians for Socialism" movement i n Latin America. Direct exposure to community development projects through which
the church is seeking t o actualize its social concern will be an
integral part o f the program. Week-end field trips will feature areas o f cultural and religious interest, such as the pyramids o f Teotihuacan, the colorful Aztec market town o f Tepoztlan, the magnificent archaeological remains at Oaxaca,
the crafts city o f Taxco, etc.
Counts toward religion major.
Fulfills general requirement.
Prerequisite: Freshman religion
Enrollment: 12
Spanish IIa: Intensive Intermediate Spanish
Cost: $450.00
in Cuernavaca, Mexico
plus lransporlalion
Staff of Cuernavaca Language School
ln~cnsivcs ~ u d yofihcSpnnish Innguzge i11 ~ l i cn u w c scrting witli rintivc-spciikinp tnsl~~uciors,
a l thc C u c r ~ ~ u v1.a11.
~ci~
guage Scl~oolin Cucrnarrncu. Mcxicu. Slrong uniphasi?; on
I hc dcvclol)n~criktr l' f i ~ n c i i o ~ l :Iiinguugc
il
skills [I; thc upper.
intcrntcdiate lcvcl. Tlic rcl:~iionshipcrl' 1:inpuagc tu cull url: is
also Irv;~tcd. 0cc:lr;iunal {rips l o illrllorla~ilculiucal anrl ;iruti;lcnlogiu:il silts. A "wurking" lanpuagv coursc III i ~ r cxciii
i ~ :{lid
~ g~ i ~ lI uol rsctt ing.
Counts as equivalent of Spanish 32
Prerequisite: Successful completion or Spanish 31 or equivalent.
Grading: Pass/No Credit only
Spanish IIIa: Intensive Advanced Spanish in
Cost: $450.00
Cuernavaca, Mexico
plus fransporlalion
Staff of Cuernavaca Language School
Inlcnsivc study r ~ lhc
f S p ~ ~ n i slung~~:igc
h
at (1icuilv;inccd
lcvcl i n a n i ~ f i v csclttng with t i : ~ livc-~pcakitlxinstruclr~rsor
llic Cucrnrivac~~
l.ungu:tgc S c h u r ~ il n C'ucrnavac:!, Mcxicn.
S ~ I ' ~ I Icrtiph:lsis I)TI l l i c rlevelu men1 and perttcting ol' langDilgc s t i l l s ;il t l ~ :~dvanccd
e
lcvcr Trips lr, irnpor~antcullur:~l
a n d r~rchacologicnlsites. Emphasis on dilycrinp c u t ~ u r avall
ues i n the Spanish Inngkragc ilrctl.
Counts toward Spanish major.
Prerequisite: S anish 51
Grading: ~ a s s f ~Credil
o
only
Program in Taiwan
Speech Communication IIm: Intercultural
Communication and the Quest for
Global Justice
Cost: $495.00
includes rransporlation
Joel Mugge, Augsburg
Religion IIe: Folk Religion in Taiwan
Cost: $995.00
round trip transporta/ionJron~ West Coast
Merle Metcalf, St. Olaf
The function o f folk religion i n Chinese society. Special
Uiiwd ill M c x i w ~City. O i i x l ~ c ::~IIII
~ :i Uenediu t iric tnuiiasattention t o the primacy o f integrative values and system
icry tllc "ill:lgcr,f~hua~cllccrlcur t-~,urna\m;lca, ~~~~~l
lo
Mcvicir will hc hg bus
lrllin, Mrxjvc>
Irl.ovi<ics scl[illg
maintenance i n thecommunitiesvisited. Accommodation in
whcru Inany ~ ~ r , l i ~ i c sociri]
iil.
lint1 rrligiuus r:~ll,r.h :ir.tr r ~ ~ r ~ l l temples, hostels, churches, etc. This is an extensive down island interim t o study H a k k a and Aborigine variations o f
dirfcrefll f'rcjm tlur orvn, -Ttle cu\lrsc ("ill cxpl(lrc w;lys ill
and .illilF the cclnjfolk religion. There will be one extensive "backpack" across
w l ~ i c ll~cvr.
l ~ ;Isprcls or cllliurrinflllenur
the central range o f mountains, and several shorter field
~uuriicuiirlnprncess. btith vcrhirl ;~nrlnonvcrhill. ;in4 llo,\ rllc
barriers that block effective communication can be broken
trips. During this interim w e w i l l live out o f a backpack and
cx:lnlilll. the plllilical
ccoll.
eat from local shops with the local folk. W e will spend time
(loivn, ' f l ~ ecourse ,,,ill
at the Ocean i n
villages o f Pei Kang, and L u Kang, the
i r i c ~ ~ l i :ind
t y ~ I I ~ U S ~ ~illL T
n ~ l l i crealities which contribtita
centers o f M a T Z Uworship. The last four days will be i n Taiwull a s llowthe r1rcss;lgc o f ,he churc],
I_:ati,, ,jlrlerica.
pei visiting Confucian, Buddhist and Taoist shrines, and the
SwYkS thCSCle;LljljL'S,
Elnr)h;isis Will
lIC
Llrl tllC C[1risLiiltlB3
National Palace Museum.
~~cspo~isihililirs
fur n o r king iua;lrd SlrtrctIIrcs kh;ii 111akt ;I
Counts loward religion major.
jusl Ciloh;~lSuciciy pclssiblc, 1-v:!rning will lrc h c i l i l s l c d hy
Fulrills general requirement.
ciircul coll1:et wit11 suvcr:il d i m c n s i ~ ~ nul's Mvxicun lil'c - Ilrreligion
ban mon:lrt ic u u n i n ~ u ~ ~ i ~
t yn, d111~'residents oI' 11 srr~:lllrillage - as well i l k by scvcrtil rcsr)urue people who i ~ r c d i r c u i l y
involved i n I hc struggle Tor justice. A pre-inkrim \vorksholr,
several p;iperlri~ck tehts. iln ex~rnsivedaily jot1rn31. :~n(la
final paper w i l l all hc rciluirerl.
Counts toward major.
Fulfills distribution requirement.
Grading: Pass/No Credit only
Enrollmenl: 15
~ ~ ~ # , $ $,Fhman
:
Program in Hawaii
Asian Studies IIa: Hawaiian
Intercultural Relations
Myron Solid, SI. OIaJ
Cost: $975.00
A study o f the inlerrelation o f cultures - Asian, Polynesian, and American - which have come t o interact with each
other i n Hawaii. Participants will be assumed t o have basic
familiarity with the American component and the course will
therefore concentrate on Asian and Polynesian traditions as
shown in social customs, religion, and the arts, and on the
consequences o f their interaction with the American tradition i n the filiieth state. T w o weeks i n Honolulu and at the
University o f Hawaii and East-West Center will be followed
by study at Brigham Young University Hawaii Campus at
Laie and the Polynesian Culture Center. The course will
conclude 011thc isl:rnd ol' I-I:~w:~ii.I'nil~hasiswill be placed
on culture unil inrcrculturnl rcln~iuns. 1-cctures. major
un3 I'iclti cxpcric~iccs,oral reports, and
course p r o j c c ~ lours
,
a journal ;Ire rcquircd. hiirplc oplrortunily for exploration o f
historic silcs, ctllnic and ;trt tiruseums, rcl~giousshrines,
schools, churches--and the beaches. Hawaii itself is a living
laboratory o f intercultural relations.
Counts toward Asian sludies major
Grading: Pass/No Credit only
Enrollment: 25
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Catalog 1986-88
Oflicial Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1986
731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 5545406121330-1000
This Catalog should answer most questlons students have about Augsburg College and its
curriculum. Although lnformatlon was current at the time ofp... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Catalog 1986-88
Oflicial Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1986
731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 5545406121330-1000
This Catalog should answer most questlons students have about Augsburg College and its
curriculum. Although lnformatlon was current at the time ofpubllcatlon, It 1s subJect to
change without notlce. It 1s the responslblllty of each student to know the requlrements
and academlcpollcies In thlspubllcatlon. If you have questlons about anythlng In thls Catalog, consult a faculty advlser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Key ofpces are
llsted at the back of the catalog for correspondence or telephone Inquiries.
Facts & Figures
about A u g s b u r g C o l l e g e
Location - Minneapolis, Minnesota, since 1872. Founded in
1869.
Religious Affiliation - The
American Lutheran Church. 59% of
students are Lutheran, 14% other
Protestant, 19% Roman Catholic,
8% other.
Accreditation - North Central
Association of Colleges and
Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education.
Approved by American Chemical
Society, Council on Social Work Education, National Association for
Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of Schools of Music, National League for Nursing.
Member - Associated Colleges
of the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council,
Registered with the Minnesota
Higher Education Coordinating
Board.
Enrollment (1985-86) - 1,802
from 22 states and 24 nations.
Graduates - from 1870
through May 26,1985 - 9,231.
Student/Faculty Ratio - 15.9
to 1.Class size averages 20-30.
Campus - 14 major buildings.
Major renovation 1979-80with special emphasis on accessibility. 9
major buildings are connected by a
skyway/tunnel/enclosed walkway
system.
Library - Over 145,000 volumes, access to over 5,000,000
through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex.
School Year - September to
May, 4-1-4 calendar, with January
Interim. Two summer school sessions. Augsburg Weekend College
- trimesters, September to June.
Mqjors - More than 40 in 20 de-
partments.
Off-Campus Programs - Program in Global Community, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA),Study Abroad, and extensive cooperative education program.
Athletic Affiliation - Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC),and National Collegiate Athletic Association
(NCAA),Division 111.
Policy -Augsburg College does
not discriminate on the basis of
race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap a s required by Title IX of
the 1972 Educational Amendments
or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973, a s amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment
practices.
Financial Aid - Approximately
85% of the students receive some
form of financial aid from the college and many other sources.
Contents
Facts &
Figures
............................
11
Introducing
Augsburg
......................2
Admissions ....................11
College Costs,
Financial Policies,
& Financial Aid
............16
Student Life ................... 30
Academic
Information
.................38
Departments
& Programs
.................59
College
Information:
..............................160
DCUS Board ........................162
Administration ...................162
Faculty Emeriti ...................164
Teaching Faculty ................ 165
Academic
Calendar .........................173
Communications
Directory .........................177
Index...................................1 7 8
lnfonnatlon
Request Card ..................1 9 1
Regents
Augsburg College
Education
in a Real World
S
tudents commonly speak of graduating from college as a
way of getting into "the real world." In fact, Augsburg College provides students with an education in a real world. The diversity of the faculty, staff, and student body, the structure of
the curriculum, and the academic environment mirror the complexity of life in contemporary society.
The college's location in and involvement with a metropolitan
setting offer continuous access to cultural opportunities, career
experiences, and social realities that enrich students' educations. Augsburg's commitment to the liberal arts recognizes
that the reality in which contemporary persons live and the persons themselves have been shaped by the tradition and history
from which they come. The real world was not made this moming, and it is not simple. Only a broad education can present our
world a s it is and give persons the ability to deal with it. Similarly, Augsburg College's continuing dedication to its heritage
as a college of the church affirms a belief that the world is the
creation of a loving God and that human persons are inescapably spiritual beings.
T h e C o l l e g e Mission Statement
These qualities of an Augsburg education flow from its mission
statement which declares that the college exists to provide high
quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal
arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian church
and by the context of a great metropolitan center.
Augsburg's location in the heart of the city represents the loom
on which the multi-colored fabric of its identity has been woven.
While students are prepared to take a place in and make a contribution to the world in which they live, they are educated to be
critical of the quality of life in their society and to be reflective of
their own values as they respond to it.
". ..based in the liberal arts
"
The academic program emphasizes the continuing validity of
the liberal arts a s a foundation for developing the life of the
mind. Augsburg College's faculty are dedicated to challenging
their students to achieve the highest academic standards while
supporting them in that endeavor with excellent teaching and
individual attention.
Students are expected to develop their abilities in critical
thinking and communication and to gain sensitivity to and
appreciation for their own and other cultures. Each student is
encouraged to contemplate the eternal philosophical and
spiritual questions of human life and of personal values and
ethics. At Augsburg the great scholars, thinkers, writers, and
artists of the past and present are studied and valued.
Augsburg College considers an understanding of the content
and method of science, a recognition of the place of technology,
and an understanding of ways to maintain a sound body as
important elements of a complete education.
This insistence on the breadth of a traditional liberal arts
education reflects a firm belief that human beings are more
than their ability to perform a job. It reflects further a concerted
attempt to direct students toward a full development of the
many facets and capacities of the educated person.
". ..
..
shaped. by the context o f a great
metropolitan center"
Yet, bounded as it is by an interstate freeway and the center of a
vital city, Augsburg College is no ivory tower escape from the
real world. The college community continually interacts with the
city by attending cultural events and civic activities and by
inviting city residents and visitors to the campus as lecturers,
performers, and mentors. The city becomes a laboratory for
experiential learning through internships, professional program
field experiences, and cooperative education placements.
". ..and shaped by faith and values."
This involvement with the real world is a reflection of
Augsburg's spiritual heritage which values all that God has
created. While its tradition supports intellectual freedom in the
search for truth, the college affirms its belief that all students
should reflect upon their ethical and spiritual values a s part of
becoming educated. Students are encouraged through religion
courses and through opportunities on campus for the practice
and examination of spirituality to consider their relationship to
others, to society, and to the world.
Traditionally Augsburg College has insisted that an aspect of
these relationships is contained in the motto: "Mucation for
Service." In these words the college expresses a belief that,
whatever career they pursue, graduates should consider the
duty of citizens to contribute to the common good through
service to others.
\N
ithin the larger community of the city and the world,
Augsburg College is its own community. It is a community of support and collegiality composed of persons of diverse
talents: of varied ethnic, national, cultural, and religious backgrounds: and of complementary interests and orientations.
Through a competent, committed faculty and a dedicated staff,
Augsburg College builds with its students a real world in which
the whole person can be educated and developed.
Augsburg
College
History
A College o f the Church
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in
America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in
Augsburg, Germany, in 1530.Augsburg opened in September 1869,in
Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872.The first college
students were enrolled in 1874 and the first college graduation was in
1879.
Early Leaders
Establish a Direction
August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876).
Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway - Sven Oftedal
and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of
Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants:
and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for
theological study.
In 1874 they proposed a three part plan: first - train ministerial candidates, second - prepare future theological students and third - educate the farmer, worker, and businessman. The statement stressed that
a good education is also practical.
Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rqjected ivory tower
concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has
been Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years.
Education for Service
Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second president (1876-1907),required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the
community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto
"Education for Service."
In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later
called the Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent
congregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal
Christianity.This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. But the college division was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary.
The F o c u s C h a n g e s
This attitude began to change alter World War I. In 1911Georg Sverdrup
Jr. became President. He worked to develop college departments with an
appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be
ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of
Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the
college as a teacher and administrator.
The college's mission assumed a double character ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In
1937, Augsburg elected Bemhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly
teacher, to be president (1938-1962).His involvement in ecumenical
and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city
life.
After World War 11, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand
and improve academic offerings. Now the college was a larger part of the
institution than the seminary, and received the most attention.
-
Accreditation for the College
Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offering
a modern college program based on general education requirements
and elective mqjors. With cumculum change came a long effort to become accredited.
The college reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni
had entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that
time.
A study in 1962 defined the college's mission now as serving the good
society as a whole first, and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church
second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Northwestern Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963.
A College in the City
President Oscar A. Anderson (1963-1980)
continued Augsburg's emphasis on involvement with the city, He wanted to reach out to non-traditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all
people. During his years of leadership the college became a vital and integral part of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music
Hall, Mortensen Tower, Urness Tower, the College Center, Ice Arena and
Psychology Building.
Since 1980Augsburg has been led by Charles S. Anderson. He has continued Augsburg's commitment to the value of a liberal arts education,
emphasizing diversity in enrollment efforts, spiritual growth and freedom and an academic program that draws on the resources of the city a s
extensions of the campus and classroom.
Serving the
Non-traditional Student
Augsburg's American Indian Program is recognized as successful. The
program has had the highest retention rate of Indian students in Minnesota -some 85 percent. The Black Student Affairs Program, initiated in
1969,has had a growing number of students and supports a Black Student Union and a newspaper distributed by the office.
The campus is accessible to the physically handicapped with a skywaytunnel-elevator system connecting nine major buildings. In only its second year, Augsburg's program for the learning disabled had 30 students
enrolled. The program received a state award for excellence.
Weekend College, started in 1982with 69students, had an enrollment of
nearly 500 in fall 1985.Through Weekend College, adult students can
work fulltime and pursue a bachelor's degree that has a practical focus
on a liberal arts base.
These programs bring working adults to the campus. They're complemented by the new Cooperative Education Program (begun in 1984)
that sends Augsburg students into the workplace. The Co-op Education
Program helps students get career experience in addition to their classroom studies.
Augsburg Today
Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the
founders who believed:
Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community
and church:
education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens:
the city with all its excitement, challenges and diversity, is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg students.
Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great
metropolitan center. There are now more than 11,000Augsburg alumni.
In a world that has changed much since those first days of the college,
Augsburg still sends out graduates who make a difference where they
live and work.
Campus Location
Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Downtown
Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and east via Interstate 94
which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that
also connect with the suburbs.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport include American, Continental,
Delta, Eastern, Frontier, Midway, Northwest Orient, Ozark, People's Express, Piedmont, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western. Bus or train
connections can be made from all areas of the United States.
Policies
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of
race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title 1X of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions
policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinators listed
in the Communications Directory (p. 177)or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, 7th Place at Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on
Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges.
Accreditation and Memberships
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of
Colleges and Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of
Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work
Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional member
of the National Association of Schools of Music (NASM).
W e are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private
College Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution.
~ e a i s t r a t b ndoes notmean that credits earned at the institution can be
transfemed to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer.
Facilities and Housing
Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories, the five buildings on the
Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building.
Admissions Omce, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the
admissions staffand reception area for prospective students and their parents.
George Sverdrup Library. (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual
center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices.
Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on
the roof was completed in 1960.
Old Main (1900) is home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and
has classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodelled in 1980,
Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It
is included on the National Register of Historic Places.
West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for upperclass students.
Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of
women from 1923 to 1964, h a s 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that
house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge
areas.
Urness Tower, (1967) named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who
have given several generous gills to the College, provides living quarters for
324 students, Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two
to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas.
Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, h a s spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for
student government and student publications.
Center for Global Service and Education, located a t 709 23rd Avenue
South, provides offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for
those interested in global issues.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices.
Music Hall, (1978)newest building on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall,
classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and
offices for the music faculty.
Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the
Psychology department in the former studio building.
Melby Hall. (1961) named in honor of J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to
1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes.
Ice Arena. (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
Stage IITheater. formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust
stage a s a temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which
also retains space in the Little Theater building.
South Hall. Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near
the campus area, provide additional housing accommodations for students,
faculty and staff.
Admissions
A
ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence
and character. We want people who can benefit from and
contribute to their community -the college community, and
the larger community.
Freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the
campus and meet with an Admissions Counselor, because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere is valuable. Arrangements may be made to meet with a
member of the faculty and to attend classes when school is in
session.
Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with college planning. Just call any weekday from
8:00 a.m. to 430 p.m. -Admissions Office(612)330-1001.
We'll answer your questions and arrange a tour for any day including Saturdays. Our office is on the Northwest comer of 7th
Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis (please call first).
Augsburg selects students on individual merit without regard to
race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age.
Application Procedures
forApplication
Freshmen
for Admission
1.
Applicants should complete the application for admission and
essay, and retum them to the Admissions Office together with the
non-refundable $15.00 application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman
applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students
at the time of application should have their most recent transcript
sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. Graduate
Examination Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of
the high school transcript.
3. Test Scores
Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the
Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic
Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT). It will
suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school
transcript.
4. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affected the
applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with
the application or discussed personally with an admissions
counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the
Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
5. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are
notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after
the application tile is complete and has been evaluated by the
Admissions Committee.
6. Confirmation of Admission
Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to
make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their
financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to
the Director of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked
to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of
their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in college
housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit.
Early Decision for Freshmen
Augsburg offers an Early Decision Program for students who select
Augsburg a s a primary college choice. Early Decision candidates must
apply by November 15 of their senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1.The College bases its admissions decision on the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and
recommendations.
Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for financial assistance.
Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required to
complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which
enables our Financial Aid Office to compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1.This application is
available in the Admissions Office.
Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make
a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial
aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director
of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to
make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in college housing
must also submit a $100 housing deposit.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational
program may be granted admission to begin full-timework toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the
senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty, and arrange a
personal interview with the Director of Admissions.
Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary
Enrollment Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information.
Application Procedures
for Transfer Students
Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having
completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College
credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit
for courses where It: considers the work unsatisFactory, to grant provisional credit for worlt taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require
that certain courses be taken at Augsburg.
A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on
previous college work.
Admission to a major, a s well a s admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Tor example, registered nurses seeking a Bachelor of
Science degree in NursEna must have a 2.5 QFA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation tests. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental catalog section to see if admission to
the major is necessary.
1. Application for Admission
Applicants should complete an application for admission and return
it to the Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable
application fee.
2. Transcripts
An official transcript sent directly to the Admissions Office from the
college(s) you have attended is required. Transfer student
applicants who have completed one year or less of college-level
work must have an omcial transcript from their high school sent
directly to the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a
year or more of college work will be evaluated primarily on their
college performance.
3. Additional Information
If there is personal information that may have affected the
applicant's previous college performance, it may be included with
the application or discussed personally with an admissions
counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the
Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
4. Notification of Admissions Decision
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are
notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after
the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the
Admissions Committee.
5. Confirmation of Admission
Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to
make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their
financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to
the Director of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked
to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of
their letter of acceptance.
Those students who wish to live in college housing must also
submit a $100 housing deposit.
Re-Admission of
Former Students
Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return, apply for readmission through the Registrar's Office. Students who have attended
any other institution(s) during the absence from Augsburg must have
an official transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee.
Admission as a
Special Student
(Ron-Degree)
In some circumstances, people may be admitted as special students
(non-degree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for
credit. Usually part-time students, they may subsequently become candidates for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office.
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at
Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree).A transcript must
be sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student (non-degree)status is available
from the Admissions Office.
Admission for
International
Students
International students should consult with the Director of Admissions
regarding the procedures for applying a s an international student. All
international students transferring to Augsburg from another United
States college or university must apply and be accepted for admission
to Augsburg two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1for
Fall, November 1for Spring.
To contact the Director, call (612) 330-1001 or write to:
Director of Admissions
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis MN 55454
U.S.A.
College Costs,
Financial Policies
and Financial Aid
A
11 students receive financial help indirectly, since a quality
liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees
cover. The college raises that difference in gifts - from alumni,
faculty, staff, parents, church, friends, foundations, and endowment income.
However, the primary responsibility for paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is intended t o supplement those resources.
College Costs 1986-87
The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed for the 1986-87 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes a s required. The college reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate.
Tuition, Fees, K e n t and B o a r d
Tuition (full-timeenrollment)
.....................................
$6.780.00
This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1986.
Students are considered full-time when they take three or more
courses during the semester terms with a total of seven or more
courses in the school year. The charge includes tuition, general fees,
facility fees, subscription to student publications, and admission to
most college-supported events, concerts and lectures. The amount is
payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester.
Tuition (part-timeenrollment) per course
540.00
This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only.
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course
270.00
Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that
course.
Room Rent (includes telephone)
1.400.00
1,300.00
Full Board (19meals a week)
Other board plans are available a s defined in the housing contract
booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Partial board (14
meals a week) is $1,260.00:the point plan is 51,020.00.
......................
.................
..................................
........................................
Other Special F e e s (not refundable)
Fees Billed on Student Account
ACTC Bus (Full-time students
.
..........$ 5.00
only) ....................
Late Registration (per day after
classes begin) .................... $ 10.00
Registration Change after first
5 days (Cancel/add/change
grade option, or combination
at one time) .......................$ 5.00
introduction to Cinema
$ 35.00
Arts .................................
Life Drawing (See Interim
Catalog for fee)
Music Therapy Internship (one
half course credit) ..............$270.00
Music Lessons
Private, per semester
(14 lessons) ......................
fi75.00
Class, per semester ..-........$ 50.00
Radio-Television
Production .....................
$
.,.
10.00
Theater Technical
Production .........................$ 35.00
Student Teaching
(per course) ...................... $ 15.00
Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) ..........$125.00
Student Government Fee ......$ 60.00
Fees Payable by CheckICash
Application (new and/or
special students) ...............$
Nursing Credit Validation
Tests
,...,..... ..........$
Locker Rental (commuters) $
Student Parking Lot
Permit - car .....................$
- motorcyle ..........$
..............
15.00
75.00
5.00
Transcript Fee (per copy after
first, which is free) ..............$ 2.00
Special Examinations, Cap & Gown
Costs (Schedule on file in
Registrar's Office)
40.00
20.00
Books and Supplies
These costs are estimated to range between $250 - 300 per year.
Deposits
Enrollment Deposit (non-refundable)
...........................
9100.00
Required of all new students after acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or
fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the Admissions Office.
Housing Damage
100.00
Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, to
reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or fines and is returned to the student account (less all
charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the occupancy period
covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for Fall or
Spring Term by notifying the Office of Student Life in writing by the first
day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the
new contract is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall semester or January
1for Spring Semester, $35.00 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit
a s a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellation
is after these dates.
...........................................................
Payments
Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of
Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by
the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the
Business Office.
Payment Optiona - (1)
Annual payments, due August 20 a s billed;
42) Semester Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3)
Payment Plan
upon appllcalion and after College approval, a
three-month plan Is availabke each semester. Details are included
with the Estimate of Charges letler. (4) 10-month Payment Plan upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 administrative fee, the annual charges may be paid in 1 0 equal installments
beginning June 20 and ending March 20. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will be sent
upon request.
-
A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of l0/o per month on any
account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-month
payment plan in which payment is not current.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at
the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the
student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College
will not release academic student transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (National DirectIDefense Student Loans-NDSL
and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according to established
repayment schedules.
Refunds
Students fill out withdrawal from College forms available in the Center
for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed,
and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw,
change to part-time, are dismissed, or are released Porn a housing
contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except
for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs)
according to the following schedule:
100°/~- through the first five days of classes
(less $100.00 administrativefee).
90% - from the sixth through 10th day of classes.
80% - from the 11th through 15th day of classes.
70% - from the 16th through 20th day of classes.
60% - from the 21st through 25th day of classes.
50% - from the 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term.
No refund will be made after the middle class day of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to withdraw due to illness or accident, the refund
will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending doctor stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment.
Students who elect to omit an interim or to graduate in December are
not entitled to a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges.
Students who participate in an approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sub-lease. Details and request
forms are available in the Office of Student Life.
All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and
all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined.
Financial
Aid
Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a
person or family makes in a lifetime. So, proper planning and wise
choices are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the
methods used to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, will help students and their families with both
monetary and advisory assistance to protect access to a quality education in spite of increasing costs.
Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of
scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with Federal, State, church, and private agencies in
providing various aid programs. For the academic year 1984-85 approximately 85% of all students at Augsburg received scholarships,
grants, loans and part-time employment totalling over $6,200,000 from
all aid sources.
The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon
the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student
and family resources.
The Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the Amerlcan ~ o l l & eTesting
Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Porn (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service (CSS) helps determine the amount or assistance for
which a student is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and family can be expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors a s current income, assets,
number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement
needs, and special considerations.
How and W h e n to Apply
New Students
-Regular Admission
1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for ad-
mission.
2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aid form
(FAF) from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete
the application and send it to the processing agency after January 1
but before March 15for priority consideration. Minnesota residents
must complete the FFS which includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program. Augsburg's code on the
FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residents using the FAF, Augsburg's
code is 6014.
3. Within three to four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If a t
that time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid package.
4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent to you.
5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each
college previously attended before financial aid will be offered.
New Students
-
Early Decision
This is for students who select Augsburg a s their primary college
choice. An Early Decision Candidate must apply by November 15of the
senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1.
1. Early Decision Candidates applying fur financial aid may wish to
complete the Early Decision PinancIal Aid Appljcatlon, available by
writing or ca lllng t h e Admissions OWce. This enables our Financial
Aid Office to colnpute a preliminary award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified of their award by
January 1.
2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any nec-
essary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must
be completed after January 1.
Returning Stadenha
Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by
filing the application and Family Financial Statement (FFS).Renewal is
based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund
availability.
K i n d s of Aid
A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in gen-
eral rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted).
The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are
urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants, and loans
that might be available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their
requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible
for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for
Veterans, Educational Assistance For Veterans' Children, and others.
Gift Assistance
- Pull tuition 'Presidents Scholarships are awarded an~iuallylo LIIP rnosl academirally quatliied full-tinie freshmen students. Toese scholarships are awarded without regard to wed. Becatue this Is a unified program, Full
tuiLicln Is assured, slnse lhe College guarantees the diFf~renccbetwecn non-Augsburg grants and schofarships (surti as slate sct~olarships,Pell grants. erc,) anti lull
tuition, The award Is renewable Tor Ihrce years hastd oon academic perrorrnance at
Augsburg. Special application is due January 15.
Deans Scholarships - Full tuition and halr tuition Deans Scholarships are awarded
each fall to (lie n~ostacademically qualified full-lime students who are direct transfers to Augsburg Coltcge rollowing completion ol an A.A. or A.5, degrce. having
maintained a 3.5 GPA on a 4.0 scale. These scholarships are awarded without regard
to need and are renewable for an additional year. Because this is a unified program,
full tuition is assured, since the College guarantees the difference between nonAugsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and
full tuition. Special application is due March 15.
Presidents Scholarships
Paired Resources In Ministry and Education (PRIME)Awards - Augsburg College
will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran
congregation. Announcement from the congregation must be made by October 1.
Aupburg TuiHoa Grants - nvallahlt: to sludents who have shmvn academlc potentral and liavc financial need. A yl.aiil may pay up to full tuition and fees, A studenl's
acadetnk pprkorrnanre, f l nanclal need, and high school and community involvcnient
arc laken intn consideration,
Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to Minnesota
residents who have financial need. For 1986-87, they range from $100 to $4115. All
applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply.
SwpplernentatMucattlonal Opporhrnity Grants - R federal progranl administered
by the College. To bc eligible, n person must: (I)be a U.S. citi7cn or perinanent residenl; (2) llave suiflclent financial need as defirlrd by the program and demonstrated
by Ihc FFS (or FAT): (3)be ci~pablcot mainlaining satisra'actoyacademic standlng at
Ltbe College: and (41 be accepted h r adrriission.
Pell Grants - Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program
guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1986-87 is $2100 minus the amount the student and family can be expected to contribute. Application is
made by tiling the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent to the Pell Grant Program.
lmeau of Indian R f f a i ~ / T d h and
l State Indian Scholarships - Americ.an Indian studcnts who meet federal and state requirenlenls may apply for Bureau of Indiati Asfairs, Tribal and/or Stalp Indian Srholanhtp monies. Studcnts musl be lJ4 degree India11ancestry and be ~rirolledwilh a l e d ~ r a lrecognized
l~
Irlhc. Irldlarl grants
sup~lementall nlher sources of fl~tancialaid, For assistance in a ~ ~ l i c a t i ocontact
n
~1;gsbur~'s
Amerlcan Indian Program Dirtlchr or your Lrlhal agen'iy.
Loan Assistance
National Direct Shldent b a n s (RDSL) - Jolnt Augburg Colleg-federally funded
program adminisle.r~dthrough llie College for students who demonstrate financial
eligiblllty. Loans are. Inhrcst free durtngyour educalion. Nn inter~staccrues nor do
payrnents have to be made on Lheprincipal at any lime you areenrolled at least halftin^^., Simple interrst of 5% and repaymcnl ob the priricipal (a1 the mlnlmum of$30
a month) hegln six months after you leavc school. liepayment may extend up to 10
years. Tl~eloan carria a Icacher canr.ellatlon clause, The maximum which may be
barrowctt for undergraduate: study is $6,000,
Guaranteed Student Loans (GSL) and Minnesota State Student Loans - Loan
funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no inLerEst c h a t g . Reglnningwlth loans For school periods starting Septemkr 7 3. 1983
and alter, simple annual interpsl eT II% on the loan balance anrl repayment oT the
principal brgin six lnonlhs after you leavc sclionl. Repayment may cxtend up to 10
years. The rnaxirnurn loan Es $2500 per year with the cumnlative undergraduaie
nraxlmum of$I 2,500. Applications are available at the college. some banb, and the
Mintlesota State SLudenl Loan ClfKce.
Nursing Student Loan - Federal program with provisions similar to the National Direct Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our
program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial n e d and be rtgistered at least half time. The maximum loan is $2500 per
year.
-
Parent Laan Program (PLUS) P1,US Is a loall program to help parents meet cotlege costs ol lhei~dc.pendcn1 children. Parents may bormw up to $3,000 per srudenl
ol$15,000.Repayment begins withill 60 days
llrr year with an aggregate ma~i~ntrm
oi check dishursettic~itat a simple [nterest rate of 1 2 8 and a niinirnum payment of
$50 per rnonlh. Applicatlorr ronns are avallahle a l Augshurg Colleqe or the tending
fnsll~rrtlons.Applirljlinns are normally filed wilh thc hank or Lhrirt institution wlltl
which your family has an account.
Student Employment
A i ~ g s b u r gCoflege provides work appoflt~nltieslor students with
proveil finallcia! need who are at least one-hall time students. Assign.
ment is made on the basis of need and potential competence in perfomfng the duties assigned. Part-time work provided by the College is
considered financial aid, just as scholarships, loans, arld granls. A
maxiniurn of 15 hours of on-campusemployment per week is recom-
mended.
All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is
made monthly by check to the student employee.
College WorR Study Program and minnesota State Work Study Program - Under tlle~eprograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching
bask with Lhe College ta providt! some part-time work opportunities.
Sponsored Scholarships
Scholarship wlnners are selected by the Sttrdent Affairs Committee of
t h e Faculty unless otherwise s ~ e c l f i e d .For deuartmenla! scllolarships,
winr~ersa;e recommended b y facut ty of the department involved. Descriptions of awards are From statemen& or the donors' wlshes,
*Indicatesendowed scholarships
General Scholarships
Clrarles and Lllura nlliss ~XlricationalFoundation Scholarships - A number of awards of
vdryln!t d ~ t i o t ~[~nirtltii~tni
~~ls
S500) are made each year on the basis of tlnancial need and ability.
Established in 1973 by the foundation.
Bremer Foundation Scholarships - Awarded annually to students from towns and cities
where Bremer banks are located.
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to deserving junior/
senior students. Established in 1961 to perpetuate her memory.
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to two
deservingjunior or senior students. Established in 1969 by Alma Jensen Dickerson to honor her
late husband and perpetuate their memory.
Elias 6 . Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more needy and
deserving upperclass students. Established in 1979 in memory of their husband and father by
Josie Feroe Eliason, Conrad Eliason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs. Elizabeth Mauseth and Mrs. Clara
Hoelck.
M. J. Estrem Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a worthy student. Established in 1965 by
Maybelle and Malcolm Estrem.
Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* - Awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student. Established in 1964 by undesignated memorial gifts.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships - Given annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972.
John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - Awarded annually to freshman students who without
assistance would be unable to pursue higher education, Established in 1963 by a bequest of
John G. Quanbeck.
Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* - Awarded to able and deserving students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964.
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior
student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved father by his daughters, E.
Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie.
Special Scholarships
Aid Associalton Tor Lutherans - Awarded annually to able and deserving upperclass students
who arthccrtlbcale (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Es-
Lnhlislicrtl in 1968.
The Crown Prince Haraid Scholarship - Pstabllsh~dby authorization of the Augsburg ColIcqe Roar'rl of IIegentr in 1965 on the t ~ c ; l s i onf~ llrc
~ visit by Crown Prince Harald, this annual
scllolarship prnvlde~hrll tuition for a Ireshnia~istudcrit from Norway. The winner is selected
from rnrnpctitiort l~uldIrr Norway by t ' n ~Mnrgv-Amerika Foreningen.
Grace Jewel Jensen Buster R~rnorialScholarship* - One or more scholarships are
swartIrtl anri~rallylo sopliotnore,junior, or senior Chinese students who have outstanding acadmmir rvcords a i ~ darc preparing Irl work among the Chinese people. Established in 1983 by
family allrl irlenda to lior~orLlir ~rfetnoryof Grace Jewel Jensen Buster, a 1922 alumna.
The Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded d~lntla[lyto able and de-
FrrYlllg sL~id~ril(s)
whn \lave physical disabilities and Isve d~~iionstlated
financial need. EstabHsh~dIn 1972 by hcr huha~td,Iloyd Cleveland. In linnor tlw niernory uC Mrs. Cleveland, Augstl
leader anrl rlt:vnted wlle.
burg ah~rnna,~ o ~ a e c r a l cClirist~au
Davld J. Fanno Aemorial Scholarship*-0nr or niarr schnlarships are awarded annually to
i t I1a5 sucressrk~llyovrrcorllt: adversily and achieved excellence in
a junlor nr qellior s t l ~ d r ~who
at.adcrnlr and rxtrartrrriculdr pcirformancc. Estahlishcd in 1979 by members of his family t o
Diivid .J. Tormn, ID64 alumnrrr.
honnr the memory a i Colnnia~~drr
Grace Anne JohnlFon Memorial Scholarsltip' - Onr nr mare scholarships are awarded annt~dllytn upperrlass Internatlor~alsludcnl? wlro havr overcntrlc adversity and achieved excell ~ n cIn
t acadernlc and PXlrilCuIr i i u k r perrormanrt:. Btabllshrd i n 1981 by her parents, Dr. and
Ars, I:ini~rJuhflsori, and other idrnily nienlbcrs and friprtds in memory of Grace Anne (Gay)
197 1-1973.
Johnroll, a sludenl a l Auqs~~irg
Catha .Ion- nemorial Scholarship' -Awarded alin~lallyto ripprrclass women of high moral
charart~r,wllh prriewnrc (liven In female nr wale 5ttld~ntstranslcrdntl from Waldorf Colleqe
Who (ire In n~~rslc
andfnr e l r n i r n t a edutntion.
~~
Establishrd ill 1g75 111 memory of Catha on&,
1970 alumna, by her parerits. Mr. and Mrs. Kenn~tIiJnnrs, ntlirr IiItnlly and friends, and the
A~~gshurg
CnTIrgr Srnior Clrallt'nge Prograni.
Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship - Awarded on the basis of
scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum award $500.00. The
scholarship is renewable.
The Rev. Horace E. Plyhus memorfal Scholarshfp. -Awardrd annually to a senior student(s)
who lias st~rcessf~rllv
nverromr ndvcrslly ant1 11.~5arhteverl exrrllence in academic and extrarurilcular perfor~rinricr.E ~ t a l ~ l i s tIn
i ~ d1977 l o honnr lhr rlirtnorv of the Rev. Nyhus, a 1929
gmrliratr: nf Augshurg Ser~ilnarywl~oovrrramt: Lhr nrlvrrsily or early years to earn his own edtic;lllnn alrd whn served his lcllow nien wllh ht~n~anity
and dsdnm.
Minority Student ScholarshipsJawants
The Hearst Arncrica~tltrdlan Scholarshio' - O ~ ior
r rllnt c sctnlarshios srre awarded annuallv
to an Ameslc iltl 11irIld11ul)prtrlillr~5llldC11I(~)WIIQ lias a ~ u ~ ~ i u l a tgrade
i v e point average of 3.0
or better at Augsburq Collrg. fsli!blished In 1984 hy I l i e nears[ Fout~datlnn,
Homecoming Auction Schol~rshlps-Awarcltrd annually to two students, one of whom must
be a minority student, who 11avedeu~onstraleclability to facilitatediscussion about issues of social concern. Established in 1977 and funded by contributions to this annual event from faculty,
staff and students.
Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually
to upperclass Oriental international students. Established in 1978 by her parents, family and
friends to honor the memory of Marilyn's devotion of sharing and loving people, especially her
service to students.
National Scholarship &Grant Program for Minority dtudenb (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) - Mernb~lsof American racial arid cthnic minorities who are either
seeking admission to an America11 I.r~lheranCllklrcl~(ALL) rollegc OR are members of an ALC
congregation may be considered.
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded periodically to a Black
American student. Established in 1964 in memory of Marlys Johnson Simengaard and her
Christian concern for the problems of social injustice.
Religion & Christian Service Scholarships
The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship* - Awarded annually to students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981 by Rolland H. Bockbrader to
honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to the family, congregation, Augsburg
College, and the community.
Andrew and Constance Burgas Scholarship* - Available to both North American and international s t ~ r l p n Ll o~CIIcnurage men and women to enter full-time Christian service. Awards
are based on dcri~nnslratrdircadrmic ability, moral character, and potential for Christian service. Established in 1983 by the Rev, and Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess.
Thorvald Olsen BtrmtvedllSernorialScholarship*- Awarded annually to a student(s) in the
senior class whr~is prrpali~iqInr Ilir mInLslry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide
offering to honor Lllc rrlrnlnry nl Ilr. T , 0,Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church,
1930-1958.
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperclass student preparing for a Christian vocation. Established in 1982 to honor the memory of
Henning and ~ellstineDahlberg.
lver and Marie lverson Scholarship* -Awarded on the basis of need, character and interest
in Christian sewice. Established in 1957 by lver Iverson.
The Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to one or more students who demonstrate potential and tinancial need, with preference for those who are preparing for a religious service vocation.
Gerda mottensen Memodal Scholarship* -One or more scholarships are awarded annually
on L 1 1 ~bil!,is of srl~olarslrlp,sewicc. and dcvotlo~ito the Christian faith. Established in 1975 by
tlir Ii~rnilyanrl h u g h u r g Collqf: in nlmlnrj or aerda Mortensen for five decades of service to
Christian higher education at Augsburg College.
Onesimus Scholarship* - Awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministly. Established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson.
Johah H. 0. ROdvik Memorial Scholarship*
-
Onr or more scholarships are awarded an~rq
preparing for a proierslorial career in Christlan service. Established
rtilally lo h u g s t ~ ~studrnts
ill 1976 t)y Mr. nnrl Mrs. Luther H. Rodvik in mvriiory nl Jotiatt J. 0.Hodvik and his deep personal ~lrtl[cntIonLo liis ralling as a minister as well as his scholarly research and pioneer
Lhought r o n c r r n l n ~the Apostle Paul's traditionally mlsilntlerstnod atlitude toward the question of equal rights and equal status for women.
The Rev. Olaf R o g e Memorial &holarshlp* - Awarded on the basis of need, scholarship
and interest in Christian scrvlce. Ectahllshed 111 1958 to honor the Rev. Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college, 1940-1952.
The Rev. lawrenre and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship* - Ont: or Inore scholnrshlps are
to a Ji~nioror senlor prrparing b r a full-time vocation in the churcll. Eshbawarded a~~nually
lished in 1980 by thclr chlldrrn, la~itiliesand hipr~dsLO l~unorLlre lifelonu dt:votlon that Lhc Rcu,
and Mrs. lawre11ceSateren gav? to the cliurch, hugshurg Coll~ye,anrl Augsht~rgSelninaryover
a period a160 years,
Marguerite Hamilton StorIey memorial Scholarship -nwarded allnually to an able and des ~ r v i n g/ ~ l n i o ~ , k ~ ~slutlenl
i I o r r~colnmendedby l l srhnlarship
~
committee. Semi-finalists are
inlerv&d and sclcct~,dby thc dorlar, the flei. Catvili f. Storley. btablirhed in 1965 to honor
the menlory o l Marqucr~lcljamlllon Slorley and licr intetest and cotice~nin the mission work
of the Christian church.
Morris G. C. d ilanna Vaageneu Misslanary Stholarship Fund* - Awiilded annually Lo a
junior/senior student prepdrlng lor servlcc ac a missionary through the World FTlssion Dcparlment of The American Lulhtran Chorch, Lslabllshecl i l l 1969 by the RPV- and Mrs. Morri? 0.C.
Vaagenes.
Departmental Scholarships
Art
The Crown W n c w Sonja Art Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg
College Board of Regents in 197n ta honor the Crown Princess of Norway. Awarded annually to
a talented arl student will1 flnnncial need.
Augaet molder Memorial Art Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually
to uppcrclass studc~itsmajoring in art. Established in 1982 by his wife, family and friends in
memory of August Molder, accomplished artist and teacher for more than 20 years at Augsburg
COI~P~P,
Athletic
The Carl Bloomberg Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to a needy student(s) particilmling iri Llh: Augsburg College hockey program whose cumulative grade point average is
below 3.2. Estahtisherl in 1983 by friends in memory of Carl Bloomberg, a talented young
hockey player.
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship*- Awarded annually to an able and deserving student on
the basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by his
parents, the Rev, and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in memory of their son, a senior student at Augsburg
College.
Paul Dahlen/Gerald Pryd Aemorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on the bash ol'personality, character, athletic and academic achievement.
Established in 1966 by the tkv. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen and friends to honor the memory of
these two Augsburg College studrnh.
David Granner memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to h a or more students, particpaling in athletics or masic, who have demonstrated llnanrlal nced and/or high Christian character. The allllplicschotarship is for a mate rarlrliddlc only, w l l l ~a prefcrentr in basketball. Esand Mrs. Ethel
tabliskrl In 1975 by Mrs. David Gronner and cllildren I{irhard, Caml, and Rt~l,
Gronner to honor the memory of David Gronner, an Augsburg College alumnus.
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually based on academic achievement, personal character, and ability in athletics. Established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles
S, Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to
upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference for students in the
wrestling program. Established in 1980 by the William Jordan and Charles Schulz families in
memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and nationally recognized wrestler,
Magnus and Kristofa Meven Scholarship* - Awarded annually to students on the basis of
achievement, personal character, and promise in the field of physical education. Established in
1958 by their children in memory of their parents.
Biology
Biology Scholarships - Established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor
outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology.
Business AdmlnletmtIon/EcenomEcs
A~~gshusg
Brrsiness Rlitmni Scholarship Fi~nd*- Awarded annually to sophomore, junior or
wrrinr 4 1 1 ~ hIIIP t~ldjnri~l!]ilk ally of Hw dress encompassed within the Department of Business
Arltiiini5lration and C.< .ruioniics and b a w l on acad~micrxccllence and financial need. Established in 1984 by Augsburg business alumni and other alumni and friends within the business
community.
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more upperclass
students interested in the field o f business. Established in 1965 by The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation.
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* - One or more awards are made annually to a junior or senior student(s) majoring in business administration, Established in 1980 by members
of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund, Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher
at the College.
Chemistry
Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - Given annually to a chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry. Established in 1980 by
Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre.
Chemishy Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior and senior students whose academic
record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Established in 1968 by family,
Friends, and the Augsburg College Chemistry Department to honor:
Manivald Aldre
Carl Fosse
Frederick C. and Laura E. Nortensen
Dr. W. N. Sandstrom
Walter E. Thwaite, Jr.
Covey Hendrickson
Minnesota Mining and ManufacturingChemistry Scholarship - Awarded to Chemistry majors who are citizens of the U.S. Established in 1979.
Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students majoring in Chemistry who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and, preferably, graduate or
professional school goals. Established in 1984 through the Conrad Sunde estate in memory of
a 1915 alumnus who was the first Augsburg College graduate to earn a Ph.D. in chemistry, His
professional career as educator, researcher and consultant included many inventions, of which
the development of lanolin oil was his outstanding work.
Education
David Mathre Scholarship* - Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s) in need of financia.1 assistance during the term in which they are student teaching.
English
Anne Pederson English Scholarship* - Awarded annually to jtlniorlstnior students who are
majoring in English, with preference given to those who plan to t ~ a c hEngllsh as a career. Established in 1971 by faculty members of the English Department to honor the 37 ycars nl service of Anne Pederson as English teacher at Augsburg College.
Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarshipb- Awarded annually to an outstanding student
in the field of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in memory of P. A. Sveeggen,
professor of English at Augsburg, 1915-1952.
Foreign Language
Nimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship* - Awarded annually to junior/senior
students who are majoring in modern language, with preference given to those who plan to
teach language. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs. James Kingsley.
Health-Related
Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-MedicineAward - Given annually to a student of any major
who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Established in
1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre.
Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a registered
nurse seeking a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Established in 1983 by The Augsburg Nurses
Alumni Association.
-
Eleanor Christensen Cdwards lkmorlal Scholarshipr Awarded annually to upperclass
student(s) prrparing for a ratter in riirdirlne nr health. Established in 1978 in memory of
Eleanor Christrr~senUwards' devotion and s~.rvjccin lieaitli care by members of her family,
Bernhard Chrlsl~nscn.I;isic Christe~isenSchrocder, .le%l~
Cliristensen, Nadia Christensen and
Theodore Christensen.
History
Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship - Awarded annually to a history major. Established in 1980 by Gregory M. Rtzloff to honor Carl H. Chrislock.
The Rev. and Mrs. 0. J. Haukeness History Award - Awarded annually to a senior student
for excellence in history. Established in 1980 by Helen Ranck to honor her parents, the Rev. and
Mrs. 0. J, Haukeness.
H, R, aendrichdn lllsbry Scholarship* --Awarded annually to students majoring in history
with prclrrencc given to llrose who plau a c a m In lhp field, blahlfshed in 1969 by Dr. and Mrs.
Carl II.Chrlslork and aegnrentcd Ily otlier conLributlo~~s
Lo iinnnr Ihe memory of H. N, Hendrickson, pmkssol uf llistory a1 Aussburg College, 1400- 1952,
Library Science
Library Student Assistant Scholarship - Established in 1984 by library staff to honor junior
or senior students who have given outstanding performance as a library student assistant.
Mathematics
Mathematics Scholarship - Awarded annually to an able and desenring student in the field of
mathematics. Established in 1980 by the Mathematics department.
Minnegasco Scholarship - Awarded annually to able and deserving junior/senior students
majoring in mathematics or the sciences on the basis of need and academic ability. Established
in 1969 by Minnegasco.
Metro-UrbanStudies
Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs* - One or more scholarships
are awarded annually to upperclass students who actively contribute toward the fulfillment of
Augsburg's Mission Statement relating to the College's urban involvement. Established in 1982
by colleagues, former students, and friends to honor the service and leadership of the Torstensons in community development and urban affairs.
Music
Peggy ChristensenBenson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student of choral music. Established in 1965 by Thomas 1. Benson in memory of Peggy Christensen Benson,
an Augsburg College alumna.
Prwhrnan Performance Studies Scholarships - Entering freshman music majors who evidence niarkrrf ablllty In their major instrument or voice will receive free lessons in that major
nicldium during ihe Rmt two semesters of performance studies.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to two or more students participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and/or are of high Christian
character. Established in 1975 by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol and Paul, and
Mrs. Ethel Gronner in memory of David Gronner, Augsburg College alumnus.
0 . I. Hertsgaard Scholarship* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, interest or potential in conducting,
and promise of overall academic success. Established in 1966 by 0. I, Hertsgaard.
Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship* - Awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those who
have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Established in 1975 by Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful message of music.
Edwin W. and Edith 8, Norberg Scholarship* - One or more scholarships arc awardrrl annually to upperclass student(s) preparing for careers in church music. btablish~din 1980 by
Edwin W. Norberg to honor his wife's lifelong career in the teaching and ro~iducllngoF piano,
organ and choral music.
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a sophomore/junior student of
outstanding promise in the field o f music. Established in 1953 by his family to honor Henry P.
Opseth, chairman of the Augsburg Music Department, 1922-1951.
Senior Performance Scholarships - Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative
GPA of 3.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship
which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters preceding graduation.
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an Augsburg student who has
music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. Established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs, lver Solberg, and her brother Dorvan to
honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-53.
String Scholarships - Awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on violin, viola,
cello, or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performance studies, string ensemble, and orchestra.
John & Vera Thut Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in performance in voice or piano. Established in
1980 by John and Vera Thut, their family and friends. The Thuts cherished lifelong careers in the
teaching of music, three decades of which was at Augsburg.
Stuart West Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a student on the basis of skilled
performance or aptitude in instrumental music. Established in 1983 by Mrs. Joan West and children, Kristine, Dale, David, and James.
Physics
Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperclass student
majoring in physics. Established in 1976 by the Augsburg College Physics Department and
friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg faculty.
Political Science
Political Science Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students oursuina careers in Political Science. Established in 1980 bv Professors Norma
Noonan and ~ j l e s~teishoel.
Scandinavian Studies
lver and myrtle Olson Scholarship'- Awarded antlually to an upperclassstudent@)with acadeniic ah~lltv.in lllc ~ ~ u t s uoti la rtpqwe. wit11 concentration in Scandinavian lanquaqes, literar
and their familks and friends
tulme,h l s l o i ac~rl/orcult~r~~e.
~ t a b l l ! h d In 1903 by l l ~ e lchildren
to honor lver and Myrtlv Olson oa the occaslot~ol their golden wedding anniversary.
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize* -Awarded annually to a student in the general field of
Christian sociology. Established in 1936 by members of his family to honor the memory of Professor Adolph Paulson, who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930-35.
E
xperiences in the classroom are an important part of collene life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities of the college and the metropolitan
area. Whether students are residents or commuters, the climate
for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to their
education.
Campus
Ministry
a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, a s well as
As
academicand social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident
in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore
their own faith.
Since our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a
similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship
groups, outreach teams, planning committees, retreats, Peace and
Justice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts, plays and movies are
examples of the wide variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where
students, faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday
to give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy
Communion.
We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts that God has given them. A s a
college of the church, we encourage students to form their own values
which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg.
The College Pastor has an ofice in the College Center to be readily
available for counseling, consultation, support or information.
Student
Government
Through student government students secure a closer relationship
with and better understanding of the administration and faculty, and
provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student
government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all
issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg.
Student government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring
for the next year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of
their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible - program
planning, writing, editing or service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President of the Student Body in
their offices in the College Center.
Social, Cultural,
Recreational
Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes
place on campus as well a s in the Twin Cities. These activities include
dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields.
The College Center is the focus of lesiure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook,
the Augsburglan, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite
classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center.
KCMR, a student-operated non-profitradio station serving the needs of
Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located
in the Mortensen Tower.
Fine Arts
Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama.
In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg
Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire
range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students
stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the
theatre arts department.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division 111. Men annually compete in football, soccer,
cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, and golf.
Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, track & field, and softball.
Intramurals
Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and
relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of
team sports as well a s individual performance activities. Broomball
has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times
when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena.
Student Activities
A variety of interests is served by groups and clubs and by events spon-
sored by the student government. If you need information or wish t o initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director.
Student
Services
~ u ~ i b college
u r ~
doncerned with educating the whole person and
-
is
recognizes t h a t t h e environment for learning is a critical factor in
achieving growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life
styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose
and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to
produce the educational impact of the college on its students.
The Division of Student Affairs supports this task. During the summer
before your freshman year, or a t the time of transfer, you will receive a
copy ofAugsburg Guide. This book will help you assess the possibilities
in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different
destinations for which to plan. Augsburg Guide was designed t o act a s a
sort of road map.
Center for Student Development
The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services t o
help make yourjourney rich and meaningful. Some of the opportunities are listed below.
Summer Orientation. Students can plan their first academic year and pre-register
for classes. Students and their parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and
staff as well as with the campus. They stay in the dormitory, attend events in the met:
ropolitan area and seek answers to many questions about college life.
Career Planning and Placement. Students may be uncertain about where they want
to be whenthey finish their undergraduate experience, whether their life style will be
a balanced one, or how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment.
Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help with a personal assessment, explore possibilities, test realities, and prepare for entry into the next phase of
life. All new students will have a chance to review their interests with a counselor.
Job Service. Augsburg College maintains a referral service in the Placement Office,
Center for Student Development, to help students find part-time, temporaty, and
summer employment off campus. Job Service initiates contact with employers in the
area and the State Employment Service and acts as a clearinghouse to help match
students and jobs.
Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" is offered each
year to help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others.
Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships),Choosing a
Major, Issues in Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity to register are
provided several times during the year.
Academic Enrichment. Students may want to improve their skills in such areas as
reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workshops offered. Students also will have an opportunity to meet with a counselor to diagnose needs. If a particular course proves difficult, students can arrange for tutoring through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult to cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience. Counselors
are available to help students who are experiencing personal/interpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety of personal growth
groups.
Learning Disabilities Program. A Learning Disabilities Specialist and trained peer
counselors are available to LD students needing coursework assistance, as provided
for by Section 504. Direct services and advocacy are provided in such areas as diagnostic assessment, admissions assistance, orientation and registration assistance, basic skills remediation, orientation to the College, and tutoring. A Learning
Laboratoty, word processors, study guides, taped textbooks, and a peer support
group are also available to students accepted into the LD Program. A separate brochure detailing services and fees is available through the Center for Student Development.
Intercultural Center
As a College in t h e city, committed t o t h e values and insights ofcultural
diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy a n d counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty a n d
community. At t h e present time t h e s e efforts concentrate in two major
areas:
American Indian Support Program. This program provides direct services and assistance in such areas as: recruitment and retention, admissions and financial aids
procedures, orientation and registration, coursework selection and career counseling, tutoring, personal and crisis counseling, referrals and followup. The program
provides advocacy in areas of health, child care, housing, and employment opportunities, with input into the implementation of American Indian courses and liaison
with the Intertribal Student Union.
Black Student Program. Augsburg offers a Black student program which provides
career and personal counseling, administrative support, and assistance with the admissions process. Black History Month and the Black Student Union are student affairs programs emphasizing Black heritage and participation.
The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from
or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities and events
to increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff.
Foreign Study. If students are interested in study abroad, they can consult the faculty
member who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities available.
International Students. Augsburg enjoys the academic and cultural participation of
its students from countries outside the U.S. The Office of the International Student
Adviser helps to orient and advise any student on a student visa, exchange program,
or permanent resident status. The adviser handles information on immigration, work
permits, and temporary status and arranges an American host for international students. See Augsburg Guide for information about the Cross-Cultural Club.
Health Service
The staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across
the street from the campus will take care of students' health needs. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are
available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Students must check
family health coverage to determine if they are included: if not, a student health insurance plan is available.
Food Service
The Commons,situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food serv-
ice facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangleand Murphy
Square.The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who
live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is
open through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or
nearby apartments.
Living on Campus
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the
learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall
program promotes student growth by asking students to actively participate in group decision-making. Each residence unit has one or more
Resident Staff who facilitate the process of group living and discuss personal concerns with individual students.
Augsburg requires all freshmen and sophomores not living at home to
live in college-operated housing. Married student housing is available
in annex housing and South Hall. Students rent a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive
room assignments the summer before they arrive a t Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident
students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit
by June 1in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June
1will be provided housing only if space is available.
All students living on campus must pay an advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' accounts
when they move into the residence.
All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in U r n e s s Tower.
This eleven story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a
house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their own
lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students.
South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students.
W e s t H a l l contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upper-
class students.
A n n e x H o u s i n g provides an alternative opportunity for group living.
Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One
way to maximize the living and learning of your housing situation is to
bid for a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals
on such t o ~ i c sa s Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's
Awareness, 'international Living, Honors Program, and Scandinavian
Studies.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen
units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses,
rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are available in each residence.
Student
Riahts
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsiY
bilities and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by
students and faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs.
The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy
Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records,
files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the
Office of the Registrar and the P!acement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1,1975, or placed under conditions where students have
signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience
education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact
the Center for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator a s
listed in the Communication Directory at the end of the catalog.
Academic
Information
',,
1
I . . . '
i!!
A
ugsburg College constructs its cumculum upon the
premise that students must be educated as full human
persons: intellectually, spiritually, and physically. To act effectively, human beings must have a broad grasp of the world from
which they have come as well a s the world in which they live. By
providing courses in the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences, the general education cumculum introduces students to the breadth and complexity of knowledge and culture.
Required courses in religion are designed to acquaint students
with the Christian tradition and encourage them to reflect upon
the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses offer students the opportunity to develop skills for
participation in exercise and sporting activities.
Students choose from over forty mqjor areas of study to gain a
depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a career or
further study. Thus, through a balance of cumcular activities
supported by full programs in student life and religious life, an
Augsburg College education strives to educate its students in a
real world for the real world.
General Information
D e g r e e s Offered
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the
Bachelor of Science degrees. The B.S. degree is awarded to graduates
with majors in Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Music Education and Music
Performance. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Academic Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of
approximately 1 4 weeks separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students normally take four courses each semester and one course during
Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual
summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks.
The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on
another campus during the regular term. (See Registration.)
January Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students
and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate
questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular
term. The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In
addition to classes offered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of
travel opportunities within the United States and abroad, Independent
or directed study and internships are among the many Interim options.
Augsburg Weekend College follows a trimester calendar (see Augsburg
Weekend College).
t.
-+
-
4
II
i'
Faculty
The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree, and
all consider their teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are
involved in research, including such varied studies a s space physics,
the history of medieval spirituality, women in the Soviet Union, and
homelessness in American cities. Music faculty perform professionally
on the local and national level, and studio artists' works can be seen in
buildings, galleries, and shows around the country. Augsburg faculty
s e e their research a s supporting their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program which introduces
them to current thought in many fields but especially in teaching techniques and theories.
Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act a s academic
advisers and counselors and participate regularly in campus activities.
Every student is assigned a freshman adviser and chooses a major adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act a s both mentors and models
for students.
Computer R e s o u r c e s
Approximately 50 microcomputers, including Apple Ile's, IBM XT's,
laboratory computers, and graphics microcomputers are arranged in
networks with larger machines, to satisfy standard educational needs.
Students and faculty members needing even more computing power
also have access to computers at the University of Minnesota.
Library and Audio-Visual Services
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library as-
sistants make the library a favorite place to study. The main library
houses over 160,000books, periodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas.
A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library,
standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics,
and directions to other local sources of information. Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical handicaps.
Access to over 1,000,000volumes is available via daily interloan and
courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill
Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to
Augsburg faculty and students.
The Library Audio-Visual Center houses audio-visual materials and
equipment and provides access to materials for rent or loan. Assistance with production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audio/
video tape recordings is available for faculty and students. Equipment
such a s movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are
located in the Center.
Academic Organization
and programs
Divisions and Departments
The college curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are
grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities
- Raymond Anderson (Chairperson)
Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech,
Communication and Theatre Arts
- Earl Alton (Chairperson)
Social and Behavioral Sciences - Norma Noonan
(Chairperson)
Natural Science and Mathematics
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics
Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science,
Psychology, Sociology
Professional Studies
-Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson)
Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social
Work
M q j o r s and M i n o r s
Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department,
within one division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected
by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless
otherwise indicated, majors are part of the B.A. degree.
Students may contact the Registrar about creating a unique major,
Mqjors available at Augsburg are:
Applied Economics
Art History
Biology
~ u s i n e s Administration
s
(Accountina, Finance. International
Business, -Management, Management Information Systems, Marketing)
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies1
Economics
Economics-Business Administration
EngineeringZ
English
Foreign Languages:
French, German,
Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Humanities
International Relations
Kindergarten-Elementary Education
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Education (B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
.
.
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nursing (B.S.)
Occupational Therapys
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies1
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Speech
Studio Art
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary
Minors available at Augsburg are:
Art History
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies
East and Southeast Asian Studies
Economics
English
Foreign Languages:
French, German,
Norwegian, Spanish
Health Education
History
International Business
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Music
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies1
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Welfare
Sociology
Speech
Studio Art
Theatre Arts
It 1s posslble for students to complete other maJors through the Associated Colleges of the Twln Cltles (ACTC). Students who wlsh to complete a maJor oflered a t
one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Ofpce.
1 - Cooperatlue Program of the Associated Colleges ofthe 7Luln Cities and agree-
ments with the Unluerslty of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beglnning and intermediate courses in Chinese, Japanese and Russian.
2 - Dual degree programs with the University ofMinnesota Institute of Technology, Washington Unluerslty School of Engineering and Applied Science, and Mlchlgan Technological Unluerslty.
3 - Dual degree program with Washington Unluerslty School ofMedlclne.
Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licensure programs a r e offered a t Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education a n d t h e following fields in Secondary Education:
English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry o r Physics), Science (Grades 5-9),
Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, a n d in t h e special areas
ofArt (K-12), Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12),Orchestra (K-12) a n d Classroom Music (Grades 5-12),Vocal a n d Classroom
Music (K-9), Vocal a n d Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), a n d Physical
Education (K-12). Students planning t o teach o n t h e secondary level
have advisers both in t h e Education Department a n d t h e area of their
academic major(s).
Certification Programs
Special programs certifying skills a n d knowledge h a v e b e e n established a t Augsburg t o increase vocational possibilities and/or enhance
personal growth:
Certificate in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less formal
circumstancesthan a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art
Department Chairperson.
Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized
lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker
major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology, sociology,
speech and physical education. The program is designed to meet or exceed criteria
used in The American Lutheran Church certification program. Interested students
should contact the Religion Department Chairperson.
Program Evaluation Certification - provides the background for performing systematic assessments of programs for social improvements. Students are required to
complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an internship.
For further information, contact the Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson.
Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include
courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on
women, lnterested students should contact the program chairperson.
Pre-Professional Programs
S t u d e n t s who plan t o enter t h e fields of law, medicine, occupational
therapy, dentistry, t h e ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, o r engineering c a n profit from a liberal a r t s education a t Augsburg.
It i s r e c o m m e n d e d t h a t r e q u i r e m e n t s for a d m i s s i o n to g r a d u a t e
s c h o o l s o r seminaries be reviewed a n d t h e course of study a t Augsburg
planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in e a c h field t o assist
s t u d e n t s in their planning. S t u d e n t s w h o want t o plan a pre-professional program should contact t h e Associate Academic Dean early in
their freshman year t o arrange for help from t h e appropriate faculty a d viser.
Pre-Dentistry- These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, 2~ourses;810
111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),351,352; MAT 124; ~ ~ ~ 1 0 5 .
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering -This program provides a course of study which enables students
to complete introductory core requirements in mathematics, science and the liberal
arts necessary for engineering. Some students in the program choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engineering, while others elect to
participate in a dual-degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree
from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri: or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual-degree programs afford students the opportunity
to combine a strong background in the liberal arts, including an elected major, with
the study of engineering.
Pre-Law - Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools and consult the Augsburg prelaw adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel. Students may wish to take the course POL 170 (Law
in the United States) to help determine their interest in law. Pre-Law studentshould
major in a discipline of their own choosing, and will satisfy most law-school entrance
requirements with a record of solid achievement in the liberal arts.
Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to
prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments
have majors specially designed for pre-medical students. Both require CAM 115,116
(or 105, 106), MAT 124, 125: and PW 121, 122. The Chemistry major also requires
CHM 353,361, one advanced course, seminar, and two or more biology courses. The
Biology major also requires 810 111, 112, 491 and one from each of three groups
(351,353, 361), 1355,473, 47Y), (440, 471,476), with 353 and 355 especially recnmmenrlccl Tor rnedical school. Designed lo mcet the University TMinnesota (Minneapolis) requirements, both programs also encourage coursr.s in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of
Minnesota (Minneapolis)requires two years of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser
early in the freshman year.
Pre-OccupationalTherapy - Augsburg College has a cooperative arrangement with
Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri, to allow students to earn a Bachelor of
Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Science degree in Occupational Therapy from Washington University. Prerequisite courses for the Occupational Therapy
Program include ENG 111,BlO 111,112 and 323 or 353; CHM 105 or 115: PW 103;
PSY 105.351.362: SOC 121.336. SOC 362 or MAT 373.
Pre-Pharmacy- Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements
of the Colleae of Pharmacv at the Universitv of Minnesota: BIO 111.112: CHM 115.
116, 351, 352; ECO 1 2 2 : " 1~11
~ and
~ a iecond course; MAT 124, 125: PHY 121,
122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requ~rements.Requirements at other universities may vary.
-~
-~
-
-
-
~
~
0 -
-
~
7
Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of
history (Western Civilization);one or more courses in the history of philosophy; and
Greek in the junior and/or senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended:
ENG, 2 courses; MAT 124; public speaking, 1 course: CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106),
351, 352, 353; 810 111,112; PHY 121, 122; economics, 1course; 2 courses in art,
literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the distribution requirements. Requirements at other
universities may vary.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges a n d institutions in t h e Twin
Cities a r e a o n several programs.
Library and Media Center - Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library
consortium, and MINITEX, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community
has access to over 5,000,000volumes,
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) - Full-time students at Augsburg
and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may
elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to
participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim
term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim.
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - Augsburg, in cooperation with fifteen other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa,
and South Dakota, develops and offers off-campus study semesters in Scandinavia,
South and Central America, San Francisco, and the Twin Cities. All HECUA programs
are interdisciplinary and address the critical issues associated with social change and
the human community. The consortium also facilitates innovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing among faculty, cooperative research, international
and experiential education, and conferences on planning and metro-urban studies.
Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the
establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a
chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help
professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are
taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and
students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee
Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for
the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons,
hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the
courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable.
Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students
are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Dean of the College.
Naval ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the
University of ~iniesotaunderan ag;eement between Augsburg, the ~ i i v e r s i of
t~
Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Dean of the College.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of international experience a r e available to Augsburg students. S o m e of t h e m a r e briefly described below. For application procedures a n d further information, s e e t h e Director of International Programs. Since there i s a limit o n t h e number of students who may study
a b r o a d e a c h year it i s wise t o apply in t h e fall prior t o t h e year o n e
wishes t o participate in a n international program. T h e d e a d l i n e i s
March 1of t h e preceding year.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in
the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available.
HECUA (Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs) - Augsburg students
join students from other colleges and universities in five different full semester programs in Scandinavia, South and Central America, San Francisco and the Twin Cities.
All programs are interdisciplinary and emphasize the impact of social change and
cross-cultural factors on the human community, HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships, and field trips.
Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued in
spring for the following January. Augsburg is affiliated with the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE).
International Business Program - Augsburg College International Business Program offers students the opportunity to spend a year of study in London, Paris
(American College), Cairo (American University), or Heidelberg. A major concentration in international business requires Business Administration courses taken at
Augsburg and international core courses studied at one or two of the campuses
abroad. See Business Administration-InternationalBusiness.
Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month li~ing~learning
program
based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice
and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation, Includes intensive Spanish instruction,group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost,
including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. See Center for Global
Service and Education.
Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN
program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges
in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are
granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in
one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of
the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the
writing of a paper upon return.
Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway: Schiller
College in London and Heidelberg: the University of York, England: the University of
Dundee, Scotland: the University of Seville, Spain: and the Institute for American
Universities in Avignon, France.
Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend
a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director of International Programs.
Honors Program
The Honors Program a t Augsburg provides opportunities for qualified
students to pursue a n enriched and distinctive course of study. The
major components of the Program include a limited sequence of honors during the freshman and sophomore year, special extra-curricular
seminars, a program of cultural events each semester, and a senior
capstone interim. The Program challenges our finest students to distinguish themselves. Students are ordinarily recruited a s freshmen, but
may enter later by petition. Please send inquiries to Dr. Diane Pike, Director of Honors.
Cooperative Education, Internships
and the Liberal Arts
Through Cooperative Education and Academic Internships, Augsburg
College students integrate their liberal arts education with the world of
work. Each placement is closely related to a student's major or career
interest. An underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is a n
effective form of career preparation.
Augsburg's Cooperative Education and Academic Internship Programs
link employers and faculty in a way that enriches and expands a student's educational experience. This on-the-job experience a d d s
breadth and depth t o the liberal arts curriculum and helps students
make more informed career decisions.
Augsburg's liberal arts education is enhanced by the college's metropolitan location and the broad range of opportunities in the Twin Cities.
Co-op Ed and Internships expand these mutually beneficial relationships and the resulting partnerships among employers, educators and
students.
Augsburg has been a leading proponent and provider of experiential
education for many years. Both Co-op Education and lnternships are
voluntary and available throughout the cuniculum. Each academic department determines the extent of its involvement in either program
and the amount of credit it will allow. The Associate Academic Dean coordinates the Internship Program with assistance from Career Services.
Co-op Education and lnternships are separate and distinct from programs which require clinical experience, practicums, residencies and/
or student teaching in order to fulfill the professional training associated with accredited programs. However, many students participate in
Co-op Education and lnternships prior to and following these required
assignments.
Upper division internships are numbered 399 and lower division internships are numbered 199. Registration for internships consists of the
followingsteps. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Associate Academic Dean's oflice) must be negotiated with the faculty
member responsible for grading the experience. The grading system,
activities, and appropriate level must be agreed upon. The completed
learning agreement is returned to the Associate Dean's oftlce. An internship card (with the description/location) signed by the faculty
member and Associate Dean must be turned in to the Registrar's Office
at registration time. Students are not encouraged to registerladd until
an actual experience has been arranged, but they must make arrangements by the end of the registration period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of the catalog under grading. A maximum of four courses of internship may count toward the 35 courses
required for the degree.
Independent/Directed Study
Many departments offer opportunities for conscientious students who
demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to
cany out upper division level work on an independent basis. Courses
are numbered 499. (Some departments have been given faculty approval to offer '12 course credit under 498. The Speech, Communication
and Theatre Arts department uses 495 for independent study in Communication.) Many departments also offer an opportunity for directed
study on a lower division level. These courses are numbered 299. Arrangements between students and instructors should be made in advance of the period of initial registration. The grading system and appropriate level must be agreed upon, lndependent and directed study
course numbers are used only for study different in content from
courses already listed in this catalog. An agreed title must be reported
on the appropriate form to the Registrar's OWce at registration time.
The faculty member giving the grade must sign the form. Students are
not encouraged to registerladd until an actual study has been arranged, but they must make arrangements by the end of the registration period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of
the catalog under grading. A maximum of two courses in lndependent
Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Students may cross-register for independent
studies at another ACTC school only when the major field in which the
independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus,
and will be charged by the host campus for any special costs attached.
Requests for exception to this policy should be made directly to their
own academic dean.
Augsburg Weekend College
Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for
adult students who work or have other commitments during the week.
It is a means by which men and women may earn a college degree,
complete a second major, or pursue a personal interest or skill.
Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and there are
three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may take from one to four classes each term.
While Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses
a s the day school program, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal
arts courses and the following majors: Business Administration (specializations in accounting, finance, management, management information systems, and marketing), Communication (concentrations in
human relations, public relations/advertising, and supervisory management), Nursing, and Social Work.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and noncredit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a
semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to
fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean.
Center for Global Service & Education
The Center for Global Service and Education was founded at Augsburg
in 1982with a commitment to education which both expands our world
view and deepens our understanding of issues related to global peace
and justice. Students can participate in a number of forums, seminars
and conferences that focus on global issues. In addition, a spring semester program in Mexico, The Program in Global Community, and occasional interims allow more in depth exposure to these topics.
Academic Policies
and Procedures
Registration
A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it.
Students normally register for four courses a semester and one course
in the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5
courses, students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the
Committee on Student Standing for permission.
Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged
for cancelling or adding courses or changing grading option after the
first five days of a semester.
A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Col-
leges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters.
Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer School Office, and Weekend College Ofice for those sessions at
Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures.
Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices:
-
Office of the Registrar
Science 114, for Fall and Spring terms
Interim Office - Memorial 230,for Interim
Summer School Office - Memorial 230,for Summer School
Weekend College Office - Memorial 329,for Fall, Winter and Spring
trimesters of Weekend College.
Pre-Registration
Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for
courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students may pre-register during the fall for the spring and during the spring for the fall. All students
must confirm their registration at the beginning of each semester and
complete financial arrangements.
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from college cannot occur during final
examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in
accounts are effective a s of the date the completed Withdrawal from
College form is returned to the Registrar's Office.
Leave of Absence
Students may request a Leave of Absence for academic or personal
reasons. A request form must be picked up from the Ofice of the Dean
of the College. It must be signed by the Dean of Students, or authorized
representative, and by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The completed form must be tumed in to the Registrar's Office.
A Leave ofAbsence may be granted for one term or one academic year.
If an extension of a Leave ofAbsence is needed, it should be requested
in the same manner a s the original Leave of Absence, and the completed form must be tumed in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous Leave of Absence, or readmission will be required.
Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and
housing must be observed by returning students. A Leave of Absence
does not defer repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines.
Graduation Requirements
The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied
rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons,
the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning.
Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a
choice between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, or
using the catalog in effect at the point of readmission.
Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office.
All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in
the Registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there
may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record).
See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about
requirements for these honors.
1. Completion of 35 courses.
At least 11courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s
and 400s. Not more than 13 may be in one department, except in
certain approved majors - 1 7 (MusicEducation) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 1 8 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing)degree. The course total must include three Interims for students
whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less interim course than
the number of years at Augsburg.
No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total
courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
courses; 2 courses by independent/ directed study: 4 courses of internship: and 8 courses with a grade of Pass (P). Non-traditional
grading (P)also has these limits: 2 in the major except Elementary
Education and Nursing: 1in the minor if approved by the department chairperson.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or
higher degree should contact the Registrar's Office about specific
requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major.
2. Completion of a mqjor.
Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental
headings. A minor or double-major is not required, but is encouraged.
3. Grade Point average
2.0 for most mqjors.
A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and
over all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher grades in each course or a
higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing,
social work.) See the departmental section for details.
-
4. Residence
The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7
courses for part-time students) must be at Augsburg. Contact the
Registrar if an official interpretation is needed.
5. Distribution requirements (See below)
Distribution Requirements
Writing - A course in writing (English 111)or certification of
demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption
tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods.
Liberal Arts
An approved course from each of these seven areas:
Mathematics-Physics
Chemistry-Biology
English-Speech,
Communication & Theatre
Arts (devoted to the study of
literature)
Psychology-Sociology
Economics-Political Science
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
.
A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's
Office.
Foreign Languages - Two courses (111and 112) of one foreign
language at Augsburg. Students who test above the 111level of a
foreign language will take one additional course at placement level
in that language or two courses (111and 112) of another foreign
language. International students should consult with the Registrar.
Religion - Three approved courses in religion, of which not more
than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the
number required is one for each year of study or equivalent at
Augsburg.
Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies One course. Courses approved to meet this requirement are
published each term. Information is available at the Registrar's
Office.
Lifetime Sports - Two different lifetime sports or demonstrated
proficiency in two different lifetime sports.
English as a Second Language (ESL)Program
Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary
language, or are citizens of another country, must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, Developmental Writing, or Effective Writing will be determined by their scores on the Michigan test (8090 range for exemption) and by a writing sample.
Near the end of each term of English a s a Second Language an objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on
this test and the grade eamed in the class will determine whether additional ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 90 and a
grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement.
If students do not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG
2171218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit will
normally be granted for no more than two courses.
Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by testing out or by completing the course, will be exempted from the foreign language requirement for graduation.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of
evaluation also are used.
Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on
a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a
grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than
2.0. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since
some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a
large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". Transfer students are cautioned that P-graded courses do not count in the requirement that 1 4 traditionally graded courses be eamed at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. See PIN
limitations under Graduation Requirements.
Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383
and several interim courses are graded only on the PIN grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the PIN system or
only on the traditional system. English 111is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.01
N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Chemistry Seminar
and Lifetime Sports are graded PlO.0.
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish
to use the PIN grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system
must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is
charged for any changes after the first five days of classes.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence
3.5
3.0
2.6
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performance below basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point
average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5or below level.
An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive it, a student must file a petition with the Committee
on Student Standing stating the reasons for the request, the plan and
date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If permission is
granted, the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete.
Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes
last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of
the first term of registration. A grade ofX is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X
extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and
demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. The Registrar's Office will automatically continue the registration in response to
an X grade. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which
the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year).An
instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory
progress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college, or dropping
these continued courses will terminate their registration. Under this circumstance, a re-registration as 1 X by the student would be necessary if
done during registration periods within one year of initial registration; if
done after one year, a new registration would be necessary.
A course in which a grade of 0,0.5,1.0,1.5, N, I, or X has been received
may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been
earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited.
All courses taken and grades earned each term remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time, for
legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in
the grade point average.
A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for
dropping classes without a notation on the record.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so
by registering for Audit (V).Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College
Costs. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor
within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have
been met, the course will be listed on the transcript a s having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with
a grade of W (Withdrawn).
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (QPA)is based on final grades For all work at
Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work tmnsferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/M grading optlon
are recorded, but not computed in the GPA.
Classification
Students are classified in August and at the end of the fall and interim
terms.
Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points.
Juniors - 1 6 courses completed with at least 32 grade points.
Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted
to students with scores 0f3,4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement
Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the
department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar.
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL Program)
Augsburg College recognizes that learnlng car1 and does tatre place in
many 1lfe sltuations. Some of lhls learning may b e appropriate for
credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic
program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provldes a means by which a student's
previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible
credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit
recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: 1)it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within
the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition.
The following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment:
The College tm-4 Examination Program (CLEP) is a serks or slaridardized tests
which have been developed hy The College Board arrd are offered lo students for a
small Tee at reglorial testing t.enters. (The reglonal testlng center for this area Is the
Unliiererslty or Minnesota,) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a
subject examination may receive academic credlt Tor that suh,ject at Augshutg Col3ege. AddlUonal Information ahout CLEF L e t s Is available from lhe Orflc~of the Registrar.
Departmental Comprehensive Exams are available for students to use in obtaining
credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met:
A. There is a departmental instrument available for subject area in question.
B. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam.
C. The Student Standing Committee approves the student's request to take the
exam.
Credit for departmental exams is available on a passjno credit basis only, and there
is a charge per exam.
The Credit Assessment Program (CAP)is a credit assessment alternative in which a
faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by
the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrar and two faculty
members from fields of study directly related to the student's previous learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In completing the evaluation of a student's
previous learning, the CAP Committee applies the following criteria:
A. There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content material
found within liberal arts coursework.
B. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student.
C. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
D. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals.
E. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present
time.
Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four
courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of
at least 2.5. There is an application deposit (applicable to transcript charge) to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied to
the student's transcript.
Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of courses applied to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of CAP
2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student,
Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning - While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom,
this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal
arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (one-fourthof
a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credil that is obtained through previous experiential learning, In camplling the nlne courses or credit for prevlous experiential
leaming, the student may use any combination of the three assessment processes
available in the APL program: CLEF exams, departmental exams, and credit granted
through CAP Committee assessment.
Probation and Dismissal
Students will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if
their achievement is unsatisfactory. Students who have been on probation two or more consecutive semesters are subject to dismissal at
the end of the term. Dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each
case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Students who
have a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of the term. Those on probation for two terms who withdraw from the College voluntarily must have special permission to reenroll.
Students having taken 3 or more Augsburg courses will be placed on
probation under these conditions:
Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken
fewer than 7 courses.
Sophomore - below 1.7cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having
taken 7 but fewer than 16 courses.
Junior - below 1.9cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25
courses.
Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses.
They will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA
reaches the minimum levels above. Students placed on probation a s
freshmen for earning 2 zero grades will be removed from probation if
their classification changes to sophomore, they have not earned additional zero grades, and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7.Students
placed on probation a s sophomores for earning 3 zero grades will be
removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and
their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9.
Dean's List
The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose
grade point average for a semester is 3.5or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional
grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Each
student on the Dean's List receives a certificate and, if permission is
given, an announcement is sent to the hometown newspaper.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude 3.8to 4.0cumulative GPA
Magna cum laude 3.6up to but not including 3.8cumulative GPA
Cum laude 3.3up to but not including 3.6cumulative GPA
To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have
completed two years (14traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
Veterans of Military Setaiice
Augsburg is approved by t h e State Approving Agency for Veterans
Training. Veterans should consul1 with the Office of the Registrar about
cornpl@Lionor Lhe enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration.
Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period
of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn at least three
courses per term, the minimum for classification a s full-timestudents.
It is the responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Ofice of the Registrar, a s it is for all
students.
If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving
Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn
the equivalent of what they had been certified for.
A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the
term below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans
Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds
received.
and IFYogams
Course Descriptions
Maior & Minor Requirements
A
s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College operates
with a belief that knowledge and truth are interrelated
and are integrated into a whole. The tradition of the academic
world, however, divides this unified truth into more manageable
parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of individual
disciplines is subdivided into courses which make it more accessible to students. These courses can be arranged in various
ways to construct mqjors, to create the substance of a broad
general education, and to give students the opportunity to
study areas of particular individual interest.
Descriptions of courses are arranged by departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject
matter covered in individual courses to aid students in planning
a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed explanation of
content, approach, and requirements for a particular course can
be obtained from the instructor.
Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the
educational philosophy of each department, its goals, and its
place in the college's program. A listing of requirements for individual mqjors follows the narrative.
Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general,
classes are offered Fall and/or Spring terms, unless another frequency is specified. The Schedule of Classes published each
spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms.
Descriptions and schedules for courses offered in January Interim, Summer School and Augsburg Weekend College are published in separate catalogs.
Credits
A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for
one-half or one-quarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours.
Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses
numbered 300 and above are classified a s upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course
are listed in the course description. A student may enroll in a course
when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is prior approval of
,a professor teaching the course and of the academic adviser.
Art
Department (ART)
Art is important as a field of study for our modern age. Our survival as a
culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and
beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this, we have
made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to
the art program at Augsburg.
Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life
that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist,
art teacher, and art historian is to celebrate visual experience through a variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to
see.
Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts, the visual arts, as
taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines.Art as
a human activity does involve manual skill, although to become broadly
significant it should interact with the content available in other fields, such
as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education, and science.
A liberal arts college, such as Augsburg College, is an ideal setting for the
study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of
ideas, disciplines, and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further enhanced by associations with a significant number of art galleries and museums in the Twin Cities area.
Hundreds of specific careers exist in the general area of art. Augsburg
graduates have established careers in such fields as teaching in public
schools and colleges, anthropology, pottery making, antique restoration
and sales, film and video work, portrait painting, and gallery and museum
work.
The future holds a great deal of promise for artists who can combine skills
with a breadth of understanding.
Art Faculty:
Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Kristin Anderson, Lynn Bollman,
Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, Dorothy Williamson.
Studio Art Major: 9-13 studio courses with foundations 102,107,
225; 3 art history courses including 240. One course must be in 2dimensional art (118,223,360)and one in 3-dimensional art (150,
221,250). Majors are required to begin their programs with the
Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with
portfolio on approval by the Art faculty.
Teaching Licensure Mqjor: 7 studio disciplines among Foundations 102,107,225; Studio 118,132,150,221,223 and 250 plus a
second course in two areas; 240 and two other art history courses.
Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education
for teacher licensure.
Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2
studio courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221.
Honors Majors: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general
growth and development and/or special projects such a s senior exhibition and research. Application should be made to the department chairperson before the last term of the senior year.
Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; 240.
Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240.
Certificate in Art: 8 art courses, including one in art history. Up to
four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history.
Foundations in Studio Art Courses
102 EnvironmentalAesthetics
Fine arts in the urban and warld setting, Concern far t h e visual content of
experience in the environment leading toward appreciaLion and criticism.
lndivirlrlal and group projects explnring design prohlcrns In rcpresenta(Ion, symbalism and ahstlaction.
107 Drawing
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work.
225 Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using
elements such a s color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images.
Studio Art Courses
100,300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department.
118 Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
132 Photography
The camera used a s a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm.
camera. (Spring)
150 Jewelry
An introduction to the casting ofjewelry in pewter and silver.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
2 2 1 Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and
bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast,
weld and assemble the respective media.
223 Print Making I
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including
etching, silk-screen and woodcut.
247 Life Drawing
See Interim Catalog
250 Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
330 Visual Communications I1
A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.::!25)
351 Ceramics 11
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250)
355 Painting 11
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118)
360 Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. (Altemate years)
368 Print Making 11
Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including
silk-screen, etching, and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique. (Prereq.:223)
399 Internship
Consult chairperson o r internship director to determine project.
478 Sculpture 11
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and
bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221)
499 lndependent Study
Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors.
Art History Courses
240 Art History Survey
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times, Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums.
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually one or two sections a year.
352 Women's Art History
A study of the place of women in the history of the visual arts - a s artists,
a s subjects, and a s patrons.
382 ScandinavianArts
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modem times.
385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D.
(Spring 1987)
386 Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting,
sculpture, and architecture in Europe.
387 Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the
18th centuries. (Fall 1986)
388 19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism
through the present. (Alternate years, 1987-88)
389 American Art
A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific e m ~ h a s i on
s 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European a r i a s well a s indigenous movements.
Biology
Department (BIO)
Biology is the study of life, and it is natural that we, as contemplative living
creatures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops
us. This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled with an
enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part ofthe biological world, an understanding of the basic biological processes common
to all organisms, as well as those features which are unique to humans, is
essential to attain self-understandingand to provide a basis for wise decisions.
Another significant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that
even the simplest organisms are incredibly complex, and a complete understanding of even one of these has, as of yet, eluded the grasp ofbiologists, This is true even though some organisms have been subjected to
years of intensive scrutiny. Biology will thus continue to be a fertile field
for research for many years to come.
Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organisms has
accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been
made in understanding important biological processes, particularly those
at the cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also provided
some extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in medicine, veterinary medicine, agriculture and food science have depended on
the findings of basic biological research.
Since the biological world reveals such variety, complexity and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based.
Since a complete understanding of biological systems depends on applications of the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background in
the physical sciences is also important for biologists.
For many, an undergraduate major in biology serves primarily as a basis
for further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further studies in professional schools such as medicine, veterinary medicine
and dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life sciences,
leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic
and applied research, and public or environmental health. Other araduates have embarked directly after graduation on a variety of careers, including high school teaching and laboratory technology.
Biology Faculty:
Neal Thorpe (Chairperson). Robert S. Herforth, Roberta Lammers,
Etwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulemd.
-
O p t i o n 1: 7 courses, including 111,112,491 and at least
one course from each of three groups: ( I ) 351,353,361,481; (11)
355,473,474; (111) 440,471,476; CAM 115,116 (or 105,106),351,
352; MAT 124,125; PHY 121,122. All of the 7 biology courses must
have laboratories except for 367 and 491. Students intending to enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major.
Mqjor
-
O p t i o n 2: 9 courses, including 111,112,491 and at least
one course from each of five groups: (1) 351,353; (11) 355,474; (111)
361,481; (IV) 471,473: (V) 440,476: CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),
351 and 352. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often
select this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires
three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning to teach
are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their
planning.
Mqjor
P r e - M e d i c a l Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical
schools usually require CHM 353.
H o n o r s Mqjor: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participa-
tion in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an
oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no
later than the first term of the senior year.
M i n o r : 5 courses, including 111,112 and three upper division
courses; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106).
101 Human Blology
llasic t>inloglcalconcepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt ta arlstvcr sucli questions as: What makes man just another member of the hintic Fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What inIlt~eticcdocs man have on the environment? What influence does the
environment, especially the urbali envlronment, have on man? (3hours
lecture, 1-112 liours discussion section. A student may not receive credit
for both 1 0 1anrl 103. Docs r1oI apply to the major or minor, Spring)
103 Human Anstomv and PhvsloZolrv
A professional cchrse In h e slruFture and Function of the human body.
Lectl~reand laboratory. (A sttrdenl may not receive credit for both 101and
10.7. lloes not apply lhe maor or minor)
to
105 Blology and Soclety
iVIiat arc some of the biologically-haseclproblems with which our sorlety
inust deal7 R s61rvcyof Lhe cnv!mnmtntal and tiealth impllatlons o f polI~tlion,noii-rericwahlr resource depletion, waste disposal, war. occupatlnnal safety and I~calth.An historical survey of Arneriian agriculture.
worlcl rood supply and biologlal dctcrminism. A critlcal cvaItlntlon of tlie
or bIoloyical colrcepts. (3 hour ~ectum.Does not apply
social applicatio~~
lo the innjoxor minor,)
108 Mlcrablology
basic micinbial features are conslderecl as well as applications of mlcr0biology to thc fields of rnedlctnc and sanltatlon. (5hours lecture. J hours
laboratory. For sludenl nulsrs. heall11 majors, or consent. of inslructor.
Prercq.: CHM 109 and concurrenl rcqlstmtion in CllM 110 or ronsrnlt of instructor. Weekend College. Does not apply to the nrajor or mir~or)
109 Special Topics In Bloloay
Ofrered pel Fodicall y lh rough Augsbt~rg'sConservallon or Human Resources (CI IFt) program, Qcnerally conrlucted off campus wtlh rommirnity
pcoplc tilting the course tqether with coll~ycstlldcnts 111a co-lcamltlg
motiel. Topics will valy depcndlng upon needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor.
111.112 oeneral Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other
science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular hioZogy, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary
n~echanisms.analonly, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationsl-ilpsof organisms. Musl he taken in sequcnce except by permission of inst~uctor.(3 Ilollis lecture; 4 I~nurslaboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring)
1 9 9 Internship
Lower division internship.
203 Principles of Nutrition
A study n l the six ctasses oinutrfents and thcir digestion, absorption,
transporl. mrtabnlism, iriteractinn, storage. and excretion. A special effort
will bc made to dlrercntiate "fact rrom fiction" irr this controversial biological field. (3hours Iccturc. Prereq.: llZ or conscnt of instructor.)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
351 Invertebrate Zoology
A sludy of lhe invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology,
txhavior. life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3hours lecture, 4
ho~lrslaboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Spring)
353 Compamttw Vertebrate Zoology
A comparailve stutly dealing witli Lhe classification, morphology, distrihution, evnlulion, behavior and 1mpulation dynamics of the vertebrates.
(3tio~trslecture, 4 liours laboratory, Prercq.: 112. Spring)
355 Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring)
3 6 1 Plant Biology
A su~vcy
of l11emajor cllvlsians or the plant hingdom including the study of
analomy, physiology, lire histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecti11e, 4 Ii011rslaboratory. Prereq.: 112,Altentate years)
367 Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary mstabolism. (3
hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, CHM 352 or consent of instructor. Fall)
399 Internship
Upper division internship.
4140 Plant PhysioIogy
A corlsidera tion of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in
photosynthesis, respiration, growth and developmeril, and waterrelatlons
in vascitlar and norivascular plants. 'She relationstilps or these processes
to plant structures, (3 tiot~rsclass, 4 Iiours laboratory, Prcrcq.: 112. Alternaic ycars, spring)
4 7 1 Cellular Biology
A study corrclalinq cell Function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microterh6ique, cytological sludies, cell pt~yslologyand tissue culture. (3 I~ourscrass,4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.367 or consent of instructor. Spring)
4 7 3 Animal Physiology
A sti~dyof animal lunction with emphasls on the vertebrates. Merevet
posslble, f~lnctinnsare explained on the bask 01 physical and chernlcal
principles. (3tiours class, 4 hours laboratoi'y. Prereq.: 112; CHM 106 Or
f 16; I'tlY 103 or 122 or consent of lnslructor. Fall)
474 Devetopmental Biology
A consirleratlnn of the physiological and morphological changes wl~ich
occur during I h e tieveIopment ol arcynisms with emphasis on Ihc vertebrate animals. Experimctital as well as tlcscrlptivcsi~~dles
are included In
the laborato~ywork. In adclilion to elnlsryonic drrveloptnclll, the topics or
are dlsrllsscci. (3 I~oursclass, 4
mallgnoncy, aging, and ~'c~enelallon
hot~rslab. I'rercq.: 112. Sprirlgl
476 Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria
and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morpholocjy, physiology, genetics, and
pathogenicity are considered as well as cert,iin methods. (3hours class,
4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall)
481 Ecology
A survey of representative biological communities: the study of reciprocal
relationships between organisms and their environments. (3hours class.
4 hours lalmratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112,361or consent
or insLruclor. Alternale years, Fall)
491 Seminar
Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors maJoring in biology, Fall)
499 Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an
instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor)
Business
Administration
and Economics
Department
The Department of Business Administration and Economics is committed
to developing both the theoretical and practical tools necessary for entry
into and advancement in business and other organizations a s well as preparation for graduate sthdy, To thls end, the department offers specialization in a variety of areas including: Accounting, Applied Economics, Economics. Finance, International Business, Management, Management
Information Systems (MIS), Marketing, a s well as a Combined Business
and Economics concentration.
Each of these areas b dependent upon a strong foundation In the liberal
arts with an emphasis on solid communication and analytical skllls. Rec.
ognklng the occupational realities of Me business and economic disciplines, the department is equally commitled Lo maintaining an applicatiomoriented balance. This balance is acllleved In part by fostering close
ties with the corporate community which in turn provides a wealth of practical expertise, a wide variety of internship opportunities as well as fbture
job prospects.
Departmental faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the
community by contributing to an education which is ethically based, technically competent and socially aware.
Business Administration & Economics Faculty:
Amin Kader (Chairperson), Roger Allerson, James Billings, Diane
Busico, John Cemto, Gerald Glatzmaier, Satya Gupta, Paul Halvorson,
Richard Herzog, Jane Kammerman, Roy LaFayette, R. McFall Lamm,
Jr., Thomas Morgan, Edward Sabella, Milo Schield, Stanley Solnick.
Business Administration Mqjor (BUS):
Core courses for the Accounting, Finance, Management and
Marketing specializations:
BUS 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391,
ECO 112,113,
313,311or 312 or 315.
Specialization in Accounting:
12 Core courses, 322,323,324, either 326 or 423 or 425.
Specialization in Finance:
12 Core courses, 322,433,438, either 479 or ECO 318 or 415.
Specialization in Management:
12 Core courses, 340,440, ECO 318, PSY 373 or SOC 301.
Specialization in Marketing:
12 Core courses, 352,450, ECO 415, SPC 353.
Specialization in International Business:
175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391,ECO 112,113,313. Also the
following emphasis to be taken abroad:
Three of:
Comparative Business Law
European Marketing (or International Marketing)
lnternational Business
Import/Export Operations
Multinational Corporation
International Financial Policies
One of:
lnternational Trade and Finance
European Common Market
lnternational Economic Policies
lnternational Economic Institutions
Economics of Developing Countries
BUS 399 or 499 is required, a s well a s three semesters of a foreign
language (or tested equivalent).
Specialization in Management Infomation Systems:
175,221,222,242,252,279,331,310(or CSC 352),375,475,476,
479; ECO 112,113,313,318; MAT 174 and 175 or MAT 124 and CSC
170.
Honors Maor:
GPA of3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall: a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Minor in Business Administration:
6 courses, including 221,242,252,331, ECO 112 and 113. Other
configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
department.
Minor in International Business:
6 courses, including 221,242 or 252, ECO 113,and three
lnternational Business courses. Other configurations may be
permitted on consultation with the department.
Minor in Management Information Systems (MIS):
6 courses, including 221,242 or 252,370,375,475, and ECO 113.
175 is the recommended prerequisite for 370 and 375. Other
configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
department.
C.P.A. Certification:
Students who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (CPA)
examinaHon prior to fulflIllng the experience requirement must have
c o m ~ l e t e dthe rnaior In BusinessAdministration-Accoun tinq and
taken all accounting and b u d t ~ e s law
s offered. Students mabring In
Business Administration-Accountinu are auallfied under (he nlles of
the Minnesota State Board of ~ c c o & t a n c ito slt For the examination
during their last semester.
Notes: Students who plan to major in the Business Administration
department are strong!y encouraged to select a department advisor
a s soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study.
In addition to the courses listed under the title "Topics in Business
Administration" (BUS 295,495),the department has also offered:
Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer
Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer
Applications, Discrete Event Simulation, Entrepreneurship, and
Micro Computer Accounting.
Business (BUS)
175 Computers for Economics and BusEness
A n i~~lroduction
tn computerized rlala processing. Learn a higher-level
Lcam about computerized spread-sheets (LOTUS) and
l a n g ~ ~ a (BASIC).
ge
data bascs (LIOASE). team about word proccssing arid computerized
business graphics. (I'rcreq.: Math I'laccment Group I1 or hlgh school algebra)
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
221 Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and Fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
222 IPrlndples of Aceonntlng II
A conlEnuation of 221. IntroducMon to business activlttes, accounting for
corpoiations. Baslc concepts afld fundamentals of matiagerial accounting, planning and cnntrolllng plucesses, decision-nrahing and behavioral
coilsidcralions. (Prcreq.: I-IUS 221)
242 Principles OF Management
Develol~rnenlof the tl~eoryo i management, organization, staffing, planning, arid control. The nature olaulhority. accountability and responsibility, analysls of the role nl tlle professional manager.
252 Prlnclptes of Marketing
Frinclples of l~aslcpollcy and strategy Issues In marketing. Legal, ethical,
competitive, behavioral, economic, and technological factors a s they afFeet prt~duct.promotion. marketing channel and prictng decisioi~s.
279 Quantttative Methods for Economics and Business
An l~ltrorlirctionto quantltatlve reasoning,descriptive ineasures, probability, sarnpll?rp,distributions. i~rfrrcnce,and estimatlnti with emphasis on
tlielr usc in appticd proble~msin business and economics. (Prereq.: Math
placerrterit groirp Ill nt a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104)
295 Taplcs
I.ectures. discusstnns, meeting wlth members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding rcsearch methodology and readings in the areas of business
adrninistratlon. (Pl'ercq.: Conseril of instructor)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
322 Accorrntfng Theory and Practice I
A n analysis of accountlng theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts. currcnt and non-current assets. (Prereq.: BUS 221, ECO
113, Fall)
d c c o ~ ~ n t i nheory
gf
and Practice 11
A co~iti~~ualion
or322. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to liabllilles, stocltholrlcrs' equities and other accounting issues. Additional
einpt~nsiso n incon~cdetermination considering price level changes.
(Prereq.: BUS 322. Spring)
managerla1Cost Accol~nting
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budget in^, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and
bel~avioraltopits. (I'rcrcq.: BUS 222,242,252,279, or consent of instructor)
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for
individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: BUS 221,
331, ECO 112,113, or consent of instructor)
Financial Management
Theory ~Facquisillon,allocation, and management of funds within the
firm. Sourccsand uses or long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital
I>udgeting, Icve~age,dividencl policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: BUS
222, L C 0 113)
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable workin relationships: effective integration of the
worker with the goals of the%rmand society. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management;
research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: BUS 252,279, ECO 113, or
consent of instructor)
International Business
Intsoductlon to the problems and posdbllltles of doing business in an inlernatlanal conlext. Ajlpreciation of the prospective required Tor success.
iirl plarining and rnanagemcnt or any cntcrpl-ise operating abroad is emphasired by rorcsccing both (he opportut~iLfcsand the dificullles Inherme
In inlcrnatlonal business. (Prereq.: two business and economics courses
or consent 01 inst~uctor)
Advanced Computing for Budnees md EEodamiw
Crrrrent topics involving programmable spreadsheets (LOTUS), programmablc data bas- (D-l3ASI:I. graphics, infomialion retrieval uslng teIecomrnunicatlons. and olher (lackaqes (stallsticalanalysis. project management, expert systems, etc.). Solbe common prnllfems In economics,
finance and marketing. (Prereq.: One computer course such as BUS 175 or
CSC 145,170 or 174. Recommended BUS 279.)
Infwmatlon Systems In the Owanlzatlan
Use of systems approach in analytlng the use of Information Systems in
the olganizalioo, AnaIyze busincss needs and Information requirements,
idc~~lliy
relevant solutions atid communicate recomn~etidations.Emphasis on management consulting sE.IIts including wrillcn and verbal communications. (Prereq.: Two computer courses such a s BUS 175 and 370)
391 Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property
and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
399 Inlernshtp Program
A sludent may receive course credlts through an Enternship program
whlcl~is applicable to graduation, bul not to the major.This program will
P
Lllc opportu~~lty
to spend one rull term worltlng with
atforti L ~ siudenl
snine orgatrlzation. In addition, t h e sludent will write a repart on hislher
activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
423 Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks
and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: BUS 323, Fall)
425 Advanced Accountina
Accounting for buslness combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: BUS 323. Spring)
433 Piaanclal f heory?Policy and Practice
A system'sapproacli lo financial slructure and policy. Emphasis on deci-
438
450
475
476
479
sion making. presentation through literature, readings, lectures, and case
nlalcrlal. (Prereq.: BUS 337 1
Investment Theory
Appraisal or Llic risk return retatlonships of various types of securities
Iwm llir viewpoinl o/bolh individual and instilr~tionalinvertor. Extensive
coverage of capital mar'kets arid portfolio management. (Prereq.: all core
cottrses or cunsen t or instriiclor)
Marketing Management
lnlegralion of rnarketil~gwith ather business f~mctions;marketing managemcqt and decision inalting, planning marltettngprograms, channels of
di*tribulion, pricing. prorluc.l selling promotion policies. (Prereq.: BUS
352)
Information Systems Analysts and Design
AnaIyze inlormation rcq~~irements
and design systems speciflcatlons. Utilize relational data base sofeware to aulcklv imtllement severa! system desians. Utilize ~ r o l e c manaacment'
t
sortware Lo manaac the i i f c cvcle
pi&casinc~udin~'hacumentjiior~
and impternentatinn. (Frereq.:at1 ~dwer
Ievet core murscs. B U S 375, Rcco~~irnended:
BUS 370 01. C S C 35'2)
lnformatlon Systems Projects
Using sltllls developed in BUS 375 and 475, complete an information analysis ntid sysicms design for several business situations. Utilize both case
sludies and actual buslnrsses. IPrereq.: BUS 375, 475. Recommended:
BUS 479)
Intermediate QnanHtatlve Methods for Economics and Business
Utilizing cornpurcl pacl\ages rclcvanL lo slatistical analysis. Frogramming
1001s include soreadsliecls, Minilab, SI'SS and olher statistical packaqes.
Areas or luteresl include slatisticaT descripllons, analysis of v d a n c e and
slatlsllcal InCerenre plus linear models, queing models and Monte Carlo
sln~i~talions.
Prereq.: BUS 175. 279. Math placement group IV or a grade
of at Icas12.0 in MAT 114,121, or 122. liecornmended: BUS3701
495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
499 Independent Study
'rhc stildcnt may calm independent study credits through individually supcrviscd prqjects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze
some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
E c o n o m i c s (ECO):
Mqjor in Economics:
8 Economics courses (112,113,312,313,414, and three other
upper division); BUS 221,222,279, and MAT 114.
The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for
those planning graduate study in Economics. In addition, courses in
the use of computers are also strongly recommended.
Mqjor in Applied Economics:
8 Economics courses (112,113,215,312,313, and three other
upper division); BUS 175,221,222,279,479, MAT 1 2 1and PHI 130.
Combined major in Economics-BusinessAdministration:
6 Economics courses (112,113,312,313, and two other upper
division); 8 Business Administration courses (221,222,242,252,
279,331, and two other upper division).
Honors Mqjor:
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Minor in Economics:
112,113,312,313, and one additional upper division course. Other
configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
department.
Notes: Students who plan to major in t h e department are strongly
encouraged to select a department advisor a s soon a s possible in
order to carefully plan their program of study.
In addition to the courses listed below, these topics have been
offered under ECO 295,495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History
of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics and
Business, Advanced Economic Theory, and Decision-Making with
Finite Markov Chains.
ECO 110,112, and 113will satisfy general education requirements.
ECO 110 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement.
110 Economics of Urban Issues
Sturly of econoinic itnplications of many problems faclng a metro-urban
envi~onmenl.Somc nf l l ~ loptcs
e
to be rliscussecl arc: Population "Crisis",
Crl111e Preveniion. Ecology atid Incornr I~istrlbullon;Dislrlhutlng rrce
Drcarl: Mass Transit Systc~~ls,
elc. ~~rnclanic~rtal
rnicroecfino~nictools Introduced to Carllltatc discussion of ttie a hove mentioned topics. (This is a
basic roursc desiglied fnr Itlost: sl~ldtlntswho tlo not plan tr) malor In Econnmlcs or Rusines4 Admlnistratlori. I1 docs no1 apply tclward an Lcotioi~ilr.major or ti~inor.Slrrttcnls wtin plan lo malor in Rusiness Aclminislralion alirlJor Ccoi~ornicsshollld enrnll in KC0 1I'L and t I3 which also
are open to non-majors.)
112 Principles of Macroeconomics
An lnttnduclion 10 macroecono!nirs; national Income analysis, monetary
and fiscal pnlicy, intcrnalional trade, economic growth. Application or elementaiy economic Llicory la current economic prnblems. May be taken
i~~depcndentlyallIJor
110.112and 113 may he taken In clttierorder,or
may bc laltcri In the same lern, Tor the sluder~tto progress rapidly to the
olhcr coutses.
113 Principles of Microeconomics
An Inlroclucllon lo mlcroeconotnics, the theory of the household, firm,
marlret strucltlres and Income rllstributlon, Application of elementary ecorion~ir.lhenqe to marltct policy. May Ile taken independently of 112 or
110. 1 12 at~cl113 may he lalren In either order, or may be taken in the
same tcrni fortiic s t ~ ~ d eto
n tprogress more rapidly to other courses.
175 Computers for Economics and Business
(See under Business).
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
215 Elements of Mathematical Economics
Economic concepts explained using mathematics a s a tool. Examples
from finance, management, and marketing are also examined. (Prereq.:
ECO 113)
279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
(See under Business).
295 Topics
Lechrres. discussions, meeting witfi members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding restrarch methodology and current national and international
ecanornics problems and politics. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
311 Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact
of fiscal policy on economic activity: debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113. Fall)
312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed
via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: ECO 112, Fall)
313 Intermediate microeconomics
Theory orresourccaIlocal~on,analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; lhe pricing of lacto1s of production and income distribution: introdiiction lo welCarc ecol~ornics.(Prereq.: ECO 113)
315 Monev and Banklna
~ u n c l f o nor
l ~tllc
~ ~l<onetary and banking systems, particularly commerclal I>arilcs,the I'cdernl Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate
ccono~iilcacttvily. Etnpt~asisplaced on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq.: ECO 112,113)
318 Management Science
l'rovirles a sounrl conceptual understanding of the modern techniques OF
management scic~lrel o prepare sl~idcnts
LC) malte better I3uslness and economic declsiorrs. I'tt~phasisIs on applications, wl~fcharc Lalte~?from the
arcas nf transportation, markellng. [>oriColioselection. envlronmcntal prw
teclion, thr slinrlest ror~Le,invcrlto~ymodels. InCormatioti sysiems, ctc.
(Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring)
360 International Trade and Pinance
A study ol the unclerlylna roi'ccs afrectlng the economic relations among
of the basts tor international trade: balance of paynatirlris, De~elopln~IIt
rnetils: exchangc ratc systems and comniercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,
1W or cclnsenl of Ensin!clorl
399 linternsltipProwam
A studenl may rcrclve course credits through an Internship program
wllEcli is applirallle to gradualion, h u t not to the major. This program will
alforrl the sluclcnt the opporh~nICylo spend one frill tcrm worlcinq with
so~~~rr
organization. In atlditlori, Llle sludent W111 wrile a report on tiis/l1er
activities. (Prcrcq.: consent ol Instructorl
413 Labor lkonamlcs
Analysis or labor marltels; labor as a factor ofproduction; determination of
wage cotIe.ctivc bargaining: labor legislation and effects upon society.
(l'rcreq.: GCO 515 or cnnsent of instructor. On demand)
414 Wclfarc Economics
Basic concepts and propositions: Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of
alternative rnarlret strrlctures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of econornic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313 or consent of instructor)
415 Managerial Economics
I~ilrgratrsecononiic theory and corrcspondlr~gpractlces In business.
Amo11.qthe topics considered are theories and practlces in forecasting, esllmniion 01 dcrnand and cosl lunctions, pricc and non-price competition,
protl~lctlonar~dcost co~isideratIons,and an analysis of economic proh!ems or xcleval~cetcl rnarlagelnenl. (Prercq.:BUS 279.CCO 3 13. Spring)
416 Mathematical Fmnonlics
Matlieinalical ecanomlrs wlth emphasis on the application of mathematical tools Lo Lhc areas oCinicro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO
512,31.3 and a l leasl PlAT U2 or equlvalclit or consent of instructor. On
demand)
479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business
(See under Business).
495 Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and intemational economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
499 Independent Study
'the student tnay earn independent study credits through individually supfwiserl projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze
some lop6 or isstrc in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Chemistry
Chemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those
changes and worhlng toward an understanding ofthenz. Correlating the results of physics and opening the vistas or molecular biology, chemistry
has been described as the central science, since matter includes the entire
physical world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even ourselves.
Chemists as scientists must he well versed tn the scfence of chemistry,
knowledgeable in Tact and theory for solving sclentffic problems, capable
of providing a pzrblic understanding of their work including potential problems as well as hrnefits.
Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand
themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities,
the arts and the social sciences are imperative if a chemist is to be truly
human and therefore truly scientific.
The Department is on the List of Approved Schools of the American Chemical Society, and offers a chemistry major which meets the chemistry background required by many fields.
Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established
the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists.
1. To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our
graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to complete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions.
2. To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the
traditional positions as chemists.
3. To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain lifelong learners thereby remaining competent in their field however that may change alter graduation, and be able to move into new
areas as opportunities arise.
4. To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to
seriously study areas outside of the sciences: and
5. To presentthe excitement:of chemtstry to non-science majors as an exampie of the methodolagy of the natural scienca in examining the
world around us, The presenbtion of major concepts underlying the
changes in matter. the apporttlntty to examine change in the pl~ysicat
world, and the reflection of the implications ofsclence In our society
will enhance the ability of non-sciencepersons to make better value
judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemistry Faculty:
Earl R. Alton (Chairperson),Arlin Gyberg, John R. Holum, Sandra Olmsted
Graduation Mqjor in Chemistry: 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,
353,361,363 and one additional course from 364 and 365,464,481,
483, or Biochemistry. Participation in seminar; PHY 121, 122; MAT
124,125. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 124, 125 in the
freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the sophomore year.
American Chemical Society Approved Maor: 12 courses including 115,116 (or 105,106) and all chemistry courses above 350 (except 399,497, 499), Chernlstry Seminar participation; MAT 224: PHY
121,122 (which should be taken during Ihe sophomore year). Reading ability in Cierman equivalent to one semester and conlput~rprofi-
ciency are also required.
-
Teachlng Mqjwr: Physleal Science Emphasis
Chemistry Major: Recotnmendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105,106);3 courses in earth and life sciences: CHM 351,352,353,361,363,364,482,491 (B10 367 may be
substituted for 364); PHY 245. Students are advised to consult with
the Education department early in their planning.
Pre-Medical Chemistry Msy'or: The same as the graduation major.
In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually
more) in biology. Students should consult members of the Chemistry
department for assistance in planning a course program early in their
college career.
Honors Mqjor: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathe-
matics, and physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved
research; participation in seminar.
Minor: 5 courses which must include 115,116 (or 105,106),353 and
two other chemistry courses from 351,352,361 or BIO 367.
Note: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106
and 116.
Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must
be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite
must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise,
permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also
must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in registering for the second term.
Placement in 105 or 115 is determined by the score on the Mathematics Placement Examination. High school chemistry is a prerequisite
for 115.
105,106 Principles of Chemistry
Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116: designed especially for students
who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 1 0 6 to
351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety
of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3one-hour
lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105, Fall; 106,
Spring)
109,110General, Organic and Blolaglcal Chemism
Dcsigtied lor studcnts who nccd a survey of the fundamental principles nl
genc~al,o r ~ a n tand
t hfological cl-iclnistry Tor careers in allied h~a1ll-iareas
slrcli as nursing (Incl~rdingR~~gsbi~rg's
Upper Division I'roqranl), irlhalad
tlon Lherapy, histotecl~riology.physical education, and others. Open also
to studcnts In the humanities and qoctal: Scier~ces.F l r 4 Ierm, general
cllctnistry principles and an introciuctIon 10 organic chemistry. Second
term, o~gaiiicand biolorlictll cIrclnist~ywi(h s p e ~ i aapplications
l
Lo )iltman
y.
pllyslolnglcai cl~cmislry.(3ane-hour Iccturcs, 2 hauls of l a h o ~ a t o ~This
course docs not apply lowarcl the major or minor in clretnlslly. Credit cannot I>e earned 101 110th I09 anrl 105 ar I 15,tior can credit be earned tor
both 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school chemistry within the last 3 years.
Weekend College)
115.I16 General Chemlaby
An Inlenslve celirse ror pre-mdlral students and b t u r e chemists. Firstsernester lriclucles cttcrnical eqtlations and calc~~lations,
enernctics, and
bonding Uicory wlth examplcs from Inorganic chcinistry. Thc second e m
phasi7cs equllibrii~rnand soliltion cheinistry Including ltinelics atirl clectmrhemist~y,(3 one-hour Tectures, 3 hours 01 laboratory. Prereq.: lllgqh
school cheniistry, t n a t l ~placemenl. 115, Fall: 136. Spririg)
199 lnternshlp
Lower division internship.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
351.362 Organic Chemlstry
Importar11classes of organic compounds wItI? special emphasls on mechanisms alld ~nulli-stepsynthesis. Descriptive material Is correlaterl by
means of modem tticorIrs olcliemlcal bonds, encrgy relaUons. and reac.
many applicalloris ofot'ganiccllf~i~islrl/
Lo I~iologlcal.entinrl ~necl~anlsm;
vironmenlal and ilidl~striillfielcls. (3 one-hour Zccturcs, L fnur-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116: 351, Fall: 352, Spring)
353 Quantitative Analytlcal Chemistry
Covers tlravlmclrir anrt volumelric. anatysls and solutlnn equlllbrlurn in
Lo electrochemical and spectraptiotomerlelall and gives an i~>LrnducLiot~
tric lech~ilq~les
nT atialysis. Thf laboratory IHVCII\IESq~lantjlaliveanalysis
o i a varicly oCsamplfs, ant! includcs trace analysis. ( 3 hours of tcctrrre. l
four-lloilr laboratory. I'rc~fq.:106 or 1 16. Rall)
361.3641 Pbystcal Chemistry
The basic t\icoreLical concepts of chemistry: therrnodynamlcs, klnctlcs,
quantl~lntheory. atrd statcs oimatlcr are studicd In thc first scmester. Applications orthcse conc:epls to arcas of rno~cct~larstructr~i
e, equilibria and
electrnchemistry In thc s c ~ o r l dscrneslcr. (3 one-hour tectutes. Yrereq.:
JOG or 116: PHY 121. 122; MAT 124, 125.361, Fall: 364, Spring)
363,365 Physical Chemlstry taboratory (112 COllrSE each)
Ptryslcal Chemislry Laboratory introduces students to tect~niquesofdata
collerlfon and cxperiniental i~pplicationorconcepts prcscnlcci In Physical
Chcmlstry lect~lrc.365 is Lo be talten the firs1 lialCol the spring senicstcr
and invnlves expcrinlents relater1 to 361. 565 14 In bc lalrcn l l i P second
half ollhe scmesler by a11 peisans fa hl!igJ64, exccpt Ll~al
special sti~ctdi
ts
may ask deparlnlent tor exelnpllon.
399 Internship
Opportunity for off-campus experiences as a chemist. Cooperative Education is also an option for majors.
464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the prohlctns or identlfylng organic cornpotrnds It1 the
laboratory. I.ecture lopic!! Include struclui'e-specLra correlatioris for tR,
UV, MMR, and Inass spectroscopy: tlse al t h e lltcrature [ir~cludlngB c i l ~
stein): atirl Curther stilrly oCorganic rcactinns. Ir~lrarcd,nuclear n~agnetit:
resonance, anrl ~ ~ l t r a v i o lspectra
el
rai~tlnelyuscd. (3 hotm: oF lecture, G
hours ollaboratoly. Prereq.: 352,353,361 or consent of insin~ctor:some
reading k~~owlerlgc
of G e n ~ ~ ar'all)
n,
4BX Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Ernpl?aslsupon advanced equitfhrium theory and prlnclples ofatomic and
fi~olectrIar speclroscopy as applled to analytical mclhods as well as cliro~ n togra1,hIc
a
and eleclroanalytical techniqt~csot analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 (our and one-half-haul laboratory. I'iercq.: J53.361, or consent rrl
i r ~ s t ~ ~ l c tSprlng)
or.
482 Advanced Inomanlc Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reaclio~isusing the electrastatlc, valence bond,
and molecular orhital models. Coordination chemistry Is discussed In
Lcrms of Ilgarrd field tfieoy, The laboratory involves prcpa~ationsor tnorganic coinpm~ndsusing a variety of techniques, (3 one-hour lectures, 1
thrce-hour laboratory. I'rcreq.: 3.52.36J , or consent of i n s t ~ ~ ~ c Fall)
tor.
403 QuanCumChernistsy
I'reser)ls qtlailtilm llleory In terms of Schrodinger's wave equatIon and
uses the equalinn Lo solvc Ehe prnblems 0T R e harmonic osciIIalor and
(tic hydrogen alom. Approximate snlutlons are lntrod~icedand used l o
develop inolecirTar orldtal l l ~ c o r ylor molec~~les.
Inclurles comznutators.
and group Lheory. (3one-how leclrlrcs.
elcctron spin, angular 1iiornc111~1rn
P~rrcq.:36 1ar cansenl or instructor. Sl~ring)
491 Chemistry Seminar
'This seminar, which has no course credil, is a weelcly meetlng of chemistry
majors i~nrlerthe direction of thc Augsbusg Chemistry Society. Juniors
and scniors are expected to participale. wltli seniors pmscnting papers.
Outside visitors are occaslonalIy Invited to participate.
497 lntroductton to ChemIstsy Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience
before gr adualian. Srhch ~ x p e r l e n c emay b e obtained by wurlting on a
sum~nerrcsearrh rolect In Ihe clepartmenl (no( col~nleclas a COLII se) or
by research parlEipalion dtirlrlg Lhe acade~alcyear (which may be
counted as a co~irse).Cooperative Edi~cationis a possibility, (Junior
standing).
499 Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as
theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (Junior Standing)
East and
Southeast Asian
Studies
Khin Khin Jensen (Director)
This program offers hvo options:
1. Mqjor or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and
the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).This is an in-
ter-college, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation
for careers in international business, government, teaching, global
ministries, work with social and recreational agencies, or graduate
study.
Two years of Japanese are taught on one ofthe five ACTC campuses, or
Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Hamline University.
There also is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department for Chinese and Japanese language courses.
Opportunities for language study abroad are available in Japan, China,
Taiwan, Korea, Hongkong and Singapore. Summer institutes are
available in the People's Republic of China and in the U.S. See the director for information and procedure to register for any of these
courses or travel.
Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement.
Mqjor in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2
years) of basic college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies: and 2 courses from a list of approved electives. Major courses must have the written approval of the Director of the
program.
Minor in East Asian Studies - 5 courses, including 2 courses (1
year) of basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies: 1course in history of East Asia; and 2 upper division courses in
cultural specialization from a list of approved electives. Minor courses
must have the written approval of the Director of the program.
2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area
concentration at Augsburg College that does not include a language
component. It is designed to be useful for a variety of careers when
combined with other majors.
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from
HIS 322,323,324: one from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 336: one from HIS
474, POL 351,363,382; and one from HIS 226,399,495,499. HIS 104
is strongly recommended.
Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies
program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of
the Director.
226 Asian and Asian-AmericanWomen in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under Department of History)
299 Directed Study
(See Director of program)
322 Modem Southeast Asia
(See under Department of History)
323 Modem China
(See under Department of History)
324 Modem Japan
(See under Department of History)
351 Communist Political Systems
(See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and
Analysis)
363 Communist Foreign Policies
(See under Department of Political Science, International Politics)
382 Marxist Visions: Past. Present, and Future
(See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis)
399 Internships
(See Director of program for guidelines to apply for an internship)
474 The World and The West
(See under Department of History)
495 Seminar
(See Director of program)
499 Independent Study
(See Director of program for guidelines)
Economics (ECO)
See Business Administration and Economics
',
1
1,
Department f:" .
.
Students interested in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education a s a base for advanced study in other careers will find
opportunities in the Department of Education.
Professional mucation combines the study of theory with practice, and
field experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location
of Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in the Twin
Cities.
The career that first comes to mind for graduates of teacher education programs is classroom teaching. Augsburg graduates are found in many
classrooms within the Twin Cities area. In addition, they provide educational services in classrooms across the nation and in some foreign countries.
The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program
serves a s a solid base for graduate education. Some teaching fields require graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementary or secondary education.
Not all graduates choose to teach in school settings. Teacher education
graduates are also found in business, working in managerial, sales, production, and service areas.
To qualify for state teaching license after July 1,1987applicants are required to have had the course "Reading in the Content Areas" or the
equivalent.
To qualify after April 1,1988for licensure, people are required to have
passed basic competency tests (prescribed by the Minnesota Board of
Teaching) in reading, writing skills and mathematics a s well as a prescribed competency test in the specific area of licensure.
Education Faculty:
Trudi Osnes (Chairperson), Sheldon Fardig, Marie McNeff, Lauretta Pelton,
Mark Schelske
Elementary Education (EDE)
Marie McNeff (Coordinator)
Kindergarten-ElementaryMajor and Licensure Requirements: 255, 341, 351,
352, 381, 382, 383, 384, 386, 481, 482, 483: HPE 114, 115; SWK 260; a college
level mathematics course: academic minor (major recommended):GPA of 2.0 overall
and 2.5 in major and academic minor and grades of P in student teaching courses
required for licensure: fulfill requirements of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR
3.041 in Human Relations. The professional semester, forjuniors, includes 341,352,
381,382,384, 386, 387. (341,381, 382, 383, 384,386, 387 are 112 courses)
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
255 Ofienfatfon to Education In an Urban Setting
Investigation or various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity COT in-school worls. Opcn to all students. Membership in one of the
p r ~ r c s s l ~ lleach
~ a l er organizations is required. (Prereq.: sophomore
standing or above)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education)
295.495 Topics in Mucation
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
299 Directed Study
Lower division independent study.
341 Media Technology (112 course)
Psycllological arlcl philosophical dimensions of communication through
tlre use or lnstmctlnnal technology. Selection, preparation, production,
and evali~allonof cfkcclive audio-visual materials for teachinglleamingsitualions. (5pri1ig)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the
reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. (Fall)
352 Creating Learnlng Environmenw Kindergarten-Elementary
The study of stralegies and nlcthods of teaching and learning in the contexts of ed~lcational,psychological and sociological thcotlrs. Membership In one of the professional tcactter organizations Is reqirlred. (Prereq,:
255 or E D S 265 or consent of i ~ ~ s l r ~ l cSp~ing)
to~.
381 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:Art, Music (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music
taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
382 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health
(112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergal ten and elementary levels. Laboratory
experiences. (f'rercq.: 255 or CDS265. Fall)
384 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Social Studies, Science (112
course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies
and science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature, (112
course)
Examination and preparation or materials and resources ror Children's
Literature at the kindergarten and elementa q' levels. I,ahol.atary expertences. (Prereq.:255 or EDS 265, concuncnl reglslralion in 352.Spring)
387 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Arts (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for Language
Arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
(Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring)
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work
experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
478 School and Society
(See Secondary Education)
481,482,483,484 Student Teaching K-6
Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel.
Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required.
(Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval)
491 Practlcum and Seminar in Special Education
(See Special Education)
498 Independent Study (112 course)
Study of specific areas in education a s determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission).
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise
provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must
be outlined and approved by the kindergarten-elementary education faculty.
Secondary Education (EDS)
Trudi Osnes (Coordinator)
It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser.
Licensure Requirements of the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary
schools are met through the Augsburg College Education Department licensure program: Baccalaureate degree; academic major in an approved teaching area; 265,
354, 388, 478, methods course(s)in major area, 481, 482 (and 483 for Art, Music,
and Physical Education teaching majors); HPE 114, 115; PSY 105; GPA of 2.0 overall,
2.0 in education courses, 2.5 in academic major and P in student teaching. Application for and acceptance into the Augsburg licensure program required.
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in
one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she
plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these
special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to 354, the art major
will register for 361,362; the Physical Education major for 365; and the music major
for 355.
Art and Physical Education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: 1Band (K-12) and classroom music (5-12);2-Orchestra (K-12)and classroom music
(5-12);3-Vocal and classroom music (K-9);or 4-Vocal and classroom music (5-12).
Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German,
Spanish), achievement of at least "good" in the listening, speaking, and reading
parts of the Modern Language Association proficiency tests is required. The candidate will take the MLA tests before undertaking student teaching. Results will be recorded in the candidate's permanent file in the Department of Education.
The Professional Tern School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly
in one full-time term in professional education. Attendance at special afternoon or
evening seminars is also required. A student who elects to take just two courses in
student teaching may take one course in independent study at this time. All students
are expected to be involved full-time in the activities of the professional term.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the profese
sional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: ~ o p h o m o r standing)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education)
295,495 Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
341 Media Technology (112 course)
(See Kindergarten-Elementary Education)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
(See Kindergarten-Elementary Education)
354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary
The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. Membership in o n e of t h e professional
teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: 265, PSY 105)
355 Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills
and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring)
356. 357. 358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds,
Strings (112 course each)
Study and application of instructional methods, materials, and techniques.
361 Art Methods (Elementaryand Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and Junior high schoois. For art teactiing majors only.
(Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (112 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (Fall)
364 English Methods
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Physical Education Department)
366 Foreign Language Methods (112 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching.
(Consult with the Foreign Language Department.)
374 Natural Science Methods (K-12)(112 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom
textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and
references. (Fall)
375 Social Studies Methods (112 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary
school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum
development. (Spring)
376 Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (112 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and
theatre and the directing of co-curricular speech and theatre activities.
(Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods (112 course)
Study of t h e basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary
school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring)
388 Human Relations (112course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of
the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all.
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work
experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
410 Health Methods
(See HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program)
478 School and Society
The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational
philosophy and the development ofAmerican education, current major iss u e s in education will be studied. Membership in one of the professional
teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: senior standing)
481,482,483,484 StudentTeaching
Observing and dlrettinq leal r~lngat the secondary level under supervision
of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses,
except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors.
Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval)
498 Independent Study (112 course)
Study of specific areas in education a s determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission).
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise
ecl
must
provided for in the departmental curriculum. A ~ ~ r o ~ e c tprogram
b e outlined which meets the approval of education i a c i ~ l t ~ .
Special Education (EDE, EDS)
Mark Schelske (Coordinator)
Minor: Minimum of 6 courses (282,491: PSY 351,357; one course
chosen ftom HPE 354, MUS 110 (Interim) or 395, PSY 362, EDS 385
(Interim), or SWK 304 (CHR); and one course chosen from LIN 289,
PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended a s an additional course.
282 lntroductionto Special Education
Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities a s
mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment,
learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. (Spring)
491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population
plus on-campus seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor o r consent of instructor. Students planning t o take this
course should consult with the special education coordinator about a
placement prior to registering for the course. (Pall)
Engineering
Ken Erickson (Adviser)
Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to
allow the-student to earn a- achel lor of A& degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Insti-
tute of Technology, Minneapolis: Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri: or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Because of the special requirements
and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg
Engineering Adviser is necessary. Applications for these programs require
the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
University of Minnesota
The lnstitute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs:
-
1. Bachelor o f Arts/Bachelor o f Engineering (B.A./B.E.)enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three
years at Augsburg and two years at the lnstitute of Technology.
Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that
time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions
necessaly for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the lnstitute
of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at
Augsburg.
2. Bachelor o f ArtsIMaster o f Engineering (B.A./M.E.)enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering
degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the lnstitute of Technology.
The curriculum is the same as the B.A,/B.E, curriculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the
number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the University
before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The number of such courses
varies by IT department and area of emphasis within a department.
Application for admission into the B.A./M.E, program should be initiated during the
second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program
may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the lnstitute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken
during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.A./M.E, program are not
guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology.
Washington University - Three-Two Plan
Dual Degree Plan
Michigan Technological University
-
These programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from
Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological
University in a five-year period.
The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission to the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by the Engineering
Adviser of Augsburg College.
Students are also encouraged to explore opportunities for graduate work
at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further
information on these and other graduate programs is available from the
Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual degree programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice
for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic
performance as criteria.
M i n i m u m Course Requirements f o r Admission t o the Dual Degree o r ThreeTwo Programs: CHM 115,116; CSC 170; ENG 111; MAT 124,125,224, 226; PHY
121, 122; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of
27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,125 and PHY 121,122 are taken in the
freshman year. Students interested in Chemical Engineering also should take CHM
351, 352.
English
Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas,
and iknages helps us understand who we are and who we can become.
Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through English study
we see life's complexity, experience life as some others do, and understand better the world in which we live and work.
English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the
contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is
concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is
interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language.
With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining
structures. With speech and communications, English studies the effective
use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different
times and in different cultures.
The Augsburg English department integrates its program with the cultural
opportunities ofthis vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to assigned or recommended plays, films, and readings available near the campus.
Students with an Augsburg English mqjor pursue careers in elementary,
secondary and college education, journalism, government, law, the ministry, library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing,
writing, and other professions and businesses. English majors may start
on a slightly lower rung of the career ladder than those with more specialized training, but will move to higher rungs more quickly because of their
broad background, their skill in analysis, and their superior communication skills. Skills in reading perceptively and writing effectively enhance
any career and make life more enjoyable and understandable.
English Faculty:
Barbara Andersen (Chairperson), Joan Griffin, John Mitchell, Catherine
Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, Kathryn Swanson.
Mqjor: 9 courses above 111,including 225; one course in American
literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and
three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for
example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336,
337,423). Majors are encouraged to take ENG 245 early in their college work and to consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an
adviser in the department.
Mqjor for Secondary Teaching Licensure in English-Language
Arts: 1 0 courses, including those listed for the major and a course
in the English language; 2 Speech courses, one from 111,351,352,
354 or 355 and either 360 or 366. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. In addition to field experience and student teaching required by the Department of Education, majors will be required to gain practical experience in teaching
writing, to be arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the
freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in
the fall term of the sophomore year and apply for teacher education
not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition'to planning their
courses with the English department chairperson, students should
consult an adviser in the Department of Education.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors
thesis before faculty committee in senior year, Honors thesis may be
an independent study program.
Minor: 5 courses above 111,including at least 2 literature courses,
one of which must be in British literature, and one advanced writing
course.
Note on Concentration: In addition to meeting requirements for
the major, English majors may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such a s British concentration, American concentration, world
literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges
a concentration by careful selection of electives in the major, by the
design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and
courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a concentration.
Note on Prerequisites: 111is strongly recommended but not a
prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an
upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor.
101 Developmental Wrltlng
A preparatory course for Ewective Writing for students identified by an ex-
amination a s needing nddltlonal preparation, Instruction and practice in
e
Sturle~rtswill write short papers based on
basic wrlting skills wllt t ~ given.
tlicir own observation, experience, a r ~ r ll~ought.
t
P/N grading only.
111 Effcctlwe Writing
'I'he study ol' cornposltion with emphasis on expository writing. Attention
Lo correcl tlsagc, logical orgar~lzation,and the research paper. The grading system fn~lhis C O ~ I T S E
i~
either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. In order to hold a
pEace in Ihc course the studen( must either attend class the first day or
personally notify the instructor that s / h e cannot be present.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
217.218 English a s a Second Language (ESL)
Consistent, repeated work on pronunciation, vocabulary and American idioms, grammar and sentence patterns make up a major part of these
courses. In-class drills and exercises, assignments, and sessions with ESL
tutors are means for students to improve oral skills and to increase their
fluency. Understanding spoken ~ m e r i c a nEnglish, speaking, reading colleae-level materials. and writina are the skills emohasized in these two
c&urses. Testing will determinetlacement in these courses, and testing,
a s well a s other course work, will determine whether the ESL requirement
is met. 218 is graded either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. Students will continue in 218
if an N grade is given. By successfully completing the courses, students
will b e exempted from the foreign language requirement.
223 Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing
for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and
proposals will b e emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111or equivalent)
225 Advanced Expository Writing
The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and
contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which student's papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111)
226 Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic
modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may
be selected by students for experimentation and development, according
to the student's preference.
227 Journalism
An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature
and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of
writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature
and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic
media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment.
2 4 1 Introduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of
the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both
feature length and short films. (Spring)
245 Introduction to Literature
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading
and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors
and minors.
250 American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention
is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of
American literature.
2 6 1 Modem Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
2 7 1 European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies ofAristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's
Inferno will b e studied a s a work in which the Christian and the classical
traditions a r e combined. These works will be studied with reference to
their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence
on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modem Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to
the modern period, including such authors a s Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring)
282 Topics In Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected For study in any year will be listed
in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian literature, Twentieth Century Poetry, and Comedy.
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
331 British Literature, Chaucer to the Elizabethans
Chaucer and the medieval Milieu will be studied a s well a s the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance.
332 Milton and His Age
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will b e eFamined. (Alternate years)
336 Bnitish Literature, Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual,
and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall)
337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic
poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized a s well a s their relationship to their own age and
their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring)
351 American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements.
Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city a s setting
and symbol in modern American literature.
399 Internship
The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus internships, Interested students should consult the department chairperson.
423 Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth
century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors a s Defoe, Richardson, Fielding,
Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel
and its emergence by the twentieth century a s the dominant literary form.
(Alternate years, 1986-87)
438 Shakespeare
Study of ten o r twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic
art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis.
498 lndependent Study
Metropolitan Resources
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of
department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which
makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such a s theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups.
499 lndependent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of
department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area
of the student's choice.
-
Foreign
Language
Department
The Foreign Language Department at Augsburg College contributes in
many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts education for service in today's world. The department is committed to the
view that education should go beyond career preparation. So viewed, foreign language study goes beyond the development of new communications skills to foster an abiding awareness that the splendid diversity of human languages, literatures, and cultures represents a nch historic legacy
developed in different ways by many nations to be shared by all in common. The departmental faculty believe that familiarity with the language
and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of
global perspective and hence is indispensable in the education of Augsburg students.
The Foreign Language Department offers language, literature, and culture
courses in French, German, Norwegian, Russian, and Spanish. Courses in
Chinese, Japanese, Latin, and Greek are available to Augsburg Students
through the college's affiliation with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities
colleges.
A special perspective on language is also available to Augsburg students
in the linguistics courses offered by the Foreign Language Department.
Linguistics goes beyond the study of individual languages to investigate
the general principles which operate in and shape all languages and in this
way the study of linguistics affords the student a unique view of one of the
most intriguing and central facets of the human mind.
Foreign language skills, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics,
are essential in preparing for a number of careers and represent a valuable
special qualification in many others. Anticipated careers in a number of
fields such a s foreign language
- teaching, translation, the diplomatic corps,
or international business may require a-foreign language mGor, perhaps
combined with a maior in some other field. In addition. students ~ u r s u i n a
careers in many other fields such as health care, socialwork, the kinistrfy
psychology, or philosophy, ro name just a few, often find that a foreign language minor and/or the study of linguistics qualifies them for special assignments in their chosen field.
Foreign Languages Faculty:
Mary Kingsley (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, James Brown, Leif Hansen,
Mary Johnson, Gunta Rozentals, Donald Steinmetz.
Students with previous foreign language study
must register in courses suited to their level of preparation. Placement is according to the number of high school semesters one has
studied that language: 0-2 = 111;3-4 = 112; 5-6 = 211; 7-8 = 212;
9 or more = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level
should consult the chairperson.
Students should arrange to take the Language Placement Test if they
wish to take a course above the level determined by previous studies
in that language.
Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they are
placed by the department may do so, but grading must be PIN only.
The language requirement will be satisfied only by completion of the
course in which the student was originally placed. Credit and grading
for that course may be traditional.
Basic Requirements: Majors must take four of the upper division
courses at Augsburg College and four abroad. Minors must take two
of the upper division courses at Augsburg College. 311is prerequisite
to all upper division courses.
Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a minimum
of one upper division course per year at Augsburg. See department
faculty for limits on non-Augsburg courses and career information.
Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, G e m a n and
Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific
information and enrollment in the program. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offerings and should be taken in the fall of the
senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a departmental requirement for teaching majors. Licensure requires successful completion of the Modern Language Association
Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools, under Department of Education.
Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply in
thejunior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall,
and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one
course credit. Consult department chairperson for details.
Placement Levels:
Chinese (CHN)
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of
Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast
Asian Studies Director.
French (FRE)
8 courses above 212, including 311,312 or 411,331 or 332,
350 or 355,351or 353,450 or equivalents. Study abroad required.
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim, summer, or
semester in France strongly recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 upper division courses beyond 212,
including one in conversation-composition, one literature, one in civilization. Study in France strongly recommended.
Major:
E u r o p e a n History, a seco n d language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim catalog.
011 Directed Study
Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Spring, On Demand)
111,112 Beginning French
Aim to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading, and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice, and readings, these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way
of life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of
the course. (Fall/Spring)
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
211,212 Intermediate French
Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice
in communication, vocabulary building, and developing greater ease in
reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work. (Fall/Spring)
243 French Literature in Translation
Major representative works of French literature are read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion,
students become acauainted with artistic aualities and cultural-historical
significance of thesenworks. Sophomore standing. Fulfills only literature
distribution requirement. Does not count toward a French major o r minor.
(On demand)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
311 Conversation-Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build
fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of
ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intemlediate level. A prerequisite to
other upper division courses. (Fall)
312 French Expression
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking
and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase
and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. Spring, On demand)
3 3 1 French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings
to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of
French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings,
reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 311
or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
332 French Civilization Today
Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that
promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contribution
to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different
approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory
through reading, analyzing, a n d discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
351,353 Survey of French Literature
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France,
through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
Recommended Supporting Courses:
355 Twentieth Century Literature
A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes,
oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. Alternate years)
399 Internship
Upper division internship.
411 Avanced Conversation-Composition
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social,
or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four
skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization a s individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
450 French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story
Study in depth of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French. For advanced students. ( S e e a l s o Interim offerings.
Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
499 Independent Study
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level.
Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included.
(Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.)
German (GER)
8 upper division courses, including 311, 411, one in civilization, and one literature. Semester in Germany required.
Minor: 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim,
summer or semester in Germany strongly recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including
one in conversation-composition, one literature, one in civilization,
and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study
in Germany strongly recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature.
Major:
111,112 Beginning German
Course 111is for students with no previous background; 1 1 2 is for students who have had 111o r equivalent or less than two years of high
school German. Aims a t developing basic skills. Classroom practice in
speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read
extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and
participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
211,212 Intermediate German
For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims a t developing basic skills into working knowledge of German.
Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall;
212, Spring)
244 German Literature in Translation
Principal works of German literature representing various periods and
movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also
discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit
for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomore
standing. On demand)
299 Independent Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
311 German Conversation and Composition
Aims a t developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial Qerman. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall)
331 German Civilization and Culture I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the
Germanspeaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca.
3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643),with emphasis on the impact of
Roman civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness
during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals ofthe
Reformation. In Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate
years)
332 Qerman Civilization and Culture 11
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment.
The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking
peoples. In Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate
years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different
approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory
through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
311 o r consent of instructor. On demand)
351 German Literature through the 18th Century
Br~efsurvey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklhrung and
Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions in Classic
and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on
the history of Qerman literature in its cultural and geopolitical context.
Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in
German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
352 German Literature: The 19th Century
Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Maturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic
philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions
help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 o r consent of instructor. On demand)
353 German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in
German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression in Qerman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
399 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
4 1 1 Advanced Qerman Composition and Conversation
Aims a t developing and refining the student's use of German a s a vehicle
for expressing his o r her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German a s classroom language. (Prereq.: 311or consent of instructor. Fall)
4 5 1 German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to
the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre a s a mirror
of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.
On demand)
452 German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are
discussed and read a s symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Japanese (JPN)
Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast Asian
Studies Director for more information.
Linguistics (LIN)
199 Internship
Internship for lower division credit.
289 Introduction to Linguistics
An lnlroductlan to linguistic analysls and general Ilngulstlc prlndples,wlth
Focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common lo all languages) and psychulinguistics IinquIiy In to the tnechanics
of language learning and llic struclurc of the mind as revEaIed in language),l'l~eoxelicalc~uestionswill be approached b y stud Ing samples 01
various I B I I ~ L I ~ ~ P S . MO piercquisite. Rccoinrnendcd for a i lanquaqe majors and minors. (On demand. ACTC)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
311 Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current
linguistic researct, wlth the aim of ltluminatlng underlying phllosophleal
assilmptions. i~~vcstigational
criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish tlletn. The theo~ieswill be contrasted with thosc ot adjaccnt discipIincs such as antllropology, psyctiology, logic, and communication l l ~ c ory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the
inadequacies of traditional grammar. (On demand)
399 Internship
Internship for upper division credit.
499 Independent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Norwegian (NOR)
Major: 8 courses above 211, including 311,312 or 331,353,411.
Study in Norway required.
Minor: 4 courses above 211, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Study in Norway encouraged.
Recommended Supporting Preparation: A second foreign language, linguistics, European history.
111,112 Beginning Norwegian
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading
and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory
work expected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring)
199 Internship
Internship for lower division credit.
211 Intermediate Norwegian
Cal~tlnucdconversation and composition to improve comprehension and
facCIlty of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used a s basis for
class dlscussio~iand exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
311 Norwegian Conversation and Composltlon
Inte~isivcpractice In spolsen Horwegia~iwith emphasis on pronunciation
and oriqinal cnmposltio~r.Some atlciitlot~givcn to reglonal variations in
spolteti Marweqian ancl lo dikrences bytween the two olTiclal languages of
Mnrway. some lalmratory work and Clflcl experience required. (Prereq.:
211 or equivalent.)
312
-- Old
- - - .Norse
.- - - -
331
350
353
399
411
499
An introduction to the structure of Old West Norse through the study ofselections from Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse
and aspects ofthe history of four modem Nordic laiguages. Knowledge of
one of the latter is desired but not required. Norweg~anlanguage majors/
minors will have special assignments. (On demand)
Norwegian Civilization and Culture
This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of
the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwcglan as far a s possible), the domestic and forelgn Influences at work in
the comparatively homogeneous population or Monvay will be cxaniined.
Wrltten ancl oral reports in the Norwegian language rvlll Ile required along
wlth some Herd work. (Prereq.: 311 or consent ofir~structor.011dernand)
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different
approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory
through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
311or consent of instructor. On demand)
Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readinas in contem~orarvNorweaian literature ~ r o v i d ea base
for the study of ;riginal works from earlier ceriods extending back to Old
Norse literature. All genres are examlned, and conslderable attention is
given to writings in the Nynorsk lalig~laqe,pnrtlckrlaily poetry. Lectures,
readings, oral and written reports are in florwcgian. (Pterrq.: 311o r equivalent. Alternate years)
Internship
Internship for upper division credit.
Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention
given to the other Scandinavian languages end lo the hislorical development of the Norwegian language. Laljoralnry worlc and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of iirslructor, On demnr~cf)
lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Russian (RUS)
One year of elementary Russian is offered at Augsburg. Russian language
studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Studies Program,
which requires two years of language for the mqjor. See Russian Area
Studies Campus Coordinator.
111.112 Elementary Russian
Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational
skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease in reading, short
compositions, and acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of
the language lab.
211.212 Intermediate Russian
Continues developing the skills of writing, understanding and speaking
with a n added emphasis on reading, Introduction of advanced grammar
topics, idioms and the study of word building in Russian. (ACTC)
Spanish (SPA)
M a o r : 8 courses above 212, including 311,411,456 or 457, two of
352,353,354,331 or332. Study in Spain or Latin America is required.
Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study
abroad strongly recommended.
Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conver-
sation-composition, one literature, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in Spain or
Latin America recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another lan-
guage, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities.
111,112 Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading,
and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
199 Internship
Internship for lower division credit.
211,212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which
stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with 2-4
years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. (211 Fall, 212 Spring)
216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
(See under Program in Global Community)
2 4 9 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in
Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various
~ e r i o d sand movements are read in Enalish translation. Throuah background reading and class discussion in English the student is acGuainted
with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the
readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in
Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On demand)
2 6 1 Spanish Language
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SAUS and LISLA)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
311 Spanish Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of
fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This
course is a prerequisite for all upper division courses. (Prereq.: 212 or
equivalent. Fall)
312 Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking
skills in Spanish and wish to expand them, Intensive practice to improve
oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility,
stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to
stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand)
331 Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements.
In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years.)
332 Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from
the Pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311
or 212, with consent of instructor. Alternate years)
350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different
approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature. Recommended
for majors and minors. Open to all qualifed students. (Prereq.: 311or consent of instructor. On demand)
3 5 2 , 3 5 3 Survey of Spanish Literature I, 11
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by
lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language.
(Prereq.: 311 o r consent of instructor. On demand)
354 Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction to S~anish-Americanliterature. Lectures, discussions,
written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
399 Internship
Internship for upper division credit.
4 1 1 Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness ofwritten and oral expression through conversations, discussions, ~'epo~ts.
debales, and written
compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prcrecl.: 3 l l or consent of instructor.
4 5 6 Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written
reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modem Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years)
457 Spanish Novel
Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century
in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey
course. Alternate years)
4 9 9 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
General Studies (GST)
John A. Hill (Registrar),Joel Mugge, Donald Warren
Some courses help to integrate learning around topics in ways which are
different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include
specialized academic enrichment programs, an integrative pro-seminar
created by cooperating faculty, and offerings of the Center for Global Service and Education.
005 Freshman or Transfer Seminar
An introduction to college academic life required of all new students a t
Augsburg. The seminar meets regularly through the first half of the fall
term. No course credit.
140,141 Introduction to the Liberal Arts (112 course each)
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the
philosophy and student services available a t Augsburg College. The
course also focuses on improving those skills s o important to academic
success: reading rate and comprehension, note taking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration
and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training, career
planning, and making decisions. (140, Fall: 141, Spring)
230 Cultural Issues Seminar
(See under Program in Global Community)
Health and
Physical Education
Department (HPE)
Virtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in
their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education.
It is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in
professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the gifted athlete as well as the occasional player
will find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities.
The Physical Education Department provides the organizational framework for a wide-range of educational experiences, including several mqjor
and minor programs: general education in Physical Education (Lifetime
Sports): men's and women's intercollegiate athletic programs; intramural
programs for men and women: and athletic facilities for developmental
and recreational activities.
Department graduates have traditionally found employment in educational settings. Additional career opportunities are possible in YMCA and
community services, municipal park and recreation departments, as adult
fitness instructors, and in working with people with disabilities.
Health and Physical Education Faculty:
Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson), David Boots, Marilyn Pearson Florian.
Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Joyce Pfaff, Edwin J. Saugestad
Health Education
Mqjor: 110,114,115,320,354,410:
810 103,108,111;CHM 105 or
109;PSY 105:SOC 231,336.
Teaching Mqjor: Same a s health education major plus 355. Stu-
dents wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the
Education Department for requirements.
Minor: 110,114,115,320;
810 103;SOC 231.
110 Personal and Community Health
Modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to
the individual and the community. (Fall)
199 lnternship
Internship for lower division credit.
114 Health and Safety Education (112 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health
needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First
Aid course.
115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (112 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health
needs and problems of school age children.
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
320 School Health Curriculum
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases.
(Prereq.: All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200
series and consent of instructor.)
354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (112 course)
Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of
functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and
physical education programs. (Prereq.: 350. Spring)
355 Tests and Measurement (112 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and
physical education. (Spring)
399 Internship
lnternship for upper division credit.
410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and
community. (Prereq.: 320. Odd number years, Fall, Interim)
499 lndependent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Physical Education
Mqjor: 114,115,354,355;
223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472,
474,475;810 103.
Teaching Licensure Mqjor: 114,115,354,355;
223,231,232,243,
350,351,365,471,472,474,475;BIO 103.Students wishing to be-
come licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements.
Mqjor with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department chairperson for individual program planning.
Minor: 114,115;223,231,232or 472,243.
Coaching Endorsement: 243,351, 475, one of 476-483 (except
481), and practicum in coaching (499 is an optional method for meet-
ing the practicum requirement).
Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the
coaching requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota high schools are required to have at least a
coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics.
002,003 Lifetime Sports
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. (Part-time students should consult with department chairperson) No course credit.
199 Internship
lnterrnship for lower division credit.
223 Team Sports
Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating team sports.
(Spring)
231 Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual
sports. (Fall)
232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (112 course)
Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international
folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice i n
teaching and performing selected social dances. (Interim)
234 Outdoor Education (112 course)
'Thls course wlll loalc at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be
Laught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized:
Canodng. back-pacl$ing,cycling, outdoor cooking catnplng and watcr
safely. Studcnts must Ire prepared to spend somr: wcel~cndsparticiprtling
in these activities. (Even number years, Spring)
243 History and Principles of Physical Education
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
350 Kinesiology
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system
and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: 810 103; Fall)
351 Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training.
(Prereq.: 810 103. Spring)
354 Teaching the Exceptional Child
(See Health Education)
355 Tests and Measurement
(See Health Education)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the
elementary and secondary levels. (Fall)
399 Internship
Consult department chairperson.
455 Sailing in the Virgin Islands
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in learning
thc art and practlce of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking
the participant to a compctent level of sailboat handling (anchoring,
mooring, Irclming and crewing). (Interim)
471 Physical Education Programming
Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision
making for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.: 243. Fall)
472 Gymnastics (112 course)
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and
perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and
skill analysis. (Fall)
474 Swimming and Aquatics (112 course)
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety.
Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors.
(Prereq.: Swimming competence a s determined by pre-test. Fall)
475 Preventlon and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injut ips. 'Trcatrnmt of common athletic injuries. Practical expericntc in taping and training-room procedures.
(Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1 s t half of term, and even numbered years, Interim)
476 Coaching of Football (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd
number years, Fall, 1 s t half of term.)
477 Coaching of Basketball (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball.
(Odd number years, Interim)
478 Coaching of Hockey (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Odd
number years, Interim)
479 Coachina of Track and Field 1112 course)
Theory, t&hnique and adminishitive aspect's of coaching track and field.
(Odd number years, Spring, second half of term)
480 Coaching of Baseball/SoRball(1/2 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching- baseball and
softbail. (Odd number years, Spring, 2nd half of term)
481 Ofilciating of Basketball (112 course)
Mechanics, techniques and practical experience of officiating basketball.
Prepares student for certification by the Minnesota Stae High School Association. (Interim)
483 Coaching of Volleyball (112 course)
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball.
(Odd number years, Fall, 1st half of term)
499 Independent Study
Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to
junior or senior majors.
History Department (HIS)
History is to society what memory is to an individual: it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished MedievalistJ.R.
Strayer expresses it this way: "No community can survive and no institution can function without constant reference to past experience. We are
mled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are
ruled by the collective memory of the past. It is the memory of common
experiences which makes scattered individuals into a community."
A society's history is also a storehouse of human experiences that enables
us to deal more knowledgeably with the continuities and changes in current issues. Established disciplines, as history long has been, train the
mind by developing concepts and skills that enables one to deal with
masses of information. Many have found that history is an entree into the
richer eqjoyrnent of travel, cultural events, and the broad reading eqjoyed
by the educated person. Accordingly, history has long held a maljor role in
the liberal arts. This is true at Augsburg.
The department has strength in and requires of its majors work in four
main areas: ancient and medieval, modem Europe, United States, and the
non-western world. The department's graduates are well represented
among professional historians: at present, six are in graduate schools preparing for such careers. More have distinguished themselves as social
studies teachers in elementary and secondary schools and current projections indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that field for history
maljors. For most of our students, however, the study of history provides
one of the better undergraduate liberal arts experiences, valuable both for
personal enrichment and a wide variety of career choices.
History Faculty
Richard Nelson (Chairperson),Orloue Gisselquist, Donald Gustafson,
Khin Khin Jensen
M a o r : 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least four of these courses must
be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval:
Modem Europe; U.S.; and non-Western.
M q j o r f o r T e a c h i n g L i c e n s u r e : Students interested in secondary
education may take a history major in combination with specified social science courses and the required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator.
M i n o r : 5 courses, a t least three of which must be upper division.
H o n o r s Mqjor: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in spe-
cial instances, application before the end of the first term of thejunior
year; two years of a foreign language a t the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended
before a faculty committee.
N o t e s : Freshmen should enroll in one o r more of the 101-104
courses. 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students. Lower division students are asked to take at least one
lower division course before registering for an upper level course.
There are 13 upper division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this department. Several are offered each term. Offerings depend upon faculty
schedules and student registration.
101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world
of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century.
102 The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of
the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
103 The Modem World
A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present.
104 The Modem Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia
and Africa of the last 200 years.
199 Internship
Lower division internship.
221 U.S. History to 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct
a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our time with an effort to
consider the various social, economic, intellectual and political forces and
events that have created the modern United States.
226 Asian and ~sian-~merican'wornen
in Public Life in the 20th Century
An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in
China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii, Includes
cross-cultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and
Western education.
299 Directed Study
An opportunity for a student to d o readings or study on topics not covered
in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must b e approved by the
directing faculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to
the major.
322 Modem Southeast Asia
A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam.
323 Modem China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The
erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century.
324 Modem Japan
An examination of the emergence of Japan a s a major world power in the
20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role ofwomen and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa.
331 Topics in U.S. History
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S.history (excluding foreign
policy: s e e History 332). The specific topics to b e offered will b e announced prior to registration.
332 History of American Foreign Policy
The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is
stressed.
347 Mexico: a Historical Perspective
(See under Program in Global Community)
360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times
through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed
on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and
political institutions.
361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
A study of the development ul Alcxa~idcr'sLmpirc, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as lhc wnl-Id's qrcatest power. Emphasis is
placed on personalities, the 31'1s iliicl S C ~ C I ~ C Carid
S
Rome's contributions
in law and the political process.
370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state
through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation.
399 Internship in History
A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper division students majoring in history. In this connection, students are encouraged to consider the opportunities available through the Cooperative Education program.
412 England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods
A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714.
The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the
is also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of EngC ~ L I I -Emphasis
SC.
la~tcl'ssubsctl~lent1,olein Ihe world economy and on the English literary
~ r r ~ a i s s a ~ofi cEIlzaI~ettrari
c
and early Stuart periods.
416 Europe in the Seventeenth Century
The study of this centurv a s the most critical ~ e r i o din the rise of the mode l . ~statc:
~ L ~ n l ~ h a sisl salso placed on the el;1ergence of modern science
aud I l s efiecl o n lritetlectual history. The chronological boundaries may be
I
listed as 1560-1714.
-
431 European Urban History
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and
the c u l t u l ~of cltics ill L I I I ( ~ I Cfrom the Late Medieval to the 20th century,
with for.1~.or1 spcrifir. tiistorir. cities a s examples. The course is designed
for histnly students, iiil~nnstudy majors, and those who desire a backgrounrl Lo cnrich I ~ ~ l u11r avcl.
c
440 Twentieth Century Topics in World History
This course emphasizes such topics a s Hitler's fascism, the collapse of
colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on
Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years.
474 The World and The West
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and t h e Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of
these imperial systems a t the end of the 18th Century.
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor.
499 lndependent Study
Majors with an average of 3.5 o r above in history courses are encouraged
to apply for directed lndependent study. A maximum of one course in independent study may be applied toward the major.
Humanities (HUM)
Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson),John Benson
The Humanities mqjor provides the opportunity to reflect across departmental lines, t o experience the ways in which different academic disclplines approach similar questionsand issues, and to participate in interdisciplinary learning experiences. You can, in effect, create your own
mqjor by choosing a theme or topic you wish to study, and then by taking
courses in various departments relating to that theme.
The mqjor was created especially to encourage students not mqjoring in
the humanities but in such areas as science, business, or social science to
broaden their insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based second
m qjor.
Maor: 9 courses, including 275. Six of the courses must be upper division. Courses must be selected from at least four of these seven departments - Art, English, Foreign Languages, History, Philosophy,
Religion, and Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. No more
than three courses from any one department can be used to satisfy
the requirement.
Each student taking a humanities major will focus on some particular
theme or perspective which will constitute the core of the major program. Six of the nine courses must be taken in this core. The core
adopted and the courses chosen to meet the requirement will be
worked out with the student's adviser in the humanities, and must be
approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The theme or perspective of the core can be chosen from those listed in the Humanities Handbook or can be created by the student in consultation with
an adviser in the humanities. Further information concerning the core
can be found in the Humanities Handbook.
A student may not list a double major in humanities and in one of the
component disciplines unless the distribution of courses selected in
the humanities major is significantly different from the other major.
275 Perspectives on the Humanities
An introduction to the humanities which focuses on different themes, dependin upon the instructor. The course correlates ideas, principles and
values $om the perspectives of several of the humanities disciplines.
'
Interdisciplinary Studies (INS)
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, Program in Global Community, and
Women's and Minority Studies)
International Relations
Norma C. Noonan (Director)
International Relations is an interdisciplinary major which offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or
geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven
courses and seven electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at
Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for Interim or a semester. Competency in one language is required, and some students study two languages.
The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studies with considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East, Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East, Southeast
Asia. and others.
Recent students have had double mqjors in History, Political Science, or a
foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the International Relations major.
Major: 13courses. (1)
6 required courses: ECO 122 or 123: HIS 103 or
104; POL 158 or 160; 2 of the following: HIS 332, POL 363, 461; the
fourth term of college work in a modem foreign language. (2) 7 of the
following electives (not more than 4 from any one discipline may be
counted toward the major): HIS 322, 323, 324, 440, 474; POL 350,
351,381,382; SOC 336; PHI 355; REL 356; Comparative Economic
Systems (ACTC course); an Economics (Topics) course on International Trade; seminar, independent study, or interim course on a relevant topic offered in the discipline of economics, history and/or political science; the fourth term of college work in a second modern
language.
Minor: Required ECO 122 or 123, HIS 103 or 104, and POL 158or 160.
One course of HIS 332, POL 363 or 461. One year of foreign language.
Any three courses from the list of approved electives for the major.
Not more than 2 courses from any department could count toward the
minor.
N o t e : Only the fourth or higher term of languages counts toward the
major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited
toward the 14 required courses. Students should confer with the program director about regional and disciplinary concentrations possible within the major, for example, a concentration on a geographic
area or in one of the major disciplines in the program.
Mathematics and
Computer Science
Department
At least since Socrates, scholars have appreciated the value ofmathematics in developing the skills of critical thinking, understanding abstract concepts, and analyzing and solving problems. Coupled with the more modem needs of quantitative thinking, these skills are still essential for any
liberally-educatedperson. Mathematics and computer science courses at
Augsburg are intended to help develop these skills.
Mathematical ideas in and of themselves have had a formative impact on
the development of civilization, and the development of computers has begun to influence modem society. To the extent that a liberal education
must include a variety of perspectives on our culture and heritage, a study
of these influences is important.
An increasing number of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. To this end, the
department of Mathematics and Computer Science serves students majoring in a wide variety of fields.
Majors within this department are prepared for work in industry, service
professions, or graduate study, with opportunities to focus on either the
theoretical or the applied areas of their vocations. The department aims to
provide its own majors with skills necessary to serve the larger community
through a variety of careers.
Mathematics/Computer Science Faculty:
Lawrence Copes (Chairperson), Lany Crockett, Beverly Durkee, Henry
Follingstad, Noel Petit, Larry Ragland
Mathematics Mqjor: 9 courses including 124,125,215,224,314,
324.Also required: CSC 170 or 270.The following courses d o not
count toward this major: 104,114,121,122,131,174,175. For
teaching licensure, courses 351,373,441 must be included. Stu-
dents wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult
with the Education Department for requirements.
Computer Science Mqjor: 9 courses including 240,345,350,445,
450;270 or BUS 175: 3 electives from 340,352,395,495,497,MAT
355,PHY 261,and BUS 479 or SOC 363.Also required: MAT 174,175
(or MAT 124,125,224and CSC 170);MAT 215;BUS 279 or MAT 373
or SOC 362.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5in mathematics and computer science, 3.1
overall. Independent study at an advanced level with participation in
a department seminar.
Mathematics Minor: 5 courses, including 124,125, (or 174,175)
224.The following courses do not count towards the minor: 104,114,
For a teaching minor, the two additional courses must
121,122,131.
be selected from 215,314,351,373,441.
Computer Science Minor: 5 courses, including 170 (or MAT 175),
240,345,350,and one course from BUS 279,any CSC course over
260,MAT 355,PRY 261,or SOC 363.
Prerequisites/Placement Test - Before enrolling in any course in
this department the student must have satisfied certain course and/
or placement test prerequisites. A course must be completed with a
grade of 2.0or higher to count a s a prerequisite.
The Placement Test is given during college orientation sessions and at
other announced times during the year. Score requirements on the
test for entry to courses are: I1 for course 104;111 for courses 114,121,
122,131;IV for courses 124,174.Students whose score is V, or who
have taken the College Board Advanced Placement Exam, should
consult with the department about appropriate courses.
Any exceptions to course or placement test score prerequisites must
be approved by the instructor.
Mathematics (MAT)
104 Intermediate Algebra
A revicw of basic ari tlimetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions
including cxponc~ils,radlcals, and rational expressions: algebraic
processes lncludinn factoring: solving equalions and inequalltles in one
variabIe, inclurlirig litiear and quadratic; anti graphs of linear and quadralic equations and Ilnear Ineq~iall(lcsin Lwo varlabtes. Does not satrsiy
Lhe getieral etl~tcahinllrcquireincr~lin mathen~atics.Adnllssion only via
Augsl~urgMall~emalicsPlacetnenl Exam. (I'rerecl.: Placement Oroup II,
P/fl gradingonty, Fall)
114 Elementary Functions
A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric. For sludents planning to take 124 or 174. Students who have completed 124 or 174 may register for credit only with consent of instructor.
(Prereq.: 104 or Placemenl Group I l l )
121 Finite Mathematics
Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group I l l )
122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus of a slngle varlable wlth applications to
the social and behavioral sciences. Sttade!its wlto have compleled 124
may not register for credit. (Prereq.: liI4 or Placcmcnt firotlp I l l )
124,125,224 Calculus I, 11,111
Differential and inlcgtal calarlus, including calculus of several variables
and series, with applications primarily Crom the physical sciences, Inlegrated with Lopics from plane anrl solid analylic geomelly. Prilllarily for
students in thc natiiral sciences. (Prcrcq,: I 1 4 or Placemerit Group IV for
124: 1 2 4 for 125; 1 2 5 for 224.124, Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall)
1 3 1 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further
study in mathematics. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group Ill. Spring)
174,175 Mathematics for Computing 1. I1
A studv of discrete and continuous mathematics with a ~ ~ l i c a t i o to
n scom.
puter science, integrated with learning a higher level'programming language. Primarily for students planning to major in computer science.
(Prereq.: 114 or Placement Group IV for 174: 174 for 175. 174, Fall; 175,
Spring)
2 1 1 Number Theory
A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A
study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: consent of the instructor)
215 Elementany Linear Algebra
A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 1 7 5 or 224. Spring)
226 Differential Equations
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications: solutions by
special integral transforms: systems of differential equations with matrix
algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
314 Abstract Algebra
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra, such a s groups,
rings, integral domains, and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall)
324 Analysis
An introduction to the study of mathematical analysis, Includes a rigorous
study of major concepts used in the calculus and their application to more
abstract situations. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
351 Modem Geometry
A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Alternate years,
Spring 1988)
355 Numerical Analysis
A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of
computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulae,
solution of equations, Newton's mettiod, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and intearation. (Prerea.: 175; or 224, CSC 170.
Fall)
-
373 Probability and Statistics
An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit
theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 1 7 5 or
224. Fall)
399 Internship
Consult Internship Director or Chairperson to determine project.
4 4 1 Foundations of Mathematics
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, completion or concurrent registration; or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring 1987)
4 8 1 Topics in Mathematics
Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract
algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.:
314,324; or consent of instructor. Spring)
499 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
Computer Science (csc)
145 Computing for the Liberal Arts
An introduction to computers, programming, and computer applications,
a s well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with
computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count
towards either a computer science major or minor.
170 Structured Programming and Discrete Mathematles
An ItiLroclucllon to cornl>ule~'
languages and algorithms. and dlscrcte
inatllemalics topics ir~~ltictir~g
loglc, scls, functions, relations, statistlcs.
niatriccs, combinatorics, graphs and trres. Applicatinns from matticmatics, business. and natural scicticcs. I'rognmlniny in a higher lcvel tanguage such as rascal. [Prercq.: MAT 3 24. Spring)
174.175 Mathematics for Computing I, 11
(See MAT 174, MAT 175)
240 Survey of Computer Science
AII Introdiicllon Lo conipil ter organizatiori and structure. assembly and
n~acfilnclanguages, co~nplllerlogic design, number and character represeritallons, arid f~~nctions
ofcoinpoi~entsorcm-rtplltcrsystems. Continued
u t p~cq~clrntni~~t
roncel~ts.( Prereq.: MAT 175, or
clevclnprnenl o f slr ~ ~ c led
AT 12 I, MAT 124, and Vascal
bolh 170 and MA'I' 124: or eqvivulcril
programming course. Fall)
2 6 1 Electronics
(See under Department of Physics)
270 FORTRAIY
Study ofthe FORTRAN programming language. (Prereq.: 170, or MAT 175.
Interim)
340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks
Princi~lesand methods of data communications. distributed ~rocessina
systems, network protocols and security, and general compukr interfa;
ing. (Prereq.240. Fall)
345 Comp~rterSystems and Assembly Language
Sill vey nrr:omputess. latigltages, systems, and epplications. Development
or competence in asscrnhly language programming. Elements of compr~te?'
operalion. including input-rlutput, interrupts, and an introduction to
npcrating Tystems. (I'rcrcq,: 240.F.1111
350 Data Strt~cturesand File Processing
Concepts and algorilllms used it1 LIle S O ! U ~ ~ornon-numerical
D~
problems.
Applicalions to cla ta manngetncnl syslelns, file organlzalion, inrormallon
rclricval, list processing, pxogramrninq languages, and storage devices.
(rrereq.:240. Spring)
352 Database Management and Design
Slnic1ul.e afdatahase managelnel!l systems,query facilities, file organi~~Y.
the develepmenl of an elementary database
ration and S E C ~ ~ TInrli~ding
system. (240 is recotnme~~dcd
helore 552 is ialrcn. Spring)
395 Topics
Study of intermediate topics, from such areas a s computer graphics, artificial intelligence, computability, and automata. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
399 Internship
Consult Internship Director or Chairperson to determine project.
445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Elements or operating systems, melnoiy aticl process management, interactions nnrong ti~a[orcornpnnelils of conipr~tersystems. and a detailed
sli~rlyof tlte eflecls oir:ompuler arc!iilectlirf rl11 operating systems.
Prereq.: 345, MAT 2 IS. Spring)
~
- - -
4 5 0 Theory of Programming Languages and Compilers
Structure of computer programming languages, including data types and
control structures, implementation considerations for programming languages, lexical analysis and parsing, and interpretive languages. (Prereq.:
350, MAT 215. Fall)
4 9 5 Topics
Study of advanced topics, often more extensive pursuit of a n area from
o n e of the other courses. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
497 Research Project
An extensive group o r individual project selected in consultation with a
faculty member in the areas of software-hardware interfacing. Ifdirectly supervised by a faculty member the course may b e taken for credit. (Prereq.:
345,350. Spring)
4 9 9 Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and department.
MetromUrban Studies (INS)
Metro-Urban Studies is a transdisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology and
other related disciplines. The Metro-Urban Studies program seeks to blend
classroom and field experience, theory and internships which focus the
content of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the
process of urbanization.
The Metro-Urban Studies major and minor are designed to provide undergraduate preparation for postgraduate studies in Planning, Architecture,
Law, Public Administration, Environmental Studies, Social Welfare, Government, Community Organization, and Theology. The program and college-wide urban concerns requirement introduce students to the wide variety of developing careers related to urban and metropolitan affairs,
equipping students with the analytical and theoretical tools required to understand the metropolitan community.
Cooperative Education and Internships are available as ways to enhance
the quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan
opportunities afforded by the college's location.
Metro Urban Studies Faculty:
Gany W. Hesser (Director), Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson, Orloue
Gisselquist, Satya Gupta, Myles Stenshoel
Major: 15 courses, including 1 0 core requirements: ECO 123, 279 or
SOC 362; HIS 431: POL 122,384 or SOC 363: SOC 111,381: a minimum of one course of internship or independent study: two non-socia1 science courses with an urban emphasis, a t least one of which
must be in the humanities (current options include ART 102, BIO 105,
ENG 351, INS 233,260, PHI 362, PHY 111, SPC 342). PSY 356 is highly
recommended.
To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks: General/Liberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These five elective courses must include a minimum ofthree disciplines. Options include a wide variety of courses, interims,
internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC
colleges, a s well a s those offered through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA).
Minor: To b e linked with appropriate majors (such a s business
administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses are required for the concentration: ECO
120 or 123; POL 122; SOC 111,381;an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study.
Other combinations are possible and may be approved by the director.
199 Internship
Lower Division internship. Consult Program Director to determine project.
(Pall, Interim, Spring and Summer)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: consent of instructor and SOC 111or 121. Fall, Spring, Summer)
399 Internship
Consult the Program Director for details. (Prereq.: consent of instructor,
Fall, Interim, Spring)
-
498 Independent Study
Metropolitan Resources
An independcnLIy dcsignrd cou~.scra sluclerit (or group ofstudents) develops, ~nalrinqextetisivc, systen~aticancl irrtegraled i~tllizallonof resources
available ir! the metrclpolitarl comin~rnlly.e.y. leclures. symposia, perrorlliab~ces,hearings. 1-hesc resatlrces I)ecolne t h e core of Lhe course,
supplcmcntetl Ily trarlltlonal college resources. The course is designed in
co!iqultallon with anrl evalualed I>y a department faculty member.
.(IJrercti.:SQC 1 I t or 121 and consent or Instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
499 Independent Study
Student must prescllt written proposal containing rationale, objectives
and methodoloqy oC Lhe proposed stildy according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: SOC. I l l or 1 2 1 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
Urban Studies Options Through HECUA
Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA),a consortium of 16 college and
universities. Augsburg's Metro-Urban director is serving a fourth term a s
HECUA president. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access to five
interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality, located in
Scandinavia, South America, Central America, San Francisco and the Twin
Cities.
I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin Cities metropolitan area.
358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues
Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics, Included are government and institution publications, joumal articles
and books.
359 FleId SemlnanTwln CRlea Metropolitan Area
Using llw c~?mrnunTty
as a classroom, slitdents visit agencies, talk with
specialists In varlot~snclds, and investigate current Issues in Lhe Twin Cities area. Topics include: gcograptry. government, econo~mics,historic
ethnic comrnunilies, Lransportallon, planning
prescrvation. pop~~ralions,
and soclal senriccs.
399 Internship
Students are placed in a varlepy of public and private agencies for work experience. A lcarnlng contracl is developect with MUST faculty approval.
Students may choose an intcmshlp of one or two courses.
11. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
This interdisciplinary field learning program is at the University of Oslo
and examines cities and urban life in Scandinavia.
372 Nonvegian Language
Intensive language i~islmctlonat beginning or intermediate levels, with
emphasis on co~~versalional
listening and speaking skills. Students with
aclvanccd Norwegian Ianguagc proficiency have the option of studying
Norwegian literature.
Note: For Language Credit the student should consult with the Chairperson of
the Foreign Language Department.
377 Scandinavia in the World
Global perspectives of Scandinavian societies. Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints a s small power nations in a world of super powers and
their role in issues of peace, confllcl resolutinn ancl amls control, EastWest relations, European security, Irade. and the 'l'hird World. Emphasis
on Norway with field travel to Scandinavian capitals and to Leningrad for
discussions with advocates of competing perspectives.
393 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Social change and issues of change and development in Norway a s reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits
(theater, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a vanety of media.
394 Urbanizatioq and Development in Scandinavia
Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices
a s a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional
cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on
Norway, with field travel to Scandinavian capitals for a comparative perspective.
499 Independent Study
Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option
of conducting independent study research, using Norwegian language
skills, on a topic approved by the GUST Program Director and the appropriate home college faculty adviser.
111. South American Urban Semester (SAUS)
This "semester in the c i t y program is located in Bogota, Columbia. It focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World.
2 6 1 Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
361 Introduction to Columbia
Overview of Columbia and economic development.
362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America
Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid
of SAUS staff and visiting Columbian urbanists.
363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in
the Lalin American City
Structirrcrl licld cnirrsc lncusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor
in Rogc>ta, witti ficld trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparisoti. Visits to varior~stypes of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems.
499 Independent Study
In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library
and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests.
IV. W o m e n and Work in A m e r i c a n Society (WWAS)
Women and Work in American Society is an interdisciplinary spring semester program in San Francisco. The program focuses on the challenges that
face women today and examines the impact of women in the workplace
and on American society as a whole. (See also Women's and Minority
Studies)
384 Women and Work
Seminar focusing upon the various roles of women from diverse cultures,
social classes, and historic periods through readings, guest lecturers, and
site visits in the Bay Area.
385 Research Seminar
A research seminar in field study through individual and group research i n
the community on work and social change.
399 Internship
(See MUST 399)
V. Literature, I d e o l o g y and
Society in Latin A m e r i c a (LISLA)
This Spring semester program is an interdisciplinary field study that provides extensive study-travel in Colombia, Nicaragua, Puerto Rico and
Grenada, Immersion in Spanish language and Columbian culture are
stressed.
261 Spanish Language
Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels.
360 Latin Amerlcan Literature! Ferspecttves on Social Change
Sclcctcd works nT literature and Uiealer illat express wrllers' and artists'
perspeclivcs an Lalin American society anrl social changc. Ernptiasis on
contemporary prriotl wllh cnnsirleral>le flcld stutly. lucl~tdltigInlervicws
w l l l ~corn~nunilysits and "sl reet ll~ealevgroups, wrl tcrs, l i t r ~ a i ycritlcs,
ccrmposcxs, pe~fonnersand film-nialccrs; s~nall-$grouplicld dssignments
on currcnt arts activities: sile vislts lo museLlm and gaite~yext~lllits,inovies, plays, coriccrls arid a v a r I ~ t yafcor~~niutriiy
arts evetits.
364 Lattn American A r t s and Society
Introdclces lheoretical Iramcworlrs for examining Ll?erelationships among
arts. idcology and socicly. rrovidcs historical background tl~rough
survey
of Latin Atncsican tho~1g11C
In nra jor arlisllc periods: CoIonlal, Rcpi~bllcan,
Ron~anlic,I'nsilivisl, Mr~dernlst,"lndlget~lsrno," Ileclllst and C(lntcmpnr a y . Readings ancl seniiriar 3ectui-tl-dlscussion~.
367 IdeoIogles of Sorlal Change In h t l n Amerlca
Introductinn to lhe study (11 ideology and lllslorical overview of Latin
Arncrirall ideologies, especially In relation to issues of developmenl and
soclal change. Cemparativc slirdy of current ideologiral dcbatcs and their
Impacl. with special atlcntion to diff~~sio~lism.
"dcpendencia. ' Marxism
anrl liheralion theology. Field study crnpllasites local resources, incl uding intcrvicw-discussior~swith proponents of compcling icIcnlogies; interviews witti ynvrrnmcrik, huslncss. churcl~and community people: site vlsits Lo psojccts rclierting itIeolagy+ln-pr;lcLlce.
499 Independent Study
By special permission from LlSLA faculty, students with advanced Spanish
proficiency can be exempted from Spanish and conduct independent
study research instead.
Music
Department (nus)
Throughout the ages, music has been seen as an aesthetic expression of
the deepest and highest human emotions and thoughts. Thus music has
long been seen as an integral part of a liberal arts education, offering an
important component of personal, social, and intellectual development.
The Music Department at Augsburg College offers courses in music and
music performance to give students access to this essential aspect of human historv and culture. In addition. all students of the colleae community have the opportunity of
in choral and instruhental ensembles which perform locally, nationally, and internationally.
Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association
of Schools of Music. The Music Department serves the general education
needs of students and offers professional training in music. The music major combines a broad education in the liberal arts with a preparation for a
wide range of graduate and professional opportunities. Student majors
may choose from among four majors in three degree programs: Bachelor
of Arts - Music Major: Bachelor of Music - Performance Major: Bachelor
of Music - Music Education Major: and Bachelor of Science - Music
Therapy Major.
In addition to opportunities as professional musicians, teachers of music,
and music therapists, graduates have access to a wide variety of careers.
Leaders in the professions and business regard a liberal arts major as an
excellent preparation for satisfying and effective service in many occupational areas.
Music Faculty:
Rokrt Karlkn (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Michael Brand, Laint: Bryce,
Wayne Dalton, Stephen Gabrielsen. Thomas Gilkey, Medlce Rlemp,
Angela Kretsrhmar, Nichotas Lenz, Cynthia Lohman, Paul Liohman, Steven
Luud, Roberta Metzler, Kathryn PHckelson, Elizabeth Proctor Murphy,
Celeste O'Brien, Marlene Pauley, Pauline Sateren, Dana Skoglund, Emma
Small, Daniel Sturm, David Tubergen, Mary Wilson
Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enroll in the regular Bachelor
of Arts program. Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (Level 11 repertoire) in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. They must then apply, by petition, to the department before the end of their second semester of study. Candidate
approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance studies.
Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation, subject to
departmental approval of performance hearing and petition during
their first semester in residence. Music Education majors must apply,
by petition, to the department during the sixth term of study. Department approval and a cumulative QPA of 2.5 in all music courses is necessary for the education licensure program. All transfer students must
take the theory placement examination at the first class meeting of 1 0 1
or 102. Freshmen who wish to be considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarship must perform in their major performance medium for
a faculty panel. Auditions are scheduled, following application, during
the senior year of high school, summer orientation sessions or at another time preceding initial registration.
Honors Major: Candidates for the honors program are nominated
each spring from among those juniors who have attained a GPA of at
least 3.0 in music courses. A faculty committee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and certify successful completion.
The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior
thesis and its defense: an additional senior recital of graduate quality;
composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of 15
minutes duration; conducting an ensemble concert: or combinations
of the above.
Degree and Major Requirements
Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors): 101, 102, 111,112, 201,
211,231,232,311,312,341,342 or 344; 8 quarter courses in a major
ensemble; Performance studies and recital requirements a s given under each specific degree and major. (See Applied Music section)
French or German study a s stated in general education requirements.
Bachelor of Arts
Music Major offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares
the student for the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities. Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study, or desire to enter one of the many music-related
business fields of employment, most often choose this course of
study.
Music Major: 13course credits: Core curriculum plus 1course credit
of music elective; Performance studies - 6 quarter courses and 2
half courses in the major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the
minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458.
Music Minor: 6 course credits: 101,102,111,112: 231 or 232; 341;
342 or 344; 4 consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble con-
current with 4 quarter courses in performance studies.
Bachelor o f Music
M u s i c Education M a j o r offers students the preparation necessary to
become teachers of music in the public schools. This preparation includes coursework which allows the student to become certified to
teach at the elementary through the secondary levels.
M u s i c E d u c a t i o n M a j o r : 1 7 course credits: Core curriculum plus
202,212; Performance studies - 4 half courses, 2 full courses, and 2
quarter courses in the major instrument or voice; 2 quarter courses in
the minor instrument or voice; a halfjunior recital 358 and a full senior recital 459: Keyboard proficiency and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in
all music courses and in the major performance medium;
Vocal emphasis - 251,252,253,254,435
Instrumental emphasis - 151,155and 1course credit of music elective
Other requirements: 1 0 112 course credits: PSY 105, HPE 114,115, EDS
265,354,355,356,357 or358,388,478,481,482,483.Consult the Education
Department, Music Department Guides and program adviser.
Performance M a j o r is designed for students who display advanced
competence and achievement in music performance. This degree
program is chosen by students who wish to become professional performers, private instructors, or who intend to pursue a graduate degree in music performance.
M u s i c Performance Major: 20 course credits: Core cumculum plus
202,212; Performance studies - 6 full courses and 2 quarter courses
in the major instrument or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice: full junior and senior recitals 358, 459: Keyboard
proficiency and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in the major performance medium:
Voice - 251, 252, 253, 254,435, one course of music elective, 2 courses of
French or German above the B.A. requirements
Piano or Organ - 301,302,436, 456, one half course credit of music elective
Instrument - 301,302, one and one-half course credits of music electives
Bachelor of Science
M u s i c T h e r a p y M q j o r fulfills all academic and clinical requirements
for registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, and
prepares students for the professional certification examination developed by the certification Board for Music Therapists. This course
of study is chosen by students who wish to become registered music
therapists.
M u s i c T h e r a p y Mqjor: 18 course credits: Core curriculum plus one
course credit of music elective; two of 151, 155, 156: 271, 274, 275,
372,373,374,375,472,473,474,475,479; Performance studies 6 quarter courses in the major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses
in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458; Keyboard proficiency and a minimum grade of 2.0 in each music therapy
course. Other requirements: EDS 282, 356, 357, 358; PSY 105, 362;
BIO 103: SOC 362 or PSY 264. Graduates are eligible to take the National Association for Music Therapy certification examination.
Applied Music
Ensembles: One quarter course credit per semester is granted to
members of major ensembles (MUE 111,112,121, 141). Other ensembles carry no credit. Traditional grading is required for music majors and minors in ensemble courses. The general student may register for credit with either traditional or PIN grading, or may choose
no credit status with audit (V) designation. A maximum of 2 course
credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements.
Performance Studies: All students enrolled in Performance studies
for credit are required to satisfy each of the three synergistic elements: lessons, performances, and listening. The general (non-music
major or minor) student must take private lessons for no credit (PIN
grading only) and is not required to fulfill the additional performance
and listening requirements.
Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available for all students in the following categories:
No credit - one half-hourlesson and three hours of practice per week.
One quarter c o u r s e credit - one half-hour lesson and 4 hours of practice
per week.
One half c o u r s e credit - two half-hour lessons and 8 hours of practice per
week.
One c o u r s e credit (B.M.only) - two half-hour lessons and 12 hours of practice per week.
Performances: All students registered in performance studies for
credit must perform at the end of each semester for a faculty panel,
each year in a general student recital, and a s additionally required by
the instructor.
Listening: All students registered in performance studies for credit
are required to attend 10 designated music events during the aca-
demic year. Failure to attend the required number of Faculty Artist Series recitals, major ensemble home concerts, or other designated
music events is a factor in determining the final grade received in performance studies.
Recitals: A committee composed of the student's teacher and two
other music faculty members will determine the final grade for all recitals and will conduct a prerecital hearing for senior B.M. recitals.
Concurrent registration in performance studies in the major performance medium is required for recital performance.
B.A. a n d B.S. Candidates - one half senior recital 458 at repertoire level Ill.
B.M. Music Education M d o r - one halfjunior recital 358 at repertoire level
111 and full senior recital 459 at repertoire level IV.
B.M. Performance Major - full junior (level IV) and senior (level V) recitals
358,459.
Keyboard Proficiency: B.M. and B.S. candidates must demonstrate
elementary keyboard familiarity by attaining a minimum grade of 2.5
in 155 or in each of two semesters of piano or organ performance
studies.
Music Courses (MUS)
Theory
101 Materials of Music 1 (112 course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of
part writing. (Fall)
102 Materials of Music 11 (112 course)
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants a n d simple modulations.
(Spring)
111 Aural Skills 1 (112 co~rrsel
Rhythmic and mclarlic diclation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing and Iia~?-nonicdictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.: Concurrent registmiinn in or ro~nplelionof 101. Fall)
112 Aural Skills 11 (112 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102.
(Prereq.: 111and concurrent registration in or completion of 102. Spring)
201 Materials of Music I11 (112 course)
Continuation of 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.:
102. Fall)
202 Form and Analysis (112 course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th
Century practice. (Prereq.: 201. Spring)
211 Aural Skills 111 (112 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201.
(Prereq.: 1 1 2 and concurrent registration in or completion of 201. Fall)
212 Aural Skills N (112 course)
Further development of listening skills to parallel pro ress in 202.
(Prereq.: 211 and concurrent registration in or completion 09202. Spring)
301 Coonterpolnt X (112 course)
lFlh thxnt~gll18th Century contrapuntal techniques including double
countcrpoinl, passacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.: 201,211. Alternate
years. Pall 1986)
302 Counterpoint I l ( l / 2 course)
Study of contemporary counterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Bartok,, Hindemith, Stravinsky and Carter. (Prereq.: 301. Alternate years.
Spring 1987)
311 Composition 1 (112 course)
Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of
sound, ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. (Fall)
312 Composition 11 (112 course)
Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes
and types. (Spring)
341 Basic Conducting (112 course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score
analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature.
(Fall)
342 Choral Conducting (112 course)
Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection.
Advanced conducting techniques with class a s the choir. (Spring)
344 Instrumental Conductina 11/2 course)
Preparation of and conducc& instrumental literature. Advanced conducting techniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring)
The following courses will not be offered until the specific B.M. major
in theory-composition is accredited by the National Association of
Schools of Music.
401 Counterpoint Ill (112 course)
Advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 302. Fall)
402 Counterpoint N (112 course)
Continuation of advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 401. Spring)
411 Composition 111 (112 course)
Individual and class instruction in all styles. (Prereq.: 312. Fall)
412 Composition IV (112 course)
Advanced compositional techniques. (Prereq.:411. Spring)
History and Literature
130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other Rne arts. For
non-music majors.
230 Electronics in Music
Exploration and creatloll of sounds heard in 20th Century music. The
study arid appllcatlori of practical electronic technology used in music will
he comhlncd wilfi acsttielic considerations in the creative aspects of the
art. Vor non-music majors.
231 Hlstorv and Literature of Music 1
A stud; of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: 102,
112. Fall)
232 History and Literature of Music I1
Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: 102,112. Spring)
330 Ethnic Music
Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural relationship. For the general a s well a s the music student. (Interim)
The following four half courses are extensive studies of special eras in
the history of music. (Prereq.: 231,232.)
331 Music of the Baroque Era (112 course)
(Alternate years, Fall 1987)
332 Music of the Classical Period (112 course)
(Alternate years, Spring 1988)
333 Music of the Romantic Period (112 course)
(Alternate years, Fall 1988)
334 Music of the 20th Century (112 course)
(Alternate years, Spring 1987)
432 Church Mlrslc and Worship
I3evelopment and innrncc ol cliurch music a s evidenced in contemporary
worship practices. ncsfgnecI lor the general a s well a s the music and theo l o a s t ~ l d c ~(Spring)
~t.
435 Voice Repertoire (112 course)
Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th
Century to the present. (Prereq.: 231,232. Alternate years, Fall 1986)
436 Piano Repedalre (1 /2course)
Study of Ihe pia~lolltcrati~refrorn the 17th Century to the present by listening, analy~ingarrd perlorniin<g.(Prereq.: 231, 232. Alternate years, Spring
1987)
498.499 Independent Study (112 course each)
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the
faculty.
Technique
151 Voice Class Methods (114 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
155 Plano Crass Methods (1/4course)
I3asic Ireyl>oarrl famlliar'ity, sirnptc accompaniment and music reading
slillls necessary to ~necispecilic dcgrce requirements.
156 Guitar Class Methods (114 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
251 Englllsh Diction (1/4course)
Furirlarnc~italcourse In correct standard English diction for singing. FamiIiarlzalion with tile Ir~ternatianalPhonetic Alphabet. Open to all students regi~tercdfor vocal ln5tructlon.
The following three courses are continuations of251 with application
for the Italian, German and French languages.
252 Italian Diction (114 course)
(Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1987)
253 German Diction (114 course)
(Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1988)
254 French Diction (114 course)
(Prereq.: 251. Alternate years, Spring 1987)
358 Junior Recital
B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level 111 for Music Education
Majors or full recital at Level IV for Music Performance majors. No course
credit.
456 Piano Pedagogy (1/2course)
Principles, melliods, nlatel'iats and techniques for teaching piano. Survey
of vtlriotzs petlngngical scl~onls
or thought. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor.
Afternale years, Spring IDRR)
458 Senior Recital
Half recital by B.A. or B.S. candidates at repertoire Level Ill. No course
credit.
459 Senior aecltar (112 course credit)
B.M. rarirfidalcs only. I<ccitalmust be preceded by a prerecital hearing by
facully ro~nnliLlec,lieperloire Levels IV for Music Education majors and V
for Mlrslc Yerioi-rnancciria[ors.
Therapy
170 M u s k Therapy: A Cltalcal Overvfew
A suivey of Ll~cmusic. Lhc~apyprograms In Winnesota, with fleld trips to
variotts instllullorls. An Introrluctory course [or the freshmen and sophomores considei'i~i~j
music thcrapy as a major to give students a htoad
bacRgmtrnd 111Llie ways In wliiili irlt~slcis ii.<ed a s a tlierapy. (Intcriln)
271 Musk Therapy Techniques and Materials (112 course)
Study of nnn.s)~mphorticinstrutneuts, OrfF-Schulwerk,applications of recreational nlusic activities ta clinical settings.
274,275 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
372 Psycholaglcal Foundations or Music 1
An ol~jectlveapproach Lo musical slimirli and response, with an emphasis
aspecls of music. An understanding
on a r c > ~ ~ s tanrl
l ( ~ sociopsychological
s
of Lhe tcscarrh pmccss and dcvelop~nentof an experimental research
project.
373 Psvcholoalcal PoundaCEons of Music I1
lriii>tenien~mion
of !lrotq>ant1 individual research projects, emphasis on a
ti~~rltidisci~~lir~ary
apploacl~to music therapy. Theories of learning music,
musical talertl, and perlomiance.
374,375 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
472 Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. Understanding of the theory of music therapy.
473 Rusk Therapy Senior SemOnar
<:lass discirssirrns of theories and research a s they apply to therapeutic
seltings lticl~~diny
discussion ~Tpl'ofessionalethics. A holistic approach to
therapy with n ~ u s i c .
474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (114course each)
Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two
hours per week. (Prereq.: 3 of274,275,374,375)
479 Music Therapy CLinical Znternshlp (1J2 course)
PII~I-time
placemen1 In all MAN?' intcmship setting for six months. Appli~atIonfor In(crns11lp sites must bc made ninc monihs In advance. Sites in
Mln~lcsotaare linlileti. (Prercq.:Co~nplelionof all other graduation requirements)
Ensembles (MUE)
& Performance Studies (MUP)
Ensembles: These musical organizations exist not only for the ben-
efit of the music student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of
fall semester. (Special circumstances may permit entering a t other
times.) Assignment to an ensemble is then made at the discretion of
the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire academic year
which, on occasion, includes interims.
While the department strongly encourages both formal and informal
ensemble experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or
Chorale will satisfy the major, minor or distribution requirements. Instruments are available for rent.
111Augsburg Choir (114 course)
112 chorale (114 course)
114 Festival Choir (0)
1 2 1 Orchestra (1/4course)
122 String Ensemble (0)
131 Woodwind Ensemble (0)
1 4 1 Concert Band (114 course)
142 Brass Ensemble ( 0 )
143 Jazz Ensemble (0)
Performance Studies: Private instruction for credit is graded tradi-
tionally. All areas of study are available to the non-music major or minor on a no credit - P/N basis only. (Group lessons, at a reduced fee,
a r e available in some areas on the same basis.) All lessons a r e
adapted to the individual needs of the student and those bearinn
credit are supplementea by accompanying, ensemble participation
and other performances. Representative programs of study in private
instruction are outlined In Music Department Guides. These repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels of achievement and the following expectations: No-credit study has no repertoire requirements;
Music Minor - Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors - enter I and attain 111;
B.M.-Education Major - enter I1 and attain IV; B.M. Performance Major - enter II and attain V.
l l x Voice
12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello,
Bass
13x Woodwinds: Oboe, Bassoon,
Clarinet, Saxophone, Flute.
Recorder. Horn
l 4 x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone,
Baritone, Tuba
15x Piano
16x Guitar
17x Percussion
18x Organ
Note carefully the following provisions:
1. Instrument rental, practice room reservations and performance study regis-
tration occurs the first week of classes in the Music Department office.
2. Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative GPA average 063.0 in
their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two
semesters preceding graduation. Similar scholarships are available to entering freshmen.
3. A semester of study is 14 weeks of lessons. Any lessons during the interim or
summer are arranged privately with the teacher.
4. A student who cannot come for a scheduled lesson is required to notify the
teacher at least 24 hours in advance: otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson.
5. The music faculty reserves the right to limit or even prohibit performance
outside the department if it interferes with musical growth for the student.
The department recommends, and on occasion assigns, the teacher to the
student and permission is required for subsequent change. Credit is granted
only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Music Department.
Natural Science
Kenneth N. Erickson (Coordinator)
The Natural Science Licensure Program for teachers is designed to provide
strong preparation for science teaching and Lo ssffsfy Minnesota licensure
requirements. In addition lo the broad basic background in science, the
program is designed to allow fur specialization In a mqjor and for study in
the liberal arts.
Licensurc Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board oFTeaching has approved the Ilcensure program for scknce teachers and au-
thorlzed Augsburg to recommend candidates in Life Science, grades
7-12:Lire Science (minor), grades 7-12: Physical Science, Chemistry
rnaJor or Physics major, grades 7-12; Chemistry (minor),grades 7-12:
Physics (minor), grades 7-1 2; and Science (Grades 5-91.
Students planning to teach Natural Science must complete the Broad
Base courses and in addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle School Emphasis.
The program of courses Is designed to provide a broad. basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area, The following programs assume that the student will meet the general education requirements or the coltege and, in the physical science, have at
least one year of calculus. Consull with the I>epartrnenlof Education
for requirements In Eclucatlon. Early consultation with adviser is recommended.
Broad Base Courses: 7 courses, 1 in earth science (PHY 101 or 106):
2 in life science (810 111,112):4 in physical science (PHY 121,122
and CHM 115,116or 105,106).To make the program slightly more
flexible, it is recommended that students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and substitute PHY 103 for
121,122.
Llfe Science Emphasis: Broad Base plus 8 courses, 1 cognate; 7
RIO courses, including 491 and at least one from each of the following
gwups: (13 351 or 353;(11) 355 or474; (111) 361 or 481: (IV) 471 or 473;
(V) 440 or 476.
Physical Science Emphasis
Chemistry Maor: Broad Base plus
7 courses and chemistry seminar, CHM 351,352,353,361and 364
(or BIO 367),482,PHY 245.
Physical Science Emphasis
Physics Major: Broad Base plus 7
courses, PHY 245,351,362,395and three additional to be selected
from 261,270,352,363,481,486,488.
Note: Candidates may be recommended for licensure in Physical Science upon completion of either Physical Science Emphasis-Chemis-
-
-
-
Physics ma-jor. The stutry major or Physical Science Emphasis
dent licensed in PRysical Science may teach chemistry and/or
physics in grades 7-12.
Science (Grades 5-9): Broad Base plus 7 courses, 2 in earth science
(PHY 101 or 106,the alternative course not taken in the Broad Base
section); 2 in life science (and two biology courses above 112):3 in
physical science (CHM 353;PHY 245).
Licensure with Minor: For life science, Broad Base plus 7 courses in
and 364 or
Biology; for chemistry, Broad Base plus 351,352,353,361
482: for physics, Broad Base plus any four courses above 122.
Nursing Department (NUR)
Augsburg offers an upper division rnqjor in nursing leading to a Bachelor
of Science degree, The program is accredited by the MationaI League for
Nursing, Graduates of tlie program are eligibte lo apply for Public Health
Nurse Certification in Minnesota.
Requirementsfor admission to the major are: completion of an assuclate
degree or diploma program In nursing with a minimum overall grade point
average of 2.5:a current license to practice as an R,N. in the state af Minnesota: and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or
biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, rnicmbiotogy, English composition, Introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must
take these courses at Augshurg or another accredited college or university
prior to admission to the nursing major, The prerequisite courses in soci-
ology. psychology, English, chemistry and Zrinlogy listed above may apply
toward distribution requirements as well a s toward admission to the major. All prerequisite collrses must have been completed at the 2.0 level.
Courses with gracles k t o w 2.0 must be satisfactortly repeated or chab
lenged.
In addition, each applicant milst successfu!lyvalidate their theoretical
knowledge via d t t e n testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests
are given at Aagsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants
must give evidence of current nursingcllnical practice within t h e past Five
years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work
experlencz, or 3)cornpIetlon of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent,
Nursing Department Faculty:
Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Marjorie Audette, Helen Woelfel
Mqjor: 1 0 courses in nursing including 305,306, 31.0,311,330,350,
403,404, 423, 427: PSY 355 or an approved upper division biology
course; and an ethics course, either PHI 380 or REL 483.A mfnimrlm
grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the
completion of the courses of study are required. Courses in interpersonal communications are supportive to the major.
Courses in the nursing major are designed s o that they may be completed within two academic years. However, more than two years may
be required to complete the total course of study, depending on the
number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may pursue part-time study. Students interested in
pursuing day, summer, or weekend part-time study should consult
with an adviser from the nursing department for program planning.
Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall: appli-
cation to the department chairperson by November 1of the senior
year; recommendation by nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee by April 15. Candidates register for
499 to complete the thesis.
306 Contemporary Nurslng I: Communlcatlon
A l r a n s i l i o ~ ~raol u ~ ~ lhal
s c In2roduccs 111c components of the professional
ralc and bcgins Lhe p ~ o l c s s i n nsocialiration
~~l
process. The c o r n n ~ u ~ ~ i c a tit>llprocess is emphasized as onc mean%by which (he nurse-ctienl rela.
tionsflip Is negotlalcd. Ililesarlive attd grnilp communication Lhcories are
explnr'ecl Inr tllcir appllrallllity to chailginq laIcs and prolession.il practice. (7'rlI<eli~ I I D I LO o r ~ r ~ i ~ ~ t ? i t wlth
e r l lS
i y10).
306 Contemporary N~rrslng
11: WradEgms in Nursing
At? introduction to Lllearies ar~clcc~rlccpli~al
thinlting In Lhe process of
professitma1 developmcllt. The i~lnctionof theoty In guidlng nlirsir~g
practirr i s emphasized. Sclecled nursing cc~nrcplualrrlotlels are sludiccl and
Lhelr applicaticln to praclice is cxiirniricd i ~ s i t the
~ q ntlrsing process fonnal.
( t*~ereq..3051
310 Community Health flursing I
The l o c ~ of
~ s[Iris course is on com~nunityhealth delivery syslems and the
~racticeni uuhlic hcal(l1ni~rsina.Svslerns t l i e n ~
v. chanae and cnnccois c ~ f
i~cal
th are kxalnintd as they apply 10 ctlrrenL co;nmurii~ health prod~cms
atid Iss~res.Cllnical application or course conlenl involves inalting a
heallli assessmetit anti prcpat ing a pilhllc health uurslrig case sludy. Cthical Issues relalcd to r:o~tirnu~~ity
heal111 dcdsion-making wllll rlgg~egalc
graups are explored. (I'rereq.: 505 or concilnen t enrollmen( l
311 Commirnfty Health lYurslng1r: Practtcam*
This course provirlcs a basis for untle~sia~ldirig
community charactcrlstics
ancl c r ~ l l i r ~ rrtiverslty
rl
rulalerl ta t ~ c a l l hcare. The nurse's role as a gcner~t
alist and as a mcrnbe~of the health learn is cxplorerl. The S t i l d e ~ will
detnonstratc hnowl~dgco l ~ o r n m i r t ~ ihealth
ty
concepts in provlditig care
to o selcctcd cascload of clicnts. (PIe~eq.:305,506 nr concurrent cnrotlment, 310,330)
330 Trends and Issues In Nursing
Is designed to Ir~vestl~ate
the current responsibilities of the
prolessinnal nurse. Contem[)orary economic, social, political, and professional trends and Isstics arc explored in relation to their implications for
nursing practice.
T h i s course
350 lntrnduct~onto Nursing Research
The rcseilrrh process ant1 methods appropriate to nursingare the focus of
this course. Issues of etfllts irr tiufiing researcli are exploredmStilrlents crifor its a[lplicability to niirsing practice. (Prereq.:
tique n ~ ~ ~ srcscarcZ~
ing
305,310,330)
403 Contemporary Nursing 1111 Families
Tlri5 course provides a aIlenrPtiwl basls for fainily nursing care. Content
Includes Camlly as a prinrary group and famiIy dy~lamlcsin light of situatiolial clevclopmcnl evcnts. Consirleration is given to the role of the nurse
in fanlily health lare. (ScnIo~'staridlt~g.To Ilc tatten prior to or concurrently with 423)
404 Contemporary Flr~rsIng
N: Leadership and Management
l'his coilrss provlrles a Il~eoretlralbasis lor leadership and managemenl
as crnerging prolessional, nurse roles. Concepls nl change, confllel, comr n u ~ i i c ~ i t iand
o r ~ s p t c n i dynamlcs arecxplorccl. Ethics, accouritahllity arid
advocacy provide Llle basis fm' i'oic dcvelnpmtlrtt arid professir~naIlstn.
(Prereq.: 403)
423 Practicum in Nursina I: Nursina of the Familv*
A clinical practicum o?fering the &dent an opfortunity to apply content
from 403 i n providing complex nursing
- care to families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq.;403)
427 Pxacticum In Nursing [I: Leadershipand Management*
'Fitis cli~ilcalpmctlcum t~llllrfsknnwlr:dge and skills from 404. Opportunity is pi ovidcd lo apply Icarlcrslilp and management theory i n a selected
aqcncy scttin$\. (I'rercq.: 404)
432 Topic5 In Pturslng
course cicsig~ieclto provide In-depth exploration of selected topics in
nttrsinq. The s ~ ~ b ] c csti~died
ts
wlll vary dcpcnding upon the needs and intel'csls ol'the ra~ultyand 3Ltrdents. (Prcrcq.:Senior standing or consent of
Il~struf:tor.On de~nand)
A
499 Independent Study
"Thislearning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study
a seleclcd topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit wiittcn study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior
to registration.
'If the practicums in nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective
theory courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior to
registration regarding review of the theoretical content.
Occupational Therapy
Adaptlng to disabilities and reshaping lives so that they are productive
and meaningful are some of the goals of the occupational therapist. Occupational therapy is an applied s c h c e that teaches people skflls to enable
them to perholm the tasks of everyday living when a physical or emotional
disahflity has arected tllem, The l~ltirnategoal of the occupational tllera.
pist is to provide people with the necessary skills to develop a sense of
wlloleness and independence.
Given the orienbtfon of this applied science to development of the abilities ofthe whole person, it is appropriate that such a career preparation be
founded In the liberal a*. Augsburg College has a cooperative 3-2 arranwment with Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri,to allow stu-
dents to earn a achel lor of ~ r t degree
s
from Augsburg College and a
Bachelor of Science degree in Occupational Therapy from Washington University.
Students spend their first three years at Augsburg College pursuing the
academic major of their choice ancl meeting general education requirements in t h e liberal arts. A student may choose any major at Augsburg
College while gaining the minimum prerequisite caurses for the OCCupationat Therapy degree. Students are encouraged to consult the program
adviser and plan their programs carefully dnce tillfflling necessary requirements in three years may he difficult in certain majors, Majors in Dialogy,
Psychology, and Sociology offer the least complicated afternatives.
Students accepted into the 3-2 program are guaranteed admission to the
Washington University program provided they have met course requirements, have at least a 3.0 average, and are recommended by the Augsburg College adviser.
Prerequisite courses for the Washington University Occupational
Therapy Program: ENG 111,810 111,112, and 323 or 353; CHM 105 or
115; PRY 103; PSY 105,351,362; SOC 121,241; SOC 362 or MAT 373.
Philosophy Department (PHI)
The department of Philosophy is devoted to instructing students in the discipline of critical thinking in relation to the traditional areas of philosophy:
theory of knowledge, metaphysics, ethics, and logic. By exposing our students to the great thinkers of the past as well as the present, the department of philosophy endeavors to instill a sense of critical analysis and a
love of truth.
Since the object of the liberal arts cumculum aims at promoting proficiency in those actions most condign to human dignity, the Philosophy department, with its emphasis upon the analytical contemplation of truth,
must always play a crucial role in helping students to focus their thinking
with respect to what truth there is to be found in the depth of human experience and in the world both here and beyond, that encompasses human
destiny. By infusing in students the desire to fulfill the maxim of Delphi,
"Know Thyselfl" the study of philosophy furthers in a unique way the
quest of liberal arts to express without constraint the fullness of the human potential for perfection.
At Augsburg the philosophy mqjor is founded upon the principle that philosophy is best learned at the feet of the masters. Therefore, the core of
the mqjor consists of four courses in the history of philosophy leading
from the ancient Greeks and Romans, through the Medieval and the Renaissance periods to Modernity. In these courses students are taught how
to read, understand, and criticize the great texts of the finest minds in
Western civilization. In addition, mqjors are expected to prepare themselves in the discipline of philosophy by taking the various seminars which
the department offers as well as exploring the opportunities to study tutorially with the individual members of the Philosophy faculty.
This mqjor has been carefully planned so that students can easfly supplement the study of philosophy with other studies. Maom are educated with
the demands of further graduate study in mind. However, many philoscphy mqjilors plan to go on to other proksdonal studies such as law or medicine. Many enter thc market place, reeling that the study of philosophy
has given thcm the ability to think critically in all areas of human affairs.
Philosophy Faculty:
Mark Fuehrer (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Bruce Reichenbach
Mqjor: 9 courses, including 130, 141, 242, 343, 444, and another
course in the 400's (other than 499). Five of the courses must be upper division.
Honors MaJor: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by
recommendalinn of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations
will be made a t Lhc end of Lhejunior year. The program will consist of
an honors thesis on an approved topic of the studenl's choice, invofvIng research above t h e course level, and a defense o l this thesis before the faculty of the department.
Minor: 5 courses, including two from 141,242,343,and 444.
Note: 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for hlfilling the general
education requirement.
110 Introdnctlon to Philosophyz Ideas and Method
Though carh person has his or her own set of ldcas and beliefs, rarely
have they beeti critically analyzed or evalualed tor their cnnsislency, adcquacy or lrulli. Onc rcason Tor this is thal indivldl~alslack thc needed
slrills. Another Is that Lhey rnay havc had 1fttIe opportunity to examinccrit.
lrally somc of the ideas basic to western c.ulture. T11r llurposes of this
course are l o prnvide Lhe studcnl with somc cxpcrience i n cxamininq
ideas. slid thereby to sharpen the critical ant1 analylical skills reqr~iredto
evaluate and cnnstrucl a system of ideas and hellcls.
120 Ethics
This course studies the possible grounds for making moral decisions and
moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. I t
also investigates the nature of happiness and its relation to the moral life.
130 Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a
particular conclusion. Must YOLIPWhen does a conclusion validly follow
from premises? t lere wc txalnlne the rules which govern valid arguments
and work lo devclop your abiltly to recognize and construct sound arguments.
141 InhoducHon to Phltosophy Readings En Cluss!cal Texts
The writings of Plato atrrl Aristotle are I h e foundatlor~s
of all pfiilosophlcal
t s rcad and anaLheuglrt in westel.tl civilizalion. In this course s t ~ ~ d c nwill
lyze some of Liie ltey worlrs by Plato and Aristotte, In additiol~.o1I1er phltosophical scl~oolsof thought in the ancient rvrrrIrl will bc sturlletl: Stolcisrr~,Epicureanism and Ncoplatonism in order to brnillarize the slttclent
with the other elements that cnrlslitutc classical philnsnphy, hit aclvar~ced
Irllroductery course in Y hiloso~rliy(or honor sllldcnts. Ihose contt~nplaling a philosophy niqlor 01'rnlrior and those slucienls wishing a more indepth approach to phllosnpl~yat Ilic tntrodt~cto!ylevel. Excludes sttidents cnrollecl Tor 110. (Pall)
199 Internship
Internship for lower division credit.
242 Hlstory or Phllbsoptryt Meditwal and Renaissance Philosophy
The Middte Ages war; n p e ~ i o dor great assimilatio~~
and synlhcsis O! e i e
nienls of Christian revelation, classical pl~ilosopliy
and Islarriic~ulLure.In
this course sludcnts wi31 rcad wr-ilings by SL. An.jelm, 5I. Rn~iavetiture,Occam, Si. Tliort~asnquinas a ~ r t[Yictrols
l
of L u w In order to unrlerstand the
pi ocess 01p l i l l o s o p l i i r ~assimlfat
l
lor] Involverl In conslnlcting a Cl~risllan
pl~ilosophy.Since ttic Renaissance was a period of ititensifirat!on of the
mcdieval synu~eslssluclcnls will bc exposer1 I n Hie ll,nuglit of Pico, Pfcino
and Oninn. (Spring)
-
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division credit.
343 History of Philosophy: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy
Where does knowtedge begin? In Innate Ideas or with cxperlence? What
ran we really Isnaw al)oul tlie world? WIml impact did RornantIclsm have
on phifosophy? This coilrsc studles the inaJor empiricists of the 18th cenhkry (Lache. Berkeley, 3tunie). Kanl's synthesis or pllilvsnphy, 19Lh century idealism, and the reaction to Iclealisr?~by meti such as Marx, ICieritegJ5i-d arid flictzschc. (Fall. Suggested prior course, I4 1 nr 242.1
350 Philosophy of Religion
What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what
car1 be said a bout him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God
with hutnan anrl animal suffet'in~?Is man realIy immorlal? Arc miracles
pnssitllc? W e will conduct a sysletnatic Inquiry into Lhese queslions which
fotin the basts of religious beliefs. (S~rggcstecf:
one prior course In philosophy.)
355 Oriental Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy.)
362 %IItical Philosophy
By rludying the ivritin~soipolitical philnsaphers Cram antiquity up to the
moriern periorl studenls wlll be asked Lo cxanilne crucial uestions con01 I~urnanS~rieky.The relallon the nature of
cei.niriq Lhc ~r'gal~kaiion
the slijte lo religiort, the home arid lhe clty wilt b t Inohed at through the
eyes of Plato, I\ristoLle, Clcero, Dantv and Maclilaveli.
365 Phllosophy of Science
The scienlist's hnnwleclye of the world is purported to be profoundly different ant1 beller tha~iIirat of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science
cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students
will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the
special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or one course in natural
science.)
370 Existentialism
Studles in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent
Existcnliallsl aulhors. We ucrEIl exatnine what it means to be a being-in-theworld, arid cxplorc such thcmcs as absutdity, freedom, guilt, despair and
pamclox. (Sugqestecl:One prior coursc En philosophy)
380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application nl ethical prlnclples lo problems which arise in the areas of
health care and ~Ielive~y,
human experimentation, human engineering.
l
abortion, care lor (lie [lying a t ~ reulhariasia.
399 Internship
Internship for upper division credit.
410 Topics In Phllosophy
Ad~~anced
s t r ~ d icovering
~s
a speclflc area of phllosopl~y,such a s studies
in the lliouglil or individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the
history o i a t ~idea 01. spcclfic probletn, or interdisciplinaryproblems. SCmInar Format. Mny be 1ahe11morc t h a n once for crcdit, (Suggested prior
courscs, any from 141, 242, 343,44/1 or conscrll of instruclot'.)
4 3 0 Studies in Individual Philosophers
Advanced studlcs iri the pliirosophy of particular philosophers, e.g.,Plato,
51. Xl~omas,Marx, fiegel, I<icrkcgaard or Wittgenstein. Seminar format.
{Suggested prlor courses: 141. 2/r2, 543,or consent of Instructor.)
444 Contemporary Philosopliy
What ltrs behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is
Cn~Llrtlrat which worlts? Carl we remake philosophy as a rigorous scicncc?
'Tllcse ant! other Issires are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. Seminar format. (Alternate years. Suggested prior course, 141,
242,or 343.)
499 Independent Study
Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to
the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
4
Physics Department (pm)
Physicists are not only curious about the world, but ambitious as well.
Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles which describe and
govern all physical aspects of the universe. Called "natural philosophers"
in previous centuries, physicists investigate natural systems by means of
controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis, Physics includes
the study of systems ranging in size from sub-atomic particles to the largest of galaxies, and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero temperature to the fiery activity of the stars. As a fascinating and expanding
area of study and as a basic science, physics plays an important role in
many of the Liberal Arts disciplines and contributes to society's understanding of such areas as energy, weather, medical science and space exploration.
Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing
that keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an ever increasing challenge,
the department intends to bring to the students not only basic concepts
but also insights into recent developments. In this process, the faculty expects challenges to arise, be met, and stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment, and an interest in experimental techniques.
To this end a rigorous major provides students with the in-depth preparation required for graduate study. More than two-thirds of the graduates in
Physics have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees
at a number of fine universities across the nation. A major in physics provides flexibility. It also served as a stepping stone for graduate work in related areas such as computer science, atmospheric science and meteorology, astronomy, oceanography, biophysics, environmental science,
engineering and medical and health related fields for many physics graduates.
In addition, the physics program at Augsburg functions in a supportive
role for students majoring in mathematics, chemistry, biology and computer science. The Department also supervises the pre-engineering program with degree programs available at cooperating universities at both
the bachelor's and the advanced degree levels.
The Department serves the liberal arts tradition by offering courses for the
non-sciencestudents that will enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science. These courses seek to provide the basic
starting point for further study and the opportunity to enable students to
follow new developments with some degree of comprehension.
Physics Faculty:
Mark Engebretson (Chairperson), Cynthia Blaha, Kenneth Erickson,
JeffreyJohnson
Major: 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus
three courses above 122. In planning their courses of study, students
are encouraged to work closely with members of the physics faculty.
Normally, students should have MAT 124,125, and PHY 121,122 the
freshman year, and MAT 224 and 226 the sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure Major: The same a s the major. Students are
advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog
and consult with the Education Department early in their planning.
Honors Major: A GPA of 3.6 in physics and 3.0 overall. An indepen-
dent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written
research report. Application for the honors major should be made no
later than the first term of the senior year.
Minor: 5 courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122.
Society of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of
Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership
in a national physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open to all students interested in physics.
Sigma Pi Sigma: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open to those students who have com-
pleted the equivalent of a minor in physics, have a GPA of3.O in physics and overall, and rank in the upper third of their class.
1 0 1 Astronomy
A descriptive course requiring elementa~yalgtbra.
Our solar syslem, stars
and galaxies. The necessary optical Instrrlnicnts are explalncd and use is
made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an tight-inch CelesLron, and a 3inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3one-hour lectures.)
1 0 3 Physics for t h e Life Sciences
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also
to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is
dPslgned to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education
(therapy progranls), riiedical technology and other health science progranls. Tl~ecuurse is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: Elementary algebra. Fall)
1 0 6 Introductory Meteombogy
A study or the scIetlce and wonders of the atmosphere. The course is designecl to prnvlclc a working kr~owledgror the basic science principles requlred for undcrslantling wealher a ~ i dcllmate. Attention will be given to
llir overall weather patterns nC the earth and to ~ I I Etnany varled aspects of
weather, some of which include: Clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting,
the influence of weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and optical
phenomena of the sky. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: Elementary Algebra. Spring)
111 Phystcs, Computers, ahd Soclety
h study of the historical development of selected topics In physical science. Attention wilt be give11Lo the Interaction of physics anrl Its associaled techr~otogywl t17 philosophy, religion. and cullllre. SLudy of mechani c ~electricity,
,
and dlgilat eleclrorrlcs wlll lead up to discussiori of Ole
meaning o l twentieth century ptiysics and of (he rolc af cleclronics and
computers in modern society, Mitrocompt~terswill be used extensively in
the laboratory. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall)
121,122 General Physits l,I1
A rigorous study of classical phystcs Including mechanics, wave motion,
themotlynamics. electricity, rnagn~lism,and optlcs, Desfgnerl for pllysics
majors, pre-etiqineciinq studet~lsand other specifled nla]ors. Musl be
takcn In sequence. (3 OIIF.IIOU~ Icctures, 3-klOu1' laborntoly. Prcreq.: MAT
124 or concurrent reglslratlnn. 12 1, Yall: 122 Spring)
199 lnternship
lnternship For lower division credit.
245 Modem Physics
An Introduclion to modern h p t c s from a hlstorlcal and experimental basis. ReTativity, quantum cfPecti atomic and inolrcular physics, nuclear
and solid state physics. This coursc indicates the need for, and develops
t h e experirncntal basts ol quanttirn rnectianics. ( 3 one-hour lectures.
l'rereq.: 122. Talt)
2 6 1 Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study oranaiog etectron!cs comprises
the first halfofthe sernestcr,The second hall includesstudv aidialtal eleca h rnicrotronlcs culminaling in analysis and use 01 m4cmproccss~1~s
computer systems. (l'rercq.: lO3,Ill or 122; and MAT 122 ar 125)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
351,352 Mechanics I, 11
A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion
anrl the Lagrangtan and Hamlllonlan formalisnis. 'roplcs Include conservation prlnciple~,single particlc motion, systems of parlfcles, oscillatory
systems, cerilral-f0rr.r motion. dynamics of rigid bodies. gtmvitatlon, kine.
nratics of two-parllclc systcrns anrl noninertial refcrci~ccframes. (3 oneh o t ~lectures.
r
Prcrcq.: 122, MhT 226.351,Fa!!: 352 Spring)
362,363 Electromagnetic Fields I, 11
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector
calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's
and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials,
and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226.362, Fall; 363, Spring)
398.396 Comprehensive Laboratory (Ih course each)
A n emphasis on inclcpendenl Iaboratoly invrstigations. including partfclpatian It1 physics seminars. Ex per ln~entsin Lhe 2 1ca of niecllanlcs, ihermodynam~cs,vtlcuuin ptiyslcs, efcctmnics, elcctricity. u~agnctism,optics,
and ~nodcrnptiyslcs. ( 2 tliree-hour laboratory and 1srmir~arIrour per
wcck. Pi ereq.: Jilninr stailding or consellt o l inslruclor.)
399 Internship
lnternship for upper division credit.
4 8 1 Thermal Physics
The study ofj~ropertlesof systems and pmcesses forwhlch temperature Is
an 3mporlatit variable. The siibjcrct is d~velopedFrom Lwn Independent yet
complcrntntary vicwpoii~ts:the expcri~ncnlaI,rnaclnscopic classical therrnoclyr~an~ics
arid the tltcorelical, microscopic stdtlstical mcchar~ics.(3
one-lior~rlectures. Prerecl,: 55 1. Spring)
486 Quantum Physics I
A development fram ffrst pri~lclples,lnclirdlng de Rroglle's postulates,
Lhe
Scliroedlnger equalion, operators, wavefunclinris, cxpcctalion values, an.
glllar fiiorncntuni, and approxiination mettiods. Specific problems studied int1t1depoteti tlaI wells and potenLial barriers, the harnioriic nscillator,
and the hyclrogcn atom. (3 o~ic-hourlectures. Prercq.: 245,551.fall)
488 Quantum Physics I1
The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the
areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular ptiyslw, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prercq.: 486. Spring)
499 lndependent Study
An npportt~t~lty
for str~dentsto expiore systematically a problem in experimenlal nr theoretical pliysIcs, worltecl out in consultation with a faculty
adviser. Open taJ~uniorsand senlors with departmental approval.
Political
Science (POL)
Firmly grounded in the liberal arts tradition, political science has roots in
the humanities, including philosophy and history. Through its use of statistical analysis, it relates not only to other behavioral sciences, but also to
mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and significance of authority in human affairs establish the focus of political science; because
politics is a central and enduring reality in the world, it affects and is affected by many other human concerns.
As an academic discipline, political science uses systematic inquiry and
analysis to examine political reality and to suggest and test alternatives.
The student who majors in political science will explore political ideas and
values, investigate political cooperation and conflict, analyze and compare
political systems, and develop perspectives on international relations. In
the process, the student will he encouraged to relate. Insights from other
liberal arts disciplines such as philosoplly, psychology, economics, his.
tory, and sociology to the study of politics.
Providing work in several sub-ffelds of political science, the mqjor supplies
the breadth appropriate for graduate work In the dtsctpline, as well as in
public adminstration, public policy analysis, law, and other professions. It
also serves as a foundation on which to develop careers in public service,
business, communications, and other fields. Legislative and other internships, as well as significant independent research projects, are within easy
reach of Augsburg political science students in the Twin Cities area; combined with broad, balanced and flexible course offerings, these special opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a successful career.
Augsburg political science students have the benefit oFan experienced faculty that brinpls a balanced expertise to the course offerings, as well as speciai strengthsin Interpreting politics in the contexts of the mass communications media. communism. and American ~ u b l i claw. The de~artmental
faculty is committed to the view that the study of politics, invoiving as it
does an understanding of the human heritage and the importance of informed choice in human affairs, is an important aspect of liberal learnings.
Political Science Faculty
Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson),Joseph Goldman, C. Lea Hall, Milda
Hedblom, Mary Ellen Lundsten, Norma Noonan
.
Mqjor: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (SOC 362).Required: 121
or 122 or 160 or 170;158;384;and at least 5 other upper division
courses in 4 out of 5 Political Science Areas. A seminar in one of the
five areas may be counted for that area.
Honors Mqjor: The Honors Major in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's gradepoint average must be 3.5in the major and 3.0overall. The student
must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must
submit, not later than March 1of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to
be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any
member of the department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the departmental chairperson. Students should
apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior
year.
Minor: 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or 170:158;and a t least 3 upper division courses in 3 out of 5 Political Science Areas.
Political Science Areas: (I) American Government and Politics (11)
Comparative Politics and Analysis (Ill) International Politics (1V) Public Law (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more
than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor
requirements.
Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a political
science major in combination with specified social science courses, in
compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the
department chairperson.
See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are
offered.
I. American Government and Politics
1 2 1 American Government and Politics
The polltfcs of American government including the forms of political
ideas; ttie patlenl of partidpation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential ant1 Ili~renucralirpoligmaking; and current issues in American society.
122 Metroporttan Complex
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues. arlors, and structurcs influencing public policy in the modcm urban complcx. Discussionlecturc. sl~nulation.and meetings with politlcal cxpcrls and activists.
325 Public Administration
'Slit politics of pul~licitdministratlon and bureaucratic policy-making in
[lie Ut~itcdStates: governmental rcgulatlon, promotion and management,
emphasizing political and economic intcraction. (Prereq.: 1course in Politkat Strlcncc or consent of instrucloi-)
326 Political Parties and Behavior
The politlcal behavior of tlic electorate emphasizing public opinion and
political parties Ln the electoral proccss, Tielrl work with political parties
and ~ntercstgroups anrl rncdia In presidential elections (optional in nonprcsirfenlial election ycars). (Frcrccl.: 1 course in Political Science or consent of instructor. Pall Lerm of clecllon years)
342 Mass CommunieaUons In Soctety
LfFccts nfrtiassct~mniiinlcatlonson indlvidi~albehavior: the uses and control of mass rnedla lor polltir:al ar~tfsocial purpnses Inclurling a study of
ccnsorsl~ip,newsmaking. cnlertaitlment and pilllllc affairs programming.
~
otily)
( J ~ ~ n land
o r S e ~ l l oslutle~~ts
370 Constitutional Law I
(See Section 1V for description. Alternate years)
3 7 1 Constitutional Law I1
(See Section IV for description. Alternate years)
4 2 1 Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executive orjudicial process, and
policy process in American politics; national, urban or statc focus: topic to
be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One course in Yolitlcal Science or cansent of instructor. On demand)
11. Comparative Politics and Analysis
1 5 8 Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion
of contemporary issues.
350 Comparative Democracies
The rmergcncc, mnlnletiancc and decline of selected democracies, focusIng 011poiltical behavior. institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:One course
In I'olllical Science or colrsenl of instructor)
3 5 1 C o m m ~ ~ n lPolltlcal
st
Systems
A tornparalive analysis or the Soviet Union and other communist states in
lcrms of polltlml behavior. itrstitutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.:
ORCC ~ L I ~ SinCPolitical Scicncc or consent of instructor)
3 8 1 Democratic Theory and Practice
(See Section V for description)
4 5 9 Topics in Comparative Politfcs
Sclcctcd tl~eniesinrluding interpretations of polltlcal systems and compal-ticipotion,
l
comrnunlparisons or political processes such a s p o l i t i ~ ~
caLiotls, polllical developments, poIi tical change. and rcvolulion. Topic to
be lr~cluderlill sul>litle. (Prcrerl.:O ~ i ccourse i r i Pnlitical Science or con.
sent of instructor. On demand.)
111. International Politics
1 6 0 World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems.
363 Cammunist Foreign Pollcles
Analysls oF I he motivation, Iormulation, and implementation of foreign
pollcies of Cornrn~~~ilsl
riallons with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and
C l ~ l n a (Prereq.:
.
Otie c.oiwse ill Pnlitical Science or consent of instructor)
4 6 1 Topics ln International Politics
Selected tlicmcs including interpretations of international politics, foreign
policy dcrislon-malting, simulations of international problems. Topic to
be inclurled in sublillc. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
IV. Public Law
1 7 0 Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and s o
ciety: roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law: law a s politics: historic and contemporary legal
issues.
370 Constitutional Law l
The legal-polliical-philosophim1role or the Supreme Court in the American polilIcaI systcrn In signilicanl decisions affecting the allocation of powers 111(Ilf ?iatifl~%al
government and it1 Lhe Cederal system. (Prereq.: 170 or
consent oi Ilistructox. Al terndte years)
3 7 1 Constitutional Law 11
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth
Amenrimcnl as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human
r l g h b arltl civil lihe~ticsof individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor. Altcniate ypars)
V. Political Theory and Analysis
158 Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section I1 for description)
380 Western Political Thouaht
A study of influential po?tical philosophers, emphasizing the values,
goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or consent of
instructor.)
381 Clemocratic Theory and Practice
A stilcly oC tlemocratic thcory and p~lblicpolicy practice with focus on the
emergence of politEral dcn?ocracy, capitalism and the welfare state in
comparative pcr,spective. IPrcrcq.:One course in Political Science or consent ol i~~stmctor.)
382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future
Origins and evoli~tionof Marxlst thcory and rnovemerils emphaslzlng
Marxism asdevclopcd in Russia and china. Consideration oCLhe polIllcal,
social. and ecoliomic dirnet~slonsof the tlieories, wllh somr Coci~soti Lhe
preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158or consent ofinstructor.)
384 Political Analysis
An anatysls ol diffrrenl approaches and theorlcs in the study of politics
including an cx,~n~inatinn
of llle requircmcnts or science as a model for
potILlca1 stitdy; malor rcscarch rcq~iirerl.( I'rereq.: Statistical Analysis: 158
ancl two uppcr division courses, nr consenl of instructor.)
VI. Seminars, Independent Study and Internships
199 lnternship
Lower division internship. Consult lnternship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (P/N grading only unless lnternship Supervisor
grants exception. Fall, Interim, Spring)
295 Lower Dlvlsion Seminar
Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and
subject matter. (On demand)
299 Directed Study
lndependent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 lnternship
Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor. P/N grading only unless lnternship Supervisor
grants exception. Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and
subject matter. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.)
498 IndependentStudy: Metropolltiin Resources
An indcllendently clesl~n?clcorll se a sLutlcri( (or grnitp ~Cstuderits)develops, tnaljing cxtcnsive, systematic and irltc~~mled
utllizalion o ~ r e s o i ~ r c e s
c.g. la LLI~FS. symp05ld, pel'availfltrlc in the rnctrul>ulltal~romn~i~niiy,
for~nr?nces,l~ca~lnqs.
'l'tiese resources 17ecorr~ethe corc of the course,
supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
499 lndependent Study
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Program in Global Community
-
Joel Mugge (Director)
The Center for Global Service and Education offers a s ~ r i n semester
n
Program, The Program in Global Community, each year inCuemavaca,
ico. It is an academic program that has as its primary focus the study of issues related to global-jusiiceand human liberation in light of the Christian
proclamation. Students live together as a community, but also with Mexican families in the city, and with villagers in rural Mexico. The semester
also includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to full room,
board and tuition at Augsburg. Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed.
-
- -
~-
m
ex-
SPA 216.316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for three hours a day for six weeks of
the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is
taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by program director)
mS 311 T h e Development Prcrcess
'This seminar focuses 01)~pecllicglobal and Interpersonal developmental
processes. Particular tlicories or developtnenl ancl educational approaches are critically exalrlincd. As an inlegrative seminar, thc course attcnipts to JILIII togetlicr Lhe many aspccts of the overall program, The seminar provldes st~rdenlstlic opportunity lo renecl critically on their own
cducaLIona1process as wcll, ( Rcquircd coi~rsc)
GST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar
This seminar consists oCa series of eight mini-courses offered in a number
of relevant Lopic areas r'claled to the theme of the program. Each minicourse consists or 12 hours, At~yfour mini-courses fulfill the requirements
of the seminar. (Either this course or HIS 347 required)
HIS 347 Mexico: A Historical Perspective
Four specific mini-courses together provide a rather comprehensive view
of Mexico's historical development from pre-Colurnbian times to the present day. (Either this course or CiST 230 required)
INS 299 Directed Study
499 Independent Study
Tliis prelcrairly is in a student's majar or mlnar dlsclpl[ne, developed
ahead or Ilme E
n co~lsuliationwith a departn~entaladviser on the home
campus arid the program director. The topic a studenl cl~ooscssl~ouldhe
relevat~t110th lo Ihe discipline and the tllcme oiqlollal cnmmnnlty. (Optional fourth course)
EEL 366 The Church and Social Change In Latin hmerlca
This course focuses at1 the rela tionsliip rlf the churcli Lo poverty, polltical
oppression and soclal irijusticc in Latin Anrerica. Cenlml to the course is
an cxamivation of the etnerging "Theology of Libcrallon" as arllculated
by pronlinenl Latin American theologians as well as I,y peopte directly involvcd tn locaT palishes and devclopmcnt projects in Cucrnavaca.
(Prereq,: enc course in religion or tticolngy. Optional fourth courscl
Psychology Department (PSY)
Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data, provides a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of a liberal
education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved understanding of human behavior by studying how people cope with their environment and interact with each other.
The department's courses have three basic goals: (1)
to introduce the student to the current information and methods in psychology as well as earlier approaches to psychological questions: (2)to develop the ability to
analyze, interpret, and evaluate behavioral research, and (3)to provide
practice in the application of these principles. The department program
provides an emphasis on both field experiences and the theoretical foundation for graduate study in psychology and related areas.
Psychologists use a variety of methods to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members in the
Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological psychology,
human development, personality and computer applications.
The Psychology program's emphasis on the use of a problem solving approach, the acquisition of information about human development and interaction, and the development of human relations skills c h be beneficial
in careers in business, education and other social services, the church and
government, as well as in careers such as research, law, and medicine.
Student interns are placed in the metropolitan area where they can acquire
practical, pre-professional experience and develop professional contacts.
This program mutually benefits the students and the community.
Psychology Faculty:
Paul Hirdman (Chairperson),Lyla Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman
Ferguson, Duane Johnson, Richard Marken
Major: 1 0 courses including 105,264,265,381or 399, and 493. Also
PHY 103. A minimum of 5 courses must be from Augsburg. Students
are also expected to select one course from the DevelopmentaljPersonality courses and other electives to complete the major. Not more
than two courses from among 299,399 and 499 may be counted
toward requirements for a major. It is recommended that psychology
majors take additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular interests in psychology: for example, areas such a s business administration, biology, or communication.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and comple-
tion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the
junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements.
Minor: 5 c o u r s e s including 105,with a minimum of 2 courses a t Augsburg. Not m o r e t h a n o n e c o u r s e from 2 9 9 , 3 9 9 , a n d 4 9 9 m a y b e
counted toward t h e minor.
Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 c o u r s e s including 2 6 4 ( o r
SOC 3 6 2 ) , 3 9 9 , CSC 1 4 5 , SOC 3 6 3 , a n d approved elective. T h e s e
c o u r s e s a r e designed to provide t h e cognitive background a n d skill
development to perform well as a research assistant for agencies o r
firms which d o program evaluations o r self-assessment programs.
Systematic a n d periodic assessments of programs for social improvem e n t a r e increasingly expected by government a n d funding agencies.
For further information contact Norman Ferguson.
1 0 5 General Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for
the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized.
1 9 9 Internship
Internship on lower division level.
2 5 1 Sensing and Perceiving
At1 ecologlcaify oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis o n t h e proressitig of environmental information and how this relales to adaptive behavior and s~lbjcctiveexperience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous
perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years)
2 6 4 , 2 6 5 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I. I1
A two-term sequence Il~cl~tdll~g
c.upcritnenla(ion in human learning, probIcm solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception, Emphasis will
be placecl on holh stalislical dnd expcrirnct~taldesign ~~~rthorlology.
Re+
scarcti Mcthods I may bc I;ilieti for credil withouL continuing in Rcscarch
Mcthods IT. Majors in psychology must take hot11 terms of the two-term
scqucnce: 264 tiiust prrcede 265; 265 should be (altei~In lhc lemi immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105)
2 9 9 Directed Study
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study
must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
3 5 1 DevelopmentalPsychology: Child
Ernpt~asison normal ctilld development and behavior. Consideration of
llieorelical systcms used i o ~vlcwing the developmental sequence and
process. Inquiry illto practical inipticalions and applications of d a h and
theory in respecl to the clcvclopmc~rtof childrcn. (I'rcrecl.; 105)
352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data
and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult
periods of life. (Prereq.: 105)
353 Developmental Psychology: middle Adult and Older Adult
Emphasis on nonnal clevelopme~rLand behavior. Consideration of data
and Ihcory related to tlevelnpmcnt cli~rlngL11e middle atlull and olcler
adill1 periods ol Ilfe. IncIudcs pcrspeclives or1 death and clying. (Prcrecl,:
105)
355 Brain & Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for
behavior in ai~lnralsand titlnian beings. MaJor topics Incl~ide:sleep &f
wakefulness, mollvalloti d emotion, learning & melnory, and tnenlat disorders. (Prereq.: 105) Additional lab hours required.
356 Environment and Behavior
A s t ~ ~ dnCyIhe Influel~cewhich the envlronment, bath natural and manmade, has on behavior. Major topics Include: overcrowding and environmerilal slress. terriloriatity, rlefcnsfble space & crlme, and bullt environments such as rooms, I>uildings8t cllics. (I'rereq.: 105)
357 Learning
Leaming concepts. behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.:
105)
359 Mental Testlng
Theory, principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence.
(Prereq.: 105)
361 Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those
theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall)
362 Abnonnaf Psychology
An intrnrl~~ctloti
to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic
and ~~sycltological
poirlts of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agctlcies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105.)
371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male
A stud Involving knowledqc uC materials bearing on the development of
sex tllkreilces and rnlcs, Lhe e m r l or socieiy upon values and goals, differenlial Zcgal status of each scx a t ~ dpsychopliysiological data bearing
upon these cllffcrel~ces.(Prerrq.: 105 or consent of instructor)
373 Organlxational Psychology
Theorelicrll conceplual~zalionsof organizational behavior. Factors and
practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of
worlc cCrcctlv~ness,anrl social Influences. An organizational field expericnce. Ifrereq.: 105)
381 Psychology In BfstorEcal PcrspecElve
Historical clcvelopment oipsychoIogical viewpoints and theoretical positions. (I'rereq.: two psycholow courscs)
399 Internship
Prior to the beginning of the term, interested students should consult with
the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Grading is on a P/N basis.
450 Program Evaluation
The appllcat~ori01 scientlRc research techniqtres and stn tistlcal analysls
to prosgrams for social Impmvemenl. Designing infonilatinn systems Cor
tl?e allgolng ~nonitorinyof programs. As?esslrig curnmlinlty needs. Assesslng program ~ffeccivenessatirl cfliciericy, l'he political and organlzalional inntexl or prn:grim monitoring and cvallration. The role of cvatuation research for social p o k y and pmgt am iniprovcmcnt. (PIercq.: 264
or SOC 3KZ: SOC 363)
485 Counseling Psychology
Prlnciples. tnetliods, and attitudes involved i n the counseling process.
Cousitieratiott {[lver?to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relatlolnhip. (Prereq,:4 courses)
490 Current Topics In Psychology
Study of selected areas and lopics in psychology that are not treated exLcnsiv~lyt l l ~ n u g hcuirenl course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior tn icgislration. (l'rereq.: 105 and consent of instructor. Alternate years)
493 Seminar: Contemporary lssues
Disc~rssianof contcrnporary socEetal issues from a psychological viewpoi~lt.Consideratinn or the apploacfres and methods used by psychologists In studyitlg such t.ssues. (Prcr'eq.: 5 courses)
499 Independent Study
Limited registntion by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Stirdc~itsmust prcscnl a written plan prior to registration including carehrlly cotisldered rationale and purpose for the proposed study.
-,=
-4
'I?'.
'
.' -
II,
,
-
- +'. 9,
41~
I , .<[
. ' l i
)A
-%
-. :.'
-
3, '
-.. ---:
Religion
Department (REL)
I
9-
I
V I -
,
-
Augsburg College understands itself as a college of the church and it is
persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective
from which to undertake its educational task. The biblical faith and tradition of the Christian church have influenced the western world to a degree
much greater than is sometimes recognized. They have affected and continue to influence language, literature, history, values, and political structures.
The student encounters this religious tradition in studying these and other
areas. The study of religion and theology is intended to make such encounters more meaningful by a better knowledge of Biblical history and
that of the Christian church, and by a larger acquaintance with theological
thought.
While it is true that the fundamental orientation of this College is to the
Christian faith, it is also true that the field of religion obviously includes
more than is represented by the Christian faith. Large segments of the
earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different
from those prominent in the West. The Department of Religion seeks to introduce students to some of these major religious traditions.
Courses in religion are not intended to be footnotes to courses in other
disciplines and departments. The study of religion and the discipline of
theology have an integrity of their own. It is the hope and expectation of
the Department that students will become better acquainted with the content and character of the Christian faith and enable them to reflect theologically on their own religious commitment.
The College offers both a mqjor and a minor in Religion. Students who
wish to work in the church as a parish or youth worker or as a director of
Christian Education may find a major in Religion appropriate for that purpose.
Religion Faculty:
Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson Fall 1986),Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson lnterim and Spring 1987).John Benson, Bradley Holt, Curtis Peter, Stephen
Pinsky, James Porter, Paul Sonnack
Major: 8 courses, including 111,221,356,481
and 495,the seminar
especially for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking
seminar, each major must have written one formal research paper
and placed it on file with the department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper division New
Testament Greek course may be applied to the major.
Major in Church Staff Work: 9 courses, including 111,221,356,
358,360or 483,362,399,471or 473,481.These together with specified courses in other departments can lead to Augsburg certification.
Program for Christian Day School Teachers: Students pursue
one of the regular teacher education programs in the Department of
Education to prepare for licensure by the State of Minnesota. In addition to the licensure program, five courses in religion are required:
111,221,362,
The Christian Day School (Interim) and The Lutheran
Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in both a
public school setting and in a Christian Day School.
This program prepares students who are interested in teaching in
Christian Day Schools, particularly those of the American Lutheran
Church, although participation is not limited to such schools.
Honors Major: GPA of3.3 in the major and 3.0over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquium with the department.
Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted
for the minor.
Certificate in Church Staff Work: 9 Religion courses (111,221,
or 473,481);
APE 232;PSY 105,
356,358,360or 483,362,399,471
351,352or 371,485;SOC 111 or PSY 373,SOC 231;SPC 354.This
program meets or exceeds the educational requirements of The
American Lutheran Church, but certification by the church is a separate function. By adding two or three courses from appropriate departments, the student can develop special emphases in parish education, business management or diaconal work.
Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit.
All majors are urged to consult with the department chairperson.
,
111 Introduction to Theology
199
221
299
350
353
356
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
Internship
Internship on lower division level.
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents.
The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emeraence
of the church.
Directed Study
Independent study on lower division level.
Philosophy of Religion
(See under Department of Philosophy)
Denominations and Sects in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations
and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered.
(Spring)
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall)
-
- - - - --
357 S m e y of Church Blstury
A suzvey of Christian history In the early, medieval, Reformadon, and modern periocls. Some attention to primary sources, in addltion to interpretallon$ o i the periods in question, The expatision of the church, its inner
life, Ils reIatlon Lo the state, and the development of its dnclrine wlll be
major elements of the sludy.
358 Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Alternate
years)
360 Rellglion and Society
An cxarnlnation of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological a nalyslswith particular emphasis on contemporary sociological
research on rellqious movements in American society. (Spring)
3 6 1 The Church in the First Four Centuries
A study of the early CI~rlstlanChurch In the context of lhe Roman Empire,
Including such toplcs a s persecution and martyrdom, tlre development of
the creeds, Christtanlty In conflict with Crnosticis~nand mystery religions,
InonasLicism anti mysltcism. early crlrlstian worship: also incl~~rlit~g
the
theology nl several early Christian leaders and a special unit o n the Iife
and thaugllt of Rugusline.
362 Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of
the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther
and other representative figures. (Fall)
363 Religion in America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the
rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of
religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered a s funding permits)
366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
(See under Program in Global Community)
399 Internship
Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses,
have at least first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines.
432 Church Music and Worship
(See under Department of Music)
4 7 1 Jesus and His Interpreters
Consideralion of the Mew Testament documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their conlexl. literary stntcture and relationships. Attention
fo the varlety or interpretations given Lhe person of Jesus, including the
"quest For the I-listorlcal Jesus." (Fall)
472 Theology of Paul
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his
writings.
473 The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets.
475 Judaism
A survey of the history ofJudaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modem times. with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest In such modem Jewish tfilnkers a s Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg
College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion
department. (Fall)
4 8 1 Contempormy ~ h e o f o g y
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological
thaught Loday. as seen f ~ o m
the systematic perspective, in the light of the
continuing theological task or Lhe Christian Church. (Spring)
483 Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Fall)
486 PsychologyoCRellgion and TheoIoSy
A S ~ L Iof
I -currenl
I~
psyclrcllogical views nl rellglon in the context of the traclilional Chrlsllari view nChtunan nature. Special attention will be given to
the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those
Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. (Alternate
years, Spring)
495 Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by
permission of instructor. (Fall)
499 Independent Study
Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental
guidelines.
Russian Area Studies
Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator), James Brown
Russian Area Studies is an ACTCjoint major which seeks to give the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet history, politics, literature, traditions and philosophy. The mqjor is interdisciplinary
and offers perspectives on Russia both past and present. A minimum of
two years of the Russian language is required.
This mqjor is a good foundation for students preparing for careers in government, teaching, international business, or law, especially when combined with a second mqjor in a field such a s business, economics, history.
language, political science or theology. It also is a good foundation for
graduate study in history, political science, language and literature or international relations.
Major: 11courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or
equivalent competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1course in
Marxist theory; 1course in Russian literature; 1course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses from approved electives.
M i n o r : 6 courses: 2 courses (1year) of basic college Russian (or
equivalent competencies); 1course in Russian history: 1course in
Soviet politics; 1course in Marxist theory; 1other course from the approved list of electives.
Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator.
Scandinavian Area Studies (SCA)
.
-
-- -
-
-
-
Foreign Language Department Chairperson
Mqjor: 8 upper division courses.
Minor: 4 upper division courses.
N o t e : Major programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg
Catalog or transferred to Augsburg a s upper division Scandinavian
Area Studies courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian language department or subdepartment regardless of their content,
which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with
a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate
level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian
courses under Department of Foreign Languages.
Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study in Scandinavia,
elective courses which may lead toward a second major such a s English, history, urban studies, business administration.
312 OldNorse
(See under Department of Foreign Languages - Norwegian)
330 Contemporary Scandinavia
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (On Demand)
351 The Modem Scandinavian Novel
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion
based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset,
Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors
and minors w11 b e required to d o assigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavian language. (On Demand)
352 The Modem Scandinavian Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandlnaviati drama w l l t ~emphasis o n lbsen and Strindberg.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and
minors will be required to d o assigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavian language. (On Demand)
364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
(See under Department of Religion)
372 Norwegian Language and Culture
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
377 Scandinavia in the World
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
382 Scandinavian Arts
(See under Department of Art)
393 Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
394 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
(See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST)
495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience
(Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar)
499 Independent Study
In consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for
study.
Social Science
Khin Khin Jensen (Coordinator)
A student may not list a double mqjor in Social Science and in one of the
component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other mqjor.
Non-Western Major: 14 courses: HIS 104;1 social science methodology course (ECO 279,PSY 264,SOC 362 or 365):and 12 courses, in
at least 4 disciplines, from the following: ECO 122,258;HIS 103,322,
PHI 355;RE1 356;SOC
323,324,440,474;POL 351,363,382,461;
336;seminars, independent study or interim courses on relevant topics in History and/or Political Science. The student planning to fulfill
this social science major should consult the chairperson of the Department of History in choosing a major adviser.
Social Studies
..
- -
Jerry Gerasimo (Coordinator)
Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must
complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within
the Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to
provide a broad foundation in the social sciences.
Social Studies Teaching Licensure: 7 courses (ECO 122 or 123,
Geography, HIS 222, POL 158,PSY 105, SOC 121and336) plus a major in one of five fields - Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology.
Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and
the Social Studies Coordinator.
Social Work
Department ( s m )
-
-
The Social Work mqjor program prepares graduates for entry-levelprofessional practice in the field of human services. The program is accredited
by the Council on Social Work Education, and leads to a Bachelor of Sclence degree. The program is based on a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates to work with individuals, families, groups, and communities.
The College's commitment to the liberal arts is highly compatible with education for professional social work practice. The liberal arts, with its emphasis on breadth of understanding, cultural and ethnic diversity, openness to new ideas, analysis and synthesis, is an ideal foundation upon
which social work education is based. As Sir Richard Livingston has said,
"A technician is a person who knows everythingthere is to know about
his/her job, except its ultimate purpose and social consequence." Augsburg social work graduates are professionals, not technicians. Social work
mqjors at Augsburg College must be well-grounded in the liberal arts. Effective social workers cannot be technicians.
"Education for Service" has long been a motto at Augsburg College and it
exemplifies the philosophy of the Social Work Department. Unique leaming opportunities for field work placement and cultural enrichment are provided by a metropolitan setting known for a humane quality of life which is
enhanced by the arts, outstanding human services, and a highly-educated
populace. Social work opportunities abound. Minnesota is known for the
vitality and relevance of its social services. The Twin Cities, as the hub for
these services, provides both a plethora of field placements for social work
students and external experts for the classroom. The ethnic and economic
diversity present in this metropolitan area provides opportunities for social work students to learn to understand. a ~ ~ r e c i a tres~ect.
e.
and work
with people different from themselves and fdbe enrichedby this opportunity to interact with diverse clients and professionals.
The Social Work Program strives to contribute to its environment as well
as to gain from it. ~ f ~ r o ~ r i a tsocial
e l ~ ,work students have been involved
in a wide variety of community service efforts including helping to develop
a Big BrotherIBig Sister program on campus: mobilizing students to assist
a social service agency in their annual Christmas giving program, and tutoring at a local neighborhood center.
The Social Work minor and electives in the department allow students to
support another mqjor with knowledge about human needs and growth,
human services, and the methods of effective citizenship. Students taking
these courses have the opportunity to become knowledgeable about pu6
lic issues and d e v e l o ~
and nurture a ~ e r s ~ e c t ithat
v e sees the central irnportance of diversity 'to the social fabric df this country. But beyond knowledge, students also are encouraged to use their talents and skills to
address the needs of society in the interest of the public good.
Social Work Faculty:
Mary Lou Williams (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Francine Chakolis, Rosalie
Clark, Edwina Hertzberg, Douglas Peny, Charles Williams
Major: 9 Core Program courses: 361,363,364,461,462,463,465,
466,467,469: and 9 Supporting Program courses: 257,260: 810 101;
PSY 105; SOC 121,231,265,365,375. (The Sociology sequence constitutes a minor in that discipline.) A minimum grade of2.0 is required
for each course in the Core Program and a 2.0 average is required in
the Supporting Program.
Concentration: Concentration in Aging, Chemical Dependency,
Crime and Corrections, Social Ministries, and Youth are possible.
Concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional, and programmmatic aspects, plus field work placement in the
senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in religion with specific coursework is required. Completion of a concentration is noted on the transcript.
Candidacy: Social work majors must apply for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list
candidacy a s a prerequisite. A written self-statement, reference letters, and the completion of all Core and Supporting Program courses
below the 400 level is necessary for candidacy review (Exception:
SOC 365 may be taken in the senior year if necessary.)
Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses, including 257 (or approved alternative),361,463:260 or SOC 375:SOC 265:and one of 465,POL 121,
158,325.
School Social Work Certification: State Department of Educationrequired Human Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of EDS 388.
Elective courses open to all students:
257 Exploring Human Services
With lacully approval, student selects a placement for 80 hours per term
as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know human service professionals, minority professional clients and communities, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations, Independent study with a term paper report and regular class
sessions. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores.
260 Humans Developing
1his coirrse provides the knowledge bask to an understanding OF human
growth through Lhe life cycle, and or the Interplay of socIocullurat, blologthe growth 01 individuals
~cal,and psyclboluglcal factors whlch influe~~ce
aucI larnllie? I n cnnle~nporaryAmet ican society, Ernpltasized Is tlie role or
Ll~e"nurt~trlngenvtronrnenl" in rclatlnn to Iwman growth, the Impact or
"sustalrilng euviroumenl" factors, and other special stresses relevant to
growth. Circlwt h relaled to populations and groups which represent ethnic
and/or Hfe-style rliverslty Is also a focus. Students will gain self-understandlng Ihrough use of their own experiences.
299 Directed Study
An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of interest.
Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration. (Prereq.: 257
and consent of instructor)
340 Pollcies, Program and Skills for the Aging
This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the
older population, older population impact on social policy, services
planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work
with this population. Class conducted in Senior Citizen Residence.
(Prereq.: Sophomore or consent of instructor)
361 Social Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human
service and the diversity of minority professionals and client groups. The
major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the
charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq.:
Junior or consent of instructor. Fall)
399 Internship
Provides Reld learning experience for the non-major and supplements the
required field work of majors (Prereq.: consent of department chairperson)
463 Community Development and Organization
Locality development and social change through community organizatlon, soclal plannl~~g,
and social action. Emphasis on: 1)survey oihistorical forms olcornmunlty organization ancl social clwngc, 2) u~~derslandlng
the Ll~eorics,basic Issttes, and strategies rclevanl to social protest ancl
change, 3) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual
practice in the local community in the essential principles and techniques
of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or consent of instructor. Fall)
465 Gbetat Policy:Anatysls and Development
Includes the sIudy or tlieorlcs of Soclal Policy formutation and methods of
analysls associaled with needs ancl services, and analysis of the impact of
poll~yon snclal work ~lracticc.Development and implementation will be
virived flrst hand through werlr with an elected public policy maker. Readings, analytical paper Integralion of class concepts with practical experieuce. (Prereq.: 361,463, atid senior or consent of instructor. Spring)
468 Special Topics (112 to 1 course)
Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor. Offered periodically in Interim)
-
498 IndependentStudy
Metropalltan Resorlrces
An Independenlly dcslgned course a student (or group orstudents) develops, lnalrlng extensive, systematic and Integrated utllizatio~lof resources
avallahle in the metropolitan comm~tnlty,e.g, lecttlres, symposia, periortnances, hearings. Thcse resources become the core of t h e course,
supplemented I>y lradtlior~alcollege resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated Ily a facutty rnernlrrer ~Fthedeparlrnent.
(Prereq.:
257 and consent of inst~uctor)
499 Independent Study
Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives
and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prercq.: 257 and consent of instructor)
Courses reserved for Social Work majors only:
363 Methods and Skllls of Social Work
Rasic features or Lhe helping process: theoretical foundations, principles
and techniques orsoclal work inlerventlve methods, and pnctica! expcrience necessary for social work practice with indivlduals and small groups
with a rliversity orprofessl~nalsand client groups: devclopment of the s h dent's repcrloire of relationship building sl<itIs.tect~~re-disc~~ssion
scsslons and/or taboratory exercises cacli wcek. [Prereq.: 361, Junior.
Spring)
364 Field Work I
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours
per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week.
(Prereq.: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring)
461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and rcnnemcnt 01 practice sldlls recognizing adaptations of
the prnblern.solving mode! to dlverse populslllons through Iccturc, classmom excrclse ahid tegular class work. I-:nla!gement aC social groilp worls
sltflls, emphasts on development of gencrallsl practicc sltills and eclectic
approaches with a focus on cllversily of proCcsslonals arid clienl populations. Lectures aild/or laborato~yexercises each week. (I9rereq.: 2.0 in
365 and in 364,candidacy staLLls. Concurrent with 462. Fall)
462 Field Work 11:
Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in a
social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: Candidacy status: concurrent with 461;
Fall)
466 Field Work 111 (112 or 1 course)
Continuation of 462 ('12 course option during Interim. Prereq.: Candidacy
status, 2.0 in 461,462,463)
467 The Social Worker as Professional
Eth tcal practice, bureaucratic survival, professtonalJob attainment,affirm.
ative actlon and sexual harassment issues, personnel policles and practices, alganizalional theory. and resource devclopment will bc stlrrlicd in
the course. T h e field work practice becomcs the laboratory For class exerclscs. (Prereq.:Candidacy statrls, 2.a in 461,463.)
469 Field Work IV
Continuation of 466. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 466, concurrent
with 467)
Sociology Department (soc)
Sociology is a disciplined study of human social behavior. As a relatively
young discipline, sociology provides yet another perspective on a theme
which is common to many of the disciplines in a liberal arts curriculum,
namely the theme that humans are "social animals." Sociology emphasizes the extent to which the human inclination to interact socially comes
to exhibit regularized patterns over time. These patterns together form a
society or a social structure.
Sociology seeks to understand these societal patterns. Sociology also
seeks to understand patterns within the great
variety of institutions that
exist in a society.
The Sociology Department at Augsburg is designed to help students think
sociologically in terms of obtaining an understanding of society and developing skills in evaluating social institutions and programs.
Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional
learning models available, such as internships, independent study, interim courses, and the co-learningcourses offered through the Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)program. The Department urges students
to use Augsburg's urban setting as a "laboratory" for learning.
A mqjor in sociology can prepare one for a variety of careers or for advanced professional studies. Augsburg alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in the personnel departments of both government and private corporations, in industrial relations work, and in
program evaluation. Others have used their mqjors as preparation for advanced study in areas such as law, the ministry, social work, and urban
planning.
The Department of Sociology welcomes students who, in their quest for a
liberal education, are looking for new and different ways of understanding
and appreciating the often taken-for-grantedaspects of our world.
Sociology Faculty:
Gordon Nelson (Chairperson),Jeny Gerasimo, Gany Hesser, Barbara
Johnson, Diane Pike
Mqjor: 1 0 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375, 485, Highly recommended: a Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course, intemship, independent study or upper division interim course in sociology. This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will
take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the
department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of
concentration.
Honors Major: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the
major and 3.0 overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy
shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairperson before April 1of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent upon
departmental approval of proposal by April 30 ofjunior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for 499 to complete
work on thesis. Honors in sociology will be granted to a candidate
who successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of the senior
year and maintains the GPA through graduation.
Minor: 5 courses including 1 2 1 and two upper division courses (i.e.,
300 and above.)
Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 362 (or
PSY 264), 363,399, CSC 145, and approved elective. These courses
are designed to provide the cognitive background and skill development to perform well a s a research assistant for agencies or firms
which do program evaluations or self-assessment programs. Systematic and periodic assessments of programs for social improvement
are increasingly expected by government and funding agencies. For
further information contact Diane Pike.
111 Human Community and the Modem Metropolis
The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the
perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities
of human community in the context of urban institutions and processes.
121 Principles of Sociology
Sociology is a unique way of irnderstanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles,
groups, iti(erac1iot1, inequality, and social structure. An essential tool for
discovering tile world and orie's place in it.
199 Internship
Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring, and Summer)
231 Sociology of the Family
An examination of the family a s a social institution. The process of dating,
mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the
family to its institutional and cultural context.
265 Racial and Minority Group Relations
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is
focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (PIN
grading only)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: 1 2 1 and consent of
instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
300,301,302,303,304 Special Topics in SocIoIogy
h variety ot 10pIcs offcclrd periodically depending o n nmds and Interests
which are not satisfied by regularrourscofFFTirigs. May be offcred on cam.
pus in atldllIon to reqular course offerlnqs or on campus In conji~nctlon
wllh A u ~ s l ~ i t r gConscrvatlon
's
of Ilu~li;lnResources (CIIR) I'rograrn.
( P W - g . : consent of lnst~uclor)
336 Introductionto Cultural Anthropology
The concept of culture examined in anthropology and in the way we s e e
and live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the
ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress." The person's relation to
culture. An analysis ofselected aspects of Western culture.
360 Rellglon and Society
All cxnn~lnallo~i
or tlic Interaction of religion and 5dclely In terns oisociological arlalysls with particular emphasis on conlernporary sociological
ttse;krch on r e l i g l o ~ movements
~s
and instllultnns In Amerlcan soclely.
362 Statistical Analysis
The first course in a two-course sequence introduces quantitative analysis. The fundamentals of descriptive and inferential statistics for the social
sciences. Designed specifically for sociology and political science majors,
but recommended for others neccling a I~ackg~'orlnd
for social science.
(Prereq.: working knowledge of h i g l ~
scllotll algebra arlcl consent or llle instructor. Fall)
363 Research Methods
This second course exposes students to the skills involved in research design and measurement techniques. The practice of social research is
learned through class activities and individual projects. Focus on learning
usable skills. To be taken immediately after 362. (Prereq.: 362 or consent
of instructor. Spring)
365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
l o ~ r s ~ r n iovcrvlew
cr
of melhods nforgazilzing, comparlng and interpreting
quanlita tlve lnfonnatlo~l.Use of data-processing rquipment lor statisttcal
analysis. Dvcrvlcw or commonly -user1 rcsearclr mctltods, especially expcxirncntrll designs arrd appllcat~onsl o proqranl evaluations. Desiqncd for
social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring)
373 Crime and Corrections
An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention is focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency,
and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121)
375 Social Psychology
An examination ol the Idea oT"gsoup." its relatlonshlp to tndlvldual behaviol' and society. A n analysis of the Ideas 01 "self" and "identity" and
wtral part they play In underslantllng Interpersonal relations and human
behavior. A sociological view of mental health, A look at the major assumplions and processes i~tiderlyinysilr everyclay lire - a Innlc at [he trivlal. (lie ordlna~yand the lake~vfor-granlecl,"Sytnbollc interaction," an 1111Ilortalll olienlallon In social psychology, wlll l x used as a way of deallng
with the tnajor lssucs In [tie caursc. (I'rcreq,: 121 and PSY 105.juni01 or
senior studcrlts only)
381 The City and Metro-UrbanPlanning
The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confronting the
present and future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on alternative theories and approaches to shaping the future metropolis. Current
developments in the Twin Cities region will be compared and contrasted
to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resources
include extensive readings, simulations, films, and outside speakers in a
seminar format. (Prereq.: 111or 1 2 1or consent of instructor. Spring)
399 Internship
Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
485 Modem Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 1 2 1or consent of instructor. Fall)
498 Independent Study
- Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources
available in the metropolitan community, e.g, lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course,
supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.:
1
1
1or 1 2 1and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer)
499 Independent Study
Studcnt nil~stpresent written proposal cantalning rationale, objectives
and methodorogy or the p~oposedstudy according to department guidelines. (l'rcrcq.: 121 and conscnl ol Instrur~or.Fall, Interim, Spring)
Speech/Communication
and Theatre Arts
Department (SPC)
Communication
Communication technology vastly increases our ability to influence human thought and behavior. While these powers are often used to deceive
and exploit, they can be used to liberate, enoble, and to enhance life.
Speech, communication, and theatre arts at Augsburg are humane studies
designed to promote sensitivityand wisdom in the use of communication,
since true communication aims to foster informed, responsible choice and
shared understanding.
The primary aim of the department is to help students to communicate effectively through both speaking and writing. The courses are designed (1)
to promote the intellectual disciplines required for research, exposition,
and argument: (2)to develop writing and speaking skills: (3)to build confidence, creativity, and ethical sensitivity: and (4)to provide a wide variety
of realistic communication experience.
Communication careers call for a broad liberal education, so the communication mqjor at Augsburg stresses the studies of logic, psychology, sociology, literature, writing, and public speaking. For breadth we recommend
double mqjors, and for practical experience we recommend participation
in co-curricularcommunication activities throughout the college years, climaxing in internships under professional supervision.
This mqjor is also used as preparation for other fields, such as religion,
politics, and law. The speech mqjor is designed to prepare students for
teaching in the secondary schools.
Theatre Arts
Theatre is not primarily an extra-curricular activity nor is it merely entertainment. As a laboratory that uses all of the liberal arts, theatre enhances
a liberal education. By reliving how other people throughout history were
thinking, feeling and struggling, actors have a greater understanding of
their own humanitv. Theatre enables students to ex~eriencethe beauty,
mystery, and ambi$uity of life.
Minneapolis-St.Paul is an ideal place to study theatre, because it is one of
the major theatre centers in the United States. Augsburg students expand
their knowledge of theatre not only by attending, but also by working in
the professional and community theatres of the Twin Cities. Our theatre
faculty has professional experience which enables them to provide realistic guidance to students.
The Augsburg program provides three possible emphases-acting, directing, and design-but encourages students to participate in all aspects of
theatre production. While the program is primarily designed to prepare
students for educational theatre, graduates go into many other fields,
such as professional theatre, television, film, advertising, business, and religion.
-
-
-
-
-
Speech. Communication and Theatre Arts Faculty:
Julie Bolton (Chairperson), Mark Arnbroz, Raymond Anderson, Judith
Kirk, Gary Parker
Honors Major: GPA of3.25in the major, 3.0overall, two independent
study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in a t
least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in
field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year.
Communication
Prospective mqjors should contact the department as early a s possible to
work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen
should take 111,PSY 105,SOC 121 or 241.
Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342,351 o r 352,
354,399and EMG 223 or 225 or 226 or 227,and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and typing. Supporting courses
required but not counting toward the major: 111;PHI 130;PSY 105;
SOC 121 or 336,375.
Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department.
Speech Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,
354,360:Participation in forensics, and a
241 or 343,350,351,352,
minor in English. Recommended: 366,courses in theater, participa-
tion in drama.
Speech Minor For Teaching Licensure: 111 and six of the followand participation in forensics.
ing: 241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360
Note: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may
specialize in any of three majors: speech, theatre arts, and speechtheatre arts. Any of these must be combined with a t least an English
minor, preferably a major. The communication major or minor does
not qualify one for teaching speech. Consult with the Department of
Education for requirements in Education. 116 is strongly recommended for students in elementary education.
111 Beginning Speech
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening.
132 Photography
(See under Department of Art)
199 Internship
Internship for lower division cre it.
227 Advanced Writing: Journalism
(See under Department of English)
225.330 Visual Communications I, 11
(See under Department of Art)
2 4 1 Introduction to Cinema Art
(See under Department of English)
242 Film-Making
(See under Department of Art)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
342 Mass Communications in Society
(See under Department of Political Science) Junior and Senior students
only.
343 Radio-TelevisionProduction
An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's
role; emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and
lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10. Not offered 1986-87)
350 Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating,
articulating, and listening: introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall)
351 Argumentation
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall)
352 Persuasion
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring)
353 Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertlslng and promotlon a s important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.:
Junior, Senior. Communication major or cnlisent of instrt~ctor.Spring)
354 Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages: emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to
overcome communication barriers.
373 Organizational Psychology
(See under Department of Psychology)
399 Internship
(Consult the Department Chairperson for details.)
495 lndependent Study In Communication
Selected tooics in soeech and communication. with e m ~ h a s i on
s the use
of primary sources and methodology of research.
499 Independent Study
lndependent study for upper division credit.
Theatre
Mqjors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen
planning to mqjor in theatre arts should begin with courses 111,116,232
and 228.111 is not part of the mqjor.
Theatre Arts Mqjor: 10 courses, plus 111. This major should be sup-
ported by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and
Modem Drama or Scandinavian Drama.
A. Acting Emphasis: 116, 228, 232, 343, 350, 360, 361, 366, ad-
vanced acting, and the children's theatre interim. Strongly recommended: courses in movement, dance, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6
units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship.
8. Directing Emphasis: 116, 228, 229,232,350, 360,361,366,
367, plus advanced acting and the children's theatre interim. Courses
strongly recommended: courses in movement, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 in
stage management, and 1internship.
C. Design Emphasis: 228,229,361,366,428,429,plus 2 courses
in Art. Strongly recommended: courses in cinema art and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5
units in crew work, 2 in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in assistant design, 1in design, and 1 internship.
Theatre Arts Minor: 5 courses including 228,232,360,361,366.
Theatre Arts Mqjor For Teaching Licensure: 1 0 courses, including 111,116,228,229,232,241 or 343,350,360,361,366, the experience requirement specified for theater arts majors, and a minor in
English.
Theatre Arts Minor For Teaching Licensure: courses 111, 228,
232,361,366; one ofthe following: 241,343,350; and participation in
dramatic productions.
Speech-TheatreArts Major For Teaching Licensure: 12 courses,
111,228,229,232,241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360,361,366;
participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater,
broadcasting); and a minor in English.
1 1 6 Creative Dramatics
A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts,
the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theatre,
school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall)
1 9 9 Internship
Internship for lower division credit.
2 2 8 Technical Production I
An introduction to the backstage world of the theatre: its organization,
crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theatre tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or
sophomore years. (Lab fee. Alternate years, Fall)
229 Stage Design I
Introduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer
(drafting,drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all
students. Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Alternate
years, Spring)
232 Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
299 Directed Study
Independent study for lower division credit.
360 Interpretative Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading
prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall)
361 Theatre History and Criticism
Overview of theatre history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theatre productions, Introduction to theories of drama,
dramatic production, and dramatic criticism. (Spring)
366 Stage Direction I
Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals
and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a
one-act play. Upper division students only. (Spring)
367 Stage Direction I1
In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic,
experimental, mkrsical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a
longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor. Spring)
399 Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
4 2 8 Technical Production 11
Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee. Alternate years, Fall)
429 Stage Design 11
Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring)
432 Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through character
analysis and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from
the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration
Comedy, Realism and Ron-Realism, Epic and the Absurd.
499 Independent Study in Drama
Individual projects in oral interpretation and theatre.
Transdisciplinary Major
Students wishing to develop their own mqjor by combining appropriate
portions of two mqjors may consider the Transdisciplinary Mqjor. The
Transdisciplinary Mqjor enables students to respond to a particular career
interest. While such an individually developed mqjor may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad mqjors may not be suitable for those
wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some
academic fields.
Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Mqjor are to observe the following:
A. The mqjor program should include at least two-thirds of the courses re-
quired in the normal mqjor programs of two mqjor fields offered at the college:
6. The student should design and sign a contract for such a mqjor prior
to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in
the Office of the Registrar).
C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the
Faculty Committee on Student Standing.
Women's and
Minority Studies (INS)
Faculty:
Priscilla Buffalohead, Grace Dyrud, Ronald Libertus, Winston Minor, James
Porter, Bonnie Wallace
The Women's and Minority Studies Program consists of several interdisciplinary courses which fill the Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies requirement. There are courses in several other departments which also focus on women and which also fulfill that requirement.
Although no mqjor or minor is offered, there is a certificate program in
women's studies.
Certificate in Women's Studies: Individually planned program
with a minimum of 6 courses oriented towards women's perspectives:
3 courses from the social sciences (including history); 1-2 courses
from humanities (literature, religion, art, music, philosophy); 1-2
other courses such a s biology, trans- or inter-disciplinary courses, independent study, directed study, etc. Courses may be taken from the
ACTC colleges a s well a s Augsburg. See Winston Minor or Bonnie Wallace for further details. See also WWAS under Metro-Urban Studies
No. IV.
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under Department of History)
231 Rellglon in Afrfcan-AmedcanHlstory
An examination of selected topics 1 elated to the black experience, e.g. Afr i ~ a nbaclqrounds, religion utldcr slavery, evangelicalism. Meets one reliqlnn requirement or thc IJrhan Concerns, Women's and Minority Studies
requirement.
232 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-AmericanStudies
An interdisciplinary course providing an overvtew of Lhe major Issues related to the Black experience in terms of Lhe Family, education, religion,
art, economics and politics. It is designed lo heighlen the student's consciousness regarding the African rrtcntinns in Rlaclc culture, Lhe evolution
of Black culture and the impact of K l d ~ l ccuILurc on Ainerican society.
233 Womtnr Across-Culturat Perspective
'I his course will examinc a varirty ot issues concemlng the biological. evolr~tinnaryand historical orlglns olwnmen's roles and status In human society, Emphasis will be placed on Lhe cornparalive roles o l women in difrerent cultures. This camllarison will inclllde such Morth Amerlcan models
as 111~Nava-]~,OJiI>wc,
and Iroquois. Arrican modcIs such as the Pygmies
and other trlbal gmups, and the peasan1 soclelies oC eastem Europe, Mexico, and the 1nlclr2leEasl and rural China. Offered periodically through
C1iR ancl the Ainerican Indian Program olflce.
260 ContemporaryAmerican Indians
The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and erlucation. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions anlong selected lndlan Lrlbcs today.
265 Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from
women's J o ~ ~ r n a lspeeches.
s,
articles, short stories. poems. pla s and
ollwr aeslliclic rres tions, the class will collectively assess the pos8ion of
black and white wornen In American culture From the founcling of Ll?e cob
ortles t o Lhc present. Cnntribuiions b y Indlan women, Chicanasand other
"i~wisibIc"women rninoritics will he inclr~cted.
'ma
: Caley
say iIn
Augsburg College
Board o f R e g e n t s
The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration
date of current term.
Chair
Donald R. Grangaard
Secretary:
Charles W. Amason
Vice Chair:
The Reverend Hams W. Lee
Treasurer:
Darrell J. Egertson
The Hon. Pamela Q. Alexander (1990)
Judge, Municipal Court, Minneapolis, MN
Charles W. Amason. J.D. (1988)
Attorney, Head and Truhn, Minneapolis, MN
Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1990)
Vice President for Medical Care, Hospital Corp. of America,
Nashville, TN
w e l l Bergh (1990)
President, Borton Volvo, Inc., Minneapolis, MN
Nancy Bottemiller (1992)
Homemaker, Wadena, MN 56482
Rodney P. Bunvell(1988)
Chairman, Xerxes Corporation, Minneapolis, MN
H. David Dalquist, I11 (1990)
President, Northland Aluminum Products, Inc., St. Louis Park, MN
Darrell J. Egertson (1988)
Executive Vice President of Corporate Development, Apache Corp.,
Minneapolis, MN
Julian P. Foss (1990)
Retired Businessman, Mesa, AZ
Donald R. Grangaard, J.D. (1990)
First Bank System, Inc., Minneapolis, M N
Richard R. Green (1992)
Superintendent, Minneapolis Public Schools, Minneapolis, MN
Raymond A. arinde (1990)
Partner, Klohn Design, Inc., St. Paul, M N
Carolyn T. Groves (1990)
Administrator, S. J. Groves and Sons Company, Minneapolis, MN
Elling B. Halvorson (1990)
Chairman of the Board, Halvorson Osbome Construction Co.,
Kirkland, WA
Lawrence 0. Hauge (1988)
Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, MN
Catherine E. Johnson (1990)
Homemaker, Minneapolis, MN
George 0. Johnson. Ph.D. (1990)
Associate Professor & Director, Hospital & Health Care Admin.,
Minneapolis, MN
Harris W. Lee, D. Min. (1988)
Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd,
Minneapolis, M N
Mr. Gary H. Lohn (1988)
Control Data Business Advisors, ~ a n k a t oMN
,
Mildred I. Mueller, Ph.D. (1990)
Director of Education Statistics, MN Dept, of Education, St. Paul, MN
Mr. Louls E. Navin (1990)
Vice President & Chief Financial and Administrative Officer, Honeywell,
Inc., Minneapolis, MN
Rev. Maynard L. Nelson (1990)
Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran Church, Minneapolis, MN
Ms. Roselyn J. Nordaune, J.D. (1988)
Partner, Nodland, Conn, Nordaune, & Perlman, St. Louis Park, MN
Mr. Howard E. Olson (1990)
Executive Director, Lyngblomsten Foundation, St. Paul, M N
Mr. Donald a. Oren (1988)
President, Dart Transit Company, St. Paul, M N
Mr. Harvey M. Peterson (1990)
President, Catco Company, St. Paul, MN
Mrs. Inez M. Schwarzkopf (1988)
Writer, Minneapolis, M N
Gladys I. Strommen (1990)
Homemaker, St. Paul, M N
Merton P. Strommen (1996)
Founder, Search Institute, Minneapolis, MN
Leland N. Sundet (1990)
Chairman 61 Chief Executive OWcer, Century Manufacturing Co.,
Bloomington, MN
David L. Swanson (1990)
Vice President, Grudem Brothers Co., St. Paul, MN
Stanley W. Thiele (1992)
Senior Vice President, Administrative Services, 3M, St. Paul, MN
William A. Urseth (1992)
Chief Executive Officer, U.S. Communications, Minneapolis, MN
Board for College and
University Services
The ~merican
Lutheran Church
David L. A n d e r s o n , Minneapolis,
Minnesota
R o b e r t B o r g w a r d t . Madison,
Wisconsin
Sylvia B o s s e , Saginaw, Michigan
Erwin H. G o l d e n s t e i n , Lincoln,
Nebraska
Marilyn H e m s t a d . Olympia,
Washington
D o r i s H o l m a n , Los Angeles, California
G u s t a v K o p k a , Jr., East Lansing,
Michigan
H a m l e t P e t e r s o n , Rochester,
Minnesota
R u t h Vogel, Seguin, Texas
Administration
-
OFRce of the President
..........................................................................
Charles S. Anderson
..........................
Carolyn S. Magnuson
.....................
.
.
.................................................
David T. Wold
...........................................
A n C. 0,Halvorson
President
Executive Secretary t o t h e President
College Pastor
Director of Church Relations
Academic AfFairs
....
............................
Vice President for Academic Affairs a n d Dean of t h e College
Ryan A. LaHurd
Lois M. Nielsen
Executive Secretary t o t h e Academic Dean
Associate Dean of t h e College a n d Director of Special
,
cia A. Parker
Programs
Director, Weeltend Co!lege
Richard J. Thoni
Sharon A. Stein
Operations Manager, Weekend College
Registrar
J o h n A. Hill
Donna D. McLean
Assistant Registrar
R a l p h W, Balley
Recorder
Frlstitulional Research Analyst
Robert W,Clyde
Hcatl Llbrilrlan
M a r g a r e t Anderson
Brian P. Hackney
Director, Aadio.VTgua1 Center
W. Willston Minor
Minority Cnarclinator (Black Student Affairs)
Minority Coordinator (American Indian Support Program)
Bonnie A. Wallace
Donald R. Gustafson
Interim Director
Director, Internatkana1Programs
Mary A Kingsley
Bradley P. Holt
Internatio~islStudent Adviser
Norman C. Noonan
Director, Faculty Development
Director, Cooperative Education
G a n y W. Hesser
......................
.........,......,..
...................................................
........................
.
.......
..............................................
................................................................
.............,,.,,.............,.,,,.........
..................................................
.....................................
.................................................
..........................
....
...................................................
.........................................
.....................
.
.
.
......................
............................................
..............................................
Development and College Relations
...........J e a n n e L. Narum
.......................... Curtis J. Tilleraas
......................................................
T h o m a s I. Benson
...................
......
......................Jeroy C. Carlson
......................Victoria J, Hoshal
.................................~+... . . . .Douglas J. A d a m
................... .............Jeffrey Swenson
............................................Mary A d a m s Forsberg
........................
..........................................
Kay 1. Cady
........................
Morgan K. Brooke
.......................
.
.
.
........J o h n Bruemmer
Vice President for Development a n d College Relations
Executive Secretary t o t h e Vice President
Director, Planned Giving
Senior Development Officer
Director, Corporate a n d Foundation Relations
Development Officer
.,
Director, Alumni/Parent Relations
Director, College Relations
Director, Publications
Publication Specialist
Development Officer/Annual Fund
Finance and Management
.......................
.......................................................
........
.............................................................
................................................................
............................................................................
.......................
.......................................................
..................................
..............................................
..............................................
......................................
...........................................................
.................................................................
Vice President for Finance and Management
Wayne D. Pederson
Executive Secretary to the Vice President
Assistant Vice President for Student Financial Services
Herald A. Johnson
Financial Aid Counselor
Karen D. Plom
Director, Personnel
Sandra Jacobson
Controller
Laurie J. Johnson
Director, Administrative Computer Center
Daniel R. Cruikshank
Manager, College Center
Mildred A. Nelson
Manager, central Services
Charles E. Christopherson
Director, PurchasindBook Store
Robert P. Gores
Director, SAGA ( ~ o g Services)
d
Robert Ollerman
Director, Plant Services
James Weninger
Supervisor, Maintenance
Robin A. Curtis
Manager, Ice Arena
J a m e s J. Carey
Student Affairs and Admissions
..........
..........................
.......................
.
.
........................
.................
.............................................
..............
.......................
...........................
.......................................
.....................................................
...................
.......
............
..........................................
.................
...... ....................
..............................................
........................................
...................................................................
Vice President of Student AtTairs and Dean of Students
William R. Rosser
Executive Secretary to the Vice President
Dorothy M. Gauger
Associate Dean of Students
James B. Grubs
Co-directors, Counseling
Nancy G. Medcraft, Joan W. Slater
- Services
Director, Academic Enrichment
Donald M. Warren
Director, Career Plannina and Placement
Tina M. Waaner
Coordinator, OfFcampu&tudent Employment
.Lois A. Olson
Director, Student Life and Housing
Linda K. Schrempp-Alberg
Director, Student Activities
L i s a L. Woodruff
Coordinator, Urness Tower
Ava J. Young
Coordinator, Mortensen Tower
Sue J. Hohenstein
Director, Admissions
.....
C a r o l A. Stack
Assistant Director, Admissions
Eric L. Anderson
Assistant Director, Admissions
Scott C. Stensrud
Assistant Director, Admissions
Jeannette M. Wittmer
Admissions Recruiter
Sally Daniels
-
Emeriti
Oscar A. Anderson President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College: B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Courtland Agre Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ernest W. Anderson Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education.
Valeria Baltina Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magister d e r
Philosophia, University of Latvia.
Carl Chdslock Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
L. Gracia Christensen Assistant Professor Emerita of English.
Ailene Cole Professor of Theatre Arts/Speech. B.A., G u s t a w s Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
K. Berner Dahlen Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.S. University of
Minnesota.
Edgar E. Eklof Emeritus of Music. M.M. Manhattan Music School.
Theodore J. Hanwlck Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University.
Katherine Hennig Artist in Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Einar 0. Johnson Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of
Washington.
Bernhardt J. Kleven Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Lorraine K. Livingston Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University
of Minnesota.
Martha J. Mattson Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Fdor C. Nelson Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Anne Pederson Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
LaVonne J. Peterson Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical
Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Martin Quanbeck Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College:
D. Mus., Lakeland College.
Paul T. Steen Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joel S. Torstenson Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Teaching
Faculty
,.
Correct as of April 30,1986.
(beginning year of service on faculty in parenthesis)
Charles S. Anderson (1976).President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University o f Wisconsin; B,Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New
York.
Ryan A. LaHurd (1985).Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean o f the College.
B.A., Mt. Carmel College: M.A., University o f Chicago; Ph.D., University o f WisconsinMadison.
Ruth L. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A..
Middlebury College: Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Lori J. Abrams (1985). Assistant Professor, part-time, Speech, Weekend College. B.A., University
of California, Santa Barbara; M.A., Speech Communication, University of Minnesota.
Robert W. Adney (1979). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Roger E. Allerson (1981). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B.,
University of Minnesota.
b r l R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College:
M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Mark T. Ambroz (1986). Lecturer, part-time, and Theater Arts. B.A., University o f Minnesota, Duluth.
Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University.
Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of English. B.A.,
Morthwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Instructor, part-time, Art. A.B., Oberlin College.
Margaret J. Anderson (1967). Associate Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson (1949). Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.S., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Lucie Arbuthnot (1986). Lecturer in Interdisciplinary Studies, part-time, Weekend College. B.A.,
Connecticut College For Women; M.A., University of Chicago; M.A., New York University.
Marjorie Audette (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Nursing. 6,s.. Marquette University: M.A., University
of Iowa.
.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Deborah Bart (1980). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Weekend College. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Catherine Bakken (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., University of North Dakota; M.A., United Theological Seminary; M. Div., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Joe Bash (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion, Weekend College.
John E. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological
Seminary: M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
James E. Billings (1970). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, B.A., Michigan State University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Blaha (1983). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Vern M. Bloom (1971). Director of CHR Program and College of the 3rd Age. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Lynn Bollman (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Northern Colorado: M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton (1975). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Speech, Communication and Theater. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
David W. Boots (1982). Instructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Richard Borstad (1977). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Health and Physical
Education. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael Brand (1979). Studio Artistprumpet, part-time. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
James E. Brown (1985). ACTC part-time lnstructor in Russian. B.S.. University of Michigan; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Maria Brown (1980). Assistant Professor in Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota. (Part-time internship, 1986-87)
Laine Bryce (1978). Studio Artist/Bassoon, part-time. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Lecturer, part-time, CHR Program and Women's and Minority
Studies. B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Diane F. Busico (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S.,
Youngstown State University; M.B.A,, Kent State University.
C.
John Cerrito (1983). Assistant Professor in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., Rhode
Island College; MS., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Francine Chakolis (1983). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College:
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
RosalieV. Clark (1979). Assistant Professor, part-time, Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
James Cleary (1986) Lecturer, part-time, Psychology, Weekend College. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire: M.A., Ph.D., Western Michigan University.
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Institutional Research Analyst. B.A.,
Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
John Cosgrove (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend
College. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Larry Crockett (1985). Assistant Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific
Lutheran University: M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary.
Wayne A. Dalton (1984). Studio Artistpoice, part-time. B.A., University of Redlands; M. Th., Ph.D.,
School of Theology at Claremont.
Beverly C. Durkee (1965). Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A.,
University of Minnesota: Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Grace 6. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D. University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Physics. B.A.,
Luther College: M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College: MS., Michigan State
University: Ph.D., Colorado State University.
-
-
-
-
-
Sheldon P. Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D.,
Northwestern University.
Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College: M.S., Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin.
Larry L. Fleming (1979). Associate Professor of Music. B.M., Concordia College: M.A., M.B.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Marilyn Pearson Florian (1980), Instructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., St. Cloud State University.
Henry G. Follingstad (1962). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.E.E., M.S.,
University of Minnesota.
Stephanie C. Franz (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Physics, Weekend College. LA,, Augsburg College:
M.S., University of Minnesota.
Robert Mederichsen (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel College: M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Jeny Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College: M.A., Ph.D., University
o f Chicago.
Thomas G. Gilkey (1979). Assistant Professor of Music. B,M., DePauw University,
Orloue N. Gisselquist (1956). Associate Professor, part-time, History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Gerald Glatzmaier (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A., St.
Cloud State University; M.A., University of Minnesota: M.A., Northeastern University.
Joseph R. Goldman (1986). Visiting Assistant Professor of Political Science. B,A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota: Ph.D. University of Kansas.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Joan L. Griffin (1986). Assistant Professor of English. A.B., Washington University: M.A., Ph.D.,
Harvard University.
Satya P. Gupta (1976). Associate Professor o f Business Administration and Economics, B.S., M.S,,
Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History, Interim Director. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1974). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Brian P. Hackney (1983). Assistant Professor, Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., University of
Wisconsin-Eau Claire: M.A., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
C. Lea Ha11 (1986). Visiting Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A.. Macalester College: M.M.T., Antioch-New England Graduate School: M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Paul P. Halvorson (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., The American University.
Leif E, Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Concordia College, Moor
head; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Jay Hanson (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. BOA.,University of Minnesota; M. Div. Virginia Theological Seminary.
Nilda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. (Part-time leave, 1986-87)
Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College: M.S., Ph.D., University o f
Nebraska.
Edwina L. Hertzberg (1977). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Richard C. Herzog (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S.,
Washington University; M.B.A., St. Louis University.
Garry W. Hesser (1977). ksodnte Prnressor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies, Director of Cooperative Edl~catlonFmgram, R.A.. Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Fotre Dame. (On leave Interim and Spring, 1987)
Paul T. Hirdman (1985). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Psychology. A.A.,
WaldorfJunior College: B.A., Augsburg College; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of North Dakota.
Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University
of Iowa.
Bradley P. Holt (1981). Associate Professor of Religion and International Student Adviser. B.A.,
Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University.
John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. (On leave 1986-87)
Khin Khin Jensen (1955-56,1959). Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian
Studies. B.A.. Rangoon University, Burma: M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Barbara E. D. Johnson (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.S., University of Minnesota.
Carla Johnson (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Philosophy. B.A., Bethel College.
Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron College;
B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E.,South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
James D. Johnson (1969). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; MS., Juilliard School of Music.
Mary E. Johnson (1962). Associate Professor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., Smith College;
M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Business Administration
and Economics. B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt: M.B.A., University of Michigan.
Jane Kammerman (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A., University of California: J.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert Karldn (1973). Professor and Department Chairperson of Music. B.M., New England Conservatoly: M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Foreign Languages,
and Director of International Programs. B,A., St. Olaf College: M.A., Middlebury College.
Judith A. Kirk (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Speech, Communication, Theater. B.S., Indiana University.
Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Studio ArtistIOboe, part-time. B.A., Augsburg College.
Alvin L. IUoppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana
College: M.A., University of South Dakota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College: M.A., University of Minnesota.
Angela Wyatt Kretschmar (1981). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.A., St. Olaf College.
Edith V. Kromer (1983). Librarian, part-time, Weekend College. B.A., Hamline University: M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Roy H. LaFayette (1972). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B.,
University of Minnesota.
R. McFall Lamm. Jr. (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A.,
M.A., North Carolina State University: Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University.
Roberta K. Lammers (1975). Associate Professor of Biology. B.S., lowa State University: MS..
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Nicholas A. Lenz (1980). Studio Artistpoice, part-time. B.A., Southwest State University: M.F.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Ronald 1. Libertus (1985). Lecturer, part-time, CHR Program and Women and Minority Studies.
B.A., University of Minnesota: M.A., Windham College.
Cynthia Dunbar Lohman (1985). Studio Artistpoice, part-time. B.A., M.M., University o f Minnesota.
Paul W. Lohman (1981). Director o f Chorale, part-time. B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A., University
of Minnesota.
Steven Lund (1983). Studio Artistprombone, part-time. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Lecturer, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Smith College; M.A.,
Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies: Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
M.
Richard S. Marken (1974). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of California, Los
Angeles: Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara. (On leave 1986-87)
Karen M. Mateer (1984). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South Dakota: M.A.,
University of lowa.
Jerie McArthur (1983), Instructor in Speech, Weekend College. B.A., Macalester College: M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Dan McNamara (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. BSIE, University of Dayton: M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Marie 0. McNeff (1968). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Me.
braska.
Roberta Kagin Metzler (1974).Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; 8. Music Ed., M.
Music Ed., University of Kansas. (On leave Fall 1986 and Interim 1987)
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., University of Minnesota.
Kathryn S. Mlckelson (1985). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Music. B.S., Augsburg College; M.M.T.,
Southern Methodist University.
Jan Miner (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Speech/Communication, Weekend College. B.A., Lycoming
College; M.A., Bowling Green State University.
Winston Minor (1983). Minority Coordinator (Black Student Affairs). B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
John R. Mitchell (1968).Associate Professor of English. B.A., Malyville College: M.A., University o f
Tennessee.
Thomas Morgan (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. BS., Juniata College; M.B.A,, University of Denver; MS., University of Oregon.
Elizabeth Proctor Murphy (1984). Studio Artist/Cello, part-time. B.A., Cleveland Institute of Music.
Gordon L. Nelson (1967). Professor and Department Chairperson of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson (1968).Professor and Department Chairperson of History. B.A., University of
Nebraska: M.A. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Christie Nicholl(1973).Associate Professor, part-time, English. B.A., Hope College;
M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly J, Nilsson (1977).Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Nursing B.Sl.,
M.S., University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science, Director of Faculty Development. B.A.,
University of Pennsylvania: M,A., Ph.D., Indiana University,
Patricia Nortwen (1985). Studio Artistpiano, part-time. B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mohammed Nouri (1982). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. Diplome, Ecole Centrale de Paris: M.S., University of Minnesota.
-
Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio Artistpiano, part-time. B.A., Hamline University.
Sandra L. Olmsted (1979). Instructor in Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College: MS., University of
Wisconsin-Madison.
Trudi A. Osnes (1984).Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Education. B.A., Anderson College; M.S., City University of New York; Ed.D., Ball State University.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; 8. Div., Bethel Seminary;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Gary A. Parker (1983). Instructor in Speech, Communication and Theater. B.A., M.A., University of
California-Davis.
Marlene J. Pauley (1983). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B,A., St. Olaf College: M.M., Michigan
State University.
Lauretta E. Pelton (1970).Associate Professor, part-time, Education. B.A., Briar Cliff College:
M.Ed., Marquette University.
Paul render (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. B.A., M.B.A,,
University of Wisconsin.
Douglas D. Perry (1976).Assistant Professor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Curtis Peter (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Wartburg College: M. Div., WartburgTheological Seminaty.
Noel J. Petit (1984). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College:
M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education and Director of Women's
Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.M., University o f Minnesota.
Diane L. Pike (1981). Assistant Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College: Ph.D., Yale Universi ty.
Stephen H. Pinsky (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College:
B.H.L., M.H.L., Hebrew Union College.
Richard A. Ploetz (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend
College. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Colorado State University.
Shirley Polejewski (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. B.S.,
College of Great Falls: M.A.C., Utah State: Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Craig L. Polsfuss (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., U.S. International University: M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
James Porter (1980). Visiting Lecturer in Religion. B.A., University of Missouri-Kansas City: M.A,T.,
Converse College: B.Th., B. Div., Teamer, Religious and Educational Enterprises, Inc.: Hon. L.L.D.,
Cuyahoga College.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chairperson (Fall 1986) of Religion. B.A.,
Augsburg College: B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminaty: M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. (On leave Interim and Spring 1987)
Larry C. Ragland (1985). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College: Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin.
Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College: M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University
of Rhode Island: Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Pauline Sateren (1974). Lecturer, part-time, Music Education. B.A., Northwestern College:
M.M.M., University of Colorado.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor o f Health and Physical Education and Director o f
Men's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mark T. Schelske (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Education. B.A., Carleton University; M.A., College
of St. Thomas; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Milo A. Schield (1985). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Iowa
State University: M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University.
Majorie H. Sibley (1961). Associate Professor, Librarian, part-time. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Eugene M. Skibbe (1964). Professor and Department Chairperson (Interim and Spring 1987) of
Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College: B.Th., Luther Theological Seminaty; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Dana W. Skoglund (1978). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time. B.M., Augsburg College.
Emma W. Small (1978). Studio ArtistJVoice, part-time. B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music.
Stanley H. Solnick (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.A.,
M.B.A., University of Northern Colorado.
Paul G. Sonnack (1954). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; C.T., B.Th., Augsburg Seminary; M.A., University of Chicago.
Donald 6.Steinmetz (1968).Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Myles Stenshoel(1965).Professor and Department Chairperson of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead: Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend
College. B.S., MS., Long Island University.
Daniel Sturm (1979). Studio Artist/Classical Guitar. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Grace 6. Sulerud (1966).Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College: M.A., University
of Minnesota.
Ralph L. Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead: MS., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Kathryn Swanson (1985).Assistant Professor of English. B.A,, St. Olaf College: M.A,, University of
Minnesota.
Philip J. Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chairperson of Art, B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead: M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Neal 0. Thorpe (1967). Professor and Department Chairperson of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College:
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
David Tubergen (1980). Assistant Professor, part-time, Music. B.A., Hope College: M.M., Yale University: Ph.D., New York Universlty.
Donald N. Warren (1978). Lecturer, part-time, lntro to Liberal Arts. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Charles R. Williams (1984). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Social Work. B.A., North Carolina Central
University: M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Nary Louise Williams (1978: 1984). Instructor and Department Chairperson of Social Work.
B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania.
Dorothy J. Williamson (1970). Instructor, part-time, Art Education. B.A., Asbury College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Mary E. Wilson (1969). Studio Artist/Flute, part-time. B.A., B.M., Nacalester College.
Helen A. Woelfel (1978).Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University: M.S., Marquette
University.
Academic
Calendar
FALL 1986
.................................................M. Sep 1
................................................Sa. Sep 6
........................................ S u Sep 7
............................................................
M. Sep 8
Labor Day recess
Upperclass validation
Freshmen registration
Classes begin
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
or move upperflower division course
to upper division
Mid-term break
Last day to designate grading option
or move upperflower division course
to lower division
Interim registration
Spring term pre-registration
Last day to withdraw from a class
Thanksgivingrecess begins
Classes resume
Classes end
.................................F.
Final examinations begin
Final examinations end
Flnal grades due and
lncompletes due from spring
and summer '86
..................... ...................F. Sep 19
.................
....... . . . ...................F. Oct 24
.
........................................... F.Oct 31
...................................................M. Nov 3 .F. Nov 7
...................................M. Nov 17 .F. Dec 5
........................... .F.Nov 21
.......................................Th. Nov 27
....................
.
............................M. Dec 1
....................
.
.
.
Dec 12
..........................................M. Dec 15
.........................................Th. Dec 18
.................................................M. Dec 29
Interim 1987
............................................................
Classes begin
M. Jan 5
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
or move upperflower division course to
.................Jan
... 6
upper division
Last day to designate grading option
or move upperflower division course to
lower division
M. Jan 19
Last day to withdraw from a class
W. Jan 21
Classes end
F. Jan 30
Interim grades due
F. Feb 6
....................................
.....................................................
..............................
...............................................................
...................................................
Spring 1987
....Tu.Feb 3
....................... .
.
.
.
........................................................... W. Feb 4
Validation of registration
Classes begin
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
or move upperllower division course to
upper division
Mid-term break begins
Classes resume
Last day to designate grading option
car move upperllower division course to
lower division
Easter break begins
Classes resume
Last day to withdraw from a class
Early registration for fall
Classes end
Final examinations begin
Final examinations end
Baccalaureate
Commencement
Final grades due and
lncompletes due from
fa11 '86and Interim '87
................................................. ....Tu.Feb 17
.................
S a. Mar 21
.................................................... M. Mar 30
.................................................... F. Apr 3
...................... .....................F. Apr 17
........ .,....,........,.M Apr 20
........................
.
..............................F. Apr 24
.....
.......M. Apr 2 7F. May
....................
.
.
.
- 8
...........................
...........
J.
May 15
...................
.
.
.................M. May 18
......................................... . T h May 21
............................................... Su. May 24
................... .
.
.
.
..
W. May 27
Summer School 1987
.......................................................................M. Jun IT.Jun 26
........................... .
....................................M. Jun 29.F. Aug 7
Term 1
Term 11
Upperclass validation
and Freshmen registration
Classesbegin
Labor Day recess
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
or move upperllower division course to
to upper division
Mid-term break
Last day to designate grading option
or move u .~ ~. e.r l l o wdivision
er
course to
lower division
Interim registration
Spring term pre-registration
Last day to withdraw from a class
Thanksgiving recess begins
Classes resume
Classes end
Final examinations begin
Final examinations end
Final grades due and
Incompletes due from spring
and summer '87
.....................................Tu.Sep 1
....................
.
............................ ..W. Sep 2
.......................................................M. Sep 7
.................................................W.Sep 16
................................... .............F. Oct 23
.....................................................F. Oct 30
.......................................... M. Nov 2 .F. Nov 6
................................... .M.Nov 16 .F. Dec 4
..............................W. Nov 25
......................................Th. Nov 26
.........................................................M. Nov30
...............................................................F. Dec 11
..........................................
M. Dec 1 4
.............................................Th. Dec 17
...........................................
M. Dec28
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
CATALOG
Augsburg College
731-21st Ave. So.
Minneapolis, Mn. 55454
332-5181
Dr. Donald Custafson, Interim Director
The Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is
particularly intended to be a time providing opportunities for both students an... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
CATALOG
Augsburg College
731-21st Ave. So.
Minneapolis, Mn. 55454
332-5181
Dr. Donald Custafson, Interim Director
The Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is
particularly intended to be a time providing opportunities for both students and
faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning, to investigate particular questions
and topics and to use urban and other off-campus resources in ways not possible
during the regular term.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at
least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of
full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer student enrolled full time for two
years is required t o complete one interim for graduation).
A student may not receive credit for more than two interims in the student's major
Also, only one interim course in religion may be applied to the three course
requirement in religious studies.
There are no tuition refunds for students who choose not t o enroll in an interim
course.
One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted
t o register for more than one course during the period.
(;RAI)IN(; AN]) COIJRSIE LISTI'
INGS
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students
generally have the option t o register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few interim courses
are graded only on the PIN system; this limitation is indicated in the course
description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim
courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering
for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and/or a more
rigorous grading standard.
OIBTIONS
June Interim
At least two interim courses will be offered in the June 1976 session of summer
school. An Augsburg student may register in a June interim course in lieu of the
January term with no additional tuition charge; however, students planning to elect
the June interim must register at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students
wishing to take the June interim in addition to the January one will be required to pay
regular summer course tuition.
Independent or Directed Study
Students may elect a program of either independent study (upper division) or
directed study (lower division) for the interim. Faculty members are strongly
discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed
study per interim. Students electing independent or directed study must:
1)
meet departmental requirements
2)
present at registration a written statement from the faculty member who
will direct the study
submit to the Interim director by December 1 a description of the intended
study, (topic, procedure, end result, and form of evaluation). Students not
submitting this information by December 1 will have their registration
cancelled.
Interims at Other Schools
3)
Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal
interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interim offerings can be consulted in the
Interim Center, Room 111 Memorial Hall. Registration for interims at the Twin City
colleges and at St. Olaf will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period.
Students interested in attending any other institution during the interim should consult
with the Interim Director or his secretary (Room 1 11, Memorial Hall).
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsburg College will accept students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January interim
without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge
tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not
include special fees charged in addition t o tuition. Other students will be charged
$310 for the interim course.
Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write t o the Interim
Director for appropriate application forms. These students are responsible for their
own housing and boarding arrangements, though requests for on-campus housing can
be made t o the office of the interim director.
CLASS MI%I%TIN(;S
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time.
I
I1
-
8:OO - 12:30
12:30 - 5:OO
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be
arranged the first day of class.
All Interim classes will meet the first and last class days of the interim. Classes
scheduled for Period I will meet the first day at 9:00 and classes scheduled for
Period I1 will meet the first day at 1:OO.
October 27-30
Interim Registration
January 5
First Day of Interim
Class I 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
January 6
Last day for cancelladd
January 9
Last day for determining grading system
January 23
Last day for canceling class
January 30
Interim ends
Check with the Interim Center (Memorial Hall # I l l , extension 470) or with the
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson (Memorial Hall #114, extension 475).
Instructor: Paul Rusten
Film-making I, Film-making I1
Film-making through practical lab experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and
structural elements of film. The making of a 16 mm sound film.
Lab Fee of $70.00.
Prerequisites: None for Film-making I.
NOTE: You must have taken Film-making I in order to
take Film-making 11.
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I
Room: East Hall
Life Drawing
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non art students. The media will include pencil,
contikrayon, ink, charcoal, pastel, chalk.
There will be a $10.00 per student model fee.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I
Room: Art Studio 6
The Arts of Spain
Instructor: Philip Thompson
A study of cross-cultural influences in art and architecture which appear to have blown into Spain on
the winds of political change and which were deposited as monuments to both Western and Eastern
civilization. El Greco, Velasquez and Goya reflect these influences and exert a personal freedom of
expression which is characteristically Spanish. Picasso, Miro, Gaudi and Dali are modern examples of
the Spanish artistic temperament nutured by centuries of "contradictoriety" via the country's great
wealth and extreme deprivation. Although Spain appears to be untouched by Modernism, its artists
have led revolutions in the arts.
The purpose of this interim in Spain is also to investigate great art collections which are housed in and
around Madrid, Burgos and Barcelona. Since Spanish art and architecture seem unaffected by the 20th
Century Avant-Garde and the electronic revolution, this would be a chance to step out of our psychedelic
cosmography into the perspective of the time in which the art of the Spanish past was created.
Cost will be approximately $895.00. PIN grading.
Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor; Register with Director of International Programs, Memorial Hall 125.
Distribution: Humanities
Scientific Racism
Instructors: Johnny Bland, Roberta Lammers
What is the biological definition o f race? What do biologists say about the evolution o f races? Is the
biological concept o f race compatible with cultural and societal definitions? What is racism? We will
be examining these questions along with the history o f the eugenics movement and the current
controversies about race and IQ and about population control and food supply. Some o f the authors
we will be reading critically are Charles Darwin, Francis Galton, Hans Eysenck, Arthur Jensen, Richard
Hernstein, Ashley Montagu, Garrett Hardin, Stephen Rose, and Robert Williams.
Prerequisites: Knowledge o f high school biology or equivalent
Distribution: Science/Math, Urban
Time: I1
Room: Science 21 3
Evolution: Believe It or Not
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
For many decades most biologists have accepted the theory o f organic evolution as being supported by
a body o f irrefutable evidence. Nevertheless, there has been an upsurge o f antievolutionism in the past
few years, which has led to a great deal of discussion and the publication o f numerous books on the
subject. In this course the historical development o f the theory o f evolution from Darwin to the
present time will be traced. The evidence in support o f the theory will be discussed, and the mechanisms
o f evolution as presently understood by biologists will be studied. During the last part of the course
some o f the recent antievolution literature which attempts to refute the scientific evidence will be
examined. In this part o f the course people representing various points o f view will be invited to some
o f the sessions.
Prerequisites: At least a high school course in biology
Distribution: Science/Math
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Instructors: Robert Herforth, Kermit Paulson
Nuclear Radiation Science
(Biological Emphasis) :
Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar
A study o f nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for
the individual student. The course will consist o f ( 1 ) introductory work on radiation detection and
measurement at Augsburg, (2)participation in the 1976 Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar where the
student has the opportunity to design his or her course o f study from projects in nuclear radiation
physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, nuclear medicine, health physics, and
radiological safety, and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. Students may
receive credit in Biology for this course by selecting projects having a biological orientation.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities - Special Training Division,
and is the only opportunity of its kind in the United States. Two weeks of the course will be spent
in Oak Ridge, Tennessee, utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU Special
Training Division. These facilities provide the opportunity for laboratory experience not normally
available to undergraduate students.
Time will be available to tour the area, including the national laboratory, and special lectures,
featuring scientists from the national laboratory, will be presented to the Special Seminar students.
The cost will be approximately $200.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
Distribution: Natural Science
Time: I
Room: Science 30
Seminar: The Cutting Edge
Instructor: Neal 0 . Thorpe
Students will conduct an in-depth literature research on an up to the minute topic in biological research.
The class will attend seminars at the University o f Minnesota and several investigators will present
seminars t o the class on campus. Students will develop a high quality paper on their topic and will
present the subject orally to the class. This course fulfills the requirement of the seminar for the
biology major.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior Biology Major
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Science 212
BUS. AIDMIN.
Principles of Managerial Accounting
Instructor: Arnin Kader
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals o f managerial accounting.
Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations.
Prerequisites: Business Administration 101
Distribution: none
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
Office Technology
Instructor: Gertrude Lund
Operation of transcription machines, introduction to data processing, and efficient handling o f office
duties through simulation in various departments such as personnel, filing, purchasing, sales, and
international trade.
Prerequisites: Typewriting
Distribution: none
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Symmetry in the Arts and Sciences
Instructor: Margaret Etter
The fundamental concepts of symmetry are universally appreciated. Small children entranced with a
spinning top, musicians creating a fugue, scientists exploring crystal structures, and naturalists
enjoying a buttercup are all more or less consciously involved with the science o f symmetry. We will
explore the many facets of symmetry in our life, culture, and history as outlined by Martin Gardner
in his intriguing text, The Ambidextrous Universe. An appreciation for the different types of
symmetries involving rotations, reflections, inversions, and translations will be systematically studied,
using H. Weyl's classic book, Symmetry. The symmetry operations used by the late artist M. C.
Escher in his graphic works will ako be studied in some detail.
One short seminar, one written report, and one creative project involving symmetry in any discipline
will be required, in addition to routine class assignments and quizzes.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Science/Math
Time: I
Room: Memorial Hall 1
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Instructor: Roy Hanson
This course will cover gravimetric analysis, volumetric analysis, and solution equilibria in detail and will
give an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques o f analysis. The course is to be taken by
chemistry majors normally in the interim o f their sophomore year. Medical technologists should take
Chemistry 353 in the spring. There will be daily classes, laboratory sessions and assignments.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 106 or 116
Distribution: None
Time: I & I1
Room: Science 315
Introduction to Chemical Research
Instructor: Courtland Agre
This course offersjunior and senior chemistry majors an opportunity to become acquainted with
chemical research by pursuing a topic or problem in detail. The faculty member will work with
students in areas o f their own interest such as continuation o f research problems already started or
particular problems of synthesis or analysis. Off-campusactivities such as research at Argonne or in
industry may be possible. The student is required to discuss his research with the instructor before
the start o f the interim.
Prerequisites: Junior or senior chemistry major
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Science 318
Principles of Economics
- Micro
Instructor: Peter Morici
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken
independently of Economics 120 or 122.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I
Room: Old Main 28
Welfare Economics
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market
structures;social welfare functions; normative concepts o f economic theory.
Prerequisites: Economics 251 or permission o f instructor
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
1%IBIJCATION
Construction of Learning Centers for Elementary
and Pre-school Use
Instructor: Steven Reuter
Construction and display o f interest and learning centers for use in elementary and pre-sch ool
environments. Students will have the opportunity to view, design, construct and display their
creations. A unique opportunity to gain understanding in enriching the classroom. The course will
include various field trips and some lab time in the public schools.
Prerequisites: Elementary, Kindergarten, and Pre-school majors or anticipated majors.
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Library 4
1%I)IJCATl'
ION
SIJDIMIER
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
(Elementary)
Instructor: Lauretta E. Pelton
This will be an opportunity for the student to investigate the teaching profession and to explore
various job possibilities within it. Working in schools will highlight the course along with various
exploratory ventures as promoted by the participating students'resourcefulness and creativity.
Prerequisites: Sophomore or Junior standing
Distribution: None
Time: Summer Session
11I)UCATl'
ION
Audio-visual Media
Instructor: Mary Alexander
This course will provide the student with an opportunity to work with Media Specialists in Elementary
or Secondary schools of the metropolitan area. The students will learn to use a variety of equipment
and to produce AV material. Please contact Mary Alexander before December 1 in order that
assignments can be made with specific schools.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing
Distribution: None
Time: I (and arranged)
Room: Old Main 7
Things That Go Bump In The Night:
The Literature of Fantasy
Instructor: Ron Palosaari
Human imagination has filled many books with strange creatures such as hobbits, ghosts, elves, and
ghouls. Some of these creatures delight our taste for the fanciful. Others stir our fears. As the old
Scottish prayer puts it:
"From ghosties and ghoulies and wee little beasties
And things that go bump in the night
Good Lord, deliver us. "
We will spend the month reading and discussing works of fantasy. We will start with Tolkien's The
Hobbit and The Lord of the Rings trilogy and wander from there t o other fantasy writers. If
January winds blow us some luck, there may be a film, a play, or a television show or two that will
give us some additional fun.
The course is open only to the curious andlor devoted. Students will establish their curiosity or
devotion by reading at least The Hobbit and Fellowship o f the Rings before the class begins. The
instructors who are slightly suspicious as well as curious and devoted will give an examination on the
four Tolkien books on the third day o f class.
-
Prerequisites: See above
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
The Literature of Terror: Tales of Horror,
Mystery and Detection
Instructor: Lorraine Livingston
Do you have a penchant for murder and detection? Do you like spine-tingling horror stories? You
will be able to swap experiences with fellow students as you read both classical and modern mystery
stories. A selected reading list will include such works as Great Tales of Horror by Edgar Allen Poe,
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley, Dr. Jekyl and Mr. Hyde by Robert Louis Stevenson, The Moonstone
by Wilkie Collins, The Hound o f the Baskervilles by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle, Rebecca by Daphne du
Maurier, The Long Goodbye by Raymond Chandler, Murder on the Orient Express by Agatha
Christie, The Odessa File by Frederick Forsyth, and In Cold Blood by Truman Capote. Brief
be followed by group discussions, Each student will write one short paper on a subject
lectures
o f his choice.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 2 1
Myths, Motifs, Mandalas and Much More:
The Short Story and Archetypes
Instructor: Richard Sargent
We shall read and discuss a collection o f short stories by some familiar writers (Hemingway, Lawrence,
Hesse) and some not so familiar (Anais Nin, Akutagawa, Tanizaki) from a variety of points o f view,
but with emphasis on one called archetypal criticism, an interdisciplinary approach using insights from
anthropology, psychology, sociology, and religion t o understand literature. The collection of stories
will be of interest even to those who have read widely, since the selections are not over-anthologized,
and represent a wide number of cultures. The course would be appropriate for someone just learning
how to discuss and write about literature, but it would also be of interest to a literature student who
wished to learn more about archetypal criticism.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
L'homme moyen sensuel and The Bloomsday Book:
Instructor: Toni Thornton
James Joyce's Dubliners and Ulysses.
The course will consist of a close reading of these two masterpieces and selected criticism. The focus
will be on class discussion and analysis, and a paper to be completed by the end of the course. Those
planning to enroll should be familiar with Homer's Odyssey.
Prerequisites: One literature course
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
Intermediate French I1
Instructor: Ruth L. Aaskov
Those who have studied the basic structures and forms of the French language once and have done a
little reading may revitalize their skills by exploring twentieth century writings of current thema tic
interest. Basics of the tenses and other grammatical forms will be reviewed in the language and there
will be daily practice in listening and speaking. Understanding and communicating ideas are goals for
leisure time French as well as readiness for courses in conversation, writing, civilization or reading.
--
There will be lab assignments or work with C-60 cassettes and field trips en francais as possible for the
group.
Prerequisites: 3 years (high school level), 211 (college level) or consent of instructor
Distribution: Language
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 7
The Agony of 20th Century Germany as Reflected
in Literature
Instructor: William Oyler
Works in English translation by significant 20th century German writers will be read and discussed.
These works will reflect the crises and upheavals of the 20th century experience which are not
uniquely German, but have a universal application as well. Topics will include: the anonymity of
urban-industrial life, the search for personal identity and security, the uses of power, war, political
change and confrontation with ultimate questions o f life and death. Works by East German and
women writers will be included. Students will read and report on one work in addition to those
discussed in class.
This course is a variation on German Literature in Translation (244),which covers the nearly 200
years from the Age of Classicism to the present. Since the two courses are not identical, students
who have taken 244 may get credit for 245 and vice versa. Credit does not apply to a major or a
minor in German.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Language
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 8
History of the German Language
Instructor: Don Steinmetz
How do languages grow? What causes them to change? How are languages related to each other?
What are language families? These and other general questions of historical linguistics will be
considered as exemplified by the history o f German. Topics studied include: the development of
German, English and other Germanic languages from Indo-European through Ancient Germanic, the
development of German from the earliest docurnents to the present day, the formation of the modern
standard language and Martin Luther's contribution to it, German dialects, especially the difference
between Low and High German.
Prerequisites: German 112 or permission o f instructor
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Old Main 1
Norwegian Composition and Conversation
Instructor: Leif E. Hansen
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronuncia tion and original composition.
Some attention will be given to regional speech variations and to differences between the two official
languages of Norway. There will be a variety of contacts with native speakers of Norwegian now
residing in the Twin Cities area.
Students will be required to put in a total of 5 hours per week in laboratory work andlor field
experience.
Prerequisites: Norwegian 75212 or equivalent
Distribution: Language
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 3
Spanish Literature in Translation: Famous
Literary Figures
Instructor: Gunta Rozentals
Emphasis upon the analysis of the basic human types and the fascinating characters of fact and fiction
with which Spain has enriched world literature: The Cid, Celestina, Don Juan, Don Quiojote, the
conquistador, the mystic, the rogue, the guardian of his honor, the modern agonist . . . .
Lectures, discussion, extensive readings, reports and a paper.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Language
Time: Summer Session
Room:
Spanish Expression
Instructor: Mary A. Kingsley
The main goal of the course is to improve the students'ability in oral and written Spanish, with a
secondary goal of widening one's cultural background. It will include readings and discussions in
Spanish on a wide variety of topics including: Spanish art; selected works of Ortega, Unamuno, Julian
Marias, and Pio Baroja; the Spanish versus the Mexican tortilla, including lessons on how to make them;
After Franco, What?; Spanish etiquette; macismo; etc. Special emphasis will be placed on clarifying
grammar problems common among English speakingpeople, i.e.: porlpara, serlestar, subjunctive,
passive voice, preteritlimperfect. In addition there will be a systematic general review of Spanish
grammar. The course will be conducted entirely in Spanish.
Prerequisites: One conversation class beyond intermediate level
Distribution: Language
Time: I
Room: Old Main 3
History of London
Instructor : Orloue Gisselquist
"When a man is tired of London, he is tired of life, for there is in London all that life can afford"
(Dr. Samuel Johnson, 18th century). This course does not promise all that! But London does offer
much of value and interest to study. Its amazingly rapid growth since mid 16th century has meant
that Londoners have felt, thought about, and responded to modern urban problems for at least
four centuries. Its business community was at the forefront of economic change in the Western world
for several centuries. Several times the city has represented high points in the history of European
culture. It has had a massive influence on English society generally (well illustrated by its demographic
preponderance in the nation) and a powerful leverage on British politics (whose capital was
conveniently located just a few miles up the Thames River). And fortunately, for the purpase of our
study, there is a great deal of literature about the city that is readily available.
Urban history, and hopefully this course, appeals t o students o f various disciplines - geography,
architecture, popular culture, economics, urban planning, political science, as well as history. Both
in class activities and student assignments, there will be an effort t o construct the course so as to
reflect this interdisciplinary interest. There will be wide choice in the matter o f assignments; it is
understood, though, that an individual project emphasizing literature or architecture will evidence
the insights and background gained in the broader concerns o f the course.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Urban or Social Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 19
The Japanese-American Experience
Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen
This course is a study o f the Japanese-American experience in the USA. Perspectives o f their
immigration patterns, geographic settlements, and their contributions to the American economy and
society will be explored. Special focus will be given to the forced evacuation o f the Japanese-Americans
during World War 11, how and why they were uprooted from homes and businesses at short notice.
Where in the United States were the so-called "American concentration camps"located? How did this
ethnic group adjust to detention and attempt to overcome the trauma o f their war-time experience?
Japanese-Americans from the Twin Cities, films and slides will be used as resources. Field trips will
be taken t o observe Japanese products, arts, cooking, and the headquarters o f the Japanese-American
Citizens League. Some evening meetings may replace regular day sessions. A paper or an acceptable
alternate project will be required.
Prospective education majors may find the course valuable for their teaching.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
From the Indus to Indira: Epochs in Indian History
Instructor: Don Gustafson
This course will present an introduction t o the vast panorama o f Indian culture from the early cities
on the Indus River t o the problems and potentials o f modern India. Not only will a wide variety o f
topics be covered, but in addition there will be a great variety in the materials used - cultural artifacts,
recordings, slides, novels, religious texts, histories, and who knows what else.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I1
Room: Library 1
IMT IERI)ISCII'LINl\IW
Philadelphia and the Quest for a
Humane City
Instructors: Joel Torstenson, Carl Chrislock
A Bicentennial study of the cultural and socioeconomic metamorphosis of an historic American city.
The study will begin with an examination of the Philadelphia of William Penn; its socio-historic
origins, its dreams, urban imagery and city design. With this starting point as background, the course
will proceed to examine the sequential transformation of the city as it participates in the American
Revolution, the industrial revolution, the 20th Century urban crisis, and the "urban renaissance" of
the post-industrial city. Readings and other sources such as films will be selected from both social
sciences and humanities. In the third week of the Interim, the course will be conducted in Philadelphia
where academic, civic, and cultural leaders will guide the study. Special attention will be focused
upon contemporary developments in Philadelphia such as the redevelopments of its historic central
city and other urban renewal programs, the "urban renaissance" movement and the socio-political
developments relating to the urban crisis. The implications of these developments for the city's
present and future dreams and design and how they fit into America's "quest for the humane city"
will be a guiding theme for the course.
Approximate cost: $235. plus meals.
Prerequisites: Lower Division - None. Upper Division - permission o f instructor.
Distribution: Urban studies
Time: I1
Room: Science 34
60272
Three Caribbean Cultures: Afro-European
Civilizations in Transition
Instructor: F. Mark Davis
A study of three Caribbean states - Jamaica, the Dominican Republic, and Haiti with an emphasis on
the heritages of European colonial po,wer - Great Britain, Spain, France. Each state gained
independence at differing times and in differing ways. Each state is predominantly Black in
population. How has the encounter of European and African heritages found expression in
institutions, ideas, and values? A week will be spent in each of the capital cities and environs.
The course will bean on the Augsburg campus with four days o f intensive reading and orientation.
Harold Mitchell,
Books to be read include: A. c.- ~ilg;s,
Contemporary Politics and Economics in ihe Caribbean;I-Iarold Mi t h e l l , Europe in the Caribbean;
Lionel Belasco, Strange Happenings: Tales of the Caribbean;Marjorie Engber (ed.), Caribbean Fiction
and Poetry.
Caribbean:
In Kingston, Jamaica, time will be spent at the institute of Jamaica as well as government offices and
the Hope Botannical Gardens. In addition two days will be at Knox College in Spaulding, Jamaica.
In Haiti study will include the Centre dlArt, Theatre de Verdure,and the National Museum in
Port-au-Prince. In addition the group will visit the San Souci Palace and Citadella Laferriere in
Cap-Haitien.
Finally the Dominican Republic study will include the University of Santo Domingo and the Primate
Cathedral of America.
The cost will be approximately $700.
Prerequisites: Register with Director o f International Programs, Memorial Hall 125
Distribution: None
60308
Victorian Woman
INTlERlBI SCI 1'IAINAIl\7
Instructor: Catherine Nicholl
A study of woman in the Victorian period (chieflyin England), considering both the prevailing images
of women and their actual condition. Materials used will include novels, poetry, essays, paintings,
letters, biographies,journals, documents, and health and homemaking manuals. Specific topics studied,
either by the class as a whole or by individuals, may include women at home (wives and daughters),
the governess, the bluestocking, the domestic servant, the fallen woman, women's education, early
feminists, the suffragemovement, family planning, women as factory workers, and such individual
figures as Florence Nightingale, Harriet Martineau, Jane Carlyle, Elizabeth Barrett Browning and Queen
Victoria. Students electing this course will do a substantial project leading to either a paper or (in
most cases) a class presentation.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time: I 1
Room: Library 201
Aztec, Maya and Inca: Ancient American
Civilizations
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
The conquering Spaniard discovered in the Americas, not bands of savages, but highly developed and
intricately structured cultures. We will study three of these ancient cultures from the viewpoint of
the anthropological archaeologist,analyzing their history, religion, government, military codes,
agricultural techniques, and daily life.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time: I
R o ~ m :Old Main 19
Exploring the Future
Instructor: Sheldon Fardig
We all realize that change is upon us from all directions. While we understand to a degree what is
happening we probably have not come to grips with what the future may mean to us.
Through this study of analyses of the post-technologicalfuture the student should develop a knowledge
background of changes and issues expected, be aware of hislher value system and how the future may
impinge upon it, and have some skill in alternative futures thinking.
Topics will include limits of growth, technoIogy of the future, metaphysics of the future;projecting
into the future by means of reading, film, video, special speakers, field trips, scenario writing and
individual projects.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time: I1
Room: Science 318
Communications and Reasoning in Mathematics
Instructor: Bev Durkee
Exploration of the art of mathematical reasoning and communications: how to read mathematical
materials, how to write mathematical statements, and how to construct mathematical proofs.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor (Math 224 or prior experience with proofs in high school
mathematics)
Distribution: Science/Math
Time: I
Room: Science 320
The Art and Science of Executive Decision Making:
An Introduction to Operations Research
Instructor: Warren L. Persons
Operations research applies the scientific method to decision problems concerning the operation and
coordination of activities to serve the best interests of an organization. The major objective of the
course will be to acquaint the student with the methodology and terminology of 0.R. by providing
ample opportunity to formulate and build mathematical models from a verbal description of a
decision pro blem.
Topics will include linear programming, the simplex algorithm, the transportation model, and duality.
Major emphasis placed on mathematical modeling and applications.
There will be a term project using the computer as a tool (no prior programming experience is
necessary).
Lab fee: $10.
Prerequisites: Math 114 or equivalent
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Science 213
DIIJSIC
Electronic Music
Instructor: Robert Karlen
Sounds are created, manipulated, and organized into an individual, aural art, using traditional,
contemporary, and novel sound sources; includes working with a synthesizer.
Students will need to purchase some materials such as recording tape. It is also desirable that students
have access to a tape recorder.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: I
Room: Music 20
American Band Music (1776-1976)
Instructor: Jim Carlson
This course is designed for members of the Augsburg College band and will focus on the two hundred
year history of American band music. After a brief discussion of European origins, the real study will
begin with a consideration of the functional "fife and drums" and "bands of musick" of revolutionary
times. Their development will be traced to the popular "business" band era exemplified by Gilmore
and Sousa and their uses of marches, cornet solos, transcriptions, etc. The role of community bands
will be examined. The midwestern roots of school bands and their phenomenal growth in the
American education system will be analyzed. The present day development of the iriportant band
music repertoire will conclude the study. When off campus, students will be brought in contact with
persons and places of importance to American band music: Dr. Richard Goldman in Baltimore;
Dr. Mark Hindsley at the University of Illinois; the Library of Congress and Smithsonian Institute in
Washington D.C. The band will be presenting concerts while off campus.
Student cost will be approximately $200.
Prerequisites: Membership in Augsburg College Band
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I
Room: Olivet Hall
82290
Brigadoon
DI USIC
Instructors: Stephen Gabrielsen, James Johnson
The production of a Broadway Musical including singing, dancing, acting, stage design, choreography,
lighting and promotion followed by a week of evening performances.
Students will be responsible for supplying costumes and possibly for acquisition of musical score
andlor libretto (depending upon audition outcome).
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: I
Room: Music 11
Revelation and Human Knowledge
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
This course will be an intensive study of the problems of revealed truths. We will investigate how it is
possible for the human intellect to receive information from sources other than normal perception.
The role of perception in revelation will be studied, as well as the problem of inspiration, ecstacy and
mystical insight.
Prerequisite: None
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
Safety and Drug Education
Instructors: Ed Saugestad, Edor Nelson
An analysis of drug abuse and what can be done for the abuses. Also includes American Red Ooss
First Aid course.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time: 11
Room: Melby 12
Recreational Activities and Rhythms
Instructor: LaVonne Peterson
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized
games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and
square dancing.
Prerequisites: Phy Ed major or minor.
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Melby 12
Coaching and Judging of Women's Gymnastics
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
This course will attempt to prepare the student to be a qualified gymnastics coach and judge. It will
bring out new spotting and coaching techniques in the field or gymnastics. The main emphasis will
be on judging of this sport. There will be practical experience of judging actual high school and
college meets. The culminating activity will be to take the State High School League test for the
judging o f gymnastics and therefore be an officialregistered judge for the state of Minnesota. It is
required that women participate (perform-spot-assist)with the Augsburg Women's Gymnastic Team.
Prerequisites: PE 472, Self-testingActivities for Women or 1 year experience with a women's
gymnastics team.
Distribution: None
Time: I1
Room: Melby 13
'r
1'1 1T SICS
The History of Astronomy
Instructor: Ted Hanwick
This brief course traces the development o f astronomy from the ancients through the 19th century.
While special emphasis will be on Hipparchus, Ptolemy, Copernicus,Brahe', Kepler, Galileo, Newton,
and Herschel, other lesser lights must also be mentioned for their contributions to the development
of this subject.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Science 123
1'111 T SICS
'r
Understanding the Weather
Instructor: Ken Erickson
An introduction to the earth's weather, its causes and character. Designed for those interested in
weather and weather prediction, this course assumes no prior science or mathematics background.
Topics to be discussed include: the rela tionship of sun, earth and atmosphere;important physical
quantities such as temperature and pressure; clouds and precipitation; unusual conditions like
tornados and hurricanes; techniques and instrumentation for weather monitoring and control; aviation
weather; and the influence of weather on pollution. Possible course activities include experimentation,
forecasting and guest speakers.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: ScienceIMath
Time: I
Room: Science 22
1'111 T SICS
'r
Nuclear Radiation Science
(Physical Science Emphasis) :
Oak Ridge Special Science Seminar
Instructors: Kermit Paulson, Robert Herforth
A study o f nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on"laboratory experience for
the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on radiation detection and
measurement (physical science applications) at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1976 Oak Ridge
Special Science Seminar where the student has the opportunity to design his or her course of study
from projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation,
nuclear medicine, health physics, and radiological safety, and (3) summary and evaluation of the
program back at Augsburg.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities - Special Training
Division, and is the only opportunity of its kind in the United States. Two weeks of the course will
be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU
Special Training Division. These facilities provide the opportunity for laboratory experience not
normally available to undergraduate students.
Time will be available to tour the area including the national laboratory and also special lectures,
featuring scientists from the national laboratory, will be presented to the Special Seminar Participants.
The cost d l be approximately $200.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Distribution: Natural Science
Time: I
Room: Science 30
When You Haven't A Prayer: The Supreme Court
on Church and State
Instructor: Myles C. Stenshoel
85295
An investigation of significant decisions of the United States Supreme Court on issues of religious
liberty and governmental neutrality under the First Amendment religion clauses. Analysis of
principles of interpretation used by the Court, including their underlying assumptions, differential
impact, and possible future constitutional development. Paper not required.
85495
Students will research, brief, analyze and criticize recent decisions, presenting the results of their
studies to the combined group and in a paper.
Prerequisites: Prior course in U.S. constitutional law or constitutional history or written permission
of the instructor.
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I1
Room: Science 22
The British Design for Mass Media
Instructor: Milda Hedblom
British mass media can claim a world wide reputation for high quality production and content. The
essential reasons for this distinction are cultural, political and artistic. The British design for the mass
media will be the subject for a month of group and independent study o f mass communications in
England, based in London. We will visit and interview at major media centers in London, including the
British Broadcasting Corporation and the London dailies (though other special interests, such as film,
might be accommodated). Topics we will study during the first half of the interim include British
views on the proper use of the mass media, the nature of political controls and fundingprovisions,
involving interviews with relevant public officials.
The last two weeks of the interim will be devoted to independent work (under the supervision of the
instructor) with each student studying a particular aspect of one medium such as television news
production, or print censorship rules or radio overseas programming, etc. Some individuals may select
topics requiring regional travel, such as Wales or Scotland. This is acceptable but will have a
separate cost and be individually arranged in England.
The cost will be approximately $850-895.
Prerequisites: Register with Director of International Programs, Memorial Hall 125
Distribution: Social Science
America's International Politicians
Instructor: Norma Noonan
Study of foreign policy decision making and decision makers in the U.S.A. In-depth study of decision
process either in a major case, such as the Cuban Missile Crisis, or a simulated case. Discussion format
with opportunity for the student to explore some aspect of U.S. foreign policy. Requirements:
project and final examination.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I
Room: Library 201
Creativity in Preschool Children
Instructor: Duane Johnson
What conditions facilitate the development of creativity? For preschool children it is necessary to
consider play materials, literature, television, life situations, experiences, tasks, personal interaction,
and activities.
Each student must make hislher own arrangements before the beginning of the course to have ready
access throughout the interim to one specificperson in the age range of 3 to 6 (not children in the
first grade o f school; children who will be 3 by July 1 , 1 976 are acceptable). The child should be
available basically on a daily basis for purposes o f observing and interacting with the child.
Student.should expect to spend up to $10 for purchase of materials for use with children.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Old Main 8
Your Personality and its Measurement
Instructor: Lyla Anderegg
Temperament, character, attitude, mood, trait, preference . . . these are some of the elements that are
thought of as constituting your personality. Through the use o f surveys, scales, inventories and other
means now available, we will investigate and evaluate your personality.
Prerequisites: General Psychology
Distribution: None
Time: 11
Room: Old Main 22
Computer Applications in Behavioral Science
Instructor: Richard Marken
An introduction to the use of computers for the analysis of behavioral data and simulation of
behavioral processes. Students will learn to write programs to do statistical analyses such as
correlation and linear regression, analysis of variance, and Chi square. Programs will be written in
FORTRAN IV. Students will also study the behavior of programs which simulate interesting
behavioral and biological processes such as perception, learning and evolution. Each student will be
required to do a programmed project on a topic of interest. Topics for projects will be quite varied
and range from demonstrations of theorems in statistics to simulation of rumor propagation in
crowds.
A lab fee of approximately $1 0.
Prerequisites: General Psychology
Distribution: None
Time: I1
Room: Science 212
Israel: A study in Social Change
Instructor: Grace Dyrud
Israel represents more differentlife styles and more planning for social adaptation than any other spot
of that size in the world. Some people work on computers while some herd goats and sheep as in
Biblical times. Social adaptation will be seen through visits to an absorption center, a kibbutz, a
center for social change research, and visits with Israelis. Social policies such as the following will be
viewed: settlement policies, places of women and minorities, and the resolution o f religious and
secular interests. The areas visited will be Tel Aviv-Jaffa,Beer Sheba, Jerusalem, Jericho and the
Galilee. Ancient and Biblical hist0r.v will be briefly described in conjunction with the above visits and
others such as Caesaria and the Dead Sea Scroll sites.
The cost will be approximately $1 100.00.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: None
Time:
Room:
The Behavior of Nerve Cells
Instructor : Norm Ferguson
Learn how your brain actually functions! A study of the basic processes o f the nervous system.
Emphasis will be placed on the action o f individual neurons; how they behave and interact with one
another. Topics to be considered will include: the electrophysiological methods used in studying
nerve cells, the electrical properties o f the nerve axon, the synapses between neurons, the integrated
activity o f neurons, and the organization o f sensory receptors.
Prerequisites: A course in Biology and/or Chemistry or consent of instructor
Distribution: ScienceIMath
Time: I
Room: Science 34
World Order and Religion
Instructor: Eugene M. Skibbe
The world appears to be in a state o f crisis. What is necessary to provide order? What kind o f order
would be best? Usually we turn to political science or ecological sciences to find the answers and
principles o f order. However, religions have always been ways in which people have ordered their
world. We will take that approach. What are leading religious and theological concepts of order?
What does the religious map o f the world look like today? What can religion contribute to world
order? What might the future be and how can we work toward a desirable future with regard to
religion and world community? Reading, discussion, lecture, simulation game, films, and visiting
speakers.
Prerequisites: Religion 11 1 or 121
Distribution: Religion
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
RELIGION
Contemporary Religious Movements
Instructor: Douglas Ollila
A study o f several contemporary religious groups, both Christian and non-Christian, including the
Jesus movement, neo-pentacostalism, and selected non-Christian groups such as Hare Krishna.
Emphasis will be placed on visitation to group meetings and discussions conducted by rnovemen t
leaders.
Prerequisites: Religion 11 1 or 121
Distribution: Religion
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
Israel: Ancient and Modern
Instructor: Philip Quanbeck
The land of Palestine has long been a focus o f interest and intense loyalties. Christians, Jews and
Moslems have seen in that relatively small area at the eastern end o f the Mediterranean a place o f great
importance. The current discussions and peace initiatives are a measure of the continuing interest in
the whole o f the Middle East.
The goal of the interim in Israel is fundamentally two-fold. First, we will attempt to become
acquainted with the methodology, procedu~so f archaeological study and some of the results.
Second, we will seek to gain a modest first-hand acquaintance with the geography of Israel especially
as this geography relates to biblical history. To accomplish these purposes, there will be assigned
reading, and we will listen to lectures and visit museums. We will stay in Jerusalem which will make
possible a number of walking tours o f the Old City.
In addition t o this there will be two three-day trips; one trip to the north where we will visit places
such as Hatzor, Nazareth, Tiberius, and the Sea o f Galilee. One trip to the south where we will visit
places such as Qumran, Beersheba, Hebron, Bethlehem, and Arad. On the return trip we will stop a
few days in London before returning to the U.S.
The cost will be approximately $1 100.00. PIN grading.
Prerequisites: Register with Director o f International Programs, Memorial Hall 125
Distribution: Religion
Practicum in Human Services
Instructor: Paul Steen
With faculty approval, student selects a placement as a half-time volunteer in a social agency or
institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career
aspects in the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and review conferences.
Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores.
Prerequisites: Consent o f Instructor
Distribution: Required for Social Work Majors
Time: I 1
Room: Memorial Hall 1
Human Service Issues in Selected Areas
Instructor: Tony Wagner
A series of seminars designed to introduce the major issues of human service delivery in selected areas
such as youth, aged, mentally and physically handicapped, alcohol and chemical dependency, social
security, or the ecology of welfare. There will be 16 hours a week of field experience.
Prerequisites: Social Work 95351 or consent of instructor.
Distribution: Social Science (required for Social Work majors)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 2
Hi-Rise vs. Homestead: Patterns of Urban Housing
Instructor : Gordon Nelson
An examination of housing alternatives in the urban setting. The course will focus on the tension
between the demands of population density and American life-style preferences, but will also examine
the ways in which political pressures and economic considerations affect the patterns of urban housing.
During regular class hours the class will meet occasionally at off-campus sites such as the Minneapolis
Housing Authority, new apartment developments, and rehabilitated houses in older city neighborhoods.
The course grade will be based on the quality of class participation and on a "take-home" examination
designed to relate class discussion to assigned reading.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Urban
Time: I
Room: Melby 24
Death and Play in Zen and Don Juan
Instructor : Jerry Gerasimo
There are interesting parallels between the teachings of Don Juan, the Yaqui Shaman, and the
instructions of the Zen Buddhist masters to their pupils. We will compare these methods as to form,
content, and implications. We will compare the roles of death, time, and play in their teachings, and
ask what ways can these teachings be transferred to ordinary life. The texts used will include: Carlos
Castaneda, A Separate Reality and Journey to Ixtlan; Eugene Herrigel, Zen in the Art of Archery; and
D. T. Suzuki, Zen and Japanese Culture.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Social Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 28
Advanced Public Speaking
Instructor: Ray Anderson
This course will provide an opportunity to work toward a polished speaking style in both composition
and delivery. Attention will be given to great speeches and to rhetorical theory, but the emphasis will
be on performance. Students will perform in some way every day. An effort will be made to develop
each student's unique powers of creativity and showmanship.
Prerequisites: A beginning course in speech - either high school or college
Distribution: Humanities
Time: I
Room: Library 1
Issues in Human Development: A Cultural Perspective
Instructor: Joel Mugge
The interim will be based both in Mexico City and in a Benedictine monastery in the village o f
Ahuatapec near Cuernavaca,Mexico. Travel to Mexico will be by charter bus and train. The goal of
the interim will be to provide both an academic and experimental framework for the students to
clarify their social and religious values as these values are placed in juxtaposition with those of the
Mexican culture, the monastic community, and other members of the group. The class will not only
be a learning community for a month, but a working, living, and worshipping community as well.
While at the monastery, students will be expected to participate as fully as possible in the discipline of
the monastic community and will spend a part o f each day in class and part of the day working in
agricultural projects in the village. Also, conscious attention will be given to the building of community
within the group itself,and the skills involved in developing community. In addition, some time will
be spent in small groups in travel experiences to other parts of Mexico. Background reading, an
extensive daily journal, and a final paper will be required.
The cost will be approximately $450. PIN grading.
Prerequisites: Register with Director of International Programs, Memorial Hall 125
Distribution: Humanities
Theater Practicum
Instructor: Ailene Cole
The course consists of the artistic preparation of a children's play through improvisation,its technical
preparation and performance of it for audiences by those enrolled.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: I & I1 (9:30a.m. - 3:00 p.m.)
Room: Speech Auditorium
SIDEIICII
The British Design for Mass Media
Instructor: Milda Hedblom
See description under Political Science.
SIBBIICII
Advanced Acting
Instructor: Esther Olson
A study of the Stanislavski method in acting as it relates to the development of character and style.
Approximately ten plays from different pen'ods will be studied, and students will reenact scenes from
these dramas. Field trips to community theaters and Minneapolis Institute of Art will be included.
(Fees for tickets will amount to approximately $10.)
Prerequisites: Speech 232 (Acting) or permission of instructor
Distribution: None
Time: I
Room: Speech 43
Show less
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions
which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy
was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to
change without notice.
Each student is responsible ... Show more
This publication has been written and designed to answer most of the questions
which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although copy
was correct at the time of publication, information contained herein is subject to
change without notice.
Each student is responsible to know the rules, regulations, requirements, and
academic policies contained in this publication. I f doubt should arise with regard to
any matter published herein, the student is responsible to consult with a faculty
adviser or the dean of the college.
Table of Contents
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 8, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 12, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 18, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 22, ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
PAGE 24, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 25, EXPENSES
PAGE 27, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 31, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 32, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 89, ENROLLMENT AND GRADUATES
PAGE 90, FACULTY BIOGRAPHIES
PAGE 97, PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 98, INDEX
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog is designed to give you the information you need to know as a
student or prospective student. In it you will find most of the answers to questions you may have
about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at
the College.
Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar to you. We hope the following brief definitions
will be helpful.
ACADEMIC . . . . .
. . . . . . . The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize
school and college.
COURSE. . . . . .
. . . . . . . . A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as
"Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses
are taken each semester at Augsburg and one is studied during the
interim in January.
. .
MAJOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors in 1 8
de~artments.
. . . . . , . . . . A concentration in a field of study in less depth than the major.
. . . . . . . . . . A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the student
MINOR . . . . .
ELECTIVE..
.
from any college department as his or her interests dictate.
FEE. .
Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory
equipment or locker rental.
LOAN
. . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. See
"Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP. . . .
. . . . . Financial assistance received by a student based on high school
performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result
of special tests such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts
and length of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial
need of the student. There is no obligation to repay. The same criteria
are used for Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER.
,
. . . . . . . . . . The College operates on a 4-1- 4 calendar. Each semester is 1 5 weeks
in length and the interim is 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE . . . . . . . . A course which a student is required to complete before another one
may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or
another department.
Introduction
Few liberal arts colleges cgmbine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center
with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special
Christian colleges which can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables you to
be a participant or a spectator at a variety of
events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts,
films, and lectures are regularly available to you
on campus. Through the intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs you may choose participation in athletics.
Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been
established by the Student Government to
oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life
on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose
and goal is neither self-serving nor selfsustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of
Christ on the Augsburg campus.
You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg.
You design your own learning experience.
While distributional and major requirements act
as guidelines, there is latitude to design a
portion of your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental
as well as the individual are central. The
college follows the calendar known as the "41-4."
In the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole
range of human knowledge. The liberal arts
education, however, is more than an accumulation of knowledge from a number of
fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration
is necessary in your chosen field. You may
choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of
career possibilities.
Augsburg is in the center of the Twln Cities of
Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan
setting, a rich kaleidoscope d resources and
activities are available to enrich your educafion,
if you choose. You may select an evening at
the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop,
or at any of the many galleries or cofee
houses. You might spend an afternoon touring
the Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may
choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra
or one by the many professional touring groups
that appear in the Twin Cities. There are
numerous opportunities for individual and team
sports. Professional sports are also available the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, the
Fighting Saints, and the Kicks.
Thus, we feel Augsburg is a distinctive
combination: a strong academic program, a
capable and dedicated staff, an eager student
body and a remarkable location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
affiliated with the American Lutheran Church
(ALC). Founded more than 1 0 0 years ago,
Augsburg celebrated its centennial in 1 9 6 9 and
is in its second century of Christian higher
education.
The current student body of over 1 7 0 0 is
largely of Lutheran background though many
denominations are represented on campus.
About 65% are resident students, while others
commute daily from the surrounding
metropolitan area.
Location
You and your education will have the option of
benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin
Cities. Excellent art collections are available to
you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the
Walker Art Center, and many other galleries.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities
for the enjoyment of music of many types. The
Twin Cities also appear regularly on the
itineraries of major performing artists.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations
is provided by several theaters in the area such
as the nationally known Guthrie Theater,
Theater-in-the Round, the Old Log Theater, the
St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the
Chanhassen Dinner Theater.
Recreational activities abound. You can play
tennis at parks near the campus or swlm in one
of the many area lakes. In the winter you may
join other students on skiing trips. Professional
sports are available the year around.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Several major
airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St.
Paul International Airport, including United,
Northwest Orient, Eastern, Braniff, North
Central, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train
connections can be made from all areas of the
United States.
The Augsburg campus is just five minutes east
of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 9 4
which forms the southern border of the
campus. (Directions are given in the map
section of this catalog.)
History
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by
Norwegian Lutherans in America. Minneapolis
replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's
home in 1 8 7 2 . The first college students were
enrolled in 1 8 7 4 and the first college
graduation was held in 1 8 7 9 .
The school was officially named Augsburg
College in 1 9 6 3 when its former sponsor, the
Lutheran Free Church, merged with the
American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary
joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St.
Paul that same year.
Nature and Objectives
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of
the American Lutheran Church. It is committed
to an open, honest, competent inquiry into the
sciences, arts, and humanities in the context of
the Christian faith.
Augsburg emphasizes the following primary
objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety of
ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to
become proficient in one area or major
to help students understand the Christian
faith in relation to the contemporary world
to develop students' love of learning and
their faculties of reason, criticism, curiosity
and imagination by encouraging and maintaining academic excellence
to increase students' understanding o f the
urban environment and culture, and to
enable them to gain the skills needed to
respond creatively to the problems and
potentialities of the modern city
to encourage students to ascertain their
interests and abilities, and to aid them in
discovering the occupational opportunities
which exist for them
to assist students in their intellectual,
emotional, and spiritual growth; to
encourage them to develop attitudes and
qualities o f character compatible with the
Christian faith.
The Campus
I
1
Augsburg's compact campus is located in the
heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of the 1 5 5 parks in the "City
of Lakes." The College currently has 1 5 major
buildings with a number of cottage housing
units that are very popular with the students.
The University of Minnesota and two of the
city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's,
are adjacent to the campus.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation in the
following associations that set standards by
which excellence is judged:
North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of
Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
Visiting the Campus
The purpose of the campus visit is to permit
students to learn, first-hand, about the College
program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates,
parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity to exchange information vital in the
process of selecting a college and in making
admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly
recommended but are not mandatory.
Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an
interview are asked to write for an appointment
or call the office ( 3 3 2 - 5 18 1 ) . Preferred times
for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements may also be made to meet
with a member of the faculty and to attend
classes, Monday through Friday, when school
is in session.
School, church, and other groups are welcome
to visit the College. Arrangements may be
made by writing the Office of Admissions,
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota
55454.
Library
Science Hall
Old Main
Mortensen Tower
Urness Tower
College Center
The Quadrangle
Memorial Hall
Art Studio and Art Annex
Music Hall
Si Melby Hall
Augsburg College Ice Arena
Little Theatre (Speech and Drama)
East Hall
Fairview-St. Mary's Medical Center
Olivet Hall (not shown; located south
of the campus on Franklin Avenue)
Admissions Parking
Student Parking
Murphy Square
Faculty-Staff Parking
Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp
Offices
Admissions ( 6 2 8 2 1st Ave. S.)
Alumni Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Auxiliary Program (Memorial 1st floor)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Science 139)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1 st floor)
Center for Student Development (Memorial 1st floor)
C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor)
--=
--Data Processing (Science 32)
Dean of the College (Science 135)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
Financial Services (Science 156)
Housing (Memorial 1st floor)
Interim Director (Science 135)
Internship Office (Science 135)
Little Theatre (Speech Building)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Personnel Office (Science 139)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
Publications (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (Memorial 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 1 14)
S.O.S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Science 135)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 1st floor)
Summer School Office (Science 135)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
DRIVING TO THE CAMPUS. Augsburg is easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenue, and left again to 21 st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
21 st Avenue South.
Academic Life
Augsburg is a modern well-equipped
college which aims to provide its students with a broad liberal arts education as
well as prepare them for a career. A strong
academic program in the arts and sciences and
in theology is available. Pre-professional
preparation for such fields as engineering,
medicine, law and the Christian ministry is
offered. The College prepares students for
graduate study in several disciplines.
Preparation for careers in business,
communications, medical technology, music,
nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and
teaching is available.
Augsburg seeks to assist its students through
their academic experience to better understand
themselves and the world and to equip them to
serve according to their individual interests and
abilities.
The 4- 1 -4 Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1.-4 calendar. Two 1 5 week semesters are separated by a 4-week
interim in January. During each semester the
student generally enrolls in four courses; during
the interim concentration is on one subject.
The interim period is an especially exciting
time. The whole world becomes an arena of
learning. Creative energies and individual
interests determine the course of study.
Innovation and experimentation are encouraged
in this change from the general academic
schedule. Interest in music may take form in
the study and presentation of a concert
program. Interest in people may find form in the
study and participation in activities of a social
agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies
provide opportunities for those interested in
communications. Whether your interests are
sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the
opportunity to experience and experiment while
learning.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a
personal interest in their students. The studentfaculty ratio is approximately 1 7 . 8 to 1 , with
class size averaging 2 5 or less.
Augsburg faculty members serve as academic
advisers and are available for help on individual
problems. They often join students in
discussing the political climate, comparing
notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the
latest Viking victory while having coffee.
General Education Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation are
minimal, affording the student considerable
freedom in the choice of courses. A student
seeking a liberal arts education would probably
choose many of them even if they were not
required.
In the humanities division, students select
courses in literature, philosophy, art, music,
speech, drama, and religion. Science courses
may be chosen from biology, chemistry,
mathematics, physics, or psychology. Courses
in economics, history, political science,
sociology, and foreign languages or literature
are available. Proficiency in English writing
must be demonstrated. One course from an
approved list of courses containing an
emphasis on metropolitan concerns is required
as well as physical education activities. (For
details, see "Academic Administration"
section.)
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Communications
East Asian Studies
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering
English
French
German
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Pre-Engineering at Augsburg
Recommended Programs for students in Dual
Degree Programs of Liberal Arts and
Engineering at Augsburg College.
Any Augsburg academic major that meets the
recommendations listed below would be eligible
to participate in the Engineering program at
Michigan Technical University or Washington
University in St. Louis: 3 years at Augsburg,
and two years at either university. The majors
that would most typically meet the
recommendations would be physics, chemistry,
and mathematics.
Natural Science
Nursing
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
Social Science
Social Work
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
Other majors such as linguistics and library
science are available through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) student
exchange program. The Office of the Registrar
should be consulted for further information.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who plan to enter the fields of law,
medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and
engineering, can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg. It is suggested that
requirements for admission to graduate schools
or seminaries be reviewed and then the course
of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly.
Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the
natural and social sciences, in the humanities,
and in religion and philosophy which will
provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
First Year
English 11 1
Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2
Math 1 2 4 , 1 2 5
Religion 11 1
Electives in English or Social Science
Phy. Ed. 102, 1 0 3
Second Year
Economics 1 2 2
Math 2 2 4 , 226
Chem 1 1 5 , 1 1 6
Physics 245
Foreign Language
Religion
Electives in Humanities or Social Science
Third Year
Advanced Math or Science
Political Science 121
Electives to meet distribution requirements and
to make a total of 2 6 courses
Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg
1 1 1,
English - 2 courses; General Biology
11 2; Physics - 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 (complete basic
course required) Principles of Chemistry 1 1 5, 1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) Organic Chemistry 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Mathematics - 1 2 4 ; Psychology 1 course
Some variation from these recommendations
can be accommodated since not all courses
listed above are required in every Engineering
curriculum and some may be transferred as
free electives in some curricula. Questions may
be answered by the Dual Degree Coordinator at
Augsburg College (Dr. Earl Alton) or by direct
communications with the head of the
appropriate department at either Michigan
Technological University or Washington
University in St. Louis.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty advisor early in the freshman year.
*Requirements have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the School of
Dentistry at the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Law at Augsburg
Students planning to pursue a career in law
should consult the handbook published by The
Association of American Law Schools. Early
consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr Miles
Stenshoel, is strongly suggested. Students may
-
wish to take the Political Science course, Law
in the United States, to help determine whether
they possess an interest in law. Since law
schools encourage students to maintain a high
grade point average, the pre-law student should
be aware that many graduate schools consider
the grade PIN given for a course as a "C". This
information may help students in planning their
class schedules.
Pre-Medicine at Augsburg
General Biology 1 11 , 11 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; English
and Literature 11 1 and another, 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ;
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 ; Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ;
Biochemistry 3 6 7 ; Sociology and Behavioral
Sciences and Humanities - 5 courses.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill the
minimum requirements of the Medical School of
the University of Minnesota. Requirements at
other universities may vary.
Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg
Biology 11 1 , 11 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 , 3 5 1 ,
3 5 2 ; Economics 1 2 2 and a second course;
English 1 1 1 and a second course (English
21 9, Speech 1 1 1 or Speech 3 5 4 are
acceptable second courses, Students
exempted from the freshman English
requirement may elect higher level English
courses or general electives).
Health Ed. 11 0
Math 11 4 (students who have a math
proficiency beyond college algebra may elect
to take calculus or general electives).
Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ( 2 courses)
Elective - to fulfill the 6 0 credit semester hour
requirements courses should be chosen so as
to fulfill the distribution requirements in
humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer
to the bulletins published by the College of
Pharmacy of your choice.
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of
Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary at Augsburg
One may enter a theological seminary with any
of several different majors, e.g.. history,
philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or
religion. The student planning to enter seminary
should include Religion 11 I , 221 among the
courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum
should include at least two semesters of history
(Western Civilization) and one or more courses
in the history of philosophy. It should also
include Greek in the junior andlor senior year.
Pre-Veterinary at Augsburg
Freshman English1Communications 2 courses;
Mathematics 1 2 4 ; Public Speaking 1 course;
Chemistry (must include laboratory): General
11 5 , 11 6 or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ; Analytic 3 5 3 ; Organic
3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Biology 11 1 , 11 2 , Physics 1 2 1 ,
1 2 2 ; Economics - 1 course of introductory
level; Other - anthropology, economics,
geography, history and political science,
psychology, social science and sociology
courses can usually be used to fulfill the
remainder of the distribution requirements.
Artistic expression - 2 courses (art, literature,
music, humanities, theater and upper division
foreign languages).
Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Programs have been designed to fulfill
the minimum requirements of the college
of Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities
may vary.
Inter-Institutional Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and
institutions in the Twin Cities area on several
programs.
LIBRARY AND MEDIA CENTER
Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private
colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the
statewide library network, the Augsburg
community has access to over 5 , 0 0 0 , 0 0 0
volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of educational materials including
approximately 1 5 0 , 0 0 0 books, periodicals,
records, tapes, scores and films. The library is
open seven days a week, and the Audio-Visual
Center includes audio and television studios,
and provides film rental and related services.
ASSOCIATED COLLEGES OF THE TWIN CITIES.
Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul
colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine
and St. Thomas may elect a course each
semester at another campus. No additional fee
is required for such an exchange, except for
private instruction in music and some
independent studies. See under "Independent
Study" for further details. Students may elect
to participate in the cooperative program to
gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted
with the other schools, or to undertake a
specific course or major not offered on the
home campus. The colleges have coordinated
calendars. [he interim term may also be taken
on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus
shuttles students free between the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other
colleges in planning study opportunities for the
January interim. For example, Augsburg and St.
Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study
opportunities for the interim. Since the interim
program is new each year, the Interim Director
should be consulted regarding planned
programs.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTIUM.
This group is composed of colleges and
universities in Minnesota, Iowa, and South
Dakota. Planned activities include innovative
curricular programs for s t ~ ~ d e n t interchange
s,
and sharing of academic personnel and other
college resources, cooperative research
projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a
metro-urban affairs conference, and
development of programs consistent with the
needs and resources of the community
organizations of the Upper Midwest.
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY PROGRAM. A
cooperative effort between Augsburg College
and Metropolitan Community College in
downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the
establishment of a four-year program in
sociology or psychology with a chemical
dependency specialty. The program is
designed to train specialists to help
professional people in dealing with chemical
dependency problems. Courses are taken both
on the Augsburg and the Metropolitan
camwses.
CONSERVATION OF HUMAN RESOURCES
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates,
mental hospital patients, guards, and students
at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at
such places as the Shakopee Institution for
Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of
Robbinsdale (a center for the severely
physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg
campus. The classes offered through several
departments give students first-hand views of
the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation
centers. The response of students involved in
the courses, both from Augsburg and the
institutions, has been extremely favorable.
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. Augsburg and
Control Data Institute have an arrangement
whereby students may transfer the equivalent
of three courses in computer programming
taken at CDI to Augsburg College.
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOL OF NURSING.
Nursing students in the school of nursing at
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive
instruction in biology, chemistry, and other
basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for
admission to the school of nursing should be
made directly to the hospital.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan
Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals,
Augsburg offers work which enables qualified
students to receive a college degree with a
major in Medical Technology. The first three
years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a
final twelve-month program is completed at one
of the three hospitals when the student is
accepted by the participating hospital for its
program. Augsburg College does not guarantee
acceptance by the hospitals.
ENGINEERING. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan
Technological University in Houghton,
Michigan, enables a student to receive the
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University or Michigan
Technological University, in a five-year
program. The first three years are spent at
Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated
university.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY. A program in
Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation
with the Veterans Administration Hospital,
Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge State
Hospital, is available to students who complete
a major in physical education with specialization
in Corrective Therapy.
Admission to the intercollegiate programs
requires an application to be approved by the
Director of Physical Education. Application
should be made during the spring semester of
the sophomore year. Candidates are required
to have a 2.5 grade-point average in work
completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point
average over-all. All candidates should, as soon
as possible, consult with the Director of
Physical Education regarding proper sequence
of courses.
Opportunities for Study Abroad
Several types of international experience are
available to Augsburg students. Some of them
are briefly described below. For application
procedures and further information, request the
special brochure on lnternational Study at
Augsburg from the Director of lnternational
Programs.
STUDENT PROJECT FOR AMITY AMONG NATIONS (SPAN). Augsburg participates in the
SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the
University of Minnesota and several colleges in
the state. Each year three or four countries are
selected, and qualified students are granted
partial scholarships to enable them to spend a
summer in informal study in one of the
countries chosen. Applications to the program
are made in the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists
of three stages: language study and group
meetings during the school year before
departure, independent study abroad on a topic
of one's choice auring the following summer,
and the writing of a paper upon return.
SEMESTER OR YEAR ABROAD. Arrangements have been made under which
Augsburg students may spend their sophomore
or junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are
the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College
in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House
College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto
Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico;
the Institute for American Universities at Aix-enProvence and Avignon in France; The Goethe
Institute in Germany; The University of
Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville,
Spain; and the University of Laval in Quebec.
In addition, through the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburg
students may take part in the Scandinavian
Urban Studies Term and through the
Experiment in lnternational Living, Augsburg
students are offered study programs in
Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany,
Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy,
Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and
Yugoslavia. This type of study must be
approved before departure by the Director of
lnternational Programs, one's faculty adviser,
and the Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing. Credit earned through foreign study
may be applied to the student's graduation
requirements as electives, as elements of the
major sequence, or to satisfy some of the
general education requirements.
SUMMER SCHOOL. Again there is a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish to
spend a summer studying abroad. Recently
Augsburg students have spent summers in
Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece,
Germany, and England. Those interested in
further information should contact the Director
of lnternational Programs.
INTERIM. Study abroad during the interim is
planned for each year. See listings under the
Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure
on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the
following January.
Honors Program
The Honors Program at Augsburg College is
undergoing re-evaluation. Students wishing to
pursue an honors program should address
inquiries to the Office of the Academic Dean.
lnternship Program
The Internship Program is a college-wide
program. It provides students in almost all fields
of study an opportunity to gain practical on-thejob experience that can be related to their
academic program or personal interests.
Internships are available with a variety of
companies, agencies and community
organizations.
Degrees
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
Bachelor of Science degree. The degree
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in
Music may select the program for either the
Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music
degree. Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Student Life
Your experiences in the classroom are major
influences in your college life. They need
supplementing, however, by other activities and
opportunities. Whether as a resident student or
commuter, you'll find that the climate for
learning and living at Augsburg can add
dimension to your education.
golf. Augsburg is also a member of the
Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic
Association (MWIAA) and the Association for
lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The
women annually compete in volleyball,
gymnastics, basketball, badminton, golf and
tennis.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, a variety of social and
cultural activities takes place on campus as
well as in the Twin Cities. These activities
include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various
fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisure-time
activity on campus. Offices for the College
newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level.
Many of the clubs that unite classroom or nonclassroom related interests meet in the Center.
There are several opportunities for participation
in music and drama. In addition to campus and
local performances, the Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String
Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble,
and several student-organized groups such as
the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off
campus. Several plays are given on campus
each year under the direction of the theater
arts department.
Recreation
Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his or her own recreation and
relaxation. An intramural program provides
competition in a variety of team sports as well
as individual performance activities. Climaxing
the intramural program is the Extramural Meet,
a tournament for intramural winners at various
colleges.
lntercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a
member of the National Association of
lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College
annually competes in ten sports, including
football, soccer, cross country, basketball,
hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and
Religious Life
An important part of daily life at Augsburg is
religious activity. The Religious Life
Commission, chaired by a student and
composed of students and faculty, sees its
major responsibility in relation to worship,
devotional life, and the stimulation of faith
through discussion and service. Chapel
services are held three times a week and are
both experimental and traditional in character
Students, faculty and staff attend voluntarily.
Student Services
The staff of the Center for Student
Development is available for personal, career,
and academic counseling and consultation on
questions of academic procedure, student
activities, and residence living.
Reading and study skills assistance and tutoring are provided by the Center for Student
Development staff.
All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as
academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on
the basis of academic interests and students
are encouraged to establish close working
relationships with their adviser. Secondary
Education students may desire a second
adviser: one in the major and one in the area of
education. Freshmen also have an upperclass
adviser.
Career Planning and Placement services are
available to all students, and a Minority
Coordinator provides special support services
and programs for minority students on campus.
The office of Student Financial Services
provides assistance with financial problems. A
special Foreign Student Adviser works with
students from other countries.
New Dimensions Program
The New Dimensions Program is for adults who
have not attended or who have not graduated
from college. The program provides admissions
counseling, career guidance and planning, a
simplified time-saving registration procedure,
on-the-job experience prior to graduation, and,
for those who desire it, a special course to
ease the transition to academic life.
The transitional course, "The Adult Student:
Issues and Challenges," is offered several
times a year. It includes self-assessment,
testing, counseling, training and practice in
study skills, career exploration, and discussion
of personal and family problems arising from
the return to school. The course enables
returning adults to get to know each other
through sharing experiences, problems, hopes
and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Housing
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's
ability to respond to the learning environment
depends, in part, upon his or her living
conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is
provided. The residence hall program is
designed to promote student growth through
relationships with other students and being an
active participant in group decision making.
Each residence unit has one or more Resident
Assistants who are able to facilitate the
process of group living as well as discuss
personal concerns with individual students.
All new freshmen and some upperclassmen live
in Urness Tower. This eleven-story high-rise
houses 3 2 4 . Each floor is considered a
house unit providing 3 6 students, two to a
room, with their own lounge, study, and utility
areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall,
is an alternative to traditional residence hall
living. It contains 1 0 4 one- and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 31 2 upperclass
students.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses about
6 0 upperclass men and women. Memorial's
special advantage is that it is large enough to
meet new people, but small enough to retain a
friendly, close atmosphere.
Another alternative option is Annex Housing
which provides a unique opportunity to try
group living. Groups of upperclass men or
women share living space, house
responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are
located in the campus area.
Married student housing is available in annex
housing, Mortensen Tower and West Hall. All
freshmen and sophomores not living at home
are required to live in college-operated
housing.
Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned,
and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise
unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses,
rooms are furnished except for bed linen,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry
facilities are available in each residence.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the
fall term for the entire school year. New
students receive room assignments during the
summer before they enroll at Augsburg.
Upperclass students make housing
arrangements in the spring. All resident
students must sign housing contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to
make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to
secure housing. Students who deposit after
June 1 will be provided housing only if space is
available.
All students living on campus are required to
pay a $ 5 0 advanced payment when they sign
the housing contract. The fee is credited to the
students' account when they move into the
residence.
Food Service
The Commons, situated on the top floor of the
College Center, is the main food service
facility. This pleasant room features small table
units for easy conversation and overlooks the
College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The
portions are generous and modestly priced.
Students on board plan living in residence halls
eat their meals in the Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of
the Center, features short orders and is open
through the noon hour and in the evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan
options for those living in College houses or
nearby apartments.
students' rights, and provides the means for
discussions and action on all issues pertaining
to student life at Augsburg. Student
government is organized into three branches:
the executive branch, the legislative branch,
and the judicial branch.
Student Government
The Buckley Amendment
Student government is the vehicle through
which students can secure a closer relationship
and better understanding with the
administration and faculty, and provide better
input into the decision making process at
Augsburg. Student government also sponsors
and directs student activities, protects
Students have the right to inspect all official
records, files, and data which pertain to them
and which are maintained in the office of the
registrar and the placement office, and to
challenge inaccurate or misleading information.
Challenges may be made to the judicial council
for a hearing.
Admission to the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College is
a simple procedure. Each application is
reviewed by the Admissions Office and
students are accepted on the basis of high
school performance, promise of success in
college as shown by college entrance
examination scores, other motivational factors,
and personal recommendations.
It is the policy of Augsburg College to afford to
all persons equal opportunity to benefit from its
educational programs, student personnel
services, financial aid, housing, student
employment and other services without regard
to race, color, religion, sex or ethnic
background.
A visit to the campus is highly recommended:
admissions counselors are available to help
you, answer your questions, and arrange for
you to see the campus.
information will be mailed to the student during
the summer.
Transfer
Students are accepted by transfer from other
colleges and universities on the basis of their
academic record. College credit is granted for
liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at
accredited institutions. The College reserves
the right not to grant credit for courses where it
considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant
provisional credit for work taken at
unaccredited institutions. The grade average for
araduation is based on work taken at
Augsburg, but to determine graduation with
distinction, all grades are averaged. Transfer
students with the A.A. degree are considered
as having met all general education
requirements at Augsburg except for two
courses in religious studies.
The Application Process
1 . From the Admissions Office secure an
official application for admission, complete it.
2. Hand the completed application to your high
school counselor, along with the $1 0 . 0 0
application fee, and ask that these be sent with
your official high school transcript to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21 st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 5 5 4 5 4
3 . Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that
candidates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these tests
are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the
student notified. A non-refundable $50.00
tuition deposit is required by April 1 after
acceptance has been made andlor financial aid
(if applied for) has been awarded.
5 . After the deposit has been made, the
student must complete a medical history form,
which will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus, and matriculation
The Transfer Process
1 . From the Admissions Office, secure and
complete, an official application for admission.
This should be sent to the Admissions Office
with a $1 0 . 0 0 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all colleges
or universities attended to be sent directly to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21 st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 5 5 4 5 4
3 . Admissions to the College are made on a
"rolling" basis: soon after an application file is
complete, a decision will be made and the
student notified. A non-refundable $50.00
tuition deposit is requested within one month
after acceptance has been made andlor
financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded.
4. After a deposit has been made, the student
will be requested to complete a medical history
form, which will be sent by the College.
5. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus and matriculation
information will be mailed during the summer.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program is offered for
students who select Augsburg as their first
college choice and who will accept an offer of
admission if it is extended. An Early Decision
candidate must apply by November 1 5 of the
senior year and will receive the admission
decision about December 1 . After notification
of admission and adequate financial aid, if
needed, has been provided, the student is
encouraged to withdraw applications made to
other colleges. The admissions decision is
based upon the academic record through the
junior year, test scores, and recommendations.
A $50.00 tuition deposit which is nonrefundable is required by January 1 .
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program is offered for a
few high school juniors. To apply for Early
Admission, a student must have a high
academic record and test scores,
recommendation from the high school, and the
maturity to cope with a college course after the
junior year in high school. Also, it is
recommended that the student complete the
requirements for a high school diploma during
the summer or during the first year of college.
A student applying for Early Admission can take
the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or
March of the junior year.
Project Ahead
A cooperative program between Augsburg
College and the United States Army makes
provision for an individualized plan of education.
A prospective student who qualifies for tHe
program may choose Augsburg as a home
school and carry on a pre-planned course of
study at other colleges while in the Army. An
adviser at Augsburg assists the student in the
selection of courses which will transfer and
apply toward graduation when the student
matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of
$1 00 is charged. This fee will apply toward the
student's tuition, provided he or she
matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg
College within five years from initial registration
with the college in Project Ahead.
The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for
courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment,
when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the
Army provides 36 months of financial
assistance under the G.I. Bill.
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement is granted to students
who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high
school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning level. Placement may be
determined by tests, or by the level and length
of the study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit is granted to high school
students who have successfully completed a
college level course and who have scored high
on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of
scores received on the College Level
Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the
College Entrance Examination Board. Requests
for detailed information may be addressed to
the Registrar at Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 80% of all Augsburg students receive
financial assistance from the college through
some form of scholarships, grants, loans,
campus employment, or a combination of
these. ~ s s i s t a n c eis awarded on the basis of
financial need and academic record. Application
for aid is made by completing the Family
Financial Statement (FFS) of the American
College Testing Program. While Augsburg
College prefers the FFS, which is required for
students applying to the Minnesota State
Scholarship and Grant Program, students may
instead submit the Parents Confidential
Statement (PCS) of the College Scholarship
Service to be considered for financial aid.
Upperclass students must also complete the
Augsburg Application for Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1 9 7 5 - 7 6 , approximately
80% of the students at Augsburg received
scholarships or grants totaling $1 , 9 0 4 , 8 8 0
from Augsburg and all other sources. And
federal loans totaling $ 9 3 2 , 5 0 0 .
Augsburg participates in the Minnesota State
Scholarship and Grant Program for which all
Minnesota residents are expected to apply, and
the following federal programs: Supplementary
Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic
Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan
(formerly National Defense Student Loan),
College Work-Study, and Federally Insured
Student Loan. Both on-campus and off-campus
work opportunities are also available.
Applications for financial aid received by April 1
will be considered first. For further information,
contact the Office of Student Financial Services
at Augsburg College.
Expenses
The costs expressed herein are subject to
change without notice.
TUITION
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen,
transfer or returning students (not on a prior
year guarantee plan) entering the academic
year beginning September, 1 9 7 7 . Students are
considered full-time when they take three or
more courses during the semester terms.
Under the 4-1- 4 calendar, the student must
register for the semester periods.
If the student elects to omit an interim or to
graduate in December, a refund is not
authorized.
A part-time rate of $ 3 9 0 a course is charged
the student taking less than three courses in a
semester or registering for an interim course
only.
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. For part-time students, the charge for
auditing is $1 9 5 a course. Part-time students
who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit
rate for that course.
- NOT REFUNDABLE
An application fee of $1 0.00 is required from
all new students.
A registration fee for students studying abroad
on approved non-Augsburg programs is
$25.00.
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology
program at one of the hospitals must register at
Augsburg. The charge will be $230.
Fee for change in registration after the first
three days of classes is $ 2 . 0 0 for each course
cancelled or added. Late registration fee after
classes begin is $ 5 . 0 0 per day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
REFUNDABLE
- See Study Abroad
Adviser,
Music lessons in addition to tuition are $1 1 0 a
semester ( 14 lessons), or $8.00 per lesson
during the interim.
- $2,850.
SPECIAL FEES
Study Abroad
- NOT
Cinema Arts, $20
Practice Studio rental for each semester for
one hour a day: organ, $20.00 ($5.00 an
interim); piano or voice, $ 8 . 0 0 ( $ 2 . 0 0 an
interim).
Band-Orchestra instrument rental: $1 5 . 0 0 a
semester.
OTHER COSTS
Transcript fee; first copy free; additional copy,
$1 . o o .
Locker rental for commuter students: $ 5 . 0 0 or
$7.00.
Arrangements for special examinations are
made in the Registrar's Office, with charges
according to the schedule on file.
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore on a cash or charge account basis.
BOARD AND ROOM
Full Board and Room - $ 1 , 4 0 0
Partial Board and Room - $1,310
Meal Coupons and Room (Limited Residences)
- $915
5 Day Lunch Plan - $ 2 8 0
In the event of excessive increases in the cost
of operation, these board rates may be
increased at any time before or during the
contract year.
A full board plan provides 21 meals per week.
The partial board plan provides 1 4 meals per
week in a combination of breakfasts and dinner
or noon lunch and dinners.
Computer Science, $ 3 0 per course
The meal coupons are restricted to apartment
style residences named by the College in the
"Housing and Food Services contract.''
Student Teaching, $ 3 5
A lunch contract is available to non-resident
students and provides five noon lunches per
week.
No student is permitted to register if his or her
account for a preceding term has not been paid
in full.
Linen service is available in residence halls on
a direct contract basis from a local linen supply
company at about $50 per year,
1977-78 Cost Summary
Application Fee - $1 0 . 0 0
Tuition - $2,850.
(Tuition deposit of $50.00 paid on acceptance
to Augsburg and applied to the tuition charges.)
Board and Room - $ 1 , 4 0 0
Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded on termination of studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
TUITION DEPOSIT - New students, $50.00
(not refundable). Required of students whose
application for admission has been accepted; to
be paid by April 1 , 1977. (Payment is due
January 1 under Early Decision Program). The
payment is applied to the tuition charge.
ROOM RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All resident
students, $ 5 0 . 0 0 advanced payment. Required
at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a
housing assignment for the term beginning
September, and applied to the room charge.
BREAKAGE AND FINE DEPOSIT - All
students at registration, $25.00. Refundable
upon graduation, transfer to another institution,
or discontinuing education program at
Augsburg.
Settlement of Account
A statement of estimated charges for the year
will be prepared and forwarded to the student
early in August. Payment of the first half year
billing period is due August 2 0 , and the second
half year is due January 20. Variation from this
schedule must be arranged with the Office of
Student Financial Services prior to August 2 0 .
Refunds
A student cancelling part or all of his
registration and/or being released from his
housing contract will be refunded charges for
tuition and room except for the minimum
deduction of $1 0 0 of fees to cover
administrative costs according to the following
schedule.. .
100% through the first five days of classes
90% from the sixth day through the tenth
day of classes.
80% from the eleventh day through the
fifteenth day of classes.
70% from the sixteenth day through the
twentieth day of classes.
60% from the twenty-first day through the
twenty-fifth day of classes.
50% from the twenty-sixth day to the
middle of the term.
No refund will be made after the middle of the
term.
Should a student to forced to cancel his
registration during the first one-half of the term
due to illness or accident, upon submission of
a report from the attending physician stating the
inability or inadvisability of continued
matriculation, the charges will be reduced by
one-half.
Students required by military law to enter the
service will receive a full refund of tuition and
proportionate refund on room charges.
In all cases board refunds are made on a
proportionate basis.
All refunds of charges will be applied back to
the account of the student and all adjustments
for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. shall be
gathered in the student's account before
eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College are
encouraged to plan their own course of study
with the help of faculty advisers who are readily
available for consultation and guidance. A wellplanned program of liberal arts studies will
include courses in the humanities, the natural
sciences, and the social sciences.
2. Completion of a major. Requirements for
each major are listed under departmental headings.
3. A grade point average of 2 . 0 in all courses
taken and in courses which apply toward the
major.
Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to
write effectively; they are also expected to be
knowledgeable about urban concerns and have
some understanding of cultures outside the
United States.
4. The last year of study at Augsburg College.
The general recreational activities courses at
Augsburg are designed to acquaint students
with and to equip students for lifetime sports.
6. Satisfactory completion of distribution
requirements as follows (one course may
meet one requirement only):
Courses in religion are intended to assist
students in their reflection on the meaning of
the Christian Church through the study of its
beliefs, its scripture, and its mission.
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts
degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and
the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree,
Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates
with majors in Medical Technology, Music
Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Majors in
Music may select the program for either the
Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music
degree. Graduates with majors in other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
MINIMUM GRADUATION
REQUIREMENTS
INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
I . A total of 3 5 courses of which 1 1 must be
upper division (numbered in the 300's and
400's) and not more than 1 3 in one
department, except 1 7 for Bachelor of
Music degree and 1 8 for the Bachelor of
Science in Nursing. A maximum of 4 C.H.R.
courses, 2 courses by independent study or
directed study or a combination of directed and
independent study, 4 courses of internship and
8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major
[except Elementary Education] and one in the
minor if approved by the department chairman)
may apply toward the 3 5 total courses
required.
5 , Three interim courses. For transfer students,
the number of interim courses is one less
than the number of years at Augsburg.
a. A course in writing (English Ill) or
certification of demonstrated proficiency
by the Department of English. Exemption
tests are administered during the summer
and fall orientation periods.
b. A course from at least two of the following four groups; art or music; literature
(from the Department of English);
philosophy; speech or drama.
c . A course from at least two of the following departments: biology, chemistry,
mathematics, physics, psychology.
d. A course from one or two of the following
departments (two different departments):
economics, history, political science,
sociology; and one or two courses from
the Department of Foreign Languages to
make a total of three courses in these
five departments.
e. Three courses in religious studies of
which not more than one may be an
interim course. For transfer students, the
number required is one for each year of
study (or equivalent) at Augsburg.
f. A course relating to urban concerns.
g. Three recreational activities or
demonstrated proficiency in three lifetime
sports. Students with proficiency in one
or two sports may meet this requirement
with one or two additional activities in a
semester.
Divisional Organization
The college curriculum is organized into four
divisions in order to make interdepartmental
coordination more convenient and cooperative
aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each
division is elected for a two-year term.
Registration
Major and minor requirements are indicated in
the departmental statements in the course
listing section.
A normal load is four courses per semester and
one course in the interim. Students registered
for three or four courses in a semester are
classified as full-time students.
A student must be registered for a course in
order to receive credit for it.
NATURAL SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Chairman: Earl R. Alton
Department of
Department of
Department of
Department of
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairman: Duane Johnson
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology and Social Work
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Although a student may register up to two
weeks after the semester begins, it is advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled
time. A fee is charged for late registration. A
fee is also charged for changing registration,
i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first
three days of the semester.
Students are urged not to abandon courses for
which they are registered. Abandoned courses
result in a failing grade. Cancellation of courses
or cancellation from College must be done in
the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from
college and resulting adjustments in accounts
are effective as of the date the completed
Cancel From College form is returned to the
Office of the Registrar.
Students who have completed at least seven
courses with a 2 . 0 average are classified as
sophomores, 1 6 as juniors, and 2 5 as seniors.
Chairman: Einar 0.Johnson
Probation and Dismissal
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary Education
Department of Physical Education and Health
Education
Department of Music
Department of Nursing
A student may be placed on scholastic
probation at the end of a term if his
achievement is unsatisfactory.
FRESHMAN,
SOPHOMORE,
HUMANITIES
Chairman: Eugene Skibbe
JUNIOR,
Department of Art
Department of English
Department of Foreign Languages: Chinese,
French, German, Greek, Linguistics,
Norwegian, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of Speech, Communications, and
Theater Arts
SENIOR,
below 1 . 6 or 2 zero
grades having taken 6 or
fewer courses
below 1.7 or 3 zero
grades having taken 7 - 15
courses
below 1 . 9 having taken
1 6 - 2 4 courses
below 2.0 having taken
2 5 or more courses
If a student has been on probation two or more
semesters consecutively, he is subject to
dismissal at the end of the following spring
term. A student who has a poor academic
record may be strongly advised to withdraw
before the end of spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be
automatic. Each case will be reviewed by the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing.
the PIN grading system. Any changes in choice
of grading system must be made during the
first two weeks of the semester. A fee is
charged after the first three days of classes.
A student who has been on probation for two
terms and withdraws from the College
voluntarily must have special permission to
re-enroll.
Music organizations and performance studies,
Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are
graded PIN.
Grading
An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in
the case of extreme emergency. To receive an
I grade, a student must file a petition with the
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the
plan and date for removing it, and comments
from the instructor of the course. If permission
to receive an I grade is granted, it must be
removed during the following semester. If the
incomplete is not removed during the following
semester, it becomes the grade submitted by
the teacher along with the incomplete.
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to
0 with definitions as follows:
4 . 0 Achieves highest standards of excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course
standards.
.5
0 . Unacceptable performance (no
credit for the course).
Most courses are also offered on a PassINo
Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2 . 0
or better and N meaning no credit and a grade
of less than 2.0. On the PIN grading system
the grade is recorded but not computed in the
grade point average.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of P toward graduation. For transfer
students the maximum is an average of two
courses per year. Two courses in the major
(except Elementary Education) and one in the
minor may be on PIN grading system if
approved by the department chairman.
Sociology 3 8 3 , some education courses and
several interim courses are graded only on the
PIN grading system. Students may select
the traditional grading system in other courses.
Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade
option with care since some graduate and
professional schools do not look favorably on a
large number of P-graded courses.
Students must indicate on their registration
card those courses which they wish to take on
A grade of X may be given for an Independent
Study or Directed Study course that is to be
spread over more than one semester. Such a
course must be completed during the second
semester or the grade of X will remain on the
record.
A course in which a grade of 0 , 1 .O, 1.5, N, I,
or X has been received may be repeated for
credit. Only the credits and grades earned the
second time are counted toward graduation and
in the grade point average. Courses in which
higher grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit; they may, however, be
audited.
Students who wish to take courses without
credit or grade may do so by registering for
Audit (V). Such students should confer with the
professor within two weeks of the beginning of
the term to determine expectations, attendance
requirements, etc. If expectations have been
met, the course will be listed on the student's
transcript as having been audited. If
expectations have not been met, the course
will be listed with a grade of W (withdrawn).
Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. The charge for part-time students is
listed under Expenses.
Graduation With Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined as
follows:
Summa cum laude
Magna cum laude
Cum laude
3.9 - 4.0 grade average
3.6 - 3.89 grade average
3.3 - 3.59 grade average
For transfer students all grades are averaged to
determine graduation with distinction.
A student who registers for independent study
should normally expect to complete it in one
semester but may extend it into the next term
by permission of the instructor. In such cases,
a grade of X is given at the end of the first
term, and the student will register again for the
course in order to receive the final grade.
A maximum of two courses in lndependent
Study and/or Directed Study may count toward
the 3 5 courses required for the degree.
lndependent Study
lndependent study programs are offered by
many departments in the College. These
programs are often available to conscientious
students who can demonstrate sufficient
background and preparation in a given field to
carry out work on an independent basis.
Students interested in registering for
independent study must first secure permission
from the faculty member who will direct the
study as well as from the department involved.
In the Five College Cooperative Program,
students may cross-register for independent
studies only when the major field in which the
independent study is proposed is not available
on their home campus. Requests for
exceptions to this policy should be made
directly to their own academic dean. The
student will be charged for any special costs
attached to independent study by the host
campus.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested in earning credit
by examinations should consult with
department chairmen or with the Registrar.
Credit may be earned through the College
Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by
comprehensive examinations.
Classification
Sophomore . .
7 courses . . . 1 4 grade points
Junior. . . . . . . 1 6 courses , . . 3 2 grade points
Senior . . . . . 2 5 courses . . . 5 0 grade points
.
To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses
each of the two semesters and one course
during the interim (for a total of seven courses).
To be considered full time for a semester, a
student must register for at least three courses.
Courses
All courses have equivalent value unless
otherwise indicated. A course has the
approximate value of 4 semester credits. A
total of 3 5 courses is required for graduation.
periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in
addition to laboratories. Each semester is
approximately 1 5 weeks in length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings. Courses
with inadequate registration may be cancelled.
Students should consult the schedule of
classes to determine definitely the current
course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 3 0 0 are lower
division courses; those numbered 3 0 0 and
above are classified as upper division. In
general, courses numbered in the 1 0 0 ' s are
primarily for freshmen; 2 0 0 ' s for sophomores;
3 0 0 ' s for juniors; and 400's for seniors. The
first number indicates the level of the course;
the second is the division within the
department; and the third identifies the course.
Symbol
# Courses may be taken with the consent of
the instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
"Meets urban requirement.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
Course Descriptions
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1 9 7 7 - 7 8
are given on the following pages. See
preceding pages for information on numbering
and credit value. The symbol # indicates that
the course may be taken with the consent of
the instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
American Studies
Director: Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 1 3 courses including 2 9 5 or 4 9 5 and
3 9 9 or 4 9 9 , plus 1 1 courses in U.S. History,
Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and
Social Sciences in the U.S. ( 5 courses in one
of these areas and 3 in each of the others): *
History of the United States
American Studies 2 3 1, 260
History 221, 222, 3 3 1, 332, 353, 4 9 5
(American emphasis)
Religion 352, 3 6 3
Humanities in the United
States
American Studies 232, 2 6 5
Art 102
English 24 1 (also Speech 24 I), 250, 3 5 1,
490 and 491 (American emphasis)
Philosophy 344
Social Sciences in the United States
Economics 120, 122, 123, 251
Education 4 78 #
Political Science 121, 122, 170, 325, 326,
370, 371, 421
Psychology 48 1 # Sociology 1 1 1, 3 73,
381, 3 8 3
Social Work 3 5 1, 463
* "American area oriented courses taken during
the Interim, Summer School and at other
colleges should be approved by the director for
inclusion in the major.
TEACHING MAJOR: 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to
be approved by director.
MINOR: 7 courses including 2 9 5 or 4 9 5 plus
2 courses in each of the above groupings
under MAJOR.
231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related to the
black experience, e.g. African backgrounds,
religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course
content subject to change from year to year.
Meets one religion requirement. (Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a significant period of the black
experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem
Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis
upon the contributions of literature, art and
music of the period. Course content subject to
change from year to year. (Spring) *
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS
A study of the characteristics of mid-western
and eastern Indian tribes of the 19th century,
with emphasis upon the persistence of Indian
cultural values in the modern world. (Spring)
265 WOMEN IN AMERICAN CULTURE
Focuses on the changing roles and perceptions
of women in America seen from the
perspective of various disciplines. (Fall)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
Focuses on a significant problem or
phenomenon in American urban life. Includes a
study of the approaches of several disciplines
to the topic and practice in the integration of
primary source materials. Occasional use of
Twin Cities resource persons and the colearning model when appropriate to topic. Open
to freshmen and sophomores. * (Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in
area of student's choice. Consult director to
determine conditions of contract. Intended for
majors only. Others # (Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
For description, see 295. Open to juniors and
seniors who will do a different level of work.
(Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A research project of an interdisciplinary nature
in area of student's choice. Consult with
director to determine conditions of contract.
Intended for majors only. Others #. (Fall,
Interim, Spring)
Department of Art
Chairman: Philip Thompson
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses and 3
art history courses, including 107; and three
from 3 8 2 , 3 8 6 , 3 8 7 , 3 8 8 .
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity
and expression with attention given to black
and white photographic processes.
TEACHING MAJOR: Same as studio art major
but 3 5 0 required and 1 3 2 recommended.
STUDIO ART MINOR: 4 studio courses and 1
art history course, including 1 0 7 ; two from
1 1 8 , 2 2 1 , 2 2 3 , 2 2 5 , 350; and one from 3 8 2 ,
386, 387, 388.
150 JEWELRY.
Experience in making jewelry with an emphasis
on design, materials and process.
221 SCULPTURE l
ART HISTORY MINOR: 5 art history courses
including 3 8 6 , 3 8 7 , 388.
Three major works in any of the following
media: terra cotta, welded steel, bronze, wood,
stone, lead, plaster, polyester resin, acrylic
sheets and others. (Prereq.: 107. Fall, Spring)
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
223 PRINTMAKING I
Fine arts and the environment in the local and
world setting. Topics include art history, urban
archaeology and environmental design leading
towards appreciation and criticism.
Principles and methods of printmaking in a
variety of media. (Fall, Spring)
107 DRAWING
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and other
media. Descriptive, experimental and figure
studies. (Fall, Spring)
118 PAINTING 1
Introduction to painting media. Application of
historical and contemporary techniques in
acrylic and/or oil. (Fall, Spring)
225 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I
The theory and practice of visual perception
and communication using elements such as
color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial
images. (Fall, Spring)
230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS II
A study of visual communications in magazines,
television, film, advertising symbols, and other
mass media. Practice in areas of photography.
typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall.
Spring)
242 FILM-MAKING
Film-making through practical laboratory
experience. Discussion and observation of the
expressive and structural elements of film.
(Summer, Interim)
350 CERAMICS l
An introduction to the making of pottery with
an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall,
Spring)
screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223.
Fall, Spring)
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from
pre-history to modern times.
386 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ART
351 CERAMICS II
Survey of the early development of the visual
arts throughout the world with emphasis on the
Mediterranean region and Europe.
Creative clay pieces with the throwing and
handbuilding techniques. (Prereq.: 350. Fall,
Spring)
387 RENAISSANCE THROUGH 19TH CENTURY ART
355 PAINTING II
A study of architecture, painting and sculpture
from the 15th century through the 19th century
in Europe and America.
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 1 1 8.
Fall, Spring)
388 ART IN THE 20TH CENTURY
360 DRAWING AND WATERCOLOR
PAINTING
Contemporary developments in the visual arts
with emphasis on America and Europe.
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental
drawing followed by seven weeks of watercolor painting with emphasis on the landscape.
The functions of perception, structure, and
gesture in drawing and transparent watercolor.
(Prereq. : 10 7 or #)
399 INTERNSHIP
361 ART METHODS (Elementary and
junior high school) (K-12)
Materials and methods for the teaching of art at
the elementary and junior high school level.
(Fall)
Advanced work in various media, including silk
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project.
478 SCULPTURE II
Three major works in any of the following
media: terra cotta, welded steel, bronze, wood,
stone, lead, plaster, polyester resin, acrylic
sheets and others. (Prereq.: 22 1 . Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study in area of the student's
choice. Intended for senior art majors. (Fall,
Spring)
Department of Biology
Chairman: Neal Thorpe
MAJOR: Option 1 : 7 courses, including 1 1 1 ,
1 1 2, 491 and at least one course from each of
the following three groups: 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 , 3 6 1
(Group 1); 3 5 5 , 4 7 3 , 4 7 4 (Group 11); 4 4 0 ,
4 7 1 , 4 7 6 (Group Ill); Chemistry 1 1 5 , 11 6 (or
1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5
(or 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 ) ; Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 also
required. Students intending to enter graduate
school should ordinarily choose this major.
as applications of microbiology to the fields of
medicine and sanitation. ( 3 hours lecture, 3
hours laboratory. For student nurses only.
Prereq.: Chemistry 1 0 3 . Spring)
111, 112 GENERAL BIOLOGY
MAJOR: Option 11: 9 courses, including 1 1 1 ,
11 2 , 491 and at least one course from each of
the following five groups: 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 (Group I);
3 5 5 . 4 7 4 (Group 11); 3 6 1 , 481 (Group Ill);
4 7 1 , 4 7 3 (Group IV); 4 4 0 , 4 7 6 , (Group V);
Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) , 2 2 3 (or
3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ) also required. Students who plan to
teach in secondary schools often select this
major.
MINOR: 5 courses, including 11 1 , 11 2 and
three upper division courses. Chemistry 1 1 5 ,
1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same
as Option I major In addition, medical schools
usually require Chemistry 3 5 3 (Quantitative
Analytical Chemistry).
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in biology and
3 . 0 overall; active participation in seminar; one
course of approved independent study with an
oral defense of the research report. Application
for the honors major should be made no later
than the first term of the senior year.
101 HUMAN BIOLOGY
Basic biological concepts from an
anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to
answer such questions as: What makes man
just another member of the biotic fold? Does
man have a niche in the ecosystem? What
influence does man have on the environment?
What influence does the environment,
especially the urban environment, have on
man? (3 hours lecture, 1 1/2 hours laboratory.
A student may not receive credit for both
Biology 101 and 1 0 3 . )
103 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A professional course in the structure and
function of the human body. (Lecture and
laboratory. Fall for nurses only; Spring for other
students. A student may not receive credit for
both Biology 1 0 1 and 1 0 3 . )
108 MICROBIOLOGY
Basic microbial features are considered as well
A comprehensive introduction to biological
science. For biology and other science majors.
The course includes an introduction to
molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics,
developmental biology, evolutionary
mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology,
and phylogenetic relationships of organisms.
Must be taken in sequence except by
permission of instructor. ( 3 hours lecture; 4
hours laboratory. 1 1 1 , Fall; 1 1 2 , Spring)
351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing
classification, morphology, behavior, life
history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours
lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 11 2. Fall,
19 78. Offered alternate years).
353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with the
classification, morphology, distribution,
evolution, behavior and population dynamics of
the vertebrates. ( 3 hours lecture, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 1 2 . Spring)
355 GENETICS
The principles of heredity with emphasis on
recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory
work stressing Drosphila and certain microorganisms. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112 . Spring)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the plant
kingdom including the study of anatomy,
physiology, life histories, taxonomy and
ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 1 12. Fall)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the chemistry
of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic
acids including intermediary metabolism. ( 3
hours lecture. Prereq.: 11 2 ; Chemistry 2 2 3 or
3 5 2 or #. Fall; this course is prereq. to 4 71
and 4 76).
440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as
descriptive studies are included in the
laboratory work. ( 3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12. Spring)
A consideration of the chemical and physical
mechanisms involved in photosynthesis,
respiration, growth and development, and water
relations in vascular and nonvascular plants.
The relationships of these processes to plant
structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq. 1 12. Fall, 19 77. Offered alternate
years).
An introduction to the study of micro-organisms
with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.
Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology,
genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as
well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #. Fall)
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
481 ECOLOGY
A study correlating cell function with
ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology
and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 1 12, 3 6 7 or #; Physics
103 or 122 or #. Spring)
A survey of representative biological
communities; the study of reciprocal
relationships between organisms and their
environments. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq..
112, 361, or 4'. Spring)
473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
491 SEMINAR
A study of the physical and chemical
processes occurring in animals with emphasis
on the vertebrates. (3 hours class, 4 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 223 or
3 5 2 or #; Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall)
Oral presentations and written papers relating
to recent biological literature and research. (For
seniors majoring in biology)
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
Individual laboratory, field, or library research
under the direction of an instructor Intended
for biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 7 12, and previous arrangement with
instructor. Fall. Interim, Spring, Summer)
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes which occur during the
development of organisms with emphasis on
476 MICROBIOLOGY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of Business
Administration, Business
Education, and Economics
Chairman: Edward M. Sabella
Business Administration
MAJOR WlTH ACCOUNTING
SPECIALIZATION: Business Administration
101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 263, 379, 381,
and either 483 or 484. Economics 122, 123,
251 and one additional course selected from
258 or 391 or 392 are also required. At least
three upper division courses are required. For
those planning on careers in accounting,
completion of the two remaining courses in the
sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is
recommended. In addition, courses in data
processing and computer programming are
strongly recommended.
MAJOR WlTH FINANCE SPECIALIZATION:
Business Administration 101, 102, 131 , 261 ,
262, 373, 379, 478, and one other course
from the sequence 381, 382, 483. Economics
1 2 2 , 1 2 3 , 251 and one additional course
selected from 2 5 8 or 3 9 1 or 3 9 2 are also
required. At least five upper division courses are
required. ( 3 9 2 is strongly recommended.) In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly
recommended.
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property and business
organizations under the Uniform Commercial
Code. (Spring)
261 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business
Administration 101 , 10 2 , and one of 261 ,
3 7 3 , 3 7 9 , 478; and one of 2 6 2 , 3 7 9 , 381;
and Economics 1 2 2 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 5 0 in the major,
with average of 3 . 0 over-all; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major
field of concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish
to take the Certified Public Accountants
(C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the
experience requirement must have completed
the major in Business AdministrationAccounting, taken all accounting and businesslaw courses offered, fulfilled the Natural
Sciences or Mathematics general college
requirement by taking mathematics, and
completed at least 5 courses but not more than
1 2 courses of related business subjects
(Economics, Finance, and Mathematics).
Students who have completed the above
requirements are qualified under the rules of
the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to
sit for the examination immediately after
graduation.
101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING
lntroduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial
statements. (Fall, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL
ACCOUNTING
lntroduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling processes,
decision making and behavioral considerations.
(Prereq.: 10 1. Fall, Spring)
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and
management of funds within the firm: sources
and uses of long and short term funds, cost of
capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend
policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 10 1, 102.
Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
financial statements, income concepts, capital
stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. (Prereq.: 10 1 , 10 2 . Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to
investments, tangible and intangible fixed
assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics.
Additional emphasis on income determination
considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262.
Spring)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY
AND CASES
Advanced financial theory: a systems approach
to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on
decision-making, presentation through
literature, readings, lectures and case material.
(Prereq.: 2 6 1, Spring)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, inference and estimation with
emphasis on their use in applied problems in
business and economics. (Prereq.: High
School Algebra. Fall)
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
Accounting tools for planning and control of
economic activities. Planning, budgeting,
standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.:
101, 102. Spring)
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
The more common and important provisions of
federal income taxes for individuals and various
forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,
102. Spring. Offered alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Spring)
Business Education
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
MAJOR: 12-14 Courses.
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
graduation, but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
one full term working with some industrial
organization. In addition the student will write a
report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken in
Interim only).
CORE PROGRAM: Business Administration
101, 102, 131 ; Business Education 110,
364, 460, 465; Economics 122, 123; high
school typewriting or equivalent required. In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are recommended.
478 INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL
INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of
various types of securities from the viewpoint
of both individual and institutional investors.
Extensive coverage of capital markets and
portfolio management. (Prereq.: 2 6 1.
Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall)
ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Administration 262, 263, and
Business Education 108.
ECONOMICS SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Economics 251, 258, 391 or 392.
SECRETARIAL SPECIALIZATION: Core plus
Business Education 221, 350, and 353.
OFFICE SPECIALIZATION: Core plus Business
Education 108, 350, and English 21 9.
MINOR: Five courses in Business Education.
483 AUDITING
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls for
accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
COMPREHENSIVE MAJOR: Core plus 5 other
courses including Business Education 108,
121, 350 and 353.
TWO-YEAR SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
295, 495 TOPICS
If a student desires a two-year secretarial
program, a certificate will be awarded upon
completion of the following: Business Education
108, 110, 221, 350, 353, 364, 460 and
Business Administration 101 , 102, 131 and
Economics 120. A student in the two-year
program must select six courses from the
general education requirements.
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members
of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
methodology and readings in the areas of
Accounting, Finance or General Business.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring: On Demand)
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major,
with average of 3.0 over-all; a senior thesis and
comprehensive oral examination in the major
field of concentration.
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership
accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.:
263. Spring. Offered alternate years)
101 ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITER (No Credit)
The fundamental skills of typewriter. Emphasis
on personal use. Not available to students who
have had one year of high school typewriting.
(Interim)
an internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
some time working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on his or
her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring,
Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only)
108 CALCULATING MACHINES
460 OFFICE MANAGEMENT
Operation of ten-key adding machine; rotary,
printing and electronic calculators. (Fall)
110 OFFICE TECHNOLOGY
Operation of transcription machines, filing and
records management, introduction to data
processing, and efficient handling of office
duties. (Interim)
221 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand (Diamond
Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading, and
writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription.
Development of speed in transcribing material
dictated at minimum speed of 8 0 words a
minute. (Not open to students who have had
one year of shorthand in high school. Fall)
350 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
Development of typewriting technique in
business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating,
manuscripts, legal documents, and duplicating.
(Prereq.: High school typewriting or equivalent.
Spring)
353 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
Students of Gregg, Forkner, or other shorthand
systems may enroll for rapid dictation and
transcription of material dictated at speeds of
80-1 20 words a minute. (Prereq.: 22 1 or
equivalent. Spring)
364 BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS
Communication in the office through use of
telephone, telegram, and writing of business
letters, memorandums, manuals and reports.
(Fall. Offered alternate years, 19 75- 76)
Problems relating to supervision and
management in the business office, selection
and training of employees; and human relations
within the office. (Spring)
465 BUSINESS SEMINAR-MARKETING
Principles of marketing with emphasis on
distribution and the role of the consumer in the
marketing process. Materials and methods in
teaching of basic business subjects and
projects in marketing. (Fall. Offered alternate
years, 19 76- 77)
Economics
MAJOR I N ECONOMICS:
Economics 122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and
three other courses of economics offerings.
Business Administration 101 , 102, 379, also
required. The complete calculus sequence is
very strongly recommended for those planning
graduate study in economics. Mathematics 373
may be substituted for Business Administration
379. In addition, courses in data processing
and computer programming are strongly
recommended.
COMBINED MAJOR IN ECONOMICSBUSINESS ADMINISTRATION:
Economics 122, 123, 251 , and 258 and one
other course from economics offerings.
Business Administration 101 , 102, 261 , 373,
379 and one other course from business
administration offerings also required. In
addition, courses in data processing and
computer programming are highly
recommended.
MINOR:
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one other
course from economics offerings.
HONORS MAJOR:
GPA of 3.50 in the major, with average of 3 . 0
over-all; a senior thesis and comprehensive
oral examination in the major field of
concentration.
Economics 120, 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 will satisfy
general education requirements.
Economics 1 2 0 will satisfy the urban concerns
requirement.
in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Spring)
251 INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of
consumer behavior, firm and industry; the
pricing of factors of production and income
distribution; introduction to welfare economics.
(Prereq.: 123. Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMICS
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many
problems facing a metro-urban environment.
Some of the topics to be discussed are:
Population "Crisis"; Draft versus an AllVolunteer Army; Ecology and Income
Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass
Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental
microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate
discussion of the above-mentioned topics.
NOTE: Economics 1 2 0 is a basic course
designed for those students who do not plan to
major in either Economics, Business
Administration or Business Education. Students
who plan to major in the above three areas
should enroll in 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 rather than 1 2 0 .
1 2 2 and 1 2 3 are also open to non-majors.
(Fall, Spring)
Determinants of national income, employment
and price level analyzed via macro-models.
Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal
policy, growth and the business cycle.
(Prereq.: 122. Fall)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
See under Department of Business
Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public
expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on
economic activity; debt policy and its economic
implications. (Prereq.: 123. Fall)
392 MONEY AND BANKING
122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO)
An introduction to macro-economics; national
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth.
Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken
independently of Economics 1 2 3 or 1 2 0 .
Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 may be takgn in
either order, or may be taken in the same term
in order for the student to progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
An introduction to micro-economics, the theory
of the household, firm, market structures and
income distribution. Application of elementary
economic theory to market policy. May be
taken independently of Economics 1 2 2 or 120.
Economics 1 2 2 and 1 2 3 may be taken in
either order, or may be taken in the same term
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks, the
Federal Reserve System and its role in relation
to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis
placed on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq.: 1 2 2 . Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits through
an internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program
will afford the student the opportunity to spend
some time working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on his or
her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring,
Summer. Cannot be taken in Interim only)
453 ECONOMICS OF LABOR AND POVERTY
Analysis of labor markets; determination of
wages, collective bargaining. Particular
attention paid to the economic problems of
minority groups and poverty areas. (Prereq.:
2 5 1 or #. Spring)
295, 495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members
of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research
methodology and current national and
international economic problems and policies.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring. On Demand)
454 WELFARE ECONOMICS
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto
optimality, economic efficiency of alternative
market structures; social welfare functions;
normative concepts of economic theory.
(Prereq.: 2 5 1 or #. Spring, alternate years)
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised projects
designed to afford him or her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Spring)
Department of Chemistry
Chairman: Earl Alton
GRADUATION MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY: 1 1 5 ,
1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 106), 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 3 6 1 and
one advanced course which may include
Biochemistry. Physics 121 , 122, and
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 also required.
Participation in seminar. Since upper division
courses have mathematics and physics
prerequisites, students should plan to have
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 the freshman year, and
Physics 121, 1 2 2 the sophomore year.
AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY APPROVED
MAJOR: 1 1 courses including 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 (or
1 0 5 , 106), and all chemistry courses above
3 5 0 . Chemistry seminar participation;
Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 (which should be taken
during the freshman year); Mathematics 2 2 4 ;
and Physics 1 21, 1 2 2 (which should be taken
during the sophomore year). Reading ability in
German equivalent to 2 semesters also
required.
that Advanced Inorganic be taken as the
advanced course. Certification after July,
1 9 7 9 , also requires three courses in earth and
life sciences. Students are also advised to
consult with the Education Department early in
their planning.
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same
as the graduation major. In addition, medical
schools expect at least two courses (and
usually more) in biology. Students should
consult members of the chemistry department
for assistance in planning a course program
early in their college career.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major;
average of 3 . 5 0 in chemistry, mathematics,
and physics; 3.00 over-all; one summer or
course of approved research; participation in
seminar.
Credit will not be granted for both 1 0 5 and
1 1 5 ; 1 0 6 and 1 1 6 ; 223 and 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 .
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
MINOR: 5 courses which must include 1 1 5 ,
1 1 6 (or 1 0 5 , 1 0 6 ) and 3 additional courses in
chemistry. Chemistry 2 2 3 , 3 5 3 , and 3 6 1 are
recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the
graduation major except that it is suggested
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess
Hospital. Selected elements of general,
organic, and biological chemistry around the
theme: the molecular basis of life. (3 one-hour
lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high
school chemistry. Fall) Does not apply toward
the major.
105, 106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat less rigorous than 1 1 5 , 1 16;
designed especially for students who will not
major in chemistry, although students may go
from 1 0 6 into 3 5 1 , 3 5 3 , or 2 2 3 . Concepts
and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a
variety of examples including organic and
environmental systems. ( 3 one-hour lectures, 3
hours o f laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring)
11 5, 116 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS
An intensive course for pre-medical students
and future chemists. First semester devoted to
fundamental principles; and second to inorganic
chemistry, qualitative analysis, and a brief
introduction to organic chemistry. (3 one-hour
lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: high
school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry.
11 5, Fall; 116 , Spring)
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Designed for medical technology students and
others in a paramedical science area whose
professional goals require less than the more
intensive two-semester organic course.
Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with
frequent reference to biochemistry. (3 one-hour
lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 105
or 11 5. Spring)
325 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
This course is intended to meet the needs of
medical technology majors and others not
working toward a chemistry major. Theory and
practice of gravimetric analysis, volumetric
.
analysis and electrochemistry is covered in
some detail. Equilibrium theory is stressed.
Theory and practice of spectroscopic,
chromatographic, and electroanalytical methods
is surveyed. Applications in the health sciences
are included. (Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. Three
lectures, one 4 % hour laboratory. Does not
meet requirements for a chemistry major.)
351,352 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds with
special emphasis on mechanisms and multistep synthesis. Descriptive material is
correlated by means of modern theories of
chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reaction
mechanism; many applications of organic
chemistry to biological, environmental and
industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 1 16. 35 1,
Fall; 352, Spring)
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and
solution equilibrium in detail and gives an
introduction to spectrophotometric techniques
of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative
analysis of a variety of samples, and includes
trace analysis. (Prereq. : 106 or 1 16. Offered
Interim for majors as per Interim schedule.)
361,362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry:
thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and
states of matter are studied in the first
semester. Applications of these concepts to
areas of molecular structure, equilibria and
electrochemistry in the second semester. (3
one-hour lectures, one 4 %-hour laboratory.
Prereq. : 353; Physics 1 2 1, 1 2 2 ; Mathematics
124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around the problems of identifying
organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture
topics include structure-spectra correlations for
IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of
the literature (including Beilstein); and further
study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear
magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra
routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours
laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 3 6 1 or #; some
reading knowledge of German. Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Principles of atomic and molecular
spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods
as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. ( 3 hours
lecture, one 4 %-hour laboratory. Prereq. : 353,
362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the
electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular
orbital models. Coordination chemistry is
discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The
laboratory involves preparations of inorganic
compounds using a variety of techniques. (3
one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: 3 6 2 or #. Spring)
483 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory in terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation to solve the problems of the harmonic
oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate
solutions are introduced and used to develop
molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes
commutators, electron spin, angular momentum
and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 3 6 1 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a
weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the
direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.
Juniors and seniors are expected to participate.
with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors
are occasionally invited to participate.
497 INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research careers
need research experience before graduation.
Such experience may be obtained by working
on a summer research project in the
department (not counted as a course) or by
research participation during the academic year
(which may be counted as a course). (Junior
standing)
East Asian Studies
Adviser: Khin Khin Jensen
Major Concentration
A major concentration plan is constructed for
each student with the advice and assistance of
his or her adviser. A major plan ~ormally
consists of ten to twelve courses distributed
under one of the following general categories:
East Asian Culture
Two language courses including one year of
Chinese or Japanese; two introductory history
courses; four to six courses in cultural
specialization and/or comparative studies; two
or more independent study and/or seminar
courses.
East Asian Language and Culture
At least four language courses (a two-year
concentration in either Chinese or Japanese is
encouraged; however, one year of each
language is acceptable); two introductory
history courses; two to four courses in cultural
specialization and/or comparative studies; and
two or more independent study and/or seminar
courses.
Department of Education
Chairman: Lauretta E. Pelton
Augsburg College offers programs leading to
certification in Education at these levels:
Elementary Education, Kindergarten, and
Nursery School, and Secondary Education.
Certification programs are offered in the
following majors: American Studies, Art,
Biology, Business Education, Chemistry,
English-Language Arts, French, German,
History, Mathematics, Music, Physical
Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish,
Speech, and Theater Arts.
Students wishing to become certified teachers
are advised to consult with the Education
Department for certification requirements.
The courses, Orientation to Education, both
elementary and secondary, are open to all
students of sophomore standing or above. To
enroll in other education courses, a student
must first apply and be admitted to the teacher
education program. Students are advised to
apply for admission in the spring semester of
the sophomore year, during or after the
Orientation course. Students who are
transferring from an education program at
another college must be re-admissable to that
program.
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff, Coordinator
Requirements for the major and for certification
in Elementary Education:
1 . A minimum of 8 education courses to
include 2 5 5 , 3 5 1 , and two professional
semesters: 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 7 1 , 3 7 2 ; and 4 8 1 ,
4 8 2 and electives
2. Physical Education 11 1, Safety and Drug
Education
3. Library Science 3 5 8 , The Elementary
School Library: Materials Selection and
Guidance
4. An academic minor. An academic major is
recommended.
5. GPA of 2 . 0 overall and maintain a 2 . 5 in the
major.
255 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATIOKIN
URBAN SETTING (Elementary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession and opportunity for in-school work.
Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore
standing or above. Fall, Spring)
325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES IN
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
Focus is upon the young child as a person and
the importance of the early years of hidher life
in relation to the effects of present-day society
and culture upon the child. Current
developments include innovations, Head Start,
implementation of planned variations, and other
interventions and compensatory programs,
Class sessions and two hours per week of lab
experience in a day care center and/or nursery
school. (Prereq.: 255 and/or #.)
351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING
The study and utilization of a variety of
techniques and resources in the teaching of
reading. (Fall)
First Professional Semester (for juniors or
seniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372.
362, 362 TEACHER COMPETENCIES
Identification and mastery of competencies
necessary for teaching in the elementary
school. Laboratory experiences in classrooms.
(Prereq.: 2 5 5 . Admission to elementary
education. Spring)
372, 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for each of the subject areas taught
at the elementary level. Application of teacher
competencies to various subject areas of the
elementary curriculum. Laboratory experiences
in classrooms. (Prereq.: 2 5 5 , concurrent
registration in 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 . Spring)
375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
A study of the kindergarten curriculum,
exploration of materials, and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory
experience. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and
acceptance into the Dept. of Ed. Interim)
425 NURSERY SCHOOL CURRICULUM
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge
and skills of teaching the young child. The
course concentrates on details essential to the
organization of a good program for children:
records, reports, physical facilities, equipment,
parental involvement, and working with children
who have uniquely different needs. Class
sessions, and two hours per week of lab
experience in a day care center and/or nursery
school. (Prereq.: Acceptance into the
Department of Education and/or #.)
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
Requirements of the Augsburg College
Certification Program:
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1 . Application for admittance and acceptance
into the Department of Education. This may
be made before, concurrently with or after
the Orientation course. Application forms are
available in the Education Department office.
Before applying for admission students
should receive approval from the department
or division of their declared major. A student
may take education courses after the
Orientation course only if he or she has
been admitted into the program of the
Department of Education.
2. Grade point average - minimum of 2.5 in
the student's academic major and 2 . 0
overall.
3 . Application for admittance and acceptance
into student teaching.
4. Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program:
a) Educ. 2 6 5 , Orientation to Education
(Secondary)
b) Educ. 3 5 9 , Competencies: Secondary
Education
c ) Educ. 478, School and Society
d) Educ. 480, 4 8 1 , 4 8 2 (two courses
minimum), Student Teaching
e) Psych. 1 0 5 , General Psychology
f ) P.E. 1 1 1 , Safety and Drug Education
g) Educ. 3 6 1 , 3 6 5 or 3 7 3 for art, physical
education, or music majors
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education, worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Requirements for State of Minnesota Teaching
Certification Secondary Schools
(Through the Augsburg College Education
Department Program)
481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Experience in observing and directing learning
experiences in elementary schools under
supervision of college and elementary school
personnel. (Prereq.: 255, 3 6 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 7 1 ,
3 72. Fall, Spring)
Electives
483 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq.: 4 8 1, 4 8 2 . Fall, Spring)
484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Refinement of teaching skills at elementary
level. Additional teaching experience in the
classroom. (Prereq.: 4 8 1, 4 8 2 and 4 8 3 .
Offered on demand)
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (See Secondary
Education)
Secondary Education
(teacher certification program)
Einar Johnson, Coordinator
It is the responsibility of each student to meet
all specific requirements of the Education
Department. Secondary Education students are
advised to consult with Education faculty
regarding state requirements for teacher
certification. This consultation is recommended
in addition to conferring with the student's
major field adviser.
-
1 , B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major in a teaching area
3 . Fulfill State Department of Education EDU
521 Regulation in Human Relations
(Successful completion of Augsburg
Education program meets requirement)
4. Drug Education requirement (Augsburg
course P.E. 1 1 1 , Safety and Drug
Education)
5. Successful completion of Augsburg
Education Department Certification Program
courses.
General Information:
1. For Art, Music and Physical Education
certification:
Teachers in the areas of Art, Music and
Physical Education receive a special
certificate which allows them to teach in all
grades (K-12) in their area. A person
working for certification in one of these
areas follows the secondary education
program even though he or she plans to
teach at the elementary school level. A
person with a major in one of these special
areas is advised to take three courses in
student teaching and do some student
teaching on both the secondary and
elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 3 5 9 ,
the major in art will register for Educ. 3 6 1 ;
the major in P.E. for Educ. 365; and the major
in Music for Educ. 373.
2 , For social studies certification: The program
leading to certification in this area is being
revised to conform to new state guidelines.
See Einar Johnson or Orloue Gisselquist for
further information.
3 . The professional term:
Student Teaching is taken concurrently with
School and Society in one full-time term in
professional education. Special afternoon
and/or evening seminars are held during the
term as part of the professional work. A
student taking two courses in student
teaching may elect to take one course in
Independent Study. All students are
expected to be involved full time in the
activities of the professional term.
265 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION
(Secondary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession and opportunity for in-school work.
Human Relations Laboratory. Open to all
students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing. Fall,
Spring)
351 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING
READING (See Elementary Education)
359 COMPETENCIES: SECONDARY
EDUCATION
Teaching procedures, materials and projects,
both general and in the student's major
concentration. The two phases must be taken
concurrently as one course: general teaching
methodology from the Education Department
and special methods from the department of
the major field. (Prereq.: Psych. 105, Educ.
265 and admission into the secondary
education program)
Special methods are offered in the following
major fields:
American Studies (Spring)
Art (Fall)
Business (Spring)
Health and Physical Education (Fall)
English (Spring)
Social Studies (Spring)
Mathematics (Spring)
Music (Spring)
Natural Science (Spring)
Foreign Language (See Language
Department for information)
Speech and Theatre Arts (Spring)
361 ART METHODS (Elementary and
junior high school)
Materials and methods for the teaching of art at
the elementary and junior high school level.
(Fall)
365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
METHODS
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching
health and physical education at the secondary
and elementary levels. (Fall)
373 MUSIC METHODS (Elementary and
junior high school)
Materials and methods for the teaching of
music at the elementary and junior high school
level. (Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the
Department Chairman or the Internship Director.
478 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
The emphasis in this course is on the school in
relation to society with particular attention to
urban education. Introduced by a study of
educational philosophy and the development of
American education, current major issues in
education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior
standing. Fall, Spring)
480, 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING
Students will be placed in a classroom for full
days. Opportunities are provided for experience
in observing and directing learning experiences
on the secondary school level under the
supervision of college and high school
personnel. Seminars are held on a regular basis
during the student teaching experience.
(Prereq.: senior standing and completion of
teacher aide work and human relations
elements of Education courses 265, 359. Fall,
Spring)
school library. Extensive study of-evaluation
sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum
needs. Concentration on guidance in use of
print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 REFERENCE SERVICES IN THE
LIBRARY
Study of basic information sources most
frequently used by students and librarians.
Includes preparation of bibliographies and
library instruction. (Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
399 INTERNSHIP
Independent study and research on a topic of
interest in the field of education worked out in
consultation with a faculty member. (Open to
juniors and seniors. Fall, Spring)
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to
do field work in a variety of library situations in
the metropolitan area.
Library Science
475 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND
GUIDANCE
MINOR: Minimum of 4 courses, including 245,
358, 359, 475.
245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION
AND ADMINISTRATION
Organization of materials, including acquisition,
processing and circulation. Services of the
media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall)
358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION
AND GUIDANCE
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the
secondary school level, with attention to their
use in relation to curricula as well as for
personal interests and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study and research on some topic
of interest in the field of school library service,
worked out in consultation with a faculty
adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with
department approval.
Engineering
Augsburg College is cooperating with the
Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and
Michigan Technological University (Houghton,
Michigan), in a Three-Two Plan of studies
which will enable a student to earn the
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering baccalaureate degree from
Washington University or Michigan
Technological Univeristy in a five-year period.
The first three years are spent at Augsburg
followed by two years at the affiliated
university. Students accepted into the program
are guaranteed admission to the engineering
school, provided they have met course
requirements, have a B average, and are
recommended by a designated representative
of Augsburg College. Students receiving
-
financial aid who are participants in the Three.
Two Plan will be encouraged to apply to the
engineering school of their choice for
continuing support. Their applications will be
evaluated using need and academic
performance as criteria. Minimum course
requirements for admission to the Three-Two
Plan are: Math 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 , 224, 226; Physics
121, 1 2 2 ; Chemistry 11 5 , 11 6 ; Computer
Science 245; English 1 11 ; additional courses
to meet general education requirements and a
total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally math
124, 1 2 5 and Physics 121. 122 are taken in
the freshman year. Students are encouraged to
apply for admission to the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with the
adviser, Earl Alton, is encouraged.
Department of English
Chairman: Barbara Andersen
MAJOR: 9 courses (above 11 1) , including one
course in American literature, one course in the
Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and
three courses in British literature. Of the British
literature courses, one must concentrate on
literature before 1 6 6 0 (for example, 331 or
448) and one must survey a number of writers
(for example, 3 3 6 , 337, or 423). All majors
must take Advanced Writing: Expository.
Majors are encouraged to take, early in their
college work, course 2 4 5 Introduction to
Literature. Majors are strongly urged to consult
their departmental advisor regularly. A student
with a double major or special program that
involves considerable work in the English
department should also work closely with an
adviser in the English department.
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING:
English: 1 0 courses, including those listed for
the major and 320. Courses in earlyBAmerican
literature, Shakespeare and film are
recommended.
Speech: ( I ) a course in public speaking:
Beginning Speech, Group Leadership,
Interpersonal Communications, Argumentation,
Persuasion. ( 2 ) Interpretative Reading or Stage
Direction
Library Science: 4 7 5 The High School Library:
Materials Selection and Guidance
In addition to field experience and student
teaching, as required by the Department of
Education, English Education majors will be
required to gain practical experience in the
teaching of writing, to be arranged through the
department chairperson.
Students interested in a teaching major are
encouraged to take courses toward their major
during the freshman and sophomore years,
enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term
of the sophomore year and apply for teacher
education not later than the fall of their junior
year. In addition to planning their courses of
study with the department chairperson,
students should consult an adviser in the
Department of Education.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 5 in the major and
3 . 0 over-all; submit program to department
chairman early in senior year; defend honors
thesis before faculty committee in senior year.
Honors thesis may be an independent study
program.
MINOR: 5 courses (above 11 1 ) , including one
course in British literature, and either 21 9 or
320. Teaching minors must include both 21 9
and 320.
The English Department recommends but does
not require that English majors consider
developing an area of emphasis broader than
the major as listed above. The three most likely
areas would be a British concentration, an
American concentration, and a world literature
concentration. A student arranges a
concentration by careful selection of elective
courses in the major, by the design of an
independent study course that applies to the
concentration, and by the selection of some
related courses outside the English department.
BRITISH LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 4 1 2 , 416; English 2 7 1 ,
3 3 1 , 3 3 2 , 3 3 6 , 3 3 7 , 3 6 7 , 3 6 8 , 423, 4 3 8
and sometimes 282, 4 9 0 , 4 9 1 .
AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 2 2 1 , 222; American
Studies 2 3 2 ; English 2 4 1 , 2 5 0 , 3 5 1 , 3 6 7 ,
3 6 8 , and sometimes 2 8 2 , 490, 491. A
student with an American literature
concentration should take some of the courses
listed under the American Studies major which
are selected from the offerings of several
departments at Augsburg.
WORLD LITERATURE CONCENTRATION.
Select from: History 102, 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 ;
Philosophy 1 10, 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , 3 7 0 ; German 244;
French 2 4 3 ; Spanish 249; Scandinavian
Studies 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ; English 2 4 1 , 2 6 1 , 2 7 1 ,
2 7 2 , 4 2 3 , and sometimes 2 8 2 , 490, 491.
A student electing a concentration should work
closely with his or her adviser. Interim courses,
special courses, and courses given at the other
cooperating colleges will often fit well into a
concentration. A student with a double major or
special program that involves considerable work
in the English department should also work
closely with an adviser in the English
department.
Enqlish 1 1 1 is strongly recommended but not a
prerequisite for a lower division literature
course. Prerequisite for an upper division
course is successful completion of a lower
division literature course or consent of the
instructor.
e.g., Advanced Writing: Expository; Advanced
Writing: Creative; Advanced Writing:
Journalism; Advanced Writing: Business and
Technical. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
An investigation of the artistic qualities and the
historical development of the film media. The
course includes the viewing and discussing of
both feature length and short films. See also
description under Speech, Communications and
Theatre Arts. (Spring)
245 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama,
and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted
to developing critical and analytical skills in
reading and writing about literature. Strongly
recommended for English majors.
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE TO 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant works
of selected American writers from colonial
times to the emergence of literary naturalism.
Attention is also given to the writer's
contribution to the historical development of
American literature. (Fall, Spring)
261 MODERN FICTION
Significant works of selected prose writers,
chiefly European, of the twentieth century.
(Fall, Spring)
271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE:
HOMER TO DANTE
111 EFFECTIVE WRITING
The study of composition with emphasis upon
expository writing. Attention to correct usage,
logical organization and the research paper.
(Fall, Spring)
21 9 ADVANCED WRITING
A course designed to develop advanced skills
in a variety of writing specializations. The focus
of each course will shift from term to term,
A study of major works of Greek and Roman
literature, for example the epics of Homer and
Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles,
and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes
and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno
will be studied as a work in which the Christian
and the classical traditions are combined.
These works will be studied with reference to
their mythological foundations, their cultural
background, their influence on later literature,
and their enduring relevance.
272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: FROM THE
RENAISSANCE TO MODERN PERIOD
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly
European, from the medieval to the modern
period. (Fall or Spring)
320 DEVELOPMENT OF THE ENGLISH
LANGUAGE
-
A studv of modern Enalish viewed from a
historical perspective, with reading in recent
linguistic studies. Designed to give the student
an introduction to structural linguistics and a
view of the development of the English
language.
331 CHAUCER AND HIS AGE
351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary
writers and literary movements. Attention is
given to the dynamics of American society and
its intricate relationship to the literature. Special
emphasis is given to the city as setting and
symbol in modern American literature. (Fall,
Spring)
367 MODERN POETRY
Study of major modern and contemporary poets
and schools of criticism. Discussion may
include the poetry and aesthetics of the
Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics,
Harlem Renaissance, Modern Romantics, Black
Mountain Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional
Poets, and other contemporary movements.
(19 76- 77)
While the primary study of the course will be
the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, considerable
attention will be given to the medieval literary
milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval
poetry, romance, and drama will be examined.
(Alternate years, 19 76- 77)
Significant works of American, British, and
continental dramatists of the twentieth century.
(Alternate years, 19 76- 77)
332 MILTON AND HIS AGE
388 LITERARY CRITICISM
A study of Milton's major poems and selected
prose. In addition the Renaissance literary
tradition out of which Milton created his works
will be examined. (Alternate years, 19 77- 78)
A course designed to introduce students to the
various ways in which modern literary critics
have approached the problem of analyzing and
evaluating literature. Students will study the
works of historical, pyschological, textual, and
archetypal critics, and then attempt to apply
such approaches to selected works of
literature. (Alternate years, 19 77- 78)
336 BRITISH LITERATURE, FROM DONNE TO
BLAKE
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of
selected writers from the metaphysical poets
through Blake, with attention to the historical,
intellectual, and social influences and the major
literary movements. (Fall)
337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS
AND THE VICTORIANS
A study of major writers of the nineteenth
century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or
three novels of the period. Relationships among
these writers and their influence on one
another will be emphasized as well as their
relationship to their own age and their lasting
contribution to the forms of poetry and prose.
(Spring)
368 MODERN DRAMA
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult the
Department Chairman or the Internship Director.
423 STUDIES IN THE BRITISH NOVEL
A survey of the development of the novel in
England from its eighteenth century beginnings
up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will
be selected from the works of such authors as
Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen,
Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and
Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions,
contributing to the rise of the novel and its
emergence by the twentieth century as the
dominant literary form.
438 SHAKESPEARE
Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies,
histories, tragedies - with attention to the
development of Shakespeare's dramatic and
poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading
analysis. (Fall, Spring)
490, 491 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme or movement; course
4 9 1 , a major writer or a major work. Enrollment
open to juniors and seniors. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open to junior or senior English majors with a
grade of B or consent of department chairman.
Provides directed independent study in the
area of the student's choice. (Fall, Spring)
Department of Foreign Language
Chairman: Ruth Aaskov
Chinese
Students with previous foreign language study
should register in courses suited for their
particular level of preparation. Basically,
placement in foreign language courses follows
the formula: 1 year of high school foreign
language equals 1 course of college foreign
language. However, final placement is made
according to the results of a placement test
which may be taken at pre-registration time
after consultation with the department.
Students who register below their level may do
so, but only for a grade of PIN.
Offered in conjunction with the Five College
Cooperative Program
Course 3 1 1 is prerequisite to all upper division
courses.
Language majors must consult with department
for mid-point evaluation after third postintermediate course. Teaching majors and
minors must consult with the Department of
Education for program. Methods courses by
language are joint five-college offerings and
should be taken in the fall of the senior year. A
3 . 0 average in Advance Conv. - Comp. is a
departmental requirement for teaching majors.
MLA Competency Exam needed for
certification.
Departmental Honors: Majors seeking
departmental honors must apply no later than
early in the senior year. Requirements: 3 . 3 0
GPA in the major, 3 . 0 GPA overall, and honors
thesis demonstrating ability in independent
study for one course credit. Consult
department chairperson for details.
111, 112 BEGINNING CHINESE I, II
Introduction to Mandarin Chinese. Intensive
practice in the basic structures and vocabulary
of the spoken language, as well as with
Chinese characters and the written language.
In the second semester, use of the spoken
language is in conjunction with graded cultural
readings using Chinese characters. (Offered
19 76- 7 7 and alternate years.)
211, 212 INTERMEDIATE CHINESE I, II
For students with a knowledge of basic
Mandarin. Emphasis on the development of
vocabulary. The grammatical structures of the
spoken language are reviewed and intensively
practiced using cultural readings in Chinese
characters and, in the second.semester,
selections from contemporary Chinese history
and literature. (Prereq.: one year of collegelevel Mandarin Chinese or #. Alternate years.)
French
MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2 , including two
in conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and three in literature, of which one should be
course 3 5 2 . Study in France strongly
recommended.
MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including one in
conversation-composition, one in civilization,
and one in literature. lnterim or summer of
study in France strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES
European History, a second language,
philosophy, linguistics, English literature, Study
Abroad. Also see Interim catalog.
11 1 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed to introduce the student with no
previous background in French to the language
and to French culture. The pronunciation
system and basic sentence structures are
taught to enable understanding and expression
on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement. (Fall, Spring)
112 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 1 1 1 or equivalent.
Through conversations, sentence practice, and
readings, the study of tenses and forms is
completed to make possible basic
communication, beginning reading skills, and
acquaintance with French culture and way of
life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on
placement. (Spring, also Fall with sufficient
enrollment)
21 1 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Through a core of twentieth century French
literary readings and a grammar review, this
course moves toward expressing opinions and
greater ease in reading. For those who have
studied most of the basic structures. Two
hours of laboratory work. (Fall)
21 2 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Several modern literary works are explored with
the goals of communicating ideas and building
sufficient reading skills to pursue general
reading in French. Completes the review of
basic structures and more complex forms.
Laboratory work. (Spring)
discussion, students become acquainted with
artistic qualities and cultural-historical
sig~ificanceof these works. Sophomore
standing. Does not count toward a French
major or minor.
31 1 CONVERSATION-COMPOSITION
Explores topics of current interest in both oral
and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and
facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary
enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective
organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments.
Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other
upper division courses.
31 2 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach to coherent and
correct expression. Attention to grammatical
structures, French turns of phrase and
elementary stylistics. French phonology and
speech groups practiced to overcome
inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (On
demand)
331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE
A study of the diversified development of the
French from their beginnings to the modern
period. Special attention to cultural
manifestations of their intellectual, political,
social and artistic self-awareness. Readings,
reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials.
In French. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 )
332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY
Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas,
cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French people and their
contribution to the contemporary scene.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials and periodicals. In French.
(Alternate years. Spring, 19 7 7)
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR
LANGUAGE STUDENTS (See Spanish
350)
243 FRENCH LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
352 CREATIVITY AND RESTRAINT
Major representative works of French literature
read in English translation. Through
individualized background reading and class
A survey of the major literary creators of the
Renaissance and Classical periods, and the
French intellectual, social and ethical currents
reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay,
theater, early novel, letters and other prose
forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory work in French. Required of all
majors. (Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. On demand)
evolution of this genre from classical forms to
Theatre of the Absurd and anti-theatre. Group
and individualized study of major works.
Analyses, discussion, and papers in French.
(Prereq.: 3 1 1 or #. Recommended 3 3 1. On
demand)
354 REALITIES: INNER AND OUTER WORLDS
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
A survey of the romantics, major novelists,
Baudelaire and his successors in poetry, and
the literature of ideas that led to new forms and
emphases with the turn of the century (Proust,
Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral
and written reports, and laboratory texts in
French. (Prereq.: 31 1 or #. Fall 1975. Offered
alternate years.)
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in
French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry,
medieval works, Romanticism). Student
presentations in French. For advanced
students. (See also lnterim offerings. Prereq.:
352, 3 5 4 or 3 5 5 . Offered on demand)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or
genre at an advanced level. Designed to
complete a balanced program, enhance
research, or meet individual interests. In
literature a major paper and its defense are
included. (Consultations with French teachers
required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring.
Subject and plan to be clarified early with study
adviser)
A survey of the major French literary
movements since World War I, including the
novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and
criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and
laboratory texts in French. (Fall 1 9 7 6 and
alternate years)
41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing on
topics of intellectual, social, or political interest
the student acquires extensive training in the
four skills at an advanced level. Attention to
accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic
levels of expression, refinements in style and
organization as individual needs indicate.
Provides for self-improvement and selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required
for all majors. (Spring 1 9 78 and alternate
years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
German
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including
3 1 1 and 41 1 , lnterim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
MINOR: 4 upper division courses, including
31 1 and 41 1 . lnterim and/or summer in
Germany strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES:
Methods in Modern Languages, for teachers;
European History, a second language,
linguistics, English literature.
451 THE FRENCH NOVEL
111, 11 2, BEGINNING GERMAN
A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust,
Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux,
Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution
of this genre in theme and form. Analyses,
discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.:
3 1 1 or #. On demand)
452 FRENCH DRAMA
A study of French plays that shows the
Course 1 1 1 is for students with no previous
background; 1 1 2 is for students who have had
1 1 1 or equivalent or less than two years of
high school German. Aims at developing basic
skills. Classroom practice in speaking,
understanding and reading basic German.
Goals: Ability to read extended narratives in
simple German, insights into German culture
and participation in short conversations.
Laboratory materials available. (1 11 Fall,
Spring. 112 Spring; also Fall with sufficient
enrollment)
21 1, 21 2 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with 2 terms (or 2 years high
school) of previous German. Aims at developing
basic skills into working knowledge of German.
Review of basic structures with emphasis on
extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic
expression through reading and discussion of
materials representing contemporary German
life and literature. ( 2 1 1, Fall. 2 1 2 , Spring)
244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Principal works of German literature
representing various periods and movements
are read and discussed in English. The
readings are considered not only in the
particular context of German cultural history,
but also discussed in terms of their relevance
to perennial human problems. Credit for this
course does not apply to the major or minor in
German.
31 1 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Aims at developing facility in the use of
grammatical structures, vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common in
colloquial German. Intensive practice in
speaking is supplemented with exercises in
written composition. (Fall)
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and
social development of the German-speaking
peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European
origins (ca. 3 , 0 0 0 B.C.) to the Thirty Years
War (1 6 4 3 ) , with emphasis on the impact of
Roman civilization, the re-emergence of
German cultural self-awareness during the
Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious
upheavals of the Reformation. In German.
(Spring 19 7 7)
332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE II
Survey of significant currents of development
which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland since the Age of
Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is
considered in view of its roots in the
intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific
history of the German-speaking peoples. In
German. (Alternate years)
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR
LANGUAGE STUDENTS (See Spanish
350)
351 GERMAN LITERATURE THROUGH 18th
CENTURY
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation,
Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang
literature. Extensive readings and discussions
in Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in
German, supplemented by lectures on the
history of German literature in its cultural and
geopolitical context. Class discussions help to
improve students' ability to express ideas in
German. (On demand)
352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19th
CENTURY
Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland,
poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism.
The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic
philosophy and the importance of the individual
and the rise of materialism, technology and
mass man. Readings in German. Class
discussions help to improve students' ability to
deal with concepts and express themselves in
German. (On demand)
353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20th
CENTURY
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals
of our time. Writers of international stature are
discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht.
Readings in German with class discussions are
designed to aid students' self-expression in
German. (Fall, 19 76)
41 1 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION
AND CONVERSATION
Aims at developing and refining the student's
use of German as a vehicle for expressing his
own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral
practice through use of German as classroom
language. (Spring 19 78 and alternate years)
451 GERMAN PROSE
Reading and discussion of German prose
masterpieces from Goethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the epic
genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical
history. (Offered Spring 1 9 76)
452 GERMAN DRAMA
Representative dramatic works from late 18th
century to the present are discussed and read
as symptomatic of perennial human concerns.
Lectures treat the historical development of the
drama. (Spring 1 9 7 7)
Recommended for all language majors and
minors. (Fall 1 9 76)
Norwegian
MINOR: 4 upper division courses including 31 1
and two of 331 , 353, 41 1 , plus one course
under Scandinavian Area Studies.
For the teaching minor: 31 1 , 331, 353, 41 1
plus required education courses, including
special methods.
Recommended supporting preparation: Study in
Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics,
additional courses under Scandinavian Area
Studies.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
111, 11 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Greek
See instructor for supporting courses at
Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, literature,
linguistics, which can apply toward classics
concentration in cooperation with Macalester
College.
Introduction of the four basic language skills:
speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress
on spoken rather than literary Norwegian.
Laboratory work expected. ( 1 1 1 , Fall. 11 2 ,
Spring)
21 1 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
11 1, 112 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and practical study of Greek
grammar, with special emphasis on
morphology. Translation exercises from and
into Greek. ( 1 1 I Fall, 11 2 Spring)
I
I
21 1 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
Review of basic structures of Greek, expansion
of vocabulary and development of reading skills
through selections from the New Testament
and other Hellenistic writings (early fathers,
historians, etc.). Special emphasis on parsing
and syntax of the Greek text. (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or
#. Fall)
Linguistics
289 INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS
An introduction to linguistic analysis and
general linguistic principles, with focus on
linguistic universals (organizational principles
and features common to all languages) and
psycholinguistics. (Inquiry into the mechanics of
language learning and the structure of the mind
as revealed in language.) Theoretical questions
will be approached by studying samples of
various languages. No prerequisite.
Continued conversation and composition to
improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Norwegian
used as basis for class discussion and
exercises. Laboratory work and some field
experience expected. (Prereq.: 1 1 2 or
equivalent. Fall)
31 1 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with
emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional
variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages
of Norway. (Prereq.: 2 1 2 or equivalent. Some
laboratory work and field experience required.
Offered 1 9 77 Interim)
331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND
CULTURE
This study of Norwegian cultural history will
include significant aspects of the contemporary
Norwegian society. Through extensive readings
(in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic
and foreign influences at work in the
comparatively homogenous population of
Norway will be examined. Written and oral
reports in the Norwegian language will be
required along with some field work. (Prereq.
3 1 1 or #. Offered Fall 19 77 and alternate
years.)
standing, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is arl
integral part of the course. (1 11, Fall; 11 2 ,
Spring)
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR
LANGUAGE STUDENTS (See Spanish 350)
21 1, 21 2 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
353 SURVEY OF NORWEGIAN LITERATURE
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian
literature provide a base for the study of
original works from earlier periods extending
back to Old Norse literature. All genres are
examined, and considerable attention is given
to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly
poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written
reports are in the Norwegian language.
(Prereq.: Norw. 2 1 1 or equivalent. Offered
Spring, 19 77. Alternate years)
41 1 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
Further intensive practice in spoken and written
Norwegian. Attention given to the other
Scandinavian languages and to the historical
development of the Norwegian language.
Laboratory work and field experience required.
(Prereq.: 3 1 1 or f. Spring 19 78)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 courses above 21 2, including 3 1 1,
4 5 6 or 457, 41 1, two of 3 5 2 , 3 5 3 , 3 5 4 .
(Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly
recommended)
MINOR: 4 courses above 21 2, including 3 1 1,
3 3 1 or 3 3 2 , and one course in literature.
(Study in Spain or Latin America is strongly
recommended)
Recommended Supporting Courses:
Linguistics, another language, Pre-Colombian
civilization, Latin-American Area Studies.
Consult department for other supporting
courses in humanities.
1 1 I, 112 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims to develop the four basic skills: under-
A thorough review of grammar with emphasis
on active use of the language, supplemented
by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.:
1 12 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 2 1 1,
Fall; 2 12, Spring)
249 SELECTED WORKS OF SPANISH AND
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American
literature representing various periods and
movements are read in English translation.
Through background reading and class
discussion in English the student is acquainted
with the salient artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of the readings. Credit in
this course does not count toward a major or
minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred.
31 1 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
Thorough oral and written practice in correct
expression with the aims of fluency and facility.
Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work.
(Prereq.: 21 2 or equivalent. This course is a
prerequisite for all upper-division courses. Fall)
31 2 SPANISH EXPRESSION
Systematic study of the refinements of
grammatical usage. (On demand)
331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish
contribution to world civilization through its
historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic
movements. In Spanish. (Spring, 19 78)
332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
AND CULTURE
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish
American countries from the Pre-Colombian
civilizations to the present. In Spanish.
(Prereq.: 3 11 or 2 12, with consent of
instructor. Spring 19 77 and alternate years.)
350 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE FOR
LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports
in the language. (On demand)
A first course in the theory and practice of
literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature,
literary genres, and different approaches to
literary analysis. In the practical component, the
class will divide into small groups according to
foreign language, where the elements of theory
will be applied through reading, analyzing, and
discussing selected works of foreign literature
in the language. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
2 12 or #. Offered Spring 19 77)
41 1 ADVANCED CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
352, 353 SURVEY OF SPANISH
LITERATURE I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish
literature, supplemented by lectures on the
literary movements and development of Spanish
literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral
reports in the language. (352, Fall, 1978. 353,
Fall, 1977)
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness
of written and oral expression through
conversations, discussions, reports, debates,
and written compositions and grammatical
exercises. (Spring 19 78. Alternate years)
456 SPANISH DRAMA
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature
in Spain. Oral and written reports in the
language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the
Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course.
Spring 19 78)
457 SPANISH NOVEL
354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN
AUTHORS
Study of the outstanding novelists of the
nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral
and written reports in the language. (Prereq.:
One survey course. Offered 19 77. Alternate
years)
An introduction to Spanish-American literature.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Department of History
Chairman: Richard Nelson
MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1 seminar.
At least four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one course
(either survey or upper level) from each of the
four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern
Europe; U.S.; and non-Western.
MAJOR FOR TEACHING: In addition to the
regular history major a social science major
with history emphasis is also available. See
"Social Science" in this catalog. Students
wishing to become certified teachers see
"Education Department" in this catalog and
consult with Education Department faculty for
requirements.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 6 in the major and
3 . 0 overall; except in special instances,
application before the end of the first term of
the junior year; two years of a foreign language
at the college level (or its equivalent); an
honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be
defended before a faculty committee.
MINOR: 5 courses, at least three of which
must be upper division.
Students are required to take at least one
survey course (numbered below 3 0 0 ) before
registering for an upper level course. Lower
level courses need not be taken in sequence.
101 THE BEGINNINGS OF THE WESTERN
CULTURE
332 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN
POLICY
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the
Near East, the classical world of Greece and
Rome, and the middle ages of Europe to the
1 200s. (Fall, Spring)
The relationship of foreign policy to general
American development is stressed as is the
period of the Cold War. (Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
102 THE SHAPING OF WESTERN CULTURE
A consideration of European institutions and
values from the waning of the middle ages
through the remodeling of Europe by
Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
103 THE MODERN WORLD
A study of the main currents in western
civilization from the time of Napoleon to the
present. (Fall, Spring)
104 THE MODERN NON-WESTERN WORLD
An introduction to various centers of cultural
and political power in Asia and Africa of the last
2 0 0 years. (Fall, Spring)
221 U.S. HISTORY TO 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown
through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn
apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes
our modern day. (Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
An opportunity for a student to do readings or
study on topics not covered in the scheduled
courses. The proposed study must be
approved by the directing faculty member and
the chairperson of the department before
registration. A maximum of one course in
directed study may be applied to the major.
331 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S.
history (excluding foreign policy; see History
3 3 2 ) . The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration. (Fall)
353 SELECT TOPICS IN MINNESOTA
HISTORY
A survey of topics relating to the emergence of
modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations;
immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the
Twin Cities; economic and political
development. Primary emphasis will be on the
late 19th and early 20th Centuries. (Spring)
360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND
GREECE TO 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East
from earliest times through its extension and
elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed
on the development of writing, achievement in
the arts and sciences and political institutions
(Fall 1 9 7 8 - 7 9 )
361 HELLENISTIC GREECE AND ROME TO
330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's
Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise
of Rome as the world's greatest power.
Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts
and sciences and Rome's contributions in law
and the political process. (Fall, 1 9 7 7- 7 8 )
370 THE LATE MIDDLE AGES TO 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role
of the Church and state through the changes
forced on these institutions by the Italian
Renaissance and the early years of the
Reformation. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 )
399 INTERNSHIP IN HISTORY
A limited number of internships may be
available for qualified upper-division students
majoring in history. See department chairman.
41 2 ENGLAND TO 1714
A study of English history from Roman Britain
through the Stuart period An attempt is made
to structure the course so that it may serve the
needs of those majoring in a pre-law program,
in English literature or in history, (Fall)
416 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY
The study of this century as the most critical
period in the rise of the modern state.
Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of
modern science and its effect on intellectual
history. The chronological boundaries may be
listed as 1 5 6 0 - 171 4. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 )
431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY
A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the
distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities
in Europe from the Roman Empire to the 20th
century, with focus on specific historic cities as
examples, The course is designed for history
students, urban study majors, and those who
desire a background to enrich future travel.
(SPrin g)
465 MODERN JAPAN
An examination of the emergence of Japan as a
major world power in the 20th century.
Components of the course will include a study
of the distinctive features of the pre-Meiji era,
modernization factors since 1 8 6 8 , interaction
and encounter with China, urban development,
ecological problems, role of women and
Japan's trade in Asia and Africa.
474 THE WORLD AND THE WEST
This course begins with Europe's discovery of
the rest of the world, considers cultural
interaction and conflict, and the building of
European empires in Asia and the Americas,
and concludes with the breakdown of these
imperial systems at the end of the 18th
Century. (Spring 1 9 7 7 - 7 8 )
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Admission by permission of
the instructor. (Fall, Spring)
440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS IN
WORLD HISTORY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's
fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and
the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be
on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last
fifty years. (Fall, 1 9 77- 7 8 )
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in
history courses are encouraged to apply to
individual instructors for permission to register
for directed independent study. A maximum of
one course in independent study may be
applied toward the major.
463 MODERN SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major historical events,
personalities and political developments in this
area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist
movements and the process of decolonization
will especially focus on Indonesia, the
Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 781
Geography
114 GEOGRAPHY OF THE MEDITERRANEAN
WORLD
464 MODERN CHINA
A selective treatment of Chinese history since
the Opium war of 1 8 3 9 . The erosion of China's
isolationism and collapse of the imperial
system. The Nationalist and Communist
revolutions of the 20th century. (Fall)
An introduction to the basic concepts of
geography through an emphasis on the
historical development of the Mediterranean
World and the role of geography in the human
exploitation of the region. (Spring, 1 9 7 7 and
alternate years)
Interdisciplinary Studies
357 FIELD EXPERIENCE
lectures on Scandinavian Life and Institutions,
aimed at facilitating the students' studies of life
and learning in Urban Scandinavia.
The student works in a community agency or
institution. Reports and logs required.
373 URBANIZATION AND COMMUNITY
BUILDING IN MODERN SCANDINAVIA
358 SEMINAR: READINGS IN URBAN
STUDIES
A review of current literature on urbanism,
Seminar discussions.
This interdisciplinary core course in urban
studies is offered for 14 weeks. It examines
the extent, the nature, and the processes of
urbanization taking place in contemporary
Scandinavia and the changing settlement
patterns and community developments that
were associated with it.
Minneapolis Urban Studies Term
359 SEMINAR: CITY OF MINNEAPOLIS
An overall view of the city as a political,
economic, social system.
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term
372 ORIENTATION TO SCANDINAVIAN LIFE
AND CULTURE
This course includes a two-week intensive
language study coupled with a series of
396 HOUSING AND SOCIAL PLANNING IN
SCANDINAVIA
This is the second core urban studies course.
In addition to the study of the housing
developments themselves, this course pays
close attention to the policies, the structures,
the processes and character of the
comprehensive social planning integrally related
to the housing programs.
Department of Math
Chairman: Beverly Durkee
MAJOR: 9 courses including 124, 125, 21 5,
224, 31 4, 324. Also required: Computer
Science 245. For teacher certification, courses
351, 373, 441 must be included. Students
wishing to become certified teachers are
advised to consult with the Education
Department for requirements.
MINOR: 5 courses including 124, 125, 224.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics;
3.1 over-all. Comprehensive oral examination.
Program must be submitted to department
during first term of junior year, and must
include advanced study in areas of Analysis,
Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education.
114 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE ALGEBRA
AND TRIGONOMETRY
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions,
functions and graphs, linear equations,
exponents and radicals, quadratic equations,
ratio and variation, progressions, binomial
theorem, logarithms, and trigonometric
functions. (Fall)
121 FINITE MATHEMATICS
Topics in finite mathematics including linear
programming, probability, and statistics with
applications to the social and behavioral
sciences. (Fall)
the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes
the ideas of modern elementary school
mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics.
122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL AND
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
314 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ALGEBRA
Differential and integral calculus of a single
variable with applications to the social and
behavioral sciences. (Spring)
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures
of algebra including groups, rings, integral
domains and fields. (Prereq.: 2 15. Fall)
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid
analytic geometry integrated with differential
and integral calculus including calculus of
several variables and series with applications
primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily
for students in the natural sciences. (124 Fall;
125, Spring; 224, Fall)
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
An introduction to the structure of mathematical
systems and math models which have had a
primary historical impact on the other liberal
arts. Primarily for students not intending further
study of mathematics. No course credit will be
given to mathematics majors or minors. (Fall)
211 NUMBER THEORY
A transitional course from computational to
abstract mathematics. A study of the integers
and their properties. (Prereq.: Consent of
instructor)
324, 325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, II
A study of the fundamental concepts of
calculus for functions of several variables,
including the topology of Euclidean spaces,
transformations, sequences and series of
functions, improper integrals, differential forms
and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.:
224, 324, Spring; 325, Fall)
351 MODERN GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and other geometries by
synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation
methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring, 19 78,
offered alternate years)
373 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
An analytic study of probability and statistics,
including probability distributions and densities,
expectation, sampling distributions, central limit
theorem, estimation, regression and tests of
hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall)
215 LINEAR ALGEBRA
399 INTERNSHIP
A study of vector spaces, linear
tran~f~rmations,
the algebra of matrices and
canonical forms. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project.
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with
applications; solutions by special integral
transforms; systems of differential equations
with matrix algebra techniques; series
solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
242 BASIC CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS
The structure of mathematics underlying
arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on
441 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and
development of number systems. (Prereq.:
3 14, 324. Spring 1 9 77, offered alternate
years)
481 TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS
Study of advanced topics in real and complex
analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability,
statistics, and computer science. (Prereq.:
3 14, 324, or consent of instructor. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
student and department.
Computer Science
145 INTRODUCTION TO GENERAL
PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer methods. COBOL
and non-scientific applications of FORTRAN.
Primarily for students in non-science areas.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
mathematics. (Spring. Computer Fee: $30.00)
245 INTRODUCTION TO SCIENTIFIC
PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer languages and
methods. Machine language and FORTRAN.
Materials primarily from science areas. Does
not apply toward a major or minor in
mathematics. (Prereq.: Mathematics 1 2 5 .
Computer Fee: $30.00 Fall)
355 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND NUMERICAL
METHODS
A study of methods used to solve problems on
computers. Analysis of computational problems
and development of algorithms for their
solutions, application of a procedure-oriented
programming language in numerical analysis.
Topics include the general concept of iterative
formulas, solution of equations, Newton's
method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical
differentiation and integration. Credit may be
granted towards a mathematics major or minor.
(Prereq.: Computer Science 2 4 5 or consent of
instructor. Fall. Laboratory Fee: $30.00)
Medical Technology
This major involves the completion of three
years of academic work at Augsburg College
and twelve months of internship at Hennepin
County Medical Center, Metropolitan Medical
Center or Northwestern Hospital. Specific
recommended courses vary to some extent
depending on the hospital with which the
student plans to affiliate. It is important to work
closely with the Medical Technology adviser.
Augsburg College does not guarantee that all
students will be accepted by the hospitals for
the 12-month internship. Students must
negotiate directly with the hospitals involved.
Required science courses: 1) Biology: 11 1,
11 2 and two additional upper division (usually
3 6 7 and 4 7 6 ) ; 2) Chemistry: 105, 1 0 6 (or
11 5 , 1 16), 2 2 3 (or 3 5 1 , 3 5 2 ) , 3 2 5 .
Metro-Urban Studies
Director: Joel S. Torstenson
MAJOR: 15 courses including the following
core requirements: Economics 1 20; Political
Science 122; Pyschology 3 7 3 ; Sociology
1 1 1 , 3 6 2 , 3 6 3 , 3 8 1 , and 383; plus a
minimum of one course of internship and/or
independent study.
The following electives are suggested for
completing the major: Art 1 0 2 ; Biology 1 1 0 ;
Business Administration 131 ; Computer
Science 2 4 5 ; Education 478; English 3 5 1 ;
History 431 ; Psychology 3 5 1 and 3 5 2 ;
Religion 3 6 0 ; Speech 3 4 2 ; others, including
interims, internships, and independent studies,
by approval of the Director and the Advisory
Council.
MINOR: To be linked with appropriate majors
(such as business administration, business
education, history, political science,
psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The
following core courses are required for the
Concentration: Economics 120; Political
Science 122; Sociology I 1 1 ; Sociology 381 ;
an approved Social Science Research course;
an approved internship andlor independent
study.
Other Urban Studies options available through
the Higher Educational Consortium in Urban
Affairs (HECUA):
1 . Metropolitan Urban Studies Term (MUST)
A "semester in the city" program focused
upon the Twin City metro area.
2. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)
A "semester in the city" located at the
University of Oslo and focused upon
Scandinavian Urbanization and city planning.
Other electives in Urban Studies can also be
taken at other colleges of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).
For further information on these electives
through HECUA and ACTC, and for planning
either a major or minor in Metro-Urban Studies,
consult the director of the program.
Department of Music
Chairman: Robert Karlen
MAJOR: 1 2 courses: 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223, 224,
260, 261, 350 or 476, 354 or 3 5 5 , 3 6 5 or
3 7 5 , 457, 458, 4 years of Performance
Studies, 2 years in a music organization;
Performance Workshop; piano proficiency; and
3 music repertoire tests.
TEACHING MAJOR: 1 1 courses: 101, 102,
223, 224, 260, 261, 350 or 476, 457, 458,
two of 3 5 4 , 3 5 5 , 3 6 5 , 375; 3 years of
Performance Studies; 2 years in a music
organization; Performance Workshop; piano
proficiency; and 3 music repertoire tests.
Consult with the Education Department for
requirements.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC: 1 3 courses plus 4
years of Performance Studies with double
periods in the last two years; 2 years in a
music organization; Performance Workshop;
piano proficiency; and 3 music repertoire tests.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE): Music 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 223,
224, 260, 261, 3 5 4 , 3 5 5 , or 3 6 5 , 457, 476,
or 350; 3 years of Performance Studies
including organ and voice; Performance
Workshop; piano and guitar proficiency; Music
Therapy 3 6 0 , 382, 383, 3 9 5 , 3 9 9 , 435,
495; Psych. 1 0 5 , 3 6 2 , and one of 264, 3 5 1 ,
352, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and one of
11 1 , 121, 231, 232, 375; elective in physical
education (folk dancing recommended);
elective in speech (Speech 1 1 6
recommended). Eligibility for application for
certificationlregistration with the National
Association for Music Therapy is made possible
upon satisfactory completion of a six-month
internship in an NAMT approved institution, in
addition to the above degree program in Music
Therpy.
MINOR: 5 courses; 101, 1 0 2 , 260, or 261,
458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance
Studies and 1 year in a music organization;
piano proficiency; and 2 music repertoire tests.
Attendance at all Performance Workshops
during the year of Performance Studies and 8
campus recitals also required.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
graduation honors in music if they ( I ) provide
leadership in: the promotion of higher music
performance standards within the Department
of Music; breadth of musical interests by
attendance at concerts both on and off
campus; the performing organizations; the
creation andlor promotion of smaller performing
ensembles; ( 2 ) have earned a GPA of at least
3.0 in music courses; and (3)apply for the
Honors Program at the beginning of the second
term of the junior year.
Honors may be achieved by any one of the
following ways: (1) two solo recitals of
graduate quality; (2) a musical composition for
vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less
than 1 5 minutes duration and either a senior
thesis and its defense before a faculty
committee or a solo recital of graduate quality;
(3) a senior thesis and its defense before a
faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate
quality.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE): 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 , 2 2 3 , 2 2 4 ,
260, 2 6 1 , 354, 3 5 5 , 3 6 5 , 3 8 2 , 3 9 5 , 4 3 5 ,
457, 4 7 6 or 3 5 0 , 495; 3 years of
Performance Studies; Performance Workshop;
piano proficiency; Psychology 1 0 5 , 3 6 2 ;
Sociology 241 ; and one of Sociology 1 1 1 ,
121, 2 3 1 , 2 3 2 , 375; plus recreational music
and electives in physical education,
psychology, art, English, religion, foreign
languages; and speech, communication and
theater arts. Eligibility for application for
certificationlregistration with the National
Association for Music Therapy is made possible
upon satisfactory completion of a six month
internship in an NAMT approved institution, in
addition to the above degree program in Music
Therapy.
MINOR: 5 courses: 101, 102, 260, or 261,
4 5 8 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance
Studies and 1 year in a music organization;
piano proficiency; and two music repertoire
tests. Attendance at 8 performance workshops
and campus recitals also required.
Students intending to major in Music or Music
Therapy must declare their intent not later than
the end of their Freshman year, or at the
completion of Theory 1 0 2 .
Those wishing to minor in Music must declare
their intent not later than the end of their
Sophomore year, or at the completion of
Theory 1 0 2 .
Performance Workshop and Recital
Requirements: Attendance at Performance
Workshop and 1 4 campus faculty and student
recitals is required of sophomore, junior and
senior music majors. Music minors must attend
8 faculty and student recitals as well as all
Performance Workshops during the year of
their Performance Studies. All music majors and
minors must register for Performance
Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of
Performance Studies concentration is required
of majors during either the junior or senior year,
except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their
area of Performance Studies concentration is
required of Bachelors of Music in both their
junior and senior years.
Required Music Repertoire Tests: All majors
are required to pass three Music Repertoire
tests. Minors must pass two Music Repertoire
tests. Information regarding the test may be
secured from the Music Office.
Performance Studies Requirements: Major, 8
terms; Music Education, 6 terms; Minor, 2
terms; Bachelor of Music, 8 terms, with double
lessons throughout the last 4 terms. Major in
Music Therapy: 7 terms.
Performing Organizations Requirements: All
majors: 2 years; minor, one year.
Piano Proficiency Requirement: All majors and
minors are required to pass a piano proficiency
examination by the end of the sophomore year.
Confer with department regarding specific
requirements.
During the junior and senior years, a student
who has been certified by the Department of
Music as a major or Bachelor of Music is given
required lessons in the area of his
concentration without extra cost. The total of
Performance Studies credits earned under this
provision may not exceed four terms of weekly
half-hour lessons.
TRANSFER STUDENTS IN MUSIC: A junior or
senior student transferring to Augsburg College
as a Music major must, before registration and
acceptance into the major program, ( 1 ) take a
placement test in music theory, and ( 2 ) sing or
play representative pieces recently studied in
his or her area of applied music concentration.
This may be done immediately before
registration or earlier when convenient.
Transfer students must pass the Piano
Proficiency test by the end of their first term in
Augsburg.
101, 102, 223, 224 THEORY
Christian church. Designed for the general
student as well as for organists, choir directors,
and pre-theological students. (Fall)
Music Theory is an integrated course extending
over four terms. Taught by a team of
instructors, the various aspects of musical
theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel,
rather than sequentially. (1 0 1, 223, Fall, 102,
224, Spring)
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and
conducting choral scores, organization of
choral ensembles. (Fall)
230 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
458 CONDUCTING
The development of music through the study of
selected works of great composers from each
period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships
between music and the other fine arts. For the
non-music major. (Fall, Spring)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental
scores, organization of instrumental
ensembles. (Spring)
260 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSlC
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music
for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and
types. (Alternate years)
261 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSlC
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSlC
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras.
(Spring)
The music of Scandinavia since 1700.
(Alternate years)
350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE AND ARRANGING
488, 489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to
choral ensemble; methods, materials,
techniques and arranging. (Spring)
Instruction in the principles, methods, and
techniques for teaching piano. Students will
give individual lessons to children under the
supervision of the instructor. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching brass
and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching
woodwind instruments. (Spring)
457 CONDUCTING
476 ORCHESTRATION
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Permits advanced and specialized studies and
projects not otherwise provided for in the
departmental curriculum. Open only to
advanced students upon approval of a member
of the faculty. (Fall, Spring)
365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Music Therapy
Elementary technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Advanced technique in the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 MUSlC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
Development and influence of the music of the
110 INTRODUCTION TO MUSlC THERAPY
A survey of the music therapy programs in the
surrounding area, with field trips to various
institutions. This will be an introductory course
for the freshmen and sophomores who may be
considering music therapy as a major. This
course will give the students a broad
background in the many and varied ways in
which music is used as a therapy. (Interim)
360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSIC
Study of guitar and other non-symphonic
instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications to clinical settings.
(Fall)
382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF
MUSlC I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and
response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An
understanding of the research process and
development of an experimental research
project.
383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF
MUSlC II
Implementation of group and individual research
projects, emphasis on music in a clinical
setting. Various theories of learning music,
musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382)
395 INFLUENCE OF MUSIC ON BEHAVIOR
A study of man as he relates with music, with
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
repertoire of musical excellence. No course
credit. (Fall, Spring)
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to
all students. For statement of fees, see under
Financial Information. No course credit. (Fall,
Spring)
Piano
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance, accompanying. Only those
lessons in piano taken after the piano
proficiency examination has been passed
may be applied toward the music major or
minor.
Organ
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance, hymn-playing, accompanying.
Voice
Correct habits of pronunciation and
articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear
training as needed, interpretation of songs.
Woodwind Instruments, Brass
Instruments, String Instruments,
Percussion Instruments
Technique as needed, repertoire,
performance.
399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL
INTERNSHIP
MUSlC ORGANIZATIONS
Full-time placement in an internship setting
approved by the National Association for Music
Therapy for six months. This is started after
completion of the senior year and is necessary
for registration by the NAMT.
The musical organizations exist not only for the
benefit of the music student, but for any
student of the college who wishes to
participate in groups affording opportunity for
musical expression. Membership for the full
year required of participants. No course credit.
(Fall, Spring)
435 MUSlC IN THERAPY
The study and application of the uses of music
with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and
physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395)
495 PRACTICUM IN MUSlC THERAPY
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a
week, six terms. No credit.
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
Student recitals affording opportunity for public
performance. Acquaints students with a
Choir
Membership by audition and restricted to 65
singers.
Concert Band
Membership by audition.
Orchestra
Membership by audition.
Chorale, Jazz Ensemble, Repertoire Band,
Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble,
Woodwind Ensemble.
Membership by audition or consent of
director.
Natural Science
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in
Secondary Schools. (Valid until July 1, 1 9 7 9 .
Students now entering college should be alert
for changes in requirements after July 1,
1 9 79).
MAJOR: A total of 1 2 courses in science and
mathematics with at least 5 courses in each of
two of the areas of biology, chemistry or
physics.
In biology, the required courses are 11 1 , 1 1 2.
The additional 3 courses are to be chosen from
the upper division offerings.
In chemistry, 105, 1 0 6 , or ( 1 15, 1 16 ) , and
3 5 3 are required. In order to complete the total
of 5 courses, two courses may be chosen as
follows: 2 2 3 and 3 6 1 ; or 3 5 1 and 3 5 2 ; or
3 5 1 and 3 6 1 .
In mathematics, Calculus I and Calculus II are
required; and any 3 additional courses may be
selected.
In physics, courses 1 2 1 , 122, 2 4 5 are
required; two additional courses to be chosen
after consultation with a member of the Physics
Department.
Early consultation with adviser is
recommended.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for Premedical
Students.
This major is presented as an option for premedical students who wish to take a major
which provides the science courses necessary
and recommended for admission to most
medical schools (including the University of
Minnesota Medical School), and also permits a
number of electives. The student should
choose electives carefully keeping in mind the
specific requirements of the medical schools to
which he or she intends to apply. Early
consultation with a premedical adviser is
recommended.
MAJOR: 1 3 courses including Biology 1 1 1 ,
11 2, 4 9 1 or 492, and 2 upper division biology
courses; Chemistry 1 15 , 1 16 or (10 5 , 10 6 ) ,
351 , 3 5 2 , and Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 1 2 2 , or 1 2 4
and 1 2 5 ; and Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 .
Nursing
Chairman: Donna Peterson
Augsburg offers a second-step program in
nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science
degree with a major in nursing. For admission
to the program, a student must have completesd
an associate degree or a diploma program in
nursing, with a minimum overall grade point
average of 2.3, and have a current license to
practice nursing in the state of Minnesota, or
be preparing to sit for the state board
examinations prior to enrolling. Nursing
students are expected to complete course
work in: Introductory sociology, introductory
psychology, English composition, inorganic
chemistry, organic chemistry, anatomy and
physiology, and microbiology at accredited
institutions of higher education. Students
enrolling without course work in these areas, or
having taken course work at non-accredited
institutions, are expected either to test out of
the courses or to take the required course
work before undertaking the last year of the
program.
MAJOR: 8 courses in nursing, including 3 0 1 ,
302, 310, 31 1, 320, 325, 350, 401, 402,
and two of the following: 420, 421; or 425,
426. Speech 354, Interpersonal
Communications, is also required in addition to
the sociology, psychology, English, chemistry,
and biology listed above.
301, 302,401,402 NURSING SEMINAR
I, 11, Ill, IV
Discussions designed to facilitate the student's
progress throughout the nursing program and
to assist in career-goal attainment. One course
credit granted on completion of all four
seminars.
310 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING I
Lecture courses which focus on the
investigation and application of the concepts
and principles of health promotion, health
maintenance, disease-illness prevention, and
rehabilitation to nurse-clientifamily relationships
in the community setting. Emphasis is placed
on involving the student in health teaching and
counseling activities with individuals and
families.
311 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II
Lecture, laboratory course which is an
extension of Nursing 31 0 .
nurse and the trends and issues evolving in
contemporary nursing practice.
325 NURSING ASSESSMENT
Lecturellaboratory course focusing on the
development of skills in comprehensive history
taking and physical examination which assist
the professional nurse in completing healthillness assessments of individuals and families.
350 INTRODUCTION TO NURSING
RESEARCH
Emphasis is on investigative skills and basic
research as applied to nursing. Students are
involved in designing, implementing, and
evaluating research projects.
420,421 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN EPISODIC
NURSING
Seminarilaboratory courses in which the
student explores in depth a chosen area of
study and develops expertise in the selected
area of practice. Opportunities are available
which allow the student to practice selfassessment, identify individual needs, develop
behavioral objectives, select learning
experiences, and work cooperatively and
collaboratively with preceptor, instructor,
agencies and clients/families in initiating
complex nursing care. (Prereq.: 3 10, 3 1 1 ,
3 2 0 , and 325).
320 TRENDS, ISSUES, AND LEADERSHIP
IN NURSING
425,426 PRECEPTORSHIPS IN
DISTRIBUTIVE NURSING
A course designed to investigate the current
leadership responsibilities of the professional
For course description see 420, 421.
Department of Philosophy
Chairman: Bruce Reichenbach
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242,
343, and 344.
MINOR: 5 courses, including two courses from
241, 242, 343, and 344.
HONORS MAJOR: Admission to the Philosophy
Honors program is by recommendation of
the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations
will be made at the end of the junior year. The
program will consist of an honors thesis on an
approved topic of the student's choice,
involving research above the course level, and
a defense of this thesis before the faculty of
the department.
Courses 1 1 0 , 120, and 1 3 0 are recommended
for fulfilling the general education requirement.
110 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY:
IDEAS AND METHOD
Though each person has his own set of ideas
and beliefs, rarely have they been critically
analyzed or evaluated for their consistency,
adequacy or truth. The reason for this is that
individuals lack the needed skills. The major
function of the course is to enable you to
develop the critical and analytical skills required
to evaluate and construct a system of ideas
and beliefs. (Fall, Spring)
120 ETHICS
Sometimes you say that a certain action is right
or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is
right? Because you like it? Are there better
reasons for thinking something right or wrong?
This course takes a long, hard look at possible
grounds for making moral decisions, and at the
moral judgments about personal and social
issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring)
period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance
was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment.
How dark were the Middle Ages; how
enlightened the Renaissance? We shall attempt
to discover the grandeur of the Medieval
philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition
was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore
the worship of the world and the individual in
the Renaissance and the new methodology of
the 17th Century rationalists, (Spring)
343 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY Ill:
ENLIGHTENMENT AND 19TH CENTURY
PHILOSOPHY
Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas
or with ex~erience?What can we reallv know
about the world? What impact did oma antic ism
have on philosophy? This course studies the
major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke,
Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of
philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the
reaction to Idealism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall)
344 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY IV:
130 LOGIC
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then
says you must accept a particular conclusion.
Do you? When does a conclusion follow from
premises? Here we examine the rules which
govern valid arguments and work to develop
your ability to recognize and construct sound
arguments. (Fall, Spring)
CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's
love affair with language? Is truth that which
works? Can we remake philosophy as a
rigorous science? These and other issues are
dealt with in a study of the major
representatives of linguistic analysis,
pragmatism, existentialism, and
phenomenology. (Spring)
241 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: PLAT0
AND ARISTOTLE
How, when and why did philosophy begin?
Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the
Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato
think that the physical world was not overly
important, and what did he value? How did
Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The
answers to these and other questions will be
considered so as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our
contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
350 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
What is the relation between faith and reason?
Does God exist, and what can be said about
him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness
of God with human and animal suffering? Is man
really immortal? Are miracles possible? We
intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into
these questions which form the basis of
religious beliefs. (Spring, 1 9 7 9 )
355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
242 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: MEDIEVAL
AND RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies
which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confucianism and Taoism. (Spring, 1 9 7 8 )
360 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
375 PHILOSOPHICAL MOVEMENTS
Every day we use language to buy and sell,
praise and berate, communicate with friends.
What is language? Could an individual be fully
human without it? How does language relate to
the world - can we really learn about the
nature of things from words? Do the
mathematician and the scientist have a
language? Is it possible to have a language
which only one individual can understand? We
shall explore how philosophers have responded
to these and other important questions about
language. (Fall, 1 9 78)
Studies in such philosophical movements as
Analytic philosophy, American philosophy,
Phenomenology. Russian philosophy, etc.
(Suggested prior course: 3 4 4 )
365 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
The scientist's knowledge of the world is
purported to be profoundly different and better
than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What
constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there
certain real questions which science cannot
answer? How certain are the methods used by
the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition
to dealing with these questions, students will
work in researching and developing
philosophical problems in the special sciences.
(Fall, 1 9 78)
370 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies in the writings - both philosophical and
literary - of prominent Existentialist authors
We will examine what it means to be a being-inthe-world, and explore such themes as
absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox,
(Suggested: One prior course in philosophy)
380 MEDICAL ETHICS
Application of ethical principles to problems
which arise in the areas of medical care and
delivery, abortion, human engineering, care for
the dying and euthanasia.
430 STUDIES IN INDIVIDUAL
PHILOSOPHERS
Advanced studies in the philosophy of
particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes,
Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc.
Seminar format. (Suggested prior course: 2 4 1 ,
2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , or #.)
450 INTERDEPARTMENTAL STUDIES
Studies in such areas as the philosophy of art,
philosophy of literature, philosophy of history,
philosophical psychology, philosophy of
culture, political and legal philosophy, etc.
Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses:
2 4 1 , 2 4 2 , 3 4 3 , or #.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some
philosophical topic of interest to the student,
worked out in consultation with the faculty
adviser.
Physical Education
Chairman: Ernest Anderson
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses
H.Ed. 11 1 P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 3 5 0 ,
351, 3 5 2 , 471, 472.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHING MAJOR:
I 1 courses. 11 1 , 223, 231, 232, 243, 350,
351, 352, 3 6 5 , 471, 472. Students wishing
to become certified teachers are advised to
consult with the Education Department for
requirements.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR WITH
SPECIALIZATION IN CORRECTIVE
THERAPY: Physical Education 11 1 , 2 2 3 , 231,
232. 243, 3 5 0 , 351. 352, 3 6 5 , 471, 472,
4 8 5 , 491, 495. Psychology 1 0 5 , 3 5 5 , 362.
Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy
major must be secured from Coordinator of
Corrective Therapy.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION MINOR: 5 courses.
11 1 , 223, 231, 232 or 472, and 243.
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis
upon the action of the muscular system.
(Prereq.: Biology 1 0 3 . Fall)
351 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE
HEALTH TEACHING MINOR: 5 courses. 1 10,
11 1, 350, 351, 360.
COACHING ENDORSEMENT: 6 courses, 11 1 ,
243, 350, 351, 482 and practicum in
coaching. (Practicum requires registration for
499, Independent Study)
Coaches entering their first head-coaching
assignment in Minnesota public schools are
required to have at least a coaching
endorsement in the field of physical education
and athletics.
Physical Education
102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS
The major effects of exercises upon the
systems of the body. (Prereq. : Biology 1 0 3 .
Sprin g)
352 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
EVALUATION
Physical education for the exceptional child
with special reference to the analysis of
functional and organic abnormalities and the
role of physical education. Survey of basic
statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in
physical education. (Prereq.: 3 5 0 . Spring)
365 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
METHODS (K-12)
Procedures, materials and issues for teaching
health and physical education at the secondary
and elementary levels. (Fall)
Three hours per week. Meets the general
education requirement. No course credit. (Fall,
Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
223 TEAM SPORTS
Consult department chairman.
Theory and practice in teaching and officiating
team sports. (Fall)
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
231 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
Theory and practice in teaching individual and
dual sports. (Spring)
232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND
RHYTHMS
Theory and practice in teaching recreational
activities, social recreation, quiet games, low
organized games, noon hour activities, camp
nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic
games, folk and square dancing. (Interim)
Curriculum analysis and preparation.
Administrative techniques and procedures.
(Prereq. : 2 4 3 , Fall)
472 GYMNASTICS, SWIMMING AND
AQUATICS
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics,
stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities.
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving and water safety. Open only to majors
and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence
as determined by pre-test or satisfactory
completion of Lifetime Sports - Swimming.
Fall)
243 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
482 COACHING OF SPORTS
History, principles, and philosophy of physical
education. (Spring)
Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention
and care of athletic injuries. (Spring)
485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Education. Open only to majors. (Junior or
senior only)
Course includes consideration of ambulation,
self care, adapted sports and games, and
swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq. : 3 50,
3 5 1 , 352. Summer School only)
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of the treatment of disease and injury.
Includes general principles and administration
of neuromuscular re-education. (Prereq.: 3 5 0 ,
35 1, 3 5 2 . Summer School only)
495 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Four hundred hours of hospital affiliation at VA
Hospital, Fairview Hospital, and Cambridge
State Hospital. Includes actual hospital
experience in the following four areas of
corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2)
Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, (4) Rehabilitation.
(Prereq.: 485, 4 9 1, and approval of
department)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed intensive study in the area of Physical
Health Education
110 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH
Modern concepts and practices of health and
healthful living applied to the individual and the
community. (Fall)
111 SAFETY AND DRUG EDUCATION
An analysis of drug abuse and what can be
done for the abuses. Also includes American
Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring)
360 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Curriculum, organization and administration of
the school health program. (Offered alternate
years. Prereq.: 1 10. Fall, 19 77)
Department of Physics
Chairman: Kenneth Erickson
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 2 4 5 ,
3 5 1 , 3 6 2 and 3 9 5 plus three coursegabove
122. In planning their courses of study,
students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the physics faculty. Normally,
students should have Mathematics 1 2 4 , 1 2 5 ,
and Physics 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 the freshman year, and
Mathematics 2 2 4 and 2 2 6 the sophomore
year.
MINOR: 5 courses, including 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , and
three courses above 1 2 2 .
HONORS MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 in physics
and 3 . 0 overall. An independent investigation
of a physics topic with an oral defense of the
written research report. Application for the
honors major should be made no later than the
first term of the senior year.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major.
Students are advised to refer to the Education
Department section of the catalog and consult
witti the Education Department early in their
planning.
SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The
Augsburg chapter of SPS provides students the
opportunities of membership in a national
physics society and of participating in the
physics community on a professional basis.
Membership in SPS is open to all students
interested in physics.
101 ASTRONOMY
A descriptive course requiring elementary
algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies.
The necessary optical instruments are
explained and use is made of a 12-inch
reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron, as
well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night
viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring)
103 PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected
not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but
also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to
the life sciences. The course is designed to
serve students in biology, psychology, physical
education (therapy programs), medical
technology and other health science programs.
The course is also a very suitable elective or
distribution requirement for the liberal arts
student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour
laboratory. Fall)
121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics,
fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and
magnetism, and some aspects of modern
physics. For majors in physics and other
specified majors. Must be taken in sequence.
(4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent
registration. 1 2 1, Fall; 122, Spring)
270 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis is on physical optics, using the
complex expression for a wave throughout.
Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an
introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3
one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
122, Fall)
351, 352 MECHANICS I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics in terms
of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian
and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include
conservation principles, single particle motion,
systems of particles, oscillatory systems,
central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies,
gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems
and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour
lectures, Prereq. : 1 2 2 Mathematics 226,
351, Fall; 352, Spring)
362, 363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is
developed using the vector calculus
throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics,
solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations,
electric and magnetic properties of materials,
and the theory of electromagnetic radiation
based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour
lectures, Prereq.: 122, Mathematics 226,
362, Fall; 363, Spring)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
395 COMPREHENSIVE LABORATORY
An introduction to modern physics from an
historical and experimental basis. Relativity,
quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics,
nuclear and solid state physics. This course
indicates the need for, and develops the
experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Fall)
An emphasis on independent laboratory
investigations, including participation in physics
seminars. Experiments in the areas of
mechanics, thermodynamics, electricity,
magnetism, and modern physics. (2 three-hour
laboratory and 1 seminar hour per week.
Prereq.: Junior standing. Spring)
261 ELECTRONICS
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The emphasis is on basic electronic principles
and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C.
circuits before introducing the electron tube
and some circuit applications. The study of
solid state diodes, transistors and integrated
circuits with applications. (3 one-hour lectures,
3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 1 2 2 or 103 plus
Mathematics 1 2 2 or 125 and consent of
instructor. Spring)
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important
variable. The subject is developed from two
independent yet complementary viewpoints; the
experimental, macroscopic classical
thermodynamics and the theoretical,
microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 3 5 1, Spring)
486 QUANTUM MECHANICS
A development from first principles, including
de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger
equation, operators, wavefunctions,
expectation values, angular momentum, and
approximation methods. Specific problems
studied include potential wells and potential
barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the
hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures, Prereq.:
245, 351, 352, Fall)
488 TOPICS IN MODERN PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics to
specific topics chosen from the areas of solid
state physics, atomic and molecular physics,
nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 onehour lectures, three-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
486, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
An opportunity for students to systematically
explore a problem in experimental or theoretical
physics, worked out in consultation with a
faculty advisor. Open to juniors and seniors
with departmental approval.
Political Science
Chairman: Norma Noonan
MAJOR: The major in Political Science will
consist of 9 courses, plus Social Statistics
(Sociology 3 6 5 ) : 121 or 1 2 2 or 1 7 0 ; 1 5 8 ;
3 8 4 ; and at least 5 other upper division
courses in 4 out of 5 areas*. A seminar in one
of the five areas may be counted for that area.
MINOR: The minor in Political Science will
consist of 5 courses, including: 121 or 1 2 2 or
1 7 0 ; 1 5 8 ; and at least 3 upper division
courses in 3 out of 5 areas*.
HONORS MAJOR: The Honors Major in
Political Science includes the requirements
listed above, plus the following: The student's
grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major
and 2 . 7 5 over-all. The student must take an
Honors lndependent Study and a seminar, and
must submit, not later than March 1 of the
senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended
before a faculty committee. Students should
apply for the Honors Major no later than the
first term of the junior year. For specific
information, consult the Honors Adviser in the
department.
* The five areas are American Government and
Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis,
International Politics, Public Law, and Political
Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed in
more than one area may be counted in only
one area toward major or minor requirements.)
General Education
Any course may be taken to fulfill the general
education requirements but especially
appropriate are Political Science 121 , 122,
158. 1 6 0 or 1 7 0 .
The Urban Requirement may be filled by
Political Science 1 2 2 , 3 4 2 or by an Internship,
Independent Study, or Seminar on an urbanrelated topic.
Students interested in secondary education
may take one of the three broad social science
options with a concentration in Political
Science. See the Department Chairman for
more information on these and pending options.
For precise listing of terms in which courses
are offered, see the Class Schedule
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND
POLITICS
The politics of American government including
the pattern of participation; the dynamics of
congressional, executive, and bureaucratic
policymaking; the contemporary structure of
federalism; and current issues in American
society.
(Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or #.
Offered on demand.)
II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
326 POLITICAL PARTIES AND BEHAVIOR
The political behavior of the electorate
emphasizing public opinion and political parties
in the lectoral process. Field work with political
parties and interest groups and media in
presidential election years (optional in nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 2 1 or #,
Fall term of election years.)
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND
PROCESSES
An analysis of basic patterns in the political
system and decision-making process with some
comparison of major political systems and
discussion of contemporary issues.
350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
Politics in the urban setting, including important
issues, actors, and structures influencing public
policy in the modern urban complex.
Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings
with political experts and activists. *
325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE
The politics of public administration and
bureaucratic policy-making in the American
welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation,
promotion and management, emphasizing
political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1
course in Political Science or #)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
The emergence, maintenance and decline of
selected democracies, focusing on political
behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:
One course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years).
351 COMMUNIST POLITICAL SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and
other communist states in terms of political
behavior, institutions, processes and politics.
(Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #)
459 TOPICS IN ELITE AND MASS BEHAVIOR
In-depth study of elite and!or mass partipation
in the political system. (Offered on den:~nd.
Prereq.: #).
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
Effects of mass communications on individual
behavior; the uses and control of mass media
for political and social purposes including public
opinion research and political public relations. *
160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
Contemporary issues and problems in
international politics in the context of
democratic values and processes; moralism,
legalism, and realism in foreign policy.
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
363 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV for
description)
421 TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS
Selected themes, including legislative,
executive or judical process, and policy
process in American politics; national, urban or
state focus; topic to be included in subtitle.
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and
implementation of foreign policies of Communist
nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union
and China. (Prereq.: One course in Political
Science or #.)
461 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
Selected themes including interpretations of
international politics, foreign policy decision-
making, simulations of international problems.
Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: One
course in Political Science or #. Offered
alternate years.)
conservative and liberal authors. The
contemporary search for political processes
and structures appropriate to human potentials
and limitations. (Offered alternate years.)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
382 MARXIST VISIONS:
PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE
170 LAW IN THE UNITED STATES
A survey of American law and legal process.
Theories of law; law and society; roles of
courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United
States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as
politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and
movements emphasizing Marxism as developed
in Russia and China. Consideration of the
political, social, and economic dimensions of
the theories, with some focus on the preferred
futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.:
158 or #. Offered alternate years.)
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
The legal-political-philosophical role of the
judiciary in the American constitutional system,
emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases
involving the United States government and the
federal system. (Prereq.: One course in
Political Science or #. Offered alternate years)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights
and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied
by the Supreme Court to the protection of
human rights and civil liberties of individuals.
(Prereq.: One course or #. Offered alternate
years.)
V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS AND
PROCESSES
(See Section I1 for description)
380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT I
Analysis of selected readings from outstanding
political philosophers from Plato through the
eighteenth century, emphasizing aspects of
their thought having continuing significance for
an understanding of contemporary political
issues and the problems of human society.
(Offered alternate years.)
381 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT II
Recent political philosophy and ideology.
including readings from individualist, anarchist,
socialist, elitist, Christian, democratic,
Theory and methods of empirical political
analysis, including communications theory,
simulation, systems' theory, structuralfunctionalism, power concepts, psychological
and economic approaches to political study,
and a survey of the methods common to
empirical social science. (Prereq.: Social
Statistics; Political Science 158 or #.)
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND
INTERNSHIPS
199 INTERNSHIP
Lower division internship. Consult lnternship
Supervisor in the department to determine
project.
295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR
Special topics: Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered
on demand)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study for lower division students
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairman or Internship Director to
determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Consult department chairman
concerning terms and subject matter.
(Prereq. :#)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics defined through consultation between
instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
Department of Psychology
Chairman: Norman Ferguson
I
I
MAJOR: 10 courses. Additional supporting
courses from other departments will also be
required; Physics 103 is one of the required
courses. The major program is planned in
consultation with an adviser in the psychology
department and approved by the department
chairman. Required courses will include 105,
264, 265 and 493. Basic courses to include in
preparation for graduate study are 105, 264,
265, 355, 357, 359, 481, and at least one
course in Personality or Developmental
Psychology. The major program will include
105 in the freshman year, 264 and 265 in the
freshman or sophomore year, 493 in the junior
or senior year. Beginning the Experimental
Psychology sequence (264-265) in the
freshman year is recommended. The overall
plan will be directed toward a basic
understanding of the discipline of psychology
and toward the particular educational,
vocational, and professional interests and goals
of the individual student. A written plan for the
major should be completed and approved by
the beginning of the junior year. The plan,
which may indicate one or more electives in
psychology, should be completed early in the
sequence of psychology courses. Completion
of a written plan later than the beginning of the
junior year may delay graduation; early planning
is recommended.
Not more than a total of two courses from
among 299, 399, and 499 may be counted
toward the minimum ten courses required for a
psychology major. It should be noted that this
restriction applies toward the minimum
requirement; the student may actually take
more such courses.
It is recommended that psychology majors take
some course work from among the following
courses: Biology 103, 1 1 1-112, 353, 355,
367, 473, 474, 481 ; Chemistry 103, 105106, 1 15-116, 223; Mathematics 1 14, 121 122; Computer Science 245, 355; Physics
261. It is recommended that students
interested in physiological psychology,
comparative psychology, psychological
measurement, or experimental psychology
include at least three of these courses in their
psychology major program.
MINOR: 5 courses including 105. Not more
than one course in total of 299, 399, 499 may
be counted toward the minor.
HONORS MAJOR: Students may qualify for
honors in psychology with a 3.5 grade point
average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average
over-all, and completion of a high quality
research project culminating the major program.
Application for honors consideration must be
made during the junior year. Please consult
department chairman for more detailed
requirements.
105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Methods and approaches used in psychology
for the purpose of understanding behavior, and
research procedures associated with the study
A structure the field
psychology include psychological principles in
major sub-areas. (Fall, Spring)
264, 265 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation
in human and animal learning, problem solving,
social psychology, and sensation-perception.
Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and
experimental design methodology. Experimental
Psychology I may be taken for credit without
continuing in Experimental Psychology II.
Majors in psychology must take both terms of
the two-term sequence; 264 must precede
2 6 5 ; 2 6 5 should be taken in the term
immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105, 2 6 4 ,
Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Limited registration by special permission.
Specific planning for the study must be
completed and approved well in advance of the
time of registration.
351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal child development and
behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems
used for viewing the developmental sequence
and process. Active inquiry into practical
implications and applications of data and theory
in respect to the development of children.
(Prereq. : 105, Fall)
352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT AND ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and behavior
of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases
used for building understanding of and
appreciation for the developmental process.
Active consideration of the meaning that data
and theory have for the development of persons
in the adolescent and adult periods of life.
(Prereq.: 35 1, Spring)
355 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY
A survey of the physiological and
neuroanatomical mechanisms responsible for
behavior in animals and humans. Lecture,
laboratory, and discussion regarding the
fundamentals of neuroanatomy,
neurophysiology, and research methods.
Emphasis will be given to interactions of the
central nervous system with environmental
events including the effects of drugs on
behavior. (Prereq.: 105 and one course in
biology; two courses in biology are
recommended, Fall)
356 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
A broad-based approach to the study of
behavior emphasizing the comparison of a wide
variety of species from lower animals
(invertebrates) through humans. Stress will be
placed upon studying animals in their natural
habitat and the adaptive behavior patterns
which have evolved through interacting with the
environment. Major topics will include
behavioral evolution, behavioral development,
and social behavior in both animals and
humans. (Prereq.: 105, Spring)
357 LEARNING
Analysis of behavior and behavioral change
including objectives, evaluation, and
environmental factors in the learning process.
(Prereq. : 10 5 , Fall, Spring)
359 MEASUREMENT
Theory and principles of measurement.
Analysis and practicum with achievement,
interest, personality, and intelligence tests.
(Prereq.: 105, Spring)
361 PERSONALITY
Dynamics of personality with emphasis on
behavior that customarily is included in the
normal range. Includes consideration of
theories of personality. (Prereq.: 105, Fall)
362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
Sociological, biological, and psychological
factors involved in behavior disorders.
Consideration of diagnostic categories,
treatment, and research. (Prereq.: 3 courses or
3 6 1, Spring)
371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE INDIVIDUAL:
FEMALE AND MALE
A study involving knowledge of materials
bearing on the development of sex differences
and roles, the effect of society upon values and
goals, differential legal status and feminist
movement views, and physiological data
bearing on these differences. (Does not count
toward Natural Science General Education
requirement.) (Prereq.: 105 or consent of
instructor.)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Dynamics of organizing large groups of
individuals into efficient goal-oriented teams.
Study of policies and procedures aimed at
utilizing and perpetrating individuality;
exploration of approaches to selecting and
developing the human resource. (Prereq.: 1 0 5 ,
Fall)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology. (Does not
count toward Natural Science General
Education requirement.)
399 INTERNSHIP
Interested students should consult with the
departmental internship coordinator regarding
requirements and permission to register.
481 HISTORY AND THEORY
History of psychological viewpoints and
theoretical positions. Concentration on the
development of American psychology. (Prereq..
2 courses. Offered alternate years)
485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in
the counseling process. Consideration given to
goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling
relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior
standing. Spring)
490 CURRENT TOPICS IN
PSYCHOLOGY
Study of selected areas and topics within
psychology that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific
topics will be published prior to registration.
(Prereq.: 1 0 5 and consent. Fall, Spring)
493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY
ISSUES
Points of view within behavioral science on
contemporary professional and societal issues.
Consideration of the approaches and methods
of behavioral science in relation to the study of
such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Limited registration by special permission for
advanced students in psychology. Student
must present a written plan prior to registration
including carefully considered rationale and
purpose for the proposed study.
Department of Religion
Chairman: Philip A. Quanbeck
MAJOR: 8 courses, including 1 1 1 , 221, 3 5 6 ,
481 and also including a seminar especially for
majors to be taken in the junior or senior year.
Only one interim course may be applied to the
major. One upper division New Testament
Greek course may be applied to the major. One
course required from those numbered 361 - 3 6 3
and one from those numbered 471 - 4 7 5 .
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3 . 2 5 in the major
and 3 . 0 0 over-all: research project approved
by the department and a colloquium with the
department.
MINOR: 5 courses. Not more than one interim
course may be counted to the minor. Religion
11 1 or 221 are prerequisite to'all other
courses.
The Minnesota State Department of Education
does not at this time certify a Religion major or
minor. In order to prepare for teaching about
religion in public schools the student should
work closely with the Religion Department in
designing a program which includes: (a) a major
in an academic field which is certifiable for
elementary or secondary school teaching, and
(b) a Religion major with courses 3 5 6 , 3 6 0 ,
3 6 3 . 471. and 3 5 5 .
11 1 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
An introduction to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian
doctrine. (Fall, Spring)
structure of religious beliefs and practices.
Particular emphasis is given to the study of
bureaucracy and its relation to religious
systems, and to an exploration of the changing
patterns of society and the relationship of these
changes to the institutional church. (Fall)
221 BIBLICAL STUDIES
361 CHURCH FATHERS
The origin, literary character, and transmission
of the biblical documents. The task of biblical
interpretation. The history of Israel and the
emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring)
350 PHILOSOPHY OR RELIGION
See under Department of Philosophy.
353 DENOMINATIONS AND SECTS
IN AMERICA
A study of the early Christian Church in the
context of the Roman Empire, including such
topics as persecution and martyrdom, the
development of the creeds, Christianity in
conflict with Gnosticisms and mystery religions.
monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship; also including the theology of several
early Christian leaders and a special unit on the
life and thought of Augustine.
362 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of
the major denominations and sects. Some
contemporary cultic movements will also be
considered.
355 THE STUDY OF RELIGION IN THE
PUBLIC SCHOOLS
An introduction to the theological thought of the
Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century.
Special attention to the writings of Martin
Luther and other representative figures. (Fall)
363 RELIGION IN AMERICA
The history of studying religion in public
schools, the problems associated with such
efforts, the resources available to the teacher
and the actual teaching itself will be
examined. The theological, as well as the
legal and educational implications will be
analyzed and discussed. (Spring)
380 MUSIC OF THE WESTERN CHURCH
356 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS
(See under Department of Music)
A survey of Asian religions; an introduction to
the history of religion. An historical survey
beginning with pre-historic times and continuing
to the present of some of the major religious
traditions and forms of faith found in India,
China, and Japan (special attention will be
given to the Hindu, Buddhist, Taoist,
Confucian, and Shinto traditions). The purpose
of this survey is to introduce both the variety
and the continuity of these traditions and to
illuminate what they have meant or mean to
their participants, as well as their significance
to the rest of mankind.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
An examination of the social sources and
A study of the development of religion in
America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and
the responses of religion to the challenges of
its environing culture.
471 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
Consideration of the New Testament
Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing
with their content, literary structure and
relationships. Attention to the vadety of
interpretations given the person of Jesus,
including the "quest for the historical Jesus."
(Fall)
472 THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his
historical background, his relationship to the
early church, and some of the themes to be
found in his writings. (Spring 19 75-76)
473 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD
TESTAMENT
the continuing theological task of the Christian
Church. (Spring)
The various types of Old Testament literature.
The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with
emphasis on the message of the prophets.
(Spring 19 76- 77)
482 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC
THEOLOGY
475 JUDAISM
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as
expressed in the writings of some of its
representatives. Relation of new theological
and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions
of the church. (Fall)
A survey of the history of Judaism from the end
of the Old Testament period to modern times.
with emphasis placed upon the religious
development. A special interest in such modern
Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The
Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a
grant to Augsburg College in support of this
course in Judaism offered in the religion
department. (Fall)
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological dynamics.
Emphasis on developing a constructive
perspective for critical reflection upon moral
action. (Spring)
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
495 SEMINAR
An introduction to some representative trends
in Christian theological thought today, as seen
from the systematic perspective, in the light of
Selected topics. Required of majors in the
junior or senior year. Others by permission of
instructor.
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
Scandinavian Area Studies
MAJCR: 8 upper division courses.
331 TOPICS: NORWEGIAN AMERICAN
EXPERIENCE
MINOR: 4 upper division courses.
All programs must contain four courses listed in
the Augsburg College catalog or transferred to
Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian
Language courses, i.e., courses taught by a
Scandinavian Language Department or
subdepartment regardless of their content
which may be linguistic, literary or cultural.
Students graduating with a major or minor must
also present the equivalent of intermediate
level study of a Scandinavian language.
330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with
special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the twentieth century.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable but not required.
The Old World background and use of
"America Fever;" adaptation to the New Land;
aspects of Norwegian-American culture.
345 THE UPPER MIDWEST SCANDINAVIAN
EXPERIENCE
Concentrates on the immigrant experience in
the Midwest with emphasis on Minnesota,
especially among Norwegians, Swedes, and
Finns. Some attention also given to the Danish
and Icelandic communities in Minnesota.
(Offered Fall, 19 74- 75, soliciting students from
the community on a non-credit basis, as well as
regular college students either on an audit or
credit basis.)
351 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian
novel. Class discussion based on assigned
reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid
Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut
Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable. Lanugage majors and minors will be
required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavian language. (Offered
alternate years. Fall, 19 76)
and other topics. Taught in English. Counts
toward Scandinavian Area Studies major when
readings and papers are done in a
Scandinavian language. (Offered Spring, 19 7 5 )
372 ORIENTATdON TO SCANDINAVIAN LIFE
AND CULTURE
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs.
352 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen,
Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and
other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures
provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with
emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge
of a Scandinavian language desirable.
Language majors and minors will be required to
do assigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate
years. Spring, 19 76)
373 URBANIZATION AND COMMUNITY
BUILDING IN MODERN SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs.
396 HOUSING AND SOCIAL PLANNING IN
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs.
482 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
See description under Department of Music.
360 EDDA AND SAGA
A study of the major poetic and prose eddas of
early Scandinavia, including Snorre's
Heimskringla and the Vinland sagas.
Comparative study of Beowulf, the
Niebelungenlied, and the Chanson de Roland.
Guest lectures in Old Norse, Norse mythology
495 SEMINAR: ETHNlCllMMlGRATlON
EXPERIENCE
See under Department of History.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Social Science
Adviser: Orloue N. Gisselquist
This major is particularly designed for those
preparing for secondary school teaching in
social studies. The requirements for
certifications are in the process of being
changed. For those graduating after July 1,
1 9 7 9 a new "competency based" program will
be in effect. See Mr. Gisselquist, Social
Studies Education Adviser, or the Education
Department for further details. The Social
Science major is also recommended for others,
such as pre-law students who desire a broad
major in this area. This major consists of 1 4
courses, which may be earned in any one of
four distributions. A student may not list a
double major in Social Science and one of the
several component disciplines unless the
distribution selected in the Social Science
major is significantly different from the other
major.
A. HISTORY EMPHASIS
7 courses in history; a distribution of these
courses among the fields of American,
European, and Non-Western is encouraged at least 4 of these courses must be upper
division and one a seminar; 2 courses in
political science; 4 courses: 1 each in
geography, anthropology, economics, and
sociology; 1 course in the methodology of the
social sciences (Political Science 1 5 8 or 3 8 4 ,
Sociology 3 6 5 or 3 6 2 . 3 6 3 ; Economics 3 7 9
or 4 9 5 )
B. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS
sciences (Political Science 158 or 384;
Economics 379 or 495; Sociology 362, 363
or 365); and 4 additional electives; one each in
geography, anthropology, sociology, and
economics.
1 course in geography; 1 course in
anthropology; 2 courses in history; 2 courses
in the methodology of the Social Sciences
(Political Science 158 or 384, Sociology 365
or 362, 363, Economics 379 or 495); 7 other
courses in economics, political science, and
sociology, with at least 2 courses in each
discipline and at least 3 upper division courses;
1 additional upper division course in
economics, history, political science,
psychology or sociology.
For a Social Science major with a Non-Western
emphasis to meet the requirements of the State
of Minnesota for a high school teacher of the
social studies, there must be among the
courses taken at least 7 courses in history or
in political science, sociology, economics,
anthropology combined.
C. NON-WESTERN EMPHASIS
D. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES EMPHASIS
8 courses in Non-Western studies, selected
from the following, with at least 2 courses in
history and 2 courses in political science:
History 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, 495;
Political Science 351, 353, 461, 363, 382,
495, 499; Religion 356; Philosophy 355.
1 course in each of geography, anthropology,
statistics; 11 courses in history, political
science, and economics, with at least 3 in
each discipline and at least 5 upper division
courses, to be selected from the following:
Political Science 158, 160, 350, 351 , 353,
461. 363, 381, 382, 495, 499; History 103,
104, 332, 416, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474,
495; Economics 122, 123, 495, 499.
6 other courses including: History 103; one
course in the methodology of the social
Sociology and Social Work
-
Sociology
Chairman: Robert Grams
MAJOR IN SOCIOLOGY: 1 0 courses including
121, 362, 363, 375 and 485. Completion of
Graduate Record Examination in sociology.
[Highly recommended: a CHR course,
internship independent study or upper division
interim course in sociology.] This
recommendation is made in the hope that the
student will take advantage of the variety of
learning models offered through the
department.
MINOR: 5 courses including 121 and two
upper division courses (i.e,, 300 and above)
HONORS MAJOR: The student must have a
minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and 2.7
overall. Application for honors in sociology
candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis
proposal to Department Chairman before April 1
of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent
upon departmental approval of proposal by
April 3 0 of junior year. After acceptance as a
candidate, the student will register for
"Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through
which work on thesis will be completed.
Honors degree in sociology will be granted to a
candidate if helshe successfully defends the
thesis before March 31 of senior year and
maintains GPA through graduation.
111 HUMAN COMMUNITY AND THE MODERN
METROPOLIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of the
modern world viewed from the perspective of
the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the
possibilities of human community in the context
of urban institutions and processes. (Fall,
Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of
knowing. Its applications to an understanding of
basic aspects of society; socialization, family
life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions,
etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and
profession. (Fall, Spring)
231 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
An examination of the family as a social
institution. The process of dating, mate
selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The
relationship of the family to its institutional and
cultural context. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the idea of culture; the
person's relation to culture; language as a
major organizing element in the way we see the
world. An examination of the ideas of
"primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a
comparison of alternate realities as found in
different cultures and varying social contexts.
An analysis of selected aspects of U.S.
culture. (Fall, Spring)
300, 301, 302, 303, 304 SPECIAL TOPICS
IN SOCIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Aubsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus in
such places as institutions for adult felons,
physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed,
and senior citizens. Residents and staff of
these institutions take the course together with
college students in a co-learning model. Topics
will vary depending on needs and interest.
360 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Religion.
362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
The first course in a two-course sequence.
Analysis of attempts to build a body of
knowledge by way of a scientific approach.
Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas
and describe social life through the use of
quantitative information. Use of data processing
equipment and computers for statistical
analysis. Designed especially for political
science and sociology majors. Sociology
majors should take Soc. 3 6 3 the following
term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall)
363 RESEARCH METHODS
The second course in a two-course sequence.
Overview of commonly-used research designs
and measurement techniques. Applications for
program evaluations. Practice doing research
by way of class activities and individual
projects. To be taken immediately after Soc.
3 6 2 . (Prereq.: Soc. 3 6 2 or #. Spring.)
365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS
AND PROGRAM EVALUATION
Consumer overview of methods of organizing,
comparing and interpreting quantitative
information. Use of data processing equipment
for statistical analysis. Overview of commonlyused research methods, especially
experimental designs and applications to
program evaluations. Designed for social work
majors, (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring)
373 CRIME AND CORRECTIONS
An examination of the criminal and juvenile
justice systems and the various theoretical
components of criminology and corrections.
Major attention is focused on the causation and
prevention of crime and delinquency, and the
various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121.
Fall)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
An examination of the idea of "gr.oupn, its
relationship to individual behavior and society.
An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity"
and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A
sociological view of mental health. A look at the
major assumptions and processes underlying
our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the
ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic
Interaction", an important orientation in social
psychology, will be used as a way of dealing
with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.:
121 and Psych 1 0 5 . Fall, Spring)
381 THE CITY AND METRO-URBAN
PLANNING
The changing city in history and various
cultures; major theoretical perspectives in
urban sociology; the metropolis as an ecosystem; metro-urban planning and policy
systems; major issues related to shaping the
future metropolis. The Twin Cities metropolitan
area is utilized as an important learning
laboratory.
383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP
RELATIONS
The dimensions of racial and minority group
relations. Major attention is focused upon
prejudice, racism, and the role of selfunderstanding. (Fall, Spring. PIN only)
388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY
Analysis of inequality in regard to wealth, status
and power in the U.S. and other selected
countries. Causes and ramifications of the
amount and type of inequality. Detailed analysis
of current issues and policies concerning
inequality in the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 1 2 1.
Spring)
The core program of Social Work begins in the
junior year, but all students are advised to take
Social Work 25 7 as freshmen or sophomores
unless exempted by the faculty.
MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF
SCIENCE DEGREE: The approved program for
students preparing for social work practice is
the Bachelor of Science program. The Bachelor
of Arts degree should be chosen only if the
student is not interested in a professional
social work position. Core program consists of
psychology 105, and either psychology 3 5 1
and 3 5 2 or sociology 3 7 5 ; sociology 1 2 1 ,
231, 3 6 5 , and 3 8 3 ; and social work 257
(optional and if available), 3 5 1 , 352, 3 5 3 , 461,
463, and 4 6 7 . Students may take up to 1 5
courses in the Department of Sociology and
Social Work. Re~ommendedcourses are: one
CHR; economics 122; political science 121 or
1 2 2 or 3 2 5 or 3 2 6 ; psychology 3 6 2 .
Specializations in social work are available by
appropriate selection of field experience and
selection of a course as follows: for Aging,
social work 372; for Corrections, sociology
373; and for a youth, sociology 2 5 5 (Summer
School).
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairman or Internship
Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim,
Spring)
485 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of the major theoretical
traditions within sociology, tracing the course
of their development in the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in
sociology including 1 2 1 or #. Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Student must present written proposal
containing rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study according
to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 12 1 and
permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Social Work
Director: Anthony R. Wagner
MAJOR LEADING TO BACHELOR OF ARTS
DEGREE: Students are not advised to choose
the BA program unless there are definite plans not
to enter social work practice after graduation.
The core program consists of the same courses
as specified for the BS except that Sociology
231 is not required and only one of Social Work
461 or 4 6 3 is required. Students may take a
second major, but cannot take a Social Work
Specialization. A maximum of 1 3 courses in
Sociology and Social Work is allowed.
SUPPLEMENTAL PROGRAM RECOMMENDED
FOR PREPARATION FORGRADUATESTUDY
IN SOCIAL WORK:
Broad preparation in all areas of social science
with at least one course in each social science
is recommended if graduate training in social
work is considered. The following are highly
recommended: Economics 1 2 2 ; Political
Science (one or more) 121, 1 2 2 , 1 5 8 , 325,
and 3 2 6 ; Psychology 3 6 1 and 362; and
Sociology 241, 3 7 3 , and 3 7 5 .
SPECIALIZATIONS: One specialization may
be taken in the BS major. The department has capability of offering
specializations in Aging, Crime and Corrections,
and Youth. A specialization consists of one
Sociology course descriptive of dysfunctional
and programmatic aspects of the special area,
plus field work assignments in two senior year
Social Work courses in the area of
specialization. Completion of a specialization
sequence will be noted on the student's
transcript.
257 PRACTICUM IN THE HUMAN SERVICES
With faculty approval, student selects a
placement for 30 hourslweek as a volunteer in
a social agency or institution. Opportunity to
know social work professionals, social service
delivery systems, and career aspects of the
helping vocations. Independent study with a
term paper report and weekly review
conferences. Especially recommended for
freshmen or sophomores. (Interim)
363 METHODS AND SKILLS OF SOCIAL
WORK
Basic features of the helping process;
theoretical foundations, principles and
techniques of social work interventive methods,
and practical experience necessary for social
work practice with individuals and small groups;
development of the student's repertoire of
relationship building skills. Two class periods (a
lecture-discussion session and a laboratory
session) and 6 - 8 hours field experience per
week. (Prereq.: 3 6 1, Junior, Fall)
362 SOCIAL POLICY ISSUES IN SOCIAL
WELFARE
Seminars consisting of an introduction to social
policy formulation and analysis associated with
the delivery of services in selected areas of
social work practice. Examination of the
development and impact of policy in such areas
as mental retardation, chemical dependency,
youth, aging, and public welfare and social
security. Field experience of 1 6 hours per
week. (Prereq.: 36 1, and junior, or #. Interim)
361 SYSTEMS OF SOCIAL WELFARE
An examination of fundamental aspects of the
various systems of social welfare in the U.S.
and the role of social work in them. Special
emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions
and movements contributory to the rise of the
welfare state; description of the various
programs and services of the welfare system;
the profession of social work; exploration into
the future of welfare. Two class periods and 6 8 hours field experience per week. (Prereq.:
Junior, or #. Spring)
461 ADVANCED METHODS AND
SKILLS IN SOCIAL WORK
Refinement of practice skills in direct service
social work through field practice, seminar
analysis, and regular class work. Examination
of the alternatives, modes and subrnethods in
social work. Some emphasis upon development
of an eclectic practice style. Attention to
professionalism and futurism in social work. 6 - 8
hours of field work, 2 hours lecture per week.
(Prereq. : 353 or #, Fall. NOTE: Corrections
specialists: Prereq. Soc. 3 73, or #, Spring.
Non-majors in this section 4 6 1 meet one extra
class period per week.)
463 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
AND ORGANIZATION
Locality development and social change
through community organization, social
planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1 )
surveyance of historical forms of social change,
2) understanding the basic issues and
strategies relevant to social protest and
change, 3 ) examination of the structure,
function and dysfunction of various community
organizations and other corporate and political
systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential
principles and techniques of organizing. (Fall)
467 ADVANCED INTERNSHIP IN SOCIAL
WORK
Responsibilities assigned as a professional
social worker in selected social welfare agency
with arranged reflective seminars. (Prereq.:
46 1 or 4 6 3 and major.)
Department of Speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
Chairman: Raymond Anderson
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in
the major, 3 . 0 0 over-all, two independent study
projects of honors quality, distinguished
performance in at least one of the
communication arts, comprehensive
examinatiqn in field of concentration.
Application to be made early in the senior year.
Courses 11 6 and 4 7 6 are strongly
recommended for all students in elementary
education.
Communication Arts
COMMUNICATION MAJOR: 1 0 courses,
including: 3 4 2 , 3 5 1 or 3 5 2 , 3 5 4 , 3 9 9 and
English 21 9. Supporting courses required but
not counting toward the major: Speech 1 1 1 ;
Philosophy 130: Psychology 105; Sociology
1 1 1 , 3 7 5 . Typing ability required.
The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different
emphases - journalism, advertising and public
relations, radio-television-film, human relations,
and supervisory management. Program guides
for each area are available from the Department
Chairman or the Office of Admissions.
Prospective majors should contact the
department as early as possible to work out a
plan for the major and a personal career action
plan. Freshmen should take Speech 1 1 1 ,
Psychology 1 0 5 , Sociology 11 1 , and
Philosophy 1 3 0 .
COMMUNICATION MINOR: 5 courses.
SPEECH MAJOR: 1 0 courses to be approved
by department.
English minor, preferably a major. The
communications major or minor does not qualify
one for teaching speech.
SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0
courses, including 1 1 1 , 241 or 243, 3 5 1 or
3 5 5 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 4 , 3 6 0 , 4 7 6 . Participation in
forensics, and a minor in English.
SPEECH MINOR FOR TEACHING: Course 1 1 1
and six of the following: 241 or 2 4 3 , 3 5 1 or
3 5 5 , 3 5 2 , 3 5 4 , 3 6 0 , 4 7 6 and participation in
forensics.
11 1 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and
critical listening. (Fall, Spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
See under Department of Art.
21 9 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM
See under Department of English.
225, 230 VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS I, II
See under Department of Art.
241 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART
See under Department of English.
242 FILM-MAKING
See under Department of Art.
243 TELEVISION PRODUCTION
MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing
to teach speech in secondary schools may
specialize in any of three majors: speech,
theater arts, and speech-theater arts. Any of
these must be combined with at least an
An introduction to commercial television with an
emphasis on the director's role; some emphasis
on producing, programming, writing, acting,
casting, and lighting. (Fall, Spring)
342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY
and communication. (Fall)
See under Department of Political Science.
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN COMMUNICATION
351 ARGUMENTATION
Application of logic in public speaking,
discussion, and debates. (Fall)
Selected topics in speech and communication,
with emphasis on the use of primary sources
and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring)
352 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical
work in speech and promotional projects.
(Spring)
353 ADVERTISING
An introduction to print and broadcast
advertising and promotion as important
elements in modern marketing and
communications. (Spring)
Theater Arts
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 1 0 courses,
including: 1 1 1 , 1 1 6 , 228. 232. 3 6 0 , 361 ,
366, 467. A course in cinema arts and 2
courses in drarntic literature may be counted
toward a theater arts major. This major should
be supported by an English minor or at least by
several courses in literature including
Shakespeare and Modern Drama or
Scandinavian Drama.
354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
A study of the dynamics of human interaction
through verbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and
help to overcome communication barriers.
(Spring)
355 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND
DISCUSSION
A study of group dynamics and leadership with
emphasis on factors involved in effective group
functioning. (Fall)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Freshmen planning to major in theater arts
should take courses 1 1 1 , 1 1 6 , and 228.
Experience requirement for theater arts majors:
Experience is required in four out of the five
following areas: acting, set construction and
painting, lighting and sound, costume, house
management. Majors should take part in
dramatic productions during all four years.
THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR TEACHING: 1 0
courses, including 11 1 , 116, 228, 232, 241
or 243, 3 6 0 , 361, 366, 4 6 7 , 476 or a voice
and diction course, the experience requirement
specified above for theater arts majors, and a
minor in English.
See under Department of Psychology.
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairman for details.
476
SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological factors underlying
normal and abnormal speech An introduction to
principles and methods of speech correction.
f SP rin g)
480 SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION
Cooperative investigation of topics in speech
THEATER ARTS MINOR FOR TEACHING:
courses 11 1 , 228, 232, 3 6 1 , 3 6 6 , one of the
following: 241 , 243, 4 7 6 , and participation in
dramatic productions.
THEATER ARTS MINOR: 5 courses including:
228, 232, 3 6 0 , 3 6 1 , 366.
SPEECH-THEATER ARTS MAJOR FOR
TEACHING: 1 2 courses. 11 1 . 228, 232, 241
or 2 4 3 , 351 or 355, 3 5 2 , 354. 360. 3 6 1 ,
3 6 6 , 467, 476 or a voice and diction course,
and participation in two activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a
minor in English.
116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS
361 THEATER HISTORY
Techniques, observation, and practice in story
telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for
elementary and secondary school teachers and
recreation leaders. (Fall)
An introduction to history of the theater and to
theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall)
228 STAGECRAFT
Theory and practice of stage direction with
laboratory exercises in planning productions
and conducting rehearsals. Open to upper
division students only. (Spring)
Construction, painting, and other aspects of
scenery preparation. Open to all students.
Should be taken in freshman or sophomore
year. (Fall)
366 STAGE DIRECTION
399 INTERNSHIP
232 ACTING
Consult Department Chairman for details.
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical
work in pantomime and improvisation;
participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring)
467 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting
and scene design. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Spring)
360 INTERPRETATIVE READING
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN DRAMA
Basic principles of oral interpretation of
literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry,
and drama. (Fall)
Individual projects in oral interpretation and
theater. (Fall, Spring)
Transdisplinary Major
Students wishing to develop their own major by
combining appropriate portions of two majors
may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The
Transdisciplinary Major enables students to
respond to a particular career interest. While
such an individually developed major may
satisfy the particular interests of a student,
broad majors may not be suitable for those
wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields.
Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary
Major are to observe the following:
a. The major program should include at least
two-thirds of the courses required in the
normal major programs of two major fields
offered at the college;
b. The student should design, and sign, a
contract for such a major prior to the end of
his or her sophomore year; (the contract
forms are available in the Office of the
Registrar)
c. The contract must be approved by the
student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing.
Total Student Enrollment
Academic Year, 1975-76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,906
Summer Session, 1976. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 0
Summary of Graduates
Graduates, 1870-19 7 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6,315
Graduates, 1976 (August 31, 1975-May 18, 1976) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Faculty
RUTH AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970. University of
Wisconsin (French), Department Chairman
COURTLAND AGRE, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota
EARL ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1 9 6 1 , University of Michigan, Department
Chairman
LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Speech, M.A. 1 9 4 7 ,
Northwestern University
BARBARA ANDERSEN, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1 9 5 4 , Northwestern University,
Department Chairman
CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D,
1 9 6 2 , Union Theological Seminary
ERNEST ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1 9 4 7 , University of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
*MARGARET ANDERSON, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , University of Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1 9 4 2 , Luther Theological Seminary;
L.L.D. 1 9 6 3 , Concordia College
RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1 9 5 9 , University of Minnesota
(Communications), Department Chairman
*JOSEPH AVENT, Adjunct Faculty, American Studies, B.A. 1972. University of Minnesota
KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1 9 6 0 , University of Minnesota
*RABBI STEPHAN BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion
*MICHAEL BEERY, Adjunct Instructor in Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1 9 7 5 , University of Minnesota
JOHN E. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1 9 6 7 , Columbia University
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1 9 4 8 , Northwestern
University
*JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1 9 6 7 , University of Minnesota
VERNON BLOOM, Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program,
M.S.W. 1 9 5 9 , University of Minnesota
LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1 9 7 0 , Luther Theological Seminary
JAMES CARLSON, Assistant Professor of Music, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , Indiana University, (Director of
the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble)
*RANDALL CASPER, Teaching Assistant in Chemistry, B.S. 1 9 7 6 , Augsburg College
CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 5 5 , University of Minnesota
BERNHARD M . CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 2 9 , The Hartford Seminary
TONI CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of California - Santa
Barbara
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , University of Iowa (Director of the Social
Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota (Theater Arts)
BENJAMIN COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 1 , Yale University
*LIV DAHL, Adjunct Instructor in Norwegian, M.A. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota
K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1 9 4 0 , University of Minnesota
F. MARK DAVIS, Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 ,
Duke University
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , Arizona State
University, Department Chairman
GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 3 , University of Minnesota
*JOHN ECKBERG, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass), M.M. 1 9 7 3 , Catholic University of
America
'EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.M. 1 9 5 6 , Manhattan School of Music
MARK ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 6 , University of Minnesota
*ROBERT ENGELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1 9 7 2 , Augsburg College
*KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 0 , Colorado State
University, Department Chairman
*ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach
*DANIEL ESTREM, Artist in Residence in Music (Guitar)
SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , Northwestern University
NORMAN B.L. FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , University of
Wisconsin, Department Chairman
HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, M.A. 1971, University of
Minnesota
BURTON P. FOSSE, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949,
University of Minnesota
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , Penn State University
MARK FUEHRER, Assistant Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
STEPHEN M . GABRIELSEN, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1 9 6 6 , University of Minnesota
(Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , University of Chicago
BRUCE L. GILDSETH, Executive Assistant to the President and Director of Planning, Ph.D.
1 9 6 8 , University of Minnesota
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968. University of Minnesota
*STEPHEN L. GORDON, Lecturer in Communications
ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*ANNE GREEN, Basketball Coach for Women
*JOHN GRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach
SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1 9 7 5 , Southern Illinois University
DONALD R. GUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 6 9 , University of Wisconsin
ARLlN E. GYBERG, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota
*DEBORAH SUE HANSEN, Lecturer in Speech, B.A. 1 9 7 3 , Augustana College
LElF E. HANSEN, Assistant Professor of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1 9 5 0 , University of
Minnesota (Norwegian)
THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1 9 5 0 , New York University
MlLDA HEDBLOM, Assistant Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1 9 6 1 , William Mitchell College of
Law (Business Law)
MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 3 0 , The Hartford Seminary Foundation
*KATHERINE HENNIG, Artist in Residence in Music (Voice), M.A. 1 9 5 6 , University of Minnesota
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of Nebraska
NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1 9 6 2 , University of Iowa (Sculpture)
JOHN R. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1 9 5 4 , University of Minnesota
*CARLA HOWERY, Assistant Professor of Sociology, B.A. 1 9 7 2 , St. Olaf College
ERVIN INNIGER, Instructor in Health and Physical Education and Director of Intramural Activities,
M.S. 19 7 5 , St. Cloud State University, (Head Basketball Coach)
I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 5 6 , University of Wisconsin
MILDRED V. JOEL, Assistant to the Dean and Director of Summer School, M.A. 1 9 4 7 , University
of Minnesota
DUANE E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 7 , University of Minnesota
ElNAR 0 . JOHNSON, Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1 9 6 1 , University of Washington
GLEN W . JOHNSON, Vice President for Institutional Advancement, B.S.E. 1 9 5 2 , University of
Nebraska, and B.D. 1 9 5 9 , Luther Theological Seminary
JAMES D. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1 9 5 8 , Juilliard School of Music
(Piano)
JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science, Ph.D.
1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota
MARY E. JOHNSON, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1 9 5 0 , University of
Minnesota, M.A. 1 9 5 0 , Columbia University (French)
AMlN KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1 9 6 5 , University of
Michigan
ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959. University of Minneosta, (Director
of Augsburg Orchestra), Department Chairman
MARY MARIE KINGSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1 9 6 4 , Middlebury
College (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 4 1 , University of Minnesota
ALVIN KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , University
of South Dakota (Head Football Coach)
"ERIK KODNER, Artist in Residence in Music (French Horn)
BOYD KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1 9 6 7 , University of Minnesota
*ROY H. LA FAYETTE, Lecturer in Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of
Minnesota
*ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, M.S. 1 9 7 1 , University of Minnesota
PAMELA S. LARSON, Instructor in Nursing, M.S. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota
*GREGORY LEWIS, Artist in Residence in Music (Brass)
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1 9 3 2 , University of
Minnesota
GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor of Business Education, M.A. 1 9 5 1 , University of
Minnesota
RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology. Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of California Santa Barbara
KElSHlRO MATSUMOTO, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1 9 6 5 ,
University of Michigan
MARTHA M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1 9 3 2 , University of Minnesota
*MARIE 0. McNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1 9 6 7 , University of Nebraska
*ANN MEISSNER, Associate Professor of Nursing, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , University of Wisconsin, M.P.H.
1 9 6 9 , University of California - Berkeley
DIANA LEE METZKER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.A. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota
(Organ, Piano)
ROBERTA METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1 9 7 1 , University of Kansas (Music
Therapy)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERG, Associate Professor of Biology, M.A. 1 9 6 4 , University of Minnesota
*HERMAN J. MILLIGAN, JR., Adjunct lnstructor in Sociology, B.A. 1 9 7 1 , University of Wisconsin
JOHN R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1 9 7 1 , University of Tennessee
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist in Residence in Art, L1.D. 1 9 4 4 , University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained
Glass)
'JON E. MONDA, Lecturer in Music Education, B.Mu.Ed. 1 9 6 5 , Mac Phail College of Music
CAROL MORK, lnstructor in Education, M.A.T. 1 9 6 9 , Reed College
*GEORGE MOUDRY, Lecturer in Sociology. M.S.W. 1 9 5 8 , Catholic University
ARTHUR NASH, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 3 8 , University of Minnesota
*R. OWEN NELSEN, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of Minnesota
EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1 9 4 7 ,
University of Minnesota (Head Baseball Coach)
GORDON L. NELSON, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 7 2 , University of Chicago
RICHARD C. NELSON, Assistant Professor of History, Ph.D. 1 9 7 5 , University of Minnesota,
Department Chairman
*CATHERINE NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 7 1 , University of Minnesota
*GRIEF4 NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , University of Minnesota (American Studies)
NORMA C. NOONAN, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1 9 6 5 , Indiana University,
Department Chairman
'CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist in Residence in Music (Piano), B.A. Hamline University
DOUGLAS J. OLLILA, Professor of Religion, Th.D. 1 9 6 3 , Boston University
JAMES OLSON, Librarian I, B.A., 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota
WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1 9 6 3 , University of
Minnesota (German)
RONALD G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D, 1 9 7 0 , University of Minnesota
*PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Professor of Library Science, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of
Minnesota
KERMIT E. PAULSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, M S. 1 9 6 3 , University of Wisconsin
*PAMELA PAULSON, Instructor in Health and Physical Education
ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1 9 4 5 , University of Minnesota
LAURETTA PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1 9 6 6 , Marquette University,
Department Chairman
*DONNA PETERSON, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S.N. 1 9 6 8 , University of Cincinnati,
Department Chairman
LA VONNE PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1 9 5 3 ,
Montana State University
JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1 9 6 9 , University of
Minnesota
"ALICE PREVES, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Strings), M.S. 1 9 6 4 , University of Illinois - Urbana
MARTIN QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1 9 5 2 , University of Minnesota
PHILIP QUANBECK, Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1 9 5 8 , Princeton Theological Seminary,
Department Chairman
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , Northwestern
University
STEVEN REUTER, lnstructor in Education, M.Ed. 1972, University of Nebraska
*JOHN F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1 9 6 4 , Catholic University of America
GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of
Minnesota (Spanish)
*PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor in Art
EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairman
MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1 9 6 9 , University of Minnesota
RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 7 4 , University of Exeter
(England)
LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor of Music, L.H.D. 1 9 6 5 , Gettysburg College D.Mus. 1 9 6 5 ,
Lakeland College, (Director of the Augsburg Choir)
EDWlN J. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1 9 6 4 ,
University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
*IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Head Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1 9 4 3 , University of Illinois,
and M.A, 1 9 6 1 , University of Minnesota
*DANIEL SILVERMAN, Adjunct lnstructor in Speech
DENNIS SJOGREN, Teaching Assistant in Biology
EUGENE SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1 9 6 2 , University of Heidelberg (Germany)
*DANA SKOGLUND, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Piano), B.M. 1975, Augsburg College
*EMMA SMALL, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Voice)
*NANCY SOLI, Assistant Volleyball Coach, B.A. 1 9 7 5 , Augsburg College
*SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor in Greek, B.A. 1 9 6 6 , Augsburg College
PAUL T. STEEN, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota (Social Work)
*CARROLL I. STEIN, Lecturer in Psychology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 6 , University of Minnesota
DONALD B. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1 9 7 3 , University of
Minnesota (German, Linguistics)
MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1 9 6 5 , University of Colorado
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1 9 7 0 , University
of Minnesota
RALPH SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 8 , University of Nebraska
*MARY T. SWANSON, Adjunct Instructor in Art, M.F.A. 1964, University of Minnesota
*JAMES TEN BENSEL, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Brass), M.M.Ed., 1964, University of
Minnesota
*PAUL THOMAS, Artist-in-Residence in Music (Cello)
PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1 9 5 8 , University of Iowa (Painting), Department
Chairman
NEAL 0. THORPE, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1 9 6 5 , University of Wisconsin,
Department Chairman
JOHN THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1 9 3 4 , American Conservatory of Music
VERA THUT, lnstructor Emeritus, B.Mus., 1 9 2 7 , American Conservatory of Music
*MARY TIMM, Power Volleyball and Softball Coach
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1 9 5 9 , University of Minnesota (MetroUrban Studies)
ANTHONY WAGNER, Assistant Professor of SociologylSocial Work, M.S.W. 1 9 7 3 , University of
Minnesota
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1 9 7 4 , University of Minnesota
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer in Art, M.A. 1 9 6 3 , University of Minnesota
*MARY WILSON, Artist-in-Residence (Flute), B.A. 1 9 3 8 , Macalester College
DAVID C. WOOD, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1 9 6 9 , Bowling Green State University
PERSONNEL
ADMINISTRATION
President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Executive Assistant to the President. . . , . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Collegepastor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oscar A. Anderson
Bruce Gildseth
Lowell Brandt
FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT
Vice President for Finance and Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Plant Services and Purchasing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Food Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Auxiliary Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manager, Book Store and Vending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Student Financial Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manager, College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manager, Graphic Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manager,IceArena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assistant Manager, Ice Arena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Custodial Supervisor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GroundsSupervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Burton P. Fosse
Wayne Pederson
Eugene Ecklund
Carl Stromer
Douglas P. Wasko
Robert Gores
Herald Johnson
Charles Gerster
Mildred Nelson
Therese Morrison
Michael Walgren
James Carey
Joseph Roberts
Edwin Hovey
Dennis Easley
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Deanofthecollege . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Associate Dean of the Faculty and Director of Special Programs. . . . . . . .
AssistanttotheDean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HeadLibrarian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Audio Visual Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coordinator, New Dimensions Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FineArtsManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charles Anderson
F. Mark Davis
Mildred Joel
Beverly Wegge
Marjorie Sibley
James Olson
Louise McColl
Cynthia Mandl
DEVELOPMENT
Vice President for Institutional Advancement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Deferred Giving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Alumni and Parents Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OfficeManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glen W. Johnson
Sigvald Hjelmeland
Donald A. Christenson
Jeroy Carlson
Irene Steenson
a
.
PUBLIC RELATIONS
Coordinator of Public Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Darralu Lindholm
Coordinator of ParentIAlumni Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stella Rosenquist
Coordinator of News Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pat Mattos
ADMISSIONS
Director of Admissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Director of Transfer Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Admissions Counselor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Admissions Counselor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Admissions Counselor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
David Benzel
Jennifer Harvey
Kathryn Lange
Raymond Dahlof
Leslie Samuelson
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Vice President for Student Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marianne Sander
Associate Dean of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Richard Thoni
Director of Residence Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . Tod Hanson
Director of Career Planning and Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pat Olsson
Director of Student Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joel Mugge
Coordinator of Minority Affairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ralph Crowder
Head Resident, Mortensen and Director of Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . Debra Bergh
........................
..................................
.........................
................ .
..........
Academic Administration
27
Academic Life.................................
-12
Accreditation
7
Administration .................................
97
Admission to the College
22
Advanced Placement
23
AdvancedStanding ............................. 2 3
American Studies
32
Anthropology
.84
Art. Department of
-3-2
Bachelor of Music Degree
17, R 3
Biology. Department of
-34
Board. Cost of ................................. - 2 5
Business Administration
38
Business Education ............................ -30
Calendar
12
Campus
7
CampusMap
8
-41
Chemistry. Department of
Chinese
51
Classification ..................................
31
Communications
87
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-62
Conservation of Human
15
Resources (CHR)
Corrective Therapy
1 5 70
Courses of Study
31 -32
Course Descriptions
32
31
Credit by Examination
Degrees ...................................... 1 7
Divisional Organization
27
Early Admission ................................
23
Early Decision
23
East Asian Studies .............................. 43
Economics .................................... 3 9
Education. Department of
43
Education. Elementary
44
Education. Secondary ........................... 4 5
Engineering
1 5 . 47
English. Department of .......................... 4 8
Enrollment
89
Expenses
25
12. 9 0
Faculty ...................................
Financial Aid
-24
Financial Information
-25
Five College Cooperative ......................... 1 5
Foodservice
19
51
French
ForeignLanguages .............................
51
25
Full-Time Student Defined
General Education Requirements
12
Geography ....................................
59
53
German
Grading ......................................
29
89
Graduates (1870.1975)
Graduates. Summary of
89
27
Graduation Requirements
Graduation With Distinction
30
...............................
..................................
.............................
....................
..........................
.........................
......................................
......................................
...................................
.......................
.......................................
...............................
.
.............
..............................
.......................... .
...........................
.............................
...........................
..........................
..................................
........................
...........................
...............................
....................................
.....................................
.................................
...........................
...................................
........................................
........................
..................
....................................
...........................
..........................
........................
......................
Greek ........................................ 55
HealthEducation
72
History of Augsburg College ...................... 8
History Department of
57
Honors Program ................................ 1 7
Housing
19
Identification ..................................
6
Independent Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-30
Inter-Institutional Programs
14
Intercollegiate Athletics
18
Journalism ................................... -87
Library Science ................................ 4 R
Location
6
Majors ........................................ 12
Mathematics. Department of
60
Medical Technology ......................... 15 â¬32
Metro-Urban Studies
62
Metro-Urban Studies
17
Internship Program (MUSIP)
Music. Department of ............................
63
Music Therapy ................................. 6 5
6
Nature and Objectives of Augsburg
Natural Science
67
New Dimensions Program ........................
19
Norwegian
55
Numbering of Courses ........................... 31
Nursing
67
Personnel of the College
97
Pre-Professional Training
13
Philosophy Department of
68
Physical Education
70
Physics Department of .......................... 7 2
Political Science Department of
74
Probation and Dismissal ........................ - 2 8
Psychology. Department of
77
Recreation
18
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 6
Registration
-28
Religion. Department of .......................... 7 9
Religious Life .................................. 1 8
Room Costs
-25
Scandinavian Area Studies ....................... 81
Social Science Majors ........................... 8 2
Social Work ....................................
85
Sociology. Department of
-83
Spanish ....................................... 5 6
-87
Speech. Department of
Student Life ................................... 1 8
18
Student Services ...............................
Summer School
17
Study Abroad .................................. - 1 7
Symbol(#)
31 . 3 2
88
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary Major
89
Transfer to Augsburg
22
25
Tuition and Fees ................................
7
Visiting the Campus
...............................
...........................
.
......................................
.
............
.......................
..........................
......................................
......................
.
............................
....................
.................
................................
....................................
.......................................
.........................
........................
........................
.
.
..............................
.
...................
.......................
....................................
..................................
..................................
........................
..........................
................................
.................................
...................................
..........................
............................
.............................
Academic Calendar For 1977-78
(Tentative: Subject to Change)
Fall Semester 1977
Sept. 6-7
Sept. 8
Sept. 21
Oct. 2 4
Nov. 2 3
Nov. 2 3
NOV.24-27
Nov. 2 8
Dec. 1 4
Dec. 1 5
Dec. 16-21
Dec. 22-Jan. 2
Registration and Welcome Days
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Mid-term Break
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Thanksgiving Holidays
Classes Resume
Classes End
Reading Day
Final Examinations
Christmas Holidays
lnterim 1978
Jan. 3
Jan, 27
Jan. 31
lnterim Begins
lnterim Ends
Confirmation of Spring Registration
Spring Semester 1 978
Feb. 1
Feb. 1 4
Mar. 1 7
Mar. 18-Mar. 26
Mar. 2 7
Apr. 21
May 1 2
May 15-18
May 21
Classes Begin
Last Day for Adding Classes
Classes Close at End of Day
Easter Holidays
Classes Resume
Last Day for Cancelling Classes
Classes End
Final Examinations
Baccalaureate and Commencement
Show less